( vii )

neglected families of large insects—we could scarcely ayoid discovering orgatis

hitherto overlooked, aud throwing a new light on others which, though kuown

to exist, had not been studied comparatively.

The organ of friction on the clasper and eighth tergite, found in many

males ; the structure of the inner surface of the palpi; the development of the

pilifer and the antennal end-segment ; the special structure of the merum of

the meso- and metacoxae; the diverse development of the abdominal spination ;

the reduction of the pulvillus and paronychium of the claw-segments ; certain

differences in the end-segment of the antennae ; the peculiar mid- and hindtarsal

comb, etc, have never been taken into account in the classification of the

Sphingidac.

However, we were very much hampered in one respect. We should have

liked to extend our researches in the same degree to the early stages. The

Sphingidae Veing tor the greater part exotic species, the larvae and pupae are

known only of a comparatively very small proportion. We were faced nearly

everywhere by a lack of material. Though we have tried, during the years

devoted to study of these insects, to obtain larvae and pupae from all countries

where we have correspondents, we had very scant success, and scarcely any

success in procuring the first larval stages. The larvae and pupae of many of

the commonest Hawk Moths are still unknown quantities.” Nevertheless, our

studies of the early stages have not been quite fruitless, inasmuch as they

showed us that it is as dangerous to generalise from a few specimens or

species in the case of larvae and pupae as it is in the case of imagines. The

studies proved to us on the one hand that the deductions commonly drawn

from the characters of European Sphingidae are faulty in many respects, and

on the other hand that one meets in the larvae and pupae with similarities

in not nearly related species and conspicuous dissimilarities in close relatives,

just as one finds such puzzles in the adults—puzzles which are stumbling-

blocks for the classifier, and a source of pleasure for an inquisitive mind.

The figures of the larvae and pupae are, with few exceptions, of little

use, if drawn by amateurs who do not recognise and emphasise the essential

points. The illustrations of pupae especially leave much to be desired. We

draw attention to the following particulars, which we venture to hope will not

be so often neglected in future by the artists who are trying to give an

* As the ordinary, non-resident, collector in the Tropics shuns inflating larvae on account of

the time it occupies and the trouble it gives him, we think it advisable to call attention here to the

following very simple method of preserving smal] larvae. Put the larva, after it is suffocated by

benzine or chloroform, into a glass tube heated over a flame, The specimen will contract, then expand

and burst, and dry in this expanded state. Let the tube cool and take the larva out. In absence of

a glass tube, one may use a piece of tin or anything that will stand heating.

(ix )

adequate picture of a chrysalis: position of the glazed portions of the eye ;

length of the tongue; anterior femur (externally visible or not); structure of

stigmatical areas of the abdomen; shape and armature of the cremaster,

The number of individuals and species of Sphingidae contained in the

Tring Museum is considerable, there being in the collection nearly 16,000. speci-

mens, belonging to 660-odd species. Though this material is vastly larger than

that contained in any other collection, it was nevertheless uot sufficient to form

the basis of a thorough revision of the family. Since many of the species of

Sphingidae are very difficult to distinguish, and therefore the descriptions aud

often also the figures not exact enough, it was necessary for us to examine the

specimens on which the names proposed by previous authors were founded, in

order to find out how many species are known and which are the proper names

for them.

It has been our good fortune to have our appeal for help addressed to

private collectors and museums responded to with the greatest liberality.”

Without this kind assistance it would have been altogether impossible to

disentangle the synonymy and to bring the species which were insufliciently

described into their proper place in our classification. We gratefully ackuow-

ledze here the help received from the authorities of the British Museum, of

the Museums at Oxford (Hope Department), Dublin, Paris, Bruxelles, Berlin,

Dresden, Miiuchen, Stettin, Copenhagen, Stockholm, Vienna, Madrid, New York,

and Brisbane; and we are no less grateful for the kind assistance rendered

by H. Druce, L. W. Distant, W. Schaus, Colonel Swinhoe, M. C. Piepers,

P. C. T. Snellen, G. Weymer, G. Semper, Dr. A. Pagenstecher, A. Bang-Haas

(coll. Staudinger), P. Dognin, P. Mabille, Dr. W. J. Holland, and Charles

Oberthiir ; who all either sent us photographs, types, and other specimens, or

allowed us to ‘visit their collections and to study the material contained therein.—

Maximas collegis gratias !

An important point for the satisfactory progress of our work was a

comparison of the long series of types of Walker’s and Boisduyal’s descriptions,

contained respectively in the magnificent collection of Mons. Charles Oberthiir

and in the British Museum. A closer study of these specimens than had

hitherto been attempted was absolutely necessary. For Boisduval, when

visiting the British Museum in the forties of the last century, had named

in manuscript and made notes upon the Sphingidae of that collection, which

names were for the greater part adopted by Walker in 1856, but often applied

to other species than those for which Boisduval had intended them to stand.

This muddle became intensified by Boisduval, who, in his monograph published

* Only two letters of inquiry have been left unanswered. ‘The names of the addressees may be

passed over in silence,

(=)

in 1875, gave descriptions taken from his own specimens and applied the before-

mentioned manuscript uames to species which he believed to be the insects

he had so named in the British Museum, but which were often not the same.

Moreover, Boisduval failed to recognise many of the Walkerian species, and

deseribed them again under new uames. The confusion thus occasioned has,

we hope, been successfully cleared up in the present Revision.

There are 770 species contained in this Revision. Of these we have not

seen the following :—

Hyloicus francki, ). 135; known to us from the description.—Kausas.

Lapara pineum, p. 1O1; known to us from the description and figures.—

N. York.

Lapara halicarniac, p. 153; known to us from the description aud figure.—

Florida.

Polyptychus goodi, p. 245; kuown to us from the description aud figure. —

W. Africa.

Smerinthulus (?) decoratus, p. 3023 known to us from the description and a

sketch.—Sikhim.

Sataspes ribbed, p. 474; known to us from the description and figure —Celebes.

Euproserpinus euterpe, p. 615; known to us from the description. California,

Arctonotus terlooi, p. 606; known to us from the description and fignre.—

W. Mexico.

Hippotion butleri, p. 760; known to us from the description and figure.—

Madagascar.

The names of which we have seen the types are marked with an asterisk

(*) in the bibliography.

Since Linné and Fabricius the Spdingidae of the globe have been five times

classified, revised, or catalogued. Hitbner, in his Ver. beh. Schmettlinge (about

1822), was the first to propose a detailed classification of Lepidoptera. The work

was, in spite of all its glaring mistakes, far in advance of the time, and was

therefore almost entirely neglected by the contemporary entomologists, and sub-

sequently forgotten or treated as not being worth consideration. We do not

see any reason for rejecting the generic names published by Hiibner in the

Verzeichniss. The definitions are insufficient and often incorrect, and the species

considered, generically the same belong often to widely different groups, while

close allies stand widely separated. That is quite true; but the badness of the

classification and of the definitions is—perhaps unfortunately—no valid argument

against the adoption of the names. If it were, we should likewise have to

reject a multitude of names proposed by more recent authors, whose definitions

do not apply to the species generically defined, containing erroneous and quite

misleading statements, or whose genera contain very heterogeneous elements, as

do, for instance, many of Walker’s genera. Though, in the original definition of

Protoparce (type: rustica), Burmeister stated that the pupa had no projecting

tongue-case (which it has) ; though Staudinger erroneously said of his new genus

Dolbina that it had only ove spur to the hindtibia, aud MHuwe made a similar

mnistake in the definition of Smerinthulus ; and though the definition of Moore’s

Hathia is so vague as to apply to a host of other SpAingidac as well (as many

of Moore’s definitions do),—these names can aud will not be rejected on that

account. There is no line to draw between good and bad definitions, sutticieut

aud insuflicieut descriptions ; and every description is incomplete.

The first after Hitbner to treat again upon all the SpAingédac was Walker,

who, in the List of Lepidoptera Leterocera of the British Museum vol. viii.

(1856), gave descriptions of all the known genera and species and numerous

new ones. His bibliography is generally good, but his descriptions are often

so bad that it is impossible to recognise the species without seeing his

specimens. He has been much attacked on the Continent, and his names have

been ignored to a certain extent by a few authors. Walker did not attempt

w Classification of the Sphingidac. Ue simply described the genera in the

order he thought proper, without bringing them into groups. His genera are

very often as unnatural as many of Hiibner’s.

Boisduval followed in February of 1875 with a monograph of the family,

containing more exhaustive descriptions of the species and genera. The

Sphingidae are divided in this work into a number of subfamilies, of which

definitions are given, rather a rare occurrence in lepidopterological works of

that time. In the nomenclature of the subfamilies he followed the old Freuch

custom of employing scientific terms in a gallinised form—a bad custom, which

was formerly in vogue also in the nomenclature of species and genera. The

monograph, though far above that of Walker, had two great drawbacks: it did

uot contain all the species described up to 1874, and names already employed

by Walker were used again for other species (see above). We mention inci-

dentally that Boisduval’s names have priority over those of Butler which were

published in the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. of 1875.

The Revision of Sphingidae by Butler—which came out early in 1877, not

in 1876, as is quoted by some authors—is scarcely more than a synouymic list

with occasional remarks. The genera are grouped into four subfamilies, but not

defined, except the new ones. Though the definitions of the subfamilies are

based almost entirely on the quite imperfectly known early stages, the grouping

Is, nevertheless, au advance on Boisduval’s classification. ‘The work would have

(x1)

been much improved if Boisduval’s species and genera had been incorporated into

the body of the Revision instead of being given as an appendix.

The youngest work ou the Sphingidac of the globe is contained in Kirby’s

Catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera (1892). As a list of names this catalogue

has been of great help to us. The classification adopted in it has been much

blamed by some authors as being arbitrary. But we think that one should not

expect too much from a catalogue. Even the best is full of errors, as a

cataloguer of insects cannot possibly have intrinsically worked out all the groups

catalogued.

Besides these five general works, there are numerous treatises dealing with

the Sphingidae of certain restricted districts. Apart from a host of popular

handbooks, there are two works on the Palaearctic Hawk Moths worthy of

special notice. These are by Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. vol. ii., and by Tutt,

Brit. Lep. vol. iii. Bartel gives lengthy and generally accurate descriptions,

but relies too much on others, whose errors he repeats without having examined

the insects himself and formed his own opinion. ‘Tutt’s work is of quite a

different kind. It is the most intrinsic ever written on Palaearctic Lepidoptera.

The third volume comprises ouly a portion of the Sphingidae ; the remainder of

the family will appear in the fourth. The work will be of the greatest help

to the scientist who knows the matter well enough to be able to distinguish

between what is sciecutific and what appears merely in a scientific garb. The

usefulness of the work could have been improved, we think, by a condensing

of the contributions of the collaborators, and mistakes could have been avoided

by the omission of references to foreign species with which the respective

collaborators were not sufficiently acquainted. However, as it is, there is nothing

written anywhere on European Lepidoptera coming up to it in thoroughness.

The Indian Sphingidae are dealt with by Hampson in Blanford, Mauna

Brit. India, Moths vol. i. (1892). The volume should be consulted with some

caution, since many distinct species are treated in it as being identical.

The species occurring in the Philippines are contained in Semper, Sc/mett.

Philipp. vol. xii. (1896), where many figures of larvae and pupae are given.

Miskin gave a catalogue of the Australian Hawk Moths in the Proc. Roy.

Soe. Queensland vol. viii. (1891).

A monograph of the North American Sphingidae by J. Smith is contained

in the Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. vol. xv. (1888). It is the best work on Nearctic

Hawk Moths, though the classification is faulty in many respects, owing to

Smith’s limited acquaintance with the forms not found in North America.

The Cuban species are described and catalogued by Grote and Robinson in

the Jour. Ent. Soc. Philadelphia vol. y. and vi. (1865, 1867), and again by

( xiii )

Gundlach in his Contr. Ent. Cubana (1881). The former paper was the best

written on Sphingidae up to that time.

The Central American Hawk Moths are enumerated and partly described

and figured by H. Druce in the Biol. Centr. Americana, Lep. Het, A883—1896).

The species occurring in the Argentine Republic are dealt with by Burmeister

in his Deser. Rép. Argentine vol. v. (1878) and Atlas (1879). The deseriptions

and figures of the earlier stages are of importance, Dnt several mistakes in

identification ocenr.

There is no list of the African species.

Besides these more important works, which are purely systematic, there are

treatises of another natnre, dealing with the markings and colour of larvae, like

Weismann’s Studies in the Theory of Descent, anid Piepers’s paper on the

larvae of Sphingidae published in the Tijdschr. Int. for 1897.

All the systematie works referred to suffered from a lack of knowledge of

the morphology of the Sphingidae. Nenvration, the organ generally relied upon

in the classification of Lepidoptera, being of little assistance in the Hawk Moths,

the authors seized upon any superficial characters, and thns were led astray.

We hope to fill up that gap in onr science by the present Revision—at least

to a certain extent. Nobody can be more aware of the incompleteness of our

researches than ourselves. The subject is far too large to allow of being treated

after a comparatively small number of years of study in any degree approaching

completeness. Nevertheless, we may fairly claim to have given a new foundation

to the study of the SpAingidae. The groundwork for future researches is there ;

future authors will more clearly see their way, and be able to concentrate their

efforts on the elucidation of the numerous points only cursorily touched upon

in this Revision.

We haye generally abstained from giving detailed description of any stage

of the known species; but the keys to the genera and species, and the indication

of some trenchant feature of shape, colour, pattern, or strneture under each

species, will, we trust, be an efficient guide also to those who wish to nse the

work as a means of determining the names of the material in their collections.

Thongh we hope not to have missed any names, we have not attempted to

give a complete bibliography of all the species.

The work is divided into three parts :—

I. General Subject.

II. Systematic Section.

Ill. Cataloene and Index.

I. GENERAL SUBJECT.

HE researches embodied in a work like the present are of two very different

kinds. We had, firstly, to study the insects dealt with; and, secondly, to

study the names bestowed upon them by previous authors. It may sound almost

ridiculous, but it is nevertheless true, that in many cases the time one has to

spend over the nomenclature of a form, in order to clear np nomenclatorial muddle

and to find out what form authors have meant to designate with a certain name,

equals or surpasses the time one can, for certain reasons, devote to the study of

the natural history of the animal. Surely this is wrong. The Natural History

of the animal being the subject of our science, the accessory subject of nomen-

clature should never have assumed such magnitude. It is waste of energy.

However, we have patiently to bear the fruits of the sins of onr forefathers in

science, and those who come after us will again mutter bad langnage. One may

kick, bnt one has to suffer. We have no sympathy with those of onr contem-

poraries who contribute unnecessarily to the burden, which is in itself superfluous,

and detracts from the efforts devoted to our science. The system of naming the

groups of individual specimens of animated nature has been invented as a help

to the student of science, but it has been carried out from the beginning in such

a way that it necessarily developed into a bother as well. Why? Beeause the

PRINCIPLES OF NOMENCLATURE

were not strict enough.

Science is a republic where everybody may do as he likes. There are no

laws which can be enforeed; and nobody can be prevented from publishing

what he pleases. This freedom is a great boon to science. Unfortunately, the

results of scientifie research and those of nomenclature are of quite a different

standing. If the purported results of scientific investigations prove to he

erroneous, they are repudiated and forgotten. If somebody propounds “laws ”

of development which are found to be erroneous, science passes on without

troubling any longer abont them. If somebody considers the battledore scales

of Lycaenidae to be fungi, or the maxillary palpi of Pulicidae to be antennae,

such statements are disproved, and are no further encumbrance to science.

Statements of fact, and conclusions, once proved to be erroneous, no longer

ocenpy the time of the scientific student; science is rid of them. Science can

never get rid of a name of an animal or plant once published—unless quite a

different system of designation be adopted than that employed since the time of

Linné. We cannot simply ignore a name which is a record of an animal or

plant. For we must keep a record at least of all the forms which have become

known to science, since we cannot have a record of all the forms that exist and

haye existed. Even names which are synonyms cannot be dropped ; they must

( xvi )

he carried on for two reasons. Firstly, if they were dropped and forgotten,

they wonld in many cases be employed again for something else, and thus land

us inevitably in a muddle. Secondly, closer research often proves that what was

considered the same at one time is really different, A form may for a long

time be lost sight of, but scientists will sooner or later become aware of the

oversight, if the name is kept on record. Tor instance, in our case, the Hawk

Moths described by Linné and Fabricius respectively as Sphinx thyelia and

boerhaviae have heen treated as the same for about 120 years. When we looked

up the original records, we found them to refer to two widely different insects

belonging to different genera. However, if it is granted that it is necessary, for

the sake of completeness of onr knowledge, to keep on record all the names

siven to forms of animals and plants, it will also be conceded that if is an

unjustifiable act—heeanse it adds unnecessarily to the burden—to suppress a

name and replace it by another.

Some of the older writers did not seem to think much of recording an

already named species under a new name and treating the older name as a

synonym. Tabricins—a great and influential man in his time—set a very bad

example to his followers not only by his insufficient descriptions, but especially

by his arbitrary changing of names. For no reasons whatever he superseded

names given by Drury, Cramer, and others, by names of his own invention, and

employed—worst of all—the rejected names for other species, thus entangling

the nomenclature to such an extent that it is difficult to find one’s way throngh

the impasse. With such an example before them, one cannot wonder that

others followed suit. Boisduval especially seems to have found great pleasure

in his names being printed. One cannot help smiling when one finds him

coolly replace Papilio euchenor by a new name, “ «arion Boisd.,” and sees the

mannseript-names which he had bestowed at one time or the other upon

Sphingidae appear in his monograph of the family under species which had

meanwhile been baptised by others. It may be comforting to an anthor who

comes foo late to be nevertheless able to launch his names on the scientific

world, but it shonld not be done. When Science was in its infancy, a little

playing like this may have been pardonable, but nowadays there is no excuse

whatever for playing at nomenclature. “The species described by Jones as

conformis stands in my collection under the name of ase//vs mihi,” or something

to that effect, is not only a foolish thing to publish, but is an intolerable crime,

which should always be met by an energetic rebuff. Vanity has something to

do with this kind of proceeding, though there is really nothing to be proud of

in giving a name to a specimen and avoiding criticism by shunning publicity.

int we do not quite understand what is the object of those who are busy

publishing mannscript-names which are given by others and which they find on

specimens in collections. As it is of no advantage whatever to science, whether

it becomes known or not that a bird or butterfly which has a valid name stands

in this or that mnsenm under this or that mannscript-name, there must he

some other reason for wilfully increasing the list of synonyms. Is it to prove

( xvii )

that the respective authors of the manuscript-names were too lazy to write ont

a description and make it public, or that they were not sure if the forms named

were really new? Is it to show that the respective authors who gave names

to individual specimens of one and the same species really did not know enough

of the things they baptised? Is it to demonstrate the carelessness of the

respective authors who bestowed, in the collection, a name on an animal for

which a name had already been published? Surely if the authors of the names

had intended to publish them, we may leniently assume that they would have

found time to reconsider the matter before rushing into print. We should not

pry into the private foibles of others, and thus detract from their fame. Only

published matter is common property, which scientists are bound to critically

examine. We have seen many collections with numerous manuscript-names, but,

we are glad to state that the bad habit of naming specimens in collections

without troubling about publishing a description is very much on the decrease—

at least among scientific systematists. The habit has come down to us from

a time when few people worked at the same group.

There is another class of no less objectionable names which gives little credit

to those who are responsible for their introduction. It is a matter of self-evidence

that, if somebody claims credit for a discovery, he has to state what his discovery

is. Let us assume that A publishes a note maintaining that he has found a

new component of air, which he calls so-and-so, but abstains from explaining

what it is he has discovered. Another, B, working in the same line, also finds

a component of air, which he describes and designates with a name. Then A

(or one of his followers) gets up and claims priority for his name.—Another

case. The morphologist C announces that he has found in a certain group of

animals a new secondary sexual organ, to which he gives a name. There the

matter drops ; nobody can possibly tell what the new organ is. Some time

after, several secondary sexual organs are discovered in that group, and described

and named. Now the knowledge of the structures has become common property

to scientists, somebody examines the preparations of (, and, finding that the

naked name published by C applies to one of these organs, maintains that

the name given by © should be employed for it instead of the later name,. which

was accompanied by a proper description.

There can be no doubt what the verdict of scientists would be in either

case. Science is knowledge of nature. Anything new which does not increase

our knowledge of nature is outside the pale of scientific work, and what we do

not know is not yet part of science. Facts professed to be new, and new

interpretations of facts, do not advance our knowledge if they are kept secret.

We know @ priori that there are many facts to be discovered and new interpre-

tations of facts to be offered. A naked name or technical term, however, does

not tell us what is the nature of the conception for which the name is meant ;

and as long as we are left without this knowledge, the name or technical term

has no standing in science. Name and technical term are nothing but arbitrary

means which science employs as a convenient abbreviation for expositions of

( xviii )

facts and for the result of lengthy inductions. The name as such is not part

of science ; we might employ a number, or a letter, or some other sign instead

without interfering in the least with that part of knowledge which is thus

designated.

It is obvious that these deductions * which apply to science in general apply

also to the nomenclature of classificatory work, if the work is meant to be

scientific in all its branches. Facts and ideas in classification require explanation

like any other facts and ideas in science. Families, subfamilies, and all the other

classificatory units down to the individual varieties require exposition by definition.

The definitions bring into order the chaotic mass of individuals which forms the

subject of classificatory research. Howeyer, instead of operating with the defi-

nitions, the systematist employs, for the sake of brevity, names for them, thus

simplifying reference. Every name is a term for a definition,

It follows from this that a name which 7s vot a term for a definition—7.e.

for which no definition has been given—has no standiug. Naked names, with

which classification has been favoured in abundance, are no valid terms; they

become so only from the time when the fact or idea is published for which

they are meant to be employed as a convenient means of reference, and therefore

cannot take precedence over a name which has been defined before that time.

An anthor who publishes a name for a genus, variety, family, etc., either has

some kind of defiuition in his head—and then he should not keep this definition

a secret,—or he has not—and then he should not propose a name for something

he does not know, and of which therefore he cannot be certain that it exists at

all. The action of an author who publishes naked names is as indefensible as

would be that of a describer who published names for the respective subspecies,

for instance, of those Oriental Papilios which are as yet not known from certain

islands, but which doubtless occur there, and which are certainly different from

the subspecies of all other places. We appeal to secretaries of scientific societies

and to the editors of scientific journals to suppress all new names which are

not accompanied by some kind of definition. Systematic work should no longer

adhere to the bad habits of the middle of the last century, when the Linnean

method of classification, though so young in years, had already become weak as

if from old age and had lost its vigour, and classifying was to a great extent

more a pastime than a science. A catalogue of names like Dejean’s, containing

thousands of nomina nuda, published there for the first time, is, we hope, an

impossibility in our time; but single nomina nuda still at the present day

appear even in works professing to be scientific.

It follows further, that, if we do not wish to jeopardise altogether the

efficiency of nomenclature as a convenient means of reference and communication,

and thus efface the motive which induces scientists to burden themselves with

@ nomenclature, it is absolutely necessary that a definition should be replaced

* We understand under deduction the process of reasoning by which we conclude from a general

law the correctness of single cases; under induction the process of reasoning by which from single

cases a general law is formulated. ;

(Cx)

only by one and the same name, and that a certain name should apply only to

one and the same animal everywhere. Whoever adheres to this principle of

stability of nomenclature must concede that this end can only be attained

by adhering to the first defined name for every animal or plant. No

compromise is possible. Personal preferences for euphony, so-called purity of

language, etc., must be sacrificed by all those who sincerely advocate stability

of names ; there is no help for it.

A publication is meant to distribute knowledge acquired by the author.

The publication of a new scientific fact or idea is meant to enable the reader to

understand what is discovered. As even nowadays names without any attempt

at exposition are considered valid by a good many systematists, it cannot be

wondered at that the definitions published are not always so precise as to

advance the knowledge of the reader beyond the fact that something hitherto

unknown to the author is defined. We have the description, and do not know

what to make of it; we have a name, and know perhaps what it signifies

philologically, but not what its meaning is in natural

excuse for unnecessarily vague definitions

science. There is no

of varieties, species, genera, etc. ; but

there is much in the method of so-called systematic work which explains the

frequency of inadequate descriptions. Incompleteness is an inherent character

of classificatory research ; the best definition is not complete, and may, therefore,

any day become insufficient for recognising the species and variety defined,

or must be modified in the case of genera and the higher classificatory cate-

gories. A character apparently not worth mentioning to-day may become very

important when more allied forms are known. But then, what is the use of

having descriptions at all? They are nothing but a record sufficient for the

time (or meant to be so). They do not profess to be final, though the author

may aim at finality.

Here, as everywhere, the advance towards completeness

is gradual.

As our knowledge increases, the definitions of species, genera, etc.,

become widened or restricted. The definitions change in scope, while the name

which was valid for the original definition remains the same. This contrast

between a stable nomenclature and a labile knowledge is a nomenclatorial evil

and a souree of much disagreement among systematists. If we tried to make

the names as labile as is our knowledge of nature, the remedy would be worse

than the evil. Albeit we cannot do away with the evil altogether, we are at

least able to mitigate its severity by the application of a dose of common-sense.

We all know that the number of specimens on which the definitions of

new species and varieties are based—it is of no consequence for our argument

which classificatory category the reader designates with the word “species ”—is

extremely small compared with the number of individuals existing. Innumer-

able species have been described from single specimens. Though this specimen

or these few individuals may have been abnormal, though the definition is after-

yards found not to cover the entire species at all, as an original definition

seldom does—unless it is so vague as to cover other species as well—the name

given to the first-named individual or individuals is accepted for the vast

( xx )

number of specimens which are later found to belong to the same species, be

they practically identical or be they very different in appearance. Preference is

given to the first name, though the species may later have been much better

described under another name. Nobody with a sense of responsibility will now-

adays re-name a species, variety, or genus of which he knows that it has a

name, on the ground that the original definition does not apply to all the

specimens of the species, or all the species of the genus, for which the original

name is now employed. Everybody who agrees that for the sake of a stabile

nomenclature the first name should strictly be preserved, gives to the first

individual or individuals which became known to science an importance in respect

to nomenclature which none of the later-discovered specimens can acquire.

Now, if a definition is not sufficiently precise to recognise by it the species

or variety, there is one way of solving the riddle, accepted by all systematists,

we think, If there should be somebody who objects to this means of finding out

the meaning of published but insufficiently defined names, and advocates that

such names should be dropped, he will doubtless retract the objection, if he comes

to think of the consequences. To drop such names, though theoretically justi-

fied, is impossible, as such a procedure would give the careless worker and

the ambitious amateur of the worst sort an excuse for inventing new names

wholesale. The means referred to of ascertaining the meaning of an original

definition is the comparison of the original specimens. If they are not pre-

served (or if the author has based the name on an inaccurate figure or on

an insufficiently precise description of an earlier writer), the name cannot take

priority over another name; it may be put down as a query synonym under

some species with which the definition agrees best, or may be enumerated as

species indeterminata at the end of the catalogue of the group. There are very

few defined names of Sphingidae which we cannot refer with certainty to any

species known to us: Sphinw ixion and Sphinx belis of Linné; Sphinx leuco-

phaeata and Chaerocampa thalassina of Clemens; Smerinthus decolor, Sphinz

trojanus, Chaerocampa brasiliensis, Macroglossa tristis, and Oenosanda chinensis

of Schaufuss, are examples. If the originals are there and are sufficiently well

preserved, we may be spared all difficulties, or we may get more deeply entangled

in the meshes of nomenclatorial controversy according as we find one or more

originals. Let us consider the two cases separately.

(1) If the species (or variety) was based on one individual, or, at all

events, if only one individual (authentic, of course) is preserved, and there is

nothing in the deseription which distinctly points to the definition being based

on seyeral different specimens, we are quite certain of what the name applies

to. And that is all we require.

(2) If the species was based on several specimens, we may find that they

belong to one species (or variety), or to more than one :—

(a) If they are actually of one species (or variety), there is again no

uncertainty about the application of the name. But we must remember that to

pronounce two or more individuals to be specifically the same is nothing else

( xxi )

but a conclusion, and that a conclusion may be erroneous. Those who have

some experience in systematic work will know that every now and again it

happens that the specimens which one author considered to be the same

species (or variety) are proved by another to represent several. The reader

will find a number of instances illustrating this experience, if he looks over

the synonymy in the present work. Therefore, what appeared to be certain

may become uncertain again, if there are more than one original specimen.

Some authors will, indeed, accept the identification even if it is based on some

such mistake, because they consider a name far too unimportant to justify a

strict adherence to principles, if a change of names is involved. However, the

majority of classifiers will oppose a name which is incorrectly applied. This

spirit of opposition against all mistakes is very healthy. We should deplore its

absence ; for we are sure, because we know instances, that he who intentionally

overlooks errors in apparently irrelevant matters, will treat in the same spirit

also details of fact which appear to him trivial, which may, however, be of the

greatest bearing upon general questions, and, therefore, mislead altogether the

generaliser who has to depend on the accuracy of the specialist.

(6) If it is proved that the original specimens belong to more than one

species (as do, for instance, the originals of Walker’s Macroglosswm_ sitiene,

corythus, Nephele viridescens, etc.), systematists have adopted several methods

of narrowing down the conglomerate to one species. These methods are as

follows :-—

(4) First method of restriction: The name of a composite species is to be

restricted to that component which is the first to which the name is afterwards

applied by the same or some other author. Illustration: Macroglossum corythus

of 1856 consists of three species { B, Of these B is the first mentioned as

corythus after 1856; ergo, the name of corythus is restricted to B.—To be

certain of the result, it is necessary to know which is the first, and that

requires a knowledge of all the books where the name occurs, and, moreover,

a knowledge of what is meant therein by the name. These premisses may

sometimes easily be got over, but they present more often difficulties which are

as intricate as those which the method professes to solve.

(6°) Second method of restriction: The name is to be restricted to that

component of the composite species which remains after the other components

have been subsequently separated under new names. Illustration: Macroglosswm

’ A,

corythus +B, As A and B are described as new in 1875, the name corythus

remains for C.—To arrive at this result, one has to inquire into the descriptions

of the new species, in order to find out whether the new names really apply to

A and B; the new species will in many cases again be found to be composite.

The method, therefore, creates new difficulties in trying to remove the old ones.

( xxii )

(c?) Third method of restriction: As the first and second methods are

opposed to one another, differing nearly always in the results attained, we

reject them both. The energy spent on the book-research which either method

requires is misapplied, reminding one too much of the famous fight against

windmills. Nomenclature is not part of nature; it is an auxiliary means

invented by the classifier for his own convenience. What in the name of

common-sense compels us, then, to turn a convenience into an inconvenience?

There is a wide scope for research in nature requiring all the energies of

scientists. Why, then, impose upon scientists those unnecessary labours which

have only a nomenclatorial, but no scientific result? The method adopted by

ourselves is at once logical and very simple, and removes all the difficulties as

far as that is possible. Our method of dealing with composite species (and

genera) is to narrow all cases down to the case dealt with under (1) by simply

applying also here the law of priority recognised by nearly every classifier as

the only means of arriving at a stable nomenclature. From the sequence

of the localities under a composite species, or from the characters mentioned

in the definition, or from the bibliography referred to by the author of a new

species, one is able to draw up a sequence of the components of the species.

If Macroglossum corythus, as conceived by Walker in 1856, consists of three

species, A, B, C, we have :—

A= WM. corythus ;

Macroglossum corythus\ B = M. corythus ;

le = M. corythus.

Each of the three components is M/. corythus, according to Walker. According

to the law of priority, the same specific name cannot stand twice in the same

genus, and the name occurring more than once can be valid only for the species

which was first published under that name, or which stands first in the book

where the name is defined for the first time. This rule being applied to the

above case, it follows that the name corythus can stand for A only. All we

have to do, therefore, is to find out the sequence of the components of a

composite species. This is mostly easy, especially in the case of geographically

separate forms,

In the case of composite genera the sequence is given by the names of

species mentioned, there being very few genera defined withont reference to

one or more species. Strict adherence to the above rule makes the first species

mentioned the type of the genus.

{One might object that this mechanical application of a rule leaves it

entirely to accident which species becomes the type of the genus, or to which

particular portion of a composite species the specific name is restricted; and,

further, that the author did not intend to give the first species or the first

specimens respectively any such pre-eminence, and that the “type” thus fixed

may be just the one to which the description applies least. We reply, firstly,

that we do not know the intentions of the author, as he did not state them ;

and, secondly, that, if the description applies accidentally less well to the species

( xxiii )

or specimens first in the sequence than to the others, this argument holds

equally good in the case of the types fixed by any other method of restriction.

We invite the reader to find out the types of such genera as Papilio, Sesia,

and Zygaena by all three methods. A glance at the original definitions of these

genera suffices to fix priamus, tantalus, and filipendulae as the respective types

according to the third method. A study of several families is necessary before

the types can conscientiously * be ascertained by the first and second methods,

since the species originally included in each genus belong to different families.

In mammals and birds and several other groups of animals the second

method has almost generally been adopted, for genera at least. If the

systematists have there really arrived at a stable nomenclature, no change 1s

necessary, a stable nomenclature being the main aim of the principles of

nomenclature. In Lepidoptera, however, and other insects, the first and second

methods, less often the third, have been followed, and that has landed us in

such a muddle that there is no question of stability having been attained. This

being so, we should have adopted, as a matter of course, the surest method of

restriction for the sake of avoiding waste of energy, even if our method was

not the logically correct one for all who agree that strict priority has to be

adhered to.

If the authors of the names for varieties, species, genera, etc., had done

from the beginning what we now have to do with their names; if the authors

had restricted every name in the way that we now are compelled to restrict it,

much time would have been saved. We all agree that a specific (or varietal)

name based on one specimen, and a generic name founded on one species,

are as valid as names based on more material. Further, if all names were

based on one individual or on one species respectively, there would be no

composite species and genera; and if the original individuals of each species

and variety were preserved, scarcely any difference of opinion would arise among

careful workers about the application of the names. We cannot alter what has

been published; but our contemporaries and the scientists who come after us

have it in their own hands to simplify nomenclature in the way here indicated

by making all names monotypical.

We do not know who was the first to fix a type (=typus) for the name

of a species, variety, or genus. The nomenclatorial term appears already in

1816 (Dalman). The word tyye was perhaps not the best that could have

been chosen, as it had already a definite meaning also in science, signifying

that which is typical for a group of units. But as we frequently use in science

the same word for different conceptions (claw, wing, tarsus, lip, mandibles, tail,

tongue, etc.), the philological objection against the term “type” is not of much

weight. However, the difference between the meaning of the word as used in

ordinary language and the meaning of the nomenclatorial term has occasioned

confusion, and hence led to another kind of objection.

* Some writers have simplified matters for themselves by ignoring the exotic species altogether! !

(_ xxiv )

Some authors, accepting the word “type” in the ordinary sense implying that

the specimens called types are typical individuals, very properly reply that these

types are often aberrant specimens, and very seldom the most typical for the

group of individuals to which they belong. This confusion of the verbal and

the technical meaning of the word “type” misleads those authors to insist further

that, there being no “types” in nature, one individual being no more a pre-

eminent representative of the species (or variety) than another, the word “type”

as a nomenclatorial term has no standing. It is obvious that those authors fall

into a deplorable error of confounding the names, which are the product of

scientists, with the objects named, which are the product of nature. Certainly

there are no types in the nomenclatorial sense in nature, but there are also

no names. ‘he type is as such not at all the type of the species, but is the

type of the arbitrary name given to the first specimen or specimens, and applied

by common consent to all the specimens which belong to the species, of which

the type-specimen is only a member, like any other individual.

Those who have the stability of nomenclature at heart, and are unwilling,

When proposing a new name, to lay an avoidable burden on scientists—and who

do not consider themselves infallible—should mark one individual as type (= typus)

of the name, and make a clear statement to that effect when publishing the name—

and one individual only. Jyery care should be taken to have such individuals

preserved. There is neither justification for opposing this usage by which the

systematists benefit enormously, nor for employing the purely nomenclatorial term

“type” in any other nomenclatorial sense than the one here advocated.

As a name is not valid if the animal or plant has already an earlier valid

name, we reject also all those uames of composite species and varieties of which

one of the components has an earlier valid name, and the names of composite

genera and higher categories which comprise the type of an earlier validly

named genus or higher category respectively. Temnora brisaeus of Walker

(1856) has no standing, because it is a mixture of several species, of which one

is Cramer's pylas (1779). Dalman’s Hemaris (1816) is a synonym of Macro-

glossum (1777), because it includes the type of Macroglossum. And for the

same reason the subfamily name Macroglossinae (1875) becomes a synonym of

Sesiinae (1819). Ambulyx of Walker (1856) cannot stand, as it includes

Amplypterus of Hiibner (1822). In general terms :—

If A is based on a,

or on a and 4, which are not cospecific, respectively not congeneric, ete.,

or on a, b,¢,

” ” ” ” ” ” 2

and B is based on a,

or on é and a, _ is * ” » ” ”

or on a and 4, s ia . 5) ” ” ”

or on ¢ and a, Pe + 5 ” ” ”

or on a and ¢, % » ” ” ” ” ”

or on 4, a, ¢, or a,b, c, or a, ¢, B, ete.

then B is a synonym of A.

( xxv )

This does away with some names proposed in scamped work, of which science

would be well rid, especially with those names which are founded on actually the

same material. Before a new name is introduced, the author should ascertain

to the best of his ability that the material for which the name is meant to

stand has no earlier name. ‘This is a demand on a describer, on the fulfilment

of which classifiers should rigorously insist.

In an ideal nomenclature a name should convey to the systematist the

characters of the animal or its place in the system. As long as the classification

is not final this is not possible, and final it will most likely never be. One

step towards this goal was made by Linné himself when he established it as a

rule that an animal or a plant was to be designated by a generic and a specific

name. In Lepidoptera he tried to go even further by indicating, in the case of

some groups, by means of a certain ending to the specific name (-ed/a, -ana, etc.),

to which family the species belonged. But this proved to be a complete failure.

The Linnean binominal system of nomenclature had the one great advantage

that, when the number of forms became larger and larger, there was no serious

objection to employing the same specific name in several genera. In Linné’s

time, when so comparatively few animals and plants were known, the generic

name was indeed sufficient to tell the scientist the position of the form in the

system. This is no longer the case. By far the larger number of generic names

do not convey any idea to scientists, except to a few specialists who happen

to know them; the family or even the order to which the genus belongs has

generally to be added to make clear what is meant. So far students of natural

science have adhered to the Linnean binominal system with that tenacity with

which human beings generally cling to what they have become accustomed by

long usage. However, a great change has taken place in one direction. When

the theory of descent threw an entirely new light on the forms of animated

nature, the study of variation became an all-important subject. That the species

were more or less variable was long known. But now the variability assumed

quite a different aspect. It was found that there were different kinds of variation.

Whereas formerly the chief object of classificatory research was to separate the

individuals into species, and group these in genera, and so on, now there were in

addition the several kinds of varieties to be carefully studied. For this purpose

a nomenclature of varieties is as necessary and as convenient a help as the Linnean

binominal nomenclature is to the student of species and higher categories.

Systematists agree that the name of a species, genus, or family must be of

the same form, so that one recognises by the name (or rather the formula)

which classificatory category of units is meant. A family name must be different

in form from a subfamily name, and a genus name from a non-generic name.

The name itself must show us whether it designates a species, a genus, a variety,

a family, etc. The efficiency of nomenclature would be nil if one could not see

from the name that Charaxes castor designates a species, Papilio a genus,

Agaristidae a family, according to common agreement, Sphinwx ocellata x Amorpha

populi a hybrid, Araschnia levana f. t. prorsa a seasonal form, etc. This is so

( xxvi )

self-evident that we ask ourselves in wonder how it is possible that there

are systematists who do not—should we say will not ?—recognise the necessity

of it. If Fringilla coelebs is accepted as a formula for a species, Sphinx

atlanticus is also a designation of a species, and not of a genus or a variety

or a subspecies. To speak of “species” Sphinx ocellata and of “ subspecies ”

Sphinx atlanticus is a coutradiction unworthy of science.

In former times varieties were looked upon as freaks of nature. They were

to many a classifier an interesting nuisance, which often threatened to upset

the balance of his well-fixed species, and were on that account more often

entirely put aside than welcomed as an object for research. Esper, who went

perhaps deeper into the phenomena of variation than most of his contemporary

entomologists, already distinguished between ordinary varieties (Abweichungen)

and abnormal individuals (Ausartungen). However, as long as the principle of

evolution underlying these varieties was not recognised, there was no need to

study them systematically, and to work ont a system of nomenclature which

would bring into order the chaos of varieties, as did Linné’s binominal system

the chaotic mass of species.

From Linné onwards varieties, if provided with a distinctive name, are

recorded in various ways. The following names may serve as illustrations :

Papilio iris luteus; Columba oenas 8. domestica; Phasianus gallus B. gallus

cristatus ; Phasianus colchicus (B.) Phasianus varius. The word varietas,

introduced by Linné as subordinate to species, meant anything deviating

obyiously from the normal individuals of a species. The practice of putting the

term in an abbreviated form, as varict. or var., before the varietal name does

not seem to have sprung up before the beginning of the nineteenth century,

and the use of the term aberratio (ab. = aberr.) is still younger. Not rarely

the “variety”” was in reality the normal form, while the “species” happened

to be described from aberrant specimens. There was no strict rule for the

employment of rar. or ab.; some treated well-marked varieties as var. and less

obviously different individuals as ad., the distinction between var. and ad. being

merely quantitative ; while others employed ad. for abnormal specimens ocenrring

singly among the normal ones, and var. for the regularly observed varieties.

There are many collectors and classifiers, representing the stagnant element

in this department of our science, who look at varieties still from either of

these standpoints.

Since the middle of the last century, when natural science stepped from

childhood into manhood, the study of variation has gradually become more

methodical, with a change in the

PRINCIPLES OF CLASSIFICATION,

and has now attained a height of which our forefathers in science did not dream.

New lines of research bring to light new series of facts; and new kinds

of facts require a new terminology. It will not do to have the same

nomenclatorial formula for a species as for a genus ; and so it will also not

( xxvii )

do to name all kinds of varieties in the same way. It was Staudinger who

first separated the varieties of Lepidoptera into two categories: geog raphical

and non-geographical varieties. There is indeed a great difference between

these two categories, as we shall see later on. Unfortunately Staudinger adopted

for the geographical variety the old term varietas (var.), and for the second

kind the term aderratio, giving both terms a definite meaning which they

did not originally have. He should have invented a new term at least for

the geographical variety. As it was, the application of var. and ad. remained

in as great a muddle as before.

While there was thus some sign that the relation of the varieties towards

each other was assuming a clearer aspect, at least to some authors, a curious

misunderstanding crept in, which prevented many classifiers from perceiving the

true relation of the varieties towards the species. It is self-evident that two or

more different-looking animals which are found not to be specifically distinet

from one another belong to the same species, 7.2. are components of this

species. All the components together are the species. This is a truism. How-

ever, systematists became accustomed to look upon that particular component

which was first described and named, and of which the name was accepted as

the name for the entire species, as being the species, while it was, as a matter

of course, only one of the components of the species. It is utterly wrong to

say that the first-described form is the species and the later-described forms

varieties of it. We know, for instance, that Araschnia levana and prorsa are the

same species ; neither lerana nor prorsa is the species, but the pale spring-form

levana and the darker summer-form prorsa together are the species, thus :—

levana | ;

_ -= species.

prorsa |

It is purely conventional, on grounds of nomenclatorial efficiency, and has

nothing to do with the relation of the summer- and spring-broods towards each

other, or with the causes and the origin of such horodimorphism, that the

first-given name, lecana, is applied to the species. In doing this people forgot

that the name Jdevana, originally standing for part of the species, was now

employed for the whole as well, and that therefore the true relation between

the species and its components is this :—

spring-brood levana | P

summer-brood prorsa | — Bngtles ena.

Or, if we use the term f. ¢. (= forma tempestatis) for horodimorphic forms, we

have as formula for the insect :—

; f. t. levana ;

Araschnia levana

| f. t. prorsa.

Instead of employing this formula, classifiers spoke and speak of a species

levana, meaning the spring-form, and a variety prorsa, meaning the sammer-

form, co-ordinating the one with the other :—

Araschnia levana ;

Araschnia levana var. prorsd.

(_ xxviii )

This is wrong, as the spring-form is no more the species than is the

summer-form.

What we have said here in regard to seasonal varieties, applies also to

geographical and individual varieties. Which of the components of a species

is the first-deseribed and -named form depends in nearly every case entirely

upon accident. The first-named form may be the most aberrant and the very

youngest development of the species, having originated from one of the later-

described compounds of the species. To call this accidentally first-named

portion of a species the species and the later-named forms varieties of the first,

is a Indicrous confusion of facts. And yet, systematic work, from mammals

downwards, teems with this glaring misconception.

As nomenclature is a convenient auxiliary to classification, as it is sub-

servient to science, and must therefore be accommodated to the latter, it should

not form a hard-and-fast structure, into the compartments of which the results

of classifieatory research have to be squeezed somehow. The distinction between

tle scientific part and the accessory nomenclatorial side of classification should

never be lost sight of.

The aim of scientific research is to discover and elucidate the phenomena

of nature. Classification, as part of science, aims at an understanding of the

connection between the individuals. To attain this object it relies on facts

discovered by two lines of research: firstly, on the facts relating to the body ;

and, secondly, on the facts relating to life. And here, as in all scientific

research, we find the primary question underlying all investigations to be

difference or no difference, because science is always comparative, consciously or

unconsciously. Morphology and anatomy provide the classifier with the knowledge

of the body. In a vast number of instances there is no other knowledge available

than this, to build a classification upon. The corporeal facts of the morphologist

and anatomist are, however, no absolutely trustworthy basis for a superstructure.

For the primary units of the classifier, the individuals, are always different from

one another to a certain extent, and therefore cannot be proved to be classi-

ficatorially identical by corporeal comparison alone. As in inanimate nature

identity can be established by action and reaction, so also in animated nature.

The observed differences and apparent identities in the bodies of the individuals

have to pass the higher criticism of the knowledge of the phenomena of life.

Two individnals may appear very different to the morphologist ; but the classifier,

who knows from observation of the living animals that one is the offspring of

the other, cannot establish any other connection between them than that of parent

and offspring, however conspicuous the bodily differences may be. The differences

between young and adult, male and female, parent and offspring, brothers and

sisters, however prominent they are, lose all the classificatory importance which

the morphologist and anatomist (and the classifier misled by him) thought they

had, when biology establishes the true relationship of such individuals. On the

other hand, apparently insignificant corporeal differences, which the morphologist

may scarcely deem worth noticing, often turn out to be differences between

(xxix )

animals which are entirely independent of one another. The conclusions based

upon the facts of anatomical and morphological research must always give way to

the direct proofs of biology. The significance of corporeal characters is established

by biology. Anatomy and morphology give the quantity, biology determines

the quality. It is therefore obvious that the classifier should not let himself

be guided in his judgment solely by a consideration of the quantity of bodily

characters, but always keep in mind the higher criticism of quality. If he does

this, he will not easily fall into the error of treating two groups of individuals

as being of the same classificatory category (variety, species, genus, etc.), if

‘piological considerations are against it. If the classifier had no other guide

than corporeal similarities and differences, the classification would merely be an

artificial arrangement, without regard to the true connection between the animals

classified. Such a classification, perhaps very useful for the mere collector,

might be likened to an arrangement of minerals according to their external

features, without any regard to their chemical composition.

Although there are no biological data available of most animals, of which

we know nothing but what the dead bodies or portions of them (embryo to

adult) tell us, the scientific classifier has nevertheless another guide. This

guide is the principle of judging from analogy (the word used in the logical

sense). We give two illustrations. If in a certain country the spring- and

stmmer-broods of a certain group of species have been proved to be different

in all the species examined, we may safely conclude that they differ also in

those species of the group which have not yet been examined. Therefore, forms

of that group of which it is only known that they differ in the same way

as the horodimorphie forms of the better-known species must also be treated as

seasonal varieties, and not as distinct species. As we have found that the

genital armature, though individually variable, does not exhibit any seasonal

differences in those species of Lepidoptera of which forms proved to be seasonal

have been examined by us, we are bound to conclude that Lepidoptera which

do constantly show differences in those structures are not seasonal forms of one

species. The premiss is the better established, and hence the conclusion is the

more likely to be correct, the more species have been examined. This deductive

reasoning, though logically exact, will never give us certainty. For the animals

as we know them are the product of evolution; the result of evolution is

dependent on the nature of the animal and of the evolving extraneous factors ;

these extraneous factors being independent of the animal, their combination

with the internal factors—which combination determines the line of develop-

ment—depends on accident; results determined by accident cannot be deduced

from an a priori law. That means, we do not a priori know that what holds

good in all the cases examined is true also in every case not yet examined.

Nearly all the so-called “laws” in biology are nothing but more or less well-

formulated rules of probability admitting of exceptions. A rule may*apply to

every individual case within a certain group of animals; but the further away

we go from that group, the greater becomes the chance of exceptions turning

(xx })

up. It is hasty to generalise from a limited group of animals, though biologists

are nowadays in the habit of doing so. Every group first requires independent

be true in another group can be pronounced

investigation before a rule found to

to be true also in the one under consideration. The “laws” of development

have all a premiss; they are true only under certain conditions. The scientist

must, therefore, always remain aware that the unexpected may happen, and

individual cases turn out to be exceptions. For instance, what the classifier

considered to be a generalised character may turn out to be a specialisation, and

what is a specific difference in one group may only be seasonal in another.

Since the classifier is in the same position as the commentator of a book which

is written in a language only imperfectly known to him, and from which many

words and whole pages are missing, there is necessarily a certain amount of

assumption in classificatory work which makes the results proportionately unstable.

However, the degree of instability can be lessened to a great extent. Just as we

know «@ priori that a certain character which appears generation after generation

in the larger number of individuals of a species will finally be present in all

(if the conditions of life remain the same), so the probability of the correctness

of a conclusion in classification will become certainty, if all the details of the

animals and all the facts of their biology render it probable that the conclusion

is correct.

In order to approach this certainty the classifier has to give his conclusions

the widest possible basis. The results of anatomy and morphology must be

checked off by biology, and the conclusions derived from one organ by the

conclusions based on every other part of the body. If one organ contradicts

the other, there is a mistake either in observation or in interpretation. The

more such mistakes are discovered and corrected, the safer the superstructure of

conclusions will be. Grouping the animals according to the apparent develop-

ment of one organ leads to an artificial arrangement; grouping them in

accordance with all organs checked off by biology results in a final classification.

However, finality, even if the classification is restricted to a small group of

beings, entails such au enormous expenditure of energy that it can be approached

only gradually in the course of time by continued co-operation between the

various lines of research.

All classification begins with the discrimination between individuals. Every-

body distinguishes between the specimens he observes around him and brings

them into groups, thus setting up a rough kind of classification. Experience

shows which individuals stand in the possibly closest blood-relationship—that of

parent and offspring, and of brothers and sisters. The classifier starting with

this experience, which can be corroborated over and over again, has therefore as

foundation for classification a solid fact which will remain firm when a flimsy

superstructure that a wild fancy may think fit to erect is blown away. Obser-

vation of the individnals so closely connected as parents and offspring teaches us

that there is always a certain amount of corporeal difference between them, every

individual having an individuality. We notice this variability in all organs

( xxxi )

when studying them closely. There is no constancy. How far the variability

extends is a primary subject of investigation. Lepidoptera are the most convenient

group for the study of variation, as they can be comparatively easily reared and

experimented upon. Variability may be fairly equal in all organs, or may be

excessive in one and slight in others; variability of one certain organ may

always be accompanied (within one group of animals) by variability in certain

other organs, or the variability may be quite independent. Variability (= state

of being different) is to be accounted for by two kinds of variation (= process

of becoming different): firstly, ¢ndividual variation, pertaining to brothers and

sisters ; and, secondly, generatory variation, pertaining to parent and offspring.

Individual variation is normally such that there is a gradation from one

extreme to the other, the number of individuals becoming, however, smaller

towards the ends : monomorphism, respectively—chromatism. Or the individuals

which are all the offspring of the same parents fall into two or more groups,

which may or may not be connected by intergradations : di- or polymorphism,

respectively—chromatism. In every case there appear occasionally specimens

which stand outside the ordinary range of variation. Such aberrations are

generally aberrant in one organ only, and otherwise quite normal. Aberrations

should not be confounded with monstrosities, in which the deviation from the

normal is due to injury of the early stages. The dimorphism of commonest

occurrence is sexual, the purely sexual characters being nearly everywhere in

sexually separate animals accompanied by differences in size, colour, and some

kind of structure. Marked dimorphism in both sexes is comparatively rare.

But where such di- or polymorphism exists, and where the similar individuals

of both sexes are referred to under one name, it must not be implied that the

similar specimens are biological entities. They constitute like aberrant indi-

viduals a morphological or anatomical unit named in contradistinetion to the

other individuals. A black ¢ of Papilio machaon is not more nearly related to

a black ? than to its own normally coloured brothers and sisters, and the brown

3d of Mimas tiliae are as much the dd of the green ? ? as of the brown ones,

in spite of corporeal similaritivs and dissimilarities, and in spite of similarly

coloured specimens bearing the same name in classification. In most groups of

Lepidoptera the variability of the males is inferior to that of the other sex, there

being numerous species in which the male is monomorphic, while the female is

polymorphic. In such cases the females are generally protectively coloured or

otherwise adapted in several directions, and may occasionally become mono-

morphic again or more constant than the males, in consequence of the best-

adapted form becoming prevalent and finally appearing alone. The habit of

naming varieties has been in vogue among entomologists and conchologists more

than among any other systematists on account of the great variability of insects

and shells; and as the student of variation requires names for the sake of

brevity of reference, there is nothing to be said against the habit. But since

every individual deviates in some organ from the mean, there is some danger

of the naming turning out indiscriminate. Fortunately, Lepidopterists have so

( xxxii )

far confined themselves to ardent baptism of individual varieties showing some

distinction only in colour, pattern, or shape. There is, of course, no reason

for such restriction. There is just as much justification in Lepidoptera as there

is in beetles for naming structural varieties. If it is not objectionable to baptise

sculpture-varieties of Carabus, there can also be no objection against providing

with a name, for instance, the numerous individuals of Chalcostidae which are

different in nenration. However, it is our opinion that the naming of individual

varieties should not go further than is necessary, and that only the student of

variation can decide how far it is necessary.

Conspicuous individual variability is observed among Sphingidae both in

the larvae and the adults, the caterpillars of Mdacroglossum and Cephonodes and

the imagines of some Ambulicinae being very variable in colour.

The differences between parent and offspring are no less marked in many

instances than those of the offspring ¢mfer se. The generations as they follow

one another are either practically the same, or there is a cycle of more or

less different generations. In Lepidoptera the cycle is generally restricted

to two or three broods. As these coincide in time of appearance with the

seasons as a rule, this particular kind of “ generatory” variation is called

seasonal. Though as a matter of course the individuals of each separate brood

are a biological entity varying individually in the way explained above,

there is nowadays a great inclination amongst systematists as well as

biologists to confound seasonal with individual variation. If two different

specimens are offspring of the same female, they are surely not seasonal

varieties. At the bottom of the confusion lies the assumption that, since

seasonal variation depends on meteorological differences of the seasons, all

differences are cansed to appear by such factors. This assumption is certainly

incorrect, and therefore the indiscriminate treatment of different - looking

specimens as seasonal quite misleading. Everybody may draw conclusions as

he pleases, but the facts must be represented as they are; they must not

be tampered with. Seasonal variation is observed in several instances among

Sphingidae. The most remarkable cases are found in Huemorrhagia and

Hyloicus. Though we know that generatory variation is often structural in

insects (Aphidae, Physopoda, etc.), we were nevertheless surprised to find

a structural difference in the claw-segments of the two forms of Hylotcus

perelegans, which forms we presume will turn out to be seasonal.

Having studied the differences between the individuals proved by rearing

to be parents and offspring, the student will be able to select from the

individuals at large those which a comparison of their bodies convinces him to

be so nearly identical with the specimens reared that they might very well be

brothers and sisters of them. But knowing that corporeal similarity is no

absolute proof of biological identity, he will prudently test his conclusion—

perhaps gather some female moths which come to his lamp and which seem to

him identical to all intents and purposes, get eggs from them, and rear the

5D*

larvae. To his astonishment he finds that the apparently identical females have

( xxxili )

produced two very different kinds of caterpillars, from which he obtains in the

course of time a series of imagines again very much alike, but presenting now

to his searching eye and suspicious mind some slight differences. Continued

experiment with the two insects proves to him that he has to do, not with a

dimorphic larva, but with two entirely independent beings, which fly together

and feed as larvae on the same plant, and which are scarcely distinguishable

as adults, and are nevertheless perfectly kept apart in nature. He realises

that there is a gap between these two kinds of insects which is utterly different

from the gap between the varieties which stand in the relation of parents and

offspring ; that there is an effective barrier which lies in the nature of the

specimens themselves, separating the two sets of individuals completely, though

there is no extraneous barrier between them. And by studying further the life

around himself, the student will perceive that the animated world is composed

of a multitude of such sets of specimens, of such entities, all separated by that

same kind of barrier. The knowledge of the existence of this barrier is essential

for the classifier. What the barrier is the student cannot know with certainty.

The corporeal differences observed in the individuals are not the barrier, but

are only accessory to it.

Passing now into a neighbouring country, the scientist will find practically

the same composition of the fauna, though some old friends may be missing

and some strangers may meet his eye. A good many of the entities will

indeed be identical with what he knew before, but others appear in an altered

garb. In one the range of variation has remained the same; but the indi-

viduals which were in the minority in the first place are here in a majority,

the mean of the variability having changed. Another entity, which was known

to him as being monomorphic, is dimorphic in the new locality. A third,

which was seasonally variable there, does not exhibit seasonal variability

here. Among the specimens of a fourth entity there appear individuals

different from what the student had hitherto seen, the range of variation

having become shifted or widened. In others, again, he finds the proportion

of such different individuals to be larger and larger, until the student

comes to entities of which all specimens exhibit some distinction from the

individuals of the former country. They are the same entities, but with a

difference.

Now, in which relation to each other stand such geographically separated

entities? The two extreme cases are these :—

(1) The geographically separated entities are, each taken as a whole,

identical, with the same range of variation and the same mean of variability.

(2) The geographically separated entities are different from one another in

all individuals.

Between these two extreme cases there are all intergradations. The

difference may be found only in a very small proportion of the specimens,

or only in one sex, or in the greater number of individuals, or in nearly all,

or in all. The difference may be structural, or chromatic, or both; it may be

( xxxiv )

conspicuons or scarcely perceptible ; the gap between two geographically separate

entities may be small, or large, and it may be completely bridged over by

individuals from other countries. A careful observer of any group of sexually

separate animals will know many instances referable to the Various Cases

alluded to. We will call such geographically separate animals which are

different, geographical representatives.

In order to see clearly what the difference means, it is necessary to

know the meaning of identity in geographically separate individuals. If two

geographically separated specimens prove on comparison to be identical, or are

considered identical, the student has to conclude that they are not separated by

that barrier which we have above characterised as effectively keeping the entities

of the same country (= synoecic entities) apart. As each of the two individuals

is a portion of an entity in its native country, these two respective entities

are also not separated by that barrier. That means, the two entities together

are only one single entity separated from all the others by the above barrier.

We cannot help adding, that it appears very strange to us to see some indi-

viduals pronounced identical, and to find them, nevertheless, treated by the same

author as belonging to two “species.” *

It is clear, from what we have just said, that geographically separate

animals which are identical in some of the individuals, or, in other words, of

which the range of variation overlaps (A! varying from 1 to: 5, A* from 4 to

12, A® from 7 to 19, At from 18 to 21, ete.), are one biological entity ; that

is to say, the geographically separate different specimens are the product of

geographical variation of the same animal.

It is a difficult task to find out the limits of variation. The material

which comes into the hands of the student being insignificant compared with

the number of individuals at large, it depends upon chance that the extreme

individnals become known. Experiments, especially with Lepidoptera, have

proved that the range of variation can be increased artificially. That is to say,

the capability to vary is greater than we generally observe it to be in the

material collected, and therefore we must expect that the range of variation is

in many cases actually more extended than we see it, and that, consequently,

very often also those geographically separated different animals overlap in

characters which differ constantly in the specimens contained in collections. If

the number of individuals is small (we know frequently only one or a few

Specimens, often only one sex), it is the merest assumption to say that all the

specimens of the respective locality are different from all the individuals of a

certain other locality. Aud an author who makes such a statement is no less

liasty or superficial in his judgment than the one who waves the distinctions

aside as being of no importance. However, if there is any reason for expecting

the characters to overlap, it follows from what we said before, that the

individnals from the two places together belong to one entity. The accom-

panying diagram (Fig. 1) demonstrates perhaps more clearly the correctness of

* Bee Nov. Zool. TX. p, 459 462 (1902).

(exxxy™)

our argument than any words. The diagram illustrates an extreme hypothetical

case. The curves A! and A? represent the variation* of two geographical

representatives. The extent of variation, @ c, is the same in both repre-

sentatives, but the means are different. The small number of specimens, a 4,

belonging to A? are identical with the majority of the individuals of A, while

the small proportion 4 ¢ of the specimens of A! are the same as the majority

of A®. It is obvious that there is little chance of the student getting any of

the specimens a 6 of A? and J ¢ of A’, if he has not a really large material

at disposal. To him A! and A? would appear to be separated by a gap; they

would appear to be constantly different, though they are, each taken as a whole,

morphologically identical.

Two sexually or otherwise di- and polymorphic animals do not. differ in

all specimens in the same way; one sex or one set of individuals may be

distinguishable by colour, the other by shape; one form may be paler, another

darker, than the respective forms of the animal with which they are compared.

To find ont the differences between two geographical representatives which are

A! Fie. 1. A?

di- or polymorphic, it is necessary to compare the corresponding forms with

one another, just as one has to compare sex with sex, larva with larva of

the same stage, pupa with pupa. There are also monomorphic geographical

representatives which differ from one another in a similar way, some individuals

differing in shape, others in colour, others again in pattern or in structure.

The difference between the two representatives is also often constituted by the

ensemble of the characters in each individual.

Such cases lead over to those in which the geographical representatives are

completely separated by a gap in their morphology, either in one or in several

organs. If At, A®, A®, At, etc., are the representatives of one certain type of

animal, inhabiting, for instance, each one particular island, and B', B’, B%, B*, ete.,

those of another type of animal found on the same islands respectively, there is

a corporeal gap between A! and A’, etc., and between B! and Bb’, etc., which

do not live together, as well as between A! and B', A* and B’, ete., which live

together. And now the question arises, Are the gaps between the various A’s

* The ordinate gives the number of individuals, the abscissa the degree of difference.

( xxxvi )

and those between the various B’s biologically equal to the gaps between the

synoecic A’s and B’s? Does the barrier which we know to exist between the

aynoecic Al and B!, which oceur together, exist also between A’ and A’, which

are geographically separate? There are many scientists who say Yes, and many

who say No. Let us consider first the arguments advanced for the correctness

of an affirmative answer.

(1) The geographical representatives A’ and A? are constantly different ;

ergo, there is a constant barrier between them, as in the case of A? and Bl.—

Firstly, this is begging the question. Secondly, we have seen above (p. xxxiii)

that corporeal differences as such do not constitute the barrier existing between

A' and B' Thirdly, in a vast number of cases it is mere guess-work to

maintain that A! and A2 are constantly different ; all we know of them is that

they are different under the special conditions under which they are living,

similarly as seasonal varieties may be constantly different if the conditions are

constant. If the constancy of the special conditions falls, the constancy of the

corporeal difference between A! and A? will certainly or perhaps—we cannot tell

a priori which is correct—also break down.

(2) Al and A® are geographically isolated. They form therefore separate

biological entities which do not interbreed and fuse—We reply, firstly, that this

is again a restatement of the question; secondly, that, as there are numerous

cases of identical individuals (as far as there is identity in individuals) being

geographically separated from one another, geographical isolation as such is no

criterion whatever ; and, thirdly, that the facts of A’ and A? being geographically

separate, and A! and B! living together, constitute certainly not an agreement,

but, on the contrary, a difference in the relation between A! and A?®, and A! and

B', respectively.

Our arguments for geographical representatives not having a prior? the

same biological standing as the synoecic animals which are separated by the

barrier before characterised (p. xxxiii), are as follows :—

(1) The geographically separated and morphologically distinguishable

representatives A’, A®, A%*, etc., are morphologically and anatomically more

similar to one another than to B!, B?, B, ete. The A’s are modifications

of one and the same type, the B’s of another, the C’s of a third, etc., and

each type as a whole stands in contradistinction to the other. This is a

statement of fact, not of opinion. Now, since the existing modifications are

the result of evolution from the ancestral types, it follows that phylogenetically

A’. A®, A’, ete., stand in closer relation towards each other than do the

synoecic animals A’, B', Cl, D!, ete., the A’s forming one branch, the B’s

another, the C’s a third, ete., of the phylogenetic tree. This differenee in

the degree of blood-relationship between the geographical representatives

(= geographically separate components) of one type and between synoecic

types is very conspicuous in all classes of animals where adequate material

has been conscientiously studied. From the point of view of a morphologist

alone, all the animals which are clearly geographical representatives of one

( xxxvii )

another have a different standing in classification from the non-geographical

entities.

(2) If a small proportion of the specimens of A’ and A® are the same,

and A! and A? (or one of them) are brought under conditions which favour

the appearance of the characters of this small proportion in each case,

bionomics teach us that A? and A? will in the course of time become more and

more similar, overlap wider and wider, and become finally identical. That is

to say, A' and A? cannot live together without fusion. However, if A‘ and

A®, which differ, say, in 99-9 per cent. of the individuals, cannot exist together

as separate entities, A? and A®*, which are connected by intergradation in the

intermediate countries, or A? and A‘, of which the ranges of variation are

contiguous, or At and A®, which are separated by a small gap, have no chance

of remaining separate entities, if by accident brought under the same con-

ditions of life. As there is a gradation in the morphological difference between

geographical representatives (see Fig. 2, in which the curves D', D?, D?, etc., are

Fie, 2.

the geographical representatives), some being slightly, others more distinctly,

and others again widely different, it is obvious that the chance of the

representatives not overlapping in characters, under those altered conditions

of life above referred to, becomes larger and larger, the wider the morphological

gap is between them. From this point of view it depends, therefore, entirely

upon the characters of the geographical representatives whether these can

exist together or not, 7.e. whether there is a similar gap between A’ and A?

to that between A! and B'. In other words, considering the gradation in

the morphological differences, there are morphologically different geographical

representatives which can certainly not exist together without fusing to one

entity, and there are others which may be so far settled in their characters

that a fusion will not take place.

From what we have said it follows that it is wrong to treat all

geographical corporeally different forms indiscriminately as being separated by

that same barrier which prevents synoecic animals from fusing. As science

does not knowingly perpetuate errors, the contention which we have

demonstrated to be erroneous should be abandoned by those who claim their

( xxxviii )

work to be wholly scientific; and nomenclature, the language of classification,

should therefore have a different formula for the two different conceptions, if

classification is meant to be precise. And the language recording in formulas

the results of classification must be precise, because science has specially

invented the formulas to prevent confusion arising.

However, before going further, let us consider another side of the question.

It might be argued, with some degree of justification, that nomenclature is

a practical invention for the convenience of the classifier (and those who make

use of classification), and, as we said above, must not be turned into an

inconvenience. Now, if the classifier is compelled to distinguish between

geographically isolated forms which are equal to distinct synoecic animals, and

such which are not, and again between geographical and non-geographical

corporeally distinct animals, an amount of work is thrown on him which he

could easily avoid by treating all definable forms in the same way, as being

all co-ordinate. Those of our readers who follow classificatory literature * are

aware that we are not stating an imaginary case, with the object—as so often

happens in science and elsewhere—of demolishing an opinion which nobody

entertains. The procedure above advocated is certainly a great simplification

of work. But we may be allowed to state in response that a far greater

simplification can be attained by putting all geographical modifications of the

same type down as identical, nomenclatorially and classificatorially. If the

splitter who indiscriminately calls everything definable a “species” claims

the right to live, ourselves as impartial onlookers must concede the same right

to the Inmper who treats everything not conspicuously different as being

identical. These two opponents are almost hopelessly at loggerheads. We say

almost; for we perceive some glimmer of hope of a good ending in the fact

that, as in the struggle between two nations the victor becomes generally

influenced by those details of civilisation in which the vanquished excels, both

the lumper and splitter will profit from one another in the course of time,

both remaining victorious in the struggle till the end, the one knocking over

what the other considers distinct, and the other separating again what the

former has put together as the same. Do not let it be truly ad infinitum. We

sympathise with both; for we believe that we understand the cause of the

struggle and the reason’ for its unreasonable continnance. When Linné invented

his nomenclature (binominal, except most Lepidoptera) for his classification, he

started with the conception that the animated world was composed of a great

number of forms which, though variable to a certain—mostly small—extent,

were fixed entities. These entities he defined as species, and designated each

with a name. The introduction of a precise discrimination (or what was meant

to be precise) between the species, and their fixation in classification by a name,

gave a great impulse to collecting and studying the forms of animated creation.

During the last century the material increased at such a rate that the number

of species known to Linné became soon insignificant as compared with what

* See, for instance, Verh. V. Intern. Zool. longress p. 910 (1902).

( xxxix?)

more extensive collecting brought to light.* Among the new materials the

systematist found a multitude of forms connecting by all kinds of intermediate

grades a great number of hitherto well-separated “species.” In dealing with

these intermediates systematists adopted three methods.

The one class of describers, disregarding variability, thought to carry out

in the correct way Linné’s method of classification and nomenclature by applying

Linné’s term “species” to every group of individuals which they found to be

definable. As every individual differs to some extent from the other, every

specimen was naturally a trap for these anthors, who continually considered

individual differences to be specific, and hence described an army of “ species”

which had no standing at all.

Another class of systematists, noticing the links connecting what otherwise

appeared to be distinct “species,” were inclined to regard everything similar as

being the same. They forgot that the first object of the describer is to distin-

guish between what is distinguishable, and they were still further carried away

by the reaction against the indiscriminate creation of species which necessarily

set in.

There was, therefore, a kind of excuse for the one as well as for the other

class of systematists; the one student erring in being too zealous in applying

throughout what he thought to be the generally adopted Linnean method

of dealing with the animated world, and the other falling into mistakes by

over-zealously correcting the errors (or what appeared to him as such) of the

former.

The right path lies, as it mostly does, in the middle between those followed

by the extremists. A third class of students, keeping their mind unbiassed, were

led along this middle path by their own power of discrimination. They learnt

from the investigation of the mass of material in museums and private collections,

and from observations ‘on living specimens, that neither everything similar is

identical, nor everything dissimilar is specifically distinct.

It is the lack of discrimination which prevents either extremist from

finding the right path. However, the work of the splitter has a great advantage

over that of the lumper. The differences which he points out between tne

* The numbers of species described by Linné in Syst. Wat. ed. x. 1758 are as follows ‘~~

Mammalia . A ; é . a 6 : 6 + 184

Aves. F ‘ < 5 b 6 0 0 F - . 554

Amphibia. fF 5 5 ‘ . c é ‘ . 218

Pisces . A “ : c . . . 0 fs F ee cits)

Coleoptera. 5 5 . . ‘ 5 . . 665

Hemiptera. c 4 “ 5 5 . . raed i

Lepidoptera . A . . . 5 . A . 542

Insecta { Neuroptera . ty : . E 5 ° 7 60

Hymenoptera . 4 . : . a A 2 . 229

Diptera . 5 : é 3 : 4 5 5 LSS

Aptera . . . : . . . . . - 229

Vermes . 927

Total . ; . . 4371

(Gals)

animals are there. In the statements of fact he is correct; but he errs in

the interpretation of these differences. His sight is keen, his reasoning—less so.

The lumper, on the other hand, does not perceive the differences, or he perceives

them only in a hazy way; he puts them down as insignificant and passes on,

halting only if there is a conspicuous quantity of difference which impresses itself

on his mind. His eye and reasoning are on the same level, and his work is

generally scamped. As he depends in his judgment on the conspicuousness of

the characters, he naturally falls constantly into the error of treating as the

same what differs in non-contrasting colours or in vaguely perceived structures,

and as distinct what differs in contrasting colours, in shape, size, and other easily

noticed characters. It may appear ludicrous to the non-initiated, but it is

nevertheless true, that in one and the same group of animals—for instance,

Lepidoptera—the same kind of difference is considered by the same authors as

being of no significance in the case of small forms, where it requires careful

research to find the distinctions (Zpiplemidae, Geometridae, Thyrididae, ete.) ;

while it is treated as being specific in the case of large ones, where even a dull

eye cannot fail to perceive the difference (Papilio and other butterflies). Sombre-

coloured animals (some Sphingidae, Noctuidae), small forms (Hpiplemidae), and

such with a uniform pattern (Micronia, for instance), are generally great

stumbling-blocks for the Iumper. ‘The author who treats everything definable

as distinct has at least method in his errors; the author who depends entirely

on what appears to him to be a sufficient quantity of difference is quite arbitrary

in his judgment.

The errors of an author arising from physical shortcomings, lack of training,

and a certain flightiness in reasoning may leniently be passed over, if the

mistakes are not persisted in when they have clearly been pointed ont. However,

the direct misstatements as to variation and distribution, which the lumper is more

liable to make than the splitter, are scarcely pardonable. If it is the object of

the systematist to elucidate facts, and not to conceal them or to misstate them

so as to mislead, it is wrong for an author to suppress distinctions which he

has noticed; to refer to differences which are geographical, as if they were

individual ; to consider characters as seasonal which he knows not to be seasonal ;

to pronounce a form constant, if he knows only one or a few specimens ; to treat

another as being individually variable, though he knows only single individuals

from different countries. In short, it is wrong—and may become objectionable,

because bordering ou charlatanism, if the misrepresentation is made deliberately—

to represent anything to be what it is known not to be, or what on a little

consideration it would have been known not to be. Neither the author who

considers every form definable as being specifically distinct, nor his opponent

who treats as identical everything of which the distinguishing characters do not

appear to him to be conspicuous enough, fulfils one of the primary demands

on the conscientious classifier—namely, to discriminate carefully between the

differences presented by the various forms of animals he has to deal with, instead

of lumping and separating indiscriminately.

(xii)

We are aware that a good many systematists, both among amateurs and

professionals, have no higher object than naming and arranging the material in

their collections, and maybe issuing books to enable others also to name and

arrange the specimens, the knowledge aimed at being a knowledge of some

distinguishing characters, and especially the name of the “species.” However,

the knowledge of the alphabet does not carry with it the knowledge of the

language, and he who knows the words and speaks a language is not yet a

philologist. So there is also in classification a higher object to be attained than

merely describing, baptising, and arranging in some arbitrary order the forms of

animated nature. This higher object is to understand the phylogenetic relation

between the forms, and on this understanding the scientific classifier bases

his system.

In order to comprehend the connection between the forms, it is necessary

to know what it is that separates them. It was the one kind of difference to

which we have referred before, separating the animals which exist side by side,

the one effective barrier consisting of differences in the organisation of the

animals themselves, which was the keynote to the Linnean Reformation of

Natural Science and to the Darwinian Revolution. The individuals within the

barrier form an entity which has an existence independent of all the other

entities. Hach entity was in the Linnean classification understood to be a special

creation, and the effective barrier to be intended to prevent fusion of the entities.

This was the conception to which Linné applied the term species. And this

was again the conception which formed the subject of Darwin’s Origin of Species.

The great, mystery which the theory of descent sought to explain was the fact

of the co-existence of such innumerable independent species, all separated by

that gap which we know to keep the species apart. How did this specific

barrier come into existence, if not erected by special creation? That is the

fundamental question which is before scientists. The question is not solved by

looking it straight in the face and then shelving it by applying the term

“species ” to something else than what it originally meant. No friend of true

research should let pass unchallenged what so many classifiers nowadays try to

do—namely, to substitute for true species the geographical form. We know that

a specific barrier exists between synoecic animals; we know that there is

a morphological distinction between geographical representatives. Can the one

barrier which we know to be specific honestly be replaced by the geographical

difference which at the highest may be assumed to be specific, and of which

we know that it is mot always specific? We shall oppose any such attempt at

underhand shifting of the meaning of the term “ species,’ which would misguide

the public and prevent the student himself from seeing clearly the question

at issue.

If the specific barrier is the result of the evolution of the organic world

by natural causes; if, further, the multitude of species is the outcome of the

divergent development of species into a greater number of species,—then we

have to search for the rudiment (= beginning) of the specific barrier among

( xlii )

differences found within a species between the various component varieties and

individuals. Therefore it is necessary, in order to understand the origin of the

specific barrier, to study the varietal differences, and find out among which

varieties there is a rudimentary specific barrier, and hence which varieties are

rudimentary (= incipient) species. It has been shown by one of us* (and

therefore we do not again fully enter into the same question) that the development

of gamogenetie species into two or several species is not possible without an

effective extraneous barrier between the varieties, which barrier prevents the

fusion of the varieties, as does the specific barrier the fusion of the species,

and, further, that this extraneous barrier is provided by geographical separation.

Isolation of one or more mutating factors is the cause of the portion of a

species subjected to them becoming different from the other components which

stand under other influences. All our researches confirm this conclusion based

on the facts of variation, and all attempts to demonstrate the possibility of the

separation of a species into several without some kind of local isolation are

fallacious in reasoning. Geographical variation leads to a multiplication of the

species ; non-geographical variation at the highest to polymorphism. Geographical

variation is, therefore, of another kind than non-geographical variation, and

therefore geographical varieties have a different standing in the evolution of the

organic world from the individual and generatory varieties.

Geographical varieties as incipient species are the next classificatory category

below species, just as subfamily is a degree lower than family, and no better

term could have been invented for them than subspecies. With subspecies we

designate, therefore, nothing else but the geographically separated different

components of one and the same type, which components represent together

a species. The criterion of a subspecies is not a certain amount of difference,

but bodily difference and geographical separation. Synoecie varieties—i.e. varieties

from the same locality—are never subspecies. We have to emphasise this

distinction, as many authors constantly confound subspecies with non-geographical

varieties. There are comparatively very few species which do not vary

geographically. It was an ardent opponent of Darwin—Wiegand—who put forward

as an argument against the theory of evolution that geographical variation was a

conditio sine qua non for the correctness of the theory of descent, and that there

was no such general basis for evolution. Systematists have proved by their

minute research that geographical variation is the rule and not the exception,

and they may be justly proud of this result of their untiring labours. Curiously

enough, non-systematists do not generally seem to be aware of this result, nor

to fully comprehend its bearing on the theory of descent.

A species which has not developed into subspecies (= geographical varieties

= geographical races or forms) may be individually or seasonally di- or poly-

morphic, and similarly the individuals of a subspecies may all fall into seasonal

and these into individual varieties. As the species of a genus are co-ordinate

* See “Mechanical Selection” in Nov. Zool. iii. p. 426 (1896); “ Reproductive Divergence, etc., in

Natural Science xii. p. 45 (1898),

( xliii )

with one another and subordinate to the genus, so are the subspecies co-ordinate

with one another and subordinate to the species of which they are the components.

Since Linné applied the term varvetas to the forms which are not specifically

different, we do not see any reason against the use of this very convenient word

in the same sense for all the components of a species which differ from one

another. We understand, therefore, under variety not a particular category of

the components of a species, but employ the term for all the different members

of a species indiscriminately. The different categories of varieties must receive

special terms in a precise classification, and special formulae must be employed

for them in a precise nomenclature.

We distinguish three categories of varieties, namely :—

I. Individual variety.—The following terms are employed by us:

(1) ad. = aberratio for individuals which stand outside the normal

range of variation.

(2) f. = forma in the case of di- and polymorphism. If a form

occurs rarely, it may be termed /. aé., in contradistiuction to

je norm.

(3) 2-f. or d-f,, if the respective form belongs to one sex only.

(4) f. loc. = forma alicuius loci, if, in the case of polymorphism, a

form is restricted to one portion of the range of the respective

variety or species.

II. Generatory variety.—This variety is seasonal in Lepidoptera, and is

designated as

(0) f. t. = forma tempestatis.

Il. Geographical variety or subspecies.—This is the highest category of

varieties. As the term varietas includes also other varieties,

it cannot be employed as such for the geographical variety except

in a precise nomenclature; either a specifying attribute must be

added (var. geogr.), or an abbreviation of another term chosen

(subsp.). But we do not see that it is at all necessary to put

any such abbreviation of a term before the subspecific name.

We can do without the encumbrance of the abbreviation—what

we can do without is unnecessary : and what is an unnecessary

encumbrance in nomenclature, common-sense compels us to

drop—by

(6) Simply mutually agreeing that a subspecies is designated by its

name added to that of the species without any abbreviation before

the subspecific name. This means simplification of nomenclature,

nothing else.

The following diagram illustrates the nomenclatorial relation towards each

( xliv )

other of the various categories of classificatory units from the individual variety

upwards to the genus :—

faites

subsp. ab.

18 Ue

é.

pete g—f.

9—f.

subsp. 3o-f.

| jet

species 16 Ais 9—f,

| of

ab.

subsp. ab.

ab.

f. norm.

eae subsp.

species | be

foat:

BPEciee f. norm.

f. ab.

species f

species £

There seems to us to be some confusion existing in the minds of some

systematists with regard to the degree of phylogenetic relationship of the

auimals classified and the nomenclatorial position of the units towards each

other.

Although it is the highest object of the researches of the systematist to

elacidate the phylogenetic connection between the classificatory units from the

individuals upwards to the family, order, etc., the linear arrangement of the units

in the system gives but a very scanty elucidation of their evolution. If a genus

is a development from another, it may be put behind the older one; but this

method at once breaks down if there are several genera derived from one,

especially if one of the derivatives has again given rise to a series of genera.

And nomenclatorially the classifier can do even Jess. In nomenclature all the

units of one category are co-ordinate units ; all the species, all the subspecies, all

the genera, ete., are respectively co-ordinate with one another. The classifier

cannot make any nomenclatorial difference whatever between phylogenetically

younger and older genera, between the parent- and daughter-species, between

the generalised and specialised subspecies. We have the same nomenclatorial

formula for every genus (Papilio, Fringilla), for every species (Papilio priamus

( xlv )

Fringilla coelebs), for every subspecies (Papilio priamus poseidon, Papilio

priamus priamus, Papilio priamus coelestis). If the classifier wishes to represent

the probable phylogenetic origin of the units which stand co-ordinated in his

system and nomenclature, he has to take recourse to the figurative tree, or must

give a kind of pedigree, as we have done in the present work. Fringilla coelebs

does not mean that coelebs is a derivation from Fringilla, but that it forms part

of the genus Fringilla; and Papilio priamus poseidon must not be interpreted

as signifying that poseidon is derived from priamus, but that it is one of the

several components which together form the species Papilio priamus. This

confusion of ideas has been occasioned by the unfortunate habit, which many

classifiers cannot shake off, of regarding the first-described component as the

typical form of a species, as the “Stammart,’* as the phylogenitically oldest

portion of the species, or in the case of a genus as the phylogenetically oldest

species of the genus, while it is merely the accidentally first-baptised form. Is

the distinction between what is phylogenetically and what is nomenclatorially

the oldest really difficult to perceive and to comprehend?

The classification of the lower categories from individual variety to species

is in a different position to that of the higher categories (from genus upwards).

While the species and varieties are realities which can be tested by observa-

tion of the live specimens and by experiment, there is no such test possible in

the case of genera, tribes, families, etc. These higher categories are definable

groups of allied species. The criterion of their being realities, or, as one is

used to say, of their being natural, is threefold :—

(1) The group must be definable—.e. must not so intergrade with another

that there is no line of division, or that the line of division is arbitrary.

(2) The contents of each group must be homogeneous. Elements of

different origin, though perhaps similar in consequence of convergent development,

must not be brought together.

(3) Each higher category must have a separate definition based on other

characters than those referred to in the definitions of the respective lower

categories. The characters which make an animal specifically distinct do not

make it also generically distinct, nor can the same character upon which a genus

is based be employed to characterise a tribe or a family.

To define genera and higher units is not always an easy matter. In order

to render a definition precise, a close study is necessary of the forms which

come under the unit defined, as well as of the forms of the allied units. The

difficulties encountered have induced many authors, especially in Ornithology

and Entomology, to propose names for genera, subfamilies, and families without

attempting a definition. The naked names thus introduced are a fit testi-

monium paupertatis for their authors. In our opinion, the thoroughness of the

researches in systematic work can best be estimated from the degree of exactness

* The word “Stammart"’ is much employed by German writers in this erroneous and misleading

sense, See Reichenow, in Verh. V. Intern. Zool. Congress p. 911 (1902).

( xlvi )

of the definitions of genera and higher units. For the degree of exactness

depends here (1) on the more or less intrinsic study of a larger number of

forms than in the case of species and varieties, and (2) on the correctness of

the author’s inductive reasoning.

The classifieatory category coming in our system of classification next to

the species is the genus. Some authors interpolate between genus and species

a category they call subgenus. From a comparison of a number of subgenera

which have been defined, we are able to state that they had either no standing,

being groups of species quite arbitrarily put together, or they represented well-

defined homogeneous groups—é.e. were equal to a genus. We do not see any

possibility of distinguishing between a defined genus and a defined subgenus.

To call one defined group a genus and another defined group a subgenus is quite

arbitrary. As there is a gap between every two species, and mostly between

the varieties as well, and, further, as the species fall into groups different in

extent or different in composition, according to this or that organ being taken

as the basis of the grouping, the limitation of the genera would be entirely left

to the personal opinion and ability of each individual classifier, if there was no

general definition of what kind of classificatory unit a genus is meant to be.

Systematists differ, indeed, very much in the extent given to genera, some

authors adhering to large unwieldy groups of the Linnean type, and others

erecting a genus for almost every species, and sometimes even for subspecies.

In order to check arbitrariness, to escape uncertainty as far as possible, and

to make generic classification more stable, we think it advisable to define a

genus as a classificatory unit one category higher than species comprising one

definable group of species.

In many cases the group contains only one species by the other members

having become extinct, or by there being as yet only one species known, the

other species being still undiscovered.

In the present Revision of the Sphingidae it has been our special endeavour

to give a solid foundation to the genera, supplementing and rectifying the vague

or faulty definitions with which the workers in this group of insects have

contented themselves. Though many genera hitherto considered to be valid

haye been shown by us to have no standing, the number of genera of

Sphingidae has been much enlarged, owing to the closer examination of the

insects proving many groups of apparently similar species to be heterogeneous.

We have laid special stress upon the genera as conceived by us representing

stages in the evolution of the Sphingidae.

There is nowadays a tendency among British Lepidopterists to imitate

some American leading spirits in Lepidopterology in shifting the term “ family”

(familia; designated by the ending -idae according to common consent) to

a lower category than that to which it was originally applied. We do not

see what good it serves to call, for instance, all the Hawk Moths together

a superfamily, and the next divisions of it families. It is an entirely

superfluous innovation, and only leads to confusion, like all shifting of

( slvii )

terms. We divide the Sphingidae into the following eight classificatory

categories :—

I. Individual variety.

II. Generatory variety = seasonal variety.

III. Geographical variety = subspecies.

IV. Species.

V. Genus.

VI. Tribe.

VII. Subfamily.

VIII. Family.

Before we proceed to state some of the general results of our study of

the Sphingidae, we give a summary of the morphology of these insects, which

will enable the reader to more fully comprehend some of the conclusions

bearing on phylogeny and distribution.

MORPHOLOGY OF SPHINGIDAE.

The dorsal skeleton of the head (PJ. LXII. f. 6) is divided by two

transverse sutures into clypeus (c/), epicranium (ecr), and occiput (occ). The

last is always a narrow transverse plate more or less distinctly placed at an

angle to the convex epicranium ; it is as a matter of course longer transversely

in those species in which the eyes have a more oblique position than in those

which have less obliquely placed eyes. Compare Pl. LXI. f. 6 and Pl. LXII.

f. 6. Its anterior edge is generally faintly incrassate in the middle. The

epicranium forms laterally the sockets for the antennae, which stand nearer

the eye in some Hawk Moths than in others; the suture between epicranium

and elypeus is just in front of the antennae, ending in the antennal grooves.

The clypeus is the largest plate of the three; it is more or less strongly

convex, especially mesially. It bears at the anterior margin the labrum

(i, Pl. LXI. f. 6. 8. 9. 10. 11, also Pl. LXII.). The two are almost merged

into one, the suture being mostly not distinct. The labrum is in most instances

raised to a large, transverse, cariniform tubercle, which is generally vertical in

front. It projects sometimes frontad over the base of the tongue, concealing

the mesial part of the epistome (ep), and is occasionally very small (Pl. LXII.

f. 3). The epistome is a transverse plate of variable dimensions situated in

front of the labrum, with which it is so completely fused that it is not easy

to say where the one begins and the other ends. It is especially large in

a number of Ambulicinae with otherwise reduced mouth-parts (ey, Pl. LXL.

via NOG UL FI GROUT Gig 20 tsp)

This epistome covers the base of the tongue. When normal, it has a thin

mesial lobe and a large process at each side. The mesial lobe varies in size and

somewhat in shape, and is rarely absent (Pl. LXI. f. 10; Pl. LXII. f. 1), this

occurring when also the other mouth-parts exhibit a high degree of reduction.

( xlviii )

The lateral processes (p, Pl. LXI. f. 6—11; Pl. LXII. f. 1—5) are designated

“pilifer” by Kellogg *), and are often erroneously considered to be homologous

to the mandibles. The normal pilifer is a curved obtuse process, concave and

flattened on the innerside, and is beset on the inner surface with a great number

of long stiff bristles which project over the base of the tongue, which they

touch. The pilifer and its bristles undergo various modifications. The bristles

become modified into scales, either partly or all (Pl. LXI. f. 11), or they

become fewer in number and disappear finally nearly completely (Pl. LXI. f. 10).

At the same time the pilifer may become shortened and lose the appearance of

a process, being represented in the most reduced state known to us by a broad

obtuse projection (Pl. LXI. f. 10). Two other modifications are represented by

Pl. LXII. f. 4. 5. In fig. 5 the pilifer (py) is almost stalked, and projects far

beyond the mesial lobe, which is large. In fig. 4 the whole epistome is

enlarged together, produced forward, the pilifers being close together and very

broad, and projecting little beyond the mesial lobe, which is very small.

Quite different from these modifications is that observed in all the species of

Choerocampinae, and only in this subfamily. Pl. LXII. f. 2 represents a species

of Celerio: the pilifer (y) is long, somewhat twisted, and the apical portion

is clothed inwardly with short bristles, while the proximal portion bears the

ordinary long bristles, the two kinds of bristles contrasting very strongly with

one another. “This character is of surprising constancy; its significance in

classification will be understood, when the characters of the palpus and antenna

are taken into consideration at the same time.

Between pilifer and eye, supporting the former laterally, there is a more or

less triangular projection, which is an enlargement of the brim which separates

the eye from the large labial cavity of the underside of the head. We term

this projection “genal process” (gp of PJ. LXI. and LXIL). The upper

portion of this genal process is often distinctly separated by a suture, and

corresponds to the mandible (md, Pl. LXII. f. 4), as pointed out by Kellogg,

1. c. The genal process is very large in Macroglossum (Pl. LXI. f. 9), Sesia,

and allied genera, reaching often to the tip of the pilifer. In the Choero-

campinae (in all of them) it is smaller than anywhere else (Pl. LXII. f. 2),

not showing in a lateral view the distinctly triangular form observed in all

other Sphingidae with well-developed tongue. The suture between genal

process on the one side and labrum and clypeus on the other ends often (many

Ambulicinae) in a deep groove (f, Pl. LXI. f. 10. 11). If we examine the

underside of the head after the removal of the labial palpi (Pl. LXI. f. 7;

Jip is the groove in which the palpus is inserted), we find again the pilifer

and the genal process between eye and tongue, and observe below the pilifer

close to the tongue on each side a short process, dilated apically in the species

figured, which process is the remnant of the maxillary palpus (map). It is

in most cases densely clothed with loug white scales, which project beyond the

pilifer and genal process, being visible also in dorsal and lateral aspects of

* Amer. Naturalist xxix.\p. 546 (1895).

( xlix )

the head (Pl. LXI. f. 6. 8). The size of the vestigial maxillary palpns is not

constant in the family, nor has the palpus always the same shape. The

transverse arched stripe of chitin between the Tabial palpi is the mentum; in

front of it we find often a vestigial, very feebly chitinised submentam.

The before-mentioned mouth-parts of Lepidoptera have attracted much

attention on the part of scientific entomologists since Walter’s now famous

paper on the mouth-parts of Micropteryr.* The distinctions exhibited by them

within the families of Frenata have, however, not been made use of in

classificatory work. The parts are covered by the labial palpi as a rule, and

are not visible without pushing the palpus away from the head. A drop of

benzine, or, better, a drop of alcohol, applied to the base, is generally sufficient

to make the palpus so flexible that it is movable, and allows the genal

process and pilifer to be studied without injury to the specimen. The two

parts of the caputal appendices which remain to be discussed, tongue and

labial palpus, are better known to the classifier, though the descriptions given

of them go seldom beyond length of the former and ontline and general aspect

of the latter,

The length to which the tongue has developed in the family Sphingidae

is an exceedingly striking character. Here we find the longest tongue of all

insects. But what is far more interesting for the student of comparative

morphology as well as the classifier is the fact that the length of the tongue

yaries in this family to such an enormous extent as it does, the extremes

being represented by Cocytivs, in which the tongue is sometimes little short

of 25 cm., and Polyptychus, where we find species with a tongue represented

by two tubercles barely longer than 2 mm.

A comparative study of the tongue (glossa) of Lepidoptera is a desideratum.

It is formed by the first pair of mavxillae, and consists, as is well known, of

two halves closely applied to each other (Pl. LXII. f. 2). Each half is

concaye on the inner side, and bears at the upper inner edge a very dense

fringe of ciliae. The trans-section is in Sphingidae short kidney-shaped, or

nearly circular, apart from the inner concave portion. Laterally at the base

the tongue has very often a patch of minute hairs; in a few cases hairs are

found all over the dorsal surface. Within the cavity of each half we find, in

dry specimens, a large trachea and the residue of the dried-up muscles, nerves,

etc. The sucking-tube itself (PI. LXII. f. 2, tv) formed by the two halves

of the glossa is closed above by the fringe, the ciliae of which are soldered

together to form a membrane, which is often quite smooth, showing no trace

of transverse striation indicating the ciliae. When the tongue becomes reduced,

the two halves are less firmly applied to ove another, and the transverse

striation of the closing membrane of the tube becomes distinct, till with the

further reduction of the glossa the two halves separate and the closing

membrane assumes the form of a fringe of separate ciliae (Pl. LXI. f. 11;

Pl LXII. f. 4. 5), this fringe finally disappearing (Pl. LXI. f. 10; Pl. LXIL.

* Jen. Zeitschr, Naturm. v, 5, p. 75i (1885).

Cis)

f. 1). The fanctionless tongue loses the transverse annulation ; it is very

feebly chitinised, and varies individually in length. It not rarely bears scales,

and is occasionally tuberculated.

The longest tongue oceurs in the tribe Sphingicae, which tribe contains,

however, also species with a very short and functionless tongue, and one species

with just a vestige of it (llenbechia). A short tongue is frequently found

among the Ambulicinae, in which subfamily it is always shorter than the body,

but often strong, and in the latter case not showing any sign of reduction.

In the Sphingulicae the tongue is also very weak and short in most species.

In the other groups of Sphingidae the tongue is never excessively long and

never very short, always preserving the ordinary structure and rigidity. It is

scarcely necessary to point out that the functionless glossa is a derivation from

a tongue efficient as a sucking-tube.

As varied as the other mouth-parts are also the labial palpi, shortly

designated as “palpi” in Lepidoptera. Though this designation is, strictly

speaking, not correct, it is very convenient and quite precise enough, as there

ean be no doubt that the labial palpi, and not the vestigial maxillary ones,

are meant, when speaking of the palpi.

The palpus, if not reduced, is large, broad in lateral aspect, closely

contiguous to the head, and has a short third segment. A palpus like this

does not occur outside the family. However, where the palpus is reduced, the

general aspect is insufficient to recognise it as a Sphingid palpus. The most

slender and at the same time longest palpus is found in Z7nostoma and in the

3 of Cressonia, in which latter genus the ¢ palpi are strongly divergent. A

very large and rounded palpus is met with in Pachylia, Eurypteryx, Protoparce,

and other genera. Reduced palpi oecur abundantly among Ambulicinae and

Acherontiinae, while the palpi of the other Sphingidae are mostly of medium

size or large, very seldom small. The size of the palpus depends on the

width of the segments and upon the scaling ; a broad segment covered by short

scales appearing much slenderer than a narrower one with long erect scaling

(Pl. LIX. f. 26. 27). It is, as a rule, also the scaling which gives the terminal

portion of the palpus its particular shape. The triangularly pointed palpus and

the broadly rounded one, as described in systematic work, may have similar

segments when denuded. If one speaks of the shape of the palpus, one means

the palpus inclusive of the scaling as it appears in a perfect specimen. There

is distinct sexnal dimorphism in the palpus among Ambulicinae, the palpus of

the male being often larger than that of the female.

There are always three segments; the third is, however, nearly always

very short and concealed in the scaling of the second, projecting as a little

knob. In the few cases where the third segment is more distinct it is conical,

sometimes naked and horn-like (Cocytius ; Xanthopan); it is never long, slender,

and rod-like. In narrow palpi it is often as broad at the base as the second

segment is at the end.

The first segment is the longest as a rule, but there are many exceptions

(hh)

in which the first is not longer or is shorter than the second. The segment

is curved, lying along the eye. The inner surface (Pl. LIX. f. 26. 27; Pl. LX.

f. 1) is more or less regularly annulated or wrinkled, flattened, or slightly

convex, or somewhat concave. It is naked, except the edges, with some long

hair-like scales ; or it is more or less loosely scaled for the greater part. The

scaling at the apex of the first segment (Pl. LIX. and LX.) is either short, or

long and rough, or long and quite regular, affording in several cases conspicuous

characters of taxonomic value—as, for instance, in the subfamily Choerocampinae,

where the two Neotropical genera and the cosmopolitan genus Celerio have

the scaling always rongh and irregular, while all the allied Old World genera

with the exception of Pergesa and Mhodafra, derivations from Celerio, have

it regular (PI. LIX. f. 19—21. 26. 27). A character of the greatest importance

in the classification of the Hawk Moths is found at the base of the first

segment. That is a patch of variable size of short (and doubtless sensory) hairs,

which is always present in one section of the family (a, Pl. LIX. f. 26. 27),

except a few reduced forms, and eqnally constantly absent from the other

section (Pl. LX. f. 1). The trustworthiness of the distinctive character was

discovered after we had separated the Acherontiinae (= Acherontiicae + Sphingicae

+ Sphingulicae) and Ambulicinae from the rest of the family on other grounds.

This basal patch was found in Butterflies and treated upon at some length

by Renuter.* It is of wide occurrence in Moths. Its absence from Acherontiinae

and Ambulicinae has nothing to do with the reduction of the palpus, as it 1s

absent from the large palpi of Protoparce and other Sphingicae, while it is

found in the other subfamilies on the relatively small palpus of Oryba, Berutana,

and other genera. The basal patch is present in Geometridae, Notodontidae,

Agaristidae, Noctuidae, Pyralidae, etc., etc., and assumes sometimes an obviously

distinetive form. We have not noticed it in Satwrnitdae and allied groups, nor

among Lasiocampidae, Bombycidae, Eupterotidae, and some other groups. How

far this organ can be made use of in the classification of these families more

complete research must show; but we are justified in maintaining that the

basal patch will prove itself elsewhere an equally good distinguishing character

as we find it to be in Sphingidae.

The first segment of the palpus exhibits also on the outer side characters

of taxonomic value. There is a kind of transverse crest near the eye in Basiothia,

Aleuron, and Unzela, and the apex of the segment is strongly convex externally

or angulate in these genera; the crest is also found in Gurelca and Sphingo-

naepiopsis. A peculiar modification is found in one genus of Acherontiinae

(Megacorma) and in a great number of Choerocampinae. It is illustrated on

Pls. LIX. and LX. There is at the apex of the segment, ventro-laterally, a

space devoid of the ordinary scaling, being either quite naked or clothed with

a few long hair-like but flat scales. The scaling around this naked space,

* Acta Soe. Se. Fenn, xxii. 1 (1896).—Reuter says that the basal patch of Heterocera is never

elevated as in Rhopalocera. We find that it is sometimes raised to a conspicuous ridge, for instance

in Pyralidae.

(in)

which is often somewhat concave, is more or less regular, especially ventrally,

and, surrounding the naked space, forms a kind of cavity (gr, Pl. LIX.

f, 13. 16. 17. 18. 25; Pl. LX. f. 3). The naked membrane is doubtless sensory,

but we could not find any external sensory organs in the dry specimens. The

long hair-like scales situated in many species on this naked membrane are

not of a sensory nature. There is every intergradation between a rudimentary

cavity and a large regular one. This specialisation is found only among

Oriental and Aethiopian SpAingidae, not in American ones. The joint between

the first and second segments is exposed in the species which exhibit the

cavity. A naked and exposed joint is also met with among Améulicinae, but

no cavity.

The second segment undergoes many modifications in shape; it may be

subeylindrical, quadrangular, triangular, ovate; it may be longer or shorter

than broad, or square. In Tinostoma it is three times as long as broad. It is

angulate at the upper outer corner in Alewron and Unzela. The scaling of the

two palpi generally covers the base of the tongue; but there are instances where

the mouth-parts are exposed. This is the case when the scaling of the second

segment is very short, as in Pl. LIX. f. 10. 11. 26.

The inner surface of the second segment exhibits some remarkable specialisa-

tions. It is normally scaled all over, but we find the scales very small and

rather dispersed in Huchloron (Pl. LIX. f. 24), so that the membrane is

partly naked. In all the other species of Choerocampinae these small rounded

scales have all, or nearly all, disappeared, leaving the segment bare except at

the edges (Pl. LIX. f. 19—21. 26. 27). The character is quite constant, and

oceurs only in those species which agree also in certain characters of the pilifer

and of the antennal end-segment, and form the subfamily Choerocampinae. The

scales at the upper apical angle of the segment with naked inner surface are

either short or form a conspicuous tuft, which projects ventrad (Pl. LIX.

f. 19—21. 26. 27). This difference is of importance, the absence of the tuft

being characteristical for the fifty species of the purely American genus

Xylophanes, which has, unlike the Hastern representatives of the subfamily

Choerocampinae (Rhodafra and Pergesa excepted), the scaling at the apex of

the first segment irregular, as stated above. We have not ascertained the trne

nature of the naked membrane, but assume that it serves as an organ of sense.

A specialisation reminding one of that just described is found in the genus

Psilogramma of the subfamily Acherontiinae. Here the segment bears a naked

longitudinal stripe not far from the upper edge, the stripe appearing as a

prolongation of the naked part of the first segment. The modification does not

occur in the otherwise very closely allied genus Lewcomonia.

A third modification peeuliar to the Acherontiicae, but vestigial also in one

genus of Sphingicae, is represented by figs. 1 and 2 of Pl. LX. Here the

second segment is concave on the inner surface; the scales at the edge of

the cavity (c) project over it, forming a kind of roof. The concave part is

either practically naked or scaled. The transition from the vestigial groove of

( liii )

Xanthopan to the deep and naked cavity of Acherontia and Herse is found

in Megacorma and Coelonia.

The third segment bears at the end a small and deep cavity of a sensory

nature. We have not studied this organ.

The great variety in the structure of the antennae” of the Heterocera is

repeated to a lower degree in most families of larger extent, and this makes it

generally impossible to give of these organs a short family diagnosis which is

true of all the species of the respective groups. The stereotyped description

of the Sphingid antenna handed down from Linnean times applies only to a

portion of this family. The prismatic, clubbed, and hooked antenna is by no

means common to all the Sphingidae, a large proportion of the Hawk Moths

deviating widely from this type. However, comparing each type of antenna of the

present family with the corresponding types of other families, we shall always

find some difference, and very often some striking difference, revealed by the

closer examination of the special structures.

The generalised type of antenna of Lepidoptera is, in our opinion, that in

which the dorsal surface is wholly scaled, while the ventral surface is scaleless,

being clothed instead with a dense covering of fine hairs. This type is derived

from an antenna entirely ciliated. Besides the protective scaling and the sensory

ciliation there are other organs present, such as sense-bristles and -cones, both

of which are rather easily discernible and of considerable taxonomic value. The

scaling of the butterfly antenna is reduced apically and in a number of groups

altogether absent, except the first segments (Danainae, Papilios allied to

sarpedon, etc.). In Heterocera we find the scaling extending to the last or

last but one segment, but meet also with antennae which have lost the scaling

(Saturniidae and close allies ; Pelochyta). The arrangement of scales in two

recular transverse rows on each segment which is prevalent among Butterflies,

and is found also in a very great number of Moths, does not obtain among

Hawk Moths except on the distal segments in a number of species, the scales

being comparatively small and very numerous. Where among Butterflies and

Moths the area covered by the fine sensory ciliae is reduced, the ventral surface

becomes often partly scaled, the loss of the sensory function being followed by, or

going hand in hand with, the appearance of scales, in Lepidoptera the normal

clothing of the epidermis where no organs with special function are required.

The proximal segments of the antennae of Sphingidae are occasionally nearly or

totally scaled—namely, where the antenna is strongly clubbed. That means,

where the sensory function is more concentrated distally, the proximal segments,

which are reduced in width and function, have acquired an ordinary covering

of scaling on the underside. This is most evident in Rhopalopsyche, a genus

with also otherwise remarkable antennae. The appearance of scales as a sign

of loss of function, or of weakness, is strikingly illustrated by other organs.

We have seen above that the reduced tongue becomes scaled in some instances,

and that the bristles of the pilifer are replaced in many reduced species by

* Compare Bodine, rans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxiii. p. 1 (1896); Jordan, Nov. Zool, vy. p. 374 (1898),

( liv )

scales. A further confirmation of the view just expressed, that the ventral

sealing of the antenna is a relatively young character, we find in the fact that

there are sometimes scales on the underside of the antennae of hybrids where

there should not be any, these scales being doubtless an expression of weakened

vitality. We predict that by breeding in and in specimens will result which

show a more extended antennal scaling than the normal individuals. The

antennae of the Aegeriidae and Castniidae, which resemble in general appear-

ance somewhat a clabbed Sphingid antenna, differ essentially from the latter

in having the greater part of the ventral surface scaled, agreeing in this respect

with the antennae of a great many Zineidac. Among the latter family (or

group of families, perhaps), and among the Limacodidae, we find antennae which

are almost entirely covered with scales.

Before following the somewhat complicated development of the sensory

surface, we shall shortly refer to the sense-cones and sense-bristles. The sense-

cones discovered by Bodine do not occur in Rhopalocera, but are widely distributed

in Heterocera, They are ventral, mesial, and apical in Sphingidae, one on each

segment, except the end-segment and the basal one or ones (PI. LX. f. 4—29, ec),

from which they are absent. The cones of the distal segments are generally

more prominent than those of the proximal segments. They do not always

stand exactly at the apical edge of the segment, being not rarely removed

somewhat basad (compare, for instance, Herse convolvuli). However, they are

never absent and never abandon the mesial position in this family. They

are wanting in the Castniidae, Aegeriidae, and Zygaenidae ; their absence is a

distinctive character not difficult to recognise. They are present on the clubbed

antennae of Agaristidae and Cocytia.

The sense-bristles are stiff hairs of varying length. The Lepidoptera most

primitive in respect to these organs have a complete belt of such bristles on

each segment. Among Rhopalocera we find such a belt preserved in Lycaenidae

and Hesperiidae; we meet with it again among the Jugata and many Hetero-

cerous Frenata. Some of the dorsal bristles are, however, generally reduced and

covered by the scaling. This is the case also in Sphingidae. The normal

number of the bristles found in the Hawk Moths on the non-scaled surface, if

we except the end-segment, is two on each side (Pl. LX. f. 14), one being dorso-

lateral, the other ventro-lateral and basal. The number is sometimes doubled ;

but there is never a complete transverse series, and the bristles are never apical,

the Sphingid antenna differing therefore obviously from that of <Agaristidae,

Zygaenidae, and many other clubbed and non-clubbed antennae.

The dorso-lateral bristles situated close to the edge of the scaled area are

very often so prolonged and become so stout that the antenna has the appearance

of being pectinated; in fact, that bristle has often been mistaken for a pectina-

tion.* We meet with this development very commonly in filiform and setiform

antennae, but never among Sphingidae.

The ventral and lateral surface of the antenna of Heterocera, as far as

* Nov. Zool, iii, t. 4. f. 5—11,

(lv)

it is not scaled, is covered with ciliae, only the parts near the joints and

close to the dorsal scaling being in many cases naked or sparsely ciliated.

Pagenstecher * calls the antennae of Callidulidae “ naked,” and Hampson +

describes those of Agaristidae as being “not ciliated.” Both authors are

wrong, the antennae of Callidulidae and of <Agaristidae being sealed above

and ciliated below. There is no antenna among Lepidoptera which is not

ciliated, and the term “naked” can with some justification ouly be employed

for antennae which are not scaled, and therefore have a naked dorsal surface

(apart from some bristles and setiferous pits). The evenly ciliated ventral surface

as we find it in Rhopalocera among the Lycaenidae and Hesperiidae, and in

great abundance among the Heterocera, more especially in the female sex, far

less often in the male sex, represents a generalised state of development from

which a variety of specialisations have started, which, though resulting in

widely different structures, have nevertheless all the same tendency—namely,

to make the antenna more efficient as an organ of sense. This is accomplished

by enlargement of the area bearing the sensory organs—/.e. by the increase in

their number—or by concentration of the organs, or by enlargement of the

organs themselves, these modifications obtaining either singly or together. The

concentration of the ciliated area into such well-cireumscribed grooves as are

described and figured in Nov. Zoor. vi. p. 374. t. 14. 15, does not occur among

the Heterocera. The enlargement of the distal part of the antenna into a

club, which is normal for Rhopalocera, among which non-clubbed antennae are

extremely rare (Pseudopontia), is met with in a number of Heterocerous families,

such as Castniidae, Aegeriidae, Sphingidae, Zygaenidae, Agaristidae, Callidu-

lidae, and also among Geometridae and Noctuidae. As regards mere outline,

the clubbed antennae of representatives of different families are sometimes not

distinguishable. The Australian Castniidae, which appear to form a different

subfamily from the Neotropical species of that family, resemble in the short

and abrupt club certain Preridae, and some Hesperiidae and Neotropical

Castniidae have practically the same antennal outline as some Sphingidae. The

most strongly clubbed antenna of Sphingidae we find in Haemorrhagia and

Rhopalopsyche ; from these to the setiform antenna of Megacorma there occur

all intergradations in shape. It is by no means only the ciliated surface which

becomes expanded in the clubbed antennae of Sphingidae. The dorsal area is

often proportionally more enlarged than the ventral area. This can best be seen

in a frontal view of a segment of the club of Cephonodes or Haemorrhagia,

where the axis of the club will be found further ventral than in a segment

from the middle of the antenna. By axis we mean an imaginary hollow

cylinder of the width of the joints.t There is no real axis, each segment

representing, so to speak, a box with an opening each at the proximal and

distal sides. The edge of this opeuing is more or less raised and joined to the

edge of the opening of the next segment. The diameter of the cavity of the

* Tierreich xvii, (1£02). t Lepid. Phalaenae iii. p. 515 (1901).

} Joint and segment should not be confounded,

( lvi )

segment containing the nervular, muscular, and vascular apparatus is larger than

that of the openings, which serve as doors to the cavity. That is espécially the

case in the segments of the club, as can be seen in fig. 19 of Pl. LX., which

represents the left half of a segment, divided sagitally, of the club of the

antenna of /Haemorrhagia fuciformis, viewed somewhat from the distal side to

show the distal surface. ‘The difference in the position of the axis is illustrated

by figs. 17. 18. 25 of Pl. LX.

The fine ciliae are never essentially prolonged in Rhopalocera ; they are

also short in some families of Heterocera—for instance in Castniidae and

Agaristidae. In such cases the two sexes do not differ, or differ only slightly in

the antennae. Among the Sp/ingidae there is only one genus (hopalopsyche)

in which there are uo prolonged ciliae in either sex. Such instances as

these are quite an exception among Heterocera, the antennae of which show

generally marked sexual dimorphism. The specialisation refers to the length

and arrangement of the cilae and to the configuration of the ciliae-bearing

surface.

The ciliae are seldom nearly all prolonged and irregularly distributed. Of

more common occurrence is that specialisation in which some of the ciliae have

become long and are arranged in a subapical and a subbasal vertical row, the

two rows becoming fused into one dorso-laterally, forming a kind of flattened

half-ring in a lateral aspect of the antenna. These seriated ciliae are apparently

always fasciculated, two or more ciliae arising from a common tubercle (PJ. LXI.

f. 1—4), or from a common pit. The ciliae of the two rows curve towards each

other and project laterally, so that they form a kind of pocket in a ventral

aspect (PI. LX. f. 15). The apical row does not extend so far ventrad as the

basal row, and the ciliae in and near the ventral mesial line are always

shortened in Sphingidae. The ciliae of the apical row are shorter than those of

the ventral row; compare Pl. LX. f. 17, distal aspect. These fasciculated ciliae

as illustrated on Pl. LX. are not confined to the Sphingidae; they are found in

Notodontidae, Noctuidae, Arctiidae, ete., etc. However, they occur in all the

males of Hawk Moths, except Rhopalopsyche, and are also present in a good

many females, though they are here always developed in a lesser degree than

in the respective males.

The fasciculated prolonged ciliae are not present on cylindrical antennae.

Their appearance is always accompanied by a modification of the surface of the

segments. The lateral surface encircled by the rows of ciliae becomes flattened

or impressed, and the segment dilated ventrad and compressed, appearing some-

what prismatical in a distal or basal aspect (Pl. LX. f. 17). The depth of the

lateral groove and the length of the ventral projection are very different, not

only in various Sphingidae, but also in other Heterocera (Pl. LX. f. 17. 25. 27).

The ventral projections of the adjoining segments lie either closely together, or

are more or less separate (Pl. LX. f. 16. 22. 26. 27). The ventral outline of

the segment is in most cases nearly straight, but in many Sphingidae and

other Heterocera we find the segment sinuate in a lateral view (Pl. LX. f. 22. 26)

( lvii )

to a more or Jess obvious degree. Such serrate antennae are not rarely found

among the Ambulicinae. The sinuous ventral outline does not occur in clubbed

antennae, in which also the lateral grooves are less deep and less large

than in non-clubbed antennae.

A step further than the ordinary fasciculated antenna is that in which

pectinations make their appearance. As there are no fasciculated antennae among

Rhopalocera, so there can be no pectinated ones, as the latter type is a derivation

from the former. We are accustomed to speak of pectinated antennae, if the

segments have lateral expansions or branches. The term comprises, however,

morphologically very different elements. Among Sphingidae there occur only

two kinds of pectinations, and these alone we shall deal with. We see from

fig. 16 of Pl. LX. that the dorso-lateral part of the segment just above the

groove is somewhat dilated laterad; the expansion is more distinct in a frontal

aspect (Pl. LX. f. 17). If this dorso-lateral expansion becomes more or less

prolonged, we have a strongly or a slightly pectinated antenna of the form

represented by figs. 23. 27. 28. 29 of Pl. LX. If the scaled dorso-lateral area

takes part in the expansion, the side-branches are scaled above (PI. LX. f. 29);

if the expansion is restricted to the non-scaled area, the pectinations are naked

above. Comparing figs. 16. 17. 23. 27, it will be obvious that, the branches

being lateral expansions of the upper edge of the grooves, the ciliae are naturally

confined to the under surface of the pectinations. This type of pectination is

of wide occurrence, being met with in many families of Heterocera, and is easily

distinguished from another type, not found in Sphingidae, which has the ciliae

all round the side-branches. At the tip of the branch we find generally a

prominent sensory bristle (Nov. Zoot. iii. t. 4. f. 3. 4), corresponding to the

dorso-lateral bristle of setiferous antennae. The pectinations of Sphingid antennae

have no such bristle at the ends. Rudimentary (= incipient) pectinations are

rather often observed among Ambulicinae (= Ambulicinae + Smerinthinae of

Butler), while distinctly pectinate antennae are rare; Pl. LX. f. 28. 29 represent

those in which the branches are longest, one an Ambulicine species, the other

an ally of Macroglossum. In the latter species the branches of the inner

(anterior) side are somewhat longer than those of the other side. Such

asymmetrical development is very common in the antennae.

The second type of pectinated Sphingid antenna is illustrated by figs. 1—5

of Pl. LXI. In figs. 1 and 2 (Polyptychus mutata) we see the dorso-lateral

expansion (dlp) well developed, and observe that its underside bears a number

of fascicles of ciliae. These ciliae stand mostly upon tubercles like the more

ventral fascicles, and the ventro-lateral tubercles are seriated and are situated

upon a slightly raised carina (ve). If these two carinae, one apical and the

other basal, become higher and higher, or are produced laterad, what will be

the result? We shall have a segment with two processes on each side, the

processes being compressed and bearing like the carina the fasciculated ciliae

at the narrow edges, not upon the flat vertical sides (Pl. LXI. f. 3.4.5). This

very peculiar type, which comes close to the type found in most Saturniidae

( lviii_ )

and near allies,* but is not identical with it, occurs only in two species of

Ambulicinae, each representing a genus of its own—namely, Monarda and

Cressonia. In figs. 1 and 2 both kinds of Sphingid pectinations are incipient.

If the dorso-lateral expansion (dlp) became prolonged, the result would be a

pectinated antenna of the first type; if the subventral carinae (vc) became

prolonged, we should have a pectivated antenna of the second type. The dorso-

lateral expansion is very rudimentary in MJonarda and Cressonia, and the upper

fascicles stand apart from it, having in a dorsal aspect (Pl. LXI. f. 5) the same

appearance as in ordinary fasciculated antennae, this being a special feature of

the Sphingid bipectinated antenna. The asymmetry of the segment is distinct

in fig. 4.

As said above, the fasciculation, pectination, and the compressed shape of

the antennae obtain in a much higher degree in the male than in the female ;

yery often the female antenna is simple where the male antenna is complex in

structure. Now, the question arises, Does the simple antenna really represent

the more ancestral state of development as maintained above, or is the simple

cylindrical segment derived from a more complicated segment in consequence

of the reduction or loss of the special structures? Poulton, from researches on

the pupae of some Saturniidae, came to the conclusion that the second alternative

was correct—namely, that the short-branched Saturniid female antenna was a

development by reduction from a longer-branched antenna. Though the con-

clusion was perhaps rather hasty, inasmuch as the fact was not taken into

account that the specialisations of the male are often transplanted on to the

female, it was nevertheless suggestive, and served to draw the attention to a

neglected point. If one considers the case of the similarity in the sexes of

Rhopalopsyche by itself, one must come to a conclusion similar to that arrived

at by Poulton. For the absence of fasciculated ciliae from the male of Rhopalo-

psyche cannot be explained by assuming that this genus had preserved the

original simple state of ciliation ; such an explanation seems to us to be almost

absurd, considering that Rhopalopsyche is in all other respects very specialised,

and is the only exception from the rule among all the Sphingidae. And

therefore there remains only the second alternative—that the male antenna of

Rhopalopsyche has lost the fasciculated ciliae, and thus become simple. If that

is true—and it cannot be seriously doubted, we think—one might conclude with

some degree of justification that the same line of development from the com-

plicated to the simplified observed in this male obtained also in the female sex

of Sphingidae; that is to say, that the simple female antenna of Sphingidae

was a derivation from a fasciculated female antenna. And it might further be

advanced, as a confirmation of the evidence upon which that conclusion is based,

that there is a wide-spread tendency of retrogressive development in Sphingidae,

to which we shall have to draw attention in many places of this Revision.

However, when we take into consideration the two types of pectinated antennae

found within the same subfamily of Sphingidae (Ceridia, Pl. LX. f. 27. 28;

* Smith, Yat. Amer. iii, p. 2 (1887); id., Zrans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p- 230 (1888),

ix)

aud Cressonia, Pl. LXI. f. 3. 4. 5), the question assumes a different aspect.

Following the same line of argnment, we should have to attribute to the

ancestor of Ceridia an antenna with long pectinations of the first type in both

sexes, and to the ancestor of Cressonea one with long pectinations of the second

type. Therefore, according to this, the common ancestor of both genera, or the

ancestor of the subfamily Ambulicinae, would have had an antenna combining

both types of pectination—namely, a long subdorsal branch and two long

subventral branches on each side, a type which does not occur anywhere. If

we go further and construe by a similar line of argument the ancestral type of

antenna of Saturniidae and Notodontidae, and then that of the common ancestor

of these families and the Sp/ingidae, we arrive at a form of antenna combining

all the various types of pectination which are morphogenetically different. In

short, if the above line of argument were correct, we should have to attribute

to the ancestral antenna of the Lepidoptera all those special features found in

the Order which are not derivations from one another. That would be absurd.

And yet, if we look over the literature bearing on classification, we often

encounter absurdities akin to the above.

Going back to the alternative presented above, we hope to have now

shown that the pectinated antenna is indeed a derivation from the fasciculated

one; that the pectinated antennae of the males are more advanced than the

simple or the less strongly pectinated antennae of the females, these coming

nearer the ancestral form.

As said above, the specialisation of the male antenna is often observed in

the female—the groove, the fasciculated ciliae, and the pectination being more

or less distinct. We shall call such female antennae andromorphie in the body

of this Revision. There are female antennae which are much more strongly

compressed and deeper-grooved, and have longer fasciculated ciliae than the

male antennae of other species (compare the genus Polyptychus).

The sexual differences observed in the antennae of Sphingidae and other

Heterocera are either such of degree, where the male characters reappear in

the female, or of kind, where the special male characters are quite absent from

the female; and the occurrence of such sexual dimorphism is an indication of

differences in function, and not of different capacity in the sexes of acquiring

the specialisations. In other organs the females are not rarely more advanced

than the males; there is therefore no general rule in this respect. However,

it is true of the antennae that the female sex is never in advance of the male.

This is explained by the different réle the sexes play in courtship, especially in

finding one another, the male antenna being very specialised in cases where this

sex has to search for the sedentary female. The sluggish Ambulicinae have,

in accordance with this explanation, on the whole more strongly compressed,

grooved, and ciliated antennae, and more often subpectinate ones than the

members of the other subfamilies of Sphingidae.

Specialisations of one sex are latent in the other, and may occasionally put

in an appearance where they are normally absent. Tor instance, the metallic

Ci}

colours of males are found sometimes in females in sexually very strongly

dichromatie species, such as Papilio priamus. The occurrence of andromorphic

female antennae is, we think, in many cases due to a similar transmission. In

several instances the male characters are the stronger pronounced in the female

antennae of Sphingidae the more marked the specialisation is in the male

antennae; while, on the other hand, there are species with almost simple female

antennae in spite of the highly specialised male antennae. Polyptychus carteri

and Cressonia juglandis are good illustrations for the one and for the other

type. Where the male specialisation is not at all or only in a very slight

degree transmitted to the female antenna, there must be some cause at work

checking the transmission.

The most distal segments, which we have as yet not taken into account,

are more or less similar in the sexes. The well-known hook in which ends. the

antenna of very many SpAingidae, but not of all, occurs in all subfamilies. The

segments are broader and longer ventrally and dorsally (PJ. LX. f. 11. 12).

The ciliae-bearing surface is thus more exposed, and doubtless made more

efficient. The special male features are not, or slightly, marked on the most

distal segments ; the cone is prominent, and the sensory bristles are often more

numerous and longer than on the more proximal segments. The last but one and

the previous segments are occasionally conically produced ventrad (Pl. LX. f. 7).

Of particular taxonomic value is the end-segment. The length and shape, and the

clothing with scales and bristles of this segment, vary very much and offer good

distinguishing characters of genera and even tribes. Figs. 4—12 of Pl. LX.

are illustrations of various kinds of end-segments. The segment is very thin

and very long, almost filiform, bristle-like; or thin and short; or broad,

compressed, elongate-conical in side-view ; or short, broad, and conical. All the

end-segments which are produced into a filamentous process like figs. 4. 5. 9, or

are very thin and cylindrical (figs. 11. 12), we call long; and those which are

not produced into such a process and are conical in a lateral aspect we call

short (Pl. LX. f. 6. 7. 8. 10). The scaling is often very sparse, loose, and rough

(Pl. LX. f. 4. 9); it projects often as a kind of tuft beyond the tip of the

segment, if this is short (PI. LX. f. 6. 7). The sensory bristles are in most

cases irregularly distributed. Many species have two at the extremity. In

Haemorrhagia, Sesia, Macroglossum and genera with similar antennae the slender

end-segment has several long bristles at or near the tip (Pl. LX. f. 11), the

segment resembling that of the subfamily Choerocampinae, in all species of which

we find a slender but comparatively short end-segment (Pl. LX. f. 12), which

bears six or more long apical and subapical bristles. The same end-segment is

met with in Panacra, but nowhere else. This brush of hairs: reminds one of

the end-segment of Aegeriidae and Neotropical Castniidae. The brush of these

insects (Pl. LX. f. 13) differs, however, very essentially in consisting of a

great number of long, hair-like, flattened scales.* Incidentally we mention

that Paranthrene, which is considered an Aegeriid, has no aegeriad antennae,

* These scales look too much like bristles in the figure.

(Giz)

but tineiform ones, and surely does not belong where it stands in the

Catalogues. The only end-segment which would be confounded with that of a

Castnia or Aegeria is found in Enyo, where the segment is provided with

a brush of long narrow scales which stand all round the segment apically.

Both the long and slender segment, and the short and» broad one, are of

equally wide distribution among the Hawk Moths. The long type, as illustrated

by figs. 4. 5. 9 and 11. 12 of Pl. LX., does not seem to occnr outside the

family. It is found in all SpAingicae (except Oligographa), Acherontiicae, a few

Ambulicinae, and many Sestinae, Philampelinae, and all Choerocampinae. The

short type of end-segment has no special Sphingid character by which it could

be distinguished from the end-segments of all other Heterocera.

The question whether the long or the short end-segment is the more

generalised in Sphingidae has puzzled us a good deal. Judging from the other

Heterocera, one is inclined to pronounce the short segment to be the original

one. And this is doubtless true as regards the Heterocera as a whole. But

if we consider the development of the antennae and other organs in Sphingidae,

we find that the forms with short end-segment in the subfamilies Seszinae and

Philampelinae are doubtless derivations from more generalised forms which

have a long end-seement. Compare, for instance, Zemnora, Antinephele,

Gurelea ; and Deilephila and Darapsa. Further, we observe in the Ambulicinae

that the genera Amplypterus, Protaumbulyx, and Oxryambulyx, which have a long

end-segment, are in many respects more generalised than the allied genera

Trogolegnum, Orecta, Callambulyx, ete., which have a short end-segment.

Therefore we conclude, that the general tendency of reductive development

observed in the palpi, legs, tongue, etc., applies also to the end-segment of

the antenna. We attribute accordingly a long thin end-segment to the

ancestral Sphingid as a distinctive feature.

The eye does not call for many remarks. It is subglobular, its edge being

either nearly circular, or regularly rounded above and more straight below and

behind. Its anterior edge is less widely apart from the mesial line of the

head than the hinder edge, the eye being oblique in position, the head

narrowing frontad. This is most evident in Macroglossum, Sesia, Haemorrhagia,

and allies (P]. LXIL f. 6). The eye varies much in size; the largest eye is

found in Oryba. Where the mouth-parts are much reduced or obliterated, the

eye becomes also reduced. It is never hairy itself, but is often covered above

by a kind of eye-brow, and below by a large tuft of hairs, which is especially

large in Rhodoprasina, where the tuft covers the lower half of the eye

(Pl. LIX. f. 12). We have not found a vestige of the ocelli.

Before entering upon the description of the thorax and its appendages, we

think it necessary to emphasise what will have become evident to the reader:

(1) That there is an obvious tendency of reduction in the head and mouth-

parts ; (2) that this tendency is far more apparent in the Sphingidae without

basal patch of sensory hairs on the inner surface of the first palpal segment

than in the others; and (3) that the reduction of the cranium, eye, and

( Ixii )

mouth-parts occur generally together, and are accompanied by the appearance

of roughness in the scaling of the head and often by the appearance of scales

on the pilifer and tongue in place of bristles and hairs. The roughness of the

sealing is here a sign of weakness of the species, suggesting an analogy with

the shagginess of weakly individuals of mammals.

Little has been published bearing on the comparative morphology of the

trunk of the thorax of Lepidoptera, authors having confined themselves generally

to a comparison of the thorax of the Lepidoptera Jugata with that of the

Frenata One of us has given an account of the mesosternite of the Mhopa-

locera,* and tried to unravel the homology of the various plates composing

the sternal part of the mesothorax. Onur researches on the thorax of the

Heterocera are not yet ripe for publication. The sterna of the various

Heterocerous families are more equally developed than in the families of

Butterflies ; such specialisations as we have found there do not occur here.

But there are also in the /eterocera thoracie characters distinctive of genera,

tribes, and families. The most variable part of the thorax within a Heterocerons

family is generally the metanotum. We shall restrict our description to the

thorax of the Sphingidae.

The denuded prothorax does not apparently offer characters of taxonomic

value in this family. The mesonotum (Pl. LXII. f. 6, dorsal view ; PJ. LXIII.

f. 1, lateral view), composed of the praescutum, scutum, and _ postscutum

(= scutellum), is very large, as in most /enata, occupying by far the larger

part of the notal region, the pro- and metanotum leing quite small as compared

with the mesonotum. The praescutum (psc) is distinctly triangular in dorsal

view, penetrating between the halves of the scutum, or it is transverse. It is

vertical in lateral aspect. The scutum (msc) is widest behind and little longer

than broad; the mesial suture vanishes in front or is here vestigial. The

postseutum (mscl) varies obviously in size and shape (Pl. LXIL f. 6. 8), the

anterior and posterior angles being more acute in Macroglossum, Sesia, and some

allies than in most other Sphingidae.

The praeseutum of the metanotum is not visible in the figures. The scutum

(mtsc) is divided like that of the mesonotum, but the two halves are widely

separate, the postscutum of the mesonotum projecting between them. The

postscutum (scl) is always narrow. In Seséa and allies (Pl. LXII. f. 6) it is

overlapped by the mesothoracical postseutum, which reaches to the first abdominal

tergite, while it is free in the other Sphingidae (Pl. LXIL f.8; Pl. LXIIL. f. 1).

The ventral parts of the meso- and metathorax are never so different in

size in any Frenata as are the nota, though also here the mesothorax is the

larger of the two. Pl. LXII. f. 7 represents the mesosternite in a frontal

aspect, the dorsal and ventral mesothoracical endoskeleton (enxdosc) being visible

in the cavity of the thorax. The mesial plates of the sternite, the sternum (sé),

and peristernum (pest) are not completely separated from one another; the

sternnm is elongate-triangular; there is generally a small membranaceous area

* Verh. V. Intern. Zool, Congress p. 816, t. 1. 2. 3 (1902).

a ae

( Ixiii_)

at the upper end of the mesial suture. The peristernnm (pest) is always

subvertical, as in other Lepidoptera, with the exception of the higher Rhopa-

locera (Papilionidae, Pieridae, Nymphalidae, and some Frycinidae), in which

it is a transverse belt, and in which the sternum has assumed a pentagonal

shape. It is large in Sphingidae, and remains broad at the obliquely truncate

upper end, where it leans against the parasternum (past). This is a large plate,

extending obliquely dorsad and mesiad from the meral suture (smn, Pl. LXIII.

f. 1), separating the meral and sternal parts of the sternite, to the membrane

connecting meso- and prothorax. The plate is angnlate behind at its upper

corner. It is large in Hesperiidae and all Heterocera, and always small in the

Butterflies. Between it and the notum the mesothoracie tegula (mfy) is inserted.

Below the parasternum we find the episternum (es¢), with which are fused the

hyposternum (/yst) and the marginal stripes along the coxal cavity. The

suture between episternum and sternum is distinct, while it becomes occasionally

obsolete at the upper end near tde parasternum, where it separates the

episternum from the peristernum. The episternum is always obliquely truncate,

with the upper inner angle more or less pointed, owing to the large development

of the parasternum. In the Butterflies (except a portioa of the Hesperiidae)

it is quite different in shape, the mesosternite of a Butterfly being always

distinguishable from that of a Moth by the development of the para- and

episternum. In Sphingidae and several other families of /Heterocera sternum

and episternum are separated, while the latter and the hyposternum are merged

together. There is another group of families in which sternum and episternum

are fused, while the comparatively large hyposternum is free. This distinction

is possibly of value in the examination of the true phylogenetic connection

between the families of Heterocera.

The division of the meral half of the sternite into plates, some of which

are visible also in a frontal view of the breast, will be understood by comparing

P]. LXILL. f. 1. 2, which are representations of the breast in a lateral aspect.

The meral suture is more heavily drawn in these sketches than the other sutures,

in order to make the division into a meral and a sternal part more obvious.

Along the meral suture we find two more or less strongly convex plates, which

may be termed the paramerum (pam), corresponding to the parasternum, and

the protomerum (prm), corresponding to the sternum. The area behind these

two plates is occupied by the large epimerum (eym), corresponding to the

episternum ; from the epimerum is separated by a more or less distinct suture,

which often vanishes behind, a marginal stripe (p), situated along the meral

cavity (= posterior part of coxal cavity bearing the merum), and divided by a

vertical suture into a small frontal piece and a large posterior stripe. The

epimerum becomes membranaceous above. In this membranaceous area, between

forewing and episternal plate, we observe a curved stripe of chitin, serving

most likely as a kind of spring.

The metasternite is more simplified than the mesosternite. The episternum

and epimeram are the only large plates; the other plates are more or less

( Ixiv )

fused with them, the sternum being, however, always preserved as a narrow

separate stripe.

The coxa is inserted in a groove formed by the sternal part of the

sternite ; it bears the trochanter (¢roch), and is supported behind by the merum.

It will be observed from the figures that the midcoxa is much slenderer than

the merum, while the hindeoxa is larger than the respective merum. There

is a very remarkable specialisation found in the merum. The hinder edge of

the merum is normally rounded; but in Pachylia, Nephele, and other genera

the edge becomes carinate and angulate; in the higher Sesiénae and Philam-

pelinae the angle assumes more and more the shape of a sharp triangular

process, reaching the highest point of specialisation in Cephonodes (Pl. LXIII.

f. 2). The mesosternal merum shows this specialisation first, the metasternal

one slowly following. The processes project so far sideways that there is room

for the femur between the process and the breast. The femur is generally found

in this position. The object of this specialisation is doubtless to prevent the

legs and the incision between meso- and metathorax from being a hindrance

in the darting flight of the insects. This becomes quite evident when we

compare the abdomen, which is closely appressed to the breast in the forms

with strongly angulated merum, and bears very strong and flat spines, making

the abdomen very smooth.

In the upper corner between coxa and merum we find the trochantinus

(tchin), a1 small plate which is more or less subglobose. The femora do not

offer any characteristic points. It is a curious fact, however, that they remain

always simple, even in cases where the tibia has become strongly spinose.

Tibia and tarsus undergo several modifications. Their relative length is often

variable either specifically or generically. A tibia clothed with scales and some

hairs, and truncate at the end, may be called a normal one. The apex of the

foretibia is often produced into a strong process (a thorn), which character is

sometimes of generic, sometimes only of specific value (Pl. LXIV. f. 16). Such

a thorn is found here and there in all subfamilies (except Choerocampinae). It

is a specialisation often combined with other specialisations. It would, however,

be erroneous to say that a species possessing the thorn was in every respect

more specialised than the allied species which is devoid of that character.

For instance, Cephonodes picus has an armed foretibia, while hylas possesses

no thorn, but Ayl/as has a decidedly more specialised sexual armature.

The spinosity of the tibiae is often an accessory character found in the

species which show reduction in the appendices of the head and thorax. But

the appearance of the spines is not invariably associated with a reduction of

the legs in length, nor are the spines always met with on reduced tibiae.

Spinosity of the tibiae occurs commonly among Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae ;

it is also found in some genera of Sphingidae semanophorae. The spines appear

first near the apex of the tibia, and the foretibia is the first, the midtibia

the second, and the hindtibia the last to acquire spinosity. The hindtibia is

frequently much more densely spinose than the midtibia, and the foretibia

(G@ixu)

has the spines mostly along the outer edge, where they become sometimes very

stout and long (Proserpinus ; Arctonotus). The spurs of the tibiae are organs

of much importance in the classification of Moths, their number and length

being constantly made use of in systematic works in the definition of genera.

The epiphysis or spur of the foretibia,* which we consider homologous with

a proximal spur of the hindtibia, varies in length and position in the Sphingidae.

It is never absent, as in Chalcosiidae for instance. The most remarkable form

is that in which the fringe is obliterated (Ceridia). The midtibia has one pair

of slender spurs, which end in a naked point as a rule and are proximally

generally cylindrical. They are sometimes of the same length, but as a rule the

outer or anterior one is shorter. A quite exceptional development found among

the species of the American Choerocampine genus Xylophanes leads to the outer

spur being the longer one of the two. The variation in length is considerable,

the longer spur being sometimes as long as the tibia and frequently barely

longer than the tibia is broad. There are on the spurs generally some long

hairs, which develop often into spines. The spinosity of the spurs is a feature

often met with in species with spinose tibiae, and is, like the latter, a sign of

reduction or weakness.

In some cases we find a series of stiff scales along the side towards

the tarsus, resembling a serrated crest (Macroglossum); while there occurs a

conspicuous comb of bristles on the shorter spur in Nephele and Centroctens

(Pl. LXIV.f. 8). The comb of Nephele and Centroctena has most likely the same

function as the comb of the tarsus, as described below. The midtibial spurs are

never absent from Sphingidae.

The hindtibia possesses normally two pairs of spurs, one terminal, and

the other more proximal, situated sometimes in or near the middle of the tibia,

sometimes near the terminal spurs. The shape and structure of the hindtibial

spurs resemble those of the midtibia ; they are longer on an average, the longer

apical hindtibial one being never shorter than the longer midtibial one, but

very often surpassing it in length. They are less often spinose ; the inner one is

neyer shorter than the outer one of the same pair, and the comb or crest found

in Nephele, ete., is less strongly developed. The proximal pair disappears very

often. The gradation from a tibia with long proximal spurs to one without a

trace of them is complete, there being many species with very short spurs, and

one (Parum porphyria) in which there are two very short proximal spurs or

only one or no spur. Here we have a case where there can be no doubt about

the direction of the line of development. The absence or reduction of the

proximal pair of spurs is a specialisation, the species thus characterised repre-

senting a younger stage of development than those in which the proximal spurs

are long. And therefore we can safely conclude that also in the case of the

midtibial spurs shortness is a sign of reduction. Short spurs are seldom found

outside the Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae, and the cases where the proximal

pair of the hindtibia is absent are nearly all confined to those two subfamilies,

* Kathreiner, Zllustr. Zeitschr. Entom. iv. p. 118. 161, Plate (1899),

( Ixvi )

the only species with one pair of hindtibial spurs not belonging to those groups

being a member of the Philampelinae (Microsphinx).

We agree with Kolbe in considering the spurs to be modified spines ;

they are morphologically homologous with hairs, but they are spines with a

matrix of their own which develops scales, hairs, and spines giving the mid-

and hindtibial spurs the same covering as have the tibiae. It sounds curious

that we are speaking here of a scaled and hairy hair, but it is nevertheless

correct. We refer the reader to another instance where an ordinary spine has

developed into a scaled organ similar to the spurs. One of the ventral rows

of spines on the tarsus is in some Syxtomidae more prominent ; the spines are

longer and stonter than ordinarily, and are densely scaled !

There are normally four ventral rows of spines on the tarsus of

Lepidoptera. The regularity of these rows is very often disturbed by inter-

mediate spines, or by the disappearance of spines. A remarkable development

commonly found in Noctuidae, Arctiidae, Agaristidae, Syntomidae, Cocytia, etc.;

but not met with in Sph/ngidue, is that in which the two inner rows merge

together into one, so that there are apparently only three rows. In Zygaenidae,

Lasiocampidae, some (reometridae and Notodontidae the ventral spines are very

numerous and arranged in more or less regular transverse series. The lateral and

dorsal sides of the tarsus are also spinose; the latter spines of the compressed

mid- and hindtibiae, for instance, are very numerous. The anterior tarsus

shows different modifications in the spines from the mid- and hindtarsi. The

external row (or row 1) of the foretarsus contains often some long spines

(Pl. LXIY. f. 1—5) ; not rarely these long spines alone are present and are

enlarged to curved claws, there being generally present three such spines on

the first segment, and one special one on the following (Pl. LXIV. f. 5). In

most cases the long spines are accompanied by some small ones, generally

placed near the base of the segment. Such claws as these are commonly found

in Acherontiinae, accompanyivg other modifications (reduction of mouth-parts,

spinosity of tibiae, ete.) ; they are wholly absent from all other Sphingidae except

Choerocampinae, where they occur occasionally in a lesser degree of development.

Another modification obtains in Coeytivs. In this genus of Acherontiinae,

especially in the males, the fourth row of the foretarsal sezments resembles a

short-toothed comb or rake, the spines standing rather close together and being

directed ventrad and somewhat curved (PI. LXIV. f. 6). The spines of the other

rows have, in some species, disappeared for the greater part (Pl. LXIV. f. 10).

The foretarsal spines of Cephonodes are mostly reduced to hairs.

The midtarsal spines have also their specialisation. Here it is the fourth

row. The basal spines of this are prolonged to long bristles (Pl. LXIV. f. 7),

forming the midtarsal comb alluded to very frequently in the body of this

Revision. The comb is very strongly developed in Cocytius, Protoparce, and

other Acherontiinae, and gradually disappears (as a comb) in the weaker

members of the subfamily, the bristles assuming the normal length. In

Ambulicinae it is not met with, not even in forms with such long legs as are

( ixvir )

possessed by Campsogene and Protambulyx. Here the corresponding spines are

slightly thinner than the more distal ones, but very little longer, the most

basal ones being even shorter than these. The comb occurs again in the

Sphingidae semanophorae, especially in the lower forms ; but the bristles never

attain the length they have in Acherontiinae, resembling always more ordinary

spines and becoming gradually shorter (Pl. LXIV. p. 8). It will be noticed

in the figure quoted that the third row of spines does not reach the base of

the segment.

The hindtarsus is generally longer than the midtarsus, but agrees with it

in appearance. The comb, however, is less strongly developed, and is not part

of the fourth but of the third row of spines, which is very strange, and, like

all strange things in morphology, very interesting. The combs of mid- and

hindtarsus serve doubtless both the same purpose—we think, of keeping the

abdominal fringe of the wing in order, and, in the dd, perhaps also to brush

the tuft of the abdominal scent-organ. As the hindtarsus is in a different position

to the body and wings, the position of the comb has become altered, or, rather,

another row of spines has developed into a comb. As the four ventral rows

of spines of the three tarsi are homologous organs, and as the comb of the

hindtarsus is homologous to the third row of spines of the midtarsus, we see

clearly that the appearance of the comb on the hindtarsus is not due to an

inner factor of development causing the comb of the midtarsus, developed for

some purpose, to be repeated on the hindtarsus. It must have been an

extraneous factor—i.e. adaptation—which was the cause of the development

of the same kind of organ from different sources.

The second and fourth rows of spines of the first segment of the hindtarsus,

or only the fourth, do not reach the base.

The fifth segment of all tarsi bears some stout and pale sensory hairs at the

end on each side close to the apical spine, forming often a brash. There are two

long bristles dorsally close to the edge, curving ventrad (Pl. LXIV. f. 9—15).

In a few instances the number of bristles is larger in some individuals, there

being occasionally as many as four or five; but this is quite an exception. The

pair of bristles is normal not only for the Sphingidae, but also for a number

of other families. In Butterflies and Skippers we find from four to ten bristles ;

in Sphingidae, Noctuidae, Notodontidae, Lasiccampidae, etc., there are two ;

while the bristles are absent or vestigial in Pyralidae, Zygaenidae, Aegeriidae,

Hepialidae, Vineidae, ete. The character is of taxonomie value. Thyrididae

with two bristles and Pyralidae without them can thus readily be distinguished.

In Saturniidae and Uraniidae the two large bristles are generally accompanied

by several smaller ones.

The claw-segment is one of the most interesting organs of insects, on account

of its very numerous modifications. It does not seem to us to have been made

use of in systematic works on /eterocera. The elements of which it is composed

are the claw (onychium), the false claw (paronychium), the pad (pulvillus), and

the empodium.

( Ixviii )

The empodinm is in Lepidoptera a small tubercle above the pad between

the claws, bearing one bristle, seldom two. It is widely distributed among the

pad-bearing species, but is seldom found in Sphingidae (Sphingulus; Hopliocnema).

The claws are simple in Sphingidae, not divided or toothed ; they are dilated at

the base (Pl. XLIV.) The pulvillus (pzdv) varies much in size in Lepidoptera,

and is often absent, the presence or absence frequently characterising genera and

whole subfamilies, but forming not rarely a distinction only of specific value.

Absence of the pulvillus is of common occurrence among <Acherontiinae and

Ambulicinae ; while the organ is very seldom obliterated in the other subfamilies,

Arctonotus and Euproserpinus being the only instances. The paronychium (par)

is membranaceous, ventral and lateral in position, finely ciliated on the surface,

and provided with a more or less long fringe at the edges. Its special shape

varies much in insects. It is generally deeply sinuate mesially, and each half

may be again divided (or perhaps produced) into two lobes. The paronychinm

of Sphingidae possesses in its most generalised state two slender lobes on each

side (Pl. XLIV. f. 9. 10), of which the upper (or lateral) lobe is generally the

longer, very rarely the shorter one. The reduction of the paronychinm begins

with the ventral lobe (Pl. LXLY. f. 11. 12); this is always the first to disappear,

there being no Hawk Moths which possess the ventral lobe and are devoid of

the lateral one. ‘The remaining lobe becomes also gradually shortened, and

disappears too, the paronyechium then being represented by a small ciliated

membrane, which is often less distinct than in f. 14. 15 of Pl. LXIV. The

reduction and, practically, obliteration of the paronychium occur very often in

Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae, rarely in the other subfamilies. The difference

in the paronychium is often employed by us in the definition of genera. However,

there are genera (fyloicus) in which the absence or presence of a paronychial

lobe indicates only specific distinctness, and sometimes not even that. Hyloicus

perelegans consists of a black-backed and a grey-backed form, which are found

in the same country, and are most likely seasonal forms. The black-backed form

possesses, like most other Hyloicus, a long lateral lobe (Pl. XLIV. f. 13), which

is represented in the grey-backed form by a short triangular flap (PI. LXIV.

f. 14.15). This difference within the same species is of considerable significance.

The case teaches us distinctly that the same kind of character is by no means

everywhere of the same taxonomic value. No morphological character is a priori

of specific or generic value or indicates a higher category than genus. ‘he

taxonomic value of a character has to be studied in each group of species; a

difference which is insignificant here may be very important there.

The reduction of the claw-segment—or, rather, of the paronychium and pad,

for the claws never disappear, nor do they lose the ordinary shape—begins in

Sphingidae with the obliteration of the paronychial lobe. From this second

stage lead two paths to the abolition of the pulvillus and paronychium. ‘The

ordinary path is that on which the third stage is represented by a segment

without (or with strongly reduced) pulvillus, and with well-developed lateral

paronychial lobe; while the fourth stage is attained when this lobe has also

( Ixix )

disappeared. We meet with this development, which is illustrated on Pl. LXIV.

by figs. 9

15, in Acherontiinae and in Ambulicinae, also in the other subfamilies,

but here less often. The intermediate stages are numerous; but these are

generally of little systematic importance, as it is scarcely possible to distinguish

diagnostically, for instance, between a long and a moderately long lobe. However,

intermediate stages in the development of the claw-segment are often wanting

between one species and its nearest ally, or between one genus and the next.

The second line of development is represented by the two closely allied

genera Kentrochrysalis and Sphingulus. The former possesses a’ complete

paronychinm and a pulvillus; the latter genus has only a pulvillus. Here

the paronychium has disappeared before the pulvillus. The intermediate stage

between the two genera is not known; in this the paronychium would have one

lobe. Nor is the fourth stage without pulvillus. the one following Sphingulus,

as yet known. The fact of the pulvillus having been preserved in Sphingulus

and the paronychium lost is important. Such an exception from the general

tule demonstrates that an external cause determined which of the possible lines

of development that single species out of many had to follow. A_ similar

development occurs among the Ambulicinae.

The scaling of the tarsis and tibia is sometimes a distinguishing character of

genera. As a rule the mid- and hindtibiae appear strongly compressed, owing to

the scaling being longer above and below than on the sides. The scaling between

and near the spurs is mostly long and tuft-like, and so is that ventrally at the

base of the first mid- and hindtarsal segments. In Pachygonia the proximal

segments of the hindtarsus appear triangularly dilated, owing to a high crest

of scales. The mid- and hindtarsi of Macroglossum and some other genera are

compressed, especially the first segment, which has become strongly asymmetrical,

its first inner row of spines being ventral, while the first outer row is almost

subdorsal.

The singularly meagre success attained in the definition of genera of

Sphingidae by the authors of the old school—meagre even from their point

of view—was mainly due to the wings seldom offering in the neuration such

obvious distinctions as are found in other families of Lepidoptera. The neuration

is indeed surprisingly constant in the main features, apart from some exceptions

like Cephonodes with a very short cell to. the hindwing, and Daphnusa with

SC* and R? of the hindwing on a long stalk. In consequence of this relative

constancy, the neuration of a Sphingid can scarcely be confounded with that of

species of cther families. On the forewing (Pl. LXV. f. 1) we find a five-branched

subcosta, SU; the first branch, SC!, arises between middle and end of cell; SC”

and SC* are on a long common stalk branching off before the upper angle of the

cell; from this stalk SC? turns towards the costal margin not far from the tip

of SC* In very many species, or in many individuals, SC* is not present at all,

it being generally either very weak or absent; the vein is of no constancy

whatever, and consequently of no taxonomic value within the family. SC* ends

in the distal margin just below the tip of the wing, and joins here sometimes

( Ixx)

SC*® (Macroglossum ; Sesia; etc.) ; SC! and SC* are on a stalk, and separate at

about one-fourth the way from the cell to the apex of the wing (subcostal fork).

The radial vein, R, has the three branches situated as follows: R! at the upper

angle of the cell or from the stalk SC‘, but never standing far from the angle

of the cell; R? nearer R* than R', but never at the lower angle of the cell,

sometimes central. Of the two branches of the median vein, M, the proximal

one, M*, arises mostly before or in the middle of the cell, seldom beyond ;

and M! stands proximally of the lower angle of the cell, which it approaches

sometimes without reaching it. SM! is absent; it will be found designated

as (SM!) in the descriptions of this Revision. SM?’ is supported basally by a

remnant of SM°, the two forming a fork; SM° is rather long, disappearing

generally in SM° at a point where the wing is about as broad as SM* is long.

The fork is mostly distinct, but in Macroglossum and some allied genera SM? is

so close to SM? and is so weak that one can scarcely speak of a fork; while

in other genera (Marwmba, for instance) the fork is very obvious. The cross-vein

D? between R! and R? is very oblique; D* is mostly somewhat curved; D# is

a direct continuation of M. The costal vein of the hindwing ends costally of

that point of the wing which is farthest from the base; it follows on the whole

the curve of the costal margin, and is accordingly bent backwards and again

forwards in Degmaptera with sinuate and lobed costal edge. The first branch

of the submedian vein is generally designated as the “bar,” connecting SC

with C; it is the vein forming together with C the small subbasal cell of

Butterflies. This bar or SC! branches off in or before the middle of the cell ;

in the latter case it is mostly weak and long (A/acroglossum, for instance). SC?

and R! are generally on a short stalk, seldom on a long one, or come from a

point or are slightly separate. R* varies much in position; it is more or less

central, standing sometimes nearer the upper angle of the cell, sometimes nearer

the lower one. R* comes from the lower angle of the cell, and is nearly stalked

with M', this vein arising in all genera, except Cephonodes, from before the

angle. Its position is occasionally constant within a genus or a species, and

different from that which it occupies in the next. M’ stands mostly beyond

the middle of the cell, approaching M' occasionally. The first submedian vein

is absent as on the forewing ; SM* and SM* are present. The cross-vein D?

between R* and R° is transverse or oblique, straight or curved ; D* is mostly

oblique, seldom transverse ; while D* appears as prolongation of M. When D*

is transverse, the lower angle of the cell is 90° or obtuse (Amphion; Orecta ;

Rhodoprasina ; Cypa; Lycosphingia; ete.).

The frenulum and retinaculum are present in all generalised forms. There

exist, however, quite a number of genera in which they are reduced, vestigial,

or absent. Such genera are found only among the Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae

(= Sphingidae asemanophorae), which therefore may be called frenulum losers.

The frenulom is especially often Jost in slow-flying species, or such species

as have a tumbling flight like Butterflies, and not the darting flight of the

greater portion of the Sphingidae. The wings of the frenulum losers are generally

(Clke.ar 9)

broad and often leaf-shaped. However, the breadth of the hindwing or the

dilatation of the costal margin of the hindwing is not the cause of the loss of

the frennlum. The absence of the frenulum and the weak power of flight are

the result of the same tendency to retrogressive development, but they are not

dependent on one another. There are quite a number of SpAingidae with broad

wings and heavy body (Marumba and Lophostethus, for instance), and such with

strongly dilated costal area of the hindwing (Stolidoptera, Hypaedalia), which

have preserved the frenulum. The reduction of the wing-power, the modification

of the shape of the wings, and the loss of the frennlum and retinaculum occurring

together is to be understood in the same sense as the occurrence of such

wing-characters as those together with reduced mouth-parte, for instance.

The glossy patch of modified scales found on the underside of the forewing

near the base before the hinder margin does not extend beyond SM? and stops

generally at. SM*. It is elongate and more or less pointed distally behind SM’.

The scales of the patch are broadly rounded at the end, entire (not dentate),

sometimes subtruncate, often somewhat asymmetrical, and never elongate-

pointed. The non-scaled area which is found, for instance in Notodontidae,

within this patch or proximally of it, and which is covered with fine short

hairs, is not met with in Sp/ingidae. In front of the patch of scales just

described there is another, separated from it by hair-scales. This patch is not

distinct in all species, but sometimes rather conspicuous—for instance in Herse

convoleuli and Pholus labruscae. It is situated behind M, extending occasionally

into the cell, and consists of entire, more or less lanceolate scales, which are

often directed obliquely costad.

The glossy and sharply defined basal costal patch on the upperside of the

hindwing is composed of scales similar to those of the corresponding patch

of the forewing.

The generalised forewing of the Sphingidae is elongate-triangular in shape,

about 23 times as long as broad, with the apex acute, the hinder (or anal)

angle distinct, the outer (or distal) margin entire and shorter than the hinder

(or inuer or abdominal) margin, and the latter slightly convex proximally and

slightly concave distally. Departures from this type are very numerous.

There occur triangular entire wings which are three times as long as broad,

and others (rarely) in which the distal margin is as long as or longer than

the hinder margin. The opposite development results in a short and broad

“bombycine” wing similar to that of broad-winged Notodonts or Lasiocampids,

with obtuse apex, a form which is found in a number of Acherontiinae (Lapara,

Hopliocnema, ete.) and Ambulicinae (several Polyptychus, Pl. I. f. 10. 11), which

have lost the typically Sphingid aspect. The apex is sometimes produced into

a hook (Lycosphingia), and the hinder angle is often very obtuse, in one

case completely rounded (Phylloxiphia, Pl. I. f. 4), and produced backwards in

the rather numerous species with more deeply sinuate hinder margin (PI. I.

f. 5. 6. 9). The distal margin is entire, concave, straight, or convex, bisinuate,

dentate, scalloped, or strongly lobed, The irregular distal margin does not

( Ixxii )

oceur in Acherontiinae, and is rarely met with in Choerocampinae (Phanoxyla

hystrix) ; among the other subfamilies this form of wing is often found. The

lobe at R® is generally the most prominent; but this rule does not hold good

in every case—in Pseudenyo, for instance, there is no distinct lobe at R*, but

a prominent lobe at R’. :

The hindwing is scarcely less variable within the family than the forewing.

The apical angle, the point farthest from the base, lies at SM’ or (rarely)

at R'; the anal angle at SM®% The distal margin is less irregular than that of

the forewing in the lobate species—as a rule convex, sinuate before anal angle

or not; the apex is very often completely rounded (PI. I. f. 5. 6. 8. 10 11, 12).

The costal margin, ordinarily straight proximally and slightly convex distally,

undergoes very conspicuous modifications. It is dilated into a proximal lobe

(Macroglossum aquila; Giganteopalpus ; Aleuron); or the costal area before

vein ( is widened and, when the insect is at rest, overlaps the forewing,

recurving and enveloping the costal margin of the latter (Stolidoptera and

Hypaedalia): or the costal margin is dilated distally, and either sinuate

proximally of the lobe or not (Degmaptera); or it is dilated proximally and

distally and sinnate between the lobes ((Gwredca). :

Though the opinion to which Butler gave expression in 1875, that an

obvious difference in the shape of the wing is a generic difference in this

family, is not correct in its entirety, the wings of close allies and of the sexes

being sometimes very different (Pl. I. f. 1, ¢; 2, 2), a special wing-form is,

however, in many cases accompanied by other distinguishing characters, and

restricted with these to an assemblage of allied species constituting a genus.

In such cases the shape of the wing is a very convenient character to recognise

a genus by, or to be used ina key. Protambulyx (Pl. I. f. 3) and Oxyambulyx

(Pl. I. f. 2) illustrate this point, all the species of the former genus and

its close ally Amplypterus, which two genera are purely American, having the

apex of the forewing truncate-sinuate, while all the species of the purely

Oriental genus Oxyambulyx have the apex acute. Oxyambulyx and Protambulyx

can, therefore, easily be distinguished by the shape of the wing. However,

this distinction alone would not justify us in treating the insects referred to as

generically different; the jnstification lies in the whole organisation of the

species proving them to belong to two sharply defined groups, each containing

material which is inter se more closely related than with the members of the

other group.

The abdomen of Lepidoptera is composed of ten segments. The ninth and

tenth of the d and the cighth to tenth of the § are modified, so that the last

one of ordinary appearance—the last of descriptive Lepidopterology—is the

eighth in the d and the seventh in the 2. The first segment is short and

generally overlooked in ordinary descriptive work; it has no free sternite, and

the tergite lies often close against the thorax (Pl. LXIII. f. 1. 2).

The base of the abdomen of a number of families of Moths exhibits very

distinctive features, here being found organs of various kinds, most likely all

(_ Ixxiii_)

of a sensory character, the metanotum occasionally taking part in the peculiar

structures. The Sphingidae have nothing of the kind, but possess other

specialisations in the abdomen, of which an armature consisting of spines is

the most notable one. The spines stand at the edges of the segments, and are

found on segments 2 to 8 in the d and 2 to 7 in the %. The dorsal spines

are stronger than the ventral ones; the latter are often very weak, while the

former are strong; or the ventral ones are only vestigial or are absent, while

the dorsal ones are numerous. The longest spines are on the seventh tergite.

We find three main types, illustrated by Pl. LXII. f. 9. 10. 11.

The most frequent type is represented by f. 10. Here we have several rows

of elongate, flattened spines, those of the proximal row being (as is always the

case) the shortest, and those of the last row the longest, so that the upper

ones cover the next only partly. The spines of this type vary in the different

species (resp. genera) from being very strong (Phrywus lineata; Atemnora) to

being very weak, disappearing in some Ambulicinae altogether, or rather

developing all into scales (Lycosphingia; Cressonia; Langia). Where the

spines are weak, the skeleton of the segments is also weak. The reduction

in the degree of chitinisation of the spines is generally accompanied by a

decrease in size, and often by an increase in number. In some instances

weak spines are distributed all over the tergites, this being due to the scales

of the under layer having become spiniform (Amébulicinae ; Marumba ; Clanis ;

etc.). Where the spines are longer, more conical, and more strongly chitinised,

their number is generally smaller (Cocytivs, for instance). This variable type

is found in all subfamilies, the strongest reduction of the spines occurring in

Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae,

In the second type, represented by Pl. LXII. f. 11 the spines are similar

to those of the strongly chitinised form of the first type, except in the spines

of the first row being short and rounded. The spines are all flat, black and

glossy, being very strongly chitinised. The type is very constant in itself,

and there are no intergradations between it and the preceding, except on the

proximal sternites. This kind of spination makes the abdomen smooth and

slippery, the spines lying very closely upon the following segment. The

spines of the sternites are the same as those of the tergites, only the

proximal ones of the proximal sternites being a little longer. The type is

confined to Sesia and allies and Macroglossum and allies—i.e. to the most

specialised genera of Sesiinae and Philampelinae. The basal sternite (= sternite

of second segment) is spinose in the species with this type of spination

(Pl. LXIII. f. 2).

In the third type, which is connected by intergradations with the first,

there is only one series of spines (Pl. LXII. f. 9), which stand often well

apart, and are long, conical, and very strong. ‘The form of this type without

any small spines occurs only on the last tergites ; on the more proximal tergites

and on the posterior sternites smaller spines appear between the long ones,

while on the basal segments the spines are all short and flat, the uniserial

( Ixxiv )

arrangement, however, being preserved. The uniserial spination is found only in

Pseudosphinz and allies, Pachylia and allies, a number of Xylophanes, and in

Pholus—i.e. in generalised forms of the Sphingidae semanophorae.

The second type of spination has arisen from the first; there can be no

doubt on this point, if one compares Atemnora and Macroglossum, and the

members of the Sesia series of genera; it represents the highest specialisation in

one direction. Which, however, is the original spination of Sphingidae? Does

the weak spination of the higher Ambulicinae and Acherontiinue represent the

generalised state, or is a stronger chitinised type more ancestral ?

There is a complete gradation from Cressonia, Langia, ete., without spination,

through the reduced Sphingidae with weak spines, to the strong uniserial

spination of Pholus, Pseudosphinz, ete. Spination is certainly a specialisation.

It is restricted to the Sphingidae, the only approach to spination we know of

being found in the American Castniidae. Therefore one cannot seriously doubt

that the ancestral Heteroceron from which the family Sphingidae has arisen

was a Lepidopteron without abdominal spination. But was the abdomen of the

early Sphingid also spineless? or was the acquisition of spination among the

first specialisations by which the early Sphingid deviated from its allies?

Where there is a series of quantitative gradations from a to z, the student

is easily inclined to consider @ the beginning and z the end of the develop-

ment. The presence of such a series is, however, no proof whatever that the

quantitatively lowest degree is the pylogenetically oldest stage. The mistake

has been made, and will often be repeated no doubt. It is a very natural

and very convenient conclusion. If this view were correct in our case, the

Hawk Moths most generalised in spination would be the few species which

have no spines (Cressonia juglandis, Langia zenzeroides and Lycosphingia

hamatus), and next would come a great mass of genera with weak spines. All

these weakly spined Hawk Moths are weak also in other respects; they are

reduced and otherwise modified forms, showing reduction and modification in

the mouth-parts, scaling, legs, wings, and sexual armature; they are decidedly

developments from less reduced types. It is true, a specialised insect may have

preserved one or more generalised characters ; but it would be very singular,

—and is surely improbable—if such a number of species of various subfamilies

had all preserved the same ancestral spination, and become in other respects

so diversely modified. On the contrary, one is bound to conclude that the

probability is altogether in favour of the weak spination being also a

character acquired—i.ec. that the weak spination is the result of the reduction

of a stronger spination, as the short tongue, the short antennal end-segment,

the small palpus, the short spurs, ete., etc., are the results of reduction.

The first abdominal segment (at! and pp, Pl. LXIL. f. 6.8; Pl. LXIIL f. 1)

consists of a tergite (at') and a more or less triangular lateral plate, the

parapleura (pp). The tergite varies much in length, and offers distinguishing

characters, being, for instance, reduced to a very narrow stripe in Macroglossum

and allies, while it is about half the length of the second tergite in Haemorrhagia,

( Ixxv )

Sesia, etc. There is no trace of real spines on the first tergite, or on the

parapleurae. The latter are always simple, flat, not raised in front to a flap ;

in short, there is nothing recalling the special strnctures of some other

Heterocerous families. In front of the parapleura we find the first abdominal

stigma (sti); it lies free in the membrane. The stigma of ,the species in which

the abdomen is pressed closely against the breast is not visible without separating

the abdomen from the metanotum. The second to sixth tergites are essentially

of the same structure, the spines of the posterior ones becoming stronger, however,

as said above. The seventh tergite is longer, with the sides more strongly

converging anad in most species; it has a quadrangular shape in Sesia, Macro-

glossum, ete., or becomes more or less conical or elongate-trapeziform (most

genera). The eighth tergite is small, and partly (¢) or completely (%) concealed

by the seventh. This segment will be described below. The parapleurae of

segments 2 to 8 are membranaceonus and bear the stigmata. The second

stigma, however, is situated upon the tergite (PI. LXIIL. f. 1), and the third one

half upon the tergite and half upon the parapleura. The eighth segment and

following have no stigmata.

The sternite of the first segment is absent, or perhaps vestigial and merged

together with that of the second. In the special part of this Revision we

understand under second, third, etc., sternite, the sternite of the second, third,

ete., segment. In Sphingidae, as well as other families, the structure and shape

of the sternites of the first and last segments require special attention, as they

undergo sometimes remarkable modifications. The second (= basal) sternite of

Sphingidae touches the merum of the hindcoxa, with which it is connected

by a short membrane. In by far the larger number of species it is slanting

(Pl. LXIII. f. 1), transversely impressed in front, the impression ending at

each side in a small but often deep groove, and is mesially carinate in front,

the carina fitting in between the coxae. The sternite of Macroglossum differs

from the normal type in the narrower frontal part being vertical, and the main

portion of the plate on a level with the following segments and with the

posterior trochanters; the low mesial carina is found on the vertical portion

of the segment, and the anterior edge of the horizontal portion is smooth and

evenly curved. Haemorrhagia, Cephonodes, and a tew allied genera have the

frontal part of the segment also vertical, and so incurved that the edge of the

horizontal part projects forward. This edge is not simple as in Macroglossum,

but is mesially produced into a conical obtuse tubercle, which fits in between

the posterior pair of trochanters (Pl. LXIIL. f. 2; in this figure the interspace

between abdomen and coxa is purposely drawn too wide, in order to show the

process of the sternite).

The sternite of the seventh segment appears in the female sex of Sphingidae

in two principal types. The ordinary type is that illustrated by Pl. XIX. f. 11

and PJ]. LXIII. f. 3 and 4. Here the apical portion of the sternite is more

or less broadly membranaceous ; the stronger chitinised plate is short, broadly

rounded, or sometimes elongate-trapeziform, with the apex faintly sinuate. The

i( Ixxvi )

plate is not so sharply limited as it appears to be in the figures. It does not

bear any spines.

The second type is represented by Pl. LXIL. f. 5 and 6, The membrane

connecting the sternite (vii. v) with the tergite (vii. ¢) is very small; the

sternite is not membranaceous apically, the strongly chitinised plate extending

right to the apex. The plate varies in form and size, occupying sometimes

the whole ventral side of the segment, the tergite being scarcely visible in a

ventral aspect of the abdomen (f. 6); or it is smaller, trapeziform, the tergite

encroaching upon tbe ventral side (f 5). The apex of the sternite is either

totally spinose (Sesia, Cephonodes, etc.), or at least spinose laterally (Pachygonia).

This type is a derivation from the first.

The seventh sternite of the male of Sphingidae is normal, being similar to

that of the sixth. The eighth sternite, however, is modified; it is always

without spines, deeply sinuate as a rule, and occasionally incrassate mesially or

produced into a process (Pl. XXII. f. 18—29). In the Sesénae and Philampelinae

with a stumpy abdomen (Sesia, Pachygonia, Macroglossum, ete.) it is very short.

The eighth tergite of the male is spinose. It varies in size and shape like the

seventh. It is long, and appears conical in dorsal aspect in Acherontiinae, for

instance, and short and flat in IMacroglossum, Sesia, and allies.

The abdomen taken as a whole is mostly elongate-conical. Deviations from

this form, which represents the generalised type, are numerous. We mention

that the abdomen is ovate in some Haemorrhagia, flat and broad in Hypaedalia,

broad and stumpy in Pachygonia; that it is horizontal in most species, and

curved upwards in many Ambulicinae and some Acherontiinae.

The sealing of the posterior segments exhibits sometimes striking features.

The scales at the ventral apical angles are occasionally prolonged to tufts (many

Sesiinae and Philampelinae ; Oxyambulyx ; Poliana,; ete.). The long scales of

the seventh and eighth segments form tufts especially liable to modifications.

In Pachygonia the abdomen is triangularly truncate with a short lateral tuft;

this tuft is prolonged in Himantoides, the “tail” appearing divided. The

expansible fan-tail found in numerous Sesiinae and Nephelicae is generally

tripartite ; it occurs also in Cypa and allies, of the subfamily Ambulicinae.

The modification in the skeleton of the fan-tail segments consists in the plates

being short and amply movable. There is no additional division of the

segments besides the separation into a tergal and a sternal plate. We have

not studied the muscular apparatus.

The modifications of the scaling of the abdomen are very instructive. The

upper scales are generally elongate, more or less hair-like in appearance, and

the underscales large, multidentate. Among the Sphingidae asemanophorae we

find a good number of forms which have instead of the broad underscales long

hair-like ones, which are often modified into lanceolate spines resembling the

weak spines at the apices of the segments in the respective species. Kellogg

drew the conclusion, from his studies of the scales of Lepidoptera, that the

hair-like scales represented an older type than the broad multidentate scales.

( Ixxvii )

We have arrived at the opposite opinion. The shagginess of the scaling of

Haemorrhagia, many Ambulicinae, and Acherontiinae is a specialisation derived

from the more smooth scaling preserved by the majority of Sphingidae. We

find shagginess only in also otherwise much specialised forms. Roughness of

the scaling and development of broad scales into long ones accompany nearly

always the retrogressive development of other organs.

The copulatory apparatus of the male is composed of the ninth and tenth

segments, in some cases also the eighth segment taking part in the formation

of the apparatus. The accompanying diagram (Fig. 3) will make clear the

relative position of the various elements of the clasping-organs.

The ninth segment is a strongly chitinised girdle, broadest above, and here

sinuate basally (PJ. XLII. f 2. 3. ix.t). This belt is ventro-laterally dilated into

a large flap (Cl), the clasper or valve, which corresponds to the pleura and sternite

IXt

‘

Fig. 3.

of the segment and bears the harpe (/7), the sternite being divided mesially,

as is mostly the case with the ninth sternite of insects. The pleura is attached

to a proximal stripe of chitin (Fig. 3, pl) and to the sternite. The tenth

segment (Fig. 3, X.t and X.r) stands in very close connection with the ninth ;

there is no intersegmental membrane between them, except occasionally a

remnant on the upperside. The tenth tergite is strongly chitinised like the ninth

segment, while the sternite is occasionally weak. The tenth tergite is movable

in a vertical direction, or, if completely divided, also mesiad.

3etween the sternite and tergite we find the anus (A), and between the

tenth sternite and the ninth the penis-faunnel (?-/’), from which protrudes the

penis-sheath (/).

None of these organs are constant within the whole family of Sphingidae.

The yariety in their structure is enormous. But in spite of the seeming

eccentricity in the development, the lines along which modification took place

( Ixxvili_)

are here and there plainly visible, and there is not rarely a conspicuous

homogeneity preserved in more than one group of species or of genera, and in

more than one particular structure, as we shall see by reviewing shortly the

mass of specialisations described in the systematic part of the Revision.

The tenth tergite bears stiff hairs, which stand either singly or form a

more or less dense covering on the upper and lateral surface. The hairs are

generally directed frontad, not anad, and are occasionally so close together that

the proximal outline of the tergite cannot be ascertained without removing the

covering of hairs. There are two principal forms of the tergite, it being either

divided mesially or simple. The symmetrically divided tergite represents the

generalised state of the segment. If the two halves are divided down to the

junction with the ninth segment, they are a little movable against each other ;

but as a rule tiie two processes are not separated proximally, and therefore

move together and only vertically (Pl. XXVI. f. 28. 33; Pl. XLIL f. 1—26).

We find the divided tergite preserved in some generalised Acherontiinae, some

Ambulcinae, and the Sesiinae. It appears in many modifications. From the

divided tergite the undivided one has developed in two ways :—-

(1) One side of the tergite becomes obliterated, a type which is found only

among the Sesiinae, and of which we shall have to speak later on.

(2) The tergite becomes narrower, the processes shorter, and the mesial

portion correspondingly longer, resulting in a narrow sinnate tergite and then in

a non-sinuate one. This is the ordinary type of a simple tenth tergite. Here

the single, symmetrical process is generally more or less compressed, convex

above, the apex curved downwards to a hook and mostly pointed. The variety

in this type is very great, as a look at the figures will show (Pls. XXV.,

XXVI., XXVII., XLIV., etc.).

The tenth sternite is a belt running from the base of the tergite ventrad,

encircling a membranaceous area, from which projects the anal cone, the end of

the gut (A). The ventral transverse part of the sternite is in by far the larger

proportion of Hawk Moths as strongly chitinised as the vertical side-parts,

and produced into one or two processes or lobes of various shapes and sizes.

In some cases the transverse portion is very feebly chitinised and does not form a

distinctly separate plate (Pl. XXIV. f. 16; Pl. XXV. f. 12. 27); in other species

it is a very low ridge without lobe or process (Pl. XXV. f. 1. 24; Pl. XXVI.f. 1).

As a rule the sternite is shorter than the tergite. However, in some Sestinae

(Pl. XLII. f. 11. 25; Pl. XLII. f. 1. 4.5) the reverse is the case. The sternite

is simple or divided ; it may agree in this respect with the tergite (Pl. XLIII.

f, 1), or it may be divided when the tergite is simple (Pl. XXV. f. 20; Pl. XXVI.

f. 36), or simple when the tergite is divided (P]. XXVI. f. 1—14). It is never

hairy like the tergite, but the apex is often granulose, the granules bearing fine

bristles, most likely of a sensory nature (Pl. XXIII. f. 1. 2. 22). At the inner

side of the lateral part of the sternite we find, especially often in Ambulicinae,

the membrane swollen to a hump beset with sensory hairs (Pl. XXVI. f. 5. 9).

An asymmetrical development of the sternite will be referred to below.

( lxxix )

The clasper of Sphingidae is normally sole-shaped (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 5),

with the dorsal and ventral margins rounded. The size is variable. The

principal modifications are as follows :—

(1) Modifications by reduction. When only shortened, the clasper assumes

the stumpy form as illustrated by Pl. XXXII. f. 18.19. When only narrowed,

we have the narrow clasper of Callambulyr (P]. XXXIV. f. 19. 20), a common

type among Ambulicinae. The longest and proportionally narrowest clasper is

found in Himantoides and Sesia (P]. XLVIIL. f. 1. 15). The broad clasper

touches the tenth tergite, while the narrow clasper stands apart from it, if the

reduction has taken place in the dorsal portion of the clasper. The interspace

between clasper and tenth tergite is then covered by the long fringe of hairs of

the former.

(2) Modification by division and the development of a special armature

(apart from harpe). Lobes, processes, teeth appear very often in connection

with the reduction of the clasper. Compare Pl. XXXII. f. 12.13; Pl. XXXIII.

fbb 20. 22..23);) Ply XK. £ 3) 28:3 Pl. LE fl22; Pl LI. £: 1.6.

The clasper is not solid, but consists of an external and an internal plate,

between which the remnant of the matrix is found. It is an outgrowth from

the segment, and can best be likened to the wings. The inner sheath is more

or less covered with hairs, which are often very dense, very stiffand long. The

hairs of the distal half of the clasper are directed dorso-basad (Pl. XXXVI.

f. 9; Pl. XXXVII. f. 15). They are not generally drawn in the figures. The

inner sheath is in most species raised into special armatures. There is

very often a conspicuons subdorsal longitudinal setiferous fold (Pl. XXXVI.

f. 18. 19. 20). A dorso-basal ridge or process is commonly found among

Ambulicinae ; it is seldom spiniform (pdb, Pl. XXXIII. f. 21; Pl XXXVIIL

f. 7), mostly almost membranaceous, compressed and beset at the edges with

setiferous tubercles (pd, Pl]. XXXII. f. 6—11.15. 17.18). The ventral armature

of the clasper is termed the harpe; it begins at the ventral basal (hollow)

incrassation of the clasper, which is the principal part of the sternite proper,

and extends more or less distad and dorsad. If the harpe is reduced, the line

of separation between the triangular sternite and the main part of the clasper

(= plenra) is plainly visible (PI. XLV. f. 26; PI]. XXXL f. 2; Pl. XXXV. f. 20),

bunt as a rule the ridges or processes of which the armature consists are continued

over the pleura, the inner sheath of which takes part in building up the

structure. The harpe is so diversified that it is impossible to give a general

description of this armature. It is on the whole more complicated in the

Sphingidae asemanophorae than in the Sphingidae semanophorae, but we find also

among the latter sometimes species with formidable-looking harpes (P]. XLVIII.

f. 17—27). The barpe of Choerocampinae is as a rule a simple, slightly curved,

slender process (PJ. LI. f. 8); an armature of the same type is not rarely

met with among Philampelinae (PI. L. f. 32). As a rule tle processes of the

harpe lie upon the inner surface of the clasper; but occasionally the sternal

part alone forms the armature, and is situated below the main part of the

( Ixxx )

clasper (PI. XXXII. f. 1.14; Pl. XXXIV. f. 6). In by far the greater number

of species the harpe is shorter than the clasper. A dense patch of scales is

found on the harpe of nearly all Protoparce and in many other Acherontiinae.

The right and left clasper and harpe are generally the same in outline and

structure. However, there are exceptions, asymmetrical development occurring

also in these organs, as will be detailed below.

The external plate of the clasper is divided by a longitudinal rib-like

incrassation into a narrow dorsal and a large ventral portion. The dorsal part

is generally concave above the rib. Upon and near the rib there is a peculiar

modification of the sealing found in a great number of Sphingidae. We

consider it an organ of friction, by means of which a sound of some kind is

produced. We do not know whether a similar organ occurs anywhere else

amoung Lepidoptera. There are two types of this organ, the one contined to

the Sphingidae asemanophorae, the other to the Sphingdae semanophorae.

In the former group of Sphingidae it is a patch of scales lying more or

less flat upon the clasper (PI. LVILI. f. 29—32). The patch as well as the

scales vary in the different species (respectively genera) in shape and size.

The patch is as a rule restricted—being, for instance, narrowly halfmoon-shaped

in Protambulyx strigilis (P]. LVIII. f. 30), triangular in Protambulya« euryalus

(Pl. LVIII. f. 32). But in some cases it is very large—Amplypterus (Pl. LVIII.

f. 29). The scales of the patch are rounded and entire, or elongate and dentate

(Pl. LVIII. f. 35); the middle ones are half erect in Poliana buchholzi and

micra. A peculiar modification obtains in Polyptychus trisecta and P. ortho-

graphus (pp. 243. 244). Here the scales are obliterated for the greater part,

the dorsal area of the clasper being naked and rough with some granules.

The friction-organ of the Sphingidae semanophorae consists of lanceolate

scales which are half erect. The scales are very numerous and small

(Pl. LVILL. f. 36), or are reduced in number and have increased in size

(Pl. LVIII. f. 37), the smallest number, namely one, being found in /Iippotion

rebeli and isis. The scales are strongly striped, have generally # prominent

midrib, and are more or less obviously asymmetrical (Pl. LVIII. f. 38); they

are more often truncate than pointed. In Oryba hadeni (Pl. XLVI. f. 4)

the organ is entirely different, consisting of a large mass of Jong, wire-like,

brittle hairs.

Among the Ambulicinae with friction-patch on the clasper we find a number

of species which possess a corresponding organ of scales on the inner side of

the eighth tergite. This organ is almost confined to the Ambulicinae, being

found elsewhere only in some Acherontiinac, not in any Sphingidae semanophorae.

The organ consists of one single row of large scales, or of several rows. The

scales are ribbed, and are so closely applied to each other, or are even soldered

together, that they form a kind of ribbon at the apical and lateral edge of the

tergite, the flat ends of the ribbon being directed towards the clasper. This

ribbon is either continuous from one side to the other (Pl. LIX. f. 1), or it is

interrupted apically (Pl. LVIII. f. 39. 40; Pl. LIX. f. 2). The scales of the

( Ixxxi )

ribbon are homologous ‘to the undermost scales of the tergite, which stand in

other species at the very edge of the segment, and are also here often turned

internad. The organ is as a rule visible without dissection, but has as yet

escaped observation, as has also the friction-patch of the clasper. There can

be no doubt that the ribbon of the eighth tergite and the patch on the clasper

form together one (stridulating) apparatus.

Is the friction-patch a new acquisition, or have the species which are

without it lost this organ? In the Sphingidae asemanophorae the organ is

found in the more generalised forms and never in the strongly specialised

(reduced) species. In the Sphingidae semanophorae the organ is absent from

many of the most specialised genera; it consists of a multitude of small scales

in several generalised genera (Pholus, for instance), and its development cul-

minates in some Hippotion with one large scale. From these facts we conclude

that the ancestral Sphingid possessed a friction-patch which consisted of

numerous small scales not very different from the ordinary scaling of the

clasper, a patch perhaps similar to that of Pholus and Pseudosphing (P). LVII.

f. 36). From this indifferent patch the two modifications arose,—in the one type

the scales remaining numerous and becoming closely packed together, as in

Psilogramma, Meganoton, Protambulyx, ete.; in the second type the central

scales becoming enlarged and seriated, and assuming a half-erect position, with

the broad sides turned more or less dorsad and ventrad, as in Nephele, Deile-

phila, Theretra, ete. In the Sphingidae semanophorae, where retrogressive

development is comparatively rare, the friction-scales are found in the greater

number of species. They are lost in the reduced or otherwise strongly

specialised forms like Sphingonaepiopsis, Proserpinus, etc.; they are also absent

from modified claspers like those of Haemorrhagia, Perigonia, ete. Among the

Sphingidae asemanophorae the friction-patch is comparatively less frequent. Of

Acherontiinae only Old World genera have preserved it, not one of the

numerous American species possessing the organ, while a large proportion of

Old and New World Ambulicinae are provided with it.

The area between the two claspers and the tenth sternite is more or less

membranaceous. There is a central hole, of which the edges are more or less

raised and chitinised, forming what we have termed* a penis-funnel (Fig. 3,

P-F). This penis-funnel (P-F, Pl. XXIX. f. 38. 39. 47; Pl. XXX. f. 41;

Pl. LI. f. 17—25) is vestigial or distinct ; it has often a special shape, and has

an armature of its own which is of great help in the discrimination of species

in more than one case (see Nycerya, p. 414, Pl. LIII. f. 44—48: compare also

Pl. XXX. f. 38—388; Pl. LIIL:f. 13. 14). Above the penis-funnel there is in

a few cases a further armature consisting of a pair of processes, one on each

side (nm, Pl. XXY. f 2).

From the penis-funyel projects the penis-sheath, of which the former is a

support. The penis-sheath is provided at the end, or near it, with processes

and teeth of various shapes and sizes, this armature being as diversified as that

* Nov. Zool. vy. p. 561 (1898).

(Cikesaat >

of the clasper. The processes are either firmly connected with the sheath, of

which they are an outgrowth or a prolongation (Pl. XXX. f. 22. 48), or they

are more or less movable against the sheath, the base of the process at the

juncture with the sheath being partly membranaceous, forming a kind of joint

(Pl. XXX. f. 31; Pl. LIV. f. 1—12). The long and slender whip-like process

found in Perigonia, Sesia, and some allies bears two sensory bristles at the end.

We can distinguish two kinds of processes: (1) the process is a prolongation

of the apical edge of the sheath, and is accordingly flat or concave on the

innerside (P]. XXIX. f. 9. 12); or (2) the process is an outgrowth from the

surface of the sheath, an enlarged tooth, and accordingly more or less conical

and hollow, at least at the base (PJ. XXIX. f. 47; Pl. XXX. f. 38).

The processes are short or long, single or double, simple or dentate. The

most remarkable is that of 2. sagra (Pl. LIV. f. 18). The teeth on the

processes and on the sheath are small or large, single or in patches, irregularly

distributed or seriated, forming serrate ridges. They are in most cases solidly

connected with the sheath, not breaking off easily. There is, however, a second

kind of tooth, which is easily detached from the sheath. This tooth, which has

a central and three or four lateral branches, is found in Theretra latreillei and

allies (Pl. LVIIL. f. 4—7). The spine-like teeth of Xylophanes nechus (Pl. LVII.

f, 18. 19) also break off easily. The same obtains in centroctena ruther fordi.

Within the penis-sheath we find the membranaceous penis proper, the duct

of the sperma. This duct can be pushed out, and enters the vaginal orifice

with the help of the accessory appliances. The duct has in most cases an

armature of its own. It is either partly beset with small teeth (Pl. XXIX.

f. 34. 41. 42; Pl. XXX. f. 12), or the teeth are enlarged to stilettos

(Pl. XXIX. f. 40; Pl XXX. f. 44). In other cases we find two or three

slightly more strongly chitinised denticulate processes of various lengths and

shapes (Pl. XXIX. f. 7. 8. 9. 21; Pl. XXX. f. 16—19). Or the love-daggers

are strongly chitinised, acute or club-shaped (PI. LY. f. 44; Pl. LVI. f. 41).

The armature of the penis-sheath and penis serves a double purpose. The

firm processes and teeth of the penis-sheath are grasping-organs like the harpe.

But the processes are often far too long for that purpose alone. Now, the

fact that the peculiar dentition of Theretra latreillei and allies is easily

detached, and the detached teeth are fonnd in the vaginal cavity of the females,

makes it evident that the armature of the penis and penis-sheath is a means

to stimulate the female, analogous to the apparatus found, for instance, in

some Rodents. :

The sexual apparatus is of great taxonomic. value, and we have taken special

care to dissect as many species as we could. Ina number of cases the apparatus

is the only safe guide in the recognition of species. From this point of view

the Sphingidae can be divided according to the sexual armature into the following

categories :—

(1) Species which are not different from their nearest relatives in these organs.

—Nephele is an example of this kind. Some Choerocampinae allied to gallii

( Ixxxiii_ )

and euphorbiae also do not show any apparent differences. Pyotoparce florestan

and Chlaenogramma jasminearum, though generically distinct, have the same sexual

armature. This kind of identity should not be confounded with similarity arising

out of reduction. It happens that members of different subfamilies become similar

in one or the other organ in consequence of the loss of special structures. Such

species are, however, never the same in all parts of the copulatory apparatus, as

is the case in the insects mentioned before, the list of which is by no means

exhausted by the few species used as illustrations to show that it is quite erroneous

to maintain that all specifically distinct Lepidoptera exhibit differences in the

copulatory organs.

(2) Species which are different from the nearest relatives, but do not show

any marked geographical variation in the sexnal armature.—Here belongs by

far the greater proportion of the Hawk Moths. The specific differences are very

slight or very conspicuous, or intermediate in degree. They may be found in one

single organ, or in more, or in all. The differences may be slight in some

species, and great in others of the same genus. Two species may differ strongly

in external features, and little in the sexual armature, or the reverse may be the

case. There is every conceivable gradation in this respect. There is always

some individual variation, as a matter of course. When examining the

armature of only one individual, one is sometimes induced to consider a certain

outline or structure as specific, while it is in fact only an individual character ;

if possible, a number of specimens from different localities should be examined.

Individual variation is most obvious in species with complex structures, but it

is here far less easily misleading than in the case of simple structures, because

the specific differences are as a rule more conspicuous there than here.

(3) Species which differ in the copulatory organ from the allies and vary

in themselves geographically.—Geographical variation is most often met with

and is most conspicuous in those forms which are sedentary in habits. Sluggish

species with functionless mouth-parts and reduced power of flight, species of

which the sole function as imagines is propagation, are especially liable to

develop into geographical races with differences in the sexual armature. The

phenomenon occurs often among <Ambulicinae. The geographical differences in

these organs, which may or may not be accompanied by differences in external

features, are occasionally surprisingly great. In Pseudoclanis postica from

West and East Africa (Pl. XXXII. f. 12. 13), and Polyptychus trilineatus’ from

Ceylon, North India, and the Philippines (PI. DOIG Tek o-O OS RSet

we have extreme cases of geographical variation in the copulatory organs,

which cases are the more instructive as the races exhibit only slight external

differences. Oxyambulyax substrigilis (Pl. XXX. f. 3. 4. 5) is also an example

to the point. It is quite erroneous to say that differences in the sexual armature

are always of specific value. Geographical races may be different or not in

these organs; and the difference may be minute or conspicuous. It is idle to

maintain that geographical representatives are specifically distinct, if the sexual

armature shows obvious differences. What one inyestigator considers obvious

( Ixxxiv )

in these organs (as well as in others), a second student does not think worth

noticing; and what appears to us to be an insignificant distinction may

actually be an accessory character of a very important distinction so far hidden

from us. Moreover, even if only quantitatively considered, there is no line of

separation between conspicuous and inconspicuous differences ; and there being

geographical races which are not constantly different, the differences being

found only in a larger or smaller proportion of the individuals, there is also

no line of separation between geographically separate portions of a species

which are different in all individuals and geographically separate portions of

a species which are not different. Therefore to say which geographical

differences are specific and which not would be entirely dependent, not on the

facts, but on the personal view of the investigator. Specific distinctness, however,

as we conceive it, is a phenomenon in Nature independent of the student, and

therefore independent of all individual opinion. A view of specific distinctness

making it dependent on personal opinion must, therefore, necessarily be erroneous.

The taxonomic value of the sexual armature is not confined to subspecies

and species. In many cases there are peculiarities in these structures which

relate to all the species of a genus, and only to these. Or a group of genera

possesses in some or in all members a certain structure not found elsewhere.

In fact, the genital organs are very often of great help in locating a genus

or a species correctly. We will give some illustrations. The series of genera

from Hemeroplanes, Pseudosphina, etc., upwards to Sesta, Haemorrhagia, and

Cephonodes, has the tenth segment (d) of the same type; we find here only

modifications of one type of anal segment, which do not recur among all the

rest of the Sphingidae semanophorae. Within this series we find in several

genera a very peculiar whip-like penis-sheath (PI. LIV.), not met with anywhere

else. Nycerya hyposticta with this whip will at once be recognised as a relative

of coffeae, ete., and not of Protambulyx, with which it has been associated. The

clasper of Nyceryx is always different from that of Perigonia. The tooth of

the penis-sheath of Protoparce is always directed towards the right side, of

Cocytius towards the left. The harpe of Herse convolvuli and the other species

of the genus is different from that of <Acherontia, but the harpes of both

genera are built up after the same type, confirming the conclusion arrived at

from other characters, that J//erse and Acherontia are near relatives. The

friction-patch of the clasper consists in Sphingidae asemanophorae of a great

number of mostly small scales lying more or less flat on the clasper; such

patches as represented by Pl. LVIII. f. 29—34 do not occur in the Sphingidae

semanophorae. On the other hand, this section possesses in many members

a friction-organ of large erect lanceolate scales which is not met with among

Sphingidae asemanophorae (Pl. LVIII. f. 37). The ribbon of friction-scales on

the innerside of the eighth tergite is found only in Ambulicinae and some

Acherontiinae. This may suffice to show that the sexual apparatus should not

be studied merely with the view of finding differences between species.

The general results arrived at with respect to the male sexual armature

( Ixxxyv )

hold good also in the case of the copulatory organs of the female sex, with the

exception of the differences being more often insignificant (quantitatively) or

apparently absent. This is due to the vaginal armature being on the whole

not so strongly chitinised, and therefore offering, where more or less mem-

branaceous, far less obvious differences than in the case of the stronger-chitinised

male organs. However, there is an abundance of species, especially among

Sphingidae asemanophorae, in which the sexual armature of the female presents

very striking characters (Pl. XVII. f. 1. 2. 3), and the differences between the

species, where these organs are less complicated, become in most instances also

apparent when the structures are closely compared.

While the organs of copulation of the male can be dissected from the body

without destroying the seventh and eighth segments or cutting off the hinder

part of the abdomen, it is necessary to remove the seventh to tenth segments

of the female in order to relax them, and then draw them apart, which can

be done with the help of a pin. The vaginal armature lying hidden in a cave

in most species must be pushed outside by pressure from the inside to become

plainly visible.

The ninth and tenth segments are fused into one (JX + X, Pl. XIX. f. 11. 12)

and covered with bristles of various length, which are doubtless sensory in

function. Between the two halves of this double segment lies the anus, and

ventrally of the anus the aperture of the oviduct. The segment is always short

in Sphingidae, and there is no ovipositor. The vagina has the same position

as in other Lepidoptera—namely, between the seventh and eighth sternites.

The vaginal area is more or less sunken between the two segments, but not

always—the vaginal orifice of Cocytéus, for instance, lying on a level with the

seventh sternite, and being plainly visible after the removal of some scales.

The vaginal orifice is surrounded by more or less obvious folds, ridges, processes,

grooves, which are doubtless adapted to the clasping-organs of the male. The

orifice is mesial and central, sometimes more proximal, sometimes more distal.

In the species with asymmetrical male clasping-organs it is shifted towards the

left side (PI. XLI. f. 1—3). The armature of the vagina is also asymmetrical

in Clanis bicolor (Pl. XVI. f. 7), of which the male is not known, and in

Fippotion lycetus (Pl. XLI. f. 17), the male armature of which is symmetrical.

It is perhaps necessary to add that the armature is never absolutely symmetrical

in either male or female, the two sides differing fer se just as much as one

individual does from another, and the apex of the penis-sheath being seldom

the same right and left.

The vaginal area is generally naked, the scaling being restricted to the

more or less completely membranaceons eighth sternite. But in some species

the sealing extends into the vaginal cavity (Pl. XXI. f. 12. 15). We find also

oceasionally species which have the vaginal armature provided with dispersed

(sensory ?) hairs (PI. XX. f. 22).

The part of the vaginal area in front of the orifice is termed in this Revision

antevaginal plate, and the posterior part postvaginal plate.

( ixxxvi )

Besides the vaginal ventral area there is the eighth tergite which forms

part of the copulatory apparatus of the female. This tergite, covered by the

seventh, is never spinose; it varies in size and shape (Pl. XV. f. 9. 13;

P). XVI. f. 6. 9—11. 16; Pl. XVIL f. 5—8), and is in many cases different in

the species of the same genus, occasionally even in geographical forms of the

same species (Pl. XVIII. f. 5. 8). The most remarkable eighth tergites are

those represented by Pl. XVII. f. 10 and Pl. XVIII. f. 7. In the former there

exists apparently a gland (0), from which a groove leads anad to a deep cavity.

The geographical variability of the sexual armature is very instructive for

the beginner in the study of comparative morphology. The similarity between

the structures of the various subspecies is evident in spite of the differences ;

the modifications are easy to perceive, and there is no difficulty in recognising

the homology. The meaning of evolution and of relationship is very clear when

a series of subspecies is compared with one another and with the nearest allied

species.

No less instructive is the asymmetrical development of the armature found

in a number of Sphingidae. From one point of view the asymmetry is even

more interesting than the geographical variability. For it is in the case of

geographical modifications not rarely impossible to say with certainty which of

the modifications is the oldest, while there can be no doubt about the asymme-

trical armature being a development from a symmetrical one. Therefore it is

easy to make out by comparison of all the allied species which was the ancestral

form of the armature. We have here not only the fine of development, but also

the direction followed (see p. Ixxiy.). Apart from the penis, the armature of

which is nearly always asymmetrical, we meet with asymmetry in the claspers

and harpe and in the tenth segment of the male. There is outside the Sesiinae

only one ease of obvious asymmetry in the harpe, which occurs in a species of

Polyptychus, x genus of Ambulicinae. In Polyptychus dentatus (P]. XXXIV. f. 6)

the harpe has a long ventral process (pv); the processes of the right and left

harpe are the same in length, and both harpes are quite separate from one another.

In a closely allied species, Polyptychus trilineatus, 1 remarkable modification

is observed. The ventral processes (pv) of the right and left harpe are fused

proximally in the Philippine form of trilineatus (Pl. XXXIV. f. 7) ; the process

of the right harpe (left in figure) is small and slender as compared with the

process of the left harpe. In the North Indian form, P. trilineatus undatus

(Pl. XXV. f. 2, pr), the two processes are fused together to a fishtail-shaped

structure, and in the Ceylonese subspecies, P. trilineatus luteatus (Pl. XXXIV.

f. 10), the process (pr) appears as a single asymmetrical one, which does not

show a trace of its being the product of the fusion of two processes, except at

the base, where the two halves extend upward on each side, surrounding the

penis-sheath. This combination of geographical variation and asymmetrical

development is very interesting. It will be seen, moreover, trom the figures

quoted, that the upper, shorter, process (pm) of Polyptychus dentatus is of different

length right and left in P. trilineatus (pdl and pdr).

( Ixxxvil )

The tenth segment is apparently always symmetrical in the Sphingidae with

the exception of Sesiinae, where it is asymmetrical in a great number of species.

The tenth segment of the Sesiinae is normally divided into a right and a left

lobe, the tergite (X¢) as well as the sternite (Yr) (PI. XLUL f. 1—25). In

most species of Sesiinae the tergite remains symmetrical ; in the highest members

of the subfamily it undergoes, however, peculiar modifications. The nearly

symmetrical ninth and tenth tergites of Haemorrhagia and Cephonodes (Pl. XUILI.

f. 6, 21) become twisted (Pl. XLIII. f. 8. 11), and the left half finally nearly

obliterates, being represented only by a broad semi-detached swelling (/) at the base

of the right process (left in figures), as shown in f.15—18 of Pl. XLII. The

sternite of Haemorrhagia venata and Cephonodes janus has two unequal processes

(Pl. XLII. f. 12. 14. 20); the right one of them disappears, as more fully

explained on p. 461, there being scarcely a trace left of it (PI. XLII. f. 25, 7),

the sternite having a single process. This ventral process becomes shifted

towards the left side in Cephonodes, lying finally in a plane with the tergite,

and forming with the latter a horizontal forceps (PI. XLIII. f. & 9).

In Enyo japix (Pl. XLIYV. f. 7) the sternite has become simple, but the

left process has not entirely disappeared. In Himantoides, also with a simple

tenth tergite, the sternite has preserved a remnant of the aborted left process

(Pl. XLIV. f. 8), which remnant appears as a tubercle on the left side of the

sternite beyond the middle of the latter. The sternite of Hpistor (Pl. XLIV.

f. 10. 11) is simple but asymmetrical at the end; it is doubtless a development

from a symmetrically divided sternite, but there is as yet no species known

which shows an intermediate stage. In Calliomma parce and Leucorhampha

ornatus the left process of the sternite is shorter than the right one, while in

Pachylia resumens (P1. XLII. f. 6) the right one is a little longer than the left.

In all these cases the sternite is in advance of the tergite in the asymmetrical

reduction.

The right and left harpes are conspicuously different in several Ses¢inae.

Pachylia darceta (Pl. XLV. f. 26. 27) has on the left harpe a large curved

process, which is represented on the right harpe by a small tooth only. In

Aleuron neglectum and Kpistor lugubris we find the right harpe produced into

a long conical, elbowed process (Pl. XLVI. f. 13), while the left harpe is very

short (Pl. XLVI. f. 12). ‘Differences which are not quite so conspicuous are

observed in the allied species and genera. Sometimes the claspers are obviously

different right and left—as, for instance, in some /pistor. The most remarkable

cases are again found in the genera Haemorrhagia and Cephonodes. The latter

genus has no free harpes; the right and left claspers are always different in

size and shape (PI. LI. f. 22—25; Pl. LII. f. 1—3), the contrast being strongest

in C. trochilus. In all Cephonodes, as well as in all Haemorrhagia, the left

(right in figures) clasper is reduced or modified. The right and left harpes of

Haemorrhagia venata ave practically the same (Pl. LIL f. 5); in the other

species the left is always shorter than the right, the latter being often long

and club-shaped, whereas the left one is vestigial (Pl. LI. f. 17—21; Pl. LIL. f. 4).

( lxxxvili )

Asymmetry is also observed in the armature of the penis-fannel—for instance,

in Nyceryax ericea (Pl. LIII. f. 44).

Another kind of asymmetry occurs in the legs and antennae, Here the

difference is not observed in the appendages of the left and right side of the

body, but in the right and left side of the appendages themselves. The antennae

and legs are on the whole cylindrical, but in most instances the internal and

external sides are more or less different. This is especially noticeable in pectinated

antennae, and in the spines of the tibiae and tarsi.

Besides the differences in the genital armature and in the frenulum and

retinaculum, the two sexes of the Sphingidae show very obvious distictions in

other organs. These distinctions are the result either of the different develop-

ment of one or the other organ in the two sexes, or of the appearance of

special structures confined to the male. The sexual dimorphism is accordingly

relative or absolute, the former being far more frequent among the Sphingidae

than the latter as regards variety in the differences. One absolute sexual

distinction occurs in all species of Hawk Moths. This is a scent-organ*

situated at the base of the abdomen. It is found in all species. The orifice

of the organ lies in the pleural membrane above the upper edge of the basal

sternite (Pl. LXIIL. f. 1. 2, gl). It is a cavity from which protrudes a bundle

of long scale-hairs, which serve as distributors of the scent produced by the

scent-cells. A-groove or fold runs backwards from the orifice of the cavity

over the pleura of the third segment, ending on the fourth. The tuft is

sometimes retracted into the cavity, but frequently projects in the dry cabinet-

specimens. Its colour is occasionally carmine or pink (Yemnora). The organ

is essentially the same as that found in some Notodontidae.

Another scent-organ is found on the hinder side of the anterior coxae.* It

oceurs in all groups of Sphingidae, but is very frequently absent or vestigial.

The difference in the degree of development is often very pronounced in closely

allied species. In Coelonia fulvinotata the organ is very strongly developed,

while it is vestigial in Coelonia solani ; and Chromis erotus and heliodes differ in

a similar way. The organ is more often preserved and on the whole more

prominent in the Sphingidae semanophorae than in the Sphingidae asemanophorae

(Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae).

A third scent-organ is met with in one species only of Philampelicae—

namely, in Macroglossum godeffroy’. In this insect the mid- and hindtibia are

the bearers of the organ, which consists of a subbasal groove, situated on the

outer side, and of a large tuft of hair-scales.

In the d of Sesia fadus there is a black tuft of scales at the base and

another near the apex of the foretibia, not met with in the other species of

Sesia. We do not know the nature of these tufts.

In the genus /pistor we find a peculiar scent-organ on the forewing,

reminding one very much of ‘similar organs observed in Lithosiinae. The cell

of the forewing of the males of Mpistor gorgon, E. taedium, and FE. cavifer is

* Haase, Tris i, p. 159 ff. (1887).

(Clbseab-¢ ))

distorted, being covered on the upperside by a fold projecting backwards from

the subcostal vein and ending beyond the apex of the cell between R! and R’.

The width of the fold is different in the three species, being greatest in Hpistor

gorgon. Underneath the fold—é.e. covered by it—there is a mass of rather large,

short, broad, non-dentate, creamy white scales and a bundle of woolly scale-hairs.

The distortion of the cell and the neuration is best visible on the underside of

the wing, where the cell bears short scaling, contrasting with the more woolly

sealing on the rest of the wing. In the d of Mpistor cavifer there is, besides,

another structure on the forewing, consisting of an oblong and rather large

cavity on the upperside in the cell near the base. The cavity bears erect

scale-hairs ; the wing bulges out on the under surface, and is here covered with

short and broad scales. All three species have a very woolly abdomen in the

male sex, the hair-scales, which are long subdorsally, being directed obliquely

dorsad (except on the first tergites) and massed together in flakes. The

hindlegs, inclusive of the tarsi, are also very woolly in these males, appearing

compressed and broadened. Such sexual distinction in the legs like this occurs

also elsewhere, the forelegs of Chromis erotus, the hindlegs of Pholus anchemolus,

and the hindtibia of Himantoides undata, for instance, being broadly scaled in

the males and simple in the females.

The sexual differences in the antennae have been noted above. Rhopalo-

psyche is the only instance where the antennae are the same in the two sexes.

The palpi are on the whole smaller in the female than iu the male; the most

obvions differences occur in the Ambulicinae. The tongue is not rarely shorter

in the female than in the male (Protambulyx, for instance). The abdominal

end-tufts are also very often different in the sexes, the female possessing in such

cases the more simplified tuft or no taft at all (Mpistor ; Sphecodina ; Cypa ;

Dilophonota ; ete.). The abdominal side-tufts of Oxyambulyx are present only

in the males. The spurs of the mid- and hindtibiae aud the tibiae themselves

are occasionally longer in the male than in the female (some Polyptychus), while

the hindtarsus is longer in the ? than in the ¢ of Pachylia ficus and Pholus

anchemolus; aud the armament of the tarsi is also not always the same in the

sexes, the peculiar protarsal comb found in Cocytivs being a male character

(Pl. LXIY. f. 6). The sensory hairs at the end of the fifth protarsal segment

(ventral side) are on the whole better developed in the female (PI. LXIY.

f. 13, 8).

The wings, which are generally more elongate in the male, show very con-

spicuous dimorphism in some iustances: Polyptychus paupercula and contraria ;

the species of Smerinthulus and Degmaptera ; Oryba achemenides ; Epistor.

More frequent than conspicuous difference in shape is dichromatism. The

sexual difference in pattern and colour is often so striking that the sexes have

been mistaken for distinct species. Such obvious differences are observed in

“pistor, Himantoides, Oryba achemenides, Pseudosphina, Isognathus, Krinny?s,

Coelonia fulvinotata, Herse convolvuli (not cingulata), Metamimas australasiae,

aud other species.

( xe )

In the body of the Revision many details of the morphology of the

Sphingidae will be mentioned which we have only touched upon in the fore-

going summary. Though the Hawk Moths are a compact group, the diversity

of development within the family is nevertheless so great that the subject is not

in any way exhausted by our researches, to which time, material, and ability

have set limits. Classification was the avowed object towards which the

researches in the structure of the Sphingidae were undertaken. However,

since classification as we conceive it gives expression to the blood-relationship

of the forms classified, and since no sound verdict about the degree of relation-

ship can be given without an inquiry into the phylogenetic development of

the characters which distinguish each Hawk Moth, it is manifest that with the

apparently narrow object of giving a classification of the Sphingidae issues are

entered upon which bear upon the broad questions of development of the

animated world, of which questious we have never lost sight in straggling

through the embarrassing mass of detail presented by the 770 species of Hawk

Moths. The value of detail for the solution of general questions has again

and again been forced upon us during the preparation of this Revision.

At first sight it appears to be of little consequence whether 750 or 770

species of Sphingidae are known; whether <Alewron iphis is the same as

neglectum, or distinct; whether Odontosida belongs to the Philampelinae or

Ambulicinae. The distinguishing characters upon the discovery of which so

much labour is expended in classificatory research may not seem to be worth

the trouble, being apparently of interest only to the collector and specialist.

Indeed, if systematic work did not go beyond distinguishing and naming the

forms of animated nature and putting them into some kind of order, there

would be justification for those who smile at the efforts of mere systematists.

However, the discovery of distingnishing characters assumes at once an entirely

different aspect, if the solution of the question “species or no species” is

considered bnt a stepping-stone towards the higher aim of understanding the

How? and Why? in Nature. That //yloicus perelegans has a grey form so

closely resembling //yloicus chersis that it bas hitherto always been mixed up

with it, will not interest anybody except perhaps North American Lepidopterists.

But if we add that this grey form has a reduced paronychinm like chersis, while

the paronychium is always distinctly lobed in the black-backed form, a difference

often distinguishing genera or even subfamilies in Lepidoptera, the rigidity of

what is elsewhere a specific or generic character breaks down at once, and it is

farther evident that, the agreement in the paronychium of the grey-backed per-

elegans with chersis being observable only under a high magnifying power, there

are similarities which are decidedly not mimetic. Whether the right or left harpe

of Pachylia darceta is the stronger developed, or whether both are the same,

is as indifferent a qnestion to the non-specialist as is the result of a cricket

match to a Continental. However, if one knows that in the Sestinae with

asymmetrical development of the claspers the left side is the more reduced,

and remembers the haste with which “laws” in development are often

( xe )

formulated by biologists, the case of Pachylia darceta becomes of general

importance, counselling caution, since darceta has the right harpe more reduced,

and hence proves either that there is no inherited tendency in the Seszinae to

a left-sided reduction, or, if there is, that the opposite development has taken

place in spite of that tendency. It may be a matter of little moment to an

outsider that the only species in the second division of the Sphingidae which

has in the pupa a projecting tongue-case, as it is found in many Acherontiinae,

is Rhyncholaba acteus; but the matter becomes different if we explain that,

firstly, the presence of a free tongue-case in Rhyncholaba and Acherontiinae is

not a sign of relationship, as the organisation of the insects proves, and hence

demonstrates the possibility of the appearance of a similar conspicuons character

in very distantly related groups, and, secondly, that the similarity again cannot

be mimetic, since the pupae are buried.

In chemistry and physics minute research discloses the secrets of Nature.

In biological sciences minuteness of research is as much required as there, if

we wish to understand the phenomena of life. Systematic work can do much

towards that end; it is the only means of checking off, proving and disproving,

generalisations. But to serve as a reliable censor of conclusions, the observa-

tions must be exact, and therefore minute, since exactness cannot be attained

without minuteness of inquiry. A simplification of systematic research by

narrowing it down, as advocated in certain quarters, to the solution of the

questions “obvious difference or no obvious difference, hence species or no

species, genus or no genus,” takes the life out of it. But if these questions

are made subordinate, and therefore systematic work subservient, to the higher

issues of biology, the dry detail of distinguishing characters and the apparently

futile labours of the deseriber of species and other classificatory units become

all-important in the science of life, as supplying sound criteria, where otherwise

a lively imagination might run wild and substitute plausible assumptions for

facts. Looking from this point of view at the diagnoses of the genera and

species of Sphingidue it will be found that they are a source for information of

a general character.

If we compare the pedigrees (facing pp. 24, 499, ete.), with one another, and the

characters there mentioned with the fuller descriptions given in the body of

the Revision, the first thing which strikes one is the frequent repetition and

reappearance of the same diagnostic character (for instance, the absence of a

pulvillus, or the spiuosity of the tibiae). Whether our classification is accepted

as valid or not, the fact remaius that there is very frequently a close agreement

in one or more characters between species and genera of near or of distant

relationship in the Hawk Moths, an agreement which renders the classification

of the Sphingidae especially difficult. Since the agreement refers to many details

of many organs, as well as to the colour and structure of the scaling and the

shape of the body and wings—which give the insect its habitus—the Sphingidae

furnish indeed an abundance of material for a Study of Similarity, towards

which we offer a few remarks.

( xeli )

Although phylogenetically closely allied forms may differ from each other

in ove or more organs to a surprising extent, they are generally similar to one

another, if not in aspect, at least in structure, and if not at one stage, at least

at others of the metamorphosis of the individuals. The same kind of similarity

or identity we meet again in species or genera which are not nearly related, but

have preserved one or more characters of the common ancestor. It is evident

that this kind of agreement stands in contraposition to similarities which are

the outcome of evolution. The preservation of four wings in Lepidoptera,

Orthoptera, Hemiptera, ete., and of six fully developed legs in most insects,

the oceurrence of ocelli in many Heterocera and other insects, of filiform or

setiform antennae in most orders of Arthropoda, and the retention of a pad to

the claw-segment of the tarsus in many Butterflies, Moths, and other insects,

or of a frenulum in one Butterfly and the greater proportion of Moths, ete.,

etc., establish a similarity in respect to the said characters which is manifestly

of quite a different kind from the similarity established by the acquisition of

clubbed antennae or of a sucking-apparatus, or by the loss of the wings or

the mouth-parts, or by the adaptation to bark in colour and pattern, or to leaves

and sticks in shape.

Though the distinction between a resemblance preserved and a resemblance

acquired is obvious, it is not so sharp as it appears to be at first sight,

since the two kinds of similarity are connected to a certain extent by that

acquired resemblance which is the direct outcome of inherited community of

characters. We find, for instance, that the distribution of pale and dark

colours on the legs of Arthropoda stands normally in close connection with the

articulation, the segments being very generally pale-coloured at the joints.

White-tipped tarsal sezments, and tibiae with three pale rings are of common

ocenrrence among insects, as are white-rivged antennae and white-ringed abdomina.

Where there is a break in the surface of the skeleton of insects, there is normally

also a break in the coloration. Thus we fiud a stripe along the eye and lines

at the edges of the thoracical plates in members of nearly all orders of insects.

The wing is perhaps the best example of a conspicuously coloured, regularly

interrapted surface, where the connection between the pattern on the one hand

and the outline and the division of the surface by the veins on the other is

very obvious in a great many insects. The original pattern of the insect-wings

(outstretched) is symmetrical to the body and symmetrical to the veins. On the

triangular wings of Lepidoptera the modifying influence of the cross-veins and

the oblique distal margin is especially conspicuous. The position of new markings

is dependent on the position of the old ones, new lines appearing often along

the old ones and rings around spots. The external lines of a vast number of

Heterocera are distally concave between the veins according to the undulation

of the distal margin of the wing, while the proximal lines are distally convex

(respectively dentate) between the veins. The median space of the forewing

extending from the costal to the iuner margin and including the cross-veins

seems to be greatly influenced in its pattern by these veins, a large number

( xciii )

of Lepidoptera exhibiting the same kind of median space, contrasting with the

rest of the wing cither by being different in colour or by the absence of lines

transversely to the veins. The appearance of a “stigma” or a kidney-shaped

mark on the wings of so many Lepidoptera is the direct consequence of the

possession of cross-veins. Since the division of the wing-membrane is so

similar in the various groups of Lepidoptera, it is only natural that there are

many points of agreement in the pattern of species belonging to not nearly

related groups. It is not the occurrence of this kind of similarity which is

astonishing, but that it does not occur everywhere, and that—bearing in mind

the remarkable phenomenon of ‘ Mimicry ”—Nature has abandoned in most cases

similarity, though it offers such great protection to the species, as we must assume

it to do, judging from the great number of cases of “protective” resemblance

at which Nature has arrived in a roundabout way. However, notwithstanding

the differences—in the first instance the outcome of segregation—outweighing

the similarities, the agreement in some such detail as referred to above, which

resemblance is the result of a general agreement in the structure of the insects,

is the starting-point for a development towards more conspicuous similarities.

The pale superciliary stripe, for instance, is continued in many Sphingidae over

the pronotum and along the sides of the mesonotum ; a mesial stripe begins

between the two lateral ones on the occiput and runs over the thorax, ending

on the abdomen. The lateral lines converging frontad, the three together are

similar to an arrow. The same arrow-pattern is met with in other orders of

insects—for instance, in Coleoptera (Curculionidae, Cerambycidae, etc.) ; and

the agreement extends even further, the mesial vitta being either simple or

divided into two lines, and these lines being either parallel or divergent behind,

in the Hawk Moths as well as the Beetles. Moreover, the mesial vitta of

the head and thorax becomes a sutural vitta on the elytra of Coleoptera, and

similarly the hinder edge of the forewing of Lepidoptera, which corresponds

to the sutural edge of the elytra, assumes often the pale colour of the thoracical

mesial vitta in those Heterocera in which the wings have a roof-shaped position

over the abdomen when the specimen is at rest. The conspicuous colouring

(sealing, pubescence, or pigmentation) of the mesoscutellum found in many

insects and the three rows of spots so frequently occurring on the abdominal

sternites belong to the same kind of resemblance as the thoracical vittae, the

respective markings being homologous in the various insects, evolution starting

from similarity and resulting in higher resemblance. In structure the same

phenomenon is no less frequently observed. Here we may conveniently dis-

tinguish between similarities arrived at by retrogressive and by progressive

development.

Reduction of organs occurs very commonly among Sphingidae, and leads often

to the loss of the organs. The disappearance of the horn of the larva in some

Philampelinae and Ambulicinae and in Lapara (Acherontiinae); the reduction of

the tongue-sheath of the pupa in Ambulicinae and several Acherontiinae; the

absence of an externally visible sheath of the anterior femur of the chrysalis in

( xciv )

species of various subfamilies of Sphingidae; the loss of the tongue in some

Ambulicinae and Acherontiinae, of the proximal pair of spurs, of the pulvillus

and paronychium, of the frenulum and retinaculum ; the reduction of the mid-

and hind-tarsal comb and of the palpi; the reduction of the tarsal spines in

number, of the tibiae and tarsi in length and of the head in size; the loss of

the fascicnlated ciliae in the male antenna of Rhopalopysche, of the abdominal

spines in varions Ambulicinae, of the patch of sensory hairs at the base of

the palpi in the Sphingidae asemanophorae, and Gurelca and allies among the

Sphingidae semanophorae, of the bristles on the pilifer, ete., establish between

these Sphingidae, as well as between them and other Lepidoptera, a similarity

in the points mentioned which is of importance for the proper comprehension

of the origin of agreements in structure, since there is no doubt that, at least

in most cases, these negative characters are independently acquired in the

various groups of Spiingidae and other Lepidoptera. The loss of the wings

in a number of Lepidoptera, and of the hindwings in Diptera and many Beetles,

may be mentioned in this connection. The independent effacement of differences

in consequence of loss occurs also in pattern. Uniformity in colour may be

arrived at either by the exaggerated development of one colour leading to the

suppression of a pattern, or by the markings disappearing on account of the

non-development of the pigment (or of the particular structure in case of

structural colours). The pattern is in most cases only partially effaced. The

partial transparencies of the wings as found in Cocytius and some Haemorrhagia

have no more to do with one another than have the entirely white anterior

wings of some Beetles (elytra) and Butterflies. The loss of markings in Mimas

tiliae is as independent from that of Amorpha populi, as is the disappearance of

yellow abdominal side-patches in certain Acherontiinae and some Macroglossum.

The pale colour frequently exhibited by a large percentage of specimens

which are obtained by breeding in and in—for instance, in Amorpha populi—is

due to the meagre production of dark pigments, and reminds one of the pallid

cave-insects. The weakening effect of breeding in and in and the result of a

life in dark caves are, therefore, similar in so far as both lead to the loss of

pigment, producing clayish ochraceous forms. The causes are different ; the

result is similar. Indeed, if the numerous cases of the disappearance of

distinctions in structure, colour, or pattern are inquired into, it will be found

that the causes of the loss of distinctive positive characters and the reasons for

their disappearance are as different as the starting-points of the retrogressive

development which resulted in the effacement of the positive characters, replacing

the picture which was variegated in pattern and structure by a clean surface.

The reduction of organs is often accompanied by the appearance of certain

positive characters in Sphingidac. The small head is frequently crested; the

small eyes become lashed, and the reduced tibiae often spinose. The abdomen,

which has very weak spines at the edges of the segments, is often spinulose all

over the tergites or assumes a woolly appearance. Weakened power of flight and

broadened wings are frequently associated. ‘The positive and negative characters

( xev )

are not necessarily dependent on one another. Spinosity of the tibiae, for

instance, occurs in very many insects without a reduction of the tibia having

taken place, and eye-lashes are not always a sign of a reduced head. <A

conspicuous specialisation which is of common occurrence in insects is the pro-

longation of the foretibia into a pointed thorn. We find this thorn or claw

among all subfamilies of Sphingidae except Choerocampinae. The prolonged

outer spines of the first protarsal segment (generally three in number) found in

many Sphingidae and other Heterocera are also a specialisation which does not

necessarily indicate relationship, and so are the clubbed antennae. of Sphingidae,

Butterflies, Aegeriidue, some Noctuidae and Geometridae, Agaristidae, ete. The

pectination of the antennae is of special interest. We find such antennae in

several orders of insects. The remarkable point is that there are antennae which

are similar in aspect to the pectinated ones, but are not pectinated. They are

of two kinds. The one type is that commonly found in the males of Sphingidae

where the seriated cilae look in a dorsal view like lateral expansions of the

segments; and the other type, not met with among Hawk Moths, possesses a

heavy subdorsal bristle on each side, which Entomologists have often enough

confounded with a true process of the segment. Here we have an obvious

resemblance not based on homology. Likewise, the pectination of the antennae

of Cressonia and Ceridia, or of Suturniidae and Eupterotidae, though the

antennae are similar to one another in aspect, are not homologous. Tibiae

mottled with single dark scales have very often the appearance of being spinose.

In the place of the before-mentioned foretibial claw there is in some other

Sphingidae (for instance, some Polytychus) a heavy spine homologous to a hair,

not to the claw. The horn-like projection of the palpus in the Acherontiine

genera Cocytius (America) and Coelonia (Africa) is the third palpal segment,

while the equally conspicuous projection found in the Sesiine genera Alewron

and Enyo (America) is a process of the second segment. The same segment has

acquired a projection similar to the latter in the very distantly related African

genus Hypaedalia. Similarities analogous to the above occur also in pattern.

Lines, streaks, and spots on the wings, and spots and belts on the abdomen,

superficially but strikingly alike in different insects, often prove on closer study

not to be homologous, the belts being, for instance, basal to the segments in one

insect and apical in another, and the wing-streaks standing here upon the veins

and there between them. Such similarities, which mostly do not affect the

general habitus of the insect, are nevertheless very instructive.

There is another kind of equally remarkable resemblance in some details

met with among Sphingidae which appears at the end of more or less distantly

related branches. It is a priori conceivable that a certain character of structure

or pattern present in closely related forms is preserved when these forms

develop divergently further and further. Now, just as this certain character may

be lost in the one branch, or in some members of it, at one period, and in the

other branch at the same or another time, so the character may at one time

or the other develop progressively in either branch, and this progressive

( xevi )

development lead independently to an identical specialisation in the two divergent

branches. The spination of the abdomen furnishes a noteworthy illustration.

In the higher Sesiinae the spines become very strongly chitinised on the tergites

and sternites, and those of the proximal row assume a short and broad form in

Sesia, Cephonodes, and Haemorrhagia ; the same form of spination is found again

in the highest genera of the tribe Nep/elicae of the subfamily Philampelinae—

namely, in Macroglossum, Rhopalopsyche, and Leucostrophus—and only here. In

the Philampelinae there appear here and there characters which are met with

again among the Ses/’nae—for instance, the very strongly clubbed antennae, the

angulate mid- and hindcoxal merum, the close connection between abdomen and

thorax, the fan-tail, etc.: while, on the other hand, P/ilampelinae have also

arrived at similar specialisations as Cloerocampinae—tfor instance, in the shape

of the chrysalis, the sexual armature, the end-segment of the antennae, and the

ocellated spots of the caterpillar. The American Choerocampine genus Phanoxyla

is a derivation from Nylophanes, from which it has become different in acquiring

an apical tuft to inner surface of the second palpal segment, a tuft which is

present in many Old World Choerocampinae. The peculiar cavity at the end of

the first segment of the palpus, on the onter side, occurring in all species of the

Choerocampine genus V/eretra and the derivations from this genus, is acquired

also by a few species of the allied genus Hippotion, and it is highly surprising

that the same -peculiar specialisation, which does not seem to occur outside the

Sphingidae, is as conspicuously developed in one solitary species of Acherontiinae,

in Megacorma obliqua, the relationship of which with the Choerocampinae is

very distant. This similarity reminds one of the projecting tongue-case of the

pupa of the Choerocampine genus F/yncholaba and many Acherontiinae, a

Sphingid character confined to that one genus and the one subfamily. The

pattern of the Hawk Moths offers also obvious illustrations of the kind of

resemblance under discussion. The most striking is the similarity in the

pattern of the abdomen of the lower Acherontiinae and the higher Philampelinae.

Here we find those conspicuous yellow side-patches bordered by black which are

restricted to these insects. The white abdominal belt of the American genus

Sesia and the African Philampeline genus Lewcostrophus, which belt Entoimo-

logists have erroneously considered to indicate a close relationship between the

insects, may also be mentioned, as well as the black-bordered yellow hindwing

occurring in many Sp/ingidae and other Moths, and the white fringe of the

first abdominal tergite of the Oriental Dedlephila hypothous and the American

Aleuron iphis and allies. The antemedian and discal blackish brown bands on

the forewing acquired here and there in Sphingidae are the result of the inter-

spaces being filled in with blackish brown scaling. These examples of similarity

are a kind of belated expression of relationship.

It will be observed that in a few of the instances mentioned the agreement

in some character affects the aspect of the insects which have the character in

common. There is a complete gradation from similarities in some small detail

to similarities of the ensemble.

( xevii )

The cases of mutual agreement in aspect may be classified in two groups—

similarity as the outcome of adaptation towards the same or similar extraneous

objects, and similarity as the product of alaptation to each other.

The colour and pattern of the upperside of the body and forewing of

Sphingidae ave very generally imitative of the bark of trees, variegated with

algae and lichens. ‘The bark-pattern is common to a great many Moths,

Beetles, Orthoptera, etc. The similarity is often enhanced by the appearance

of projections—as, for instance, the thoracical tufts of Lrinnyis, Pseudosphins,

Hemeroplanes nomius, Mpistor, and Notodontidae. The silvery marks of the fore-

wing of Nephele, Hemeroplanes, Madoryx, etc., and, among Noctuidae, of Plusia,

break the uniformity of the wing, as do white lichens that of the bark. The

subapical buftish patch of Hurypteryx molucca and some Notodonts has the

same effect. The shape of the distal margin conforms very often to the irregu-

larity of the bark. A dentate, scalloped, or Jobate distal margin may be

acquired almost everywhere. In Sphingidae a very irregular distal margin occurs,

commonly among Ambulicinae, Sesiinae, and Philampelinae. In Acherontiinae

the margin is at the highest undulate, while there is one (American) species of

Choerocampinae which has an irregularly lobed forewing looking like a piece

of wood (Phanoxyla). A resemblance to leaves is also frequently met with,

especially among Ambulicinae. The Jeaf-like forewing may either be entire and

have a dark apical line indicating the midrib (Clanis, some Polyptychus), or it

may be irregularly lobed. Phylloxiphia (Pl. I. f. 4) has perhaps the most leaf-

like entire forewing among Sphingidae, the midrib being here represented by a

line running from the apex to near the base. The clayish colour of this insect,

agreeiug with the colour of dry leaves, occurs abundantly in Hawk Moths. A

leaf-imitation after the well-known pattern of Gastropacha quercifolia, in which

the widened hindwing projects beyond the costal margin of the forewing, is

found in some Ambulicinae, Sesiinae, and Philampelinae—namely, in Amorpha,

Calasymbolus, Phyllosphingia, Stolidoptera, and Hypaedalia, perhaps also in

Degmaptera.

Besides the imitations of leaves, bark, and other non-animal subjects,

there are striking cases of resemblance to other insects among the Sphingidue.

The imitation of humble-bees and humming-birds by some Sesi/nae is well

known. And here again similarity between the mimetic Hwproserpinus flavo-

fasciata and the mimetic Haemorrhagia diffinis is purely adventitious, both

imitating the same or similar models, and therefore resembling also each

other.

The resemblance of two species to each other acquired indirectly in the

way indicated is of frequent occurrence. And it is easy to perceive that, since

the similarity has independently arisen, insects similar to each other in this way

may occur in widely separated countries.

Though very many Sphingidae are similar to one another, there does not

seem to be a species which mimics another Sphingid—/.e. of which the pattern

or shape has been developed directly in relation to the other,

( xeviii )

The various kinds of similarities shortly referred to are met with again in

other groups of insects. They demonstrate, we think, not only that there are

various ways to arrive at and different causes for resemblance, but also that

there is abundant material of similarity in details upon which selection may

seize, and modify and augment the incipient resemblance, and produce those

wonderful likenesses which illustrate that fascinating phenomenon called

Mimicry.

A study of resemblance from this point of view is incidentally also a study

of relationship, and therefore an essential part of classification. It is well known

that the older students of Entomology were frequently taken in by similari-

ties which do not indicate relationship, associating often widely different species

on account of superficial resemblance. The older systematic works, and old

collections which have not been disturbed, testify to this abundantly. But even

modern work, or rather work of recent date, is not free from striking blunders

of this kind, although the flourishing study of Mimicry has, or should have,

made everybody suspicious of mere resemblances in aspect. We well remember

trying in vain to convince a famous Lepidopterist, now dead, that the streaked

Indian Papilio macareus, xenocles, etc., are not nearly related to the streaked

form of Papilio clytia ; and we notice in a recent number of Lepidoptera Indica

that the mimetic Papilio rhetenor and its models are housed in the same

Moorean genus. The association of the Sphingidae with the Aegeriidae and

Zygaenidae from Linné down to recent times was due to a certain similarity in

the shape of the antennae being erroneously interpreted as meaning relationship.

The older writers were the more convinced of the correctness of the association

of the <Aegeriidae with the Hawk Moths, since the clear-winged Aegeriids

appeared to them to be connected with the ordinary Sphingidae by the equally

clear-winged species of the Sphingid genera Cephonodes and Haemorrhagia.

The fallacy of the conclusion has now become evident to every student of

Lepidoptera, though perhaps not to every collector of “flies.” The similarity

of Pseudosphinx tetrio to species of Protoparce, the “Bombycine” appearance of

Aretonotus lucidus and Lapara, the resemblance of Deidamia inscriptum and

other Philampelinae to certain Ambulicinae (= Smerinthinae auct.), the agree-

ment in appearance between Proserpinus flavofasciata and Tlaemorrhagia, of

Nyceryx hyposticta and Amplypterus, of Akbesia davidi and Proserpinus, of

Sesia and Leucostrophus, etc., ete., have frequently misled even modern classifiers

of Sphingidae.

The student who tries to build up a classification based on relationship has

to beware especially of two kinds of similarities referred to above: (1) similarity

as the outcome of reduction, and (2) similarity as the result of adaptation to

similar extraneous objects or to each other.

The first point is the more frequently overlooked in classification, and requires

some further explanation.

If a, 6, c, d are four organs of a species or a genus, and a’, J’, c’, d’ the

same in their most reduced state; if, further, the species or genus develops

a a

( xcix )

inte four others by one of the organs becoming reduced in each, and these

four again into more in the same way, we have the following diagram (for the

sake of convenience in printing the middle part of the diagram has not been

completed) :—

V. abd ab'e'd' abd ab'ed ab'ed ab'cc rf abd abd ab'e'd abd abled whed

| | | | | | | |

IV. abd ab'ed’ abe'd’ abled a bed’ whe’ I wh'ed' wbhe'd ab'ed’ abled wbhe'd ab’e'c if

| | | | | | | | | | | |

| | | | | |

Tl. wb'ed abe'd abed' a bed’ [ abe'd’

| 3 ce | ‘i

Il. A: abed ab'ed abe'd abed’ : D.

NAL pe ee | |

15 abed

The development, starting from I., results first in a series of four derivations

(IL.) differing from one another in two organs. The second series of derivations

(III.) contains forms deviating from each other in two, three, or four organs.

In the third series (IV.) the forms differ only in two organs, or are

identical. And we arrive finally (V.) at a series of identical forms. There is

divergency from I. to III, and convergency from III. to V. Considering now

the phylogenetic relation and the similarity of the various modifications, it

will be found that the derivations of A in series IV. are more similar to

the derivations of D in the same series than to A in series II., and

that the derivations of A in series V. are indistinguishable (in organs

abed) from the respective derivations of D in the same series, while they

are different from the forms in series IV. from which they are derived. It

is therefore evident that the classifier who judges from these organs abcd

alone cannot possibly find out the trae phylogenetic connection between the

various forms. He will easily mistake the forms which are equally reduced

for forms which are closely allied. To him the members of series V. will

appear to be very near relations, while they are in fact the end-products of

different phylogenetic branches.

Let us take as illustration the retrogressive development so often observed

in Sphingidae of the tongue, the midtarsal comb, and the claw-segment. If

we start from a form with long tongue, with midtarsal comb, and with fully

developed pulvillus and paronychium, and assume as before that one of these

organs becomes reduced in each derivation from that ancestral type, we arrive

finally at forms which agree with one another in having all the four organs

reduced. Therefore the reduction of the tongue and the absence of the mid-

tarsal comb, of the pulvillus, and of the paronychium in those species or genera

are not an expression of close relationship. Looking at the pedigree of the

genera of Sphingicae (facing p. 30), it will be noticed that a reduction and loss

Ce)

of organs like those oceur indeed in many genera which stand far apart. Loss,

reduction, and fusion may occur independently everywhere. An _ instructive

illustration of erroneous classification of this kind outside the Sphingidae are

the Ithomiinae (= Neotropinae), which are divided by Salvin and Godman and

later on by Schatz into two groups, the one containing the forms with strongly

reduced forelegs, the other those with less reduced forelegs. The groups as

they thus stand comprise quite heterogeneous material; they are not a division

based on relationship, bnt on similarity in that one organ, each group containing

genera which have their nearest relatives in the other, the species or genera

with reduced forelegs being derivations from such with more fully developed

forelegs. The striking resemblance in pattern between certain members of the

two groups is explained, at least in some cases, by the similar species being

nearly related, and not by having developed convergently.

A form which has lost an organ becomes not only similar in this respect

to another which has equally lost it, but also to those which never did possess

the structure. The abdominal spination, which is apparently confined to the

Sphingidae, is lost in several genera, which therefore agree in the non-spinose

abdomen with the Notodontidae, for instance. The loss in many Sphingidae of

the midtarsal comb, of the forecoxal scent-organ, and of the friction-organ of

the clasper constitutes again similarity with Notodontidae, Saturniidae, and other

Moths, and not relationship.

There is another point illustrated by the pedigrees of Sphingidae which is

of equal classificatory importance. A genus and a species are a composition of

many organs; and since each organ becomes in most cases modified independ-

ently from the other, it is evident that a species or genus may be specialised

in some and generalised in other organs. It is indeed a rule holding good in

nearly all Sphingidae—we say “nearly” in order to be on the safe side—that a

species or genus is further advanced than its nearest allies in some respects

and at the same time left behind in other details. This being so, it is clear

that a genus or species is not (or rarely) a direct derivation from another.

Though we have directly connected the genera with one another in the

pedigrees, we do not mean to say that, for instance, Proserpinus is a derivation

from Rhodosoma as this is now, but wish to indicate only that Rhodosoma is

of all recent genera the one which comes nearest in the characters mentioned

in the pedigree to the ancestral genus of which Proserpinus, Amphion, and

Sphecodina are developments. Each genus is, so to speak, the end-development

of its own branch. In the pedigree facing p. 499 the genera Mnpinanga, Rethera,

Cizara, and Rhodosoma are thus connected :—

Rhodosonva

| Rethera

Cizara

Enpinanga

)

We have adopted this kind of connection for the sake of simplicity of printing.

The pedigree should read as follows :—

Rhodosoma Cizara Rethera Enpinanga

If connected like this, each genus may have acquired its own specialisations after

the point of separation, and each may also have preserved generalisations lost

by the nearest allies after separation.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

The Hawk Moths are an essentially tropical family, the number of

species existing in the temperate regions being comparatively small. Very

few Sphingidae extend into the Arctic Regions, and then only as occasional

visitors, no species being known to breed beyond the Arctic Circle, though some

(Amorpha populi and amurensis, Sphinx ocellats, Celerio gallit, Hyloicus

pinastr’) may be expected to occur as far north as their food-plants go. As

the vreater number of species have: a powerful flight, and are, moreover, often

wanderers, covering wide distances, the area inhabited by some of the species

is very extensive. ;

The proportion of geographically uniform species of Sphingidae is large as

compared with other families of Lepidoptera. Methodical research has proved

to the systematist that countries like West and East Africa, India and the

Malayan Islands, Central and South America and the Antilles, the Andes and

Eastern Brazil, ete., ete., are inhabited by special races of nearly every species

of Butterfly there occurring. The student is, a@ priord, certain in most cases

that a species of Butterfly not yet discovered in some such district will, if

Occurring, exhibit some kind of distinction. In Sphingidae a prior’ conclusions

like this would mostly be wrong. Since geographical variation depends on

geographical isolation, it is evident that those Lepidoptera which are stationary

are far more variable geographically than those which are not prevented by

geographical barriers from constantly crossing over to other districts. The

power of flight, however, is as such no factor effacing the geographical

barriers. The swilt-flying Charaxes and Papilio vary geographically as much

as do slow-flying Butterflies; and in birds—which may be called stationary

from the point of view of a student of geographical distribution in so far as

they breed in their native country—geographical variation is also the rule and

not the exception. On the contrary, the more powerful the flight, the more is

an animal enabled to flee from or resist the factors of passive distribution

(water aud wind), to counteract their influence. But if powerful flight and the

habit of wandering during the period of propagation coincide in a species, the

( cn )

geographical barriers become ineffective, and the influence of isolation (segrega-

tion) is annulled. The wandering Hawk Moths, like Acherontia atropos, Herse

convolruli and cingulata, Mippotion celerio and osiris, Deilephila nerii, Theretra

nessus, ete., do not yary geographicaily, or only in a slight degree. However,

considering what we have said about the power of flight” and isolation, it

cannot be wondered at that a good many species of swift-flying genera have

developed into geographical varieties (= subspecies) in spite of their power

of flight. Notwithstanding this fact, in the Sphingidae the rule holds good

that, on the whole, the sluggish species are more often and more distinctly

variable geographically than the swift-fliers, and that, further, the areas of

the geographical races of slow-flyers are mostly smaller than those of the

subspecies of Jess slaggish Hawk Moths, as exemplified by Ambulicinae and

Choerocampinae.

There is only one cosmopolitan Sphingid, Celerto lineata; it consists of

three subspecies, one inhabiting the Western Hemisphere and two the Eastern.

Herse convolculi and Hippotion, celerio oceupy practically the whole Old World,

while Herse cingulata and Protoparce sexta ocenr from Canada to Patagonia.

One species (Celerio gallii) is common to the Nearctic and Palaearctic Regions.

Cephonodes hylas is found, in three subspecies, from Sierra Leone to Mada-

gascar and eastwards to Australia, with a wide gap in the Malay Archipelago.

Deilephita nerii inhabits the whole Aethiopian Region, and extends far into

Enrope and south-eastwards into Western India and Ceylon. A number of

species occur all over the Aethopian Region withont being split up into

subspecies (//ippotion eson; Basiothia medea; Coelonia fulvinotata; ete.) ;

others are of wide distribution in the Palaearctic or Oriental Regions (Maero-

glossum stellatarum; Hippotion boerhaciae, velow; Theretra nessus ; Cephonodes

picus; etc.); and others again occur all over the Neotropical Region or go

even far into the northern half of the New World (Xylophanes tersa, pluto;

Pseudosphinu tetrio; Erinnyis alope; Epistor lugubris; ete.). The distribution

of such common species is very instructive in one respect. Although their

range is wide, it is nevertheless restricted, and we ask ourselves, What

antagonistic factors are there preventing these Sphingidae from oceupying the

whole globe?

A country must be accessible to a species. If there is a practically

unsurmountable physiographical barrier, the species have little chance of passing

over it. The swift-flying Sphingidue are not able to cross the Atlantic and

Pacific Oceans, none of the New and Old World species being identical, not

even Celerio lineata and gallii being the same in the Western and Eastern

Hemispheres ; and the Indian Ocean is an equally effective barrier. But there

is no such barrier to prevent Macroglossum stellatarum, which ranges from

Morocco and Ireland to Japan and North West India, from going farther south

and east in India; no physiographical chasm faces in Spain the Aethiopian

Mippotion osiris, which extends from Madagascar to the Pyrenean Peninsula ;

no geographical barrier keeps the African Deilephila nerii back from settling

( ci )

farther east than South India and Ceylon, and prevents Protoparce ochus, 80

common in Mexico, from extending southward beyond Venezuela; no ocean,

no high mountain-range, and no wide desert restrict Ovecta to Southern

Brazil and Argentina, Vheretra capensis to South Africa, Hyloicus lugens and

allies to Central America, //yloicus chersis and allies to North America (and

Mexico), and Celerio vespertilio to Central and South East Europe. The range

of these Sphingidae is restricted because the conditions of life (temperature,

food, composition of fauna, ete.) are not suitable outside their present range.

It is therefore evident that the limits of the range of a species are determined

by two kinds of factors: physiographical barriers, beyond which the species is

physically prevented from going; and biological barriers, beyond which the

species is uot able to exist. This being so, it follows that it is erroneous to

conclude that the limits of the range of species indicate always that a physio-

graphical barrier has formerly existed, that there was in -the Continent or

the chain of Islands a discontinuity barring the way. One has to carefully

discriminate between those facts of geographical distribution which allow of

conclusions being drawn as to the former configuration of the earth’s surface,

and those facts which are the result of the action of biological canses.*

Since anything strange attracts more attention than the normal, it is not

rarely the unexpected upon which the student of geographical distribution lays

most stress, often exaggerating the significance of single cases and drawing

conclusions from them which are contradicted by the other, normal and hence

neglected, cases. Some small percentage of an Indian element in the fauna of

Madagascar misleads many a student to treat Madagascar as standing faunistically

closer to India than to Africa, and some small but conspicuous difference in the

fauna of Bali and Lombock, which difference is in insects not larger than that

between most other adjacent Malayan islands, gave rise to the famous but (in

Lepidoptera) arbitrary Wallacean line separating the Malay Archipelago into a

western and an eastern district. Among the Sphingidae we find a number of

Species and genera with a peculiarly striking distribution which might easily give

occasion to similarly fallacious and misleading conclusions. Cephonodes hylas

consists of three subspecies, which occur one in Africa and Madagascar, another

in India, China, and Japan, and the third in tropical Australia, no representative

being found in the Malay Archipelago. Celerio lineata has two subspecies in

the Old World: one inhabiting continental Asia, Africa, and Europe; and the

second tropical Anstralia. The genus Nephele, so common in the Aethiopian

Region, has but one species each in India and the large Sunda Islands and

Australia. All these insects are so common that it is not likely that they have

been missed by the collectors in the Malay Archipelago. Further, the genus

Cephonodes \vas four species in the Malagassic Subregion, six in the Papuan

Subregion, and not more than two anywhere in India and the Malay Archi-

pelago. Looking at such cases, the Antarctic Continent most conveniently comes

on the scene as a deus ex machina to explain the peculiarity in the distribution,

* See also Nov. Zool, iii. p. 505 (1896).

(‘civ )

while the trne cause of the absence or scarcity of those insects in the Malay

Archipelago is probably of quite a different kind, as we shall see later on.

The North American Sphecodina abbotti is confined to the Atlantic side of the

Continent ; the only other species of the genus (the only near ally, in fact, of

abbott) is restricted to the Pacific side of Asia (Amurland, China). The Indian

genera Apocalypsis and Pseudodolbina stand quite isolated in the Old World,

their nearest (and very close ally) being the Neotropical Huryglottis. The

South African genus Rhodafra comes nearest to the Palaearetic Pergesa. If we

compare such cases with the distribution of Celerto, of which one species is

cosmopolitan, one Holarctic, several Palaearctic, and one each Malagassic, Argen-

tinian, Chilian, and Cuban, while two are confined to the Sandwich Islands, it

becomes obvious that the interrupted range of genera or allied genera is the

result of the extinction of the insects (or allied species) in the now non-inhabited

intermediate districts rather than the result of great geographical changes. We

have to do here with the remnants of once more uniformly distributed groups,

remnants existing where by chance the conditions were favourable for their

preservation. However, it is not our inteution to speculate on the apparently

abnormal distribution of single species and genera, fascinating as it is, but to

lay before the reader a short summary of the actual state of the distribution

of the Sphingidae, from which he will better understand the composition of

the Sphingid fauna of the various areas than from a speculative elucidation of

single cases. Accepting the Wallacean division of the globe into five Regions,

we have a distribution of the 770 species of Hawk Moths, as illustrated in the

table on the opposite page.

There are only 2 species common to the Western and Hastern Hemispheres,

each represented in America by 1, and in the Old World one by 2 and the

other by 1 subspecies. Of the remaining 768 species, as yet known, 293 are

peculiar to the New World, including the Sandwich Islands (3 species), and 475

to the Eastern Hemisphere. Since the Papuan Subregion and Africa harbour

without doubt a great many undiscovered species, proportionally more than South

and Central America, we can estimate the proportion of the species inhabiting the

New and Old Worlds as being 1:2, or presumably 320-odd to 650-odd. The

superiority of the Hast over the West of the globe in the number of species of

Hawk Moths is quite intelligible, since tropical America is far smaller than

the tropics of the Eastern Hemisphere, does not offer so much variety in the

conditions of life, and is not so broken physiographically. A heteromorphie

country has a heteromorphic fauna.

The paucity of the Sphingidae in the temperate Regions is very apparent

in the table. North America, Europe, North and Central Asia, and Palaearetic

Japan, where few new species will be discovered, if any, possess only 100-odd

species peculiar to them, as compared with 620-odd peculiar to the only

partially explored tropical and subtropical countries. New discoveries will alter

the proportion so much to the disadvantage of the northern temperate Regions

that the proportion will ultimately be about 1:9, according to our calculations.

(ev )

‘suolsey uerdomjoy

pure ‘[eyWaNGQ ‘oyorvarTeT ey 0} ULTIMO. satoads Jo siaquinu oY} aN sUOISay oes 94} Suyoounoo sjoyoviq Av[NSueyoor-uou 94} 4e siaqmnu ayy ‘suordayy

CA} ose} 0} UOMIMIOD sayoads jo JoquINU oy} ore suotday uvidotqjay pu oorvoR[eq 94} Satyoauuoo -——- sjayouvrq iv[Nsuvjzoor ay} ye sdoqumu ony, .

— —— ———— — ||

| t |

ae | i oc | i 6I |

GLP t £66 I a aN eae rN ame eA C3 | . ~ OLA = 12701

| I |

y |

ew | | I €

98 3 9¢ | I 12 I So SS | "PPL © apudunoosa0yD

ain Se - — |

| ; I . |

G € |

98T : && | = TL ri) Com ~9 &T- ~AT | * 61S f apupadunpy

I 6

9% : 96 = Sess 6 soem) (:} | ~ .° TOE seprusssay

| L @

a § : Ge | — *S tees 2 E ten) C | * OST ¢ apoynquy

= Se = wi | :

|| | aN ae ee

| I

| | Zeon z

6g : $8 | — | 8T ti; 11 ae ey 4] || * QE + enuequosayor

sasoydstumagy ‘aroydstaa “aorna “LOLs “uoLsa “LOLDay “molaa ‘<etin :

UL94SU OL eon | “aeyttodous0) sadorcins Rane ee seus Beaty STIRYAG DS

«SdLoddsS FO NOILOATMLSId

( ew)

The differences in the number of species between the three tropical Regions

are not considerable, the Neotropical Region possessing altogether 286, the

Aethiopian 179 (many new ones will be discovered), and the Oriental 250. The

Palaearetic and Nearctic Regions have each 75 species.

The differences in the distribution of the species of the five subfamilies

into which the Sphingidae fall in our classification are remarkable. The

Acherontiinae and Sesiinae are for the greater part American, while the

Ambulicinae, Philampelinae, and Choerocampinae have more representatives in

the Old than in the New World. The difference is especially large in the case

of the Sesiinae on the one hand, and Ambulicinae and Philampelinae on the

other. The proportion between western and eastern species of Acherontiinae

(84:52) is almost exactly reversed in the Choerocampinae (56: 86). The

Ambulicinae ave most numerous in Africa, nearly half of the Pdilampelinae are

Oriental, and about one-third of them Aethiopian, while the Neotropical Region

has scarcely one-twelfth of the total. North America has no single species of

Choerocampinae of its own, but Central and South America possess more species

than any other single Region. The number of species of Acherontiinae is much

larger in the Neotropical Region than anywhere else.

However, the numbers of species which inhabit a country in themselves

cannot be trusted when forming an opinion on the diversity of its fauna.

Comparing, for instance, the number of Choerocampinae peculiar to the Neo-

tropical Region with the number of purely Palaearctic species (48), it would

appear from these figures alone that the Palacarctie Sphingid fauna was not

more diversely developed than the Choerocampinae of South and Central

America ; whereas, in fact, these Neotropical Sphingids belong to only three

allied genera, 7.¢. are very homogeneous, and the Palaearctic species to more than

twenty genera of five subfamilies. The diversity in the development of a family

is better illustrated by the genera of the country, since a genus is a category

higher than species, representing as it were the generalised state of development

of which the varions congeneric species are modifications. Each Region has one or

more genera ccntaining a large number of species, while the nearest allied genera

comprise as a rule few or single species. Protoparce, Krinnyis, and Xylophanes

are large Neotropical genera ; Hyloicus vas numerous species in North America,

Celerio in the western half of the Palaearctic Region, Macroglossum and Theretra

in the Oriental Region, and Polyptychus in Africa. Such genera and the com-

monly occurring species give a country its special feature from the point of view

of a collector, while the number of genera and their diversity are the more

important feature for the classifier and for the student of the origin of the fauna,

relying as they both do principally upon the affinities presented by the genera.

We have grouped the 770 species of Sphingidae in 167 genera, of which

the table here following gives the numerical distribution. Since genera are

groups of species, and hence generally of wider distribution than single species,

the number of genera common to adjacent Regions is proportionally very much

larger than the number of species common to them.

| - ¥ | :

\| it

L Sa = Fe

— | 9 €L € at | |

90T : $¢ G | 88 OF ak oe OE 9% ie * LOT = 1810,

= = = = a = rae = => - = —— = = = —— 1 = Sees a

I a ey |

—— | | I z | I

IL VA I | Ce SO = SS — ae. Tt Saga anurdUnoonaoy)

€ |

5 — Se

——— | I epee 2 I |

1g : 8 = aa a Se SCS la + TP s apurjadunpey

es r a mae : =a

Be I

> ——————

S) poe I | | L

S é : 1% = Sa — —_—"—_- FI let FY : avurysag

I ee eet

—_——_ | € 9 I I he

ts : 8 = Cantina aC ——. | FP ¢ epmoynquyp

= ae za | Za _ I

| il I i}

i | : = |

Peters | ee el aa | ;

1X2 : cL \| I IL Le Saree =a 9) | PP ¢ apuajnosayop

a= tees |

‘odoydstmo Fy ‘adoydstma i “UOLd0 yy “moLdayy MOLBaY “noldayy “aor say | r : =

W19}segq 110489 \\. | *avztjodouisoy uvidoiqjay [eNO dYolwavleg o1jowa wordo.qoan } SSS LS

‘VUANES FO NOMWMAGIUMISIG

( eviii )

The New World has 54 genera which do not occur outside it; 106 are

peculiar to the Eastern Hemisphere; while 7 are common to both. The pro-

portion between genera and species is, therefore, nearly the same in either

hemisphere. Taking into account the origin of the genera as shown in the

following pages, and leaving aside the truly cosmopolitan Celerio, there are 53

genera of American extraction, against 113 of Old World origin.

Some significant discordance will be found in the numerical distribution of the

genera and species when comparing the two tables (pp. cv. and cvii.). The Western

Hemisphere has one and a half times as many species of Acherontiinae as the

Old World, but they are more uniform, belonging only to 16 genera; whereas

genera, representing

many more steps in the development of the Acherontiinae than do the Trans-

atlantic forms. On the other hand, the 26 Old World species of Sest’nae belong

‘

the species of the Eastern Hemisphere are grouped in 2

only to 3 genera, while America possesses 22. In Choerocampinae America, with

its 3 genera, of which 1 is cosmopolitan (Celerio), stands far behind the Old

World, which has 12, though the proportion of the species is 53:85.

The difference in the proportion of the species and genera is instructive in

another respect. Looking at the table of genera, it will be manifest that the

student of geographjcal distribution who bases his conclusions on the Sesinae

alone would have only one centre of development, which has given off a few

branches to other countries ; there would be no question of “Regions.” If he

took the Choerocampinae as the basis of his zoogeographical division of the

earth, Aethiopia and Indo-Australia might become Regions and the rest of the

globe appendages of them. If he based his exposition on the Phélampelinae,

Africa, Indo-Australia, and North America would rank as Regions, and South

America, Europe, and temperate Asia appear to be zoogeographical appendages of

them. While in the case of the Acherontiinae there would be four Regions. It

is evident from this that the division of the globe into zoogeographical Regions

is different according to which group of animals is taken as the sole basis of

the division, or, in other words, that the division which is correct in one group

of animals does not necessarily apply to every other group. That the Neotropical,

Aecthiopian, and Oriental Regions are nevertheless natural zoogeographical

districts in all larger groups of land and freshwater animals is not to be

wondered at, since these Regions comprise each the subtropical and tropical

parts of a continent and its satellites of islands. America north of Mexico

and Europe and temperate Asia are by no means so well characterised as, and

co-ordinate to, the other three Regions.

In the above tables of distribution we have included the Papuan Sphingidae

in the Oriental fauna. Australia, New Guinea, the islands farther east, and

those westward to the Moluccas have 26 genera of Hawk Moths, of which 6

have not been found elsewhere. The Palaearctic Region has 7 peculiar genera

out of 30. These figures alone would show, therefore, that the Papuan countries

were as much entitled to the rank of a Region as the northern temperate Old

World zone ; or, on the other hand, since the proportion of genera peculiar to

( cix )

each is so very small, that neitber the Papnan nor the Palvearctic countries can

be considered to be a Region in the distribution of the Sptingidar. But if we

sink them both to the rank of a Subregion of the Oriental Region, with which

the Palaearctic countries have 18 genera and Papuasia 19 in common, the most

characteristic feature of the temperate Old World would be swallowed up; the

Oriental Region would receive foreign elements, and hence the relation of the

fannae of the Old and New Worlds be very much obscured. The Palaearctic

countries being particularly important as a connecting-link between the Old and

New Worlds, having many affinities with North America, as we shall see further

on, we give them the rank of a Region, in spite of the close relationship with

the Oriental fanna. Here again we see that the purely numerical consideration

of a fauna does not give its true position in respect to geographical distribution.

In order to understand the composition of the fauna of a district, the

geographical origin of the various members has to be inquired into. A point

essential towards this object is manifestly the knowledge of the relationship of

the various species. And as the grouping together of species into genera is

meant to be a grouping of species of the same origin, it is further evident that

the correct composition of the genera and their correct position in the classification

are necessary premisses for sound zoogeographical research. Exponents of z00-

geography who rely on catalogues—in which the distribution is far more erratic

than in Nature—having themselves not enongh knowledge of the animals to

detect mistakes, cannot go beyond the numerical stage in the treatment of the

distribution, and, if they do, will as often be wrong as right in their conclu-

sions, constantly finding in the faunae discrepancies and similarities which are

nothing but the result of an insufficient study of the animals in question. If

we took, for instance, the classification of the Sphingidae in Kirby’s Catalogue,

Butler's Revision, Druce’s Heterocera of Central America (in Biol. Centr. Amer.),

and Hampson’s Moths of India as the basis for the exposition of the geographical

distribution of these insects, we should find a far greater similarity between

the Neotropical Region and the tropics of the Old World than there really

exists, numerons genera being said to ocenr in both the Eastern and Western

Hemispheres, while closer inspection proves these genera to be qnite “ unnatural ”

(heterogeneous), and the various heterogeneous components to belong to different

genera peculiar either to the New or to the Old World, Protoparce, “ Diludia,”

“ Triptogon,”’ “ Ambulyx,” Pseudosphing, Darapsa, Pergesa, Macroglossum,

“ Aellopus,’ “ Choerocampa,’ Theretra, etc., ete. being names employed

erroneously for mixtures of Old and New World Sphingidae.

Proceeding to examine more closely the composition of the Sphingid fauna

of the various Regions, we take them in the order as they come in the tables of

distribution on pp. cv. and cvii. The Neotropical Region is inhabited by 32 genera,

containing 237 species. Two of the genera (Celerio and /lerse) and one species

(Celerio lineata) are cosmopolitan. The remaining 37 genera may be classed

in two groups: 22 which are confined to the Neotropical Region, and 14 which

occur also outside it. We will examine the latter first. They are: Protoparce,

(cx )

Hyloicus, Chlaenogramma ; Protambulyx ; Pseudosphine, Erinnyis, Grammodia,

Pachylia, Epistor, Cautethia, Perigonia, Sesia ; Pholus ; Xylophanes. In addition

we must mention Sphinx, Pachysphinz, and Arctonotus, which extend from North

America into Mexico, and are not truly Neotropical. Hyloicus has many

species outside the Neotropical Region ; but the section of the genus which is

Neotropical does not occur northward of the Southern United States. Chlaeno-

gramma consists of two species, one inhabiting the Atlantic Subregion of North

America, the other Argenutina.* Protoparce has two truly Nearetie species

(quinquemaculatus and sexta), besides a great number of Neotropical ones ; the

same applies to Pholus. The remaining 10 genera are Neotropical, extending in

one or a few species into the Southern States of the Nearctic Region, or going

farther north without having developed Nearctic species. Among the 22 genera

confined to the Neotropics there is only one (Monarda) which is not of Neotropical

origin, belonging to the branch of the Améulicinae to which Cressonia, Sphina,

Amorpha, etc., belong, and of which the Oriental Callambulyx is the most

primitive genus. All the other 21 genera are truly Neotropical. Hence it is

clear that the only foreign element in the Neotropical Region is Monarda,

and this is known only from Mexico. None of the other Regions have such an

almost exclusively autochthonons Sphingid fanna. The Neotropical genera of

Acherontiinae are all developments from the same stem, of which Cocytius,

Amphimoea, and Protoparce are the most generalised divisions, coming near the

Old World genera Xanthopan and Meganoton, which are, however, still lower

in organisation than Cocytius. None of the New World Acherontiinae have

preserved the organ of friction of the claspers and eighth abdominal tergite,

which a number of the Old World genera have retained.

The 4 Ambulicine genera of the Neotropical extraction are Protambulya,

Amplypterus, Orecta, and Trogolegnum. The last two are clearly modifications

of Amplypterus, and this and Protambulyx are near allies of the Oriental

Compsogene, which is the most primitive of all recent Amébulicinae. It is

worthy of note that both derivative genera occur in the border districts of the

Neotropical Region, Orecta in the South and Trogolegnum in the North.

The Sestinae are a special feature of the Neotropical fauna, the very few

genera (3) occurring outside it being derivations from the Neotropical stock.

The Philampelinae are very poorly represented ; the two genera occurring are

confined to the New World, and closely allied to one another, 7inostoma being

found on the Sandwich Islands only, while P/olws is widely distributed over

America and contains many species. The Choerocampinae are rather uniform

in development, there being only three genera, of which one is cosmopolitan.

The other two are truly Neotropical, Xylophanes with fifty species and

Phanoxyla with one, the species of Nylophanes which are found in the Nearctic

Region being Neotropical ones extending northward. Phanoxyla is a specialisa-

tion of Xylophanes, and this is a derivation from the cosmopolitan genus Celerio

—i.e. from an ancestral genus of which Celerio is the nearest recent representative.

* The locality Costa Rica is doubtful.

(C @al_ ))

As a matter of course the Neotropical SpAingidaec are uot uniformly

distributed within the Region, though the greater proportion is found nearly

throughout the tropical part of South and Central America. The commonest

species of which large numbers of individuals seem to occur everywhere are: Herse

cingulata, Cocytius duponchel, Protoparce sexta and rustica, Protambulyx strigilis,

Amplypterus gannascus, Pseudosphinx tetrio, some Erinnyis, Pachylia ficus and

resumens, Mpistor lugubris, Pergesa lusca, Xylophanes pluto, chiron, and tersa.

The temperate South of the Continent, which is much poorer in species and

genera than the tropical districts, is characterised by the specialised genera

Neogene and Orecta, which, though penetrating into the tropics, do not extend

very far northward. There are further in this sonthern district, which reaches

on the east coast to Espirito Santo and in the La Plata region to Tucuman

and Paraguay, a number of species which have not been found farther north,

besides some subspecies. We meet there with Protoparce bergi, P. tucumana,

P. diffissa petuniae and diffissa diffissa, P. manducoides, Hyloicus maura and

justiciae, several Nyceryx, Chlaenogramma undata, Aleuron prominens, Xylophanes

depuiseti, X. xylobotes, X. schausi, X. pistacina, X. isaon, X. aglaor, Hemeroplanes

grisescens, Celerio euphorbiarum, Pholus satellitia analis, Enyo japyx discrepans.

Chili has only two species of Hawk Moths—Celerio annei and Protoparce

sexta caestri. Herse cingulata may also occasionally put in an appearance, but

is not recorded.

The discrepancy in the Sphingid fanna of Central and South America,

though many of the apparent differences in the composition of the fauna will

most likely disappear on further research, is not inconsiderable. No species of

Euryglottis has as yet been found in Central America, notwithstanding the

species not being of rare occurrence in Colombia; Protoparce stuarti, trimacula,

scutata, petuniae, Hyloicus maura, justiciae, Pholus cissi, obliquus, several Pro-

tambulyx and Amplyterus, and a number of Xylophancs, Nyceryx, Madoryx,

etc., have not turned up in Central America; while Protoparce dilucida, occulta,

sesquiplex, muscosa, corallina, lanuginosa, crocala, several Hyloicus, Pholus

typhon, Amplypterus donysa and ypsilon, and some Xylophanes are not known

from South America. Such differences as these are found everywhere between

districts of wide extent, areas differing physiographically like the Andes and Brazil

being naturally more or less different in the composition of the population, whether

there ever has been a geographical barrier or not between the districts.

The lesser Antilles are rather imperfectly explored. The few species of

Sphingidae known from there are widespread. It is, therefore, the more

remarkable that the common Protoparce rustica, which ranges from Argeutina

northward to North America and the larger Antilles, has developed into a

subspecies on the lesser Antilles as it has on the Galapagos Islands, while it

does not vary geographically on the Continent and on the large West Indian

islands. The occurrence of Protoparce rustica harterti on the lesser Autilles

(inclusive of Bonaire and Curacao, but exclusive of Trinidad) is an indication

that more species may be represented by special races on these islands.

( exii )

Several of the Neotropical Sp/ingidae were first described from the small

islands of St. Christopher, Antigua, and St. Cruz. We have not seen any

specimen from there.

The four larger West Indian islands, Cuba, Haiti, Porto Rico, and Jamaica, are

not very different in their Sphingid fauna from Central America, and agree closely

with that of the Bahamas and Florida. They form together a West Indian dis-

trict, characterised by the absence of many Neotropical species and the occurrence

of one genus and several species peculiar to them, besides several subspecies.

Apart from Florida, which has a namber of North American Sphingidae,

there is no Nearctic element in the district. An exploration of the Lepidopterous

fauna of Cuba and Haiti is a desideratum, the material in collections being

very scanty. The species occurring are distributed as follows, those peculiar to

the district being marked with an asterisk (*). The subspecies in brackets are

given in the list to show the distribution of the species outside the district.

The North American species occurring in Florida are left out.

F a 2 : A g Occurrence outside the

E 5 Ss s = rs) district.

= 3 J s S s

fe <2) iS) iss] a 5

Acherontiinae.

Herse cingulata” 5 ‘ x x x x x x N. and S. America,

Cocytius cluentius ; 2 ae x x x x | Neotropical R.

—duponchel . 3 a — és x — a » ”

*— antaeus antaeus . 5 : — x x x = x gaat

(——medor). . . — — | Neotropical R.

* Protoparce sexta jamaicensis x — x x x x ae

(— — sewta, ete.) . % at = pee = — | Nearctic and Neotr. R.

— afflicta : i x x x = — | Amazons.

— rustica rustica. { : x x x x x x Neotropical.

(— — harterti) aS ae = = — — | Lesser Antilles.

*— brontes brontes = a — - x —

*— — cubensis . x == x x x — —_—

* Nannoparce poeyi poeyi F = x = x —

(——haterius) . : -| = = = = — | Yucatan.

Ambulicinae,

Protambulyx strigilis — . 2 — x x x x Neotropical R.

*#_ carteri 0 : : : x x — == = = ==

Amplypterus gannascus . a — x — = x | Neotropical R.

Sesiinae.

Pseudosphinz tetrio x x x x x x ” ”

* lsognathus rimosa rimosa — — x x x = sar

(— — inclitus) — = = Bs = — | Central Am.

(— — pedilanth) _ — — — — — Venezuela,

*_— congratulans _— a x — _ —

Erinnyjis alope. x x x x x x | Neotropical R.

— lassauxi f. merianae x — x x x — | Central America.

— ello x x x x x x Neotropical R.

— oenotrus x _ x _— x x ” ”

— crameri F : | — _ x x — x ” ”

— obscura ? 5 5 x — x x x x ” ”

— domingonis . : aa — x x — — ” ”

*— gquttularis . é a -| — _ x x = = ==

Grammodia caicus . x — x x — — | Neotropical R.

Pachylia ficus . od x x x x 5 ”

*— syces insularis . — _ x x = x ==

(— — syces) . - — = — — — | Neotropical R.

—resumens . . * J x = x x — x ” ”

Florida.

Bahamas.

Haiti.

Porto Rico.|

Jamaica.

Sesiinae— continued.

* Madoryx pseudothyreus

Hemeroplanes calliomenae

— parce . ; % :

Epistor lugubris lugubris.

*— — latipennis 6

— ocypete S

* Himantoides undata

*Cautethia noctuiformis

*_ grotei .

*Perigonia divisa

— lusca f. lusca

— — f. interrupta

* lefebraei

— jamaicensis .

*— glaucescens ‘

Eupyrrhoglossum sagra

*Sesia blaini 5

*_ tantalus zonata

= — tantalus)

— — clavipes)

— fadus ,

Philampelinae.

*Pholus satellitia satellitia

*— _ posticatus z

(— — licaon, ete.) . 5

*_ strenua : & 0

— vilis vitis

*—_ — hesperidum

— fasciatus. Q

— labruscae

Choerocampinae.

Xylophanes pluto

*_irrorata ,

*— gundlachi ,

*—hodocera . 5

*— poreus porcus . 5

(— — continentalis)

—chironchiron .

— — nechus

—tersa .

*— suana. 5

*—obinsoni . :

*Celerio calverleyi

— lineata lineata

— — livornica)

— — livornicoides)

x[ 1 xxx || x]xx |x |x |xx |x

EKG || xox [ER |

Wee esl it te i Ieee

| x |

| | eee ee Pees | [lee ese

| 2s les | seca

Decale scalar]

Occurrence outside the

district.

S. America.

Neotropical R.

” ”

Neotropical R.

S88 |loeea th ||

[ape lieeaes 1) (ie aceite xe

I Nesecit tel Wee

| 23

ecm |||! |

Pes estes te yy

Neotropical R.

S. America.

C. and S. America.

Neotropical R.

Neotr. and Nearctic R.

Europe, Asia, Africa.

Australia.

Among the 22 genera and

60 species

occurring are 1 genus, 20 species,

and 11 subspecies peculiar to the district. The genus Himantoides is confined

to Jamaica; it is closely allied to Cautethia, which is not found on Jamaica,

bnt occurs on the other islands, as well as in Florida and Mexico.

While

Porto Rico, Haiti, and Cuba do not apparently differ except in the number of

species, Jamaica has some specialities restricted to it.

undata, we find in Jamaica Protoparce brontes brontes, Epistor lugubris latipennis,

Perigonia jamaicensis, Pholus vitis hesperidum, Pholus satellitia satellitia,

Besides Himantoides

( exiv )

NXylophanes chiron chiron, which are either absent from the other islands, or

represented by other subspecies.

The Lepidoptera of the Galapagos Islands are almost entirely unknown.

The fauna is very poor in Butterflies; but the Moths, especially the smaller

kinds, seem to be fairly well represented. Dr. Holland, when describing the

Galapagos subspecies of Protoparce rustica,* said that he had received larvae

of five species of Sphingidae. In the Tring Museum there are six species of

Hawk Moths from this group of islands: Herse cingulata, Protoparce rustica

calapagensis, a new species of the same genus, a new subspecies of Hrinnyis

obscura, E. ello, and Celerio lineata. Some species of Xylophanes, aud one or

the other genus of Sesi/nae—Perigonia, for instance—must be expected to ocenr,

The Sandwich Islands have six species of Sphingidae. Protoparce quinque-

maculatus blackburni is a well-marked race of the common Nearctic ‘‘ Potato-worm.”

Tinostoma smaragditis is a very peculiar specialisation of the Neotropical genus

Pholus ; as yet only one imperfect specimen is known of this remarkable insect.

The other three species belong to the cosmopolitan genus Celerio. They are

Celerio lineata lineata, identical with American specimens, and Celerto calida and

wilson’, which have their nearest relative in Celerto annet from Chili and Peru.

The affinity of the Sandwich Island Sphingid fauna is, therefore, absolutely

with America.

The Sphingidae of the Nearctic Region offer, we think, more interesting

points in their distribution and relationship than those of tropical America. As

said above, quite a number of Neotropical species extend into the warmer districts

of North America, some going regularly or occasionally to New England. If

we exclude this purely tropical material, which is foreign to the Nearctic Region

proper (Protambulyx strigilis, Pachylia ficus and resumens, Erinnyis alope and

oenotrus, Pseudosphinx tetrio, Xylophanes pluto, Perigonia lusca, ete.), and

deduct also Herse cingulata and Celerio lineata lineata, which occur everywhere

in the New World, there remain 29 genera with 65 species. Among these

there are again several which are Neotropical, but may be called inhabitants

of the Southern States. Pholus vitis, labruscae, Erinnyis ello, Epistor lugubris,

Sesia fudus, and Xylophanes tersa have a similar position in the North American

fauna, as have Acherontia atropos, Herse convolvuli, and Hippotion celerio in

the fauna of Europe. They are immigrants from the south. Two other

Neotropical species have developed into Nearctic subspecies: Pholus satellitia

pandorus and Protoparce sexta sexta. Among the rest there is one Holarctic

species, represented in North America by one of its two subspecies (Celerio gallii

intermedia). All the others are Nearctic, but all are derivations from tropical

genera. We can group them in two sections, according to their origin—the one

section containing specialisations of the Neotropical stock, the other the genera

derived from the Old World stock. We add to the Neotropical section the

Neotropical species which have settled in North America, north of Florida,

in order to make the list complete :—

* Proc. U, St. N. Mus. xii, p. 195 (1889),

NEOTROPICAL SECTION.

Acherontiinae.

*Protoparce sevta sexta. t

*— quinquemac. quinquemaculatus.

*Ohlaenogramma jasminearum,

*Dolba hylaeus.

*Tsogramma hageni.

*Ceratomia amyntor.

*_ undulosa.

*— catalpae.

*[soparce cupressi.

*Dictyosoma elsa.

*Atreus plebeja.

*Hyloicus eremitus.

*_ eremitoides.

*— separatus.

chersis (3 subsp. and 1 in Mexico).

¥_

*—_ vpancouverensis.

*— libocedrus (2 subsp.).

*— perelegans.

*— canadensis.

*— francki.

*#— kalmiae.

*— gordius (2 subsp.).

*— luscitiosa.

*— drupiferarum (2 subsp.).

*— dolli (2 subsp.).

*— sequoiae.

*Lapara coniferarum,

*— pineum.

*— bhombycoides.

*— halicarniae.

Ambulicinae.

No species.

Sesiinae.

Erinnyjis ello.

Sesia fadus.

Epistor lugubris.

* Haemorrhagia thysbe.

*— gracilis.

*— diffinis (3 subsp.).

*_ brucei.

Philampelinae.

Pholus labruscae.

*— satellitia pandorus.

*— achemon.

— vilis,

Choerocampinae.

Xylophanes tersa.

Besides Celerio lineata lineata and C

a truly cosmopolitan genus,

( exv )

OLD WORLD SECTION.

Acherontiinae.

Herse cingulata.

Ambulicinae.

*Sphina cerisyi (4 subsp.).

*_ jumaicensis,

*Calasymbolus excaecata.

*— myops.

*_ astylus.

*Pachysphine modesta (2 subsp. and 1 in

Mexico).

*Cressonia juglandis.

(Vonarda ory« in Mexico.)

Philampelinae.

*Ampeloeca versicolor.

*_ myron.

*Darapsa pholus.

*Sphecodina abbott.

*Deidamia inscriptum.

*Arctonotus lucidus.

(— terlooi in Mexico.)

*Amphion nessus,

*Proserpinus gaurac.

*— juanita (2 subsp.).

*— clarkiae.

— flavofasciata (3 subsp.),

* Buproserpinus phaeton,

*— euterpe.

1, galli intermedia of doubtful origin, being members of

t The species and subspecies marked with an asterisk (*) are restricted to the Nearctic Region,

or extend southward only in Mexico,

( exvi )

It will be observed that all the <Acherontiinae except Herse are of

Neotropical extraction, being derivations from Protoparce. One of these genera

extends into the Palaearctic fauna (//yloicus), and has given rise to another

genus in N.W. India (Thamnoecha). The Atlantic Lapara is also a develop-

ment of Hyloicus. The most generalised Nearctic species of Hyloicus are

eremitoides and separatus ; they are closely allied to those Hyloicus which are

purely Neotropical (geminus, lugens, istar, etc.). We shall refer to this particular

relationship again when discussing the Palaearctie SpAingidae. The Ambulicine

genera of North America (as well as the Mexican genus Monarda) are all of

the Old World branch of the subfamily, which branch begins with Callambulyz,

itself not very far from the most generalised Ambulicine genus Compsogene,

confined to the Indo-Malayan Subregion. Sp/inx is common to North America

and the Palaearctic Region, and has its older members in Central Asia (Sphinx

hindermanni and caecus); one of the two Nearctic species is strongly specialised

(jamaicensis). Calasymbolus is a derivation from Sphinx, and Pachysphinx and

Cressonia (as well as Monarda) come also very near Sphina and Amorpha (see

pedigree of Ambulicinae).

The only Sesiine genus of North America which is not a recent immigrant

from the Sonth is /aemorrhagia with four species. It is distributed over the

Palaearetie Region, and has one species in India and another on the Moluccas

(Amboina, venata). The six genera of Philampelinae peculiar to the Nearctic

Region are not nearly related to the Neotropical Philampeline genus Pholus,

which represents an ancestral branch of the subfamily not occurring in the

Old World, but are specialisations of Old World genera. Ampeloeca (versicolor

and myron) and Darapsa (pholus) are very closely allied to Ampelophaga of

the Oriental Region and Pacific Palaearctic Subregion, being, like the Syrian

genus Berutana, derived from it. Sphecodina, Deidamia, Arctonotus, Amphion,

Proserpinus, and Euproserpinus have nothing to do with Haemorrhagia, with

which they are generally associated in classification. They belong to the Afro-

Oriental tribe Nephelicae of the Philampelinae.

North America has no species of Choerocampinae to itself, the three species

occurring in the temperate districts being NXylophanes tersa, which is Neo-

tropical, Celerio gallii, which is Holaretic, and Celerio lineata, which is

cosmopolitan, the American subspecies C. lineata lineata extending over both

New World Regions.

A few of the Nearctic genera reach southward into Mexico. Dolba hylaeus

is represented in Mexico by a younger genus, Dolbogene, containing, like Dolba,

only one species (/artwegi). One of the subspecies of Sphina cerisyi, of

Pachysphinx modesta, and of Hyloicus chersis occur in Mexico. Hyloicus

separatus of Kansas, Colorado, and New Mexico is found also in Mexico.

Arctonotus terlooi is an inhabitant of West Mexico, which is geographically very

closely related to the arid parts of the South-western States: California, Arizona,

Colorado, aud New Mexico. Not one of the genera of Old World extraction

extends farther south than Mexico.

( exvii )

The distribution of the Hawk Moths of North America illustrates a marked

faunistic division of the Continent into an Atlantic and a Pacific Subregion.

The Atlantic Subregion reaches westwards to the Mississippi plains and includes

part of Texas. It contains far more Neotropical immigrants than the Western

Subregion, Florida offering special facilities for a northward migration of the

Neotropical Sphingidae of the West Indies, none of the Neotropical species

which occur regularly or occasionally in Georgia, Carolina, ete., being absent

from Cuba. The genera characteristic for the Atlantic Subregion are thirteen :

Dolba, Ceratomia, Isogramma, Isoparce, Atreus, Lapara, Ampeloeca, Darapsa,

Deidamia, Amphion, Calasymbolus, and Cressonia, besides Sphecodina, which

oceurs, however, also in the Pacific district of the Palaearctic Region. The

Atlantic Subregion is, therefore, rich in genera peculiar to itself, while the

Pacific side of the Continent, from the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific Ocean,

has only three genera restricted to itself (Arctonotus, Euproserpinus, and

Dictyosoma). Of these western genera, Arctonotus and Huproserpinus are

derivations from Proserpinus, and Dictyosoma from the Atlantic Ceratomia.

The two Pacific species of Proserpinus and the only European one are more

specialised than the two species which belong to the Atlantic Subregion. We

have, therefore, the remarkable fact that what is characteristic for the Nearctic

Region is essentially Atlantic. The Atlantic Subregion is the birthplace of the

Nearctic Sphingid fauna. This is borne out by the two Holarctic genera Sphenx

and Haemorrhagia, which have together five species in the Atlantic and only

two in the Pacific Subregion of North America. This distribution gives a hint

how to explain the glaring contrast existing between temperate and tropical

America in the Sestinae and Choerocampinae. One would have expected to find

that, as is the case in Acherontiinae, the large Neotropical stock of Seséinae

had given rise to a crop of Nearctic specialisations, and that the Choerocampine

genus Xylophanes, flourishing with fifty species in the Neotropical countries,

had some special representatives in temperate North America. Temperature

and other atmospheric factors as such cannot be the cause of the deficiency in

the North American fauna, since the Sesiine genus //wemorrhagia is almost

exclusively an inhabitant of the northern temperate countries of the Old and

New Worlds ; since, secondly, the Palaearctic Region has eight species of Choero-

campinae to itself, besides Pergesa elpenor, which reaches into India; since,

thirdly, temperate South America has several Sesi/nae and Choerocampinae which

do not go far north into the tropics ; and as, fuurthly, the tropical plains as well

as the temperate high mountainous districts of South and Central America are

inhabited by Sesiinae and Choerocampinae. However, if it is hardly possible that

conditions of life are at the root of the discrepancy, the paucity of Seszinae

in North America and the absence of any indigenous species of Choeroca npinae

from that Region must find an explanation in the geographical history of the

Western Hemisphere. The explanation is rendered complicated by the fact

that there are no less than seven purely Nearctie genera of Acherontiinae

which are of Neotropical extraction, and therefore apt to contradict any likely

( exviil )

explanation which takes cognisance only of the Sesiinae and Choerocampinae.

The only plausible explanation is, we think, the following : South America was

at an early period divided into an Atlantic and a Pacific Island (or Archipelago).

The Atlantic Islands were in connection with what are now the West Indies,

and these were continuous with the Atlantic portion of North America, which

was likewise divided, by a broad sea corresponding to the Mississippi plains,

into an Atlantic and a Pacifie Island (or Archipelago). This Atlantic country

was contiguous with the land north and east, and hence stood in connection

with North Europe, perhaps as India and Australia are connected by an Archi-

pelago. If we now assume that the Seséinae and the ancestral Xylophanes

were almost entirely restricted to the Pacific Island of what is now South

America, while the Acherontiinae were essentially inhabitants of the Atlantic

Neotropical Archipelago or Island, or there represented by some generalised

genera, like the early Protoparce, Amphimoea, and Cocytius, it is evident that

there was no barrier to prevent the Acherontiinae from entering the Atlantic

Nearetic Islands, and crossing over the northern countries to North Europe

and Asia, whereas there was little chance of the early Xylophanes and the

Sesiinae reaching the Atlantic and northern countries.

The only northern Sesiine genus (Haemorrhagia) being a highly specialised

one, and the tropical Old World genera Cephonodes and Sataspes being still

more modified, speak for the distribution having taken place in the direction

indicated ; and the great percentage of elements of Old World descent in the

Atlantie Sphingid fauna of North America corroborates the evidence adduced

that there was a road of communication in the North between the Western

and Eastern Hemispheres.

The Atlantic Nearctic Sphingidae extend in Canada partly westward, and

meet the western species in British Columbia and Washington. The Rocky

Mountains and the platean west of them have uo pronounced peculiarities in

the Sphingid fauna.» The only distinctive features of this central district, which

ranks as a Subregion in other groups of animals, are a species of Haemorrhagia

not found outside the area (drwce?) and the subspecies Haemorrhagia diffinis senta:

The Palaearctic Region embraces Europe, North Africa, Syria, Central

Asia, Persia and Afghanistan, North China, Amurland, and the three main

islands of Japan. It is inhabited by 75 species of Sphingidae, belonging to

33 genera :—

‘

genera and 52 species are peculiar to the Palaeartic Region.

ety es » Ll ,, oceur also in the New World.

1 genus — is found in the Nearctic and Oriental Regions.

13 genera and 16 ,, occur also in the Oriental Region.

Gl ‘5 » 8% 4, occur also in the Oriental and Aethiopian Regions.

— yy » 2 4, occur also in the Aethiopian Region.

eo ess » Ll ,, are cosmopolitan.

33 genera and 75 species.

( exix )

The comparatively large number of genera occurring in the Palaearctic

Region is accounted for by the fact that many Oriental genera extend north-

ward in single species. It is curious that this northward extension obtains here,

as in the Nearctic Region, in the eastern district. The two cases are, of course,

purely analogous. Tropical China being continnous with Amurland and India,

and Formosa connecting with China the chain of islands running from Japan

southward, there is a convenient bridge from the Tropics to Japan and

Amurland. This close geographical connection between India and Japan ex-

plains the contrast in the relation of the Palaearctie countries with the Oriental

Region on the one side and the Aethiopian Region on the other. Numerous

Oriental species of Hawk Moths range northward into Amurland and Japan,

while only three African ones reach Europe (Acherontia atropos, Deilephila

nerii, and Tlippotion osiris), besides the Afro-Oriental traveller Hippotion

celerio, which comes to Western Europe most likely from the West Coast of

Africa, like Deilephila nerii. The Sahara is an effective barrier between the

Palaearctic and Aethiopian faunae.

The Oriental species which are found as such in Japan, North China,

Corea, or Amurland cannot be counted as Palaearctic. Acherontia styx,

Oxyambulyx ochracea, Clanis bilineata, Cephonodes hylas, Acosmeryx naga,

Macroglossum pyrrhosticta, corythus, faro, passalus, Gurelca masuriensis, Theretra

nessus, pinastrina, Rhyncholaba acteus, and also the Chino-Japanese Parum

colligata, are outside the proper Palaearctic fauna. These elements are com-

paratively recent immigrants, and correspond to the Neotropical immigrants of

North America. That the road by which they travelled is, however, an old

one is proved by the numerons eastern Palaearctic genera, species, and sub-

species which have their nearest relatives in the Oriental Region. Five species

common to both Regions are represented in each by a different subspecies :

Psilogramma menephron, Phyllosphingia dissimilis, Marumba sperchius, Ampelo-

phaga rubiginosa, and Langia zenzeroides. The eastern Palaearctic species,

Callambulyx tatarinovi, Marumba gaschkewitschi, jankowshii, maacki, Oxyam-

bulyx japonica, schauffelbergeri, Acosmeryx castanea, Rhagastis mongoliana, and

Theretra japonica, belong to Oriental genera; and Dolbina exacta and tanerei

have near allies in North India in Dolbina inexacta and Dolbinopsis grisea,

and Hyloicus caligineus in Thamnoecha uniformis. None of these Palaearetic

species extend to Central Asia or Hurope.

Of the remaining nineteen genera found in the temperate zone of the

Eastern Hemisphere we may dismiss Herse, which is represented only by the

wandering //. convolvuli occurring all over the Old World, inclusive of New

Zealand, which no other Hawk Moth has reached. Three are restricted to the

Pacific district : Sphingulus, Kentochrysalis, and Sphecodina. The last genus

has only two species, one of them occurring in the Nearctic Region; the

distribution is in so far curious as the Palaearctic species is Pacific and

the Nearctic one Atlantic. The genus is a derivation from the Afro-Indian

Philampelinae. Kentochrysalis and Sphingulus, together with Dolbina, belong

( exx )

to the small tribe Sphingulicae, which has one more representative in North

India (Doldinopsis) and three in Australia (Tetrachroa, Synoecha, and Hop-

liocnema). These seven genera are all that is left of the tribe; perhaps a

few more species than are known may be discovered in the Himalayan

countries, China, and Australia. The tribe is probably very ancient, and had

formerly a more uniform distribution in the Oriental Region, only remnants

being now extant.

The difference between the Western and Eastern divisions of the Palae-

arctic Region is enhanced by Central Asia, Asia Minor, and Europe possessing

five genera not occurring in Amurland and Japan. Sphingonaepiopsis is

Palaearctic, Oriental, and African, and is, like the West Palaearctic and

Nearctic Proserpinus, a derivation from the African Philampelinae. Akbesia,

found only in Syria, comes nearest to the Aethiopian genus Batocnema.

Berutana from Syria and Persia is a specialisation of Ampelophaga inhabiting

India, China, Amurland, and Japan. ethera of Central Asia and Afghanistan

has its nearest ally in the Oriental Region, and is of Oriental extraction. To

these genera we must add the African Detlephila nerit and Acherontia atropos,

which do not occur in the eastern parts of the Palaearctic Region ; and Theretra

alecto, which has developed into a pale subspecies in Syria, occasionally

occurring northward to the Caspian Sea, but rarely entering Europe.

There are now left to be discussed the genera ranging from Europe to

Japan. Macroglossum has one species which is much specialised, and is

nearest in characters to some Aethiopian ones, but may be a development

from an Oriental species (of the group of Jéelis). Macroglossum stellatarum

occurs all over the Palaearctic Region, and goes southward into North-western

India. J//yloicus is Palaearctic, Nearctic, and Neotropical; it is of American

origin, and has five species in the Palaearctic fauna, three being restricted to

the Pacific side (caligineus, oberthueri, and crassistriga) and two occurring from

Spain to Japan (pinastri and ligustr’), but having developed into a western

and an eastern subspecies. Méimas comes from the Afro-Indian stock of

Ambulicinae; it contains only one species, represented in the west and the

east of the Region by a well-marked subspecies (Mimas tiliae christophi and

Mimas tiliae tiliae). Amorpha is a development of the Oriental branch of

Ambulicinae ; its two species overlap in Russia and Transcaspia, A. amurensis

ranging from Amurland to North Russia, and A. populi in three subspecies

from Morocco, Spain, and Great Britain eastward to Central Asia and Asia

Minor. Sphinx is likewise a derivation from Oriental Ambulicinae (Callam-

bulyx) ; it has apparently come into Europe by way of Afghanistan and Persia,

Central Asia possessing the most primitive member of the genus (Sphina

hindermanni), while Europe (Sphinx ocellata) and North America (Sphine

Jamaicensis) have the most specialised ones. Europe and Japan have only one

species of Sphinz each, while Central Asia has two, Amurland three, and

North America two, besides the derivative genus Calasymbolus. Haemorrhagia

is, like Sp//na, Holaretic, but has one species in India (saundersi), and another,

( exxi )

which deviates much from the rest of the species, in Amboina (venata).

1. fuciformis oceurs all over the Palaearctic Region, and reaches into India;

it is separated into a western and an eastern subspecics ; Amurland, China,

and Japan have three species (staudingeri, beresowshkii, and radians) not

occurring in the western district, and A. tityus does not go farther east than

the Alai Mountains, while 4. croatica is confined to South-eastern Europe

and adjacent districts, ducal/s to Central Asia, dentata to Syria, and rubra to

Kashmir. The genus Celerio, which is cosmopolitan, gives a special feature

to the Atlantic half of the Palaearctic Region, where it is more abundantly

developed than anywhere else ou the globe. The genus is doubtless an old

one, and had formerly more species in the tropics, the one each in Madagascar,

Argentina, Chili-Peru, Cuba, and the two on the Sandwich Islands being

remnants of a formerly less erratically distributed genus. The genus has given

off two branches: Rhodafra in Southern Africa, and Pergesa in the Palaearctic

Region. Pergesa has four Palaearctic species, one ranging from West Europe

to Japan, China, and North India (elpenor), a second extending from West

Europe to Central Asia (porcedlus), a third occurring in Central Asia (svedlus),

and a fourth in Amurland and Japan (asholdensis). A fifth species of Pergesa,

closely allied to elpenor, is found in North India (rivwlaris).

The marked difference in the composition of the Sphingid fauna of the

Atlantic and Pacific Subregions of the Palaearctic Region is illustrated by the

following tables of distribution, in which the purely Oriental species which

range into Japan without having developed into Palaearctic subspecies are

not mentioned :—

DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA OCCURRING IN THE

PALAEARCTIC REGLION.*

sof |) cas Fs ms

Oe eg : = < =|

aS Eel a es Fa §

238 ok 2 =| rs 2 rs Descent

$Wa a £ 2 ) yenus

gE: ees 2 2 2 ie of Genus.

4a | ad S < Zz A

Acherontiinae.

Tlerse ‘ x x x x x | Oriental.

Acherontia x x x x — ~ Afro-Indian.

Psilogramma . —— x x =s, — = Oriental.

Hyloicus F x x = — x x American.

Dolbina . = x x — “= — Oriental.

*Kentochrysalis. _- x 7

*Sphingulus = x = = = = 5

Ambulicinae,

*Akhesia . x — — — — — Aethiopian,

Oxyambulyx — x x — — — Oriental.

Marumba x is x — = — ”

Langia = x x = — —_

Ja ” i

Mimas x x — == — == Afro-Indian.

Callambulya = x x = = — a iadian:

Sphins é x x oss = x 2

Phyllosphingia _ x x — — = -

* The purely Palaearctic genera are marked with

an asterisk (*),

—_

ic}

tal

See se sae lee 2

2 = a g a =

seit & $ rd 3 2 2 Descent of

She | g be es 4 £ 3) 2 Genus.

BES | sss ° ce & 3

Sse | 238 = Ey o 3

a2 | ane is} < A z

Sesiinae.

Haemorrhagia x x x = x _— American,

Philampelinae.

Deilephila x — x x — = Afro-Indian.

Ampelophaga . — x x — — — Oriental.

*Berutana. x = = = = a *

Acosmeryx == x x — aay = 7%)

*Rethera . bate x — _ _ = = ny Be ‘

Sphingonaepiopsis x _ x x — _ ethiopian.

Sphecodina — x = — x _ Afro-Indian.

Proserpinus x = = = x ae .

Macroglossum . x Be x x = = ”

Choerocampinae.

Celerio x x > x x x Cosmopolitan.

*Pergesa . _ x x — _— — Palaearctic.

Hippotion x BG x x —_ Afro-Indian.

Theretra . 4 Ss x x oe = _ Oriental.

Rhagastis 5 — x Rc ee = pan x

DISTRIBUTION OF THE SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE

PALAEARCTIC REGION.*

idl Gee a jceake | Pane =

ae) ge | 2g ee

Sha | obs $ = as) 5

Ze || Ses 2 ‘a = —

3 (Sis oo ae 3 8 8

4qag |S2a] 6 4 A 4

Acherontiinae.

Herse convolvuli 6 ° A x x x x —

Acherontia atropos . ‘ J 6 5 x — — x — —

—styx . . 4 c — x x — — _—

Psilogramma menephron . = x x x a =

*Hyloicus ligustri ligustri . x — = = ae =

*— — constricta — x = = = ax

*— crassistriga . : a x go = és =

*— pinastri pinastri . x = = = = —

*— — morio == x as = =s3 —

*— caligineus . — x 24 = = =

*— oberthueri Es x ta as nee =

*Dolbina tancrei As x nee .= = =

*— eracta . : i — x = a = =

*Kentochrysalis streckeri — x 3, ae = =

*— consimilis — x == ze a= —

*— sieversi = x = a feos =

*Sphingulus mus = x = ote 2h

Ambulicinae.

*Oxyambulyx japonica — x a = = —

— schauffelbergeri SS x ed a = =

*Marumba quercus . x ues a _ = =

— sperchius . ‘i as x x = = ae

*— jankowskii . - = x = — = —

*— maacki % aS x —_ = = =

*— gaschkewitschi ai = x a = = =a

Langia zxenzeroides = x x = = ==

* The species restricted to the Palaearctie Region are marked with an asterisk (*).

en eae oe

( exxiii_)

Atlantic

Subregion of

Palaearctic R.

| Pacific

Subregion of

Palaearetic R,

Oriental R.

Aethiopian R.

| Nearctic R.

Neotropical R.

Ambulicinae—continued,

*MVimas tiliae tiliae

*— — christophi

*Callambulyx tatarinovi

*Sphine kindermanni.

*— caecus « 9

*— ocellata é %

*— planus . 4

*Amorpha populi

*_ amurensis .

Phyllosphingia dissimilis .

Sesiinae.

* Haemorrhagia ge

*_ yadians 3

*— fuciformis fucif. . a °

*_ —affinis . c : °

— beresowskii , P : :

— staudingeri : 9

— croatica 4 a : Fi

— rubra t

— dentata

— ducalis

aK OK OK ok ok

* i

oun.

Deilephila nerii t c

Ampelophaga rubig yinosa .

*Berutana kotschyi

*Acosmeryx castanea .

*Rethera komarovi 5 :

go Phingonaepiopsis gorgon .

— kuldjaensis . a .

BSphecodina caudata .

5 Proserpinus proserpina

*Macroglossum stellatarum §

Choerocampinae.

*Celerio euphorbiae § .

4— gallii . ‘ 0

*— nicaea §

*— zygophylli

*— vespertilio

*— hippophaés . c

— lineata . a :

*Pergesa elpenor elpenor

— —lewisi . c

ac — fraterna)

— porcellus ,

a suellus.

*— askoldensis . aiid

Hippotion celerio 5 ‘

(— osiris). . 5 . c

Vheretra alecto. : é

*— japonica. eee

*Rhagastis mong goliana é 3

sas lee eS Iles

eg eseed| if I Ss les

2S || SORES ET Ills

| || Sees I Sees |) I Sees ss bs Soke Soe

el eee

xx | [xx] | 1x

heses TH |

7 genera and 23 species occur in the Atlantic

Pacific

12 ” ”

ey ea

+ Kashmir.

”

are common to both Subregions.

’

Subregion,

”

t PD. nevii extends into the Western Peninsula of India and Ceylon.

§ On the Oriental Region only in N.W. India,

( exxiv )

The larger proportion of the genera and species occurring in the Palaearctie

Region are of Oriental extraction. Those of the Atlantic Subregion have come

over Afghanistan and Persia, those of the Pacific Subregion over China. Ten

of the genera do not ocenr in the Oriental and Aethiopian Regions, to which

number must be added Haemorrhagia, which is not of Tropical Old World origin,

and Dolbina, which extends only into North India. Of the ten genera characteristic

of the Palaearetic Region, two are of American descent (/Hyloicus and Haemor-

rhagia). When discussing the Nearetic Sphingidae, we drew attention to the fact

that the tropical //yloicus are more generalised than the Nearctic ones. A similar

phenomenon obtains in other genera. The European Marumba quercus is more

specialised than the Oriental species of the genus and than sperchius. The

Syrian Afdesiv is more specialised than the Aethiopian Batocnema, its nearest

ally. The youngest member of Callambulyx is the Palaearctie tatarinovi, the

Oriental rudricosa being the oldest. The most aberrant species of Sphinx is

the Nearectic jamaicensis (=geminatus), and the genus Sphinx has given rise in

North America to the specialised genus Calasymbolus. Of the various subspecies

of Sphinx cerisyi, the Mexican one is the most generalised. The American

Pachysphinx, Monarda, and Cressonia are younger members of that same

branch than is the Palaearetic Amorpha, and this is much more specialised

than the Oriental Callambulyz. The Syrian genus Berutana and the Nearctic

genera Ampeloeca and Darapsa are derivations from the Oriental genus Ampelo-

phaga. The southern Palaearctic species of J/aemorrhagia (croatica, dentata,

rubra, ducalis) have kept the complete or nearly complete covering of scales

to the wings, which the mimetic species have lost; the Atlantic Nearctic

Haemorrhagia gracilis and thysbe are also more generalised than diffinis and

brucei ; and Proserpinus gaurae and juanita more than the Pacific species of

the genus and its derivative Huproserpinus. The most specialised species

of the cosmopolitan genus Celerio are Palaearctic, and the two genera which

have branched off from Celerio are South African and Palaearctic. Macro-

glossum stellatarum is in structure and colour one of the most specialised

species of this large Afro-Oriental genus. Orecta, inhabiting temperate South

America, but extending beyond the Tropic of Capricorn, is a derivation from

the essentially tropical genus Amplypterus. These cases show that the extra-

tropical Sphingidae are derivations from a tropical fauna, and that specialisation is

generally highest in the districts farthest from the original country.

There are some apparent exceptions which, on closer inspection, only prove

the rule. olba of North America is more generalised than Dolbogene from

Mexico ; Dolbina inexacta from North India more specialised than D. tanerei

from Amurland and Japan; Vhamnoecha from North India more than the

Palaearetie Hyloicus, and Dolbinopsis from North West India more than the

essentially Palaearctic genus Dolbina. In all these cases the southern Sphinx

is a derivation from the northern, these insects being acquisitions from the

Temperate Zone, existing only in the borderlands of the Tropics.

The Oriental Region is not larger in extent than the Neotropical and

( exxv )

Aethiopian Regions; but, being almost exclusively tropical and very hetero-

morphic, has the largest number of Sphingidac. The richest in Sphingidae are

the western districts, India and the larger Sunda Islands; farther east there

is an obvious decrease in the number of species and genera, though Australia

possesses some genera of its own, and has, like the other Papuan countries,

many species which do not reach India. Macroglossum remains abundant in

species almost everywhere except on the outlying islands. Pstlogramma menephron,

aud several species of Theretra, Hippotion, and Macroglossum, are common from

Tndia to Queensland and the Solomon Islands. The 251 species which are

known belong to 64 genera. The distribution is as follows :—

36 genera and 226 species are Oriental.

13 x COO! 5s occur also in the Palaearctic Region.

ar. ” 3 oy ” ” ” » and Aethiopian Regions.

6 ” ” 1 + aA i » Aethiopian Region.

1 genus occurs in the Palaearctic and Nearctic Regions.

2 genera and 1 species are cosmopolitan.

The proportion between purely Oriental and not purely Oriental genera and

species is: genera, 36 : 28; species, 226: 21. The percentage of purely Oriental

genera appears to be small from these figures, owing to the fact of all the

genera found also outside the Oriental Region being included in the 28,

though many of them are actually Oriental, especially those extending north-

ward into the Pacific Subregion of the Palaearctic Region, as detailed above. To

arrive at the correct figures, we have to separate the indigenous genera, which

may have sent out some species beyond the limits of the Region, from the

genera of extraneous extraction. For the sake of simplicity we shall distinguish

ouly between tropical and northern temperate genera, leaving the discussion of

the relation of the Oriental fauna with the Aethiopian till we are dealing

with the latter.

The mountainous districts of North India and China have biological

conditions favourable for species of the Palaearctic Zone. We find here several

northern Sphingidae and members of Palaearctic genera—for instance, Celerio

euphorbiae and nicaea, Pergesa elpenor, Haemorrhagia fuciformis, Dolbinopsis

grisea, and Thamnoecha uniformis. Phyllosphingia, Parum, and Dolbina reach

from Amurland or Japan to Assam or Sikhim. All the other genera common

to the Palaearctic and Oriental Regions are tropical ones, the proportion of

tropical to non-tropical genera of the Oriental Region being 58 : 6.

Only 7 genera out of the 64 oceurring are derivations from the American

stock (Apocalypsis, Pseudodolbina, Coenotes, Thamnoecha, Haemorrhagia,

Cephonodes, and Sataspes). The Australian genus Coenotes, of which only

one species is known, is, like the North Indian genus Apocalypsis and its

derivative Pseudodolbina, a xoogeographical puzzle. Coenotes is very close

to Neogene from Argentina and Brazil, and Apocalypsis equally near

Curyglottis from tropical South America, The agreement between the

( exxvi )

respective Oriental and Neotropical genera is so close that we must consider

the relationship real.

The rest of 51 genera are endemic to the tropics of the Old World. Most

of these genera are Indian. Their distribution shows that the division of the

Oriental Region into a western and an eastern Subregion is not better established

in the Sphingidae than in most other families of Lepidoptera. There is no line

of division. The Papuan and the Indian elements, each taken as a whole, overlap.

There are, however, two centres in the development of species in the Oriental

Sphingid fauna: Continental India (inclusive of Burma and tropical China, of

which the Sphingidae are very imperfectly known), and tropical Australia and

the Papuan Islands. The Malay Archipelago, from the Malay Peninsula to the

Moluceas avd the Tenimber Islands, is exceedingly poor in species of its own,

and possesses only one genus peculiar to itself, Giganteopalpus, of which the

single species is as yet found only on Java, Sumatra, and Borneo. All the other

Oriental genera which do not occur on the mainland are found only in Australia,

not even in New Guinea, all the Sphingidae of the Papuan and Pacific Islands

eastward to Fiji and Tahiti being members of genera ranging to India and

partly to Africa. The island of Celebes has no single species of its own, and

only two or three subspecies, which is very remarkable, considering that the island

has a very distinctive population in many families of Lepidoptera and of other

animals. Though the distribution of the Sphingidae over the Archipelago is not

fully known, the following table will give an approximate idea of the extent of

the Indian and Papuan species in the Archipelago. We leave out all the Indo-

Chinese species which have not been found in the Archipelago, but add the

Australian ones; to shorten the table, we exclude also the species common to

both Subregions. The Papuan species are marked with an asterisk (*). The

column “India” embraces Continental Asia as far as it belongs to the Oriental

Region ; the “ Lesser Sunda Islands” comprise the islands from Lombok to Alor ;

the “Moluccas” the southern and northern Moluccas (Amboina, Ceram, Buru,

Batjan, ete.) ; “Tenimber” includes the islands between Timorlaut and Wetter;

and “ Oceania” means the islands south and east of the Solomon Islands :—

é | P

= a

; 3 | I

an = F <] oa

rF) a | : 1

wll ime a 5 | B 2 S) gi

S| Bde ed. | on 21h (ead E/4/21 8/4

-|o/8/] 0! & }melel ge] 2] o ‘s|/ S| a a

sig| 3 Sl) sla] 5s nO ice oe | £

Slels | Els] S22) el ele) 2) Ss) eels

o\'s >| a/é = i] nl

A S/S/G]al oi} o)/o!/ Oo] SO) h),-| 5/4) 6) 9

Alal|2/RIRIS|/RA B/S /OlAIM | 4d/a|/ a/R] alo

Acherontiinae.

* Herse fasciata ae a pes |p Yc

*— luctifera . : . ‘ po x x |x x cy

*— godarti F 5 5 F = —|— | — | =| — |) — eS eee

Acherontia styr —. : fxs |ael sel xe lord x =e! sis /— lea 2 ee SS

— lachesis P 5 IxlxIlxlxixlx xlx = os

Meganoton nyctiphanes . Pa a 2 a fee — = — — --

*Leucomonia bethia . = — = —|>) Sas

*Coenotes eremophilae —, : — —|{—|—] x |—|—|—

*Tetrachroa edwardsi : = — |) se eS

*Synoecha marmorata . «| —|— |] —| —] —|—| — |) — = = x | = SS

*Hopliocnema melanoleuca 6 J | pe (a ae fe ea fa |e | ea (es || —

( exxvii )

Ambulicinae.

Compsogene punopus

Oxyambulyx bima .

— substrigilis .

— ¥_ meek.

*_ wildei.

+*— subocellata .

— semifervens .

*— dohertyi

* Metamimas australasiae

*Coequosa triangularis

Clanis euroa .

— Leucophlebia lineata

— Polyptychus trilineatus

Marumba dyras.

—*_amboinicus. —.

_— spectabilis . :

— timora

— Daphnusa ocellaris .

Smerinthulus terranea

— quadripunctatus .

— — dohrni : 2

| Degmaptera olivacea

Callan yx rubricosa

Sesiinae.

‘aemorrhagia venata

3 Cephonodes spoons di

lifunsis . .

Sataspes infernalis .

—tagalica . é

5 eal : é

Philampelinae.

*Chromis heliodes .

*Deilephila protrudens

_ Ampelophaga linigera

Blibia dolichus.

Acosmeryx socrates .

*—miskini . .

*Panacra micholitz .

— — busiris : a

*— splendens . .

— malayana 3

——automedon . C

— dohertyi

— tiridates

—variolosa . “

— mydon

*Angonys boisduvali

%—meeki. . .

Enpinanga vigens .

—borneensis .

—labuana . .

Cizara ardeniae .

*Nephele didyma

TU,

= 3

ie -

€| |E] |e oN elk Shel

s| a = DR) i) a sa et ;

B/E] 6|6 Pan ea iroaleeaaliecs Ble\2|8l¢

On leeee ea ||| eneee | eet eo 5s|€|3s ‘g

Sia pes] at |) ee) rT) read eee | [ee 5/6|/8/¢8

mla|| Els] 2/8] elslSlelels/Fla| leis

ae SI Slale|slel2ica o| A =| BS | el =o | Oo

SS (2 (Sle Slalele|ol;a|e) <|2)<|R\alo

|| 01 x — = —|— =

— | —|— | —} — | xX | — — —

SE) SOUR Te

— —s —_ — — x |—

ao ees | ate x |x eee

Pal -Sal tessa be x —|— —_—

== | a SS ee ee ee

—|— _— = — x x

= = — x|— —_

= || ae 2=5)| 8 es he 12

— | — | — | — | — | — | -- > — | — — | —

Pe ||P. | hoc joao baSel bea fee Sl I x —_— _—

Ss |= —|x =||= —|— —|— —

561) OS iliex x|x — = ll Pi I

x |=} x |—|— == —|— _ =

== xix a) ft | S|

B81) S31] SS |] S85) SS) Se | x =

—|x |—| xX |— — | — — —|— —

= x 23)

| ie. = — =) os, = =

=e x eae = oes =

x1 x |x| x J—| x |— =| — — —

| i a ee S| S|

—|—|—|—}—|—|— = x |— x

= —|— x|— — —|— x x

x |—|—|—|—|—] «| x }—}—}|—|—|—]—] x |—|—-|—

fe |) ee) |) | |) et ff SS SS

x|x|—|—|x|x|x x — xe || —\—

es | |e a |e re ne ee er | ae et ele

=| |S =|] 4S) = — = = ==||53

x =|) % —|— == /=/= = = =

x |—|—|—| xX |= | — — — —|-- =

—|— —\|— —_—|— bs — | — | — | — | YS I

== = SS ee se

= — = |= x || = |x| x | x)—

— —|]—!| X | — | — —_—|— — | —_ | —

PR |S eS | EY | eee | ee Pf ff

C—O ek => =

pn a a | a re A a ee ae a

I ed eo ee ed I I "OX I I I I

Fe Ne = =i =

—|—|—|—|—]—|— | —|—|]—] x |—|—] x] x }—] x }—

—|—|x]xJ—|x/—|—|— —| —|—

x |—|—| xX | Ke ee I I er I I I I

—| x |=) x J SS SS FS I FS FF FH le SI I

— | — | — | — | Ke I dS — | —

eS | SY ff |

x|x|x]x}] x] x] x }—|—|—}—|—}|—|—|—|—|-|—

— | — | — | | | — |} — | — — — I I SS Od XI

en ee ——a —|x

=|2 |=. |SeSeSeaeceSesse

|| | ee ee ee

OX I OI OI

x|x}—|—|—| x |—|—| —|— | —|-—|— |---| -|-|-

— | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — }— | — | — —| x j—|—|—

3 2

al ld pleale

o 7 . oi] s

Se esa esa foes Z 3/4|8 Sy esilies

13/2/8121. sls elers '/@/|8

Ss 5 .

S\s\elelele el slelSlelsleleialz

Elsl@la@la|Slalela|cla|s|<|2/<|a

Philampelinae— continued.

Gurelea hyas « : x — x —|— —|— —|—

Sphingonaepiopsis pumilio SESH I eas - = =

Euryptery« bhaga x ~ x _— = ||—

*_molucca . —|— —}]—}]/—}] x J—J —] x |} J =

Gigantcopalpus mirabilis |S el

Macroglossum avicula . | a SS ee el

— gyrans . ° : Pa > Sad Piel Te en [at Stn oo Va | I Fa a el ee || =|

—vacillans . ; fff | ee

—assimilis . A * x |= ]—J— I Ke I eI I ee

— fruhstorferi ° 4 —|—|—|—|—] x |= JH KS SI I

*—calescens . 4 5 —|—|— |} —| —] =| =] — | — | — | | | I X 1S 1 *

— castaneum « : a) ee eI Oa el I I a

— pyrrhosticta 5 : ~|xl—lx|—l—l x} x |= J HJ Hae eI et

— troglodytus . 4 9 1x — J | | XS SSS HS SS SS | SS ee

me aaa 2 ‘ 2 a pe a | a | 52 te

*_ungus Pdi tan Pea eal th |) ke aes

— sitiene : ' o x === | & | SS = SI a SSS A ES Ele

*_ stigma 2. . sSaSaeSS SSS SeeSsee|Hi iS \=

—heliophila . 6 5 Bi aes Wiss Vesa Wessel ess fd fe fel ee | ||

ele . = 5 Sa i eens eg a en a a Se | | os

+ albiqu : ‘ 2 = | S| SS Sle S| SS SS SS Se Slee

Vateai. c 5 | eee fe fee Pome fe A PS

+_hirundo . : j os a ae ee ee Se | Se |) Se

*_ rectans ieee é a (a ee (ee gS |

*_nubilum . % . SS Se a ea aa

+*_ godeffroyi . 3 ° ./—/—|/—|— —|— —|— =|—| x

— variegatum . i" s ete Nl pg | |

gon Siaucuptera. E . 1x} xJ—l—J—] & JJ = | — | SH FSS Se lS

*— vidua. a : j—J—J— | =] — J — | - J —— x —

*_joannisi— . : | SSS a See SS a SSS SS a Se

—semifasciata. : x |S IS SS SS SS SS SS BS SS al ee

— aquila t % : Lx} x tx doe} x tx |J—l—|— f= Hf =] HPA HK] I

— sylvia : . : Px] xe Il xe Pd xe |S I SS SS SS SS SS SS

*_eichhorni . 2 A De Se a Se SS eS eS SS SS 2S SS SS SS eee

— mullifascia . : F j= Sls) 2 SS SS 2 SS SS

—hemichroma .. x (—l—l x | x se |S SS | Ss = | SS | SS SS SS SS

—faro . . . : Lx} x Px] eH) eH | S| SS SS SS SI SS al

wmeekin oo 8 ce Se SS SS a SS a SS SS es a al

—mitchelli. : : oN se) SS a ye | eS SS aS Sa SS

*— phocinum . < : (—j— | — | — | — es — ps

—buruensis . . a a ef i i

*_micacea . : : == a a | ce ee

— splendens . : : ea fe ep ef | a ed P| Sey) oe |S |] os ==

Choerocampinae.

Celerio lineata : | silesealt=— | Sa) | ee eS SS SS SS ea Slee

Hippotion echeclus . : el x |—lo | x doe |e] xe J— ld x J} = | HR | He

— rafflesi Q é : efx l—} sxe |Sl—] & |= — |S) x SS SS EE aa SS

*_brenus . C mf se ce

Therabodudi | « jclaliviniSeSsa222e22S ae

*— queenslandi A A = | a a a a ie ||| ||

—inearnata . z ; a a SS SS SS SS a ee

— sndistncla i ee Se a Sl eal ed ee

*—jinornata . . . i) ee a S| a FS ef Pe [Pte] ||

— tryoni a ae a ee ee a hee be (a ee a i fel feweg tavanh——| — —

—alecto. A : 3 eh eh a SS | Sl eee

— suffusa E ‘ % edie [se Se sel a SS SS SS

— lycetus 2 2 else — =) xe SS SS SS SS Sa

%_margyita. . ©. .J—|—|—/—/—|—|—/—|—|—-J—-J—/—=/- 1] x =|

‘—brunnea 5 is i a

(es ||

— turneri r 0 5 S

( cxxix )

a | | | ; |

a | d |

ye etant le fok fale it

= US) Ft l(a

ls | 2 | 2 si 4 | al 2 5

3/ 3 = g i) wll) ee o/s | 4 |

18) 2] o6/e coal 2| a| 3 fis) 2) 8

a] Silal|o|@| .|] 3) 8) 8/8] 8s 5| S| a] ¢

|.8) 2 al e|S|e]2 Bl sb) [aan =] i o| 2) s

belel el Sslelelsl S| slsle|s)el-| | 2

j= el oe LES sis ag I 4|A4/< |

——— —— - | = |- = = | -|-

: . | | i}

Choerocampinae— continued. | |

| |

Theretra insignis t = : x | x |e fe el ee

Rhyncholaba acteus ‘ 57) | Pasa rosin | BaP bee [issn Pike al hace, =| eal) seen =-

Rhagastis castor

— acuta . = : oA iievee fire x - | x |

—albomarginatus . : 21 x |—| x] x |— | a= a) S| es ee i

Cechenena aegrota . Isc seal ia Hes =| =) a =| :

— lineosa : BNA Supe hsv fe |- j= |= =

— pollux: : : : , x “4 |= || == || ||) =

y+ Andamans.

Besides these 117 species,* there are 45 which occur from India to Papnasia.

Only 26 species are peculiar to the area from Malacca to the Moluccas, and of

these Oxyambulyx semifervens and Sataspes ribbei are doubtfully distinct. Judging

from the number of Papuan species described in this Revision, it is evident

that further explorations will add substantially to the list of 58 Sphingidae

peculiar to the Papnan Region. Of the 45 species common to both Subregions,

no less than 15 have developed into a western and an eastern subspecies. The

genera restricted to Australia are 7—namely, Leucomonia, Coenotes, Tetrachroa,

Synoecha, Hopliocnema, Metamimas, and Coequosa. Of Papuan origin are probably

also Chromis and Angonyx. It will be seen from-the above table that the

cosmopolitan genus //erse has its headquarters in Papuasia, where 4 species

oceur out of the 5 (convolrul’ is not in the list). It was originally most likely

Papuan, and took in Australia the place of the Indo-African genus Acherontia.

Only Herse convolvuli has wandered beyond the Papuan Subregion. The American

Tlerse cingulata may be a development from either convolvuli or godarti. There

is morphologically rather more evidence for godarti than for conrolruli Veing

the ancestor of cingulata ; but geographically convolvuli las the advantage, since

it does not require the construction of an Antarctic Continent to bring it into

geographical connection with the range of cingulata.

The scarcity of indigenous species in the Malay Archipelago, from Malacca

to the Moluccas, and the practical absence of genera restricted to these islands,

and, further, the extension of Papuan species towards the west, and of Indian

ones far towards the east, demonstrate that the Sphingid population has come

to those islands by comparatively recent immigration from both sides. If we

call to mind the erratic distribution of Cephonodes hylas, which is found (in three

subspecies) in the Aethiopian Region, in India, China and Japan, and again

in Australia and on Flores ; of the two Oriental species of Nephede, which oceur in

India, Java, and Australia, of Celerio lineata, which inhabits Continental Asia and

Australia, but not the Archipelago; of the Sphingulicae, which are restricted to

* Lurypteryx shelfordi described on p, 813 is not included in this number.

( cxxx’ )

Australia and to North India and the Pacific Palaearctic Subregion * ; and couple

these facts with the absence of indigenous genera from the Archipelago (except

the Malayan Géganteopalpus) and the scarcity of peculiar species, it becomes

highly probable that one and the same cause lies at the bottom of these

phenomena in distribution. The simplest explanation would be to assume that

the Australian and Asiatic Continents were at an early period in the history of

the Sphingidae at least as closely connected as they are now, the connection

allowing of the Asiatic fauna extending into Australia, and that later the inter-

jacent district became so far submerged that the fanna was practically destroyed.

With the separation of Asia and Australia by a wide gap, the condition for

the evolution of special genera and species was given in Australia. The reason

for the seven endemic genera of tropical Australia not having migrated over the

Papuan Islands may be purely biological ; or it is possible that at least two of

them (Leucomonia and Tetrachroa) really do occur outside Australia, but have

not yet been found.

The Indo-Malayan Subregion has twice as many species of Sphingidae as

the Papnan Subregion, there occurring nearly 190 species, of which 150-odd do

not extend into the Papuan countries. The canse of the contrast is easily

perceptible. Papnasia is isolated from all Continents except Asia. Its entire

Sphingid population is Indian in extraction, perhaps with the exception of

Coenotes, which has closer affinities to the Neotropical Neogene. Since the

greater proportion of the Sphingidae are swift-flying and of wide distribution,

and as a good many exist under adverse climatical conditions, and hence prove

themselves to be remarkably adaptive, it appears to us to follow that the

Sphingid fauna of Australia would contain a good mixture of South American

and African elements, if there had ever, within the history of Sphingidae, existed

an Antarctic Continent connecting these countries with one another, and suitable

for the existence of Hawk Moths. India and the neighbouring tropical districts

of Asia, on the other hand, have had an influx from the North and West, and,

being mountainons, offered at the same time the necessary conditions of life for

the maintenance of a great variety of species. It is especially the North Hast

of India, and most likely Burma and China—both of which are very imperfectly

explored—that harbour the largest number of Sphingidae. South and West

India are much poorer in Sphingidae, as is indeed the case with nearly all

groups of Lepidoptera. Though the absence of very many of the Himalayan

species and genera from Ceylon and South India is compensated for to a certain

degree by the appearance of some forms which do not extend to Sikhim, Assam,

and Burma, we emphasise that the Western Peninsula and Ceylon have very

few species of their own and no genus peculiar to themselves, the differences

being chiefly subspecific. The significance of this fact will be understood if we

add that a few Palaearctie and African species reach into the Western Peninsula

or the adjacent North Western districts (Mucroglossum stellatarum, Deilephila

* The Australian Papilio leosthenes, which has its nearest relatives in Asia and Europe, may be

mentioned in this connection,

( exxxi )

nerii, Haemorrhagia fuciformis). Since there is no barrier to prevent these

species from going farther east, it is manifest that the reason for their restriction

to, and their occurrence in, South and West India is biological. That is to

say, the Western Peninsula offers conditions of life suitable to those Palaearctic

and African species, while the Central North and East of India do not. The

differences between the West and North Hast are biological, most likely meteoro-

logical. There is nothing whatever in the composition of the Sphingid fauna

(and of other families of Lepidoptera) to indicate that there ever was another

road of communication between the Western Peninsula inclusive of Ceylon and

Continental Africa than South Persia and Arabia, though the road may have

been less barren.

The species which are common to the Oriental and Aethiopian Regions,

besides the before-mentioned Deilephila nerii, which is decidedly African, are only

four—namely, /erse concolvuli, Cephonodes hylas, Celerio lineata livornica, and

Hippotion celerio. Two of them are wanderers, occurring nearly all over the

Hastern Hemisphere (Herse convolvuli and Hippotion celerio) ; Celerio lineata

livornica is also a wanderer, but does not go farther east than Continental

Asia and Japan, lineata being absent from the Malay Archipelago and repre-

sented again by a special subspecies in Australia (C. lineata livornicoides) ; and

Cephonodes hylas from the Aethiopian Region is subspecifically different from

the Oriental Aylas. It is evident that, apart from the three wanderers, no

exchange has taken place within more recent date. Nevertheless, there is a close

affinity between the two tropical Old World Regions dating from a more remote

period, evidence of which is found in the genera Acherontia, Clanis, Leucophlebia,

Polyptychus, Sphingonaepiopsis, Deilephila, Nephele, Cephonodes, Hippotion, and

Theretra, which are found both in Africa and India. There are, besides, several

Acthiopian genera which are close allies of Indian ones—for instance, Pemba,

Poliana, Maassenia, Rhadinopasa; and the Oriental genus Grurelca is a derivation

from Temnora, Rhodosoma of India comes close to Hypaedalia of West Africa,

and the Aethiopian Atemnora is the prototype of Mucroglossum, the fifty-one

Oriental species of which are almost 25 per cent. of the total number of

species of Oriental Sphingidae.

The African Sphingid fauna is as yet very imperfectly known. The pro-

portion of undescribed species arriving from there is very large. We do not

think the number of species and genera is much inferior to that of the Oriental

fauna. There are as yet known 52 genera and 179 species,* of which 38 genera

and 172 species are peculiar to the Aethiopian fauna, a proportionally very large

number. Acherontia atropos and Deilephila nerii, which extend outside the

Region, but are also Aethiopian in origin, must be added, making a total of 174

truly Aethiopian Sphingidae. The separation of the African Continent into a

Western, a Southern, and an Eastern district is not very distinct in the Hawk

Moths. The faunistic differences between the West African forest region and the

drier and more open districts of the Eastern side of the Continent are biological

* Hippotion aurora, described on p. 812, is not included in this number.

( exxxii )

in origin, and not caused by a geographical barrier having existed at an earlier

epoch. Where the physiography of West Africa is similar to that of the

Eastern districts, a similar fauna appears—as, for instance, in Angola and the

Hinterland of Sierra Leone and of the Gold Coast ; and where in Hast Africa there

are extensive forests, insects of the West African type turn up. The genera

Polyptychus aud Temnora have very many species in West Africa and few in

Hast Africa; but allowance must be made for the fauna of East Africa being

less explored than that of the West Coast. The South of the Continent, from

Capetown to Benguella and the Zambesi, is physiographically and fannistically

similar to that of East Africa. There are, however, some species of Lepidoptera

which do not go far northwards into the tropics. Of Hawk Moths, Zheretra

capensis, Polyplychus mutata, and Oligographa juniperi may be spoken of as

being characteristic of this area. Some other species (Rhodafra opheltes and

marshalli, Temnora natalisand namaqua, Microsphing pumilio, Leptoclanis pulchra,

etc.) are too rare to be safely regarded as being restricted to the South.

The differences between Madagascar and the Continent are very obvious.

The Malagassic Subregion has 4 genera of its own (Panogena, Lomocyma,

Temnoripais, Maassenia) and 26 species* and 6 subspecies restricted to itself,

out of 23 genera and 44 species. We append a list of the species found in the

Subregion, those confined to it being marked with an asterisk :—

Occurrence outside the Malagassic

Subregion.

Acherontiinae.

Herse convolvuli . : : 3 : P i Old World.

Acherontia atropos . ‘ 5 Z i 5 : Africa ; Europe.

Coclonia fulvinotata g : ‘ 7 j § Africa.

*— solani

*Xunthopan morgani pracdicta teen ees : The other subsp. African.

*Panogena jasmini .

*— lingens . 2

*Lomocyma oegraphe

Ambulicinae.

*Butocnema coquereli (2 subsp.) =

*Pseudoclanis qrandidieri —

*Polyptychus meander eae

Sesiinae.

Cephonodes hylas virescens. é é : Africa.

—apus .

*— trochilus

*— leucogaster .

Philampelinae.

Delephilaineri= \,, Va 70 ae ee Africa; Europe; W. India & Ceylon.

* Maassenia heydeni .

*Nephele densoi

— comma

Africa.

” Hippotion aurora, described on p, $12, is not include| inthis number.

( exxxiii )

Occurrence outside the Malagassic

Subregion.

Philampelinae—continued.

*Nephele ocnopion oenopion — . , ; ‘ The other subsp. African.

%— — slictica . 5 : : 5 2 : ; —=

*Lemnora grandidieri : ‘ . ; 5 -—

*_ marginala comorane . ; : : ; i The other subsp. African.

*— fumosa peckoveri

” ” ” ”

*— palpalis ; -

*Temnoripais lasti . ‘ ; : ; : : —

*Sphingonacpiopsis obscurus — . 7 : 6 ; —

altemnora westermanni . ; ; : : : Africa.

*Macroglossum alluaudi ; 3 ; : : ae

*— goror . 5 ‘ F ‘ : a 5 <=

*_ milvus : a 3 : : , ; : ——

*_ qesalon

*$— pachycerus . é : : : * F ——

Choerocampinae.

*Celerio biguttata . ; j ; : : : —

— lineata livornica 5 F 5 ; F Africa ; Europe; Asia.

*Buchloron megaera laucorduirei — . . : ; The other subsp. African.

Basiothia medea . é . . : : ? Africa.

*_ laticornis . ¢ 7 A a F : —

*/Hippotion batschi . : 5 ‘ : . all —

*_ saclavorum a 5 F : 5 5 na ==

*_ butleri , : ; A 5 5 5 a a

— balsaminae. ‘ F : ; q F ; African.

— osiris . Africa.

— eson Africa.

*Theretra orpheus intensa

*— geryon ; ‘ : ; : : F : | =

| The other subsp. African.

The Malagassic Sphingidae are thoroughly African, the only species indi-

cating an affinity with India not shared by the African Continent being

Hippotion geryon, which is close to the Indo-Australian velox, and Maassenia

heydeni, which stands intermediate between Nephele and the Oriental genus

Acosmeryx. The existence of four species of Cephonodes in the Subregion and of

five Macroglossum, while Africa has only one species of each genus, is a striking

feature of the fauna, which, however, does not demonstrate a closer affinity with

India or with Australia, but is the consequence of the Subregion being an

Archipelago, and the wide separation of the islands offering a condition for

the development of special species. The various species of Cephonodes and

Macroglossum, indeed, do not occur over all the islands, and most of them are

quite restricted in range. The similarity between the Malagassic and Oriental

faunae is much inferior to that existing between the African Continent and

India. However, the few affinities which there are, taken together with the

presence of African genera in India, and of Oriental ones in Africa, prove a

rather close connection between the Aethiopian and Oriental faunae, each having

profited from the other. There is no such agreement between Africa and

South America. These Continents have no genus in common except the two

( exxxiv )

cosmopolitan ones (//erse and Celerio). The affinity which there exists between

the Neotropical and Aethiopian Regions is shared by India.

Since low types of all the subfamilies of SpAingidae, with the exception of

the Sesiinae, oceur in the tropics of the Western and Eastern Hemispheres, there

is indeed a close affinity in this respect between the tropics of the Old and

New Worlds. But the affinity constituted by the presence of allied low types has

quite a different bearing on questions of geographical distribution from that affinity

which is established by the occurrence of closely related specialised genera and

species. Let us take, for instance, the <Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae. The

lowest African, Indian, and American genera \anthopan, Meganoton, Cocytius,

and Proteparce are as nearly related to each other as the younger derivatives

Hyloicus, Ceratomia, Thamnoecha, ete.; and the generalised Ambulicine genera

Protambulyx, Amplypterus, Compsogene, wd Oxyambulyx are phylogenetically as

closely connected as are the specialised genera Sphinx, Amorpha, Pachysphina,

Phyllosphingia, Cressonia, ete. The migration northwards and westwards into

the Nearetic Region of the derivations from the ancestral Oriental Ambulicinae,

represented by Amplypterus in the present epoch, and the extension of the

derivations from the lowest Neotropical Acherontiinae, Protoparce, or an extinct

genus similar to it, north and eastward into the Palaearctic Region as far south

as the Himalayas, and, further, the modification of either branch into a number

of genera, have required a long time. Since not one of the younger derivations

from the Oriental <Ambulicinae and African Acherontiinae occurs in South

America, and none of the younger developments of the Neotropical branches of

these subfamilies are found in Africa or India, though the younger developments

have become distributed northward as widely as stated above, it is obvious that

there was no direct connection between the Neotropical Region and Africa and

India during that period in which the evolution and distribution of the younger

members of the two subfamilies took place. That is to say, the time which

has elapsed, since the African Xanthopan and the Neotropical Cocytius, or the

Indian Compsogene and the Neotropical Amplypterus, closely allied though they

are, became geographically separated, is more remote than that which elapsed

since the Nearetic and Palaearctic Regions exchanged a number of specialised

genera, The distribution of the other subfamilies confirms this conclusion. The

generalised Ses¢/nae occur only in the Neotropical Region, not one species being

peculiar to any other region, though one single specialised—the most highly

specialised—Dranch has crossed to the Palaearctic Region, and established itself

in two genera in the tropics of the Old World (Satauspes, Cephonodes). The

oldest genus of Philampelinae is again Neotropical (Pholus). It is sharply

separated from the rest of the subfamily, and the only one occurring in the

Neotropical Region, besides a derivative from Pholus found on the Sandwich

Islands (7ixostoma). All the other Philampelinae are of Old World extraction,

and have partly migrated from the Eastern Hemisphere into the Nearetie

Region. In both the Sesiinae and Philampelinae the geographical barrier

between the Eastern and Western tropics must haye been effective at a very

(_ cxxxy )

early period of the history of Sp/cngidae, since otherwise an interchange of the

widely distributed genera, like the Old World Philampelinae: Deilephila and

Nephele, and the New World Sesiinae: Pseudosphinx, Erinnyis, Pachylia, ete.,

would have heen the unavoidable consequence of the presence of some kind of

geographical bridge between tropical West and Hast. In the Choerocampinae

we have again a similar kind of distribution, The Neotropical Region has only

the genus Xylophanes, besides the cosmopolitan Celerio and a derivation from

Xylophanes. All the eleven Old World generalised and specialised genera have

been debarred from entering the New World, though they are quick flyers and

mostly of wide distribution ; and the Neotropical genus Xylophanes, though very

generalised, has no representative in the Hastern Hemisphere.

The affinity which exists between the Neotropical Region and the Tropics

of the Old World is geologically remote, but phylogenetically close. The

distinction between close blood-relationship in the faunae which means recent

geographical connection, and close blood-relationship which indicates remote

geographical relation of the countries, which distinction is clearly demonstrated

by the distribution of the Sphingidae, is of the highest importance in studies of

geographical distribution. The distinction is entirely effaced and the student led

astray, if the genera are not studied and defined with the view of giving in the

classification adequate expression to the phylogeny of the family.

We divide the Sphingidve into the following gronps :—

A. Sphingidae asemanophorae.—p. 3.

Snbfamily Acherontiinae.—p. 4.

Tribe Acherontiicae.—p. 4.

Tribe Sphingicae.—p. 27.

Tribe Sphingulicae.—p. 154.

Subfamily Ambulicinae.—p. 166.

B. Sphingidae semanophorae.—p. 347.

Subfamily Sesiinae.—p. 349.

Tribe Dilophonoticae.—p. 352.

Tribe Sesiicae.—p. 372.

Subfamily Philampelinae.—p. 475.

Tribe Philampelicae.—p. 475.

Tribe Nephelicae.—p. 498.

Subfamily Choerocampi nae.—p. 672.

Il. SYSTEMATIC SECTION.

Famtry SPHINGIDAE.—Typus: Sphinx ocellata.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim).

Sphinges Scopoli, Intr. Hi-t, Nat. p. 413 (1777) (partim).

Sphingides Latreille, Hist. Crust. Ins. xiv. p. 126 (1805) (partim); Leach, in Brewst., Edinb. Encycl.

ix. p. 130 (1815).

Sphingidae Samouelle, Ext. Comp. p. 243 (1819): Westw., Brit. Moths 1. p. 5 (1843): Walk., List

Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 76 (1856) (descr. of Sphing. of the globe) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.

ix. p. 511 (1877) (revis. of Sphing.) ; Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 49 (1888) (monogr.

of N. Amer. Sphing.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 624 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Muuna Brit.

Ind., Moths i. p. 65 (1892) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 11 (1899) (deser. of Palaearct.

Sphing.).

Sphingidae + Sesiidae Stephens, Tllustr. Brit, Ent., Haust. i. p. 104 (1828).

Sphingidi Boisduval, Ind. Meth. p. 32 (1829) (catal. of Eur. Sphing.).

Sphingiadae Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Se. Art xxxvi. p..290 (1839) (monogr. of N. Amer. Sphing.),

Sphingidae + Orthidae, Swainson & Shuckard, Hist. Nat. Arrang. Ins. p. 101 (1840).

“ Sphingides” Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 1 (1875) (monogr. of Sphing.).

qq globular or slightly flattened, almost smooth, without distinct excrescences,

the structure being microscopical.

Larva cylindrical, or tapering in front, third and fourth segments often swollen;

skin covered with setiferous granules, or smooth, the granules often present only

in first stage; segments ringed; head rounded or triangular, apparently always

rounded in first stage, sometimes first rounded, then triangular, and again rounded

in last stage (llema, see also Clanis); eleventh segment with horn, which is

occasionally replaced by a button-like knob, horn longer in first than in later stages,

often carried upright or leaning forward in first stages and movable at will, bifid

in first stages, or at least with two apical setae, varying in structure from being

covered with large setiferous tubercles to being nearly smooth.

Pupa: segments 5 and 6 of abdomen movable (three joints) ; tongue-case

reaching to evd of wing-cases, or shortened, often compressed, cariniform, enlarged

basally or projecting free, sometimes rolled in spirally ; sides of abdomen generally

more strongly sculptured than dorsal and ventral parts of sommites, stigmatical

area mostly transversely ribbed or carinate ; cremaster very variable, bifid as a rule,

often with spines and hooks. Free in a cell in the ground, or in a very loose cocoon

on the surface between leaves, or beneath surface, seldom span up on branch of

food-plant (Calliomma).

Imago varying in length of body from 12 to 80 mm., and in length of forewing

from 10 to 90 mm. (Sphingonaepiopsis obscurus and Cocytius antaeus).—Tongue

varying from being several times as long as the body to being reduced to two

small tubercles.—Pilifer clothed with bristles or scales, the brush even, or the

bristles short at apex, or absent.—Genal process naked, mostly triangular, very

often reaching to tip of pilifer—Labrum convex in middle, often raised into

a rather prominent tubercle—Palpus very variable in size and structure ; first

segment with or without patch of sensory hairs on inner surface at base ; inner

surface of second segment scaled or partly naked, sometimes excavate ; scaling

(2)

at apex of first segment externally sometimes forming a kind of cavity ; third

segment mostly short, always shorter than second is broad, naked and conical if

very prominent.—Eye variable in size, naked ; xo ocelli.—Scaling of head often

raised to a crest, especially in forms with reduced head.—Antenna filiform, setiform,

or clavate, prismatically compressed or cylindrical, tapering at end, and mostly

curyed to a hook, sometimes pectinated ; eud-segment long or short, scaled dorsally,

the scaling mostly dense and forming often a dorsal tuft projecting distad, or sparse

and rough, or almost absent. There are often long bristles on the end-segment,

two at and near the tip, and several scattered over the surface of the segment ; the

whole dorsal surface of antenna scaled, two rows of scales to each segment, but

the rows quite irregular, proximal segments scaled also ventrally in a few cases

where the clubbed antenna is very thin basally. Ventral surface densely clothed

with fine hairs ; besides, there are some subdorsal and lateral sense-bristles, not

obyious except on distal segments ; a single ventral mesial sense-cone on each

segment, apical or subapical. d: with one exception (Rhopalopsyche), the segments

impressed at the sides and provided basally, dorsally, and apically along the groove

with a row of fasciculated long hairs, the proximal row of hairs of either side

continnons ventrally, but the hairs always shorter in and near the ventral mesial

line, the distal rows seldom extended to the mesial line. Sometimes the dorsal

edge of the groove widened laterad to a process which bears the fasciculated hairs

on the underside at the edges. In two other genera the basal and distal edges

of the grooves are ventro-laterally produced into a process each—z.e. into two

processes on each side of the segment, the compressed processes bearing the fascicles

at the npper and ventral edges. 2: without fasciculated hairs as a rule; however,

there are many forms in which the segments resemble those of the d, but the

fasciculated hairs and the pectinations are not so long, and the grooves not so

deep.—Sterna: parasternnm of mesosternum large, epi- and hyposternum fused

together, sternum and peristernum separate; suturale of mesomerum swollen.—

Abdomen: first tergite shorter than second, a mere linear stripe in Macroglossum,

tergites 2 to 8(¢), or 2 to 7 (2), and sternites 2 to 6 (d, 2) or 2 to 5 (many ? 2)

armed at end with spines, variable in number, size, and chitinisation, spines of

tergites generally stronger than those of sternites, the latter often without spines.

Some forms have the tergites spinose all over, while the spines are wanting in others.

3 always with tuft of long (scent-distributing) hairs in groove above upper edge

of sternite of second segment (sternite of first segment absent, or probably fused

with that of second).—Legs : sternal (= frontal) part of coxae not carinate except

close to trochanter; meral part of midcoxa reaching farther dorsad than sternal part,

the coxo-meral sntare slanting ; hinder edge of meral part of midcoxa, or of mid-

and hindcoxa obtusely rounded, or carinate, or triangularly produced into a sharp

tooth; trochantine distinct ; forecoxa in ¢ often with strongly developed scent-

organ; tibiae simple or spinose, foretibia often ending in a thorn or claw;

midtibia with two apical spurs, which are sometimes much reduced ; hindtibia with

two pairs, or the proximal pair absent; the spurs occasionally spinose, in a few

cases the spines long and arranged in a single row, comb-like; tarsi with four

ventral rows of spines, often with additional spines, especially on outer surface ; not

rarely some or many of the spines absent, and some developed to prominent hooks ;

4th row of midtarsus and 3rd of hindtarsus often basally developed into a prominent

comb; fifth segment with two (seldom four) long dorsal terminal bristles ; pulvillus

present or absent; paronychinm with two pairs or one pair of lobes, or vestigial ;

(3 )

claws simple.—Frenulum and retinaculum present or absent ; an elongate subbasal

patch of glossy, modified, scales on forewing below behind SM’, on hindwing above

before C.—Neuration ; forewing: no areole; SC! and SC?* before apex of cell,

SC? and SC} on a long stalk, free part of SC? very weak and short, and mostly

absent (individually variable); SC* ending close to apex of wing, sometimes

continued along edge aud joining SC! at apex, SC® from SC! at about one-third

the way from cell to apex, R' from upper angle of cell or shortly stalked with

SC; R? from below centre of apex of cell, but always well above angle; M’

before angle of cell, M? in or near middle of cell; SM! absent, SM° forming fork

at base with SM?; upper angle of cell more distal than lower angle—Hindwing :

GC and SC? separate, connected with one another by a conspicuous slanting bar

(= SC) in or uear middle of cell ; SC? or (seldom) R# ending at farthest point of

wing ; R! from upper angle of cell, often from SC?; R? in or near centre of cell,

never from lower angle ; R*® and M! separate, or (seldom) stalked ; SM! absent.—

Genital armature of ¢: tenth segment simple or divided, the tergite as well as

the sternite, the latter often without process, the segment asymmetrical in several

instances. Claspeis very variable in size and shape, often with a patch of friction-

scales dorsally on outer surface, the number of such scales sometimes reduced to

one, in many cases this organ quite absent ; in some Ambulicinae a corresponding

organ on innerside of eighth tergite. Armature of eclasper very variable according

to species and genera, sometimes the two sides different. Penis-sheath and penis-

funnel also much diversified in the family.—Genital armature of $: vaginal

aperture generally surrounded with ridges, processes, or folds, but often lacking

special armature, occasionally asymmetrical in position.

Distribution: all regions except the antarctic zone, reaching northward to

Lapland, southward to New Zealand and Patagonia, most plentiful in the tropics.

The bulk of the species of this family is easily recognised by their peculiar

and well-known habitus, but some might easily be passed over as Notodonts. An

examination of the antenna, abdomen, and neuration will show their true position.

IL. A. Sphingidae asemanophorae.

First segment of palpus without patch of short sensory hairs on the inner

surface near base.

Il. B. Sphingidae semanophorae.

First segment of palpus with a patch of short sensory hairs on the inner surface

near base.

II. A. Sphingidae asemanophorae.

The patch of sensory hairs is absent from the palpus in all the species. The

friction-scales of the d lie flat upon the clasper.* The tendency of development

in this section of the family is reduction of orgaus, leading to the disappearing of

the tongue, frennlum and retinaculum, pulvillus and paronychium, of the proximal

pair of spurs of the hindtibiae, the friction-scales of the d, the meso- and metatarsal

combs, and the abdominal spines, the most reduced forms representing the highest

stages of development. ‘The bristles of the pilifer become rather often modified into

scales, or disappear almost entirely in a few instances.

* Except middle ones of Poliana buchholzi; see p 39.

(4)

Larvae cylindrical, or slightly tapering in front, but then granulose ; head

large and rounded, or triangular, always rounded in first stage.—Cosmopolitan,

Here belong the subfamilies AcuERonTUNAE and AMBULICINAE.

Susramity Acherontiinae.—Typus: Acherontia atropos.

Manducae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (1822) (partim).

Sphingini Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 161 (1865) (partim ; om. nud.).

“ Achérontides”” Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 4 (1875).

“ Buryglottides ” id., l.c. p. 58 (1875) (partim).

Acherontiinae Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 517 (1877).

Sphinginae id., lc. (1877) (partim).

Owing to the frequent reduction or obliteration of a number of organs in this

subfamily and the Amdulicinae, there is no single distinguishing character applying

to all species. The two subfamilies can, however, be separated by taking several

characters together, as explained under Amdulicinae (see this subfamily).

The subfamily is divided into three tribes, of which the third comes very near

the Amdulicinae in several respects: Acherontiicae, Sphingicae, Sphingulicae.

Trise Acherontiicae.—Typus : Acherontia atropos.

Manducae Hibner, lc. (1822) (partim).

“ Achérontides ” Boisduyal, l.c.

Acherontiinae Butler, 1.c.

3%. Palpus on the innerside without basal patch of short sensory hairs ;

second segment impressed, this cavity covered by a roof of long scales (P]. LX. f. 1).

Labrum raised to form a rounded carina, which is highest mesially. Tongue

strong, either longer than the body or shorter than the thorax—in the latter case

(Acherontia) very stout. Genal process very small. Second segment of palpus

considerably shorter than the first, third small; first externally with deep apical

cavity in sealing in Megacorma. Antennal segments impressed laterally in do ;

subprismatic, with the sides rather rounded in , distal segments compressed, in

transsection elongate-elliptic, in side-view subserrate dorsally as well as ventrally ;

end-segment dong and thin, with long scales and bristles. Abdominal tergites and

sternites with several irregular rows of spines at the apical margins. Spurs of

tibiae unequal, hindtibia with two pairs ; pulvillus present or absent ; paronychium

with two lobes or one on each side. ;

3. Scent-organ of anterior coxa present, but not always conspicuous. Tenth

abdominal tergite long, more or less pointed. Clasper rough with short spiaiform

setae near the apex of the harpe; the patch of friction-scales on the outer side,

if present, large, consisting of multidentate scales; apical edge of clasper with

bristles, which are sometimes (Coelonia) short aud stout, spiniform. Harpe short,

divided into two or three processes, the upper process armed at the edge with long

teeth in Megacorma.

2. In front of the vaginal orifice there is a flap, rounded, truncate, or divided.

Larva cylindrical, head and first segments smaller; a green and a black form

with intergradations ; thorax sometimes (Coelonia) with humps. Larva of Mega-

corma not known.—Food : Solanaceae, Convolvulaceae, seldom Euphorbiaceae.

(5)

Pupa: tongue-sheath free and recurved in Herse, free and not recurved in

Coelonia, not free in Acherontia, always reaching to end of wing-cases. The pupa

of Megacorma is not known, but has doubtless a free tongue-case.

Hab. Cosmopolitan; one species in America and ten in the Hastern Hemisphere.

This small tribe is a derivation from the following one, with which

it is closely connected through Coelonia and Xanthopan. The relationship

between Acherontia and the genera with which it is here united to one group has

never been noticed before. Acherontia occupies in the classification of all authors

quite an isolated position. //erse and Coelonia have been considered generically

identical either with Protoparce or with Hyloicus, and the Sphinx here called

Megacorma as a near ally of the common Oriental menephron, standing in Kirby’s

catalogue under Meganoton. When studying the structure of the species in

question, we were struck by the great similarity between Acherontia and the

Aethiopian Sphinx described as Protoparce fulvinotata, named below Coelonia.

In faet, Acherontia is nothing else but a derivation from Coclonia; it is a

Coelonia with a short and stout tongue. This conclusion, derived from the

comparison of the structure and of the wing-pattern, is born out by the caterpillar,

which has in both Acherontia and Coelonia the well-known tuberculated ~-shaped

horn. Now, Coelonia shows close affinities in the pattern and structure of the

imago with Nanthopan—and we have no doubt also in the caterpillar, which,

however, is not yet known of Xanthopan,—a genus of Sphingicae in which even

the peculiar structure of the inner surface of the second palpal sezment (described

above) is indicated rndimentarily. And the relationship of Xanthopan with

other genera of Sphingicae, e.g. with Panogena and Cocytius, is unmistakable.

We have, therefore, a gradation from the Sphingicae through Xanthopan and

Coelonia to Acherontia, the Death-head Moths being the most highly specialised

of this series. Herse (convolvuli, cingulata, etc.) is an offshoot from this branch,

and so is Megacorma, both of which agree with the other two genera of Acherontiicae

closely in the specialisation of the second palpal segment. In Herse and

Acherontia a further specialisation obtains, which is largely observed again among

the Sphingicae, namely, the reduction of the pulvillus of the tarsal claw-segment.

The paronychia, too, lose their ventral and long lateral flaps in Acherontia. The

humped thorax of the larva of Coelonia is very significant. We shall see that

among the lower Sphingicae, from which the Acherontiicae are derived, a similar

structure of the larva occurs.

The cavity at the end of the first palpal segment of Megacorma is a singular

character which does not occur again among the Sphingidae asemanophorae, while

it is found in many Old-World species of Sphingidae semanophorae belonging

to Theretra and allied genera. Such parallel development is met with everywhere

in the present family, and shows at what peculiar results a classifier will arrive

who bases his judgment on one organ only. Acherontia is another instance : here

the palpi do not touch one another, and therefore do not conceal the base of the

tongue ; the same is the case in several genera related to Theretra.

Keys to the genera :

A. Imago.

a. Tongue shorter than the thorax, the latter above

with skall-mark 4 : : ‘ ‘ . IIL. Acherontia.

. Tongue longer than the body, thorax without skull-

mark ; 2 : P : ‘ ; : metas

(6)

h. First segment of palpus externally with large apical

cavity formed by the sealing. A ‘ . IL. Megacorma.

Sealing of palpus normal : c es:

c. Pulvillus not obviously reduced ; ground colour of

hindwing yellow, abdomen with yellow patches . IV. Coelonia.

Pulyillus of tarsal claw-segment vestigial, or at least

very small, ground colour of hindwing not bright

yellow, abdomen without yellow lateral patches . I. Herse.

B. Pupa (not known of Megacorma).

a. Tongue-sheath not free. . : : : . Acherontia.

* free 2 ; : : : : ae

b. * not recurved. : 5 F - Coelonia.

i recurved . : ‘ c : . Herse.

C. Larva (not known of Megacorma).

Horn ~-shaped, thorax without humps. 2 . Acherontia.

mrs » with % : . Coelonia.

Horn simply eurved, thorax without humps. . Llerse.

We believe —if prophesying is admissible—that the larva of Megacorma will

turn out to have humps and a horn with an upward curve.

I. HERSE—Typus: convolvuli.

Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat, ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim). ;

Herse Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. p. 762 (1815) (partim ; type: convolvulé).

Agrius Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 140 (1822) (partim).

Protoparce, Butler (non Burmeister, 1856), Z'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 606 (1877) (partim) ;

Moore, Lep. Ceylonii. p. 4 (1882) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. India, Moths i. p.103 (1892).

Philegethontius, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687 (1893).

The species united here under Oken’s generic term are all closely allied with

one another in structure and pattern. They show close affinities to Coelonia

and Acherontia, aud have nothing to do with Protoparce (type: rustica), or with

Phlegethontius (= Cocytius).

32%. Tongue very long, strongly thinning apicad. Palpus without cavity in

the scaling at the end of the first segment externally, second segment about a

quarter shorter than the first; inner surface of first longitudinally impressed ;

cavity of second deep, covered by «a conspicuous roof of scales (PJ. LX. f. 1).

Antenna almost equal in width from near base to near hook in ¢, slightly elubbed

in %. ‘Tarsi slender; foretarsas with several prolonged external spines ; mid- and —

hindtarsus with basal comb of biistles ; posterior tibia longer than first tarsal —

segment ; pulvillnus very small, paronychium with one lobe at each side instead of two,

the smaller yentral lobes obliterated. Scaling of antennae white from base to tip.

3. Procoxal scent-organ not strongly developed. Tenth abdominal tergite

more or less dilated before end (Pl. XXVI. f. 15-18), apex pointed, compressed ;

sternite membranaceous, without lobe, continnous with the anal cone, which is_

long. Clasper sole-shaped, rounded, dilated dorsally before end, this portion curved

inwards, inner surface with long bristles, except near apex of harpe, where the

bristles are short and stout, spine-like. Harpe rather short, with two distal lobes,

one above the other, both curving upwards and inwards, the upper one always

pointed, the lower one spatulate or also pointed. Penis-sheath much thicker

than in Acherontia, without armature. A patch of large multidentate scales

on clasper. ;

‘saTeos-uoTjoraz

“AVOILENOY HOV

JO suuas [eysoouy

‘padeys-— ‘paqyrnosaqny uoy §

*saqo

“OPISIOUUT UO aavoUod A[Su0I4s

‘adams quauras Tedyed ysaryy

“AVNITINOWAHOV

ee ee

*‘padeys-—

‘paqe[noreqny uroy ‘pedurny xeroqy 1 BART

eye} MepHNU payrpour Aq Sts TIM radsurp

—

“pomre Jou t[vaYys-stua,y

“Ops [Ova UO saqoy

OM} GGT urNIToLuore,T

‘quasard snqpraqn,y

“AVOIDNIHdS “AVOITOONIHdS

“qQml0d YAIM snsiejosapy

“BUO] vunaquE Jo juamsas-pugq

“‘jusurmoid you

quamisas [edped par OL

‘OpISIOUUL WO aAvouoD AYYSYs quauses Tedjed puooag

*a[dunts quam3as edyed qsargy

‘Baoy Ataa onSuoy,

paduny xeroyy :varery

T0484 TT tanya

‘quasamd snqprayug

“qur0d TITAN snsrmjosayy

queurdes [edted puosag

“suoy 190A ansuoy,

“VINOTHOO

‘padeyqs-— ‘paqe[nozaqng uroy ‘

Gam)

aqu[No1aqng xv10y. : BareT

‘9qOT eNO YAM TANTO<UOIE,T

BultoU ‘uasard snqytatug

“mod TALIM snsuejosapy

‘aavouoo A]daep 4quomSas Tedjed puosag

‘e[dums quatazes peded 4sIy

“BUO] aNSuOy,

CNMONY LON)

‘padeqs-— ‘paiejnoraqny u10y Safduns xvr0yy :vareq -

*OqOT au0 WIT cAMITOLUOILY

‘quasqe suqprayn,y

“{m109 InoYIIA snsiBzOsayy

‘aawouod A[doap quawSes [eded puosag

‘a[duts qnamges Tedyed qsary

‘qn04s ‘axoopury puosaq Surpuazxa eusuoy,

AONE LON)

*padeys-— ‘payrmnorzaqny w1oy ‘ ardumts xei044 : varery

*SOQO] JNOY{IM vANTyOATOIeT

‘quasqe snq[taqng

“Qulod FnoYIIM susiej0se pr

‘eavou0d Ajdaap quamSes edyed puooag

‘adams yuouses Tedqed ysaryq

“§NOys “4104s onFuog,

‘VILNOUTHOV

Pe Toe el

pedeys-— you styy ‘ajdumts us0y pue XBIOU} : BAIT

“@QOT ONO GAIA cANIYOLUOTE,T

“peonpar snyprarug

“qUI09 YAIM susIEyzosapy

‘oavouod <[daap quamSos Tedjed puooag

‘e[dumts quourSas [dyed 4SILy

“Sug, anzu0y,

“‘ASuaH

(Cumouy you BAIeT)

‘Opts Yous Wo saqo] omg QI wMIqoLuoreg

‘quasoid snqratng

“quI09 TAM snsieyOsayy

‘aawouod A]4q51]s yueuZes Tedjed puosag

“ATreureyx9 Aytavo [worde (qt queutses yedyed qsirq

‘Buoy 419A anduoy

‘VNYOOVNRI

CB)

9. Asmall flap in front of the vaginal aperture (Pl. XXII. f. 4. 5).

Larva: a green and a brown form, sometimes almost black, very variable ;

horn (of adult) simply curved, nearly smooth ; head similarly striped with black

as in Acherontia and Coelonia.—Food-plants: Convoloulus, Ipomoea.

Pupa with free, recurved, tongue-case ; in a cell in the ground.

Hab. Cosmopolitan ; four species in the eastern, one in the western hemisphere.

Key to the species :

a. A yellow tuft at each side of the metanotum . 2. 77. luctifera.

No yellow tuft at each side of the metanotum . : b.

4. Abdominal tergites white at base with large

black patches at sides, hindwing dark

brown with a pinkish tint on the inter-

spaces between the black bands . : . 1. A. fasciatus.

Abdominal tergites with buftish lateral patches,

hindwing pale buff between the black bands,

the black discal band narrower, not double 3. J. godarti.

Abdominal tergites with red or rosy red patches C.

c. Hindwing rosy red, discal black band not divided 4. 77. cingulata.

Hindwing dull grey, without red, discal band

more or less double. ¢ : . . 5. H. convolvult.

1. Herse fasciatus.

*Sphine fasciatus Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 94 (189+) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring) ; id., /.c. iii. t. 13. f. 9

(1896).

2. Similar to the following, but easily distinguished by the absence of yellow

spots from the metanotum, the strongly marked black lines on the seventh tergite,

and the peculiar vinaceous tint both on body and wings. The rounded flap before

the vaginal aperture as in ductifera.

There is no stigma on the forewing, the antemedian and discal lines are barely

vestigial, the traces of the external discal line consist of long, thin, almost longi-

tudinal, streaks which form very acute angles upon the veins; a long, thin, black

streak R*—M!, a similar one behind M! mostly rather faint; a large, blackish

brown, postmedian costal cloud. ‘The external discal band of the underside of

the hindwing is dentate. The black mesial line of the abdomen, above, is sharply

marked; the seventh tergite has, besides, a black line on each side corresponding

to the black lateral patches of the other segments.

arly stages not known.

Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands ; 5 ¢ ¢ in the Tring Museum.

2. Herse luctifera.

* Macrosila luctifera Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. xxxi. p. 35 (1864) (N. Guinea; Mysol; Ceram ;—

Mus. Oxford).

Pseudosphine (?) luctifera, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 610. n. 3 (1877).

*Protopara schmeltzi Butler, Ann. Mag. N. I. (5). x. p. 158 (1882) (Australian Region ;-—Brit. Mus.).

Pseudosphinz luctifera, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 32. n. 127 (1892) (N. Guinea, type ;

Ceram ; Dorey ; Morty).

Meganoton (?) luctifera, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683. n. 12 (1892).

Philegethontius schmeltzi, id., lc. p. 688. n. 17 (1892) (Oceania).

*Phlegethontius lixi Rothschild, Noy, Zoor. i. p. 94 (1894) (Nicura, Brit. N. Guinea ;—Mus. Tring),

*Protoparce triangularis Holland, Noy. Zoou. vii. p. 556. n. 155 (1900) (Buru ;—coll. Holland).

(9)

3. A fairly constant spécies, which reminds one of the Neotropical Protoparce

maura on account of the yellow metanotal tufts. Besides this tuft on the

metanotum there is present in ductifera a smaller yellow spot on each side at the

end of the mesonotum. The bases of the abdominal tergites are white laterally ;

the black mesial line is marked, but not very strongly. The stigma of the forewing

is distinct, white; the antemedian and discal lines are more or jess dentate, the

inner discal one and the outer antemedian one more pronounced ; a curved post-

discal band of patches. The hindwing shaded with blackish brown all over,

theabdominal region more or less grey, the black bands not distinct, more clearly

marked pusteriorly. Lines of forewing more distinct in ¢ than in @.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite more triangular than in the other //erse, much

less dilated before end (Pl. XXVI. f. 18). Both processes of the harpe (Pl. XX XY.

f. 6) curved upwards and pointed, the lower one the shorter, the armature

resembling that of cingulata.

?. Flap in front of the vaginal orifice nearly as in cingulata, more strongly

chitinised than in convolvuli ; no obyious tubercles at the sides of the aperture.

Early stages not known.

Fab. Southern Moluceas to New Guinea; probably all over the Papuan

snbregion.

In the Tring Musenm 7 ¢d,4 22 from: Amboina; Stephansort and Huon

Golf, German N. Guinea; Milne Bay, British N. Guinea, i. iii. iv. 1899 (A. S.

Meek) ; Nicura, British N. Guinea (Lix).

3. Herse godarti.

Sphinz godarti Macleay, in King, Surv. Austr. ii. p. 464. n. 166 (1827).

Diludia (?) godarti, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe, Lond. ix. p. 615. n. 13 (1877).

(2?) Linneria eremitus, id., ibid. p. 620. n. 1 (1877).

Pretoparce abadonna, Kirby (non Fabricius, 1798), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 238 (1877) (Queensld. ;

= godarti) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 271. t. 27. f. 3 (1886) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld.

viii. p. 23. n. 39 (1891) (partim ; Brisbane ; Rockhampton).

Sphine distincta Lucas, Queenslander xxxix. p. 894 (1891, May); Misk., lc. p. 64 (1891)

(= abadonna).

Phlegethontius abadonna, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Tet. i. p. 690. n. 40 (1892) (partim ; Austra!.).

Phlegethontius (7) distincta, Kirby, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 38 (1894).

The Fabrician abadonna is convoleuli as pointed out by Auriviilins, Lax.

Tidskr. xviii. p. 153. n. 83 (1897).

3%. The buffish colour of the sides of the abdomen and of the hindwing, as

well as the simple and narrow black discal band of the latter, distinguish this

species at a glance from convolvuli. First protarsal segment with three long

curved spines. do darker on forewing than &.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite in shape midway between those of cingulata and

concolvuli, dorsally less impressed than in either of them. Both processes of the

harpe (Pl. XXXV. f. 7) pointed as in cingulata and luctifera (and fasciatus most

likely, of which the g is not known); the ventral process as short as in lucti/era,

but the upper one more evenly curved; ventral margin of clasper produced into

a short process near the harpe, this process rough with setiferous tubercles.

%. Not dissected. arly stages unknown.

Hab. Queensland and N.W. Australia.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 1 % from: “ Queensland” ; Coomooboolaroo,

: (10 )

Dnaringa, N. Queensland (A. 8S. Meek), and Townsville (Dodd). In the British

Musenm and the Hope collection at Oxford from N.W. Australia, neighbourhood

of Sherlock River.

4. Herse cingulata.

Merian, Jns. Surin. t. 64. fig. infer. (1719).

Sphinx convolvuli var., Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ins. i. p. 54 & Index, t. 25. f. 4 (1770) (St. Christopher) ; 5

Cram., Pap. Ev. iii. p. 55. t. 225. f. 1 (1782); Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia p. 63. t. 32

(L, ps 7) (1797); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 544. n. 27 (1775) (sub syn.) ; id., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 150.

n. 46 (1781) (sub syn.) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 50 (1787) (syn. Ba: id., Lut. Syst. iii.

1. p. 374. n. 54 (1793) (sub. syn.) ; Esper, Schmett. ii. p. 53 (1779) (sub syn.) ; Walk., List

Lep. Ins. B.M, viii. p. 212. n, 1 (1856) (sub syn.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus.

E.I.C.i. p. 267. n. 616 (1857) (sub syn.) ; Misk., Proce. Roy. Soc. Queensl. vii. p 23. n. 38

(1891) (sub syn.); Meyrick, Fauna Hawai. i. 2. p. 193 (1899); Dyar, Canad. Ent, xxxii.

p- 156 (1900) (Hawaii).

Sphinx cingulata Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 545. n. 29 (1775) (Am.); id., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 151. n. 48

(1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 52 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat, i. 5. p. 2386. n. 164 (1790) ;

Fabr., Hut. Syst. iii. 1. p. 875. n, 56 (1793) (Am. mer.); Harris, in Silliman,, Journ. Science &

Art xxxvi. p. 293. n. 1 (1839) (Middle & South. States); Burm., Sphing. Bras. p. 69 (1856) ; _

Walk., List Lep. Ins, BM. viii. p. 215. n. 3 (1856) (Jamaica ; St. Domingo; Mexico) ; Lucas,

in Sagra, /ist. Cuba vii. p. 296 (1857) (Cuba); Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petrop.,

Lep. p. 90 n, 1490 (1857) (Brazil ; Sandwich Is.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Lintn.,

Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil. iii. p. 650 (1864) (good deser. of larvae); Herr.-Seb., Corresp. Bl. v. p. 59

(1865) ; (Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 69. (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Cos. Lép.

Guatemala p. 74 (1870); id., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 95. n. 32 (1875) ; Méschl.,' Verh.

Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 346 (1876) (Surinam) ; Dew, Mitth. Miinch. Ent, Ver. i. p. 92

(1877) (Pt. Rico) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. V. Lép. p. 322. n. 3 (1878); id., Le. Atlas

p. 31. t. 12. f. 1. 6 (1879) (larva, pupa); Grey, Canad. Ent. xi. p. 140 (1879) (Albany Co.,

N.Y., June 2nd).

Sphin affinis Goeze, nt. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 215 n. 41 (1780).

Agrius cingulatus, Hiibner, Samm. Ex. Schm, ii. t. 165 (1806-) ; id., Verz. bek. Sehm. p. 140. n.

1507 (1822).

Macrosila cingulata, Clemens, Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. iv. p. 164 (1859) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep.

N. Am. p. 188 (1862); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. vi. p. 329 (1866) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Am.

Ent, Soc. iii. p. 185 (1870) (Cuba); id., Can. Ent. iii. p. 101 (1871) (Alabama) ; Thaxt., Psyche

i, p. 30 (1874) (Mass., vii. one specim.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N.H. ii. p. 227 (1875) —

(N. York to Cuba) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 211. n. 100 (1881) (Cuba) ; Moff., Can. Ent.

xiii. p. 256 (1881) (Long Point, Can.) ; Albr., Ent. News vi. p. 145 (1895) (Los Angeles).

Sphinx druraei Donovan, Brit. Ins. xiv. p. 1. t. 469 (1810) ; Steph., ZU. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 120 —

(1828) (England, imported).

Sphinx pungens Eschscholtz, in Kotzebue, Reise iii. p. 218. t. 11. f. 28 (1821).

Phiegethontius cingulata, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N.H. iii. p. 224 (1877) 5 Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr

Illin, xviii. App. p. 158 (1880) (larva); Fernald, Can. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Maine, ix.,

2 specim.) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 35 (1886) (Orono, viii.) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 40

(1886) (West Indies northw. to Canada) ; Edw., Bull, U.S.A, Nat. Mus. p. 47 (1889) (liter. rel.

to transf.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.i. p. 689. n. 35 (1892) ; Dyar, Ent. News vi. p. 95 (1895) (life

hist. ; Honolulu) ; Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 110. n. 1 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Protoparce cingulata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 608. n. 18 (1877) (Jamaica ; Haiti;

N. Granada; Mexico) ; id., Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 484. n. 63 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Smith,

Trans. Ann. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 170. t. 8. £. 9 (genit.) (1888) ; Trum., Ent. News vii. p. 29 (1897)

(S. Dakota); Pit. & Bioll., Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 11 (1897) (Ira Candelaria) ; Hamps.,

Ann. Mag. N. H. (7). vii. p. 251 (1901) (Nassau, Baham.).

Macrosila (Sphinx) cingulata, Mann, Psyche ii. p. 75 (1877) (liter. rel, to metam.).

Sphine (Protoparce) cingulata var. decolora Edwards, Papitioi ii. p. 11 (1882) (Indian R.., Florida, in

colls. Edw. & Neumoeg.) ; id., Bull. Am. Mus. N.H. iv. p.170 (1892) (Indian R.).

Protoparce cingulata var. Gecoloratie (Ns Smith, Zrans, Am. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 170 (1888).

3%. Some of the older writers on Lepidoptera considered this to be a variety

of conrulvuli, and quite recently the same opinion has been advanced by a few

authors, who—most likely—did not compare the insects side by side. In appearance

(11 )

cingulata comes certainly near convolvuli, but there are many points in which the

two differ more than cingulata and godarti. For instance, the latter two agree

in both processes of the harpe being pointed, in the pulvillus of the tarsi being

strongly reduced, in the black median band of the hindwing being simple. Moreover,

the tenth abdominal tergite of the ¢ of godarti stands intermediate between those

of cingulata and convolvuli, so that one might consider céngulata with as much

reason a New World representative of the Australian godarti as a representative

of convolvuli, which inhabits nearly the whole eastern hemisphere including

Australia.

Metanotum with a buffish white lateral tuft which is not distinctly tinged

with pink. The discal lines of the forewing, which is broader than in convolvuli,

are much less deeply zigzag than in that species; the series of postdiscal ovate

markings is nearly complete, reminding one of ductifera.. The black discal band

of the hindwing is simple, but includes a more or less distinct pale spot at SM?;

the basal and antemedian black bands form an irregular ring, the basi-abdominal

portion of which is much blacker than in convolvuli. End of the white palpus as

well as upperside of head also darker. Palpus: Pl. LX. f. 1, inner side.

The antemedian band of the hindwing touches often the discal one behind

M’. The red colour of the abdomen and hindwings seldom disappears entirely

(ab. decolora) ; intergraduate specimens are not so rare. An individual (?) from

Costa Rica in the Tring Museum has barely a trace of red on the hindwing, while

the red colour of the lateral patches of the abdomen is much reduced in extent.

No specimens have as yet been observed in which the red colour was replaced by

clayish yellow.

3. Procoxal scent-organ with longer hairs than in convoleuli. Tenth tergite of

abdomen much more dilated before end, broadly impressed above (PI. XXVI.

f. 17). Both processes of the harpe pointed, sometimes of nearly equal size

(Pl. XXXYV. f. 5), generally the lower one shorter and more obtuse.

?. The groove in front of the vaginal flap found in convolvuli is absent from

cingulata ; the low ridge behind the orifice is mesially less tuberculiform, being

more evenly arched.

Larva as variable as that of convolvuli, which it resembles.—Food-plant :

Ipomoea.

Pupa with recurved free tongue-case. Burmeister, /.c., figures the chrysalis

as having the tongne-case not recurved ; this is clearly a mistake, or the individual

from which the sketch was taken was abnormal. Merian’s figure of a chrysalis

on Plate LXIV. resembles that of Burmeister ; this is strange.

Hab. America, except the extreme south and the far north; a tropical and

subtropical insect, rarer in temperate regions, occurring as a straggler as far north

as Canada ; Galapagos and Sandwich Islands,

In the Tring Museum 170 odd specimens from various places from Canada to

Argentina, besides some larvae and pupae.

5. Herse convolvuli.

Moefnag., Archetypa i, t. 8 (1592); id., Divers. Ins, t. 5 (1630) ; Mouf., Theatr. Ins, p. 91. £. 1

(1634) ; Hollar, Div. Ins. t.3.f. 1 (1646) ; Goed., Metam. iii. p. 34. £. v. (1.) (1669); id., Ins, ed.

Lister p, 36. f, 27 (/.) (1682); Merian, Mur. Ins. ii, t. 25 (1683) ; Réaum., Hist. Ins. i. p. 292.

t. 13. f. 8 (1734) ; Swamm.,, Bibl. Nat. p. 223. t. 29 (1738) ; Roes., Ins. Belust. i. 1. p. 49.

Riot 5 (1746) ; Wilke, ngl. Moths p. 9. t. 21 (1747) ; Résel, Zusect. Belust. iti, p, 35, t. 6

f. 8 (1755) ; Hemmerich, Coll. Curious Ins. t. 6. £. a (175-?, no date) ; Geoffr., /ist. Nat.

(12 ) :

Ins. ii. p. 86. n 9 (1762); Gronov., Zoophyl. p. 202. n, 821 (1764); Seba, Thesaur. iv. t. 53,

f. 17 (1765) ; Harris, Aurel. t. 21. fig. c. d. (1766) ; Schaeff., lem. Ent. t. 116. f. 2 (1766) ;

id., Jeon. t. 98, f. 1, 2 (1766) ; Goeze, Bonnets Abh. p. 95, n.9 (1773) ; Ernst & Engyr,, Zns, Bur. .

iii, p. 13. t. 86. fig, d. e. t. 87. fig. i, k (1782) ; iid., Zc. p. 123. t. 122 (1782) (¢).

Sphinz convolvuli Linné, Syst. Nat. ed, x. p. 490. n, 6 (1758) ; Poda, Mus. Graec. p. 80. n. 3 (1761);

Scop., Ent. Carn. p.184. n. 468 (1763); Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 345. 0.5. (1764); Hufo., Berl. Mag.

ii. p.176. n.3 (1766) ; id., Jc, p. 192. Anm. 3 (1766) ; Houtt., Natu. Hist.i. 11. p. 412. n, 6 (1767);

Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 798. n. 6 (1767); Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 637, n. 6 (1774) ; Meinecke,

Naturf.i. p. 233 (1774); Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 30. n. 205 (1775); Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p.32.

n. 614 (1775); Fabr., Syst. Bnt. p. 554. n. 27 (1775) (syn. pro parte); Den. & Schiff., Syst. Verz. *

Schm. Wien p. 41 (1776); Miill., Zool. Dan. p. 116. n. 1336 (1776); Kithn, Beschift. Berl. Naturf.

Freunde iii. p. 38 (1777) (v., viii.) ; Gladb., Verz. Schm. p, 29. t. 13, f.1. 2 (1778) ; Fuessl, Mag.

Ent. i, p. 262 (1778); Leske, Anfangsgr. Nat. p. 457.n, 3 (1779); Esper, Hur. Schm. ii. p. 52. t. 5

(4, 1.) (1779) (syn. pro parte) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 147. n. 6 (1780) ; Blumenb., Handb.

Nat. p. 364. n. 3 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins, ii, p. 150. n. 46 (1781) (syn. partim) ; Fourer., Ent.

Paris ii. p. 254. n, 9 (1785) ; Fabr., Mant, Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 50 (1787) (syn. partim) ; Lang, —

Verz. Sehm. Augsb. p. 66 (1789) ; Borkh., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 97. n. 3 (1789) ; Sepp., Nederl. Ins.

iii. p. 165. t. 50. £. 5. 6 (178-); Rossi, Fauna Etrusca ii, p. 162. n. 1055 (1790) ; Vieweg,

Tabell. Verz. Brandenb. i. p. 9. n. 11 (1790) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. 1. 5, p, 2376. n. 6 (1790) (syn.

partim) ; Brahm, /nsectenkalend. ii. 1. p. 522. n. 382 (1791); Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 351 —

(1791) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. iii. 1. p. 374. n. 54 (1793) (syn. partim) ; Hiibn., Sammi. Eur. Sehm.,

Sphing. t. 14. £. 70 (1796) ; Donov., Brit. Ins. vii. p, 31. t. 228 (1798) ; Prunn., Lep. Ped. p. 82.

n, 168 (1798) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica IL. i. p. 223. n, 1384 (1801) ; Walken., Faune Paris., Ins.

ii. p. 279 (1802); Thunb., Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p, 9. (1804) ; Turt., Syst. of Nat. iii. 2. p. 176

(1806) ; Shaw, Gen. Zool. vi. 1. t. 73 (1806) ; Ochs., Schm. Mw. ii, p. 236. n. 2 (1808) ; Nagel,

Hiilfsb. Schmett. p. 153 (1818) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819) ; Latr., in Nouv. Dict. d' Hist.

Nat. xxxii. p. 24 (1819); God., Lep. France iii, p. 26, n. 4. t. 16 (1821); Vogel, Schmett.

Cabinet ii. p. 17. t. 6. £. 2.a.b. e. (1822) ; Lep. & Serv., Ene. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 65. f, 1—3

(1825) : Steph., ///ustr. Brit, Ent., Haust. i, p. 119 (1828) ; Meig., Handb. Schmett. p. 98. n.114

(1829) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 48. n. 394 (1829) ; Steph., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 31 (1829) ; Meig.,

Syst. Bearb. Eur. Schm. ii, p. 114. n. 15. t. 66. £. 2 (1830) ; Boisd., in Voy. Astrol. p. 184 (1832)

(Taiti) ; id., Fauna Madag. Bourb. p. 77 (1833) (Madag.; Bourb. ; Maurice); Canten., in

Silberm., Revue Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dép. du Var, vi. ix.) ; Beske, ibid. ii. p. 177 (1834) —

(Hamburg) ; Friv., ibid. ii. p. 181 (18384) (Hungary) ; Lucas, Lép. Eur. p. 115. t. 47. f. 1 (1834) ;

Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 106. t. 53. £735. t. 54, £. 736. 737 (1837) ; id. & Reich., Ins. Krebse d

Spinnen p. 106. t. 53. f. 735. t. 54. £. 736. 737 (1838) ; Ramb., Fuune Andal. p. 332 (1842)

(Malaga) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths p, 12. t. 3. £.1.2. 3. (1843) ; Eversm., Mauna Volgo-

Tral, p. 112 (1844) ; Guér., in Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. p. 386 (1845) ; Pierr., Bull. Soc, Ent. France

p- 86 (1846) (Paris); Bell, ‘bid. p. 94 (1846) (Bretagne) ; Boisd., in Delegorgue, Voy. Afr.

Austr, p. 595. n. 113 (1847) (Natal) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. 1. p. 90, n. 27 (1847); Assm.,

Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Lucas, Expl. Algérie, Artic. iii. p. 371, n, 68 (1849) ;

Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 212. n. 1 (1855) (syn. partim.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore,

Cat. Lep. Mus. ETC. i. p. 267. n. 616. t. 9. f. 3. 3a (U., p.) (1857) (syn. partim.) ; Ménétr.,

Enwm. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 90. n. 1489 (1857) (partim) ; Girard, Bull. Soc. Ent,

France p. 220 (1859) (action de la Benzine sur les muscles) ; Brey., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. iv. p. 92

(1860) ; Orv., Zoologist xviii. p. 6818 (1860) ; Schw., Verh. Nat. Ver. Anh. xx. p. 24 (1861); —

Siev., Bull. Moscow p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.); Mann, Wien. Ent. Mon. vi. p. 66 (1862)

(Brussa) ; Led., ‘bid. vii. p. 22 (1863) (Bulg., Rumel.); Wallengr., Shand. Het. Fir. p. 29. n. 1

(1863) ; Ball., Bull, Moscou p. 364 (1864) (Gorki) ; Wallengr., Kongl. Vet. Ak. Handl, v.4.—

p. 19 (1865) (Caffe. or.) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; Guen., in

Vinson, Vog. Mudag. p. 30 (1865) ; Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna p. 54 (1865) (=roseafasciata) ;

Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174 (1866) (Limburg); Snell., Viinders Nederld. p. 98 (1867)

(vi. vii. E. ix. x.); Hinterw., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 229 (1868); Bien., Lep. Erg.

Reise Pers. p. 32 (1869) (Astrabad, viii.) ; Tengst., Act. Soc. F. I. Fenn. x. p. 90 (1869) ;

Backh., Entom. iv. p. 133 (1869); Good., ibid. p. 148 (1869); Gunn, ibid. p. 149 (1869);

Hell., Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 160 (1869) ; id., Uc. p. 206 (1859) ; Hutch., ibid. p. 254 (1869) ;

Hell., /.c. vii. p. 139 (1870) ; Knaggs, thid. p- 160 (1870) ; Stef., Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. ii. p. 280

(1870) ; Targ.-Tozz., ibid. p, 358 (1870) (odour) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii. p. 146 n. 67

(1870) (Breda) ; Brutt., Progr. Dorpat Gymn. p. 23. 0. 2 (1872) ; Buckl., En. Mo. Mag. ix.

p. 286 (1873) (larva); Doubl, Entom. vi. p. 560 (1873) (larva) ; Siebke., Znt. Ins. Norv. iii.

Pp. 25. n. 1 (1874) ; Boisd., Spee. Gién, Lip. Hét. i. p. 94. n, 81 (1875) ; Newm., Entom, viii.

(43.9

p. 272 (1879) (larva) ; Katt., Ext. Nuchr. ii. p. 12 (1876); Braun, ‘bid. p. 62 (1876); Bosw.,

Scott. Nat. ii. p. 265 (1876) (Orkney) ; Oberth., £t. d’ Ent. 1. p. 31 (1876) (Collo, vi. ix. x.) ;

Snell., Vijdsch. Ent. xx. p. 3. n. 13 (1877) (Java); Pott., Trans. Watf. N.H. Soe. i. p. 108

(1878) ; Moll., Ent. Nachr. iv. p. 91 (1878); Bosw., Scott. Nc +f ly. p. ane Dew.,

Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver, iii. p. 26 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Snell., /.c. xxii. p. 64. n. 5 (1879)

(S. Celebes) ; Oberth., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova xv. p. 172. n. 61 (1879) (Abyssinia) ; Weil.,

Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880) (Tauferer Thal); Theden., Ent. Tidskr. i. p. 197

(1880) (Sweden) ; Kil., Jahr. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 43 (1880) ; Oberth., Ht. d' Ent. v. p. 28.

n. 69 (1880) (Askold, ix.) ; Plotz, Stett, Hut. Zit. xl. p. 77. n. 286 (1880) (Afr. occ.) ; Sandabl,

Ent. Tidskr. i p. 213 (1881) ; Albr., Bull. Moscow p. 379 (1882) (Moscow); Weism., ed.

Meld., Stud. Theor. Desc. i. p. 261, t. 3. f. 16, t. 6. f. 52 (1882) (larva) ; Oberth., Lc. xviii.

p. 733. n. 82 (1883) (Bogos) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Gres. Wien xxxili. p. 287. n. 77 (1884)

(Caffraria) ; Rom, Mém. Lép. i. p. 69 (1884) (Borjom ; Tiflis; Derbent): Pouj., Bull. Soc.

Ent. France p. 165 (1885) (éclosion) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 26. n. 110 (1885) (Skand.,

Finld.) ; Demais,, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 55 (1886) (Reims) ; Pagenst., [ris i. p. 86. n. (1886)

(Arn) ; id., Jahrb. Nass, Ver, Nat. xxxix. p. 109. n.1 (1886) (Aru) ; Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.

xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Buckl., Larvae Brit. Moths ii. p. 22. 108. t. 21. f. 2. t. 22. f. 1

(1887) ; Christ.,in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii, p. 54 (1887) (Askhabad); Heulz, Bull. Soc. Ent. France

p- 196 (1888) (Hérault, common) ; Pagenst., Jalb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 103. n. 194 (1888)

(Amboina); Alphér., in Rom., Wém. Lép. v. p. 83.n. 19 (1889) (ob Nor) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-

Ted., Nat. Sic. vil. p. 41 (1889) ; Gr. Grschim., in Rom., MJém, Lép. iv. p. 510. n. 201 (1890)

(Pamir) ; Meyrick, 7. N. Zeal. Inst. xxii. p. 213 (1890); Baker, Tr. eke Soc. Lond. p. 204

(1891) (Madeira) ; Vins., Pap. Bourbon p. 13 (1891) ; Alphér., Lec. vi. p, 3. n. 68 (1892) (China) ;

Stand., ibid. vi. p. 219. n. 207 (1892) (Amur, rare); White, Butt. & Moths Teneriffe

p. 65 (1894) (= batatae); Reb. & Rog., in Baum., Wessailand p. 338. n. 164 (1894);

Kill & Cafl., Jahrb, Nat. Ges. Graub. xxxviii. p. 19 (1895); Bonj., Bull. Soc. Sc. Nat. Ouest

France vi. p. 29 (1895) (Nantes) ; Voss, Tijdschr. Ent. xli. p. 79 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in

Riihl, Grossschm, ii. p. 38 (1899); Braz., Hntom. p. 15 (1899) (larva).

Herse convolvuli, Oken, Lehrb, Naturg. iii. 1. p. 762. n. 1 (1815).

Sphinx abadonna Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 435 (1798) ; Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xviii. p. 153. n, 83

(1897) (=orientalis).

Agrius convolvuli, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n. 1506 (1822).

Sphinx patatas Ménétriés, Lc. p. 90, n, 1491 (1857) (Taiti ; nom. indeser. /).

Sphinx roseafusciata Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna p. 54 (1865).

Sphine pseudo-convolvuli Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 15, (1870) (Natal),

*Sphine convolvuli var. distans Butler, Voy. Erebus &: Terror, Zool. Ins. p. 30. t. 9. f. 11 (1874)

(N. Zeal. ;—Jus. Brit.).

Protoparce convolvuli, id., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 609, n, 19 (1877) (England; S. Afr.) ;

Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 182. n, 305 (1884) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493.

n. 14 (1887) ; Holl., Tr. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 67. n. 27 (1889) (Afr. oce.) ; Misk., Proc. Roy.

Soc. Queensl. vil. p. 3. n. 38 (1891) (Vict. ; N.S.W.; Brisb. to Cardwell) ; Auriv., Ent. Tidskr.

xill. p. 183. n. 232 (1892) (Camer.) ; Dist., Natural. Transvaal p. 236 (1892) (Pretoria) ;

Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. a4 Moths i. p. 103. n, 162. £. 60 (1892) ; Semp., Schmett.

Philipp. li, p. 404. n. 51. t. H. f. 5.6. 7 (/., p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Mindanao ; Cebu ; v.—x.,

xii.—ili.) ; Leech, Zr. Mnt. Soc. Loti p. 286. n. 62 (1898) (Japin; China) ; Dudg., Journ.

Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 416. n. 162 (1898) (Sikkim ; Bhutan ; up to 7000 ft., vii—viii.) ;

Nurse, bid. xii. p. 513 (1899) (Cutch) ; Pagenst., in Chun., Zoologica xii. 29. p. 16. n. 16

(1900) (Ralum, viii. ii.; Kinigunang); Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. ili. p. 101. n. 735

(1901).

Protoparce distans Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 609. n. 20 (1877) (N. Zeal. ; Austral.).

*Protoparce orientalis id., lc. n. 21. t. 91. £. 16. 17 (L, p.) (1877) (N. India ; Ceylon ; Burma ;

China; Japan; Java ;—Mus. Brit.);id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 670. n. 35 (1880) (Formosa) ;

Fors., Tr, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 391 (1884) (life hist.) ; Butl. lc. p. 494. n. 48 (1884) (Aden) ;

Swinoh., ibid. p. 289. n. 20 (1885) (Poona, vi. viii.—x. ; Bombay, ix. x. ; l. on Colia) ; Moore, ibid.

p. 596 (1855) (Pt. Blair); Swinh., Lc. p. 435. n. 16 (1886) (Mhow, vi. vii. ix); Butl., Le.

p. 379. n. 97 (1886) (Campbellpore, viii.) ; Warr., ibid. p. 293. n. 2 (1888) (Campbellpore,

vi. vili.) ; Leech, ibid. p. 588. n. 30 (1888) (Yokohama ; Fushiki; Hakodate ;=orientalis) ;

Swinh., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. iii. p. 119. n. 14 (1888) (Karachi, iil,—ix.) ; id., ie Ent.

Soc. Lond, p. 165. n, 22 (1890) (Mandalay ; Rangoon ; Moulmein).

Protoparce pseudo-convolvuli, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Tou ix. p. 609 n. 22 (1877) (Natal).

Macrosila convolvuli, Butler, Papilio ii. p. 7 (1882) (specim. from N. Zeald. dist. spec.).

(14)

Sphine convolvuli var. batatae Christ, Mitth. Schw. Ent. Ges. vi. p. 346 (1884); Alphér., in Rom.

Mém Lép, v. p. 223. n. 18 (1889) (Teneriffe) ; Bartel, in Riithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 43 (1898).

Protoparce convolvuli var. distans, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220 n. 5, (1888) (Fiji ; N. Guinea ;

N. Hebrid. ; N. Caled. ; W. Austr.).

Philegethontius convolvuli, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 690. n. 36 (1892).

Phlegethontius pseudo-convolvuli, id,, l.c. n. 37 (1892).

Philegethontius reseofasciatus, id, lc. n. 39 (1892) (=distans).

Phlegethontius orientalis, id., l.c. n. 38 (1892); Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl, p. 367. n. 41 (1895)

(Java).

Phlegethontius abadonna, Kirby, /.c. n. 40 (1893) (partim).

Sphinx convolvuli var. orientalis, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p. 43 (1898).

Sphine convolvuli, Pierret, Bull. Soc, Ent. France p. 54, (1842) (gynandr.) ; Alt., Stett, Ent. Zeit xxi.

p. 91 (1860) (gynandr.); Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxy. p. 89 (1882) (gynandr.) ;

Eckst., Ber. Oherhess. Ges. xxvi. p. 3. t. 2. £. 3 (1889) (gynandr.).

Sphine convolvuli var. alicea Neuburger, Zeitschr. Ent. iv. p. 297 (1899).

Sphine convolvuli var. nigricans Cannaviello, Bull. Soc. Ent, Ital. xxxii. p. 295 (1900).

$%. Palvillus of claw-segment decidedly longer than in the other Herse, a

distinct black flap being present. ? more uniform in colour than the ¢ on thorax

and forewing. Metanotum with a red side-patch, which is more or less different

in tint from the abdominal patches. The various names given to this widely

distributed species are based upon slightly differing individuals from various

countries. Although it is true that the Australian specimens are on an average

rather small, and have, in the ¢, the dise of the hindwing just outside the cell

between veins R! and R* rather more brown than the African and European

individnals, a longer series of specimens shows that these distinctions in size and

colour do not hold good. Such and similar differences referred to by many authors

as being exhibited by individuals from this or that locality are not at all local.

The red metanotal and abdominal patches are very rarely replaced by yellow

ones; such an aberrational individual is described from Nantes by Bonjour,

Bull. Soc. Sc. Nat. Ouest France vi. p. 29 (1896).

Thorax : Pl. LXII. f. 7.8; Pl. LXIIM. f. 1.

3. Tenth tergite rounded-dilated before end (Pl. XXVI. f. 15. 16), apex —

compressed, higher than broad, pointed ; ventral process of harpe (Pl. XXXV. f. 4) —

somewhat spatulate as in Coelonia fulvinotata, the patch of setiferous tubercles of —

the clasper near the end of the harpe as in the allied species ; but the tubercles

resp. setae rather denser ventrally close to the harpe, and this portion of the

clasper a little incrassate or even faintly produced ventrad, the slightly projecting

part being the rudiment of the process found in godarti.

?. The mesial flap (w) in front of the vaginal aperture arises from an

impression, and is very thin; it belongs to the membrane connecting the seventh

and eighth sternites ; at each side of the vaginal orifice there stands a tubercle (c),

and behind the orifice (V) another (4) (Pl. XXII. f. 4. 5).

Larva varying from green to black ; head striped as in Acherontia; a dorso-

lateral yellow streak from head to horn, and yellow oblique stripes on segments

4 to 11, generally accentuated at the upper end by a yellow dot. Horn with small

tubercles.—Food: Convolvulus, especially arvensis. ‘

Pupa: tongue-sheath recurved frontad, tip nearly reaching base.

Hab. Wastern hemisphere except the higher latitudes, rarely in Siberia, straggler

in northern countries. ‘

In the Tring Museum several larvae, and over 350 imagines from a great

number of localities, from Europe to the Solomons and Madagascar.

The Berlin Maseum possesses a series of individuals of both sexes—we received

(15 )

a pair in exchange—from Jaluit, Marschall Islands, which differ markedly from

all our convolvuli. The specimens are small and very pale, paler on body and

forewing than the individuals. from other localities, at least in the ¢ sex, and

have a yellowish grey tint, which is very distinct in the d. | We think it advisable

to await further evidence of the constancy of the characters which distinguish the

Jaluit specimens before naming the form.

Il. MEGACORMA gen. noy.—Typus: obliqua.

Macrosila Walker, List. Lep. Het. BM. viii. p. 198 (1856) (partim).

Sphinx, Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 69 (1875) (partim).

Diludia, Butler (non Grote & Robins., 1865), Tr. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 612 (1877) (partim).

Meganoton, Kirby (non Boisduval, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682 (1892) (partim).

Pseudosphine, Hampson (non Burmeister, 1856) in Blaaf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 104 (1892)

(partim).

3$?. Tongue much longer than the body. Second segment of palpus narrower

at base, triangular, very much shorter than first segment; apex of the latter

with a regular and large cavity; on the inner surface the first segment flat,

not obviously concave as in Herse, scaling at apical margin very regular

(Pl. LX. f. 2), this scaling visible from the onter side (Pl. LX. f. 3);

inner surface of second segment all scaled, cavity less deep than in Herse and

Acherontia, the roof of scales over the cavity not quite so distinctly separate from

the other scaling of the segment than in the allied genera.

far from base, gradually thinning towards end. Thorax very long, extending far

beyond the base of the forewing. Tarsi long, slender, spines short ; middle and

hinder tarsi with conspicuous comb of prolonged spines; hinder tibia as long as

first tarsal segment ; pulvillus present, paronychium with two lobes on each side.

g. Tenth abdominal sternite with a broad rounded mesial lobe, convex below.

Harpe armed with long teeth. Clasper with a large patch of very broad, multi-

dentate scales, and eighth tergite with elongate, tawny, friction-scales at the apex :

these scales turned inside, but not forming a ribbon as in Ambulicinae. Anterior

coxae with scent-organ ; the tufts of hairs generally visible without removal of

the coxae.

Antennae thickest not

?. Bighth tergite shallowly and broadly sinuate, the angles strongly rounded.

Vaginal ‘plate membranaceous proximally, much folded; anterior margin of the

yaginal orifice produced into a truncate, feebly sinuate, lip, the angles prominent ;

post-vaginal part of plate more strongly chitinised, smooth, short (I’l. XXIL. f. 3).

Barly stages not known.

The peculiar structure of the palpi has been overlooked; the conspicuous

eayity formed by the scaling at the end of the first segment of the palpi is similar

to that found in 7/eretra and allies.

Hab. Oriental Region.

One species.

6. Megacorma obliqua.

* Macrosila obliqua Walker, lc. p. 208. n. 15 (1856) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.).

*Sphine nestor Boisduyal, l.c. p. 113. n. 54 (1875) (Himalaya, § ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Diludia obliqua, Butler, Lc. p. 614. n. 10 (1877) (Ceylon) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 4. t, 74. f. 2, (1882).

Meganoton obliqua, Kirby, lc, n. 2 (1892) (Ceylon).

(al6m) =

Meganoton nestor, id., lc. n. 3 (1892) (Himalaya); Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 367. n. 40 (1895)

(Java). } ;

Pseudosphinz discistriga, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), lc. p. 105, n. 169 (1892) (partim); id.,

Illustr. Typ. Spee. Lep. Het. B.M. ix. p.3. 0.52 (1893) (partim) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii.

1. p. 17. n. 17 (1900) (partim ; Ralum, N. Britain = N. Pommern).

$2. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 19) resembling in a dorsal view

that of Herse convolvuli, slenderer in a lateral view, gradually narrowed to a point.

Clasper sole-shaped, rounded-dilated dorsally before end, ventral margin oblique ;

harpe (PI. XXXY. f. 8) with a broadly sickle-shaped distal process, which points

dorsad, and is armed at the rounded ventro-distal edge with long suberect teeth,

the most proximal tooth broad ; spines of clasper near harpe longer than in the

species of Herse. Penis-sheath unarmed externally, as broad as in Herse. Vaginal

plate see above.

The specimen recorded by Pagenstecher from Ralum (Dahl, 3. i. 97) is in the

Berlin Museum, where we have examined it. It is obdigua, Pagenstecher himself

says, de., that the individuals recorded by him as déscistriga correspond to the

obliqua and discistriga forms. Following Hampson, unfortunately too closely,

he gives as synonyms of discistriga—which should stand as menephron—three

distinct species; the four species thus treated as one belong, in fact, to three

genera.

There is no species with which obliqua could be confounded, if one compares

the palpi, or the size of the thorax, or the pattern of the body and wings.

The insect is apparently rare, but has a wide range.

Hab. Ceylon, N. India to the Bismarck Archipelago, probably in all the Indo-

Malayan and the Papuan countries, but so far found only—to our knowledge—in

Ceylon, Burmah, Sumatra, Java, Neu Pommern (N. Britain).

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 1 ? from: Ceylon; Bassein; Burma ; Benkoelen,

W. Sumatra (Bricsson).

Ill. ACHERONTIA.—Typus : atropos.

Sphing Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1858) (partim) ; type: ocellata).

Acherontia Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Lit. Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) (type: atropos) ; Ochs., Schm.

Eur, iv. p. 44 (1816).

Atropos Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. p. 762 (1815) (type : atropos).

Brachyglossa Boisduyal, Ind. Meth. p, 33 (1829) (nom. maxime supervac.; Acherontia cit. sub

synon, !!).

Manduca Hiibner, Tentam. p. 1 (1806) (nom. indeser.!) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 700 (1892).

As Manduca of Hiibner is a name without definition, it is not a scientific term,

and cannot supersede Acherontia. Hiibner himself employed the name later on

not for a genus, bat for a whole ‘“stirps.”

3%. Tongue short, very thick, hairy, opening before end large, dorsal. Palpi

not touching each other, second segment a little shorter than the first ; carina of

clypeus and base of tongue visible. Antenna thick, much shorter than the forewing

is broad at its widest point. Body very stout. Legs short and stout; anterior

tibia short, a little longer than the cell of the hindwing is broad ; spur reaching

end of tibia; lateral spines of anterior tarsus heavy; middle and hinder tarsi

strongly compressed, spines heavy ; two ventral rows, besides an interno-lateral

row of shorter ones, and a number of dorsal and subdorsal spines representing the

(ais)

fourth row ; these latter spines fewer in number and gradually more ventro-lateral

on the distal segments; no comb of prolonged spines; posterior tarsus as lone

as the cell of the hindwing. Pulvillus absent, paronychium reduced to a short

broad lobe. Scaling of body and legs (inclusive of spurs of mid- and hindtibia)

woolly ; scales of the upper layer of the forewing multidentate, the teeth long and

thin, especially on the under surface, the scales of the hindwing longer, narrower,

partly hair-like, the broader ones deeply slit or long-toothed.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long, slender, pointed (Pl. XXVI. f. 20. 21), the

same in the three species of the genus; harpe with two processes or teeth

(Pl. XXXV. f. 1.2.3); clasper sole-shaped, with a patch of large multidentate

friction-scales. Penis-sheath long and thin, without armature.

2. Aperture of vagina with an elliptical rim ; eighth tergite shallowly sinnate.

Larva with tuberculated horn, which is horizontal with the end recurved,

about =-shaped.

Pupa withont free tongue case.

Hab. Old World, except the Papuan subregion, occurring as far east as Ceram

and the islands north of Timor.

Three species.

Much has been written about the sound produced by the imago. The origin

of this sound has often been erroneously attributed to friction. There can be no

doubt whatever that the real cause of the squeak is the forcing of air through the

trunk, though it has not been ascertained with certainty whether this air comes

from cavities in the head or from some other source, for instance the sucking

bladder. The imago produces this sound occasionally when still enveloped by

the skin of the chrysalis. The larva makes another kind of sound, most likely

with the mandibles.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing above with a large black patch in basal

half 5 : : : : : : . 7. A. lachesis.

Hindwing above with the basal half yellow . : oni

b. Abdomen beneath with black segmental bands . 8. A. atropos.

Abdomen beneath without black segmental bands,

only with small black mesial spots . : ob wah cies

7. Acherontia lachesis.

Sphine atropos, Stoll (non Linné, 1758), in Cramer, Pap. Eu. iii. p. 74. t. 237. f. a. (1779) (Sava) ;

Gray, in Griffith, Anim. Kingd. xv. t. 137. f. 4 (1832).

Sphing lachesis Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 434. n. 26-7 (1798) (Ind. or. ;—Mus. Copenhagen) ;

Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xviii. p. 152. n. 79 (1897) (= lachesis of Moore, etc.).

Acherontia morta Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 140. n. 1496 (1822); Butl., Zr. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p. 598. t. 92. f. 9 (/.) (1877) (Java, Hongkong, Assam, Ceylon) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc.

Lond. p. 595 (1879) (Pt. Blair ; = satanas = lethe = ? lachesis); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc.

Lond. p. 613 (1881) (Kurachi, vii. viii., common) ; Swinh., ibid. p. 290, n. 24 (1885) (Poonah,

vi. viii.; Bombay, viii. ix.; sound of /., variat. of 7. ace. to food) ; id., /.c. p, 435. n. 15 (1886)

Mhow, ii. ix.); Leech, 7r. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 119. n. 90 (1889) (Kiukiang); Swinhb., 77.

Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 164. n. 21 (1890) (Moulmein) ; Hamps., J//ustr. Typ. specim. Lep. Het.

BM, viii, p. 2. n. 29 (1891) (Nilgiris, 6,000 ft.) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 30.

n, 122 (1892).

(?) Spectrum charon Billberg, Enum. Ins. p. 83 (1822) (nom nud. ; Tava).

*Acherontia satanas Boisduval, Spec. Gién. Lép. i. t. 16. £. 1 (1836) (coll. Charles Oberthiir) ;

Blanch., in Jacquem., Voy. Ind, iv. p. 23. n. 19 (1844) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep.

C0]

( 18 )

Mus. B.1.C.i. p. 267, n. 615. t. 9. £. 2. 2a (0, p.) (1857) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr,

Lep. p. 93. n. 1554 (1857) (Ind. or.) ; Walk., Jowrn. Linn. Soe. Lond, vi. p. 85. n. 14 (1862)

(Sarawak); Feld., Wien. Ent. Monat. v. p. 30. n. 33 (1862) (Ning-po) ; Moore, Proc. Zool.

Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Balasore) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 7. n. 3 (1875) ; Snell.

Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 4. 0. 15 (1877) (Java); id., Le. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra); id., /.c. xxii.

p- 63. n. 2 (1879) (S. Celebes); id., in Snellemann, Fauna Midd. Sumatra ii. p. 29 (1892).

*Acherontia lethe Westwood, Cab. Or, Ent. p. 87. t. 42. £. 2 (1848) (Mus. Oxford) ; Walk., Cat. Lep.

Het. B.M. viii. p. 235. n, 2 (1856) (Assam ; Ceylon) ; Wall,, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 10 (1864)

(alive in England.).

Acherontia circe Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. i. p. 267. n. 615 (1858) (sub syn. ;

nom, maxime supervac.).

Acherontia lachesis, id., Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 6. t. 77. £. 1. 1b. le. (L, p., 7.) (1882) ; Pagenst., Jahrb.

Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 103. n, 191 (1888) (Amboina) ; Hamps.,in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind.,

Moths i. p. 67. n. 89 (1892); Semp., Schm. Philipp. il. p. 390. n. 20. t. 9. £. 1. 2. 3 (1. p.) (1896) ;

Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. x1. p. 104 (1897) (Java) ; Leech, Zr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 275. n. 33 (1898)

(China, vi. vii. viii.) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N.H. Soc. xi. p. 406. n. 89 (1898) ; Bartel, in

Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 25 (1899).

Acherontia styx, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 518. n. 1 (1884) (Karachi, vii. viii, larva

different on diff. plants).

Manduea lachesis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 700 n. 5 (1891) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 368.

n, 42 (1895) (Java).

Manduca lachesis ab, atra Huwe, le. (Java, 3 ).

3%. The amount of black is very variable both on abdomen and wings ; the

black colour generally more extended on the abdomen of the ¢ than on that of

the ?. The stigma of the forewing is small and white; it is contiguous with a

black patch situated in the apex of the cell; the line at the proximal side of the

same patch forms a kind of ring before the inner margin, being joined behind

SM? to a.discal line.

Palpi widely separate at end. Spines on the outer side of the first sezment

of the foretarsus numerous. Metanotum and end of mesonotum marked with red

hairs; edge of skull-mark also generally with some red hairs. The white scaling

at the end of the antenna a little more extended than in atropos; antenna longer

than in atropos, in 3 as stout as, but in 2 obviously thinner than, in that species.

3. Armature of harpe (PI. XXXYV. f. 2) represented by two parallel hooks, ”

sinus between them rounded (in dorsal view).

?. Vaginal aperture provided proximally with a transyerse ridge or flap, which

is rounded laterally and shallowly sinuate mesially. F

Larva: a yellow form with oblique red bands, and a green form with oblique

yellow bands bordered with blue in front.—Food-plants: Antidesma, Datura,

Nicotiana tabacum, ete. !

Hab. Krom China, N. and 8. India, Ceylon, eastwards to the Southern Moluccas

(Ceram, Amboina). Not yet found in N.W. India and Japan.

In the Tring Museum 70-odd specimens from: Ceylon, 8. India (Nilgiris)

Sikkim, Assam, China (one of them labelled.“ Pekin”), Malay Pen., Sumatra, Nias,

Borneo, Palawan, Jaya, Lombok, Timor, Celebes, Ceram.

8. Acherontia atropos.

Aldroy., De Anim. Ins. p. 363. £. 3 (1602); id., Le. ed. Franc. p. 96 (1618); Moufet, Theatr.

Ins. p. 89. fig. (1634) ; Schroeck, Ephem. Ac. Nat. Cur. Dec. 2. Ann. 7. Obs. 254. p. 475 (1688) ;

Albin. Engl. Ins. t. 6 (1720) ; Réaum., Hist. Ins. i. p. 293. t. 14. £2; id., Le. ii. p. 289. t. 24.

f. 4. 5 (1736) ; Wilke, Engl. Moths Cl. LS.B. p. 9. t. 1 (1747) ; Roesel, Ins. Belust. iti. p. 15.

frontisp (\.). t. 1. f. 1-4 (U, p.). t. 2. £. 5. 6 (i) (1755) ; Hemm., Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 1. £. a, b. @

(1,7) (175-2); Linné, /ter Hasselquist pp. 408, 417. n. 104 (1757) ; Jonst., Theatr. Anim.

(19 )

iii. t. 7. £ 1 (i.) (1757) ; Sulz., Kennz. Ins. p. 121. t. 15. £. 88 (1761) ; Roes., lc. iv. p. 234

(1761) ; Geoffr., Hist. Ins. ii. p. 85. n. 8. (1762) ; Harris, Aurelian t. 37 (1766) ; Schaeff.,

Icon. Ratisb. t. 99. £. 1. 2 (1766); Degeer, Hist. Ins. ii. 1. p. 242 (1771); Kiihn, Anleitung

p. 71 (1773) ; Martini, Allg. Gesch. Nut. i. p. 89 (1774), iii. p. 493. t. 113. £. 1.2 (L). 3 (p.).

4 (excrem.). 5. 6 (i.) (1777) ; Ernst. & Engr., Ins. Eur. iii. p. 80. t. 105. fig. d—f. t. 106

fig. g—k (1782).

Sphinx atropos Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 490. n. 8 (1758) ; Scop., Ent. Carn. p. 184. n. 469 (1763)

(sound of imago and larva); Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 348 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist. i. 11.

p. 424. n. 8. t. 84. f. 3 (1) (1767); Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 799. n. 9 (1767) ; Miill.,

Naturs. v. 1. p. 638. n. 9. t. 14. £. 3 (1.) (1774) ; Goeze, Bonnets Abhandl. p. 94. n, 2. (1774) ;

Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n. 616 (1775); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 539. n. 1 (1775) ; Harris,

Engl. Lep. p. 30 n. 206 (1775) ; Cram., Pap. Exot. i. p. 123. t. 78. f. 4 (1775) ; Den. & Schiff.,

Verz. Schm. Wien p. 41 (1776) ; Kiithn, Naturforsch. ix, p. 93 (1776) ; Esper, Schmett. i, p. 27

(1777) ; id., Le. ii. p. 69. t. 7 (1779); Leske, Anfangsgr. Naturg. i. p. 457. n. 4 (1779) ;

Blumenb., Handb. Naturg. p. 365. n. 5 (1779) ; Mein., Naturforsch. xiii. p. 176 (1780) ; Goeze,

Ent. Beytr. wi. 2 p. 155. n. 9 (1780) ; Hiibn. & Fuessly, in Fuessly, Arch. Insectgesch. ii. tab.

(1781) (sound of larva); Fabr., Spee. Ins, ii. p. 144. n. 23 (1781); Barbut, Gen. Ins. Linn.

p- 178 (1781); Fourer., Ent. Paris. ii. p. 253. n. 8 (1785) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins, ii. p. 95. n. 26

(1787); Borkh., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 88. n. 1 (1788) ; Sepp, Nederl. Ins. iii. p. 97. t. 27. f. 4.

t. 28. £. 5. 6 (178-) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2378. n. 9 (1790) (p. parte) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst.

iii. 1. p. 364. n. 27 (1793) ; Prunner, Lep. Ped. p. 84. n. 171 (1798) ; Donov., Brit. Ins. ix. p. 3.

t. 289 (1800) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1. p. 224. n. 1387 (1801) ; Walck., Puune Paris. Ins.

ii. 278 (1802) ; Thunb., Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 9 (1804) ; Shaw, Gen. Zool. vi. 1. t. 74 (1806) ;

Turt., Syst. Nat. iii. 2. p. 172 (1806) ; Ochsenh., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 231. n, 1 (1808) ; Hiibn.,

Eur. Schm., Sphing. i. t. 13, £. 68 (1805—) ; Nagel, Hiilfb. Schmettsamml. p. 150 (1818) ;

Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819) ; Latr., in Nowe. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxi. t. 24. f. 4., xxxii. p, 23

(1819) (eri) ; Wood, Z7/. Linn. Gen. Ins. ii. p. 7 tab. (1821) ; Godart, Lep. France iii. p. 16.

t. 14 (1821) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 63. f. 9-12 (1825) ; Latr., in Cuvier, Regne

Anim., Ins. t. 146. £. 2 (1833) ; Beske, in Silberm., Revue d’ Ent. ii. p. 177 (1834) (Hamburg) ;

Bory, ibid. ii. p. 179 (1834) (Canaries) ; Frivald., ‘hid. ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary) ; Luce., Lép.

A Bur, p. 116. t. 48 (1834) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 113 (1844).

Acherontia atropos, Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Lit.-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) ; Ochsenh., Schm. Eur, iv.

p. 44 (1816) ; Hiibn., Verz. beh. Schm. p. 139. n. 1494 (1822) ; Steph., 72/. Brit. Ent., Haust. i.

p. 114 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 31 (1829); Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 108. t. 53. £. 744-6

* (1837) ; Duponch., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 54 (1838) (cri) ; Nordm., ibid. p. 55 (1838) (cri) ;

Duponch., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 59 (1839) (cri) ; Goureau, ibid. p. 125 (1840) (cri) ; Blanch.,

Hist, Nat. Ins. iii. p. 480 (1840) ; Ramb., Faune Andal. p. 331 (1842) ; Westw. & Humphr.,

Brit. Moths p. 9. t. 2. £. 1. 2. 3 (Iuy ps i.) (1843) ; Abie., Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr. p. 50 (1843) (cri) ;

Ghil., ‘bid. p. 72 (1844) (eri) ; Paris, ibid. p. 95 (1846) (cri) ; Bell., :bid. p. 110 (1846) (eri) ;

Lab. & Guen., ibid. (1846) (var. of 7.) ; Bell., ‘bid. p. 111 (1846) (var. of 7.) ; Paris, ibid. p. 112

(1846) (cri) ; Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Boisd., in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr.

p- 595 (1847) (Natal) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. 1. p. 90. n, 28 (1847) ; Lucas, Expl. Algérie,

Art. iii. p. 371. n. 69 (1849) ; Blanch., in Orb., Dict. Hist. Nat. xi. p. 756. Atlas Lép. t. 17

f. 1 (1849) ; Noye, Trans. Nat. Hist. Antig. Penzance i. p. 122 (1851) ; Becker, Bull. Soc. Ent.

France p. 8 (1854) (1. on tobacco) ; Walk., Lep. Het. BLM. viii. p. 233. n. 1 (1856) ; Hoeven,

‘Yjdsch. Ent. ii. p. 11 (1859) (sound prod. by stridul.; literature); Mann, Wien. Mint. Mon.

iii. p. 92 (1859) (Sicilia) ; Verl., Zijdschr. Ent. iii. p. 24 (1860) (sound of larva) ; Westw., ‘bid.

p- 120 (1860) (sound not stridul.) ; Maitl., ibid. v. p. 20 (1862) (sound) ; Siev., Bull. Moscow

p- 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.) ; Hopffer, in Peters, Reise Mozamb. p. 424 (1862) ; Wallengr.,

Skand. Het. Fjtr. p. 20. n. 1 (1863); Ball., Bull. Moscow p. 363 (1864) (Gorki) ; Guen., in

Vinson, Voy. Madag. p. 30 (1865) ; Girard, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 49 (1865) (var. of 1) ;

Newm., Entom. ii. p. 280 (1865) (life bist.) ; Johns., ‘bid. p. 325 (1865) (noise) ; Merr., ibid.

p. 325 (1865) (breeding) ; Wallengr., Kongl. Sv. Ac. Handl. v. 4. p. 19 (1865) (Caffr. or.) ;

White, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. iii. p. 345 (1866) (Shetland) ; Capronn., C. 2. Soc. Ent. Bela.

x p. 16 (1866); Light., Mut. Mo. Mag. ii. p. 116 (1866) (larva on Symphoricarpus) ; Mauriss.,

Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Gavere, ibid. x. p. 197, n. 67 (1867) (Groningen) ;

Bonn., Entom. iii. p. 42 (1867) (breeding) ; Smith, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. iii. p. 353

(1867) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederl. p. 100 (1867) (vi., viii., ix.) ; Voll., Tijdschr. Ent. xi. p, 12

(1868) ; Hinterw., Progr. Realsch. Innsbr. p. 228 (1868); Bury, Zoologist (2). iv. p. 1913

(1869) (atropos and bees); Tengstr., Ac. Soc. F. I’. Fennica x, p. 6. n. 90 (1869) ; Bien., Lep.

Ergeln, Reise Persien p. 32 (1869) (Astrabad) ; Sideb., Proc. Lit. Philos. Soc. Manch. ix.

20>)

p. 62 (1870); Staint., Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 14 (1870) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent, xiii, p. 146,

n. 66 (1870) (Breda); Thorpe, Hxtom. v. p. 143 (1871) (breeding) ; Lock., ibid. p, 458 (1871) ;

Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 23. n. 1 (1872); Moseley, Nature vi. p. 151. fig. (1872)

(sound) ; Christ., Steft. Ent. Zeit. xxxiii. p. 216 (1892) (Derbent, 1, on Zygophyllum) ; Corb.,

Entom. vi. p. 520 (1872) (hibern.); Girard, /.c. p. 192, 221 (1873) (eri); Christ., Hor. Soc,

Ent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Gjas) ; Laboulb., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 537 (1878) (eri) ; Siebke,

En. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 22. n. 1 (1874); Weyenb., Tijdschr. Ent. xvii. p. 168 (1874) (sound,

1. & p.); Land., Jahrb. Westph. Proc. Ver. Wiss. Kunst p. 55 (1874) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén Lép.

Hét. i. p. 5. n. 1 (1875) (Africa ; Asia er err.) ; Roch., Pet. Nouv. Ent. i, p. 472 (1875) (eri) ;

Oberth., Lt. d’ Ent. i. p. 31 (1876) (Oran ; Collo) ; Gasch., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 509 (1876)

(migrat.) ; Swint., Ent. Mo. Mag. xiii. p. 217 (1877) (sound) ; Butl., 7. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p. 598, n. 3 (1877) ; Schoy., Nyt. Maz. Nature. xxiv. p. 150 (1879) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent.

Ver. iii. p, 26 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 43 (1880) ; Marsh.,

Scott. Nat. v. p. 36 (1880) ; Weiler, Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880) ; Arnb., Sitz.-Ber.

Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. xxix. p. 54. fig. (1880) ; Theden., Hnt. Tidskr. i. p. 197 (1880) (Suecia) ;

id., Lc. ii. p. 105 (1881) ; Westw., in Oates, Vatabeleld. p. 355 (1881) ; Const., Bull. Soc. Ent.

France p. 76 (1882) (Cannes) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ac. Handl. xix. 5. p. 131. n. 166 (1882) ;

Albr., Bull. Moscow p. 379 (1882) (Moskau) ; Romanoff, Mém. Lép. i, p. 69 (1884) (Tiflis ;

Borjom ; Lagodekhi; Lenkoran ; Daghestan ; Helenendorf); Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 129.

n. 300 (1884) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. v. p. 26. n. 109 (1884) ; Sandb., ‘bid. vi. p. 194. n. 4. (1885)

(Sydvaranger) ; Poujade, Bull, Soc. Ent. France p. 165 (1885) (éclosion) ; Oberth., ibid.

p- 215 (1885) (Bretagne, abundant) ; Fallou, ibid. p. 226 (1885) (localit. in France) ; Seriz.,

Bull. Acad. d’ Hippone xx. (Sep.). p. 9. n. 57 (1887) (Collo) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr.

Forestry p. 493. n. 12 (1887) (Gambia); Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. p, 261 (1887)

(Dessau) ; Denfer, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 200 (1889) (cri, pupa) ; Mab., ibid. p. 234 (1889)

(Afr. ; Asie ex err.) ; Holl., Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 67. n. 25 (1889) (Gaboon) ; Mina-Pal.

& Failla-Ted., Nat. Sic. vii. p. 41 (1889); Redlich, Ent. Zeit. Guben iii. p.130 (1890) (sound) ;

Cuisine, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 104 (1890) (aberrat.) ; Boise, ibid. p. 35 (1890) (cri de la pupa

avant éclos.); Baker, 7. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 204 (1891) (Madeira) ; Vinson, Papill. Bourbon

p. 13 (1891) ; Dist., Natural. Transvaal p. 236 (1892) (Pretoria, IIT.) ; White, Butt. Moths

Teneriffe p. 64. t. 4. £. 1 (1894) ; Barrett, Zep. Brit. Isl. ii. p. 16 (1895); Holl., in Smith,

Unlen. Countr. Afr. p. 412 (1897) (Somalild.) ; Aign., Jllustr. Zeitschr. Ent, iii. p. 337 (1898) ;

id., le. iv. p. 3. 177. 211. 289. 377. 355. cuts (1899) (sound prod. by stridul.) ; Vos, Tijdschr.

Ent. xii. p. 79 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grosssehm. ii. p. 17 (1899) ; Staud. &

Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 98. n. 717 (1901) (p. parte), ‘

Atropos solani Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 762. n. 1 (1815) (=atropos). «

Spectrum atropos, Billberg, Enum. Ins. p. 83 (1822) (Suecia).

*Acherontia sculda Kirby, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 242 (1877) (“ Borneo” err. loc. ;—Mus. Dublin) ;

Waterh., Aid Jdentif. Ins. ii. t. 141. £. 2 (1884).

Sphync atropos, Vogel, Schm. Cabinet i. p. 22. t. 6. f. 4. a. b. (1821).

Brachyglossa atropos, Boisduval, Ind. Meth. p. 33 (1829) -(v. ix.) ; id., Faune Madag. & Bourb

p. 77 (1833) (Mad.; Bourbon; Maurice); Cant., in Silberm., Revue Ent. i. p. T7 (1833)

(Dép. du Var, iv., ix.).

Sphinx atropus (!), Swains. & Shuck., Hist. & Arr. Ins. p. 101 (1840).

Sphync (Acherontia) atropos, Heulz, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 7 (1887) (1. on Fraxinus).

AAcherontia atropos, Taschenberg, Zeitschr. Ges. Naturw. xxii. p. 520 (1863) (gynandrom.).

Manduca sculda Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 700. n. 3 (1892) (“ Borneo” ex err.).

Manduca atropos, id., l.c. n. 4 (1892).

3%. A decidedly Aethiopian insect, which extends far into the Palearetic

Region, being in the more northern districts, however, a visitor only, which does

not survive the winter as a rule. It does not occur in the eastern countries of the

Palearctic Region (Japan, Amurland), nor in the Oriental Region, the eastern

insect, which many authors have confounded with atropos and recorded as such,

being in colour and structure quite distinct. In Siberia proper no representative

of Acherontia is found.

The specimen of Acherontia described by Kirby as sculda, with the erroneous

habitat ‘“ Borneo,” is nothing else but an individual of atropos.

A. atropos is a white crow among the large Lepidoptera occurring in Burope :

( 21 )

it is a species without named ads. and vars., though its individual variability is not in-

considerable. The frightening skull-mark, the symbol of death, apparently suppressed

all earthly vanity in those who were or are the possessors of aberrant specimens.

The forewing is occasionally nearly all black, with the lines obscure and the white

or ochraceous scaling in the subapical region obliterate ; on the other hand there occur

individuals with an unusually large ochraceous subapical patch. The discal band

of the hindwing is sometimes absent, or vestigial ; the outer band is also occasionally

obsolescent. Seldom are both bands nearly fused to one; more often is the external

one so enlarged distad that the yellow marginal spots are reduced to dots. The

amount of black on the underside of the wings is also variable; the discal band

of both wings is not rarely absent or vestigial, the stigma of the hindwing is

sometimes wanting. The skull-mark of the thorax is very seldom absent. The

black segmental bands of the abdomen below are complete, and never reduced to

mesial spots. Some individuals have the underside of the abdomen nearly all

black ; in others, especially often in bred ones, the under surface of the body is

fuscous, in which case neither the yellow nor the black bands are clearly defined.

On such individuals as the latter Leech’s assertion that those black bands are

sometimes quite absent from the abdomen of atropos may have been based.

We do not find any difference in structure or colour between the Aethiopian

and Palaearctic atropos, but the tropical specimens are on average, especially in

the ¢ sex, smaller than the northern individuals ; we say expressly on an average,

as many Aethiopian examples surpass the medinm-sized Palaearctic ones. Antenna

short and stout, shorter than in the other species, more obviously so in ? than

in d, middle segments in 2 at least four times as high as long (PI. LX. f. 20,

lateral view). Foretibia a little shorter than in the other species; foretarsus

(Pl. LXIV. f. 1) with numerous spines on the outer side of the first segment,

and more than one row on the outerside of the second and third segments ; middle

tibia obviously shorter than first tarsal segment, while in the other species it is as

long as this; hinder tibia as long as tarsal segments 1 and 2 together.

3. Ventral process of harpe (Pl. XXXYV. f. 1) dentate, carinate on the upper

surface ; the upper process a triangular tooth, the broad sides of both processes

vertical.

2. Vaginal aperture without special armature.

Larva: a green, red-striped, and a brown form.—Food : Solanaceae, but also

observed feeding on Fraxinus and other plants.

Hah. The whole of the Aethiopian Region, the Palearctic Region as far north

as the Shetland and Lofoden Islands (found once); eastward to Transcaucasia and

North Persia, westwards to the Azores.

In the Tring Museum 80 specimens from various parts of Hurope and

Continental Africa, Azores, Madagascar, Mauritius, Réunion, besides a number of

European larvae and pupae.

9. Acherontia styx.

*Sphins (Acherontia) styx Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 88. t. 42. £. 3 (1848) (E. Indies ;—Mus. Brit. ).

Acherontia styx, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. £.1.C. i. p. 266. n. 614 (1857) (Java,

Penang, Dukhun, Madras) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 93. 0, 1555 (1857)

(Ind, or.) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 6 n. 2 (1875) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit.

Ind. Moths i. p. 67, n. 88. £. 40 (1892) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Ow. i. p. 30. n. 121 (1892) ;

Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 98. t. 1. £. 18, 19 (horn of 7.) p. 102. t. 4. f. 4 (larva) (1897).

Acherontia medusa Moore, l.c. (1857) (sub synon.) ; Bartel, /.c. ii. p. 25 (1899).

(22 )

Acherontia atropos, Walker, Cat. Lep, Het. B.M. viii. p. 234, n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Leech, Proc.

Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 587. n. 29 (1888)7(= sty = medusa; Japan, China) ; id., Tr. Hnt. Soe.

Lond. p. 118. n. 89 (1889) (= medusa = styx; Kiukiang); Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France

p. 234 (1889) (p. parte) ; Leech, Zr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 274. n. 32 (1898) (Japan ; Gensan ; =

styx = medusa ; syn. partim) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 24 (1899) (p. parte).

Acherontia ariel Boisduyal, /.c. sub syn. (1875) (nom. max. supervac.).

Acherontia satanas, Cuisine, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 234 (1889) (satanas = atropos! Darjiling).

Acherontia atropos var. styx, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 98. n. 717.4 (1901).

$2. The structural differences between atropos and stya as pointed out below

have entirely been overlooked by those authors, cited above, who maintained that —

the two insects are the same species, though these differences are obvious enough,

if one compares the species side by side. The insects are also constantly dis-

tinguishable in pattern. A¢vopos cannot even be called an Aethiopian representative

of the Indo-Malayan sty, for it is by no means nearer related to styx than it is

to dachesis, agreeing with the former in the hindwing having no black subbasal

area, with the latter in the black-banded abdominal sternites, the denser spinose

outerside of the foretarsus, and the stouter antenna of the 3.

The skull-mark of the thorax is anteriorly narrower than in afropos, and not

constricted in the middle; it is more a likeness of the Neanderthal Schiidel than

of the skull of a Cancasian with well-developed cranium. The narrowness of the

cranial part, so to speak, is due to the greater anterior width of the mesothoracic

tegula in sty, and the constriction of the mark in atropos is partly due to the

tegula being widened behind. The abdominal sternites, which, in atropos, are

always provided with broad black basal bands, bear in styz only small mesial basal

spots. The anterior tibia is marked with yellow buff, and the tarsi are not ringed

with white but with buff. The black subbasal line of the forewing above is less

curved distad in the cell. The under surface is paler yellow than in atropos.

The individual variability is not inconsiderable. The skull-mark is often black

with a pale ochraceous edge, in other individuals it is nearly tawny ochraceous ;

it is on the whole more uniform in colour than in dachesis and atropos. The black

bands at the apices of the abdominal tergites are more or less dilated laterally as

a rule, sometimes so strongly that they touch each other, at least on the proximal

segments. In a good many individuals, however, the dilatation of the bands is

not considerable, sometimes very slight. The bluish white line of the metanotum

is always present, and rather conspicuous in good specimens. The white or buftish

subbasal and diseal interspaces between the black dentate lines of the forewing are

generally not so pronounced as in atropos ; the stigma is buffish. The discal black

band of the upperside of the hindwing, on the whole more proximal than in atropos

and more straight, has not disappeared entirely in any of the specimens examined,

but it is reduced in width and length in many examples; the black outer band of

the same wing is mostly more deeply incised between the veins than in atropos,

often separated into vein-streaks, which are connected with one another by diffuse

black sealing. On the underside of the forewing there is in most specimens a

blackish cloud in the cell along M proximally of middle ; the discal third of wing

is generally much shaded with black; there are two discal bands and the trace of

a third ; the second is often rather indistinct, seldom not present as a band or line,

the first varies in position, standing sometimes close to the cell. The stigma of —

the hindwing is occasionally obliterated ; the discal band touches the stigma in

some individuals. Size very variable, the smallest specimens from Central and

Western China.

( 23 )

@%. Antenna much slenderer and obviously longer in both sexes than in

specimens of atropos of the same size ; the middle segments in the ? barely three

times as high as long (PI. LX. f. 21, lateral view). Anterior tibia longer than

in atropos, first segment (PI. LXIV. f. 2) slenderer, and, like the other segments,

with less spines than in either atropos or lachesis; the lateral apical spines

obviously prolonged ; the number of spines individually variable as in the other

species ; middle tibia as long as the first tarsal segment ; hindtibia equal in length

to tarsal segments 1 to 3.

3. The ventral process of the harpe (Pl. XXXYV. f. 3) almost vertical on the

plane of the clasper, its broader side nearly horizontal; the second process triangular

as in atropos, its broader side dorso-ventral (vertical) ; both processes simple or

indistinctly notched. Tenth sezment represented by Pl. XXVI. f. 20. 21.

2. Aperture of vagina without process, but there is a mesial carina running

proximad from the rim of the opening.

Larva: according to Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 290. n. 25 (1885),

yariable in colour like that of A. dachesis; those feeding on potato bright canary

yellow with violet stripes, those feeding on jasmine, Datura, Colea, and Erythrina

green with purple stripes bordered with yellow. Swinhoe does not give a distinctive

character between the larvae of lachesis and styx. Moore, l.c., figures the larva

of styx as green with yellow stripes. Swinhoe may have confounded the larvae of

the two species. Further researches are necessary.—Food: Sesamum, Datura,

Solanum, Coccinia, Colea, ete.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion as far north as Japan, exc to Ceram and

Kisser, westward occasionally occurring in Asia Minor; one specimen received

from Barberton, Transvaal (most likely imported to S.E. Africa on board a ship).

Two subspecies :

a. A, styx sty.

*Sphinx (Acherontia) styx Westwood, l.c.

Acherontia styx, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Loud. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; id., Lep. Cey!. ii. p. V7. t. 76.

f. 1. la. b. ¢. (i., l., p.) (1882) ; Fors., Vr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 392 (1884) (larva & pupa noticed) ;

Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 290. n. 25 (1885) (Poona ix., Bombay ix. x. ; J. sound, colour

variable acc. to food) ; id., l.c. p. 435. n. 14 (1886) (Mhow, ix.) ; Warr., ‘bid. p. 293. n. 3 (1888)

(Campbellpore, vi.) ; Swinh., Journ. Bombay N.H. Soc. iii. p. 119. n, 13 (1888) (Karachi, vii.

viii.) ; Dudg., ‘bid. xi. p. 406. n. 88 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ; up to 6000 ft. ; iv.-vi) ; Nurse,

ibid. xii. p. 513 (1899) (Cuteh).

Acherontia medusa, Moore, /.c. (1857) (partim).

Manduca styx, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 700. n. 1 (1892).

3%. Forewing above with tawny russet streaks, and a patch of the same

colour beyond the greyish white discal lines.

Hab. Continental India: N. India to Ceylon and Tenasserim.

fu the Tring Museum 6 3d, 8 22 from: Ceylon; South India; Ajmere,

Angust ; Calcatta; Khasia Hills; Sikkim ; Chittagong Hills ; Tenasserim.

b. A. styx crathis nom. nov.

(?) Spectrum charon Billberg, Enum. Ins. p. 83 (1822) (nom. nud. ; Java).

*Acherontia medusa Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. i. p. 267. n. 614 (1857) (sub

syn.; partim; Java, Penang); Butl., 7’. Zool. Soc. ee ix. p. 597. n. 2. t. 92. f. 10 (1., p.)

ei) (Java, China, Philipp., “ East India” | Japan) ; id., Mlustr. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. BoM.

iii. p. 3. t. 41. £. 5 5 (1879).

( 24)

Acherontia styx, Moore, l.c.; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 4. n. 14 (1877) (Java) ; id., Lc. xxii. p. 63.

n. 1. (1879) (S. Celebes) ; id., Uc. xxxiv. p. 253. n. 160 (1891) (Flores) ; id., in Snellemann,

Fauna Midd. Sumatra ii, p. 29 (1892) (Ft. de Kock ; Soepajang, iv.) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.

xl. p. 368. n. 43 (1895) (Java) ; Semp., Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 390. n. 19 (1896) (N.W. Luzon).

3. The tawny russet sealing of the forewing above reduced or absent.

Hab. Japan, China, Malay Peninsula eastward over the Malay Archipelago

to Kisser and Ceram.—Type: Java.

In the Tring Museum 27 33, 33 2? from: Japan, Loo Choo Islands, China,

Penang, Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Lombok, Kisser, Celebes, Ceram.

A Borneo ? in the K. Naturalienkabinet at Miinchen has velvety black

forewings with the markings obliterated, except the stigma, a discal line in costal

half, a line before hinder angle, and a 3-shaped submarginal mark at R*, which

are all conspicuous on the dark ground.

IV. COELONIA gen. nov.—Typus : fulvinotata.

Sphinx, Boisduval (non Linné, 1758), Faune Madag. Bourb. p. 76 (1833).

Protoparce, Butler (non Burmeister, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 606 (1877) (partim).

Philegethontius, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687 (1892) (partim).

A connecting link between Acherontia and the Sphingicae, showing also very

close affinities to Herse and Megacorma.

3%. Tongne very long, thicker distally than in Herse. Palpus without orifice

externally at the end of segment 1; segment 2 obviously shorter than in Jerse.

Antenna of ¢d thinner than in Herse, more setiform ; of ? not clubbed. ‘Tarsi as

in /lerse, but externo-apical spine of segments of foretarsus not much prolonged ;

paronychiam with ¢vo lobes on each side. Abdomen above with tufts of raised

scales. Distal margin of forewing sinuate posteriorly. Clasper with a large patch

of broad, multidentate, slightly modified scales. Penis without armature. Lobe

covering vaginal orifice large.

Larvae: thorax with paired humps on first and second somite (/fulvinotata),

or with a middle crest of pointed humps on all three tergites (solani); horn

recurved as in Acherontia, tubercled (fulrinotata), or smooth (solané).—Food-plants :

Dahlia, Solanum, Duranta.

Pupa with free tongue-case, which is not recurved. Underground in a cell.

Hab. Aethiopian Region.

Two species.

If Boisduval’s description of the larva of solani is correct, the two species

differ essentially in the larval as well as in the imago state, C. fulvinotata coming

nearer Acherontia, solani approaching somewhat Herse.

Key to the species :

Hindwing below with the basi-abdominal region

yellow ‘ : : : : P . 10. C. fulvinotata.

Hindwing below with the basi-abdominal region

white .

‘ . dll. GC. satan.

(25 )

10. Coelonia fulvinotata.

Sphinw solani, Herrich-Schaeffer (non Boisduval, 1833), Avsser. Schm.i. p. 101 (1854) ; Guen., in

Vinson, Voy. Madag. p. 30 (1865) (Madag.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 85. 0. 19 (1875)

(partim) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ner. iii. p. 26 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Mab., Bull. Soc. Ent.

France p. 294 (1879) (Madag.) ; Ploetz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 77. n..287 (1880) (Afr. oce.).

Macrosila solani, Walker, List Lep. Het. B.M. viii. p. 206. n. 13 (1856) (Natal, Ashanti, Maurit.,

Madag.).

*Protoparce fulvinotata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 11 (1875) (S. Africa ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 606. n. 2 (1877) (Natal ; Ashanti) ; Holl., Trans, Am. Ent. Soc.

xvi. p. 67. n. 26 (1889) (Kangwé, 9 ).

*Protoparce mauritii Butler, /.c. n. 3 (1877) (Mauritius, Natal ;—Mas. Brit.) ; Saalm., Lep. Madag.

p. 132. n. 303 (1884) ; Fawcett, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xv. p. 311. n. 15. t. 48. f. 9. 10, 12 (/.)

11 (p.) (1901) (life history).

Protoparce solani, Saalm., J.c. p. 129. n. 301 (1884) (partim) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry

p. 493 (1887) ; Méschl., Abh. Senkenb. Nat. Ges. xv. p. 70 n. 155 (1890) (Accra).

Philegethontius fulvinotata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687. n. 3 (1892) (S. Africa).

Phiegethontius mauritii, id., l.c. n. 4 (1892) (Natal, Maurit. ; citat. incorr.).

Philegethontius solani, id., lc. n. 5 (1892) (Madag. ; partim).

32%. Often confounded with solani, and standing generally under this name

in collections. The distinctions given by Butler, /.c., between /uleinotata and

mauritii are individual, but it may nevertheless be true that the insular specimens

are a little different from the Continental ones on close examination of a long

series. So far we can only say that we do not know of any difference that holds

good. The sexes are different in colour, the subapical region of the forewing being

whiter in the 2 than in the g. Antenna white at the tip. Metanotum with

rosy red hair-scales, reminding one of similarly coloured scales on the thorax of

Acherontia lachesis.

3. With a strongly developed procoxal scent-organ (as in Megacorma), the

long hairs of this organ generally visible without removal of the coxae; in

Acherontia and Herse the organ is vestigial, or at least not so strongly developed,

and it is also much less conspicuous in solani. Foretibia short, very broad on

account of the long dense scaling; foretarsus also short, long-scaled internally.

Tenth abdominal tergite as in Herse convolvuli, less high before end, but a little

broader; sternite with a mesial lobe as in Megacorma, but differently shaped

(Pl. XXVI. f. 24). Processes of harpe as in //. convolvuli, the ventral one longer

(Pl. XXYV. f. 10).

9. The flap covering the orifice of the vagina (Pl. XXII. f. 9) much larger

than in the species of /erse, mesially membranaceous, divided into two flaps

(a) which become narrower proximally.

Larva and pupa see above.

Hab. Aethiopian Region, from Sierra Leone to Madagascar, Mauritius and

Bourbon.

In the Tring Museum 26 3d, 27 2? from: Sierra Leone (Stevens, x. ;

Mitford) ; Bopoto and Yakusu, Upper Congo (K. Smith) ; Namaqualand ; Natal ;

Zomba, Nyassaland (Dr. P. Rendall, April, May); Mikindani, German HE. Africa

(Reimer) ; Butiti, Loro, 7. iv. 99 (Dr. Ansorge); Grande Comore ; Madagascar.

( 26 )

11. Coelonia solani.

Sphinx solani Boisduval, Faune Madag. & Bourb. p. 76. 0.1. t.11. f. 2 (1833) (Bourbon ; Mauritius ;

descr. of larva & pupa); id., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 85. n. 19 (1875) (partim) ; Vins., Pap.

Bourbon p. 13 (1884) (haee spec. 7). .

Sphinx astaroth Boisduval, /.c. p. 86. n. 20 (1875) (Brazil ?). 4

Protoparce solani, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 606. n. 4 (1877) (Madag.) ; Saalm., /.c.

p. 129. n. 301 (1891) (partim).

Protoparce solani var. grisescens Saalmiiller, /.c. p. 129 n. 302. t. 3. p. 37 (1884) (Nossi-bé).

Phlegethontius solani, Kirby, l.c. n. 5 (1892) (partim).

Philegethontius solani var. a, Prot. s., var. grisescens, id., Le.

Phlegethontius ashtaroth (!), id., lc. p. 688. n. 7 (1892) (Brazil ?).

$2. Boisduval, in 1875, mistook /uleinotata for his solan?, and redescribed

a bad specimen of the latter as astaroth, Saalmiiller, accepting Boisduval’s

identification of 1875 as correct, gave a detailed description and a good figure of

an individual of soland under the name of grisescens.

The type of astaroth is most likely no longer in existence. The type of solani

is not in Oberthiir’s collection, but there is a specimen in the Paris Museum which

may be the type or acotype. The original drawing of the figure published by

Boisduval is in Oberthiir’s possession (together with the drawings of all the

plates of the Faune de Madag. § Bourb., Lép.), and is a very exact likeness of

the present insect.

C. solani is much more grey than fulvinotata, and differs in many details.

The lateral patches of the abdomen are less yellow, being nearly white. The

hindwing, above, has the whole basal half yellow, there being within this area only

two rather small, oblique, black streaks, one at the base of M®, the other at SM°

near the black discal band ; beneath, the hindwing is white at the base and along

abdominal margin, not yellow. The apical spine of the protarsal segments is longer

than in the preceding insect, and the external spines are less numerous.

3. Foretarsus longer than in /ulzinotata, scaling not prolonged ; foretibia also

longer and much shorter scaled; forecoxae with the scent-organ small. Tenth

tergite of even width (in dorsal view) from near base to beyond middle, then rather

suddenly narrowed and again remaining of even width to the apex, which is

trancate (Pl. XXVI. f. 22. 23); the dorsal surface projecting apicad, the apex

appearing to be toothed in a side-view ; tenth sternite longer than in /u/einotata,

broadly rounded at end. Clasper more oblique ventro-distally than in the

preceding species, with an elevated patch of spiniform bristles which nearly

reaches to the dorsal margin ; harpe with three instead of two processes, the two

corresponding to those of fulvinotata both long and pointed, the third shorter,

ventral, almost straight, pointing -dorso-apicad (Pl. XXXYV. f. 9).

%. Flap in front of the vaginal orifice not divided, rounded, longitudinally

wrinkled (PI. XXII. f. 7).

Larva: according to Boisduval greyish, spotted with black ; head with six

black stripes; three first segments with a dorsal crest composed of rather sharp

tubercles ; horn filiform, smooth.

Hab. Bourbon, Mauritius, Madagascar, Comoro Islands. Not on the Continent.

A long series from Grande Comore (L. Humblot) in Charles Oberthiir’s collection.

In the Tring Museum 2 63,1 -% from: Bourbon (Maillard) ; Grande Comore

(Humblot, received from Mons. Charles Oberthiir).

( 27)

Tree Sphingicae.—Typus : Hyloicus ligustri.

Manducae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (1822) (partim).

Sphingini Grote & Robinson, Proc. End. Soc. Philad. v. p. 161 (1865) (partim ; nom. nud.),

“¢Buryglottides ” Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 58 (1875) (partim).

Sphinginae Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 517 (1877) (partim).

3%. Tongue varying from being many times as long as the body to being

very short. End-sezment of antenna always dong, rough with dispersed long

scales and bristles, reduced in length in Oligographa. Second segment of palpus

on innerside normally scaled, not sunken or only slightly concave, in Pslogramma

with a naked streak ; third segment in some of the otherwise more generalised

genera long and prominent; palpus small and rough-scaled in many of the

specialised genera. Size of head and eyes very variable; the latter generally

lashed in the reduced forms, and the head often crested. Pilifer normal, or the

bristles modified into scales. Spinosity of abdomen varying; the spines very

weak in the specialised genera, seldom absent ; there are always more rows than

one to each segment; the spines of the sternites always much weaker than those

of the tergites. Tibiae simple or spinose, foretibia often ending in a thorn ;

proximal pair of spurs of hindtibia present or absent ; mid- and hindtarsus with

comb or without; the bristles of the comb very long in the generalised forms ;

foretibia not rarely reduced in length and then armed with stout and long

spines externally ; pulvillus and paronychium present or absent, the pulvillus

disappearing before the paronychium, there being no species with pulvillus and

without paronychium, the order in which these organs become obliterated being

this: ventral lobes of paronychium, pulvillus, lateral lobes of paronychium.

3. Some of the lower (= generalised) genera have a strongly developed

procoxal scent-organ, a friction-patch on clasper, and a mesially divided tenth

segment, or one of these characters ; the last two characters occurring only in Old-

World forms, none of the numerous American species possessing a friction-patch,

or having the tenth tergite mesially divided. Armature of clasper and penis-sheath

very variable ; the armature of the latter, if there is any, consisting of one, seldom

two, apical processes, which are rarely dentate.

?. Antenna in many cases with traces of the fasciculated ciliae found in the

%, and more often incrassate distally than in the d. Vaginal plate often rather

large, and mostly provided with some kind of armature.

Larva cylindrical; head seldom triangular; horn always present, either

~-shaped (lowest form), or simply curved; thoracical segments sometimes humped ;

longitudinally striate, or obliquely banded, or with large patches.—Food-plants :

Coniferae, Ligustrum, Solanaceae, Mentha, etc.

Pupa: tongue-case reaching tip of wing-cases (except Ceratomia), free

projecting or not, recurved or not, in one case spirally rolled in (Cocytius

cluentius). ’

Hab. Cosmopolitan. More abundant in the New World as regards number

of species ; of the 112 species known 84 being American belonging to 16 genera,

28 Old-World forms belonging to 17 genera; one of the genera is common to the

Palaearctic and Nearctic Regions, there being altogether 32 genera of Sphingicae.

Only one genus (Hyloicus) occurs in the Old and New World, being Holaretic.

Africa harbours doubtless many unknown species of this tribe.

( 28 )

The table inserted above shows the gradual reduction of the organs mentioned

in the table. It will be observed that the highest forms, or the most reduced in

this case, become similar in structure in consequence of the loss or reduction of

“organs, thongh the insects are of different origin. Such apparently convergent

development is remarkably well illustrated by this tribe of Hawk Moths.

The naked streak on the innerside of the second segment of the palpus reminds

one of the palpus of Theretra and allies, as do amongst the Acherontiicae the

palpi of Megacorma and Acherontia, though in other respects.

The great number of genera in the Old World, and the occurrence in the o

of a friction-patch and a completely divided tenth tergite only in some Old-World

forms, together with the fact that the Acherontiicae are represented in the New

World only by one species, and the third tribe Sphingulicae not at all, show clearly

that the subfamily Acherontiinae is of Old-World origin. The same applies to

the allied subfamily Amdulicinae.

Key to the genera:

a. Third segment of palpus naked, pointed,

prominent. . F b.

Third segment of pula not aan : : Cs

4. Long terminal spur of hindtibia a little

longer than tibia; clasper with

friction-patch (3) . : : . V. Xanthopan.

Long terminal spur of hindtibia shorter

than tibia; clasper without friction-

patch. ; ¢ : é . XVIL. Cocytius.

ec. Pulvillus present . ° : d.

absent, or reduced to a abi

triangular lobe

d. Foretibia with spines : 5

x simple . é : ; teers

e. Two pairs of spurs to hindtibia : é

Onepair , ,, 3 - XXXVI. Thamnoecha.

f. Paronychium with two lobes on at

side; ground-colour of hindwing

yellow. - ‘ VI. Panogena.

Paronychinm with one fee on oth

side; ground-colour of hindwing

not yellow : E : : ; 2 eee:

g. Spurs densely spinose, long apical one

of hindtibia half the length of the

first tarsal segment : é XVI. Praedora.

Spurs not spinose, long apical one 2

hindtibia more than half the length

of the first tarsal segment. toe ae

i. D? of hindwing very oblique, twice the

length of D’; Africa . | . XI. Pemba.

D* of hindwing not very oblique, as long

as or shorter than D*; America. : .

mM.

nh.

( 29 )

Long terminal spur of hindtibia equal-

ling in length first tarsal segment .

Long terminal spur of hindtibia obviously

shorter than first tarsal segment

Paronychium with two lobes on each side

” 9, One lobe ”» 9 ”

Long terminal spur of hindtibia half

the length of the first tarsal seg-

ment; America .

This spur only one-fifth Shatin fre

the tarsal segment; eye not lashed ;

Oriental Region

This spur only one-fifth eee fae

the tarsal segment; eye lashed ;

Madagascar ;

End-segment of antenna Sins

” ” ” long

Pilifer normal :

» With bristles and rales

Second segment of palpus with naked

stripe on innerside ee) ie

Second segment of palpus without raked

stripe on innerside

Eye strongly lashed

», not, or feebly, lashed

Spurs long .

3; Short

. Mesotarsal comb strongly ideyaloned|

hindtarsus with the bristles of the

third row also prolonged near base

of tarsus

Mesotarsal comb eanned or aheen

. Stalk of SC’ and R?! of hindwing shorter

than D’;

America

Stalk of SC? and R! of Meine ener

than D’; mesotarsus with comb ;

Old World F : :

Tongue longer than body ; first segment

of foretarsus with some A

spines .

Tongue not ioaper ee ode first

segment of foretarsus without some

prolonged spines

Foretibia not spinose, or alse a ow

spines at tip, then abdomen with

yellow patches :

Foretibia spinose, abdomen

yellow side-patches

no comb to mesotarsus ;

without

XXXIIL Atreus.

XXVI. Lsogramma.

XVIII. Amphomoea.

VII. Meganoton.

XII. Lomocyma.

XIV. Oligographa.

‘ M.

XV. Hoplistkopus.

X. Psilogramma.

XXIV. Dolba.

XXV. Dolbogene.

XIX. Protoparce.

XX. Chlaenogramma.

IX. Leucomonia.

VIII. Poliana.

- American

( 30 )

. Thorax and legs very rough with erect

hair-scales, tongue long .

Thorax and legs not rough with erect

hair-scales

. Pilifer normal, with the evaenitey vas

lowish brown bristles

Pilifer with bristles and scales, or the

bristles all modified

». Mesotarsal comb strongly developed

tongue long

Mesotarsal cant absent or reatieial

Oriental ; forewing more enn 50 mm.

long :

Oriental ; forming less ane 40 mm. wiewe

. First tarsal segment short, with a few

long stout spines, Uapekas

without lobe .

First tarsal segment short, sith a fo

long stout spines, paronyehium

with one lobe

. Tongue longer than the body, eecotareal

comb present 2

Tongue shorter than the aay a meso-

fea comb vestigial or absent

. Paronychium with lobes ; eye lashed ;

America

Paronychium with lohan eye tee ached

Australia :

Paronychium without ibbexe 3 eye so

lashed; America .

Abdomen black and white at eaue or

tibiae scarcely with any spines

Abdomen almost uniform in colour

. Hindwing above greyish olive-brown

” ”

ferruginous

V. XANTHOPAN gen. noy.—Typus :

XXL. Luryglottis.

we.

: y.

XIX. Protoparce.

XXIL Apocalypsis.

XXIII. Pseudodolbina.

XXVIII. Lsoparce.

_XNIN, Nannoparee.

XXXI. Neogene.

XXXII. Coenotes.

XXX. Dictyosoma.

XXXIV. Hyloicus.

XXXV. Lapara.

XXVIII. Ceratomia.

XI. Dovania. ’

morgane.

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 198 (1856) (partim).

Protoparce, Butler (non Burmeister, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 606 (1877).

Amphonyx, Ploetz (non Poey, 1832), Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 77 (1880); Moschl., Abh. Senk. Naturf.

Ges. xv. p. 70 (1890); Auriv., Ent. Tidskr, xiii, p, 183 (1892).

3%. Pilifer much longer than genal process, which is rounded ; tubercle of

labrum obtuse, truncate in front.

laterally at the extreme base.

Palpus peculiar :

Tongue much longer than the body, carinate

not scaled space of internal surface

Heat pists

soe ,

Shy

THAMNOECHA. LAPARA. DICTYOSOMA. 170 face page 90

Tongue short. Tongue very short. Antenna of 9 andromorphic. ISOPARCE, a

Palpus small. Pilifer normal. Tongue short. Tongue very short.

Pilifer normal. Fore-midtibiae spinose. Pilifer with bristles and scales, _Palpus small

Tibiae not spinose Hindtibia with two pairs Palpus small. Pilifer normal.

Hindtibia with one pair of spurs, of spurs. Tibiae simple. Tibiae simple.

Mesotarsal comb absent Mesotarsal comb present. Mesotarsal comb absent. Mesotarsal comb absent.

Pulvillos absent, Pulvillus absent. Pulvillus absent. Pulvillus absent.

Paronychium without lobe. Paronychium without lobe Paronychium without lobe. Paronychium absent

rs | | | ef 7

HOPLISTHOPUS te pore A - al % |

Tongue short ‘ongue moderately long rLOICUS CERATOMIA. 50G

Pilifer with bristles and Pilifer normal. Tongue long or short Antenna of 2 simple. ANE ore ab.

scale Pilifer normal, COENOTES. Tongue reduced, audromorphign Tt

Tibiae simple Foretibia spinose, Tongue short and weak Palpus reduced, P

Mesotarsal comb absent

Palvillus absent

Paronychium with one lobe,

Mesotarsal comb present or

absent.

Pilifer scaled.

Pilifer normal

Tongue reduced,

Palpus reduced.

Palvillos present. 4 : 1 Palpus small. Tibiae simple. Piliter no

Paronychiam with one lobe, Clasper without friction. Pulvillus absent. ; Tibiae simple, Mesotareal comb absent, Toresmlauinias ¢ nose.

Clasper without friction-patch, patch Paronychium with or with- Mesotarsal comb absent. Pulvillus absent, Mesotarsal combabseat

a out one lobe. Pulvillus absent. ae Paronychium with one Pulvillus present.

rake Paronychium with lobe vestigial lobe. Paronychium with one

tAEDORA s

range ano Tongue long. lobe,

th bristles and

or normal,

Pilifer ¥

sles,

Piliter normal

Tibiae spinose,

NEOGENE,

Fore-oldtibiae spinoee Mesotarsal comb reduced. erence

Mesotarsal comb absent Palvillus Present Pilifer with scales.

Po present Paronychium with one lobe. Palpus stout. CHLAENOGRAMMA.

Psronychiam with one Tibiae simple. Tongue long

be | PSILOGRAMMA, Mesotarsal comb vestigial. Palpus normal

Claspor without friction- Second palpal segment Pulvillus absent, Pilifer normal.

patch: with naked stripe on Paronychium with lobe. Tibiae simple.

| innerside. Mesotarsal comb absent,

PEMBA Tongue long Pulvillus present,

Tongue moderatelylong. | Pilifer normal. Paronycbium with one

Pilifer normal Tibiae simple. NANNOPARCE, lobe.

Tibiae spinose Mesotarsal comb long. Tongue long.

Midtarsal comb absent. | Pulvillus present Bristles of pilifer modified

Palvillus present | Paronychium with one Foretibia simple

Paronychium with one lobe PSEUDODOLBINA. Mesotarsal comb present,

lobe Clasper with friction- Antenna of 9 simple, Pulvillus absent.

Clasper without friction- pateh, Eye lashed Paronychium with one lobe

patob. LL Rest as before.

a | DOLBOGENE,

Eye lashed.

POLIANA LEUCOMONIA B Tongue long.

Antenna of 9 with pro- Tongue longerthanthe body, | Pilifer normal

ed cilia Pilifer normal. APOCALYPSIS. EURYGLOTTIS, PROTOPARCE, Palpus normal.

Tongue not longerthan body, Tibiae simple. Antenna of 9 Antenna of 9 simple, Palpus normal ‘Tibiae simple.

Pilifer normal Mesotarsal comb reduced andromorphic. Scaling of thorax and legs erect, Pilifer normal. Spurs short

Tibiae simple Pulvillus present Eye not lashed. Eye lashed Tibiae simple. Mesotarsal comb present.

Mosotarsal comb reduced, Paronychium with one lobe. Rest as before, Tongue long. Mesotarsal comb pre- Palvillus present,

Polvillus present. Clasper with friction-patch Pilifer normal. sent. Paronychium with one lobe.

Varonychium with one lobe | Tibiae simple, Pulvillus absent.

Clasper with friction-patch Mesotarsal comb present. Paronychium with one DOLBA.

Pulvillus absent, lobe. Eye lashed.

a ] Paronychium with one lobe. Tongue long.

OLIGOGRAPHA (NOT KNOWN), Pilifer normal.

End-segment of antenna Tongue long T Palpus normal.

, Pilifer normal PROTOPARCE ‘Tibiae simple.

Tongue long Tibiae simple. Eye not lashed Spurs long.

Pilifer normal Mesotarsal comb present. Tongue long. Mesotarsal comb present.

Tibine simple Pulvillus present. Palpus normal, Pulvillus present,

Mesotarsal comb reduced. Paronychium with oue lobe, Pilifer normal Paronychium with one lobe

Puyillus present Clasper with friction-patch, Tibiae simple.

Paronychium with one lobe Mesotarsal comb present.

Clasper without friction- MEGANOTON. Pulvillus present

scales Tongue long, Paronychium with one lobe.

End-segment of palpus not | =

LOMOCYMA prominent, PANOGENA |

Tongue Pilifer normal, Tongue long. AMPHIMOEA.

Pilifer non Foretibia simple. End-segment of palpus prominent. Tongue long.

Tibiae simple Mesotarsal comb present Pilifer normal Pilifer normal.

Mesotarsal comb present Pulvillus present. Foretibia spinose. End-segment of palpus not prominent

Polvillus present Paronychium bilobed Mesotarsal comb present, Tibiae simple.

Paronychium bilobed Clasper with friction-scales. _Pulvillus present. Mesotarsal comb present.

Clasper without friction- Paronychium bilobed. Pulvillus present

patch

Clasper with friction-patch,

End-segment of antenna

very long.

Tongue long.

End-segment of

(NOT KNOWN).

Pilifer normal

Tibiae simple.

Mesotarsal comb present.

palpusnot Pulvillus present,

Varonychium bilobed.

cocyTIUus.

Tibiae simple.

Mesotarsal comb present.

Pulvillus present.

Paronychium bilobed.

Clasper without friction-

Tongue very long,

End-segment of palpus

long, naked.

Second segment not con-

naked, but prominent, Paronychium bilobed. cave. St

“coond segment not concave. Clasper with friction-patch. Pilifer normal. | patch.

XANTIOPAN,

Tongue very long, pester pon present.

End-segment of |pus prominent, naked. 1 jus present, .

Second segment ght comets oninner Paronychium bilobed at each side.

surface. Clasper with friction-patch.

Pilifer normal. (Larva: thorax humped ?

Tibiae simple. horn tuberculated? ~-shaped ?).

SPHINGULICAE, SPHINGICAE. DN A

| |

ACHERONTIINAE.

of first segment with long hairs; internal surface of second segment concave nearly

as in Acherontiicae, but densely scaled; third segment conical, naked at end,

projecting as in Cocytivs. Antenna of even width from near base to hook, very

slender in $, with long end-segment, which is rough with long broad scales ;

penultimate segment as long as high (¢), or a little longer, the preceding ones

gradually much higher than long; hook long and slender. Tibiae nof spiny ;

segmeut 1 of foretarsus as long as tibia, but shorter than segments 2 to 5 together,

with three rows of spines externally, row 1 being doubled ; there are, moreover,

numerous intermediate spines, so that the rows become irregular, spines of normal

row 2 a little longer than those of row 1 ; first segment of midtarsus one-fourth, that

of hindtarsus one-third longer than the other segments together ; comb of midtarsus

basal, followed by a number of thin and short bristles or spines, so that the remainder

of row 4 appears to be separated from the comb by a gap; spines of row 3 of

first hindtarsal segment gradually longer basad, forming a comb of rather stout

spines ; spurs long, very unequal, short one of midtibia half the length of long one,

or less ; long distal one of hindtibia one-third shorter than the first tarsal segment ;

pulvillus present, paronychium with two lobes at each side. Distal margin of

forewing sinuate before posterior angle.

Early stages unknown.

Hlab. Africa and Madagascar, occurring most likely also on the Comoro

Islands.—One species.

As explained above, this genus connects the Acherontiicae with the Sphingicae.

The prolonged third palpal segment it has in common with Cacytius (= Amphonyx) ;

an obvious similarity with one species of Cocytius (C. cluentius) exists also in the

tenth abdominal tergite of the 3.

12. Xanthopan morgani.

*Macrosila morgani Walker, List Lep. Ins. BM. viii. p, 206. n, 12 (1856) (Sierra Leone ; Congo ;—

Mus. Brit.) “4

Protoparce morgani, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. n. 5 (1877).

— Amphonyx morgani, Ploetz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xii. p. 77. n. 288 (1880) (Fernando Po) ; Méschl., ADh.

Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 70. n. 156 (1890) (Gold Coast) ; Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xiii, p. 183.

n. 231 (1892) (Cameroons, 1 ¢).

Philegethontius morgani, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 688. n. 10 (1892) (Afr. occ. ; syn. ex parte).

3%. Segments 2 to 4 of foretarsus almost black.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite curved, dilated at the end, which is divided into

three lobes ; the side-lobes are broad, obliquely rounded, while the middle lobe is

gradually narrowed to a point (Pl. XXVI. f. 25. 26. 27), the tergite resembling that

of C. cluentius; sternite long, dilated at end, truncate-sinuate, the sides turned

upwards as triangular lobes. Clasper round at end, ventral margin almost straight,

ebliqne; a small patch of modified scales ; harpe (P]. XXXYV. f. 13) basally with a

high oblique ridge, vertical upon the plane of the clasper, mesially dilated-rounded

dorsally, apex truncate, with the edge raised, produced dorsad into a short hook,

apical part of harpe clothed with stiff hairs; a patch of long bristles above the

base of the harpe. Penis-funnel prolonged dorsally, rounded at end, forming a

half-eylinder, which surrounds the penis-sheath and is deeply sinuate ventrally

at the base ; the funnel is armed with two lobes (Pl. XXVIII. f. 30, p-r); penis-

sheath ending in a short, flattened, obtuse process which is separated from the

sheath on one side by an incision.

( 32 )

?. Postvaginal plate triangular, sealed laterally, separated from the vaginal

plate by a narrow strip of membrane ; vaginal opening longitudinal, the side-edges

of the opening raised to ridges, which terminate abruptly distally, while they

become gradually lower proximally (Pl. XXII. f. 6).

Hab. Aethiopian Region.—Two subspecies.

a. P. morgani morgani.

* Macrosila morgani Walker, L.c.

3%. Underside of abdomen white.

Hab. West and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 8 3d, 2 2% from: Sierra Leone ; Upper Congo ; Cubal

River, Angola, March 1899 (Penrice) ; Dar-es-Salaam.

b. P. morgani praedicta subsp. nov.

3 9. Breast and abdomen beneath with an obvious pinkish tint. Upperside

of body and forewing, and underside of wings also somewhat pinkish. Black

apical line of forewing, extending from costal to distal margin, broader than in the

preceding, black discal streak R*—M' also heavier.

Hab. Madagascar.

Type (¢) in coll. Charles Oberthiir ; a female specimen in coll. Mabille.

Wallace, in Na tural Selection, p. 146 (1891), speaking of the adjustment

between the length of the nectary of orchids and that of the proboscis of insects,

says: “In the case of Angraecum sesquipedale it is necessary that the proboscis

should be forced into a particular part of the flower, and this would only be done

by a large moth burying its proboscis to the very base, and straining to drain the

nectar from the bottom of the long tube, in which it occupies a depth of one or

two inches only... . I have carefully measured the proboscis of a specimen of

Macrosila cluentius from South America, in the collection of the British Museum,

and find it to be nine inches and a quarter long! One from tropical Africa

(Macrosila morgani) is seven inches and a half. A species haying a proboscis two

or three inches longer could reach the nectar in the largest flowers of Angraecum

sesquipedale, whose nectaries vary in length from ten to fourteen inches. That

such a moth exists in Madagascar may be safely predicted, and naturalists who

visit that island should search for it with as much confidence as astronomers

searched for the planet Neptune,—and I venture to predict they will be equally

successful.”

As the tongue of P. morgani praedicta is long enough—about 225 mm, =

8 inches—to reach the honey in short and medium-sized nectaries of Angraecum,

the moths will not abandon the flowers with especially long nectary without trying

to reach the fluid, which fills up, in hot-house specimens of Angraecum, about

oue-fourth of the nectary. The result would be that flowers with exceptionally

long nectaries would be as well fertilised as such with short nectaries by a moth

which could reach the fluid in the long nectaries only when a greater quantity

of nectar had collected. X. morgani praedicta can do for Angraecum what is

necessary ; we do not believe that there exists in Madagascar a moth with a

longer tongue than is found in this Sphingid.

( 33 )

VI. PANOGENA gen. nov.—Typus: jasmini.

Sphinx, Boisduval (non Linné, 1758), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 69 (1875) (partim).

Diludia, Butler (non Grote & Rob., 1865), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 168 (1877).

Protoparce, id., l.c. p. 169 (1877).

Meganoton, Kirby (non Boisduval, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682 (1892) (partim).

Philegethontius, id. (non Hiibner, 1822), /.c. p. 687 (1892).

The two species treated under this new term come in general appearance as

well as in structure close to Xanthopan. They differ inter se rather obviously

in the one species (jasmin?) haying the midtibia spinose, while they are not spiny

in the other (/ingens), in this respect jasmini being the more specialised species.

3%. Genal process triangular, almost reaching to the end of the pilifer.

Not scaled inner surface of first palpal segment quite naked ; third segment more

or less prominent, its tip zot naked ; inner surface of second segment not concave.

Foretibia spinose, midtibia with or without spines ; first protarsal segment as long

as, or shorter than, the four others together; mid- and hindtarsus with comb,

bristles of midtarsal comb gradually shorter, assuming gradually the length and

stoutness of the more distal spines, the comb ditfering in this respect obviously

from that of Xanthopan; short spur of midtibia about half the length of the

long one ; first segment of hindtarsus at least half as long again as segments 2 to5

together; pulvillus present : paronychium with two lobes at each side.

3. Clasper with a patch of broad friction-scales, the scales nearly all minutely

dentate. Tenth tergite elongate, pointed, not divided, clothed with some long stiff

hairs ; sternite elongate-triangular. Penis-sheath with a long, slender, recurved

process, which points proximad and lies more or less closely upon the sheath.

?. Eighth sternite short; orifice of vagina transverse.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Madagascar.—Two species, both with the ground colour of the hindwing

yellow.

Midtibia spinose ; black discal band of hindwing not

dilated basad behind cell, base of hindwing all

yellow . ‘ é ‘ ; : : 0 13. P. jasmini.

Midtibia not spinose; black discal band of hindwing

dilated basad, extreme base black . ; - . 14. P. lingens.

13. Panogena jasmini.

*Sphing jasmini Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 114, n. 55 (1875) (Tananarivo ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 295 (1879) (Madag.).

*Diludia chromapteris Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 168 (1877) (Madag. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Saalm.,

Lep. Madag. p. 132. n. 307 (1884).

Diludia jasmini, id., lc. n. 306 (1884).

Meganoton jasmini, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 683. n. 22 (1892) (Madag.).

3%. Body and forewing whitish grey; abdomen with whitish grey lateral

patches. Midtibia spinose; first segment of foretarsus shorter than segments

2 to 5 together, with some prolonged spines ; long terminal spur of hindtibia about

% the length of first tarsal segment. Third segment of palpus rather prominent.

d. Venth abdominal tergite gradually narrowed to a point, slightly curved,

with some long stiff hairs, upperside strongly convex, extreme end suddenly

hooked ; sternite little shorter than the tergite, clongate-triangular, flat, the sides

( 34 )

distally not turned upwards, apex obtusely pointed. Clasper: patch of large

friction-scales on the outer side not sharply defined, dentition of these scales rather

heavy ; harpe indicated by an incrassation of the ventral margin of the clasper,

densely clothed with short scales ; xo free process. Penis-sheath: pointed process

apically curving laterad (P]. XXVIII. f. 36).

?. Vaginal plate short ; a flat, transverse, rounded ridge behind the vaginal

opening more strongly chitinised, brown, the rest of the plate membranous ; mouth

of vagina transverse, subapical (Pl. XXI. f. 9), the membrane convex mesially on

account of the internal vaginal tube being rather strongly chitinised.

Hab. Madagascar, apparently all over the island in suitable places.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd, 1 &.

14. Panogena lingens.

*Protoparce lingens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 169 (1877) (Madag.;—Mus. Brit.) ; Saalm.,

Lep. Madag. p. 132. n. 304 (1884) (Nossi-bé).

Sphinx lingens, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 295 (1879) (Madag. ).

Philegethontius lingens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 687. n. 6 (1892),

3d. Much darker than the preceding ; abdomen with yellow lateral patches.

The yellow discal band of the hindwing sometimes reaching costal margin, but

mostly shaded with black or brown in anterior half. Third segment of palpus

less prominent than in jasminz. Midtibia not spiny; first segment of foretarsus

as long as segments 2 to 4 together; long terminal spur of hindtibia not much

over half the length of the first tarsal segment. Antennae of ¢ thicker than in

Jjasmini.

3. Tenth abdominal segment not obviously different from that of jasmini, the

sternite less flat, the margins somewhat turned upwards. Clasper: patch of

modified scales longer, better defined, the scales less denticulate; harpe small,

not scaled on the inner surface, but clothed with some hairs, with two apical

tooth-like processes, both triangular, one pointing distad, the other dorsad

(Pl. XXXY. f. 11). Process of penis-sheath as in jasmini, less curved apically,

with a minute tooth-like carina before end.

2. Vaginal plate as short as in jasmini, especially the postvaginal portion,

which is reduced to a transverse stripe; much more chitinised than in jasmini

except quite proximally ; mouth of vagina very transverse, covered in front by a

rounded, transverse ridge, which is mesially sharply rounded-sinuate (PJ. XXL. f. 10).

Hab. Madagascar ; apparently rarer than the preceding.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 2 3.

This and the preceding may perhaps be generically distinct from one another.

The differences in structure which we have found are noted above; the spinosity

of the midtibia in jasmin? is the most prominent difference.

VII. MEGANOTON.—Typus : nyctiphanes.

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 198 (1856) (partim).

Meganoton Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 58 (1875) (partim; type: nyctiphanes) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 682 (1892). j

Sphina, Boisduval (non Linné, 1758), l.c. p. 69 (1875).

( 35 )

Diludia, Butler (non Grote & Rob., 1865), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612 (1877) (partim).

Pseudosphine, id. (now Burmeister, 1856), L//ust. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. B.M.y. p. 15 (1881); Hamps.,

ia Blanf, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 104 (1892).

6 ?. Antenna long and slender, with a long and slender hook. Palpus large,

prominent, second segment almost as broad in side-view as long. Hyes large,

not lashed. Legs long; tibiae not spiny ; foretarsus without prolonged spines,

first segment shorter than segments 2 to 5 together ; midtarsus with very strong

basal comb which terminates abruptly, being continued by much shorter bristles ;

comb of hindtarsus also prominent, the spines gradually shortening distad ;

spurs long, long apical one of hindtibia at least two-thirds the length of the

first tarsal segment, which is /ovger than the tibia and also than the other four

segments together; hindtarsus more than twice the length of the cell of the

hindwing (measured along SC); SC*° and R? of hindwing on a rather long stalk ;

D? very oblique. With pulvillus and paronychium, the latter with ¢vo flaps on

each side.

d. Clasper with patch of modified scales on outer side; penis-sheath armed

at end with one or two long tapering processes which are curved basad (Pl. XXVIII.

f. 33. 34. 35).

Larva (of nyctiphanes ; not known of the other species) with the third thoracical

segment mesially produced into a conical tubercle; horn tubercled, curving upwards,

~-shaped.

Pupa (of nyctiphanes) with free tongue-case, which is not recurved.

Hab, Oriental Region.—Three species.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing with several pale spots on the dise 15. MW. nyctiphanes.

Hindwing without pale spots on the dise LS

6. Abdomen with yellow lateral patches . . 16. ML rufescens.

7 without yellow lateral patches - 17. ML analis.

15. Meganoton nyctiphanes.

*Macrosila nyctiphanes Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 209. n. 16 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.);

Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C.i. p. 268. n. 617 (1857) (Silhet) ; id., Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 675 (1867) (Silhet).

Maerosila nyctiphares (!), Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n. 1469 (1857)

Ind. or.).

rion Ss Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 59. n. 1 (1875) (N. Ind.) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 6 (1892) (Silhet).

*Pseudosphine cyrtolophia Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 259 (1875) (Madras ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 611. n, 7. t. 91. £. 11-13. t. 92. £, 6 (1877) (larva, pupa).

Myloicus cyrtolophia, Kirby, l.c. p. 694, n. 8 (1892) (Madras).

Pseudosphine nyctiphanes, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 610. n. 6 (1877); id., Zllust. Typ.

Spee. Lep. Het. B.M. vy. p. 15. t. 81. £. 7 (1881) ; Pagenst., Zris iii. p. 2. n. 2. (1890) (Palawan) ;

Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 105, n. 167. f. 59 (L., p.) (1892) (Silhet,

Andamans, Perak, Singapore) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 32. n. 125 (1892) (Silhet,

Singapore); Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 405. n. 53 (1896) (Palawan).

Pseudosphins cyrtolophia, Hampson, l.c. n. 168 (1892) (Madras),

3%. Rather variable in size. Ground colour of forewing in some specimens

darker, in others paler, in the latter case the lines more prominent; outer margin

nudulate ; pale band of hindwing not quite constant in position. Hye large, palpus

very large, third segment distinct. First segment of foretarsus as long as segments

( 36 )

2 to 4 together. Row 2 of spines of hindtarsus (segment 1) beginning at basal

fourth.

g. Tenth tergite long, compressed, carinate below, highest beyond middle,

strongly curved at base, then nearly straight, and at apex again curved, tip

truncate; the broad and rather long lobe of the sternite flat, slightly curved

upwards, deeply sinnate, each half rounded externally, angulated at the sinus.

Clasper broad, dilated dorsad before middle, long hair-scales of dorsal margin and

scaling proximally of patch of modified scales white ; this patch clay-colour, large,

the scales small, very close together, longer than broad, somewhat narrowed at

end, bidentate (Pl. LVIII. f. 35) ; harpe with a spatulate process, which is curved

upwards at end, the oblique upper edge irregularly notched and toothed (PI. XX XV.

f. 12). Penis-sheath with ¢2vo long processes close together, one longer than the

other (Pl. XXVIIL. f. 33), the longer one denticulate. Eighth segment laterally

tufted ; on the inner surface on each side with a series of large friction-scales

(P1. LIX. f. 2), which are not present in the other two species of the genus.

2. Vaginal plate (P]. XXI. f. 16) much folded, raised mesially from base

to vaginal cavity ; the proximal edge of the latter raised into a double tubercle.

Larva and chrysalis see above.

The type of cyrtolophia is a small of this species; there is no difference

between it and nyctiphanes either in colour or structure; the vaginal plate is as —

in nyctiphanes ; the wings are very much broken at the tips.

Hab. North and South India, Ceylon, Andamans, Burmah, Malacca, Borneo,

Palawan.

In the Tring Museum 13 36d, 10 22 from: Ceylon; Khasia Hills (October);

Jaintia Hills; Burmah; Perak; Penang, 20. vi. 98 (C. Curtis); Andamans; Sarawak;

Palawan.

al a ct pe “a

eminem nae

16. Meganoton rufescens.

*Diludia rufescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 260. n. 57 (1875) (N. India ;—Brit. Mus.).

Diludia rubescens id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 615. n. 18 (1877) (nom. nov.).

Pscudosphine discistriga, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 105.

n. 169 (1892) (partim).

3%. Palpus as large as in nyctiphanes, second segment shorter than broad

(scaling included). Antenna of d rather thicker than in xyctiphanes. Abdomen

with 3 or 4 distinct yellow side-patches bordered above by a black continuous band. —

The species bears a remarkable resemblance to the American Cocytius lucifer,

as well as to dark specimens of the Oriental Psélogramma menephron, with which

Sir George Hampson confounded it.

As Butler’s earlier Diludia rufescens aud the present insect belong to two

different genera, there is no necessity to reject the name of rufescens for this

Meganoton.

3. Tenth abdominal segment very peculiar (V1. XX VL. f. 30.31. 32): the tergite

gently curved, strongly spatulate, the sides of the dilated apical portion clothed —

with some long stiff hairs and turned downwards, apical margin rounded-truncate

(Pl. XXVI. f. 30, dorsal view); the tergite thin; the sternite longer than the

tergite, suddenly turned upwards near end, and, moreover, produced at the curvature

into an obtuse process (Pl. XXVI. f. 31), which is compressed like the vertica

cleft apical part of the sternite (Pl. XXVI. f. 32). Clasper: ventral margin”

oblique ; dorsal one first straight, then somewhat dilated and turned inward ; apex

obliquely rounded ; patch of friction-scales clay-colour, the scales large and multi-

( 37 )

dentate ; harpe produced into a curved, almost finger-like, pointed, ventral process

(Pl. XXXYV. f. 15), the oblique upper margin dilated into a triangular lobe, which

is armed with teeth. Penis-sheath with one curved process, which is less than

twice as long as the sheath is wide (P]. XXVIII. f. 34); the process recurved

towards the sheath.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 14) rather strongly chitinised, glabrous,

convex mesially, vaginal cavity before middle, covered by a long sinnate-truncate

lobe which narrows distad.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. North India to Queensland ; rare, few specimens in collections.

Two subspecies :

a. M. rufescens rufescens.

*Diludia rufescens Butler, /.c. (1875).

Diludia vubescens, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Ox. i. p. 33. n. 131 (1892) (Silhet).

Meganoton rubescens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 9 (1892).

Pseudosphinx discistriga, Hampson, l.c. (partim).

*Meganoton cocytioides Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 543 (1894) (Andamans, Labuan, Mindanao). .

32. A smaller form than the following ; sides of mesothoracic tegulae of the

same clayish brown colour as the forewing ; margin of hindwing almost eyen ;

fringe of both wings less extended white; underside of both wings darker. Harpe

of 3: the dorsal lobe with several prominent teeth.

There is perhaps a darker continental and a paler brown insular form.

Hab. North India: Sikkim, Silhet; Andamans; Borneo; Mindanao; Sula Islands.

In the Tring Museum: Sikkim, 3 dd ; Sula Mangioli (W. Doherty, Nov. 1897),

te?

Our Sula specimen has munch paler forewings than the Sikkim dd, and the

transverse dentate lines are more or less obliterated.

b. M. rufescens severina.

Macrosila severina Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 25. n. 42 (1891) (Cape York).

Meganoton severina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683. n. 17 (1892).

*Meganoton cocytioides Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 89 (1894) (Pt. Mackay ;—Mus. Tring) ; id.,

Le. iii. t. 13. £. 6 (9) (1896).

Pseudosphine discistriga, Hampson, l.c. iv. p. 453. n. 169 (1896).

3%. Sides of mesothoracic tegulae buffish white, strongly contrasting with

the forewing. Forewing above shaded with olive-grey scales, especially in post-

discal and basal regions, the oblique streak in apex of cell centred with brown,

a separate black spot at upper angle of cell. Hindwing, above, paler at costal and

abdominal margins than in the preceding form, the pale discal band more distinctly

indicated, especially at anal angle, outer margin distinctly scalloped. On the

underside, the internal margin of the forewing very pale. Harpe (Pl. XXXY.

f,15); the dorsal lobe produced into one large tooth, besides some minute ones.

Tenth segment see Pl. XXVL. f. 30. 31. 32.

Hah. North Queensland.

Tn the Tring Museum 14, 2 2 ? from Pt. Mackay.

17. Meganoton analis.

*Sphine analis Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 78. £. 4 (1874) (Shanghai ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd., Spec.

Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 111. 1. 51 (1875); Butl., rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 613. n. 5 (1877)

(hab. 7).

( 38 )

*Diludia grandis id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 260. n. 56 (1875) (Nepal ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 614. n. 11 (1877) (Nepal).

*Diludia tranquillaris id., Lc. p. 641 (1877) (Darjiling ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Moore, Descr. Lep. Atk.

p. 7 (1879).

Pseudosphine discistriga, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 105.

n. 169 (1892) (partim),

3%. Distal margin of forewing not undulate as in the two preceding species,

shallowly sinuate before posterior angle. Second segment of palpus rather smaller

than in the other species. Row 2 of spines of first segment of hindtarsus extending

close to the base as in Pstlogramma.

3. Tenth tergite divided into two long and slender processes, which are

regularly curved downward and gradually narrowed to a point (Pl. XXVI. f. 33) ;

the processes approach each other a little in middle ; the sternite is produced into

a long cylindrical process, which is slightly bent downwards at end, the apex obtuse.

Clasper sole-shaped, dorsal margin bent inwards ; the large clay-coloured patch |

of modified scales on the outer side consisting of large, multidentate, ribbed scales ;

harpe ladle-shaped, minutely dentate (Pl. XXXV. f. 14); subdorsal longitudinal

groove of clasper sharply defined, deep, the fold below it with long bristles.

Penis-sheath with one pointed process (Pl. XXVIII. f. 35), which is rather broad

at base. Highth tergite without friction-scales on the inner surface.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 15) very feebly chitinised, the whole postvaginal

part membranous and scaled, the antevaginal part also membranaceous ; from the

vaginal cavity a narrow stripe of chitin extends to each side; the upper edges of

these plates continuous, forming an arcuate ridge which borders the vaginal cavity

behind ; the proximal edge of the cavity formed by a very thin membranous fold,

which is preceded by a stronger fold.

Early stages not known.

The species is a connecting link between Meganoton and Psilogramma.

Hab. China; North India.

In the Tring Museum 3 od, 4 9% from: Shanghai; Darjiling (Pilcher) ;

Khasia Hills ; Cherrapunji.

VIII. POLIANA gen. noy.—Typus : buchholzi.

Diludia, Butler (non Grote & Rob., 1865), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond- p. 13 (1875).

Sphine, Plotz (non Linné, 1758), Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 76 (1880).

Protoparce, Druce (non Burmeister, 1856), Ent. Mo. Mag. xix, p. 18 (1882),

Meganoton, Kirby (non Boisduval, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683 (1892).

Phlegethontius, id. (non Hitbner, 1822), lc. p. 688 (1892).

3%. Tongne as long as, or shorter than, the body. Genal process about as

high as pilifer. Segment 2 of palpus as long as 1. Antenna with short hook,

penultimate segment much shorter than high. First segment of foretarsus multi-

spinose exteriorly at the base, as long as tibia, longer than segments 2 to 5

together, without obviously prolonged spines; midtarsus with reduced comb,

Segment 1 about one-third longer than tibia and than segments 2 to 5; hindtarsus

twice as long as the cell of the hindwing, first segment 1} to 2 times the length

of segments 2 to 5 together; spurs very long, apical one of hindtibia at least

( 39 )

two-thirds of first tarsal segment ; pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter

withont ventral lobe. SC? and R? of hindwing on a rather long stalk.

3. Clasper with patch of friction-scales ; no corresponding scales on inner

side of the eighth tergite. Spurs longer than in &.

?. Antenna somewhat grooved laterally, with distinctly prolonged seriate

ciliae.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Africa.

Two species.

Distinguishable from Meganoton by the shorter hook of the antenna, the

penultimate segment of which is shorter than high, the much shorter tongue,

the longer and narrower second segment of the palpus, the proportionally longer

first protarsal segment, and the absence of the ventral flaps of the paronychia ;

from Leucomonia by the absence of long claw-like spines from the first protarsal

segment, the much longer tarsi and shorter tongue.

Key to the species :

Forewing without black discal streaks between

Rand M . F : : - : . 18. P. buchholzi.

Forewing with black discal streaks between R*

and M!. : - : : : ; . 19. P. natalensis.

18. Poliana buchholzi.

Sphinx bucholzi Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 76. n, 285 (1880) (Benjongo).

*Protoparce laucheana Druce, Ent. Mo, Mag. xix. p. 18 (1882) (W. Afr. ;—coll. Druce).

*Protoparce weiglei Méschler, Abh. Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 70. n. 154. t. 1. £. 24 (1887) (Accra ;—

coll. Staudinger).

Meganoton buchholzi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 683. n. 20 (1892).

Phlegethontius laucheana, id., l.c. p. 688. n. 8 (1892).

Phlegethontius weiglei, id., l.c. n. 9 (1892).

3%. Both sexes have a prominent spine (not thorn or claw) at the end of

the foretibia exteriorly, which is wanting in natalensis. First segment of hind-

tarsus about 14 times as long as 2 to 5 together. The upperside of the forewing

has nearly the aspect of that of pale specimens of Protoparce rustica; the white

stigma is conspicuous; there are no longitudinal black streaks between R* and

M’ ; antemedian area white, especially behind; a large median costal area centred

by the stigma more or less olive or yellowish olive, this colour spreading distad

to margin ; three dentate discal lines, the interspace between the second and third

more or less white.

3. Long apical spur of hindtibia almost equal in length to the first tarsal

segment. Tenth tergite not divided, dilated just before the end, which curves

ventrad and is pointed, widened part convex above, feebly carinate, the carina

extending to the tip, underside prismatically carinate ; sternite nearly as long as

the tergite in a side-view, narrowing to end, which is sinuate. Clasper almost

of equal width from middle to end, apex rounded; there is a long patch of narrow,

non-dentate, pointed (lanceolate) friction-scales, all short except the middle ones,

which are strongly prolonged and stand upright, forming a long and high crest,

which is very conspicuous; no friction-scales on the innerside of tergite 8; the

inner surface of the clasper is deeply concave ventrally in middle. In this cavity

( 40 )

lies the harpe, which is comb-like, bearing at its upper edge several large pointed

teeth, the apical tooth projecting from the cavity. Penis-sheath without external

armature, but with a spiniferous flap inside.

9. Eighth sternite long; vaginal orifice somewhat transverse, the edge

somewhat raised, but without process.

Hab. West Africa, apparently very rare. Besides the three types of buchholei=

laucheana=weiglei there exists in collections, to our knowledge, the following

specimen only: 1 2 Mus. Roy. Bruxelles, from Karrongo, Stanley Falls, Upper

Congo.

19. Poliana natalensis.

*Diludia natalensis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 13. n. 29 (1875) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 616. n. 21. t. 94. £. 5 (1877).

Acherontia spei (! !) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 13, sub n, 29 (1875),

Meganoton natalensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683. n, 21 (1892) (Natal).

3%. The species has somewhat the appearance of very pale individuals of

Psilogramma menephron. There are two black streaks on the disc of the forewing

between R* and M*. The first segment of the hindtarsus is about twice as long

as the four other segments together.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite cleft to middle, the two halves close together, not

separately movable as in Pslogramma, each half elongate, with parallel sides in

a dorsal view, prismatically compressed, the underside convex, subearinate, apex

blunt in dorsal, sharp in lateral view ; sternite broad, a little longer than broad,

rounded at end. Clasper long, dorsal margin somewhat rounded, ventral margin

shallowly sinuate ; a narrow longitudinal stripe of friction-scales on the outer side,

the scales large, broadly rounded at the end, not erect, dark wax-yellow with brown

edges; harpe (Pl. XXXY. f. 18) with a single process, which is rather short,

somewhat twisted, and truncate. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIIL f. 38) armed with a

short, stout, conical tooth, which points sinistro-laterad.

2 not dissected.

Hab. South and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from the Kikuyu Escarpment, British Hast Africa,

January 1901 (W. Doherty) ; another from Natal.

The Kikuyu specimen is more yariegated with brown than the southern

individuals which we have seen.

Butler, dc., says: Our example bears a label by the collector bearing the

following inscription: “ Acherontia spei 3. Only two 2 specimens taken in 1857

(one of them lost). I have not observed that peculiar chirping noise ; had they

chirped I am sure I would have observed. Query, Does the ¢ only chirp, and

the % not?—W. Gs.” “T have not thought the MS. name applicable, and

therefore have not used it.”

The reader will have guessed, without being told, that ‘spec., and not spei, is

written on the label. However, if Butler mistook sec. for a manuscript name spet

which he did not think applicable, why did he publish it ?

( 41 )

IX. LEUCOMONIA gen. noy.—Typus: bethia.

Diludia, Kirby (non Grote & Rob., 1865), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 243 (1877).

Maerosila, Miskin (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 24 (1891).

Meganoton, id. (non Boisduval, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682 (1892).

3%. Antenna (?) subeylindrical, not impressed, ciliae not prolonged ; hook

(2) short, penultimate segment (and preceding ones) shorter than high. Hye

not lashed. Tibiae not spiny ; foretibia and first segment of foretarsus rough with

long scaling ; spines of row 2 of first protarsal segment prolonged, apical spines

of the other segments also somewhat prolonged; bristles of comb of midtarsus

shorter than in Meganoton, the comb consisting also of fewer long bristles ; basal

spines of third row of first hindtarsal segment little longer than the more distal

ones; hindtarsus not much longer than the cell of the hindwing; pulvillus and

paronychium present, the latter without ventral flaps. D? of hindwing with a

rather long spur proximally running out into the middle fold of the cell, which fold

extends nearly to the base.

3. Sexual armature similar to that of Pstlogramma. Patch of friction-scales

on clasper larger, comparatively shorter.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Australia.

One species.

20. Leucomonia bethia.

*Diludia bethia Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 243 (1877) (Rockhampton, ? ;—Mus. Dublin) ;

Waterb., Aid Identif. Ins. ii. t. 140. £. 4 (2) (1883).

Macrosila bethia, Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 26. n. 44 (1891) (Rockhampton).

Meganoton hethia Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683. n. 19 (1892).

*Meganoton distinctum Rothschild, Noy. Zoon. i. p. 89. t. 7. f. 12 (1894) (N. Queensland ;—Mus.

Tring).

3%. Upperside of body and forewing and the whole underside almost

uniformly white, forewing with a black, thin but prominent, oblique apical line

which is almost straight. Hindwing blackish brown, grey-white in anal region.

g. Tenth tergite deeply divided into two slender processes which lie close

together ; sternite (Pl. XL. f. 12) broad and short, sinnate, the lobes broad and

rounded. No free harpe. Penis-sheath with a short process similar to that of

Psilogramma menephron.

9. Vaginal plate with a small mesial sinus apically, proximal part of plate

much folded transversely, the folds irregular, mouth of vagina antemedian, the

postvaginal part of the plate somewhat convex mesially, slightly concave and

sealed laterally, with the rounded disto-lateral margins somewhat raised.

Hab. Queensland and West Australia ; rather rare in collections.

In the Tring Museum 4 ?2 from: Queensland; Derby District, West

Australia.

A 3 and 2 ? 2 in the Dublin Museum.

( 42)

X. PSILOGRAMMA gen. nov.—Typus : menephron.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Exot. iii. p. 164 (1780) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i.

p. 87 (1875).

Hyloicus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139 (1822) (partim).

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 208 (1856) (partim).

Anceryx id., l.c. p. 225 (1858) (partim) ; id., l.c. xxi. p. 36 (1864).

Meganoton Boisduval, /.c. p. 58 (1875) (partim).

Diludia, Butler (non Grote & Rob., 1865), Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 13 (1875).

Pseudosphinz, Hampson (on Burmeister, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 169 (1892).

3. Antenna shorter than in Meganoton, hook shorter, penultimate segment

about as long as high, the preceding ones shorter than high. Palpus differing from

that of aiZ the other species of the present subfamily in the second segment having

a naked stripe over the inner surface (as prolongation of the naked stripe of the

first segment). Labram very little raised in middle. First segment of foretarsus

somewhat longer than segments 2 to 4 together ; comb of midtarsus well developed,

that of hindtarsus as in Meganoton ; long spur of midtibia about 4, the long apical

one of hindtarsus nearly 2, the length ‘of the respective first tarsal segment.

Pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with ove lobe on each side.

3. Clasper with patch of modified scales, the scales large, rounded, entire,

multistriate ; harpe vestigial (P]. XX XV. f. 20), represented merely by a thickly

scaled slight incrassation of the ventral margin of the clasper; process of penis-

sheath short, forked. No friction-scales on the inner surface of eighth tergite.

?. Antenna subeylindrical, ciliae not prolonged.

Larva : thoracical tergites with small conical tubercles, arranged in transverse

rows; head minutely granulose all over, somewhat narrowing above; horn and

anal segment very rough with conical tubercles, horn curving upwards, ~-shaped ;

dichromatic, one form green with white oblique stripes, the other with a broad

brown dorsal band, constricted on each segment, beginning on the third thoracical

segment, large lateral and ventral patches also brown.

Chrysalis with a long free tongue-case which is not recurved.

Hab. Oriental Region.—Only one species.

The genus is a development of Meganoton, being more specialised in the palpi

and paronychium.

As will be seen from the above synonymy, the species has been treated under

seven generic names. The reference to Psewdosphinx—proposed by Burmeister

for a Sphingid belonging to another subfamily—is wild, to say the least.

21. Psilogramma menephron.

Sphinx menephron Cramer, Pap. Ev. iii. p. 164. t. 285. f. A (2 ) (1780) (Amboina).

Hyloicus menephron, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1485 (1822).

* Macrosila discistriga Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 209. n. 17 (1856 ;—Brit. Mus.).

Anceryz pinastri var., id., l.c. viii. p. 225. sub. n. 1 (1856).

Meganoton discistriga, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 59. n. 2. (1875).

*Sphinx abietina id., l.c. p. 108. n. 47 (1875 ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

*Diludia vates Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 13. (1875) (Ceylon ; Madras ;—Mus. Brit.).

Pseudosphing discistriga, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. India, Moths i. p. 105. n, 169 (1892)

(partim).

Meganoton (?) menephron, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683. n. 13 (1892),

3%. Variable in colour and size geographically and individually ; in most

localities there is a dark and a pale form. The various subspecies are not well-

(43°)

defined. Cramer’s figure is bad, the subapical white patch of the forewing is an

exaggeration.

3d. Tenth tergite divided into two slender processes which lie close together,

but are movable separately, they are curved (Pl. XXVL. f. 28. 29); sternite short

and broad, the lobe broader than long, truncate-sinuate, the angles slightly produced,

sides distally rounded-dilated, Patch of modified scales about three times as long

as broad, deep brown except at edges (PI. LVIII. f. 34). Process of penis-sheath

(Pl. XXVILI. f. 31) very characteristic, sometimes distinctly asymmetrical. We

have not noticed any difference in the sexual armature of dd from different

localities. Head see Pl. LXI. f. 6. 7.

?. Postvaginal portion of vaginal plate chitinised, smooth, scaled, halfmoon-

shaped, somewhat truncate, the lateral margins elevated; vaginal cavity surrounded

proximally and laterally by a wrinkled membranaceous ridge (Pl. XXII. f. 9).

Hab. Oriental Region : Ceylon to Japan, eastwards to New Caledonia.

Three subspecies :

a. P. menephron lifuense.

* Meganoton lifuense Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 90. t. 7. £. 20 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. The palest form, some specimens nearly all white on the thorax and

forewing ; the black discal “streaks R°—M? of the forewing thin, often partly or

totally obsolete. The subspecies is variable; in the darker specimens the discal

lines of the forewing are rather pronounced, and there is not distinct medio-costal

brown area; in the paler individuals the markings, inclusive the proximal part

of the apical black line, become indistinct.

Hab. Litu, Loyalty Islands.

Fourteen specimens in the Tring Museum.

b. P. menephron menephron.

Sphin menephron Cramer, l.c.; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 104, n. 195 (1888) (Amboina).

Myloicus menephron, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1485 (1822).

*Macrosila discistriga Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 209. n. 17 (1856) (Silhet ; Hongkong ;

N. China ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. B.I.C. i. p. 268, n. 618

(1857) ; Walk., /.c. xxxi. p. 34 (1864) (Cambodia ; Ceram) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

p. 793 (1865) (Bengal).

*Macrosila casuarinae Walker, List. Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 210. n. 19 (1856) (Sydney ; C. York ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 24. n. 41 (1891) (Neweastle ; Brisbane ;

Rockhampton ; Cardwell; C. York ;=nebulosa ; on Tecoma and Jasminum).

Anceryx pinastri var. 8, Walker, Lc. viii. p. 223. sub n. 1 (1856) (N. India).

Sphine emarginata Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Mus. E.I.C.i. p. 268. n. 618 (1857) (sub

synon., nom. max. supervac.).

Macrosila darius Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n. 1470 (1857) (Silhet ; nom

nud.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 59. n. 2 (1875) (sub synon.).

Macrostila (!) discistriga, Semper, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. xvii. p. 699. n. 8, (1867) (Bohol, larva).

Megqanoton discistriga, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 59. n. 2 (1875) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver.

Nat. xliy. p. 104. n. 193 (1888) (Amboina) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 7 (1892)

(E. Indies) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch. x1. p. 367. n. 39 (1895) (Java).

*Sphing abietina Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 108. n. 47 (1875) (Himalaya ;—coll. Oberthiir) ;

Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 2. n, 12 (1877) (Java) ; id., lc. xxii. p. 64. n. 6 (1879) (8, Celebes) ;

Pagenst., /ris iii. p. 2. n. 1 (1890) (Palawan).

Sphine casuarinae, Boisduyal, l.c. p. 109. n. 49 (1875).

( 44 )

*Diludia vates Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 13. n. 28 (1875) (Ceylon ; Madras ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii, p. 3. t. 74. f. 11a (1882) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soe. p. 289, n. 21 (1885)

(Poona; Bombay, viii-x.); id., Zrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 165. n. 23 (1890 (Moulmein) ;

Hamps., ///ustr. Typ. Spee. Lep. Het. B.M. viii. p. 2. n. 32 (1891) (Nilgiris) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep.

Het. Mus. Ox. i. p, 34, n. 135 (1892) (Bengal).

Diludia casuarinae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 615. n. 14 (1877) (Sydney) ; Swinh., Lc.

i. p. 34. n. 134 (1892) (N.S. Wales ; Moreton Bay).

*Diludia nebulosa Butler, /.c. ix. p. 615. n. 15 (1877) (Cape York ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Druce, Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 571. un. 2 (1888) (Aola, Guadalcanar).

Diludia discistriga, Butler, Lec. ix. p. 615, n. 16 (1877) (Hongkong ; N. China; Java; Masuri ;

Bombay) ; id., Jdlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B.M. iii. p. 3. t. 41. £. 6 (1879); Moore, Lep.

Ceylon ii. p, 3. t. 73. f. 1. la. 1b (1.,p., 7.) (1882) ; Pagenst., Jvis i. p. 41. n. 1 (1885) (Ceram) ;

Hamps., J/lustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B.M. viii. p. 2. n. 31 (1891) (Nilgiris, 3000 ft.) ;

Swinh., /.c. i. p. 33. n. 130 (1892) (China ; Ganjam ; Silhet ; Burmah).

*Diludia melanomera Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 615. n. 17. t. 94. p. 4 (1877) (Silhet ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; Swinh., /.c. i. p. 33. n. 129 (1892) (Berhampore ; Silhet : Singapore).

*Diludia macromera Butler, Ann. Mag. N.H. (5). x. p. 435. n. 7 (1882) (Sarawak ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Swinh., /.c. i. p. 33, n. 132 (1892) (Ceylon).

Sphinx ahrendti Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 104. n. 196 (1888) (Amboina ; nom.

nud. “ Plétz” in litt.).

Pseudosphine discistriga, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 105. n. 169 (1892)

(partim) ; id., Z/lustr. Typ, Spee. Lep. Het. B.M. ix. p. 3. n. 52 (1893) (partim ; Ceylon) ;

Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 404. n. 52. t. m. £. 5. 6. 7 (l., p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Cebu ;

Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 17. n, 17 (1900) (partim ; Kinigunang ; specim. ex

Ralum = Megacorma obliqua).

Diludia increta, Swinhoe, /.c. i. p. 33. n. 133 (1892) (Assam),

Meganoton melanomera, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n, 8 (1892) (Silhet).

Meganoton vates, id., l.c. p. 683. n. 11 (1892 (India ; Ceylon).

Meganoton vates var, a., Sph. abietina, id., l.c. sub n. 11 (1892) (Himalaya).

Meganoton (?) menephron, id., /.c. n. 12 (1892) (Amboina).

Meganoton macromera, id., 1.c. n. 14 (1892) (Sarawak).

Meganoton casuarinae, id., 1.c. n. 15 (1892) (Australia).

Meganoton nebulosa, id., l.c. n. 16 (1892) (Australia).

$%. A very variable form as regards size and colour. The individual

variability of this insect was not recognised by Butler, who bestowed no less than

four names upon the differently coloured specimens, though the insect had already

six names given to it. Besides these ten names (menephron, discistriga, casuarinae,

emarginata, darius, abietina, vates, nebulosa, melanomera, macromera) there are

two more, increta and ahrendti, under which it has been referred to. An ample

supply ! 5

On the other hand, Sir George Hampson, knowing that menephron, or discistriga

as he calls the species, showed a great, amount of variability, considered nearly all

the oriental Sphingids which have grey forewings marked with black as being

individuals of one and the same species. Thus we find knocked together in Fauna

Brit. India, Moths I. and 1V., under the name of discistriga no less than five species

belonging to four genera and to two tribes.

There are three principal types of aberrations: (a) a pale form (/f. vates) ;

(4) a pale form with conspicuons black medio-costal area on the forewing

(/. casuarinae); and (c) a dark form (f. menephron).

The /. caswarinae seems to be confined to Australia and New Guinea, where

the brown form is very rare. ;

The mesonotum has sometimes two black dots ; the foretarsal segments 2 to 5

are often dark brown. Very large specimens occur in the Bismarck Archipelago.

Larva and pupa see above.

( 45 )

Hab. China to Ceylon, eastwards to the Solomon Islands, more or less common.

In the Tring Museum 180-odd specimens from a great number of localities «

one caterpillar.

c. P. menephron increta.

*Ancery« increta Walker, 1c. xxxi. p. 36 (1864) (Shanghai ;—Brit. Mus.); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc.

p. 589. n. 33 (1888) (Japan).

Diludia increta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 615. n. 19 (1877) (Shanghai; nec Masuri &

S. India) ; id., ZJ/ustr. Typ. Spee. Lep. Het. B.M. iii. p. 4. t. 41, £. 7 (1879) ; Leech, Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond. p. 120. n. 98 (1889) (Kiukiang).

Pseudosphinx discistriga, Hampson, in Blanf., Fawna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 105. n. 169 (1892) (partim).

Pseudosphinx increta, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 288. n. 65 (1898) (Japan ; Kiukiang ; Ichang ;

Omei-shan).

Meganoton increta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 10 (1892) (China ; Japan).

Sphina inereta, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 51 (1899).

$2. A pale form, not always distinguishable from the pale individuals of

m. menephron. The forewing of a uniform grey colour, with the transverse lines

more or less obliterated ; the black oblique bar at the end of the cell, the apical

half-wing, the costal markings midway between the two—the costal part of the

discal lines—and the two discal streaks very prominent on the pale ground. In

two of our specimens, without further indication of locality than Japan, those black

markings are much enlarged, the two discal streaks being only separated by

the vein, and the costal and apical markings being twice as heavy as in ordinary

individuals.

Hab. Japan ; Corea ; China.

No dark form known from Japan, while in China ¢xereta merges into menephron.

Common in Central and South Japan, not known from Yesso ?

In the Tring Musenm 80-odd specimens ; 4 caterpillars.

XL PEMBA gen. noy.—Typus: distanti.

3. Tongue rather short, shorter than in Psélogramma. Pilifer with bristles.

Palpus very slender, elongate, just visible from above, not dilated distally.

Antenna shorter than cell of forewing. Foretibia armed with some long spines

externo-laterally at and before end ; midtibia with very few spines near the spurs ;

spurs long, long terminal one of hindtibia nearly as long as the first tarsal segment ;

first segment of foretarsus shorter than tibia, not quite the length of segments

2 to 4 together, with three external prominent spiues; no midtarsal comb ;

pulvillus present, paronychium with one slender lobe at each side. SC’ and Rt of

hindwing on a stalk, R? near lower angle of cell, D? very long, very oblique, slightly

angled, D* shorter than D'.

Tenth tergite deeply divided. Harpe vestigial. No friction-patch. Penis-

sheath with a short bilobate process as in Psilogramma.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Pemba I., Bast Africa.

One species.

Distinguished from Psilogramma, which it resembles most in the sexual

armature, by the fore- and midtibia bearing some spines, in the absence of a

( 46 )

midtarsal comb, the slender palpus, ete. From Lraedora it differs, besides the

sexual armature, in the long spurs and the Jong cross-vein D?° of the hindwing.

The genus connects Praedora and Hoplistopus with Psilogramma, but does not

show a trace of the peculiar naked stripe of the last, which is a specialisation not

acquired by the common ancestor.

22. Pemba distanti spec. nov.

3. Whitish grey ; a lateral spot on metanotum, a series of dorso-lateral spots

at the apices of the abdominal segments, and a mesial line on the abdomen black.

Wings, upperside. Forewing whitish grey like thorax ; an indistinct costal

spot at basal third, another in front of upper angle of cell, two very thin discal

streaks R'5—M2, an oblique thin line from tip of SC towards disc, and the fringe-

dots at the end of the veins brownish black, a trace of a discal band beginning at

costal margin before fork, convex down to M’, then straight, another band parallel

with this and proximal of it, beginning at the costal spot, interrupted between R!

and M'. Hindwing unicolorous, very thin brown fringe-spots at the ends of

the veins.

Underside grey, no markings excepting a short apical oblique line on forewing

and the small fringe dots.

Tenth tergite (PI. XXVII. f. 1. 2) divided as in Psilogramma menephron, but

the two processes wider apart and more strongly curved downwards ; sternite

(Pl. XXVII. f. 3) very short, with a small round lobe at each side, mesially

curved upwards, ~~-shaped in an apical view. Clasper (Pl. XXXYV. f. 25) long

sole-shaped, the inner sheath, just above the triangular ventro-basal part which

represents the harpe, raised into a low sharp ridge (7). Penis-funnel (P—F) a

short half-cylinder, open above, the ventral edge curved downwards ; penis-sheath

(Pl. XXVIII. f. 32) with a two-pointed short process which projects laterad.

Length of forewing : 34 mm.

Hab. Pemba Island, Hast Africa; 1 3 in coll. W. L. Distant.

XII. DOVANIA gen. nov.—Typus : poecila.

3. Pilifer normal. Tongue well developed (length?). Hye lashed. Palpus

roughly scaled like body and legs, obtuse. Antenna very strongly compressed,

setiform, hook long and quite gradual; segments ventrally not quite touching

one another (side-view). Spines of abdomen numerous and small. Tibiae not

spinose ; spurs long, almost equal in length, long terminal one of hindtibia about

one-fourth shorter than the first tarsal segment ; first segment of foretarsus short,

little longer than second, with three stout external spines besides a smaller basal

one ; midtarsus without comb; pulvillus absent ; paronychium with one lobe on

each side. Wings entire; cross-veins of hindwing strongly oblique, D° twice as

long as D*, this shorter than D! ; SC? and R' on a stalk.

Tenth tergite simple, narrow, sharply pointed ; sternite much broader, shorter,

troneate, with the angles rounded (Pl. LIX. f. 4). Clasper reduced, without friction-

scales ; harpe broad, concave, roundedly dilated dorsad at end; inner surface smooth,

( 47 )

dorsal and apical edges denticulate (Pl. LIX. f. 3). Penis-sheath somewhat curved,

with a short conical horizontal apical tooth pointing dextro-laterad (Pl. LIX. f. 9).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. British Central Africa.

One species.

23. Dovania poecila spec. nov. (Pl. VI. f. 9, 2).

3. Black, with few white hair-scales. Antenna (except scaling) hazel colour,

Abdomen with broad creamy buff rings, which are broadly interrupted above, widest

laterally, and confined to the tergites.

Wings, upperside. Forewing olive-black, with the black lines indistinct,

traceable in consequence of the presence of bluish white scales in the interspaces ;

an area at lower angle of cell and extending on to dise without these scales; a

triangular costal apical patch deeper black and continued backwards as a kind of

submarginal band; an angle-shaped apical spot followed behind SC* by a line, white ;

stigma ferruginons yellow; fringe with traces of white spots. Hindwing ferru-

ginous, base and abdominal margin black ; fringe brown, with small white spots.

Underside : brown, both wings ferruginous on disc; this colour extending

to distal margin except in front and behind; the two white markings near tip

of forewing as above ; hindwing with a bluish white postdiscal band, which is not

well defined, and traces of some discal bands ; there are also some bluish white

sealing on the forewing in outer third.

Length of forewing: ¢, 36 mm.

Hab. District of Dowa, or Chiwere, Central Angoniland.

1 3 in the Oxford Museum.

XIU. LOMOCYMA gen. nov.—Typus : oegrapha.

Sphine, Mabille (non Linné, 1758), C. RR. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxviii. p. 187 (1884).

3%. Antenna (¢) strongly compressed, the fasciculated ciliae long, ventral

series not reaching mesial line, ultimate segment shorter than in Psilogramma,

Meganoton and allied genera, the preceding ones all shorter than high. Eye

lashed. Tibiae not spiny. First segment of foretarsus long-scaled, appearing

inerassate, externally with 3 or 4 moderately prolonged and somewhat curved

spines, externo-apical spine of second segment also prolonged ; first segment of

mid- and hindtarsus much longer than the other segments together, and longer

than the tibiae. Midtarsus with comb as in Meganoton; spines of row 3 of first

segment of hindtarsus little prolonged basally, row 2 almost reaching base ; spurs

long, long apical one of hindtarsus about # the length of first tarsal segment ;

pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with to flaps at each side. Distal

margin of wings scalloped, fringe long.

d. Clasper without patch of modified scales ; penis-sheath without armature.

%. Postvaginal part of vaginal plate chitinised, broadly rounded apically ;

mouth of yagina proximal, a thin membranaceous fold runs from side to

side bordering the vaginal cavity proximally, antevaginal part of vaginal plate

membravaceous.

( 48 )

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Madagascar.

One species.

24. Lomocyma oegrapha.

Sphinx oegrapha Mabille, /.c. (1884) (Madag.).

Hyloicus (?) oegrapha, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n. 16 (1892) (Madag.).

$2. The species bears a superficial resemblance to certain American

Dilophonota.

$. Tenth abdominal tergite produced into a long, strongly curved, obtusely

pointed, subeylindrical process ; sternite very short, the lobe shorter than broad,

truncate, angles very strongly rounded, distal margin mesially continuous with

the under surface of the anal cone, sides somewhat turned upwards. Clasper small,

sole-shaped, dorso-apical margin turned inwards, rough with long scaling ; sub-

dorsal fold high basally, ending abruptly ; harpe produced into a single, long,

slender, pointed, process, curved upwards, bearing a minute tooth on the distal side.

Penis-sheath dorsally produced into a very short rounded lobe, directed distad ; no

tooth or hook.

Hab. Madagascar ; apparently rare.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 1 ? from Madagascar, without more precise locality.

XIV. OLIGOGRAPHA gen. noy.—Typus: juniperi.

Sphinx, Boisduval (non Linné, 1758), in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. 11. p. 595 (1847).

Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 229 (1856) (partim).

Hyloicus, Butler (non Hiibner, 1822), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 617 (1877).

3%. Antenna thickest beyond middle, almost clubbed in 2; end-segment not

more than two and a half times as long as high, not produced into a bristle-like

process, dorsally covered with long scales; no prolonged fasciculated ciliae in ?,

those of d about half as long as the segment is broad dorsally. Tongue longer than

the body. Pilifer normal, genal process triangular, as long as pilifer. Palpus

somewhat prominent, visible from above. Eyes lashed. Tibiae not spinose ; first

segment of foretarsus rather densely spinose externally, spines of first row a little

longer than the others; midtarsus with comb, but the bristles of the comb not —

much longer than the ordinary spines; first segment of hindtarsus longer than

segments 2 to 5 together, a little shorter than the tibia ; spurs long, long apical one

of hindtibia about 3 to } the length of the first tarsal segment ; pulvillus present,

paronychium with one lobe on each side.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab. 8. BE. Africa.

The end-segment of the antenna is comparatively very short, reminding one

of the antennae of Volbina and allies.--A derivation from Lomocyma.

25. Oligographa juniperi.

*Sphine juniperi Boisduval, lc. p. 595. n. 112 (1847) (Natal) ; id., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 107.

n. 40 (1875) (Natal ; Hottentot country). ‘

Sphine juniperae (!), Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. 0.1475 (1857) (loc. err. !).

( 49 )

Anceryx juniperi, Walker, /.c. vili. p. 229. n. 12 (1856) (Natal).

Hyloicus juniper’, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 617, n. 9 (1877) (Natal) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n. 15

(1892) (Natal).

do. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually narrowed, slightly curved, pointed,

compressed, highest beyond middle, clothed with numerous short hairs, dorsally

sulcate and bicarinate, below carinate ; sternite elongate, slightly narrowed to end,

somewhat convex below, straight, curved upwards at extremity, sinuate, the

angles strongly rounded. Clasper without friction-scales, sole-shaped ; harpe

(PI. XXXY. f. 16) with a single obtuse and somewhat concave process, which

bears a tooth on the external surface, upper edge of harpe dilated and

dentate. Penis-sheath with a very long denticulate process, curved proximad

(PI. XXVIII. f. 37).

?. Vaginal cavity subapical (Pl. XX. f. 23), large, transverse, the ante-

vaginal portion of the plate conyex, the proximal edge of the cavity gently sinuate,

eighth sternite very short.

Hab. Natal.

In the Tring Museum 21 3d, 7 2 2 from; Namaqualand; Bashee R., Caffraria ;

Natal ; Delagoa Bay.

XV. HOPLISTOPUS gen. nov.—Typus : penrice?.

g. Tongue about half the length of the body. Pilifer with bristles and a very

few scales; genal process triangular, nearly reaching end of pilifer. Palpus slender,

visible from above, first segment with rough hairs. Antenna as long as cell of

forewing, not strongly compressed, not higher than broad, distinctly incrassate

distally, hook short, fasciculated ciliae of basal row of segments very short mesially,

distal rows reaching about half way down to the mesial line. Scaling between

antennae prolonged to a crest. ‘Tibiae not spinose, longer than the respective first

tarsal segment ; first segment of foretarsus about twice as long as broad, armed

with three stout spines, the apical one nearly as long as the segmeut, curved, second

and third segments about equal in length, apical spines also prominent ; midtarsus

without comb ; first segment of hindtarsus about as long as the four others together ;

long distal spur of hindtibia about one-third the first tarsal segment, the two pairs

rather far apart; pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with one lobe ;

abdominal spines very weak, none on sternites.

3. Tenth abdominal segment strongly compressed, almost vertical at the

sides, narrow, curved, obtusely pointed, dilated veutrad, so that it appears truncate

in side-view (PI. XX VIL. f.9, 10); the sternite produced into a very long process,

which is deeply divided into two long, slender, pointed lobes, which remind one of

the tenth sternite of 47. ligustri. Clasper rounded sole-shaped ; harpe (Pl. XXXV.

f. 21) very short, dilated dorsad into a dentate lobe. Penis-sheath without

armature,

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. South-West and South Africa.

Two species.*

* Two more African genera of this group see Appendix.

10)

(50 )

26. Hoplistopus penricei spec. nov. (PI. NIT. f. 5, d).

3. Body and wings smoky grey above and below, very uniform in colour.

Sealing of antenna greyish white. Abdomen with two rows of black patches

laterally, the patches not very distinct.

Wings, above. Forewing : on disc a series of very thin black streaks between

veins, the series ending in the oblique apical line, similar but shorter streaks upon

the veins at end ; there is a faint indication of discal and postdiscal transverse lines

not far from inner angle, and also an indication of a grey submarginal band ; fringe

paler between veins, the nerve-dots ill-defined. Hindwing unicolorous, fringe

white, with minute smoky grey dots.

Underside without markings, long. hairs of cell of forewing paler grey, nerve

spots of fringe better defined than above.

Length of forewing : 24 mm.

Hab. Munyendi River, Angola, April 1900 (Penrice), 1 ¢ in Mus. Tring.

A second &, with scarcely any markings, in Mus. Stockholm from Damaraland,

27. Hoplistopus butti spec. nov. (PI. V. f.15, 3).

d. Structurally the same as penrice?, the two insects being perhaps only

cospecific subspecies. Body and wings whitish grey, far paler than in penriced ;

mesothoracie tegula with black upper edge; abdomen with one series of black

spots, which is dorso-lateral, or there is a second row of spots below the first.

Forewing above: a line in cell and one or more lines on discs between the

veins black ; an oblique black apical stripe ; two parallel lines on disc, S-shaped,

feebly marked, followed distally before inner margin by a linear patch representing

a third line.

Hab. Beaufort West, Cape Colony.

3 34, all imperfect, in the Tring Museum, collected by Mrs. Butt.

XVI. PRAEDORA gen. nov.—Typus: marshalli.

3. Differs from Hoplistopus in the following points :—

Palpus rather more prominent; fore- and midtibia spénose ;.foretibia with

some long blunt apical spines, terminal spine more than a third the length of the

tibia ; first segment of foretarsus as long as 2 to 4 together; spurs spinose ; long

terminal one of hindtibia a little longer than half the first tarsal segment.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite very strongly compressed, carinate above, vertical

at the sides, curved, pointed, evenly narrowed ; lobe of sternite rounded-triangular,

very obtuse, nearly as long as tergite; clasper narrow, sole-shaped, long-scaled

outside, dorsal margin curved inward mesially, subdorsal fold of inner surface

high, inner surface beset with small tubercles ventrally and distally ; harpe

(Pl. XXXV. f. 19) ending in a gradually narrowed ventro-distal process, which

is curved inward and upward distally. Penis-sheath without armature.

%. Antenna sub-andromorphic, with long seriated ciliae. Vaginal plate

(Pl. XXL. f. 12) sinuate, the edge rugate.

Larva and chrysalis unknown,

Hab. Bast Africa,

Two species.

(pila)

28. Praedora marshalli spec. nov. (PI. V. f. 16, 3).

3. Body above brownish grey, collar with au almost white thin transverse line,

sides of mesothoracie tegula brownish black ; abdomen with a series of small mesial

dots and a lateral longitudinal band which are brownish black, two widely separate

rows of dorsal dots whitish and not strongly marked; underside grey, palpus brown

at side.

Wings, above. Forewing: grey, some antemedian lines undulating, curving

costad, two distal lines, the external one more distinct, S-shaped, a postdiscal,

more or less zigzag, line, more distinct in frout, some submarginal angle-shaped

spots, pointing distad, more or less jointed to the post-discal line, and a distinct

lunule SC°—R', all brownish black ; stigma white, edged with black ; fringe brown,

with heavy whitish grey spots. Hindwing: pale greyish brown, darker distally,

fringe as on forewing.

Underside brownish grey, both wings with traces of two discal lines.

Length of forewing: 3d, 20 mm.

Hab. South-East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Umtali, Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall),

received from the British Museum, where there are several specimens from the same

place, as well as 2 3d from N’Gami (F. D. Lugard).

29. Praedora plagiata spec. nov. (PI. XII. f. 9, ?).

?. Pilifer without scales, only with bristles. Foretibia shorter than first

dorsal segment, with two apical spines, one dorsal, long, curved, the other externo-

lateral, shorter, besides a few short spines concealed under the rather rough scaling

(midtarsus and hindleg not preserved). Antenna short, slender (tip broken).

SC? and R! of hindwing from a point, not stalked ; head tufted ; occiput and upper-

side of thorax blackish brown, edge of pronotum and middle of mesonotum greyish

white; abdominal tergites wood-brown, paler at the edges, with vestiges of three

rows of brown spots or interrupted bands, one row dorsal, the other lateral ; under-

side clayish grey, without black patches.

Wings in tint similar to the body. Upperside. Forewing : grey, with a faint

pinkish tone ; a large brownish black middle patch, narrowing behind, extending

from base of M! well upon disc, widest at costal margin, where it becomes paler in

middle, continued to inner margin by two discal lines ; antemedian and subbasal

brown lines ill-defined, three in number, the second and third heavier marked at

the costal margin ; beyond the patch there is an indistinct discal line bordered with

buff distally, a still more indistinct, zigzag, postdiscal line, some geminate vein-

dots, indicating the submarginal line, and au obliquely longitudinal dash ending at

the tip of SC’, where it is preceded by a small black angle-shaped mark; fringe

chequered brown and white. Hindwing greyish brown, palest at base, without

markings ; fringe white with brown dots.

Underside : cinnamon bistre brown, base a little paler, disc of both wings

crossed by three very indistinct parallel lines.

Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 12) sinuate, the edge produced into a broad rounded

lobe at each side ; subcarinate mesially, obliquely wrinkled proximally, the wrinkles

ocenpying a triangular mesial space.

Length of forewing : ?, 29 mm.

Harly stages unknown.

Hab, Region of M’Pala, Tanganyika (Guillemé), 1 9 in coll, Charles Oberthiir,

( 52 )

30. Praedora leucophaea spec. nov. (Pl. LXVI. f. 10, 2).

&. Pulyillus narrow; lobe of paronychium very slender, short. Body greyish

white, with some clayish scales here and there; abdomen appearing ringed with

clay-colour owing to grease.

Wings, upperside. Forewing greyish white ; costal margin slightly concave

as in preceding ; markings clay-colour ; an antemedian band of two lines, curved

costad in front ; between it and base traces of three lines, indicated at costal margin

by three spots ; a trace of a white stigma just outside antemedian band ; a broader

discal band, proximally convex and distally concave between veins, consisting of

two lines with the interspace filled in; between: this band and outer margin

a double line, the inner one vestigial, slightly accentuated by vein-dots ; the outer

one distinet, consisting of half-moons which are convex distally ; a submarginal

line of vein-dots ; fringe clay-colour, with small greyish white internervular

spots. Hindwing pale clay-colour, with a vestige of deeper coloured submarginal

band, which becomes a little more distinct in a side-view.

Underside grey, shaded with clay-colour, distal margins more greyish white-——

Forewing with three faint parallel discal lines, evenly curved, not dentate, distances

between lower angle of cell, first line, third line, and distal margin about the

same. Hindwing also with three lines, the first just in front of apex of cell,

abbreviated, the second about 14 mm. outside lower angle of cell, the third at R*

a little nearer cel] than distal margin.

Length of forewing: d, 20 mm.

Hab. Luitpold Mountains, near Ikutha, Brit. B. Africa.

One din the Tring Museum, received from Messrs. Staudinger & Baug-Haas.

XVII. COCYTIUS.—Typus: antaeus.

Sphinz, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Bu. i. p. 124 (1775).

Cocytius Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140 (1822) (type: antaeus).

Phlegethontius id., le. (type: cluentius).

Amphonyx Poey, Cent. Lep. t. 4 (1832) (type : duponchel).

Macrosila Walker, List. Lep. Ins. B.\M. viii. p. 200 (1856) (partim).

Amphionys (!), Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 289 (1856).

Ancistrognathus Wallengren, Ufv. Sv. Vet. Ac, Handl. xv. p. 138 (1858) (type : antaeus).

3%. Differs from Protoparce and Amphimoea in the third segment of the

palpus being prolonged into a pointed, conical, naked horn. Paronychium with

two lobes on each side. The third row of spines on all or only on the distal segments

of the foretarsus of the d developed into a comb. Antennal segments of ? without

basal rows of prolonged ciliae.

Spines of abdominal tergites heavy, conical, those of the 7th resp. 8th

segment long; no spines or only vestiges of such on the sternites. Mesonotum

as a rule with two white dots, mostly covered by the upper edges of the meso-

thoracic tegula, The scales in the middle of the abdominal tergites raised into

more or less conspicuous tufts or crests. The first segment of the foretarsus with

numerous short spines at the outerside ; in the d the 3rd row dense on segments

1 to 5, or 2 to 5, or 3 to 5, and the spines directed laterad, and somewhat curved,

forming a peculiar kind of comb (Pl. LXIV. f. 6. 9. 10); the spines of row

1,2 and 4 of segments 2 to 5, and of rows 2 and 4 of segment 1 few in number,

( 53 )

the apical spines often alone representing these rows, C. duponchel being the most

advanced species in the development of this tarsal armature; in the 2 the

spination more normal, the spines of row 3 not or less obviously directed laterad,

and rows 1, 2, and 4 always present, though the number of spines is generally

smaller than in row 3, segment 1 excepted.

The transparent spaces on the dise of the hindwing are the result of the

obliteration of the lower layer of scales and of the modification into hair-seales of

the scales of the upper layer; this development is vestigial in clwentius and

beelzebuth, which do not possess the large transparent spaces ; a similar deyelop-

ment is observable on the forewing, where the scales in the proximal half or

two-thirds of cellules R'—M? are half erect in several species and, especially on

the under surface, reduced in size.

Larva: clothed with fine hairs; head narrowing above, subtriangular: horn

granulose, curving downward ; one or more white side-bands.—l’ood : Anonaceae.

Pupa: tongue-case free, either spirally recurved (cluentius), or not recurved

with the end resting against the breast, prominently ringed ; metanotum with two

patches of rongh tubercles, abdominal segments 2 to 8, or 2 to 7 with a long,

transverse, basal patch of the same rough structure ; a short tuberculated ridge

behind the first stigma at the anterior edge of the mesonotum, cremaster

acuminated, ending in two points.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical America, occasionally farther north as a straggler.

Five species.

The genus contains the largest Sphingids. Its species haye the longest

tongue, measuring in large cluentius about 25 mm. (Smith, in Trans. Amer. Ent.

Soc. xv. p. 152 (1888) curiously states that the tongue sLicHTLy exceeds the tip of

the abdomen in length).

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing without transparent discal inter-

spaces. : c ‘ ; . F a ts

Hindwing with transparent discal interspaces . bn Ae

6. Abdomen with five yellow spots. i . 31. C. eluentius.

Abdomen with three yellow spots . : . 32. C. beelzebuth.

c. Transparent spaces distally indented between

the veins . : : : ¢ : . 384. C. antaeus.

Transparent spaces not indented between the

veins : . : : : : 4 ath

d. Postdiscal line of forewing crossing SC* nearer

apex of wing than upper angle of cell;

forewing of ? with white apical patch and

other white markings, d more uniform in

colour, black streaks R*—M? not very

prominent on account of the dark ground

colour of the wing . 5 ; : . 33. C. duponchel.

Postdiseal line crossing SC4 midway between

apex of wing and upper angle of cell, or

nearer cell; forewing similar in the sexes,

paler than in antaeus, discal streaks

R'—M? prominent; no obvious white

markings, besides stigma. : : . 93d. C. lucifer.

( 54 )

Pupa known of three species :

a. Tongue-case spirally rolled up ° ; . C. cluentius.

Tongue-case not spirally rolled up . : : a iD

4. Abdomen without patch of tubercles upon

segment 8 : ; 5 : F C. duponchel.

Abdomen with a rough patch of tubercles

upon the 8th segment —. b ¢ . Crantaeus.

31. Cocytius cluentius.

Merian, Jus. Surinam. t. 3 (1705) (larva, pupa).

Sphine cluentius Cramer, Pap. Ex. i. p. 124. t. 78. f. B (1775) (Ind. oce.) ; id., Le. ii. p, 43. t. 126.

f. A (1777) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 1. p. 219. n. 53 (1779).

Philegethontius cluentius, Hiibner, Verz. beh. Schm. p. 140. n. 1500 (1822). x

Amphonyx cluentius, Poey, Cent. Lep. p. 4 (1882) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep.

p- 90. n. 1488 (1857) (Haiti) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v. p. 67 (1865) ; id., Le.

vi. p. 329 (1806); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 62. n. 1 (1875) (Cayenne; Antilles ;

cit. falsa) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 345 (1876) (Surinam) ; Dew., Mitth.

Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 600. n. 6 —

(1877) (Brazil; R. Janeiro ; Haiti); Burm., Deser. Rép. Arg. v. p. 316 (1878) (partim: caterp.

that of P. albiplaga) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483, n, 56 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Gundl.,

Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 205 (1881) (Cuba) ; Druce, Biolog. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 18. n. 4

(1881) (Chiriqui) ; Edw., Papilio iy. p. 12 (1884) (Vera Cruz) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep, Het. Costa

Rica p. 11 (1897).

Maerosila cluentius, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 200. n. 3 (1856) (Brazil; Rio de Janeiro ;

St. Domingo; Surinam) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba).

Cocytius cluentius, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687. n. 10 (1892) (S. Amer. ; Antilles) ; Rothsch.,

Noy. Zoot. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa); Bénningh., Jris xii. p. 114. n. 13 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

3. The pattern of the forewing reminds one of Dilophonota; cellules R3—M2

almost normally scaled, the multidentate scales being dense also near cell; the

dise of the hindwing has no transparent spaces, the modification of the scales

to hairs not being completed on either side; the scales of the upperside much

narrower than those of the underside. Legs slenderer than in the other species —

of Cocytius. Scaling of pronotum prolonged to two tufts or crests ; mesial tufts of

abdomen seldom distinct, represented by vestigial short carinae. Base of hindwing

black ; yellow subbasal area completely separated into three patches. 7

3. Foretibia as long as, midtibia about 1 mm., and hindtibia about 2 mm.

longer than, the respective first tarsal segment. Foretarsus with comb on segments

3 to 5, segments 1 and 2 with one internal row of spines, which is more or less

incomplete ; the external row of segment 2 is irregular, the apical spine prolonged ; —

the other segments have very few spines, mostly apical, representing rows 1, 2, 4,

first segment nearly twice as long as the second, segments 2 to 5 together half as

long again as the first. Clasper comparatively small for a species of this genus ;

harpe with a flat, rather short, obliquely rounded, process (P]. XX XVII. f. 8), which

is densely hairy at upper apical margin and bears on the external side (towards the

clasper) a series of sharp, recurved, marginal teeth (Pl. XXXVII. f. 9); above

the base of the harpe there is a strongly chitinised fold which is clothed with long

and more or less horizontal bristles. The penis-funnel is prolonged (Pl. XXXVII.

f. 8), somewhat bone-shaped in a lateral view, dilated and truncate at end, ventrally

open, this opening elongate lyre-shaped; the penis-sheath is very slender and

apically produced into an obtuse flat lobe which appears pointed in a side-view,

and is gently enrved ; no teeth. Tenth tergite (PI. XXVIIL. f. 35) comparatively —

( 55 )

short, suddenly curved downward at apical third, somewhat dilated before this

hook, tip slightly spatulate (PI. XX VII. f. 36); sternite membranaceous, without

a lobe, differing in this respect from all the other species of Cocytivs, as well as from

the species of Protoparce.

?. Spination of foretarsus almost normal, row 3 of segment 5 dense. Pro-

portional leneth of tibiae and first tarsal segments as in d; first segment of

foretarsns as long as segments 2 to 5 together, these being much shorter than

in d. Vaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 8) very much less chitinised than in the other

species of Cocytius, being for the most part membranaceons and almost regularly

folded, the lateral edges are stronger ; there is a longitudinal mesial groove from

the mouth of the vagina backwards ; within this groove we find a rod-like, smooth,

glossy, strongly chitinised, carina, which vanishes near the distal margin of the

plate; at each side of the vaginal aperture there is a stronger chitinised oblique

short fold.

Larva with seven white oblique stripes, which meet on the back, but do not

extend laterally below the middle.—Iood : Anona.

Pupa: tongue-case rolled in, making 24 windings, not strongly ringed, almost

smooth towards apex; eye more prominent than in anftaews; mesonotal and

abdominal rough patches similar to those of antaeus, first abdominal tergite more

roughly grooved at the base than in antaeus, eighth segment without patch, only

with some dispersed punctures; cremaster narrower than in antaeus.

Hab. Tropical America from Mexico to Southern Brazil ; West Indies.

In the Tring Museum one chrysalis, and 6 dd¢,18 29 from: Jalapa, Mexico ;

Bogota ; Aroa and Merida, Venezuela ; Brit. Guiana; Minas Geraes; Rio de

Janeiro ; Jamaica.

32. Cocytius beelzebuth.

*Amphonyx beelzebuth Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 63. n. 2 (1895) ut ;—coll, Charles

Oberthiir) ; Schaus, Lint. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (synonymy).

Amphonyx godarti Boisduvyal, l.c. t. 5. f. 1 (1875) (laps. cal.).

Amphonyx vivularis, Druce (on Butler, 1875), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 18.n. 3 t. 3. £4

(1881) (partim ; Chontales, Nicaragua, Chiriqui).

Cocytius beelzebuth, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 686, n. 4 (1892) (Hab. ?).

Cocytius godarti, Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, i. p. 91\(1894) ; Binningh., /ris xii. p. 114. n. 14 (1899)

(Rio de Janeiro).

3%. Owing to an error in the letterpress of Boisduyal’s Plate V., where the

present species is named godarti instead of beelzebuth, the names of beelzebuth and

godarti have several times been misapplicd. The basal and submarginal areas

of the forewing are greener than in any other species of Cocytius, and there is

a green patch distally and costally of the stigma; the scaling in cellule M'—M°

is, on the underside, less dense than elsewhere on the wing, the scales of the upper

layer being hair-like; that cellule is, therefore, somewhat transparent, except

towards margin ; a similar process of reduction is going on in cellule R’—M" ; the

hindwing has no transparent patches, but vestiges of such are noticeable between

I’ and M’ close to cel] proximally of the band of yellow discal spots. Foretarsus

with the comb of spines on segments 2 to 5 in 3, the comb much less conspicuous

in 2, the spines being in this sex more normal in position and direction, pointing

more distad than in d. Midtibia a little longer than (¢), or as long as (%),

hindtibia as long as (3), or a little longer than (%), respective first tarsal segments.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 43. 44) elongate, widest in middle,

( 56 )

slightly hooked, pointed, longitudinally impressed from tip to middle on the ventral

side (Pl. XXVII. f. 44), the edges of the groove notched, ending proximally in

a tooth-like ridge, before which (at proximal side) there is a larger number of

hairs ; sternite with a long, curved, mesial lobe, which is gradually narrowed to

a point (Xv), the subdorso-lateral edge of the sternite is somewhat recurved,

forming a fold which bears some hairs. The clasper is not larger than in

lucifer, differing obviously in size from that of antaeus and duponchel ; harpe

ventrally produced into a distal process, somewhat as in Amphimoea walkeri, this

process slightly spatulate, the upper edge of the harpe not dentate, bat proximally

divided into two low ridges (Pl. XXXVII. f. 10); there is no conspicuous dense

tuft of bristles on the harpe or near it. Penis-sheath produced into an apical lobe

(the tip of which is broken off in the only ¢ dissected) ; there is no tooth ; before

end we find another lobe (PI. X XIX. f. 10) which points proximad, but does not

project beyond edge; the sheath protrudes from a short penis-funnel, which is

collar-like, open ventrally, clothed with minute hairs, and bears dorsally a strongly

chitinised flat process which narrows distally and is trancate-sinuate at the end.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLX. f. 9) resembling that of C. lucefer to a certain

extent ; the opening of the vagina is free, the proximal and lateral edges raised

in a semicircle ; behind the aperture, within the semicircular wall, stands a fold

or elongate tubercle at each side; the aperture is less distal in position than in

lucifer, but much more distal than in axtaeus.

Larva and chrysalis not. known.

Hab. Nicaragua to Rio de Janeiro, probably in all suitable localities in tropical

continental America. .

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Espiritu Santo, and 1d and 1 2 without

locality (from German dealers).

33. Cocytius duponchel.

Amphonyx duponchel Poey, Cent. Lép. Cuba texte & f. 4 (1832); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soe.

Philad. vy. p. 67 (1865) (Cuba) ; id., Le. vi. p. 329 (1866) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix.

p. 599. n. 1 (1877) (Haiti; Jamaica); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p, 207 (1881) (1. on Anona &

Bocagea).

Macrosila jatrophae, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 200, n. 4 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ.

Ae. Se. Philad. iv. p. 162. n. 54 (1859) (partim).

Amphionyx (!) duponchelii (!), uucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 299 (1856).

Macrosila duponchel, Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba).

Amphonyx godarti Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i, p. 65. n. 4 (1875) (Minas Geraes 2 ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir) ; Schaus, Hut, News vi. p. 142 (1895) (= affinis).

*Amphonyx duponchelii ( 1), Boisduyal, le. n. 5 (1875) (Cuba, ¢) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep.

Het.i. p. 17. n. 1 (1881) (Chiriqui, Haiti; Jamaica ; Cuba; Trinidad); Pitt. & Bioll., Zep.

Het, Costa Rica p. 11 (1897).

*Amphonyx rivularis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 11. n. 22 (1875) (Ega, ¢ ;—Mus. Brit.).

Cocytius godarti, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 686. n. 5 (1892) (cit. partim).

Cocytius duponchelii (!), id., Le. n. 8 (1892) (Antilles) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoou. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa);

Boénningh., /ris xii. p. 113. n. 12 (1899) (Ric de Janeiro ; rare).

*Cocytius affinis Rothschild, Noy. Zoou, i. p. 92 (1894) (C. Amer. ; Venezuela ;—Mus, Tring) ; id.,

lc. p. 541. (1894) (Aroa).

3%. The commonest species of the genus. We cannot find any difference

between West Indian and Continental specimens. The black discal dashes R*—M*

of the forewing are not prominent. The dirty white stigma is transverse, kidney-

shaped. The transparent space R'\—R? of the hindwing is, at R', shorter than the

black marginal border is broad.

( 57 )

3. All the segments of the foretarsus have the second internal row of spines

developed into a many-toothed comb; the other rows of spines are reduced; the

first segment has only the external row inelusive of the numerous additional

externo-lateral, irregularly placed, spines ; the second and fourth rows are indicated

by one or two spines apically ; the second segment with a few external spines

representing row 1, the third segment with still less spines, fourth and fifth

segments with only the comb, and at apex a single spine as a remnant of row 1 ;

first segment very much shorter than tibia, little longer than the second, very

faintly curved. First segments of mid- and hindtarsus as long as the respective

tibia. Tenth abdominal segment similar to that of lucifer; the sternite much

broader and also shorter. Clasper very large; its dorso-apical margin strongly

eurved inwards ; harpe an elongate triangular process (PI. XXXVIL f. 5) curved

upwards at end, pointed, sharply dentate along its subventral edge, and also at

the upper edge near apex ; a large tuft of long and strong bristles at the upper

edge near the base of the process. Penis-sheath (PI. XEX. f. 14) armed at end

with a long, horizontal, slightly curved tooth, which bears another smaller tooth

at the proximal side.

?. The comb of spines on the foretarsus is not well marked, the spines of the

second internal row being directed distad, as in the case of an ordinary tarsus ;

but these spines are rather close together, and the comb-like arrangement becomes

more apparent on the distal segments ; all four rows present on all the segments ;

first segment almost as long as the tibia, nearly twice the length of the second

segment. First segments of mid- and hindtarsus about 14 mm. longer than the

respective tibia. Vaginal plate broad, the slanting lateral edges somewhat recurved

(Pl. XIX. f. 6), forming a low ridge; mouth of vagina beyond middle, armed

proximally at each side with a triangular flat lobe, the apex of which is more or

less rounded. The forewing is rather prominently marked with white ; there is

a white, generally conspicuous, dash distally of stigma.

Larva not known. Pupa: tongue-sheath much shorter than in the other

species (cluentius, antaeus), only 12 mm. long from the base in a straight line to

the end, ringed as in anfaeus, the underside smooth ; abdominal patches as’ in

cluentius, eighth segment without one, all the patches narrower in middle than

towards sides.

Hab. Neotropical Region inclusive of the West Indies.

Poey, when describing this species, said: “ J’ai suivi MM. Latreille et Godart

(Bne. méth.) dans Vusage de ne point écrire les noms propres au génitif.”

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, 130 odd specimens from: Jamaica; Cuba ;

Mexico, southward to Bolivia and southern Brazil.

34. Cocytius antaeus.

Sphine antaeus Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ent. ii. p. 43. t. 25. f. 1 (1773) (Jamaica).

Sphing caricae, Miller (non Linné, 1758), Natwrs. v. 1. p. 638. n. 11. t. 20, f. 2 (1774).

Sphing jatrophae Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 538. n. 8. (1775) (= antaeus Drury, Jns. 2. t. 25. £. 1;

Merian. Surin. t. 38!).

Cocytius jatrophae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n. 1497 (1822) (=medor=hydaspes).

Amphonyx antaeus, Poey, Cent. Lép. Cuba (1832) ; (=caricae of Miiller ;=jatrophae=hydaspus

medor) ; Smith, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 153 (1888) (Florida) ; Edwards, Bull. U. St. Nat

Mus. xxxvy. p. 45 (1889) (liter. rel. to transform.).

Macrosila antaeus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 200. n, 4 (1856) (partim ; Jamaica ; Haiti ;

Mexico; Honduras ; Ega).

Ancistrognathus antaeus, Wallengren, Ofv. Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ac. Handl. p. 138 (1858).

( 58 )

Amphonyz jatrophae, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, 64, n, 3 (1875) (Am. mer. ; Antilles).

Cocylius antaeus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Met. i. p. 686. n. 3. (1892).

We do not believe that Cramer’s Aydaspus is based on anything else but a

specimen of avtaeus with the abdomen of eluentius, the posterior spots of which

were bleached to white; the bad drawing of the hindwing suggests that the

specimen was mutilated.

22. Cellule M'—M? of forewing semitransparent, the scaling not being dense

and the scales of the upper layer being hair-like on the under surface, the black

dash in this cellule, therefore, more or less obliterated ; the dash R®—M? much

heavier, but the modification of the sealing also here apparent ; the buffish white

subbasal line, which is separated*into a costal, a more distal cellular, and a

postcellular portion, differs from the same line of duponchel in the posterior portion

being more distal and standing at right angles to M, this portion being in fact a

little farther from the base than the costal one, while in duponchel the reverse is

the case; the postdiseal line more curved than in duponchel. The transparent

spaces of the hindwing are long, space R'—R®* being obviously longer than the —

brown border of the wing is broad; the spaces are incised distally, the brown

border being more or less strongly dentate between the veins ; cellule M*—(SM’)

anteriorly more or less semitransparent. Underside often rather conspicuously

washed with ochre yellow.

3. Foretibia very little, midtibia obviously, longer and hindtibia a little shorter,

than the respective first tarsal segments ; anterior tarsus as in duponchel, but the

first segment possesses only the external spines, the comb being but represented

by one or two apical spines, the other segments with a few more spines than in

duponchel. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 41. 42) somewhat bi-areuate

in side-view, apex pointing downward and distad, more or less acute, long ; sternite

similar to that of /wcifer, but the sides more parallel and the apex rounded-truncate.

Clasper large; harpe with a strong subcylindrical process, which is rather club-

shaped, being dilated at end, the distal part heavily dentate ; above the harpe

near the base of the clasper is a high fold (Pl. XXXVII. f. 6) beset with

numerous long bristles. The penis-funnel is represented by a kind of collar-shaped

fold, which is open ventrally and is clothed with minute hairs ; penis-sheath

(Pl. XXIX. f. 15) with one small tooth before end.

?. Foretarsus with all four rows of spines present, comb of second segment

not so regular as in d, and the spines directed more distad ; foretibia little longer,

mid- and hindtibia 1 to 2 mm. longer, than the respective first tarsal segment.

Vaginal plate very large, strongly chitinised also apically, but with few or no

seales (P]. XIX. f. 5), subtruncate, lateral edges incrassate or recurved ; mouth

of vagina free, with the edge not so much raised as in lucifer and beelzebuth,

more proximal in position than in ahy other species, being much nearer the base

than the apex. Specimens that have copulated bear generally a high longitudinal

crest of a whitish substance on the vaginal plate.

Larva greyish green, one broad white oblique stripe ending at the horn ;

stigmata yellow; no green oblique side-bands on segments 4 to 11.—Food: Anona,

not Jatropha.

Pupa: long and rather slender (length 90 mm.), eighth abdominal tergite

with divided patch of tubercles.

Hab. Neotropical Region, including the Antilles and Florida, occasionally

farther north.

G22")

a. C. antaeus medor.

Merian, Jus. Surin. t. 3. & 38. (1705) (imago).

Sphinx hydaspus Cramer, Pap. Ev. ii. p. 31. t. 118. f. A (1777) (Surinam ; artefact !).

Sphinx medor Stoll, in Cramer, /.c. iv. p. 215. t. 394. f. A (1782) (Surinam).

Sphinx hydaspes (!), id., Le.

Sphinx anonae Shaw, Natur. Miscell. xiv. t. 566. 567. (180-).

Amphonyzx (!) jatrophae, Boisduyal, Cons, Lép. Guatemala p. 75 (1870) (“ Linné” as author !).

Amphonyx medor, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 599. n. 4 (1877) (Mexico); Schaus, Lut.

News vi. p. 142 (1895) (= tapayusa) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 17. 0. 2 (1881)

(Jalapa ; Valladolid ; Yucatan ; Eeuador ; Guiana).

Amphonyx tapayusa Moore, Proc. Liverp. Soc. xxxvii. p. 245, t. 7.f. 1 (/.) (1883) (Brazil, E. D. Jones).

Amphonyx antaeus, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 345 (1876) (Surinam ;=jutrophae=

hydaspes=medor) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. ii. p. 163 (1887) (pupa).

Cocylius medor, Kirby, l.c. p. 686. n. 1 (1892) (Mexico ; S. Amer.).

Cocytius hadaspus, id., l.c. n. 2 (1892) (Surinam) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoor. i. p. 91 (1894) (= medor).

Cocytius antaeus, Kirby, /.c. n, 3 (1892) (partim) ; Béoningh., Jris xii. p. 113. n. 11 (1899) (Rio de

Janeiro ; larva!).

Cocytius tapayusa, Kirby, /.c. p. 687. n. 9 (1892).

Cocytius cluentius, Troschel, Ent. News xi. p. 334 (1900) (Chicago, Oct. 6th).

3. The continental form. Darker than the following, the forewing more

variegated ; the black markings more prominent; the yellow patch of the hindwing

deeper sinuate as a rule.

Hab. Florida to South Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, and 12 dd, 30 from: Mexico ; Costa Rica ;

Venezuela, etc.

6. C. antaeus antacus.

Sphinx antaeus Drury, l.c.

Amphionyx (!) jatrophae, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 299 (1856) (Cuba).

Maerosila anthaeus (!), Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba).

Amphonyx antaeus, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. v. p. 66 (1865) (partim ; Cuba) ; iid., /.c. vi.

p. 329 (1866); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 599. n. 3 (1877) (Haiti; syn. partim) ;

Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Surinam) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 206

(1881) (syn. partim ; Cuba, descr. of larva); Dyar, Proc. U. St. N. Mus. xxiii. p. 256 (1900)

(Florida; descr. of stages of larva).

Coeytius antaeus, Kirby, l.c. n. 3 (1892) (syn. partim ; Antilles) ; Rothsch., /.c.

The insular form. The differences between this and the preceding subspecies

are by no means constant.

Hab. Antilles,

In the Tring Museum 13 ¢6d,2 2 from: Jamaica; Nassau, Bahamas (Sir

G. Carter).

35. Cocytius lucifer spec. nov.

*Amphonyx morgani, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spéc. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 66. n. 6 (1875)

(“Sierra Leone” err. loc, ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

*Amphonyx rivularis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 11. n. 22 (1875) (partim ; 9); id., Trans.

Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 599. n. 2. t. 94. f. 6 (9 ) (1877) (hab ?); Druce, Biol. Centr. Am., Lep.

Het. i. p. 18. n. 3 (1883) (partim).

Cocytius rivularis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 686. n. 6 (1892) (partim) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoot. i.

p. 91 (1894) ; id., Z.c. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

The 3 of rivularis described before the ? by Butler, 2.c., belongs to C. duponchel.

The insect erroneously ideutified by Boisduval as Walker's morgani, and described

by him as such, Zc., is the present species.

( 60 )

22. The brownish black markings of thorax and forewing prominent on the

greyish green ground. The discal streaks R*—M? of the forewing, though often

thin, are both well marked. The markings of the upperside, the marginal area of

the hindwing, and the underside of the wings are often more or less walnut-brown.

The mesial line of the abdomen is mostly prominent, sometimes faint, or widely —

interrupted. Both sexes with comb of spines on segments 2 to 5 of foretarsus.

Foretibia a little longer than first segment of foretarsus, this segment about twice

the length of the second. Midtibia barely 1 mm., hindtibia 24 to 3 mm., shorter

than the respective first tarsal segment.

dé. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 37. 38. 39. 40) prismatically

compressed, carinate below, slightly convex above, rounded-dilated distally, the

apex a little curved ventrad, with three broad and short teeth (PI. XXVII.

f. 39), of which the middle one is the shortest; ventral surface with long

bristles forming a beard before apex ; sternite flat, slightly convex ventrally,

sole-shaped (Pl. XXVII. f. 40). Clasper smaller than in duponchel; harpe

(Pl. XXXVI. f. 7) with long curved process, which is somewhat ladle-shaped,

and is sharply dentate distally at lower and upper edges, dorsal side of harpe

densely clothed with bristles, a patch of very long bristles dorsally of base of —

harpe. Penis-sheath with two small teeth before the end (Pl. XXIX. f. 13), the

upper one of them minute.

?. The vaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 7) less broad than in duponchel, the

mouth of the vagina subapical, the edge of the opening raised, but there is no

special armature.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Neciec oie Region, exclusive of the Antilles.

In the Tring Matsean 93d, 9 2% from: Jalapa (type); Orizaba ; British

Honduras ; Costa Rica (Underwood); Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Aroa,

Venezuela.

XVII. AMPHIMOBA gen. noy.—Typus: walkeri.

Amphonyr, Boisduval (non Poey, 1832), Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 67 (1875).

Cocytius, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 686 (1892).

3%. A connecting link between Protoparce and Cocytius. Terminal surface |

of palpus more square, and the third segment little more prominent, than in

Protoparce. & without the peculiar comb of spines on the foretarsus found

in Cocytius, 2 with prolonged ciliae at base of antennal segments. Paronychium

with ¢wo lobes on each side. Abdomen with four yellowish dorsal stripes ;

yellow lateral patches of segment 8 and following longitudinal. Dise of hind-

wing semitransparent. ‘

Larva and chrysalis are probably those figured as jatrophae by Burmeister

(see below).

Hab. Tropical Continental America.

The only species agrees in most characters with Cocytius, but differs remarkably

in the third segment of the palpus not being prolonged to a naked horn. It does

not fit into Cocytius, nor can it be placed into Protoparce.

( 61 )

36. Amphimoea walkeri.

*Amphonyx walkeri Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 67 n. T (1875) (Oyapock ; Guyana ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir); Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 142 (1895) (=stawdingeri=magnificus); Druce,

Biol. Centr. Amer., Let. Het. Suppl. p. 311. n. 3. t. 65. £. 4 (1896) (Chontales, Nicaragua ;

Chiriqui; Guiana).

*Amphonyx stardingeri Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). ii. p. 237 (1888) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Staudinger).

Cocytius staudingeri, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1. p. 686. n, 7 (1892) (Nicaragua ; Panama).

Cocytius walkeri, id., lc. p. 687. n. 11 (1892) (Cayenne !).

*Cocytius magnificus Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 92. t. 7. £. 21 (1894) (Brit. Guiana ;—Mus. Tring).

Amphonyx walkeri (?), Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 114. n. 15 (1889) (Rio de Janeiro).

8%. Bedy buff yellow beneath ; ventral scales of second segment of palpus

very long, mostly buff yellow. Proportional length of tibiae and first tarsal

segments nearly as in Cocytius lucifer.

$. Tenth abdomiual tergite (Pl. X XVII. f. 33) strongly compressed, carinate

above, apex suddenly curved downwards ; sternite very short, reminding one in

size and position of that of Protoparce trimacula, the lobe shorter than broad,

truneate (Pl. XXVII. f. 34), with the angles rounded. Clasper not exaggerated

in size, as it is in Cocytius duponchel; harpe (Pl. XXXVII. f. 11) resembling

that of Protoparce ochus, with a curved ventral process and a flat dentate upper

ridge, no tuft of long bristles upon or near the harpe. Penis-sheath (Pl. X XIX.

f. 16) armed with two small teeth, one near the end, the other more proximal.

2. Vaginal plate (PI. XIX. f. 10) laterally recurved, forming rather prominent

ridges, mesially convex ; the mouth of the vagina subapical.

Hab. Tropical Continental America, from Nicaragua to Southern Brazil,

probably occurring farther north.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢ 3,3 ? 2 from: Pambilar, Hcuador ; British Guiana;

Surinam ; San Leopoldina, 8. Brazil.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir a fine series from St. Rosa, Colombia; Guiana; and

Petropolis. In the Museum at Bern from Para (Goeidi).

The pupa figured as that of C. antaeus (=jatrophae) by Burmeister, Descr.

Rip. Argent. vy. Atlas t. 11. f. 1. 5a. 5B (1879), aud which we received from

St. Catharina is, we believe, that of A. walhker?, as it differs remarkably from

the pupae of cluentius, duponchel, and antaeus, which are contained in the Tring

Museum. It might possibly be that of C. lucifer (= rivularis auct.), but we

expect the pupae of lucifer to possess the peculiar rough patches found in the

other species, and not met with in the chrysalis figured by Burmeister. This

chrysulis is shorter and thicker than that of avtacus ; the tongue-case is longer and

evenly curved, while in antaeus it is nearly straight before the clubbed end; the

rings are high and extend to the middle carina on the underside, while in the

pupae of Cocytius the underside has no rings, they extend also closer to the end

of the free tongue-case, and each ring is laterally (as well as dorsally and ventrally)

interrupted. The rough patch behind the thoracical stigma is indi¢ated, bat there

are no rough patches either on the metanotum or on the abdomen. The cremaster

is broad, rounded, terminating in two subapical and two apical points.

The larva and chrysalis figured by Merian, Ins. Surin. t. 28, belong possibly to

this species ; the chrysalis is certainly not that of duponchel, and it is much too short

for antaeus, though it has, like antaeus, the tongue-case subapically straightened.

The larva figured by Burmeister agrees with that of Merian t. 38 in having

dark green lateral bands besides the posterior white band which ends at the base

of the horn. It lives on Jatropha. The excrements are small,

( 62)

XIX. PROTOPARCE.—Typus : rustica.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim) ; type: ocellata).

Manduca obscura Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. (1806-24), :

Hyloicus id., Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (1822) (partim) ; type: péinuastri).

Acherontia, id., l.c. p. 139 (1822) (partim).

Cocytius id., lc. p. 140. (1822) (partim ; type: antaeus).

Phlegethontius l.c. p. 140 (1822) (partim ; type: cluentius).

Protoparce id,, Burmeister, Schm. Bras. p. 6 (1856) (type : rustica).

Maerosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 198 (1856) (partim ; includes rustica).

Diludia Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 188 (1865) (type: brontes).

Syzygia id., lc, p. 189 (1865) (type: afflicta).

3%. Tongue as long as the body or longer. Genal process nearly reaching

end of pilifer. Labrum raised mesially into a rounded tubercle, truncate in front.

End-segment of antenna long, thin, clothed with long dispersed and half erect

seales. Palpus large, terminal surface in a plane with frons, segment 3 minute,

2 shorter but somewhat broader than 1. Hye large, feebly or not at all lashed.

Tibiae without spines.* First segment of midtarsus with a comb of long bristles

near base; first segment of anterior: tarsus with a number of spines at base —

exteriorly, besides the usual external row, some of the spines of the segment long in

a number of species. Spurs unequal, long terminal one of hindtibia varying in the

different species from one-half to three-quarters the length of the first tarsal segment.

Mesonotum with a short double crest of scales in many species. Pulvillus present

or absent ; paronychium always present, with one lobe on each side.

do. Antenna in some species (carolina, dilucida, afflicta, etc.) obviously longer

and thicker than in others (ducetius, petuniae, ete.) ; segments laterally impressed,

ciliae of basal row short ventrally, the distal row of. ciliae not extending to the —

ventral surface. Tenth tergite slender, more or less slightly hook-shaped, dorsally _

impressed in middle proximally, ventrally subcarinate before end, with dispersed

erect or suberect hairs, tip pointed or slightly sinuate ; tenth sternite with a mesial

lobe which varies in length in the genus, the lobe often canoe-shaped, with the

end truncate or sinuate. Penis-sheath armed at or before end with a prominent,

triangular, compressed, more or less horizontal tooth, which is sometimes replaced —

by one or two small ones; three minutely granulose, membranaceous, com-

pressed lobes in the interior of the sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 21). The clasper is

sole-shaped ; its upper margin dilated before end and turned inward in all species

except lefebure? ; the inner surface is densely clothed with stiff hairs, which point

dorsad and proximad ; harpe normally with a ventral, more or less horizontal, hook,

and a large dentate process or ridge lying more or less flat on the inner surface

of the clasper. In one species (rustica) the ventral hook alone is preserved ; in

others (ochus, lefeburei, petuniae) the dentate part is reduced in size, while in others’

again (/lorestan, sesquiplex, trimacula, ete., etc.) there is no ventral hook ; the

harpe of dalica (= garlepp?) stands intermediate between the second and third

harpe-form. In all species there is a conspicuous patch of suberect scales (generally

white) at the base of the dentate lobe of the harpe, rustica without such a lobe

being alone an exception.

?. The antennal segments are not, or very feebly, impressed laterally ; the

basal ciliae are sometimes slightly prolonged (this is especially the case in

* P. quinquemaculatus alone has a few spines at the tip of the foretibia.

( 63 )

lefeburet). The eighth abdominal tergite is feebly sinuate, or rounded-truncate ;

the sternite strongly chitinons, forming a glabrous postvaginal plate. The vaginal

aperture is covered in front by a broad chitinous lobe of variable length ; there

is a transverse ridge at the base of the lobe where the intersegmental membrane

joins the vaginal armature ; chitin-plate of seventh sternite rather short, rounded

at end, or sinuate, the distal part of the sternite membranous or semimembranous.

Larva: cylindrical, head rounded, not obviously narrowed above; horn simply

curving downward, granulose ; segments 4 to 11 with oblique side-bands (except

in albiplaga). Not known of many species.—F ood: Solanaceae.

Pupa: tongue-case free, curved, the tip nearly touching the breast.

Hab. America, from the North to the South, most plentiful in the tropics.

Thirty species.

Attempts have been made by several authors to divide the assemblage of

species here united under Protoparce into a number of genera. We have vainly

endeavoured to find reliable characters to distinguish generically such different-

looking insects as rustica, ochus, lefeburei, brontes, florestan, sexta, ete., ete. It

is true the species do not agree in all respects. Yes, there are even groups of

closer allied species in Protoparce as conceived by us ; but the differences between

these groups disappear, the gaps are filled up by intergraduate forms, when all

the species are compared. Some species have a larger and more prominent head

than others, some have longer antennae, larger or more obviously lashed eyes, or

long and strong spines on the foretarsus, or possess very long spurs, or mesial

tufts of half-erect scales on the abdomen, or similar tufts at the apical edges of

the tergites; many have yellow abdominal patches, and many have none; there may

be a large pulvillus in one species, and a near relative may be without such a pad.

Not one of these characters can be relied upon in splitting up the genus Protoparce

into several definable genera, which contain at the same time the species which

are nearly related to one another. It is only possible to define such ‘“ genera”

as Diludia and Syzygia, if one disregards the intergraduate forms altogether.

We emphasize that the presence or absence of a pulvillus, though a very

convenient character for the separation of the species in a key, cannot serve as a

basis for the division of the genus into two natural groups.

The genus is essentially tropical; two species extend far into the southern

temperate zone (sexta, petuniae), two into the northern temperature zone (sexta,

quinquemaculatus). It represents the stock from which several genera of the

Nearctic region have originated. There are two very interesting points to be

observed in this respect :

1. The similarity between the genera Atrews, Chlaenogramma, Daremma, and

some species of Protoparce (rustica, forestan), in pattern and structure is so close

that one can scarcely fail to recognise the near relationship of these insects.

2. The distinguishing characters of those offshoots from Protoparce—i.e. from

ancestral forms which would fit into Protoparce as conceived by us—are essentially

negative, consisting of differences which are the outcome of a progressive reduction

of organs. It is very interesting to follow this reduction of organs as it goes on

and on in the assemblage of genera placed here between Protoparce and Ellema.

The several series into which these genera arrange themselves demonstrate clearly,

by the close connection still existing between the genera of each series, that the

direction of development is from the forms with developed organs to those with

reduced organs ; that Protoparce is not the heterogenous product of a convergent

( 64 )

development of offshoots from Daremma, Atreus, Chlaenogramma, ete., ete., but

that these genera are derivations from a common stock similar to Protoparce,

possessing a long tongue, a pulvillnus, a paronychium, a frenulum, a midtarsal comb

and unarmed tibiae. The pulvillus disappears already among Protoparce. The

loss or reduction of one or the other of these organs is accompanied in most cases —

by the appearance of spines on the tibiae, beginning with the foretibia. With

the reduction of the tongue goes hand in hand a shortening of the tongue-case

of the chrysalis, the projecting “ nose ” disappearing finally. In the present group

the pulvillus is the first to be lost, aud then the paronychium; while in the tribe

Sphingulicae, the forms with a short terminal antennal segment, the paronyechium

is lost in one genus, while the pulvillus is still there.

The distinguishing characters of the species of Protoparce are often not very

pronounced, especially as regards the pattern of the wings and body. In several

instances we have not been able to separate two species with certainty except by

the help of the genital armature. On the other hand there are species, quite

distinet in pattern and certainly not forms of the same species, which show no

differences in the sexual organs. The opinion held by many entomologists that

different species are always different in the genital armature is quite erroneous.

The best instance to repudiate that assumption—it is, of course, nothing else but

an assumption—is that of Chlaenogramma jasminearum and Protoparce florestan,

which, though generically distinct, have nevertheless exactly the same genital

armature in both sexes.

Key to the species :

a. Claw-segment without pulvillus ; a es

” with ” : : gs

6. Forewing without complete lines, for

the greater part clayish tawny

ochraceous like thorax : . 49. P. ochus.

Forewing without transverse lines

except a postdiscal one ; for the

greater part greyish white . . 45. P. leucoptera.

Forewing with numerous transverse

lines ; greyish brown, yellowish,

or olive F : : ; ; plac?

c. Second abdominal segment without

yellow side-patch : : . OL Pustuarit.

Secondabdominal segment with yellow

side-patch . : ; ; : Mend .

d. Abdomen with more than three

yellow side-patches . ; : Pe

Abdomen with three yellow side-

patches ; , : : 5 ohn:

Abdomen without yellow side-patches ealir:

e. White spots of fringe of forewing mere

dots, very much smaller than the

brown portions of the fringe ;

thorax olive, or olive-green ; fore-

tibia not armed ; , ; eer afs

(65 )

As before, but thorax ashy grey ;

foretibia with some spines at tip .

White spots of fringe ashy grey,

about the same size as the brown

portions : : : :

White dorsal dots of abdomen small

or absent ; forewing with large

black median costal area

White dorsal dots of abdomen con-

spicuous ; forewing without large

black median costal area

. Forewing above greenish grey ; hind-

wing above with two distinct

whitish bands. ; :

Forewing above not greenish grey ;

hindwing above with three or four

whitish bands . :

Forewing above pale grey (ground

colour); abdomen with two widely

separated rows of white dorsal

dots 3 : :

Forewing above in various brown

shades ; abdomen with the white

dots close together on each seg-

ment, or without such dots

Forewing above with a pale sub-

marginal line which is parallel to

outer margin, is not zigzag, and

does not extend to apex of wing .

The submarginal line zigzag

Forewing with five large sericeous

black discal patches which are

sharply marked ; spots of fringe

and heavy submarginal line pale

buff; sides of mesothoracic tegula

creamy buff, very sharply con-

trasting with the broad black

mesial stripe of the tegula .

Forewing more uniform in colour;

black discal patches smaller and

less prominent, the dark area

formed by them distally less

concave between © and R?;

submarginal line whitish grey ;

lateral border of tegula less pale,

black streak narrower .

hk. Underside of abdomen shaded with

brown; sexual armature see PI,

SARVI. £35 Pl. XIX. f. 27,

39. P. quinquemaculatus.

41. P. lucetius.

38. P. afflicta.

37. P. sexta.

40. P. dilucida.

44. P. hannibal.

46. P. pellenia.

( 66 )

Underside of abdomen not shaded with

brown; sexual armature see

Ply RXXVI. £2); PIS XeGEXe

£26.

Pale lateral stripe| icf Hagens ard

pale markings of forewing more

whitish grey; sexual armature

see Pl. XXXVI. f. 10

Sexual armature (Pl. XX XIX f. 6. 7)

= as (Pl. XXXIX. f. 2) .

A triangular white space in front of

stigma

No triangular white es, in Saute of

stigma

. First segment of eaten with four

large spines externally

External spines of foretarsus not re-

markably prolonged except apical

one. : : : : ;

Forewing above with white apical

patch bordered behind by the

oblique black apical line

No such white patch

Forewing above whitish grey

” ” olive ” .

Forewing above whitish grey itl

a blackish brown band running

obliquely from costal margin

across end of cell to apex

of M'. :

No such band

Abdomen with three ae pellers

side-patches

Abdomen without yellow pidespatehas

A white triangular space in front of

stigma of forewing

No white triangular space in vfrobk

of stigma of iin hindwing

nowt

No white brio alae Bre in stant

of stigma of forewing ; hindwing

for the greater part white

Median interspace of forewing above

broadly buftish white .

Median interspace of forewing atiage

not buftish white

. Basal third of hindwing eee eel

sharply contrasting with brown

outer two-thirds .

47.

48.

42.

43.

54,

40.

53.

61.

59.

60.

50.

5d.

P. scutata.

P. tucumana.

P. petuniae.

P. occulta.

P. albiplaga.

P. dilucida.

P. rustica.

P. corallina.

P. sesquiplex.

P. muscosa.

P. lefeburei.

P. trimacula.

. P. manducoides.

. P. leucospila.

P. dalica.

. BP. crocala.

( 67 )

Basal third of hindwing not grey,

and not sharply contrasting with

brown outer two-thirds : : 2) RE

v. Ground colour of body and wings

creamy buff, no white stigma on

forewing ; no black line on thorax 66, P. berg?.

Ground colour more whitish grey ;

forewing with white stigma : o . Oa

w. Pronotum and anterior part of tegulae

brownish black; black spot at

each side of metanotum bordered

with russet-pink and buff; no

black streaks R°'—M? on forewing 58. P. brontes.

Pronotum with black band which

connects the black streaks of

tegulae : 2 : : ;

x. Forewing heavily marked with black

lines; a patch before oblique

apical line, and ground-colour of

disco-marginal area R'!—R*, ex-

tending to costa between postdiscal

and second discal lines, greyish

white ; no black streaks R*—M?’,

or these streaks short and not

very distinct ; distal margin con-

cave before hinder angle. . 62. P. lichenea.

Forewing much less heavily marked,

the white colour more extended,

two long black streaks RS—M*? . 63. P. florestan.

Forewing more uniform in colour,

much less white, oblique apical

line not broadly bordered with

white in front. : : . 64 P. lanuginosa.

37. Protoparce sexta.

Spline sexta Johansson, Amocn. Acad. vi. p. 410. n. 81 (1763) (Carolina ; Jamaica).

Sphing carolina Linné, Mus. Lud, Ulr. p. 346. n. 6 (1764) (Carolina ; Jamaica); id., Syst. Nat.

ed, xii. p. 798. n. 7 (1767) ; Fabr., Syst, Ent. p. 539. n. 9 (1775) ; id., Spec. Ins. il. p. 144. 0. 21

(1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 94. n. 24 (1787) ; id., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 363, n. 25 (1793) ; Gmel.,

Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2377. n. (1790) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 216. n. 4 (1856) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép. Hit. i. p. 70. n. 1 (1875).

Manduca obscura carolina, Hiibner, Samml, Ex. Schm. i. t. 170. £. 3. 4. (1806-).

Phlegethontius carolina, id., Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n. 1503 (1822).

Maerosila carolina, Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 165. n. 59 (1859).

Protoparce carolina, Butler, Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. n. 11 (1877).

Philegethontius sexta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 688. n. 13 (1892).

d %. Second segment of palpus as broad as long, rounded ventrally. Antenna

long, stout in 2, hook rather short. Foretibia short and broad, a little longer than

first tarsal segment, which bears externally four large spines, besides some small

(68 ) 3

ones; the foretarsus is somewhat longer in ? than in d, and has more small |

external subdorsal spines. Mid- and hindtibiae as long as the respective first

tarsal segments. Spines of abdominal sternites weak. :

3. Tenth tergite of abdomen somewhat dilated before end, which is strongly

convex above, apex sinuate (Pl. XXVII. f. 16, distal view); side-margins of

sternite dilated before end, curved upward, the dilated triangular portions

leaning towards each other; tip of sternite rounded; harpe with a long ventral —

pointed process, which is slightly curved (Pl. XXXVI. f. 4. 5. 6), and a broad upper

process or lobe which lies on the surface of the clasper is more or less triangular,

and has the apical and dorsal margins dentate ; the size of this lobe is variable. —

Penis-sheath with a short, broad, acute, terminal tooth as in petuniae.

?. Plate of seventh abdominal sternite about as broad at base as long, truncate.

Anteyaginal lobe broad, obtuse, rounded triangular, with the indication of a mesial

sinus, concave proximally as a rule, the impression bordered proximally at each

side by an oblique low ridge or fold, which is sometimes very inconspicuous.

Larva with oblique lateral bands. Tongue-case of pupa straight, reaching about

halfway to end of wing-cases.—Food-plants : Solanaceae.

fab. America.

We can distinguish four geographical forms :

jamaicensis from the West Indies: Jamaica, Haiti, Cuba, Bahamas ;

sexta from Canada to Honduras ;

paphus from Costa Rica to Argentina ;

caestri from Chili.

The differences between these forms are very slight, caestr? alone being fairly

constant and more easily recognisable.

P. sexta

a. P. sexta jamaicensis.

Browne, Hist. Jamaica p. 438. t. 43. £. 7 (1756). ‘

Sphinx carolina Auct. vetust. (partim) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. MW. vili. p. 216. n. 4 (1856) (partim);

Lue,, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 296 (1856) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. BI. iii. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba) ;

Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. v. p. 37 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 70. n. 1

(1875) (partim).

Sphine paphus, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n, 1482 (1857) (Haiti).

Macrosila carolina, Grote & Rob., /.c. p. 162. n. 81 (1865) (Cuba); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 210.

n. 19 (1881) (Cuba ; larva, pupa).

Protoparce carolina, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. n. 11 (1877) (partim) ; Dew., Mitth.

Miinch. Ent. Ver. iti. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico); id., in Wieg., Arch. Naturg. p. 12 (1878)

(Cuba, larva). {

*Protoparce jamaicensis id., l.c. p. 608. n. 12 (1877) (Jamaica ;—Mus, Brit.).

Phlegethontius jamaicensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 688. n. 12 (1892) (Jamaica).

3 ?. Differs from sevtu sexta in being duller in colour, in the forewing being

generally more russet, and the hindwing more brown. The difference is not

constant.

3d. Dentate lobe of harpe as broad as in the northern continental form sexta.

Larva with the black dots proximally of the side-bands not quite so distinct as

in seata, sometimes absent (in our Jamaica larvae).

Hab. West Indies: Jamaica, Haiti, Cuba, Bahamas.

In the Tring Museum some larvae and 16 6d, 19 2% from: Jamaica ; Haiti

Nassau, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter).

( 69 )

6. P. sexta sexta.

Sphinx sexta Johansson, 1.c.

Sphinx carolina Linné, Fabr. et alia, /./. c.c. (partim) ; Drury, I//ustr. Ex. Ins. i. p. 52 t. 52. £.1&

Index (1771-73) (N. York) ; Curt., Brit. Ent. v. 195 (1828) (England ; larva, imago) ; Steph.,

lllustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 118 (1828); Abb. & Smith, Lep. Georgia i, p. 65. t. 33 (1797) ;

Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. & Art xxxvi. p. 294. n. 2 (1839) (partim? including quinque-

maculatus); Glov., Rep. U. St. Dept. Agric. p. 157 (1873) (larva and pupa, fig.); Harris, /ns. /nj.

Veg., ed. Flint, p. 322. figs. 145-47 (1863) (larva, pupa) ; Leydy, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad.

p. 237 (1882) (life hist.) ; French, Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xv. p. 168 (1877) (larva) ; Mart.,

ibid. xviii. p. 103 (1880) (larva) ; Coq., ibid. p. 158 (1880) (larva) ; Pilate, Papilio i. p. 66

(1882) (Dayton, 0.; common) ; Kent, in Riley, /ns. Life ii. p. 283 (1891) (Mississippi, larva

abund.) ; id., /.c. iii. p. 338 (1892) (Roxie ; common).

Phlegethontius carolina, Hiibner, l.c. (partim) ; Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. N. Sci. iii. p. 225 (1876) ;

Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 31. n. 11 (1886); Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 40 (1886) (partim) ;

Edw., Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus, xxxv. p. 46 (1889) (liter rel. to transf.) ; Beutenm., Bull, Am.

Mus. N. IT. vii. p. 298. t. 4. f. 4. (.) (1895).

Sphina carolinus (!), Emmons, Nat. Hist. N.Y. p. 218. t. 40. f. 10 (1854)

Sphinx nicotianae Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. p. 89. n. 1480 (1857) (Am. sept.).

Macrosila carolina, Clemens, Journ, Ac. \, Sci. Philad. iv. p. 165. n. 59. (1859) (pt.) ; id., in Morris,

Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 189 (1862); Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. N, Sci. ii. p. 227 (1875) (pt.); id.,

Canad. Ent. iti. p. 101 (1871) (Alabama); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vil.) ;

Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. vi. p. 92 (1876) (on tobacco, Calif.) ; Behr., Papilio ii. p. 2 (1882)

(California).

*Sphinz lycopersici Boisduval, Spec. Gién. Lép- Hét. i. p. 71. n. 2 (1875) (Calif.) ; Edw., Ent. Amer.

iii. p. 222 (1888) (Calif.).

Protoparce carolina, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. G07. n. 11 (1877) (pt.); Smith, Trans.

Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 167 (1888) (partim) ; Moff., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 177 (1897) (London,

Canada) ; Trum., Ent. News viii. p. 27 (1897) (S. Dakota); How., Yearb. U. St. Dept. Agr.

p- 126 (1898).

Maerosila (Sphinx) quinquemaculata, Mann, Psyche ii. p. 75 (1877) (partim ; descr. of larva).

Philegethontius sexta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 688. n, 13 (1892) (partim).

$2. The white submarginal zigzag line of the forewing is, as a rule, very

pronounced. The black bands of the hindwing vary in width, and the middle ones

also in position, the white interspaces are often as much shaded with blackish

brown as in jamaicensis, from which some Central American specimens are not

distinguishable.

3. Dentate lobe of harpe broad (Pl. XXXVL. f. 4); but in one of our Orizaba

individuals (f. 6) it is as narrow as in the South American paphus.

Larva: the side-bands bordered by a row of black transverse dots. Mexican

specimens not described ; ?if identical with North American.

Hab. Canada (rarely, straggler) to Honduras, westward to the Pacific.

Boisduval’s lycopersici is based on specimens from California with the white

markings of the forewing prominent. Our Californian examples are not different

from most of the eastern individuals.

In the Tring Museum a series of larvae and pupae, and 50 odd specimens from

Canada, the United States, Mexico.

d. P. sexta paphus.

Merian, Ins. Surin. t. 57 (1705) (1, p., ¢.).

Sphinz paphus Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 39 t. 216. f. B (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2.

p. 226, n. 82 (1780) ; Boisd., Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 74 (1870); id., Spee. Gén. Lép. Het.

i. p. 72. n. 3 (1875) (Guiana) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, xxvi. p. 346 (1876)

(Surinam) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Arg. vy. p. 319. n. 1 (1878) (partim ; larva).

Piilegethontius paphus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n. 1504 (1822); Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i.

p. 689. n. 30 (1892) ; Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 110, n. 3 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

( 70 )

Sphins cestri (!), Boisduval, /.c, p. 72. n. 4 (1875) (partim ; Paraguay).

*Sphinx nicotianae id., lc. p. 75. n. 7 (1875) (Colombia ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

*Sphine tabaci id., l.c. p. 78. n. 10 (1875) (partim ; Paraguay ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

*Protoparce griseata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 259 (1875) (Venezuela ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 608. n. 14. (1877).

Protoparce paphus, Butler, /.c. ix. p. 608. n. 13 (1877) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Am., Lep. Het. i. p. 21.

n. 5 (1883) (Panama; Guiana); Kaye, Trans. Ext. Soc. Lond. p. 139 (1901) (Trinidad).

Pratoparce carolina, Druce, lc. p. 21. n. 3 (1883) (partim) ; id., Le. Suppl. p. 315 (1896); Pitt. &

Bioll., Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 12 (1897).

Protoparce jamaicensis, Druce, l.c. p. 21. n. 4 (1883) (partim ; Chiriqui, Panama) ; id., Je. Suppl.

p. 315 (1896) ; Pitt. & Bioll., /.c. (1897) (San José)

Philegethontius sexta, Kirby, l.c. p. 688. n. 13 (1892) (partim).

Phlegethontius nicotianae, id., l.c. p. 689. n. 24 (1892) (Colombia).

Phlegethontius griseata, id., l.c. n. 26 (1892) (Venezuela).

Protoparce nicotianae, Schaus, Ent, News vi. p. 142 (1895) (= jamaicensis).

Phlegethontius carolina, Bonninghausen, /.c. p. 111 (1899) (Rio Grande do Sul).

32. White submarginal line of forewing less prominent than in the preceding

form; white bands of hind purer white. Ground colour of forewing variable,

sometimes as pale as in caestr?. Size also obviously variable.

3. Dentate lobe of harpe narrow (Pl. XXXVI. f. 5).

Larva without lines of black dots.

Bonninghausen, /.c., remarks that the North American carolina does not occur

in tropical South America, but is found again in Rio Grande do Sul; he records,

however, paphus from Rio de Janeiro, which is the same species. Such apparent

‘anomalies in the distribution of species as the one mentioned by Bonninghausen

disappear in most cases on closer examination, not being founded on fact, but on

the mistaken identity or specific distinctness, as the case may be, of geographical

races of the same species.

Hab. Costa Rica to Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 80 odd specimens from various places, also a series of

caterpillars.

d. P. sexta caestri.

Sphinx caestri Blanchard, in Gay, Hist, Chili. vii. p. 52. t. 5. £. 9 (1854) (fig. mala; Chile).

Sphinx eurylochus Philippi Linn. Entom. xiv. p. 273. n. 13 (1860) (Chile).

Sphina cestri (!), Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Heét, i. p. 72. n, 4 (1875) (partim ; Chile).

*Sphine tabaci Boisduval, /.c. p. 78. n. 10 (1875) (partim ; Chile ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Protoparce eurylochus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 607. n. 8 (1877) (= caestri 2) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 688 n, 20 (1892).

Protoparce caestri, Caly.-Bartl., Cat. Lep. Chile p. 12 n. 90 (1886) (= ewrylochus) ; Kirby, Le. p. 689

n. 21 (1892).

Protoparce tabaci, Kirby, l.c. n, 32 (1892).

3%. A small and very pale form. The white submarginal line of the forewi

is vestigial or absent, the black discal line rather prominent on the pale ground,

The white dorsal dots of the abdomen are conspicuous. Sexual armature as in

paphus.

Hab. Chile.

A series of 6 dd, 5 2 2 in the Tring Museum.

38. Protoparce afflicta.

Sphinx paphus (?), Herrich-Schiiffer, Corresp. Bl. iti, p. 59 (1865) (Cuba).

Sphine afflicta Grote, Pror. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 71 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. J

i. p. 77. n. 9 (1875) (Cuba ; Haiti).

—

(71)

Syzygia afflicta Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v. p. 189 (1865) (Cuba) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 685 (1892) (Cuba).

Maerosila afflicta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 611. n. 1. (1877) (Cuba); Walk., List

Lep. Ins. B, M. xxxy. p. 1855 (1866) (Cuba) ; Grote, /.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) ; Gundl., Cont. Ent.

Cubana p. 213 (1881) (Cuba ; larva, pupa).

32%. Aclose relative of sevta. Antenna long, very stout in d. Proportional!

length of tibiae and tarsi as in seta; first segment of foretarsus with fonr stout

spines externally and a number of small ones, which are more numerous at base ;

no pulvillus.

6. Sexual armature essentially as in sexta, dentate lobe of harpe narrower

(elyxex XVI. f. 7).

2. The antevaginal lobe a little broader and shorter than in se.cta, the oblique

ridges on its proximal surface as in sexta.

Larva green, with paler green side-bands and two pale dorsal lines ; stigmata

white.

Hab. Cuba and (according to Boisduval) Haiti; Amazons.

In the Tring Museum from: Cuba, 1 d, ex coll. Felder; 1 ?, ex coll. Felder,

probably also from Cuba; Manaos, 1 ¢ (received from Herr Fruhstorfer); no

locality, 2 dd, 2 2% (received from French and German dealers), probably

§. American continent ; 1 d from Nassau, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter).

It is not possible to say without a better material than we have examined

whether the insular and continental specimens exhibit any constant differences.

39. Protoparce quinquemaculatus.

Sphinx quinquemaculatus Haworth, Lep. Brit. i. p. 59. n. 3 (1803) (England !); Steph., //. Brit. Ent.,

Haust. i. p. 119 (1828) (England ; imported).

Phlegethontius celeus Hiitbner, Samml, Ex. Schin. ii. t. 377 (1824 ?).

3%. Differs from all the other species of Protoparce in the foretibia bearing

some spines at the end. Smith, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 164 (1883), makes the

erroneous statement that the foretibiae are armed with spinules in Protoparce

carolina and rustica.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 23. 24) prismatically compressed,

pointed, hooked ; sternite similar to that of Protoparce lucetius, hannibal, sexta,

ete., elongate, obliquely trnncate in side-view, lateral margin turned upwards

before apex. Clasper as in P. sexta and allies; harpe (Pl. XXXVI. f. 15)

with a patch of erect scales, outline nearly as in P. stuarti and ochus, feebly

dentate at distal margin, ventrally produced into a short process. Penis-sheath

with an apical tooth (Pl. XXIX. f. 27), the conical tooth pointing dextero-laterad

and a little distad.

?. Vaginal plate large, distal part triangular ; a fold or ridge runs from the

vaginal aperture towards each side (Pl. XX. f. 6).

Larva similar to that of P. sexta, covered with numerous small pale dots, a pale

infra-stigmatal, longitudinal, interrupted band, no black transverse lines in the

grooves. Very variable in colour, green, brown, black.—Food : Solanaceae, especially

tomato and potato.

Popa: tongue-case longer than in P. seta, reaching beyond the tip of the

antenna-case, much more arched.

Hab. Nearctic Region, southward to Mexico; Sandwich Islands.

Two subspecies :

(172)

a. P. quinquemaculatus blackburni.

*Protoparce blackburni Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. xvii. p. 6 (1880) (Honolulu ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Blackb.,

Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). vii. p. 319 (1881) (descr. of larva).

Phlegethontius blackburni, Kirby, Cat. Len. Het, i. p. 688. n, 18 (1892).

Sphine celeus, Meyrick, Fauna Hawai. i. 2. p. 193 (1899).

3. The series of white triangular postdiscal spots on the upperside of the

forewing extending to the costal margin.

Not different in structure from the Nearctic form.

Larva described by Blackburn, /.c.; it agrees apparently perfectly with the

Nearctic larva.

Hab. Sandwich Islands : Honolulu, Oahu.

13 1 $ in the British Museum.

6. P. quinguemaculatus quinguemaculatus.

Sphinx quinquemaculatus Haworth, /.c.; Wood, Ind. Ent. p. 246. t. 53. £. 23 (1839) ; Harris, ed.

Flint, Zns. Inj. Veg. p. 320. £. 142. 143. 144 (1862).

Sphinx carolina Donovan (non Linné, 1764), Brit. Ins. xi. t. 361 (1806) ; Harris, in Sillim., Journ.

Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 294. n. 2 (1839) (partim).

Phlegethontius celeus Hiibner, l.c. ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 33. n. 12 (1886) ; Grote, Hawk Moths

N. Am. p. 40 (1886) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus, xxxv. p. 46 (1889) (liter, rel. to transf.) ;

Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 65 (1892) (larva).

Sphinx quinquemaculata (!), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 217. n. 5 (1856) (U. St.); Jaeg., —

Life N. Am. Ins. p. 189 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Lintn., Proc. Ent.

Soc. Phil. iii. p. 648 (1864) (larva, pupa) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v. p. 163.

n. 82 (1865) (Atlantic district!) ; Tenn., Manual N. Hist. p. 392. fig. (1867) ; Beth., Canad.

Ent. i. p. 17 (1869) ; Riley, Missouri Rept. i. p. 95. £. 38 (1869) ; Glov., Rept. U. St. Dept. Agr.

p- 80. fig. (1870) ; Reed, Rept. En. Soc. Ont. p. 419. fig. (1871); Cook, Rept. State Board

Agr. Mich. xii. p. 117. fig. (1873) ; Gentry, Canad. Ent. vi. p. 88 (1874) (Germantown, Pa.,

larval var. in autumn) ; Pack., Comm. Ins. p. 197. fig. 239 (1874) ; id., Half-hours with Ins.

p. 205. fig. (1877) ; id., in Hayd., Rpt. p. 780, fig. (1877) ; French, Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xv.

p- 169 (1877) ; Beth., Canad. Ent. x. p. 218 (1878) ; Ball., Ins. Lives p. 95. fig. (1879) ; Beth.,

Le. xii. p. 101. fig. (1880) (life hist.) ; id., Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. p. 25. fig. (1880) ; Mart., Trans. —

Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 104 (1880); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont, xii. p. 65 fig.

(1882); Lintn., Papilio iv. p. 145. n. 3 (1884) (R. Grande, Texas); id., Rept. Massach.

Board Agric. p. 180 (1885) ; Riley, Insect Life iii. p. 111 (1891) (remedy against larvae) ;—

Kent, in Riley, Jnsect Life iii. p. 337 (1891) (Roxie, Mississippi, larva abund.) ; Johnst.,

Canad. Ent. xxx. p. 72 (1898) (Hamilton, Ont.; common).

Macrosila quinquemaculata, Clemens, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 166. n. 60 (1859) (U. St.

incl. Calif.) ; id., in Morris, Syn, N. Am. Lep. p. 190 (1862) ; Lint., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) ©

(N. York, ix.) ; Thaxt, Walihos i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., a Worthingt., Canad. Ent.

x. p. 16 (1878) (Ghicago, E. ix.-x.); Bebr., Papilio ii. p. 2 (1882) (California) ; Albright,

Ent. News vi. p. 145 (1895) (Los Angeles).

Macrosila celeus, Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. N. Sci. vi. p. 92 (1875) (Calif.).

Protoparce teleus, Butler, Trane Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. n. 9 (1877); Smith, Trans. Ann. Ent.

Soc. xv. p. 165. t. 8, f. 7. 8. (genit.) (1888) ; Dyar, in Riley, Znsect Life iii. p. 322 (1891) _

(N. York, at electr. light) ; Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire, rare) ; Trum., —

Ent. News viii, p- 27 (1897) (8S. Dakota) ; How., Yearb. U. St. Dep. Agr. p. 126 (1898).

Macrosila (Sphine) carolina, Mann, Psyche i li, p. 73 (1877) (partim ; descr. of 1. ty Scudder).

Sphinx maculata (!), Grote, ' Papilio i iii. p. 110 (1883) (err. typ.).

Phlegethontius quinquemaculata, Beutenmiiller, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 297. t. 4. f. a Soe ’

(N. York, 2 broods ; deser. of /., p. d i.).

3%. The series of greyish white postdiscal triangular spots of the upperside

of the forewing abbreviated costally.

Hah. United States, from the Atlantic to the Pacific; Canada ; southward to

Mexico.

(73)

The larva described in Psyche II. p. 73 as carolina and generally referred to

that species is the larva of quinguemaculatus, while the description of the larva

named there on p. 75 Macrosila (Sphinx) quinquemaculata fits the larva of

P. sexta (= carolina).

In the Tring Museum several larvae, and 70 odd specimens from various places

of the United States and from Mexico.

40. Protoparce dilucida.

Protoparce dilucida Edwards, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 89 (1887) (Vera Cruz); Beut., Bull, Am. Mus.

N. H. viii. p. 170 (1896) (“Jalapa,” typ. specim. ex coll, Edwards) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Am.,

Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 316. n. 6 (a). t. 68. £.5 () (1896) (Vera Cruz).

Phiegethontius dilucida, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 688. n. 15 (1892) (Vera Cruz).

*Phlegethontius indistincta Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 93 (1894) (Honduras ;—Mus. Tring) ; Druce

Le. n. 6 (B) (1896).

3. Antenna long and, in d, thick in comparison to the size of the species.

First segment of foretarsus externally with four very strong spines and a few

smaller ones ; long spur of terminal pair of hindtibia three-quarters the length of

the first tarsal segment. The number of yellow lateral patches to the abdomen

not constant, there being normally 4 such spots, seldom 3 only. No pulvillus.

3. Tenth tergite of the general form of that of the allied species, more

compressed, distinctly raised mesially ; the lateral edge of the sternite turned

upward close to the apex. Clasper elongate sole-shaped, dorso-apical margin bent

inward ; harpe peculiar, having only a single process, which is rounded at end and

dentate at the upper margin (Pl. XXXVI. f. 8). Tooth of penis-sheath long,

apical, distinctly turned upward, nearly as in muscosa.

¢. Highth abdominal tergite mesially concave, appearing sinuate apically,

with the stronger chitinised sides somewhat prominent. Antevaginal lobe long,

triangular, apex rounded, oblique basal ridges continuous mesially, not high,

standing almost at right angles to one another, the point of the angle being,

however, strongly rounded.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Mexico to Honduras.

In the Tring Museum 16 33,3 22 from: Cordoba, Mexico; Brit. Honduras ;

Honduras.

41. Protoparce lucetius.

Sphine lucetius Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ez. iv. p. 21, t. 301. f. 8. (1780) (Surinam) ; Walk., List Lep.

Ins, B. M. viii. p. 221. n. 14 (1856) (Brazil) ;'Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi, p. 346

(1876) (Surinam ; hace spec.?); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 74. n. 6 (1875) (partim ?

Brazil; Cayenne); Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. V. Atlas p. 57 (1879) (Buenos Ayres).

Pilegethontius ucetius, Hitbner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n, 1501 (1822); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p. 689. n. 31 (1892) (S. Am.).

Sphing i Burmeister (xon Cramer, 1779), Sphing. Bras. p. 68, n. 6 (1856) (Rio de Janeiro ;

partim ).

Protoparce lucetius, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 608. n. 17 (1877) (Brazil).

Ephinz lutetius (!), Burmeister), Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 320 (1878) (= 2 hannibal ex err.).

Philegetontius (!) contracta (?), Peters, [Jlustr, Zeitschr, Ent. iti. Heft. 22. t. 1. £. 8. 8a (1898).

3%. The slaty black sericeous patches on the upperside of the forewing are

very pronounced and form, together with a patch in the cell, a large semicircle

(74) 2

filled up with black scaling ; this area contrasts in many specimens strongly with

the paler, rasset, basal and distal areas. The discal and postdiscal lines are, near —

R*, less curved than in petwniae, but more so than in sevta. The white dots of the —

fringe encroach sometimes on the wing, being slightly enlarged basad ; they are

often barely indicated and sometimes quite absent. Antenna obviously slenderer

than in sexta, slightly thinner than in petuniae. First segment of foretarsus, as

in petuniae, with four long and several small spines exteriorly. Vo pulvillus.

é. Tenth abdominal tergite rather broad, flattened above before the convex

end, whieh is hooked and pointed, and here somewhat rounded-dilated laterally ;

sternite rounded at end, similar in shape to that of petuniae, but the turned-

up portion of the leferal margin more proximal, the narrowed apex therefore

longer. Clasper rather broadly sole-shaped, ventral margin strongly oblique

in distal half; harpe (Pl. XXXIX. f. 3. 4): ventral process rather obviously —

hooked, the tip curving basad ; dentate process large, extending to near, or even a

little beyond, dorsal edge of clasper, sickle-shaped, twisted at the end, this narrowed

end-part not constant in size and dentition. Tooth of penis-sheath triangular, |

horizontal, rather shorter than in petuniae. 3

?, Eighth abdominal tergite not sinnate, mesially not obviously impressed ;

sides more strongly chitinised than disc. Vaginal armature similar to that of

occulta, but the antevaginal lobe shorter. :

Larva: with six side-bands according to Peter’s figure (/.c.) ; correct? this

species ?

Pupa: tongue-case recurved, its end resting against the underside of the sheath

near the base (Peters, /.c.).

Boisduyal’s description of the larva and pupa, /.c., does not agree with Peter's

figures.

Hab. Costa Rica to Buenos Ayres.

Two subspecies :

a. P. lucetius nubila subsp. nov.

3%. Forewing more elongate than in the following subspecies, basal and

diseal areas much less russet, the black postdiseal line less curved ; brown bands

of the underside of the hindwing feebler marked.

g- End of tenth abdominal tergite a little less convex and less hooked.

Clasper shorter, ventro-distally more oblique; harpe much nearer the end of

the clasper (Pl. XX XIX. f. 3), the dentate lobe more strongly rounded, and apical

narrower.

%. Vaginal armature : antevaginal lobe short (not sinnate), the oblique proximal

ridges strongly turned frontad, almost’a in a plane with the lobe (Pl. XX. f. 5).

Larva and pupa not ean.

Length of forewing: 3,40 mm.; ?, 43 to 44 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, 1 3,229. We have some doubts about the correctness

of the locality. >

The difference in the length of the clasper and in the position of the har

between this and the following form is very remarkable; as we have only one

individual of the & sex, we do not know whether the difference is constant.

(75 )

b. P. lucetius lucetius.

Sphinx lucetius Stoll, l.c.

*Proloparce contracta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 12 (1875) (Rio de Jan. :—Mns. Bri!.).

Phlegethontius contracta (?), Bonninghausen, /ris xii. p. 111. n. 6 (1898) (Petropolis).

*Sphine panaquire Berg, An. Soc. Cient. Argent. xix, p. 266. n. 1 (1885) (Salta ; Catamarea; -Mus.

Buenos Ayres).

Phiegethontius panoquire (1), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 689. n. 25 (1892) (“ Buenos Ayres” ex err).

3%. This form varies obviously in size and colour. The forewing is in some

specimens more elongate than in others; the marginal dots are liable to obliteration ;

the base and disc are not seldom strongly washed with russet, in which case the

medio-costal bla:k area is very prominent. The abdominal tergites are occasionally

edged with white. In three of our d¢ from S. Brazil the harpe extends a little

beyond the dorsal edge of the clasper, while in a fourth it reaches just to the edge.

We have only one ? from Cayenne; it is apparently slightly faded ; its fore-

wing is greyer in tone than in the southern specimens. Still more greyish olive

are two males (our only ones) from Chanchamayo, Peru; in these the white fringe-

dots are very conspicuous, the harpe is rather narrower and at the apex not twisted.

There is possibly a northern and a southern subspecies in South America.

In a large ? from Argentina—no special locality is given—with black fringe

to the forewing, the black antemedian line of the hindwing is connected with the

double discal line only along (SM°) ; another 2, from Buenos Ayres, has the fore-

wing much suffused with black ; a specimen from Minas Geraés has no fringe-spots,

which are also absent in the specimens described as panaquire from Salta.

As the insect is not rare in southern Brazil it should not be difficult to find out

whether Peter’s figures of the larva and pupa are correct.

Hab. Surinam ; Peru; Brazil ; Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 11 33,13 ?2 from: Chanchamayo, Peru ; Cayenne ;

Minas Geraés, February (Kennedy); Nova Friburgo; Santa Catherina ; Sao

Paulo; Buenos Ayres; Salta, N.W. Argentina.

Besides the before-mentioned Salta specimen which we received from the

anthor of panaquire, Dr. Berg sent us for comparison a “type” specimen of panaquire.

We do not find these individuals different from some of our ducetivs specimens from

Brazil.

42. Protoparce petuniae.

*Sphine petuniae Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 73. n. 5. t. 5, £. 2 (1895) (Brazil ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir).

Stoll’s rough figure of /wcetius bears some resemblance to this species, but

represents undoubtedly the preceding insect named contracta by Butler. Boisduval

(Lc.) described under lucetius both the present species and ducetius, we believe, while

he considered the form from the Province of Rio de Janeiro as distinct, naming it

petuniae ; the Argentinian subspecies, which is the most easily recognisable one,

he treated as a variety of petuniae, and again as a separate species under the

name of cestri. Other authors have scarcely been more successful in dealing with

the present species and its relatives, and that is not to be wondered at, since these

species do not exhibit very striking external differences.

3%. Antenna shorter and slenderer than in sexta. Discal and postdiscal lines

of upperside of forewing rather strongly angled near R*, much less evenly curved

than in sewta; the black and the buffish white spots of the fringe nearly equal

( 76 )

in size. Abdomen without distinct white geminate dorsal dots. Armature of

foretarsus similar to that of a/ficta. No pulvillus.

o. Tenth tergite pointed, not sinuate ; sternite (Pl. X XVII. f. 19. 20) obtusely

pointed, lateral margins curved upward, obliquely truncate distally. Clasper

elongate sole-shaped, distal portion of dorsal margin dilated and eurved inward ;

harpe with a ventral, acute, rather long, conical process; the dentate lobe

individually variable, dorsally truncate, distal angle acute or rounded, dentition

often vestigial (Pl. XXXIX. f. 6. 7). Penis-sheath with a single apical tooth,

which is almost horizontal, pointing very feebly distad (Pl. XXIX. f. 24).

%. Eighth tergite of abdomen truncate with the angles rounded, mesially with

a triangular impression. Antevaginal lobe (Pl. XX. f. 4) broad, transverse, —

apical margin slightly, and angles strongly rounded, structure of surface

variable ; oblique ridges low, widely separate proximally (Pl. XX. f. 4). Plate

of seventh sternite obviously sinuate at apex.

Larva green, with seven white oblique bands which extend over two segments ;

horn little curved, with small granules.

Hab, Neotropical Region.

We distinguish three subspecies :

diffissa from Argentina and Paraguay.

petuniae from Sta. Catharina to Minas Geraés.

tropicalis from the countries north and east of the province of

Minas Geraés as far north as Colombia.

P. petuniae

a. P. petuniae diffissa.

Sphing cestri, Boisduval (non Blanchard, 1854), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 70. n. 4 (1875) (partim)

Paraguay); Burm., Descr. Rép, Argent. v. p. 321. n. 2 (1878) (partim; Buenos Ayres,

Mendoza, Tucuman, Paraguay) ; id., /.c. Atlas p. 31. 57. t. 12. f. 5 (U.). 11 (p). (1879).

Sphina petuniae var., Boisduval, lc. p. 74. sub n. 5. t. 5. £. 2 (9 ) (1875) (Buenos Ayres).

*Sphinx diffissa Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 82 (1871) (Buenos Ayres).

Protoparce diffissa id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. un. 7. (1877) (Buenos Ayres).

Philegethontius diffissa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 689. n. 22 (1892) (Buenos Ayres).

Protoparce diffusa (!), Druce, Biol. Centr, Amer. Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 315 (1896) (diff. from petuniae).

3%. Asmall pale southern form. The black postdiscal line of the forewing

strongly marked, while the white submarginal zigzag line is not prominent, being

generally barely indicated ; the lines are sometimes all obsolescent, except the black

postdiscal one.

Larva with 7 white lateral bands ; stigmata white, three blue dots near each.

Hab. Argentina, common as larva on Gost um ; Paraguay.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 8 ? ? from Argentina.

b. P. petuniae petuniae.

*Sphine petuniae Boisduval, /.c. n. 5 (1875) (Rio de Janeiro ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Phlegethontius diffissa, Kirby, l.c. p. 689. n. 22 (1892) (partim).

Phlegetontius (!) petuniae (?), Peters, JUlust. Zeitschr. Ent. iii. Heft. 22. t. 1. £. 6 (1898) (larva).

Phlegetontius (!) petuniae, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 110. n. 4 (1898) (Rio de Janeiro).

$%. The forewing on the whole more russet than in the tropical form; the

ground colour variable, there occurring darker and paler specimens.

Larva: according to Peters’ figure with 7 side-bands which have dark (r

borders (correct ?).

(77)

Hab. Southern Brazil as far north as the province of Minas Geraés.

In the Tring Museum 5 346,12 2? from: Santa Cathariua ; Rio de Janeiro ;

Minas Geraés, February (Kennedy).

c. P. petuniae tropicalis subsp. nov.

Phlegethontius lucetius, Rothschild (non Cramer, 1780), Nov. Zoot. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

3%. Thecommon tropical form differs from typical petuniae in having a darker

—less yellowish—forewing. The ground colour of the forewing is, however, variable,

some individuals being decidedly more russet than others, thongh not so pale as

pet. petuniae. The anterior part of the disc of the forewing is sometimes rather

black, contrasting with the paler basal and posterior region.

Larva and pupa not described.

Hab. Tropical South America from Minas Geraés to Colombia ; not in the

Central and Pacific parts of the Andes, except Ecuador and Colombia.

In the Tring Museum 45 specimens from: Brit. Guiana (type d); Venezuela ;

Colombia; Ecuador.

43. Protoparce occulta sp. nov.

Protoparce lucetius, Druce (non Cramer, 1780), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 21. n. 6 (1883)

(partim ; Chiriqui); id., l.c. Suppl. p. 315 (1896) (Orizaba; Cordova; Jalapa ; Guatemala ;

Costa Rica) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 12 (1897).

Protoparce petuniae, Druce (non Boisduval, 1875), l.c. Suppl. p. 315 (1896) (partim ; Jalapa).

o?. A very puzzling species, which we cannot distinguish from P. petuniae

tropicalis except by the sexual organs. There is nothing constant in the pattern

and colour of the wings and body by which the two insects can be separated. The

only difference which we can find is the slightly greater width of the wings in

occulta. In a good many specimens of occulta the brownish black bands on the

underside of the hindwing are farther apart anteriorly than in petuniae tropicalis,

but this character is quite variable.

3. Tenth tergite obviously broader than in petuniae, the sternite slenderer,

with the lateral margin less turned upwards. Harpe (Pl. XXXIX. f. 2) similar

in shape to that of ducetius, hannibal and others ; ventral finger-like process short,

more or less rough with notches and teeth at the dorsal edge; dentate lobe

sickle-shaped, large, dorsal edge doubled at apex ; there are some granules and tecth

on the surface of the lobe near the upper edge; the lobe is somewhat twisted

apically, being here almost vertical to the surface of the clasper ; the dentate end is

much broader when looked at from the ventral side than it appears to be in the

figure. Tooth of penis-sheath rather broader than in petuniae.

%. Bighth tergite truncate, angles rounded, sides strongly chitinised, the less

chitinised middle part impressed in dry specimen, this groove with almost parallel

sides, not triangular as in petuniae. Antevaginal lobe triangular, rounded at end

or feebly sinuate, surface variable in structure, but as a rule mesially carinate

(PI. XX. f. 3); oblique ridges (7°) high, forming a slanting roof over a deep transverse

groove which lies proximally of them ; at the proximal side of this groove there

is at each side a smooth, concave, transverse plate (7) which is rounded mesially ;

this plate is not present in petuniae, the proximal part of the armatnre being

membranous and much wrinkled in that species.

Larva (from Mexico) in size similar to that of P. sexta. Entirely bright

green; a few small yellow excrescences on segments 2, 3 and 4. Seven white

( 78 )

side-bands, the first beginning on fifth segment ; the bands not extending on to the

following segments, except in an indistinct greenish colour; they are above very

indistinctly edged with purplish green; the seventh band extends to the horn,

which is rather long, green, very rough, with the excrescences slightly reddish —

(Schaus zn Uitt.). s

Hab. Central America only, from Mexico to Panama, where it replaces

petuniae.

In the Tring Museum 50 specimens from Central America: Mexico (type:

Orizaba) ; Honduras ; Costa Rica.

We cannot regard this insect as a subspecies of petuncae, considering that the

sexual organs of the other species of Protoparce do not vary geographically to any

extent, and that the southern form diffissa of petuniae does not differ in those

organs from the other two subspecies, though the difference of colour is very

marked in diffissa.

44. Protoparce hannibal. r

Sphine hannibal Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 39. t. 216. £. a Ore} (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii.

2. p. 225, n. 81 (1780); Burm., Sphing. Bras. p. 68. n. 6. (1856) (partim) Walk., List Lep.

Ins. B.M. viii. p. 220. n, 13 (1856) (Brazil) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. Lép. Het. i. p. 78. n. 11 (1875)

(Brazil ; Cayenne) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges, Wien xxvi. p. 346 (1876) (Surinam) ; i

Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 320, note (1878) (/utetius (!) = 2 hannibal ex err.).

Phlegethontius hannibal, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n, 1502 (1822) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p. 689, n, 33 (1892) ; Rothscb., Noy. Zoor. i. p. 65 (1894) (“type of hannibal in Mus. Tring”

ex err.).

*Sphina hamilear Boisduval, Lc. p. 79. n. 12 (1875) (N. Friburgo ;—coll. Charles O berthiir).

Protoparce hannibal, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 605. n. 2 (1877) (Brazil) ; Schaus, Ent. ;

News vi. p. 143 (1895) (=hamilcar). P

Phlegetontius (!) hannibal, Bonninghausen, ris, xii. p. 110. n. 2 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

$2. The most easily recognised species of the group, though it is closely allied

to pellenia. Antennae thinner than in.pedlenia and shorter. Long spines of first —

segment of foretarsus not stout, numerous small spines dorsally of them. The

whitish subbasal band of the hindwing is more or less obviously interrupted,

aud there is, near the anal angle, a dirty white patch, generally rather large, within —

the black central band. No pulvillus.

3. Tenth tergite of abdomen somewhat slenderer than in scutata and pellenia ;

the ‘sternite (Pl. XXVII. f. 17. 18) also longer. Ventral process of harpe

(PI. XX XIX. f.1) rather short, horizontal, curved, pointed; dentate lobe sickle-shaped,

its distal margin strongly curved ; apex less broad than in ducetius. Tooth of penis-

sheath (P]. XXIX. f. 23) less distal than in the other species, broad but not prominent,

lying close upon the penis-sheath, sometimes only the short acute point projecting

free; apical edge of penis-sheath rounded dorsally.

?. Genital armature similar to that of scwvtata, antevaginal plate smaller.

Larva undescribed ; mentioned by Bénninghausen (/.c.) as beng common on —

Solanaceae, especially on a shrub called “trombeta,”’ on account of its large

trumpet-shaped flowers. Chrysalis undescribed.

Hab. South America, from Panama to Santa Catharina. Not observed further

north in Central America, J

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 11 %% from: Chiriqui ; Rio Dagua, Colombia 5

Aroa, Venezuela ; Cayenne ; Amazons (Bates); Trinidad; Santa Catharina.

The specimens from Chiriqui were sent to us by Messrs. Staudinger and Bang-

Haas.

(79 )

45. Protoparce leucoptera spec. nov. (PI. XI. f. 2, ?).

?. Antenna very slender, faintly incrassate distally, scaling white. Body

whitish grey, mixed with brown, sides of palpus near eye, a dorso-lateral patch on

metanotum and first abdominal segment, bases of apical edges of abdominal tergites

on sides, brown; white dorso-lateral dots of abdomen widely separate (not distinct

in our unique individual); five large yellow side-patches to abdomen, gradually

decreasing in diameter, a trace of a sixth spot on seventh segment ; posterior

yentral angles of tergites white; abdomen below with traces of brown mesial spots.

First segment of protarsus about as long as segments 2 and 3 together, with a few

short spines at base, and three long ones, situated at base, in middle and at end

respectively. No pulvillus.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : greyish white ; a white stigma ; submarginal

area shaded with brown ; a brown postdiscal uudulate line, an oblique black apical

line, and rather indistinct brown submarginal halfmoons; fringe not well preserved,

apparently the white spots smaller than the brown portions. Hindwing : grey,

shaded with brown, marginal area brown, a blackish, irregular, postdiscal band ;

between it and base four indistinct bands or lines, the most proximal broadest,

situated between base and M?.

Underside drab grey— Forewing : disc slightly paler ; grey marginal spots ;

a thin oblique brown apical line ; scaling in front of this line grey ; scattered vrey

sealing also along outer margin. Hindwing : paler grey, especially a broad

ill-defined discal band-like space and abdominal area; distal marginal area brown,

especially in submarginal area; a faint brown band between this border and cell.

Length of forewing: 2, 45 mm.

Hab. Chatham 1., Galapagos Is., 14. iii. 01 (Beck).

1 $ in the Tring Museum.*

Allied to petuniae and sexta.

The dorsum of the thorax is mutilated in the specimen.

46. Protoparce pellenia.

*Chaerocampa pellenia Herrich-Sch., Ausl. Schm. p. 50. £. 103 (1854) (Am. aquin.”;—coll.

Staudinger).

Sphinx pellenia, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p- 36 (1864) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i.

p. 80, n. 13 (1875) (Colombia).

*Sphine capsici Boisduval, l.c. n. 14. (1875) (Bogota, ¢ ;—coll. Chacles Obertbiir).

Protoparce pellenia, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 608. n. 16 (1877) (‘S. Amer.’’).

Phlegethontius capsici, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 689, n. 27 (1892) (Bogota).

Phiegethontius pellenia, id., lc. n. 28 (1892) («S. Amer.”).

*Pseudosphine morelia, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xiii. p. 169 (1894) (Orizaba, 9 ;—coll. Druce.)

Protoparce capsici, Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1895) (=morelia) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer.,

Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 315. n. 3 (B). t. 67. £..4 (9 ) (1896) (Orizaba ; Jalapa ; Bogota).

3%. The discal black sericeous patches of the forewing above heavy, forming

aband which is strongly angled near R*; the oblique black apical line as well as

the posterior portion of the black postdiscal line very heavy, the submarginal

aigzagz line creamy buff, not white ; creamy buff spots of fringe variable in size,

Sometimes scarcely one-third as wide as the brownish black fringe-spots ; inter-

Spaces K°—(SM’) between discal band and postdiscal line more or less dark russet.

Abdomen below shaded with brown scales, especially in @. Antenna almost as stout

as In sexta. WVirst segment of fore-tarsus externally with 4 or 5 moderately long

spines and numerous small ones above them. No pulvillus.

* See Appendix,

( 80 )

3. Tenth abdominal segment not essentially different from that of Zucetius ;

the tergite broader and the sternite shorter than in hannibal. Clasper elongate

sole-shaped ; dorso-apical margin bent inward ; a slightly bent, horizontal, pointed,

dentate, ventral process which is about as long as the dentate lobe of the harpe —

is broad in middle (Pl. XXXVI. f. 2); this dentate lobe curves dorsad, but is not

sickle-shaped, resembling in shape somewhat the lobe of the harpe of dalica,

differing therefore essentially from the sickle-shaped lobe of hannibal, petuniae, ete.

Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 25) with a strong, horizontal, apical tooth as in rustica.

Sexual organs of type of capsici and morelia examined.

?. Lobe of vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 10) strongly rounded in the specimen

figured by Druce, Z.c., with three transverse folds ; the plate sunken proximally, —

without the projecting edge (7) of lucetius, occulta, and sexta, ete.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Panama; Colombia; Mexico.

The type of pellenia is in the Staudinger collection. It is a small female

belonging, in our opinion, to this species. We had no permission to examine the

genital armature of the same. The specimen is labelled “ Amaquin,” which is

doubtless meant for “Am. aequin.”

In the Tring Museum 8 3'¢ from : Huatuxco, Vera Cruz ; Chiriqui ; Rio Dagua,

Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Cauca, Juntas, Colombia (M. de Mathan).

A long-series in coll. Charles Oberthiir from Canea, Juntas (M. de Mathan),

47. Protoparce scutata spec. nov.

(2?) Sphinx pellenea (!), Méschler (non Herr.-Sch., 1854), Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxii, p. 332.

(1882) (Surinam).

Phlegethontius pellenia, Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

3%. Again a puzzling insect. The sexual organs of the d are remarkabl

different from those of pellenia ( = capsici), but there is scarcely anything in the

colour or pattern by which the two insects could constantly be separated. If one

has a longer series of specimens side by side from the same country, one notices

that scutata has the basal and distal areas of the forewing less yellowish, the white

bands of the hindwing above less obviously shaded with brown, the forewing on the

whole rather more elongate, the black bands of the underside of the hindwing more

distinct, and the underside of the abdomen not powdered with brown. But these

differences are not prominent and do not hold good, if specimens from various

localities are compared. There are xo intergradations between the two species as

regards the sexual organs. The case reminds one of that of P. occulta and

P. lucetius tropicalis; but while these do not occur in the same country, pedlenia

and scutata are found in the same localities, in Colombia at least.

3. Both the tergite and the sternite of the tenth abdominal segment slenderer

than in pellenia. Dentate lobe of harpe sickle-shaped (Pl. XXXVI. f. 3), broad,

apex curved downward, twisted, slender; ventral process horizontal, curved, —

pointed, not dentate or notched. Penis-sheath resembling that of hannibal, the

tooth not apical, not horizontal, but pointing somewhat proximad (Pl. XXIX. f. 26)

?. Kighth abdominal tergite truncate, with the stronger chitinised angles

rounded. Antevaginal plate triangular, nearly as in occulta (Pl. XX. f. 3), but

smaller, mesially subcarinate; transverse basal ridge as in Pl. XX. f. 5, but —

mesially less rounded. ‘

Early stages not known.

( 81 )

Hab. Venezuela ; Colombia ; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 23 gd, 11 ?? from: Merida, Venezuela (Briceno :

type); Aroa, Venezuela; Chiriqui; Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Paramba,

Ecuador (Rosenberg).

A series in coll. Charles Oberthiir. Also in other collections, generally mixed

up with some other species.

48. Protoparce tucumana spec. noy. (Pl. V. f. 6. 3).

3. Similar to small specimens of P. pellenia and scututa; head, thorax and

forewing decidedly paler ; stigma, the pale lines of the forewing, and the fringe

almost white, not yellowish. Metanotum white in front. Abdomen above without

white dots at the apices of the segments, underside somewhat buftish. Forewing,

above: the black discal patches C—R* contiguous, closer to cell than in the allied

species ; discal double line outside the black patches sharply angled at R%, the

interspace between the two lines more or less white, these discal lines and the

postdiscal one, which is also partly bordered with white, obviously concave between

margin, sharply defined, continuous, thinner behind, the space inclosed by it

whitish.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite slenderer than in sevtata; harpe intermediate

between that of pellenta and scutata, the large dentate lobe more curved than in

the former, very much less so than in the latter (Pl. XXXVL. f. 10).

?. Unknown.

Karly stages unknown.

Hab. Tacuman.

1 3 (type) in Mus. Tring; another ¢ from Salta in the Museum at Buenos

Ayres ; a third from Paraguay in the Musée Royal d’Hist. Nat., Bruxelles ; a fourth

in the collection of Herr Neuburger, Berlin.

49. Protoparce ochus.

*Sphine ochus Klug, Neue Schm. i. p. 4. t. 3. f. 2 (1836) (Mexico ;—Mus. Berlin) ; Boisd., Cons. Lép.

Guatemala p. 74 (1870) (Honduras) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 82. n. 16 (1875) (Mexico ;

Honduras).

Macrosila instita Clemens, Journ. Ac. Sci. Philad. (2) iv. p. 164. n. 57 (1859) (Honduras).

Macrosila ochus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 68 (1865).

Protoparce ochus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. n. 6 (1877) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. A mer,

Lep. Het. i. p. 20. n, 2 (1883) (Mexico ; Cordova; Jalapa; Honduras; Guatemala; Costa

Rica) ; id., Uc. Suppl. p. 314 (1896) (Cuesta de Misantla ; Orizaba ; Tabasco ; Belize ; Costa

Rica) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 11 (1897) (Ivazu) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

p- 139 (1901) (Trinidad),

Phlegethontius ochus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 688, n. 11 (1892) (Mexico ; Honduras) ; Rothsch ,

Noy. Zoon., i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

6%. A strange-looking insect on account of the clayish tawny ochraceous colour

of the upperside of the forewing and thorax and of the occiput. The palpus is

similar in shape to that of rustica ; the antenna of the 2? shows distinct traces of

fasciculated ciliae. The first segment of the foretarsus has externally 5 or 6 longer,

moderately stout, spines, and a number of smaller ones. Without pulvillus.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 13. 14) strongly convex at

end, hooked, pointed ; the sternite bent upwards at end, sinnate, the two lobes

( 82 )

pointed. Dorso-apical margin of clasper bent inward ; the dentate upper portion of

the harpe not strongly developed dorsad and distad, its margin slanting towards

the ventral, curved, horizontal, process (Pl. XX XVII. f. 13). Penis-sheath with

long apical tooth, which slants distad as in muscosa (Pl. XXIX. f. 30).

?. Highth abdominal tergite sinuate or impressed mesially at apex. Ante-

vaginal plate with a rather long triangular lobe, the apex of which is rounded

and proximally produced into another, almost similar, lobe or ridge, which

points proximad forming the slanting roof of a trausverse groove in front of the

antevaginal plate.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab. Mexico to Costa Rica ; Venezuela ; most likely also in Colombia. j

In the Tring Museum 14 dd, 16 2? from: Mexico; Honduras; Aroa,

Venezuela,

50. Protoparce lefeburei.

Sphine lefeburei Guérin, Iconogr. Regne Anim., Ins. p. 494 (1844) (Bolivia).

*Macrosila incisa Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 205. n. 11 (1856) (Rio de Janeiro Mug

Brit.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 605. n. 1 (1877) (Rio de Janeiro) ; Druce, Biol.

Centr, Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 20. n. 1 (1883) (Chiriqui).

Sphinx lefebvrei (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 81. n. 15 (1895) (N. Friburgo ; =incisa ;

“ Guérin, Magaz. de Zool.” ex err.).

Sphine lefebovei (!), Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. xxvi. p. 346 (1876) (=incisa ; Surinam).

Macrosila lefebvrei, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 685, n. 1 (1892) (S. Amer.) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoou,

i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

Diludia lfebvrei, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 112. n. 2 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

32%. Antenna of ? with rather obvious basal rows of prolonged ciliae to the

segments. Tirst segment of anterior tarsus externally with 5 or 6 long, but not

stout, spines and some moderately long ones near the base. Segment 2 of palpus

rather longer than ordinarily in this genus. Pulvillus present, long and narrow.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long, gradually narrowed to a point, not dilated

before end (Pl. XX VII. f. 15); sternite also long, deeply divided, the lobes slender,

curved upwards, the segment differing in structure obviously from that of all the

other species of Protoparce. Clasper strongly rounded apically, dorso-apical margin

not dilated, not bent inwards; harpe (Pl. XXXVIIL. f. 12) similar to that of

petuniae, the vyeutral process feebly curved; the dentate lobe more or less

rectangular. Penis-sheath also peculiar in having two small teeth (Pl. XXLX. f. 22).

¢. Eighth abdominal tergite rounded truncate, the sternite (Pl. XX. f. 1)

larger than in the other species, more strovgly chitinised, rounded apically, with an

elongate, prominent, tubercle behind the mouth of the vagina. Antevaginal plate

very different from that of the other species of Protoparce, being deeply rounded.

sinnate.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil.

Mexican specimens are more russet, especially on the underside. In the collee-

tion of Mons. Charles Oberthiir there is an individual from Guérin’s collection ; it 1

labelled N. Friburgo ; the type was said (erroneously ?) to be from Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 7 22 from: San Pedro Sula, Honduras

(Witkugel) ; Rio Dagna, Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Aroa, Veuezuela ; Rio de Janeiro:

Bahuru, Sao Paulo (Dr. Hempel); Paraguay.

( 83 )

51. Protoparce stuarti.

*Phlegethontivs stuarti Rothschild, Novy. Zoot. iii. p, 22. n. 2. t, 13. £. 8. (1896) (La Paz, October ;—

Mus. Tring).

3 ?. A conspicuously coloured insect, which differs remarkably from the other

members of the genus both in pattern and structure. While the yellow abdominal

patches disappear elsewhere in the genus in a disto-proximal direction, the distal

patches being the first to obliterate, the second abdominal segment is in stuarté

without a yellow patch, though the other patches are well marked, with their

colour intensified. The grey, almost lavender, colour of the frons contrasts strongly

with the yellowish cream colour of the palpi, which are deep black at the dorsal

margin. The second palpal segment is rather slender, its scaling being a little

shorter than that of the first segment. Eyes comparatively smaller than in sexta.

Poretarsus with very long strong spines: first segment shorter than the tibia, with

three long spines and one to four additional, shorter, basal ones, without any small

spines externally, segments 2 to 4 with a single long apical spine externally ; mid-

and hindtarsi short, segments 1 and 2 together as long as the respective tibiae.

Spines at edges of abdominal tergites very weak, no spines on the sternites!

Discocellulars of hindwing straight, or R? faintly curvec, not or slightly oblique,

R* at right angles to SC*, while the lower angle of the cell is obtuse ; SC’ and R' on

arather long stalk. No pulvillus.

3. Antenna peculiar: basal segment without rows of prolonged ciliae, middle

and distal segments less impressed and less triangularly compressed than in the

other species of Protoparce ; hook short. Tenth tergite almost gradually narrowed

to end, very faintly dilated before end, pointed ; lobe of sternite long, sides nearly

parallel, apex rounded, with an indication of a sinus, upperside slightly concave.

Clasper broadly rounded at end, dorsal margin feebly curved inward ; harpe short,

triangular, dorsal margin not distinctly dentate (Pl. XXXVI. f. 1). Tooth of

penis-sheath long, slightly pointing distad, not quite so much as in muscosa.

?. Antenna less slender than in the allied species, less setiform, being thickest

beyond middle, no combs of ciliae. Plate of seventh abdominal sternite broad,

truncate, angles rounded. Antevaginal lobe short, triangular, apex rounded, no

prominent transverse ridge proximally at its base.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab, Bolivia, found at La Paz in some numbers at the electric light.

In the Tring Museum 38 specimens from La Paz.

52. Protoparce manducoides.

*Philegethontius manducoides Rothschild, Iris vii. p. 302. t. 6. £.2 () (1894) (Chiquitos, Bolivia ;—

coll. Staudinger),

3 %. Second segment of palpus rather long, with buffish white tip. Pulvillus

present. Virst segment of foretarsus with three long spines, second with one long

apical one, without short external spines. Abdomen with three yellow side-patches.

Underside of body, or only breast, flushed with pink. Forewing resembling some-

What that of rustica ; stigma larger, marginal dots smaller, white scaling-more

restricted, especially in outer half, where there is a conspicuous buffish white discal

band, while the area outside it is black, except traces of a white submarginal line.

Hindwing very different, being greyish white, with a black distal border and two

black discal bands between it and cell.

( 84 )

Underside greyish brown, more grey on hindwing, especially towards abdominal

margin; no distinct bands.

Not dissected.

Hab. South America: Bolivia ; Brazil. .

In coll. Standinger 1 ¢ from Chiquitos, Bolivia, and 1 ? from Sao Paulo. In~

the Vienna Museum 1 ? from Brazil (Natterer).

53. Protoparce rustica.

Sphinw rustica Fabricius, Syst, Ent. p. 540. n, 15 (1775) (America).

¢%. Antennae long and, in d, thick. Second segment of palpus not much

longer than broad, very much shorter than the first. First segment of foretarsns

with an outer row of spines of which the apical one is prolonged, some spines at the

base above this row, segments 2 to 4 with one prolonged apical spine and a very

few short ones externally. First segment of midtarsus see Pl. LXIV. f. 7

gd. Tenth tergite of abdomen (PJ. XXVII. f. 11) convex and somewhat

dilated before end, hooked, apex sinuate (Pl. XXVII. f. 12); sternite concave

above, apical margin bent upward, rounded. Clasper narrowed to end, dorso-

apical margin strongly bent inward; harpe peculiar, having a single, long,

slightly dentate, ventral process (PJ. XX XVII. f. 15); there is no tuft of scales

on the surface of the harpe near the base of the process, as in the other species.

Penis-sheath armed with an apical tooth (PI. X XIX. f. 21). :

?. Highth tergite of abdomen sinuate ; antevaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 11. 12)

with a long mesial lobe, which is sinuate, the transverse oblique ridge at its base

not prominent. Plate of seventh sternite short, rounded.

Larva finely granulated, with seven side-bands, which are white and bordered

green in front—Food: Chionanthus, Bignonia, ete.

Chrysalis with a long free tongue-case which is not recurved.

Hab. New York to Buenos Ayres, Antilles, and Galapagos Islands.

Three subspecies :

a. P. rustica rustica.

Merian, Jns. Surinam t. 5 (1705) (imago ; larva & pupa=Ps. tetrio). »

eS rustica Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 540. n. 15 (1775) (America) ; Sulz., Gesch. Ins. p. 151. t 20.

2 (1776) (America) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 206. n. 10 (1780); Stoll, in Cram., Pap.

a2 iv. p. 21. t. 301. f. a (1780) (Surinam) ; Fabr., Spee. dns. ii. p. 145. n, 28 (1781) (Ameriea)}

id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 31 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2385. n. 93 (1790) (larva

aad pupa those of Ps. tetrio) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 366. n. 33 (1793) ; Ménétr., Eni

Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n, 1485 (1857) (Haiti; Brasilia) ; Herr.-Sch., Corsets

iii. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad, v. p. 68 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boi

Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 82. n. 17 (1875); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. P.

(1876) (Surinam) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; id., in Wiegm.,

Arch. Naturg. p. 10 (1878) (Cuba; larva) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) @ayton, 0.,1 8).

Sphinw chionanthi Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 63. t. 34 (1897) (nom. noy. loco rustica)

Dune., in Jard., Nat. Libr. xxvii. p, 101. t. 5. f. 2 (7.). t. 6. £. 2 (.) (1841).

Acherontia chionanthi, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 139, n. 1495 (1822).

Cocytius rustica, id., Le. p. 140. n. 1498 (1822) ; id., Samml. Ex. Schm. iii. t. 38. £. 1. 2 (1806).

Protoparce rustica, Burmeister, Sphing. Brasiliens p. 63. n, 1 (1856); Butl., Trans. Zool.

Lond. ix. p. 606. n. 1 (1877) (Brazil; Mexico; Haiti); id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p.

n. 51 (1878) (Jamaica); Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 817 (1878) ; id., lc. Atlas

t. 11. f.7. A-E (1879) (head of larva) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 20. n. 1 (

Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 168 (1888) (N. York, southward into S. Am.; Te

Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 314 (1896) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 12 (1897); Smyt

(85 )

Ent. News xi. p. 485. t. 10 (7.). 11 (UL, p.) (1900) (life hist.) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond,

p- 139 (1901) (Trinidad).

Macerosila rustica, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 199, n. 2 (1856) (St. Domingo ; Jamaica ;

Mexico ; Brazil) ; Clem., Journ. Ac, N. Se. Philad. (2). iv. p. 163. n. 56 (1859); Grote, L.c.

vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba); id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. iii. p. 185 (1871) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc.

N. Se. ii. p, 227. n. 52 (1875) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 268 (1881) (Cuba ; larva, pupa).

Philegethontius rustica, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 224. n. 53 (1877) (Penn. ; Virg. ;

South. States) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nut. Mus. xxxv. p. 45 (1889) (lit. rel. to transf.) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687. n. 1 (1892); Rothsch., Noy. Zoot. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

Philegethontius rusticus, Edwards, Ent. Amer. ii. p. 163 (1887) (pupa) ; Beutenm., Bull. Am. Mus.

N. H. vii. p. 300. t. 4. £. 6 (1895) ; Kirby, in Allen, Nat, Libr., Moths iv. p. 43. t. 105 (/., i.)

(1897).

Clanis phalaris, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Iet.i. p. 702. n. 1 (1892) (cit. Schaller ex ev7./),

Philegetontius (!) rustica, Peters, [lustr. Zeitschr, Int. iii. Heft 22. t. 1. £. 5. 5a. 5b. 5e (1.,p.) (1898);

Boénningh., /ris xii. p. 111. n. 7 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva on Bignonia and Heliotrop).

3. The basal and discal areas of the forewing and the hindwing are almost

black in fresh specimens, while in faded individuals the forewing becomes more or

less pale russet. In one of our Aroa individuals the interspace C—M? of the fore-

wing between the antemedian and the discal lines is very pale wood-brown, while

the interspace between the first and second discal lines has remained dark brown.

Hab. Continental America, except the North and South, and the larger West

Indian islands; common.

80 odd specimens in the Tring Museum from: Bahamas ; Haiti; Jamaica :

and yarious places of the Continent.

b. P. rustica harterti.

Sphine rustica, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xxx. p. 33 (1887) (Curagao).

*Phlegethontius harterti Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 29 (1894) (Bonaire).

3%. The difference between this and the preceding form is very slight, but

coustant, the dark, triangular, discal area of the forewing being obviously paler in

all the specimens we have seen.

Hah. Curacao ; Bonaire; St. Vincent; St. Lucia; probably on all the Lesser

Antilles.

In the Tring Musenm 1 d,4 2 ?, from: Bonaire (HE. Hartert) ; St. Vincent ;

St. Lucia ; Barbados.

Also in coll. Standinger, from Curagao; coll. Snellen, from Curagao ; Mus.

Dublin, from Barbados ; and in other collections.

c. P, rustica calapagensis.

Protoparce calapagensis Holland, Proc. U. St. Nat. Mus. xii. p. 195 (1889) (Charles I.).

Syzygia calapagensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 685. n. 2 (1892) (Galapagos).

3%. A smaller and paler insect than rustica rustica. The tenth abdominal

tergite of the d not so distinctly sinuate, and the harpe shorter, than in rustica

rustica, otherwise the same.

A g from Chatham I. in the Tring Museum is abnormal, having the body

above and the wings nearly entirely brownish black, except the double series of

dorsal dots on the abdomen, the stigma of the forewing and the marginal spots of

both wings, which are white, besides feeble traces of white markings on both wings.

The first segment of the palpus is much less extended white than in normal

specimens. We call this aberrant individual—

( 86 ) “FZ

ab. nigrita nov.

Hab. Galapagos Islands.

In the Tring Museum2 ¢¢,2 2% from: Chatham [., 14. iii. 1901 (R. H.

Beck); Charles I. (Markham).

54. Protoparce albiplaga.

Protoparce rustica, Burmeister (on Fabricius, 1775), Sphing. Bras. p. 63. n .1 (1856) (partim ; larva). ;

*Macrosila albiplaga Walker, List Lep. Ins, B, M. viii. p. 202. n. 7 (1856) (Rio de Janeiro ;—Mus.

Brit.).

Diludia albiplaga, Grote & Rob., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 76 (1868); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. —

Lond. ix. p. 614. n. 9 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 9 (1892); Rothsch., Noy.

Zoot. i. p. 88. 541 (1894) (Aroa) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Am., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 318. n. 6 (1896) —

(Jalapa) ; Peters, //lustr. Zeitschr. Ent. tii. Heft. 22. t. 1. f. 3. (1). 3a (p.) (1898) ; Bonningh.,

Tris xii. p. 112. n. 19. t. 3. £. 5 (U.) (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

(?) Sphinx trojanus Schaufuss, Nang. Otios. i. p. 15 (1871) (Venezuela).

Sphine albiplaga, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 84. n. 18 (1875) (Brazil).

Sphinx valida, id., l.c. sub syn. (1875) (nom. maw. supervac. !).

Amphonyx cluentius, Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 316. n, 1 (1878) (partim ; larva).

Protoparce albiplaga, id., l.c. Atlas p. 33. t. 13. £. 2 (7.) (1879).

3%. Foretarsus without long and stout spines externally, only the apical spine -

of the segments being somewhat prolonged. Posterior tibia shorter than first

tarsal segment. Pulvillus vestigial. Abdominal spines heavy.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite rather thick vertically, becoming obviously

thinner toward the end, which is pointed and hooked; sternite resembling

that of petuniae, but broader, the turned up lateral margin higher. Clasper—

obliquely rounded dorso-apically, ventral margin incrassate, forming a rather

prominent angle apically; harpe with a single, ventral, long, obtuse process,

which is somewhat knife-blade-shaped, and sharply toothed ; the end is incrassate,

and bears a transverse fold or ridge (Pl. XXXVIL. f. 15). Penis-sheath with a long,

slightly curved, conical tooth, which is horizontal, pointing very feebly proximad.

2. Antevaginal plate large, broad, apically rounded, mesially emarginate,

rugose, proximal edge not much raised.

Larva with a lateral series of 8 to 10 yellow patches bordered with black ;

head and posterior part of anal segment black: there are also thin black transverse

bands, one on each segment posteriorly, more or less interrupted dorsally. °

Pupa: sheath of tongue short.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil ; not on the West Indian Islands.

In the Tring Museum 6 33,72? from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ;

Aroa, Venezuela ; Rio de Janeiro.

55. Protoparce trimacula spec. noy. (PI. V. f. 7, 3).

Allied to P. dalica and albiplaga.

d. Antenna long and stout. Second segment of palpus longer than in ucetius,

carolina, rustica. First segment of the foretarsus without obviously prolonged

spines. W7th pulvillus. Tenth abdominal tergite compressed, apex rounded, not

pointed in dorsal view, but the apical edge sharp, so that the hook appears to be

pointed in a side-view (PI. XXVIL. f. 21); lobe of sternite very short, curved

upwards, truncate sinuate, with the angles rounded (BI AEX VIL tes ventral

view). Clasper very broad, dorso-apical margin bent inward; harpe resemblin;

to a certain extent that of //orestan and allies; it has no ventral process ; |

( 87 )

yentro-distal margin is turned inward, dentate, and dorsally produced into a long

sharp tooth; the thin dorsal edge is irregularly toothed (Pl. XXXVI. f. 11).

Penis-sheath with a small sabapical tooth (Pl. X XIX. f. 48).

Upperside of body and forewing bistre colour, mottled with grey and tawny

olive ; head with a creamy white streak above eye, continued to pronotum ; meso-

thoracic tegula with a thin whitish lateral border, along which runs an indistinct

blackish brown line ; abdomen rather paler, with mesial tufts of suberect scales ;

a series of white apical dots at each side as in drontes, rustica, and some others,

segments 1 to 3 with a yellow lateral patch bordered with black. Forewing :

outer margin sinuate at M?, the undulate and zigzag lines well marked, discal and

postdiseal ones curved as in sexta, interspace SC'—SC? of second and third discal

line white, the other anterior interspaces between these two lines, as well as at the

distal side of the third one, more or less greyish white, interspaces between first

and second discal lines, which are heavy, not sericeous black as in ducetius, but

scarcely darker than the rest of the disc; postdiscal line heavy, developed to a

patch upon R* and behind M?, followed by a large, ill-defined, creamy white patch

at R*; the creamy white submarginal zigzag line heavy, but broken between the

yeins ; creamy white fringe-spots large; stigma nearly white, round; oblique

apical line heavy, bordered with creamy white in front. Hindwing blackish brown,

the pale bands very obscure, being clearly marked only in abdominal fold ; fringe

spotted with creamy white.

Underside: First and base of second segment of palpus creamy white ; breast

and femora nearly white, tibiae and tarsi brown ringed with white, abdomen more

dirty white, with the usual brown mesial spots. Wings bistre colour, more mummy

brown distally, hindwing greyish white in proximal half of abdominal fold ; three

darker discal bands, which are very faint on forewing, better marked on hindwing,

where they remain parallel down to SM’.

?. Unknown.

Length of forewing: 3, 55—60 mm.

Larva and chrysalis unknown. We expect the larva to differ from the ordinary

obliquely striped type, judging from the larva of albiplaga.

Hab. Colombia.

In Tring Museum 4 ¢¢3 from: R. Dagua (W. Rosenberg) (type); Juntas,

Canca (M. de Mathan), end of 1897 to Jan. 1898.

The specimens from the Cauca valley we received from Mons. Ch. Oberthiir,

who has a fine series of this insect, all males.

56. Protoparce leucofisila sp. noy. (Pl. LXY. f. 3. d).

gd. Allied to dalica, in colour intermediate between it and rustica, wings

narrower. Tlirst sezment of foretarsus shorter than the tibia, with three very long

external spines. Antenna slender, shorter than in dalica and thinner, scaling

white at base. Frons with white transverse band connecting the bases of the

antenna as in rustica; sides of frons and anterior edge with cinnamon scales.

White lateral stripe of mesonotum continued over pronotum ; collar besides with

three buffish white spots. Abdomen above nearly as in rustica, three yellow side-

patches, two widely separated rows of white dots, a mesial row of rather indistinct

black dots, posterior tergites more extended chalky white than in rustica and dalica.

Underside of body chalky white ; first segment of palpus (except a stripe along

( 88 )

eye) and a triangular basal spot of segment 2 white ; legs brown above, ringed white.

With pulvillus. .

Wings, upperside. Forewing midway between those of dalica and rustica ;

a triangular costal space before stigma, interspace between antemedian and first

discal line, and the interspace between the third discal and first postdiseal line |

pale, shaded with buff; a large apical patch in front of oblique apical line followed

by a snbmarginal patch, both white, a smaller white patch and a submarginal

zigzag line before hinder angle; a black streak between M! and M* connecting

third antemedian line with first discal one; discal lines sharply dentate, lines

2 and 3 close together, with the interspace between them spotted with white, the

lines more evenly curved than in rustica ; white spots of fringe large, extended

on to the wing-membrane. Hindwing: as in dalica, but the pale distal band

more distinct behind and broader.

Underside not essentially different from that of dalica.

3. Tenth tergite strongly compressed, apex rather prominent (Pl. XL,

f. 10, side-view); sternite about one-fifth shorter than the tergite, gradually

narrowed to the end which is broad and truncate with the angle turned upwards.

Clasper with almost straight dorsal margin; harpe (Pl. XL. f. 7) of the same —

type as in trimacula and florestan: a large, almost circular plate, deeply concave,

the distal edge dentate and ventrally produced into a short triangular lobe ;

inner surface of harpe covered with small elongate scales. Penis-sheath with

stout apical process (of which the tip is unfortunately broken), projecting obliquely

dextrad and distad.

Length of forewing: 47 mm.

Hab, Chamicuras, Upper Amazons, Peru (Bartlett), 1 ¢ in Mus. Dublin.

57. Protoparce dalica.

*Protoparce dalica Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 243 (1877) (‘‘ Canada” loc. err. ;—Mus. Dublin);

Waterh., Aid Ident. Ins. i. t. 70 (1887) (“ Canada” loc. err.) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 223

(1888) ; Weym., /ris vii. p. 301. note (1895) (=garleppi). ‘

Phlegethontius dalica Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687. n. 2 (1892) (“‘ Canada” Joc. err.).

*Phlegethontius garleppi Rothschild, Zris vii. p. 307. n. 15. t. 5. £. 1 (1895) (Huayabamba, HE. Peru ;—

coll. Staudinger).

3. Easily recognised by the dark purplish brown forewing, which is con-

spicuously marked with a triangular white patch in front of the large white stigma,

and with an irregular subapical patch bordered by the oblique apical line, as well

as some basal bands and submarginal spots of the same colour. Antenna long and

stout. Head with a white lateral stripe, which is interrupted. First segment

of foretarsus externally with three very long spines. Palvillus present. Tenth

abdominal tergite slender, gradually narrowed to the apex, which is truncate,

sternite very long, the sides curved upwards, irregularly notched. Clasper broad,

rather strongly narrowed to apex, ventral margin strongly oblique, dorso-apica

margin bent inward; harpe with a long, irregularly dentate, lobe, which extends

to the dorsal edge of the clasper (Pl. XXXIX. f. 5); the most ventral toot

rather heavier ; no ventral process. Penis-sheath with a long apical tooth as in

rustica, slightly pointing distad.

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown. ‘

We have now scen several specimens, and find that the differences betwe

dalica and garleppi are not constant.

( 89 )

Hab. Costa Riea, Peru, and Colombia, doubtless more widely distributed, but

rarer than most Protoparce.

In the Tring Museum 2 3¢ from: Rio Dagua Colombia (W. Rosenberg); Costa

Rica.

The locality Canada given by Kirby for dalica is erroneous. The specimen

came doubtless from Peru, perhaps from the same locality where lewcospila was

found.

2968 in coll. Charles Oberthiir from: Juntas, Cauca, and Honda, Colombia

(Mathan).

In coll. Staudinger 2 3 ¢ from Peru: Chanchamayo and Hnayabamba.

58. Protoparce brontes.

Sphine brontes Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ins. ii. p. 53 & Index, t. 29. f. 4 (1773) (New York ex err. !).

Sphinc pamphilius Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ex. iv. p, 217. t. 394. f. B. (1782) (Surinam ex err.) ;

Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad, v. p. 72 (1865) (=afflicta ?).

*Macrosila collaris Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 201. n. 5 (1856) (Jamaica ; St. Domingo ;—

Mus. Brit.).

Maerosila brontes, Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. ii. p. 75 (1868) (= collaris).

Diludia brontes, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612. n. 1 (1877) (Jamaica; Haiti) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 681. n. 1 (1892) (Jamaica ; Haiti; “N. America” ex err. !).

Diludia pamphilius, Butler, 1.c. p. 613. n. 2 (1877) (= brontes (?) ; not afflicta).

Though Drury’s figure of drontes is not very good, it cannot be referred to

anything else but the present West Indian species. Some authors have had doubts

on this point, chiefly on account of New York being given by Drury as the country

from whence the insect came. If these authors had looked more carefully over

Drury’s work, as others have done, they would have noticed that the specimens in

Dr. Fothergill’s collection—from which collection Drury figured rontes—were in

more than one instance erroneously labelled. On the same plate on which Jrontes

is figured the North American Pholus achemon is also represented, and this species

is said to be from Jamaica! Surely the localities of brontes and achemon were

interchanged in Dr. Fothergill’s collection.

3%. Antennae long, and in 3 very thick in comparison with the size of the

species. First sezment of foretarsus much shorter than foretibia, without prolonged

spines. With pulvillus.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite very sharply pointed, hooked, compressed, barely

dilated laterally before hook, but somewhat ventrally ; sternite truncate, lateral

margins curved upwards at end, with the upper angles sharp, the sternite appearing

sinuate in an anal view. Clasper long and rather narrow, dorso-apical margin

strongly bent inward; harpe triangular, pointed, ventral margin convex and then

concave, upper margin feebly rounded (Pl. XXXVII. f. 16), denticulation minute.

Penis-sheath with an apical tooth, which is different in the two subspecies

ool XXX. f. 31. 32).

?. Postvaginal plate strongly chitinised, triangularly dilated mesially, apical

edge inerassate ; antevaginal plate very short, almost membranaceous, rugate or

folded, mesially sinuate, forming a very low transverse ridge.

Larva with oblique side-bands, very similar to that of P. sexta jamaicensis,

spiracles, however, bright orange.

Hab. Jamaica ; Porto Rico; Haiti ; Cuba; Bahamas ; South Florida.

Two subspecies :

( 90 )

a. P. brontes cubensis.

Sphinx brontes, Lueas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 297 (1856) (Cuba) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl.

p. 149 (1863) (Cuba) ; id., /.c. p. 59 (1865) (syn. partim ; Cuba); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil.

v. p. 39 (1865) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Méschl., Abh

Senk. Nat. Ges. xvi. p. 110. n. 107 (1891) (Porto Rico; syx. excl.).

Sphinx cubensis Grote, l.c. v. p. 69. t. 1. £. 5 (¢) (1865) (Cuba).

Diludia brontes, id., lc. p. 188 (1865) (Cuba) ; id., lc. vi. p. 329 (1867) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana

p. 214 (1881) (Cuba ; Porto Rico).

Diludia cubensis, Grote, l.c, p. 188 (1865) (=brontes) ; Kirby, Uc. n. 2 (1892) (Cuba).

¢ %. Black lines of upperside of forewing more prominent than in the following

subspecies, third discal line better marked, the wing appearing more variegated.

Tooth of penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 32), more pointed, slenderer, than in the

following form. k

Hab. Cuba ; Haiti ; Porto Rico ; South Florida.

In the Tring Museum 3 od, 3 22 from: Cuba; Haiti; Nassan, Bahamas

(Sir G. Carter).

In coll. W. Schans from Miani, Florida.

b. P. brontes brontes.

Sphinx brontes Drury, lc. ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 219. n. 52 (1780).

Sphinx pamphilius Stoll, Lc.

*Macrosila collaris Walker, lc. (partim) ; Edwards, Ext. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888). :

Dolba pamphilus (1), Walker, /.c. p. 230 n. 2 (1856) (“ not seen’).

Diludia collaris, Grote & Rob., lc. v. p. 164. n. 86 (1865) ; Boisd., /.c. p, 110. n. 50 (1875).

Sphinz pamphilus (1), Boisduval, 1.c. p. 115. n. 57 (1875) (“not seen”).

Diludia pamphilius, Kirby, l.c. n. 3 (1892) ( Surinam” err. loc.).

3%. The postdiscal interspace and a streak before SM? on the upperside of the

forewing are buff or pinkish buff in the ¢; in the mesothoracic tegula, the

subbasal and distal areas of the forewing, above, and a marginal patch near ana

angle of hindwing are whiter than in cubensis.

Hab. Jamaica. :

In the Tring Museum 10 6d, 8 22 from Jamaica. .

Stoll’s figure of pamphilius refers doubtless to this form, which is often as

strongly buffish in colour as the figure.

59. Protoparce sesquiplex (Pl. X. f. 4, 3).

*Sphine sesquiplee Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 73 (1870) (Felder’s fig.) ; Feld., Reise Novara

t. 78. f. 5 (1874) (Mexico ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 118. n. 61 (1875)

(Mexico ; Guatemala). ‘

Sphin strix id., Cons. Lép. Guat. p. 73 (1870) (nom. maxims supervac.); id., Spec. Gén, Lép. He

p. 118 (1875).

Diludia sesquiplex, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 614. n. 8 (1877) (Guatemala) ; Druce, Biol.

Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 22. n. 1 (1883) (“not seen”) ; id., lc. Suppl. p. 317 (1896) (parti

Guatemala). r

Phlegethontius sesquiplex, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i, p. 688. n. 19 (1892) (Mexico ; Guatemala).

¢. Ground colour of body and wings whitish smoky grey. Antenna thick and

long. Second and third segments of palpus together not much shorter than the

first. Pulvillus vestigial. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XX VIL. f. 27) long, slender,

pointed, gradually and slightly curved ; sternite more than twice as long as bro

(Pl. XX VII. f. 28), troncate, mesially sinnate, subearinate on the ventral su

slightly curved upwards. Clasper gradually narrowed to apex ; dorso-apical margi

( 91)

bent inwards ; harpe broad (Pl. XXXVI. f. 12), without ventral process, the

distal margin bent basad, forming a rather sharp angle with the horizontal dorsal

margin. Penis-sheath with a heavy, nearly apical, tooth (Pl. XXIX. f. 29); the

edge of the sheath opposite the tooth bent inward and armed with another shorter,

suberect tooth.

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Central America ; Mexico; Guatemala.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) ex coll. Felder, from Mexico.

60. Protoparce muscosa sp. nov. (Pl. XI. f. 1, ?).

Diludia sesquiplex, Druce (non Boisduval, 1870), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 317 (1896)

(partim ; Matagalpa, Nicaragua).

$3. Generally confounded in collections with sesguiplex. Differs as follows :

ground colour of body and wings much darker, being almost olive, forewing much

less elongate, pale bands of hindwing less prominent.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 29) shorter and broader ; sternite

also much shorter, not raised mesially on the ventral surface (Pl. XXVII. f. 30);

harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 13) similar to that of sesguiplex, but the distal margin less

slanting, and the upper angle produced dorsad into a heavy tooth. Penis-sheath

(Pl. XXIX. f. 30) with a longer tooth, which points distad.

?. Highth abdominal sternite strongly chitinised, raised into a heavy trans-

verse tubercle just behind the mouth of the vagina; antevaginal plate weak,

wrinkled (in a dry state), margin almost straight.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Mexico ; Nicaragua ; Costa Rica. :

In the Tring Museum 6 6d, 5 22% from: Cenemarara, Mexico, vi. 1900

(type 2); Huatuxco, Mexico; 1 ? without locality (ex coll. Felder); Costa Rica

(C. Underwood).

61. Protoparce corallina.

*Diludia corallina Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het, i. p. 22. n. 2. t. 2. £. 3 (1883) (Mexico ;

Guatemala ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 8 (1892) (Mexico ; Guatemala).

3%. Claw segment without pulvillus. Thorax less robust than in lichenea,

especially in ¢. Wings rather more elongate than in that species, but nearly

exactly the same in pattern. Sexual organs of both sexes different from those of

the following species. End of tarsus see Pl. LXIV. f. 13.

3. Tenth tergite slenderer than in lichenea ; the sternite (Pl. XXVIL. f. 25. 26)

obyiously longer, straighter, narrower, truncate, being very feebly sinuate. Harpe

smaller, ventrally angled (PJ. XXXVI. f. 14). Tooth of penis sheath somewhat

longer, basally thinner, and pointing a little more distad.

%. Vaginal plate rounded apically (PI. XX. f. 7), transversely convex

before end; vaginal cavity bordered in front by a transverse, curved, mesially

sinuate ridge, a rather deep impression before the cavity is surrounded by an

angulated ridge, the proximal horizontal part of which projects as a kind of lip;

the form of the groove is not quite constant, it being in the type longer than in

the specimen from which the figure is taken.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

(92)

Hab. Central America: Mexico ; Guatemala ; Honduras.

In the Tring Museum 1 3, 2 2? from: Cuernavaca, Mexico ; Rosery Mines,

Honduras, 3000—4000 ft. 1

Single specimens in several other collections.

62. Protoparce lichenea.

Sphinx lichenea Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 67. n. 3 (1856) (N. Friburgo) ; Ménétr., Enwn. Corp.

Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n. 1471 (1857) (Brazil) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 111.

n. 52 (1875) (Brazil); Burm., Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 318 (1878); id., lc. Atlas p. 57 (1879)

(Salta ; Tucuman ; descr. of Z & i).

Sphine pamphilius, Burmeister (non Stoll, 1780), Sphing. Bras. p. 67. n. 4 (1856) (N. Friburgo)

id., Descr. Rép. Arg. v. p. 318 (1878). 1

*Macrosila lichenea Walker, List, Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 204. n. 9 (1856) (Rio de Janeiro ;—Mus

Brit.).

*Diludia rufescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 12. n. 26 (1875) (Rio de Janeiro ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Zllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. i. p. 2 t. 15. £. 6 (1877); id., Trans. Zool. Soc.

Bad. ix. p. 614. n. 8 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 681. n. 6 (1892) ; Rothsch., Noy.

Zoou. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).) d

Diludia lichenea, Butler, l.c. p. 614. n. 9 (1877) (Brazil) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer,, Lep. He

p. 23. n. 3 (1883) (Cordova, Mexico) ; id., .c. Suppl. p. 317 (1896) (Orizaba ; Jalapa ; Chiriqui);

Kirby, lc. n. 7 (1892) (Brazil) ; Rothsch., /.c. (1894) (Aroa),

Protoparce lichenea, Burmeister, /.c. Atlas p. 30, t. xi, £. 4 (/.) (1879).

Protoparce pamphilus (!), id., l.c. Atlas p. 30 (1879).

Diludia brontes, Rothscbild, l.c. (Aroa).

Diludia coratlina, id., l.c. (Aroa).

(2?) Diludia florestan, Binninghausen (non Stoll, 1782), Iris xii. p. 112. n. 8 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ;

partim).

3%. This species does not differ in structure from P. florestan. The forewing

is more variegated than in /Jorestan, the transverse lines, as a rule, being muel

more prominent, and hence appearing to be more numerous; the black disc

streaks R'—M?* are short, often absent. The species varies individually to a

considerable extent. Wh pulvillus. The differences between the two insects:

if a series is compared—do not seem to us to be reliable. We should not

surprised if florestan and lichenea were proved to be one variable species. End ot

tarsus see P]. LXIV. f. 11. 12.

Larva green, not yellowish, with small yellowish granules, which are sparse or

the first three segments ; side-bands narrow, pink, united above by a thin mesia

line, each band rather deeper red behind (acc. to Burmeister, correct ?).

Hab. Southern Brazil, North-West Argentina, northward to Mexico. ;

In the Tring Meeents 10 6d, 8 3 from: Mexico; Costa Rica ; china

Aroa, Venezuela ; Petropolis.

In the Museum at Buenos Ayres from N.W. Argentina.

63. Protoparce florestan.

Sphine florestan Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ex. iv. p. 216. t. 394. £. B (1782) (Surinam); Burm., Sphiny

Bras. p. 66. n. 2 (1856) (descr, of larva & pupa; N. Friburgo) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét i

p. 112. sub n, 53 (1875) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 318. n, 2 (1878) (N. Friburgo).

Cocytius forestan (!), Hiitbner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 140. n. 1499 (1822).

Macrosila florestan (!), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 203. n. 8 (1856) (Riode Janeiro) ;

Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad, iv. p. 167. n, 62 (1859) (S. Amer. ; Honduras).

Sphine flovistan (1), Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n. 1472 (1857) (Bra

Diludia florestan, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 164. n. 85 (1865) ; Butl., Trans.

Soe. Lond. ix. p. 613. n. 3 (1877) (Rio de Janeiro); Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 681. n. 4 (1892

( 93 )

Rothsch., Noy. Zoou. i. p 541 (1894) (Aroa) ; Peters, [//ustr. Zeitschr. Ent, vii. Heft. 22. t. 1.

f. 4. (/.) (1898) ; Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 112. n. 8 (1898) (Rio de Jan. ; partim).

Protoparce florestan, Burmeister. l.c. Atlas p. 30. t. xi. f. 2 (/.) (1879) (N. Friburgo) ; Kaye, Trans.

Ent. Soe. Lond. p. 139 (1901) (Trinidad).

—*Diludia brevimargo Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 12. n, 25 (1875) (Brazil ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Tllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. i. p. 2. t. 15. £. 5 (1877); Kirby, Lec. n. 5 (1892) ;

Rothsch., Noy. Zoo, i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl.

p- 317. n. 4. t. 68. f. 1 (g)) (1896) (Mazatlan ; Paso de S. Juan; Vera Cruz ; Jalapa).

3%. Not at all constant, either in size or in markings, often barely dis-

tinguishable from lichenea. Fresh specimens have a greenish tint on the forewing,

which often fades to a clayish yellow. The black discal streaks R'—M®* of the

forewing are always very prominent on the pale ground. The specimens from

Mexico do not differ, to our knowledge, from the Brazilian individuals. The single

Trinidad 3 in the Tring Museum has the forewing rather more elongate, bearing a

remarkable resemblance to Pseuwdosphinax tetrio. Another 3, from Cordova, Mexico,

nearly agrees with it in the shape of the forewing. Wvth pulvillus.

Larva with broad white side-bands, which become narrow dorsally, and include

the stigmata ; first band abbreviated ventrally.

Hab. Southern Brazil to Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 28 ¢d,16 2 from: Mexico (various places) ; Honduras ;

Paramba, Ecuador; Aroa, Venezuela; Port of Spain, Trinidad (Dr. P. Rendall) ;

Rio de Janeiro; Bahuru, Sao Paulo (Dr. Hempel).

64. Protoparce lanuginosa.

Diludia collaris, Edwards (non Walker, 1856), Papilio iv. p. 13 (1884) (Vera Cruz).

Diludia lunguinosa id., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 89 (1887) (Vera Cruz); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus.

‘ N.H. p. 170 (1892) (Jalapa, typ. spec. ex coll. Hy. Edwards) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i.

p. 682. n. 10 (1892) (Vera Cruz).

Diludia corallina, Druce, (nom id., 1883), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 317 (1896)

(corallina = languinosa ex err.; Jalapa, Vera Cruz ; Costa Rica).

3. A duller, more uniformly coloured species than florestan. The forewing,

above, is less whitish grey, the two discal streaks R’—M? are less distinct, some-

times absent ; the brown bands on the underside of the hindwing are more feebly

marked, and the side-spots of the abdomen are less black. Structurally not different

from /lorestan except in the head being proportionally smaller. The discal lines of

the forewing are more strongly marked in the Honduras specimens than in the

Mexican ones. With pulvillus.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Mexico to (Spanish) Honduras, probably extending farther south.

In the Tring Museum 3 63,5 22 from: Cordoba, Mexico; Brit. Honduras ;

San Pedro Sula, Honduras.

65. Protoparce crocala.

* Peeudosphinx crocala Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xiii. p. 169 (1894) (Honduras ;—coll, Staudinger);

id., Biol Centr, Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 316. n. 2. t. 67. £5 (2) (1896).

%. Pulvillas present. First protarsal segment without prolonged spines.

Wasily recognised by the grey basal third of the hindwing contrasting sharply with

the brown outer two-thirds.—The eyes are too prominent in Druce’s figure.

Hab. Honduras (Wittkugel).

A @ in coll. Staudinger, type. Two ? ¢ in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

Not seen in other collections.

(94)

66. Protoparce bergi spec. nov. (Pl. V. f. 8, 3).

3°. Body and wings greyish creamy buff, dusted with brown and ochreous —

scales. Palpns black at eye ; head and thorax without markings ; abdomen with

small black lateral patches on segments 2 to 4; tibiae darker than sterna, tarsal

segments tipped with buff; first protarsal segment with prolonged spines, externo-

apical spines of following segments also long, but not stout. With pulvillus.

Wings, )

apex of cell, the first and second incomplete, interrupted, indicated by spots, of

which the costal ones are the most conspicuous, the third and fourth line geminate,

curving costad in front ; three equidistant lines on disc, the proximal one generally

more strongly pronounced ; a postdiscal line of Innules, sometimes vestigial, and —

a series of more or less vestigial, submarginal, reversed lunules, the oblique apical

line vestigial or absent ; 70 stigma; fringe buff, with small brown dots. Hindwing:

blackish brown, a costal space (covered by the forewing), an ill-defined anal area, |

extended along abdominal margin to base and also along distal margin, creamy

buff, two black discal lines, curved before anal angle, more or less indistinet ; fringe

as on forewing, dots indistinct or ill-defined.

Underside slightly pinkish. Forewing : much more shaded with brown than

upperside, traces of three discal bands. Hindwing paler than forewing, a blackish

band just beyond end of cell followed by two ofhet bands, the middle one often

absent ; a brown, ill-defined, broad submarginal band.

d. Sexual Ganaine very similar to that of P. florestan, the tenth sternite

more deeply sinuate, the harpe less rounded, being longer basi-distally, teeth of

upper margin rather heavy, the stronger ones bearing mostly one or two small ones.

Length of forewing : 45—47 mm.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Tacuman, Argentina.

We name the species in memory of the late Professor Carlos Berg.

In the Tring Museum 44,1 ? from Tucuman; and 2 d¢ from “ Argentina.”

XX. CHLAENOGRAMMA.—Typnus : jasminearum.

Sphinx, Guérin (non Linné, 1758), Icon. Réegne Anim., Ins. p. 494 (1829-44).

Diludia, Grote (non id., 1865), List Lep. N. Am. p. 5 (1868).

Chlaenogramma Smith, Ent. Amer, iii. p. 154 (1887) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 197 (1888)

(type : jasminearum).

3%. Differs from Protoparce in the comb of long bristles of the midtarsus

being absent or consisting of one or two reduced bristles, and in the smaller eyes

Head smaller in ? than in d , as is the case in many Protoparce. t

Pulvillus and paronychium present, this with one lobe on each side.

The type-species agrees almost in every detail with Protoparce florestan, of

which it is a northern development. Apart from the absence of the mesotarsal

comb there is indeed very little by which to distinguish jasminearum from Horestan.

The gap between Chl. undata and jasminearum is by far larger than the gap

between jasminearum and Protoparce florestan. Nevertheless, Chiaenogramma i ;

a step forward on the path of the reduction of organs. It is in our opinion a valid

( 95 )

genus,—though the characters in which it is said by its original definer to differ

from Protoparce are not valid.

We emphasise that the genital armature of Chl. jasminearum is identical with

that of Protoparce florestan. The opinion that specifically distinct insects are

always different in the sexual armature is erroneous ; insects identical in those

organs may be different not only specifically but also generically. ‘

| Hab. America, from Canada to Argentina.

}

Key to the species :

Foretarsus without obviously prolonged

spines ; : 67. Chl. jasminearum.

Foretarsus with obviously prolonged spines 68. Chl. wndata.

67. Chlaenogramma jasminearum.

Sphing jasminearum Guérin, lc. p. 494, t. 84. f. 1 (7.). la (/.) (1829-44) (Am. bor.) ; Gray, in

Griff, An. Kingd. xv. t. 83. f£. 1. la (1832) (copy of Guér.’s plate) ; Wils., Encycl. Brit.

ed, viii. t. 236. f. 5. 6 (1855); Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sei. Philad. iv. p. 173. n. 71 (1859)

(Long I.; N. York ; Penn.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn.

Lep. N. Am. p. 198. n. 9 (1862) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 36 (1864) ; Grote & Rob.,

Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 165. n, 91 (1865) (N. York ; Penn.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét.

i. p. 114. n. 56 (1875) (Am. sept. ; on Fraxinus) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 115. t. 13. f. 14

(1876) (larva descr.; N. York; N. Jersey; Penn.; etc.) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix.

p- 618. n. 4 (1877); Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 103 (1880) ; Pil. Pap. ii.

p- 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.,1 ¢).

Diludia jasminearum, Grote, List Lep. N. Am. p. 4 (1868) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sci. i. p. 25

(1874) ; id., lc. ii. p. 227. n. 49 (1875) ; Butl., Uc. p. 640 (1877) ; Grote, Jc. iil. p. 224. n. 50

(1877) (N. York ; Penn.) ; id. Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 134. n. 59 (1886) (Georgia, northward) ;

id., Hawk-Moths N. Am. p. 39 (1886) (Long I., rare in Middle States, not comm. in South) ;

Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 45 (1889) (lit: rel. to transf.).

Sphing jasmincarum (!), Boisduyal, l.c. t. 1. £. 4 (1.) (1875).

Chlaenogramma jasminearum, Smith, Ent, Amer. iii. p. 154 (1887); id., Trans, Am. Ent. Soc. Lond.

xy. p. 199. t. 10. f. 2 (genit.) (1888) (N. York; N. Jersey; Penn.; Maine (?) ; Canada (?) ;

Maryld.; Georgia); Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. York, electr. light) ;

Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 306. t. 6. £. 3 (i.) (1895) (short deser. of 7., p., 1.).

*MVacrosila rotundata Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 90. t. 7. £. 17 (1894) (hab. ?—Mus. Tring).

3%. Anal angle of forewing rather less prominent than in Protoparce florestan,

_ black longitudinal streak R*—M! generally prolonged to postdiscal line or even

to margin, which is very rarely the case in P. florestan, second streak, M!—M?,

inconspicuous.

‘ g. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 31) prismatically compressed,

highest before end, curved ventrad, pointed ; sternite gently curved in side-view

(Pl. XXVIL. f. 32), almost flat, the edges slightly turned upwards, underside

feebly convex, the lobe somewhat narrowed towards end, mesially incised, the

two halves rounded. Clasper (Pl. XXXVI. f. 9) almost straight dorsally from

base to apical fourth, then slanting, the dorso-apical margin bent inward; harpe

rounded, concave, the distal edges turned up, densely denticulate. Apical tooth of

Penis-sheath horizontal, conical, pointing dextro-laterad, nearly as in Protoparce

petuniae (P1. XXIX. f. 25).

%. Vaginal plate rounded distally, smooth, not scaled ; proximal edge pro-

truding above the membrane connecting the plate with the seventh sternite ;

vaginal orifice median, covered by a transverse projecting fold which is shallowly

@96))

sinuate mesially (Pl. XX. f. 8); the plate is mesially raised behind the vaginal

orifice to a smooth, flat tubercle.

Larva pale yellowish green, with seven narrow side-bands, the first six white,

the last white with a green and red anterior border.—Food: Fraxinus.

Pupa with very short tongue-case, bulbous at end, applied to the breast.

Hab. Bastern United States, from Georgia to N. England, westward to

Pennsylvania and Canada.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 1 ? from: Canada; Virginia; Pennsylvania.

68. Chlaenogramma undata spec. nov. (Pl. XI. f. 6. 7).

$%. First segment of foretarsus more than twice the length of segment 2,

with four or five long exterior spines, segments 2 to 4 with a long externo-apical

spine. Head and thorax pale olive, pro- and mesonotum with a black side-stripe,

metanotum with a black and white lateral tuft. Abdomen marked with black

transverse side-bands which separate the whitish grey side-patches.

Wings, above, greyish creamy buff or grey, shaded with brown, crossed by

black lines and bands. Forewing: traces of a basal and a subbasal line at costal

margin; three antemedian lines, the proximal one feebly marked, all curving cos

between first halfmoon and postdiscal line blackish (as in jasminearum, P. florestan,

etc.) ; an oblique apical line joining the postdiscal line between SC* and R#; twe

fringe with creamy white spots. l

patch ; two parallel discal bands, the first the broader, of even width, situate just

outside the cell, the second crenate, consisting of contiguous halfmoons ; a broad

marginal band, distally shaded over with grey scaling, a black dash running through

the grey marginal scaling at the apex of the wing.

Underside: ground-colour as above. Forewing: much more shaded with

brown than above ; of the discal lines the inner one indistinct, the others crenate, if

more distinct. Hindwing: a discal band just outside the cell, curving basad

abdominal margin, divided into two bands in anterior half ; parallel with this is

a third band, more or less strongly crenate, followed by a paler brown, ill-defined

submarginal band. .!

3S. Tenth abdominal tergite subprismatically compressed, convex beneath

curved downwards at end, apex rather suddenly narrowed into a long point; sternite

not essentially different from that of jasminearum, more convex on upperside

Clasper and harpe as in the preceding, but the harpe much smaller. Penis-sheath

also not differing from that of jasminearum. 9

?. Vaginal plate of wndata cinerea (Pl. XX. f. 9) similar to that of

jasmincarum, but the proximal part much shorter, the proximal edge of this ante-

vaginal plate recurved in middle, the upper (or hinder) edge triangularly sinuate

with a (sensory) hair. 7

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab. Argentina, and (?) Costa Rica.

Two subspecies, which may turn out to be specifically distinct :

(CORY

a. Chl. undata undata (Pl. XI. f. 6, 3).

3. Body and wings with an obvious clayish tint ; black side-line of thorax

distinct on pronotum, a black transverse line at the base of pronotum connecting

the longitudinal lines ; abdomen beneath with large brown patches, edges of

segments pale creamy buff. Wings adore: lines of forewing very sharply defined,

interspace between the second and third discal line grey, border to hindwing

54 mm. broad at apex, second discal line strongly carinate. Below: fore- and

hindwing with two strongly crenate lines.

Hab, Costa Rica, 1 3; the locality seems to us to be doubtful.

b. Chl. undata cinerea subsp. nov. (Pl. XI. f. 7, 2).

6%. Wings and body much more whitish grey than in the preceding sub-

species ; the black markings of the pronotum less distinct, the white tufts of the

metanotum conspicuous, the black spots of the abdominal sternites much smaller,

the lines of the wings less sharply marked, less crenate, middle discal line of fore-

wing below not crenate, marginal border of hindwing above broader.

é. Tenth tergite shorter and higher than in the previous form, sternite broader

before end. Harpe a little larger. Tooth of penis-sheath a trifle shorter. These

differences may be individual.

?. See above.

Hab. Cordoba, Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 1 $ (type) received from Prof. Carlos Berg. One ¢ in

the British Museum, also from Prof. Berg; other specimens in the Museum at

Buenos Ayres.

The midtarsal comb is indicated by one prolonged bristle in the ¢ in the

British Museum.

XXII. EURYGLOTTIS.—Typus : aper.

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 204 (1856) (partim).

Euryglottis Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 68 (1875) (type: aper) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc.

Lond. ix, p. 612 (1877).

3%. Similar to Protoparce. Thorax and legs very rough with long erect

hair-scales; eye lashed. First segment of foretarsus without prolonged spines ;

no pulyillus ; paronychium with one long lobe at each side ; long apical spur of

hindtibia about half the length of the first tarsal segment.

3. Tenth tergite elongate, rather gradually narrowed, obtuse, curved down-

ward, prismatically compressed, almost flat above and carinate below, with rather

numerous hairs ; sternite somewhat longer than tergite, concave above, convex

below, somewhat rounded-dilated at the sides, apex rounded, apici-lateral margins

tarned inwards, fused with the upper surface, forming a kind of transverse carina

Which is interrupted mesially. Clasper weak, dorsal margin concave, ventro-apical

margin oblique; harpe short, almost concealed under a dense covering of short

half-erect scaling, produced distally into a slender, flat, more or less curved or

(98 )

twisted, obtuse process (P]. XX XVII. f. 1—4). Penis-sheath armed with a strong, —

acuminate, apical tooth, which points more or less distad (Pl. XXIX. f. 17. 18. 19).

9. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 18) strongly chitinised, narrower at end,

traneate or sinuate, proximal part irregularly wrinkled, or carinate and rugate ;

vaginal cavity large, median, transverse, covered by a large, long, triangular lobe.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab. Tropical South America.

Four species.

Key to the species :

a. The second segment of palpus not pale at

ventral edge ; forewing above without pale

angle-shaped markings in submarginal area 69. 2. albostigmata

Second segment of palpus pale at ventral edge;

forewing above with pale angle-shaped mark-

ings, mostly forming a zigzag line. - b.

4. R* of hindwing from centre of cell . : . 71. EB. davidianus.

thie a much nearer R* than R'—PC* C :

c. Abdomen with white spots only. . 70. EB. dognini.

7s » large yellow lateral patches . 72. E. aper.

69. Euryglottis Albvatiestiatee

*Buryglottis albostigmata Rothschild, Sris vii. p. 301. n. 14 (1894) (Cauca Valley ;—coll. Staudinger).

3%. The species differs remarkably in colour from the other Enuryglottis,

reminding one strongly of Pseudodolbina fo.

3. Process of harpe short, spatulate, slightly twisted near end, and curved

upwards (Pl. XX XVII. f. 3). Tooth of penis-sheath (PI. X XIX. f, 18) short, stout.

?. Not dissected. Hindwing above much more extended white than in d.

Hab. South America ; Colombia ; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 8 64,2 $ ? from: Rio Dagua, Colombia ; and Paramba,

Keuador (Rosenberg); 8. Domingo, S.E. Peru (Ockenden).

In coll. Oberthiir 4 dd, 1 2, collected by Mons. Mare de Mathan at: Honda,

Colombia ; Juntas, Cauca; Balsapamba, Prov. Bolivar.

70. Euryglottis dognini.

Luryglottis aper, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 57 (1875) (partim).

*Buryglottis dognini Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. iii. p. 325. n. 11 (1896) (Loja; Colombia ;—Mus. Tri

3%. Abdomen with three rows of white spots on each side, the middle row

not yellow as in the two following species ; beneath with a large white patch at

the base, tips of coxae also white.

3. Harpe shorter (Pl. XXXVII. f. 2) than in aper, the sexual armature

otherwise almost identical with that of aper.

?. Vaginal plate sinuate at end, antevaginal lobe rounded-pointed, carinate

mesially.

Hab. South America: Ecuador ; Colombia; Venezuela.

In the Tring Museum 6 ¢¢,2 ¢% from: Loja, Ecuador, type d ; Merid

Venezuela (Briceno) ; “ Colombia.”

( 99 )

71. Euryglottis davidianus.

*Buryglottis davidianus Dognin, Le Natural. xiii. p. 159 (1891) (Loja ;—coll. Dognin) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p, 685. n. 2 (1892) (Loja).

3. Similar in appearance to £. aper. The paler head, smaller yellow

abdominal spots, straighter subbasal and discal lines of forewing, and the

differences in structure distinguish the species abundantly.

3. Process of harpe (Pl. XX XVII. f. 4) twisted, curving ventrad. Tooth of

penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 19) short, stout.

2. Not dissected.

Hab. Loja, Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 1 d from Loja, 19. ix. 87, received from Mons. Paul

Dognin, who has 2 dd and 2 ? ¢ from the same locality, one of them caught in

April 1894.

72. Kuryglottis aper.

*Macrosila aper Walker, /.c. p. 204. n. 10 (1856) (Bogota ;—Mus, Brit.).

Sphine apex (!), Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 15 (1870) (Venezuela).

Buryglottis aper, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 68 (1875) (Bogota ; partim).

d. Process of harpe (Pl. XXXVII. f. 1) rather long. Tooth of penis-sheath

(Pl. XXITX. f. 17) Jong, slender, pointing obliquely distad.

2. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX1. f. 18) more or less rounded-truncate at end;

anteyaginal lobe truncate sinuate.

Hab. South America; Venezuela ; Colombia southward to Bolivia.

Two subspecies :

a. E. aper aper.

*Macrosila aper Walker, 1.c.

Buryglottis aper, Boisduval, 1.c.; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612 (1877); Dogn., Le

Natural. xiii. p. 159 (1891).

3%. Abdominal sternites 3 to 5 with indistinct apical dots. Discal band of

three lines of upperside of forewing well-marked.

Hab. Venezuela ; Colombia.

In the Tring Museum 30 3d,3 9% from: Venezuela; Rio Dagua, Colombia

(Rosenberg) ; near town of Bogota, March; Popayan, Columbia (Lehmann).

b. E. aper guttiventris subsp. nov.

3. Abdominal sternites 3 to 5 with distinct apical spots, basal patch of

abdomen pale. Discal band of forewing and the vein-streaks less distinct than

in aper aper.

?. Unknown.

Hab. Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 3 ¢¢ from: Rio Songo (type, Garlepp) ; Chulumani,

2000 m., Dec. 1900, wet season (Simons).

XXII. APOCALYPSIS.—Typus : velow.

Apocalypsis Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 641 (1877) (type : velow).

3%. Thorax not rongh-scaled as in Euryglottis. Bye not lashed. Lees

longer than in Luryglottis, mach more smoothly scaled; spur of foretibia not

( 100 )

reaching end of tibia, long terminal spur of hindtibia more than two-thirds the

length of the first tarsal segment, little shorter than the tibia; claw-segment

as in Luryglottis. Antenna of ¢ similar to that of ¢, compressed, with long

fasciculated ciliae.

d. Tenth tergite long, narrow, pointed, curved downward, carinate beneath ; _

sternite also elongate, slightly narrowed to the end, which is rounded. Clasper

without patch of modified scales ; harpe obtusely triangular, not prominent, densely

covered with half-erect scales, which conceal the outline of the harpe. Penis-funnel _

ventrally ending in a short, rounded lobe ; penis-sheath armed with a strong, conical, —

apical tooth, which points dextro-laterad and a little distad, and is shorter than the

diameter of the penis-sheath.

2. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 17) much folded in front of the large vaginal

cavity ; the : postvaginal part smooth, rather stronger chitinised than the proximal

part.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

One species.

73. Apocalypsis velox.

*Apocalypsis veloc Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 641 (1877) (Darjiling ;—coll.

Staudinger) ; Moore, Descr. Lep. Atkins. p. 5 (1879) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 686. n, 1

(1892) (Darjiling) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. India, Moths i. p. 107. nu. 171. f. 62

(3) (1892) (Sikhim ; Khasis) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 416. n, 171 (1898)

(“not seen’’).

3%. The similarity between this Indian insect and the American Luryglottis

aper is surprisingly close as regards the pattern of the forewing.

The distal margin of the forewing is slightly undulate in the ?.

Hab. North India: Sikhim ; Assam.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 2 2% from: Khasia Hills, Assam.

XXII. PSEUDODOLBINA.—Typus : fo.

Zonilia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 195 (1856) (partim ; type: viridescens).

Dolba, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612 (1877).

Pseudosphine, id. (non Burmeister, 1856), Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B.M. vy. p

(1881) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. India, Moths i. p. 104 (1892) ; id., lic. iv. p. 453 (1896)

(= Pseudodolbina). "4

Hyloicus, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694 (1892).

Pseudodolbina Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i, p. 27 (1894) (type : veloxina=fo).

3%. Closely allied to Apocalypsis. Tye lashed. Antenna of ? ala

cylindrical, with the basal rows of fasciculated ciliae vestigial. First seg

of hindtarsus shorter than tibia, not longer than segments 2 to 5 together,

as Jong as long terminal spur of hindtibia.

3. Tenth tergite elongate, tapering to end, which is somewhat obtuse

(Pl. XXVIII. f. 28) ; sternite much broader, triangular, the sides turned upward

hence the under surface convex, apex more or less distinctly sinuate (PI. XXV

f. 29). Clasper without pan of modified scales ; inner surface covered disti all)

vit hair-scales which lean basad; harpe covered with suberect, short scales,

except at end. Penis-sheath armed with a single, long, pointed tooth which is

directed dextro-laterad, pointing somewhat proximad (Pl. XXVIII. f. 45. 46)

( 101 )

?. Vaginal cavity large, mouth subcireular, in and before middle, the edge

somewhat raised, without lobes ; postvaginal part of plate chitinised in middle

(Pl. XXI. f. 23).

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

Two species.

Zonilia and Pseudosphing do not belong to this subfamily, nor even to the

Sphingidae asemanophorae.

~ Terminal spurs of hindtibia equal in length . . 74. P. aequalis.

Ase age 3 not equal in length . 75. P. fo.

74. Pseudodolbina aequalis spec. nov.

¢. Ground colour of upperside of body and forewing of a peculiar greenish

olive colour, with a distinct shade of yellow in fresh specimens. The interspace

between the two lines proximal of stigma on forewing more or less filled up with

blackish scaling, at least in front. The pale parts of the fringe of both wings

greyish white with a shade of yellow. The terminal spurs of hindtibia of almost

exactly the same length.

6. Harpe sinuate at end, the two lobes nearly the same in length (Pl. XXXY.

i. 23).

?. Not seen.

Hab, Assam.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd from: Khasia- Hills, May 94 (type); Cherrapunji.

75. Pseudodolbina fo.

*Zonilia fo Walker, List Lep. Ins. B2M. viii. p. 195. n. 6 (1856) (N. India ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 147. n. 15 (1875) (Ind, or.).

Dolba fo, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612. n. 1 (1877) (N. India).

Pseudosphins fo, id., Illust. Typ. Specim. Lep, Het. B.M. v. p. 16. t. 81. f. 9 (1881); Swinh., Cat.

Lep. Het. Ox. i. p. 32. n. 128 (1892) (India); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. India, Moths i.

p. 104. n. 166 (1892) (Sikhim) ; id., Lc. iv. p. 453. n. 166 (1896) (=velowina); Dudg., Journ.

Bombay N. H, Soc. xi. p. 416. n. 166 (1898) (“not seen”).

Hyloicus fo, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n, 6 (1892) (N. India).

*Pseudodolbina veloxina Rothschild, Nov. Zoou., i. p, 27. t. 6. f. 18 (1894) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus.

Tring).

32. Upperside of body and forewing deeper in colour in fresh specimens, being

less yellow than in aequalis, much dusted with grey scales ; mesothoracic tegula

with a short black vitta ; yellow spots of proximal segments of abdomen larger, the

yellow colour of palpus sharper defined, foretarsus more extended yellow on the

upperside, the stigma of the forewing larger, and the pale parts of the fringe of

both wings more yellow than in aequalis. The interspace between the two lines of

forewing proximal of stigma not filled up with black scaling. Spurs of hindtibia

unequal, the long terminal one being about one-third longer than the other.

3. Harpe (Pl. XXXYV.|f. 24) ending in a single, rather prominent, pointed

process directed dorgo-distad. Tooth of penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 45. 46) a

little longer than in the preceding species.

%. Vaginal plate see above (PI. XXI. f. 23).

Hab, North India: Khasia Hills, Assam ; Sikhim.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 1 ? from: Khasia Hills, April, 1894 ; Cherra-

punji, Jone 1893.

( 102 )

XXIV. DOLBA.—Typus: Aylaeus.

Sphinx, Drury (non Linné, 1758), Zllustr. Ex. Ins, ii. Index (1773).

Hyloicus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139 (1822) (partim ; type: pinastri).

Lethia id., Lc. p. 140 (partim ; type : ligustr/).

Dolba Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 229 (1856).

¢2%. Antenna thickest in basal half. First segment of tarsi shorter than

tibiae. D* of hindwing as long as, or somewhat shorter than, D*. Scaling of head

long, hanging over the eyes as a kind of eye-lashes; palpus also rough-scaled.

Tibiae xot spinose ; first segment of foretarsus externally with a number of spines

at base besides the normal first row, all these spines of about the same length,

none obviously longer and stouter ; midtarsus with comb ; puleilius and parony-

chium present.

é. Tenth tergite prismatically compressed, under surface reduced almost to a

line, dilated yentrad before end, apex sharply hooked, the: dilated part rough with

wrinkles and granules; sternite resembling that of Protoparce sexta, the side-

margins parallel, turned upwards and inwards just before end. Clasper elongate

sole-shaped; harpe triangular, produced into an obtuse ventro-distal process,

surface somewhat concave, with dispersed scales, edges not dentate. A short

triangular obtuse penis-funnel beneath the penis-sheath; the latter, as in Protoparce

rustica and other species, with an apical, almost horizontal, tooth pointing dextro

laterad and somewhat distad. Scales at lateral edge of seventh tergite prolonged

to distinct tufts, reminding one of Macroglossum.

?. Vaginal plate proximally broadly rounded, produced in front of the median,

transverse, vaginal cavity into a broad, irregularly notched ridge, which, in a

ventral view, covers the cavity entirely ; postvaginal portion of plate more or less

membranaceous, rounded, scaled (except in middle line).

Larva with six distinct white and red oblique lateral bands, the band on

segment 5 not being well marked ; head granulose, rounded.—Food : Prinos, Tae

Comptonia, Asimia.

Pupa with free tongue-sheath, which is closely applied to the breast.

Hab. North America.

The genus is closely related to Protoparce. It contains only one species,

which resembles Protoparce rustica in the colour of the wings, and several other

Protoparce in that of the body. It is more specialised than any species of Proto-

parce in possessing eye-lashes, while it agrees with the more generalised species of

Protoparce in the possession of a pulvillus.

76. Dolba hylaeus.

Sphina hylaeus Drury, Le. ii. p. 45. t. 26. £. 3 and Index (1773) (N. York); Cram., Pap. Er. ii.

p. 16. t. 107. f. © (1777) (N. York) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 217. n. 47 (1780); Fabr.,

Spec. Ins. ii, p. 149. n. 45 (1781) (Am. bor.) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97, n. 49 (1787); Gme

Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2383. n. 81 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst, iii. 1. p. 373. n. 53 (1793); Lep.

Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 66. £. 7 (1825) ; Drury, ed. Westw., ii. p. 49. t. 26. £. 3 (183)

(prini=hylaeus) ; Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci, Art xxxvi. p. 296. n. 8 (1839) (=prini; L. will

6 or 7 bands) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) (syn. partim) ; Harris, ed. Flint, Jns.

Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1862) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 98. n. 36 (1875) (Ly p.§ N. Am.

Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc, Ont. xii. p. 70 (1882) (larva)

Sphinx print Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 69. t. 35 (1897).

Hyloicus hylaeus, Hiitbner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 139. n. 1487 (1822).

Lethia prini, id., lc. p. 141, n. 1509 (1822),

( 103 )

Dolba hylaeus, Walker, l.c. (1856) (partim ; “ Mexico ” alia spec.) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad.

iv. p. 178. n. 80 (1859) (syn. partim ; ‘‘Mexico” alia spec.) ; id., in Morris, Synops. Lep. N. Am.

p. 204 (1862); Thaxt., Canad. Ent, i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vi.-vii.) ; Grote, Bull.

Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 26 (1874); id., ii. p. 228 (1875) ; id., /.c. iii. p. 225 (1877) (Mass. ;

Missouri; Ohio ; S. States); Butl., Zvans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612. n. 2 (1877) (Philad. ;

Mass.) ; Scudd., Psyche ii. p. 77 (1877) (larva, detail. deser. ; on Comptonia asplenifolia); Fern.,

Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 22 (1884) (Maine, rare) ; Harringt., ibid,, xvi. p. 54 (1884) (larva ; Ottawa) ;

Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 48. n: 21 (1886) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N, Am. p. 39 (1886) ; Holl.,

Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 103 (1886) (S. Indiana, common ; on Asimia triloba) ; Smith, Trans.

Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 196 (1888); Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 48 (1889) (lit. rel. to

transf.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 684. n. 1 (1892) (N. Amer.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer.

Mus. N. H. vii. p. 309. t. 6. £. 4 (1895) (N. York ; /. with 7 stripes, on J/ex glabra) ; Rowl.,

Ent. News ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri); id., ibid. x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri, common, /.

on Pawpaw).

Dolba hyleus (!), Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire).

3$?. Cramer’s figure was taken from a specimen in Lennep’s collection ; there

is an individual from this collection in the Tring Museum (ex coll. Felder) which

may have served as original for Cramer’s figure. The species varies a good deal

individually.

Larva: head granulose, not rugate, with a pale blue side-stripe ; seven side

bands, but only six distinct and bordered deeper red in front, pale rose-colour

behind, these borders not extending on the next segment, except the last ; stigmata

with the edges of the slit black.

Tongue-case of chrysalis free, closely applied to the breast, 4 mm. long.

Hab. Wastern regions of N. America: from Canada to Alabama and Florida,

westward Missouri and Iowa.

In the Tring Museum several larvae, one pupa, and 19 6d, 9 % ? from various

places.

XXV. DOLBOGENE gen. novy.—Typus : hartweg?.

Dolba Walker, l.c. (partim).

3%. Differs from Dolda in the short, long-spined, first protarsal segment, and

short spurs; from Gurgantua in the presence of the pulvillus and non-spinose

tibiae.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab, Central America.

One species. A development of Dolba.

77. Dolbogene hartwegi.

Dolba hylaeus, Walker, l.c. (partim ; Mexico).

*Dolba hartwegi Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 259. n. 55 (1875) (Oaxaca ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. ix. p. 612. n. 3 (1877); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 22. n. 1

(1883) (Oaxaca) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 685. n. 2 (1892) ; Druce, Lc. Suppl. p. 316 (1896)

(Honduras).

3. Tenth abdominal tergite slender, compressed, somewhat depressed at end,

apex obtusely pointed ; sternite almost as narrow as the tergite, horizontal, the sides

curved upwards, the under surface therefore convex, upper surface distally some-

What grooved in middle. Harpe (Pl. XX XV. f. 27) very short and small, without

( 104 )

patch of suberect scales. Penis-sheath with a very minute apical lobe ‘indicating ;

the tooth of the allied Sphingidae.

?. Antenna almost cylindrical.

Hab. Mexico ; Honduras ; probably more widely distributed in Central America. —

XXVI. ISOGRAMMA gen. nov.—Typus: hageni.

Ceratomia, Grote (non Harris, 1839), Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. ii. p. 149 (1874).

Daremma, id. (non Walker, 1856), /.c, iii. p. 224 (1877).

Sphinx, Strecker (non Linné, 1758), Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 127 (1878).

3%. Antenna of ? with a row of prolonged: ciliae. Foretibia spinose at end;

first seement of foretarsus little longer than second, with some long stout spines ;

midtibia with a few spines at the very end, midtarsus zwthout comb ; paronychium

and pulyillus present. Tubercle of labrum with sharp edge.

¢. Tenth tergite prismatically compressed, sulcate above, except at convex

apex, convex beneath, becoming carinate at end, apex curved downwards, pointed

in side-view, obtuse in frontal view; sternite mesially divided into two conical

pointed processes (P]. XXVIII. f. 4) which are curved upwards at end. Clasper

broadly sole-shaped, widest before middle, apex broadly rounded, a short, high,

subdorsal fold, ending where the clasper widens dorsad; harpe (Pl. XL. f. 3)

scaled on surface as in Chlaenogramma, a pointed, finger-like, ventro-distal

process, and a broad, short, rounded upper lobe, dorsal edge of harpe irregularly

dentate. Penis-sheath armed with an apical, conical, horizontal tooth which slants

distad a very little.

?. Vaginal plate nearly as in Chlaenogramma, but the ridge before the moutll

of the vagina mesially deeper sinuate and somewhat impressed at the sinus

(RLEXOX Sf. 11)))

Larva covered with dispersed, transversely seriated granules, side-bands

bordered with red ; head granulose (sub-triangular ?).

Hab. Texas.

One species.

In the shortness of the foretibia and first segment of the foretarsus the only

species of this genus agrees with the species of Ceratomia, and in the preservation

of the pulvillus with Chlaenogramma, while it differs from both genera in the

foretibia and the extreme apex of the midtibia being armed with spines. The

spinosity of the tibia is an advanced character, not eeu by Ceratomia, while

the pulvillus is an ancestral structure already lost in Ceratomia. Therefore

genus /sogramma, though closely related to Ceratomia, is in one respect m

advanced than this, and in another it lags one step behind. This clearly show

that /sogramma and Ceratomia represent two divergent lines of development.

With a little power of construction it is not difficult to conceive that one and the

same link is missing both between Ceratomia and Chlaenogramma, and between this

and Isogramma, this link being the common ancestor of Jsogramma and Ceratomia,

characterised by the possession of a pulvillus, not-spiny tibiae, and short and

strongly armed first segment of anterior tarsus. From this ancestral form age

branched off by acquiring spinose tibiae (and in ? andromorphic antennae)

preserving the pulvillus, while Ceratomia became differentiated by losing the

pulvillns, but keeping the unarmed tibiae. A further differentiation into three

(105 )

species took place within Ceratomia, while Isogramma remained represented only

by one species. Now, if there are other forms to be discovered which are further

developments from Ceratomia and Jsogramma, it is obvious, judging from the

general tendency of evolution among the Acherontiinae, that the next step beyond

Isogramma would be represented by an insect with spiny tibiae, but without

pulyillus, and that the next step beyond Ceratomia would be a form without

pulvillus as in Ceratomia, but with spiny tibiae; the two forms, therefore, thus

resulting, although not of the same origin, would be identical in those characters.

In such instances the classifier who endeavours to give a classification-based upon

blood-relationship has to be careful. There are many traps for the classifier who

is merely guided by the presence or absence of a certain character. Similarity and

blood-relationship are not identical conceptions. Spinosity of the legs and reduction

in their length, reduction of paronychium, pulvillus, tongue, and palpus, appear-

ance of fasciculated ciliae on the ?-antennae recur in many instances among

Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae in phylogenetically widely separated forms. Only

by closely following the various lines of development is it possible to distinguish

between what is similar and what is related.

78. Isogramma hageni.

Ceratomia hageni Grote, l.c. ii. p. 149 (1874) (Texas) ; id., Jc. ii. p. 227. n. 47 (1875) ; Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 621. n, 2 (1877) (Texas) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 16 (1880) (not

a Cerat., but prob. a Daremma); Grote, Papilio ii. p. 176 (1882) (‘‘ Kansas” err. loc.) ;

Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 204 (1888) (Texas).

Daremma hageni Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 224. n. 49 (1877) (Texas) ; id., Papilio iii.

p. 65 (1883) (Texas, not Kansas) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 684. n. 2 (1892) (Texas).

Sphine hageni, Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 127. t. 14. f. 6 (1878) (Texas ; descr. of larva) ; Riley,

Rept. U. St. Dept. Agr. p. 193. t. 12. £. 2 (7., 1.) (1882).

The forewing has a yellowish green tint, which is not present in Ceratomia

undulosa, with which a casual observer might confound the present species.

Hab. Texas.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,222.

XXVII. CERATOMIA.—Typus : amyntor.

Agrius Hiibner (non id., 1822), Samml. Ex. Schm. (1824 ?) (nom. indeser.).

Ceratomia Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Sci. Art xxxvi, p. 293 (1839) (type : amyntor).

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 199 (1856) (partim),

Daremma id., lc. p. 231 (1856).

&phine, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 72 (1865).

Diludia id. (non id., 1865), Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci, iii. p. 224 (1877).

Preudosphinz, Butler (non Burmeister, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 629 (1877).

3%. Tongue, palpus and eye reduced; antenna of ? not andromorphic; tubercle

of labrum with sharp edge. Tibiae wxarmed ; foretibia short, first segment of fore-

tarsus not essentially different in length from second, armed with three or four long

stont spines externally, externo-apical spines of segments 2 to 4 not obviously

prolonged; midtarsus without comb; pulvillus absent; paronychium present with

one lobe on each side.

Larvae very different in the three species. The larva of C. wndulosa represents

& more ancestral type than those of the two other species. The divergency in the

( 106 )

structure and colour of the larva does not speak against the insects being united

under one generic term. The dissimilarity is not an expression of ditferent origin

of the forms, but of adaption of phylogenitically the same forms in different

directions. Asa matter of course, there is some justification in pleading that each

of these species represents a genus of its own; but we reject such a procedure, as

it would necessitate, if consequently carried out, the erection of a genus for practically

every species, and would lead in the end to a mere shifting of terms, genus being

substituted for species, and species for geographical race (subspecies).

Pupa: tongue-case not projecting, not reaching to end of wing-cases, except

amyntor. 7

The sexual armature confirms the relationship of Ceratomia with Isogramma

and Chlaenogramma.

Fab. Eastern parts of the Nearetic Region.

Three species.

Key to the species :

a. Postdiscal band of hindwing, below, sharply

dentate. - : : a : : AltA:

Postdiscal band of hindwing not dentate : . Sl. C. catalpae.

6. Pale fringe-spots of forewing very much smaller

than the brown spaces between them 2 . 79. C. amyntor.

Pale fringe-spots of forewing the same size about

as the brown spaces between them. ‘ . 80. C. undulosa.

79. Ceratomia amyntor.

Agrius amyntor Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. iii, t. 39 (1824 ?).

Ceratomia quadricornis Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi, p. 293 (1839) (1. on Ulmus

americana) ; id., Ins. Inj. Veget. p. 227 (1841) (l.,p.); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 25

(1856) (Mass.) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad, iv. p. 179. n. 82 (1859) (Mass.; Pe

Michig. ; 1., p.); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. N. Am.

p- 205 (1862); Pack., Rept. N. Hist. & Geol. Maine ii. p. 167 (1862); Lint., Proc. Ent. Soe.

Philad. i. p. 286 (1863) (metam. ; Ulmus); Jaeg., Life N. Am. Ins. p. 192 (1864) ; Lint., Proe.

Ent. Soc. Philad. iii, p. 664 (1864) (pupa) ; Harris, Ent. Corresp. p. 282 (1869) (., p.) ; And

Canad. Ent. viii. p. 40 (1876) (Brooklyn, brown /.); Bunk., ibid. viii. p. 120 (18

(Rochester, N.Y., brown /., Engl. Elms) ; French, Trans. Dept. Agric. Illin. xv. p. 167 (8

Fletch., Canad. Ent, xil. p. 212 (1880) (Ottawa) ; Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Iilin. xviii. Aj

p. 102 (1880) (larva) ; Hag., Papilio iii. p. 61 (1883) (quad: to be retained) ; Harris, ed. Flint,

Ins. Inj. Veget. p. 323. fig 148 (1883).

Ceratomia amyntor, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 164. 190 (1865) ; Beth., Canad. Ent.

1. p. 71. n. 20 (1869) (Canada) ; Minot, zbid. ii. p. 28 (1870) (egg, U.) ; com inas iii. Pp.

(1871) (Quebec, vi.); Lint., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) (N. York, é.: vi. B. vii, vill. ;

BE. vill. ix.); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Mass., E, vii—B. Vii.) ; Grote, Buil. Buffalo

N. Sci. i. p. 24 (1874) ;id., Le. ii. p. 227. n. 46 (1875) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 11 (18:

(Montreal, common, vi.); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 53. t. 1, £. 2 (1.) (1875); Butl

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 621. n. 1 (1877) (Mass., Mexico !) ; Grote, l.c, iii. p, 224. n. 47

(1877) (Canada ; Mass. ; Penn. ; Mich.) ; Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O., not rare) j

Good., Psyche iii. p. 368 (1882) (Mass. ; : Dts, Betula) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. xii. p.

(1882) (larva) ; Druce, Biol, Centr. Amer. .y Lep. Het. i. p. 24 (1883) (N. Am. ; “ Mexico”

Mus. Brit.) ; Fern., anaes Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine, rare) ; id., Sphing. N. E

p. 24. n. 9 (1886) (metam.) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 38 (1886) ; Smith, Trans, An

Ent. Soc. xv. p. 201. t. 10. f. 5. 6 (genit.) t. 11. £. 1. (leg) (1888) (Canada to Virginia, wes

Missouri, Iowa) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 44 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ;

U. St. Dept. Agr., Rpt. Ent. Comm. v. p. 242. n. 28. t. 11. f. 1 (J.) (1890) (metam.); Dya

Riley, ns. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. York, electr. light); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 695. 0.1

(107 )

(1892) (N. Am.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 307. t. 6. f. 6 (1895) (N. York; vi.

vii. ; larva, pupa) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 319 (1896) (Orizaba, teste Boucard) ; Cross, Ent. News

vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh., common); Rowl., ‘bid. ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri) ; id., Lc. x.

p- 12 (1899) (Missouri).

Sphine ulmi Boisduval, J.c. sub syn. (1875) (nom, max. supervac. !).

Ceratomia ulmi, Edwards, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888) (=amyntor).

3%. Distal margin of forewing more straight than in the other species,

somewhat sinuate before hinder angle; the greater part of the wing sometimes with

whitish flush, in which case also the underside is more grey than in ordinary

individuals. First segment of foretarsus shorter in ¢ than in ?; long terminal

spur of hindtibia two-thirds the length of the first tarsal segment.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite broad, prismatical, subcarinate beneath, slightly

convex above, curved, a little dilated ventrad before apex, ending in a short hook ;

sternite narrow, mesial lobe divided by a narrow slit into two slender, elongate

triangular, pointed lobes, which are somewhat curved dorsad (PI. XXVIII. f. 1).

Clasper roundedly oblique ventrally, almost straight dorsally, somewhat dilated

dorso-apically ; harpe (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 17) short, nearly oblong, truncate distally,

with the angles rounded, concave proximally, the apical surface and edge rough

with sharp tubercles and teeth. Penis-sheath with a rather short, conical, apical,

horizontal tooth which points slightly distad.

@. Vaginal plate almost wholly membranaceous, wrinkled, covered with scales

laterally to the mouth of the vagina, which is antemedian, the anterior margin of

_ the opening not produced into a prominent ridge or flap, and therefore the mouth

of the vagina more or less free.

Larva with two high processes on the second and third thoracic segments, a

dorsal mesial line and seven oblique lateral lines of tubercles composed of aggregate

granules ; head somewhat narrowed above, granulose behind ; horn densely covered

with high granules.

Hab. Atlantic Subregion, Canada to Georgia, westward to the Missouri basin.

In the Tring Museum several larvae, pupae, and 6 dd, 15 ? ?.

80. Ceratomia undulosa.

Macrosila brontes (?), Walker (non Drury, 1773), List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 199. n, 1 (1856) (syn.

excl. ; U. States).

Daremma undulosa id, l.c. viii. p. 231. n. 1 (1856) (Orilla, W. Canada); Clem., Jowrn. Ac. Nat.

Sci. Philad. iv. p, 186. n, 91 (1859) (cop. from Walk.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860);

Clem., in Morris, Syn. N. Am. Lep. p. 214 (1862); Bowl., Canad. Ent. iii. p. 143 (1871)

(Quebec, vi—vii.) ; Lint., Ent. Contr. i, p. 192. & iii. p. 179 (1872) (N. York, vi.) ; Thaxt.,

Payche i. p. 30 (1874) (Mass., M. Vi. —B. vil.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 24 (1874) ;

id., /.c. ii. p. 227. n. 48 (1875) ; id., lc. iii. p. 224. n, 48 (1877) (Conn. ; Mass.; N. York ;

Penn.) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii, p. 241 n. 12 (1875) (Montreal, rare) ; 'Butl., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 611 (1877) W. Canada; U. St.) ; Andr., Psyche ii. p. 73 (1877) ; Worth.,

Canad. Ent. x. p. 16 (1878) (Chicago, /. on black ash, viii. ix.) ; Hulst, Bull. Brookl. Ent. Soc.

ii. p. 35 (1879) ; Coq., Trans. Dept, Agr. Illin. xviii, App. p. 159 (1880); Reed, Rept. Ent.

Soc. Ont. xii. p. 64 (1882) (larva); Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.,1 g); Fern.,

Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine, common) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 27. n. 10

(1886) (metam.) ; Holl., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 102 (1886) (J. occasionally on white and on red

oak) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 38 (1886) (Canada to Middle States, vi., viii.) ; Edw.

Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxy. p. 45 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i

_ p. 683.n. 1 (1892) ; Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh., common) ; Bowl., Ent.

News y. p. 176 (1894) (J. on Ash) ; id., Lc. ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri) ; id., lc. x. p. 12

(1899) Missouri ; common ; Ash).

Ceratomia repentinus Clemens, re p. 180. n. 83 (1859) (Mich. ; Conn, ; Penn. ; N. York); Morris,

Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 39 (1865).

( 108 )

Sphinx repentinus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 72 (1865).

Daremma repentinus, Grote & Rob., ibid. v. p. 164, n. 88 (1865) (Atlantic district).

Sphinx brontes, Boisduval (non Drury, 1773), Spee. Gén. Lép. i. t. 11B. f. 6 (1836) ; id., Le. Hét. i.

p- 116. n. 58 (1875) (larva, pupa ; N. York). 7

Daremma brontes, Marten, Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 102 (1880).

Diludia brontes, Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 65 (1880). 7

Ceratomia undulosa, Smith, Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 203. t. 10. f. 7. 8 (genit.) (1888) (Canada

to Virg., westw. to IIl., Missouri, Iowa); Beutenm., Bull, Amer, Mus. N. H, vii. p. 308, t. 6. £.7

3%. First segment of foretarsus not longer than second (Pl. LXIV. f. 5) ; long

terminal spur of hindtibia more than three-fourths the length of the first tarsal

segment. Pronotum edged with yellow buff. Stigma large; antemedian lines

of forewing distinct. 3

&é. Tenth abdominal tergite compressed, curved at end, subcarinate distally

above and below, with a short lateral carina at end, dilated ventrad before the

hook (Pl. XXVIII. f. 2); lobe of sternite longer than broad, rounded truncat

at end, sinuate, margins turned upwards, so that the lobe is concave above, conve

beneath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 3). Clasper broadly sole-shaped, deeply concave ; harpe

resembling that of Jsogramma hageni, produced ventro-distally into a pointed

process ; the distal and dorsal edge of the somewhat concave upper part of the harpe

denticulate, the scaling on the surface of the harpe not very dense (Pl. XL. f. 2).

Penis-sheath armed with an apical horizontal tooth which is beset with sharp teet)

at the distal and proximal edges, the dentition extended proximad along the e

of the stronger chitinised part of the sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 1) ; this armature of the

penis-sheath is peculiar to wndulosa.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 1) proximally limited by a rounded ridge ;

mouth of vagina covered by a prominent ridge which is produced distad at each

side into a long, broad, apically rounded, lobe ; this ridge surrounds the vaginal

opening in front and at the sides, and forms the roof of a large cavity. }

Larva light green, with seven oblique greenish white side-bands ; stigmata

red; body almost smooth; anal segment with black granules; head obtusely

triangular. Sometimes the underside and large patches in front of the side-bands

red, —Food-plants: Fraxinus, Ligustrum, ete.

Pupa more stumpy than that of amyntor, less glossy, especially the wing

cases ; more distinctly multicarinate near spiracles ; tongue shorter than forelegs

Hab. Atlantic Subregion: Canada to Virginia; westward to the Mississ

basin.

In the Tring Museum several larvae and pupae, and 23 dd, 17 ?? from

various localities. oa

81. Ceratomia catalpae.

Sphinx catalpae Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 103. n. 42. t. 2. £. 1 (i.) 2 (U.) (1875) (dese

from figs. of Abbot and note of Leconte) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 142 (1878) ; Mart.,

Dept. Agr. Illin, xviii. App. p. 104 (1880) ; Kent, in Riley, Ins. Life iii, p. 338 (1891)

Missouri, larva abundant) ; Edw., Can. Ent. xxx. p. 7 (1898) (Coalburgh, W. Va.).

Pseudosphinx catalpae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 629 (1877).

Diludia catalpae, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. iii. p. 224. n. 52 (1817) (Georgia).

Daremma catalpe, Grote, Canad. Ent. x. p. 231 (1878) (Florida!) ; Koeb., Bull. Brooklyn Eni

Soc. iv. p. 20 (1881) (egg, larva) ; Riley, Rpt. U. St. Dept. Agr. p. 189. t. 13 (1882) (meta

Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 45 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Webst., in Ril

Life ii. p. 382 (1890 (larva, Arkansas, v.; S. Indiana); Wall. Ent. News ix. p. 23 (189

(Delaware, /., denuding Catalpa trees).

( 109 )

Ceratomia catalpae, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 205. t. 10. f. 9. 10 (genit.) (1888) (Florida

to Virginia, Mississippi, Indiana) ; Jones, Ent. News x. p. 43 (1899) (Delaware, spreading

northward ?) ; Laur., ibid. x. p. 190 (1899) (Delaware, abund. of pupa); id., Lc. xi. p. 608

(1900) (spreading northw.).

3¢. First segment of foretarsus a little longer than second ; long terminal

spur of hindtibiae less than two-thirds the length of the first tarsal segment.

Markings in basal half of forewing less distinct than in wnxdulosa, stigma smaller,

bands on underside of hindwing less marked, the outer one not dentate; collar not

edged yellow buff, brown lateral patches of abdomen smaller. The fringe-spots are

variable in size.

d. Tenth abdominal segment not quite symmetrical—the asymmetry is not

conspicuous,—tergite less dilated vertically before endt han in undulosa; sternite

shorter, the lobe broader than long, sinuate, the right half truncate, the left

rounded. Clasper small, narrow, broadest just before end; harpe short, broad,

almost oblong, somewhat narrowing to eud, sinuate at apex, the ventral lobe shorter

than the upper one, upper margin slanting, dentate (Pl. XL. f. 1). Penis-sheath

with a very long, conical, horizontally curved, apical tooth (Pl. XXLX. f. 2. 3).

?. Vaginal plate resembling that of Zsogramma hageni, but the ridge covering

the vaginal cavity thicker and less distinctly sinuate.

Southern specimens seem to be duller in colour and less distinctly marked

than northern ones, and have on the metanotum an obvious yellowish spot, which

is much paler in northern examples.

Larva pale green, black above, with pale green dorso-lateral stripe, which is

interrupted, ringlets and joints also partly pale green; head black; horn thin,

black.—Food-plant : Catalpa.

Pupa slender, glossy, not strongly sculptured.

Hab. Southern district of Atlantic Subregion: Florida to Delaware, westward

to Mississippi and Pennsylvania.

In the Tring Museum a number of larvae and pupae, and 9 dd, 13 ? ¢ from:

Florida ; Virginia ; Pennsylvania.

XXVIII. ISOPARCE gen. noy.—Typus : cupressi.

Sphine, Boisduyal (non Linné, 1758), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 102 (1875).

Myloicus, Grote (non Hiibner, 1822), Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. iii. p. 225 (1877).

d. Tongue very short and weak, scarcely reaching midcoxae. Palpus small,

rough-haired. Tibiae xot spiny ; first segment of foretarsus short, somewhat longer

than second, not obviously longer than fifth, with several stout spines externally,

apical one prolonged, segments 2 to 4 also with one prolonged externo-apical

spine; hindtibia shorter than first tarsal segment ; spurs very long, long terminal

one of the length of the first tarsal segment ; xo comb to midtarsus ; xo pulvillus,

paronychium zthout lobes. R* of hindwing before centre of cell, SC? and R! on

a long stalk.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite slender, curved, carinate above, apex obtuse in

dorsal, acute in lateral, view ; sternite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 6) broad, triangular, obtuse,

sinnate, convex below. Clasper short and broad, subdorsal fold heavy, with long

bristles ; harpe (Pl. XL. f. 4) consisting of an upper, truncate, dentate, concave

(110 )

lobe, and a ventro-distal, flat, somewhat concave, obtuse process. Penis-sheath

(Pl. XXVIIL. f. 55) produced into a flat apical process.

? Unknown to us. ;

Larva (accord. to Boisduval’s figure) : green, middle of tergites (except first.

two) red, sides with two rows of white patches.

Pupa (accord. to Boisd.) without free tongue-case.

Hab. Southern Atlantic States.

The species shares with Atreus plebeja the short first protarsal segment and

the tibiae, absence of a pulvillus, and the short first protarsal segment.

derivation from Ceratomia.

82. Isoparce cupressi.

Sphinw cupressi Boisduval, lc. n. 41. t. 2. £.3 (i.) 4 (l.) 5 (p.) (1879) (Georgia) ; Edw., Canad.

Ent. xix. p. 146 (1887) (Kissimee & Enterprise, Florida, May); Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 195 (1888 (Georgia ; Florida).

Hyloicus cupressi, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 225. n. 75 (1877) (Georgia); Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i, p. 694. n. 17 (1892).

3. This almost uniformly brown insect is easily recognised by the nearly

longitudinal black double line which runs on the forewing from R* to M?. ‘

Rare in collections. The two specimens recorded by Edwards were caught

in May; as they were rubbed, Edwards concludes that the species emerges

the chrysalis earlier in the year.

Hab. Georgia ; Florida.

One damaged ¢ without locality in the Tring Museum; also a ¢ in

Berlin Museum.

XXIX. NANNOPARCE gen. nov.—Typus: poeyi.

Hyloicus, Grote (non Hiibner, 1822), Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 200 (1867).

3%. Tongue longer than the body ; comb of pilifer white, not yellow,

bristles flattened. Antenna of without prolonged ciliae, slightly but distinetl

clubbed. Tibiae not spinose ; foretarsus as in Ceratomia with short first segment

which is armed with long spines; midtarsus with comb; long terminal spur

hindtibia about four-fifths the length of the first tarsal segment, this shorter that

tibia ; xo pulvillus ; paronychinm with one lobe on each side. }

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Cuba; Jamaica; Yucatan.

One species.

The presence of the midtarsal comb, the long tongue, the specialised comh

of the pilifer and the slightly clubbed antenna of the 2 remove this genus frot

Ceratomia.

the branch eb ieti ~

eee

It is an independent offshoot fro

tach segment.

(aL)

83. Nannoparce poeyi.

Hyloicus poeyi Grete & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 166. n. 100 (1865) (Cuba; nom.

nud.) ; Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 200 (1867).

d. Tenth abdominal tergite long, slender, curved ; sternite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 5)

obtusely triangular, sinuate, convex below. Harpe (Pl. XXXV. f. 28) obliquely

rounded at end, dorsal edge sharply dentate, concave ; a patch of suberect scales

on the surface of the harpe. Penis-sheath with a short flat process which is

notched at end (Pl. XL. f. 13).

?. Orifice of vagina (Pl. XXI. f. 13) proximal, covered by a triangularly

sinuate flap ; behind the orifice there is a very long rod-like tubercle, similar to

that found in Hyloicus lanceolata.

Hab. As above.

We have not seen a Cuba specimen, but the two Jamaica specimens (or,

to be more correct, one specimen and four wings) agree so well with Grote’s

description that we have no doubt about the correctness of our identification as

regards the species. Whether Jamaica and Cuba individuals are subspecifically

different, that is a question which we cannot decide without Cuba material.

a. N. poeyi poeyt.

Hyloicus poeyi Grote, l.c.; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix, p. 617. n. 8 (1877) (“Atlantic district” ;

“1863” ex err.) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 227 (1881) (Santiago, Cuba) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 694. n. 13 (1822) (Cuba ; “ 1863” ex err.).

Erinynis poeyi Grote, l.c. (sub syn.).

3. Forewing less variegated with blackish brown than in /aterivs, more

elongate. Tenth sternite more deeply sinuate, and harpe more densely dentate.

Hab. Cuba; Jamaica.

A ¢ in the Dublin Museum, without antenna but otherwise in fair condition ;

another in the Berlin Museum with wrong head and abdomen. The latter indi-

vidual has on the forewing a large brown costal mark in the shape of a halfring

open at costal margin.

b. N. poeyi haterius.

*“Hyloicus haterius Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6.) ii. p. 239 (1888) (Yucatan ;—coll. Staudinger)

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n. 18 (1892); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl.

p. 318. n. 1. t. 65. £. 5 (1896) (Temax, N. Yucatan).

8%. Forewing variegated with blackish brown, especially on disc and at

costal margin.

d. Tenth sternite minutely sinuate.

Hab. Yucatan.

In Museum Tring 1 ; in the British Museum 1 6; also in the coll. of

HL. Druce and Staudinger.

XXX. DICTYOSOMA gen. nov.—Typus : elsa.

Sphine, Strecker (non Linné, 1758), Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 126 (1878).

d%. Tongue shorter than the body. Pilifer with bristles and scales. Palpus

slender, not prominent, hairy. Eye small, not lashed. Antenna (3d, 9%) stout,

(112 )

with very short abrupt hook, segments constricted at base, appearing dilated laterad

in a dorsal aspect, rather broad ventrally; the ventral portions being sho

than the stem of the segments, there is an interspace between the segm

ventrally. Tibiae without spines; foretibia short, barely three times as long

broad ; first segment of foretarsus about as long as the tibia, with three lon

spines, besides an additional basal one, no small spines externally, second segme

with two prolonged spines; xo comb to midtarsus ; hindtibia longer than the fir

tarsal segment, this shorter than the four others together ; spurs of mid

hindtibiae very short, the proximal pair of hindtibia about as long as the tibia

broad. Pulvillus absent; paronychium reduced, without elongate lobes. Cro

veins of hindwing very oblique. :

g. Tenth abdominal tergite stout, curved, pointed, convex above; sterni

broad, the lobe slightly spatulate, irregularly rounded. Clasper short and b

broadly rounded (Pl. XXXIX. f. 8); harpe produced into a long pointed pro

which curves upwards. Penis-sheath produced into a short, slender, conical, ac

slightly curved process of the Hyloicus type (Pl. XXVIII. f. 44). .

2. Vaginal orifice subapical (Pl. XX. f. 21), with a short, broad, sinuate

lobe in front.

Larva green, somewhat granulose, with six reddish brown oblique side-stripes

which are edged with pale yellow behind.

Pupa not described, probably without free tongue-case, 4

An isolated species, wrongly associated generically with Hyloicus drup fore “uh

vancouverensis, etc. ’

Hab. Arizona.

One species.

84. Dictyosoma elsa.

Sphinx elsa Strecker, lc. p. 126. t. 14. f. 4 (g). 5 (9) (1878) (Arizona, in coll. Streck. @, é

Neumoeg. 2); Smith, Zvans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 189 (1888) (‘‘ tibiae sparsely spinose

ex err. !); Edw., Ent. Amer. iv. p. 61 (1888) (larva) ; id., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxy, P 46

(1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 692. n, 22 (1892) (Arizona). |

3. All the specimens in collections have apparently come from the sé

locality in Arizona. The species occurs possibly in N.W. Mexico.

Hab. Arizona. _ eg

In the Tring Museum 1 3, 1 ? ; in coll. Schaus 1 ¢; in coll. Standinge

eyeilce

XXXI. NEOGENE gen. nov.—Typus: reevi.

Hyloicus Hiibner (non id., 1822), Samml. Ex. Schm., Zutr. (1825 ?).

Gargantua Kirby, Cat. Tap) Het. i. p. 692 (1892) (partim).

Sphinx, Auct.

3%. Antenna very stout in 3, nearly one-half the length of the for

abruptly hooked; distinetly clavate in %, simple, not quite one-third the

of the forewing. Tongue shorter than the body, weak. Pilifer with a

scales instead of bristles. Genal process much longer than the pilifer.

applied to the head, not prominent, larger in ¢ than in 2. Eye lashed.

(a1)

not spinose, longer than the respective first tarsal segment; first segment of

foretarsus about three times as long as broad, armed with three long spines, second

segment with one long apical spine ; midtarsus generally with two or three long

bristles indicating the comb ; first segment of mid- and hindtibia shorter than the

four others together; long apical spur of hindtibia not half the length of the first

tarsal segment ; no spines on the upperside of the tarsi; paronychium present,

the lobe long but very slender ; xo pulvillus. Spinulation of abdomen weak.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Southern Neotropical Region.

The genus is a dwarfed offshoot from Protoparce, parallel with the series

Chiaenogramma—Ceratomia. It has acquired, like Ceratomia, the short and

strongly armed foretarsus, lost the pulvillus, and preserved the unarmed tibiae.

The presence of some long bristles indicating the comb on the midtarsus proves

Neogene to have branched off independently of Chlaenogramma, in which the comb

is entirely reduced to the ordinary spinulation, while in the modification of the

bristles of the pilifer into scales Neogene is even more advanced than Ceratomia,

which has the normal brush of bristles. It belongs to the Nannoparce branch,

forming a more specialised member of that series, which terminates in the

Australian Coenotes.

Two species :

Occiput white like the sides of pro- and mesonotum 86. N. dynaeus.

Occiput black like the sides of pro- and mesonotum 85. NV. revi.

85. Neogene reevi.

*Hyloicus reevi Druce, l.c. (1881) (Paraguay ;—coll. Druce); Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 695. n. 20

(1892).

Sphine baruta Berg, An. Soc. Cient. Argent. xv. p. 151 (1883) (Buenos Ayres).

Gargantua baruta, Kirby, 1.c. p. 693. n. 5 (1892) (Buenos Ayres).

*Sphine cossoides Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 94. t. 7. f. 22 (1894) (Castro, Parana ;—Mus. Tring).

Sphinz reevi, Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1895) (= baruta =cossoides).

32. The disc of the hindwing more shaded with brown in the ? than in 3,

in the latter mostly the veins only brown. The width of the black border of the

hindwing is not constant.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite strongly compressed, narrow above, parallel in

dorsal view from the middle to the end, the tip obtuse ; tapering in side-view, with

the tip acute; underside carinate ; lobe of sternite rounded, slightly spatulate,

about as long as broad, sinuate. Clasper broad, widest beyond middle, dorsal

margin rather strongly dilated-rounded; harpe (PI. XX XVIII. f. 16) triangular,

produced ventro-distally, obliquely rounded distal margin dentate. Penis-sheath

with a long, conical, curved, horizontal tooth at end.

%. Bighth abdominal tergite rounded-truncate at end, not sinuate ; sternite

triangular, separated laterally from the tergite by the pleural membrane ; vaginal

cayity transverse, with a short, wrinkled, semi-membranaceous ridge in front,

covered with scales.

Hab, Argentina; Paraguay ; Parana, Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 9 33,3 2? from: Castro, Parana, Noy. Dec. (E. D.

Jones) ; La Gama, Argentina, Nov. Dec. ; Cordoba (Berg).

(114 )

86. Neogene dynaeus.

Hyloicus dynaeus Hiibner, l.c. 5. p. 19, 0. 232. f. 463. 464 (1825?) (Bahia) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.

i. p. 695. n, 19 (1892) (Bahia).

Sphinx dryneus (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 98. n. 35 (1875) (Pernambuco).

g@. The chalky white colour of the occiput and sides of pro- and mesonotum

distinguish this species conspicuously from reevi. The forewing has an oblique,

grey, more or less interrupted, apical band which joins as a rule the grey transve

discal band. The hindwing is more or less suffused with brown; the bro

marginal band is not sharply defined. No long bristles at the base of the midtarsus:

or only one or two.

&. Sexnal armature essentially as in veer’, but the tooth of the penis-sh

longer.

?. Not seen.

Hab. Brazil: Bahia, Pernambuco.

In the Tring Museum 3 d'd from Pernambuco, received from Mr. Schaus. —

XXXII. COENOTES gen. nov.—Typus : eremophilae.

Sphinx, Lucas (non Linné, 1758), Queenslander xxxix. p, 894 (1891).

Protoparce, Miskin (non Burmeister, 1856), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. viii. p. 24 (1891).

3%. Closely allied to Neogene. Antenna much slenderer, palpus smalle

tongue shorter and weaker, midtarsus without the long basal bristles, R? of |

hindwing a little more central, the lobes of the paronychium much shorter ; ey¢

lashed.

Larva grey sage green; head, anal prolegs and horn black ; three r

orange spots, one dorsal, two lateral, the latter including the stigmata ; horn la

and thin (from a drawing by Miss Barnard).—Food : Hremophila. m

Tongue-case of pupa not free. :

Hab. Queensland.

One species.

87. Coenotes eremophilae (Pl. XII. f. 8, 3, type).

*Sphine eremophilae Lueas, l.c. (May 1891) (Dawson ;—Mus. Tring); Misk., Proc. R y

Queensl. viii. p. 64 (1891) (=minimus); Luc., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2). vie

(1891).

Protoparce minimus Miskin, /.c., p. 24 (1891) (Dawson).

Phlegethontius (?) eremophilae Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 38. n. 43 (1894).

The type of this species is in the Tring Museum, ex coll. Barnard, from

collection Lucas described the insect. Miskin’s minimus came from the same

g. Tenth tergite shorter and more strongly curved than in Neogene, s

convex dorsally at apex ; sternite truncate-sinuate, a little longer than bro

the angles rounded. Harpe very short, rounded-triangular, denticulate

without a patch of erect scales (which patch is present in Neogene, Prot

ete.). Penis-sheath defective in the only ¢ at disposal, apparently 1

armature.

(ais)

?. Vaginal plate smooth distally, proximal three-fourths membranaceous,

vaginal orifice antemedian.

Hab. Dawson River, Queensland (Barnard coll.).

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 1 2 ex coll. Barnard, type.

XXXII. ATREUS.—Typus : pledeja.

Sphine, Fabricius (non Liuné, 1758), Gen. Ins. p. 273 (1777).

Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 224 (1856) (partim ; type : pinastri).

Hyloicus, Grote & Rob. (non Hiibner, 1822), Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 166 (1865).

Atreus Grote, Hawk-Moths N. Am. p. 41 (1886) (type : plebeja).

d?. Tongue long. Eyes lashed. Comb of pilifer normal. Fore- and mid-

tibiae spinose, spines not numerous ; two of the apical spines of foretibia long, no

spines on anterior surface, first segment of foretarsus with two or three long spines,

much shorter than the tibia, half as long again as second segment ; hinudtibia about

as long as the first tarsal segment, spurs very long, long apical one reaching end

of first tarsal segment ; comb of mesotarsus present, consisting of a few long bristles

which stand in basal fifth of the segment; pulvillus and paronychium present.

Antenna gradually tapering from middle to end, segments in 2 with distinct basal

tows of prolonged ciliae. R* of hindwing in or before centre of cell.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite as in Protoparce quinquemaculatus; lobe of

sternite flat, rounded, rather obviously sinuate (Pl. XXVIII. f. 8), agreeing with

the sternite found in some Hyloicus. Clasper rather slender, not dilated dorsad ;

harpe (Pl. XX XV. f. 26) with a patch of erect scales as in Protoparce. Penis-sheath

as in Protoparce, with an apical horizontal tooth, which points to the right-hand

side.

?. Vaginal plate semi-membranaceous, mouth of vagina very wide, its proximal

edge sharp, but not, or little, raised above the level of the postvaginal portion of

the plate (Pl. XX1. f. 19). .

Larva green, paler above or pinkish, seven yellow side-bands, bordered black

or red in front; horn with numerous black granules; head rounded, very little

narrowed above, granulose all over ; thorax with dispersed granules, a transverse

row anteriorly on prothorax and a dorso-lateral series on meso-metathorax more

distinct.

Pupa: tongue-case detached, straight, closely applied to the breast, long,

reaching to the end of the antenna-case.

Hab. Bastern parts of the Nearetic Region.

Two species.

An offshoot from Protoparce, or rather from a form (not yet discovered, or

extinct) connecting Protoparce with Hyloicus.

88. Atreus plebeja.

Sphine plebeja Vabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 273. n. 16-17 (1777) (‘ St. Cruz I.” err. loc.) ; id., Spec, Ins.

ii. p. 146. n. 31 (1781) (“ Amer. merid. insul.” err. loc.) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 34 (1787) ;

id., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 367. n. 36 (1793) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2385. n. 91 (1790) (loc. err.);

Steph., //lustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 122 (1828) ; Harr., in Sill., Jowrn. Sci. Art xxxvi.

p. 296. n. 9 (1839) (N. Carolina) ; Wood, /nd. Ent. p. 246. t. 53. £. 27 (1839); Clem, Journ.

Ae. Nat. Sci. Philad, iv. p. 170. 0, 66 (1859) (Penn. ; Conn. ; Mass.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

(116 )

p. 18 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lip. N. Am. p. 195 (1862) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. —

i, p. 99. n. 87. t. 1. £. 3 (/.) (1875) (Georgia ; Florida ; non “ Antilles”); Pil., Papilio ii, p. 66

(1882) (Dayton, O., rare).

Anceryx plebeia, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 224. n. 3 (1856) (U. St. ; cit. Hiibn. exel.).

Hyloicus plebeia, Grote & Robinson, Proce. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 166.0. 99 (1865) (Atlantic district); —

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 617, n, 6 (1877) (Delaware) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p. 694. n, 9 (1892).

Hyloicus plebeius (!), Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N, Sci. i. p. 27 (1874) ; id., lc. ii. p. 228. n. 66 (1875);

ch ic. iii, p. 225. n. 68 (1877) (Mass. ; Missouri; Ohio; Southern St.) ; Scudd., Psyche ii.

p. 78 (1877) (larva; on Syringa); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 52. n. 23 (1886) (larva ; on

Tecoma); Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat, Mus. xxxv. p. 48 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam. ; on Bignonia,

Passiflora !) ; Rowl., Canad. Ent, x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri, larva on Syringa, Tecoma).

Altreus plebeius (1), Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 41 (1886) (. on Syringa).

Sphine plebeius (1), Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. P. 194 (1888) (Canada to Florida, westw. to

es Beutenm,, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 305. t. 6. £. 3 (1895) (N. York, vias

E, vii, viii. ; 1., p.); id., lc. viii. p. 295 (1896) (metam. ; on Tecoma). ~

3%. Harpe (Pl. XXXYV. f. 26) strongly dentate, produced ventrad into a broad”

lobe which ends in a heavy sharp tooth. The black lateral patches of the abdomen

have developed to a subdorsal and subventral longitudinal band connected with each

other by the black edges of the segments. The development of such bands from

patches in this species is of great significance in the study of the development of the

pattern of Lepidoptera. It was Eimer’s main contention that longitudinal bands”

represent a/ways the ancestral pattern, which is erroneous.

Larva on Syringa and Tecoma; Boisduyal, and later Hy. Edwards, l1.c.¢.,

gives Bignonia and Passiflora as food-plants.

Two broods.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westward to Missouri.

In the Tring Museum 10 3d, 12 2 2, 3 larvae and 2 pupae from: N. Jersey ;

Virginia ; N. Carolina ; Sanford, Florida, June. ;

XXXIV. HYLOICUS.—Typus : pinastri.

Sphinw Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).

Hyloicus Hitbner, Verz. bel: Schm. p. 138 (1822) (partim; type: pinastré).

Lethia id., Lc. p. 140 (1822) (partim ; type: ligustri).

Agrius id. (non id., 1822), Samml. Ex. Schm. (1824 ?).

Lintneria Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 620 (1877) (type : eremitus),

Gargantua Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693 (1892) (type : eremitus).

3%. Eye lashed. Foretibia spinose. No pulvillus. Abdominal segmen

laterally black at the apex ; white or grey at the base. Harpe without patch

suberect scales ; penis sheath produced distad into a simple or hooked process.

A large genus, comprising forms which differ considerably in structure, but are

connected by intergraduate species.

Tongue much longer, or shorter, than the body. Palpus more or Jess

rough, with long hair-scales. Antenna of ? without distinctly prolonged seri

ciliae, often obviously clubbed. Foretibia always armed with spines, but

spines quite variable in number and size, midtibia unarmed, or with one or a

few apical spines regularly or occasionally, or more or less spiny all over ; spur

often with one or more spines (vancouverensis, eremitus, etc.) ; first pro

segment variable in length, often armed with prolonged spines; midtarsal cor

(( iile/ 9)

present, or reduced in the number and length of the bristles, or the bristles not

prolonged to a comb; pulvillus always absent, but the lobe of the paronychinm

may be present or absent.

The more generalised species with paronychium, mesotarsal comb, very long

tongue, long first protarsal segment and nof spiny midtibia, are dugens and allies.

From this group eremitus branched off by acquiring the short first protarsal segment,

the spiny midtibia and the specialised larva. Another branch (canadens/s, etc.),

had its origin in some such form as justiciae ; while lanceolata may be regarded as

the prototype of the more specialised chersis, rancouverensis and allies. This latter

series, of which seguotae and coloradus with their clubbed ?-antenna and the

peculiar genital armature form a side-branch, culminates in forms without

paronychium and without midtarsal comb.

In two of the species (vancouverensis and perelegans) remarkable dichromatism

obtains, there occurring specimens with a black and specimens with a grey thorax.

The difference is said to be seasonal in vancouverensis (see below).

We were very much surprised to find that, in perelegans, this difference in

colour is accompanied by a difference in structure, the one form possessing long

Jobes to the paronychium, the other being without them. This is the first instance

met with by us among Lepidoptera—apart from geographical races—where individual

resp. seasonal forms differ in structure as well as in colour.

We should have liked to divide the rather unwieldy mass of species at least

into three genera. Our attempts, however, to do so were a failure. The species

with non-spinose midtibiae and long lobes to the paronychium form a natural group,

if we except lanceolata, but the remainder comprises species which are partly much

less related ‘nter se than with species of the first group, and would require further

splitting up, if the first group were treated as generically distinct.

eLarvae of the /igustri-type, or specialised in pattern and sometimes in structure.

Pupa with a free tongue-sheath of varying length, appressed to the breast.

Hab. Nearctic, Neotropic, and Palaearctic Regions.

Thirty species, of which only four are Palaearctic.

Key to the species :

A. Midtibia not spinose; paronychium with lobes. Hindwing

with a black basal patch. Forewing generally with

two distinct stigmata.

a. Mesothoracic tegulae with a black middle line besides

the thin black dorsal border. : F é b.

Mesothoracic tegulae without black middle line : z.

4. Metanotum with a golden-yellow spot on each side . re

” without _,, ” ” Te mabe ie ¢.

¢e. Bringe of abdominal tergites with a yellow double

spot . A - 2 : 2 é 0 . 92. H. justiciae.

Fringe of abdominal tergites without yellow spots. . d.

d. Middle of abdominal tergites of a yellowish russet

tint, forewing washed all over with rasset. . 93. H. merops.

Middle of abdominal tergites olive or grey, ground

colonr of forewing grey. : - ; ; e.

é. Wdge of prothoracical tegulae yellow dorsally . . 98. H. separatus.

” ms A not yellow dorsally, die

(118 )

J. Length of forewing 50 mm. or more, ground colour

whitish grey. : : qy-

Length of forewing 45 mm. or ree ground colour

brownish grey . h.

Length of forewing 45 mm. or mules: prone signe

whitish grey, the two lines of the mesothoracic

tegula of nearly the same width, the interspace

whitish grey. . 97. IL. eremitoides.

qy. luterspace between the io eg on the ae

blackish grey, darker than the dise of the

mesonotum ; . 99. IT. star.

Interspace between the two lines a fhe! same pele

grey colour as the disc of the mesonotum . . 100. Hl. praelongus.

hi. Abdomen beneath with a series of murs black

patches. ; . 95. HZ. geminus.

Abdomen beneath with one comepienaes satel the

others absent or minute. . . 94. IL. lugens.

?. Mesothoracic tegula without black dared Berdes

metanotum with two yellow spots ; whitish grey

bands of hindwing extended to costa . : , oy:

Mesothoracie tegulae with black dorsal border,

metanotum without yellow spots, grey bands of

hindwing not extended to costa. : 2 . 101. 7, lanceolata,

ip Bee and forewing blackish grey. : c . 90. H. maura.

+ greenish olive-buff . : - 89. IL arthuri.

B. M' duihin: aha, hindwing with sharply defined black basal

patch; first protec segment only a little longer

than the second, with long spines. c : - 96. IT. eremitus.

C. Midtibia spinose, or paronychium without lobes. Hindwing

without black basal patch, or this patch indistinct,

ill-defined. Forewing with one stigma, which is

often absent.

k. Hindwing almost unicolorous, without sharply

marked black distal band ; : : t.

Hindwing with a sharply marked distal band, besides

a black median band... : 2 .

1. Abdomen with red or reddish side-patches : - 112. ML ligustri.

ir without red tint . 2 5 ; é m.

m. Forewing without white fringe-spots ; . «108. HL. vancouverensis.

5 with as r , at least below . N. 3

n. Forewing yellowish buff; mesothoracic tegulae with

two stripes, the upper thinner than the lower,

space between them russet, paronychium with

long lobes . : : : : : : . 108. HZ. kalmiae.

Not so° . 5 c 0.

o. Dise of mesonotum whitish or elayiah ace, or some-

what russet, paronychium without lobes. : p-

Disc of mesonotum black, at least in frontal half — . as

p- Mesothoracie tegulae without a thin middle line =. 102. //. chersis.

(US)

Mesothoracic tegulae with a thin middle line besides

the dorsal border. : - : q-

. Ground colour of forewing and Thane elas ish

106. 107. H. franehki and canadensis.

Ground colour of forewing and thorax greyish white,

white side-spots of abdomen bordered with black

allround . : : 4 . 104. HL libocedrus.

Ground colour as before, white ene aoe of abdomen

not bordered black above and below . 105. ZZ. perelegans f. asellus.

. Paronychinm without long lobes, black discal band

of hindwing below absent or vestigial : . 110. IT. luscitiosa.

Paronychium with long lobes; the band distinct ;

pale side-patches of abdomen not bordered with

black below. : . 109. H. gordius.

As before, the side- ation: mat Back Borden below. Ss.

. Pale side-patches of abdomen bordered above by a

broad black longitudinal band . : - 111. H. drupiferarum.

The dorso-lateral black band not present 105. //. perelegans f. perelegans.

. Long terminal spur of hindtibia two-thirds the length

of the first tarsal segment : : . 116. H. pinastre.

Long terminal spur of hindtibia less than half the

length of the first tarsal segment —. : : u.

Midtibia with spines 4 0.

Midtibia without spines, or bul with one or tye ie

end . : 0 : w.

. Forewing whitish grey in age ses this area

bordered by a black and brown basi-apical band 113. H. dolli.

Forewing more uniform in colour . 5 ‘ . 1d. HL. sequoiae.

Abdomen with greyish white side-patches ; two lines

across apex of cell of forewing, oblique apical

line and discal streaks very heavy. . 115. HL. crassistriga.

Abdomen with greyish white side-patches, seen

of forewing very thin or ill-defined. : . 118. HL. oberthueri.

Abdomen with brownish grey side-patches, one line

across apex of cell of forewing (this line often

obliterated) - ; é 5 . 117. HL. caligineus.

. Mesothoracic tegula with fee mesial line 7: . 91. HL. aurigutta.

F », without ,, 3 : : y-

Forewing above greenish olive-bulf . : : . 89. HL arthuri.

x » blackish grey . a : ; . 90. IT. maura.

89. Hyloicus arthuri.

*Sphine arthuri Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. iv. p. 307 n. 1. t. 7. £.1(g) (1897) (La Paz ;—Mus. Tring).

3. Wasily recognised by the peculiar greenish olive-buff colour of the upperside

of the head, thorax, and forewing. Spines of foretibia not very prominent (the only

specimen known has no middle and hind legs). Harpe broad (PI. XX XVIII. f. 2),

concave,

and dentate. Membranaceous lobes protruding from the penis-sheath

more heavily denticulate than in the other species.

( 120 )

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. La Paz, Bolivia, 1 ¢ at the electric light (Mus. Tring).

Not seen in ate collections.

90. Hyloicus maura (Pl. XI. f. 5, 2).

Sphinx maura Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. V. Atlas p. 57 (1879) (Tucuman ;—Mus. Buenos

Ayres) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691. n. 11 (1892) (Tucuman).

2. We have only 2 22, and there was no other material in the collections

visited. ‘This may be the other sex of arthuri; but considering the great similarity

in pattern between separatus and eremitoides, lugens and geminus, it would be very

hasty to put arthuri and maura together as the sexes of one species. The question

can only be decided by the study of do of maura from Tucuman. The two insects

agree in the peculiar shape of the forewing, the outer margin of the same being

slightly convex, nearly straight down to R*. The head and thorax are uniform in

colour, without black stripes in both species ; however, whereas these parts as well

as the forewing are blackish grey in maura, they are greenish olive-buff in arthuri.

The underside of the abdomen of maura is less white than in arthuri, and the

white fringe of the hindwing is distinctly spotted with brown. Both species have

two golden-yellow spots on the metanotum, one at each side.

Vaginal plate similar to that of separatus, distally more rounded, the cavity

also more rounded, the cone bearing the vaginal orifice rather high, obliquely

truncate, the ventral margin projecting.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Tacuman and Espirito Santo. In Mus. Tring 2 ? ? from: Tucuman,

cotype ; Espirito Santo (from Herr Fruhstorfer).

The specimen labelled Espirito Santo has a double stigma on the forewing,

while the anterior spot is wanting in the cotype, which we received from Professor

Carlos Berg.

91. Hyloicus aurigutta spec. noy. (Pl. XI. f. 4, 3).

3 ?. Similar to ugens, larger, less grey, wings and body (abdomen excepted)

washed with Vandyke brown. Metathorax with two golden yellow spots. Wings,

upperside. Forewing : black markings not very distinct on the dark ground ; an

indistinet russet patch iter cell poenally of oblique antemedian double line ;

white double stigma rather prominent ; oblique apical line thin, widely interrupted

at SC°; postdiscal line R*—SM? interrupted at veins, nearly straight, followed by

a greyish white, irregular, submarginal line, which is, taken as a whole, parallel to

margin.—Bands of hindwing less white than in dugens, being washed with brown

like the abdominal bands; black basal patch not quite reaching base, antemedian

grey band curved as in merops, black discal band much widened from (SM’) to R’,

including a grey patch before M? and a smaller one at SM’. Palpns and sterna

with a few grey scales.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite broad in Saal half, very abruptly narrowed in

middle, apex slenderer than in Zwgens, sternite longer and slenderer than in that

species, Harpe (Pl. XXXVIIL. f. 3) ending in a heavy tooth, dorsal edge heavily

toothed, ventro-distal edge faintly notched. Process of penis-sheath of the same

type as in dugens, but broader.

( 121 )

?. Not dissected.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Chanchamayo, Peru (Thamm); 1 ¢ received from Messrs. Standinger

& Bang-Haas ; 1 ? from Yungas, La Paz, Bolivia, 14. xii. 99 (Garlepp). Also in

the Staudinger collection.

Easily distinguished from maura by the black thoracic stripes, and the much

more distinctly marked forewings, from /wgens and allies by the golden metathoracie

spots.

92. Hyloicus justiciae.

*Sphinx justiciae Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 220. n. 12 (1856) (Rio de Janeiro ;—Mas.

Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 88. n. 23 (1875) (=anteros ; Rio de J.); Butl., Trans.

Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 619. n. 9 (1877) (Rio de J.) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 324. n. 4

(1878) (Buenos Ayres; N. Friburgo; descr, of larva); id., lc, Atlas p. 30. t. 11. f. 3 (L.)

(1879) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691. n. 12 (1892); Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1895)

(=anteros).

Sphinx anteros Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 131. n. 1478. t. 12. f. 1 (1857)

(N. Friburgo) ; Butl., /.c. n. 10 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 13 (1892).

3%. Fringe of abdominal tergites orange yellow near the mesial line.

3. Harpe resembling somewhat that of /wgens, not serrate, with one apical

tooth (PI. XX XVIII. f. 1) ; tenth sternite rounded triangular, middle sinus barely

vestigial.

?. Not dissected.

Larva green, with seven side-bands, which are reddish violet in front, white

behind, continued to the next segment, but this prolongation yellow; thorax

granulose.—Food : Justicia, family Acanthaceae.

Pupa mentioned by Burmeister, but not characterised.

Hab. Province of Rio de Janeiro to Buenos Ayres, probably extending farther

north.

The species is not mentioned by Bénninghausen in his List of the Sphingidae

of Rio de Janeiro.

We have only one ¢ in the Tring Museum.

93. Hyloicus merops.

*Sphinz merops Boisduyal, Cons. Lép. Guat. p. 73 (1870) (Honduras ; Mexico ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 619. n, 11 (1877); Schaus, Ent. News vi.

p. 143 (1895) (northern form of justiciae).

Sphine lugens, Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 87. n. 22 (1875) (lugens=merops ex err.) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 691. n. 8 (1892) (partim).

Sphing justiciae, Druce (non Ménétriés, 1863), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 23. n. 3 (1883)

(common in Centr. Am., Mexico to Panama) ; id., /.c. Suppl. p. 318 (1896) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep.

Het. Costa Rica p. 12 (1897).

3%. Fringe of abdominal tergites without orange-yellow spots.

3. Harpe nearly as in geminus, shorter, dorsal and distal margins dentate.

Lobe of tenth sternite less triangular than in justiciae.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 24) intermediate between those of geminus and

separatus, more wrinkled than in either species, and the distal lateral margins

more slanting.

Barly stages of this common insect not described.

Hab. Mexico southward to Eeuador.

(82)

In the Tring Museum 60 specimens from: Mexico; Honduras; Costa Rica ;

Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg); Popayan, Colombia (Lehmann) ; Rio Bamba

(Stolzmann). In coll. Charles Oberthiir also from Chimbo, Heuador.

No specimens of either justiciae or merops have been recorded from the

Amazon basin, Surinam and Venezuela. Until material from these regions comes

to hand it is not possible to say with certainty whether the two insects are mere

representative forms of one species, or are specifically distinct. It is worthy of note

that they differ in the harpes in a similar way as geminus and lugens, separatus

and eremitoides. This is an argument in favour of the specific distinctness of

Justiciae and merops, though the argument is by no means conclusive.

94. Hyloicus lugens.

*Sphinx lugens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 219. n. 11 (1856) (Mexico, g;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 618. n. 3 (1877) (Oaxaca, partim ;=andromedae); Druce,

Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. let. i. p, 23. n, 2 (1883) (partim) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv.

p. 191 (1888) (sub syn.); Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1896) (partim); Druce, lc. Suppl.

p. 318 (1896) (partim).

Sphinx sordida var, B., Clemens, Jowrn. Ac. Nat. Sci. iv. p. 170 (1859) (Jalapa, hae spec. ?).

*Sphine andromedue Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 74 (1870) (Honduras ; Oaxaca ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 89. n. 24 (1875) (partim).

The types of lugens and andromedae ave the same in the sexual armature as

well as in size and pattern. Boisduval’s description of andromedae of 1875 refers

to two species ; his Zagens of 1875 is not Walker’s dugens, but Boisduval’s merops

of 1870. Clemens’s sordida var. B. is either lugens or geminus ; his var. ‘A. is

the insect which was formerly identified, erroneously, as lewcophaeata, and more

recently, also by mistake, as andromedae. The synonymy becomes still more

involved by the American entomologists sinking two separate species, namely,

separatus and eremitoides, as synonyms of lugens. The synonymy as given by

Smith, /.c., comprises five distinct species.

3%. In appearance like an enlarged edition of eremitus; first protarsal segment

longer, with three or four prolonged spines, of which the apical one is more than

one-third the length of the segment. Forewing, above, blackish grey ; there is

mostly a longitudinal line in the apex of the cell ; the white dots of the fringe are

much smaller than the black spaces between them. Hindtibia as long as the first

and second tarsal segments together in 2, a little shorter in d. Black spots of

underside of abdomen small, generally only one distinct. Black median band

of hindwing narrowing behind, often more or less longitudinally divided by grey

sealing.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVIIL f. 7) rather suddenly narrowed in

middle, then slightly narrowing to the end, which is rather obtuse, gently bent

downward, upperside convex, underside sulcate; sternite with an obtusely trian-

gular, flat, mesial lobe, which is sinuate and slightly curved upwards. Harpe

(Pl. XXXVI. f. 18. 19) non-denticulate, deeply concave on the surface, ventral

margin rounded-dilated, distal margin produced at upper angle into a prominent

hook ; the subdorsal fold of the clasper with very long bristles. Penis-sheath

produced into a slightly curved half-cylinder, which is round at the tip and bears

before the end a small sharp tooth (Pl. XXIX. f. 8).

?. Vaginal plate (PI. XX. f. 12) longer than in the other species of Hylotcus

with non-spinose midtibiae, the distal part membranaceous, mesially folded trans-

( 123 )

versely, the folds mesially connected ; orifice of vagina more proximal than in the

allies, agreeing in position best with that of lanceolata.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Mexico to Honduras.

In the Tring Musenm 3 3d, 1 2% from: Mexico; Rosery Mine, Honduras,

3000 ft.

95. Hyloicus geminus spec. nov. (Pl. XI. f. 3, ¢).

3¢. This species is so close in pattern to Zvgens that it cannot, with certainty,

be recognised as distinct without dissection. It is therefore qnite natural that it

has been overlooked and stands in collections confounded with dugens. The only

character by which geminus can apparently constantly be separated from lugens,

apart of the sexual armature, is the presence of five conspicuous,black spots on the

underside of the abdomen.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite as in lugens; the sternite narrower. Harpe

(Pl. XXXVL. f. 20) essentially different, rounded distally, reaching beyond middle

of clasper, slightly curved dorsad distally, ventral and dorsal edges almost parallel,

dorsal edge heavily dentate, ventro-apical edge less so. Penis-sheath as in dugens.

?. Vaginal plate concave distally (PI. XX. f. 13), the lateral edges being

here raised : orifice of vagina rather large, at each side with a small groove, which

is formed by a proximal] and a distal fold that are fused together laterally.

Early stages not known.

TIab. Mexico to Honduras.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 4 22% from Mexico: Jalapa, June, type, ¢;

Tacubaya Mts., August. Also in other collections from various parts of Mexico,

especially Vera Cruz.

96. Hyloicus eremitus. ~

lgrius eremitus Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Sehm, ii. t. 166 (1824?) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872)

(N. York, 1. vii., larva on spear mint, viii. x.); id., Lc. iii. p. 179 (1872) (N. York, vi., larva

on mint, ix.); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 26. n. (1874): id., /.c. ii. p. 228. n. 64

(1875) (Mass. ; N.Y.; Wisc. ; syn. pro parte); Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 18 (1875)

(Montreal, very rare).

Sphing sordida Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 296. n. 7 (1839) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins.

B.M, viii. p. 219, n. 10 (1856) (U. St.); Clem., Jown. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 169. n. 6

(1859) (partim ; Texas, correct ?) ; Morr., Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860).

Sphine eremitus, Walker, lc. viii. p. 221 (1856); Lintn., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iti. p. 652 (1864)

(deser. of /., on mint) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 165. n. 97 (1865) (Atlantic

district) ; Beth., Canad, Ent. i. p. 17. n. 21 (1868) (Canada) ; Glov., Rept. U. St. Dept. Agr.

fig. (1.) (1870) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. iii. p. 101 (1871) (Alabama) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het.

i, p. 90. n. 25 (1875); Lintn., Psyche ii. p. 76 (1877); Fyles, Canad. Ent. xi. p. 59 (1879)

(Cowansyville, P. Q., larva on Salvia offic. ; quot. Streck. ex err.) ; Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882)

(Dayton, O., 1 J); Vern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 46. n. 20 (1886) (deser. of larva) ; Smith,

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xy. p. 193 (1888) (Canada; Atlantic and Central States); Edw., Bull.

U. St. Nat. Mus, xxxv. p. 48 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Berry, in Riley, Zus. Life iv. p. 206

(1892) (/. on mint); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 304. t. 6. £. 2 (1895) (all stages

deser.; on Mentha, Monarda, Salvia, ete.) ; Rowl., Ent. News x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri).

Lintneria eremitus, Butler, Trans. Zool: Soc. Lond. ix. p. 620. n. 1 (1877) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc

N. Sci. iii. p. 225. n. 67 (1877) (syn. pro parte ; Mass. ; N.Y.; Wisc.).

Gargantua eremitus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 1 (1892).

3 %. Closely allied to dvgens and geminus, but the first protarsal segment shorter,

and the midtibia spiny. First protarsal sezment about half the length of the tibia

a little longer than the second segment, with two or three long spines, of which

( 124 )

the apical one is nearly as long as the segment itself; long terminal spur of

hindtibia nearly two-thirds the length of the first tarsal segment. Spurs as a

rule with one or more spines. Sexual armature resembling that of geminus.

Paronychium with long lobes, one on each side.

3S. Tenth tergite more gradually narrowed than in geminus ; sternite as in

that species. Harpe rather deeply concave, intermediate in shape between those of

geminus and eremitoides, with a simple dorso-distal tooth ; no serration (though

Smith, J/.c., describes the harpe as “dentate and serrate”). Penis-sheath

(Pl. XXIX. f. 7) nearly the same as in geminus, the tooth not quite apical ;

the lobes projecting from the sheath heavily dentate, with the teeth almost

arranged in a row.

?. Vaginal plate closely resembling that of geminus, but as much wrinkled as

in justiciae. q

Larva peculiar, the third thoracic segment being raised anteriorly into a

triangular protuberance, and the third and fourth bearing a velvety black dorsal

patch.—Food: Mentha, Salvia, Monarda.

Pupa: tongue-case 10 mm. long, straight, slightly separated from the breast,

end bulbous.

Hab. Canada to Georgia, westward to Missouri. (Clemens records it from

Texas !).

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae and 1 pupa, and 16 ¢d,5 2? from: Massa-

chusetts ; Illinois; Virginia.

97. Hyloicus eremitoides (Pl. XII. f. 4, ¢).

Sphinx eremitoides Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p, 93 (1874) (Kansas) ; Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143

(1895) (distinct).

Sphinx lugens, Grote (non Walker, 1856), Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 26 (1874) (Texas) ; id.,

Canad. Ent. vi. p. 199 (1874) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N, Sci. iii. p. 225. n. 65 (1877) (partim) ;

Snow, Zrans. Kans. Ac. Sci. iv, p. 28 (1875) (larva, pupa) ; Gaum., Obs. Nat. ii. (1875) (larva) ;

Streck., /.c. p. 115. 142. t. 13, f. 12 (1877) (descr. of larva) ; Grote, Papilio ii. p. 76 (1882) ;

Neum., Ent. Amer. i. p. 92 (1885) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am, p. 45 (1886) ; Smith, Trans.

Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 191 (1888) (syn. partim) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus, xxxv. p. 48 (1889).

Agrius lugens, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sei. ii, p, 228. n. 65 (1875) (partim ; “ Arizona”’; Texas).

Lintneria (?) eremitoides, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 621. n. 3 (1877) (Kansas),

As said by Schaus, /.c., the present species has nothing to do with dwgens of

1856, nor is it identical with the species described as separatus by Neumoegen. If

one has separatus and eremitoides side by side—and does not compare them too

superficially—the distinctness of the insects becomes at once evident. H. eremi-—

toides is the paler and smaller of the two; it differs from the other chiefly in the

following points: the black abdominal side-marks are smaller, more triangular,

the prothoracie tegulae have no obviously yellow marginal spots, the mesial streak

of the mesothoracic tegula is very much narrower, being not essentially heavier

than the black dorsal border of the tegula, which border is distinct ; the basal and

medio-costal areas of the forewing are more white, the apical, oblique, interrupted

black streak is much thinner, the snbbasal white band of the hindwing is more

grey, and the distal border of the hindwing narrower. The midtibia is as long (?),

or nearly as long (¢), as the first two tarsal sezments together, while in separatus

it equals in length the first tarsal segment (3), or barely surpasses it (?). The

foretibia is more densely spinose (Pl. LXIYV. f. 3) than in separatus (Pl. LXIV.

(C35)

f. 4), there being present three or four rather heavy apical spines besides a number

of smaller ones, situated on the outer surface from apex to near base.

3d. Tenth abdominal sternite more deeply sinuate than in separatus. Harpe

similar to that of dwgens (while the harpe of separatus resembles that of geminus),

but narrower, ventrally less rounded-dilated, the tooth shorter and less curved

(Pl. XXXVI. f. 17, dorsal view). Penis-sheath as in geminus, the apical process

shorter than in separatus.

Larva (accord. to Strecker) pale green, with seven white side-bands ; horn

black.— Food: Salvia.

Two broods, larva in June and October.

Hab. Kansas ; New Mexico; Texas; probably in all the Southern States.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Kerrville, Texas ; N. Mexico (Snow).

One pair lent to us by Mr. Schaus. Two d¢ in coll. Staudinger from :

N. Mexico, near Hot Springs, Las Vegas, 7000 ft., July ’82 (Snow).

Prof. Smith, /.c., states that the species agrees with eremitus “in tibial and

tarsal armature.” This is incorrect, inasmuch as, in evemitus, the first protarsal

segment is shorter, the spines are longer, and the midtibia is armed with spines.

98. Hyloicus separatus (Pl. XII. f. 3, ¢).

_ Sphinx andromedae Boisduval (non id., 1870), Spec. Gén. Lép, Het. i. p. 89. n. 24 (1875) (partim) ;

Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1895) (syn. err.).

Sphinx separatus Neumoegen, Ent. Amer. i. p. 92 (1885) (New Mexico); Edw., Ent. Amer. ili.

p- 223 (1888) ; Ottol., nt. News vi. p. 218 (1895) (in coll. Neumoeg.).

Sphinx lugens, Smith (non Walker, 1856), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 191 (1888) (partim).

Sphinx separata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691, n. 10 (1892) (N. Mexico).

$?. The “lugens” with which Neumoegen compares separatus in the

description of the latter is eremitoides. The differences pointed out by him are

just those which separate eremitoides from the present species, which is doubtless

correctly identified, though we have not seen the type. Snow got both species in

New Mexico.

It is very remarkable that separatus and eremitoides differ in the harpe exactly

in the same way as do dvgens and geminus.

In all the specimens we have seen the collar is conspicuously marked with

a yellow marginal spot at each side; these spots are barely vestigial in the allied

species ; no mention has been made of them in the description of separatus.

The antennae of the ¢ are very stout. Foretibia and first protarsal segment see

Pl. LXIV. f. 4.

3. Tenth abdominal sternite broader than in geminus, feebly sinuate. Harpe

much shorter than in geminus but of nearly the same shape, more curved upwards,

the dorsal edge sharply dentate (Pl. XXXVI. f. 16). The rounded apical process a

little more prominent than in geminus and eremitoides, nearly as in eremitus, the

tooth a little more proximal than in the former two species.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 14) almost as in geminus, but the sides of the

distal part less elevated, the cone which bears the vaginal orifice more evenly

rounded, more smooth, without lateral grooves.

Larva and pupa not known.

Hab. Colorado ; New Mexico ; Mexico; probably of wider distribution.

In the Tring Museum 15 33,5 2% from: Las Vegas and Magdalena, New

Mexico (Snow); San Juan Mts., Colorado, end of Aug. 1900 (Oslar).

(126 )

In coll. Schaus and coll. Dognin from Jalapa, Vera Cruz. In coll. Staudinger

from “ Mexico.” These Mexican specimens are a trifle darker than those from

New Mexico.

99. Hyloicus istar sp. nov. (Pl. XII. f. 2, 2).

Sphina lugens Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii. p, 219. n. 11 (1856) (partim, teste Butler !).

Sphinx sordida var. A, Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 170. n. 65 (1859) (Jalapa).

Sphinx leucophaeata, Butler Gar Clemens, 1859), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 618. n. 2 (1879)

(Oaxaca) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer, Lep. Het. i, p. 23. n. 1 (1883) (“not seen”) ; Smith, Znt.

Amer. iii. p. 153 (1887) (Mexico).

Sphine andromedae, Schaus (non Boisduval, 1870), Ent, News vi. p, 143 (1895) (partim); Druce,

Lec. Suppl. p. 319. n. 3 (A) (1896) (partim).

3%. Larger than separatus, the black middie stripe of the mesothoracic

tegula almost merged together with the black upper edge, the interspace between

these lines being dark brown; pronotum without yellow spots. Forewing washed

with russet on the disc ; no black longitudinal line in the apical half of the cell ;

black oblique antemedian band from base of M! to inner margin very prominent,

consisting of two lines only, the third proximal line being vestigial between

M? and SM? and not traceable beyond SM?, while in separatus all three lines reach —

inner margin; five costal marks (costal parts of five lines, of which the three

proximal ones are vestigial) between base and apex of cell, second and third mark

much closer together than the first and second. Distal border of hindwing

narrower than in separatus, the black median band broad, nearly as wide at R®

as the distal border ; fringe with large brown spots.

Underside similar to at of separatus, rather darker, the forewing and boa

somewhat washed with russet ; abdomen with a series a black middle spots, of

which only the second is large. Body less stout than in separatus, armature of the

legs similar, but the spines of the foretibia comparatively shorter. Antenna of

not so stout, that of 2 not so obviously clubbed.

3. Tenth abdominal sternite narrow at the base and broad at the end as in

geminus, minutely sinnate. Harpe intermediate between those of geminus and —

separatus, decidedly shorter than in the former, and longer than in the latter.

Penis-sheath as in separatus.

?. As in praelongus (Pl. XX. f. 15) with a lobe in front of the vague

cavity, the lobe not distinctly sinuate.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 2 2? from “ Mexico,” one of them from Oaxaca,

June (W. Se hané):; type: Mexico, ¢.

Also in other collections, confounded with lugens, geminus, separatus and

eremitoides. :

100. Hyloicus praelongus sp. nov. (Pl. XII. f. 1, 3).

3%. Closely resembling isfar, with which it agrees in structure ; decidedly —

more greyish white, the two black streaks of the mesothoracic tegula clearly

separated by a grey interspace ; forewing more elongate, coming in shape near

that of lanceolata ; markings as in star, but the cell with a pink apical trent

(SM!) marked with a white dash outside the double antemedian line. 4

% Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 15) hollowed out distally, the edges raised, moath

of vagina concealed in yentral view by a sinuate lobe with rounded angles.

( 127 )

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Rosery Mine, Spanish Honduras, 3000 to 4000 ft.; 3 dd, 1 % (Mus. Tring),

type: o.

A ? from the same locality in coll. Dognin.

This may be only a southern form of ‘star ; but as the differences in colour are

very apparent if the two insects are placed side by side, we think it wiser to keep

them specifically distinct for the present. It is quite possible that the two occur

together and are independent of each other, and differ also essentially in the earlier

stages.

101. Hyloicus lanceolata.

(2) Sphina leucophueata Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 168. n. 63 (1859) (Texas) ;

Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1895) (probably lanceolata).

*Sphinw lanceolata Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guat. p. 73 (1870) (no descr. ; Guatemala) ; Feld., Reise

Novara, Lep. t. 78. f. 3. (1874) (Mexico ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd., Spec, Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 109.

n. 48 (1875) (Mexico) : Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 619. n. 12 (1877) ; Streck., Lep.

Rhop. Het. p. 142 (1878) (Panama) ; Druce, Biol, Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 23. n. 4 (1883)

(“not seen”) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 690. n. 1 (1892) (“‘Honduras”’; Mexico) ; Schaus,

Le. (1895) (common in Vera Cruz) ; Druce, Uc. Suppl. p. 319 (1896) (Jalapa ; Orizaba),

Sphinx aequinoctialis Boisduval, /.1.c.c, (nom, max. supervacuum !).

3%. We quite agree with Mr. Schaus, who said, /.c., that in his opinion

leucophaeata was a northern form of lanceolata. The description of lewcophaeata

fits lanceolata except in one point; the hindwing is said to be “greyish, with a

black median band and broad black marginal band,” no mention being made of

the conspicuous black basal patch present in all specimens of lanceolata. As this

patch is wanting in chersis or only vestigial, it seems to us quite likely that there

exists, unknown to entomologists, a Sphinx in Texas and New Mexico which is

the true lewcophaeata, standing intermediate between lanceolata and chersis. There

is certainly a link wanting between these two species, which agree in many respects.

This link may differ from danceolatu in being devoid of the black basal patch of the

hindwing, and from chersis in having (like danceolata) a non-spinose midtibia.

Another intermediate hypothetical form, which may turn out one day to be real, is

a Sphinx with the basal patch present and the midtibia spinose.

So much is sure, that we cannot with any degree of certainty say whether

lanceolata is a synonym of the unknown quantity named lewcophaeata, or whether

the two are distinct, or whether they are geographical forms of one species. The

benefit of the doubt remains with lanceolata, which name we must employ for the

present insect.

Boisduyal did not describe the insect in 1870; he simply cited Felder’s plate—

of which he had received a copy in advance—and only remarks that the species was

larger than the largest specimens of ¢etrio (= asdrubal). Whether the very bad

Jemale from Guatemala was really this species, or perhaps our praclongus, we cannot

tell. All the specimens examined by us were from Mexico. Kirby gives Honduras

as locality without authority ; but Strecker, /.c., records it from Panama.

The species stands more isolated than its congeners, differing from the preceding

Hyloicus in the chersis-like forewing and penis-sheath, from the following ones in

the non-spinose midtibia. It represents a type from which chersis and allies have

developed by acquiring spinose midtibiae. There is some rather obvious individual

variation in the distinctness of the transverse lines of the forewing. The meso-

thoracical tegulae have no black mesial line, but only a black upper border, as

described by Clemens in leucophaeata. Butler’s identification as leucophacata of

( 328)

what we have described above as star was, therefore, certainly erroneous ; his

suggestion that canadensis might be leucophaeata was likewise wide of the mark,

3. Tenth abdominal tergite similar to that of Protoparce quinquemaculatus,

more cylindrical, less compressed ; sternite elongate triangular, straight, obtuse,

lateral margins very feebly turned upwards, very faintly notched. Clasper straight

ventrally, strongly rounded apically, dorsally gradually and rather strongly dilated

towards apex, the dorso-apical margin curved inwards, dorsal groove deep, bordered

ventrally by a prominent fold, which bears long bristles ; harpe strong, dorsal

and ventral margins almost straight and parallel, apex sinuate, denticulate

(Pl. XXXVIII. f. 4). Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 9) produced into a long,

gradually narrowing, pointed lobe, which is bent to a hook.

9. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 16) not strongly chitinised, much folded

proximally ; a longitudinal mesial groove, narrowing proximally, where the edges

of the folds which border the groove nearly touch each other above the vaginal

orifice ; within the wider distal part, behind the orifice, there is a rounded carina,

Harly stages not known to us.

Hab. Mexico ; Panama?

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 3 $2 from Mexico: Orizaba, Huatuxeo, and

Teocelo, Vera Cruz.

102. Hyloicus chersis.

Lethia chersis Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. ii. t. 167 (1824 ?).

Sphinx: cinerea Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 295. n. 6 (1839).

Sphinex chersis, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, Lond. xv. p, 184. t. 9. £. 6 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to

Georgia, westw. to Calif. ).

3. No black mesial line on mesothoracic tegula ; mesonotum always grey,

no black-backed form known ; black dashes on underside of abdomen comparatively

larger in the large form than in the smaller ones. Spines at outer side of first

segment of foretarsus and at the end of foretibia prolonged ; paronychium reduced,

without long lobe; first segment of hindtarsus as long as hindtibia; long apical

spur of hindtibia half the length of the first tarsal segment; first segment of

midtarsus with comb, but the bristles rather stout and not much prolonged.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate-triangular, sulcate above except at end,

which is convex, acute, and curved downwards ; underside concave ; sternite with

a broad and rather long lobe, which narrows somewhat to the end and is feebly

sinuate. Clasper sole-shaped ; harpe (PJ. XX XVIII. f. 5) divided by a broad distal

sinus into a broad ventral lobe and a long horizontal process ; the ventral lobe is

concave, the upper and lower margins being bent inwards, especially the upper,

which is irregularly and distinctly notched, while the distal and ventral edges are

almost smooth as a rule; the slender process is cylindrical, tapering towards the

pointed end, curving upwards a little, reaching the apical fourth of the clasper.

Penis-sheath (P]. XXIX. f. 11) produced into a long, narrowing, pointed, somewhat

twisted and curved process.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 17) with a wide apical cavity of which the

bottom is smooth, without a tubercle, the plate not divided mesially as in

perelegans, halmiae, and lanceolata, but the slit indicated by some longitudinal

wrinkles.

Larva with dispersed granules, which are denser on the thorax; head distinctly

narrowed above.—Food : Syringa, Fraxinus, Ligustrum.

Hab. Nearetic Region, from Canada to Mexico and California.

Four subspecies.

A very small specimen, said to be from Texas, represents perhaps a fifth

geographical form. The subspecies are not different in the structure of the

sexual organs of the d. The ¢ genital armature has only been examined of

chersis chersis.

a. I. chersis mexicanus subsp. noy. (PJ. XIII. f. 5, 3).

Sphinx perelegans, Druce (non Edwards, 1874), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 319. n. 3 (B).

t. 67. f. 3 (1896) (Durango).

3. Darker than oreodaphne and chersis, but ground colour purer whitish grey,

without clayish shade; the costal markings and the oblique subbasal postcellular

double line of the forewing obviously more distinct, as is also the dark shade at

the proximal side of the black submarginal line ; white fringe-spots very sharply

defined ; black discal band of hindwing broad, strongly angled externally at SM?;

basal half of cell of forewing below brownish black. The figure in the Biologia is

too brown.

2. Not known.

Hab. Mexico.

In the Tring Museum | ¢ from “ Mexico,” type.

Mr. Druce was misled in the identification of this insect by Hy. Edwards, who

determined the Durango specimen as perelegans.

b. H. chersis pallescens subsp. nov.

It is one of the objects of the systematist to elucidate facts, not to conceal

them. The differences between the subspecies of H. chersis are slight, but they are

there and must be registered.

3%. As large as the average H. ch. chersis; of the same white-grey ground

colour as mexicanus, with which it agrees also in the sharply defined white fringe-

spots. A perfect transition from mexicanus to chersis.

Hab. Avizona ; Colorado.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd,2 2% from: Prescott, Arizona, 25. vi. 98 (Dr.

Kunze), type: 3d ; Huachuca Mts., Arizona, 18. vi. °99 (Dr. Kunze); Durango,

Colorado, 10. vii. 99, 6500 ft. (Oslar); Ft. Collins, Colorado ; Colorado, iv. ’99.

c. H. chersis oreodaphne (P). XIII. f. 6, 3).

Sphing oreodaphne Edwards, Proc. Cal. Ac. N. Sci. v. p. 109 (1874) (Napa C®., June); Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 618. n. 8 (1877) (distinet) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691. n. 3 (1892).

Sphine chersis var. oreodaphne Edwards, l.c. vi. p. 93 (1875); Butl., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881)

(distinct) ; Edw., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Calif.).

Sphine chersis, Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 142 (1878) (oreodaphne is syn. of chersis); Holl.

Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 102 (1886) (oreodaphne is syn.).

3%. Differs from /7. chersis chersis in its inferior size, in the black discal band

of the hindwing being narrower anteriorly, and in the comparatively smaller mesial

dashes on the underside of the abdomen.

Hab. California ; Oregon ; probably farther north.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from: California; Golden, Oregon, May

(Biedermann).

We have received a photograph of the type of oreodaphne from Hy. Edwards’s

collection, through the kindness of Mr. Beutenmiiller.

( 130 )

d. H. chersis chersis.

Lethe chersis Hiibner, /.c.

Sphinx cinerea Harris, lc. (1839) ; id., Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1842); Emm., Nat. Hist. N. York

p. 219 (1854); Walk., List Lep. Ins. BoM. viii, p. 217. n. 6 (1856) (U. St.) ; Clem., Journ.

Ac. N. Sei. Philad. iv. p. 169. n, 64 (1859) (Mass. ; Wisconsin) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

p- 18 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Synops. p. 194. n. 2 (1862) (Mass.; Wisc.; 8. States) ; Lintn.,

Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 655 (1864) (deser. of 7, on Oleaceae) ; Seudd., Psyche ii. p. 76

(1877) (larva) ; Hag., Papilio iii. p. 62 (1883) (this name to be retained). ;

Sphinx chersis, Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 165. n. 92. & p. 190 (1865) (Atlantic

district) ; Beth., Cunad. Ent. i. p. 17. n. 22 (1868) (Canada) ; Harris, ed. Scudd., Ent. Corr.

p. 282 (1869) (descr. of larva) ; Bowles, Canad. Ent. iti. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec, vi. vii.) ;

Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 & iii. p. 17 (1872) (N. York, vi., larva on lilac viii.) ; Thaxt.,

Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 26 (1874)

(Canada ; Mass. ; N.Y.; Penn.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 93. n. 30 (1875) ; Caulf.,

Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 13 (1875) (Montreal, common, vi.) ; Grote, /.c. ii. p. 228. n. 58

(1875) ; Butl., Zrans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 617. n. 1 (1877) ; Grote, lc. iii. p. 224. n. 59

(1877) (Canada to Penn.) ; North., Canad. Ent. x. p. 16 (1878) (larva on black ash in viti.

ix., Chicago) ; Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. p. 105 (1880) (larva) ; Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66

(1882) (Dayton, O., one 9); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. xii. p. 65 (1882) (larva) ; Edw., Papilio

iii, p. 127 (1883) (larva, Syringa) ; Fish., Canad. Ent. xv. p. 238 (1883) (Buffalo, larva, pupa) ;

Fern., ibid., xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Me., very common) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 42. n. 16_

(1886) (larva, pupa; ash, lilac); Grote, /awk-Moths N. Am. p. 44 (1886) ; Edw., Bull.

U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 47 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.); Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii. p. 322

(1891) (N.Y., electr. light) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 690. n. 2 (1892); Beutenm., Bull.

Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 303. t. 5. £..3 (1895) (N.Y., 1., p., @.; lilac, privet, ash) ; Hanke

Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Beutenm., le xape 310 (1898) (N.Y.) ; Rowl,

Ent. News x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri, on ash).

3%. Wings and body with a distinct clayish tinge. Fringe of forewing nearly —

all brown, the white scales so covered by brown ones that only their tips are visible.

Hab. Atlantic Subregion: Canada to Georgia, westward to the Mississippi basin. —

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 10 dd, 8 2 2 from: Canada ; N. Jersey ;

N. York; Virginia ; South Dakota.

The three individuals from the last place are scarcely different from oneodaphne.

An apparently bred specimen from Texas (received from Messrs. Staudinger and

Bang-Haas) is the smallest chersis we have seen, its forewing measuring only

34 mm. in length ; it may represent a Texan subspecies, but it is more likely that

the larva was underfed, and that the specimen is therefore an artificially dwarfed

individual.

103. Hyloicus vancouverensis (PI. XIII. f. 3. 4, dd).

Sphine vancouverensis Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. N. Sci, y. p. 111 (1874) (Vancouver I., viii.) ;

Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. ii. p. 228. n. 61 (1875); id, Le. iii, p. 224. n. 62 (1877)

(Calif.) ; Edw., Bull. Amer. Mus. N, H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Big Tree, Calif. ; Oregon) ; Trum., —

Ent. News viii. * 27 (1897) (S. Dakota).

Sphinx drupiferarum, Holland, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 103 (1886) (vane.=drupif. ex err.) ; Smith,

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv, p. 177 (1888).

Sphine vashti Strecker, Lep. p. 136. t. 15. f. 4 (1878) (Arizona) ; Dyar, Psyche vii. p. 177 (1894)

(Montana; egg, larval stages, pupa ; on Symph. rac.).

Sphine albescens Tepper, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. iv. p. 1. t. 1. £. 3 (1881) (Colorado).

3%. Mesothoracic tegula with heavy black edge, no mesial line, middle of

mesothorax either grey or black. Basi-costal area of forewing whitish grey, sparely

limited behind by a brownish black area; fringe with a few grey scales beneath —

between the veins. White discal band of hindwing very clearly marked on the

underside, black discal band not obviously dentate. Some of the spines of —

foretibia and -tarsus prolonged ; first segment of midtarsus with comb, but only

the most proximal bristles long; first segment of hindtarsus only as long as

the four other segments together ; long apical spur of hindtibia half the length

of the first tarsal segment. Paronychium reduced, with short lobe.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate, sharply pointed, convex above

(PI. XXVIII. f. 10, dorsal view), abruptly curved downward, forming a long

hook (PI. XX VIII. f. 9, side-view) ; sternite with a very broad lobe (Pl. XXVIII.

f. 10), which is very feebly sinnate. Clasper comparatively shorter and more

rounded, especially dorsally, than in chersis; harpe somewhat similar to that

of chersis, but the ventral lobe very short, and the long process more oblique

and somewhat undulate (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 8). Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 4)

with a rather short, blunt process which is concave on the inner side.

?. Vaginal plate represented by Pl. XX. f. 19 in a ventral view, by f. 20 in

a side-view; a large subapical cavity, in which the vaginal orifice is situated, partly

covered in front by a convex lobe.

Larva green ; side-bands white with narrow black anterior border ; horn smooth,

black above and below.—Food : Symphoricarpus racemosus.

Pupa: tongue-case free, rounded, 8 mm. long.

Two broods.

There occur, in the same places, two forms differing in the colour of the thorax.

These forms are said to be seasonal (Smith, /.c., p. 234). The dated material in the

Tring Museum and other collections confirms on the whole Mr. Bruce’s positive

statement, referred to by Smith, /.c., that of the two broods one is always albescens

(with the black thorax) and the other vancouverensis (with the grey thorax).

However, some of the specimens of the early brood, or rather of an early date, are

as black on the thorax as some of the later individuals, and others are intermediate.

This seeming irregularity may be due to the phenomenon known of other Sphingidae

that pupae often lie over from one brood to the other, or longer. The black notum

is donbtless the younger character, and both broods of the species may be on the

way towards developing into a black-backed insect.

Further researches in this respect are necessary, and we hope that the keen

entomologists on the other side of the Atlantic will not be slow in making further

careful observations. We here can do no more than merely state that the two

forms are connected by intergradatious and are identical in structure.

a. H, vancoucerensis f. vancoucerensis (Pl. XIII. f. 3, 3d.)

Sphine vancouverensis Lawards, l.c, (Vancouver, August) ; Smith, /.c. p. 234 (1888).

Spline vashti Strecker, |.c. (1878) (Arizona).

3%. Thorax grey.—The spring form from hibernated pupae ?

U’, H. vancouverensis {. albescens (Pl. XIII. f. 4, 3).

Sphine albescens Tepper, lc. (1881) (Colorado) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Mani-

toba, vii.) ; id., /.c. xxxi. p. 52 (1899) (Manitoba); Heath, Canad. Lit. xxxii. p. 94 (1900)

(Manitoba, vi.).

3%. Thorax black.—The summer form ?

Hab. Pacific Subregion : from California and British Columbia, westward to the

east side of the Rocky Mountains,

( 132 )

In the Tring Museum : f. vancouverensis, 23 33,6 2%, some of them trans-

itions, from: Quincy, Calif., 5. vi. °97 (Watson) ; S. Utah, June; Miles City, —

Montana; Glenwood Springs, Colorado, June, 5700 ft. (Oslar) ; 8. Colorado, May

and June; Farmington, New Mexico, June. ,

f. albescens, 17 3¢& from: California; Durango, Colorado, 6500 ft., July

(Oslar); Grand Junction, Colorado, July (Oslar); Fort Collins, Colorado, August =

Farmington, N. Mexico, June.

104. Hyloicus libocedrus (Pl. XIII. f. 7, 3).

Sphinx libucedrus Edwards, Papilio i. p. 115 (1881) (Prescott, Arizona).

3. Resembling chersis, but even smaller than vancouverensis ; mesothoracic

tegula with a thin brown mesial line ; white or yellowish side-patches of abdomen

bordered all round with black. Legs as in chersis. Inner angle of forewing less

rounded than in any of the allied species. * :

3. Tenth abdominal segment nearly as in vancouverensis ; the tergite shorter,

and the sternite much more deeply sinuate. Harpe (Pl. XXXVUIL. f. 10) essentially

as in cancourerensis, but the long process curved downward and recurved at end.

Penis-sheath (PI. XXVIII. f. 52) obliquely truncate, without the elongate slender

process of the allied species.

2. Not seen.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Avizona and Texas, most likely more widely distributed in the Southern

States and Northern Mexico.

a. H. libocedrus libocedrus (P). XIII. f. 7, 3).

Sphinx libocedrus Edwards, Lc. ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 183 (1888) ; Edw., Bull.

Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Prescott, Arizona) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691. n. 4.

(1892) (Arizona).

3. Side-spots of abdomen white.

Hab. Arizona, near Prescott.

In the Tring Museum 11¢¢ from Arizona.

b. H. libocedrus insolita.

Sphinx insolita Lintner, Papilio iv. p. 145 (1884) (Rio Grande, Texas, 1 4) ; Edw., Ent. Amer.

iii. p. 223 (1888) ; Smith, /.c. p. 186 (1888) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691, n. 5 (1892).

Sphinx libocedrus, Smith, l.c. p. 184 (1888) (partim, 9 ; Belfrage coll.).

3%. Side-spots of the abdomen yellowish in both sexes. The long process of

the harpe a little more curved than in ld. lébocedrus.

Hab. Texas.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ without locality. In the Berlin Museum 1 ¢ from

Texas.

105. Hyloicus perelegans (PJ. XIII. f. 1. 2, dd).

Sphinx perelegans Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. N. Sci. v.p. 109 (1874) (Gilroy, St. Clara, Calif.).

Lintneria ? perelegans, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 621. n. 2 (1877) (Gilroy, St. Clara, Calif.).

3. Anterior tibia and tarsus with heavy spines ; long apical spur of hind-

tibia not half the length of the first tarsal segment; this much longer than the

C9385)

other segments together ; comb of midtarsus indicated by a few long bristles ;

paronyehium with or without long lobe (seasonal difference ?). Mesonotum and

occiput grey or black, with intergradations, upper half of mesothoracic tegula also

grey or black, with a rather indistinct blackish middle line. Forewing: a black

line upon R', entering cell; the white band at the distal side of the weak black

submarginal line much broader than in chers?s.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually narrower to end, which is abruptly

pointed, gradually curved, subcylindrical, being convex above and somewhat less

so below; sternite short, broad, not sinuate mesially, the sides turned upwards

(Pl. XXVIII. f. 12, side-view; f. 13, dorsal view). Clasper as in chersés ; harpe

(Pl. XXXVIII. f. 6) very different from that of all the other Hyloicus, consisting

of a long, flat, tapering plate which terminates in a point ; its dorsal edge is

continuous with the subdorsal fold of the clasper, which fold bears very long

bristles ; its ventral edge is more or less irregularly sinuate and bears here and

there a small sharp tooth. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 5) not unlike that of

rancouverensis, but the process longer, its apex slightly incrassate, rounded, almost

knob-like.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 18) with a very large cavity, into which opens

the vagina, the cavity extending to near the base of the plate; its roof is more or

less contracted in dry specimens, especially proximally, so that the opening is

‘not of the same size or of the same shape in different individuals ; the figure is

taken from a specimen in which the edges of the roof of the cavity approach each

other, the plate bearing in this case an obvious resemblance to that of lanceolata ;

the plate differs from that of chersis not only in the much larger size of the cavity,

and the much more proximal position of the mouth of the vagina, but also in the

presence of a broad, ovate or elongate, mesial tubercle, homologous to the longer

and narrower mesial rounded keel of /anceolata.

Larva and chrysalis not described.

We unite here under perelegans two forms, one with grey, the other with black

mesonotum, the forms corresponding to those of IH. vancouverensis, but differing

from one another not only in the colour of the thorax and wings, but also in the

structure of the claw-segment of the tarsi. The form with grey thorax is generally

considered identical with chersis chersis, or chersis oreodaphne, from which it is,

however, specifically distinct. Both forms of perelegans agree in the sexual

armature and in some essential characters of the wings, and from this we conclude

that the peculiar divergency in the development of the claw-segments does not

indicate specific distinctness of the two, though we were very much surprised

when we discovered that we had here a case of apparently quite constant stractural

dimorphism. The differences may be seasonal, but the dates of our specimens, as

in the case of vancouverensis, do not absolutely point to this ; breeding alone will

clear up the question.

w. H. perelegans f. asellus nov. (Pl. XI. f. 2, 3).

In collections confounded with H. chersis oreodaphne.— Type: Colorado.

3%. Occiput and mesonotum grey; ground colour of forewing also almost

uniformly grey, white submarginal band broad ; fringe with distinct white spots.

Paronychium reduced (P]. LXIY. f. 14. 15), without lobe.

( 134 )

b. HH. perelegans f. perelegans (PI. XIII. f. 1, 3).

Sphinx perelegans Edwards, /.c. (1874) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. ii. p, 228. n. 59 (1875) ;

id., lic. iii. p. 224. n. 60 (1877); Butl., Papilio i. p. 105 (1881) ; Riv., ibid. iii. p. 65 (1883)

(Berkeley, Calif., at flowers vi.) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 179 (1888) (Calif.) ; —

Edw., Bull. Amer. Mus, N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Sta. Clara, Calif.).

3%. Mesonotum and upper half or third of mesothoracic tegula black,

forewing much shaded with black, an ill-defined basi-discal area whitish ; white

submarginal band broad, black line at its proximal side indistinct. Paronychium —

with prolonged lobe. }

A photograph of the type received from Mr. Bentenmiiller agrees with this’

form.

Hab. Pacific Subregion of Nearctic Region, from California and British

Columbia eastward to the east side of the Rocky Mountains.

In the Tring Museum: f. asellus, 6 33,3 2% from: Cornwallis, Oregon, July ;

Pullman, Washington, May ; Huachuca, Arizona, 18. June (Dr. Kunze); Garfield

Co., Colorado; Glenwood Springs, Colorado (Oslar) ; Grand Junction, Colorado,

July (Oslar) ; Durango, Colorado, July (Oslar, type). a

f. perelegans, 8 dd, 3 2? from: Mendocina, Calif.; Alma, Sta. Clara,

Calif.; Los Angeles, Calif, May; Quiney, Calif., June (Watson).

106. Hyloicus canadensis.

*Sphinx canadensis Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 93. n. 29 (1875) (Quebec ;—coll. Charles —

Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 629 (1877) (=? leucophaeata!) ; Grote, Bull.

Buffalo Soe. N. Sci. iii. p. 225. n. 66 (1877) (Canada ;=? plota); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 43.

n. 17 (1886) (Bangor, Maine, 8. vii. ; mentions larva Newfoundland) ; Grote, Hawk-Moths

N. Am. p. 44 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 190 (1888) (Newfoundld., Can.,

Maine, Ohio, N.Y.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691. n. 14 (1892) (Canada, Montana) ; Moff.,

Canad, Ent. xxvii. p. 280 (1895) (Ontario) ; Harv. & Knight, Psyche viii. p. 78 (1897) (larva

mention., this spec. ?).

Sphine plota Strecker, Lep, Rhop. Het. p. 106 (1875) (Montreal) ; id., /.c. p. 115. t. 13. f. 13 (3)

(1876) (Cincinnati) ; id., 7c. p. 142 (1877) (=? eanadinsis) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii, p, 241-

n. 17 (1875) (Montreal, rare) : Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O.,=canadensis, 2 specim.).

3. Apical spine of segments of foretarsus and two or three spines at the end

of the foretibia prolonged, but they are not so stout as in chersis and cancouverensis ;

first segment of hindtarsus much longer than the four other segments together ;

comb of midtarsus with very few moderately prolonged bristles ; spurs of midtibia

often with one or two spines. Abdomen with strongly marked mesial line on the

tergites as well as on the proximal sternites ; the lateral line of the sternites also

distinct. Paronychium reduced, very short, without distinct lobes.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate-triangular, convex above, proximally

concave below, gently curved, extreme apex forming a short, bluntly pointed hook ;

sternite with a long mesial lobe, which is slightly spatulate, with the end rounded

and sinuate. Clasper (Pl. XL. f. 5) somewhat less sole-shaped than in chersis,

more narrowed distally ; harpe with a broad ventral lobe, which is concave ; from

the dorso-distal surface of this lobe originates a slender cylindrical process narrowing

to end, not sharply pointed, homologous to the long process of the harpe of //.

chersis, vancouverensis, etc. The penis-sheath differs essentially in being at the

end widened laterad into a sharply pointed, triangular flap (P]. XXLX. f. 6); the

apex is produced into a heavy, short, curved, tooth-like process.

( 135 )

?. Not seen.

Early stages not described.

Hab. Canada; Newfoundland ; New England ; Ohio.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd from: Massachusetts ; New Hampshire.

107. Hyloicus francki.

Sphinx francki Neamoegen, Ent. News iv. p. 133 (1893) (Kansas City).

Said to be intermediate between chers/s and halmiue. Mr. Franck, the

discoverer of the insect, suggests in a letter to us that it is a hybrid between the

two. The examination of the structure (antenna, legs, genital armature) will show

whether franck? is a distinct species or a hybrid.

Hab. Kansas City.

Not seen.

108. Hyloicus kalmiae.

Sphinx kalmiae Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i, p. 73. t. 37 (1. p. 7.) (1797) (on Kalmia) ; Harris,

in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 295. n. 4 (1839); Gosse, Canad. Nat. p. 260 (1840) (egg,

larva) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 218. n. 8 (1856) (Orilla, W. Can. ; N.Y.); Clem.,

Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 171. n. 67 (1859) (larva, pupa; lilac, vii.; Canada, N.Y., Penn.,

Mass., Georg.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.

p. 196. n. 5 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, /ns. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1863); Lintn., Proc. Ent. Soe.

Philad. iii. p. 657 (1864) (deser. of 7., on Syringa); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v.

p. 165. n. 94 (1865) (Atlantic district) ; Bowles, Canad. Ent. iii. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec, vi. vii.) ;

Lintn., nt. Contr. i. p. 192 & iii. p. 179 (1872) (N.Y., vii., larva ix.); Grote, Bull. Buffalo

N. H. Soc. i, p. 25 (1874); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Boisd., Spec.

Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 91. n. 27 (1875); Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 15 (1875) (Montreal,

common vi. vii.) ; Grote, l.c. ii. p. 238. n. 57 (1875); Mann, Psyche ii. p. 75 (1877) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 620. n. 14 (1877) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 120 (1877) (L. Erie

at sugar, vi. 7th); Dev., ibid. p. 160 (1877); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sei. aii. p. 224. n. 58

(1877) (Canada to Southern St.); Mart., Zrans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 104 (1880)

(larva); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. xii. p. 68 (1882) (larva); Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884)

(Orono, Me.); id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 41. n. 15 (1886) (descr. of 1., p., 7.; on ash, lilac,

Kalnia); Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 44 (1886); Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xv. p. 177

(1888) (Can. to Georgia, Ala., westw. to Missouri, Illin., Wisc., prob. farther west and south) ;

Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 47'(1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life

iii. p. 322 (1891) (N-Y., electr. light); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 301. t. 5. £. 2

(1895) (N.Y., not comm., /., p.; on laurel, lilac, privet, Chionanthus, ash); Goss, Ent. News

vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh., common); Beutenm., /.c. vill. p. 293 (1896) (metam., on

Syringa) ; Fyles, Rept. Ent. Soc. Out. xxx. p. 104 (1900) (Quebec, on Populus trem.).

Lethia kalmiae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141. n. 1511 (1822).

3. Antenna slender in both sexes, not club-shaped ; ciliae of $ rather long,

the basal and subdorsal ones of each segment almost forming a distinct comb.

Palpus prominent. Spines of foreleg slender, none much prolonged ; first segment

of foretarsus as long as that of midtarsus, one-third longer than that of hindtarsus,

more than half as Jong again as the other segments together ; spurs rather long,

long apical one of hindtibia more than half the length of the first tarsal segment ;

comb of midtarsus with some moderately long bristles ; paronychinm with long

pointed lobe.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate, remaining narrow to end, slightly curved,

apex obtuse, somewhat flattened above ; sternite produced into a short, very broad,

irregularly rounded, almost vertical, mesial lobe, which is minutely sinuate in

middle. Clasper with almost straight dorsal margin, little narrowed distad, apex

regularly rounded; harpe (Pl. XXXIX. f. 11) with three processes, a ventral one

( 136 )

finger-like, a little curved at end, and two dorso-distal ones, separated by a rounded

sinus, both pointed, tooth-like, the upper more or less denticulated ; subdorsal fold

of clasper broad above the harpe, short, not extending beyond basal third of clasper,

clothed with long bristles. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 12) with a very long,

slender, apical process, which is concave on the inner side, and is armed at the

outer side just before the rounded end with a minute tooth, reminding one of

the same structure of dugens and allies.

@. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 2) not unlike that of H. lanceolata in many

respects ; the mouth of the vagina in the middle of the plate, which is triangularly

produced proximally, longitudinally folded and grooved mesially ; behind the mouth

of the vagina there is an elongate, somewhat ovate, smooth tubercle.

Larva with sharply-marked black oblique side-bands, horn and anal segment

with black granules, thorax not granulose—Food-plants: Syringa, Ligustrum,

Chionanthus, ete.

Pupa glossy, not strongly sculptured ; tongue-case reaching to end of foreleg,

free, touching breast only with swollen end.

Hab, Atlantic subregion, from Canada to Georgia, westwards to the Mississippi

basin.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 1 pupa, and 12 dd, 6 2? from: Canada ;

N. Jersey. 3

109. Hyloicus gordius.

Sphine gordius Cramer, Pap. Er. iii. p. 91. t. 247. £. B (1779) (Virginia).

3%. Similar in structure to 17. luscitiosa, the lobes of the paronychium much

longer ; hindtibia more spiny in ? than in ¢.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 15) strongly compressed, highest

before end, hooked, pointed, upper surface reduced distally to a line ; sternite

(Pl. XXVIII. f. 14) triangular, obtusely pointed. Clasper as in luseitiosa and

drupiferarum, more rounded dorsally, apex less broad ; harpe (Pl. XX XIX. f. 9)

with a short, broad, concave, rounded, unarmed ventral process, and a much longer,

narrower, irregularly dentate subdorsal one, the latter curving ventrad ; subdorsal

fold of clasper broad, short. Penis-funnel (Pl. XXVIII. f. 42, p-r) rather more

pointed than in uscitiosa; penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 42) ending in a straight,

solid, sharply pointed, conical process.

?. Vaginal plate (P]. XXI. f. 8) convex mesially, impressed laterally, the —

proximal edge sharply marked, mouth of vagina subterminal, situated in a cavity

which extends to the distal edge of the plate.

Larva bright green ; head with a yellow and a brown side-stripe ; seven oblique

side-bands, white, margined with red in front ; horn black, green above and beneath.

On apple, ash and Myrica.

Pupa with a very short free tongue-case, closely applied to the breast.

Two broods.

Hab. Atlantic subregion, from Canada to Georgia, westward to the Mississippi

basin and Colorado.

Two subspecies :

a. H. gordius oslari subsp. nov.

3%. Larger than the Atlantic form, paler, especially the forewing, which is

less shaded with black on disc; discal band of underside of hindwing less sharply —

marked ; black mesial spots of underside of abdomen very small.

mit ee eee

C187)

Hab. Colorado.

In the Tring Museum 3 ¢d,2 22% from Glenwood Springs, Colorado, June

1901 (Oslar).

b. H. gordius gordius.

Sphinx gordius Cramer, .c.; Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sei. Art xxxvi. p. 295. n. 5 (1839) (larva,

pupa); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 218. n. 9 (1856); Fitch, Rept. Ins. N.Y. i. p. 341

(1856) (larva); Clem., Jowrn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 173. n. 70 (1859) (Maine; Mass. ;

Connect.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 198.

n. 8 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1862) (on apple); Grote & Rob., Proc.

Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 165. n, 95 (1865) (Atlantic district); Bowles, Canad. Ent. ii. p. 143

(1871) (Quebec, vi.) ; Lintn., Ext. Contr. i. p. 192 & iti. p. 179 (1872) (N.Y., E. v. vi.) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 91. n. 26 (1875); Pack., Half-hours with Ins. p. 180 (1877) (larva) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 618. n. 6 (1877) : Grote, /.c. iii. p. 224. n. 63 (1877) ; Worth.,

Canad. Ent. x. 16 (1878) (Chicago, larva on black ash in viii. ix.) ; Mart., V'rans. Dept. Agr. Illin.

xviii. App. p. 105 (1880) (larva); Saund., /ns. Inj. Fruit p. 86. n. 32. f. 85 (/.) (1883) (larva,

pupa); Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Me.) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 44. n. 18.

t.1.f. 1 (4) (1886) (larva, pupa; on apple, ash, Myrica) ; Grote, Hawk-Moths N, Am. p. 45

(1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 180. t. 10. f. 1 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to

Georgia, westw. to the Mississippi); Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 48 (1889) (lit. rel.

to metam.) ; Dyar, in Riley, /ns. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y., electric light) ; Beuteum., Bull.

Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 302. t. 5. £. 4 (1895) (N.Y. ; descr. of larva, pupa, imago) ; Trum.,

Ent. News viii, p. 27 (1897) (S. Dakota); Soule, Psyche viii. p. 158 (1897) (larva on Andromeda ;

unusual food) ; Rowl., Hunt. News x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri ; on apple).

Lethia gordius, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141, n. 1512 (1822); Grote,. Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sei.

i. p. 26 (1874) (Canada; N.Y.; Penn.) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ;

Grote, lc. ii. p. 228 n. 62 (1875).

* Sphinx poecila Stephens, (lustr, Brit. Ins., Haust. i. p. 123 (1828) (Mus. Brit) ; Wood, Jad.

Ent, p. 246. t. 53. f. 26b (1839).

Sphing eremitus, Grote, l.l.c.c. (1875-77) (sub syn. as poecilia !).

Gargantua gordius, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 692. n, 3 (1892).

3%. Mesial spots of underside of abdomen distinct, elongate. Forewing more

or less shaded with blackish brown ; discal band of hindwing generally very distinct

above and below.

Hab. Atlantic subregion, from Canada to Georgia, westward to the Mississippi

basin.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, and 12 dd, 6 2 from: Canada; N. Jersey ;

Virginia.

110. Hyloicus luscitiosa.

Sphinz luscitiosa Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 172. n. 69 (1859) (Wisconsin ; N.Y.) ;

Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 197, n. 7 (1862) :

Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. v. p. 165. n. 96 (1865) (Atlantic district) ; Walk., List

Lep. Ins. B.M. xxxi. p. 36 (1866) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii, p. 241. n. 16 (1875) (Montreal,

very rare); Streck., Lep. hop. Het. p. 114. t. 13. f.11 (9 ) (1876) (Canada ; N. Engl. ; Middle

St.; Ohio ; Maryld. ; Virg. ; Ind.; Wisc.) ; Butl., 7’rans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p, 618. n. 7 (1877) ;

Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. iii. p. 225, n. 64 (1877) ; Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884)

(Orono, Me., rare) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 45. n. 19 (1886) (N.J.; willow) ; Grote, Zawk-

Moths N, Am. p. 44 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 181. t. 9. £. 5 (genit.) (1888)

(/. on willow); Soule, Psyche v. p. 85 (1888) (descr. of larva and pupa; poplar) ; Dyar, Ent.

Amer. y. p. 189 (1889) (larva) ; Kunze, nt. News v. p. 265 (1894) (larva on Salix, Betula) ;

Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 302. t. 5. f. 3 (1895) (N.Y., very rare ; larva, pupa ;

willow) ; id., /.c. viii. p. 292 (1896) (metam., on Salix); Brehm, Ent. News viii. p. 20 (1897)

(Newark, egg May 19th); Moff., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 224 (1897) (London, Canada, vi.) ;

Hanh., ibid. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Johnst., ibid. xxx. p. 71 (1898) (Hamilton, Ont.,

y. 28th); Hanh., ‘bid. xxxi. p. 52 (1899) (Manitoba) ; Bolst. & Small., Lut. News xi, p. 580

(1900) (Mass.) ; Fyles, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. xxx. p, 104 (1900) (Quebec, on Populus trem., descr.

of /.).

(138 )

Lethia luscitiosa, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sci. i. p. 26 (1874); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874)

(Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Grote, lc. ii. p, 228. n. 63 (1875) (Mass.; N.Y. ; Wisc.).

Lethea (1) luscitiosa, Strecker, l.c. (sub syn.).

Gargantua luscitiosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 181 (1892),

3. Antenna much shorter in ? than in d, being in the latter about two-fifths,

in the former two-sevenths, the length of the forewing. Palpus roughly scaled as —

in drupiferarum, prominent. Spines of foreleg not prolonged, first segment of

foretarsus nearly as long as segments 2 to 4 together; spurs of mid- and hindtibiae

with a few spines ; hindtibia mostly obviously spinose apically ; long apical spur

of hindtibia about balf the length of the first tarsal segment, or less ; this segment

as long as the other four together ; paronychium reduced, with a short slender lobe ;

midtarsus without distinct comb of long bristles ; third row of tarsal spines rather

less pointing distad than the spines of the other rows, especially in ¢.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite similar to that of gordius, very strongly compressed,

pointed, hooked, shorter than in gordivs ; the sternite nearly as in that species,

the lobe rather shorter, more rounded at end. Clasper as in drupiferarum, dorsal

margin almost straight in middle ; harpe (Pl. XXXLX. f. 10) divided into two lobes

by a rounded apical sinus, the lobes of nearly equal length and width, both slightly

curved towards each other and somewhat concave, ne lower one Shp at end,

without dentition, the upper pointed and dentate at dorsal margin. Penis-funnel

(Pl. XXVIII. f. 43. p-r) obtusely rounded, convex beneath, not prismatical ; penis-

sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 48) somewhat twisted apically, ending in a sharp conical

process. :

?. Vaginal plate somewhat resembling that of 77. chersis and gordius ; mouth

of vagina subterminal, the anterior margin of the cavity somewhat sinuate in the

middle.

Larva with minute black ring-dots situated upon the annulets; horn with

black lateral line, tip black, head and horn rngose ; side-bands white, bordered in

front with pints lilae.—Food-plants : Salix; Populus ; Betula.

Papa with a short (8 mm.) tongue-case, which is free, but lies closely against

the breast.

Hab. Canada to Virginia, westward to the Mississippi basin and Colorado.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 2 pupae, and 2 dd 13 $2 from: N. Jersey ;

Denyer, Colorado (Oslar).

111. Hyloicus drupiferarum.

Sphine drupiferarum Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 71. t. 36 (1, 7.) (1797) (on Celtis & plum) ;

Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 177. t. 9. f. 3. 4 (genit.) (1888) (syn. pro parte ; Canada

to Georgia, westw. to Calif., Vancouver I., Oregon, Colorado, Utah).

Lethia drupiferarum, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141. n. 1510 (1822).

gd %. Antenna short, only one-third (¢) or less (?) the length of the forewing.

Palpus much produced beyond the scaling of the frons. Spines of foreleg numerous

bat not long; first segment of foretarsus incrassate, about as long as segments

2 and 3 together ; first midtarsal sezment longer than the other segments together,

comb with some long bristles, spines of rows 2 and 3 rather close together and long;

long apical spur of hindtibia more than half the length of first tarsal sezment,

which is longer than segments 2 to 5 together, the metatibial spurs often with one

or two spines ; paronychium with lobes, which, however, do not reach far beyond

the middle of the claw. There are two or three black lines in the cell of the

( 139 )

forewing corresponding to the bases of the branches of the radial trachea in

the chrysalis. The black ventro-lateral lines of the abdomen are very distinct.

&. Tenth abdominal tergite rather strongly curved, sides of process nearly

parallel, apex rather abruptly narrowed to an obtusely pointed hook, upper surface

rather flattened, underside convex; sternite with a broad, distally somewhat

narrowed, gently curved, apically sinuate and rounded mesial lobe. Clasper broadly

sole-shaped, rather narrow at end, dorsal margin more rounded than ventral one ;

harpe (PI. XXXVUIL. f. 19) produced ventro-distally into a finger-like process, which

is slightly curved; the dorso-distal corner occupied by a heavy curved tooth,

accompanied at the distal edge by a few smaller teeth. Penis-funnel (GJ: @:@'4 805

f. 41) ventrally produced into a solid pointed cone ; penis-sheath dorsally prolonged

into a concave, apically rounded process, which is armed just before end by a

sharp tooth.

g. Vaginal plate (PI. XXI. f. 4) much wrinkled, the proximal mesial part,

convex, raised in front of the vaginal cavity, forming a kind of roof over it which

conceals the opening of the vagina from view ; behind the cavity there is a smooth

large tubercle, rather abruptly truncate proximally, the plate at both sides of this

tubercle concave.

Larva with red oblique side-bands, bordered with white distally ; head and

horn rugose, not grannlose.—Food-plants : Prunus; Pirus; Syringa ; ete.

Pupa: tongue-case free, 6 mm. long, obviously longer than in lgustri ;

eremaster ending in two rather long points.

Two broods ; apparently no seasonal variation.

Hab. Nearetic region.

Two geographical races which are structurally the same.

a. Il. drupiferarum drupiferarum.

Sphine drupiferarum Abbot & Smith, Lc. ; Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 294. n. 3

(1839); Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 218. n. 7 (1856) ; Fitch, Rept. Ins. N.Y. iii. p. 362

(1856); Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 172. n. 68 (1859) (Penn, ; Mass. ; on plum) ;

Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; C’em., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 197. n. 6 (1862) ;

Harris, ed. Flint, ns. Inj. Veget. p. 328 (1862); Lintn., Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. iii. p. 658

(1864) (deser. of /.); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 165. 0. 93 (1865) (Atlantic

district); Reed, Canad. Ent. iii. p. 5. fig. 1. 2. 3 (U., p., 7.) (1871) (Ontario, vii. viii.) ; Bowles,

ibid. p. 143 (1871) (Ontario) (vi.) ; Lintn., Hut. Contr. i. p. 192 & iii. p. 179 (1872) (N.Y., vi.,

larva on plum viii.); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Boisd., Spec. (rén.

Lép, Hét. i. p. 97. vu. 34 (1875); Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 14 (1875) (Montreal, common,

vi. vii.) ; Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Iilin. xviii, App. p. 104 (1880) (larva) ; Reed, Rept. Ent.

Soc. Ont. xii. p. 67. fig. (1882) (metam.); Saund., Ins. Inj. Fruit p. 163. f. 170. 171. 172

(1883) (all stages descr.) ; Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Me., common) ; Jack.,

ibid. xvii. p. 31 (1885) (Quebec) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 38. n. 14. t. 1. f. 2 (i). 3 (1). 4 (p.)

(1886); Grote, Hawk-Moths N. Am. p. 43 (1886); Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 177

(1888) (partim); Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxvi. p. 47 (1889); Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life

iii. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y.; electr. light); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H. vii. p. 300. t. 5, f. 1

(1895) (N.Y. ; deser. of 1, p.,7.; on apple, plum, Celtis) ; id., /.c. viii. p. 291 (1896) (metam.,

on Prunus); Trum., Ent. News viii. p. 27 (1897) (8. Dakota) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292

(1897) (Manitoba); Rowl., Ent. News x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri ; on apple, plum) ; Nash, ¢bid.

xi. p. 581. fig. (1900) (fine photo of larva) ; Fletch., Repl. Ent. Soc. Ont. xxx. p. 32. £.6 (é.).

7 (/.) (1900); Fern., nt. News xi. p. 581. t. 16 (1900).

3%. The well-known Atlantic form.

Hab. Canada to Georgia westward to the Mississippi basin ; rather common.

In the Tring Musenm 4 larvae, 1 pupa,and 8 gd, 11 ?% from: Ontario ;

Maine; N. Jersey ; New York.

( 140 )

b. H. drupiferarum utahensis.

Sphine utahensis Edwards, Papilio i. p. 115 (1881) (Utah, coll. Neumoegen) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.

i. p. 692. n. 20 (1892).

Sphinx vancouverensis, Holland (non Edwards, 1874), Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 103 (1886) (vancour.=

drupif. ex err.).

Sphinx drupiferarum var. utahensis, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xv. p. 178 (1888).

3%. The western form, which is whiter than the ordinary eastern form.

Hab. Colorado to Utah, California, Oregon, probably in all the western States.

In the Tring Museum 10 ¢¢,5 ° 2 from: South Dakota; Colorado : Glenwood

springs, Colorado springs, and Durango (Oslar).

112. Hyloicus ligustri.

Sphinz ligustri Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 490. n. 7 (1758).

3. Antenna one-third (¢) or less than one-third (?) the length of the

forewing, not obviously incrassate before the hook ; apical segments see Pl. LX. f. 9.

Spines of foreleg not prolonged, first protarsal segment as long as segments

2 to 4 together; mesotarsus without comb; spurs without spines ; hindtibia

not spiny, long apical spur more than half the length of the first tarsal segment,

this longer than the four other segments together; paronychium with long

slender lobes. The black antemedian band of the hindwing is either isolated,

or is more or less merged together with the discal band; in the latter case

the discal band has a more proximal position than in the former. Extreme ~

individuals of the second form are called ab. spiraeae ; this is neither local nor

is it produced only by such caterpillars as feed on Spéraea. In this ab. spiraeae,

as well as in individuals with separate antemedian band, the hindwing has

sometimes very little or no red, reminding one of H. drupiferarum. A specimen

in the Tring Museum, bred from a larva taken in 1890 at Hemel Hempsted,

Herts., by Mr. Arthur Wilson, has the black colour much more developed

than any other example we have seen, the greater part of the forewing, the median

band of the upperside of the abdomen and the underside of the latter being

brownish black; the discal band of the hindwing is broad, but the antemedian

band is distinctly separated from it, though the slightly reddish interspace is, like

the postdiscal interstitial band, shaded with brown. A d from Harrow-on-the-Hill

has scarcely a trace of pink.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long, subcylindrical, gently curved, distally

flattened, apex divided into two sharp points (Pl. XXVIII. f. 16); sternite (PI.

XXVIII. f. 17) with a very long horizontal lobe divided into two long slender

processes, which are cylindrical, tapering to end. Clasper broad, dorsally rounded,

ventrally oblique, broadly rounded at end ; harpe (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 19) ending in

a broad concave plate, the yentro-distal margin of which is turned up and somewhat

notched, while the oblique dorsal edge is irregularly dentate ; the harpe bears some

resemblance to that of Protoparce sesquiplex (Pl. XXXVI. f. 12). Penis-fannel

(Pl. XXVIITL f. 40, p-r) rounded ; penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 40) ending in a

rather short, broad, obtusely rounded process.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 5) obviously different from that of the allied

species ; the mouth of the vagina (v) is proximal, the middle of the postvaginal

plate is flat, slightly concave at the sides, convex in middle, smooth, and bordered

laterally by an oblique fold, which is often irregularly folded transversely.

( 141 )

Iarva resembling that of drupiferarum, side-bands deeper red.—Food :

Ligustrum, Spiraea, Fraxinus, ete.

Pupa: tongue-case free, close to the breast, 5 mm. long or less ; cremaster

with two apical and two subapical points.

Hab. Palaearctic Region, from Scotland and Scandinavia southwards to Spain

and Italy, not in Greece; eastwards to Japan.

Bartel, Zc. records it from N.W. Africa and the Canary Islands, giving

Speyer as the authority for this statement. Staud. & Rebel mention, with, the

Azores as being inhabited by ligustr?.

Two subspecies :

a. H. ligustri constricta.

*Sphine constricta Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 113 (1885) (Japan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.

i. p. 692. n. 24 (1892).

*Sphinx ligustri var. amurensis Oberthiir, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 56 (1886) (Amurld. ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Staud., in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 220. n. 208 (1892) (Amur) ; Kirby, /.c. i. p. 692.

sub n. 23 (1892) (Manchuria) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 48 (1899).

Sphinx ligustri var. spiraeae, Graeser (non Esper, 1806), Berl. Ent. Zeitschr, xxxii. p. 104. n. 179

(1888) (Amurld., n. vii.).

Sphine ligustri var. constricta, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep.ed. ii. p. 101 sub n. 734 (1901) (=amu-

rensis ; Jap., Chin.s., Amur, Uss.).

Sphinx ligustri, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 589. n. 35 (1888) (=constricta) ; id., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond. p. 287. n. 63 (1898) (Hakodate, vi.) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 47 (1899) (Japan, “common”

ex err.!).

3 ¢. Structurally the same as lig. Uigustri. Agrees in colour with certain

specimens of ab. spzraeae. The black colour is prominent, the pink colour reduced

in intensity. There is as yet very little material in collections.

This form is of interest in so far as it stands intermediate to a certain degree

between drupiferarum and European ligustri. The antemedian and median bands

of the hindwing are separate in typical (7g. ligustri ; they are confluent in a few

specimens which occur apparently everywhere among typical lig. ligustr? ; the red

colour is, besides, occasionally reduced in intensity. In lg. constricta the bands

are always more or less confluent and the red colour bleached, while in drupiferarum

both characters are exaggerated, there being no red tint and the two bands being

completely fused to one median band, which shows occasionally traces of grey

scaling centrally, indicating the original three-banded state.

Hab, N. China, Amurland and Japan, apparantly rare.

Jn the Tring Museum 2 6d from: Amurland ; Sidemi.

In the collection of Mons. de Joannis from Hien-Hien, N. China.

b. H. ligustri ligustri.

Hoefn., Arch. t. 4 (1592); id., Div. Ins. t. 9 (1630); Bouhin, Traité Anim. p. 88 (1593) ;

Monff., Theatr. Ins. p. 91. f. 2, p. 182. f. 1 (1634); Jonst., Hist. Nat. Ins. t. 19. f. 1. 2

(1653) ; Merian, Eur. Ins, iii. p. 63 n. 124. t. 124 (1, p., 7.) (1683) ; Goed., ed. Lister, /ns.

p. 71. f. 25 (1685); Jung, Mist. Verm. p. 108 (1691); Jacob., Mus. reg. Dan. t. 1. f. 24

(1696) ; Raj., Hist. Ins. p. 144. n. 1., p. 362. n. 62 (1710); Albin, Nat. Hist. Engl. Ins. t. 7

(1720) ; (Anonym.), Bresl. Samml, Julius Cl. 4, Art. 4. n. 6 fig. (7., p., 1.) (1723) ; Réaum.,

Hist. Mém. i. p. 293. t. 14. f. 1 (1734) ; id., lc. ii. 2. p. 1. t. 20. £. 1-4 (1736) (Sphinx !) ;

Swamm., Bibl. Nat. p. 223. 388. 389. t. 29. f.1 (/.). 2 (p). 3 (2). (1737) ; Linné, Fauna Suec.

ed. i, p. 248. n. 809 (1746) ; Wilke, Hngl. Moths, Cl. i. S. B. p. 10. t. 3 (1747) ; Rosel, Ins.

Bel, iii. p. 25. t. 5. £. 4.5 (1755) ; Hemm., Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 3. f. a. b. (1751 ?) ; Gronov., Act.

Helv. vy. p. 140. n. 311 (1762) ; Geoffr., Hist. Ins. ii. p. 84. n. 7 (1762) ; Gronov., Zooph. p. 202.

n. 820 (1764) ; Seba, Vhesaur. iv. t. 53. £. 12. 14., t. 55., f. 13. 14. 15. (fig. malae), t. 60. £. 19.

( 142)

2. f. a-g (1766) ; Deg., Mém. Hist. Ins. i. p. 14. t. 1. £. 6 (1)

20 (1765) ; Harris, Aurel. ;

71); Ern. & Engr., Pap. Eur. iii. p. 9. t. 85. f, 113. a-g

(1752) ; id., Le. ii. p. 238. n.

(1785).

Sphine ligustri Livné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 490. n. 7 (1758) ; id., Fauna Suee. ed. ii. p. 287. n. 1087

(1761) ; Sepp, Nederl. Ins. i. 3. p. 15. t. 3. f. 1-5 (egg, LL). t. 4. f. 1 (p.). 2. 3 (7.) (1762) ;

Scop., Ent. Carn. p. 185. n. 470 (1763) ; Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 347 (1764) ; Miill., Fauna

Fridr. p. 37. n, 344 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 417. n. 7 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat.

ed. xii. p. 799. n, 8 (1767); Beckm., Epitom. p. 160. n. 6 (1772); Mill. Naturs.,

v. 1. p. 638. n. 8 (1774); Goeze, Bonnet’s ete. Abh. p. 95. n. 6. note (1773); Gleditsch,

Forstwissensch. i. p. 272 (1775); id., ii. p. 163. n, 1, p. 194. n. 2 (1775); Harr, Engl.

Lep. p. 30. n. 205 (1775) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 545, n. 28 (1775) ; Fuessl., Verz. Schweiz. Ins.

p. 32. n. 615 (1775) ; Mill., Zool. Dan. p. 116. n. 1337 (1776) ; Schiff. & Den., Wien. Verz.

p. 41. n. 2 (1776) ; Mad., ed. Kleem., Raupenkal. p. 62. n, 175, p. 79. n. 227 (1777) ; Meyer,

in Fuessl., Wag. Ent. i. p. 265 (1778) ; Esp., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 61. t. 6 (1779) & p. 226. t. 36. f. 7.

(egg) (1782); Blum., Handb. Naturg. p. 364. n. 4 (177%) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 151.

n. 8 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 150. n. 47 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 67. n. 553. 554

(1782) ; Retz., Gen. Ins. p. 34. n. 31 (1783) ; Fourer., Ent. Paris. ii. p. 253. n. 7 (1785); Fabr.,

Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 51 (1787) ; Borkh., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 92. n. 2, p. 146. n 12, p. 180.

n. 11 (1789) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 163. n. 1056 (1790) ; View., Verz. Brandenb. i. p. 9.

n. 12 (1790); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2377. n. 8 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 199. 355.

496. 634 (1791) ; Borkb., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 317. u. 145 (1793) ; Panz., Fauna Germ. p. 8. 0. 17

(1793) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. i. p. 374. 0. 55 (1793) ; Prunn., Lep. Ped. p. 83. 0.'169 (1798) ;

Donov., Brit. Ins. viii. p. 79. t. 284 (1799); Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1. p. 223. n. 1385 (1798-

1804) ; Walk., Fauna Paris. Ins. ii. p. 279 (1802); Thunb., Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 10 (1804);

Bechst. and Scharf., Forstins. ii. p. 341. n. 6 (1805); Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schm., Schw.

p. 98 n. 4. t. 14. f. 69(@) & . 31. f. 143 (1805-24); Turt., Syst. Nat. iii, 2. p. 176.

(1806) ; Hitbn., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. Cl. f. 2a. b. ec. (1806-18) ; Rossi,

ed. Illig., Fauna Etr. p. 262. n. 1056 (1807); Nag., Hiilfsh. Schm. p. 154 (1818) ; Sam.,

Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819) ; God., Lép. France iii. p. 22. n. 3. t. 15 (1821); Lep. & Serv.,

Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 65. f. 4-6 (1825); Meig., Handb. Schm. p. 99. n. 15 (1827) ;

Steph., Jllustr. Brit. Ins., Haust. i. p. 121. n. 5 (1828); Boisd., Znd. Meth. p. 48. n. 393

(1829) ; Steph., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 32 (1829) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr. Eur. Schm. ii. p. 142. n. 13

t. 67. f. 1 (1830); Cant., in Silb., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dépt. Var, vi., ix.) ; Beske, ibid.

ii. p. 177 (1834) (Hamburg) ; Friv, ibid. ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary) ; Lue., Lép. Eur. p. 115.

t. 47 (1834) ; Thon, Nat. Schm. t. 54. f. 738. 739. 740 (1837) ; id. & Reich., Ins. Krebse Spinn.

p. 107. t. 54. f. 738.739. 740 (1838) ; Blanch., Hist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 479 (1840) ; Frey., N. Beitr.

Schm. iv. p. 39. n. 516. t. 318. £. 1 (1842) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths p. 13. t. 3. f. 4. 5. 6.

(1843) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 112 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslaw i.

p- 5 (1847) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. 1. p. 90. n. 26 (1847) ; Bruand, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 43

(1849) (pupa lying 4 years) ; Lab., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 50 (1850) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins.

B.M. viii. p. 214. n. 2 (1856) ; Vill., Bull. Soe. Ent. Fr. p. 159 (1859) (on Paulownia) ; Mann,

Wien. Ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 92 (1859) (Sicily) ; Praun, Zur. Schm., Sphing. t. 6. v. £. 5 (1860);

Com., Ent. Weekly Int. viii. p. 203 (1860) (on holly) ; Wilde, Pf. & Raup. ii. p. 85. t. 2. £. 31

(1861) ; Siev., Bull. Moscou p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.) ; Mann, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 66

(1862) (Brussa) ; Wallengr., Skand. Het. Pjtr. p. 32. n. 2 (1863); Led., Wien. Ent. Monatschr.

vii. p. 22 (1863) (Bulg.; Rumel.) ; Ball, Bull. Moscow p. 364 (1864) (Gorki) ; Chiff., Zoolog.

xxii. p. 8906 (1864) ; Gase., ibid. p. 8968 (1864) ; Crewe, ibid. p. 9054 (1864) (larva) ; Paris,

Bull. Soc. Ent. Pr. p. 39 (1865) ; Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell.,

Viind. Nederl. p. 98 (1867) (vi. vii.) ; Girard., Bull. Soc. Ent. Ir. p. 47 (1867) (musk secret.) +

MacLachl., Ent. Mo. Mag. iii. p. 137 (1867) ; Duer, ibid. p. 163 (1867) (on holly) ; Briggs, ébid.

p. 206 (1867) (on holly); Newm., Entom. ili. p. 34 (1867) (deser. of larva) ; Tengstr., Act.

Soc. F. F’. Fenn. x. p. 6. n. 91 (1869) ; Braine, Entom. iv. p. 322 (1869) (on Salix) ; Nix, ibid.

p- 322 (1869) (Agemogenesis) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii, p. 146. n. 68 (1870) (Breda) ; Clogg,

Entom. v. p. 356 (1871) (Agamogenesis) ; Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 23. n. 3 (1872)

(vi. vii.) ; Clogg, l.c. vi. 30 (1873) ; id., l.c. p. 231 (1873) (Agamogenesis) ; Harw., ibid. p. 411

(1873) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 96. n. 33 (1875) ; Noll, Zoolog. Gart. xvi. p. 114

(1875) (Canaries) ; Siebke, Enum. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 23. n. 2 (1876) ; Girard., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr,

p- 179 (1876) (larva ; flicherie) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 620. n. 16 (1877) ; Coop.,

Entom. xi. p. 20. (1878) ; Bign., ibid. p. 274 (1878) (paras.) ; Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr.

p. 15 (1880) (‘Lauferer Thal) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Granb. xxiii. p. 44 (1880) ; Reich., Ent.

Nachr, vi. p. 141. (1880) (scent-org.) ; Fiign., ibid. p. 160 (1880) (scent-organ) ; Bertk., ibid.

3. t.

( 143 )

p. 206 (1880) (scent-organ) ; Auriv., Kongl. So. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix. v. p. 130. 0. 165. (1882)

(revision) ; Rom., Wém. Lép. i. p. 69 (1884) (Borjom ; Tiflis; Derbent) ; Lampa, nt. Tidskr.

vi. p. 26. n. 111 (1885) ; Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 165 (1885) (éclos.) ; Poult., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond. p. 281 (1885) (postembr. devel.) ; id., Jc. p. 137 (1886) (devel. of col.) ; Amel.,

Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi, p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sic. vii. p. 41

(1889) (if occurr.?) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 692. n. 23 (1892); Bartt., Lep. Brit. Isl. ii.

p. 31. n. 3. t. 47. f. 1. a-c (1893) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. vii. f. 2 (embr.). p. 28. t. 7. f. 2

(1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 29. t. 16. f. 22 (1894) ; Pfitz., Zris x. p. 160 (1897) (Sprottau, pale

hindwg.); Vos, Tijdschr. Ent. xli. p. 79 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii.

p. 43 (1899) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. n. 734 (1901).

Sphinx spiraeae Esper, Ew. Schm. ii. Suppl. p. 21. n. 72. t. 42. f. 1 (1806).

Herse ligustri, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii, 1. p. 762. n. 2 (1815) ( =spiraeue).

Sphynx ligustri, Vogel, Schin. Cabin. i. p. 23. t. 5. f. 3 (1821).

Sphine ligustre (!), Lalanne, Wan. Ent. p. 116. n. 5 (date ?).

Hab. Burope eastwards to Asia Minor and Central Asia.

In the Tring Museum a number of larvae and pupae and a long series of

imagines from various localities.

Noll, d.c., says that Uégustr? was very common at flowers between 8 and 9 p.m.

at Teneriffe. Was it really Uigustri and not /erse convolouli ?

113. Hyloicus dolli (PI. XIII. f. 11, 3).

Sphinx (fHyloicus) dolli Neumoegen, Papilio i. p. 149 (1881) (Prescott, Ariz.).

Sphinx dolli, Grote, New Check List p. 11 (1882).

“Hyloicus dolli, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n. 10 (1892).

3. Antenna longer than in the allies of chersis and drupiferarum, half the

length of the forewing. Tongue rather weak. Palpus not prominent. Spines

of forelegs comparatively as stout as in chess and longer, apical spine of segment 1

about as long as segment 3; spurs of mid- and hindtibia very short, not or little

longer than the tibia is broad; first segment of hindtarsus much shorter than tibia,

also shorter than the four other segments together. Cross-veins of hindwing often

straight. Paronychinm reduced, without lobes ; claws long and slender. Comb of

midtarsus with one or two prolonged bristles.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long, slender, compressed, geutly curved, pointed,

subsuleate beneath ; sternite with a broad, slightly curved, flat, mesial lobe which

somewhat narrows towards the sinuate apex. Clasper strongly rounded, dilated

dorsally in middle, thence narrowed to apex (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 9) ; harpe with a

single, broad, somewhat spatulate, concave process, dentate at the edge, upper

margin continuous with the subdorsal fold of the clasper and, like the fold, clothed

with very long bristles. Penis-sheath curved and somewhat twisted (P]. XXVIII.

f. 54), ending in a broad, pointed process.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Avizona ; Colorado ; Utah.

Two subspecies :

a. HH. dolli coloradus (Pl. XII. f. 11, 2).

Sphine coloradus Smith, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 153 (1887) (Colorado) ; Edw., ibid. p. 223 (1888) ;

Smith, 7rans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 189 (1888); Neum, Lunt. News iv. p. 134 (1893) (local

form of dolli).

dg. Forewing above with black submarginal line R?—M?.

Hab. Colorado ; Utah.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd from: Utah ; Colorado: Glenwood Springs,

Golden, Garfield county.

( 144 )

b. H. dolli dolti.

Sphinx dolli Neumoegen, /.c. ; Smith, /.c. xv. p. 189 (1888) (Prescott) ; Ottol., Ent. News vi. p. 218

(1895) (in coll. Neumoeg.).

6. Forewing without black submarginal line R°—M?.

Hab. Arizona.

Not seen.

114. Hyloicus sequoiae (PI. XIII. f. 8, 3).

Anceryx coniferarum, Walker (non Abbot & Smith, 1797), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 224. n. 2

(1856) (partim). \

*Sphine scquoiae Boisduval, Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xii. p. 66. n. 70 (1868) (Calif. ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. iv. p. 110 (1874) (Bear Valley, S. Nevada, vi.) ; Boisd.,

Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 101. 0, 39 (1875) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 117. t. 13. £. 17 (1876) ;

Edw., Papilio iii. p. 25 (1883) (Butte C», vii., at night); Riv., ibid. p. 65 (1883) (Berkeley,

Calif., at flowers, iv.) ; Smith, 7rans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 188 (1888) (Calif.).

Hyloicus sequoiae, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sci. i. p. 27 (1874) ; id., Le. ii. p. 228. n. 70 (1875) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 616. n. 2 (1877) (U. St.) ; Grote, Lc. iii. p. 225, n. 73 (1877)

(Calif. ).

3%. Antenna rather shorter than in dolli, strongly narrowed basad, widened

distally, very distinctly club-shaped in 2. Spines of foreleg shorter and less stout

than in doll’, spurs of mid- and hindtibia a little longer. Paronychinm with a short

but distinct lobe. Palpus not prominent.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite slender, long, gently curved, with almost parallel

sides, abruptly narrowed to a point (PI. XXVIII. f. 11, a); lobe of sternite

(Pl. XXVIII. f. 11, b) rather deeply sinuate, the two halves sharply pointed.

Clasper (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 7) dilated dorsad in middle, thence strongly narrowed

to end, the edge irregularly undulate; harpe with a single, almost flat, broad

process, heavily but irregularly dentate at the distal edge, the teeth long, sharp,

often bearing a smaller tooth, the upper edge of the harpe continuous with the

broad subdorsal fold of the clasper and, like the fold, clothed with long bristles.

Penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 53) similar to that of vancouverensis, but the apical

process much broader proximally.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 22) reminding one to a certain extent of that of

P. lefeburei (Pl. XX. f. 1); mouth of vagina subapical, behind it there is an —

ovate, not much raised, tubercle ; the edge of the cavity is rugose and bears, like

the lateral part of the plate, dispersed long slender scales, which are situated on —

granules ; the plate is transverse, with the ventro-lateral edges somewhat prominent,

being distinctly raised above the level of the membrane connecting the plate with

the seventh sternite ; on this membrane there is on each side a chitinised half-ring,

more or less interrupted laterally.

Early stages not described.

Hab. Pacific Subregion of Nearctic Region : California, probably farther north.

In the Tring Museum 15 dd, 8 $2 from California: Sacramento, August ;

Central Calif., July.

115. Hyloicus crassistriga spec. nov.

Kentochrysalis streckeri, Leech (non Staudinger, 1880), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 290 (1898) (partim).

?. Tongue short and weak. Palpus slender, rough-haired. Antenna thickened

distally, with a large brown patch, occupying the greater part of the dorsal surface.

Yore- and midtibiae with very few spines at the end. Paronychium without lobes.

( 145 )

Body above pale brown, palest on the sides. A black oblique line on each side

from base of antenna to collar; edge of collar and upper edge of mesothoracic

tegula rather broadly black, especially the latter ; abdomen (rather soiled) with

a black mesial line and black lateral patches. Underside cinnamon bistre brown :

first segment of palpus pale.

Wings adove. Forewing : wood-brown, with the following brownish black

markings : two very oblique antemedian costal lines across apex of cell, followed by

a short streak in cell, and continued from M? to inner margin, which they reach

about 5 mm. from base, connected with base by a streak, interspace filled up with

black behind ; two heayy discal streaks R*—M?, the upper one the longer, a third

streak R'—R? more oblique; the discal lines crossed by these streaks not well

expressed, being represented by blackish brown clouds or patches, the lines coming

out more clearly beyond M?; a heavy, oblique, apical line ; some small submarginal

spots; fringe brownish black with white dots. Hindwing: mummy brown, paler

towards base ; fringe spotted with white.

Underside mummy brown, somewhat greyish. Forewing with a vestigial

discal band nearer distal margin than cell, a thin apical line. Hindwing with

two vestigial distal bands.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 11) resembling somewhat that of digustri ;

mouth of vagina proximal, a small folded ridge in front of it, the ridge continued

on both sides as a longitudinal fold to apex of plate.

Length of forewing 38 mm.

Hab. Japan.

One specimen in the British Museum, ex coll. Leech.

116. Hyloicus pinastri.

Sphinz pinastri Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 20 (1758).

Hyloicus pinastri, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1483 (1822).

Anceryx pinastri, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 223. n. 1 (1856).

*Hyloicus asiaticus Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 260. n. 58 (1875) (Scinde ? ;—Mus. Brit.).

Sphinx saniptri Strecker, Lep. p. 118. t. 13. £. 18 (1876).

3%. Antenna three-sevenths (¢) or a little more than one-third (¢) the

length of the forewing, slightly incrassate distally. Palpus not so much produced

as in chersis and allies, rather slender, especially in ¢. Armature of foreleg weak,

none of the spines obviously prolonged ; foretibia only with a few apical and lateral

spines, first tarsal sezment as long as the next three together ; midtarsus without

comb, the proximal spines of row 4 not being essentially longer than the more

distal spines ; hindtibia without spines ; spurs long, with or without spines, long

distal one of hindtibia two-thirds or three-fourths the length of the first tarsal

segment; this longer than the four other segments together.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite rather strongly curved, broad, tapering to a point,

somewhat flattened and sulcate above, concave beneath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 18) ;

sternite completely divided into two narrow, somewhat curved, lobes. Clasper

sole-shaped, rounded-narrowed from before middle to apex ; harpe (Pl. XXXVIIL.

f. 11. 12) with two processes, a ventral one which is broad, obtuse, and a much

longer upper one which is cylindrical or flattened, tapering to the pointed end,

somewhat curved, pointing ventro-distad. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 49. 50)

apically produced into a concave process.

( 146 )

9. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 6) elongate-triangular, rounded distally ;

mouth of vagina median, covered proximally by a prominent flap, which is

individually variable ; behind the vaginal opening there is a large smooth mesial

tubercle.

Larva without the oblique bands of other Hyloicus, with longitudinal dashes,

and strongly marked ringlets ; head, frontal surface excepted, horn and anal

segment granulose.—Food : various Conéferae.

Sheath of tongue of chrysalis short, free, appressed to the breast.

Hab. Palaearctic Region ; also in N. America (introduced).

In the Brit. Mus. there is a d collected by Doubleday in the United States.

This specimen does not differ from European 3d. The saniptri of Strecker is

doubtless the same. These North American pnastri are surely introduced

specimens, or offspring of such, as the sexual armature—which is identical in

Donbleday’s ¢ with that of European examples—does not show any difference,

while we should expect it to differ obviously, if the Nearctic pénast7? had been an

inhabitant of that region for a longer period.

As the species occurs in Europe and Japan, it will most likely also be found

in China, Thibet and Kashmir, and at the south side of the Himalayas at higher

elevations.

a. H. pinastri pinastri.

Réaum, JMém. i. t. 13. f. 8 (1734); Roesel, Insect. Belust. i. 1. p. 41. t. 6 (1746) ; Gadd., Obs.

Satagund. p. 28 (1747) ; Hemm., Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 2. f. a. b. (175-?) ; Schaeff., Zcon. Ratish.

t. 110. f. 1.2 (1766) ; Deg., Mém. Hist. Ins. ii. 1. p. 234. n. 1 (1771); id., Le. iv. p. 169. 695.

t. 10. f. 1. 2. 3. (1774) ; Ern. & Engr., Pap. Ew, iii. p. 17. t. 97. f. 115. f. a-f (1785).

Sphinx pinastri Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 20 (1758) ; id., Fauna Suec. p. 288. n. 1088 (1761);

Poda, Mus. Graec. p. 80.n. 4 (1761) ; Sepp., Nederl. Ins. t. 3. p. 23. £. 5 (1762) ; Scop., Ent.

Carn. p. 187. n. 473 (1763) ; Hufn., Berlin. Mag. ii. p. 182. n. 10 (1766) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist.

i. 11. p. 450. n. 20 (1767) ; Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 802. n, 22 (1767) ; Drury, //lustr,

N. Hist. i. p. 58. t. 25. £. 2 (1770) ; Forst., Cat. Anim. N. Am. p. 29 (1771) ; Miill., Naturs,

y. 1. p. 642. n. 22 (1774) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 541. mn. 16 (1775) ; Fuessl., Vere. Schweiz. Ins.

p- 33. n. 621 (1775) ; Schiff. & Den., Wien. Verz. p. 41 (1776) ; Mad., ed. Kleem., Raupenkal.

p- 71. n. 202 & p. 87. n. 249 (1777) ; Meyer, in Fuessl., Mag. Ent. i. p. 266 (1778) ; Goeze, Ent.

Beytr. iii, 2. p. 174. n. 22 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ent. ii. p. 146. n. 30 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb.

p. 67. n. 555-557 (1782) ; Esp., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 106. n. 12. t. 12. £. 1. 2.3 (1779) & p. 233.

t. 36. f. 9 (1782); Retz., Gen. Ins. p. 33. n. 27 (1783) ; Fuessl., N. Mag. Ent. iii. p. 157. n. 130,

p- 158. n. 139 (1786) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 33 (1787) ; Borkh., Zur. Schm. ii. p. 101.

n. 4, p. 147, p. 180. n. 3 (1789); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2385. n. 22 (1790); View., Tab.

Verz. Brandenb. i. p. 6. n. 6 (1790) ; Brahm, Insectenkald. ii. 1. p. 127. n. 63 (1791) ; Schwarz, —

Raupenkald. p. 496, 0. 633 (1791) ; Panz., Fauna Germ. p. 82. n. 22 (1793) ; Fabr., Ent, Syst.

iii. 1. p. 367. n. 35 (1793) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 317. n. 144 (1793) ; Cederh., Fauna Ingr.

p- 213. n. 653 (1798) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. p. 224. n. 1386 (1798-1804) Bechst. & Scharf.,

Forstins. ii. p. 339, n. 5 (1805); Hiibn., Hur. Schm., Sphing. p. 98. n. 1. t. 13. £. 67 (¢)

(1805-24) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 243. n. 4 (1808); Hiibn., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sph. iii.

Leg. C. b. f. 1. a (1806-18) ; Nag., Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 158 (1818); Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 244

(1819) ; Vogel, Schm. Cabin, i. p. 26. t. 7. £. 5. a. b. (1821) ; God., Hist. Nat. Lép. iii. p. 30.

t. 17. f. 1 (1821) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 464. t. 64. £. 1-3 (1825) ; Meig., Handb. Schm.

p. 99. n. 16 (1827) ; Boisd., Jnd. Meth. p. 48. n. 392 (1828) ; Steph., ///ustr. Brit. Ins., Haust.

i. p. 121. n, 6 (1828); id., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 32 (1829); Meig., Syst. Beschr. Eur. Schm.

ii, p. 145. n. 16. t. 67. £. 3 (1830) ; Cant., in Silb., Rev. Ent, i. p. 77 (1833) (Dépt. Var, v. ix.) ;

Beske, ibid. ii. p. 177 (1834) (Hamburg) ; Lucas, Lép. Eur. p. 116. t. 46. f. 3 (1834) ; Thon,

Nat. Schm., t. 54. £. 741. 742. 743 (1837) ; id. & Reich., Jus. Krebse Spinn. p. 107. t. 54. £. 741.

742. 743 (1838) ; Ratzeb., Forstins. ii. p. 74 (1840) ; Zett., /ns, Lapp. p. 917 (1840) ; Westw. &

Humpbhr., Brit. Moths p. 13. t. 3. f. 7. 8. 9 (1843) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 112 (1844)

(vi.) ; Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Bell., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 52 (1848) (Bois

de Boulogne) ; Ménétr., Lnum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. 0. 1474 (1857) (Curland,

(147 )

Livland, St. Petersb.) ; Praun, Hur. Schm., Sphing. t. 6. p. f. 4 (1860) ; Wilde, Pf. & Raup.

ii. p. 84. t. 2. f. 34 (1861) ; Kirchn., Lotos xi. p. 108 (1861); Sealy, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. v.

p. 106 (1861) ; Siev., Bull. Moscou p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.) ; Wallengr., Skand. Het, Ejitr.

p. 34. n. 3 (1863) ; Ball., Bull. Moscou p. 364 (1864) (Gorki) ; Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174

(1866) (Limburg) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederl. p. 98 (1867) (vi—viii.) ; Hinterw., Progr. Oberrealsch.

Innsbruck p, 229 (1868) ; Tengstr., Act. Soc. F. F. Fenn. x. p. 6. n. 92 (1869) ; Heyl., Tijdschr.

Ent, xiii, p. 146. n. 69 (1870) (Breda) ; Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 23. n. 4 (1872) (v.—vii.) ;

Spill., Entom. vi. p. 103 (1873) (Crewkerne) ; Gurd., ibid. ii. p. 127 (1873) (Devonshire) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 104. n. 43 (1875) ; Siebke, En. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 23. n. 3 (1876);

Wrat., Entom. x. p. 135 (1877) (Suffolk); Mill., ébid. p. 210 (1877) ; Frere, ibid. x. p. 210

(1877) ; Staint., Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 67 (1878) (Ipswich) ; Tayl., ibid. xiv. p. 136 (1878)

(Ipswich) ; id., /.c. xvi. p. 93 (1880) (capt. in Britain) ; Thed., Ent. Tidskr. i. p. 197 (1880)

(Sweden) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub, xxiii. p. 44 (1880) ; Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr.

p- 15 (1880) (Tauferer Thal); Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 69 (1884) (Borjom ; Tiflis ; Manglis) ;

Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 26. n. 112 (1885); Kroul., Bull. Soc. Oural. xi. p. 212. n. 86 (1885)

(Sarapoul, vi. 3 vii.) ; id. Zc. xi. p. 239. n. 56 (1885) (Ourjoum) ; Buckl., Larv. Brit. Lep. ii.

p. 27. t. 22. f. 3 (1887); Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Smith,

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 186 (1888) (doubts ident. of saniptri with pinastri) ; Bartt., Lep.

Brit. Isl. ii. p. 27. t. 46 (1893) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 28.t. 7. £. 1 (1893) ; id., Grossschm.

p. 29. t. 16. £. 21 (1894); Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxxviii. App. p. 19 (1895) ;

Vos, Tijdschr. End. xxxi. p. 79 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 48

(1899) ; Burst., Zeitschr. Ent. vi. p. 164. f. 1. 2 (1901).

Sphinzx pinastri et piceae, Gleditsch, Forstwissensch. i. p. 501. n. 1 (1775).

Herse pinastri, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 762. n. 3 (1815).

Hyloicus pinastri, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1483 (1822) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.

ix. p. 616. n. 1 (1877) (England; Europe!) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 1 (1892) ;

id., in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 49. t. 107. £. 3 (1897) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed.

iii. p. 101. n. 736 (1901) (partim ; “ Japan” alia spec.)

Anceryx pinastri, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 223. n. 1 (1856) (partim ; “ Scinde” loc. err.,

“N. Ind.” spec. alt.) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor. Dese. i. p. 265. t. 6, £. 53. 54 (1882)

(larva).

*Hyloicus asiaticus Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 260. n, 58 (1875) (Scinde ?—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 616. n. 3 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 4 (1892)

(Sind?) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. India, Moths i. p. 123 (1892) (=pinastri ; loc. err.).

Sphinx saniptri Strecker, Lep. p. 118. t. 13.f. 18 (1876) (Canada; Penn.) ; id., /.c. p. 143 (1877)

(=pinastri) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii, p. 223 (1888).

Sphine pinastri ab. fasciata Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 26 (1885) (Scandin.).

Hyloicus saniptri, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 2 (1892) (N. Am.).

3$?. The individual variability in colour resp. intensity of pattern is well

known. Some specimens are nearly all brown. Some individuals from Corsica in

the collection of Mons. Charles Oberthiir have no bands on the forewing while the

streaks R'—M? are heavy. Paronychinm mostly with a short triangular side-lobe.

Upper process of harpe cylindrical, long (P]. XXXVIIL. f. 11). Apical process of

penis-sheath (P]. XXVIIL. f. 50) broad, tapering, somewhat curved, pointed.

?. Flap in front of vaginal orifice feebly or not at all sinuate.

Hab. Barope: England, Scandinavia, southwards to Spain and Greece, east-

wards to Transcaspia; a mountain insect in the southern districts in accordance

with the distribution of the Coniferae. Not found in N. Africa, but probably

oceurring in the Atlas Mountains at higher elevations. A $ from Diisseldorf in

the collection of Charles Oberthiir has the body and wings almost uniformly

brownish black ; a similar specimen in the Tring Museum.

In the Tring Museum a series from various localities.

hb. H. pinastri morio subsp. nov. (P]. XII. f. 9, 3).

8. Pale Jateral markings of abdomen small, dorsum of thorax and abdomen

brown; pale area of palpus restricted ; wings above deeper brown than in ordinary

(148 )

pinastri ; SC? and R! of hindwing from upper angle of cell, very shortly stalked

together, the stalk much shorter than in pin. pinastre.

3. The lobes of the tenth sternite broader and shorter than in pin. pinastri.

The upper process of the harpe (Pl. XX XVIII. f. 12) flattened, not rolled in to form

a cylinder, shorter than in pin. pinastri, the lower process more horizontal, more _

curved at end. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 49) remarkably different,

being short, strongly curved at end, pointed, almost hooked.

Hab. Japan.

One 3 in the Tring Museum from Japan; it was in a collection of Japanese

Lepidoptera, of which the special locality was not given.

117. Hyloicus caligineus.

*Hyloicus caligineus Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4). xx. p. 393 (1877) (Yokohama ;—Mus. Brit.).

Anceryx pinastri, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 588. n. 32 (1888).

Hyloicus caliginosus (!), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 3 (1892).

Hyloicus pinastri, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 287. n. 64 (1898).

32. Differs from pinastri, apart from colour, chiefly in the following points :

foretibia with fewer spines, midtibia without any spines except some minute apical |

ones, which are sometimes also wanting, first metatarsal segment shorter than the

tibia and as long as the four other segments together, long apical spur of hindtibia.

less than /alf the length of the first tarsal segment ; antenna proportionately

longer; hindwing less elongate.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 19) longer and much narrower than |

in pinastri; sternite sinuate, not completely divided mesially. Clasper more

rounded ; harpe(Pl. XX XVIII. f. 18.14) as in pinastri with two processes, but both

shorter, the upper one branching off from the dorsal margin of the other.

?. Vaginal plate as in pénastr? with a prominent lobe in front of the vaginal

orifice (P]. X XI. f. 7. 8), the lobe longer and narrower than in pinastr?, individually -

variable.

Larva and pupa not known.

Hab. Japan and China.

Two subspecies.

The paucity (or even absence) of spines on the midtibia is a very remarkable

character.

a. H. caligineus caligineus.

* Hyloicus caligineus Butler, l.c. ; id., Lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 2. t. 21. £. 6 (1878).

Anceryx pinastri, Leech, lc. (1888) (common in Japan).

Hyloicus pinastri, id., l.c. (1898) (partim ; various parts of Jap., vii.).

Hyloicus pinastri var. caligineus Svaudiuger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n. 736 (1901) (Japan).

3. The sinus of the tenth sternite distinct. The upper process of the harpe

(PI. XXXVIII. f. 14) long, curving upward at end. Apical process of penis-sheath

longer than in pinastri.

?. Lobe in front of the vaginal orifice as well as the tubercle behind it

individually variable, the lobe often slightly sinuate.

( 149 )

Hab. Various parts of Japan.

In the Tring Museum 11 ¢d,8 22 from: Gifu, July (Nawa) ; Yokohama,

July, August ; Nagahama, July ; Tsuruga, July ; Hondo (Fritze).

b. H. caligineus sinicus subsp. noy. (Pl. XII. f. 7, 3).

3¢. Paler than the preceding, body as well as wings ; the brown border of

the mesothoracic tegulae faint, in ? barely indicated ; the discal streaks of the

forewing absent, or faintly marked. Scaling of antennae greyish white, with a few

brown scales on the middle segments. The insect resembling in the grey colour

more small pale specimens of pinastri than calig. caligineus ; stalk of SC’ and R}

of hindwing shorter than in calig. caligineus.

3. Tenth sternite less obviously sinuate than in the preceding race, the lobes

therefore much shorter. Clasper more rounded apically, shorter ; the processes of

the harpe (Pl. XX XVIII. f. 13) shorter, the upper one not curved upwards at end, the

lower one much narrower. Apical lobe of penis-sheath very much shorter than

eyen in pinastri pinastr?, agreeing in length nearly with H. oberthuer?.

2. Lobe of vaginal plate more deeply sinuate than in any of the specimens

dissected of calig. caligineus.

Hab. China.

1 g,1 ? in coll. Charles Oberthiir from Zocé (Baumert); type d. 14,2 %?

from Shanghai in coll. Joannis. 1 ? in the Tring Museum received from Mons.

PAbbé de Joannis.

118. Hyloicus oberthueri sp. noy. (Pl. XIII. f. 10, 3).

d. In colour closely agreeing with H. caligineus caligineus, but the fringe as

sharply marked white and brown as in //. pinastri ; the underside of the body paler

grey and the narrow side-bands of the abdomen white. Legs as in caligineus,

tibiae almost withont spines ; spurs short, the long apical one of hindtibia about

one-third the length of the first tarsal segment; this about as long as the four

others together. Stalk of SC? and R! of hindwing half as long as D®. Forewing

much more elongate than in any of the allied species.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate, slenderer than in caligineus, slightly

dilated before end, with the edge somewhat notched, shortly hooked at end

(Pl. XXVII. f. 4, ventral view ; f. 5, side-view), underside deeply hollowed out ;

sternite longer than in the allied species, sinuate, the two lobes slender, subconical,

somewhat curved dorsad at end. Clasper similar to that of caligineus, more rounded

than in pinastri ; harpe (Pl. XX XVIII. f. 15) very characteristic, with two short

distal processes, separated by a rounded sinus, the upper process with one or more

marginal teeth, the lower one subconical, pointed, slightly curved, narrower and

shorter than the upper. Penis-sheath produced into a short process which is

rounded at end and scarcely curved (Pl. XXVIII. f. 48).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. China.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 5 dd from Tsé-kou (Dubernard), one of which was

given to the Tring Museum, and is here figured.

( 150 )

XXXV. LAPARA.—Typus: dombycoides.

Sphinx, Abbot & Smith (non Linné, 1758), Lep. Georgia i. p. 83 (1797).

Hyloicus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (822) (partim ; type: pinastr?).

Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 224 (1856) (partim ; type: pinastri).

Lapara id., l.c. viii. p. 232 (1856) (type : bombycoides).

Ellema Clemens, Journ. Ae. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 187 (1859) (type : harrisi=bombycoides).

Evedrium Grote, New Check List p. 11 (1882) (nom. indeser.!) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv-_

p- 152. 211 (1888) (short deser. ; type: halicarniae).

The difference between this genus and Ayloicus is very slight in the imago-

state, the tongue and palpus being shorter resp. smaller than in the most reduced

species of /7yloicus. The larva and pupa differ, however, essentially.

3%. Antenna about two-fifths (¢) or three-eighths (?) the length of the

forewing, thickest near base in ¢, distinctly incrassate distally in $. Spines of

legs not prominent ; foretibia with a few apical and lateral spines, one apical spine

somewhat prolonged, midtibia with dispersed spines ; spurs short, long mesotibial

one about one-third the length of the first tarsal segment ; mesotarsus ‘without

comb; the first sezment of the tarsi as long (or nearly) as the four other segments

together ; paronychium very small, zvéthout lobes.

6. Sexual armature somewhat variable individually. Tenth tergite (PI.

XXVIII. f. 28) slender, curved, pointed ; sternite elongate, rounded at end, somewhat

triangular. Clasper sole-shaped ; harpe (PI. XX XIX. f. 12. 13) ending in a single

process, which is somewhat curved away from the plane of the clasper, its upper —

margin is dentate distally and is continuous with the broad subdorsal fold of

the clasper. Penis-funnel with a three-sided, pyramidal, solid process ventrally

(Pl. XXXIX. f. 12. 13), the sides of which are more or less concave, while the

edges are sharp; penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 51) ending in a triangular, pointed,

slightly curved, flat, proximally concave, process. ;

?. Vaginal plate rounded distally, flat, the sides slightly incrassate ; mouth of

yagina proximal.

Larva with longitudinal markings, head triangular (except in first stage) ; no

horn.-—Food : Coniferae.

Sheath of tongue of pupa not free, reaching end of wing-cases.

Hab. Nearetic Region.

Four species, of which two (halicarniae and pineum) require closer examination.

a. Proportion between width and length of forewing

about 42 : 100 ‘ ‘ : ; ay! AO:

Forewing proportionally much broadee . 122. L. halicarniae.

6. Forewing scarcely with traces of markings ; with-

out decal streaks. c 3 c - 120. L. pineum.

Forewing with transverse lines, sharply marked, :

mesothoracic tegula whitish at end . 121. L. bombycoides.

Forewing with transverse lines, less strongly

marked, mesothoracie tegula not whitish at

end. 7 5 ; : . . . 119. L. coniferarum.

119. Lapara coniferarum.

Sphinx coniferarum Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 83. t. 42 (l.p.i.) (1797) ; Harris, in Sillim.,

Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 297. n. 10 (1839) (partim) ; Westw., Jntr. Mod. Class. Ins. ii. p. 367

(1840) ; Fitch, Rept. Ins. N.Y. iv. p. 742 (1858); Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv.

(151 )

p. 174. n. 72 (1859) (Georgia; Canada); Morr., Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) (parti) ;

Clem., in Morris, Syn. N. Am. Lep. p. 199. n. 72 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, Jus. Inj. Veg.

p. 328 (1862) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 105. n. 44 (1875) (larva ; Georgia) ;

Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 93 (1875) (Baltimore ; N. York) ; id., /.c. p. 116. t. 15. f. 15 (¢)

(1876) ; Koeb., Bull. Ent. Soc. Brooklyn iv. p. 20 (1881) (egg, larva).

Sphinx cana Martyn, Psyche t. 19. £. 46 (1797).

Hyloicus coniferarum, Hiibner, Verz. bek:. Schm. p. 139. n. 1484 (1822) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent.

Soc. Philad. y. p. 166. n. 101 (1865) (Georgia) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. ii. p. 115 (1870);

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 642 (1877) (=cana Martyn, Psyche).

Anceryx Eaaecarur Walker, /.c. p. 224. n. 2 (1856) (pt. ; Georgia).

Ellema coniferarum, Grote. Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 27 (1874) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond.

ix. p. 625. n. 1 (1877) ; Grote, /.c. iii. p. 225. n. 76 (1877) (Maryld. ; S. States) ; Mart., 7’rans.

Dept. Agr, Illin. xviii. App. p. 105 (1880) (¢) ; Pack., Ins. Inj. Forest Trees p. 768. n. 88 (1881)

(cit. tab. xxxiv. ex err.) ; Grote, New Check List p. 11 (1882); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 85.

n. 42 (1886) (egg, larva) ; Grote, Hawk-Moths N. Am. p. 42 (1886); Edw., Ent. Amer. iii.

p. 166 (1887) (pupa, Florida) ; Smith, 7rans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xv. p. 210 (1888) (syn. partim ;

Canada to Florida) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxy. p. 49 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 696. n. 1 (1892) (Georgia).

Lapara coniferarum, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. ii. p. 228. n. 72 (1875) (S. States) ; Beutenm.,

Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 310. t. 7. £. 1 (1895) (N. York, rare ; larva, pupa).

32. Variable in the distinctness of the markings of the forewing, and in size.

The transverse lines disappear sometimes, the discal streaks become faint in many

specimens and the second is often absent.

3. The harpe (PI. XXXIX. f. 12) is acuminate, or dentate, at end; its ventral

edge is either entire, as in figure, or bears a more or less distinct triangular projection

in middle; the tenth sternite is variable in width. Tenth segment see PI.

XXVIII. f. 20.

Larva green, with three white vittae, or chequered with light and dark grey

oblong spots.—Food : Pinus palustris and other species of Pinus.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 6 2% from: N. Jersey, August; Georgia ;

Sanford, Florida, June.

120. Lapara pineum.

Ellema pineum Lintner, Ent, Contr. i. p. 169. t. 8. f. 12 (g). 13 (2) (1872) (CN. York) ; id., Le.

p. 192 (1872) (larva on pine; imago September) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i, p. 27

(1874) (N. York); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 626, n. 3 (1877) (Canada! ex err.) ;

aa Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 105 (1880) ; Pack., Ins. Inj. Forest Trees p. 770.

. 90, f. 266.a (fo). b (2) (1881) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 209 (1888) ; Edw.,

Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 49 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 696.

n. 3 (1892).

Sphinz pinea (1), Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 107. n, 46 (1875).

Lapara pineum, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Sci. ii. p. 228. n. 74 (1875) (N. York).

3%. Only two specimens are known; they differ from coniferarum and

hombycoides in the forewing being devoid of the discal streaks and of distinct

transverse lines.

Lintner compares the larva and imago only with dombycoides (= harrisi). In

onr opinion, pineum is nothing else but an extreme abertation of the variable

coniferarum. The two specimens should be re-examined.

Hab. State of New York.

Not seen.

(2152 )

121. Lapara bombycoides.

Sphinx coniferarum, Harris (non Abb. & Smith, 1797), in Sillim., Journ, Set. Art xxxvi, p. 297. n. 10

(1839) (partim ; imago) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) (partim) ; Harris, ed. Flint,

Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1862) (partim).

*Lapara bombycoides Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 233. n. (1856) (Canada ;—Mus. Oxford) ;

Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 187. n. 93 (1859) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc.

Philad. v. p. 166, n. 103 (1865) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 115 (1868) ; id., Bull.

Buff. Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 28 (1874) (= ? harris’) ; id., Le. ii. p. 228. n. 73 (1875) (=harrisi ;

Canada, Mass., N.Y.) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 626 (1877) (Canada) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 695. n. 1 (1892) ; Schaus, Hnt. News vi. p. 144 (1895) (=harrisi).

Ellema harrisi Clemens, Jour. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 188. n. 94 (1859) (Maine; N. Jersey ;

N. Hampsh. ; N. Carolina) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn.

Lep. N. Am. p. 216. n. 1 (1862) ; Lint., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p, 669 (1864) (larva, pupa ;

on Pinus strobus) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 166. n. 102 (1865) ; Beth.,

Canad. Ent. i. p. 18. n. 23 (1868) (Ontario) ; Pack., Guide Study Ins. p. 272 (1869) (deser.

larva) ; Bowl., Canad, Ent. iii. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec, vii. vii.) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 170.

t. 8. £. 8 (1). 9 (p.). 10 (g). 11 (9) (1872) ; id., Lc. p. 192 (1872) (end of vi.); Thaxt,

Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Mass., M. vi—M. vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 27 (1874);

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 626. n. 2 (1877) ; Andrews, Psyche ii. p. 79 (1877) (deser. —

of larva) ; Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 105 (1880) (larva) ; Pack., Ins. Inj.

Forest Trees p. 768, n. 89. f. 264 ag). b (2). 265 a (/.). b (p.). t. 34.£. 1. a—j (larva, details)

(1881) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ontario xii. p. 70 (1882) (larva) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.

xv. p. 207 (1888) (Canada to Florida, westw. to Mississippi) ; Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii.

p. 322 (1891) (N. York, at electr. light) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 696. n. 2 (1892) ; Cross,

Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh.). ;

Eilema (1) harrisi, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. xxxvi. p. 297 (1866).

Hyloicus harvisi, Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 115 (1870) ; Butl., l.c. ix. p. 642 (1877).

Sphinx harvisi, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 106. n. 45 (1875) (N. York) ; Streck., Lep.

Rhop. Het. p. 117. t. 13. £. 16 (2) (1876) (N. Engl., Atlantic Sts.).

Lipara (!) bombycoides, Strecker, l.c. p. 127. t. 14. f. 4 (1877).

Ellema bombycoides, Fernald, Sphing. N. Engl. p. 83 sub n. 41 (1886) (descr. of larva, pupa ; Pinus

strobus) ; Smith, lc. xv. p. 208 (1888) (=? harrisi) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 49

(1889) (lit. rel. to metam.).

Ellema bombycoides var, harrisi, Fernald, 1.c. p. 83 (1886).

Lapara bombycoides var. harrisi, Beutenmiiller, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 310. t. 7. £. 2 (1895)

(N. York, rare ; larva, pupa).

3%. A comparison at Oxford of the type of Lombycoides with specimens of

harrisi proved the two insects to be the same. The species is rather variable. It

‘is of the size of small specimens of coniferarum ; the forewing is darker brown than

in coniferarum, the antemedian lines are more distinct, the discal ones much more

heavily dentate. The first segment of the hindtarsus is a little shorter than the

other four together. The harpe is slightly broader than in coniferarum, Wat not

conspicuously different. Tenth sternite see Pl. XXVIII. f. 21.

In one of our two individuals from Florida the bands of the forewing are very

clearly defined and heavy, and the harpe (Pl. XX XIX. f. 13) is broader than in the

New England specimens dissected, and heavily angulate ventrally. The second

specimen does not show these characters so markedly.

Larva with a red face.—Foodplants : Pinus strobus and other pines.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 1 pupa, and 9 od, 222 from: Maine;

Massachusetts ; New Hampshire ; Florida,

(-153 )

122. Lapara halicarniae.

Sphinx halicarniae Strecker, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. iii. p. 35. fig. (1880) (Florida).

Eredrium halicarniac, Grote, New Check List p. 11 (1882); Smith, rans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv.

p- 211 (1888) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 1 (1892),

?. Only one specimen is known. It represents possibly a separate genus, for

which the name Lxedrium (1888) as defined by Smith, /.c., will have to be retained.

We do not see any necessity, at present, to keep Aalicarniae generically separate.

Strecker’s figure is quite insufficient to base a genus upon ; the specimen requires

examination as to structure.

Hab. Florida, type in coll. Strecker.

Not seen.

XXXVI. THAMNOECHA gen. noy.—Typus: uniformes.

Hyloicus, Butler (non Hiibner, 1822), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 261 (1875).

Pseudosphinx, Hampson (non Burmeister, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths 1. p. 106 (1892).

gd. Antenna long (tip broken off in the three specimens seen), distinctly

narrowed at the base, the segments not touching one another ventrally, middle ones

feebly dilated laterad subdorsally, almost as long as high, transsection little higher

than broad. Pilifer with brush of bristles. Palpus small, rough. Tongue short.

Tibiae ot spiny ; spurs very short, proximal pair of hindtibia absent; no pulvillus,

paronychium very small, without lobes ; first segment of foretarsus with four long

spines, the apical one nearly half the length of the segment, second segment as

long as the first.

Tenth abdominal tergite (P]. XX VL f. 34) narrow, curved, pointed, compressed ;

sternite broad (Pl. XXVI. f. 35), obtuse, feebly sinuate at end. Harpe (Pl. XXYV.

f, 17) narrow, without patch of modified scales, subdorsal fold of inner surface high,

with bristles ; harpe simple, not dentate, ending in an obtuse process. Penis-sheath

(Pl. XXVIIL f. 47) thin, prolonged into a flat, feebly concave process curving side-

ways, ending in a very short pointed hook.

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. North-West India.

One species.

A development from the ancestor of Hyloicus caligineus and oberthueri ; the

complete loss of the proximal pair of spurs from the hindtibia is a noteworthy

character.

123, Thamnoecha uniformis.

*Hyloicus uniformis Butler, l.c. (1875) (N. W. Himal. ;—Mus. Brit., ¢) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc.

Lond. ix. p. 616. n. 4 (1877).

*Pxeudosphine concolor Hampson, /.c. p. 106. n. 170 (1892) (Subathu, Simla, ¢ ;—Mus. Brit.).

Myloicus concolor, Kirby, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 103 (1894) (Simla).

d. Resembling in colour to a certain extent small specimens of Hyloicus

pinastri and caligineus.

Hah. N. W. India.

Three 32 in the British Museum.

( 154 )

Trise Sphingulicae noy.

3. End-segment of antenna short, not prolonged into a thin filiform process.

Tongue half the length of the body, or shorter. Spinulation of abdomen weak,

spines of sternites absent, or as weak as scales. No patch of friction-scales on

clasper. Mesotarsus without basal comb. Paronychium with two lobes at each

side, or without lobes, never with one lobe.

Hab, Oriental Region.

This small group of genera shows many affinities with the Ambdulicinae in the

imago state as well as in the larva and pupa, and takes an intermediate position

between the tribe Sphingicae and the subfamily Amdbulicinae. Of special interest

is the peculiar development of the claw-segment in this tribe. As in the Sphingicae,

the paronychinm has in the lower genera two lobes at each side ; while, however,

in the Sphingicae the next stage in the retrogressive development of the paronychinm

is represented by a great number of genera with the ventral lobe aborted and the

subdorsal lobe preserved, no such stage is found in the Sphingulicae, where both

lobes disappear at the same time, as exemplified by Sphingudus. Another remark-

able fact is illustrated by this latter genus. Among the Sphingicae the pulvillus

disappears always 4efore the lobes of the paronychium; there is no species of

Sphingicae which has a pulvillus and is devoid of a paronychial lobe. In Sphingulus,

however, the paronychial lobes become obliterated, before the pulvillus shows any

sign of reduction.* That is to say, we find exactly the opposite line of development —

in the two tribes. If this holds good for all the SpAingulicae, as we believe it does,

then Dolbinopsis and Hopliocnema, which are both without pulvillus and paro-

nychial lobes, have first lost the paronychial lobes and then the pulvillus. The

intermediate stage between Synoecha and Hopliocnema, and between Dolbina and

Polbinopsis, had pulvilli but no paronyehial lobes. Such a stage, corresponding to —

Sphingulus, is not known, or, we are inclined to say, not yet known.

In the diagram inserted opposite, the genera are tabulated according to the

relationship. It will be noticed that the whole tribe is divided into one group of

genera with the fore- and midtibiae spinose, and another group with the tibiae —

not spinose. The latter group consists of two branches, of which the two more

generalised genera Dolbina and Kentochrysalis are very closely allied, while the

specialised genera Sphingulus and Dolbinopsis, which head the two branches, are

widely different from one another. Dolbinopsis, though clearly a derivation from —

Dolbina, agrees in several characters with the most specialised genus Hoplioenema

of the branch with spinose tibiae, namely in negative characters which are the

outcome of the retrogressive development so often referred to among the Sphinginae

and Ambulicinae. Both Dolbinopsis and Hopliocnema are devoid of pulvilli and

paronychial lobes, and have the foretibia armed with a thorn (not a spine).

This similarity is the result of parallel development, and does not at all indicate

close relationship. Further, we find the bristles of the pilifer in a normal state

in Vetrachroa and Synoecha, while they are reduced in number or developed —

to hair-scales in //opliocnema and all the genera of the branch with non-spinose

tibiae. We meet with the same peculiar modification also among the Ambulicinae.

This again does not mean closer relationship between the genera with scaled pilifer.

The larva and pupa, so far as known, agree in many respects with those of the

typical Ambulicinae.

*" The same is the case in some Ambulicinae.

( 155 )

“AVOILLNOUAHOV

“AVNITLNOUTHOV

“AVOIONIHdS

“AVOITOONTIAdS

“APIS Yowa UO saqoy omy WIM wNITHOATOLE

“quasaid snqplapng

“Buoy sindg

‘asoulds you aviqiyprm-a10,7

‘ayduris viqiya10 7

‘aUTTIO paqe[Nolosey qnogaim ‘feortpuyéo & jo vauaquy

*Sd]4SIIq JO MOD B Y4TA TOT

*qnojs ‘Buoy onsuoy,

CNMONH DON ‘SANHD TVHLSAONY)

*SOQOT ON} ITM WINIGoLUOIET

‘quasaid snyptapng

“q.10ys sindg

‘asoulds jou aviqiyprm-a10,7

‘a[dmis viqiye10,q

“5 pue P ur poyerrp

Aj[er9}¥] Ou szuaumSas ‘orqdiomozpuer 4 jo vuuaquy

CSENG Ea

‘SOTSMG YIM LOFT

*yBam “410Gs ansuoy,

TON)

*SaqO] OA\Y TIM tuntqoAuoIeT

‘quasaad snqjtng

“qa0ys sandg

‘asoulds 4ou aviqiypriut-a10,7

‘atduits Biqiya10,q

“P pue } ur payerrp

Ayjeiaqe, sjuemSes ‘orydiomoipue & jo avuuequy

*SaTBOS GGT LOFT

*“YBAM ‘Joys onsuoy,

TTVSAY FOOTNES

“quesqe wuntqoduoreg

“‘quaserd snq[tAtnd

“qaoys sandg

‘asoutds you aviquprm-alo,q

‘aidanis viqiar0 yy

* uros say “P ur payeprp

{[e197¥_ sjuemdes ‘orqdiomorpue & jo vuusquy

*SOTBOS UPA TOF

*yBaa ‘Qloys onsuoy,

‘SO TOONTIHAS

A]ye10}% |

“saqoy OM} WIIM unIqoAuoIEg

“quasaid snqptayug

“quoys sindg

‘asoutds jou artqiprut-a10,7

‘atdums viqija10,q

* 10 P urseggie payetp

jou sqjuamtses ‘orydiomoipue § jo vuuequy

*SOTBOS TFLIA IO ‘SO[ISIIQ MAF YYIA JOFIIT

*YBOM Q10YS ansuoy,

‘quesqe uniyoLuoreg

“quasqe sn[LA Nd

“qaoys sindg

‘asourds you aviqiyptut-ar0\7

*U10Y [Bold qyLA VIqIe107

‘(amouy jou 3 yo vuuaquy)

“SOTSMQ MOF YIIM LOFT

“yBaM ‘y1OGs ansuoy,

‘SISCONIA TOR

*saqoy OA\} YJIA UNntqo<uorey

“‘quasaid snqtayng

“Buoy siudg

‘asoutds aviqnupim-a10.7

“u10Y4} [woIde QI BIqKyar0T

“orydiour

-orpue jou ‘Teorparjso § jo wvuuaquy

*SOTISTIG TFTA TORT

“Apoq ayy Jo yASuay ay Jleq “qaoqs ensSuaoy,

‘VOUHOVULEAL

*Saqoy Og JIA TANtyoLUOTEg

“quasaid snqyuapng

*q93ue9] ur paonpar sindg

‘asoulds aviquprm-ai0q

‘UIOY} [Borde GAIA BIQHer0T

‘o1qdiomoipue } jo vuuajuy

*SOTISTIQ QATAd JOST

*YBAM “Grogs ensuoy,

“VHOUONAS

“‘quesqe tnrqocaore

“FUASqB sniTTA[Nd

“qoys sundg

‘asourds aviqnpia-a10g

“aIoT} [wordy yQIAs wIQuedOg

‘orqdioworzpue } jo vuuajuy

*SOTWOS TITAN JOINT

“quam Qaoys onsu0y

“VNANOOTTIOH

( 156 )

Key to the genera:

a. Fore- and midtibiae spinose. : : . b.

5; 55 3 not spinose 5 : : d.

4. Pulyillus absent : 5 : - XXXIX. Hoplioenema.

5 present. : : : Cc.

ce. Spurs short, tongue short and eee,

hindwing grey. XXXVIII. Synoecha.

Spurs long, tongue half fhe ieneeh

of the ode, hindwing rufous . XXXVI. Tetrachroa.

d. Foretibia armed with an ee

thorn ; no pulvillus . : XL. Dolbinopsis.

Foretibia without an apical font

pulyillus present : : . : ° e.

e. No paronychial lobes : : XLIII. Sphingluus.

With two paronychial ighedaieneh aide : mes

Jj. Antennal segments distinctly dilated

laterally in dorsal view. XLII. Kentochrysalis.

Antennal segments not dilated ister:

ally in dorsal view. 4 . XL. Dolbina.

XXXVIL TETRACHROA gen. nov.—Typus : edwardsi.

Macrosila, OUiff (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2). v. p. 515 (1890).

Meganoton, Kirby (non Boisduval, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683 (1892).

3%. Tongue about half the length of the body, rather stout proximally, thin

distally. Pilifer with normal brush of bristles ; genal process triangular, as long

as the pilifer. Palpus elongate, projecting a little beyond frons in a dorsal aspect.

Antenna with end-segment about four times as long as basally high, clothed with

broad scales ; d : not strongly compressed, fasciculated ciliae about half as long

as the segments broad dorsally ; ?: cylindrical, ciliae all very short. Fore- and —

midtibiae spinose ; foretibia ending in a long thorn, with some heavy terminal

spines, shorter (thorn excluded) than first tarsal segment; spurs of mid- and —

hindtibiae Zong, long terminal one of hindtibiae about four-fifths the length of the

first tarsal segment ; midtarsus without comb; hindtarsus half as long again as —

the cell of the hindwing, first segment much longer than 2 to 5 together ; pulvillus

present, paronychium with ¢wo slender lobes at each side. Spines on abdominal

sternites very weak.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate, divided at end into two short triangular

lobes, which are turned downward. Clasper without patch of modified scales; _

subdorsal fold very high, running ventrad at end, armed with spines (P]. XXXIX.

f. 14); harpe elongate-triangular, densely covered with erect scales, dorso-basal

margin raised toa high ridge. Tenth sternite and penis-sheath not preserved in our

3 specimen ; clasper dorsally also damaged, the fold apparently with spines all —

along the edge.

?. Postvaginal part of vaginal plate membranaceons, short, scaled, antevaginal

part rather strongly chitinised, proximal edge of vaginal cavity convex, incrassate.

( 157 )

Early stages not known.

Hab. Australia.

One species.

124. Tetrachroa edwardsi.

Macrosila edwardsi Oliff, Lc. (1890) (Brisbane ; Lower Hunter R., N.S.W.) ; Misk., Proc. Roy.

Soc. Queensld. viii, p. 26. n. 43 (1891).

Meganoton edwardsi, Kirby, l.c. n. 18 (1892).

* Meganoton variegatum Rothschild, Iris vii. p. 301. n. 13. t. 6. f. 1 (1894) (Queensland ;—coll.

Staudinger).

3¢?. Hasily recognised by the rufous-red hindwings, which are marked with

black, yellow and white in the basi-abdominal region.

Hab. Queensland and N.S. Wales.

In the Tring Museum 1 3, 2 2? from Dawson district and Brisbane

district, Queensland.

XXXVI. SYNOECHA gen. nov.—Typus: marmorata.

Sphinx, Lucas, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2.) vi. p. 278 (1891).

3. Not known.

2. Pilifer with bristles ; genal process short, obtuse. Palpus very small,

inner surface covered with large scales, first segment shorter than second. Tougue

short and weak. Antenna thin, filiform, slightly prismatical, with distinctly fas-

ciculated ciliae, feebly constricted at the joints, end-segment short. Fore- and

midtibiae spiny ; foretibia with long apical thorn, shorter (excl. of thorn) than first

tarsal segment; spurs longer than in Hopliocnema and Dolbinopsis ; pulvillus and

paronychium present, the ventral lobes of the paronychium rather short. SC* and

FR? of hindwing on a long stalk.

?. Vaginal plate much wrinkled transversely; vagina a rather strongly

chitinised cylinder, ending beyond the middle of the vaginal plate, the edge of

its mouth incrassate, forming a halfring, without processes.

Larva tapering in front, head narrowed above, horn straight ; green, two thin

interrupted lines on back and a broader line at each side, dilated ventrad a little

on the abdominal segments, white. —Food-plant : Mremophila mitchelli.

Chrysalis not known.

Hab. Queensland.

125. Synoecha marmorata (PI. XII. f. 10, ?).

*Sphinx marmorata Lucas, l.c. (1891) (—coll. Barnard, now in Mus. Tring).

Phlegethontiws (?) marmorata, Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 38. n. 44 (1894).

?. Abdominal tergite 1 to 5 with a white mesial spot at apex aud a large,

oval, creamy white patch at the side, by which the species cau easily be recognised

The spines of the foretibia not numerous, but the externo-lateral ones heavy.

Hab. Queensland, Dawson district.

Only one specimen known, now in the Tring Museum, from the Barnard

collection; it is a ?, and was bred at Coomooboolaroo, Daaringa. Dawson R., on

27. xii. 1884 ; we have a coloured figure of the larva drawn by Miss Barnard.

( 158 )

XXXIX. HOPLIOCNEMA gen. novy.—Typus: melanoleuca.

32. Differs from Dolbinopsis (3) as follows: body slenderer ; antenna little

less than half the length of the forewing, of even width from near base to near

end, hook scarcely indicated ; pilifer with brush of ér7stes and a very few scales;

legs roughly scaled ; foretibia with some spines at end, besides the apical thorn ;

midtibia spinose ; SC? and R! of hindwing stalked, R® from before centre of cell,

D® twice as long as D'.

3 Tenth tergite divided at end, narrow ; sternite elongate, simple.

9. Antenna andromorphic, the segments impressed laterally, with the basal

and apical ciliae not so long as in od.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. West Australia.

One species.

126. Hopliocnema melanoleuca spec. nov (Pl. XII. f. 6, 3).

32. Body dark smoky grey; head and thorax unicolorous ; abdomen with

a series of transverse white spots on each side, underside somewhat paler than

upperside ; scaling of antenna white. Here and there a shade of pink, especially

in the $.

Wings above.——Forewing like thorax, with two pairs of transverse black lines,

the proximal pair in basal half, the other on the disc: first line strongly curved

costad, forming nearly a right angle in cell, second at right angles to costa, forming

an obtuse angle just behind cell, third and fourth slightly convex in middle and

concave behind ; stigma greyish white, encircled with black ; fringe with greyish

white ill-defined spots ——Hindwing dirty white, with or without a trace of a discal

line, fringe a little darker than wing, with minute black nerve-dots.

Underside. Forewing densely shaded with greyish white scaling ; two discal

lines vestigial——Hindwing as above, but with two vestigial brown lines, best

marked at costal margin, which is more or less brown: the first line at or just

beyond end of cell, the second a little nearer outer margin at R* than cell; here

and there some brown scales, which are more numerous in ?.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite rather flat, convex at end, narrow, the apex

divided into two triangular lobes which are turned downward ; sternite flat, narrowed

to end, which is rounded (Pl. XXVII. f. 8). Clasper sole-shaped; harpe with

a simple, concave, slightly spoon-shaped and a little curved, obtuse process

(Pl. XXXY. f. 22). Penis-sheath ending in a short, obliquely truncate, pointed

process (P]. XXIX. f. 20).

9. Vaginal plate without special armature, postvaginal part membranaceous,

except a narrow transverse belt of chitin; antevaginal part more strongly chitinised,

with a proximal transverse fold; anterior edge of vaginal cavity slightly raised,

semicircular.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Length of forewing: ¢%,17 to 19 mm.

Hab. West Australia.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 1 % from: Roebourne (type, 3); Sherlock R.

(Dr. Clements),

(allo 9) >)

XL. DOLBINOPSIS gen. nov.—Typus: grisea.

Pseudosphinz, Hampson (non Burmeister, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 104 (1892),

Hyloicus, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Nov. Zoot, i. p. 389 (1894).

d. Allied to Dolbinz, of which it is a development. Palpus small. Pilifer

with a few bristles as in D. inexacta. Antennal segments not. quite touching one

another ventrally, penultimate segment longer than-high. Foretibia ending in

a naked thorn; no pulvillus, paronychinm scarcely indicated; first segment of

foretarsus longer than tibia (thorn excluded), shorter than segments 2 to 5

together; tibiae rather smoothly scaled; midtibia much longer than first tarsal

segment ; spurs very short, two pairs to hindtibia, the proximal pair almost

concealed under the scaling. SC? and R* of hindwing separate; R? from centre

of cell. Sexual armature of the Dolbina type.

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. N.W. India.

One species.

The presence of the thorn on the foretibia and the absence of the pulvillas and

the paronychial lobes are the outcome of that kind of development accompanied by

reduction which we find so often among the Sphingicae.

127. Dolbinopsis grisea.

*Pseudosphinx grisea Hampson, /.c. i. p. 104. n. 165 (1892) (Kulu ;—Mus. Brit.).

Hyloicus grisea, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 39. 0, 7 a (1892).

6. Resembles in pattern the species of Dolbina. Tenth abdominal tergite

(Pl. XXVII. f. 6) broad, obtusely triangular, curved downward distally, more

suddenly narrowed from the point of curvature to the end; sternite (PI. XXVII.

f. 7) with a divided lobe, the two halves slender. Clasper without patch of

modified scales, broadly rounded, broadest beyond middle (P]. XXXIX. f. 19);

harpe with a finger-like ventro-distal process, and two dorsal processes, of which

the proximal one is the narrower. Penis-funnel obliquely truncate ; penis-sheath

(PI. XXVIII. f. 39) armed with a horizontal tooth pointing sinistro-laterad ; on the

inner side of the sheath opposite the tooth there is a patch of spines, which are

visible from the outer side as fine dots.

9. Unknown.

Hab. Kulu, N.W. India.

One ¢ in the British Museum.

XLI. DOLBINA.—Typus : tancre?.

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 208 (1856) (partim).

Sphinx, Boisduval (non Linné, 1758), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 117 (1875).

Pseudosphins, Butler (non Burmeister, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 611 (1877).

Dolbina Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 155 (1887) (type : tancreé).

Hyloicus, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694 (1892).

Meganoton, Rothschild (non Boisduval, 1875), Noy. Zoou. i. p. 90 (1894)

3%. Differs from Sphingulus and Kentochrysalis in the much more robust

thorax and abdomen, in the stronger spinulation of the latter, the presence of weak

( 160 )

spines also on the sternites, the less slender antennae, the segments of which are

not rounded-dilated laterad and have longer ciliae ventrally in the proximal series.—

Antenna of ¢ rather thick in basal fourth.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite broad and short, triangnlarly narrowed at end,

minutely sinuate, upperside scaled mesially; sternite with two short, straight

processes. Penis-sheath armed with an apical tooth curving sinistro-laterad. No

patch of modified scales on clasper ; the latter small, very strong ventro-basally ;

harpe large, with broad ventro-distal process and three rounded dorsal lobes.

?. Vaginal plate feebly chitinised, except at the large vaginal cavity ; the edge

of this cavity armed with two processes.

Larva not described ; said to be nearly the same as that of Sphinx ocellata.

Hab. N. India to Amurland and Japan.

The three species resemble in colour the Nearctie Dolba, with which they are,

however, not nearly related.

Staudinger, when describing the genus Doldina, said that the tongue was not

longitudinally grooved and that the hindtibia had only ove spur. In this he was

wrong. There is no Lepidopterous insect to our knowledge which has only one —

spur to the hindtibia: if the terminal pair becomes reduced both spurs disappear.

Dolbina has, as a matter of fact, tzvo pairs of spurs to the hindtibia; but the spurs

are short, and therefore easily overlooked by a casual observer. The longitudinal

groove of the tongue, 7.e. the groove at each side of the mesial fringe of ciliae

which keep the two maxillae together, is not so obvious in Dolbina and other

genera with reduced tongues as in the genera with long probosces, but is

nevertheless present in Dolbina (as it is in all genera). Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm.

11. p. 26, repeats those erroneous statements.

Key to the species :

a. Abdomen beneath with large black mesial —

patches . : : t : : c db.

Abdomen beneath without large black mesial

patches . ; a . : : 130. D. exacta.

b. Pilifer with a few bristles only . . . 128. D. inewacta.

, », long white hair-seales , . 129. D. tancret.

128. Dolbina inexacta.

* Macrosilu inexacta Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 208. n. 14 (1856) (N. India ;—Mus. Brit.).

Sphing inexacta, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 117. n. 59 (1875).

Pseudosphinx inexacta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 611. n. 6 (1877) (N. India ; Masuri) ;

id., Lilustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 16. t. 81. £. 8 (1881) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna

Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 104. n. 164 (1892) (Mussoorie ; Khasis ; Bombay).

Hyloicus inexacta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n. 7 (1892).

*Meganoton khasianum Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. I. p. 90 (1894) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus. Tring) ;

Hamps., /.c. iv. p. 453 (1896) (=discistriga ex err. !!).

3? Pilifer with a few bristles, no scales. Distal margin of forewing almost

straight in ¢ somewhat sinuate before hinder angle, discal interspace sometimes

pinkish grey between cell and posterior margin; abdomen with very large black

mesial patches beneath; legs and breast of the mummy-brown colour of the

underside of the wings, contrasting strongly with the almost white scaling in the

middle of meso- and metasternum and at the edges of the- abdominal sternites ;

the greyish white tips of the tarsal segments and the tibiae also conspicuous.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite flat, eurved, short, mesially membranaceous to near

al ln Soe cat

(C1 5)

the end, dilated before the end, then triangularly narrowed, shorter than in the

following species. Lobes of sternite farther apart than in the other species, shorter

and more oblique. Ventral process of harpe (PJ. XX XIX. f. 20) dorsally rounded-

sinuate, the tip blunt; dorsal process divided into a rounded, single, basal lobe,

and double distal lobe. Hook of penis-sheath (Pl. X XIX. f. 35) long ; inner side of

sheath with small apical patch of spines ventrally.

?. The triangular lobes at the edge of the vaginal cavity stand in front of the

cavity ; they are triangular and about as long as the sinus between them is broad

(el. XXII. f. 1).

Larva and pupa not known.

Hab. India: N.-W. India to Assam and Bombay ; Central India (probably

also to be found in Burma and Tonkin).

In the Tring Museum 4 3 d,8 22 from: Sikhim; Khasia Hills; Cherrapunji.

129. Dolbina tancrei.

*Dalbina tancrei Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 155. t. 17. f. 8 (1887) (partim ; Amur ;—

coll. Staudinger) ; id., /.c. vi, p. 221. n. 210 (1892) (Amur) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 685+

pn. 1 (1892); Leech, 7rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 289. n. 68 (1898) (Hakodate, viii.) ; Bartel, in

Riibl, Grossschm. ii, p. 28 (1899) (Amur); Staud, & Reb,, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n. 739 (1901)

(Amur ; Ussuri; Japan),

Pseudosphine inecucta, Leech (non Walker, 1856), Proc, Zool, Suc. Lond, 588. n, 31 (1888) (partim ;

Hakodate, Yokohama),

6 ¢. Pilifer with a brush of scales and a few bristles. The green colour of

wings and body by which this species is generally said to be distinguishable from

ezacta is not a specific character ; some evacta are much greener than certain

tancrei. The chief difference between exacta and tancrei is the absence of the

large black patches from the underside of the abdomen of exacta, which patches

are nearly as wel] developed in fancrei as they are in inexacta. In the sexual

armature ¢ancrei stands intermediate between exacta and inexacta.

d. Sexual armature as in exacta, but the two proximal lobes of the harpe

farther apart (PI. LIX. f. 5).

?. The processes of the vaginal plate wider apart than in /nexacta (Pl. XXII.

f, 22), much less slender than in exacta.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab. Amurland; Japan: Yesso, Nippon.

In the Tring Mnseum 1 3, 4 2 ? from: Sidemi, Amurland ; Japan; Kawagashi,

). vi, 1889 (Dr. Fritze, in the afternoon at a rose-bush).

130. Dolbina exacta.

Dolhina tancrei Staudinger, in Rom., Wém. Lép. iii. p. 155 (1887) (partim).

Dolbina ineracta, Fixsen (non Walker, 1856), in Rom., Mém. Lép, iii. p. 320. n. 94 (1887) (Corea,

viii.) ; Leech, Vrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 289. n, 69 (1898) (Chang-Yang).

Pseudosphing inexacta, Graeser, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 104. n. 180 (1888) (Wladiwostock,

two broods ; Frawinus, Syringa) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 588. n. 31 (1888) (partim).

*Dolbina ewacta Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 222. n. 211. t. 4. f. 1 (gd) (1892 ;—coll.

Staudinger) ; Kirby, Nov. Zoou. i. p. 102. n. 2 (1894) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 29

(1899) (Bikin ; Ussuri ; Wladiwostock ; Corea); Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101.

n. 740 (1901) (Ussuri ; Corea).

3%. Pilifer with a brush of scales and a few bristles. Underside ot abdomen

brownish grey like the wings, the brownish black basal spots of the segments

reduced, generally not visible.

( 162 )

3. Tenth tergite broad, flat, curved downward, narrowed from middle to end,

which is incised ; processes of sternite short and slender (Pl. XXVIII. f. 27).

Ventral process of harpe (Pl. XXXIX. f. 16) suddenly narrowed at end to a

point, dorsal process divided into a single distal and double proximal lobe. Tooth

of penis-sheath short (Pl. XXIX. f. 34), inner surface of sheath densely covered

ventrally with sharp spines, which form a patch that extends far proximad, the

bases of the spines shining through the sheath as small dots; this armature

reminds one strongly of that found in Amorpha populi.

?. The two processes of the vaginal plate stand at the side of the vaginal

cavity, and are very slender (Pl. XXII. f. 2).

Larva said by Graeser, /.c., to be very similar to, and the pupa not distinguish-

able from, that of Sphinx ocellata.—Food-plants: Syringa and Fraxinus.

Two broods.

Hab. Amurland and Japan.

In the Tring Musenm 8 3d, 7 ?? from: Amurland ; Japan.

XLII. KENTOCHRYSALIS.—Typus : strecker?.

Kentochrysalis Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. ili. p. 157 (1887) (type : streckeri).

Anceryx, Leech (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 589 (1888).

3%. Head small, scaling prolonged to an interantennal tuft. Tongue very

short and weak, the two halves separated distally, sometimes also proximally, the

ciliae at the inner edge long and rather widely apart. Pilifer reduced to a tubercle,

clothed with scales and bristles; genal process short; tubercle of labrum low,

transverse. Palpus small, smaller in ? than in d, joint between segments 1 and 2

naked, inner surface of segment 1 scaled, except at base. Antenna: end-segment

two or three times as long as high basally, triangular; ¢: strongly compressed, —

ciliae long; 2: fasciculated ciliae shorter than in d. Tibiae not spinose ; spurs

short, hindtibia with two pairs, but proximal pair often concealed under the —

scaling ; first tarsal segment almost exactly as long as the four other segments

together, no prolonged spines ; no mesotarsal comb ; hindtarsus not longer than the

cell of the hindwing ; pulvillus and paronychium present, but the paronychial lobes —

very slender. }

3d. Harpe with a long ventro-distal process. Tenth tergite scaled mesially ;

sternite with a broad mesial lobe. Penis-sheath produced into a long hook, which —

is curved proximad.

?. Vaginal cavity covered by a broad lobe.

Larva granulose, head triangular.

Pupa without free tongue-sheath, armed with sume high, sharp tubercles on

the basal sternites of the abdomen, which serve as an organ of locomotion.*

Hab, Awurland ; Mongolia; Japan.

Three species.

It was not without hesitation that we decided to keep the seven species of

Sphingulus, Kentochrysalis and Dolbina separate under these three generic terms.

Though Sphingulus and Dolbina represent divergent branches from the same stock

which are easily enough distinguishable, Kentochrysalis stands intermediate between

* See Appendix.

( 163 )

the two, and comes, in fact, in several points so near Doldina that the discovery of

a form connecting the two genera would be no surprise to us. Dolbina has nothing

to do with the American Dolda ; the similarity is quite superficial.

Staudinger says, l.c., that the hindtibiae have only one pair of spurs ; in this

he was wrong.

Key to the species :

a. Antenna with large brown patch on the

upperside . < ; 0 b. i

Antenna with the patch act or ante

vestigial . : - . 133. K. sievers?.

6. The two antemedian lines 3 the feranne

ending at inner margin in a black patch. 132. K. consimilis.

The two antemedian lines less distinct, the

black patch absent . 5 : é . 131. K. streckeri.

131. Kentochrysalis streckeri.

*Sphinax streckeri Staudinger, Ent. Nachr. vi. p. 252 (1880, Nov.) (Wladiwostock, vi. ; Asko I. ;—

coll. Staudinger).

*8phinx davidis Oberthiir, Et, d’Ent. v. p. 27. n. 68. t. 7. f. 9 (1880, Dec.) (Mongolia ; Askold, V. ;—

coll, Charles Oberthiir).

Kentochrysalis streckeri Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii, p. 157 (1887); Graes., Berl. Ent.

Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 104. n. 181 (1888) (=davidis ; Wladiwostock, rather common ; on Fraxinus

and Syringa) ; Staud., /.c, vi. p. 220. n. 209 (1892) (=duavidis) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 693.

n. 1 (1892) (partim) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 290. n. 70 (1898) (partim) ; Bartel, in

Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 32 (1899) (partim ; Amur, Wladiwostock, Askold, Mongolia) ; Staud.

& Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n. 737 (1901) (partim ; Ussuri),

Anceryx davidis, Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond p. 589. n. 34 (1888) (partim).

3?. Antennae of both sexes with fasciculated ciliae on all segments, the ciliae

on the terminal segments long in d ; segments rounded-dilated dorso-laterally in

dé and $, especially the middle ones ; end-segments see Pl. LX. f. 10. Pilifer

with a brush of scales and a few bristles. Palpus rough with hairs, especially the

first segment.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite triangular, about twice as long as broad basally,

pointed, flat above, curved downward, prismatically compressed distally, the

underside carinate (P]. XXVIII. f. 22); sternite broad, short, truncate-sinuate,

angles rounded. Dorso-distal margin of clasper very oblique; harpe (Pl. XX XIX.

f, 21) with a broad, almost flat, upper lobe, which is dentate and sinuate, the

yentro-distal process slender, cylindrical, obtuse. Penis-funnel cylindrical, somewhat

obliquely truncate ; penis-sheath ending in a long, slender, pointed hook curving

‘proximad and sinistrad (Pl. X XIX. f. 32).

%. Vaginal plate feebly sinuate ; the wide vaginal cavity covered proximally

by a broad rounded lobe (PI. XXI. f. 21).

Larva said to be similar to those of Sphinw ocellata and Phyllosphingia

dissimilis.—Foodplants : Syringa, Fraxinus, Ligustrum.

Chrysalis described by Standinger as possessing a pair of long, narrow,

pointed tubercles on the first and second abdominal sternites, similar to those of

Ph, dissimilis.*

Hab. Avurland ; Mongolia; Askold.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 8 ? 2% from Amurland ; one pupa.

* See Appendix.

( 164 )

132. Kentochrysalis consimilis spec. nov.

Hyloicus davidis, Butler (non Oberthiir, 1880), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p, 2 (1881 (Tokio).

Anceryx davidis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 589 (1888) (partim).

Kentochrysalis streckeri, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 1 (1892) (partim) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond. p. 290. n. 70 (1898) (Yokohama, on stems of yew trees).

é. Intermediate between s¢recheri and sievers?, but different from both ; of

the size of strecheri, with which it has generally been confounded.

In appearance like streckeri, but the external discal lines of the forewing less

dentate, the two antemedian lines distinct, ending at inner margin in a blackisi

patch which is prolonged basad.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 23) suddenly narrowed to a short pointed

hook ; sternite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 24) divided into two triangular lobes. Clasper

as in sieversi, broadest near base; harpe longer than the clasper (Pl. XXXIX.

f. 15), not unlike that of séevers?, but the ventral process shorter. Besides this”

process there are five or six more, which vary in form and position in the

specimens dissected, the most ventral one being, however, always large. Penis-

sheath as in stever's?.

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown ; feeds probably on yew.

Hab. Japan, ;

A series of do in the Brit. Museum from: Chinzengi, viii. 1881 (Lewis) §

Tokei ; Nikko ; one transferred (in exchange) to the Tring Museum,

133. Kentochrysalis sieversi.

Kentochrysalis sieversi Alphéraky, in Rom., Mém. Lép. ix. p. 164, t. 10. f. 1 (1897) (Corea) ; Leech,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 290. n. 71 (1898) (doubts distinctness) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm.

li. p. 33 (1899) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n, 738 (1901) (Ussuri, Corea).

3. Antennal segments very feebly dilated laterad, fasciculated ciliae of dista

segments shorter than in strecker?. Palpus not hairy. Pilifer with scales and

some bristles. Antenna without the large black patch of strecker?, there being

only a few brown scales present in sieversi. JR? of hindwing before centre of cell,

stalk of SC? and R? longer than in streckeri.

3d. Tenth abdominal tergite more abruptly narrowed and curved than in

strecheri ; sternite very broad, truncate, sides obtusely dentate (Pl. XXVIII. f. 25).

Clasper widest near base ; inner surface with long thin scales; harpe very large

(PI. XXXIX. f. 17), reaching basally close to dorsal margin and ventro-distally to

the apex of the clasper, the ventral finger-like process is short; above it there is

a pointed triangular process curving upwards ; the dorso-basal part of the harpe is

provided with large teeth. Penis-sheath similar to that of streckeri, the hook

longer.

?. Not seen.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. Corea and Amurland.

In the Tring Musenm 2 ¢¢ from the Sidemi R., Amurland.

The specimen of “ strecheri,” of which Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 290

(1898), referred to as being darker than séeversé, and which apparently convinced:

him of the specific ideutity of streckeri and sievers?, was not streckeri at all, but

the new //yloicus described on p. 144 of this paper.

( 165 )

XLII. SPHINGULUS.—Typus : mus.

Sphingulus Staudinger, in Rom., Wém. Lép. iii. p. 156 (1887) (type: mus).

3%. Differs from Kentochrysalis in the paronychium being without lobes and

the pilifer bearing only scales, no bristles.—Autennal segments dilated in 3, very

faintly in 2, the ciliae shorter in 2 than in s¢reeheri. Palpus small in both sexes

Early stages not known.

Hab. Amurland.

One species.

Staudinger, Z.c., says that the hindtibia has only one visible pair of spurs.

‘There are two pairs, but both are short.

134. Sphingulus mus.

Sphingulus mus Staudinger, l.c. (1887) (Suifun) ; id., Zc. vi. p. 227. n. 212 (1892) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 695. n. 1 (1892); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 35 (1899) (Bikin, Suifun vi.,

Sutscl.an, Baranowka) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n. 741 (1901) (Ussuri).

3. Body very uniform in colour ; the markings haying nearly all disappeared.

The two most distal lines of the forewing of K. strecher? are indicated, the post-

discal one by double dots at the veins.

6. Tenth abdominal tergite about three times as long as basally broad, dorsally

elothed with long hair-scales, narrowed towards the apex, which is truncate-sinnate

With the angles projecting (Pl. XXVIII. f. 26) ; sternite with a rounded mesial lobe

ich is about as long as broad, the sides faintly incurved. Clasper covered on

inner surface with long weak hair-scales ; harpe reaching beyond end of clasper

(Pl. XXXIX. f. 18), the ventro-distal process gradually narrowed, somewhat curved

uward distally, not sharply pointed ; a dorsal process near base, also obtuse. Hook

of penis-sheath very long (Pl. XXIX. f. 33) pointed; inside the sheath there is

; patch of spines, which are visible from the outside as brown dots.

3. The lobe in front of the vaginal cavity sinuate, the vaginal plate rather

strongly chitinised (PJ. X XI. f. 20).

Larva and pupa not known.

Hab. Amurland.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 5 2? from Amurland.

( 166 )

Susramity Ambulicinae.—Typus : Protambulyx strigilis.

Bombyliae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131 (1822) (partim). \

Deilephilae id., l.c. p. 136 (1822) (partim).

Smerinthi id., l.c. p. 141 (1822) (partim).

Chaerocampini Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 159 (1865) (partim ; nom. indeser.).

Smerinthini id., l.c. p. 160 (1865) (nom. indescr.).

“ Smérinthides ” Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 8 (1875) (excl. Nyceryx, Eurypteryx, Ceratomia). —

“ Taeucophlébides ” id., /.c. p. 54 (1875).

“ Déiléphilides ” id., i p. 158 (1875) (partim ; Ambulyx only).

Chuerocampinae Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 514. 554 (1877) (Cypa only).

Ambulicinae id., l.c. p. 514. 579 (1877) (A. ? hyposticta excl. ; type: strigilis).

Smerinthinae id., l.c. p. 515. 582 (1877) (Sphingonaepiopsis excl.).

There is apparently no single character which separates all the members of the

present subfamily from all the Acherontiinae. An Ambulicine species is distinguished,

however, from the Sphingicae by the end-segment of the antenna being short,

densely scaled above ; the few genera with prolonged end-segment (Protambulyz,

Compsogene, Oxyambulyx, Cypa) are recognisable by the apex of the forewing

being sinuate, or the long tarsi being without a midtarsal comb, or by the distal

margin of the forewing being more or less angulate below the middle, or sinnate

at apex. ,

The tribe Sphingulicae, in which the end-segment of the antenna is as short as

in most Ambulicinae, agrees so closely in structure with this snbfamily that only

a combination of characters separates one group from the other; the tuft of long

hair-scales covering the lower part of the eye in many Ambulicinae is absent

from or vestigial in Sphingulicae ; all the species with irregular distal margin of

the forewing, or with the margin concave below the apex, or the apex sinuate, or

the margin straight or slightly concave and the tibiae at the same time spinulose

or the forewing with yellow and red shades, as well as the forms without frenulum,

or without the proximal pair of hindtibial spurs, or without pulvillus, belong to the

Ambulicinae.

As in the case of the Acherontiinae, the specialisation within the subfamily

Ambulicinae, which has led to the appearance of a great number of groups of

species treated as genera, relates to a variety of organs, many of which become

more and more reduced till they vanish. The gradual disappearance of organs,

such as the frenulum, the proximal pair of hindtibial spurs, the pulvillus and

paronychium, the friction-patch, ete., can equally well be traced in this subfamily as

among the Acherontiinae. It is here, like there, largely a development by reduction

which has given rise to the genera, these being in many cases characterised by the

absence or reduction of some particular organ.

The tongue of the Ambulicinae does never reach beyond the end of the

abdomen ; it is gh short and ited and there are several ae in which

ie setae while the ie of the weak tongue is generally long and loose, the hairs

being more or less separate, or is absent (Pl. LXI.f. 10.11). The base of the tongue

( 167 )

it is tubercled on the upperside near the base. The weak tongue is functionless,

only the lower (¢.c. less specialised or less reduced) forms being able to use the

tongue as a sucking-tube. These strong-tongued Ambulicinae visit flowers

(Protambulyx strigilis ; Gundl., Ent. Cubana p. 185), while the bulk of the subfamily

does not feed.

The pilifer is normally of a rounded triangular shape, with the inner surface

clothed with long bristles. These bristles become often modified into scales,

either all or part of them; they disappear in a few species almost completely

(Pl. LXI. f. 10). The pilifer itself is sometimes reduced to an obtuse triangular

projection (Pl. LXI. f. 10), while it is occasionally prolonged, resembling a tooth-

brush (PI. LXII. f. 5). The genal process is triangular, as high, or nearly as high,

as the pilifer, seldom reduced (Cypa), in which case the pilifer is also reduced. The

palpus is large in the lower forms (Protambulyx, Compsogene, etc.), and becomes very

small in a number of genera ; it is generally smaller in the 2 than in the d, so

that in this respect the ? is the more advanced sex. The joint of the second and

third segment is often open, 7.e., the scales at the end of the first and the base of

the second segment stand so far apart that the naked joint is visible. The most

peculiar palpus is found in Cressonia, where the long second segments curve

sideways, the palpi being divergent, especially in the d.

The antenna are never club-shaped, but they are thinner at the base than in

and before the middle. The segments are always compressed and grooved in the

3, with long fasciculated ciliae ; in some cases the upper edge of the groove “is

dilated laterad, forming short pectinations ; these are enormously prolonged in the

African Ceridia mira (Pl. LX. f. 27.28). The so-called bipectinated antennae of

the oo of Cressonia and Monarda are of an entirely different type, resembling the

antennae of Saturniidae, as pointed out by John Smith (see Cressonia). In

the 2 ?-antennae we often find the ¢ d-characters repeated, but in a less pronounced

form, while in many other species the segments are simple and somewhat depressed.

The end-segment, which is always long and rough-scaled in the Acherontiicae aud

Sphingicae and short in the Sphingulicae, is long in very few Ambulicinae (Pl. LX.

f. 4. 5. 6) and short in all the others. The segment is rough-sealed only in

Protambulyx, while it is densely and smoothly scaled on the upperside in the other

genera. Protambulyx represents in this respect the lowest type.

Spinosity of the tibiae is of equally common occurrence among the Ambulicinae

as it is among the Acherontiinae. The spinosity is not necessarily accompanied by

a reduction of parts of the legs. There is no scent-organ at the posterior side

of the forecoxae. The foretibia ends often in a thorn, a character independently

developing in many not closely related genera, and in a few cases the external

spines of the first protarsal segment are enlarged (Monarda). The spurs are in

some forms very long, the longer terminal one of the hindtibia equalling in length

sometimes the first tarsal segment. In the forms where they are most reduced

they are so short as to be concealed in the scaling of the tibia. The proximal pair

of spurs of the hindtibia disappears often ; Parum colligata is very instructive in

this respect, as the pair is absent from some individuals and vestigial in others.

The distal pair never disappears. In a number of species dealt with under

Polyptychus the spurs are more or less spinose. A very remarkable character of

the legs of the Ambulicinae is the non-development of a midtarsal comb even in

those species which have long and strong legs, like Compsogene, the Ambulicinae

differing conspicuously therein from the Sphingicae, where all the lower forms have

( 168 )

the comb strongly developed, the reduction of the comb and its disappearance taking —

place later in the series of genera. It is worthy to emphasize again that there

is also no comb in the Sp/ingulicae. The pulvillus becomes small in a few species

and obliterates entirely in others. The paronychium preserves the two lobes of

each side in most Ambdulicinae; in some the ventral lobe disappears, in a few

genera both the ventral and lateral lobes. While in the Sphingicae the pulvillus

disappears before the paronychium, we find among the Amdulicinae forms in whieh —

the same is the case, and also such in which the pulvillus is preserved and the

paronychial lobes are lost, as is the case in Sphingulus of the Acherontiine tribe

Sphingulicae. The ventral lobe of the paronyechium is often broader than the —

lateral one, but it is never preserved when the lateral lobe disappears.

The shape of the wing is characteristic of a great many Amdulicinae : in fact,

the insects are generally identified by Lepidopterists as belonging to this subfamily

more by the aspect, the shape and colour of the wings and body, than by special

structural characters, and it is, therefore, quite natural that some species of other

subfamilies have erroneously been brought, by previous authors, into the present

subfamily, and some members of the Amdulicinae placed somewhere else. The

irregular distal margin of the wings which gives so many forms a certain resem-

blance to leaves is not confined to the Ambulicinae ; we meet again with a similar

shape among the Sesiinae and Philampelinae, but never among the Acherontiinae,

which is very curious. The faleate forewing of many <Amdulicinae is found also

among the Philampelinae, Sesiinae, and the Choerocampinae, not among the Acheron-

tiinae. ‘Tliese similarities have been mistaken for indications of closer relationship.

Many A mébulicinae are protectively coloured ; the forewing assuming grey and clayish —

tints, and some resemble more closely an even-edged lanceolate leaf by the develop-

ment of a dark longitudinal line or shade representing the midrib (Phylloxiphia, —

Clanis). Though bright colours may be said to prevail among the Ambulicinae,

there are a great number of very soberly grey-coloured species. The discal streaks

It°—MP present on the forewing of so many Acherontiinae do not appear here.

The spines at the edges of the abdominal segments are always weak and elongate ; _

they disappear, or rather become modified into scales, in several species, while on

the other hand, the underscales of the abdominal tergites are often spiniform, there

being in some species no large dentate scales present on the tergites. The sternites

have only in the lowest forms (Protambulyx and allies) some weak spines at the

edges ; the bulk of the Améulicinae is without them. The abdomen is often curved

upwards as in some Sphingulicae.

The peculiar organ of friction on the clasper of the ¢ and the inner edge of -

the eighth tergite resembles closely that found among the Acherontiinae in so far

as the modified scales of the clasper are small and form a patch, differing widely

from the enlarged friction-scales of the Sphingidae semanophorae. Sometimes —

the friction-scales are reduced to dispersed hairs, or there are in their place only

dispersed granules. The patch is present in the lower forms (Protambulya and |

allies) and disappears later on, all the more highly modified genera being without q

it. The same applies to the patch of the Acherontiinae. The regular ribbon of

enlarged scales at the edge of the eighth tergite, on the inner surface, most

conspicuous in Acanthosphinx (Pl. LIX. f. 1), is not met with in other subfamilies ;

it is also less regular than in Acanthosphinx in most other Ambulicinae with a

friction-patch on the clasper, and is sometimes replaced by rough, long, narrow

scales, or is absent.

( 169 )

The copulatory armature is on the whole complicated in this subfamily, the

species differing often very remarkably from one another. The greater proportion

of the species are slow-flying insects whick do not wander much, and that accounts

largely for the astonishingly great differences presented by the geographical races

of several species (compare Pseudoclanis postica, Polyptychus trilineatus).

The early stages of the Ambulicinae are interesting on account of several

peculiar points in their structure. The larvae are generally said to be characterised

by a triangular head and a granulose skin. These characters are indeed found in

the European and American species, but not in all the African and Indian ones.

So far as the larvae are known, and so far as the descriptions and figures are

reliable, there is no smooth-skinned larva among the Ambulicinae, all being

granulose or spinose. The granules are prolonged to short spines in Coeguosa, to

longer and stronger spines in Rhadinopasa, and to long dentate ones in Lophostethus.

Of these larvae Coeguosa has a triangular head, while it is rounded in the other two.

A rounded head is also found in the full-grown larvae of Daphnusa and Clanis

(and perhaps in other genera). Now the question arises whether the bulky-

headed larva of these genera, which are not all closely allied with one another,

has preserved the ancestral head-form of the Ambulicine larva, or whether the

triangular head is the more generalised one, from which the round head of Clans,

etc., originated. The first stage is not known of any of these larvae, unfortunately,

but Forsayeth figures the younger larva of Clanis (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1884.

p- 393. t. 15) as having a triangular head, and states that the rounded bulky head

is acquired at a later stage. From this one must conclude that in the large-headed

larva the triangular head-form is lost in consequence of a lateral expansion of the

head-case. But this does not necessarily mean that the ancestral larva of the

Ambulicinae had a triangular head. Considering that the first stage of Sphinx

ocellata (and also of the Acherontiine genus Lapara) presents a rounded head,

which assumes later on the well-known triangular form, and that the head of

Polyptychus grayi is produced in the earlier stages into a long process, and assumes

an obtusely triangular form in the last stage, it seems to be probable that the

triangular head is a derivation from a rounded one, and has developed again in

some instauces into an enlarged rounded head. Thus the caterpillars of Lophostethus,

Daphnusa, Rhadinopasa and Clanis would be later forms than the acrocephalic

larvae of other Ambulicinae. If this is true, the spines of Rhadinopasa and

Lophostethus would also appear to be exaggerated developments of the setiferous

granules of Marwmba and others, and would not represent an ancestral feature pre-

served from the common ancestor of the Sphingidae and Saturniidae. It is

necessary to study the first stages of the Spdingidae more closely and of more

species than has hitherto been done. We have almost entirely to depend on

deseriptions and figures, which mostly fail in giving the essential points. The

conclusions based on such scanty and not always reliable data are not convincing.

The horn is long and curves gently upwards in the generalised forms ; it is

occasionally lost (Coequosa).

The chrysalis of the Ambulicinae is as a rale rather stumpy at the frontal end ;

in many forms the frontal part bears two tubercles. The sheath of the tongue never

projects, as in the greater proportion of the Acherontiinae ; it reaches either to the

end of the wing-cases (rarely, Compsogene only ?), or is shortened. A comparatively

long tongue-case is retained in some species which have a strongly reduced tongue

(Minas tiliae, for instance). This fact, which is corroborated by the preservation

(170 )

of a long tongue-case in the short-tongued Acherontia, proves the short-tongued

forms to be derivations from longer-tongued species. There occur some peculiar

pupae in this subfamily: for instance, that of Langia, which is truncate apically

and has no cremaster; the chrysalis of Cressonia with the preanal segments

flattened ventrally and carinate laterally; the chrysalis of Phyllosphingia with

prominent tubercles serving locomotion.

From the morphological characters of the imagines stated above it will have

become clear that the genera Protambulyx, Amplypterus, ete., represent the earlier

Ambulicinae, and are not separable from this subfamily. The elongate forewings

are not a character confined to Protambulyx and allies ; the comparatively strong and

long tongue is met with also among Polyptychus and near relatives; and the lateral

“expansions” of the abdomen—they are tufts of scales—by which Hampson

characterised the “ Amdulicinae” are found only in the Indian genus Oxyambulyz.

On the other hand, the tongue is very short in some American forms which are

close allies of Amplypterus, and one of these has even the outer margin of the

forewing of the ordinary irregular type (Zrogoleynum). Callambulyx rubricosa,

hitherto considered a true Protambulyz, is much more closely related to Sphinw ocellata

than to Protambulyx. The connection between the specialised species of Ambulicinae

and Protambulyx and allies is so close that there is no justification for separating

Protambulyx and allies as another subfamily. This will more clearly be understood

by comparing the following key to the probable phylogenetic connection between the

various genera. It will be noticed that here, as among the Acherontiinae (p. 4),

similarity in structure arrived at in consequence of the reduction or loss of organs does

not necessarily mean close relationship, the most specialised forms of the various

branches agreeing in several characters which they have independently acquired.

The various genera represent in this key steps in the development of the organs

mentioned ; each genus has besides, as a rule, its own specialisations not mentioned

in the key, making it obvious that probably not one of the genera is the ancestor

of the next higher one, but that both come from a common stem.

There are 130 odd species known, which fall into 44 genera. The subfamily is

distributed all over the globe, except the far north. South and Central America

have few representatives, all of the lower type (Protambuly) or closely related to

it. The headquarters of the subfamily are in Africa and India. On the former

continent many new forms will be discovered when the fauna, especially of the

western side, becomes more fully explored.

Though the Ambdulicinae do not fall into several definable tribes, there are

nevertheless some groups of genera closely related inter se. The four Neotropical

genera, Protambulyx, Amplypterus, Orecta and Trogolegnum, form one group ; the

last two genera are developments from ancestral Amplypterus, having acquired

specialisations which are found again in other branches of Améulicinae: for instance,

the undulated distal margin of the forewing of Trogolegnum and the apical protibial

thorn of Orecta, specialisations accompanied by a strong reduction of the tongue, —

and in the 3 by the loss of the friction-patch. Another rather well circumscribed

group are the eyed Ambulicinae, of which Callambulyx rubricosa is the most —

generalised member, while Cressonia is the most specialised ; the group is Holaretic,

extending into the Oriental Region with two genera.

The connection between Clanis, Pseudoclanis, and Platysphinx is very obvious,

and the relationship of Lewcophlebia and Leptoclanis with the same branch becomes

also evident on a close comparison of the structure, as pointed out under Leptoclanis.

(-171 +)

The genus Polyptychus, though comprising homogeneous material, is so much

diversified that it will have to be divided up when the African fauna is better

known. Two Oriental genera (Daphnusa and Marumba) are derivations from this

Aethiopian and Indo-Malayan genus Polyptychus, while the other modifications

are all Aethiopian.

Key to the genera :

a. Midtibia with spines, at least at end . b,

Midtibia without spines m.

6. Two pairs of spurs to ela “ih

frenolum ¢ (it

Two pairs of spurs ie andee

without frenulum . l.

One pair of spurs to hindtibia .

. No paronychium

With paronychium, no palvillae

With paronychium, with pulvillus

. Hinder angle of forewing not indi-

cated, the wing evenly rounded

from base to near apex

Hinder angle of forewing at Le

indicated

Forewing with a broad ane fallen

streak from base to apex

Forewing without sach a streak

Hindwing yellow, red, or pinkish grey,

with large black basal patch

Hindwing not so; palpus small, rough

with hair-scales, joint not open

Hindwing not so; palpus not rough

with hair-scales, joint open ; or

distal margin of forewing even

Joint of palpus not open ; long ter-

minal spur of hindtibia obviously

shorter than first tarsal segment .

Joint of palpus open ; long terminal

spur of hindtibia obviously shorter

than first tarsal segment ;

Joint of palpus open; long terminal

spur of hindtibia as long as first

tarsal segment :

Foretibia ending in a prominent on

Foretibia not ending in a thorn

Wings red and green

Wings not red and green ; eae

pectinated ; :

Wings not red and green ; antenna

not pectinated

* Only indicus.

‘ 5 Mk

LVILI. Leptoclanis.

LXIX. Lophostethus.

3 Sick

LXI. Phylloxiphia.

LIX. Leucophlebia.

LVI. Pseudoclanis.

LXXVIIL. Mimas.

LY. Clanis.

LX. Polyptychus.

LXVIII. Acanthosphinz.

; ar 8h

LXXI. Rhodoprasina.

LXVIL Ceridia.

LXIV. Marumba*

hk.

pP-

( 172)

Forewing produced at apex into a

long curved lobe . 5 f

Forewing not produced at apex ;

hindwing yellow, with a large black

basal patch : ;

Forewing not produced at ae ;

hindwing not yellow

SC? and R! of hindwing on a iene

stalk

SC? and R! of ienden on a ieee

stalk, or not stalked ; pulvillus

furde: paronychium wiki two lobes

SC? and R' of hindwing on a short

stalk, or not stalked; pulvillus

small; paronychium with one

lobe

SC? and R! of pvc on a gear

stalk, or not stalked; no paro-

nychiam : : : :

Palpi divergent ; distal margin of

forewing not irregular .

Palpi not divergent ; distal margin

-of forewing very irregular

Hindtibia with one pair of spurs ;

with frenulum :

Hindtibia with one pair of erat

without frenulum g

Hindtibia with two pairs of ee ;

without frenulum :

Hindtibia with two pairs of ania §

with frenolum

. Apex of forewing pointed

Apex of forewing rounded-truncate ;

SC? and R' of hindwing on a

rather long stalk

Apex of fee rounded ; SC? aud

R' of hindwice on a very short

stalk, or separate .

Handa very broad, apex ited

Hindwing of the ordinary triangular

form

Hindwing without eyesenee

Handing with eye-spot .

. Distal margin of forewing irregular ;

pilifer with bristles 3

Distal margin of forewing irregular ;

pilifer with bristles and scales

Distal margin of forewing even;

hindwing not red

LXIL. Lycosphingia.

LVIL. Platysphine.

kh.

LXV. Daphnusa.

LXIV. Marumba.

LXVI. Poliodes.

LXIII. Likoma.

LXXXVII. Cressonia.

LXXXILV. Phyllosphingia.

: ay

LXXX. Anambulyx.

LIV. Coequosa.

LXXILV. Parum.

: sin ACD

LXXXIIL. Amor pha.

LXXXII. Calasymbolus,

LXXXI. Sphinw.

LXXXV. Pachysphina.

LXXIV. Parum.

a 2

LOPHOSTETHUS. ACANTHOSPHINX CERIDIA. POLIODES. DAPHNUSA. MARUMBA.

‘ongue short and weak. Tongue short Tongue reduced to two short lobes. Tongue very thin and weak. rene nervaryiatl ae clean

iene Palpus with’ Gpenijoinks Palpus small ; joint open. Palpus small; joint open. PRLS AERA TCE Ce aadionien Toned ery and weak caer ane hale a

Aiomfal tren spines on a End-segment of antenna short, Antenna subpectinate in both sexes ; Joint of palpus open, End-segment of antenna short End of palpus open. Abdomen with very weak terminal spines

Abdominal tergites spinose only at edge; Abdominal tergites without broad scales, | Sodominal tergites spinulose all over, end-segment short, End-segment of antenna short. ‘Abdonatual stangltany densalyjerincsarallies Abdeetitine cic inderscales

underscales large underscales mostly spiniform. Tibiae spinose; foretibia with thorn. Abdominal tergites spinulose all aver, Abdominal tergites spinose, without large over. iy sp lominal tergites without large under- a

See esevinanie r= Boxe mini bias ENON One pair of spurs to bindtibia Tibiae spinose. underscales, Tibiae spinose. bine wie spinulose at edges, Spurs rather long; two pairs to hindtibia

Spurs long ; two pairs to hindtibia Spore very longs two pairs to bindtibia, | Frenalam and retinaculum present. Spurs short ; one pair to hindtibia. Tibiae spinose. Spurs short; one pair to hindtibia. yiuns alate cuerale eine retinaculum absent.

Frenulum and retinaculum present. Frenulum and retinaculum present, Pulvillus present ; paronychium with one Frenulum and retinaculum present. Spurs short; one pair to hindtibia, Prodhlontad relinaaulimiorseent eee ‘ort ; one pair to hindtibia. Pavonychium inte

azar linis staen ps perony Be mah Ljone areal yi Inayanliparon yon tin Ereeee lobe at each side, Pulvillus reduced paronychium with one Frenulum and retinaculum present Pulvillus and paronyehium present, Fronalum and retinaculum present, le

gan af fection. Ri of hindwing far below centre of cell, | No organ of friction lobe at each side, Pulvillus and paronychium present. No organ of friction. alae Garenychium absent ; pulvillus present. No organ of friction.

Se rae vals NER nin fae Friction-organ present. No organ of friction. No organ of friction, Position of R? of hindwing variable. Ro hindwing oontral. Hindwings modified.

Tongue short and weak, naked or sealed, B® of hindwing far below centre of cell. aie :

pore ceement of antenna abort (Larva with long spines ; head rounded),

Bn eget ergites spinose at least at

edges, 5 ;

Tibine spinose, f ; : =

c dtibial spor: |

=e 7 | Tongue short and slender.

} 4 e! culum present.

Frenolom and retinaculum

Polvillos and paronychiam present, bot

Jobes of latter reduced. Neds |||

No frictlon-organ. LYCOPHINGIA. |

‘Tongue very short and weak.

End-segment of antenna short. |

Abdomen without spines.

Tibiae spinose. |

Spars short; one pair to hindtibia.

Frenulum and retinaculum present

Pulvillus and paronychium present,

No friction-organ.

AGNOSIA, Palpus elongate.

End-segment of antenna short.

(Antenna bipectinate in ¢).

Abdomen without spines; short broad

underscales on tergites,

Tibiae spinose,

‘Two pairs of spurs to hindtibia.

Frenulum vestigial ; retinaculum absent.

Pulvilus present; paronychiam with one

lobe,

Tongue short.

Joint of palpus open.

End-segment of antenna short,

Abdominal tergites spinose all over.

Tibiae not spinose ; foretibia with end-

thorn,

Spurs short ; one pair to hindtibia.

Frenulum and retinaculum present,

Palvillus and paronychium present.

No organ of friction.

PHYLLOXIPHIA

Tongue short and weak.

End-segment of antenna short

Abdominal tergites spinose only at edges.

Tibiae spinose.

Spurs short ; two pairs to hindtibia,

Frenulum and retinaculum present,

Fulvillus and paronychium present,

R? of hindwing below centre of cell.

CLANIDOPSIS.

Tongue very weak and short.

End-segment of antenna short.

Abdominal tergites with large and spini-

form underscales,

Tibiae simple.

‘Two pairs of spurs to hindtibia.

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

Pulvillus and paronychium absent,

PACHYSPHINX,

As in Sphinx; bat pilifer

with scales and bristles,

eae)

LEPTOCLANIS,

Topgoe short, scaled.

Hiead crested

Bod-segmont of antenna short,

Atdomen spinose only at edges of

CALASYMBOLUS,

As before. Head with high crest.

Hindwing rounded-dilated frontad.

Foretibia without end-thorn,

PLATYSPHINX.

As before; but spi

hindtibia with one pair.

hort,

DEGMAPTERA,

No organ of friction.

As before, but costal margin of

hindtibia.

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

Palvillus and paronychium present.

No organ of friction.

| |

cailea oe o ; te : Hindwing modified ; R= be

Mine spinose a R* of hindwing below centre of cell. | | No organ of friction. hindwing produced into a petites Re eae ok

Spore short; two pairs to hinc tibia. PSBUDOCLANIS. lobe distally. SPHINX.

ivillus present; paronycbium ab- SEUDOCLANIS. ‘li ici 2

rh As before, but tongue much | | = PARUM. Ba tay PUP He Te Tpabane and wese:

Frenulam and r tioneulum absent a Ese Tongue short and weak, 5 End-segment of antenna short, MONARDA.

No orgun of frictio : aS hee ¥ Abdominal tergites with and without Abdominal tergites spi 5s 1

Réof hindwing in or below centre of BLT, BEE a | | RHODOPRASINA. large uunderscales. SMERINTHULUS. Tone simple toredbin sith on Sonat AMORPHA. fos borne

cell } er. | Torerelreryhers Tibiae simple. As before, but tongue not end-thorn, ‘Agta: Srlamaandaderi Palpus small, rough.

| Spurs very short; one or two pairs to tuberculose, Spurs short; one pair to hindtibia, ws tied Mas End-segment of antenna short.

Palpus very small,

Head crested.

End-segment of antenna short. |

No broad underscales on abdominal ter-

End-segment of antenna short. (Antenna bipectinate in ¢).

Abdominal tergites spinose at edges,

without short broad underscales.

Tibiae simple.

renal rangers retinaculum absent,

ae ee Palvillus and paronycbium present,

POLY PTYCHUS. No organ of friction. a 4

Is, Tongue short or rather long.

| aaa

Tongue not reaching abdomen, stout

End-segment of antenna short,

(Abdominal tergites spinulose all over).

Joint of palpus open.

Abdominal tergites spince only at

edges or all over.

gites, spines weak.

Tibiae with a few spines at end; foretibia

with apical thorn.

Spurs very short; one pair to hindtibia,

alt

Tongue very short, tubercled,

Pilifer with scales,

Two pairs of spars to bindtibia.

Frenulum and retinaculum present,

Pulvillus and paronychium absent.

Jibine spinose, 2 Frenalum and retinaculom present, Frenulum and retinaculum present. MIMAS. Head crested. No organ of friction.

Two pairs of hindtibial spars. Pulvillus and paronychium present. Pulvillus and paronychium present. Tongue short. Eye small, lashed.

Frenulum and retinaculum present. Tibiae spinose. Palpus small, Palpus small.

Pulvillus and paronychium present

No organ of friction.

It? of hindwing in or below centre

(Head of adult larva rounded).

Spurs long or short, often spinose ;

two pairs to hindtibia.

With or withont friction-organ.

LANGIA.

Tongue very short.

Pilifer with scales,

Palpus small.

End-segment of antenna short.

Abdominal tergites with large under-

scales ; spines at edges weak.

Tibiae spinose.

Two pairs of spurs to hindtibia,

Frenulum and retinaculum present

Pulvillus and paronychium present,

End-segment of antenna long.

Abdomen with weak spines at edges

of tergites.

Tibiae simple.

Spurs very small; two pairs to

hindtibia.

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

Palvillus and paronychium present,

ANAMBULYX.

As before, but retinaculum and proximal

No organ of friction. pair of hindtibial spurs absent; fre-

‘bdomen without spines,

nib = nulum reduced.

Tibiae simple.

Spurs long; two pairs to hindtibia, =

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

Pulvillus present; paronychium with one

COEQUOSA. No friction-organ,

As before, but hindtibia with one pair of

spurs; frenulum vestigial; retina-

culum absent,

(Larva — without horn, when adult; lobe'at each side.

granulose-spinose). NG SipeR DE teietien:

aa It of hindwing below centre of cell, BATOCNEMA, AKBESIA. CALLAMBULYX,

ThOGOLEGNUM ORECTA Py TAMIMAS (Larva granulose; head triangular). ‘Tongue reaching basal fourth of abdomen. Tongue reaching beyond middle of ab- ‘Yongue short and weak.

tera DRand lect. cee ‘ongue very short. Palpus narrow, smaller than before, domen Palpus reduced,

Meeainee Tons We DOR TSaGh ion RE umiS Ua ea Palpus slender. | End-segment of antenna short. Palpus reduced. Head with mesial crest,

Wea Pals soa End-segment of antenna short ‘Abdominal sternites not spinose ; tergites End-segment of antenna short. End-segment of antenna short,

tbe oak listed Binet bach sys a peso) Abdomen with spines only at edges of spinose only at edges. Eye slightly lashed, Abdomen without distinct spines be-

, not lashe Kyo lashed. tergites. Frenulum and retinaculum present, Abdominal tergites spinose at edges, neath; tergites spinulose all over,

teLwgment of antenna short

‘bieminal tergites spinulose all

wer, no large underscales

Herstes without spines,

Tihise simple.

Syn long; two pairs to hind-

tibia

lvilas and paronychium pre-

sent

Sofriction patch on clasper

End-segment of antenna short

Abdominal tergites spinulose all over, no

Jarge underscales ; sternites without

spines

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

Tibiae not spinose ; foretibia ending in a

thorn,

Pulvillus and paronychium present.

Spurs very short, two pairs to hindtibia.

No friction-pateh on clasper.

Tibiae simple.

Spurs short ; two pairs to hindtibia.

Pulyillus and paronychiom present.

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

R* of hindwing below centre of cell,

No organ of friction,

Tibiae not spinose, foretibia with thorn.

‘Two pairs of spurs to hindtibia.

RHADINOPASA,

Tongue short and weak.

End-segment of antenna short.

AMPLYPTERUS.

As before, bot end-segment of antenna

short, without long bristles ; densely

scaled dorsally.

Wot hindwing in or before centre of cell.

Friction-patoh of clasper reduced.

PROTAMBULYX.

As before, but tongue not reaching end

of abdomen; long end-segment of

antenna with dispersed long scales,

ventrally and dorsally,

Abdominal tergites spinose all over.

‘Tibiae simple.

‘Two pairs of spurs to bindtibia.

Pulvillus and paronychium present.

Frenulum and retinaculum present,

R¢ of hindwing central.

No organ of friction.

(Larva spinose; bead rounded). _

(Tongue-case of pupa not reaching end

of wing-cases).

OXYAMBULYX,

Wongue reaching middle of abdomen.

Palpus prominent.

Eye not lashed.

End-segment of antenna long, but rather

stout, often reduced, densely scaled

above.

Abdominal segments spinose at edges

above and below,

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

‘Tibine simple, or foretibia spinose at tip.

‘Two pairs of Spurs to hindtibia, long.

Pulvillus and paronychium present.

Friction-organ on clasper and eighth

tergite.

BR of hindwing in or below centre of cell.

Pulyillus and paronychiom present.

Friction-organ on clasper and eighth

tergite,

FR of hindwing in or below centre of cell.

sternites with very few weak spines.

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

Tibiae not spinose; foretibia with thorn.

Pulvillus and paronychium reduced.

‘Two pairs of hindtibial spurs, not long.

No friction-organ.

R* of hindwing central,

but also with broad underscales.

Tibiae simple.

Spurs short ; two pairs to hindtibia,

ren and retinaculum present.

Pulvillus and paronychium present.

No friction-organ.

COMPSOGENE.

As before, but tongue not reaching end

of abdomen.

End-segment of antenna long, scales

short, dense above, many bristles.

RB? of hindwing in or before centre of cell.

Friction-patch of clasper darge.

Tongue-case of pupa reaching end of

wing-cases,

Horm of larva curved upwards.

I? of hindwing far below centre of cell.

Friction-patch reduced.

(Ancestral form of AMBULICINAE).

Tongue reaching end of abdomen.

Palpus prominent.

Pilifer normal. -

Frons with transverse crest, but without mesial crest.

Eye not lashed. p

Buco of Antenne BEDE wie a peter =

Abdomi ites and ste: ¢$ spinose at the edges; tergites

Se eee es

Mreaulana aa retinaculum present.

Tibiae

‘Two pairs place unequal spurs to hindtibia.

No comb on midtarsus,

jum with two pairs of lobes,

(173 )

», Foretibia ending in a prominent thorn

Foretibia not ending in a prominent

thorn . A : é

Apex of forewing pointed .

Apex of forewing truncate-sinuate ;

distal margin of forewing irregular

Apex of forewing trancate-sinuate ;

distal margin of forewing even

No pulvillus a ; : c

With pulvillus ; end-segment of an-

tenna long

With pulvillus ; ane pean of an-

tenna less than four times as long

as basally high .

. Spurs very short

Longer spurs several times as cious

as the tibia is broad

. Apex of forewing sinuate .

Apex of forewing acute

Apex of forewing rounded-trnncate .

. First segment of foretarsus short,

with some prolonged spines .

First segment of foretarsus normal ;

spurs short . .

First segment of foretarsus rare

spurs long F ; :

. Costal margin of hindwing adaed Se

tally into a lobe

Costal margin of hindwing seal

Apex of forewing acute, distal margin

even . :

Apex of forewing Sree distal mar-

gin uneven, hindwing red

Apex of forewing sinuate, distal mar-

gin uneven, hindwing not red

. Distal margin of forewing uneven

Distal margin of forewing even, apex

. sinuate 3 - A c z

Distal margin of forewing even, apex

rounded-truncate .

. Hindtarsus about as long as cell of

hindwing, measured along SC

Hindtarsus half as long can as cell

of hindwing .

. Foretibia ending in a thora

Poretibia not ending in a thorn .

2 O be

XLVI. Orecta.

L. Akbesia.

XLIX. Batoenema.

LXXIL Clanidopsis.

; ste ot

LXXV. Cypa.

Dey ore

XLIV. Protambulyx.

LI. Oxyambulyz.

XLVUI. Compsogene.

LXXXVI. Monarda.

Zz.

LXXVII. Degmaptera.

LXXIX. Callambulyz.

XLVII. Trogolegnum.

LXXVI. Smerinthulus.

LXX. Langia..

XLV. Amplypterus.

Ww.

LIL. Metamimas.

LI. Rhadinopasa.

LXXIIL Agnosia.

LXXIV. Parum.

(174 )

XLIV. PROTAMBULYX gen. nov.—Typus : sérigilis.

Sphinx Linné (non id., 1758), Mant. Plant. p. 538 (1771).

Pholus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type: achemon).

Sphinx (Ambulyx), Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 61 (1848) (nom. nud.)

Ambulyx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 121) (1856) (partim ; Linel. type of Amplypterus.

3%. Tongue reaching to middle of abdomen or beyond, longer in d than in .

Pilifer long ; genal process triangular, as high as the pilifer. Frons and terminal

surface of palpi almost on a level, ventral angle of second segment somewhat

rounded, terminal surface smaller than in Amplypterus. A high transverse crest

between antennae, almost vertical in front, slanting behind. Antenna 3 mm. (d)

to 5 mm. (2) shorter than R* of forewing; end-segment (Pl. LX. f. 4) very

long and thin, the thicker basal portion densely scaled dorsally, ciliate ventrally,

the rest of the segment beset all round with single long scales which are more or

less erect, giving the segment a peculiar appearance ; the segment bears ventrally

two or three bristles, but none at the end; ¢: compressed, not deeply grooved

ventral surface of segments rather broad, fasciculated ciliae of distal row not long,

the series reaching barely halfway down the segment, distal segments not grooved,

almost cylindrical ; $: proximal series of prolonged ciliae vestigial. Abdomen

with weak spines at the edges of the distal sternites ; tergites with numerous

spines at the edges. Clasper and eighth tergite with friction-scales, eighth sternite

mesially lobed ; no distinct lateral tuft to eighth segment. Tibiae not spinose, as long

as the respective first tarsal segments ; spurs very unequal, short ones about one-third

or oue-half the length of the long ones, longer apical one of hindtibia less than

one-half the length of the first tarsal segment ; pulvillus and paronychium present,

the latter with two pairs of lobes. Distal margin of forewing excised between

SC! and SC’, the lobe SC* mostly little produced, less prominent than lobe SC*;

R? of hindwing far dedow centre of cell, D? as long as, or shorter than, D*.

Larva and chrysalis probably essentially as in Amplypterus.

The interantennal crest is olive or tawny in front, much paler behind. The

dark band of the thorax does not extend to the lateral edge of the mesothoracic

tegula, the lateral fringe of the tegula remaining pale. The abdomen has a more or

less continuous dorsal line, and oblique dorso-lateral stripes arranged as in the

caterpillar ; the sternites bear very thin obliquely placed lines and a mesial line ;

the first tergite is concolorous with the other segments, or darker. Tibiae without

basal spot.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, from Southern Brazil to Mexico;

Bahamas ; West Indian Islands: Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica, Porto Rico, St. Vincent.

Hight species.

Key to the species :

a. No submarginal line on forewing . ; . 142. P. carteri.

Submarginal line on forewing distinct. : : 4 &

6. Forewing above without conspicuous rounded

stigma . 5 . : “ C.

Forewing above with conspicuous rounded

stigma . c 5 é ee

c. Forewing above with broad oblique subbasal

band from inner margin to(SM’) . . 139. P. astygonus.

The band absent or represented by asmall spot ° . «ade

AE Mion U5 Pgh ABN 9 y= , °

wees side heettitetadselh abil iedintiee dated dered ccd dae dicta ot ee tee et Ee

= leh bate 5

(175 )

d. Hindwing above tawny . ‘ : : . 141. P. strigilis.

Hindwing above lemon-yellow - : . 138. P. sulphurea.

e. Distal marginal band of forewing below

pointed at SC° : c ; eae yi

eee marginal band of Raete ianoa

2 mm. aca at SC° . : . 136. P. euryalus.

f. Yxternal discal line of hindwing above concave

between C and R’, strongly angulate at R® 135. P. eurycles.

This line evenly convex or very obtusely

angulate at R* : : 5 3 Ue

g. Distal marginal area of eee below of

almost even width from R' to M!. - 137. P. ockendeni.

This area very broad at R*, here more than

twice as wide as at M' . ‘ . . 140.,P. goeldiz.

135. Protambulyx eurycles (Pl. LXVIL f. 10, 2).

*Ambulyx eurycles Herrich-Schiffer, Aussereur. Schm. i. p. 59. f. 102 (1854) (Surinam ;—coll.

: Staudinger) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 187. n. 9 (1875) (Cayenne ; Brazil) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 579. n. 2 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n. 8 (1892) ;

Rothsch., Noy. Zoou. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa, Venezuela); Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 115. n. 17

(1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

Ambuliz (1) eurycles, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 93. n. 1550 (1857) (Surinam).

3%. The greenish olive-brown colour of the upperside of the abdomen is liable

to fade into ochre yellow ; the forewing is heavier marked in the d than in the ?-

The hindwing varies somewhat in the depth of the yellow colour. The species is

easily distinguished from strigilis by the much paler yellow tint of the upperside of

the hindwing and of the underside of the body and wings, by the more prominent

lobe SC* of the forewing, the large olive black subbasal patch of the upperside, and

the broader brown marginal band of the underside of the forewing, ete.

3. Highth abdominal sternite mesially produced into a strong but short and

blaunt process (Pl. XXII. f. 19). Tenth sternite (Pl, XXIII. f. 3) produced into a

lobe which is somewhat narrowed towards the end, which is almost evenly

rounded, the mesial sinus being, however, traceable in an anal view. The patch of

modified scales on the clasper (Pl. LVIII. f. 31) broader dorsally than laterally,

larger than in strigilis ; harpe not raised above the plane of the clasper, having

neither distinct ridges nor processes ; it is separated from the clasper by a furrow,

and is triangular in shape (Pl. XXXI. f. 2). The penis-sheath is provided dorsally

by a short apical ridge, which is slightly dentate, and curves proximad into the

interior of the sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 16).

%. Proximal edge of vaginal orifice less elevate than in sérégilis, hinder wall

of cavity mesially carinate.

Early stages not known.

Hab, South America, from Colombia to Rio de Janeiro.

In the Tring Museum 5 3d, 3 29 from: Peru; Aroa, Venezuela, April ;

Rio Demerara; Rio de Janeiro. In the Bern Museum from Para, vi. viii. (Dr.

Goeldi).

(4762).

136. Protambulyx euryalus spec. noy. (PI. I. f. 3,d; Pl. LXVII. f.9, o

3 ?. Similar to A. ewrycles. Second abdominal segment less grey above.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: more buffish, less grey, than in ewrycles. The

olive-green costal patches from the base to SC larger than in ewrycles, the two

patches at the end of the cell and distally of it touching each other at the edge

of the wing, or nearly so, a distinct blackish brown marginal band of nearly even

width, tapering in front, limited by a blackish line which begins at the very extremity

of SC® ; contiguous with this line and standing at its proximal side an olive-green,

sharply defined band, which is broadest between R! and R?, where it equals in

breadth the marginal band, while in ewrycles the olive-green band is much less

sharply defined, and much wider between R! and R’. Hindwing : apex less

pointed than in ewrycles and anal angle less produced; the postdiscal black band,

which in ewrycles.is distally concave between C and R* and therefore angled at

the latter vein, is nearly evenly curved ; abdominal margin more grey in $ than

in eurycles.

Underside, the line outside the cell of both wings and the postdiscal one of

the hindwing rather heavier than in ewrycles.——Forewing: discal line closer t

cell than in the preceding species; the brown marginal area about 2 mm. broad at

SO*, while in ewrycles it is narrowed to a point at the end of SC*; the area is much

more even in width, being not much broader between R! and R? than at R’, while

in ewrycles the area is much broader between R! and R* than at R*; the posterior

discal lines vestigial. Hindwing: the postdiscal line not concave between CG

and R°, but slightly convex ; no discocellular bar.

3. The eighth abdominal sternite has mesially just a trace of a lobe (P1. XXII.

f. 22). The harpe (P]. XXXI. f. 1) has a submesial process (pm), and the

edge md is also more raised than in eurycles. The penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 17)

has a longer and non-dentate apical ridge. The tenth sternite (Pl. XXIII. f. 6)

is truncate, with the angles strongly rounded. The patch of scales on the clasper

is very broad (Pl. LVIIL. f. 32), at least three times as wide as in ewrycles.

?. Not dissected. :

Barly stages not known.

Hab. South America: Venezuela; Peru.

One ¢ and three 2% in the Tring Museum from: Merida (type, Briceno):

Santo Domingo, Carabayo, 8.E. Peru, i. vi. 1902 (Ockenden).

In the lobe SC* of the forewing being less prominent than the apical lobe, and

in the marginal band of the underside of the forewing not narrowing to a point al

SC’, euryalus agrees with strigilis, while eurycles agrees in the same points with

sulphurea.

137. Protambulyx ockendeni spec. nov. (PI. LXVLL. f. 7. 8, 6).

3%. Similar to Al. ewryalus.

Wings, upperside. Forewing less variegated, basal half more distinetly

purplish ; olive proximal border of distal marginal band much narrower between

Rt and BR’. Hindwing : third discal line thinner, more even, less crenate.

Underside. Forewing : lines SC'—SC’, situated halfway between fork and

apex, converging behind, cleser together, mostly merged together before SC*;

marginal band pointed at tip of SC%, less widened behind R} than in euryalus,

of more even width.

(kad)

3. Sexual armature as in ewryalus, but tooth of harpe higher and carina of

penis-sheath shorter.

Hab. Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Pern ; 6000 ft. ; wet and dry seasons.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, caught in November, December, January, June

(Ockenden).

138. Protambulyx sulphurea (PI. LXVII. f. 5. 6, d).

*Ambuly« eurycles (Herr.-Schiff.) ab sulphurea Rothschild, Noy. Zoou, i. p. 542 (1894) (Aroa ;—

Mus. Tring).

g. Forewing with the lobe SC’ as prominent as in ewrycles ; wings narrower,

much paler, hindwings lemon-yellow. Forewing: no large costal and internal

subbasal patches, discal lines dentate also at R®, a faint pinkish tint in basal half,

especially before SM?; marginal double band much narrower than in ewryeles

between R! and R*——Hindwing: second and third lines thin, third curved as in

euryalus.

First discal line of forewing below close to cell, marginal band narrowed to a

point below extremity of SC°, much narrower between R! and R* than in ewrycles,

measuring only 44 mm. at the widest point.

3. Highth sternite (P]. XXII. f. 21) mesially produced into a very small

lobe, which is convex, the edges being turned internad. Tenth sternite with a

much narrower lobe than in ewycles, mesially sinuate (P]. XXIII. f. 4). Friction-

patch of clasper as in ewrycles ; harpe different, armed with a high, erect, submesial

process which is hollowed out proximally and rounded at the apex (Pl. XXXL. f. 3).

Penis-sheath with a dorso-lateral ridge which has the appearance of a ribbon fastened

to the sheath with one edge, the free edge of the ridge minutely notched ; distally

the ridge is continued along the edge of the sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 18).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. South America: Venezuela,

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from Aroa, Venezuela.

139. Protambulyx astygonus (Pl. LXVIIf. 1. 2, type).

—— *Ambulyx astygonus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 188. n. 10 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 675.

n, 9 (1892); Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 115. n. 18 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

3. Close to A. goeldii.— Forewing, above, without distinct stigma ; third discal

line of hindwing regularly crenate, first line S-shaped, much more curved than in

goeldii and more proximal, second almost absent or very thin. Hindwing less

pointed, distal margin more conyex ; distal marginal band of forewing below halfmoon-

shaped from tip of SC® to beyond M', then linear, the posterior portion thinner

than in goeldii.

Highth sternite with a prominent mesial process, which is, however, much

shorter than in sfriyilis. Friction-patch of clasper narrow, elongate bean-shaped,

obliquely longitudinal. Tooth of harpe long, obtuse, almost vertical on the clasper.

Penis-sheath with a short tooth pointing sinistro-laterad. Tenth sternite short,

very broad, widest at apex, which is shallowly sinuate, angles rounded, projecting

laterad,

Hab. Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Rio de Janeiro.

Clie)

140. Protambulyx goeldii spec. nov. (LXVII. f. 3. 4, d 2).

$2. Upperside of body buffish grey, silky, a green band before antennae ;

pronotum slightly edged with green, posterior two-thirds of mesothoracic tegula

olive-green, this colour extending backwards over mesonotum and occupying

metanotum ; abdomen with oblique yellow-olive-green side-bands, eighth tergite

olive-green, except fringe. Underside ochreous, palpus near tip and forebreast

anteriorly olive-green, upperside of tibiae and tarsi grey, outer lateral surface of

midtibia and -tarsus greenish brown.

Wings, above. Forewing: silky buffish grey; in shape similar to that of

astygonus, markings olive-green (costal ones partly faded into ochraceous), eight or

more feeble costal bars from base to apex of cell, the interspaces partly filled in with

olive at costal margin, a costal patch a little way beyond tip of cell, sharply limited —

behind by R', gradually fading away distally ; between fork and apex a similar

patch bordered by SC*, along which the colour extends to outer margin, a subapical

costal triangular spot, an oblique subbasal band twice as long as broad, from

(SM?) to inner margin, a narrower band between SM? and inner margin, with which

it stands at right angles before middle, a nearly semicircular large patch upon the

inner margin between middle and distal angle, reaching nearly M', consisting of

blackish markings behind, and being green before M?; a brown apical semicircle

SC'—SC*, a brown submarginal line from tip of SC* to tip of SM?, broadly

bordered proximally with greenish olive, marginal space between band and edge

of wing purple brown; a large ovate blackish stigma, a straight line behind

SC! just proximal of fork, a deeply curved very faint line R'—R® behind it, a little

more proximal, a trace of another similar line nearer cell, and between this line and

cell a broader line shining through from below; traces of two lines in front of

second inner marginal band as prolongations of the respective costal bars.

Hindwing : maize yellow, grey at base and abdominal margin, in ? shaded with

tawny; apex acute, distal margin faintly concave in front, more obviously so

behind; a straight, dentate, brown line shaded a little with ochraceous, about.

1} mm. outside cell at R%, ending behind in a spot, a thin brown line between it

and marginal band, faintly broken, evenly curved in front, a brown marginal band

sharply defined, less so at apex of wing; an anal submarginal band confluent

with it.

angulate at R%, rather heavy in front, where it is deeper brown ; R? and outer ha f

of SC® brown; a very broad brown marginal band pointed at tip of SC*, and

linear from M! backwards.——Hindwing : first discal line in position as above

curved in front, a postdiscal line as above, but there are traces of other lines

between the two; marginal band shaded with grey, in d almost restricted

extreme edge and purple brown in colour, more distinct in ¢.

$. Sexual armature similar to that of astygonus, but friction-patch broader,

tooth of harpe strongly pointed, tenth sternite less broad.

Hab. Para (Dr. Goeldi).

June and July.

Differs from astygonus in the presence of a large stigma on the forewing,

(179 )

the straighter distal edge of the hindwing, the less curved first discal line, the absence

of the second line, and the not obviously dentate third line of the same wing, as

well as in the more gradually narrowed distal border of the forewing below.

141. Protambulyx strigilis (PI. LXVII. f. 11, 3).

Sphinx strigilis Linné, Mant. Plant. p. 538 (1771) (America); Drury, Jllustr. Ev. Ent. i. p. 62.

t. 28. f. 4 (1773) (Jamaica) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 539. n. 10 (1775) ; Miill., Naturs. Suppl. p. 302.

n, 48 (1776) ; Cram., Pap. Exot. ii. p. 14. t. 106. f. B (1777) (Curacao ; Jamaica) ; Goeze,

Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 204. n. 4 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 144. n. 22 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins.

ii. p. 95. n. 25 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2377. n. 66 (1790); Fabr., Ent, Syst. iii. 1.

p- 364. n. 26 (1793) (St. Cruz) ; Drury, ed. Westw., Jllustr. Ex. Ent. i. p. 57. t. 28. £. 4 (1837).

Pholus strigilis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134. n. 1437 (1822).

Ambulyx strigilis, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 121, n. 1 (1856) (Rio de Jan. ; Para ;

St. Domingo); Burm., Sitzber. Naturf. Ges. Halle iii. p. 70. n. 1 (1856); Lue., in Sagra,

Hist. Cuba vii. p. 291 (1856) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 93. 0.1551 (1857)

(Jamaica) ; Clem., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 152. n. 40 (1859) ; Morris, Cat, Lep. N.

Am. p.20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 175.1. 1 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Correspbl.

iii. p. 57 (1865); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. (64 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid.

p. 159. n. 64 (1865) ; Grote, ibid. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iti. p. 185

(1870) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 186. n. 7 (1875) ; Mischl., Verh. Zool. Bot.

Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 347 (1876) (Surinam) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 579. n. 1 (1877)

(Haiti; Para; Rio de Jan.) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ;

Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 39. n. 1 (1878) (Amazons) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483.

n. 55 (1878) (Jamaica); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 184 (1881) (larva on Comocladia,

Erythroxrylon) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het, i. p. 16. n. 1 (1881) (Panama ;

§. Domingo ; Rio de Jan.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n 6 (1892); Druce, lc. Suppl.

399 (1896) (Jalapa; Coatepec ; Orizaba ; Guatemala ; Costa Rica) ; Pitt. & Biol., Lep. Het.

Costa Rica p. 11 (1897) ; Boénningh., Jris xii. p. 115. n. 16 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro ; larva on

Anacardium, Spondia) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 138 (1901) (Trinidad).

Ambulyx strigilis var. rubripennis Butler, l.c. ix. p. 579. sub n. 1 (1877) (Haiti).

Ambulyx rubripennis, Kirby, l.c. p. 675. n. 7 (1892).

32. The lobe SC* of the forewing is less prominent than the apical lobe. The

greenish olive spots in the basal half of the forewing are variable in size and

distinctness. The third line of the hindwing is either angled at R? as in eurycles,

or rounded as in astygonus and euryalus, with intergradations ; the second line is

oecasionally absent or vestigial, while in other individuals a fourth line appears

ontside the third. The tawny speckles of the underside are sometimes numerous ;

such speckles appear not rarely also above, where they become occasionally so

dense that the hindwing is altogether tawny with the bands not distinct.

Individuals like these occur among strigilis on the continent as well as on the

islands, and do not represent a local race ; they are ab. rwdripennis. End of antenna

see P]. LX. f. 4.

3. Highth sternite (Pl. XXII. f. 18) mesially produced into a dong and sharply

pointed process, which curves gently upwards. Lobe of tenth sternite broad and

short (Pl. XXIIL. f. 5), shallowly emarginate. Patch of friction-scales of clasper

(Pl. LVIIL. f. 30) narrow, elongate bean-shaped ; harpe (Pl. XXXI. f. 4) with a

rather high submesial process (ym), the edge md also somewhat raised. Penis-

sheath (P]. XXX. f. 19) resembling that of ewrycles, but the apical ridge less evenly

curved, with a larger tooth proximally. Friction-scales of eighth tergite see

ei LVI. f. 40.

%. Kighth tergite sinuate; scaled. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. 11) truncate

distally, the postvaginal part short, with transverse ridges or folds ; anterior edge

of orifice raised, even, incrassate.

( 180 )

Early stages not known, at least not described ; larva on Anacardium, Spondia, —

Erythroxylon, Comocladia, ete.

Hab. Cuba to Mexico, southward over the continent and the West Indian

Islands to Southern Brazil; not known from Argentina, but occurring doubtless in —

the northern parts of the Republic.—Common.

In the Tring Museum 100-odd specimens from: Jamaica; Cuba; Haiti;

St, Vincent ; Mexico southward to Rio de Janeiro.

142. Protambulyx carteri spec. nov (Pl. LXVI. f. 3; LXVIL f. 12, d).

é. Agrees structurally with A. strigilis; but differs in the following points :

oblique lateral lines of abdominal tergites and lines of sternites absent or very faint.

Wings, upperside.——Forewing broader, apex less deeply sinuate ; disc with one line

only, beginning at olive costal patch which stands between cell and subcostal fork,

a second discal line barely traceable; no submarginal line and no marginal band,

but extreme edge of wing purple-brown. Hindwing tawny as in ab. rwbripennis

of strigilis ; traces of two discal lines, the intermediate line being absent, brown

marginal band vestigial in upper half, rather better marked behind.

Underside of wings very uniform in colour, similar to upperside of hindwing ;

first discal line vestigial on both wings, no other markings ; forewing somewhat

yellowish at base behind cell.

Hab. Bahamas and Florida.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Nassau, Bahamas, caught by Sir Gilbert

Carter, in whose honour the species is named. A second ¢ from Biscayne Bay,

Florida, sent for identification by the Kny-Scheerer Company.

We are not sure that this insect is distinct ; it may be a subspecies of strigilis;

but as the latter occurs all over the West Indies and Central and South America,

without being split up into geographical races, it would be very remarkable if (and

is surely not probable that) it forms a special geographical race on the Bahamas —

and in Florida. We expect strigilis to occur in these localities as well, and believe

that carter? is independent of it. The absence of structural differences is no proof —

of the two being specifically the same. In Amplypterus gannascus and ypsilon we

do also not find structural differences.

XLV. AMPLYPTERUS.—Typus: gannascus.

Sphinx Stoll (non Linné, 1758), in Cram., Pap. Exot. Suppl. p. 157 (1790).

Amplypterus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133 (1822) (partim ; type: gannascus).

Ambulyx Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 121 (1856) (partim ; type: strigilis).

Amblypterus (!), Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 60 (1888).

Differs from Protambulyx as follows :

3%. Frons almost vertical, forming an obtuse angle with the terminal surface

of the palpi, the latter projecting more than in Protambulyx. Antenna longer and

stouter, end-segment short, barely twice as long as basally high, compressed,

obtuse, with a brush of long scales which project far beyond the end of the segment,

no long sensory bristles on end-sezment, but ciliae long and densely together. All

tibiae much shorter than the respective first tarsal segments, with or without.

( 181 )

spines ; spurs dong, almost equal, long terminal one of hindtibia nearly as long as

the tibia, or longer. Lobe SC° of forewing more prominent; R? of hindwing in

or before centre of cell. Eighth sternite (¢) simply sinuate mesially ; friction-

patch of clasper large (Pl. LVIII. f. 29); sternites without spinules.

Larva long and slender, head strongly triangular, horn very long, slightly

curved upwards; granulose, a dorsal lateral and an interrupted ventro-lateral

longitudinal line yellow; seven white side-bands, bordered red in front ; white

dorsal marks on segments 4 to 10.—Food-plant : not known, probably Oreodaphne.

Pupa with tubercles on head ; tongue-case ?

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America.

Seven species.—The submarginal line of the forewing, if present, begins at

SC°, not at the tip of the wing ; the discal lines of luniform bars are not obviously

curved costad in front. The posterior two-thirds of the mesothoracie tegula are

entirely occupied by a dark olive-green patch. The first tergite of the abdomen

is not concolorous with the rest of the abdomen. A lateral spot at the angles of

the frons white or grey like the terminal surface of the palpi.

The seven species fall into two well-defined groups according to the tibiae

being spinose or not.

Key to the species :

a. Fore- and midtibiae xot spinose .

Fore- and midtibiae spinose.

6. Forewing below with large black riches or

bands in basal third ; : eG?

Forewing below without large black ee

or bands in basal third . ; ; eas

c. Subbasal band of forewing above at eae

3 mm. distant from basal dot c . 1438. A. gannascus.

Subbasal band of forewing above touching

basal dot at SM? . : : - . 144. A. ypsilon.

d. Subbasal band of forewing interrupted . . 145. A. palmeri.

Subbasal band of forewing not interrupted . 146. A. eurysthenes.

e. Forewing with a continuous line from apical

third of costa to middle of inner margin. 149, A. donysa.

Forewing without such line. ; e : oI

Jf. Hindwing above ochraceous yellow. . 147. A, tigrina.

Hindwing above rosy red. : c . 148. A. sexoculata.

1. Fore- and midtibiae not spinose ; long terminal spur of hindtibia as long as

the tibia, or longer. Abdomen with a series of dorsal mesial spots.

143. Amplypterus gannascus.

Sphing gannascus Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ex. Suppl. p. 157. t. 35. £. 3 (1790) (Cap. b. spei!!).

Amplypterus ganascus (!), Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 133. n. 1429 eae

Ambulyx ganascus, Walker, List Lep Ly B.M. viii. p. 121. n. 2 (1856) (partim ; Amazon ;

Guatemala ; Jamaica) ; Clem., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 153. n. 41 (1859) (S. Am.

Mex. ; W. Ind.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. o Am. p. 20 (1860) (syn. partim) ; Clem., in Morris,

Syn. N. Am. Lep. p. 175. n. 2 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. iii. p. 57 (1865) (Cuba) ; ; Grote,

Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 64 (1865) ; Boisd., Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 68 (1870) ; Gundl.,

Contr, Ent. Cubana p. 185 (1881) ; Bonningh., on xii. p. 116. n, 20 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

(eter)

Ambulyx gannascus, Burmeister, Sitzber. Natu;f. Ges. Halle iii. (Separ.) p. 15. n. 2 (1856) (N.

Friburgo ; descr. of genus, larva and pupa) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 159.

n. 63 (1865) (trop. insul. distr.) ; Grote, ibid. v. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. —

Soc. iii. p. 185 (1870) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén, Lép. Hét. i, p. 183. n. 3 (1875); Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 581. n. 15 (1877) (Jamaica); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. —

p- 16. n. 2 (1881) (Guatemala; Nicaragua ; Chiriqui ; Jamaica) ; id., /.c., Suppl. p. 309 (1896)

(Mexico; Guatemala ; Costa Rica) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v., Atlas. p. 34. t. 13. £. 5-

(1.). 8 (p.). (1879) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 676. n. 33 (1892); Pitt. & Bioll., Lep. Het —

Costa Rica p. 12 (1897). -

Ambulic (!) gannascus, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 93. 0. 1552 (1857) (Brazil).

*Ambulyc rostralis Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 68 (1870) (Nicaragua ; N. Granada) ; Feld.,

Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77. £. 6 (1874) (Mus. Tring) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 184.

n. 4 (1875); Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 581. n. 16 (1877); Druce, Le. n. 3 (1881)

(Nicaragua ; Colombia; Ecuador ; Amazon; Brazil) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 36 (1892) ; Pitt. & Bioll.,

Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 10 (1897).

-Linbulyx janus Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 68 (1870) (sub syn.).

“Ambulyx daphne Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 184. n. 5 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 34 (1892).

Ambuly«e secoculata, Butler (non Grote, 1867), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 582. n. 22 (1877)

(Guatemala) ; Druce,/.c. p. 17. n. 4 (1881) (Guatemala) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoot. i. p. 542 (1894)

(Costa Rica).

3%. The species is very variable in the general tint of the forewing as well

as in the extent of the black bands of the hindwing; the extreme individuals are

connected by all intergradations. The black bands of the hindwing are not rarely

widened and joined along the nervures to cach other and to the marginal band,

the outer half of the wing in this case appearing black with three rows of red

spots. The submarginal black band is sometimes so broad that there is little left

of the external row of red spots; on the other hand, the band is often reduced

to small vein-spots. The second black band is occasionally very narrow. Hnd of

antenna see Pl. LX. f. 6.

g. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXIII. f. 2. 3) widened at the end and rounded

horizontally, appearing pointed in side-view ; sternite sinuate, the angles rounded.

Harpe (Pl. XXXI. f. 5) not much raised above the plane of the clasper, varying

somewhat individually, especially the submedian ridge, which is occasionally very

indistinct ; distal process flat upon the clasper, not projecting beyond the ventral

edge of the latter. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f, 15) destitute of hooks and teeth;

a rounded, rod-like carina running up to the tip, where it turns internad, being

continued on the inner side of the sheath. Friction-patch see Pl. LVIIL. f. 29.

?. Highth tergite rather broadly sinuate. Vaginal plate longitudinally concave

behind orifice, very slightly chitinised, latero-distal edges more strongly chitinised ;

a fold in front of the orifice.

Larva yellowish pale green, a yellow dorso-lateral line, white X-shaped dorsal

markings, except on segments 1 to 83; seven white oblique side-bands with a red

frontal border, segments 4 to 11 with a longitudinal yellow ventro-lateral stripe.—

lood-plant : not known; probably Oreodaphne.

Hab. Southern Brazil to Mexico, Cuba, Jamaica. Apparently rare in

Andes of Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 120-odd specimens from: Mexico to Peru; Venezuela

to Rio de Janeiro.

144. Amplypterus ypsilon spec. nov.

3%. Body beneath rather redder and at sides of sterna more green than in

gannascus.

( 183 )

Wings, wpperside.——Forewing rather broader than in gannascus, differently

marked: subbasal band broad, almost extended to the very base of the wing,

touching the basal dot at SM’, the interspace between this dot and the band and

neryure M scarcely larger than the dot itself; the band is preceded before M

by a detached patch, which stands a little more distal and is edged all round with

ereyish white ; the patch does not reach the costal margin; the grey scaling on

the disc mostly divided up into 3 to 5 series of narrow lunules; discal spot

M'—M? smaller than in gannascus, subapical patch much larger, being of the same

size as in ewrysthenes ; vein R' brown; distal marginal area much more extended

olive-brown than in gannascus. Hindwing also broader than in gannascus :

median band 3} to 4 mm. broad, not obviously dentate upon the veins ; discal band

merged together with the postdiscal one, being separated from it only in front; this

disco-postdiscal band—resembling the letter Y—is not dentate, the veins not being

black as in the specimens of gannascus with broad bands ; the interspace between

this band and the dark edge of the wing tawny olive, becoming rosy red at costal

margin.

Underside.

Forewing : the red colour of the basal area merges on the disc

gradually into the brown or ochraceous colour of the outer area of the wing, while

in gannascus the red area is more or less sharply defined discally ; subbasal band

nearer the base than in gannascus, discal brown patch M!—M? small, grey outer

marginal area much wider than in gannascus, including a broad burnt umber-brown

band. Hindwing obviously shaded with grey, a discal and a postdiscal continuous

line of red lunules, the outer one indistinct in ¢ and followed by an ill-defined

grey line.

d. Sexual armature as in gannascus, but tenth sternite less sinuate; the

patch of modified scales on the clasper is brown, except the most dorsal portion,

which is yellow.

Length of forewing: ¢,56mm.; ?, 70 mm.

Breadth of forewing: d, 21 mm.; ?, 26 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica to Heuador.

In the Tring Musenm 1 d, 2 2 ? from Costa Rica (Underwood; M. de Mathan) ;

type od.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 1 ¢ from Balsapampa, Ecuador (M. de Mathan) ;

also in coll. Druce ; in coll. Staudinger from Chiriqui; in the Oxford Museum from

Nicaragua.

145, Amplypterus palmeri.

Aunbulyz ganaseus, Walker (von Stoll, 1790), List Lep. Ins. B.M, viii. p. 121. n. 2 (1856) (partim ;

Rio de Jan.).

*Ambulyx palmeri Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 181. n. 1. t. 4. f. 3 (gd) (1875) (Brazil ;—

coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.

i. p. 677. n. 39 (1892) ; Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 116. n. 21 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

*Ambulyx marginata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 10 (1875) (Rio de Jan. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 581. n, 17 (1877); Kirby, lc. p. 677. n. 41 (1892).

3%. Forewing above with a straight or feebly curved line from upper angle

of cell to inner margin, which it reaches a little beyond basal fourth. Hindwing

with a broad blackish brown distal border. Size of the olive-green markings

variable. Sexual armature not essentially different from that of gannascus, the

submesial ridge of the harpe rather higher, the tenth sternite almost truncate, very

( 184 )

feebly sinuate, tenth tergite slenderer, especially apically in dorsal view. Vaginal

plate with the anterior edge of the orifice rather more strongly chitinised.

Karly stages not known.

Hab, South America, from Sta. Catherina to Colombia and Venezuela.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 4 2? from: Sta. Catherina ; Rio de Janeiro; —

Santo Domingo, Carabaya, 8. E. Pern, 6000 ft., June 1902, dry season (Ockenden) ;

Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Aroa, Venezuela.

In coll. Staudinger also from Manaos.

146. Amplypterus eurysthenes.

*Ambulyx eurysthenes Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77. f. 5 (1874) (Colombia ;—Mus. Tring) ;

Boisd., Spec. G'én. Lép. Hét. i. p. 185. n. 6 (1875) (Colombia) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.

ix. p. 581. n. 18 (1877) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n. 18 (1892).

*Ambulyx crethon Boisduval, /.c. p. 182. n. 2 (1875) (Peru or Bolivia ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ;

Butl., lc. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 677. n. 40 (1892).

*Ambulyx schausi Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i. p. 87 (1894) (Petropolis ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. The line crossing the forewing between M! and M? is irregular and

much less oblique than the corresponding line of palmeri, being behind at least

5 mm. distant from the subbasal band, while at the costal margin the band is more

proximal than in palmer’. Hindwing with a blackish brown distal marginal band.

Genital armature as in palmeri.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Espirito Santo to Colombia.

In the Tring Museum 1 6d, 2 22? from: Colombia (type of eurysthenes) ;

Petropolis (type of schausi) ; Espirito Santo.

147. Amplypterus tigrina.

*A mbulyax tigrina Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77. £.4 (1874) (Venezuela ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd.,

Spec. G'én. Lép, Hét. i. p. 187. n. 8 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 518. n. 14

(1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 677. n. 38 (1892).

3%. The upperside of the body and forewing of the type is less brown than

in fresh specimens, The underside of the hindwing bears distally of the cell a

prominent, nearly straight, black or brown line.

3. The submesial ridge of the harpe is much higher than in gannascus, the —

ventral part of the harpe scarcely so distinct as in that species ; the penis-sheath

is not essentially different ; the apex is dorsally more strongly chitinised than —

ventrally ; the feebly raised rounded carina which appears in gannascus as a dark

line is not marked except at the end. The tenth tergite is vertically broader in

and beyond the middle than in gannascus ; the sternite is less sinuate.

Hab. Venezuela ; Colombia ; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 2 2 from: Colombia ; Loja, Ecuador.

In coll. Dognin 2 2 2 from Loja.

148. Amplypterus sexoculata.

Ambulyx sexoculata Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York: viii. p. 204 note (1867) (Brazil) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i, p. 676. n. 28 (1892). y

*Ambulyx depuiseti Oberthiir, Et, Ent. vi. p. 31. t. 5. f. 3 (1881) (Colombia ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

Grote’s description of sexoculata applies to the present species. Butler and

Druce, not being acquainted with this insect, identified specimens of gannascus as

sexoculata, and Rothschild made the same mistake (see gannascus).

( 185 )

d. The harpe is scarcely as much raised above the plane of the clasper as

in gannascus ; the submesial ridge is especially low. The rod-like carina of the

penis-sheath is apically rather prominent; there is apparently no internal cariniform

thickening of the penis-sheath. The tenth sternite is shaped as in t/grina, the

tergite as slender as in palmer.

Hab. Venezuela; Colombia ; Ecuador; Peru ; Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 2 2% from: Merida, Venezuela (Briceno) ;

Bogota (town), at electric light, December (Biirger) ; Santo Domingo, Carabaya,

§.E. Peru, 6000 ft., vi. xi., dry and wet seasons (Ockenden).

In coll. Staudinger also from Chaco, Bolivia, 2000—3000 m. (Garlepp).

149. Amplypterus donysa.

*Ambulyx donysa Druce, Ann, Mag. N. H. (6). iv. p. 78 (1889) (Jalapa) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het.

i, p. 676. n. 35 (1892) ; Druce, in Biol, Centr, Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 309. t. 66. £. 7 (1896)

(Jalapa ; Orizaba ; Guatemala ; Chiriqui).

d%. The fo is much more strongly marked than the ?, in which the undulated

and dentated lines of the forewing are only vestigial or even absent. The most

distal line is proximally convex between the veins down to R*, while from R* to

M? the internervular portions are proximally concave ; the same is the case in the

two preceding species, where the lines are, however, very faint as arule. Individually

variable.

3. Sexual armature similar to that of gannascus ; penis-sheath simply truncate

at the end, not more strongly chitinised dorsally than laterally and ventrally, no

kind of dorsal process or carina. Tenth sternite broader basally than in gannascus,

more evenly rounded apically, with just a trace of a mesial sinus, more extended

spiny than in the other species of Amplypterus.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. 10) rather more strongly chitinised than in

gannascus, distally rounded.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Mexico to Panama.

In the Tring Museum 8 63,322 from: Orizaba; Jalapa; Coatepee ;

Teocelo ; Rosery Mines, Honduras ; Chiriqui.

XLVI. ORECTA gen. nov.—Typus: lycidas.

Ambulyx, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 191 (1875).

Philampelus, Burmeister (non Harris, 1839), Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 320 (1875).

3%. Tongue not reaching beyond the posterior coxae, rather weak, ciliae of

fringe not separate. Genal process subglobose, not reaching to tip of pilifer.

Head small, frons vertical, a mesial crest, developing to a transverse crest between

antennae. Hyelashes present. Palpus small, truncate, second segment broadest

at end, anterior angle projecting forward (side-view), terminal surface at an obtuse

angle with the frons. Antenna as long as (¢), or shorter than (?), R* of forewing ;

end-segment short, with a brush of long scales (nearly as in Amplypterus); segments

of % with the basal ciliae very feebly prolonged. Abdomen without spinules on the

sternites, but the under scales of the tergites nearly all spiniform, no broad scales on

the tergites. Legs shorter than in Amplypterus und Protambulysx ; tibiae not spinose,

( 186 )

longer than the respective first tarsal segments, which are about as long as the

cell of the hindwing is broad apically ; tarsal segments 3 and 4 not twice as long as

broad ; pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with two lobes at each side,

the ventral lobes broader ; foretibia 2ith a thorn at the end; spurs yery short, two

pairs close together on hindtibia, the longer terminal spur little longer than the

tibia is broad. Wings entire, faleate, apex pointel, not sinuate between SC* and

SG®; D® of forewing shorter than D*; R? of hindwing central, or a little behind

centre of cell, D? slightly curved or straight, D* twice as long as D‘, lower angle of

cell almost 90°, sometimes obtuse ; frenulum and retinaculum present. No friction-

scales on clasper and eighth tergite.

Larva as in Amplypterus, with white dorso-lateral line-—Food-plant : Oreo-

daphne acutifolia.

Pupa not described in detail ; head with two tubercles, tongue-case not reaching

end of wing-cases.

Hab. Subtropical Brazil ; Argentina.

One species.

A development of Amplypterus.

150. Orecta lycidas.

*Ambulyx lycidas Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 191. n. 15 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoor. i. p. 86 (1894) (=tithonus=eos).

3. Individually variable in the markings. Frons unicolorous, except a dot

at each side which is white like the terminal surface of the palpi. Mesothoracic

tegula without a grey fringe posteriorly and laterally. Abdomen with a dark

mesial line, which is mostly interrupted on each segment ; eighth tergite of ¢

without patch. Tibiae with a white basal spot. Hindwing, near anal angle, with

a double spot of ovate scales which fall off easily, leaving the spots naked and

therefore transparent.

On examining a series of specimens we come to the conclusion that the

differences pointed out by Kirby (see below) between lycidas, eos and tithonus are

not specific and not constant. But the Argentinian individuals and those from

Uruguay and neighbouring districts differ on the whole somewhat from the examples

found in the provinces of Rio de Janeiro and Espirito Santo, and must be kept

apart as a separate subspecies until it is proved, on receipt of more material from

the province of Rio, that the apparent differences are merely individual, not being

met with in the greater proportion of the individuals.

é. Highth sternite faintly lobed mesially. Tenth segment essentially the same

as in Protambulyx and Amplypterus ; sternite shallowly sinuate, sides rounded,

the spinose area more extended than in Amplypterus. Clasper sole-shaped ; harpe

(Pl. XXXI. f. 6) with a broad and rather high submesial ridge (pm) which inclines

distad, the distal process (pv) very feeble, scarcely separated from the clasper.

Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 20) resembling that of Amplypterus, the carina terminally

fused with the membrane of the duct.

?. Vaginal plate not strongly chitinised, broadly rounded distally, no special.

armature at orifice.

Larva: see above.

Hab, Espirito Santo to Argentina.

Two subspecies :

a. O. lycidas lycidas.

*Ambulyx lycidas Boisduval, /.c. (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir); Butler, Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 271. t. 27. fig. (1886) ; id., Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n. 2 (1892) ; Béaningh., Jris xii. p. 115. n. 19 (1899) (Rio).

*Ambulyx tithonus Kirby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 270. n. 3. t. 27. £. 2 (1886) (Brazil ;—Mus.

Dublin).

3%. Apex of forewing strongly produced, outer margin very feebly convex

between R' and M?.

Hab. Espirito Santo ; Rio de Janeiro ; probably also Sao Paulo and Parana.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? without precise locality.

b. O. lycidas eos.

Philampelus eos Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 320. n. 4 (1875) (Buenos Ayres) ; Butl.

Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) (not a Philampelus).

Ambulyx lycidas, Burmeister, l.c. Atlas p. 58. t. 10. £. 1 (2) (1879) (deser. of larva and pupa).

Ambulyx eos, Kirby, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 269. n. 2. t. 27. £. 1 (g) (1886) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het.

i. p. 675. n. 3 (1892).

3. Apex of forewing less produced than in the preceding subspecies, distal

margin more convex, subbasal band more oblique, subapical costal spot smaller.

Hab. Argentina and Uruguay.

In the Tring Musenm 6 33,7 2 ¢.

XLVII TROGOLEGNUM gen. nov.—Typus: pseudambulyx.

Smerinthus, Boisduval (non Latreille, 1802), Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 29 (1875).

3d. Tongue very weak, thin, short. Palpus rough-haired, short. Head hairy,

small, sunken. Eye small. Antenna strongly grooved, end-segment short.

Abdominal tergites spinose all over. Tibiae not spinose ; spurs rather long, two

pairs to hindtibia, longer terminal one three-quarters the length of the first tarsal

segment. Pulvillus, paronychium, frenulum and retinaticulam present. Apex of

forewing sinuate, lobe SC°—R* very broad, distal margins of both wings somewhat

scalloped, that of forewing excised between R! and R*; SC? and R? of hindwing

on a rather long stalk, R? central or a little before centre, D? curved, D* straight,

longer than D‘, lower angle of cell about 75°. Clasper without friction-scales.

? and early stages not known.

Hah. Mexico.

One species.

A derivation from Amplypterus.

151. Trogolegnum pseudambulyx.

“Smerinthus pseudambulyx Boisduva), lc. n. 18 (1875) (Mexico; “9” ex err. ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

Ambulyx (?) pseudambulyx, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 528 (1877).

Smerinthus (2) pseudambulyx, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 711. n, 8 (1892) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer.,

Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 310. t. 58. £. 4 (1896) (Mexico).

d. Only two specimens known, as far as we are aware; bothare dd. In colour

the species resembles Amplypterus donysa; the subbasal band of the forewing

( 188 )

reaches, however, to costal margin. The small subcostal spot at the proximal side

of the band drawn in the figure in the Biologia is not present in the specimen from

which the figure was taken ; the artist was misled by the dark appearance of a

small place from which the scales of the upper layer have mostly been removed.

Tenth tergite prismatical, broader above than below (Pl. XXIII. f. 12), simple,

curved, narrowed in middle, apex acute in side-view, feebly sinuate in dorsal view ;

sternite short, very broad, rounded, apex shallowly sinuate, lateral and distal parts

of upperside densely clothed with short bristles (Xv). Clasper sole-shaped, apex

strongly rounded ; harpe indicated by a feeble fold separating a triangular piece

from the rest of the clasper (Pl. XXXI. f. 7). Penis-sheath without processes,

the dorso-lateral margin incrassate, ending apically in a rounded carina.

Hab. Mexico.

One & (type) in coll, Chas. Oberthiir, another in coll. W. Schaus.

XLVIII. COMPSOGENE gen. novy.—Typus: panopus.

Sphinx, Cramer (von Linné, 1758), Pap. Exot. iii. p. 50 (1779).

Amplyplerus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133 (1822) (partim ; type: gannascus).

Calymuia Walker (non Hiibner, 1822), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 124 (1856).

Amblypterus (!), Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 13 (1882).

3%. Tongue strong at base, reaching middle of abdomen. Palpus large,

prominent, truncate, terminal surface nearly as long as the frons in d, first segment

strongly curved, nearly 3 mm. long in a straight line from base to tip ; second

(inclusive of scaling) 5 mm. long and 3 mm. broad. Antenna of d 3 mm. and of

? 5 mm. shorter than R* of forewing, end-segment prolonged, setiform, with a

rather large number of bristles; segments grooved in 6, almost cylindrical in ¢.

Abdomen with spines at the edges of the sternites as well as the tergites, but the

spines of the former very weak and small. Tibiae not spinose, as long as, or a little

longer than, the first’ tarsal segment ; spurs long, unequal, two pairs to hindtibia,

long terminal one little shorter than first tarsal segment, hindtarsus half as long

again as cell of hindwing measured along SC, end-segment (claw excluded) not

longer than last but one ; pulvillus large, paronychium with two lobes at each side,

upper lobe long and slender, lower lobe much broader. Distal margin of forewing

entire, apex truncate-sinuate ; cell of hindwing small, not quite a third the length

of the wing, measured along SC; R? of hindwing before centre of cell, D? angled

or curved. Clasper and eighth tergite with organ of friction.

Larva greyish green, with seven oblique yellowish side-bands and a yellowish

subdorsal line; granulose, head triangular, horn very long, slightly curving

upwards ; colour changing before pupation into grey in ventral half and brown-red

in dorsal half.—Food-plant : Mangifera.

Chrysalis elongate ; tongue-case reaching to end of wing-cases ; these with

granules upon the veins; tergites of abdomen rugate, a dorso-lateral series of

granules, segments 4, 5, 6 laterally with several carinae anteriorly ; cremaster

blunt, longitudinally ragate (in Brit. Mus.).

Hab. China, N.W. India to Ceylon, eastwards to the Philippines and Jaya.

One species.

( 189 )

152. Compsogene panopus.

Sphinx panopus Cram., Pap. Er. iti. p. 50. t, 224. f. A. B. (1779) (Java).

Amplypterus panopus, Hiibner, Verz. bet. Schm. p. 133, n. 1430 (1822) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i,

p. 674. n, 1 (1892).

Smerinthus (?) panopus, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 13. t. 6. £. 2 (1848).

Calymnia panopus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 124. n. 1 (1856) (Java ; Ceylon) ; Moore,

in Horsf, & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C.i. p. 266. 0. 613. t. 7. £. 6. 6a (l.p.) (1857) (Java)

(larva on Mangifera, v.) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén.

Lép. Hét. i. p. 13. n. 1 (1875) (Java; Borneo ; Celebes ; Ceylon ; N. India) ; Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 625 (1877) (Java ; Ceylon ; N. India; ‘belongs to Sphinginae”!!) ;

Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. liti. 2. p. 234. n. 7 (1884) (Cachar) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths

Ind i p. 34. n. 186 (1887) (Silhet; Nilgiris) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p.165.n. 24 (1890)

(Rangoon) ; Hamps., //lustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B.M. viii. p. 2. n. 34 (1891) (Nilgiris) ;

Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 35. n. 139 (1892) (Burmah) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna

Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 76. n. 102. fig. 48 (2) (1892) (India; Ceylon; Burma ; Andamans ;

Jaya) ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 392. n. 24. t. D. f. 5 (1.) (1896) (Luzon, x. xi.); Dudg.,

Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 407. n. 102 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan).

*Calymnia pavonica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 596 (1877) (Pt. Blair, Andamans) ; Cot. &

Swinh., /.c. p. 35. n. 187 (1887) ; Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 98. t. 1. £. 20. 25 (born of 7.) (1897).

Amblypterus (!) panopus, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 13. t. 81. f. 1. 1a. b. ¢. (U. p. 7.) (1882) ; Rothsch.,

Noy. Zoot. i. p. 86 (1894) (=pavonicus ; “ Amboyna” err. loc.) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.

x1. p. 366. n, 36 (1895) (Java).

Amplypterus pavonicus, Kirby, l.c. n, 2 (1892).

6%. The Indian specimens are on the whole somewhat darker on the forewing

than the Malayan ones, the antemedian lines of the same wing are more distinct

behind the cell, the black angulated submarginal line stands closer to the margin

at R*, and the last but one line of the hindwing is a little more dentate. These

differences are not constant. The first two lines of the hindwing, above, are often

all red and are sometimes not strongly marked.

¢. Highth sternite with a spatulate mesial process about 14 mm. long.

Tenth tergite long, narrow, slightly compressed, curved downward, finger-like,

not sharply pointed ; sternite produced into a mesial plate, which is a little longer

than broad, with the sides almost parallel, the apex sinuate, the lobes rounded.

Clasper very large, apex rounded, scales of outside short, excepting edges where

they are prolonged, a large ochraceous patch of small bidentate sulcate scales,

the patch rounded distally and dorsally, obliquely truncate-rounded basally ; harpe

represented by a small basal ridge which stands nearly at right angles to the

yentral edge of the clasper and leans distad. Highth tergite at each side with

4 belt of enlarged scales on the inner surface, the belt formed by several rows of

scales which are closely packed one upon the other, no scales mesially at apex

of segment. Penis-sheath with a small tooth ; from the mouth project two tongue-

like flaps which are beset with triangular projections bearing short bristles.

%. Highth tergite transverse, membranaceous at apex; edge irregularly

sinuose. Vaginal plate more or less membranaceous except the strongly rounded

distal edge.

Larva and chrysalis see above.

Hab. China, N.W. and N. India south- and eastwards to Ceylon, the Andamans,

Java, Borneo, the Philippines. Boisduval records it also from Celebes; this

requires confirmation.

In the Tring Museum 16 33,17 99 from: Sikhim; Bhutan; Khasia Hills ;

Burma; Tonkin ; Hongkong; Ceylon; Andamans; Penang, xii. (C. Curtis); Java ;

Labuan, Borneo, ix. (A. Everett).

( 190 )

XLIX. BATOCNEMA gen. nov.—Typus : cocquereli.

Ambulyx, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 191 (1875)

32. Tongue reaching basal fourth of abdomen. Palpus somewhat projecting,

visible from above, rather narrow, end-surface much smaller than in Protambulya and

allies, second segment longer than first. Antenna about 2 mm. shorter than R*

of forewing ; end-segment conical, about two and a half times as long as basally

high, with the scales forming a longer tuft. Abdominal sternites without spines.

Tibiae not spinose, rather shorter than the respective first tarsal segments ; fore-

tibia ending in a long thorn; spurs very unequal, two pairs to hindtibia, long

terminal one as in Compsogene about one-sixth shorter than the first tarsal segment ;

pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with two slender lobes at each side,

Discal margins of wings entire ; apex of forewing truncate-sinuate between SC and

SGC; D® as long as, or longer than, D' ; D? of hindwing curved or angled, R? central

or below centre, D* longer than D*. Clasper and eighth tergite with friction-scales.

Larva not known.

Hab. Madagascar, Comoro Islands, and East Africa.

Two species.

Nearest to Compsogene.

Key to the species :

Forewing above with four costal olive patches,

the third at subcostal fork elongate, reaching

to R® . : : : : 2 ; . 153. B. cocquereli.

Forewing above with two costal olive patches,

the second and third being scarcely traceable 154. B. africanus.

158. Batocnema cocquereli.

*A mbulyx cocquereli Boisduval, lc. t. 4. f. 2 (1875) (Nossi-bé ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3. The two subspecies of this peculiar insect differ in the shade of the

ground-colour, the shape of the wings, and the form of the tenth abdominal

sternite (d).

3. Eighth sternite mesially minutely sinuate, the edge of the segment being

mesially bent inward. Tenth tergite long, slender, strongly compressed, pointed,

curved ; sternite nearly as in Protambulyx sulphurea (P\. XXII. f. 4), angles rounded,

apex entire or sinuate. Clasper sole-shaped, apical edge strongly concave basally ;

patch of friction-scales longitudinal, elongate-halfmoon-shaped (Pl. LV III. f. 33), the

scales minute, bidentate ; harpe short, distally raised into an obliquely transverse

ridge (Pl. XXXI.f. 8). Penis-sheath similar to that of Amplypterus gannascus.

2. Not dissected.

Hab. Madagasear and Comoro Islands.

Two subspecies :

a. B. cocquereli cocquereli.

*Ambuly« cocquereli Boisduval, l.c.; Butl., Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877); Mab., Ann

Soe. Ent. France p. 296 (1879) (Nossi-bé ; S.W. Coast); Saalm., Lep, Mad. i. p. 124, n. 297.

t. 3. £. 39 (1884) (Nossi-bé ; S.W. Coast) ; Kirby. Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 677. n. 46 (1892).

3%. Underside of wings and body maize yellow with a tint of sulphur ;

upperside of hindwing chrome yellow, pale parts of upperside of forewing, of head,

(191 )

thorax and abdomen, and the upperside of the tibiae and tarsi deep cream-colour.

Tenth abdominal sternite more or less sinnate.

Hab. Madagascar ; apparently all over the island in suitable districts.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd from: Antanosy country, 8. Mad. (Last); and

“ Madagascar.”

b. B. cocquereli comorana subsp. nov.

3d. Wings shorter and broader than in the Madagascar form, hinder angle of

forewing more obtuse. Pale parts of upperside of body buff, distinctly vinaceous,

the same colour before middle of forewings, the ground colour of the forewing buff

yellow; hindwing and underside orange, Large costal patch situated at basal

fourth smaller than in the preceding subspecies, the triangular costal band proximal

of fork more oblique and slightly curved, brown submarginal line less curved,

almost straight from SC° to M!. Tenth abdominal sternite not sinnate.

Hab. Great Comoro I.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd.

154. Batocnema africanus.

*Polyptychus africanus Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H.(7). iii. p. 179 (1899) (Lydenburg distr., Transvaal; —

coll. Distant) ; id., Zs. Transv. t. 3. f. 4 (1902).

6. Wings, upperside. Forewing: olive-green basal patch larger than in

cocquereli, no line beyond first costal patch, second costal patch at end of cell and

third at subcostal fork absent or vestigial, subapical patch larger than in cocquerel: ;

line from lower angle of cell backwards more oblique ; costal margin feebly concave

in proximal half, anal angle more produced distad than in the preceding.

Hindwing: a short and sharply defined olive band from anal angle to beyond M?,

no lines.

A specimen in the Berlin Museum from Ukami, Mandera, v.—viii. 1894

| (Stuhlmann), differs from Distant’s type in some details; it may represent a

northern subspecies, but as it has no abdomen and the thorax is rubbed, we abstain

from giving a description.

Not dissected.

| Early stages and ? not known.

Hab. Bast Africa: Transvaal ; German E. Africa.

L. AKBESIA gen. noy.—Typus: davidi.

Snerinthus, Oberthiir (non Latreille, 1802), Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 12 (1884).

3%. Tongue reaching beyond middle of abdomen, mesial fringe fused to form

a membrane, but the ciliae traceable. Palpus short, narrow, not produced beyond

frons, second segment not longer than first. Genal process projecting beyond tip

of pilifer. Antenna 2 or 3 mm. longer (¢), or 1 mm. shorter (?), than R3 of

forewing ; segments cylindrical in ?, not grooved, without prolonged ciliae,

antenna thickest beyond middle; in ¢ grooved, with long ciliac, ventral outline

of segments (side-view) straight ; distal segments very short in both sexes, end-

segment also very short, rounded in side-view, with a brush of long scales. Hye-

lashes short, but distinct. Head with transverse crest between antennae, Abdominal

( 192 )

tergites densely spinulose at the edges ; sternites with very few, long and weak,

spinules. Tibiae ot spinose ; foretibia ending in a long thorn, shorter than first

tarsal segment (thorn excluded), spur of foretibia long, nearly reaching end; mid-

and hindtibia longer than first tarsal segment; two pairs of spurs to hindtibia,

longer terminal spur about one-third the length of the first tarsal segment ;

pulvillus small, paronychium with two very short lobes at each side, the ventral

lobes merely vestigial. Distal margins of wings slightly scalloped; R? of hind-

wing central, D? somewhat angled, D‘ half the length of D’, SC? and R? on a stalk.

Frenulum and retinaculum present. Clasper and eighth sternite without organ of

friction ; eighth sternite simple (¢).

Larva and pupa not described.

Hab. Akbées, Syria.

One species.

155. Akbesia davidi.

*Smerinthus davidi Oberthiir, l.c. (Akbés ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; id., Zt, nt. ix. p. 29. t. 2.

f. 6 (1884).

Darapsa (?) davidi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 671, n. 9 (1892) (As. min.).

3%. The long series of specimens which we have seen did not exhibit much

individual variation. The hindwing is in some individuals paler yellow than

ordinarily. The nearest relatives of this fine Sphinx are the species of the genus

Batocnema from East Africa and Madagascar.

d. Tenth tergite long, narrowed to a finger-like process, which is pointed and

somewhat compressed; sternite produced into a broad mesial plate, which is broadly

sinuate, with the rounded lobes slightly projecting laterad, upperside of plate densely

beset with short setae at and near the edges (Pl. XXIII. f. 22). Clasper broadly

sole-shaped, apex rounded; harpe represented by a small subbasal, broadly

triangular ridge, which bears an obliquely vertical carina (Pl. XX XI. f. 9). Penis-

sheath without special armature, apical edge produced on one side, the lobe bent

inwards, fused with the membrane of the duct.

?. Highth tergite scaled, mesially grooved, lobes rounded (PI. XV. f. 18).

Vaginal plate also fecbly chitinised, distal margin evenly rounded, no special

armature (Pl. XV. f. 12).

Early stages not described.

Hab. Akbes, Syria.

Apparently not rare.

A very long series in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

In the Tring Museum 66 specimens.

LI. OXYAMBULYX gen. nov.—Typus: svdstrigilis.

Sphinx (Ambulyx), Westwood, Cab. Or, Ent, p. 61 (1848) (nom, indescr.).

Ambulyx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 120 (1856) (partim ; type : strigilis).

3%. Differs from Protambulyx in the following characters: eud-segment of

autenna compressed, bottle-shaped or conical in side-view (Pl. LX. f. 5), variable

in length, but at least four times as long as the preceding one, which is longer than

high, two bristles at end and several others on the lateral and ventral surface,

dorsal surface of segment covered with appressed scaling. Head with a sharp

(aUS3)

interantennal crest. Spurs unequal, short ones more than half the length of the

long ones, longer apical one of hindtibia more than half the length of the first tarsal

segment. Apex of forewing acuminate, not excised; R® of hindwing in or below

centre of cell, D3 as long as, or longer than D*. Scales at lateral edge of eighth

tergite of d prolonged to a triangular crest.

Larva: head triangular; white oblique side-bands; horn lon¢.—Insufiiciently

known.

Chrysalis not sufficiently known ; the figures too vague.

Hab. Yndo-Anstralian Region, as far north as Japan, eastwards to the Solomon

Islands.

Sixteen species.

The head has a sharply defined transyerse band between the antennae. The

band on the thorax does not oceupy the whole of the distal two-thirds of the

mesothoracic tegula, the tip and sides remaining of the colour of the disc of

the thorax. The mid- and hindtibia bear a white basal spot as in Amplypterus.

The submarginal line of the forewing begins at the very tip of the wing: the line

in the apex of the cell is more or less oblique, often horizontal. The hindwing

has a band beyond cell and one or two dentate lines in outer half; the distal line

is often absent or vestigial. The patch of modified scales on the clasper is more

or less ovate.

The species fall into three groups: swbstrigélis-group (12 species), canescens-

group (one species), seméfervens-group (three species). The harpe is of a different

fype in the three groups. The species of the first group bear all a rather close

resemblance to each other, and are easily confounded. They required a closer

examination and more careful study than had hitherto been bestowed upon them.

The differences.in pattern, as pointed ont in the key here appended, are corroborated

by differences in structure in both sexes, so far as both sexes are known to us.

No notice has been taken of the great dissimilarity between the larvae of Uiturata

and substrigilis by those anthors who put the whole lot of species allied to sudstrigilis

together under one name. The statement made here and there that sdstrigilis is

very variable individually is based upon the assnmption that the different individuals

talled substrigilis belonged all to the same species, which assumption is quite

incorrect. In Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths there are six species mixed together under

substrigilis. They are not mere geographical forms, but species of the same country,

constantly differing in colour and structure. It was not carelessness which misled

Hampson to treat so many distinct species as synonymous, and misled also one of

the authors of the present paper to suggest that awripennis, serice’pennis, ete., were

subspecies or perhaps only aberrations of one species, but the reason underlying

those opinions was of quite a different kind. Butler, and also Moore, had described

as distinct in several instances either the sexes or geographical races (subspecies).

When this was noticed, reaction carried me (Rothschild) too far, and I united also

forms which are really distinct, because I found that the characters by which the

respective authors separated the species did not hold good. Though I was right in

this latter respect, I was wrong in assuming, with Hampson and others, that there

Were no constant differences, the actual distinguishing characters of the various

Species not having been known until we studied the insects for the purpose of the

present Revision.

Most of the species are confined to the Himalayas ; their range will doubtless

be fonnd to be less restricted than it appears to be at present, when the Sphingid

( i94 )

Fanna of Burma, China, and adjacent countries is better explored. 0. sudstrigilis

occurs from Ceylon and North India to Java and the Philippines, and is replaced

farther east by zéddei in New Guinea and Queensland, and a very peculiar

modification, named mee, on the Solomon Islands; no representative of the

substrigilis-group has as yet been found on the Moluccas, and swdbstrigilis itself is

the only one found of this group in the Malayan Subregion. 0. ochracea oceurs

from North India to Japan.

O. subocellata ranges from Ceylon and North India

to Jaya, Borneo and China, and is replaced farther east by semifervens on the

Moluccas, and by doherty: in New Guinea and the Solomons.

Key to the species :

A. Greenish olive band on thorax about 1 mm.

broad in middle, or indistinct, or absent;

subbasal spots of forewing encircled

with white.

Forewing above with three or two sub-

basal spots behind cell

Forewing above with one spot behind cells

the spot often incised .

No olive band on mesothorax

With olive band on mesothorax

B. Band of thorax broader ; three contiguous

postcellular subbasal spots on forewing

besides a spot 7 the cell; upperside

whitish grey

. Band of theres more ae 1 mm. wide in

middle ; one subbasal postcellular spot

on the forewing, or a broad subbasal

band.

A broad olive subbasal band on forewing

A single rounded postcellular spot .

Forewing with rounded subbasal costal

spot beyond the subbasal bar; eighth

tergite of d with or without a mesial

patch . :

Forewing without a aren bey iat the ie

or there is only a longitudinal dash ;

eighth tergite of d without a patch ;

or hindwing with blackish basal patch

Forewing with a small costal spot beyond

the bar, situated in a grey oval spot ;

grey median interspace sharply defined,

less than 3 mm, wide behind

. Basal area of hindwing brown; ante-

median and first discal lines of forewing

joiniug each other at SM?, the median

area therefore not extended to hinder

margin, both the costal and postcellular

basal spots very large.

168. O.canescens(P1.1X.f.5,¢).

171. O. dohertyi.

170. O. semifervens.

169. O. subocellata.

167. O. japonica.

166. O. meehi (Pl. I. f. 2, 3).

158. O. bima (Pl. LX. f. 1, $).

( 195) )

Not so; abdomen without a trace of

the middle line (eighth tergite of 3

excepted) ; ground-colour yellow. 162. 0. ochracea(Pl. VIUL£.14,¢).

Not so; abdomen with a mesial line”. . be valle

J. Apical line of cell of forewing in the

direction of R*, black submarginal line

continued to hindmargin, here about

14 to 2 mm. from edge of wing ; no

patch on eighth tergite of 3 . 157. O. placida (PI. IX. f. 8, 3)

Apical line of cell about at right angles

to costa, forming an obvious angle

with the line R*; a patch upon eighth

tergite of d; black submarginal line

ending at or before angle of wing ; é Bees:

g. Brown submarginal line of underside of

forewing not marked . : : . 160. O. lahora.

Brown submarginal line of underside of

forewing marked : f : ei

h. Grey marginal area of underside a oe

wing narrowed to a point at M’, not

coutinued beyond this vein . . 159. O. maculifera (Pl. 1X. f. 4, 3).

Grey submarginal area continued beyond

M?’, broader at R? than cellule R?—R*

is wide at margin ‘ P . 161. O. schauffelbergeri.

Grey submarginal area eoaninaed beyond

M’, narrower at R? than cellule R? — R®

is wide at margin ; . 156. O. sericeipennis (Pl. IX. f. 2, 3).

?. Hindwing above with a blackish tawny

or black basal patch . : : has

| Hindwing above without a blackish any,

) or black basal patch . : 163. O. liturata (Pl. VIII. f. 10, 3).

Jj. Underside of body walnut brown (2); or

(d) grey marginal band of underside

of forewing only 1} mm. broad at R? . 165. O. wilded (PI. VIII.

1 Bahan ee

Underside of body varying from ochreous

to reddish cinnamon-rafous ; grey area

twice as wide as before, or basal patch

of hindwing quite black . 164. O.substrigilis(P1. VIIL.f.1, 2; 2,¢).

156. Oxyambulyx sericeipennis (Pl. IX. f. 2, 2).

*Ambuilye sericeipennis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 252. n. 34 (1875) (Massuri ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool. Sor, Lond. ix, p. 580. u, 8 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 23,

v, 122 (1887); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Hel. i. p. 675, n. 11 (1892).

Aubulye substrigilis, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77. n. 103 (1892) (partim) ;

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n, 103 (1898) (partim).

6%. Similar to A. maculifera, much more grey, the outer margin of the

forewing proportionally longer, the snbmarginal line of the same wing extended

( 196 )

to internal margin both above and below. Abdomen of g with patch on eighth

tergite, a distinct mesial line in both sexes. Underside deep chrome.

3. The eighth sternite of the abdomen (PI. XXII. f. 27) slightly bisinuate, —

the mesial portion almost straight, not distinctly lobed, its edge incrassate internally,

haying, in a view from the apical side, the appearance of being turned dorsad. —

Harpe (PI. XX XI. f. 16) with a long finger-like distal process (pe), which points

ventrad ; the mesial ridge (em) consisting of two lamellae, irregularly dentate and

distally produced into a cone, the extreme end of which is turned ventrad. The —

penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 9) nearly shaped as in maculifera, but there is a row of

teeth dorsally, and also some irregular teeth ventrally ; from the sheath protrudes

a blunt, somewhat club-shaped “ loye-dagger.” The tenth sternite (PI. XXIII. f. 9)

is lobed mesially, the lobe is rather narrow, almost truncate. Process of penis-

sheath of type-specimen suddenly curved; normal in a second specimen from

N.W. India.

?. Vaginal plate similar to that of maculifera, but the mesial lobe longer and

broader.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North-West India to Tenasserim.

In the Tring Museum 7 33, 3 22 from: Randakeit, N.W. India (Mansfield):

Sikhim ; Khasia Hills; Jaintia Hills; Tandong, Tenasserim, 4000 ft., May

(Fruhstorfer). :

The Tenasserim individual is not well preserved ; it is much more pale yellow

than ordinary serice/pennis, and has scarcely a trace of lines on the forewing.

et Newitt

7. Oxyambulyx placida (Pl. IX. f. 3, d).

*Ambulyx placida Moore, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 390 (1888) (Solon ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., tual

Typ. Specim. Lep. Het B. M. vii. p, 25. t. 121, f. 1 (1889) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. 675. n. 7

(1892).

Ambulyx substrigilis, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77. 0. 103 (1892) (partim) :

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe, xi. p. 408. n, 103 (1898) (partim ; Sikhim), ‘

3 ¢. A very pale species. Forewing similar to that of sericeipennis, but a.

discal line, which is the only distinet line, more distal, at R® about midway betwee

cell and the broad yellowish proximal border of the submarginal line ; line across

apex of cell in the same or nearly the same direction as the streak upon R* A

subbasal costal patch on forewing, Abdomen in ¢ with fine mesial line, no pateh

on eighth tergite ; in % without line. Underside of wings deep chrome (Ridgway,

Nomencel. Colours vi. 6).

There are apparently two subspecies :

. The pair from N.W. India in the British Museum is very pale grey ou the

ee the line across apex of cell forms an obtuse angle with the line upon

R®; the round subbasal spot behind cell is small ; the eighth sternite of the ¢ has

a truncate-sinuate mesial lobe of which the angles are not distinctly toothed.

b. The individuals from Sikhim have the subbasal round patch of the forewing,

behind cell, enlarged, the line across apex of cell more horizontal, and the angles of

the lobe of the eighth sternite produced.

3. Tenth sternite deeply sinuate, the two lobes rounded (Pl. XXIII. f. 8).

Highth sternite mesially with a lobe which is or is not toothed at the angles.

Harpe broad (Pl. XXXI. f. 18); distal process (pv) rather short, somewhat

concaye aboye, curved downward, obtusely pointed ; submesial process (pm) hollow,

197

formed by two lamellae being curved towards each other and together produced

distad, this process resembling that of japonica. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 12)

wider than in the allied species, ventrally chitinised to end, armed with a short

stont ventral hook and an obliquely trancate dorsal process which is irregularly

notched.

2. Vaginal area similar to that of Viturata.

Early stages not known.

Hab. N.W. India and North India.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd from: Sikhim, May (Pilcher), March—April

(Frubstorfer’.

58. Oxyambulyx bima spec. nov (PI. IX. t. 1, 3).

3d. Unknown.

2. Body as in % of O. maculifera, less grey above, dorsal line of abdomen

very distinct ; foretibia spinose at end.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: resembling in the grey tone O. sericeipennis,

bat more fawn-colour, outer area not so dark, wing broader, the hinder angle less

produced ; both subbasal patches very large, the costal one nearly 7 mm. long, the

proximal submedian line not marked, the distal one more distal than in the allied

species, the upper portion of the line rather heavy, at right angles to the costal

margin, running from the margin to the lower cell- one, then continued as a very

hin. line in a curve to vein M?, which it reaches 3 mm. from the discal line; the

latter begins as a cloud at the costal margin, is very thin between R! and internal

margin, consisting of faint lunules, the line crosses M? 13 mm. from the edge of

the wing, standing here a little nearer the cell than onter margin ; the following

lines indistinct, except oblique costal portions ; submarginal line as in sericeipennis.

—Hindwing : basal area up to median band heavily washed with mummy brown.

Recerside less mottled with blackish brown than in sericeipennis, the sub-

marginal blackish brown line of the forewing well marked, the grey scaling outside

it not reaching vein M’.

?. Vaginal plate rather strongly chitinised (Pl. XV. f. 5); orifice not

large, its anterior edge not much raised, simple; postvaginal part of plate large,

rounded. The two halves of the eighth tergite strongly rounded, the sinus rather

wide and deep.

Length of forewing: °,60mm.; breadth 25 mm.

The last antennal joint of the single known individual of this insect is much

fonger than in any other specimen of Oxyambulyx we have seen.

Hah. Bima, Sambawa, Feb. 1896 (W. Doherty).

One 2 in the Tring Museum.

159. Oxyambulyx maculifera (Pl. IX. f. 4, d).

*Anbulyc maculifera Walker, List. Lep. Ins, B. M. xxxy. p. 185 (1866) (Darjiling, 9 ;—Mus. Brit.);

Butl., Trane. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 680. n. 4 (1877) (Darjiling) ; id., Z//ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep.

Het. B. M. v. p. 10, t. 10. £. 3 wae bes & Swinh., Cat. Moths rid i. ps 22.:n. 119 (1887) ;

Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 25. n. 99 (1892); Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 676. n. 19

(1892),

*Ambulys consanguis Butler, Illustr. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 11. t. 80, £. 2 (1881) (Darjiling, ¢ ;—

Mus. Brit) ; Cot. & Serintis Ie. n. 120 (1887) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 675. n, 17 (1892)

( 198 )

Ambulyx substrigilis, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77. n. 103. fig. 49 (9) (1892)

(partim) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoou. i. p. 87 (1894); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N.H. Sov. xi. p. 408,

n. 102 (1898) (partim ; Sikhim). q

Ambulyec schauffelbergeri, Leech (non Brem. & Grey, 1852), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 280. n, 43

(1898) (partim). F

32. Recognisable by the presence of a large subbasal patch at the costal

margin of the forewing, the mesial line on the abdomen developing in the ¢ into

a patch upou the eighth sezmeut, the strong curvature of the submarginal line of

the forewing, this line reaching the edge of the wing at M’, and by the posterior

bars composing the discal line of the forewing being obviously arched. The forewing:

is ochraceous clay colour adove in the o ; nearly burnt umber brown, shaded with

grey, in the ¢. A few spines on the foretibia externally near the apex. Underside

of wings much shaded with tawny in the basal area, especially in the ?, abdomen

and wings, Jelow, much less yellow than in sericeipennis and placida.

3. The eighth abdominal sternite (Pl. XXII. f. 28) is mesially very slightly

sinnate, the sinus limited on each side by a small tooth. The penis-sheath

(Pl. XXX. f. 10) is dorsally gradually narrowed to a point; it is devoid of any

additional armature. The harpe (Pl. XXXI. f. 19) has @ very heavy, strongly

curved, submesial hook (pm), which is the distal prolonged part of a double

submesial ridge ; the ventral process (pv) is curved downwards, rather blunt, finger-

like. The tenth sternite is mesially lobed as in sericetpennis (P1. XXIII. f. 7).

?. Highth tergite deeply incised. Vaginal plate similar to that of ser iceipennis

and schauffelberger’, the mesial lobe narrower (PI. XV. f. 3).

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India: Sikhim ; probably more widely distebateat

In the Tring Museum 13 38, 6 2% from Sikhim, some July (Pilcher).

160. Oxyambulyx lahora.

*Ambulyx lahora Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 251. n, 35 (1875) (N.W. Himal. ;—Mus. Brit.);

id., Trans. Zool Soc, Lond. ix. p. 580, n. 9. t. 93. £. 9 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. 1,

p. 23. n. 123 (1887); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 676, n. 21 (1892). {

Ambulyx semifirvens, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind. i. p. 78. a. 104

(1892) (partim).

S. Resembling maculifera, more reddish in tint. Abdomen with middle line,

which is dilated to a patch on the eighth tergite. Forewing above with la

subbasal costal patch, submarginal line vestigial, with grey border ; hindwing more

distinctly dentate, margin chee nen not black, few speckles. — Underside af bod

Tenth tergite (PI. bce: 30) with a apical surface more sla Ing

than in macubifera. Harpe iG eae oe f. 20) similar to that a sora nis

produced into a cone of euichh tie: tip curves ventrad ; distal process spoou-shapet

as in maculifera, liturata and substrigilis substrigilis, the process less broad that

in these insects. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 14) curving dorsad, with a dorsal

row of teeth, apex truncate ; a stronger chitinised ventral fold beanie three heavy

teeth, : - 4

? and early stages not known.

-Hab. N.W. India ; 1 6 in the British Museum (type).|

199 )

161. Oxyambulyx schauffelbergeri.

Ambulix schauffelbergeri Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Et. Ent. i. p. 62. n. 17 (1852) (Pekin) ; id.,

Schm. N. China’s p. 12. n. 33 (1853); Menétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 93. n. 1553

1857).

Beye 3 schauffelbergeri, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii. p. 123. n. 5 (1856) (var. of substrigilis ?);

Buatl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 582. n. 20 (1877).

Ambulyx substrigilis var.? schauffelbergeri, Boisduval, Spec. Géu. Lép. Het. i. p. 188, n. 11 (1875)

(partim).

Ambulyx schauffclbergeri, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 585. n, 20 (1888) (partim) ; Kirby, Cut.

Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n, 16 (1892) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Sor, Lond. p. 280. n. 45 (1898) (partim).

+Ambulyx trilineata Rothschild, Noy. Zoor. i. p, 88 (1894) (Kiushiu ;—Mus. Tring .

3%. Resembling in colour sericeipennis ; much smaller ; the submarginal line

of the forewing nearly as in maculifera ; both sexes without dorsal line on the

abdomen, but the ¢ has a dorsal patch on segment 8. The subbasal costal patch

of forewing is wider than the posterior patch. The discal line of the forewing

stands nearer the cell thai in ochracea, and the cellular portion of the distal

submedian line extends to the lower angle of the cell.

d. The eighth abdominal sternite is mesially rounded (PI. XXII. 29). The

harpe (Pl. XXXI. f. 15) resembles that of serice/pennis, but the distal process

(pe) is shorter, not curved ventrad, the cone pm of the submesial dental ridge is

not quite so high, acutely pointed, the tip turned ventrad. The penis-sheath

(Pl. XXX. f. 8) differs markedly from that of sericecpennis ; the dorsal process

is short and differently shaped, and is armed with a dense row of teeth extended

to the end of the process ; the ventral teeth, situated at the edge of a fold of the

membranaceous part of the penis, are larger; there are two very heavy ones,

preceded distally by a number of small ones ; the ridge, or fold, is turned dorsad

in the specimen from which the figure was taken ; this position is owing to the

duct protruding partly from the sheath. The tenth sternite agrees with that of

sericerpennis.

?. Vaginal plate with the ridge in front of the cavity mesially produced into

a long broad lobe, which is asymmetrically sinuate in the specimen dissected :

cavity large, its hinder wall mesially raised to a transversely carinate tubercle ;

distal edge of plate broadly rounded ; the plate agrees best with that of maculifera,

but the mesial lobe is much broader.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Japan ; North China.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 2? from: Shanghai; Hondo, Japan ; Kiushiu.

In 1894 I identified ochracea erroneously as schauffelbergeri, following Leech,

and described this as new (W. R.).

162. Oxyambulyx ochracea (P1. VIII. f. 14, d).

*Ambulyx ochracea Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 113 (1885) (Japan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 675. n. 5 (1892).

Anbuly« schauffelbergeri, Leech (non Bremer & Grey, 1852), Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 585. nu, 20

(1888) (partim ; Japan) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoot. i. p. 86 (1894); Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc Lond.

p. 280. n. 43 (1898) (partim ; Japan).

Anbulyx substrigilis, Haapson (non Westwood, 1848), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77.

pn. 103 (1892) (partim) ; Dudg., Jowrn. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 102 (1898) (partim ;

Sikhim). d

3%. Both sexes are without a dorsal line on the abdomen, but the d has a

patch on the eighth tergite. The posterjor subbasal patch of the forewing is very

( 200°)

large, larger than the costal patch. The d is the most uniformly yellow species

of the Indo-Malayan Ovyambulyx ; the 2 is darker than the d. In both sexes the

distal submedian line crosses M at the base of M', the portion of the line within

the cell being less oblique than in maculifera, Sohaipellervert and others, not

extending tnd to the lower angle of the cell. é

3. The eighth sternite of the abdomen is not essentially different from that —

of A. schauffelbergert (Pl. XXII. f. 29). The harpe (PJ. XXXI. f. 14) has a blunt,

concave distal process (pv), the mesial ridge (cm) is short, and is produced into

a heavy tooth; the ridge connecting this tooth with the distal process (pz) is

irregularly dentate. The penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 7) bears no armature besides the

dorsal process, which, being obliquely truncate in a ventro-dorsal direction, is

sharply pointed. The tenth sternite (Pl. XXIII. f. 10) is very much broader

mesially than in serice/pennis pad schauffelbergeri, and has, as in these species,

no mesial sinus.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. +) with a high ridge before the cavity, the ridge

deeply sinuate, the sinus widened proximally, he cnc of the ridge thus formed

strougly rounded, projecting mesiad; postvaginal part of plate with the sides

oblique, shallowly sinuate, apex rounded,

Early stages not known.

Hab. Japan to North India.

In the Tring Museum 14 dd, 3 22 from: Japan; Sikhim.

163. Oxyambulyx liturata (PI. VII. f. 10, 3).

*Ambulyc liturata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 250. n. 32 (1875) (hab. ? descr. of larva ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 580, n. 5. t. 1, f. 2 (1). 3 (p) (1877) ; Kirby, Zc. p. 676.

n. 20 (1892) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Met. Mus. Ox, i. p. 25 n. 98 (1892) (haec spec. ? !).

*Ambulyx rhodoptera Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 251. n. 33 (1875) (Darjiling ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool. Sov. Lond, ix. p. 580. n. 6. t. 98. f.8 (9) (1877) (Darjiling) ; Cot. & Swinh.,

Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 23. n. 121 (1887) ; Kirby, lc. p. 675. n. 12 (1892). : E

32%. Easily distinguished from maculifera by the absence of the round subbasal

costal patch, which is occasionally indicated in the present species by a longitudinal —

dash. Abdomen with mesial line which is vot dilated to a patch on the eighth

tergite of the d. From the continental forms of sdstrigilis, with which Liturata

is easily coufounded, it can be distinguished, apart from the different sexual

armature, by the base of the hindwing being less tawny and never black, and by

the submarginal line of the forewing being more proximal posteriorly. ‘ 4

Some of the 2? are as pale as the dd, while others are deeper in tint, and

have a more distinet violet-grey gloss on the forewing. : i

3. Eighth ‘abdominal sternite bisinuate, being rounded-conyex mesially

(Pl. XXIT f. 25), the edge of this lobe thickened internally, which gives the edge

the appearance of being bent internad. Tenth sternite similar to that of placida,

being more deeply sinuate than in svdstrigilis. Harpe (P]. XXXII. f. 1) with an

almost vertical submesial process (pv) at the distal end of the submesial ridge:

distal process pe very broad, spoon-shayed. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 11, ventral

view) with two dentate folds, which are unequal in length ; the strongly chitinise

dorsal part of the sheath prolonged into a short obtuse process. a

2. Vaginal plate (P]. XV. f. 7) with a very large vaginal cavity ; proximal part

sinuate, here less chitinised than laterally ; distal part of plate rounded, trans

( 201

versely multicariuate. Wighth tergite mesially membranaceous, the strongly

chitinous plate deeply incised.

Larva (fig. by Butler, /.c.): green, first three segments with white dorso-

lateral line, following segments with yellowish side-bands ending in white patches

which are bordered red in frout ; horn almost straight.

Chrysalis apparently without frontal tubercles.

Hab. North India: Sikhim ; Assam.

In the Tring Musenm 14 dd, 10 2% from: Sikhim, some in June and July ;

Silhet (Méwis ; loc. correct ?).

164. Oxyambulyx substrigilis (PJ. VIII. f. 1. 2, 3),

*Sphine (Ambulyx) substrigilis Westwood, Cab. Or, Ent. p. GL. t. 30. f. 2 (g) (1848) (Silhet ;—

Mus. Brit.)

3%. The species is easily distinguished from the other Czyambulyx by the

large black or tawny basal patch of the hindwing. It agrees in pattern best with

0. liturata, both species being devoid of the round subbasal costal spot on the

forewing so conspicuous in maculifera, ochracea, sericeipennis, ete. The dorsal

line of the abdomen is distinct; it is not dilated to a patch on the eighth tergite.

The apical line of the cell of the forewing is mostly so oblique as to form a direct

prolongation of the line R*°. The foretibia has spines at the end.

d. Tenth sternite (Pl. XXIII. f. 11) mesially sinuate, the sinus smaller than

in liturata, placida, ete. Wighth sternite mesially produced into a truncate lobe

(Pl. XXII. f. 27), of which the angles are somewhat pointed, each bearing, more-

over, internally a pointed tubercle or tooth, which is just visible in a ventral

view of the segment. Harpe varying strongly geographically, aud slightly also

individually ; it consists of a ventral aud a submesial ridge ; the ventral ridge is

either denticulated or entire; the upper ridge is produced into a long, tapering,

pointed, curved, somewhat twisted process pm, which stands nearly vertically upon

the plane of the clasper; the form of this process is not coustant either individually

or geographically ; both the ventral and submesial ridges unite distally to form

a distal ventral process, which is either pointed, gradually tapering to the end

(Pl. XXXII. f. 4. 5), or is broadly spoon-shaped (PI. XXXII. f. 2. 3). The penis-

sheath (P1, XXX. f. 3. 4.5) is ventrally membranaceous for several millimetres; along

this membranaceous part runs at each side a dentate fold; the dorsal side of the

sheath is heavily chitinised, aud is produced.into a subcyliudrieal and more or-less

pointed and bent process of geographically variable length, the process being longest

in Bornean individuals (we have not seen a ¢ from the Philippines) an shortest

in North Indian specimeus ; from the mouth of the sheath protrudes a spine-like

process situated upon the membrane of the duct (pashed out with the duct in

Pi; XXX. f. 4).

%. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. 6) characterised by a heavy, irregularly notched

ridge in front of the orifice.

Larva (of O. substi. auripennis, figured by Moore, see below) greeu, a white

snbdorsal line from pronotum to horn, six yellowish oblique side-bands, a whitish

veutro-lateral line, interrapted ; horn stout. —Food-plant : Dipterocarpus.

Chrysalis also figured by Moore, cremaster prominent ; apparently no tubercles

on head.

Hab. North India to the Andamans, Philippines and Java.

Five subspecies,

( 202 )

The differences in the genital armature between the Indian and Malayan males

are so very marked, that one cannot fail noticing them when dissecting a specimen, —

Judging from these organs alone one might be induced to treat the specimens as

belonging to at least two species. On examining, however, a series from Borneo

and Java we find that the differences are less obvious in some specimens than in —

others, and we believe that the material from Malacca, Tenasserim and Burma will

show intergradations between the armature of the Indian and Ceylonese and the

Malayan males. For the present, the Indian and Ceylonese races stand quite apart

from the others. Their characters are partly very strange; for both subspecies

share the broadly spoon-shaped veutro-distal process of the harpe aud the more

proximal position of the (middle part of the) submarginal line of the forewing with

another species of North India (d/turata), a similarity in these compatriots which is

surely not mimetic resemblance.

a. O. substrigilis auripennis. -

*Ambulyx auripennis Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 388 (1879) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Dublin) ; id., Zep

Ceylon ii. p. 11: t. 79. f. 1 (@). 1a (). 1b (p) (1882) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 24.

n. 128 (1887) (Ceylon) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1. p. 675. n. 10 (1892) (Ceylon).

Ambulyx substrigilis, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77. n. 103 (1892) (earl

id., Ldlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het, B. M. ix. p. 2. n. 29 (1893) (Kandy).

_ ¢. Body below deeper yellow than in- North Indian swdstrigilis. Markings

of wings less heavy ; submarginal black line of forewing vestigial above, absent

below ; long. scales of fringe of hindwing white. Process pm of harpe shorte

and:slenderer than in sudstr. substrigilis (P1. XXXII. f. 2); process of penis-sheath

stouter.

?. Not known. f

Early stages see above.

Hab. Ceylon.

Type in the Dublin Museum. A second ¢ in the British Mircernt

b. O. substrigilis substrigilis (Pl. VIII. f. 2, 3)

*Sphin (Ambulyzx) substrigilis Westwood, 1.c. (1848) (Silhet :—Mus. Brit.).

Ambulyx substrigilis, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 122. n. 3 (1856) (Silbet) ;- Moore, Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal); id., l.c. p. 676 (1867) (partim ;=maculifera ex errore ! !);

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 188. n. 11 (1875) (partim); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix

p. 579. n. 3 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n. 15 (1892) ; Hamps. in Blanf., Fauna Brit.

Ind., Moths 1. p. 77. n. 103 (1892) (partim) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoou. i. p. 87 (1894) (partiu) :

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 102 (1898) (partim).

Ambulyx philemon Boisduyal, Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 68 (1870).

(?) Ambulyx substrigilis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 344 (1878) (Taoo, 3500 ft.) ; Svaakey f. ans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 164. n. 18 (1890) (Taoo). :

32. A small form; resembling O. liturata very much, as the basal rate ot

the hindwing is often pale tawny and not conspicuous. d more grey on the fore-

wing than in diturata and the Malayan forms of substrigilis. agreeing in this respect

better with sericeipennis. The basal patch of the hindwing less shar ply defined in

either sex, and generally less black than in the Malayan races, the submarginal line

more arched, farther away from the margins at R? both above and below,

line sharply marked and deep in tint below.

3. foe eee process of the harpe very broad, ee shorter than

( 203

(Pl. XXXII. f. 3); the submesial process more erect, and the ventral ridge

scarcely elevate, not denticulate. The apical process of the penis-sheath (PI. XXX.

f. 5) short, blunt at the end, curved ventrad, ¢.e. in the opposite direction than in

eteocles and pryeri.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India: Sikhim ; Assam ; Andamans.

In the Tring Museum 5 3d, 4 2% from: Sikhim ; Assam ; Andamans.

c. O. substrigilis pryeri (Pl. VIII. f 1, 2).

Ambulyx pryeri Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). xx. p. 271 (1887) (N. Borneo) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het.

i. p. 676. n. 22 (1892).

3. Submarginal line of forewing less curved than in the Indian form; black

basal patch of hindwing very conspicuous.

3. Ventro-distal process of harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 4) gradually narrowed to

the end: ventral ridge high, denticulated ; submesial process leaning distad and

ventrad. Process of penis-sheath very long (Pl. XXX. f. 3), varying somewhat

individually in length, but always longer than the sheath is broad.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Malacca; Sumatra; Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 3 2% from: Kina Balu, N. Borneo; Sarawak ;

Limbang R., Sarawak, June 1895 (A. Everett); Mt. Dalit, Sarawak (Hose) ;

Benkoelen, Sumatra (Hricsson) ; Perak (C. Curtis).

d. O. substrigilis eteocles.

*Ambulyx substrigilis var.? moorei Boisduyal (non Moore, 1857), Spec. Gay. Lép. Het. i. p. 189. sub

n. 11 (1875) (Java ;—coll, Charles Oberthiir).

Ambulyx moorei, Kirby, l.c. n. 24 (1892) (partim).

Ambulyx moorei?, Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x\. p. 367. n. 38 (1895) (Sukabumi, Java, 2000 ft.).

Ambulyx eteocles id., L.c.

3%. There is very little difference in colour and pattern between this form and

pryeri. The 3 is recognisable by the sexual armature, and the ? by the deeper

chocolate-brown colour of the forewing.

3. Distal process of harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 5) nearly as in pryeri, eurved a little

_ more veutrad ; submesial process more erect and the ventral ridge less high than

in pryeri. Process of penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 4) shorter than in pryer/, curved

dorsad, i.e. in the opposite direction to that in substrigilis.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Java.

In the Tring Museum 2 63,2 2? from Mount Gedé, 4000 ft., and Sukabumi,

2000 ft., received from Herr Fruhstorfer ; “ Java” (ex coll. Felder).

e. O. substrigilis staudingeri.

*Ambulyx staudingert Rothschild, Tris vii. p. 300. t. 7. £. 1 (2) (1895) (Mindanao ;—coll. ee

Semp., Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 392. n. 25 (1896) (Luzon, 1 ?, April).

?. Submarginal line of forewing close to edge of wing from M! to angle, anal

area blackish ; bands of hindwing enlarged.

Hab. Philippine Islands: Luzon, Mindanao.

In goll, Staudinger and coll, Semper.

204 )

165. Oxyambulyx wildei (PI. VIII. f. 3, d;f. 4, 2).

Ambulyx wildei Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 20. n. 35 (1891) (Cairns).

Miskin’s description, though long, is not precise enough to recognise his inseet

with certainty. No Queensland specimens have come to our notice; but we have

of the type a photograph kindly sent to us by Mr. De Vis, the curator of the

Brisbane Museum. Similar to small specimens of sudstrigilis. Foretibia with

a few spines.

3. As pale as Indian sudstrigilis, the submarginal line of the forewing nearer

the margiu above aud below, distinct ; the marginal area between this line and the

fringe brown on the upperside, grey below, only 14 mm. wide at R?® and not

extending below M!.——Highth sternite mesially lobed as in substriydlis, the angles

of the lobe not acuminate, ot tuberculiform internally. Tenth sternite sinuate

mesially, the sinus deeper than in sudstrigilis and the sides of the plate more

slanting. Harpe (Pl. XX XI. f. 21) resembling that of sericeipennis in the develop-

ment of the mesial ridge, which consists of two lamellae which join each other

distally, where they are raised into a short obtuse process which points obliquely

basad ; a distinctly raised ventral ridge as in swbstrigélis, low, extending to the end

of the harpe, forming a kind of crest upon the otherwise flat, spoon-shaped, distal

process. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 6) resembling that of svdstr. substrigilis; a

dentate fold at each side, the left saw-blade extending beyond the opening of the

sheath reaching the end of the somewhat club-shaped apical process.

?. Much deeper brown than the d, even deeper in tint than the deepest-

coloured sustrigilis ; tip of abdomen (long scales of eighth tergites) seal-brown, as

dark as the band of the thorax; palpus, tibiae and tarsi also deep brown. Lines

across forewing conspicuous, submarginal line heavy ou the upperside ; basal patch

of hindwing brownish black, bands heavy. Underside of wings burnt umber-brown,

almost walout-brown, especially distally, heavily marked with blackish brown, the

disc paler here and there; the grey marginal area of the forewing rather broader

than in ¢, the submarginal line bordering it not distinct; basal half of hindwing

shaded over with drab. Highth tergite not deeply incised. Vaginal plate broadly

rounded distally ; the orifice proximal, its proximal edge not prominent.

Length of forewing: ¢, 48 mm.: ?, 97 mm.

Early stages not known.

Hab. (acensland.and New Guinea.. : nh

In the Tring Musenm 1 ¢ and 1 from Milne Bay, British N. Guinea

(A. 8. Meek).

Apparently a Papuan representative of swdstrigilis, with the structure of the

sexual organs partly as in sericeipennis. A o inthe Museum at Budapest from

Stephansort, German N. Guinea, has the subbasal spot of the forewing very large,

and there is a rather large costal spot distally of the subbasal costal bar.

166. Oxyambulyx meeki spec. nov. (PI. I. f. 2, d).

3%. Allied to UO. welder. Foretibia with some spines near end. Abdomen

with dorsal line, no patch on eighth tergite of ¢. Wings above: Forewing in d

grey as in serzceipennis, darker in ? ; an oval longitudinal costal subbasal spot,

vestigial in ? ; interspace between the two antemedian lines olivaceous, band-like,

the band almost evenly curved ; grey discal interspace strongly narrowing behind ;

( 205 )

interspaces between the discal lines also filled up with olive ; submarginal line

not distinct beyond M!, more strongly curved than in 2//dei; distal margin less

oblique, convex behind middle, hinder margin rather longer than in the allied

species, coming near sudocellata in wiug-form. Hindwing shaded with brown

and grey, with few speckles ; apex strongly rounded.

Underside olivaceons tawny, much shaded with brown; grey marginal area

of forewing not extending beyond M?.

3. Highth sternite with a small rounded mesial lobe. Tenth sternite sinuate.

Harpe with a pointed curved snbmesial process and a broad spatulate distal one.

Penis-sheath ending in a short process as in O. swdstr. substrigilis, 1 dentate fold

at each side as in that species.

?. Ridge in front of vaginal cavity shallowly bisinnate, thin but strongly

chitinised, nearly smooth; postvaginal part of plate smooth, trancate, mesially

somewhat raised.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Isabel, Solomon Islands, 4. vi. to 9. vii. 1901 (A. S. Meek & Hichhorn),

1 Sand 1 ? in the Tring Museum.

Easily distinguished from all the other species by the conspicuons olive

antemedian and discal bands of the forewing. The species shares the short grey

marginal area on the forewing below with O. doherty: salomonis.

167. Oxyambulyx japonica.

*Ambulye japonica Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 87 (1894) (Kiushiu ;—Mus. Tring) ; id., lc. ii. t. 9,

f. 6 (1895); Alph., in Rom., Wém. Lép. ix. p. 166 (1897) (Corea, 1 2); Leech, Trans. Ent. Sov.

Lond. p. 280. n. 44 (1898) (possibly a form of schauffelbergeri ! !).

&. The broad subbasal band distinguishes this species very markedly. Hind-

tibia as long as, and long terminal spur two-thirds the length of, the first tarsal

segment ; foretibia without spines.

?. Darker than ¢, more strongly marked ; not examined by us.

3. Highth abdominal sternite provided with two tubercles 7vfernally near the

middle of the apical edge, the tubercles a little higher and farther apart than in

subocellata. The harpe (Pl. XXXI, f. 17) has two processes; the ventral one is

triangular, pointed (pr), the other consists of two lamelliform ridges, the upper

edges of which are so bent towards cach other that a (hollow) cylinder is formed,

which is produced distad, the harpe much resembling that of placida (Pl. XXXI.

f. 18). The penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 13) is somewhat bent, its apical edge

has developed into a short hook (#), which is strongly chitinised and is armed

with a tooth beneath, and a stout, notched, or dentate process opposite the hook ;

there is most likely also an armature inside the sheath, but we have not seen it

in the only specimen dissected. The tenth sternite is less deeply sinuate than

in placida. ;

Early stages not known.

Hah, WKiushiu : Corea.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from Kiushin.

168. Oxyambulyx canescens (PI. IX. f. 5, 3).

*Ambulye canescens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 38 (1864) (Cambodia ;—Mus. Oxford) ;

Butl., Zrans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 581. n. 13 (1877) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p 24,

n. 92 (1892) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 676. n. 32 (1892).

( 206 )

*Ambulyx argentata Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xix. p. 17 (1882) (Cochinchina ;—coll. Druce); Waterh.,

Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 136, £. 2 (1883) ; Kirby, /.c. i. p. 675. n. 14 (1892).

32. Foretibia armed with some spines at and near the end. Hindtibia a little

longer (in ¢d } mm., in 2? 1} mm.) than, long terminal spur barely two-thirds the

length of, the first tarsal segment.

$. The eighth abdominal sternite is deeply sinuate mesially, the edge of the

segment is very oblique, each side very slightly and almost evenly convex from

the most dorsal point to the bottom-of the sinus. The harpe is the most peculiar

in the genus (Pl. XXXI.f. 13), it being connected with the body of the clasper only

at the base, as shown in the figure, which represents the clasper and harpe in a

ventral view ; the harpe is a very long, slightly twisted process, of which the

apical third is rather snddenly narrowed and gently bent dorsad ; the two harpes

lying across each other, as shown in the figure. The penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 21)

is armed apically with a process which is concave ventrally and armed with some

teeth at the ventral edge; the process is apparently movable, being joined to the

penis-sheath ; ventrally there is another armature consisting of an elongate, oblique

patch of teeth a little before the distal edge of the sheath. The tenth tergite (the

supra-anal hook) is very different from that of the other Ocyambulyx, where it is

uniform in strneture. In canescens the tenth tergite is longer than elsewhere in

the genus, broad, mesially incised at the end (Pl. XXIII. f. 20), and the lateral

edges are turned yentrad a little, the upper surface of the tergite being somewhat

convex. In a lateral view (Pl. XXIII. f. 19) the tenth tergite is slightly eurved

ventrad. The tenth sternite (PJ. XXIII. f. 20) is in a ventral view triangular,

sharply pointed ; in a lateral view (Pl. XXIII. f. 19) it resembles somewhat the

blade of a knife, the mesial line of the sternite being raised into a thin but

comparatively high carina, which is minutely denticulate. The membrane just

above the anus (Pl. XXIII. f. 19. 20) is more strongly chitinised forming a short,

smooth, brown bar.

?. Highth tergite (Pl. XV. f. 9) long, truncate, zof sinuate. Vaginal plate

(Pl. XV. f. 8) with a sinuate anteyaginal ridge; at each side of the orifice there

is a pointed curved process which has a rather close resemblance to the armature

of Polyptychus pygarga; postvaginal part of plate small, transversely folded.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Andamans; Penang ; Cochinchina ; Cambodia ; Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 4 6 d,1 2 from: Borneo; Penang (C. Curtis); Andamans,

The specimen from the Saunders collection in the Hope Musenm at Oxford

came from Laos ; Walker said Cambodia.

169. Oxyambulyx subocellata.

Ambulyx substrigilis, Moore (non Westwood, 1848), in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. B. I. Ci.

p- 266. n. 612 (18:7) (Java ; Canara).

*Ambulyx subocellata Felder, Reise Novara, Lep, t. 76. f. 3 (¢ ) (1874) (Java ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép, Het. i, p. 189. n, 12 (1875) (Cochinchina) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 677. n. 44

(1892).

* Ambuly moore’ Moore, l.c, sub n, 612 (1857) (=substrigilis) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 10.

n. 20 (1875) (Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, lc. p. 676. n. 24 (1892) (partim).

*Ambulyx turbata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lend, p. 252. n. 56 (1875) (Darjiling ; Canara ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii p. 11, t. 80. f. 1 (3) (1882) (Ceylon) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc.

Lond. 289, n. 22 (1885) (Belgaum) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 23. n. 124 (1887),

(Sikhim ; Belgaum) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Owr.i p. 25. n. 100 (1892) (partim ; Upp. India),

*Ambulyx thwaitesi Moore, lc. ii. p. 11. t. 80. f. 2 (g). 2a (). 2b (p) (1882) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Cot. & Swinh., 7c. p. 24. n. 129 (1887) ; Swinh., /.c. p. 25, n. 96 (1892) (China).

( 207 )

Ambulye semifervens, Hampson (vox Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 78.

n. 104 (1892) (partim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 103 (1898) (“not seen”).

Ambulyx turbata Butl. var, nubila Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x\. p. 366. n. 37 (1895) (W. Java,

2000 ft.).

3%. On comparing the types of sudocellata, turbata, thwaitesi and Butler’s

moorei (not the same as Boisduval’s moore’, which has priority) we find that they

belong to one species. The Malayan individuals which we have seen do not seem to

present any constant character by which they could be distinguished from the Indo-

Ceylonese ones. There is considerable individnal variation in the markings both on

the fore- and hindwing. The blackish olive stripe across the mesothoracic tegula

is apparently never quite absent. Foretibia with a few spines at and near apex

exteriorly ; hindtibia 1 to 2 mm. longer than, long apical spur three-fifths the length

of, the first tarsal segment.

3. Highth abdominal sternite with an obtuse mesial lobe which is very faintly

sinnate ; the edge of the lobe internally incrassate to two tubercles which stand

closely together, not being visible in a ventral view (Pl. XXII. f. 23). Harpe

(Pl. XXXI. f. 10) extending basally from the ventral to the dorsal edge of the clasper,

this ventro-dorsal ridge low, produced at end into a long pointed process which evenly

curves ventrad ; there is generally a tooth at the base of this hook; ventral part of

harpe produced distad into an irregularly spatulate process, of which the upper edge

is dilated into a large triangular tooth. Penis-sheath without external armature ;

duct with a ribbon-like organ which is densely beset with minute, sharply pointed,

teeth (P]. XXX. f. 1). Tenth sternite (PI. XXIII. f. 13) separated into two lobes

which are somewhat widened at end and incline towards each other.

?. Highth tergite mesially less chitinised than at sides, but not membranaceous,

shallowly sinuate. Vaginal cavity (P]. XV. f. 1) large, the ridge before it irregularly

folded, mesially sinuate, continued laterad to the base of the tergite, lateral part

higher, hollow at its ventral end, forming a kind of roof over the end of the lower

ventral ridge.

Larva (fig. by Moore, /.c.) more slender than in O, sudbstrigilis, horn long; a

white dorso-lateral line from pronotum to horn, seven white oblique side-bands,

aseries of red dorso- and ventro-lateral patches, besides some lateral dots on the

first segments, dorsal part of larva green between the white dorso-lateral lines, rest

more whitish ; edges of anal segment yellow.

Pupa (fig. by Moore, /c.) insufficiently known, slenderer than in swdstrigilis.

Hab. Ceylon, N. India, China to Java and Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 18 dd, 10 2? from: Ceylon; Sikhim (August) ;

Khasia Hills (October); Andamans; Penang, May (C. Curtis); Benkoelen,

W. Sumatra (Ericsson) ; Java.

170. Oxyambulyx semifervens.

*Basiana semifervens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, xxxi. p. 38 (1864) (Ternate ;—Mus. Oxford) ;

Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 596. n. 6 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 4 (1892)

Ambulyx substrigilis, Pagenstecher (von Westwood, 1848), Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 105. n. 197

(1888) (Amboina).

Ambulye semifervens, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep Het Mus. Ow. i. p. 25. n. 95 (1892) (Ternate, type).

*Ambulye amboynensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 87 (1894) (Amboyna ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Wings broader than in subocellata and dohertyi ; distal margin of forewing

more convex, no subbasal spot before (SM') ; anal angle of hindwing less produced ;

( 208 )

whitish marginal area of forewing below much broader. Mesothoracie tegula

withont greenish olive-brown stripe. oretibia with very few spines.

do. Kighth abdominal sternite mesially produced into a lobe which is bent

dorsad and is shallowly sinnate, with the angles ronnded (PI. XXII. f. 22).

Harpe (PI. XXXI. f. 11) consisting ofa distally raised ventral ridge and an oblique

yentro-dorsal one, which ridges join distally; the dorsal hook of subocellata is absent.

Penis-sheath as in szdocel/ata. ‘Tenth sternite differing in the two lobes not being

so far apart and having a triangular shape (PI. XXIII. f. 14).

Barly stages not known.

/Iah. Moluccas: Ternate ; Amboina.

In the Tring Musenm 3 3d from: Amboina.

The type of semifervens differs from our Amboina specimens in the forewing

having a black spot on the dise hetween M’ and M’, in the diseal line of the hind-

wing being a little more distinctly donble behind, in the underside being deeper

tawny in the submarginal region of the forewing and in the marginal area of the

hindwing, and in the tenth tergite being broader vertically at apex. Possibly

there is a northern and a southern subspecies (semis. semiferrens and semif.

amboynensis), as is mostly the case in the Lepidoptera of the Molneeas.

Subocellata, semifercens and doherty’ apparently replace each other. It must

he left to farther researches based upon a larger material from more localities of the

Papuan Subregion, to decide whether we have to do with three specifically distinct

insects, or with two (one Indo-Malayan, the other Papnan), or only with one.

171. Oxyambulyx dohertyi.

Ambulye turbata, Swinhoe (xox Butler, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. Or. i. p. 25. n. 100 (1892) (partim),

*Ambulyx dohertyi Rothschild, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 87 (1894) (Humboldt Bay, Dutch N. G. ;—Maus.

Tring) ; id., lc. ii. t. 9. f. 5 (1899).

*Ambulyx annulifera Swinhoe, 1c, (1892) (N. Guinea ; nom, nud. ;—Mus. Ox., haec spec. teste Jordan,

1902)

3%. Anterior tibia without spines; long terminal spur of hindtibia only

one-fifth shorter than the first tarsal segment. Forewing with one subbasal

postcellular spot, which is often constricted at SM’, sometimes quite circular ; apex

as prominent as in svbocellata, hinder margin longer and distal margin accordingly

shorter than in the Indo-Malayan species. D! of hindwing shorter than D*.

S. Highth sternite xof lobed mesially, but sharply sinnate (Pl. XXIL. f 24).

Tenth sternite (Pl. XXIII. f. 15) less deeply divided than in swocellata and

semifervens, the lobes closer together, either triangular or broadly rounded-traneate.

Patch of friction-seales of clasper smaller than in swbocellata, the scales larger,

harpe (Pl. XXXI. f. 12) similar to that of semé/ervens, shorter. Penis-sheath

produced into an irregularly spoon-shaped process (PI. XXX. f. 2), which is

dentienlate at the edge; the armature within the sheath similar to that of

subocellata and semifervens, but the teeth longer and fewer in number.

?. Eighth tergite less minute than in swdbocellata. Vaginal plate with the

edges of the vaginal cavity quite simple (Pl. XY. f. 2).

Early stages not known.

Hab. New Guinea and neighbouring islands ; Solomon Islands.

Two subspecies :

a. O. dohertyi doherty?

*Ambuly« dohertyi Rothschild, lc. ;

3%. Greenish olive stripe across the mesothoracie tegnla sharply defined,

pa - sail

( 209 )

broader than in swbocellata, continued on to the metanotum, where the stripe is

broad. Anal angle of hindwing strongly produced. Grey marginal area of forewing

below reaching to M?! or M?.

3. Tenth sternite with triangular lobes which are divergent (Pl. XXIII. f. 15) ;

apex of harpe obtuse.

2. See above.

Hab. New Guinea.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 1 ? from: Humboldt Bay, Dutch N. G., Sep-

tember, October (W. Doherty); Dorey, June (W. Doherty); Kapaur, February

(W. Doherty) ; Mt. Alexander to Mt. Nisbet, British N. G. (Anthony): Fergusson

Island, December (Meek) ; Sudest, April (Meek).

The individual from Sudest is more greyish on the forewing than the others.

b. O. dohertyi salomonis subsp. nov.

3. Meso-metanotum without greenish olive stripe, but with some white hair-

seales indicating the edges of the stripe; snbmarginal line of forewing less regularly

curved than in the New Guinea form, slightly undolate beyond R?; white marginal

area of underside beginning at SC* and stopping a little beyond R*. Lobes of tenth

tergite broad, close together; harpe more acutely triangular distally than in dof.

dohertyi.

— &, Not known.

_ Hab. Guadaleanar, Solomon Is., April 1901 (A. 8. Meek), 1 ¢ in the Tring

Museum.

LIT. RHADINOPASA.—Typus: hornimani.

Basiana, Druce (non Walker, 1856), Ent. Mo. Mag. xvi. p. 268 (1880).

Rhadinopasa Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 14 (1891) (type : hornimani—uder).

Rhadinopsis (!), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 674 (1892),

3%. Tongne short and weak. A tuft of long hair-scales behind eye. Palpus

long, but not projecting ; second segment more than three times as long as broad,

compressed, joint not open. Antenna slender, sub-andromorphic in 2 ; end-segment

short, penultimate one higher than long. Abdominal tergites densely spinose all

over, apical spines more tawny, stronger chitinised. Tibiae sof spinose ; spurs

very nnequal, two pairs to hindtibia, long terminal spur about one-third the length

of the first tarsal segment; tarsi very slender and long, hindtarsns half as long

again as the cell of the hindwing measnred along SC, first segment as long as

the tibia, longer than the four others together, terminal segment rather shorter

than the fonrth. Distal margins of wings entire; apex of forewing truncate ;

1 of hindwing curved, not longer than D*, lower angle of cell not very acute,

costal margin convex, apex obtusely pointed. Clasper and eighth tergite without

friction-scales.

Larva spinose (see below), with round head and short horn.

Pupa glossy, abdominal tergites punctured, densely so at the bases, sternites

more smooth; eremaster short, obtuse, without tubercles or points; tongne-case

much shorter than cases of forelegs.

nah. West Africa.

One species.

Masily distingnishedefrom Clanis aud Polyptychus by the non-spinose tibiae

and the truncate apex of forewing,

( aio )

172. Rhadinopasa hornimani.

*Basiana hornimani Druce, /.c. (1880) (Cameroons ;—coll. Druce).

Basiana hornimanni (!), Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 66. n. 23. t. 3. £.5 (9). 6 (p.) (1889).

*Rhadinopasa udei Karsch, l.c. p. 15. t 1. £. 4( 2) (1891) (9, Cameroons; 9, Ashanti ;—Mus. Berlin),

Rhadinopasa hornimani, id., l.c. p. 296. n. 11 (1891) (=udei) ; Auriv., Ent. Tidskr, xiii. p. 182. n, 230

(1891) (¢, Cameroons).

Rhadinopsis (!) hornimani, Kirby, /.c.

32. Variable in size. Femora with a small tuft of black hairs near the tip.

3. Tenth tergite broad, curved, flat, suddenly narrowed to a hook (Pl. XXIII.

f. 21); sternite a low, trapezoidal, sinuate ridge. Clasper elongate, gradually

narrowed to end (Pl. XXXII. f. 6); a dorso-basal process beset with setiferous

tubercles as in Clans ; harpe represented by a curved, longitudinal, multi-denticulate

ridge, reminding one of that found in Clanis undulosa. Penis-sheath without:

armature, as in Clan/s and some species of Polyptychus.

2. Not dissected.

Larva: Dr. W. J. Ansorge reared a specimen of this species from the cater-

pillar, and preserved, very fortunately, the last skin of the caterpillar as well as

the shell of the chrysalis. The head, pronotum, legs and anal segment have

apparently been red; head large, round, granulose, the granules higher and more

dispersed laterally ; thoracic and abdominal segments with many spikes, which are

about 2 mm. long, regularly conical, smooth, pale, with dark tips, those on the

penultimate segment nearly entirely black, anal segment with three spines above

and two approximate ones at the apex. Pupated July 4th ; imago, September 7th.

Pupa glossy; head rounded; sheath of tongue elongate-triangnlar, acute,

ending 4 mm. short of tip of sheath -of foreleg; mesonotum transversely rugose ;

metanotum narrowest in middle, the anterior margin being somewhat concave 4

abdominal tergites densely and deeply punctured in front, the punctures becoming

smaller and searcer behind, the sides smooth near the stigmata of segments | to 4,

scarcely with any punctures; segments 5 to 7 transversely multicarinate at the

bases before the stigmata, the carinae low but sharp, the interspaces concave,

punctures all round the stigmata; eighth segment more smooth, not densely

punctnred at the base above, not carinate in front of the stigmata ; punctures of

sternites not so dense and deep as above, the punctured area more restricted.

Tlab, West Africa: Ashanti country to Cameroons, doubtless more widely

distributed. In several collections. :

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢¢ from: Bipindi, Cameroons (Zenker); Akri Ugidi,

Lower Niger (Dr. Ansorge). 4

LIU. METAMIMAS.—Typus : australasiae.

Sphine, eiovan (von Linné, 1758), Ins. N. Holl. t. 33 (1805). -

Acherontia, Boisduval (nox Laspeyres; 1809), 7 Toy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 181 (1882).

Coequosa Walker, List Lep. Ins. BM. viii. p. 256 (1856) (partim ; type: triangularis).

Brachyglossa Boisduyal (non id , 1829), Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 10 (1875).

Metamimas Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 582 (1877) (partim ; type: australasiae).

3%. Tongue rather stout, but barely reaching end of forecoxa. Palpus slender

not much larger in d than in ?, narrow in ventral view, being compressed, pro

jecting, pointed. Antenna slender, distal segments higher then long, end-segment

(211 )

short, conical; 3: segmenis compressed, rectangular in side-view; ¢: almost

cylindrical, basal seriated ciliae rudimentary. Abdomen with spinules only at the

edges of the tergites. Tibiae zot spinose; spurs short, ¢wo pairs to hindtibia ;

pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with two long thin lobes at each

side; tarsi heavily scaled. Distal margins of wings entire, apex of forewing

truneate ; SC? and R! of hindwing on a rather long stalk, D? very obliqne, more

or less curved, longer than D*.

Early stages not known to us.

Hab. Bastern parts of Australia.

One species.

173. Metamimas australasiae.

Sphine australasiae Donovan, /.c. t. 35. £. 1 (2) (1805).

Acherontia australasiae, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 181. n. 2 (1832) (Austral.).

Coequosa australasiae, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 257. n. 2 (1856) (N.S.W.); Misk., Proc. Roy. Sor. Queensld:

vill. p. 22. n, 36 (1891) (Neweastle ; Brisbane)

Brachyglossa australasiae, Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Het. i. p. 10, n. 2 (1875) (g@: larva on Banksia).

*Brachyglossa banksiae id., 1c. p. 11. n. 3. t. 3. f. 1 (1875).

Metamimas australasiae, Butler, lc. ix. p. 582. n. 1 (1877): Kirby, Trans. Ent. Sor. Lond. p. 237

(1877) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 701 n. 1 (1892).

Metamimas banksiae, Butler, /.c. p. 628 (1877).

3%. Basal area of forewing of ¢ more or less pale grey, while the wing of

the ? is uniform in ground-colour.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXIII. f. 23) longitudinally impressed above, strongly

chitinised, narrowed to a curved hook, distal portion carinate beneath, transsection

prismatical, tip pointed; sternite a rather low, strongly chitinised ridge, which is

somewhat bent upwards, faintly emarginate, minutely notched or granulose at the

edge, with the sides rounded. Clasper large, rounded at apex, without patch of

frietion-scales, scales at and near dorsal edge very long ; harpe with two processes,

both ventral, pointing obliquely upwards, one proximal of the other, subbasal, the

npper edge of the more distal one continued dorso-basad as a low ridge (PI. XXXI.

f, 23). Penis-sheath z/thout armature.

%. Eighth tergite transverse, rounded-truncate, angles strongly rounded.

Vaginal plate (Pl. XVI. f. 2) large, strongly chitinised, distal margin rounded,

edge membranaceous ; orifice postmedian (v), situated at the end of a prominent

mesial carina ; sides deeply concave.

Hab. Australia, eastern part.

. Inthe Tring Musenm 8 63,18 ? 2 from N.S. Wales and South Queensland.

LIV. COEQUOSA.—Typus : triangularis.

Sphine, Donovan (von Linné, 1758), Ins. N. Holl. t. 33 (1805).

Acherontia, Boisduval (non Laspeyres, 1809), Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 181 (1832).

Brachyglossa id. (non id., 1829), Spée. Gén. Lép. t. 12 B (1836).

Coequosa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 257 (1856) (partim; type: triangularis).

Caequosa (!), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 597 (1877).

3%. Differs from Metamimas in the hindtibia having only one pair of spurs,

in the retinaculum being absent and the frenulum vestigial, in the more rounded,

not distinctly truncate, apéx of the forewing, and in the less oblique upper cross-

vein of the hindwing.

( 212 )

Larva granulose-spinose ; head triangular, no horn; seven oblique side-bands,

anal segment with a round, black, white-pnpilled tubercle at each side.— Food-plant :

Banksia, Persoonia.

Hab. Eastern parts of Australia.

One species.

Walker made a mistake in attributing four hindtibial spurs to both australasiae

and triangularis.

174. Coequosa triangularis,

Sphinz triangularis Donovan, 1c, t. 33. f. 2 (1805).

Sphinx caslaneus Perry, Arcana i. (1811).

Acherontia triangularis, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 181. n. 1 (1832) ; Feisth., Voy. Favorite

p. 18 (1839).

Brachyglossa triangulavis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. t. 12 2. f. 2 (2) (1836); Blanch., Hist. Nat.

Ing. iii. p. 480 (1841); Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 9. n. 1 (1875).

Coequosa triangularis Walker, /.c. viii. p. 257. n. 1 (1856) (Moreton Bay) ; Scott, Austr. Lep. ii. p. 5,

t. 10 (1., p., 7.) (1890) (metam.); Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid, viii. p. 22. n. 37 (1891)

(throughout east coast); Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 701. n. 1 (1892).

Caequosa (!) triangulavis, Butler, /.c. ix. p. 597 (1877) (Moreton Bay).

3 ?. In Butler’s Revision this species stands at the end of the “ Smerinthinue”

and Metamimas australasiae at the beginning.—It is apparently a rather common

species. It does not vary much in colour, but somewhat in the sexual armature.

3. Tenth tergite longitudinally impressed, slender, curved downwards, not

divided, widened at apex ; sternite with a mesial lobe which is broader than long,

and is strongly or moderately rounded. Clasper as broad as in Metamimas : harpe

relatively short, with two processes, one at the end, the other dorsally before the

end, both curved upwards (Pl. XXXI..f. 24), reminding one of the harpe of Herse

and Acherontia. Penis-sheath carinate dorsally.

?. Eighth tergite rather longer than in J. australasiae, mesially feebly

emarginate. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVI. f. 1) very different from that of Jf azstra-

lasive ; orifice median, very large, its proximal and lateral edges strongly chitinised,

but the rest of the antevaginal part of the plate membranaceons ; this edge

with some tubercles which bear single long hairs ; posterior edge of orifice also

somewhat raised; postvaginal part of plate transverse, triangular mesially, apex

slightly sinnate.

Larva see above ; it mimics perhaps some kind of chameleon or lizard.

Hab. Bastern parts of Australia: (Queensland ; New South Wales.

In the Tring Musenm 8 6d, 6 $ ? from New South Wales, one larva.

LV. CLANIS.—Typus : phalaris.

Sphine, Cramer (von Linné, 1758), Pap. Ex. ii. p. 83 (1777).

Clanis Hiibner, Verz. belt. Schim. p. 148 (1822) (partim ; type: phalaris—nicobarensis).

Basiana Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 236 (1856) (partim ; type : deucalion).

Metagastes Boisduyal, Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p 11 (1875) (type: phalaris).

Ambulyx, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77 (1892).

3¢. Tongue rather stout, but not reaching beyond the hindcoxa. Pilifer with

bristles. Palpus incrassate distally, rather prominent in d, joint not open.

Antenna setiform, segments prismatical in d, the seriated ciliae short in and near

the mesial line, segments circular in transsection in ?, with very slightly prolonged

(e2n3F 3)

basal and apical ciliae; the end-segment is short. Abdomen with many weak

spines dorsally underneath the ordinary scaling, apical spines of segments numerous.

Tibiae spinose ; spurs unequal, ¢wo pairs to hindtibiae ; pulvillus and paronychiom

present, the latter with two lobes, of which the upper one is very slender. Distal

edge of wings entire ; frenulum and retinaculum present.

3. Clasper and seventh tergite without organ of friction ; the former with

“dorso-basal tuberculated process (PI. XXXII. f. 10, pa) ; penis-sheath without

armature.

?. A large postvaginal plate (P]. XVI. f. 3.—13), which is strongly chitinised

aud projects distad.

Larva green, with oblique white side-stripes, granulose, head triangular in

early stages, large and round in later stages—Food-plant: Butea frondosa (and

probably other plants).

Pupa (of phalaris) insutticiently figured, not described.

Hab. Japan to Ceylon, eastwards to Timor; not yet found on the larger Sunda

Islands, the Philippines, Malacca.

The specimens fade more or less as long as they are on the wing, fresh

individuals being redder than those caught after the wings have been exposed for

some time to damp and light.

There are six Asiatic and one African species, the latter deviating obviously

from the Asiatic type.

Key to the species :

a. Forewing below with a black streak behind

the cell . ‘ , onli

Forewing below vilitedt, a black Bisel behind

the cell . ‘ : : wid

6. Midtibia white above Tis ihe Sendkniw é . 175. Cl. bilineata.

Midtibia not white above : : : 5,

c. Forewing above with a pale costal area edie a

pale line before R*, long terminal spur of

hindtibia more than half the length of the

first tarsal segment . ; 176. Cl. undulosa.

Forewing above without pale Gstal area oa

pale line, spurs shorter, very unequal . 177. Cl. deucalion.

d, Midtibia with white streale on se like

hindtibia . ‘ : ae)

Midtibia without vaste, sited on mene : ai i

e. Large species, head not black in front . . 180. Cl. ttan.

Smaller species, head black in front. . 178. Cl. euroa.

f. Forewing with pale costal patch and pale line

before R* . : 4 5 5 : . 179. Cl. phalaris.

Forewing almost unicolorous . ; , . 181. C2. bicolor.

175. Clanis bilineata.

*Basiana bilineata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1857 (1866) (Darjiling ;—-Mus. Brit.) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 50. n. 7 (1875) (Darjiling) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.

ix. p. 595. n. 2 (1877) (Darjiling; Shanghai); Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 702, n. 1 (1892)

(Darjiling) ; Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc, Lond: p. 280. n, 45 (1898) (partim).

(gala)

Clanis bilineata, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 14: t. 81. £. 4 (1881) (Darjiling) ;_

Cotes & Swinh., Cat. Voths Ind. i. p. 29. n. 2 (1887) (Sikhim ; Darjiling) ; Fixs., in Rom.,

Mém. Lép. iti. p. 322. n, 98 (1887) (Corea, viii.) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 587. n. 28

(1886) (partim ; Yokobama). ‘ 1

Clanis deucalion, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Ow. i. p. 29. n. 116 (1892) (partim).

Ambulya bilineata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 80. n. 110 (1892) (Shanghai ; Sikbim) ;

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 408. n. 110 (1898) (Sikhim, vi. and viii.).

3. Mid- and hindtibia white above; the latter in d as long as, in ? 2 mm.

longer than, the first tarsal segment; spurs very unequal, short ones less than

half the length of the long ones, these not quite half the length of the first tarsal

segment. Forewing below with black streak behind the cell, hinder margin in

about as long as, in 2 4 to 6 mm. longer than, distal margin; the pale costal area

on the forewing above distinct.

S$. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXIII. f. 24) very different from that ot

all the other species, its apical half being very strongly narrowed with the apex

not sinnate; the underside of this narrow portion is strongly chitinised, having

the appearance as if the sides of the tergite, instead of being spread out laterad,

were hent downwards and had become fused together in the mesial line; the tip

of the tergite is curved ventrad (Pl. XXIII. f. 28), forming a hook which is-

vertically thicker (side-view) than in the allied species, owing to the under surface

slanting from each side towards the raised mesial line (v); sternite also very

remarkable, being produced into two long processes (Pl. XXIII. f. 24). The harpe

(Pl. XXXII. f. 11) consists of a ventral triangular ridge po, which is subvertical

upon the plane of the clasper and covered for the greater part with small scales;

the submesial ridge cm is basally produced into a compressed process pd, while it

fades away distally into the vermicular folding of the clasper; the dorso-basal process

pdb is slender, curved, apically dilated and here beset with bristle-bearing tubercles.

?. The eighth tergite very different from that of the other species in being

deeply divided by a narrow sinus (Pl. XVI. f. 5. 6), the two lobes more or less

notched or irregularly emarginate. The vaginal plate also characteristic (Pl. XVI.

f. 4. 5): the vaginal orifice (v) mesial, surrounded proximally and laterally by a

fold, at each side of the orifice there is a groove bordered by a fold ; the postvaginal

plate very broadly rounded, almost truncate, extremely feebly emarginate mesially ;

fig. 5 gives a side-view of the end of the abdomen, showing the relative position

of the dorsal and ventral plates ; the anal cone (consisting of segments ix. and x.)

is somewhat pushed anad to make it visible.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India to Corea and Japan ; the commonest species of this genus.

In the Tring Museum 15 63,7 2? 2 from: Calcutta ; Assam ; Sikhim ; Japa.

176. Clanis undulosa.

*Clanis undulosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 387 (1879) (N. China, ? ;—coll. Staudinger).

Clanis bilineata, Leech (non Walker, 1856), Lrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 119. n. 94 (1889) (Kiukiang).

Basiuna undulosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 702. n. 2 (1892) (N. China).

*Clanis gigantea Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 96 (1894) (partim ; Khasia Hills, ¢, 9 alia spec. ;—Mus.

Tring).

Ambulyx bilineata, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Voths iv. p. 453 (1896).

Basiana bilineata, Leech, l.c. p. 280. n. 45 (1898) (partim).

3%. Underside of femora, innerside of anterior tibia and tarsus, upperside of

mid- and hindtarsi and of antenna pink, upperside of midtibia and outerside of all

( 215 )

tibiae blackish ; hindtibia of ¢ longer than, of ? as long as, the first tarsal

segment ; spurs longer than in the other species of Clanis, the short ones over

half the length of the long ones, those of the apical pair of the hindtibia not so

widely different in length as in the other Clanis, the longer one more than half

the length of the first tarsal segment. Wings more elongate than in any other

species of this genus. Distal margin of forewing in ¢ longer, in ? very little

shorter, than the inner margin; the lines of lunules of the forewing on the whole

stronger marked than in 42dineata, with which the species has been confounded

by Leech and Hampson ; there are in some specimens four such lines between the

cell and the postdiscal line which begius at the apical patch ; the black area of

the hindwing is more extended than in d2liéneata. :

3. The tenth tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 3) is sinuate at the end, the lobes

curved downwards and pointed, with the edges irregularly notched; in a lateral

view (Pl. XXIII. f. 27) the lobe appears rather dilated before the apex, convex.

The sternite (Pl. XXIV. f. 3) is membranaceous laterally, the mesial lobe is snb-

truncate, trapeziform, with the edges somewhat rounded. The harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 8)

consists of a submesial ridge cm, which is deeply curved twice and distally raised

~ to a flattened process, which curves basad and somewhat resembles the process

of titan; the dorsal process pd is short and broad, and beset with rough warts,

which bear each a short bristle.

?. The eighth tergite (P]. XVI. f. 8) is short, broadly sinuate, the sinus

ronnded, the sides projecting, rounded. The vaginal orifice (Pl. XVI. f. 9) is

surrounded by two folds ; the postvaginal plate is broadly rounded.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North China to North India.

_. Inthe Tring Museum 5 dd, 1 2 from: Khasia Hills; Sikhim.

Chinese specimens in the collections of Charles Oberthiir, de Joannis, and

Dr. O. Staudinger, and in the British Museum.

The species is generally larger than dé/ineata, but it varies in size ; it is easily

distinguishable from 4élineata by the longer wings and the black midtibia and long

spurs, besides the structure of the end of the abdomen.

177. Clanis deucalion.

*Basiana deucalion Walker, l.c. viii. p. 237, 0. 1 (1856) (N. India, 2 ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec.

Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 48. n. 1 (1875) (“ Himalaya” !); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 595.

__ n. 1 (1877) (N. India) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 5 (1892) (N. India).

Clanis deucalion, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. v. p. 15. t. 81. f. 5 (1881) (N. India) ; Cot. &

* Swinb., Cat. Vothis Ind. i. p. 29. n. 158 (1887) (Shillong ; this spec.??); Swinh., Cat. Lep.

Het. Mus, Ox. i. p. 29, 0. 116 (1892) (partim).

Clanis deucalion ?, Forsayeth, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 394 (1884) (Mhow).

Anmbulyx deucalion, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 80. n. 111 (1892) (“ Shillong ”

ex err.),

3%. The type of this species is a 2 which has only one leg left out of the

six, and this is a foreleg without tarsus. The specimen agrees in the shape of

the eighth abdominal tergite well with wndulosa, not at all with dilineata: the

Vaginal plate we have not dissected out, for fear of breaking the rather old and

brittle specimen. In colour the individual comes very near undulosa, differs,

however, in the following points: the forewing, which is much less elongate than

in widulosa, bears three sharply marked dentate lines on the dise, equidistant from

each other and from cell and the postdiscal, indistinct, line which begins at the

( 216 )

apical patch ; there is uo pale line before R* and no pale costal area. The black

patch on the hindwing is restricted, longer at SM? than at R*, and appears

sinuate between M! and SM*; there are tawny brown scales between this patch

and the apex of the wing. The individual came from N. India, and has no more

precise locality. A d in the Oxford Museum from E. India (Hutton) agrees well]

with this 2. Another ¢ in the British Museum, from the Leech collection, obtained

by Captain Young at Kulu, belongs doubtless to this species. It is very pale, as pale

as the palest phalaris. It agrees with undulosa in the midtibiae not being white

above like the hindtibia and in the presence of a black streak on the underside

of the forewing. The specimen is comparatively small, the forewing measuring

only 47 mm. in length ; the lines of the forewing are scarcely traceable, the black

patch of the hindwing is still more restricted than in the type of deucalion, the

black scaling not extending beyond the end of the cell between R* and SC?, while

the area between cell and apex of wing is shaded with pale tawny. The two males

differ structurally from wndulosa in the following points: the hindtibia is as long

as the first tarsal segment, aud this barely longer than segments 2 to 5 together ;

the terminal pair of spurs is very unequal, shorter than in wndulosa, the long one

only half the leugth of the first tarsal segment. The genital armature is as in

undulosa, but the lobes of the tenth tergite are somewhat slenderer, and the sternite

is rounded.

The shorter distal margin of the forewing, the reduced, sinuate, black pateb

of the hindwing, the absence from the forewing of a pale costal area and of a

white line before R*, the shorter spurs of the hindtibia, and shorter first hindtarsal

segment, are the principal characters by which this species can be distinguished

from undulosa.

The larva mentioned by Forsayeth, /.c., may belong to this or some other

species.

Hab, N. and N.W., India.

In the British Museum 1 ¢, 1 ? from N. India and Kulu. In the Oxford

Museum 1 d from E. India. Net seen in other collections.

178. Clanis euroa spec. nov.

3 ?. In colour and pattern and the proportions of the tibiae, spurs and tarsi

close to the much larger CZ. titan. Differs as follows : tront of head and end of palpus

blackish, black mesial line of occiput and collar heavier; distal margin of forewing

in both sexes about 6 mm. shorter than internal one, the distal edge of the pale

area of the forewing more oblique between R! and R®, the blackish line proximally

of subcostal fork reaching down to R?, not developed to a large cloud or patch, the

following line barely indicated, the line halfway between fork and apical pateh

rather stronger marked than in titan. On the underside only the external one of

the three discal lines of the forewing is indicated, and there is on the hindwing just

a faint trace of the middle one of the three lines.

3. The differences in the sexual organs of the d are very marked ; the harpe

(Pl. XXXII. f. 9) is raised to a low submesial ridge cm, which fades away distally

into the irregular folding of the inner sheath of the clasper, and which ends

proximally in a pointed small tubercle. The dorsal process pd of the clasper is

similar to that of phalaris. The tenth tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 2) is deeply sinuate,

the lobes are much broader than in #ifan and less sharply hooked (Pl. XXIIL

f. 26) ; the sternite is trancate, with the angles rounded and somewhat curved dorsad.

(Za ))

%. The eighth abdominal tergite resembling that of pfalaris, but the sides

are more produced distad. Vaginal plate (PI. XVI. f. 13) with a transverse fold

in front of the orifice, the fold incrassate befure the orifice ; postvaginal plate

narrowing distally, truncate.

Length of forewing: ¢, 45-60 mm.; §, 22-24 mm.

Breadth of forewing: 6,61 mm.; ¢, 26 mm.

Hab. Oinanisa, Dutch Timor, November to December 1891 (W. Doherty).

29S 1 2, in the Tring Museum ; type: ¢.

This may be only a geographical representative of t/¢am in spite of the great

differences in the sexual armature ; intergradations may occur in the more western

parts of the Malayan Subregion, where no C/anis have been found as yet.

179. Clanis phalaris.

Sphinc phalaris Cramer, Pup, Ex. ii. p. 83. t. 149. £. 4 (1777) (Coromandel).

*Sphinx pugana Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 146. u. 29 (1781) (fn. or., Mus.:Banks ; —Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 32 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2385, n. 92 (1790) (India) ; Fabr.,

Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 366, n, 34 (1793).

Sphine nicobarensis Schwarz, Nomencl. Roes. d: Kleem. ii. p. 1. t. 1. f. 1. 2 (1810); Charp., in Esp.,

Ausl. Schm. Suppl. t. 1. £. 1 (1830).

Clanis nicobarensis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schin. p. 138. u. 1480 (1822).

Clanis phalaris, id., lc. n. 1481 (1822) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 595 (1877) (Pt. Blair, =

pagana=nicobarensis) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 1 (1892) (India; Nicobars ; “ Schall.

Naturf.” etc. ex err.).

*Basiana cervina Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 237. n. 2 (1856) (partim ; N. Ind. ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 265. n. 611 (1857) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc.

Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; Boisd., /.c. p. 48. n. 2 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p. 596. n. 5 (1877); Swinb., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 435. n. 13 (1886) (Mhow, vii.); Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 3 (1892).

Coequosa (?) phalaris, Walker, Jc. p. 258. n. 3 (1856).

Sphina (?) pagana, id., I.c. p. 264 (1856).

Metagastes phalaris, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Het. Lép. i. p. 12. n. 1 (1875) (Ind. or.).

Metagastes nicobarensis, id., l.c. n. 2 (1875).

Clanis nicobarensis, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 14 (1881).

Clanis cervina, id., l.c. p. 15. t. 81. f. 6 (1881); Fors., Trans. Ent Soc. Lond. p. 393. t. 15. f. 1, 2.

(larva, pupa) (1884) (Mhow) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 29. n. 160 (1887).

Clanis nicobariensis (!), Swinhoe, Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 29. sub n. 118 (1892).

Ambulyx pagana, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 80.n. 112 (1892) (Sikhim) ;

Bengal ; Madras); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p, 409. n. 112 (1898) (not seen).

3%. This species varies a good deal in the tint of the ground-colour, some

Specimens being much more red than others; the lines of the forewing vary also,

being sometimes more, sometimes less distinct. Cramer’s figure applies to this species,

not to what we have described below under the name of titan. Though the figure

is very grossly executed, it shows nevertheless one essential character of phalaris

=nicobarensis. In this species, namely, the pale area of the upperside of the

forewing expands in the submarginal region between SC° and R’, while in titan

it is much narrower, expanding only between SC° and R. It is quite possible

that there are several subspecies of this species, but with the material at present

at disposal it is scarcely safe to form an opinion upon this point. We have

examined the genital armature of several specimens from North and South Iudia

aud Ceylon, and did not find any reliable difference. The specimens described by

Walker as cervina—we have dissected the d—are very pale, the pale costal area

of the forewing and the line before R*® consequently being hardly discernible ;

there is no black streak on the underside of the forewing, and no white line

( 218 )

upou the upperside of the midtibia. The structure being the same as in phalaris

we cannot entertain. any doubt that. cervina is specifically the same as phalaris,

Other, North Indian individuals are much redder and the pattern of the forewing

is more obviously marked.

The species can be distinguished by the following characters: . -

3%. Midtibia not white above like the hindtibia; this nearly as long as the

first and second tarsal segments together ; short spurs not half the length of the

long ones, these not half the length of the first tarsal segment. Distal margin of

forewing about 3 mm. shorter than the inner margin in both sexes. he pale costal |

area of the forewing distally limited behind by vein R*, always extending beyond R!

g. Tenth abdominal tergite similar to that of titan (Pl. XXIV. tie |), but

the two apical hooks proportiounlly longer ; the sternite resembling that of ewoa

(Pl, XXIV. f. 2), bunt mesially more rounded, as regards outline ‘standing about

midway between the sternites of ewroa and titan. The harpe (Pl. XXXIL f. 10)

consists of a veutro-submesial plate which is raised into a submesial ridge cm ; this

ridge is basally’ prolonged into a sharply pointed long hook p4, and distally into a

broad, apically rounded process which is somewhat concave on the broad side; the

edge of this process is raised distally and ventrally, ranning down to near the edge

of the clasper, while on the underside the process bears a fold 7, which connects it

with the inner sheath of the clasper, the fold disappearing in a patch of very irregular,

strongly curved, small folds ; the dorsal process pd of the clasper is ribbon-like on

the upperside, rather pointed ventrally at the end and irregularly denticulate ;

between this process and the harpe there is a rather conspicuous fold. ;

2. The eighth tergite (Pl. XVI. f.10) is swollen and rounded laterally ; it

does not project distad over the scale-bearing membrane. Vaginal plate (PI. XVI.

f, 3) with a transverse fold before the vaginal orifice; the postvaginal part of

the plate projecting distad asin the other species, its apical margin shalloa

sinuate. :

Larva green, with oblique whitish side-bands, granulose, granules especially

large on eins legs, and anal segment. Young: head triangular, horn long.

Adult : head very large, round, horn reduced to a short triangular lobe.

Pupa figured, but not described ; of the ordinary type, special characters

not known.

Hab. North India (Sikhim) to Ceylon and the Nicobar Islands.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 5 2% from: Ceylon ; Sikhim.

Occurs most likely also in N.W. India.

180. Clanis titan spec. nov.

Basiana cervina Walker, /.c. vill. p. 237. n. 2 (1856) (partim, ? ).

Basiana phalaris, Butler (non Cramer, 1777), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 506. n. £ (1877) (partim)

Ambulyx phalaris, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 79. n. 109 (1892) ~—

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 109 (1898) (not seen),

Clanis gigantea Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, i. p. 96 (1894) (9, not d ; Sikhim).

3%. Mid- and hindtibia white above (in phalaris the midtibia not white), the

latter as long as (d), or (2) 1 mm. longer than, the first tarsal segment ; short

spurs barely one-third of the long ones, little longer than the tibia is broa

Scaling of antenna pale pink; frons and end of palpus very little darker than the

sides of the occiput.

Wings, : vpperside,.

Forewing: distal margin about 1 mm, shorter than

( 219 )

internal one in d, 7 mm. in $ ; chestnut, paler and somewhat pinkish towards base,

a large vinaceous-cinnamon patch expanded between costal margin and R*, extended

to distal margin between veins SC’ and R!, not between SC? and R* as in phalaris ;

the transverse lines not dentate ; a broad subbasal line about 5 mm. from the base

of M?, distinct, another almost parallel with it a little distal of M?, indistinct, some

traces of lines between this and internal angle; within the pale area there is a

large brown patch or cloud, representing two lines, situated upon the subcostal

fork ; another line between this cloud and the apical patch.——Hindwing as in

phaliris, but the basal area darker chestnut.

Underside as in phalaris, the transverse lines of the forewing less distinet ;

the middle line of the hindwing close to the proximal line, the interspace partly

filled up with scaling of the same colour as the lines.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 1) very broad, apex very broadly

but not deeply sinuate, the two lobes slender, stroug, pointed, curved downward,

forming a hook, which is represented in side-view by Pl. XXIII. f. 25; sternite

(Pl, XXIV. f. 1) rounded. ‘The harpe consists of a curved subventral ridge

(Pl. XXXII. f. 7, em), which is distally produced into a broad, strongly chitinised flap

with irregular teeth at the edge, the flap curving proximad ; the dorsal provess pd of

the clasper is short and very broad, and bears scarcely any setiferous tubercles, the

few bristles at its edge being nearly all inserted in the usual way in punetures ;

the interspace between the harpe and the dorsal process is filled up with very high

and very thiu lamellae of the inner membrane of the ciasper (only one d seen); the

ventral edge of the clasper clothed with short bristles.

¢. The eighth abdominal tergite (Pl. XVI f. 11) strongly chitinised, long,

yery feebly bi-emarginate, projecting, the angles strongly rounded, the sides convex.

Vaginal plate short, a short curved ridge in front and at the sides of the orifice,

postvaginal part of plate truncate, with the angles strongly rounded and the sides

slanting (PI. XVI. f. 12).

Length of forewing: ¢,72mm.; 2,79 mm.

Larva and pupa not known.

Hab. Notth India.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 ? from the Khasia Hills (d, type), and Sikhim

(Mandelli, ex coll. Felder).

Tn the British Museum 1 ? from Sikhim. Not seen in other collections.

181. Clanis bicolor (Pl. LXVI. f. 6, ?).

*Clanis bicolor Rothschild, Nov. Zool. i. p. 96 (1894) (hab. ? ;—Mus. Tring).

3. Not known.

%. We have recently received trom Sierra Leone a 2 which agrees essentially

with the type, though it is much larger. ‘The species is not a typical Clanis, the

palpus being too small for that genus, and the spurs of the midtibia—the hindtibiae

are missing in both specimens—are too short. But in the absence of the d, the

species is best left where it was originally placed. The cross-veins of the hindwing

are transverse, not obviously oblique, D’ is almost twice the length of D*, both the

upper aud lower angle of the cell about 90°. Eighth tergite siunate. Vaginal

plate (Pl, XVI. f. 7) with an asymmetrical transverse fold before the orifice,

produced into two long, slender, poiuted lobes ; postvaginal plate rounded-triaug ular

Karly stages not known,

( 220 )

Hab. West Atrica: Sierra Leone.

Two ? 2 in the Tring Museum ; the type (fignred) without locality. Not seen

iu other collections.

LVI. PSEUDOCLANIS.—Typus : postica.

Basiana Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 237 (1856) (partim ; type: deucalion).

Smerinthus, Lucas (762 Latreille, 1802), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 606 (1857).

Zonilia Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 34 (1°64) (partim).

Ambulya, Mabille (non Walker, 1856), Bull. Soc. Philom. (7). iii. p. 135 (1879).

Clanis, Druce (non Hiibner, 1822), in Moloney, West Afric. Forestry p. 493 (1887).

Pseudoclanis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i, p. 96 (1894) (type: postica).

Psendosmerinthus, Karsch (non Butler, 1877), Ent. Nachr. xxvi. p. 870) (1900).

$%. Tongue much shorter than in Clanis. Joint of palpus open as in

Polyptychus. Abdominal tergites spiuose all over. Tibiae spinose ; two pairs of

spurs to hindtibia; pulvillus and paronychium present. No friction-pateh on

clasper. Distal margins of wings entire, apex of forewing produced; hindwing

yellow or red, with large conspicuous black basal patch.

Barly stages uot known.

Larva presumably spinose and with rounded head.

Hab, Africa and Madagascar.

Differs from the species of Polyptychus with falcate forewings in the weak

tongue. Some of the species dealt with under Folyptychus—for instance pygarga

and allies—will perhaps ultimately come into this genus ; but we leave them there

for the present, confining Psevdoclanis to the species with a large black basal pateh

on the hindwing, which will enable also those lepidopterists who do not go closely

into the structure of the insects to locate correctly any new species.

Key to the species :

Hindwing red, without black postdiscal band . 182. P. karschi.

Hindwing yellow, with black postdiscal band . 183. P. postica.

Hindwing pinkish grey, with black postdiscal

band : : pelts : 184. P. grandidveri.

182. Pseudoclanis karschi spec. nov.

¢. A broad-winged insect. Apex of forewing produced into a long blunt

hook ; distal margins entire, that of forewing convex between R? and SM®. Tibiae

spinose. Head, thorax, and basal segments of abdomen olive-green above, rest of

abdomen and underside clay-colour, legs olive-brown.

Wings, upperside. Forewing olive-green ; three darker green lines in basal

half, running obliquely trom costal to inner margin, the first reaching inner margin

before middle, the second in middle, the second and third converging behind ; an

indistinct median line, convex from upper angle of cell to R*, then continued from

lower angle of cell to inner margin, followed by another line between costal margin

and R3; a yellowish green discomarginal area bordered by the median line and

R’; apex of wing of the same eolour ; au oblique brown line from tip of SC° to

R? bordering a brownish submarginal space. Hindwing rosy red; a large black

basi-diseal patch behind the cell ; abdominal fold dirty grey ; marginal area yellowish

olive-green.

( 221 )

Underside. Forewing : basal half rosy red, except costal and inner margins,

rest of wing yellowish oliye-green ; a broad glossy discal band from costal margin

to beyond R?, a large triangular submarginal space of the same colour proximally

bordered by an oblique blackish line. Hindwing shaded with buff; a large rosy

red patch between cell and abdominal margin, three yellowish green lines across

the disc: the first straight, 5 mm. from cell at R*, the second also straight, the

third dentate behind, the lines nearly equidistant.

Vaginal plate (partly visible in type) with a high, almost rectangular, ridge -

the corners sharp, somewhat produced, distal edge truncate-sinnate. Eighth tergite

trnneate, angles very strongly rounded.

Length of forewing: ?, 68 mm.

3 and early stages not known.

Hab. Victoria, Cameroons, 1 2 in the Berlin Museum.

Named in honour of Professor Karsch.

183. Pseudoclanis postica.

*Basiana postica Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 237. n. 3 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.).

Pseudoclanis postica, Rothschild, Noy. Zoov. i. p. 97 (1894).

3%. Tongue short and weak. Joint of segments 1 and 2 of palpus naked,

open. Antennal segments of $ somewhat compressed ventrally, transsection

subtriangular, basal rows of ciliae distinct. Distal margins of wings entire; D?

of hindwing very oblique, twice as long as D*. Tenth abdominal tergite of d

deeply divided into slender, hooked, pointed lobes (Pl. XXIV. f. 6. 7. 8); sternite

membranaceous, withont lobes or processes. Clasper very broad, divided apically ;

harpe produced distally into a long process (PI. XXXII. f. 12.13). No friction-patch

npon clasper, but the scales at the end of the eighth tergite curved inwards.

Penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 25) with an arched belt of teeth which reaches the

apical edge at one side and is continued on the membranaceons duet. Eighth tergite

of § (PL XVI. f. 16) sinnate, with two or more teeth; vaginal plate produced

at each side of the cavity into a curved, pointed or dentate, process (PI. XVI.

f. 14, 15). The lines and bands of the forewing are more pronounced in fresh

Specimens ; the two straight donble bands in the basal half which rnn obliquely

ilistad from the costal to the inner margin are more distinet in the 2 than in the

d. Besides the large basal patch and the postdiscal band, which follows the eurve

of the distal margin, there are in some specimens yestiges of black diseal lines.

Distal margin more convex in § than in 3.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Africa, from Sierra Leone and Abyssinia to Cape Colony,

Said to produce a sonnd as Acherontia.

Three subspecies :

7 a. P. postica postica.

*Basiana postica Walker, lc. (Natal); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét, i. p. 50. n. 6 (1875) (Natal) :

Wallengr., Ofv. Vet. Ac. Handl. xxxii, 1, p. 94 (1875) ; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 596.

n, 8 (1877) (Natal); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 7 (1892) (partim ; Natal).

Prendoclanis pestica, Rothschild, 7 c.

3%. Distal margin of forewing slightly convex between R? and M2 in both

sexes. Black postdiscal band of hindwing interrupted in most specimens, sometimes

represented only by vein-dots.

( 222 )

-g. The two slender processes of the tenth tergite form each a moderately

eurved hook (Pl. XXIV. f. 6; side-view). Clasper (Pl. XXXII. f. 13) sinuate

at the apex, the sinus continued proximad by the vestige of a slit; proximal part.

of harpe very bulky, filling up the greater part of the cavity of the clasper, produced

distally into a rather long and slender process which is somewhat curved at the

end. The teeth of the penie-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 25) well developed on one side

(left-hand side in fig.), the mesial ones being a little heavier, while the tee

disappear more or less from the other side of the sheath.

?. Highth abdominal tergite with two pointed processes at the sides of the

mesial sinus, the processes variable in length. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVI. f. 14)

with a prominent folded and dentate transverse ridge before the vaginal cavity,

the ridge sinnate mesially, laterally joining the broad dentate side-processes,

which curve mesiad.

Hab, Cape Colony to British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd,4 22 from: Natal; Taveta; Escarpment, British

Hast Africa, Febrnary and March 1901 (W. Doherty).

b. P. postica abyssinicus.

*Smerinthus abyssinicus Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 606. t. 13. f. 2 (9) (1857) (Khartum :—Mus

Paris).

Zonilia abyssinica, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi, p. 84 (1864) (Abyssinia),

Basiana abyssinica, Butler, Tranz. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 596, n. 9 (1877) (Abyssinia) ; Kirby,

Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 8 (1892) (Abyssinia).

*Smerinthus bianchii Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova xviii. p. 734. n. 84. t. 9. £ 8 (Q) (1888)

(Shoa ;—coll. Charles. Oberthiir).

3. Not known.

2. This sex differs from that of the preceding subspecies in the lines of hi

forewing being thinner and better defined, especially those on the dise. The ridge

in front of the vaginal orifice is similar to that of post. postica, but less incrassate,

with the folds rather sparser. 4

We are inclined to regard abyssinicus as a synonym of post. postica, but more

material from Abyssinia must be examined before the two can be put together.

For the present it is certainly more opportune to keep them apart. Possibly the

Hast African individuals of post. postica may turn ont to be somewhat different

structure from the southern specimens ; here, too, more material is wanted.

Hab. Abyssinia: Khartum (1 ? in the Paris Museum); Shoa (1 ? in coll.

Oberthiir).

ce. P. postica occidentalis subsp. nov.

Clanis postica, Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 9 (1887). J

3%. Distal margin of forewing straight in middle in 3, feebly convex in 9.

The black band of the hindwing entire in most individuals, especially in the ? séx.

Sexual organs remarkably different from those of post. postica and abyssinicus.

d. The two processes of the tenth tergite closer together than in post. postica,

longer, and more strongly curved downwards (P]. XXIV. f. 8, side-view). The

clasper is distally divided into a broad ventral lobe, which is pointed, almost hooked

at the end (P]. XXXII. f. 12), and a slender dorsal lobe, which has developed into

a strongly chitinised hook curving ventrad, nearly touching with the tip the apex

of the ventral lobe; the harpe is larger than in post. postica ; the distal process

( 223 )

is very broad at base, gradually tapering to end, curving ventrad and basad, and

protruding beyond the edge of the ventral margin of the clasper. The sheath of

the penis has the lateral teeth less developed, while the mesial ones (the most

proximal) are represented by one or two short but rather high carinae, or by

cariniform teeth.

%. The eighth abdominal tergite has, besides the two processes shown in

fig. 16 of Pl. XVI. some smaller teeth at the edge; the length of the processes

is very variable. Proximal part of vaginal plate (Pl. XVI. f. 15) raised into a

dentate ridge, which is deeply sinuate mesially ; laterally the ridge joins a dentate

process which curves mesiad and ends in a point, this conical process prominent,

visible without dissection after removal of a few scales.

Hab. Nest Africa, from Sierra Leone to the Congo.

In the Tring Museum 6 3d, 3 2? from: Sierra Leone (type, 3); Bopoto

and Yakusn, Upper Congo (K. Smith), one in July.

184. Pseudoclanis grandidieri.

*Ambulyx grandidieri Mabille, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7), iii. p. 135, n. 8 (1879); id., Anu. Soc. Ent.

France p, 297 (1879) (S.E. Mad.) ; Saalm., Lep. Vadag. p. 124. n. 296 (1884) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 676, n, 30 (1892).

*Ambulyec watersi Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). xiv. p. 407 (1884) (Betsileo ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,

Le. n. 31 (1892).

Psendosmerinthus semnus Karsch, Ent, Nachr. xxvi. p. 370. n. 5 (1900) (West Madag.).

3%. Thongh we have only seen the types of grundidier? and watersi, we do

not entertain the slightest doubt that the third name quoted above refers to the

same species. Tongue short and weak, scarcely visible between the palpi. Palpus

long, slender. Tibiae spinose, hindtibia with few spines at end; spurs with long

naked points, those of midtibia almost equal, longer terminal one of hindtibia more

than half the length of the first tarsal segment. Forewing falcate; SC? and R}

of hindwing on a rather long stalk ; R?=R’, R* nearly twice the length of R'.

3. Tenth tergite triangular, curved, simple, apex obtusely pointed, distally

subearinate above; tenth sternite (PI. XXIII. f 18) with two short pointed

processes. Clasper covered in distal half, outer side, with small, sharply bidentate

Seales; harpe (PI. XXXI. f. 22) dilated ventrally, fish-tail shaped at end, the

two processes nneqnal in type of waters’, equal in another specimen dissected :

eighth tergite with the marginal scales turned inside, forming a crest or ribbon of

scales. Penis-sheath with a slender pointed process directed proximad.

2. Not dissected.

Early stages not known

Hah. Madagascar ; Comoro Is.

In the British Museum, coll. Oberthiir, coll. Grandidier and the Museum at

Halle.

' A single ¢ from Grande Comore in the collection of Charles Oberthiir difters

in the forewing being less falcate, and in the black band of the hindwing being

more proximal and almost separated into vein-spots. 5

( 334 )

LVII. PLATYSPHINX gen. noy.—Typus : constrigilis.

Ambulyx Walker (non id., 1856), Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow i. p. 328 (1869).

Basiana, Mabille (non Walker, 1856), Bull. Soc. Zool. France ii. p. 491 (1878).

Brachyglossa ?, id., Ann. Soe, Ent. France p. 293 (1879).

32. Tongue rather stout, but short. Palpus smaller in 9 than in d, joint

not quite open. A tuft of long hair-scales behind the eye, hanging over the lower

part of same. Antenna of ? thin, cylindrical, not grooved, seriated ciliae very

slightly prolonged ; of ¢ strongly compressed, deeply grooved : end-segment short.

Abdominal tergites spinose all over, the spination more tawny, stronger, and denser

at the apical margins. Tibiae spévose; foretibia nearly as long as tarsus; spurs

short, ove pair to hindtibia; pulvillns and paronychium present. Distal margin

of wings entire ; apex of forewing little produced, acute, hinder angle very obtuse

in 2, less so in ¢ ; D® of hindwing obliqne, about twice as long as D*, lower angle

of cell more or less acute. Clasper and eighth tergite without friction-scales.

Early stages not known ; the larva most probably spiny.

Hab. West and East Africa, not yet known from German and British East

Africa.

A derivation from a form similar to Psewdoclanis postica, differing in the

shorter tongue, the longer tibiae, the absence of the proximal pair of hindtibial

spurs, the not-prolonged seriated ciliae of the ?-antenna, ete.

The four species resemble one another rather closely in colour; their dis-

crimination requires some care.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing below shaded with conspicuons

white scaling on disc. : ‘ . 185, P. constrigilis.

Hindwing below without white sealing on dise pee

4. Forewing practically withont speckles . . 188. P. piabilis.

Forewing with numerous speckles : : reuGl

c. Forewing below with large red patches or a

red band behind cell] 5 ; , . 186. 2. stigmatica.

Forewing below without either large red

patehes or a red band behind cell . 187. PB. phyllis.

185. Platysphinx constrigilis.

Ambulyx coustrigilis Walker, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow i. p. 328. n. 2 (1869) (Congo);

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 676. n. 29 (1892).

Ambulyx? constrigilis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Sec. Lond. ix. p. 582. n. 12 (1897).

3%. This is the most generalised of the species of this genus.

Wings: pperside, speckles small, those of forewing minute.——Forewing +

a straight, narrow, obliqne line 2 or 3mm. proximally of M’, continuous from costal

to inner margin, another line across apex of cell appearing as a direct prolongation

of a line along R®, an isolated Inniform line between M and (SM?) proximally of

base cf M!; three discal lines, the inner two geminate, both obsolete between

R? and M}, reappearing between M! and M? as two halfmoons, of which the

proximal one is very faint; the third line consisting of arches, produced distad

upon the yeins, arch R*—M! mnch more proximal than the others ; a short brown

(9225")

apical line: besides the white subapical halfmoon, there is a diffuse whitish patch

at the costal margin between the cell and the first discal line, and another smaller

one beyond the second discal line. ——Hindwing: a discal line touching apex of

cell, narrow, sometimes indistinct in frout, another near it, abbreviated or obsolete,

a third convex in front, then concave, narrow, and a black line outside the third

at anal angle reaching up to M?; veins with minute black streaks at extremities.

Underside. Forewing: markings similar to upperside, less distinct, those

in basal half red, the subbasal line vestigial, straight streak in apex of cell as on

upperside in the direction of R*, subapical white spot larger and more strongly

projecting distad before SC*, the other two white patches restricted to the costal

margin. Hindwing: lines nearly as above, but blackish brown, interspace

between second and third, or nearly the whole wing, shaded with white, a short

white line before apex, marginal area very faintly shaded with white.

do. Tenth tergite broad, sides undulate (Pl. XXIV. f. 9; apex broken in the

only specimen at disposal ; it is apparently cleft or sinuate) ; sternite produced into

a long, slender, cylindrical, slightly club-shaped process. Clasper (P]. XX XIII. f. 1)

narrowed towards apex, ventral margin dilated near base, then emarginate ; harpe

represented by a proximal, pointed, slightly curved process which stands far apart

from the clasper, the processes of the two sides being close together and visible

between the claspers without dissection. Penis-sheath (PI. XXX. f. 23) stout, jug-

shaped, the apical margin produced laterad ; penis-funnel (P-r) with a short, ventral,

carinate process.

?. Vaginal plate (PI. XVII. f. 3) resembling to a certain extent that of

Pseudoclanis postica ; antevaginal part (avp) mesially folded, a large groove at

each side ; vaginal orifice (J”) situated hetween two compressed processes, which

are curved mesiad and are pointed, resembling somewhat a bird’s head and breast ;

post-vaginal part (pep) slightly sunken proximally, the greater part membranaceous,

scaled,

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to the Congo.

In the Tring Museum 1 2 from Sierra Leone, and a very bad ¢ from the

Niger Coast Protectorate.

A fine ¢ from Cameroons in the Museum at Stockholm.

We have not seen the type of constrigilis, but Walker’s description agrees very

well with this insect, which can easily be distinguished from the other species by

the forewing having three white costal patches, a narrow and straight subbasal line,

and a narrow line at the apex of the cell, which line has the direction of R*.

186. Platysphinx stigmatica.

*Basiana stigmatica Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France ii. p. 491 (1878) (Congo ;—coll. Mabille) ;

Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 703. n. 9 (1892).

Brachyglossa ? stigmatica Mabille, Ann. Soc, Ent. France p. 293. note t. 6. £. 1 (2) (1879).

*Basiana conspersa Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 29. t. 1. f.2 (8). 2a (9) (1879) (Chin-

choxo ;—Mus. Berlin).

d%. Upperside—— Forewing: an oblique costal patch reaching M at or near

ase of M*, followed behind M by a smaller one which is somewhat more proximal

than the hinder end of the first patch, and more or less continuous with a third spot

behind (SM'), the three forming a quite irregular line or band ; another irregular

band before apex of cell, consisting of two patches, the first oblique from costa to

()

( 226 )

M, several mm_ broad, the second between M! and SM’, the two separated or con-

tignous ; two eqnally indistinct and ill-defined bands or traces of such on disc, the

external one more or less dentate, widened at costal margin, here including a white —

lunule (which stands really at the proximal side of the dentate line proper) ; the

marginal area partly or almost totally filled up with brown sealing, especially

peer R?2 and M2, this brown area absorbing more or less the dentate line-—— ~

Hindwing : the tawny red speckles large, becoming blackish brown at the abdominal

margin, the two bands formed by the speckles broad, the external one not always

distinct.

Underside: speckles of both wings large.

Forewing: bands as above, but

those in the basal half red ; subapical white patch larger than aboye, more square ;

fringe black at ends of veins. Hindwing: discal band not touching lower angle

of cell, about 2 mm. broad ; the others nearly parallel to margin, not concave beyond

middle ; costal margin more than twice as long as abdominal margin.

g. Abdomen open behind owing to the peculiar development of the claspers. —

Tenth tergite (Pl. XL. f. 11, ventral view) broad, sinuate, lobes rounded ; sternite

broad, strongly narrowed to apex, which is truncate, middle of sternite sunken,

Clasper (PI. XL. f. 8): dorsal margin produced distally into a long process which —

is armed with thin acute teeth ; ventral part of clasper reduced, rounded, densely

clothed with small scales ; a subbasal rather slight fold, and another fold situated

more distally beset with bristles ; harpe represented by a long pointed process ; the

processes of the two harpes close together. Penis-sheath (Pl. XL. f. 14) short,

stout, curved, ending in a short process which appears clubbed in side-view, but

is compressed and therefore pointed in dorsal view.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 2) larger than in the other species ; voattiae

orifice (V) on a kind of postament which is compressed to a ridge at each side,

the ridge truncate with the angles projecting : behind this elevated strneture there

is a deep cavity the hinder (or upper) wall of which is formed by the large, strongly

chitinised, postvaginal plate (pep), this plate mesially carinate within the cavity,

and transversely rugate or folded distally. :

Hab. Congo basin and East Africa ; its range extends probably farther north, —

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 3 2? from the Congo: Bopoto, Angnst and

December (Oram ; K. Smith); and Portuguese East Africa.

187. Platysphinx phyllis spec. nov. (PI. I. f. 1, 2).

2. Wings comparatively shorter and broader than in the other species ; body

and wings paler.

Wings, wpperside, speckles sparser, on hindwing in size midway between

those of constrigilis and stigmatica. Forewing: hinder angle less rounded ;

subbasal line indicated by an oblique indistinct line in cell in front of base of M?;

a line in apex of cell, broader than in constrigilis, much narrower than the respective

patch in s¢igmatica, forming as in the latter species an obtuse angle with R*, a short

elongate costal mark at base of fork indicating a discal line, another narrower mark

hallway to apex, a brown apical patch, sharply defined behind, within it a trace of

the white spot of the other species ; speckles somewhat dgueer in marginal area

between R* and M? and along R*. Hindwing: abdominal margin paler than in

the other species, with few speckles ; the inner discal band vestigial, nearly straight,

the second and third present in constrig/lis not marked.

(22)

Underside more extended pale yellow, especially the forewing, than in the other

species, the speckles not denser than above. Forewing : the brown apical patch

sharply defined behind, including white sealing, costal markings as above, some

larger speckles on disc indicating the exterior discal line. Hindwing: inner diseal

line more distinct than above, composed of speckles, not touching cell, the external

diseal line indicated by a small costal spot.

Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 1) proximally convex ; orifice (V) very large,

its edge produced into a short tooth at the sides (a); at the hinder margin stands at

each side a long finger-like process which is basally broader in a lateral than in a

yentral view, the apex of the process is obtuse ; postvaginal part of plate (pxp) very

short, membranaceous, scaled, no cavity behind the processes.

Length of forewing : 52 mm.

6 and early stages not known.

Hab. Konakry L., Los Islands, W. Africa; 1 2? in the Tring Museum, received

from a correspondent in Berlin.

188. Platysphinx piabilis.

*Ambulye piabilis Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H, (6). xix. p, 580 (1897) (Transvaal ;—coll. Distant) ; id.,

Ins. Transv. t. 4. £. 2 (1902).

3. Wings, upperside.-— Forewing scarcely with any speckles, five costal

spots, sharply marked, the first narrower, in front of base of M®, the second broader,

oblique like the first, before end of cell, the third at fork, at right angles to R}, the

foarth small, 10 mm. from apex, the fifth subapical, narrowly crescent-shaped, with

some brown speckles near it, the spot and speckles situated in a very faint, deeper

yellow triangle ; fringe yellow like disc, with minute black vein-dots. Hindwing :

red speckles dispersed, none in apical half of cell, and only traces of a few in the

pale abdominal area, fringe pale yellow, blackish at anal angle, with a small spot

at vein M’.

Underside purer yellow than in the other species ; forewing brighter yellow in

basal two-thirds, with vestiges of minute speckles, a red bar in middle and a larger

red spot at apex of cell, traces of red spots behind M?, a short brown bar at fork,

i Innate snbapical spot shaded with a few white scales, preceded by a minute spot

as above. Hindwing: speckles less numerous than in the other species, and less

distinct.

Antenna longer and stonter than in constr/gélis, hindwing narrower. Tenth

tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 10) broad and short, sinuate, the lobes convex above, rounded ;

sternite produced into a long triangular process, which is much broader basally than

in constrigilis. Harpe entirely different from that of constriglis, consisting of a

broad obtuse process armed with many acute teeth (Pl. XXXII. f. 2). Penis-sheath

ending in a long pointed process (PI. XXX. f. 22).

% and early stages not known.

Hab. Pretoria, Transvaal.

One dg in coll. W. L. Distant.

LVIL. LEPTOCLANIS gen. noy.—Typus: pulehra.

Smerinthus, Walker (nov Latreille, 1802), Lzst Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1858 (1866).

Chaerocampa, Westwood (von Duponchel, 1835), in Oates, Matabeleland p. 354 (1881).

Theretra, Kirby (von Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 651 (1892).

3. Tongue short and weak, clothed with long woolly scales. Pilifer with

bristles, close to genal process, which is globose. Palpus smoothly scaled, slender,

first segment short, second about three times as long as bread, joint not distinetly

open. Head crested. Antennal segments dilated above the grooves, ontline of

antenna, therefore crenate in dorsal view, distal segments scarcely compressed, higher

than long, oblong in side-view, with the ventro-basal angle rounded, end-segment

yery obtuse, about half as long again as basally high. A tuft of long hair-scales

behind eye, and a small tuft at frontal side of eye. Abdomen with spines only at

the edges of the tergites. Tibiae sp/nose, spines prominent, few in number, those

at end of foretibia slightly prolonged; spurs short, two pairs to hindtibia, longer

terminal spar about one-fourth the length of the first tarsal segment ; claws slender,

pulvillus present, paronychinm adsent. Distal margin of wings entire, apex of

both wings pointed bat not produced ; D? of hindwing in or below centre, cross-veins

nearly or quite straight, slightly oblique, lower angle of cell not very acute. No

organ of friction on clasper and eighth tergite.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. 8.B. and 8.W. Africa.

Two species.

Differs from Polyptychus, Clanis, and Leucophiebia in the absence of the

paronychium. ;

The genus is of particnlar interest, as it connects the aberrant-looking

Leucophlebia with Clanis. :

189. Leptoclanis pulchra spec. nov. (Pl. LXVI. f. 9, ¢).

3. Body creamy; face, middle of crest, centre of collar, a mesial stripe on

mesonotum, a broad inner border to mesothoracical tegula, middle of metanotum

and first abdominal segment, palpus, breast and anterior femur and tibia olive-

green; spinules of abdominal tergites ochraceous ; first segment of palpus with

lateral tuft of red scales.

Wings with the veins more or less creamy in distal area. ’pperside.——Fore-

wing: cream-colour; a rather large subbasal dash at inner margin, a triangular

patch filling up apex of cell, a triangular subapical costal patch between SC! and

R', and two patches at bases of cellules R3—M!, olive-green, the latter two patches

shading off distally, the green scaling reaching margin, where it extends to costal

and inner angles; three indistinct lines: one before base of M?, oblique, two on

disc, parallel, 3 mm. distant from each other. Hindwing: basal two-thirds red

rest creamy, shaded with olive-green, especially at distal margin ; two thin diseal

lines.

Underside. Forewing red from base to end of cell or beyond, rest dirty cream=

colour, shaded with olive-green ; two discal lines as above, and a trace of an oblique

apical line. Hindwing: a red subbasal streak behind (SM’), two discal lines as

above, the proximal one 2 to 3 mm. from cell at R*, curved behind and slightly also

in front ; an elongate buffish stigma.

( 229

6. Tenth tergite broad (Pl. XXIV. f. 4), apex tarned downward, sub-

truncate ; sternite (Xv) also broad, long, deeply and broadly sinuate, the two lobes

long, obtuse. Clasper obtusely triangular (PI. XXXII. f. 17), with a dorso-basal

compressed process (pdb) which is tuberculose apically at the edge; harpe 2

subventral longitudinal ridge which is basally and apically produced into a process,

the harpe resembling that of Clanis undulosa (Pl. XXXII. f. 8). Penis-sheath

without armature.

2. Not known.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, December and February (G. A. K. Marshall) ;

Angola.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from Salisbury (type) ; and Golungo Alto, Angola

(Welwitsch). A series from Salisbury in the British Museum.

190. Leptoclanis basalis.

Smerinthus basalis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1858 (1866) (Zambesi ;—coll. Waller, ubi?).

Polyptychus 2 basalis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 584. n. 6 (1877) (“ basilis” in Index).

*Choerocampa virgo Westwood, in Oates, Matabeleland p. 354. t. b. £. 11 (g) (1881) (Zambesi ;—

Mus. Oxford).

Theretra virgo, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 651. n. 11 (1892).

Basiana (?) basalis, id., le. p. 703. n, 12 (1892).

3%. We have not the type of basalis ; the description applies, however, without

doubt to the iusect figured by Westwood as virgo. The ¢ is very pale, the green

patches of the preceding species are absent. the forewing has a distinct black stigma,

and the red patch of the hindwing is much more sharply defined than in pulehra.

The ? is said by Walker to have the forewing speckled with brown and traversed

by five brown lines (another species ?).

3. Tenth tergite divided into two widely separated slender and acutely pointed

processes which are curved mesiad and ventrad ; the sternite with one long, very

slender and very sharp process. Harpe (P1. LIX. f. 7) ending in a short, broad,

rounded, dentate ridge.

Hab. Lambesi.

One d in the Oxford Museum.

LIX. LEUCOPHLEBIA.—Typus : lineata.

Lencophlebia Westwood, Cab. Or, Ent. p. 46 (1848) (type : lineata).

Rasphele Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 55 (1875) (type : lineata).

3%. Tongue short aud weak, naked or scaled. Pilifer with bristles. Antenna

strongly compressed in d (inclusive of distal segments), deeply grooved, dilated

above the grooves, outline crenate in dorsal view, penultimate segment about as

long as high, last one triangular, about three times as long as basally high, or the

autenna pectinated ; in ? slightly prismatical, scarcely grooved, without distinctly

prolonged seriated ciliae, broader than high in transsection, distal segments some-

What flattened ventrally. No eyelashes. Palpus much larger in ¢ than in ? ;

joint not open. Abdominal tergites spinose at least at the edges. Tibiae spinose ;

two pairs of spurs to hindtibia, longer terminal spur abont one-third the length of

the first tarsal segment ; pulvillus and paronychium present, but the lobes of the

latter short and slender, the ventral lobes longer than the lateral ones, which are

_ almost obsolete. Distal margin of wings entire, apex of forewing pointed, but not

(230)

produced, hinder angle completely rounded ; D? of hindwing in or near centre,

seldom fur below centre. Clasper without friction-scales ; penis-sheath without

armature. ,

Larva insufficiently known: green, grannlose, two longitudinal white side-

stripes, the lower not very distinct; head (triangular ?) with pink side-stripe 5

horn short, pink.—Food-plant : Saccharum !

Hab. Indo-Malayan and Aethiopian Regions.

Four species.

Very near Leptoclanis in structure, but distinguished from that genus as wel

as Polyptychus and Clanis by the paronychium being short-lobed and the hinder

angle of the forewing being rounded. The sexual armature is of the same type

as in Clanis and Leptoclanis; the buff vein-streaks recall the creamy veins of

Leptoclanis. i

The four species form au interesting series as regards the development ot

maize-yellow area of the forewing. This streak is, in /éneata, contined in basal

half to the cell, being limited behind by M; in emittens it lies within the cell and

behind it ; while in the two African species it lies behind the cell, being lima

in front by vein M.

In the colour of the thorax and head emittens (India) agrees with newmanni

(Africa), and lineata (India) with afra (Africa).

Key to the species :

a- Abdominal tergites black, except spines . . 198. L. afra. 4

Abdominal tergites not black, frons and occiput

the same red colour . : : eels

Abdominal tergites not black, on dark

occiput pale . . . 191) LZ. lineata.

6. Maize-yellow streak of irene chanted in

front by vein M, a yellow stigma . . 194. L. neumanni.

Maize-yellow streak of forewing entering cell,

no stigma , : : 3 : . 192. L. emittens.

191. Leucophlebia lineata.

*Leucophlebia lineata Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent, p. 46. t. 22. £. 2 (9 ) (1848) (Centr. Ind., Assam, e

Mus. Oxford); Walk., List Lep, Ins. B. M. ix. p. 136. n. 1 (1856) (Nepaul) ; Moore, in

& Moore, Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 265. n. 610. t. 8. £. 5 (/.) (1857) (Java); id.,

Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix, p. 594. n. 1 (187

(Nepal; Java); Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xxii. p. 64. n. 4 (1879) (S. Celebes ; syn. partim) ;

Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i, p. 28. n. 153 (1887); Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 120, n.

(1889) (Kinkiang); Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xliii. p. 101. n. 181 (1890) (E. Java) ; Sw

Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 28. 0. 113 (1892) (Flores ; Assam) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 70

n. 1 (1892) (N. India; Java); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 74. n. 100 (1

(Chekiang ; Nepal; Cachar; S. India; Ceylon ; Java ;=rosacea) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zei

x1. p. 368. n. 44 (1895) (Java); Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 279. n. 42 (1898) (Kiukiang

Leucophlebia luvert Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 55. 0. 1 (1875) (Java; Centr. Ind. ;

nov. loco lineata).

Rasphele luweri id., lc. (1875) (sub syn.). }

*Leucophlebia rosacea Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 15, t. 2. £. 4 (gf) (1875) (Coimbatoor -

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 595, n. 2 Seine Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p.

t. 80. f. 3 (1882) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704. n. 2 (1892).

3. Some specimens are more rosy than others; fresh-bred individuals a

especially bright. We do not notice any local difference between the exampk

( 231 )

from the various countries. The maize-yellow streak of the forewing is not constant

in width. Distal edge of hindwing seldom rosy.

d. Tenth tergite gradually narrowed to the end, longitudinally impressed, the

strongly chitinised lateral edges somewhat elevated, apex truncate ; sternite with

a broad, rounded, mesial lobe, Clasper sole-shaped, apex evenly rounded, harpe

without distinct processes and ridges ; basi-dorsal tuberculated process of clasper

short, corresponding to the process pdb of Pl. XXXII. f. 10. 11.

?. Highth tergite rounded-truncate, the angles rounded. Vaginal plate not

strongly chitinised, not scaled, posterior part truncate, with the sides oblique ; edges

of orifice somewhat raised ; no processes (Pl. XVII. f. 6).

Larva see above.

Hab. Formosa, China, N.W. India to Ceylon, eastwards to the Philippines,

Celebes and Flores; not yet found on Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 29 dd, 6 2% from: Ceylon; Travancore ; Nilgiris ;

Kulu; Assam; N.W. Fokien, China; Wei-hai-wei, October (Dr. Lambert) :

Formosa ; Java; Luzon (Dr. Meyer); S. Celebes (Ribbe ; Fruhstorfer).

192. Leucophlebia emittens.

*Leucophlebia emittens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1858 (1866) (Hindostan ;—Mus, Brit.);

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 56. 0. 2 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 595. n. 4

(1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 28. n, 156 (1887) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704.

n. 4 (1892); Hawps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind, Moths i. p. 75. n. 101 (1892) (N.W. Him ;

Sikhim ; Bombay ; Centr. Ind. ; Burma ;=bdicolor=damascena) ; Swinb., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus.

Ox. i. p. 28. n. 114 (1892) (Bombay) ; Dudg., Jown. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 407. n. 101

(1898) (not seen ; Elwes: distinct from /ineatu).

*Leucophlebia bicolor Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 16. t. 2. £. 5 (1875) (Almorah ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 595. n. 3 (1877) ; Moore, in Sec. Yark. Miss. p.7.n. 25 (1879) ;

Butl., Zllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 11. t. 80. £. 6 (1881) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc.

Lond. p. 435. n. 12 (1886) (Mhow, vi. vil.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind.i. p. 28. n. 155

(1887) (Yarkand ; Simla; Sattara; Mhow) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 704. n. 3 (1892).

*Lewophlebia damascena Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 392 (1875) (Sikbim ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 639 (1877) ; id., [ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 11.

t. 80. f. 7 (1881) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 28. n. 157 (1887) ; Kirby, l.c. p. 704.

pn. 5 (1892).

3%. Hampson was quite right in suggesting that the type of emttens is a

discoloured specimen.—Pronotum and occiput of tbe same (red) colour as the

frons ; hindwing with the distal margin narrowly pink. The maize-yellow colour

of the streak of the forewing extends along veins R*, M', M? as a rule, sometimes

the streak M? vestigial only. Abdominal tergites spinose all over.

d. Tenth tergite more abruptly narrowed than in Jineata, apex somewhat

sinuate ; lobe of sternite broad, shallowly sinuate at the sides and apex, the

strongly rounded apical angles being a little produced distad and laterad, the

Segment reminding one of that of Clanis curoa. Clasper and harpe essentially

as in lineata.

%. Only one specimen dissected, the dissections unfortunately destroyed by an

accident.

Larva not known.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas to Burma, southward to Bombay.

In the Tring Museum 12 od, 2 %% from: Ajmere, July ; Sabathu, Simla ;

Solon, July ; Dalhousie ; Allahabad, N.W, Ind, ; Sattara; Mhow.

( 232 )

193. Leucophlebia afra.

*Leucophlebia afva Karsch, Ent, Nachr. xvii. p. 12. t. 1, f. 1 (g¢) (1891) (Mukenge; Kassai ; - Mus,

Berlin) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704. n. 6 (1892).

3. Tongue with long red scales, especially at the base. The spinules of the

abdominal tergites are confined to the edges ; they are ochraceous, forming bands ;

eighth tergite not black. The occiput is pale cream-colour, while the frons and

palpi are bright rose-colour like the underside of the body. Whereas in lineata

and eméttens the mid- and hindtibia have an almost white stripe on the upperside,

they are either all rosy red in ara or have a vestigial yellow stripe. The pectina-

tions of the d-antenna are long, scaled on the upper surface; the ventral outline of

the proximal segments is concave in side-view. Forewing with a rounded maize-

yellow stigma. R? of hindwing curved, sometimes twice the length of R*.

6. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 5) sinuate at end, slightly rounded at the

sides ; sternite deeply sinuate, the sinus rounded, the lobes triangular, rounded

at the end. Clasper (Pl. XXXII. f. 18) broad, with a long dorso-basal process

(pd); harpe ending distally in two points.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Tropical West and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd from: Old Calabar; Upper Cougo; Mubande

(Buekulla), Uganda, 31. iii. °99 (Dr. Ansorge); Mpapua, German Hast Africa

(Dr. Baxter).

194. Leucophlebia neumanni-

*Leucophlebia neumanni Rothschild, Nov. Zoo, ix. p. 598. n. 11 (1902) (Mus. Tring),

2. Ditters from «fra in the following points: larger, body entirely rosy red,

ineso-metanotum with a maize-yellow middle stripe, abdominal tergites also with

a few yellow scales, mid- and bindtibia creamy white above as in the Indian species.

Wings, abovee-——Forewing: the mesial streak deeper yellow, less broad

in middle, more strongly dentate at R*, M! and M/’, costal edge very narrowly

yellow, stigma present, but smaller than in afra. Hindwing more elongate.

Underside: costal and distal margins of both wings red; cross-veius of

hindwing straight, R? central, lower angle of cell Jess acute than in «/ra.

Abdominal tergites dorsally spinose all over, as in the Indian species. Highth

tergite deeply incised mesially, the lobes rounded. Anterior and lateral edge of

vaginal oritice raised into a rather high ridge, which is slightly sinuate mesially.

Length of forewing: ?, 23 to 24 mm.

Hab. Gelo R. to Akobo R., Aethiopia, May 1901 (O. Neumann), 2 ? ?.

LX. POLYPTYCHUS.—Typus : dentatus.

Sphine, Cramer (now Linné, 1758), Pap. Evol. ii. Index (1777) ; Stoll., in Cram., /.c. Suppl. (1790) ;

Fubr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 356 (1793).

Polyptychus Hitbner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 141 (1822) (partim ; type: dentatus).

Andriasa Walker, Cat. Let. Hep. B. M. vii. p. 1735 (1856) (type : contraria).

Smerinthus, id. (non Latraille, 1802), List Lep. Jus. B. M, viii. p. 252 (1856).

Panacra 14., l.c. viii. p. 154 (1856) (partim ; type: avtomedon).

Zonilia id. (non id., 1856), l.ec. Xxxi. p. 34 (1864).

Basiana, id. (non id., 1856), lic, xxxi. p. 37 (1864).

( 283 )

Gywerye Guente, in Vins., Voy. Maday. p. 30 (1865) (wom. nud.).

Ambulyx Walker (von id., 1856), Proc. N. HW. Soe, Glasgow 1. p. 328 (1869).

Temnora, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 289 (1875).

Pseudosmerinthus Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 593 (1877) (type : contraria=submargiulis).

Triptogon id. (non id., 1877), Cist. Ent. i. p. 393 (1879).

Devitzia Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi. p..65 (1889) (includes contrariv).

Dewitzia (!) id. Ent. News iv. p. 341 (1893).

Marumba, Kirby (201 Moore, 1882), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708 (1802).

$@. Joint of first and second palpal segments more or less open. Tibiae all

spiuose ; two pairs of spurs to hindtibia ; pnlvillus, paronychium, frenulum and

retinaculum present.

Closely allied to Clanis, distinguishable by the open joint of the palpus, or a

very weak tongue, or a scalloped distal margin of the wing, or the absence of

spinules from the abdominal tergites (excepting edges).

The thirty-two species here treated as Polyptychus represent without doubt

several genera. The characters given for the genera already proposed are, however,

not reliable. We have tried to separate generically the motley of forms according to

their structure, but found that it would be necessary to erect a genus for every two

or three species, which, we think, is quite inopportune at present. The division of

Polyptychus into smaller genera must be left till the African Sphingid fauna is

better explored; for we believe that the number of undescribed species coming

into this group of forms is very large. When a larger proportion of the existing

species is known, one will be better able to judge, how far one should go in dividing

up the present genus Polyptychus. Of the names proposed, Polyptychus will

eventually stand for the Indian forms (dentatus, trilineatus) ; Andriasa and Pseudos-

merinthus ave both based upon contraria, the former on the d, the other on the ¢ ;

Devitzia was proposed for contraria and paupercula, and will therefore always

remain a synonym of .Andriasa. As yet only three names are available for the

genera into which Polyptychus will ultimately he separated ; at least five more will

be needed—a fine opportunity of acquiring immortality, provided the scientists of

the distant future do not shake off our system of nomenclature by inventing one

of their own.

The tongue varies in the different species from being strong and reaching to

the abdomen (orthographus, etc.) to being nearly altogether obliterated (gray).

The joint of the palpus is not distinctly open in trisecta and orthographus ; the

size of the palpus is variable according to species or groups of species. The

abdominal tergites are spinose all over in some species, in others the spines are

restricted to the edges. The spurs are very long in ¢r/secta and allies, short in

other species ; in some they are spinose, in others they are not. The clasper has

4 patch of friction-scales, or has not. The distal margin of the forewing is entire,

Straight, convex, dentate, or scalloped; the apex preduced, or not. R? of the

hindwing varies in position, and the cross-veins D* and D* are sometimes very

oblique, sometimes not. The antennae are also not the same in structure in all

the species.

The structural differences are mentioued below under the various species. We

hope that, by pointing out these differences, we are not inducing anybody who has

no knowledge of the insects themselves to seize upon these characters and be busy

proposing generic names for the species.

___ The larva is known only-of one of the two Indian and of one African species ;

it has the triangular head and granulose skiu after the type of Sphinx ovellate.

Possibly some of the African forms may have rounded

( 234 )

spines like Rhadinopasa.

Key to the species :

Y-

Hindwing chrome-yellow in basal half, two

large black spots before anal angle.

Hindwing not so : : . :

Hindwing more or less red or pink

Hindwing grey, ochraceous, or brown

A large species, forewing 50 mm. long,

strongly scalloped

Medium-sized species ;

Distal margin of forewing evenly convex,

apex not produced; no subbasal spot on

forewing, no anal spot on hindwing

Apex more or less produced :

forewing a rather large ring ; anal spot

of hindwing a short DeE tab: band

or line : ; ’

As before, but stigma a mere ee or sibeaniti

anal epee small . . : ; :

Forewing with two minute subbasal dots,

first discal line slightly S-shaped

Forewing with one heavy subbasal dot,

first discal line slightly concave

Forewing with two minute subbasal dots,

first discal line slightly concave

Forewing with two subbasal dots, first

discal line straight :

Forewing with one or no subbasal dot

Forewing with no subbasal dot, first discal

line straight ; :

Forewing with one subbasal does first aiseal

line vearvel costad

Hindwing orange-rufous, veins

brown distally F ‘ :

Hindwing pinkish buff, veins not stebaked

D§ of hindwing shorter than D'

D* of hindwing longer than D! :

Distal margin of wings even; if scalloped,

forewing with subbasal dot or patch .

streaked

Distal margin of wings more or less

scalloped or uneven, no subbasal dot

on forewing : :

Forewing above with a ance defined

black marginal area from apex to M’,

evenly convex proximally . 4 .

Forewing above without a sharply defined

black marginal area -, palo, :

stigma of

heads and be covered with

226. P. meander.

: db.

: (et

Vi:

208. P. good.

rd:

P. mutata.

27. P. fulgurans.

219. P. rosea.

218. 2. numosae.

210. P. andosa.

213. P. coryndoni.

214. P. marshall.

212. P. compar.

21). BP. consimilis.

Feet a

( 7250)))

Torewing above with three sharply marked

lines, antemedian, discal, aud postdiscal,

the other lines faint : ;

Forewing above without such sharply

marked lines

m. Forewing above with first discal line

“

S-shaped, beginning at apical fifth of

costal margin and ending at basal third

of hinder margin : : t

Forewing above with the discal lines more

or less parallel to distal margin

First discal line very heavy, distal margin

entire . 3 :

First discal line thin, aac mareio dentate

Forewing with a double subbasal dot :

Forewing with a single dot, or without

Dots large, hindwing with two sharply

marked postdiscal zigzag lines, apex

of forewing strongly produced.

Dots minute, lines of hindwing indistinct,

fringe spotted white. : ;

Dots minute, lines of hindwing indistinct,

fringe unicolorous : 5 : ;

Forewing with a grey-olive patch near base,

near apex, and near hinder angle

Forewing without these patches b :

Occiput and thorax with a dark mesial line,

a black subbasal dot on forewing

Occiput and thorax without a dark mesial

line; no black subbasal dot on fore-

wing, last stigma of abdomen in a

white spot . : : : . :

Occiput and thorax without a dark mesial

line ; abdomen without white stigmata]

spot. ; : 5 é

Lower angle of cell of pindieige almost

90°, distal margin of forewing | convex .

Not so ; :

Hindwing with a Bisset tee patel

before middle of abdominal margin

Hindwing without blackish brown patch

forewing greenish : ; :

Hindwing without blackish brown mate

forewing not greenish . : 5 :

Subbasal spot of forewing minute or absent;

postdiscal dot M* not larger than the

others . : ; 5

Subbasal spot of forewing iaree poet icc

dot M? not larger than the others -

208.

209.

207,

216.

215.

206.

200,

204,

220.

YOO

IU} 9F

221.

ot,

nM.

it.

P. rhadamistus.

P. boisducali.

P. falcatus.

P. fumosus.

P. subjectus.

DP. enodia,

P. affinis.

Pa pygargd.

P. foliacear,

P. nigriplaga.

P. virescens.

P. contraria.

P. holland.

( 236 )

Subbasal spot of forewing large; postdiscal

dot M* is larger than the others . » 223. P. paupercula,

Subbasal spot of forewing Jarge ; hindwing

with blackish brown anal double spot . 202. P. carter.

Subbasal spot of forewing small or absent ;

hindwing without blackish brown anal

double spot. : ‘ PP se

wz. Thorax with brown mesial ee 5 inde

below with one postdiscal line. . 200. P. trisecta.

Thorax without brown mesial line ; hind-

wing below with two postdiseal lines . 201. P. orthographus.

«. Forewing with a subbasal (double) dot or

short line: a sharply defined black

apical area . : BP We

Forewing without eoblisted dot or hart

line; no sharply defined black apical

area. , pre ae:

y. First and second anictiediai ane of fare:

wing converging costad : : . 198. P. digitatus.

First and second antemedian lines of fore-

wing not converging costad 5 . 197. P. grayi.

*. Postdiscal line of forewing straight . . 196, P. dentatus.

Postdiscal line of forewing curved between

R? and M . ; 5 : ; . 199. P. trilineatus.

195. Polyptychus trilineatus.

Smerinthus dentatus, Walker (non Cramer, 1777), l.c. viii. p. 252. n. 1 (1856),

Polyptychus timesius, Butler (non Stoll, 1790), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 584, n. 2 (1877) (partim).

Polyptychus modestus, Maassen (non Fabricius, 1793), Stett. Ent, Zeit. xli. p. 60 (1880).

*Polyptychus trilineatus Moore, Prov, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 390 (1888) (Dharmsala ;—Mus. Brit.).

3%. This species is easily distinguished in all its various local forms from

dentatus by the postdiscal line of the forewing not being straight, but curving distad

behind It*. There can be no question of mistaking it for dentatus after the

differences have once been grasped. Maassen is, to our knowledge, the only anthor

who has described the colour differences, but be wrongly identified the species

as modestus (recte modesta). One finds the insect generally named ¢/mesius in

collections ; this is a curious misapplication, the figure of témesius representing

without the slightest doubt the insect previously figured as dentatus. The dentate

line between the second and third lines of the forewing is mostly not distinet,

often barely traceable, sometimes quite absent.

In both dentatus and trilineatus the tongue is very thin and short, not reaching

the end of the fore-coxa, yellowish buff, not visible between the palpi if rolled ia.

Joint between palpal segments 1 and 2 not open; palpus smaller in ? than in d.

Antennae grooved in both sexes. Spurs not spinose. Distal margin of forewing

more or less scalloped or uneven, no black dot at base ; cross-veins of hindwing

very oblique, lower angle of cell acute. Abdominal tergites with weak spines all

over, the spinés dense and stronger at the apical margins. Penis-sheath without

armature, clasper and eighth tergite without friction-scales.

3. Tenth tergite narrowed to. an acute hook (Pl: XXV. f. 2); sternite

tepresented by a low ridge; between the sternite and the penis-sheath there is

at each side a strongly chitinised, needle-like process (PI. XXV. f. 2, x). The

clasper is divided apically by a longitudinal slit (Pl. XXYV. f. 2); the ventral

processes of the clasper are fused together, completely or partially, to form a single

yentral process (PI. XXY. f. 2, px), while the submesial processes (pdr and pd?)

are qnite nneqnal. The details of the armature are very different in the specimens

from different countries, and there is also some individual variability.

?. The eighth tergite is mesially sinnate ; on the upper surface of the lobes

there is a projecting cone or lobe (PI. XVIII. f. 5. 8), or there is no further

armature. The vaginal plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 1. 4) agrees better with those of the

members of Clan/s than with the plate of dentatus: the antevaginal part is very

restricted, membranaceonus, with a low, stronger chitinised, smooth ridge (wp) in

front of the vaginal orifice (J7); the postvaginal plate (pzp) is very large, this

plate visible in the specimens after removal of part of the sealing of the seventh

sternite ; this armature different, like the eighth tergite, in the different subspecies.

The antenna similar to that of d, the middle and basal segments much higher

than broad ; the horizontal diameter of the ventral part of the transsection about

half as long as the diameter of the dorsal part.

Larva green, granulose, with two yellowish green dorsal lines and whitish

oblique side-bands, granules white, head triangular, horn rather long.—Food-plant:

“Tmssorah” (N. India), ‘ Tanteitai-lngai” (Philippines).

Pupa not described.

Hab. Ceylon, N.W. India, N. India, China, Philippines, probably also on the

Snnda Islands.

The five subspecies are nearly all so very different in the structure of the sexual

armature (compare P]. XXY. f. 2, and Pl. XXXIV. f. 7. 8. 9. 10) that one might

: be induced to consider these forms as being specifically distinct. But as they are

¢learly geographical representatives of one another, and as, further, the material in

| collections is quite insufficient to show us the range of variation of these individually

yariable forms—only from N. India a series of specimens is available—we treat

| them as subspecies.

a. P. trilineatus luteatus subsp. nov.

3%. Body and wings cinnamon-isabella colour, or cinereous-grey. Markings

as in frilineatus undatus, but the dentate line between the discal and postdiseal

lines of the forewing nearly as distinct as in dentatus, The distal margin of the

forewing not scalloped, convex in middle.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 4) much shorter than in ¢7///neatus

undatus, the sternite higher, more strongly chitinised, the distal edge slightly

bisinnate, with a short, narrow, mesial lobe. Clasper divided into a dorsal and

ventral lobe (Pl. XXXIV. f. 8), but the incision not so deep as in ¢rilin. undatus,

and the lobes differently shaped: the ventral one especially disagreeing in being

rounded and provided before the end with a transverse fold which inclines apicad

and gives the lobe the appearance of being transversely cleft; the ventral

Whipair process common to the two harpes is apically bent towards the right side

(Pl. XXXIV. f. 10); the figure gives the process in a dorsal view, and shows the

connection between it and the processes of the penis-funnel (pdr and pd); the

process pdr is either acute, as in figure, or obtuse.

%. The eighth tergite has no special armature on the dorsal surface, the

( 238 )

pyramidal cone of trix. wndatus being represented by a mere swelling. The

vaginal armature not preseryed in the only $ seen, which is stuffed with cotton-wool

by the collector.

Ilab. Ceylon.

1 3 in the Tring Mnsenm (type); 1 3,1 ? in the British Museum,

Lb. P. trilineatus trilincatus.

Polyptychus timesius, Butler (non Stoll, 1790), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 584, n, 2 (1877)

(Massuri, 9 ).

* Polyptychus trilineatus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 890 (1888) (Dharmsala, 2 :—Mus. Brit.) ;

Batl., Zustr, Typ. Spee. Lep. Met. B. M. vii. p. 25, t. 121. f. 4 (1889) ; Cot. & Swinh., /.c. Add,

p- 727. n. 133 \ (1889) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p 706. n. 9 (1892) (Dharmsala).

Polyptychus Centatus, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind, Moths i. p. 69. n. 90 (1892) (partim),

?. The type-specimen differs from the other subspecies especially in the

following points :

Forewing, whore: the discal line very faint, more proximal than in the other

forms, touching lower angle of cell, postdiscal line also more proximal, crossing

R? abont 8 mm. from the distal margin and 9 mm. from the cell; no dentate line

between discal and postdiseal lines. Underside: fore- and hindwing without diseal

line, the postdiscal line of forewing more proximal than in the other forms, on

hindwing a little nearer cell at R' than distal margin. Eighth tergite with pointed

pyramidal cones as in #77//. wndatus, but less sinnate ; vaginal plate similar to that

of tril. undatus.

Hab. N.W. India.

1 2? in Brit. Museum.

A from Massuri in the Brit. Museum, ex coll. Moore, agrees in colour and

markings with the following subspecies; if the locality is correct, the type of

trilineatus may turn out to be an aberrant individual, instead of being a representative

of a N.W. India subspecies.

ce. P. trilineatus undatus subsp. nov.

Smerinthus dentatus, Walker (von Cramer, 1777), /.c. viii. p. 252. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Horsf. &

Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. BE. I. C. i. p. 264. n. 609 (1857) (N. India ; syn. partim) ; Moore, Pre.

Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; Boisd., Spee. (én. Lép. Het. i. p. 25. n, 12 (1875)

(partim ; deser. of larva).

Polyptychus dentatus, Butler, Trans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 583. n. 1 (1877) (partim) ; Cot. &

Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 24. n. 132 (1887) (partim) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ov. i.

p. 26. n. 102 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n. 90 (1892)

(partim) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 706. n. 7 (1892) (partim).

Polyptychus timesius, Butler (won Stoll, 1790), lc. p. 584. n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Cot. & Swinh,, Le.

i, p. 24. n, 133 (1887) (partim) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 706. n. 8 (1892) (partim),

Polyptychus modestus, Maassen (non Fabricius, 1793), Stet. Mut. Zeit. xli, p. 60 (1880) (distinet

from dentatus ; Silbet).

Polyptychus dentatus vay. timesius, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc, xi, p. 406.0. 90 (1898)

(Sikhim, 1800 ft., viii., one specim.).

3%. Body and wings olive mummy-brown, with a pinkish grey flush ; the dise

of the forewing sometimes paler in patches, in which case a brown shadowy band

situated beyond the antemedian line becomes more conspicuous.

3. The complicated genital armature illustrated in situ on Pl. XXY. f. 2;

the left clasper is taken away and the anal segment intentionally drawn too far

away from the penis-sheath, in order to make the figure more clear, The tenth —

( 239 )

tergite (V7) appears as a long strong hook, while the sternite (Xv) is a small

fold ; the length of the tergite as compared with that of /teatws can be best seen

from Pl. XXY. f. 3.4. The dorsal lobe of the clasper (V@) is rather weak, apically

dilated and bent inwards, irregularly ladle-shaped, the ventral lobe (Jv) ends in

two heavy teeth ; the unpair process common to both harpes (pz) is fishtail-shaped ;

the lateral processes of the harpe are very unequal, that of the right harpe (pd/)

being long and pointed, projecting beyond the ventral edge of the clasper, while

the process of the left clasper (pd) is short and more or less obtuse. The needle-

like process (7) between clasper and tenth sternite very prominent.

?. Highth tergite (P]. XVIII. f. 5) with a sharp prominent cone upon the

upper surface at each side, pointing distad. Vaginal armature (Pl. XVIII. f. 1)

with a large postvaginal plate (pop) which is very prominent; the distal margin

slightly bi-emarginate, the mesial portion somewhat produced and bent ventrad,

so that the plate appears mesially almost sinuate in an anal aspect ; the angles of

the plate rounded.

Larva described by Boisduyal, /.c. (see above).

Tlah, North India: Assam ; Sikhim; most likely also Bhutan and Burma.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 7 2? from: Khasia Hills; Cherrapunji,

November ; Sikhim (Mandelli).

d. P. trilineatus chinensis subsp. nov.

?. Only one badly damaged specimen, which is, however, so peculiar in the

strnetnre of the copulatory organs that we do not hesitate to make it the type of

a name for this new subspecies. Large, general colour nearly as dark as in

trilin. undatus, more ashy grey on body and base of forewing ; forewing with traces

ofa donble submedian line which crosses M at the base of M', discal line evenly

concave, slightly angled just before inner margin. Upperside of mid- and hindtibia

purer white than in wdatus.

Highth tergite (Pl. XVIII. f. 8) with an enormonsly developed, deeply

sinnate, irregularly notched and rugate plate, which is homologous to the two

cones of the tergite of trilin. undatus. The postvaginal plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 4)

is also remarkably different in being rather deeply sinnate, with the two lobes

rounded.

Hab. China, probably from the Yantse-kiang Region.

One ? in the Tring Museum.

¢. P. trilineatus philippinensis subsp. nov.

Polyptichus dentatus, Semper (non Cramer, 1777), Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 391. n, 22. t. p. £. 4 (larva)

(1896) (synon. excl. ; Luzon, | specim., Febr.).

Polyptychus timesins, id. (non Stoll, 1790), /.c. p. 392. n. 23 (1896) (Mindanao, coll. Staudinger).

3%. Almost as grey as dentatus; distal margin of forewing not scalloped,

convex in middle, concave below apex and before hinder angle; mid- and hind-

tibiae and -tarsi white above.

d. Upper lobe of clasper rounded, projecting beyond the lower lobe, which

is obliquely truncate with the ventral angle somewhat produced (Pl. XXXIV. f. 9);

the uopair process pr found in the other subspecies is here deeply divided into

i narrow and shorter right piece and a longer and broader, apically pointed and

somewhat dentienlated, left blade (Pl. XXXIV. f. 7); this strneture shows that

( 240 )

the nnpair organ has originated by the ventral processes of the two harpes fusing

basally and the distal portion of the left process aborting.

?. Strneture not examined.

Larva figured by Semper; the horn is said to be white (but is green in figure) ;

the yellow line of the right side is too far down in figure, and the yellow dots

or setae along the back are apparently meant to represent the yellow line of the

left side, the figure representing doubtless a semi-dorsal view of the caterpillar

incorrectly drawn.

Tab. Manila, Luzon, 1 ¢ (in bad condition) in the Berlin Museum, collected

by Jagor, type: 13,1 2 from Davao or., Mindanao (Platen), in coll. Standinger :

one crippled specimen from Lnzon in coll. Semper.

196. Polyptychus dentatus.

Sphine dentatus Cramer, Pap. Ev. ii. p. 42. t. 125, f. G. (1777) (Coromandel) ; Goeze, Ent. Beyly.

iii. 2. p. 223. n. 70 (1780) (“f. p.” ex err.).

Sphinx dentata, Fabricius, Spee. Ins. ii. p. 143. 0. 16 (1781): id., Mant, Tus. ii. p. 94. m. 18 (1787);

Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2375. n. 60 (1790) : Fabr., Hat. Syst. iil. 1. p. 861. n. 19 (1793).

Sphine timesins Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ev, Suppl. p. 172. t. 40. £. 1 (1790) (Coromandel).

Sphine modesta Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 356. n. 4+ (1793) (Tranquebar) : Boisd., Spee. Grén,

Lép. Meét.i. p. 557 (1875); Auriv., Lat. Tidskr, xviii. p. 151. n. 77 (1897) (typus in Mus,

Kopenhagen).

Polyptychus dentatus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141, n. 1514 (1822); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond.

1X. p- 583. n. 1. (1877) (partim) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p- 154. n. 36 (1883) (Belgaum ;

Mhow, x.) ; Fors., Zvrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 395 (1884) (Mhow ; larva; habits) ; Swinh,,

ibid. p. 290, n. 23 (1885) (Poona, xii. ; Belgaum ; Bombay, x. xi.) ; id., /.c. p. 435, n. 11 (1886)

(Mbow, x.) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Woths Ind. i. p. 24. n. 132 (1887) (partim) ; Swinh., Journ,

Bombay N. IT, Soe. iii. p. 119, n, 12 (1888) (Karachi, x.) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Or, i. p. 26.

n. 102 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fama Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n. 90 (1892)

(partim); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 7 (1892) (partim).

Polyptychus timesius, Hiibner, /.c, n. 1515 (1822); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 584. n. 2

(1877) (partim) ; Maass., Stet/. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 60 (1880) (= 2 of dentatus) ; Cot. & Swinh.,

Le. i, p. 24. n. 133 (1887) (partim) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 706. n. 8 (1892) (partim).

Smerinthus dentatus, Lepell. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 441. t. 66. f. 3 (1825) ; Walk., List Lep. Het.

BM, viii. p. 252. n. 14 (1856) (partim, synon.); Boisd., Spec, Gén. Lép. Ifét. i. p. 25, n, 12

(1875) (partim ; = timesins).

Smerinthus timesius, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 252. n. 15 (1856) (=dentatus var. ?).

Smerinthus denticulatus (), Hearsey, Proce. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3). 1. p. 100 (1864) (larva mentioned, on

Cordia sebistena).

3?. Whitish cinereous. The postdiscal and discal lines of the forewing

parallel, straight, the former, not curved distad beyond R?, the dentate line between

them distinct. The figures of dentatus and timesius agree with this insect, and

the type of modesta is said by Aurivillius, who has examined it at Kopenhagen,

to belong here.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 5, dorsal view) not strongly narrowed to the

end, the apex sinuate, with the angles pointed ; the sternite developed to a large

mesial plate which is deeply sinuate, with the lobes rounded at end. Clasper sole-

shaped (Pl. XXXIV. f. 6) ; no organ of friction ; the harpe with two processes:

one submesial (pm), short, somewhat twisted, curved upwards, the widened part

coneaye, the process being more or less ladle-shaped ; the other long (pr), ventral,

not quite so long as the.clasper, pointed, somewhat curved at the end, the ventral

processes of the two claspers not fused together as in ¢rilineatus. Penis-sheath

without armature, less stout than in /¢rilineatus ; the processes (rv) found in the

latter species between clasper and tenth sternite are absent from dentatus.

( 241 )

?. Antennal segments less deeply grooved than in frilineatus. The eighth

tergite of the abdomen (PL XVIII. f. 6) trilobate, the middle lobe, however,

yery short, all three strongly rounded. The vaginal plate (PI. XVIIL f. 2) very

remarkably different from that of ¢r7//neatus ; the orifice is postmedian (V) ; before

it the plate is convex, raised at the orifice into a thick, rather glossy ridge, which

is convex mesially, forming a short mesial lobe; this ridge is visible without

dissection after the removal of the scales at the edge of seventh sternite; the

postvaginal plate (vy) is not strongly chitinised, sunken, triangular.

Larva and pupa mentioned by Hearsey and Forsayeth, /./.c.c., not sufficiently

described.—Food-plant : “ Lasora” or “ Gaudi” trees ; Cordia sebistena.

Pupa (in Brit. Mus. from Mhow) glossy ; tongne-case shorter than foreleg ;

abdominal segments 2 to 7 with a transverse lateral sulcus at the base, the last

three sulci with a series of deep round punctures ; cremaster rather smooth, bifid.

Hab. Ceylon and South India, as far north as Karachi and Calcutta.

In the Tring Museum 1 3, 4 ? ? from: Deesa; Karachi; Calcutta.

197. Polyptychus grayi.

*Smerinthus grayi Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 249. n. 11 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 26. n. 13 (1875) (Natal).

Polyptychus grayi, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 584. n. 4 (1877) (Natal) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 705. n. 3 (1892) (Natal).

3%. Tongue reduced to two tubercles (Pl. LXII. f. 1). Bristles of pilifer

partly replaced by hair-scales. Joint between segments 1 and 2 of palpus open.

Antennal segments sub-andromorphic, the grooves much shallower than in the

two Indian species. Spurs of mid- and hindtibia not spinose. Distal margin of

forewing irregularly scalloped, similar in the sexes; R? of hindwing before centre

of cell, D’ much longer than D*; base of forewing with black dot. Clasper and

eighth tergite with organ of friction. Abdominal tergites spinose at the edges,

with some lanceolate pointed scales all over, besides large multidentate underscales.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 6) broad, gently curved downwards, apex with a

small rounded sinus, the lobes very short, pointed ; sternite (Xv) elongate triangular,

deeply cleft, the lobes close together, pointed. Clasper entire (Pl. XXXIV. f. 11),

sole-shaped, apex rounded ; with a large friction-patch of narrow bidentate scales,

which gradually assume the form of the ordinary scales, each scale longitudinally

impressed mesially, this giving the scaling of the patch a rough appearance ; the

eighth tergite with a corresponding organ of friction consisting of several rows

of scales closely packed together, these scales moderately enlarged, about three to

five times as long as broad ; the outwardly naked ventro-basal portion of the clasper

separated ventrally by an incision from the scaled part, the former representing the

Vasal part of the harpe, which is produced distally into a long, pointed, slightly

twisted process, which is almost vertical on the plane of the clasper, inclining basad

(Pl. XXXIY. f. 11); the hook is situated in the middle of the clasper and is clothed

dorsally at and near the edge with a great number of short. bristles. Penis-sheath

(Pl. XXX. f, 41) very slender, without armature, protruding from a long penis-

funnel (r-¥), which is produced into two lobes.

%. The eighth tergite (PI. XVIII. f. 8) somewhat resem bles that of dentatvs

deeply and roundedly sinuate, the lobes broad and rounded. Vaginal armature

) represented by fig. 3, Pl. XVIII; the vaginal cavity V very large, proximally

bordered by a rather high, wrinkled, transverse ridge which is incised mesially,

242 )

with the lobes bordering the sinus triangular and somewhat projecting ; post-

vaginal plate (pvp) transverse, not strongly chitinised, distally broadly rounded.

Larva green, granulose, a dorso-lateral series of pointed tubercles from

pronotum to horn. Head produced dorsad into a long process, which is sinuate at

end ; in last stages the process has disappeared, the head becoming only moderately

triangular. Horn first long and slender, straight; in later stages rather short and

stout, curved.

Hab. S.W. Africa, Cape Colony northwards to British East Africa.

Two subspecies :

a. P. grayt gray.

*Smerinthus grayi Walker, lc.

3%. This form only has been dissected by us ; the above description of the

structure of the sexual armature applies, therefore, to the present subspecies. The

third antemedian line of the forewing, above, is undulate, the brown marginal area

of the upperside does not reach hinder angle, and that of the underside is of nearly

the same tint from the apex of the forewing to the anal angle of the hindwing. The

dot at the base of the forewing is mostly double, or the dots are fused to one;

seldom is one of them absent.

Hab. Cape Colony to British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 23 dd, 11 2% from: Natal (Spiller, Leigh) ; Namaqua-

land ; several larvae.

In the British Museum also from British East Africa.

b. P. grayi assimilis subsp. nov.

?. Forewing narrower than in the preceding form; basal dot minute ; third

autemedian line almost straight, first discal line less straight than in gray? ; brown

marginal area extending to hinder angle, its inner edge almost evenly curved ;

marginal area of underside of both wings not distinctly browner than dise, except

below apex of forewing and at anal angle of hindwing. Structure of the eighth

tergite and of the vaginal armature not examined.

Hab. Rietfontein, German §.W. Africa, March 1897 (Borchmann), 1 ? in the

Berlin Museum, type; Bechuanaland, 1 ¢ in coll. Staudinger.

198. Polyptychus digitatus.

Smerinthus dentatus, Dewita (non Cramer, 1777), Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 27 (1879) (Chinchoxo).

* Polyptychus digitatus Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 14. t. 1. f. 3 (1891) (Chinchoxo ;—Mus. Berlin);

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 6 (1892) (W. Africa).

3%. Tongue reduced to two tubercles as in gray. Palpus and antenna as in

grayi (the antenna too heavy in figure of type). Differs from gray? in the following

points: Forewing; the basal dot replaced by a short inconspicuous line; antemedian

lines 1 and 2 + 3 converging costad; the brown apical area not narrowed to a point

at the apex of the wing, but remaining here several mm. broad ; a brown are alike

this also present on the underside, but here smaller, stopping at R*, rather sharply

defined ; the hindwing, below, dark brown at apex as well as at anal angle, the

postdiseal line less curved than in gray?i.—Not dissected.

Hab. West Africa: Angola ; Cameroons.

In the Berlin Museum 1d from Chinchoxo, type.

( 243 )

In coll. Druce 2 34, 1 2 from Cameroons. In one of these ¢¢ the first

discal line of the forewing, above, runs across the stigma, being much more proximal

than in the normal specimens.

199. Polyptychus virescens.

*Pseudosmerinthus virescens Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 435 (1882) (Aburi;—Mus. Brit.);

Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 703. n. 7 (1892).

6. Tongue weak, reaching to end of forecoxa. Palpus with open joint.

Antennal segments with straight ventral outline (side-view). Spurs not spinose,

longer terminal one of hindtibia less than half the length of the first tarsal segment.

Distal margin of forewing entire, straight ; hindwing: anal angle not produced,

D? three times as long as D*. Abdomen like thorax, woolly, the tergites rather

densely spinose all over, the spines long, denser at the apices.

friction-patch.

Tenth tergite (P]. XXV. f. 7) not divided, the apical half rather abruptly

narrowed, forming a pointed hook, which is, however, not strongly curved down-

wards ; sternite mesially membranaceous, laterally stronger chitinised and produced

into a slender pointed process (Pl. XXV. f. 7, Xv). Clasper sole-shaped ; harpe

consisting of a plate of chitin which is not much raised above the plane of the

clasper, but is ventro-distally produced into a very long, slender, strongly

chitinised process, which curves ventro-distad and mesiad, protruding beyond

the ventral edge of the clasper. Penis-funnel dorsally produced into two pointed

processes, resembling the tenth sternite; penis-sheath with a very peculiar

armature consisting of a long, strong, curved thorn which is almost vertical upon

the sheath (PJ. XXX. f. 38).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Gold Coast and Congo ; doubtless more widely distributed.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from the Upper Congo.

Rare in collections.

Clasper without

200. Polyptychus trisecta (PI. 1 f. 5, ¢).

*Ambulyx trisecta Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. xxii. p. 119. n. 91 (1901) (Congo, ¢ :—Mus. Bruxelles).

3. Tongue rather strong, as in carter’, coryndoni, etc. Palpi compressed,

less broad apically in dorsal view than in the allied species, the joint not distinctly

open. Antenna thickest between base and middle, the ventral outline even. Spurs

not spinose, very long, long terminal one of hindtibia as long as the tibia.

Abdominal tergites not spiny, excepting edges. Distal margin of forewing entire,

apex strongly produced, hinder angle produced backwards; D? of hindwing not

much longer than D*, both very oblique, D* nearly twice as long as D‘.

and eighth tergite with organ of friction.

Tenth tergite (PI. XXV. f. 10) very long and very slender, slightly

compressed, gradually curved downwards, apex rather obtuse; sternite (Yv)

produced into a broad rounded lobe, which is somewhat constricted basally. Clasper

(Pl. XXXIIL. f. 18) broadly sole-shaped ; dorsal half of outer surface ewithout

scaling, the naked area covered with dispersed elongate granules, which are smaller

and yery dense at the incrassate margin of the clasper; these granules replace

the friction-scales of the allied insects ; the eighth tergite bears a series of large

friction-scales on the innerside as illustrated on PJ, LVIII. f. 39; the harpe is

Clasper

( 244 )

produced into two broad processes : the ventral one slightly curved upwards, concave,

the upper one obliquely truncate, with a tooth at the dorsal edge, both processes

covered with very short bristles on the inner surface. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX,

f. 31) with a very long apical process which is spatulate.

? and early stages not known..

Hab. Zongo, Mokoanghay, Congo (Tilkens), 1 ¢ in the Musée Royal at

Bruxelles, here figured.

201. Polyptychus orthographus spec. nov. (PI. I. f. 9, 3).

3. Smaller than ¢risecta, more buffish in tint, head and pronotum without

dark brown mesial line ; palpus paler at the end than at the sides. Forewing,

above, with a pale, short, subbasal line, parallel with the antemedian line, which

is more straight than in ¢’secta ; stigma prominent, brown, with pale centre ; post-

discal line more curved; a distinet line of lunules between discal and postdiseal

lines ; apex of wing much less produced and hinder angle more acute than in

Hindwing: fringe rather more extended white between the veins,

trisecta.

dise paler.

Underside: instead of the entire, non-dentate, postdiscal line of ¢r’secta there

are in orthographus two dentate lines, the external one accentuated by dots upon

the veins and situated nearer margin than the line of ¢risecta, especially in the

apical region of the hindwing ; the posterior veins of both wings dotted with white

outside the postdiscal line.

Palpus broader at end than in ¢%secta, joint somewhat open. Spurs long,

very unequal, but decidedly shorter than in ¢r/secta, the long terminal spur of the

hindtibia shorter than the tibia, the latter shorter than the first tarsal segment ;

abdomen without spines, except at the edges of the segments. R? of hindwing from

centre of cell. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXY. f. 9) long, as in ¢risecta, slightly dilated

at the end; sternite truncate, with the angles rounded. Clasper (P]. XXXIIL

f. 19) broadly sole-shaped ; outer surface not scaled dorsally, the naked area

densely covered with minute elongate granules ; eighth tergite with friction-scales

as in ¢risecta; harpe with three processes instead of two, the ventral one the

broadest, the inner surface of all covered with short bristles ; the upper basal provess

homologous to the short tooth of the harpe of ¢isecta. Process of penis-sheath

(Pl. XXX. f. 39) comparatively shorter than in ¢77secta, not dilated apically.

? and early stages not known. Length of forewing : 33 mm.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum 2 3d from: Bopoto, Congo (K. Smith), type; Old

Calabar.

In the British Museum 1 ¢ from Old Calabar.

202. Polyptychus carteri (PI. X. f. 8, 2).

*Pseudosmerinthus carteri Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 485 (1882) (Aburi ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 703. 0. 6 (1882) (Aburi).

3%. Tongue present, rather strong, visible between the palpi when rolled in.

Joint between first and second segment of palpus open. Antenna of 2 andro-

morphic. Spurs of mid- and hindtibia not spinose. Distal margin of forewing

dissimilar in the sexes, much more convex in middle in ? than in &, not dentate,

apex produced, pointed; D? of hindwing twice as long as D*, very oblique, this

( 245 )

as long as D'. Abdomen with broad underscales, spines only at the apices of the

tergites. Clasper and eighth tergite with organ of friction. Forewing, above, with

three lines, almost equally distributed at costal margin between base and apex, a

trace of a fourth line between the first and second; basal spot large, another large

spot at inner margin close to angle ; stigma grey, edged with brown.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXYV. f. 8) broad, sinuate, the two lobes rounded

externally, angled internally ; sternite (Xv) cleft into two lobes, which are more

than twice as long as broad; the lobes are directed anad, diverging somewhat ;

their broad sides are almost vertical, not horizontal. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 4)

irregularly sole-shaped, ventral margin distally more oblique than dorsal margin ;

the friction-patch consists of small lanceolate scales, and occupies the greater part

of the dorsal surface of the clasper ; the friction-organ of the eighth tergite consists

of a row of large scales covering one another sideways for the greater part, similar

to the row of scales of trisecta (Pl. LVIII. f. 39); the harpe has a dorso-basal,

long, spine-like process pd, and two distal processes: the ventral one is the

prolongation of the ventral ridge vc ; above this there is a short hook, the tip of

whieh is visible in figure ; the second process is longer, curved upwards, spinose,

it stands in connection by folds with the ventral ridge as well as with the dorso-

basal process. Penis-funnel (P-r) produced dorsally into a long, flat, pointed blade ;

penis-sheath armed at the end with a long, movable, slender process which lies

over the mouth of the sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 36).

2. Highth abdominal tergite (Pl. XVII. f. 16) broadly rounded dorsally, the

sides projecting as triangular lobes The vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 15) similar

to that of grayi in the rather high antevaginal ridge azp being incised mesially ;

the postvaginal plate pop membranaceous.

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone ; Gold Coast ; Cameroons.

In the Tring Museum 1 d,1 ? from Sierra Leone.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 2 ¢¢ from Johann Albrechts Hihe, Cameroons

(Conradt).

; 203. Polyptychus goodi.

Polyptychus goodi Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 64. n. 21. t. 4. £. 2 (2) (1889) (Upp.

Ogowé R. ;—coll. Holland) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 5 (1892).

%. Known to us only from the description and figure. Forewing scalloped ;

stigma white with black edge ; apparently no basal dot (?); some indistinct ante-

median lines, almost straight, more distal behind than in front (as in Psewdoclanis

postica), and some irregular discal lines ; a blackish distal marginal area ; base at

inner margin like dise of hindwing rose-madder.

Length of forewing : 51 mm.

Hab. Ogowé R.

One $ in coll. Holland.

204. Polyptychus pygarga (PI. I. f. 8, ?).

"Dewitzia pygarga Karsch, Ent, Nachr. xvii. p. 295. t. 1. £. 5. 5a (1891) (Cameroons;—Mus. Berlin).

Peeudosmerinthus pygarga, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 703. n. 4 (1892) (Cameroons).

%. Tongue very short. Joint of palpus more or less open. Antenna (?) with

very slightly prolonged basal and dorsal seriated ciliaec, the segments scarcely

grooved. Spurs very short, two pairs to hindtibia, with or without a spine before

(2246 )

end. Abdominal tergites with weak spines all over, the spines dense at the edges.

Distal margin of forewing entire, apex produced, inner margin sinuate before angle,

this produced backwards ; stalk of SC? and R! of hindwing rather long, D? twice

as long as D*, somewhat angled, very oblique, D* equalling D*. Nighth tergite

truneate. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 14) characteristic, the antevaginal part

(avp) membranaceous, folded ; at each side of the vaginal orifice (J) there is a

strongly chitinised ridge, continued mesiad, ending in front of the orifice, produced

into a long, curved, horn-like process (/), which is generally visible in the specimens

without dissection ; the edge of the ridge irregularly denticulate.

The seales at the edge of the last stigma of the abdomen are white, forming

a rather conspicuous spot. Forewing without basal dot. Mid- and hindtibia with

a white spot at the base.

6 and early stages not known.

Hab, Tropical Africa.

Two subspecies :

a. P. pygarga pygarga.

*Dewitzia pygarga Karsch, /.c.

2. Distal margin of forewing straight from SC? to hinder angle.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum one bad ? from Agberi, Niger, 28. xii. 1901 (Dr. W. J.

Ansorge).

A @ in the Berlin Museum and another in coll. Chas. Oberthiir from Cameroons.

The figure of the genital armature is taken from Mons. Oberthii’s specimen.

b. P. pygarga convexus subsp. nov. (PI. I. f. 8, ?).

?. Distal margin of forewing convex between R? and hinder angle. Body and

wings more pinkish above than in the West African form, underside washed with

brick-red ; longer scales of fringe of hindwing white. The ridge connecting, in

front of the vaginal orifice, the two horn-like lateral lobes higher than in pyg.

pygarga.

Tab. M’Pala, Tanganyika (Guillemé).

One $ in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

This is one of the instances of the East African form having the distal margin

of the forewing more convex than the West African form.

205. Polyptychus affinis spee. nov. (PI. I. f. 12, ).

Agrees closely with pygarga pygarga in the shape of the wings, but differs as

follows :

@. Head and thorax with a darker brown ill-defined middle stripe; the

posterior abdominal stigmata with a very few white scales, the last stigma-spot

much smaller than in pygarga. Forewing with a dark brown subbasal spot. Hind-

tibia greyish white above from base to apex. Vaginal armature (Pl. X VILL. f. 18)

very different from that of pygarga; the postvaginal plate (pvp) small, triangular,

sunken ; before the vaginal orifice there is a high triangular ridge (avp), which ends

in two irregular points.

3. A & in the Staudinger collection, also from the Cameroons, belongs perhaps

to this species; it is nearly as grey as gray’; the harpe has a long, cylindrical,

pointed, horizontal process which projects beyond the end of the clasper; there

( 247 )

is apparently an organ of friction (the specimen could not be further examined, as

dissection was not allowed).

Hab. West Africa : Lolodorf, Cameroons (Conradt).

One ? (¢ype) in coll. Chas. Oberthiir.

Barombi and Interior (Preuss), 1 d¢ and 1 ? in coll. Standinger ; this species ?

206. Polyptychus enodia (PI. I. f. 6, 2).

*Basiana enodia Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xvi. p. 66. n. 24. t. 4. f. 3 (1889) (Kangwé :—coll.

Holland) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 6 (1892) (W. Africa).

?. Tongue short, but not very weak. Palpus rather stout for a ?, truncate,

pointed in side-view. Antenna andromorphic, strongly compressed, with long

fasciculated ciliae. Abdominal tergites not spinose except edges. Tibiae with

long seales distally ; spurs short, not spinose. Underside of body bright rufous,

costal margin of forewing, and the hindwing below, also rufous ; tip of abdomen

grey. A large subbasal patch on forewing above, the stigma, a patch near apex,

another near hinder angle, and on hindwing a transverse patch near anal angle, of

a peculiar grey-olive colour. The lines on the forewing above not very distinct, one

at base of M?, the second quite indistinct between M? and M’, the third just beyond

base of M!; the fourth on dise, dentate at the veins ; on the underside there are two

large yellow patches on the dise of the forewing between R* and M*. Hindwing,

below, with a dentate line just beyond cell, another two-thirds the way to outer

margin; R? far below centre of cell, D? very oblique, three times as long as D*, this

equal to D'. Tip of abdomen ashy white.

Tlab. Kangwé, Ogowé R.

One ? in coll. Dr. Holland, here figured.

207. Polyptychus falcatus spec. noy. (Pl. X. f. 12, ).

2. Head small; tongue short and weak. Joint of palpus open. Spurs of

mid- and hindtibiae spinose ; hindtibia as long as tarsal segments 1 and 2, with

brush of long scales between the two pairs of spurs. Antenna heavily ciliated,

strongly compressed and grooved. Forewing strongly produced at apex, which is

acute, outer margin slightly dentate at R*, evenly sinuate between apex and R* ;

hindwing dentate, especially at posterior veins ; D? of hindwing very oblique, twice

as long as D*, this as long as D'. Abdominal tergites spinose all over, without

large underscales.

Body, above, pale grey, abdomen with some black dispersed scales ; underside

baffish ; mid- and hindtibiae with a white dot at base on upperside.

Wings, above, sprinkled over with single black scales. Forewing pale grey,

erossed by blackish brown lines; a thin line at costal margin near base, followed

behind cell by two rather heavy dots, three antemedian lines, curving costad, oblique

and almost straight from cell to internal margin, the first 2 mm. proximal of M’, the

second at base of M?, and the third 2 mm. beyond M?, the interspace between lines

2and 3 filled up by blackish scaling, which forms together with the lines a band

that is narrowest behind ; a vestige of a blackish stigma; three, almost parallel,

diseal lines, rather close together, the middle one at juncture of SC! and SC’, the

interspaces more or less blackish, the band thus formed broadest at R1, measuring

here 5 mm., while at M? the band is only 24 mm. broad, slightly curving costad in

front, feebly concave behind ; a dentate postdiscal line, nearly parallel to the discal

( 248 )

ones, 11 mm. from apex at costal margin, the points of the line upon the veins

marked by tiny dots, except on M? and SM’, where the dots are isolated ; a sub-

marginal series of minute dots upon the veins, somewhat nearer the postdiseal line

than the outer margin, last two dots placed in a small blackish cloud ; marginal

area blackish, except at apical and internal angles. Hindwing buff, a feeble

discal line just outside cell, followed immediately by traces of a second line; a

postdiscal zigzag line following the curve of the wing, but anteriorly a little farther

away from the margin than behind, distances at R' and M? being 5 and 4 mm. —

respectively, a submarginal series of dots joined to one another by black scales,

edge of wing also black, marginal area down to postdiscal line densely powdered

with black scales, abdominal fold and anal angle more grey than disc.

Underside butt-colour, speckled with black scales (except basal half of forewing),

outer area of forewing and abdominal area of hindwing greyishF orewing : no

lines in basal half: three rather broad but not heavily marked discal lines, dentate,

obsolete behind, a little more distal than on upperside ; a dentate postdiscal line,

feeble, marked with dots upon the veins; the vestige of a submarginal line,

represented at costal margin by a thin line and upon the veins by more or less

obsolete dots; with this line is fused a black curved streak running from apex of

wing across SC° and R!.——Hindwing: lines situated as above, discal one better

marked, postdiscal one feebler.

Highth tergite (Pl. XVIII. f. 10) shallowly bi-emarginate. Vaginal armature

peenliar (Pl. XVIII. f. 9); at each side of the vaginal orifice (I’) there is a high

ridge produced into prominent teeth, the armature resembling in a ventral aspect

(like figure) the horns of an elk to a certain extent; proximally of this armature

there is at each side a rather deep smooth cavity (c); the postvaginal plate (pep)

is feebly chitinised.

Length of forewing : 41 mm.; breadth, 17 mm.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland.

One ? in the Tring Museum.

208. Polyptychus rhadamistus (PI. IX. f. 6, 3).

Sphine rhadamistus Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 93. n. 10 (1787) (Sierra Leone ;- Mus. Kopenhagen);

Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xviii. p. 151. n. 8 (1897) (deser. of type).

Sphine ? rhadamistus, Walker, List Lep. Het. B. M. viii. p. 263 (1856).

Diodosida ? rhadamistus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 554. n. 4 (1877).

Polyptychus rhadamistus, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 705. n. 2 (1892) (partim).

3%. Tongue short and weak. Palpus with open joint. Antennal segments

of $ andromorphic, ciliae rather long. Spurs short, not spinose, longer terminal

one of hindtibia less than half the length of the first tarsal segment. Abdominal

tergites without broad underscales. Distal margin of forewing entire, apex pro-

duced, acute; anal angle of hindwing produced, apex evenly rounded ; SC* and

R? on a stalk, D° very oblique, three times as long as D’, this like D*.

Forewing with black basal dot ; stigma vestigial, no lines between base and

discal line.

Under surface. Forewing grey in distal marginal area, an evenly curved

brown discal line from costal margin to M! or beyond, corresponding to the line

of the upperside ; a brown patch, proximally ill-defined at inner margin, bordering

grey area.—Hindwing with S-shaped, brown, even line just outside cell, a second

( 249 )

dentate line between it and outer margin, feeble, accentuated by dots upon the veins,

this line continued over forewing, where it is still more faint.

3. Tenth tergite broad in basal half, then suddenly narrowed to a strong

pointed hook; no sternite. Clasper peculiar : proximal half broad, apical half much

narrower, curved upwards, a deep sinus in the dorsal margin, the ventral and dorsal

margins of the proximal half and the ventral margin of distal half raised to form

ridges, the proximal ridges hairy. Harpe a long evenly-curved hook ; no friction-

seales. Penis-sheath without armature ; below the penis-sheath a short, horizontal,

pointed, conical process.

?. Not dissected: differs from ¢ only in the subapical spot of the forewing

being larger.

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Senegal to Cameroons.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir, 1 2 from Johann Albrechts Hiéhe, Cameroons ;

2 93 from Misahohe, Togo, 1. iv. 1894(Banmann). From Sierra Leone in the Berlin

Museum ; 2 dd from Cameroons and Senegal in coll. Staudinger; 3 dd in the

Tring Museum from Agberi, Niger, 4. vii. 1901, 4. viii. 1901, 11. ix. 1901 (Dr.

W. J. Ansorge).

209. Polyptychus boisduvali.

*Temnora rhadamistus, Boisduval (non Fabricius, 1787), Spee. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 290. n. 1. t. 9.

f. 1 (1875) (Sierra Leone ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 632

(1877).

Polyptychus rhadamistus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 705. n. 2 (1892) (syn. partim).

Temnora boisduvali Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. xviii. p. 152. sub n. 78 (1897) (nom. nov. loco rhadan.).

?. Tongue short and weak. Palpus small (?), joint open. Frons with a

tuft in front of the antenna. Antenna distinctly grooved, except distal segments,

with prolonged ciliae. Abdomen with weak spines all over the tergites. Spurs

not spinose, short, with long naked point, longer terminal spur of hindtibia not

much longer than the tibia is broad. Distal margin of forewing irregularly dentate ;

hindwing feebly dentate at the posterior veins, D? twice as long as D*. Vaginal

plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 11) with a large, smooth, tuberculiform, antevaginal plate (avp)

which is membranaceous in the middle with the edge more or less sinuate ; between

this plate (ap) and the vaginal orifice (V) there is a smaller, convex, tuberculiform

piece of chitin; postvaginal part of plate (pvp) very short.

This species resembles rhadamistus of Fabricius somewhat in the pattern

of the forewing, but is quite distinct.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone and farther south.

In several collections. One % without locality in the Tring Museum ; this

Specimen is aberrant in having the antennal segments rounded, cheese-shaped.

210. Polyptychus andosa (PI. Il. f.9, 5; 12, ?).

*Panacra andosa Walker, List Lep. Het, B. M. viii. p. 159. n. 7 (1856) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus. Brit.).

Temnora andosa, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 291. n. 3 (1875) (S. Leone).

Palyptychus andosus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 584. n. 5 (1877) (8. Leone).

Pseudosmerinthus andosa, id., Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 435. sub n. 8 (1882).

Preudosmerinthus (?) andosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 703. n. 8 (1892) (8. Leone).

g. Tongue and palpus as jn coryndoni; antenna (¢) much thinner, ventral

line even (in side-view). Spurs short, not spiny, longer one of midtibia only as

long as the tibia is broad. Abdominal tergites not spinose, excepting edges. D®

( 250 )

of hindwing twice as long as D‘, this equal in length to D*; distal margin of

forewing entire, apex produced, middle convex.

Differs in colour and shape from coryndoni as follows : Forewing with two

brown basal dots and a minute brown stigma, discal lines closer together, dentate, the

teeth of the first directed basad, of the second directed distad, followed by a series of

vein-dots, the last enlarged ; outer margin less convex, apex more acute, inner

angle much less obtuse, about 90°. Hindwing more produced at anal angle, the

dots before the angle more proximal. Underside: the two lines blackish brown,

the external one accentuated by dots, the inner one of the hindwing more straight.

Tenth abdominal segment as in coryndoni, the tergite narrower, less rounded

laterally, and the lobe of the sternite somewhat larger (PI. XXV.f. 14). Clasper sole-

shaped ; patch of friction-scales as in coryndon?, but the scales more densely placed ;

harpe (Pl. XX XIII. f. 20) with three processes : one (pv) as in coryndoni, triangular,

appearing as a process of the clasper, the second and third prolonged, resembling

somewhat the processes of ¢7isecta, with which they are homologous, the lower one

straight, somewhat dilated at the obtuse end, the upper one curved, both coneaye,

rough with minute tubercles or setae; these processes correspond to the two lobes

of the sinuate upper process of coryndont. Penis-funnel (p-r, Pl. XXX. f. 35)

dorsally prolonged and divided into two long pointed blades ; penis-sheath with

long apical process which becomes gradually thinner towards end.

?. Antenna slightly compressed, not distinctly grooved, the basal seriated

ciliae prolonged. More tawny than ¢. Distal margin of forewing more conyex

in middle than in d, the apex more produced and the hinder angle more obtuse,

the lines much more indistinct both above and below, the veins of the hindwing

very slightly darker than the cellules between them ; anal dots more distal ; discal

line of hindwing below rather closer to cell. Highth tergite mesially rounded,

projecting. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 14) not strongly chitinised, postvyaginal

part membranaceous, antevaginal part convex, wrinkled excepting middle, edge

broadly sinuate.

Harly stages unknown.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

In the British Museum 1 ¢ (type); in the Tring Museum 1 3, 1 %, the d

from Freetown, 4. ix. 1899 (Austen), received in exchange from the British Museum.

211. Polyptychus consimilis spec. nov.

3. Close to compar in colour; very different in the sexual armature.

Wings, above ; basal dot of forewing larger than in compar, discal lines less

oblique behind, slightly curved basad behind R%, distal margin not convex behind

middle ; hindwing paler in colour, more buff. Underside: Vines more distinet,

especially the first of the hindwing, D* of the hindwing longer than D*.

Tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 11) elongate-triangular, strongly narrowed to end,

pointed, mesially impressed; no sternite. Clasper (P]. XX XIII. f. 22) without

friction-patch ; dorsal edge naked, incrassate, produced distad into a long dentienlate-

truncate process (pdd); ventral part of apex of clasper (pdv) small, rounded,

concave ; harpe (H) incrassate, without processes ; a hairy, feebly chitinised cone (¢)

between the incrassate ventral and dorsal margins of the clasper. Penis-fannel (?-f)

obliquely truncate, feebly sinuate ventrally, deeply sinuate dorsally, with long

bristles ; penis-sheath with the longitudinal groove of compar vestigial ; apex with

a multidentate belt (P]. XXX. f. 34).

( 251 )

2 and early stages not known.

Hab. Atbara, Abyssinia.

One o (type) in the British Museum; another d from Konakry I[., in the

Paris Museum.

The dorsal lobe of the clasper is in the Konakry specimen much longer than

in that from Abyssinia and curved, and the dorsal edge of the clasper is dilated

mesiad in the middle. The difference, which is very obvious, may be individual

or geographical.

212. Polyptychus compar spec. nov.

3. Similar to andosa. Distinguished by the following characters :

Mid- and hindtibiae brownish, with a conspicuous white basal spot. Wings,

above-——Forewing more vinaceous-grey, ove basal dot instead of two; stigma a

small tawny ring filled up with buff ; first discal line (and the two following ones, if

present) strongly curved costad in front ; distal margin less convex behind middle,

not concave before angle, which is less prominent. Hindwing pale vinaceous-

buff, longer than in andosa, apex more broadly rounded, distal margin more convex ;

fringe vinaceous, blackish behind, not spotted, longest scales white; distal area

somewhat shaded with brown ; veins distally not conspicuously striped with brown.

Underside nearly as in marshalli in colour. Forewing brownish distally,

shaded with grey in distal marginal area, lines indistinct, a postdiscal one dentate,

accentuated by vein-dots, followed by another series of very faint dots. Hindwing:

first line touching apex of cell, indistinct, postdiscal line dentate, parallel to margin,

accentuated by vein-dots, much more curved than in andosa; D* shorter than D'.

In the type the lines more distinct and the apex of the forewing less produced

than in a second specimen, which has a brown streak in the middle before the

abdominal margin of the hindwing above.

Clasper and eighth tergite without friction-scales. Tenth tergite large, broad,

longitudinally concave above, apex divided into three lobes (PI. XXYV. f. 12. 18): the

middle lobe narrow, sinnate or truncate, with parallel sides, directed ventrad ;

side-lobes broad, somewhat twisted, rounded. Clasper short (P]. XXXIIL. f. 28),

dorsal margin sinuate before end, ventral margin rounded distally, sinuate beyond

middle owing to the harpe projecting ventrad; a prominent subdorsal fold, beset

with long bristles ; ventral part of harpe subprismatical, concave, upper edge

raised ; an oblique ridge extending dorsad, raised mesially into a large triangular

tooth; proximally of this tooth there is a large, feebly chitinised, setose cone.

Penis-fannel (p-r) deeply and broadly unisinuate ventrally, dorsally trisinuate, the

Mesial sinus small; penis-sheath with a curved longitudinal furrow ; no process,

but apical margin with a multidentate belt all round (PI. XXX. f. 33a. 33).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Mashonaland.

Two 3d in the British Museum, one (type) from Salisbury, October 1900

(Marshall), the other from Umtali.

213. Polyptychus coryndoni spec. noy. (PI. Il. f. 7, 3).

d. Tongue rather strong, visible between the palpi ; the joint of these open.

Antenna subserrate ventrally (Pl. LX. f. 26). Spurs not spiny, long one of

midtibia more than twice as long as the tibia is broad. Cross-veins of hindwing as

| Mcarteri ; distal margins of forewings not dentate, apex produced, middle convex.

( 252 )

Abdominal tergites not spinose except at edges. Forewing without basal dot.

Righth tergite and clasper with organ of friction.

3. Body ecru-drab; palpus somewhat darker, washed at the side with rosy

red: anterior coxa buffish ; antenna very strongly ciliated, the non-scaled lateral

and ventral surface wood-brown, the segments deeply impressed laterally, the base

projecting also ventrally, the basal comb of ciliae being placed on a transverse

rounded carina, the antenna appearing therefore subserrate in a lateral view.

Wings, adore. Forewing ecru-drab like the body, traversed by four brown

lines, the first crossing M at base of M?, slightly inclining costad, the second at that

of M', straight, the third also straight to M?, then curved distad, almost parallel

to the second, 8 mm. from base of M®, 3 mm. from lower angle of cell, fourth

line a little nearer line 3 than outer margin, slightly curving basad from R* to

internal margin, 3 mm. distant from line 3 at M? and 4} mm. from outer margin,

while the distances are respectively 5 and 5 mm. at R*, 5 and 8 mm. at SC'; apex

pointed, outer margin concave anteriorly, then convex, posteriorly straight, oblique,

internal angle obtuse, internal margin shallowly sinuate distally. Hindwing

orange-rufous, a very narrow blackish brown border, the brown scaling extended

along the veins, the border broader at and beyond M?, here ecru-drab, as is the

abdominal margin up to SM?, a brownish black submarginal line between M’ and

SM, almost interrupted at (SM!'), the vestige of a second line proximally of the

submarginal one, a short tooth at M* and SM’.

Underside vinaceous-cinnamon, hindwing paler, both wings crossed by a diseal

and a postdiscal line ; those of forewing slightly convex distally, being parallel to

the outer margin (apical lobe of wing excluded) and to each other, outer line

midway between outer margin and discal line, the latter 5} mm. from lower angle

of cell at R°. The discal line of hindwing distally concave in middle, being very

feebly curved, crossing R* 14 mm. from cell, postdiscal line slightly convex distally

in front, feebly concave posteriorly, standing at R! midway between outer margin

and discal line, distance 4 mm.; at R* the distances are 3} and 4 mm. respeetively,

and at M? barely 3 mm.

The tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 15, X¢) is rounded at the end, deeply concave

beneath, somewhat curved downward and slightly dilated before the apex, a little

spoon-shaped. The sternite (Xv) has a triangular, sharply pointed, mesial lobe.

Clasper (Pl. XXXIIL. f. 21) rounded at the end, both the dorsal and ventral edges

oblique distally ; the patch of friction-scales large, reaching to the apical and dorsal

margins, which are fringed with very short white scales, the friction-scales very

small, pointed, not close together, the area semi-transparent ; harpe with two

distal processes: the one ventral (pr), triangular; the other (pm) submesial,

broad, inclining distad, sinuate, with the lobes rounded, the process proximally

concave, covered with short bristles ; this process pm stands in connection with a

weak longitudinal fold which is clothed with dispersed long hairs and ends basi-

dorsally in a spine-like process, which is much thinner than in carter?. Penis-

funnel short, strong, ventrally and dorsally sinnate, the lobes consequently lateral,

pointed ; penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 37) with an apical process which is more than

three times as long as the sheath is broad.

?. A very badly damaged ? in the Berlin Museum from Usaramo, German

Hast Africa, may belong to this species. Antenna andromorphic; anal angle of

hindwing less produced than in ¢, no lines on the underside of the wings, which

are rubbed. :

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Bast Africa: 1 3 (type) in the Tring Museum from Gowlu-pan, between

Lialui and Kazungula, Upper Zambesi, second week of March, 1898 (Coryndon) ;

1 gin coll. Chas. Oberthiir from Mpala, Tanganyika; 1 % (this species ?) in the

Berlin Museum from Usaramo, German Hast Africa (Stuhlmann).

214. Polyptychus marshalli spec. nov. (PI. XIV. f. 14, d).

3. Tongue short and weak. Joint of palpus open. Abdominal tergites spinose

only at edges. Hindtibia tufted between the two pairs of unequal spinose spurs,

longer terminal spur a little longer than the second tarsal segment. Antennal

segments somewhat dilated dorso-laterally, ventral outline nearly straight (side-view).

Clasper with very small patch of minute modified scales, no regularly-arranged

friction-scales on innerside of eighth tergite.

Body and wings pale pinkish or vinaceous-buff, hindwing above more pinkish

than forewing and body. Bnd of palpus, crest of head, and anterior part of pronotum

more or Jess brownish.

Wings, upperside.

Forewing, apex acute, but little projecting, hinder angle

almost 90°, distal margin entire, hinder margin shallowly emarginate before angle ;

five vinaceous hazel lines, all straight, or very feebly undulate, the fifth somewhat

eurved behind R®, lines 1 and 2 in basal half approaching each other a little behind :

1 at base of M?, as far from base at costal as at inner margin ; 2 near base of M';

line 3 beyond cell, heavier than the others ; 4 weak or obliterate ; 5 weak but

distinet, more or less accentuated by vein-dots ; 3 to 5 nearly equidistant ; a trace

of a subbasal line at costal margin ; fringe feebly darker at ends of veins ; no

snbbasal dot. Hindwing: apex broadly rounded, anal angle little projecting,

: fringe and anal area paler ; traces of a median and of a postdiscal band.

Underside paler than upper. Forewing with three feeble lines, situated

between cell and distal margin, slightly and evenly curved. Hindwing also

with three extra-cellular lines, the first the heaviest, the second approaching the

first behind, the third accentuated by vein-dots.

| Structure of end of abdomen similar to that of P. hollandi, clasper slenderer,

| ventral lobe of harpe broader, broadly spoon-shaped, upper lobe shorter ; penis-

sheath without the long process found in paupercula and hollandi, the process

indicated by a small lobe.

Length of forewing : 26—30 mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, October 1900 (Marshall), 1 d (type) in the

British Museum.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ without locality, figured to show the position of

the lines.

215. Polyptychus subjectus (PI. IL. f. 15, 2).

Swerinthus subjectus Walker, Proc. N. H. Soc. Glasgow i. p. 328. n. 1 (1869) (Congo).

Polyptychus (2) subjectus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 587. n. 4 (1877).

Marumba (2) subjectus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708. n. 29 (1892).

d. In pattern very close to rosea, numosae, etc. Not rosy red, but russet-fawn,

slightly vinaceous or pinkish. Tongue, palpus, and spurs as in those species.

Abdominal tergites spinose. Antenna as in /wlgwrans, rather shorter. Distal

margin of forewing very faintly emarginate between the veins, D? of hindwing little

longer than D° (only one specimen seen). Basal dot of forewing double, first ante-

( 254 )

median line evenly curved, first discal line quite straight, oblique, the other diseal

lines quite indistinct, apparently dentate as in xwmosae, the postdiseal line also

indistinct, indicated by vein-dots, an ill-defined russet submargival patch between

SC° and M!, a small patch of the same colour near hinder angle at inner margin ;

anal patch of hindwing narrower than in xwmosae and rosea. Underside: discal

line of forewing straight ; hindwing with a denticulate postdiscal line, more or

less double ; discal line almost touching cell, more proximal behind and Jess curved

than in xumosae. Midtibia with white basal spot, hindtibia white above.

Tenth tergite closely resembling that of coryndoni (Pl. XXV. f. 15), being

very dissimilar to that of /udgurans and rosea, flatter than in coryndoni, less curved

downward, and wider before the end; the sternite also as in coryndoni, curved

upwards. No friction-organ. Clasper short (P]. XXXIV. f. 2) irregular in shape ;

a longitudinal fold dividing the inner surface into a dorsal and a ventral part; the

harpe has a ventral ridge pz, which is denticulate and ends in a short hook (pad)

partly concealed by the mesial fold. Penis-funnel (p-r) produced at each side

side into a short, pointed lobe ; penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 29) with a ventral patch

of teeth at the apex, the patch continued on to the inner side of the sheath.

?. Not known.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Congo.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ labelled Congo 1868; it is doubtless the species

intended by Walker’s description, and may have come from the same collection ;

it had a gilded pin.

216. Polyptychus fumosus spec. nov. (PI. II. f. 10, 3).

3. Similar to sudjectus in pattern: forewing more grey, hindwing deeper

brown. Apex of forewing produced into a lobe, distal margin slightly dentate,

concave in front and behind, hinder angle projecting, first discal line more oblique

than in sudbjectus. Hindwing denticulate, fringe white-spotted below, with a

brown-black anal mark which is thinner than above.

Tenth tergite very broad, rounded, entire; sternite with a narrow, compressed,

pointed, mesial process, which is slightly curved upwards. Clasper short, irregular

in shape; middle part deeply concave, with a hairy ventro-dorsal fold, the cavity

partly covered by a dorsal fold and the projecting edge of the non-coneave apical

part of the clasper; harpe ending in a curved hook which is preceded by a

triangular tooth. Penis-funnel produced at each side into a long process;

penis-sheath with a multidentate process at the edge curving inside.

? and early stages not known.

Hab, Bast Africa: Dar-es-Salaam.

One ¢ in coll. Druce.

217. Polyptychus fulgurans spec. noy. (PI. II. f. 14, 3).

3. Tongue short and weak. Joint of palpus open. D? of hindwing a little

longer than D’, curved; lower angle of cell acute. Body greyish, mixed with

chestnut ; sides of frons, middle of occiput and of pronotum, metanotum and base

of abdomen, palpus and breast, chestnut ; mesothoracic tegula more grey ; edges of

abdominal segments thinly white. Antenna deeply grooved, segments ventrally

less sinuate than in rosea, and, in a ventral view, not so thin in the middle, Spurs

( 205 )

of mid- and hindtibiae with few spines, the long terminal one more than half the

length of the first tarsal segment. Abdominal tergites with spines all over.

Wings, above. Forewing greyish pink, slightly darker in outer area; outer

margin straight; two black dots near base, with an indistinct line proximally of

them ; a straight line just proximally of base of M’, at right angles to hindmargin,

very faintly bent costad in front, a double line proximally of base of M!', less heavy,

consisting of three sections, costal section down to M straight, second section

hetween M and SM? slightly concave, third section straight and oblique, leaning

basad posteriorly ; a double line at D, stopping at R*; a well-marked discal line

crossing SC° 14mm. and M? 6$ mm. from the bases of these veins, gently curved

twice, being feebly convex between © and R* and then faintly concave ; close upon

the discal line (and parallel with it) follow two thin lines of which the second is

barely traceable, then follow two undulate lines, parallel to one another, distance

between them about 3 mm., the outer one reaching internal margin 5 mm. from

angle of wing ; outside this line there is a short heavy bar between M? and internal

margin, subdivided at SM°; the lines pinkish chestnut.—Hindwing: base and

abdominal area red, this colour gradually shading into the pinkish hazel colour of

the distal half; a discal line crossing R’ 2 mm. from the cell, convex in front,

slightly concave behind, hazel colour; a chestnut bar of 1 mm. breadth at anal

angle between M? and edge of wing, at the proximal side of which bar stands a

thin line; D? not much longer than D*.

Underside.——-Forewing : basal half pale pink, outer half ochraceous-buff, with

numerous tawny scales ; three lines in outer half, more distinct in front, very feebly

marked behind, all curving slightly costad, the first crossing R® 3 mm. from cell,

the second 44 mm. more distal, the third 24 mm. more distal than the second at

R*.— Hindwing, pinkish ochraceous-buff, sprinkled over with tawny scales, basal

half more grey ; three lines in outer half, convex in front, slightly concave behind,

nearly equidistant, approaching one another a little behind, the discal line crossing

Te barely 12 mm. from cell, third line undulate between R* and M?, 24 mm. from

outer margin at R*; traces of a fourth line between M! and abdominal margin,

space between this line and margin up to M? filled up with pinkish vinaceous-

rufous scaling.

Tenth tergite (P]. XX VI. f. 36) somewhat pear-shaped, rather abruptly narrowed

to a blunt, slightly curved hook: the greater part of the plate—the sides and the

hook excepted—membranaceous ; the sternite very narrow and long, deeply cleft,

the two lobes somewhat compressed and sharply pointed. Clasper with a naked

area occupying the greater part of the outside, this space with minute granules ;

apex rounded, ventrally more oblique than dorsally ; harpe (Pl. XX XIII. f. 17)

yery simple, the armature represented by a heavy basi-ventral dilatation of the

elasper (pr), the projection triangular, irregularly rounded and somewhat notched.

Penis-sheath without external armature, but there are two flaps inside which

have serrated edges.

% and early stages not known.

Hah. Kiokwe, British East Africa.

One J in the Tring Museum (type).

This is possibly the ¢ of xwmosac, but the differences are such that we must

consider them of specific value. The differences in colour between the species of

this genus are sometimes very slight: compare assimilis and pygarga, andosa and

compar and consimilis ; hollandi and paupercula.

( 256 )

218. Polyptychus numosae.

*Smerinthus numosae Wallengren, Wien, Ent. Mon. iv. p. 42. n. 40° (1860) (9, Caffraria ;—Mus,

Stockholm).

Smerinthus mimosae id., Kongl. Sv. Vet, Ak. Handt. (2). v. 1. p. 20 (1865).

Polyptychus numosae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 584. 0. 3 (1877) (Caffraria) ; Kirby, Cat,

Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n, 4 (1892).

*Triplogon cytis Druce, Ent. Mo, Mag. xix. p. 18 (1882) (Vaal R., 2 ;—coll. Druce).

Marumba cytis, Kirby, l.c. p. 708. n. 32 (1892).

*Polyplychus consanguineus Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7). iii. p. 179 (1899) (9, Lydenburg, Trans-

vaal ;—coll. Distant) ; id., Zns. Transv. t. 3. £. 3 (2) (1902).

2. Paler than /ulgurans, the lines in the basal half of the forewing above

barely vestigial, first discal line very oblique, almost evenly curved from costal to

internal margin; middle line of hindwing more proximal. Antenna grooved, with

prolonged ciliae. SC? and R! of hindwing on a rather long stalk, D* longer than

D‘. The type of cytis is more pinkish than that of numosae, the forewing is

narrower, the blackish brown anal mark of the hindwing is much narrower, the

first line of the hindwing is a little more distal, standing beyond the cell below,

while it crosses the apex of the cell in nwmosae, and the double row of postdiscal

dots of nwmosae is replaced by a single faint line. Vaginal plate partly visible in

both type-specimens; ridge in front of orifice slightly sinuate, without processes,

postvaginal part of plate mesially impressed longitudinally, broadly triangular.

3 and early stages not known.

Hab. 8.K. Africa: Caffraria and Transvaal.

Only 3 2 ? known as yet.

219. Polyptychus rosea.

*Triptogon rosea Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xix. p. 17. (1882) (Cameroons, ? ;—coll. Druce) ; id., in —

Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 11 (1887).

*Triptogon reducta Karseh, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 13. t. 1. £. 2 (1891) (Togo, -g¢ ;—Mus. Berlin).

Marumba reducta, Kirby, Cat. Lep Het. i. p. 708. n. 30 (1892).

Marumba rosea, id., lc. n. 31 (1892).

3¢. Tongue short and weak. Joint of palpus open. Antenna strongly

ciliated in both sexes, distinctly grooved in 2, the segments ventrally more or less”

sinuate in side-view in ¢. Spurs spinose, longer terminal one of hindtibia at least

half the length of the first tarsal segment, and twice as long as the shorter spur.

Abdominal tergites spinose, rather densely so on the back. Distal margin of

forewing very slightly dentate, convex in ?, almost straight in d, apex slightly

produced, inner margin feebly emarginate distally, the angle distinct, more than

90°; D® of hindwing cnrved, not twice as long as D%, lower angle of cell acate.

Clasper and eighth tergite with organ of friction.

Similar to xwmosae and fulgurans, antennae more deeply grooved in both sexes,

longer in 3, ventral line uneven (in side-view), hindwing shorter costally, forewing

with a single basal dot, first antemedian line evenly curved from costal to inner

margins, postdiscal line somewhat convex between R? and M?, more so in ? than

in d, entire ; anal patch of hindwing larger, closer to the margin. Midtibia with

an indistinct pale basal spot, hindtibia pale above, but not white. Sexual armature

quite different from that of /ulgurans.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 16) very slender, narrowed to a point, curyed

downwards, forming a short hook; the sternite longer than broad, subtriangular,

with the sides gently rounded and the apex incised. Clasper reduced in size, with

( 257 )

a patch of modified frictiou-scales ; these large, elongate-ovate, pointed, mesially

carinate ; a single row of friction-scales at the internal edge of the eighth tergite ;

harpe (PI. XXXIV. f. 1) with a short but strong ventral hook (prd), which stands

in connection with a dorsal process (pd) ; this process somewhat club-shaped, beset.

with tubercles ; it corresponds to the dorso-basal process found in the species of

Clanis. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 28) armed before the end with a single strong

tooth which projects laterad as in P. virescens, but is much shorter.

?. Vaginal armature (Pl. XVII. f. 18) not strongly chitinised, no processes,

two transverse folds before the orifice, postvaginal plate (pvp) mesially concave,

rounded-triangular.

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to Cameroons, probably farther south.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 1 ? from: Sierra Leone ; Cape Coast Castle,

Gold Coast : Warri, Niger Coast, June 1896 (Dr. Roth).

The width of the interspace between the antemedian and the discal lines is

not quite constant.

220. Polyptychus foliaceus spec. nov.

?. Tongue extremely short. Antenna with very slightly prolonged seriated

ciliae. Joint of palpus open. Spurs very short, not spinose. Distal margin of

forewing entire, convex, hinder angle obtusely rounded, not projecting anad, inner

margin very shallowly sinuate distally ; lower angle of cell of hindwing almost 90°.

Body and wings pinkish clay-colour. Upperside of forewing darker than

hindwing, no basal spot : a blackish or brown line across apex of cell continued

as a feeble shadow towards inner margin, which it reaches before hinder angle, here

a little more accentuated than on the disc; another feeble line midway between

cell and tip of wing from costa to R', meeting at this vein an oblique apical line,

equally feeble, these two lines limiting a triangular costal area which is slightly

darker than the disc; fringe brown. Hindwing paler towards base and abdominal

margin, distal margin slightly dentate at SM?,a brown marginal shade at anal angle.

Underside. Forewing paler than above: basal half with a slight yellowish

tint ; an oblique, feeble, subapical line reaching costal margin before the tip of

the wing and bordering a greyish space. Hindwing : two feeble discal lines,

the proximal one straight, crossing R’ 2} mm. from cell, external one curved like

the outer margin.

Not dissected.

Early stages and d not known.

Length of forewing: ?, 32—35 mm.

Hab. Misahihe, Togo, 31. iii. 1894, 1 2 (type), two others from the same

place, April (E. Baumann); Kete Kratje, W. Africa (Zeck): all in the Berlin

Museum.

According to Baumann (on the label) not rare in the forest near Agowe, but

very shy. It is generally found sitting on the fallen-off calyces of Musanga smithi.

221. Polyptychus contraria (PI. I. f 10.11, do).

"4. Andriasa contraria Walker, List Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 1735. n. 1 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.).

*9. Basiana submarginalis id, l.c. xxxi. p. 37 (1864) (S. Leone ;—Mus. Brit.).

3%. An individually and sexually variable insect, of which the West African

form has received no less than five names.

( 258 )

Tongne very short. Palpus smooth-scaled, the scales erect ; joint open,

Antenna of ¢ rather strongly grooved, side-line undulate in a dorsal view, ventral

line of each segment (in side-view) straight, the apical sensory cone prominent, the

ventral parts of the segments not touching one another ; in ? rounded-triangular

in transsection, very feebly grooved, but the segments somewhat constricted at the

joints, the basal and dorsal fasciculated ciliae somewhat prolonged, the longest of

abont the same length as the segment, the fascicles not close together. Spurs spinose,

the long terminal one of the hindtibia about two-fifths the length of the first tarsal

seement ; hindtibia as long as tarsal segments 1 and 2 together. Body woolly,

scarcely with any short broad scales ; abdominal tergites with long weak spines

all over, the spines dense at the edges. Distal margin of wings entire, of forewing

straight or convex, sexes different, ¢ with apex of forewing very little or not

produced, with the apex almost hooked, hinder margin straight or nearly straight;

hindwing very strongly rounded, more so in d than in ? ; D? very oblique, more

than twice the length of D*. No organ of friction on the clasper and the eighth

tergite.

Both sexes vary in the ground-colour and in the distinctness of the markings ;

sometimes there are scarcely any markings at all. The stigma of the forewing is

often very conspicuous ; sometimes it is represented by a ring, and is also often

wanting. Some individuals have a brown cloud along the abdominal margin of

the hindwing, this cloud corresponding to the black patch found in nigriplaga.

3. Highth tergite slightly but distinctly sinuate in the middle (best visible

from the underside after the claspers have been taken ont). Tenth tergite very

short, triangular, gradually narrowing to the blunt apex, longitudinally impressed ;

the sternite rather broad, curved dorsad, apically pointed or rounded, sides slightly

angled and bent ventrad, hence the under surface of the plate concave. Clasper

(Pl. XXXIV. f. 3) very much reduced in size, covered with very long narrow scales;

it is apically narrowed to a ladle-like process, from the cavity of which projects

a sharp hook of the harpe (ped); the harpe occupies the whole cavity of the

clasper, and is dorsally divided into two folds (m and n). Penis-sheath without

armature, very short, apically flattened, prolonged into a triangular blade.

?. Highth abdominal tergite membranaceous, feebly incrassate at the edge.

Vaginal plate (PI. XVII. f. 13) with a transverse smooth fold which is widened

mesially and bears here a more or less triangular lobe; postvaginal plate mem-

branaceous, scaled, excepting middle.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Continental Africa, from Natal to British East Africa and Senegambia,

probably all over the Aethiopian region exclusive of Madagascar and the neighbouring

islands.

Two subspecies, which are structurally alike. :

a. P. contraria contraria (PI. 1. f. 10. 11, do).

*Andriasa contraria Walker, l.c, (Natal) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 714. n. 1 (1892).

3. Distal margin of forewing convex. The discal line of the underside of

the hindwing as a rule close to cell, straight, occasionally some mm, distant

from cell and curved. Distinctness of the lines very variable. The submarginal

vein-dots of the hindwing sometimes transverse, occasionally situated in an obscure

line,

———

(259 )

?. Apex of forewing more or less produced. Colour and pattern variable

as in od.

Hab. Natal to British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 2 22 from Dar-es-Salaam, and a series of 26 dd,

17 2 2 found by W. Doherty at the Kikuyu Escarpment, east of the Ravine, British

E. Africa, mostly in February and March at an elevation from 6500 to 8000 ft.

b. P. contraria submarginalis.

*9. Basiana submarginalis Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 37 (1864) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 49. n. 3 (1875).

9. Basiana suffusa Walker, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow i. p. 329. n. 3 (1869) (Congo).

*9. Smerinthus adansoniae Boisduval, /.c. p. 27. n. 15 (1875) (Senegal ;—coll. Oberthiir).

Q. Pseudosmerinthus submarginalis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 593. n. 1 (1877) ; Kirby,

Le. p. 703. n. 1 (1892).

Q. Pseudosmerinthus suffusa, Butler, l.c. 0. 2 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 5 (1892).

*9. Smerinthus pechueli Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 28. t. 1. £. 4 (1879) (Chinchoxo ;—

Mus. Berlin).

2g. Pseudosmerinthus marginalis(!), Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 435. sub n. 8 (1882)

(laps. cal.).

*4. Dewitzia perpallida Holland, Ent. News iv. p. 341. n. 8. t. 15. f. 5 (1893) (Benita ;—coll.

Holland).

9. Pseudosmerinthus pechueli, Kirby, lc. p. 703. n. 2 (1892),

od. Pseudosmerinthus perpallida, id., Nov. Zoor. i. p. 103 (1894).

6. Distal margin of forewing straight. Discal line of hindwing below curved,

abont 2 mm. distant from cell at R*.

?. Discal line of hindwing as in d. We have seen four specimens ; there

does not seem to be a constant difference between these ? ? and the Hast African

ones, as the position of the discal line of the hindwing is variable in the Hastern

individuals (see above). A longer series of Hast and West African specimens must

be compared side by side in order to find out the difference, if there is one.

Hab. West Africa: from the Congo Region to the Senegal.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 1 2 from: Anambara Creek, Niger; Warri,

Niger, July and September, 1897 (Dr. Roth); Yakusu, Upper Congo, July 1900

(K. Smith).

One of our 3d is very pale, having lost nearly all the markings.

Butler, /.c., mentions a “3d” as marginalis ; as there is no d in the British

Museum, he meant perhaps another species.

222. Polyptychus nigriplaga spec. nov. (Pl. V.f. 4, 3).

d. Tongue short and weak. Palpus smooth-scaled, joint open, third segment

rather prominent. Antennal segments with straight ventral outline (side-view),

penultimate segment longer than high. Abdominal tergites with yellowish spines

all over, the spines denser at the edges. Spurs not spinose, short, longer terminal

one of hindtibia about one-third the length of the first tarsal segment. Distal

margin of forewing straight, oblique, entire, hinder margin sinuate before angle,

apex barely produced; D? of hindwing thrice as long as D*, both oblique, lower

angle of cell acute, Clasper with naked space, friction-scales of eighth tergite

small, numerons, irregularly placed.

Body and wings clayish cream-colour, Sides of palpi, a middle streak on

( 260 )

head and thorax, a spot at the base of the eighth tergite, and the underside of the

tibiae and tarsi, brown.

Wings, upperside.——Forewing : a rather large, rounded, basal spot dark brown,

two antemedian lines, undulate, not very distinct, behind more distal than in front,

the second almost a mere transverse cloud ; a pale brown annulus upon cross-veins,

with pale centre ; a dark costal cloud beyond apex of cell, continued by some faint

lines which are scarcely traceable between R! and R*, but become more obvious at

inner margin ; between this cloud and the apex of the wing there are two spots,

the second more distinct ; each forms the costal spot of a series of vein-dots which

is somewhat curved in front, the inner series ending in an angulated line; fringe

brown, not spotted.—Hindwing : produced at SM?, darker than forewing, some-

what pinkish, basal area and abdominal and distal margins paler than disc, a brownish

black elongate patch along SM? midway between base and distal margin ; the dark

brown postdiscal shade ending in two brown subanal spots which are connected

with one another by a line; fringe pale, with dark vein-dots.

Underside clayish cream-colour, slightly pinkish, dusted with black scales,

excepting basal area of forewing. Forewing: distal area greyish, with two rows

of vein-dots in outer half of disc, the anterior dots of the inner row connected by

a zigzag line; proximally of these two series there are traces of some more lines

in the costal region. Hindwing : an indistinct discal line, touching apex of cell,

curved ; two rows of dots nearer margin, the inner dots more or less connected by

a line.

Tenth tergite broad (Pl. XXV. f. 20), suddenly narrowed to a sharply pointed

hook ; the sternite (Y~) divided into two lobes, each pointed, horizontal, the broader

side vertical, ventral edge fold-like and clothed with hairs. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV.

f. 5) widest in middle, narrowed from middle to end ; a naked dorsal space on

outerside where the clasper is widest ; harpe consisting of a long ridge which reaches

almost the end of the clasper ; it is raised distally into a higher denticulate ridge,

which bears on the ventral side a thorn-like tooth. Penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 40)

ending in a long process which is somewhat widened at the end, and is armed here

with a minute tooth.

Length of forewing : 32 mm.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Cameroons and Congo.

In the Berlin Museum several specimens from Lolodorf, Cameroons (L. Conradt),

one of them, caught on the 10th of July, given to the Tring Museum in exchange,

type. Also a specimen in the Musée Royal at Bruxelles from Beni Bendi, Sankuru,

Jan. 1895 (L. Cloetens), and in coll. Charles Oberthiir from Johann Albrechts Hélhe,

Cameroons (L. Conradt),

223. Polyptychus paupercula (Pl. V.f. 1, d ; 2, 2).

*Devitzia paupercula Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 65. n, 22. t. 4. £. 1 (1889) (Kangwé ;—

coll. Holland).

Psendosmerinthus paupercula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 703. n. 3 (1892).

Dewitzia (1) paupercula Holland, Ent, News iv. p. 341. sub n. 8 (1893).

3%. Tongue very short and weak. Joint of palpus open. Antennal segments

with straight ventral outline (side-view) ; not much compressed in 2, with the

seriated ciliae rather deuse and not much prolonged. Spurs not spinose, long one

( 261 )

of hindtibia less than half the length of the first tarsal segment. Distal margin

of forewing almost straight in ¢ ; bisinuate in ?, with a prominent lobe at R?,

hinder angle a little projecting backwards. D%of hindwing twice as long as D%,

very oblique. Abdominal tergites not spinose excepting edges, underscales large.

Glasper and eighth tergite with organ of friction.

There are two species known to us, which are almost exactly the same in pattern;

they can be distinguished, apart from structure, by the one species having upon

M? of the forewing in front of the tawny spot standing at inner margin close to

angle one larger black dot accompanied at the proximal side by the vestige of a

second dot, while the other species has two small black dots of equal size instead

(Pl. LXV. f. 17. 18). The former insect is paupercula, the type of which is an

abnormally large individual.

3. The tenth tergite is very slender and long, curved downwards, not acutely

pointed (PI. XXYV. f. 18, side-view) ; the sternite has a large lobe, which is some-

what dilated laterally, rounded, slightly sinuate mesially (Pl. XXV. f. 17. Xz,

dorsal view). Clasper elongate, dorsal margin slightly concave, convex before

end, apex rounded, ventral margin slightly convex; the patch of friction-scales

subapical, ovate, the scales narrow, pointed, conspicuously different from the other

scales of the clasper not only in structure but also in colour, being buffish, not

greyish white ; eighth tergite with a belt of friction-scales at the internal edge,

the scales not very large, but regular in position; harpe (Pl. XXXIII. f. 24)

a broad ronnded flap, concave, dorsal part rough with short spines, sometimes more

truncate than in figure. Penis-sheath with a long apical process curved proximad,

the process stout, conical (Pl. XXX, f. 42).

%. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 17) raised to a rather high ridge before the

orifice (v), this ridge (avp) broadly and shallowly sinuate, without processes ;

postvaginal part of plate (yep) membranaceons, short.

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Niger to Congo; probably of wider distribution.

In the Tring Museum 17 dd, 2 2? from: Warri, Niger, Febrnary to Septem-

ber (Dr. Roth) ; Akassa to Onitscha, Niger (Dr. Cook) ; Agberi, Niger, September

(Dr. Ansorge) ; Yakusu, Upper Congo, August 1900 (K. Smith).

The ? figured is in the Stockholm Museum, from the Cameroons.

224. Polyptychus hollandi spec. nov. (Pl. V. f. 3, 3).

3. Very close to paupercula, deeper brown. Markings of wings as in pauper-

cula; but the tawny spot at the inner margin near angle smaller not reaching vein

M’, and there are two minute black dots in front of it upon M’, the external one

of them not being larger than the dots upon M! (PI. LXV. f. 17). Marginal

area of hindwing as far as the series of dots rather darker in tint than the dise in

paupercula, while the disc is as dark as the marginal area in hollandi. The teuth

tergite is carinate above, hence broader in side-view (PI. XXV. f. 19); the harpe

is deeply sinuate (P]. XX XIII. f. 25), and the, hook of the penis-sheath (Pl. XXX.

f, 43) is slenderer than in paupercula.

%. Not known.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum 2 3 ¢ from Warri, Niger Coast, June 1897 (Dr. Roth) ;

third 3 in coll. Holland from Bule country, W. Africa (Good).

( 262 )

225. Polyptychus mutata.

*Lymantria? mutata Walker, List Lep. Het. B. M. iv. p. 873. n. 5 (1855) (Natal, “9” ex err, ;—

Mus. Brit.).

*Andriasa erubescens id., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (3). i. p. 263 (1862) (Natal ; —Mus, Oxford) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 714. n. 4 (1892).

Andriasa mutata, id., lc. p. 714. n. 3 (1892).

3S. Head with mesial crest. Tongue reduced to two weak lobes which are

shorter than the first segment of the palpus. Joint of palpus open ; third segment

rather prominent. Antennal segments of d deeply grooved, subpectinate, the

upper edge of each groove being produced laterad into a short broad lobe (PI. LXL.

f. 1. 2); the long ciliae fasciculated, the fascicles not numerous, placed upon

tubercles, an isolated subdorsal fascicle between middle of segment and apical edge ;

the distal segments separated ventrally, the penultimate one much higher than

long, its proximal edge oblique, with the angle rounded (side-view) ; end-segment

with a submesial median spine (ventrally often broken off). Spurs of foretibia

almost reaching end of tibia; spurs of mid- and hindtibiae not spinose, longer

terminal one of hindtibia about one-third the length of the first tarsal segment ;

hindtibia as long as tarsal segments 1 and 2 together. Abdominal tergites spinose

only at the edges, underscales large. Apex of forewing not produced, distal margin

conyex, hinder angle very obtuse, hinder margin almost straight; anal angle of

hindwing not distinctly produced, D? curved, not essentially longer than D*. Clasper

without friction-patch.

Tenth tergite short and broad, slightly curved downward, narrowed to the

apex, but not pointed, mesially sinuate ; sternite evenly and broadly sinuate, the

lobes broader than long, halfmoon-shaped. Clasper longer than broad, rounded at

apex, dorsal edge nearly straight, horizontal, ventral edge rounded in basal third,

then straight, obliquely ascending; no harpe, but there is a dorso-basal process

which is homologous and similar to that of Clanis bilineata, rough with tubercles

at the end. Penis-sheath without armature, a feeble carina at the end.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Natal.

In the Tring Museum 18 3'¢ from Natal.

226. Polyptychus meander.

Gynoeryx meander Guenée, in Vins., Voy. Mad. p. 30 (1865) (nom. nud.).

*Smerinthus meander Boisduyal, lc. p. 22. n. 8 (1875) (Madagascar, ? ;—coll. Oberthiir) ; Mab.,

Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 293 (1879) (Madagascar).

Metamimas meander, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 628 (1877).

Triptogon meander, id., Cist. Ent, ii. p. 393 (1879) (Antananarivo, ¢); Saalm., Lep. Mad. p. 126.

n. 298 (1884) (Nossi-bé).

Smerinthus meander (2), id., Ber. Senk. Naturf. Ges. 1877-78. p. 90. n. 60 (1878) (descript. of ¢ 2,

Loucoubé).

Ambulyx (2) meander, Kirby, lc. p. 677. n. 47 (1892).

3%. Tongue very short and weak. Palpi somewhat divergent ; joint open.

Antenna of ? sub-andromorphic ; of ¢ with long fasciculated ciliae, ventral outline

of segments very faintly concave. Abdomen with long spines all over the tergites,

the spines dense at the apical margins. Distal margin of forewing somewhat

dentate or undulate, conyex, apex not distinctly produced; apex of hindwing

strongly rounded, D? shorter than D*, both straight, obliqne, D® as long as upper

( 263 )

section of M. Spurs short, not spinose, two pairs to hindtibia, longer apical oné

little longer than the tibia is broad. No organ of friction.

The species bears in pattern an extraordinary likeness to the species of Marumba ;

it is in fact a Marumba with two pair of spurs to the hindtibia and less specialised

clasper, constituting a type similar in this respect to the ancestor of Marumba.

36. Tenth tergite broad, sides nearly parallel, apex narrowed, deeply sinuate,

lobes pointed, their mesial edges bent. downward, carinate below ; sternite repre-

sented by a mere rounded fold. Clasper long-scaled outwardly, especially at

apical and dorsal edges, short, broad, deeply concave, with a prominent dorsal fold ;

liarpe very stout, obtuse at end, upperside concave, finely setose, the ventral edge

cariniform, dorsal edge with rather heavy spines. Penis-sheath and -funnel without

external armature.

?. Not dissected.

Barly stages not known.

In Boisduval’s type, which is a large $, the forewing is less rounded than in

the other specimens we have seen, and the hindwing is more brownish yellow.

Hab. Madagascar: Nossi-bé ; Tamatave ; Imerina.

In several collections. In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Tamatave, received

through the kindness of Mons. Charles Oberthiir.

LXI. PHYLLOXIPHIA gen. nov.—Typus: oberthuer?.

3. Close to Polyptychus. Tongue reaching to the end of the midcoxa, weak.

Second segment of palpus thrice as long as first, joint of open. A large tuft of

seale-hairs ventrally behind eye, covering lower part of same. Antenna rather thin,

ventral outline (side-view) of segments straight, apical segment three times as long

as high, penultimate one distinctly longer than high. Abdomen long, tergites with

broad underscales, spinose only at edges. Spurs not spinose, short, longer terminal

one of hindtibia about twice as long as the tibia is broad ; the tibia little longer than

the first tarsal segment. Forewing : apex strongly produced, acute, hooked, distal

and inner margins evenly rounded from SC’ to base, no angle. Hindwing : apex

obtusely pointed, anal angle not produced, obtusely rounded, D? more than twice

the length of D*, very oblique, D* transverse, lower angle of cell obtuse.

? and early stages unknown.

Hab. West Africa.

One species.

227. Phylloxiphia oberthueri spec. nov. (Pl. I. f. 4, 3).

3d. Head and thorax above, sides of palpi and dorsal part of the abdominal

tergites clayish olive, this colour gradually fading away on the last segments, rather

sharply limited laterally on the basal ones; rest of body cream-colour, underside of

legs and the anterior coxae rather darker.

Wings, above, a little paler than the thorax. Forewing washed with

cinnamon; there are feeble traces of lines: one line subbasal, beginning at M

proximally of M’, and ending more distally at inner margin ; two between M' and

R*, and traces of a third beyond end of cell, these three parallel, posteriorly more

( 264 )

distal than anteriorly ; two undulate lines from costal to inner margin, beginning

between cell and SC° ; all these very indistinct ; a more distinct, even, line from tip

of wing to lower angle of cell continued along M to near base ; the line is thin and

has a pale hinder border, recalling the midrib of a leaf; the veins are faintly

streaked and bordered pale ; dise behind apex of cell more cinnamon ; stigma black,

small but conspicuous ; inner margin with a darker basal triangular space-——

Hindwing of the dark colour of the thorax, costal and abdominal margins and upper

part of distal margin cream-colour.

Underside dirty cream-colour. Forewing: middle of basal half fuscous; a

line from apex to R*, which it reaches 6 mm. from cell, thence continued posticad

to M?, which it reaches 6 mm. from end, forming a very obtuse angle at R*—

Hindwing : abdominal area shaded with fuscons : a faint trace of a discal transverse

line, and a thin oblique apical line.

Tenth tergite long (Pl. XXV. f. 25, X¢) divided into two lobes ; the sternite

(Xv) broadened apically, divided into two diverging lobes. Clasper (PI. XXXIV.

f. 12) narrowed towards end, much more elongate triangular than in the species of

Polyptychus, with long narrow scales at the apex; no friction-patch (the clasper

is much rubbed, like the eighth tergite, in the only specimen known to us) ; there

is no projecting harpe. Above the penis-funnel there is a pair of curved processes

(n) which bear setiferous tubercles. Penis-sheath without external armature, but

from the interior projects a double blade of chitin, notched, and beset with some

bristles (P]. XXXIV. f. 12).

% and early stages not known.

Hab. Lolodorf, Cameroons (L. Conradt).

One ¢ in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

LXII. LYCOSPHINGIA gen. noy.—Typus : hamatus.

Smerinthus, Dewitz (non Latreille, 1802), Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 28 (1879).

Polyptychus, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 705 (1892).

3. Tongue very short and weak. Genal process small. Palpus smoothly

scaled, joint not quite open. Antenna (¢) thickest in basal fifth, distal segments

scarcely grooved, ventral outline of segments (side-view) straight, penultimate

segment longer than high, last one three times as long as high. Abdomen long,

tergites without spines at the edges, the scales representing them bi- or tridentate,

rather tawny. Spurs short, not spinose, one pair to hindtibia, longer spur as long

as the tibia is broad ; pulvillus and paronychium present. Clasper without friction-

patch, but eighth tergite internally with small erect scales at the inner edge. Apex

of forewing very strongly produced, hooked, apex of hindwing pointed at SC, anal

angle produced, distal margin concave between R! and anal angle, D? more than

twice as long as D*, not strongly oblique, D* transverse, lower angle of cell obtuse.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Angola to Gold Coast.

Differs from Polyptychus in the hindtibia having only one pair of spurs ; from

Marumba in the obtuse lower angle of the cell of the hindwing, from Laothonia in

the presence of the paronychinm. Wing-form pecaliar.

( 265 )

228. Lycosphingia hamatus.

*Smerinthus hamatus Dewitz, lc. p. 28. t. 2. f. 2 (1879 (g, Chinchoxo ;—Mus. Berlin).

Polyptychus hamatus, Kirby, l.c. n. 1 (1892),

3. We have seen only two specimens. The antennae are rather too short in

Dewitz’s figure, and the (visible) end-seement of the abdomen is too broad ; this

eighth tergite is rather long, and its ventral edge broadly sinuate. Tenth tergite

broad, triangular, obtuse ; sternite elongate-triangular, apex obtuse and incrassate,

being convex beneath. Clasper (PI. XX XIII. f. 16) broad, dorsal margin with

a process (broken in the specimen dissected) ; harpe a large concave plate, narrowed

at end, strongly rounded ventro-basally, apex obtuse and beset with short spines

atthe edge. Penis-sheath with long club-shaped process (Pl. XXX. f. 26), which

ends in a small point.

Hab. West Africa.

One 3 in the Berlin Museum (type) from Chinchoxo ; Gold Coast, 1 ¢ in Mus.

Tring, received in exchange from G. Weymer.

LXII. LIKOMA gen. nov.—Typus: apicalis,

3%. Differs from Polyptychus in having only one pair of spurs to the hindtibia,

and in the absence of the paronychium,

Tongue very short and weak. Joint of palpus open. Ventral outline of

antennal segments slightly concave (side-view). Scales of abdominal tergites

narrow, many hair-like ; spines at the apices numerous but weak. Spurs very

short, not spinose, longer one of hindtibia scarcely longer than the tibia is broad.

Pulvillus present, paronychium absent, ‘.e. without lobes. Distal margin of forewing

dentate ; D? of hindwing curved, oblique, not longer than D%, this very oblique,

lower angle of cell sharply acuminate. Clasper and eighth tergite with organ of

friction,

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Bast Africa.

One species.

229. Likoma apicalis spec. nov. (Pl. V. f. 5,3).

3%. Body and wings dirty vinaceous, shaded with chocolate-brown sealing ;

metanotum and base of abdomen above much darker.

Wings, upperside. Forewing with blackish brown lines with pale borders,

which make the line appear double: two almost straight, in basal half, the one

about 2 mm. proximally of base of M2, the other at base of M'; two on disc, the

first straight, the second concave from costal margin beyond R*, then turning basad

and curving towards hinder margin ; a postdiscal line curved in nearly the same

Way, indistinct behind; the marginal area bordered by the postdiscal line and an

obliquely placed double spot at angle dark chestnut ; stigma small, white ; fringe

whitish between veins. Hindwing with three lines: proximal one just distal

of base of M!, nearly quite straight, the second somewhat curved in middle, nearer

the first behind than in front, both with pale outer border, the third less distinct,

nearly parallel to margin, also with pale border ; the marginal area limited by this

( 266 )

pale line deeper in tint, changing into chestnut between M! and anal angle ; distal

margin slightly undulate.

Underside. Forewing more pinkish in basal half, without antemedian lines ;

a curved discal line, nearly 7 mm. from stigma; a band of three postdiscal and

submarginal lines with pale borders, the band curving distad between R* and (SM?),

concave between SC’ and R*; marginal area chestnut as above, but more distinctly

extended to hinder angle. Hindwing: lines as above, discal one more curved

behind ; marginal area chestnut between M? and anal angle.

3. Tenth tergite strongly narrowed towards end (PI. XXV. f. 26), apex feebly

sinuate ; sternite narrowed suddenly to a pointed process. Clasper sole-shaped ;

a large patch of friction-seales ; these scales long and narrow ; eighth tergite with

a belt of enlarged scales all round the edge ; harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 15) resembling

that of Polyptychus hollandi to a certain extent, being distally sinuate, the two

lobes short, especially the ventral one. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 27) with a

rather high dentate ridge before the end ; from the interior of the sheath projects

a sharply pointed, strongly chitinised process.

?. Antenna andromorphic, segments slightly rounded in dorsal view. Spots

at hinder angle of forewing smaller than in d, distal margin less sharply dentate,

apical area of forewing and anal area of hindwing not quite so deep in colour.

Not dissected ; a high smooth ridge visible before vaginal cavity, slightly sinuate

mesially, the sinus triangular.

Length of forewing: d, 30 mm. ; ?, 37 mm.

Hab. British Central Africa.

One & (type) in the Tring Museum from Likoma, Lake Nyassa, 24. iii. “96

(Rey. Dutton).

In the British Museum 1 ? from Neugia, British Centr. Africa (Crawshay) ;

1 3, aberrant, from Umtali, Mashonaland, 3700 ft., December 1900 (Marshall).

The latter ¢ is buffish wood-brown, smaller than the type. The first line of

the hindwing below stands at the base of M2, the tenth sternite is square in basal

half, with the angles not rounded, the harpe is smaller, and the dentate ridge of

the penis-sheath longer.

LIV. MARUMBA.—Typus : dyras.

Sphinx, Schiff. & Den. (non Linné, 1758), Syst. Verz. Schmett. Wien p. 42 (1776). ;

Smerinthus Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins, iii. p. 401 (1802) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinz).

Laotho# Fabricius, in Mlig., Mag. Ent. vi. p. 287 (1807) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinx).

Polyptychus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141 (1822) (partim ; type: dentatus).

Merinthus Meigen, Handb. Schm. p. 100 (1827) (correct. of Smerinthus !).

Triptogon, Butler (non Ménétriés, 1857), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 253 (1875) (nom. indescr.).

Metamimas id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 582 (1877) (partim ; type: australasiae).

Mimas, id. (non Hiibner, 1822), /.c. p. 583 (1877).

Marumba Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 8 (1882) (type: dyras).

Sichia Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 386 (1902) (nom. nud.).

Burrowsia id., l.c. (nom. nud.).

Kayeia id., l.c. (nom. nud.).

3%. Tongue very short and weak, the two halves quite separate in several

species (PI. LXI. f. 10.11). Pilifer a short, obtuse, triangular process. Palpus

larger in ¢ than in , visible from above in d, second segment about twice as long

> Sas att:

( 267 )

as broad, joint more or less open, at least in d. Antennal segments deeply grooved

in d, rather feebly in ?, ciliae much longer in d than in ?, last segment short,

penultimate one higher than long. Abdominal tergites without broad scales,

densely spinose all over. Tibiae spinose, hindtibia as long as, or longer than, the

first two tarsal segments ; spurs not spinose, one pair to hindtibia, short; tarsi

stout, some of the spines of the underside more or less erect and inclining mesiad ;

pulvillus and paronychium present, the upper lobe of the latter broad. Distal

margin of forewing more or less undulate ; apex of hindwing rounded, proportional

length of D? and D* variable, but D? never twice the length of D*, sometimes even

shorter than D*; pattern almost the same in all the species. No organ of friction

on clasper and eighth tergite.

Clasper and harpe similar in the various species: the former (Pl. XXXIV.

f, 13—18) divided distally into a dorsal and a ventral lobe, the dorsal lobe

mostly strongly chitinised and pointed, the ventral one obliquely rounded, weak,

both close together, imperfectly separated ; harpe represented by a very strongly

chitinised hook curving upwards ; a subdorsal basal fold of the clasper is produced

mesiad into a plate which lies above the penis-sheath and is prolonged distad into

a sharp process which corresponds to the processes pdr and pdl of Polyptychus

trilineatus ; the process is the same on both sides, while in Polyptychus trilineatus

the left one differs from the right one. Penis-funnel short, more or less trans-

versely folded above (PI. XXXIV. f. 14); penis-sheath without processes, but

more or less rugose or granulose at the end. Vaginal plate see Pl. XVIII.

f. 15—22.

Larva granulose; head triangrlar.—Food-plants: Tilia; Prunus; Pirus ;

Quercus ; ete.

Pupa somewhat glossy, rugate ; two small frontal tubercles ; labrum and

pilifer distinct ; smooth part of eye polished, tongue-case about 5 mm. shorter than

foreleg ; cremaster very rough above, tip divided, short (quercus).

Hab, Oriental and Palaearctic Regions, as far east as the Southern Moluccas

and the Tenimber Islands.

The mouth parts are very variable according to species and individuals. The

tongue of quercus and jankowshii is always devoid of a fringe at the inner edge—

by means of which the two halves of the tongue are kept together—while the fringe

is present in all the other species (Pl. LXI. f. 11). The ‘pilifer is also much

reduced in quercus (Pl. LXI. f. 10) and is devoid of the clothing of bristles or

seales found elsewhere. In sperchius (Pl. LXI. f. 11) the bristles are few in

: nomber, being replaced by hairs and scales. In some individuals of gaschhewitschi

and eristata the pilifer is longer and bears the normal brush of brown bristles, while

other individuals of the same species resemble sperchius in this respect or stand

intermediate. MM. quercus has no distinct epistome; in sperchius and cristata

(Pl. LXI. f. 11, ep), it is represented by an obtusely triangular lobe, and in

spectabilis by a sinuate lobe. The labrum bears a transverse ridge, variously

Shaped in the different species, being almost tuberculiform in cristata, very high

| and mesially somewhat sinuate in spectabilis, ete.

The relationship of Marwmba with the Oriental Polyptychus is clearly demon-

strated by the sexual armature of the ¢. The development of the clasper apically

into a dorsal and a ventral lobe and the presence of two processes above the penis-

fonnel point directly to Polyptychus trilineatus.

It is very interesting to note that the African Likoma apicalis, which agrees

( 268 )

with Marumba in the loss of the proximal pair of spurs on the hindtibia and also

in pattern, has the sexual armature of the d similar to that of some African

Polyptychus, the clasper not being divided, and bearing a patch of friction-seales,

the eighth tergite having a corresponding organ of friction, the tenth sternite being

divided, the penis-sheath bearing a lateral tooth, and there not being any processes

above the penis-funnel. This African Likoma is clearly a derivation from an

African Polyptychus, while the Oriental (and Palaearctic) Marumba are derived

from an Oriental Polyptychus. The absence of the proximal pair of hindtibial

spurs does not mean closer relationship between Marwmba and Likoma than between

these and Polyptychus, but is the outcome of parallel development ; the tendency

of the spurs to become obliterated is obvious in all groups of asemanophorous

Sphingidae.

The pattern of the wings is very uniform, varying only in details in the different

species. Forewing : a subbasal and three or four antemedian lines, the latter

more or less convergent behind ; a discal line at (seldom) or beyond end of cell,

immediately followed by one or two feeble lines ; three postdiscal lines, more or less

strongly ()-shaped (on right wing; (J-shaped on left wing), curving round a

double spot situated upon M? and SM? near angle of wing, one of these three lines

mostly vestigial ——Hindwing with double spot before anal angle as remnant of a

postdiscal band.

On the underside we find no lines in the basal half of the forewing, while the

hindwing bears three lines between the base of M? and distal margin, the most

proximal one being as a rule accompanied distally by vestiges of one or two more

lines, of which one is often rather distinct.

This similarity in pattern misled Hampson to unite under WV. dyras no less than

five distinct species.

Key to the species :

a. Foretibia ending in a long thorn or claw 240. MM. indicus.

Foretibia without apical thorn. : : b.

b. Hindwing red ‘ : : . 230. I. gaschhewitschi.

Hindwing burnt amber ueoath russet,

tawny, ochraceous, or buff : F ; c.

ec. Costal and distal marginal areas of hind-

wing ochre-yellow . : 236. M. maacki.

Costal and distal marginal areas of ede

wing not ochre-yellow ; : c : d.

d, Distal margin of forewing concave be-

tween SC*® and R*, apex almost

truncate : : B : .

Not obviously concave . ; é e.

. The most distal brown line of anderside

of hindwing absent, or barely vestigial,

but its white border distinct; fore-

wing below with sharply defined

tawny or ochraceous apical area

The most distal brown line of hindwing

distinct, or forewing below without

tawny apical area. 5 : ; ‘ fe

es)

. M. jankowshit.

( 269 )

Jj. Forewing below with a large, anteriorly

rather sharply defined, orange-tawny

area extending from R* to near hinder

margin, rest of wing very much

darker. . 232. VM. spectabilis.

Forewing without that marche or the patel

small and clayish tawny, not well

defined anteriorly. : : ; q-

g. Body above witha Progen eral line;

upperside of wings and body very

uniform in colour, without distinct

pale shades, subanal spot M? of hind-

wing absent or vestigial . : . 231. M. cristata.

Body without heavy mesial line, or wings

with pale shades. : . A . h.

#4. Forewing with the most distal line

double, the exterior one of the pair

the heavier. 233. M. dyras.

Forewing with the a distal ime cat

double, or the exterior one of the pair

vestigial . : ; ts .

?. Forewing below sottees ei kee

brown, or the basal half much Loe

than the distal half . 2 5 235. VM. timora.

Forewing below pale ochraceous-buff or

cream-colour, much shaded with grey 238. MM. sperchius.

j. Forewing below cream-colour ; apical

area not tawny . : 239. MW. quercus.

Forewing below pale pohradauue bade

apical area tawny, sharply defined . 234. JL. amboinicus.

Butler enumerated these species under Triptogon—except quercus, which he

pnt together with ¢/iae and decolor into Mimas—and quoted Bremer as author of

Triptogon. Moore, when proposing the new name Marumba, said that the type

of Triptogon was dissimilis, an insect generically distinct from Marumba. Neither

Butler nor Moore had read, we think, what Bremer said in the place which they

quote. He distinctly stated that he placed dissimilis only provisionally into

Triptogon—a nondescript genus proposed in 1857 by Ménétriés for some South

American Sesiinae—and that he would bring it into a new genus in a later

paper, which intention he did not carry out. How Butler and Moore arrived

at the conclusion that dissimilis was the type of Triptogon we are at a loss to

understand.

Kirby, in his Catalogue, placed guvercus into a separate genus, which he called

Laothot ; there is no justification whatever for separating guercus from jankowshit,

sperchius, ete. It is needless to show that Butler’s Mimas was quite unnatural ;

the three species under that name belong to three genera. Collectors of Palaearctic

Lepidoptera are, as a rule, contented with placing the species of Marwmba together

with a motley of other forms under the generic term Smerinthus ; Staudinger and

Rebel, in their Catalogue, separating, however, ¢iliae from the rest as Dilina! A

( 270 )

curious instance of inconsistency. On the other hand, Tutt, Z.c., proposed for species

of Marumba several generic names, without giving definitions.

230. Marumba gaschkewitschi.

Smerinthus gaschkewitschi Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Ht. Ent. i. p. 62. n. 20 (1852) (Pekin ;—Mus,

St. Petropolis) ; id., Sehm. N. China’s p. 13. n. 58. t. 5. £, 2 (1853).

Polyptychus gaschkewitschi, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 276. n. 36 (1898) (=complacens

=roseipennis=carstanjeni=heynei ; Yokohama ; Nagasaki, v. ; Hakodate ; Mupin, vi.).

6%. Antenna rather short and thin, seriated ciliae very short in 2. Pilifer

variable. Tongue with long ciliae. Hindwing above, and basal half or two-

thirds of forewing below red. Spots at anal angles of fore- and hindwing generally

large, those of hindwing mostly merged together, seldom small.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 5. 6) broad, the lobes rounded, their inner

edge often obviously more oblique than the outer edge, this not continnous with

the Jateral edge of the more proximal part of the plate which ends in a ventral

fold (x); Pl. XXVI. f. 6 gives a side-view of the apex of the tergite; the

sternite (Xv) vestigial, represented by an inconspicuous fold which bears no mesial

lobe ; the lateral piliferous tubercles (¢) strongly developed. Clasper in shape

halfway between those of sperchius and amboinicus, the dorso-apical lobe pointed,

somewhat curving downward ; harpe similar to that of sperchius ; the two processes

above the penis-sheath broad.

?. Distal edge of vaginal plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 21. 22) incrassate ; proximal

edge of orifice raised to a high ridge which covers the orifice in a ventral view ;

the outer surface of the ridge convex, its edge irregularly notched, mesially more or

Jess deeply incised ; the proximal part of the vaginal plate deeply concave, mesially

obtusely carinate, this cavity laterally limited by the lower end of the eighth tergite

which projects ventrad.

Larva not sufficiently known: yellowish green, with seven thin white side-

bands, in front of which stand red blotches, granulose ; horn straight and long.—

Food-plants: Prunus; Pirus; Crataegus.

Chrysalis not described.

Hab, Japan, Amurland to Amoy and Moupin.

Four subspecies, which differ in colour and in the sexual armature of the ?,

apparently not in that of the ¢.

a. M. gaschkewitschi carstanjent.

*Smerinthus carstanjenit (roseipennis Butl. var. ?) Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 159. t. 9

f. 2. a. b. (1887) (Ussuri; larva on Prunus and Pirus ;—coll. Staudinger).

Smerinthus gaschkewitschi var, carstanjeni, Graeser, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxii. p. 105. n. 189 (1888)

(Amurland ; larva mentioned) ; Staud., l.c. vi. p. 234. n, 224 (1892) (Amur) ; Staud. & Reb.,

Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n. 722 (1901) (Ussuri merid.),

Smerinthus voseipennis, Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 162 (1900) (partim ; Amur),

3%. Only bred specimens seem to us to be in collections, and these appear

to be more or less dwarfed. The small size, however, may be a character of the

Amur form. A series of caught specimens should be compared. Individuals as

small as a medium-sized carstanjeni occur also in Japan. Many examples have an

ochraceous-red tint (only bred ones?). Markings strongly pronounced ; fringe

conspicuously white between the veins.

‘

(271 )

?. Ridge in front of vaginal orifice (PI. XVIIL. f. 22) with a small mesial

sinus ; the edge either irregularly denticulate or smooth.

Larva mentioned by Graeser; said to be similar to that of Sphinw ocellata.

A thorough study of the Amur larvae is a desideratum. The larvae of the Amur

Sphingidae have nearly all been found by the trayellers who collected for commercial

purposes, but not one is properly described.

Hab. Amurland.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 3 2°.

b. M. gaschkewitschi gaschkewitschi.

Smerinthus dyras vax. B., Walker, l.c. viii. p. 251. sub n. 13 (1856) (Shanghai, ? ).

Smerinthus gaschkewitschi Bremer & Grey, l./.c.c.; Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. i.

Suppl. p. 94. n. 1563. t. 13. f. 4 (1857) (Pekin) ; Walk., /.c. p. 40 (1864); Bart., in Riihl,

Grossschm. ii. p. 161 (1900) (Pekin) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n. 722 (1901)

(partim ; China sept.).

Smerinthus gaschkevitschi (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 19. n. 3 (1875).

Triptogon gaschkevitschi (!), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 588. n. 21 (1877) (Pekin ;

“Mongolia” ex err.?) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 27. n. 105 (1892) (Shantung).

Smerinthus gaschkewitchi (!), Austaut, Le Natural. xiv. p. 68 (1892).

Marumba gaschkewitschi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707. n. 11 (1892).

Smerinthus complacens, Bartel, /.c. p. 163 (1900) (partim ; Shanghai).

3d 2. Upper- and underside of body and wings paler than in the other subspecies;

mesial line of abdomen not marked or vestigial ; anal angle of hindwing above

with a greyish white patch proximally of the brown spot. Underside darker in

é than in ?, hindwing pinkish grey in ?, with the marginal area more or less

pale pinkish tawny, in d uniformly drab-colour, scarcely with a vestige of red.

Fringe of both wings conspicuously white between the veins.

?. Vaginal plate as in carstanjeni, the edge rather thicker.

Larva not known.

Hab, North China: Pekin.

In the Paris Museum 1 3, 2 2? from north of Pekin (A. David), one of the

? % transferred to the Tring Museum.

This and the following are possibly seasonal forms of the same Chinese

subspecies.

c. M. gaschkewitschi complacens.

*Smerinthus complacens Walker, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 40 (1864) (Amoy, ? ;— Mus. Brit.) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gen. Lép. Het. i. p. 30. 0. 19 (18.5) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 163 (1900)

(partim ; Amoy).

Triptogon complacens, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 588. n. 19 (1877) (partim ; Amoy);

id., Mlustr. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. B. M. iii. p. 2. t. 41. f. 4 (1879) (partim).

Marumba complacens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707. n. 8 (1892) (partim).

Marumba gaschkewitschi ab. complacens, Rothschild, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 98 (1894).

Polyplychus gaschkewitschi, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 276. n. 36 (1898) (partim; Moupin, vi.).

d%. Darker than the two preceding forms ; fringe of forewing with the white

Spots vestigial; underside of hindwing and of body washed with red all over.

Forewing rather more elongate than in the other subspecies.

%. Vaginal plate as in the preceding form, the ridge thicker than in carstanjeni

and the sinus much less deep than in the following subspecies.

Larva not known.

Hab, Southern and Central China: Amoy, Foochow, Kiangsi, Moupin.

( 272 )

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Foochow ; another 3 from the same locality,

ontained in the Brit. Mus., agrees almost exactly with the preceding subspecies.

In the Paris Museum 1 ¢, 2 2 2 from Moupin and Kiangsi.

Also several specimens in coll. Charles Oberthiir and the British Museum.

d. M. gaschhewitschi echephron.

*Smerinthus echephron Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 21. n. 6. t. 3. £.3 (1875) (Japan ;—eoll.

Charles Oberthiir) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 180 (1900) (Japan).

*Triptogon roseipennis Butler, Pore. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 257. n. 49 (1875) (Hakodate ;—Mus. Brit.);

id., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 588. n. 20. t. 91. £. 6 (larva) (1877) (J. on Pirus and Prunus).

Triptogon complacens, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 588. n. 19 (1877) (partim ; Japan) ;

Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 585, p. 22 (1888) (= roseipennis ; Yokohama, Nagasaki,

Hakodate) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 26. n. 103 (1892) (partim ; Japan).

Smerinthus heynei Austaut, Le Natural. xiv. p. 68. n. 1 (1892) (Japan).

Marumbu echephron, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 7 (1892) (Japan).

Marumba complacens, id., lc. p 707. n. 8 (1892) (partim ; Japan).

Marumba roseipennis, id., lc. n. 9 (1892) (Japan).

Marumba heynei, id., lc. p. 932. n. 36 (1892).

Smerinthus maasseni Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 236. sub n, 224 (1892) (Japan).

Marumba gaschkewitschi ab. roseipennis, Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 98 (1894),

Polyptychus echephron, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 276, 0.35 (1898) (probably form of dyras!), —

Smerinthus sperchius, Bartel, l.c. p. 158 (1900) (partim ; sub synon.).

Marumba gaschkewitschi ab. echephron, id., lc.

Smerinthus roseipennis, id., l.c. p. 162 (1900) (partim ; Japan).

Smerinthus complacens, id., lc. p. 163 (1900) (partim ; Japan).

Smerinthus gaschkewitschi var. roseipennis, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. sub n. 722

(1901) (Japan).

Burrowsia roseipennis, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 386 (1902).

3%. The pair from which Boisduval drew up his description of echephron is

discoloured ; it belongs to the present, species, not. to dyras as suggested by Leech ;

the name of echephron has heen left out in the catalogue of Staudinger and Rebel.

In colour very close to complacens, but the underside decidedly more restricted

red, especially in the ¢ and on the hindwing. Size variable, fringe without distinet

white spots in some specimens, but in most nearly as conspicuously spotted as in

carstanjeni. First line of underside of hindwing on the whole rather more distal

than in the other subspecies, sometimes 1 or 2 mm. distant from cell.

?. Vaginal plate differing from that of the Continental forms in the ridge being

deeply incised (Pl. XVIII. f. 21); this character applies to all the specimens

examined, but in some the sinus is less deep than in others.

Larva figured by Butler, /.c.

Hab. Japan: Hakodate to Nagasaki.

In the Tring Museum 15 3d, 23 % ? from various places of Japan, caught in

May, June, and July.

231. Marumba cristata.

*Triptogon cristata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 253. n. 39 (1875) (Darjiling ;—Brit. Mus.) ;

id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 586, n. 1 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 25

u. 136 (1887) (Sikhim).

Marumba cristata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p- 707. n, 21 (1892).

Polyptychus dyras, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n, 91

(1892) (partim) ; Leech, 7rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 276. n. 34 (1898) (partim ; Omei-shan, vii.).

g%. This sombre-coloured insect is very constant, and cannot easily be con-

founded with any species except in a moment of thoughtlessness. The uniform

colour of the upperside, the heavy black mesial line of the body, the simple lines

( 273 )

of the forewing, the presence of a small creamy white stigma on the forewing,

the absence of the first anal spot from the hindwing, and the rosy tint of the

underside separate cristata at a glance from the other Marwmba. Antenna of 3

less than one-third the length of the forewing, thinner than in dyras; in ? grooved,

the seriated basal ciliae of the middle segments nearly as long as the segments.

Tarsi very stout.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 2) deeply divided into two slender lobes which

are pointed ; sternite triangular, rather broad, not acute, slightly curved upwards

at the apex, covered with minute granules. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 18) differing

essentially from that of the allied species in the dorso-apical lobe being pointed

and enrved upwards and in the ventral lobe being broad and rounded ; harpe not

so strongly curved as in sperchius and dyras, not denticulate, reaching nearer to

the end of the clasper.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 1) with a long, truncate or slightly sinuate,

process in front of the orifice, which process becomes visible on removal of some

seales from the apex of the seventh sternite ; at each side stands a dentate flap (/).

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Sikhim ; W. China.

In the Tring Museum 6 33,7 2 ¢ from Sikhim, some in June.

232. Marumba spectabilis.

*Triptogon spectabilis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 256. n. 48 (1875) (Darjiling ;—Mus. Brit.).

3%. Antenna shorter and thinner than in dyras. A much more conspicuously

coloured insect than dyras, sperchius and cristata. Underside: a large area between

hinder angle and R® of forewing, and a submarginal patch before anal angle of

hindwing, of an orange-tawny colour.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 1) deeply divided, the lobes slender, obliquely

rounded at end, not pointed; sternite a low ridge, mesial lobe short aud broad,

almost vestigial. Dorso-apical lobe of clasper more curved downward than in

sperchius and dyras; harpe not dentate, long, resembling that of amboinicus.

2. Antevaginal ridge of vaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 2) sinuate in front of the

vaginal orifice, the lobes rounded ; from each side of the ridge extends a longitudinal

fold towards the eighth sternite.

Early stages not known.

Hab. N. India ; Sumatra.

Two subspecies :

a. M. spectabilis spectabilis.

*Triptogon spectabilis Butler, I.c. (1875) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 588. n. 15. t. 93. f. 1

(1877) (Darjiling) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. 1. p. 27. n. 147 (1887) (Darjiling) ; Swinh.,

Cat. Lep. Het, Mus. Ox. i. p. 27. 0. 109 (1892).

Maramba spectabilis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707. nu. 14 (1892).

Polyplychus spectabilis, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 71. 0. 92 (1892)

(, Sikhim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe, xi, p. 406. n. 92 (1898) (‘not seen”),

3%. Underside of wings : forewing with an apical patch of the same orange-

tawny colour as the anal area ; first discal line several mm. proximal of base of

SC"; first line of hindwing between M! and M?, fourth line angulate behind R°’,

4to 6 mm. distant from tip of M'. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 1) with

(274 )

the lobes obliquely rounded at the tip, the sternite slightly dilated, rounded it

middle. 3

Hab. North India: Sikhim.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd.

b. M. spectabilis malayana subsp. nov.

3. Hindwing with the apex less rounded than in the preceding subspecies.

Wings, delove. Forewing with the orange-tawny apical patch barely indicated, first

line just proximal of base of SC° (fork), fifth line—the fourth quite indistinet—

continued to tip of M’, not interrupted or obsolescent behind R*. Hindwing: first.

line at lower angle of cell, not in cell, fourth not angulate between R* and M!,

barely 3 mm. from tip of M'. Lobes of tenth tergite notched, not obliquely rounded

sternite with the mesial part dilated to a triangular, short and broad lobe. 4

9. Not known. ,

Hab. Benkoelen, West Stmatra (Briesson), 1 ¢ in the Tring Museum,

L. spectabilis occurs doubtless in the countries between Sumatra and Sitter and

most likely also ou Borneo and Java. ‘The discovery of the species in Sumatra is

very interesting, as hitherto the insect was known only from Sikhim.

233. Marumba dyras.

*Smerinthus dyvras Walker, List Lep. Ins. BM, viii. p, 250, n. 13 (1856) (partim ; Ceylon ; Silhet ;

Shanghai ;—Mus, Brit.).

Marumba dyras, Moore, Lep. Ceyl, ii. p. 9. t. 78, £. 1. a, b, e. (4, p., & 2) (1882).

3%. Tongue with fringe. Pilifer with brush of bristles. Antenna one-thi 1

the length of the forewing in d, a little shorter in ?. Of the most distal double

line of the forewing the external one is much heavier than the proximal one; the

former stops mostly at M', but is occasionally continued beyond this vein, curvi

basad and ending at the marginal spot ; the inner line encircles spot M®, its poste

portion is often very faint. The marginal area beyond this double line is tawny

or brown on the a cues seldom of the same colour as the dise.

iderside of the ee seldom in gat often well ankeie cell. x

&. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 9) divided into two rounded lobes ; stern

pointed, triangular, or bell-shaped, rather variable in shape (Pl. XXVI. f. 9.

11.12). Dorso-apical lobe of clasper pointed, shorter than in sperchius ; harpe mor

strongly hook-shaped, about midway between the harpes of sperchiws and amboinicus

not denticulate ; processes above penis-sheath long, granulose. -,

?. Vaginal plate (PI. XVIII. f. 17. 18) with a more or less prominent round

-tuberele in front of the vaginal orifice.

Larva green, bluish green when adult, covered with “paler short gran lar

spines,” six side-bands on segments 4 to 11; head triangular; horn straig

spinose. Moore figures on the same plate a gallstone-yellow caterpillar

seven rel side-bands and a curved horn. Js this really the same speci

Food-plants : Sterculariaceae.

Pupa insufficiently described ; said to have a short exserted proboscis, which 18

a mistake ; cremaster apparently long, narrow in side-view (Moore’s figure).

Hab. From N.W. India and China to Ceylon, the Philippines and Java.

Two subspecies :

*Smerinthus dyras Walker, 1c. (1856).

Smerinthus dyras, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. Ci. p. 264. n, 608 (1857)

(partim ; Darjiling) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Hét.i. p. 20. n. 5 (1875) (partim ; Bengal ; Silhet : China) ; Bartel, /.c. p, 160 (1900) (partim),

*Triptogon sinensis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p.

| id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 587. n 7 (1877).

a. M. dyras dyras.

254. n. 41 (1875) (Hongkong ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

*Triptogon ceylanica Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 255. n. 43 (1875) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id

Trans. Zool. Soc. Loni. ix, p. 587. n. 9 (1877).

_ *Priptogon silhetensis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 255. n. 44 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 587. n. 10 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 26. n. 142

(1887) (Silhet ; Sikhim).

*Triptogon oriens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 255. n. 45 (1875) (N.E. India ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 587. n. 11. t. 93. £. 3 (1877): Cot. & Swinh,, 2c. i, p. 26.

n, 143 (1887).

*Triptogon massurensis Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 256. n. 46 (1875) (Massuri ;—Mus, Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 587. n. 12. t. 93. £. 5 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Lc. i. p. 26.

n, 144 (1887) (Massuri).

*Triptogon fuscescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 256. n. 47 (1875) (Darjiling ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool. Sov. Lond. ix. p. £87. n. 13. t, 93. £. 2 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Le. i, p. 26.

n. 145 (1887).

Triptogon dyras, Butler, 1.c. ix. p. 586. n. 6 (1877) (Ceylon; Canara) ; Cot. & Swinh., /.c. i. p. 26.

n. 140 (1887) (Silhet ; Sikhim ; Kanara; Ceylon; Subathu ; Sibsagar) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep.

Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 27. n. 106 (1892) (Assam ; Ceylon).

*Triptogon andamana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 595 (1877) (Pt. Blair ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Cot. &

Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 27. n. 148 (1887).

Marumba ceylonica (:!), Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 9. t. 79. £.2 (1882).

Marumba dyras, id., lc. p. 9. t. 98. f. 1. a. b. . (1, p, 3 §) (1882) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708.

n, 24 (1892).

Triptogon ceylonica (1), Cotes & Swinh,, Z.c. i. p. 26. n. 141 (1887) (Ceylon) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het,

Mus. Ox, i. p. 28. n. 110 (1892) (Laos, Siam ; Ceylon).

Marumba massuriensis (1), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n, 2 (1892).

Marumba oriens, id., l.c. n. 3 (1892).

Varumba sithetensis, id., Le. n. 5 (1892).

| Marumba fuscescens, id., lc. p. 707.n 15 (1892).

Marumba ceylonica, id., l.c. n. 17 (1892).

Varumba andamana, id., 1.c. p- 708. n. 23 (1892).

Varumba sinensis, id., Lc. n. 25 (1892).

*olyptychus dyras, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n. 91. £. 42 (7.) (1892)

(partim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p, 406. n. 91 (1898) (Sikhim & Bhutan, up to

3500 ft., v. to viii. ;—probably a mixture of species).

farumba dyras ab. sinensis, ab. cylanica, ab. fuscescens, ab, silhetensis, ab.

Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 98 (1894).

’

oriens, ab. massuriensis (!),

3%. Sir George Hampson was quite right in sinking fuscipennis, oriens,

‘nensis, ete., as synonyms of dyras. But in the scramble of these Butlerian

species” for accommodation under the roof of a mutilated but hospitable dryad,

ome strangers managed to squeeze in who were not billeted there. The row of

fteen synonyms under dyras of Hampson looks very imposing ; seven of the

mes, however, have no business to be there, and the eighth (javanica) has also

me claim to a separate place.

Though we treat of the specimens belonging to the species dyras only under

¥0 subspecies, we are not at: all certain that there are not more geographical forms.

sin many other Ambulicinae the sexual armature seems to vary much more

“ographically than individnally, Unfortunately the material at disposal is rather

Cagre, excepting that from North India and Java, and therefore we cannot do

ore al present than indicate in what the few individuals dissected differ. It is

( 276 )

quite possible that the differences which appear to us to be geographical will turn

ont to be individual on examination of larger numbers, and this is the reason why

we leave the specimens from continental Asia, Ceylon and the Andamans under one

subspecific name. There are names for nearly all the possible subspecies of which

specimens exist in collections. The name of dyras would apply to the Ceylon foru.;

Bhutan ; ete. J

In the Sikhim specimens the tenth sternite of the d (Pl. XXVL. f. 9) i

elongate-bell-shaped, the sides being rounded, and the mesial tubercle of the vagina

in middle. :

The specimens from Assam have a more slender and longer tenth sternite, it

being sometimes very narrow and straight (Pl. XXVI. f. 12), while the antevaginal

tubercle is the same as in the Sikhim individuals. ;

In South Indian ¢¢ the tenth sternite stands in shape midway between tha

of Sikhim and Assam examples, while it is broad, obtusely triangular (Pl. XVII

f. 10) in Ceylon individuals. The antevaginal tubercle is in Ceylonese 9 $ ver

prominent, constricted at the base, knob-shaped, sulcate.

The differences in colour on which Butler relied when describing his ‘‘ species

are quite inconstant.

Larya and chrysalis figured by Moore (see above).

Hab. China, Tonkin, Siam, N.W. India, Bhutan, Sikhim, Assam, southwar¢

to Ceylon and the Andamans ; certainly also in Burma and Tennasserim. 7

Tn the Tring Museum 24 dd, 12 2? from: Ceylon ; 8. India ; Jaintia

Khasia Hills ; Sikhim ; Tonkin.

b. M. dyras javanica.

Smerinthus dryas, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. 1. C. i. p. 264. 0. 608)

(partim ; Java) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 20. n. 5 (1875) (partim ; Java); Ba

in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 160 (1900) (partim ; Java).

Smerinthus parallelis Moore, l.c. (nom. nud. ; sub syn.).

Smerinthus horsfieldi Moore, 1.c. (nom, nud ; sub syn.). :

*Triptogon javanica Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 254. 42 (1875) (Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id

Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 587. n. 8 (1877).

Marumba javanica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 708. n. 22 (1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch

p- 370, n. 46 (1895) (Java). .

Polyptychus dyvas, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 69. n, 91 (1892) (

Java) ; Semp., Schin. Philipp. ii. p. 391, n, 21 (1896) (Luzon, ii. ; Cebu ; Mindanao).

Smerinthus sperchius, Piepers, Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 98, t. 1, £. 23. 24 (born of 1.) (1897) ; Bartel

p- 158 (1900) (partim ; Java).

tawny than in dyras dyras, less grey. Tenth abdominal sternite of do bre

bell-shaped (Pl. XXVI. f. 11), broader than in the continental individuals. 1

the structure recalling that of the plate of guercus.

Hab. Sava; Philippine Islands : Luzon, Cebu, Mindanao. Probably als

Sumatra, Borneo, and Palawan.

In the Tring Musenm 2 3d, 5 2% from Jaya,

(247)

234. Marumba amboinicus.

*Smerinthus amboinicus Felder, Sitzber. Ak. Wiss. Wien xiii. p. 29. n. 33 (1862) (2, Amboina ;—

Mus. Tring) ; id., Reise Novara, Lep. t. 78. f. 1 (1874) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 21.

n. 7 (1875) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xli. p. 104. n. 192 (1888) (Amboina),.

Smerinthus amboiniens (!), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 41 (1864).

| Metamimas amboinicus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 583. n. 2 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep

Het. i. p. 701. n. 3 (1892).

3%. Distal margin of forewing concave between R! and R*; distal area of

forewing darker than rest of wing, above and below.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 3) comparatively slender, the sinus not very

deep, the lobes with a notch at the end; sternite with bell-shaped outline in

a yentral view, strongly curved upwards, forming a pointed hook in side-view

(Pl. XXVI. f. 4). The dorso-apical lobe of the clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 15)

bliquely truncate, without a pointed dagger-like process; hook of Banpe long,

pointing upwards.

2. Vaginal plate (PI. XVIII. f. 19. 20) with an obtuse process of geographically

variable length at each side of the vaginal orifice.

Hab. Southern Moluccas and Celebes.

Two subspecies :

a. M. amboinicus amboinicus.

Smerinthus amboinicus Felder, 1.c,

6%. Our series shows some variation in the position of the lines of the

wewing; in one d the first discal and the most distal antemedian lines are

ited at M? and do not extend farther anad ; the distal margin is sometimes

most even, sometimes faintly undulate.

d. Sexual armature see above.

%. Middle part of antevaginal ridge of vaginal plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 19) not

ominent, processes variable in length, but always shorter than in our specimen

‘the Celebes form.

Hab. Southern Moluceas. :

In the Tring Museum 5 3d, 8 $2 from Amboina (type, ?, Doleschall ; in

‘eondition) ; Ceram ; Kayeli, Burn, iii. 1897 (W. Doherty).

b. M. amboinicus celebensis subsp. noy.

erinthus sperchius, Snellen (non Ménétriés, 1857), Tijdschr. Ent. xxii, p. 63. n. 3 (1879) (S. Celebes),

erinthus dyras, Staudinger (non Walker, 1856), in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 233. sub n, 221 (1892)

(Minahassa).

erinthus dryas, Bartel (non Moore, 1865), in Riihl,Grossschm. ii. p. 160 (1900) (partim; Minahassa).

d. Not known.

%. Distal margin of forewing undulate, the rounded lobes not quite so strong

®in dyras. Wings paler than in amboinicus, tibiae less blackish ; discal line of

lerside of hindwing crossing cell near the base of M®. Processes of vaginal plate

(Pl. XVIII. f. 20), middle part of plate convex, prominent.

Hab, Celebes.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? (type) from Tawaya, north of Palos Bay, viii., ix.

(W. Doherty).

( 278 )

235. Marumba timora spec. noy.

3. Asmall species resembling dyras and sperchius. Body and wings deep

in tint, no distinct mesial line on abdomen. Postdiscal line of forewing, or all 1

lines in outer half, indistinct ; short line upon cross-veins distinct, the two

at and before hinder angle minute, distal marginal area not darker than dise above

and below. Hindwing: anal spots small, separate, no grey anal area.

Underside : median line of hindwing (the most proximal one) outside cell, jus

touching the lower angle of the same. ;

Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 18) with the lobes narrowing towards end, obtnsel)

triangular. Dorso-apical lobe of clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 16) obliquely truneat

as in amboinicus ; hook of harpe strongly curved, the tip pointing basad.

?. Not known.

Hab. Timor and Timor Laut.

Two subspecies :

a. M. timora timora.

3. Wings, above. Forewing: basal area shaded with grey ; antemedi

lines approaching each other behind ; inner discal line as a broadish brown

followed by traces of the other lines; the interspace between this discal line on

the antemedian ones paler than the area between it and the distal margin-

Hindwing with a trace of a brown postdiscal band.

Underside. Forewing: basal two-thirds pale, distal area from —

iliscal line to margin brownish tawny, the area sharply defined. Hindwi

double discal line with the interspace shaded with brown, followed by a

strongly curved third discal line which crosses R’ midway between cell and onte

margin; parallel with this line, but less distinct, is a postdiscal one.

Lobe of tenth abdominal sternite rounded at the sides, in one of the speci

almost constricted at the base (PI. XXVI. f. 13).

2. Not known.

Hab. Oinanisa, Dutch Timor, Novy.— Dec. 1891 (W. Doherty).

Two dd in the Tring Museum.

b. M. timora laotensis subsp. nov.

3. More uniform in colour than the preceding, deeper in tint—lUppe

forewing: the same colour from base to apex ; antemedian lines parallel, t

slightly and evenly curved; line upon cross-vein distinct ; lines in outer

wing extremely faint, first discal one dentate, thin. Hindwing : broad

more rounded than in the Timor form, deeper brown, a slight grey 8

anal area.

Underside : lines extremely faint. Forewing uniform in colour excey

the internal margin is paler, lines only here and there traceable-——Hind

geminate discal lines curved, faint, third discal line obtusely angled at I

nearer the margin than the cell——Lobe of tenth sternite triangular, prox

broader than in the preceding. 3 4

Hab. Larat, Timor Laut (=Tenimber Is.), April to middle of May 190

(H. Kiihn). j

Only 1 ¢ in the Tring Museum.

( 279 )

236. Marumba maacki.

Smerinthus maacki Bremer, Bull. Ak. St. Petersh. iii. p. 474. n. 25 (1861) (Ussuri, vi. ;—Mus.

St. Petrop.) ; id., Lep. Ost-Sibir. p. 34. n, 153. t. 3. f. 11 (1864); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.

xxxv. p. 1858 (1866); Staud. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p. 37. n. 483 (1871); Boisd., Spec.

Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 45. n, 35 (1875) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 105, n. 187 (1888)

(Chabaraka ; Wladiwostock; /. on Tilia cordata) ; Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 233.

n. 222 (1892) (Amur) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p. 156 (1900) (Hast Siberia, v.-vii., ix.) ;

Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 99. n. 721 (1901) (Ussuri ; Amur “ ex errore?”’).

Triptogon maacki, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 589. n, 22 (1877).

Marumba maacki, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707. n. 12 (1892).

Kayeia maacki, Tutt, Brit, Lep. iii. p. 386 (1902).

$?. Pilifer short, with pale hairs and scales. The buff yellow colour of

the costal and distal marginal areas of the hindwing above distinguish this species

from all the others. The anal spots of the hindwing are large and merged together

to an S-shaped mark, very rarely separated.

3d. Tenth tergite as narrow in middle as in amboinicus, mesial sinus deep and

yery narrow, the lobes ladle-shaped, not notched; lobe of sternite nearly as in

Pl. XXVI. f. 9, the narrowed apical part longer, pointed, curved upwards. Dorso-

apical lobe of clasper not always sharply pointed, shorter than in dyras, more

resembling that of quercus; harpe stout distally, denticulate ; processes above

penis-sheath short, acute, prismatical, granulose.

2. Proximal part of vaginal plate transverse, rounded proximally and laterally,

_ the edges projecting, sides raised into a short cone, edge in front of vaginal orifice

truneate, feebly undulate.

Larva not sufficiently described ; all green.—Food-plant : Tila cordata.

Chrysalis not described.

Hab, Bast Siberia: Ussuri ; Wladiwostock ; according to Bartel also Trans-

baikalia.

Two broods, the second doubtless irregular.

Why do Standinger & Rebel query the occurrence in the Amur country ?

| Bremer says that this species has some resemblance to zndicus according to

| Walker’s description; Bartel also states that it resembles ‘ndicus somewhat in

pattern. This is quite correct, inasmuch as all the species of Marumba are similar

in pattern ; there is, however, no special resemblance whatever between zndicus

and maacki. The latter comes nearest to guercus and jankowshii.

In the Tring Museum 11 3d, 2 2 2.

237. Marumba jankowskii.

WSmerinthus jankowskii Oberthiir, Et. Ent, v. p. 26. t. 6. £. 1 (1881) (Askold ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; id., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 56 (1886) (J. on Tilia) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii.

p. 105. n. 188 (1888) (Wladiwostock ; larva viii.) ; Staud., in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 233.

n. 225 (1892) (Amur); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 157 (1900) (Hast Siberia ; Man-

eburia) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n. 720 (1901) (Ussuri mer. ).

Marunba jankowskii, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708. n. 26 (1892) (Askold).

3%. Pilifer short, with a dense brush of hair-scales, the two processes close

together; tongue without fringe, sometimes reduced to two tubercles. Seriated

ciliae of the %-antenna as long as the segments. Variable in the tint of the ground-

colour, the ¢ 3 generally less tawny than the ??. Anal spots of hindwing as in

maacki, from which jankowshii is easily distinguished by the costal and distal

( 280 )

marginal areas of the hindwing being of the same dark colour as the dise, not

yellow.

3. Tenth tergite broader in the middle than in maachi, the apical sinus not so

deep, the lobes notched laterally, with a tooth proximally of the notch, nearly as in

sperchius ; sternite nearly as broad as in maackhi, suddenly narrowed to a short hook,

the sides sometimes sharply angled. Clasper as in maachi, dorso-apical lobe rather

more pointed ; harpe shorter ; processes above penis-sheath as in maach, slightly

more slender.

?. Anterior part of vaginal plate triangular, incrassate before the vaginal

orifice, with a small smooth mesial tuberele proximally of this incrassate ridge.

Larva green, seldom cinnamon-brown, with red side-bands, which are inter-

rupted at the joints and form the upper border of a row of pale tubercles ; head

almost smooth in front.—Food-plant : Tidia cordata.

Chrysalis not described.

Hab. Bast Siberia and Manchuria, July: Askold, Wladiwostock, Ussuri,

Suifun, ete.

In the Tring Museum: 5 od, 3 22%; one larva.

238. Marumba sperchius.

Smerinthus sperchius Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim, Mus. Petr., Lep, ti. p. 137. n. 1565, t 13. £. 5

(1857) (Japan ;—Mus. St. Petropolis); Luc., Bull. Soc. Ent, Fr. p. 149 (1858 (=dyrus !

ex err.).

3%. In contradistinetion to WM. dyras and most other species the external line

of the postdiscal pair is absent or vestigial, while the inner one is as distinct as

the exterior discal line. The apical area outside the postdiscal line of the under-

side of the forewing is not tawny as in dyras. Antenna of & very heavy, two-fifths

the length of the forewing, obviously Jonger and thicker than in dyras; that of

? slightly compressed, very feebly grooved, seriated basal ciliae barely half the

length of the segment. Fringe of forewing not white between the veins. Mouth-

parts see PI. LXT. f. 11.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 8) rounded at the sides, obviously broader

before the end than in the middle, the sinus narrow, the lobes notched, inner

angle acute ; sternite straight, not or very feebly bent upwards, narrow and long,

compressed, upperside rough with minute teeth. Dorso-apical lobe of clasper

(Pl. XXXIV. f. 13) dagger-shaped ; the harpe irregularly notched and tubereulated ;

processes above the penis-sheath very long and slender.

%. Vaginal ridge convex in middle (Pl. XVIIL. f. 16), with a separate rounded

lobe (/) at each side of the orifice.

Larva green ; oblique lines of pale prominent granules ; head granulose, a row

of granules from antenna upwards.

Hab. Japan to North India.

Three subspecies :

a. M. sperchius sperchius.

Smerinthus sperchius Ménétriés, l.c. (1857); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 40 (1864) ; Boisd.,

Spee. Grén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 19. n. 4 (1875) ; Staud., in Rom., JZém. Lép. vi. p. 233. n. 221 (1892)

(Amur) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 158 (1900) (partim; Japan ; Amur; Manchuria ;

ae Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii, p. 99. n. 719 (1901) (Ussuri; Japan; form of

dyras).

Smerinthus dryas, Orza, Lep. Jap. p. 37. n. 80 (1869) (partim ; Japan) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 160 (1900)

(partim; Japan).

( 281 )

Triptogon sperchius, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 586. n. 4 (1877) (Japan) ; Leech, Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 585. n. 21 (1888) (=piceipennis=gigas ; Tsuruga, vii. ; Yokohama) ; Swinh.,

Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 27. n. 108 (1892) (Japan).

*Triptogon piceipennis Butler, Ann, Mag. N. I. (4). xx. p. 393 (1877) (Japan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Illustr. Typ. specim. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 4. t. 21. f. 4 (1878).

*Smerinthus michaelis Oberthiir, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 56 (1886) (Manchuria, vii. ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

Marumba sperchius, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 6 (1892).

Marumba piceipennis, id., l.c. p. 707. n. 16 (1892).

Marumba michaelis, id, lc, p. 707. n. 18 (1892).

Polyptychus dyras, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf,, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n. 91

(1892) (partim ;—mixture of four species) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 276. n. 34 (1898)

(partim ; Moupin, vi. ; larva on Chestnut).

3%. Both wings vary somewhat in the depth of the tint ; the spots at the anal

angles of fore- and hindwing are sumetimes large, sometimes small, the upper one

of the hindwing is absent in one of our % 9 from the right wing, while it is vestigial

on the left wing. The distal area of the forewing, above, is shaded in the middle

with tawny in most specimens, this shade extending basad between R! and R’, in

other individuals the distal area is uniform in colour. The tenth sternite of the d

is slightly but visibly curved upwards.

Hab. Yezzo to the Loo Choo Is. ; Amurland ; Manchuria ; China.

In the Tring Museum 22 33, 18 ?¢ from Yokohama, Tokyo, Mukoyama,

dated June, July, August ; Okinawa, 12. vii. 1891 (Dr. Fritze) ; one larva.

b. M. sperchius gigas.

Smerinthus dyras Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 250. n. 13 (1856) (partim ; Silhet).

*Triptogon gigas Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 253. n. 38 (1875) (Silhet) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc.

Lond. ix. p. 586. n. 2 (1877); id., Zlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.v. p. 12. t. 80. f. 5

(1881) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 25. n. 137 (1887).

Marumba gigas, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 4 (1892).

Polyptychus dyras, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), l.c. p. 69. n. 91 (1892) (partim) ; Leech, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 276. n. 34 (1898) (partim).

Triptogon gigans (!), Cotes & Swinhoe, /.c. p. 25. sub n. 139 (1887).

Smerinthus sperchius, Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii p. 158 (1900) (partim).

3%. A large form; more grey than sperch. sperchius, distal margin of fore-

wing proportionally longer, the lobes rather more prominent. Tenth tergite of 3

less deeply sinuate, the sternite straight. Mesial part (mm) of ridge of vaginal plate

rather higher than in Japanese specimens.

Tlab. Assam.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 ? from the Khasia Hills.

ce. M. sperchius albicans.

*Triptogon albicans Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 254. n. 40 (1875) (Massuri ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 586. n. 3, t. 93. £. 6 (g) (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i.

p. 25. n. 139 (1887) (Dharmsala ; Massuri) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow. i. p. 27. n. 107

(1892).

Marumba albicans, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 1 (1892).

Polyptychus dyras, Hampson, l.c. (1892) (partim).

3%. A very pale form, the ? often losing the lines of the forewing and the

spots in the anal area of the hindwing. Tenth tergite more deeply notched than

in the two other subspecies, the sternite feebly curved.

( 282 )

Hab. N.W. India and (?) Sikhim.

In the Tring Museum 2 ? ?, one from Randakheit ; and a & labelled Sikhim,

July 1893 (J. S. Pilcher).

As Col. Pilcher has been collecting also in N.W. India, it is quite possible that

the person who reset his specimens (before they came to the Tring Museum) has

changed some of the locality labels.

239. Marumba quercus.

Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur. iii. p. 117. 125. t. 120. f. 165a—f. t. 122. f, 165. g (1782).

Sphine quercus Denis & Schiffermiiller, Verz. Schm. Wien p. 41. n. 2. p. 244. t. lea. f. 1.a (/.). b (p).

t. 1. b. f. 1 (9) (1776); Amst., in Fuessly, Mag. Ent. i. p. 105 (1778); Esp., Eur. Schm.

ii. p. 164. t. 19, & Suppl. i. p. 97. t. 26. f. 1 (1779-82) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins, ii. p, 140. n. 3 (1781) ;

Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 65, n. 538 (1782); Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p, 92. n. 3 (1787); Vill., Linn.

Ent. ii. p. 87. t. 4. f. 15 (1789) ; Borkh., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 108. 151. 183. n. 3 (1789); Gmel.,

Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2372. n. 48 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkald, p. 203. 363. 508 (1791) ; Fabr.,

Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 356. n. 3 (1793) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. p, 221. n. 1381 (1801); Bechst.

& Scharf., Forstinsect. ii. p. 335. n. 2 (1805) ; Hiibn., Eur, Schm. ii. p. 99. n. 3. t 15. £70 Ga)

(1805—) ; id., Gesch, Schm. ii. Sph. iii. t. p. b.f. 1. a. b (1806-18) ; Ochs., Hur. Schm. ii. p. 255.

n. 4 (1808) (Wien ; Baiern ; Ungarn) ; Nag., Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 145 (1818).

Smerinthus quereus, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. iii. p. 401 (1802); God., Lép. France iii. p. 181,

t. 17. f. 3 (1821); Boisd., Jad. Meth. p. 34 (1829) (Hung. ; Gall. mer. ; v.); Cant., in

Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dep, du Var, v. vi.) ; Friv., ibid. ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hung.) ;

Lue., Lép. Eur. p. 119. t. 48 (1834) ; Ramb., Fauna Andal. p. 329 (1842) (Malaga) ; Eversm.,

Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 115 (1844) (Sarepta) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. p. 91 (1845) ; Walk.,

List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 244. n. 4 (1856) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep.

p. 94. n. 1564 (1857) (Gall. ; Russ. mer.) ; Wilde, Raupen ii. p. 87. t. 4. f. 70 (1860) ; Stand.

& Wocke, Cat. Lep. p. 16. n. 24 (1861): id., Le. ed. ii. p. 37. n. 482 (1871) ; Mann, Wien. Ent.

Mon. vii. p. 22 (1863) (Varna, Bulg.) ; Led., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1870) (Caucasus);

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 18. n. 2 (1875): Staud., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, xiv. p- 300

(1878) (Asia min.) ; Rom., ém. Lép. i. p. 71 (1884) (Borjoum ; Eldar ; rare) ; Mina-Pal.

& Pailla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1889); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 30. t. 8. £. 5 (1893) ;

id., Grossschm. p. 31. t. 18. f. 4 (1894) ; Bartel, in Riibl, Grossschm. ii. p. 153 (1900) ; Staud.

& Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 98. n. 718 (1901) (Bavaria to S. Europe, eastw. to Mesopot. &

Armen.) ; Aign., Zeitschr. Ent. vi. p. 137 (1901) (rearing).

Laothoé quercus, Fabricius, in Illig., Mag. Ent. vi. p- 287 (1807) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 709.

n. 1 (1892).

Polyptychus quereus, Hitbner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 141, n. 1518 (1822).

Sphync (!) quereus, Vogel, Schm. Cab. vii. p. 16. t. 8. f. 3. a. b. (1825).

Merinthus quereus, Meigen, Handb. Schm. p. 100. n. 7. t. 9. £. 8 (1827) ; id., Syst. Beschr. Schm. ii.

p- 150. n. 4. t. 78. £. 5 (1830).

Mimas quercus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 583. n. 1 (1877).

Sichia quercus, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p- 386 (1902),

3%. Tongue without ciliae (Pl. LX1. f. 10); pilifer with the brush of

bristles absent, or represented only by a few hairs; epistome vestigial. Palpus

small in both sexes. Antenna of ¢ more than one-third the length of the forewing,

resembling that of sperchius, in § eylindrical, not grooved, seriated ciliae very short.

Ground-colour somewhat variable, being occasionally more or less ochraceous.

g. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 7) not quite so broad as in sperchius, but

broader than in dyras, the sinus very deep, the lobes pointed ; sternite triangular,

pointed, curved dorsad. Dorso-apical lobe of clasper not produced in a dagger-like

process ; harpe short, irregularly notched ; processes above penis-sheath not so

obviously granulose as in the other species (Pl. XXXIV. f. 14, dorsal view of

claspers and penis-sheath).

?. Ridge in front of vaginal orifice incrassate, broadly rounded, slightly

trisinuate, the lateral sinus continued proximad by a forked groove (Pl. XVIII.

—_————-,

( 283 )

f. 15); the part (sZ) between these grooves sometimes tuberculiform ; laterally the

ridge joining the tergite, the ventral part of which (/) is often folded.

Larva green, with yellowish granules and seven side-bands.—Food-plant :

Quercus.

Chrysalis somewhat glossy as in Sphinx ocellata, densely rugose ; clypeus and

frontal tubercles rather prominent ; fifth and sixth abdominal sternite with a small

smooth place at each side ; cremaster rough, ending in two points.

Hab. South Germany (Bavaria), southward to Spain, Central Italy, Greece,

8. Russia, Caucasia, Asia Minor, and Mesopotamia.

In the Tring Museum 2 pupae, 40 odd specimens.

240. Marumba indicus.

*Smerinthus indicus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 254. n. 17 (1856) (N. India ;—Mus, Brit.) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 45. 0. 36 (1875).

Triptogon indica, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 588. n. 18 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths

Ind. i. p. 27. n. 150 (1887) (Indian Mus. 1 spec.) ; Swinb., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 27.

n. 104 (1892) (India).

*Triptogon rectilinea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 388 (1879) (N. India ;—Mus. Dublin) ;

Waterh., Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 140. £. 5 (¢) (1883) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 27.

n. 149 (1887).

Triptogon indicum, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. vy. p. 13. t. 81. £. 2 (1881).

Marumba (?) indicum, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708. n. 27 (1892).

Polyptychus dyras, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n. 91

(1892) (partim).

3. Tibiae with very few spines; foretibia ending in a long thorn as in

Agnosia orneus. Antenna lone and stout, similar to that of sperchius. Tenth

tergile separated into two rather slender lobes (Pl. XXVI. f. 14); sternite rounded

at the sides, apex pointed. Dorso-apical lobe of clasper pointed, curving downwards ;

hook of harpe strongly curved (P]. XXXIV. f. 17).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

In the British Museum, the Dublin Museum, and the Hope Museum at Oxford.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ received in exchange from the Hope collection.

LXV. DAPHNUSA.

Daphnusa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 237 (1856) (partim ; type : ocellaris).

Smerinthus, Boisduval (non Latreille, 1802), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. 28 (1875).

Allodaphnusa Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 368 (1895) (type: ocellaris).

3. Tongue very weak and short, the two halves filiform, separated, the fringe

not always developed. Pilifers closer together than in other Sphingidae, and

standing together with the triangular epistome on a kind of lobe or pedestal

(Pl. LXII. f. 4); they are clothed with bristles and some scales; genal process

(gp) high, triangular ; carina of labram short, high, almost tuberculiform. Palpus

smooth-sealed, large in ¢, second segment angulate laterally in a ventral view ;

end-surface in a plane with the frons, large, rhombiform; joint open. Antenna

grooved in both sexes ; distal segments (Pl. LX. f. 7) narrow and short, the veutral

part conical, almost cylindrical ; the sensory cone at the tip of these projections

long ; scales at apex of last segment long. ‘Tibiae densely spinose ; hind-tibiae

with ove pair of short spurs ; pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with

two rather heavy lobes at each side. Abdominal tergites with the underscales

( 284 )

mostly long, spiniform, but weak ; spines at the edges also long and weak. Distal

margin of wings entire, apex of forewing emarginate in ?, often also in ¢; SC? and

R' of hindwing on a Jong stalk, R* from near centre of cell, D? not or slightly

curved ; frenulum and retinaculum present. Clasper without friction-scales.

Larva (in Mus. Stettin): head large, rounded; thorax and anal segments

strongly tuberculated ; horn long, straight, densely tuberculated. Green, a dorso-

and a ventro-lateral series of purplish brown spots, fourth segment almost entirely

purple-brown, this belt produced backwards dorsally, forming a large patch on fifth

segment, a large divided dorsal patch on tenth.

Hab. Yndo-Malayan subregion.

One species.

The spinose tibiae, the structure of antenna and pilifer, the stalked veins SC?

and R! of the hindwing and the absence of the first pair of hindtibial spurs are an

aggregation of characters which is not found elsewhere.

241. Daphnusa ocellaris.

*Daphnusa ocellaris Walker, l.c, (Borneo).

3%. Pattern of forewing similar to that of the species of Marumba; the two

tawny marks within the patch near hinder angle corresponding to the blackish

brown spots of Marumba ; the homology of the discal and postdiscal lines encircling

these spots is obvious. The same applies to the hindwing and the underside.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (P1. XXV. f. 27) carinate above, curved downwards,

the curved part deeply cleft, each lobe bluntly pointed, very strongly chitinised at

end (black), the sides dilated Jaterad and ventrad before the apical hook ; sternite

membranaceous, vestigial. Clasper (P]. XXXII. f. 16) reduced in size, dorsal

margin bent ventrad, apex rounded, inner surface deeply concave ; from this cavity

projects distally the end of the harpe in a similar way as in Polyptychus contraria,

proximal part of harpe large (74). Penis-sheath without external armature, apex

more produced on one than on the other side, the projecting part often subelobose.

?. Highth tergite of abdomen scaled, cleft to the base. Proximal part of

vaginal plate convex mesially, the proximal and lateral edges of the orifice raised

into a smooth strongly chitinised ridge which is feebly spbate's postvaginal part

of plate membranaceous, scaled.

Early stages see above.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion.

Two subspecies :

a. D. ocellaris ocellaris.

*Daphnusa ocellaris Walker, l.c. (3) (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 51. n. 1 (1875) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 594. n. 1 (1877); Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 164.

n. 20 (1890) (Bassein, viii.) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow. i. p. 28. n. 111 (1892) (Sarawak ;

Singapore) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704. n. 1 (1892) (=orbifera); Hamps., in Blanf.,

Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 72. n. 97 (1892) (Borneo ; Bassein).

*Daphnusa orbifera Walker, Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond. vi. p. 85 (1862) ( ¢ , Sarawak ;—Mus. Oxford) ;

id., List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 39 (1864) ; Butl., .c. n. 2 (1877) (probably 3 of ocellaris).

*Smerinthus oculata Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Het. i. p. 29 n. 17 (1875) (“ Mexico” err. loci ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir).

Allodaphnusa fruhstorferi Huwe, Berl. Ent, Zeitschr. xl. p. 368, n. 45, t. 3. £. 2 (2) (1895) (Java).

3%. This form varies individually in the tint of the ground-colour and the

distinctness of the markings, some individuals being nearly entirely ochraceous

tawny, others being more clayish wood-brown.

ee!

( 285 )

Hab. Philippines to Celebes, Java and Assam.

In the Tring Musenm 33 34, 4 2? from: Silchar, Assam ; Bassein, Burma,

viii. 1888; Penang, from October to May (C. Curtis) ; Selangore, v. (C. Curtis) ;

Pahang ; Singapore; N.E. Sumatra; Palembang; N. Borneo; Mt. Dulit, viii—

xii. (Hose) ; Kuching ; Mindoro, xii. 1894 (A. Everett) ; Macassar, Celebes.

6. D. ocellaris ailanti.

*Smerinthus ailanti Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 28. n. 16. t. 3. f. 2 (1875) (Hongkong ;—

coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3. Differs slightly from the preceding form in the outer margin of the forewing

being more convex behind middle, the first diseal line more curved, the stigma

indistinct, the hindwing more rounded at apex and less sinuate before anal angle.

Hook of harpe rather longer. Further material may possibly show that these

differences do not hold good, or that the Indo-Chinese individuals belong to this

subspecies, the Malayan specimens to the preceding.

Hab. Hongkong, 1 3 in coll. Charles Oberthiir (type).

LXVI. POLIODES gen. noy.—Typus : roseicornis.

3. Tongue very thin and weak. Genal process prominent, globose. Palpus

very small, not visible from above, first segment very short, joint open, third

segment not concealed. Antenna comparatively long, segments dilated dorso-

laterally, compressed ventrally, grooves deep, proximal edge of groove raised, hence

proximal surface of segment larger than distal surface ; ciliae shorter in ? than

in d, the lateral expansions a little shorter, and the segments ventrally less

compressed, otherwise the antennae of the sexes not essentially different. Tibiae

spinose, hindtibia with few spines ; spurs short, ove pair to hindtibia ; first segment

of hindtarsus Aalf the length of the tibia, zof longer thin segments 1 and 2

together; claws large, paronychium present, but ventral lobe absent, pulvillus

reduced, small and narrow. Abdominal tergites spinose all over. Distal margin

of forewing scalloped ; D* of hindwing not or little shorter than D?, at least twice

as long as D‘, SC? and R! not or very shortly stalked. Clasper and eighth tergite

without friction-scales.

Early stages not known.

Hab. British Bast Africa.

One species.

242. Poliodes roseicornis spec. noy. (PI. 1. f. 7, 3).

3%. Scaling of antenna pink. Upperside of head and thorax, and sides of

breast smoky grey, mesothoracic tegula paler, rest of body greyish wood-brown.

Wings, upperside. Forewing grey, disc palest; a line crossing M at M?,

curved proximad in front; an obtusely triangular patch at costal margin at end of

cell, paler in middle, followed behind by some ochraceous scales ; a discal, strongly

dentate line, almost parallel to outer margin, faintly convex, black ; hinder margin

rather densely, rest of wing more sparsely, shaded with black scales ; a marginal

patch R*—M! black ; a patch at internal angle whitish grey ; basal area almost

without black scales ; an inconspicuous grey line extends from apex obliquely

( 286 )

towards SC’. Hindwing : dirty wood-brown, a trace of a thin postdiscal line and

of a broader submarginal one, the latter more distinct behind, fringe black at ends

of posterior veins.

Underside dirty wood-brown, markings inconspicuons.— Forewing : a brownish

black subapical patch bordered distally by a grey line, this patch extended generally

to internal margin, forming an ill-defined submarginal band, discal dentate line

vestigial, a second line nearer cell very feebly marked, costal area beyond cell more

or less obviously whitish grey. Hindwing : a discal and a postdiscal dentate line,

the former at apex of cell; submarginal area clouded with black scales, costal and

abdominal areas more or less whitish grey.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (PL XXYV. f. 23) subtriangular, broadly rounded at

the end; sternite with a triangular mesial lobe (Xv). Clasper with a subdorsal

patch of bristles on the inner surface, the bristles pointing proximad and dorsad ;

apex of clasper rounded dorsally, less so ventrally ; harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 19) nearly

as in Leucophlebia afra, reaching almost end of clasper, with a ventral projection

before the apex, which has the shape of a rounded lobe. Penis-sheath with a short

conical tooth pointing laterad (Pl. XXX. f. 45).

?. Rather larger than d ; markings more pronounced.

Length of forewing: 3, 23—24 mm.; ?, 30 mm.

Hab. Western side of Luitpold Mountains, near Ikutha, British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 1%. Also in other collections from the same

locality.

LXVII. CERIDIA gen. nov.—Typus : mira.

Smerinthus, Felder (non Latreille, 1802), Reise Novara, Lep. t. 78 (1874).

Leucophlebia ?, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 57 (1875).

3%. Tongue reduced to two short lobes or tubercles. Palpus small, but visible

from above, rough-scaled, second segment not much longer than broad (scaling

included), joint open. (Antennae very different in the two species). Abdominal

tergites spinose all over. Tibiae spinose ; foretibia very short, armed at end with

long thorn and a short tooth, spur without distinct fringe ; spurs of mid- and hind-

tibia slender, one pair to hindtibia, longer spur not quite half the length of the

first tarsal segment, this as long as segments 2 to 4 together ; pulvillus present,

paronychinm without ventral lobes. Distal margins of wings entire ; lower angle

of cell of hindwing acute. Clasper and eighth tergite without friction-scales.

Early stages not known.

Hab. British East Africa and Abyssinia.

The two species differ considerably in several respects, and will probably come

under different generic terms when better material of heugliné is at disposal. The

two individuals of ewglini—the only ones known—are so badly preserved that we

abstain from making a separate genus for their reception. The differential characters

of heuglini and mira are given under the respective species.

Key to the species :

a. Patch of forewing trapeziform, sinuate behind ;

antenna pectinated : ‘ : 5 . 243. C. mira.

Patch of forewing triangular, not sinuate behind ;

antenna not pectinated . : : : . 244. C. heuglini.

( 287 )

243. Ceridia mira spec. noy. (Pl. IX. f. 12, 3

3d ?. Antennae of both sexes pectinate, the dorso-lateral processes not scaled,

very long in d (PI. LX. f. 27. 28), about three times as long as the segment in

? ; each segment ventrally produced into a lobe which is widened at the end

(side-view), the lobes separate, somewhat shorter in $ than in d. Foretibia (thorn

excluded) little longer than broad, first tarsal segment at least three times the

length of the tibia (thorn excl.). R? of hindwing in or before centre of cell; D?

curved; D* oblique, about three times as long as D‘, which is very short ; SC? and

R! stalked or not.

Body greyish cream-colour, abdomen somewhat clayish ; face, a middle streak

from head to the first abdominal tergite, dilated on the latter, breast and anterior

legs more or less burnt umber-brown.

Wings, upperside, greyish cream-colour, with a feeble shade of pink.

Forewing : a thin, nearly straight, subbasal line a little nearer M? than base, almost

at right angles to costa, three short lines between (SM') and internal margin,

joined together in front, with the interspaces brownish, forming an inconspicuous

patch midway between base and internal angle, preceded by a large costal area

heavily bordered with burnt umber, except at costal margin; this area is sinuate

behind, and bears nearly in middle a burnt umber-brown stigma; the proximal

edge of the patch is the antemedian line, while the inner and outer edges of the

distal border are the two discal lines, the three lines at the internal margin being

the posterior parts of the antemedian and discal lines; a postdiscal line about

4+ mm, from margin, curved distad behind, somewhat lunulate; a rather broad pale

mars-brown marginal band, almost extended to postdiscal line, except in front and

behind, where the band is bordered by a whitish line, first partition of band deeper

in colour, halfmoon-shaped-——Hindwing: an indistinet median band touching

end of cell, somewhat S-shaped, a postdiscal line parallel to margin indistinct ;

an indication of a marginal band between SC? and Rt’.

Underside as above, but the subbasal line of the forewing absent, the proximal

border-band of the costal area not marked, the stigma absent, the external border

of the patch continued beyond M? and less sinuate behind M', the postdiscal line

heavier, and the marginal area paler; the discal band of the hindwing much more

distinet, of the same colour as that of the forewing ; postdiscal line distinct.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXYV. f. 21) slightly narrowed distad, obliquely sinuate

at each side before end, the tip narrowed (PI. XXV. f. 22, dorsal view) ; sternite

triangular, obtuse. Clasper slender, feebly narrowed towards apex, which is rounded;

harpe produced into a slender, slightly curved, pointed, ventro-distal process, which

bears a transverse tooth before the end (Pl. XXXII. f. 20). Penis-sheath with a

patch of minute teeth at end, duct armed with a belt of long teeth (Pl. XXX. f. 44).

?. A little darker than 3, wings rather more elongate, outer margin of forewing

less convex, very feebly undulate. Vaginal plate small, feebly chitinised, without

processes, anterior and lateral edge of orifice somewhat raised (Pl. XVIII. f. 12).

Hab. Western side of Luitpold Mts., near Ikutha, British East Africa.

Three dd, one ? in the Tring Museum.

244, Ceridia heuglini.

*Smerinthus heuglini Felder, lc. t. 78. £. 2 (g) (1874) (Abyssinia ;— Mus. Tring).

Leucophlebia ¢ beuglini (!), Boisduvyal, l.c. p. 57. n, 3 (1875).

( 288 )

Ambulya 2? heuglini, Butler, Trans. Zool: Soc. Lond. ix. p, 582. n. 23 (1877) (bab. 2).

Leucophlebia ? heuglini, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704. n, 7 (1893) (Abyssinia).

3. There is only one-third of an antenna left between the two specimens known

of this species; it is not pectinated, but simply grooved as in ordinary ¢-antennae,

and the compressed ventral parts are not narrowed to separate lobes. Foretibia

longer than in the preceding ; no mid-and hindlegs preserved. Forewing more

elongate-triangular ; D? of hindwing somewhat longer than D‘, this not twice the

length of D‘, lower angle of cell more acute than in mira. Tenth tergite more

rounded dilated, apex pointed. Clasper sole-shaped, narrowed to apex ; harpe with

a single spatulate process which bears before the end a short and rather high carina.

Penis-sheath without armature.

2. Not known.

Hab. Abyssinia (Heuglin).

Two dd ex coll. Felder in the Tring Museum, one of them the type.

LXVIII. ACANTHOSPHINX.—Typus : giissfeldti.

Ambulyx, Dewitz (non Walker, 1856), Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iti. p. 27 (1879).

Acanthosphing Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. xii. p. 228 (1891) (type : giissfeldti).

3%. Head large, not much narrower than the mesothorax ; tongue short.

Antenna very stout in d, ventral outline of segments straight (side-view), penulti-

mate segment much higher than long ; sub-andromorphic in ?. Palpus with open

joint, smoothly scaled. Thorax and abdomen woolly ; the tergites of abdomen

without broad multidentate scales, underscales mostly spiniform, apical spines

weak. Fore- and midtibia spinose, hindtibia without spines; mid- and hindtibia

shorter than the respective first tarsal segments, these much longer than the

other four segments together; spurs very long, not spinose, not very unequal,

longer terminal one of hindtibia as long as the first tarsal segment ; two pairs

to hindtibia; pulvillus and paronychium present. Distal margin of wings entire ;

D? of hindwing very oblique, three times as long as D%, lower angle of cell acute.

Clasper and eighth tergite with organ of friction (Pl. LEX. f. 1).

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to the Congo basin.

One species.

Differs from Polyptychus especially in the broader head, non-spinose hindtibia

and the very long spurs.

245. Acanthosphinx giissfeldti.

*Ambulyxc giissfeldti Dewitz, lc. iii. p. 27. t. 2. f. 1. la (gd) (1879) (Chinchoxo ;—Mus. Berlin) ;

Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 676. n. 27 (1892).

Acanthosphinx giissfeldti var. gigas Aurivillius, .c. xii. p. 228. t. 1. f. 1 (2) (1891) ; id., Ze. xiii.

p. 182. n. 229 (1892) (Cameroons, ¢ 9 ; spec. dist. ?).

3%. The species varies a good deal in size.

3. Tenth tergite broad (P]. XXIV. f. 24), sinuate at the end, concave

beneath, curved ventrad at end ; sternite narrowed to a strongly chitinised hook

(Pl. XXII. f. 16.17). Clasper large, with a large patch of small friction-scales

which occupy the greater part of the surface; dorsal and apical edges of clasper

without fringe of long scales (compare Polyptychus trisecta, orthographus, etc.), the

( 289 )

corresponding organ of the eighth tergite consisting of a ribbon of scales which

are soldered together at the edges; the ribbon extends all round the lateral and

apical edge of the segment (P1. LIX. f. 1), not being interrupted mesially, as is the case

in Polyptychus, Protambuly«, etc. ; it is visible in the specimens without dissection ;

harpe complicated (Pl. XL. f. 6) ; a dorsal process rod-shaped, densely beset with

very short bristles which point basad ; a mesial flap lies flat upon the clasper, is

somewhat horn-shaped and also rough with short bristles; a submesial ridge is

the highest part of the harpe; the distal process is separated from the clasper at

the end; the ventral ridge curves dorsad, being continuous with the ridge which

forms the dorsal process. The penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 24) has a long apical

process, like many species of Polyptychus.

2. Not dissected.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to the Congo basin.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from Sierra Leone.

LXIX. LOPHOSTETHUS.—Typus: demolini.

Sphine, Angas (non Linné, 1758), Kagf. Lllustr. (1849).

Smerinthus, Walker (non Latreille, 1802), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 250. n. 12 (1856).

Euclea Boisduval (non Hiibner, 1822), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 14 (1875).

Lophostethus Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 585 (1877) (type : demolini).

3. Tongue short and weak. Palpus small and slender, third segment conical,

prominent, acutely pointed. Antenna slender, prismatical in d, subprismatical in

2, the seriated ciliae in ? short, but obvious, end-segment short. Tibiae spinose ;

foretibia armed with a long terminal thorn ; two pairs of spurs to hindtibia, long

terminal one more than half the length of the first tarsal segment, this as long

as the tibia, rather longer than the other segments together; pulvillus adsent ;

paronychium with only one lobe on each side. Abdominal tergites with spinules

only at the apices, underscales bi- and tridentate. Distal margin of forewing

scalloped ; D? of hindwing more than twice the length of D*, very oblique ;

SC? and R! on a short stalk or from angle of cell; frenulum and retinaculum

present.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite broad (P]. XXIV. f. 23), concave below, the

margins being bent downward, apex rounded, entire or sinuate ; sternite with a

broad triangular mesial lobe. Clasper broad, apex-Tounded, distal third incrassate

but not strongly chitinised, rugate on the inner surface ; harpe (PI. XXXILI. f. 13)

longitudinal, dentate at end; uo patch of friction-scales on outer surface of clasper.

Penis-sheath compressed at end, carinate, without hooks or teeth.

?. Highth tergite of abdomen rounded-truncate, scaled. Vaginal plate

(Pl. XVII. f. 12) membranaceous proximally of the orifice, without antevaginal

ridge or lobe, postvaginal portion of plate strongly chitinised, transverse, posterior

edge very broadly rounded.

Larva with belts of dentate spikes, head large and rounded, horn spinose, black

like the spikes.—Food-plant : [Hibiscus tiliaceus.

Chrysalis : tongue-case shorter than forelegs ; cremaster broad, obtuse,

Hab. Continental Africa south of the Sahara.

One species.

( 290 )

246, Lophostethus demolini.

“Smérinthe Dumolin” Latreille, in Cuv., Régne Anim. iii. t. 20. f. 1 (1830) (Sénégal),

Sphinx demolini Angas, Le. t. 30. f. 11 (1849) (Natal).

Lophostethus demolini, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1x, p, 585 (1877).

The species was first figured by Latreille, /.c., but only under a French

designation. All the names on that plate are French, not Latin. These designations

are: Castnie Hiibner, Aegoctre Boisduval, Coronis d’Urville. As a matter of

course, these names have no standing. To our knowledge Angas was the first to

vive the insect a scientific name. Boisduval says that he himself had figured the

species as a Smerinthus in Latreille, Familles Naturelles, but we cannot find the

plate there ; perhaps he meant the /?egne Animal cited above.

Hab. Acthiopian Region except the Malagassic Subregion.

Two subspecies :

a. L. demolini carteri.

Latreille, /.c.

Smerinthus demolini, Walker, List Lep. Het. B. M. viii. p, 250, n. 12 (1856) (partim ; syn.) ; Dewitz,

Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 27 (1879) (Chinchoxo).

Euclea demolini, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 15. n. 1 (1875) (Galam ; larva alia spec.).

Lophostethus demolini, Butler, /.c. (partim).

Lophostethus dumolini, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 705. n. 1 (1892) (partim) ; Druce, in Moloney,

West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 10 (1887).

Lophostethus carteri Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 97 (1894) (Lagos).

3. The characters by which carter? was said to be distinguished from the

Eastern demolini prove on receipt of more material to be more or less variable, so

that no absolute reliance can be placed upon them. The West African individuals

are darker in ground-colour than the Eastern ones; the black, triangular, sub-

marginal patch R°—M! of the upperside of the forewing is shorter, the two small

submarginal patches M'—(SM!) are absent or faint, the antemedian and the discal

lines are on the whole farther apart at (SM*) and the black postmedian costal patch

of the underside is smaller, not extending beyond R'. Tenth tergite broader than

in demolini demolini. :

Hab. West Africa: Senegal to the Congo.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 1 2 from Sierra Leone (Mitford ; Stevens, in

August) ; Lagos ; Congo.

hb. L. demolini demolini.

Sphine demolini Angas, Lc.

Smerinthus dumolini, Walker, /.c. (Natal ; syn. excl.).

Buclea dumolini, Boisduval, l.c. (partim ; Natal),

Lophostethus demolini, Butler, le. (partim, syn. excl.).

Lophostethus dumolini, Kirby, l.c. (partim) ; Meld., in Weism., Stud. Theory Descent ii. p, 527 (1882)

(descr. of larva) ; Fawe., Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xv. p. 307. n. 9. t. 48. f. 7. 8 (1, p.) (1901).

3%. The tenth tergite of the d varies somewhat individnally. It is sinuate

with the lobes pointed in a specimen from Uganda in the Tring Museum (Kamnanara,

Bulamwezi) ; this individual represents possibly a third geographical race, but it is

too much rubbed to allow description; the wings have apparently been nearly as

dark as in carter?.

The early stages of the caterpillar should be studied. We assume that the

young larva has a triangular head.

( 291 )

Hab, Natal northward to Uganda.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva,7 dd, 5 9? from: Natal; Kionga, south of

Rovima R. (Reimer) ; Kamnanura, Bulamwezi, Uganda, 29. iii. 1897 (Dr. Ansorge).

LXX. LANGIA.—Typus: zenzeroides.

Langia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 567 (1872) (type: zenzeroides).

Laugia (1), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 705 (1892).

3%. Tongue reaching end of forecoxa ; pilifer with a brush of scales instead

of bristles ; genal process broad. Palpus just visible in dorsal view, not. essentially

different in the sexes, with long hairs laterally. Antenna of ¢ compressed, not

strongly grooved, slightly dilated above the grooves, hence outline undulate in a

dorsal view, distal segments much higher than long, but only slightly compressed ;

of ? very feebly compressed, seriated ciliae short; end-segment very short and

obtuse in both sexes. Body roughly scaled, excepting head, pro-mesonotum and

end of abdomen ; the scales gradually widened towards ends, dentate ; xo spines on

abdomen. Tibiae vot spinose ; spurs long, two pairs to hindtibia, with long naked

points ; tarsi short, lateral apical spines strong, outer spines of soles more or less

erect and inclining mesiad ; claws and pulvillus large, paronychium with one broad

lobe at each side. Distal margin of forewing dentate; D? of hindwing curved,

sending a long spur into cell, R? below centre of cell; frenulum and retinaculum

present. No organ of friction on clasper.

Larva granulose, the granules pointed, white, a dorso-lateral series of higher

granules from pronotum to horn, situated upon a white line; head very strongly

narrowed above, very high, impressed behind, frons not granulose ; horn very short.

—Food-plant : wild cherry.

Pupa very stout and short; rounded at both ends, without cremaster ; head

without projections, tongue-case longer than that of the second leg, reaching to the

wing-cases, but not in between these; tergites rough with granules, the granules

sparse on the sternites ; wing-cases short.

Hab. North India to Japan.

One species.

247. Langia zenzeroides.

Langia zenzeroides Moore, lc, (type : where ?!).

3%. The grey, brown, aud black colour of this species reminds one very much

of Cossids. It is, however, not a case of mimicry, but the similarity is due to this

Sphinx as well as the Cossids being adapted in colour to the bark of trees. There

is some individual and geographical variation both in colour and structure.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite bilobate (P]. XXIV. f. 25. 26); sternite broadly

divided into two processes. Clasper long, narrowed to apex, dorsally reduced in

width, hence a wide gap between it and the supra-anal plate, ventro-apical margin

turned inward ; harpe produced into a long, horizontal, ventral process which is

sinuate and lobate at the end; the process is visible without dissection (P]. XX XIII.

f.14.15). Penis-sheath irregularly compressed (Pl. XXX. f. 48), very stout, armed

at the end with a long strong hook which curves ventrad.

?. Anterior part of the vaginal plate strongly chitinised, raised into a transverse

( 292 )

ridge in front of the large vaginal cavity ; postvaginal part of plate also projecting

distad, rounded, more or less membranaceous, except at the edge.

Early stages see above.

Hab. North India to Japan.

Two subspecies :

a. L. zenzeroides zenzeroides.

Langia zenzeroides Moore, lc. (Kotghur, N.W. Ind.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 585. n. 1

(1877) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 25. n. 134 (1887) (Simla ; Sikhim) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 705. n. 1 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf. Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 73. n. 99. fig. 45

(fo + 2) (1892) (Simla ; Dharmsala ; Sikhim ; Khasis) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xi.

p. 407. n. 98 (1898) (Sikhim, 5000 ft., iv. ; Elwes: /. at Kurseong about vii. on wild cherry).

*Lungia khasiana Moore, l.c. 568 (1872) (Khasia Hill ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., /.c, n. 2 (1877) ; Cot.

& Swinh., l.c. n. 135 (1887).

Langia zeuzeroides (1), Gott, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 116 (1877) (larva hissing, on apricot ; imago

squeaking).

Langia zenzeroides ab. khasiana, Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 98 (1894).

3. The individuals from Assam are on the whole a little more buftish than

those from Sikhim and N.W. India, but the difference is very slight and not

constant. The harpe is individually variable, apparently more often bisinuate

(Pl. XXXIII. f. 14. 15) in Assam than in Sikhim specimens ; compare figs. 14

(Sikhim), 15 (Assam, type of Ahasiana).

?. Edge of ridge in front of vaginal orifice slightly undulate.

Hab. North-West India, Sikhim, Assam ; South China.

In the Tring Museum 6 ¢d,1 % from: Sikhim ; Khasia Hills.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from Yunnan.

b. L. xenzeroides nawat subsp. nov.

?. Upperside.——Forewing : white streak in cell broad, white scaling on dise

more extended than in the preceding ; first discal line vestigial between R*? and M’,

appearing broadly interrupted, second vestigial, not marked between M! and (SM),

third interrupted between M? and SM’. Hindwing: lines at anal angle shorter

than in the preceding subspecies.

Underside: marginal bars of hindwing and the upper marginal ones of forewing

more curved than in the Indian representative.

Antevagiual plate with a broad triangular mesial sinus, the sides angulate.

Hab. Lake Biwa, Hondo, Japan.

In the Tring Museum 2 ? ? (collected hy Yiomachi Nawa).

LXXI. RHODOPRASINA gen. uov.—Typus : foralis.

Ambulyx, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Zvans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 639 (1877).

Triptogon, id. (non Boisduval, 1875), /Ulust. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. B. M. vy. p. 13 (1881).

Marumba (?), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708 (1891).

Cypa, Hampson (on Walker, 1864), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 72 (1892).

3%. Tongue very short and weak. Palpus very small, closely appressed to

the head. This crested between the antennae. Lower half of eye covered by a

tuft of long hair-seales (PI. LIX. f. 12). Antenna of ¢ simple, cylindrical, without

seriated prolonged ciliae ; of ¢ peculiar (PI. LX. f. 22), the side-grooves deep,

(22939)

extending all round the ventral side of the segment, the basal and apical edges of

each segment produced ventrad as shown in figure, this projection widened laterad

near end, appearing spatulate in a ventral view. Tibiae with very few spines at

the end; anterior tibia ending in a long naked thorn; spurs of mid- and hindtibia

very short, ove pair to hindtibia; pulvillus and paronychinm present. Cell of

hindwing broad, lower angle not acute, about 90°, R® from centre of cell, stalk

of SC? and R! rather short. Distal margin of forewing dentate. Scales of

abdominal tergites long, no broad underseales, apical spines weak.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 1. 24) broad, flat, sinuate, the two lobes pointed,

their tips curved downward ; tenth sternite very broad and short, transverse, the

edge incrassate, rounded. Clasper without friction-scales, apical half narrower than

basal half, also less chitinised ; harpe nearly concealed in the deep cavity of the

clasper (Pl. XL. f. 9); it ends in two strong, long, conical processes which point

upwards. Penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 30) armed with a small, subapical, denticulate,

transverse ridge which is higher at the left side ; penis-funnel (p-F) on each side

with a curved, pointed, flattened process.

?. Not dissected.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. North India.

One species.

248. Rhodoprasina floralis.

*Ambulyx floralis Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 639 (1877) (Darjiling ;—¢ ? in coll,

Atkinson, now in coll. Staudinger) ; Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Ath. p. 6 (1879).

Triptogon florale, Butler, Ilustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 13. t. 81, f. 1 (9) (1881)

(Darjiling) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 25. n, 138 (1887) (Darjiling).

Marumba (7) florale, Kirby, l.c. p. 708. n. 28 (1891) (Darjiling).

Cypa floralis, Hampson, lc. p. 72. n. 96 (1892) (Sikhim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi.

p- 407. n. 96 (1898) (‘not seen”’).

3?. Anal angle of forewing produced backwards as a broad lobe. The

hindwing has three straight oblique lines on the underside; they are equidistant,

the first being subbasal. The presence of this subbasal line is very remarkable,

inasmuch as there is no such line in any other Ambulicine species, the most

proximal line of the other Ambulicinue standing always distally of the base of

M*. The red colour of the basal half of the underside of the forewing, and of the

upperside of the hindwing, illustrates conspicuously the peculiar phenomenon so

widely occurring among Lepidoptera that the wpperside of the hindwing resembles

in colour the wnderside of the forewing as regards the basal areas of both wings.

Hab. Sikhim.

The species is rare. We received from Mons. Charles Oberthiir a ¢ labelled

Darjiling, forét, 13. iv. 1882 (A. Desgodins). The insect is apparently an early one,

and that may partly account for its scarcity in collections. It is possible that one

may succeed in attracting specimens by a lamp after midnight, many Ambdulicinae

ocenrring only very late in the night.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 2 ? ?.

In the British Museum 2 2% ; in coll. Staudinger 1 ¢ (type), 1 %, ex coll.

Atkinson ; also in the Berlin Museum, in the coll. of Col. Swinhoe, and in the

Indian Musenm at Calcutta.

( 294 )

LXXII. CLANIDOPSIS gen. nov.—Typus: eusta.

Basiana, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 252 (1875).

Clanis, Cotes & Swinhoe (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 29 (1887).

Aminulyx, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 80 (1892).

3. Tongue very short and weak. Palpus rather stout in d. Antenna thin,

somewhat setiform, in d prismatical, transsection triangular ; in $ cylindrical, with

the seriated ciliae rudimentary. ‘Tibiae of spinose ; hindtibia with two pairs

of spurs, long end-spur about as long as the second hindtarsal segment ; pulvillus

and paronychium adsent. Abdominal tergites with spiniform underscales besides

larger ones, the spines at the apical edges very numerous.

3. Tenth tergite broad, sides slanting towards apex, the latter sinuate, with

the lobes obtuse (Pl. XXIV. f. 21); sternite with a broad, triangular, mesial lobe,

which is somewhat constricted at the base. Clasper (PI. XX XIII. f. 8) sole-shaped,

without friction-scales, apical half of internal surface hairy, the hairs pointing

proximad, basal half smooth, deeper concave ; harpe represented by a rather weak

mesial fold, which is longitudinal in position, ending in a flat spatulate process

which curves yentrad ; there is no subdorsal basal tnberculated lobe as in Clanis.

Penis-sheath weak, without armature.

? not dissected.

Early stages not described ; larva on poplar.

Hab. N.W. India.

One species.

Easily distinguished from Clanis by the absence of spines from the tibiae and

the absence of the pulvillus and paronychium, besides the much shorter tongue.

249. Clanidopsis exusta.

*Basiana exusta Butler, l.c. n. 87 (1875) (Kunawur ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix

p. 595. n. 3. t, 93. f. 4. (1877) (Kunawar) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 703. n. 10 (1892)

(Kunawur).

Clanis exusta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 154, n. 35 (1883) (Solun, vii.); Cot. & Swinh., /.c.

p. 29. n. 162 (1887) (Simla) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Ox. i. p. 29 n. 115 (1892) (‘India ”).

Ambulyx exusta, Hampson, /.c. i. p. 80. n. 113 (1892) (N.W. Him.).

3%. The insect resembles very much the species of Canis in colour and pattern.

As in Clanis phalaris there is no black streak behind the cell on the underside of

forewing, nor a black basal patch on the upperside of the hindwing, but the latter

wing has at least one distinct line in the outer half. The mid- and hindtibiae are

greyish white on the upperside.

Hab. N.W. India.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd from : Dalhousie ; Chumba ; Kulu.

2? 2 in the British Museum and coll. Swinhoe.

LXXIII. AGNOSIA. gen. noy.—Typus : orneus.

Sphinx, Westwood (non Linné, 1758), Cab. Or. Ent. p. 13 (1848).

Smerinthus, Walker (non Latreille, 1805), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 253 (1856).

Basiana, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 596 (1877).

Clanis, id. (non Hiibner, 1822), Tlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v.p. 14 (1881).

Ambulyx, Hampson (non Walker, 1858), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths 1. p. 29 (1892).

( 295 )

3%. Tongue short. Joint of palpus open. Antenna of d deeply grooved,

strongly compressed, ciliae long ; in $ almost cylindrical, feebly grooved, basal

fasciculated ciliae slightly prolonged. ‘Tibiae zot spinose; foretibia with apical

thorn, shorter than first tarsal segment (thorn excl.) ; spurs short, ove pair to hind-

tibia; pulvillus and paronychinm present. Abdomen with spines all over the

tergites, the spines denser at the apical margins. Distal margin of forewing

entire. No friction-organ in 3.

Early stages not known.

Hab, From N.W. India to Ceylon.

One species.

Differs from Clanis and Polyptychus in the proximal pair of spurs being absent

from the hindtibia, and in the tibiae not being spinose ; from Laothoé in the even

distal margin of the forewing and the non-spinose tibiae.

250. Agnosia orneus.

*Sphine orneus Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 13. £. 16. £. 3 (1848) (g, Central India ;—Mus. Oxford).

*Smerinthus pudorinus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 253. n. 16 (1856) (¢ 2, N. India ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 46. n. 37 (1875) (Centr. India).

Basiana pudorina, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 596. n. 7 (1877) (N. India).

Clanis pudorina, id., Illustr. Typ. Specim, Lep. Het. B. M.v. p. 14. t. 81. £. 3 (g) (188L) (Almorah) ;

Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 29. n. 161 (1887) (Almorah).

Basiana orneus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 703, n. 11 (1892) (N. India).

Ambulyx ornea, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 80, n, 114 (1892) (Almorah ;

Centr. India).

Westwood describes the foretibia as being “terminated by a strong, curved,

horny spine.” This peculiar character has not been noticed by Walker, Boisduval,

Butler, Hampson.

3%. Tenth tergite elongate-spatulate, apex somewhat truncate ; ninth tergite

with long hair-scales (Pl. XXIV. f. 13). Clasper sole-shaped (Pl. XX XIII. f. 9),

without friction-patch ; harpe with three hooks, nearly equidistant, one distal, the

other two from the upper edge ; a convex patch of short bristles above the harpe.

Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 49) without armature, but the penis-funnel (v-r)

produced into a broad Jobe which is covered with minute spines.

2. Not dissected.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. North-West India to Ceylon.

Three specimens in the British Museum; one of them, from Haragam, near

Kandy, Ceylon, is larger than the others. Several specimens in the Oxford

Museum ; one in the Tring Museum.

LXXIV. PARUM gen. nov.—Typus : colligata.

Daphnusa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M., viii. p. 238 (1856) (partim ; type: ocellaris)

Metagastes, Oberthiir (non Boisduval, 1875), Et. Ent. xi. p. 29 (1886).

3%. Tongue short and weak, with mesial fringe. Pilifer with bristles. Trans-

verse carina of labrum long. Palpus larger in ¢ than in ?, second segment

smoothly scaled, joint not distinctly open. 'Tibiae zviéthout spines ; spurs very short,

two or one pair to hindtibia; pulvillus and paronychinm present, the latter with

( 296 )

two small lobes at each side. SC? and R! of hindwing not stalked, or the stalk very

short ; R®? in or a little below centre of cell, D? straight or very slightly curved ;

distal margin of wings entire; apex of forewing obtuse, almost rounded-truneate.

Distal segments of antenna not much higher than long (PI. LX. f. 8); seriated

ciliae of 2 prolonged. No friction-scales on clasper.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. North India to Japan.

Two species.

The species of Parum have hitherto been considered generically identical with

Daphnusa ocellaris. However, they stand farther apart from ocedlaris than this

does from Polyptychus and Marumba in structure as well as in pattern, and no

doubt can be entertained about their being generically distinct from Daphnusa.

There is even justification for erecting a genus for each of the two, as will be seen

from the structural differences pointed out below. Both species are very interesting

on account of the state of development of the retinaculum and the hindtibial spurs.

In porphyria the proximal pair of spurs of the hindtibia is definitely lost, while in

colligata it is absent from some individuals and present in others, in the latter

case these spurs being very small and mostly concealed under the scaling. The

retinaculum and frennlum are well developed in porphyria, while in colligata

the retinaculum is vestigial (¢) and the frenulum shortened. We have here an

instance of one species being more generalised than the other in one character and

more specialised in another. There are no older and younger species; there are

older and younger characters.

Key to the species :

Hindwing below with black (longitudinal) streak

ondise . : : 5 5 : . 251. P. colligata.

Hindwing below without black (longitudinal)

streak on disc. é ‘ : ; . 252. P. porphyria.

251. Parum colligata.

*Daphnusa colligata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 238. n. 2 (1856) (N. China ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gen, Lep. Het. i. p. 52.0, 2 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 594. n. 3

(1877) (N. China ; Hongkong); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 587. n. 27 (1888) (Japan ;

Kiukiang ; =biet/) ; id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 119. o. 96 (1889) (Kiukiang ; = Meta-

gastes biel) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704. n. 3 (1892) (China ; Thibet) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep.

Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 28. n. 12 (1892) (N. China); Leech, /.c. p. 279. n. 41 (1898) (Ichang ;

Kiukiang, vii.).

* Metagastes bieti Oberthiir, Et. Ent. xi. p. 29. t. 1. £. 2 (1886) (Ta-tsien-lu ;—Coll. Oberthiir).

3. Pilifer short. Retinaculum occasionally vestigial, frenulum shortened ;

proximal pair of hindtibial spurs sometimes present; unsettled in these characters.

Abdomen without large underscales ; spines at the edges of the tergites weak.

Tenth tergile carved downward, compressed at the curvature, apical edge transverse,

sharp, angles rounded (P1. XXIV. f. 11), upper surface carinate distally ; sternite

represented by a low transverse ridge, which is feebly sinuate mesially and rongh

with minute pointed granules. Clasper sole-shaped, rounded apically, hairy on

the inner surface ; distal part of harpe (Pl. XXXIIL. f. 12) forming a strongly

chitinised ventral ridge, which is longitudinal, slightly bent dorsad, granulose,

with the ventral surface slightly concave and the dorsal side convex. Apical edge

of penis-sheath (PI, XXX. f. 46) bent proximad at the right and left side. End of

antenna see Pl. XL. f. 8.

( 297 )

?. Not dissected. Deeper in tint than 3, black markings more prominent.

Hab, Central, Hastern, and North China ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd from Kinshin, and Gifu (Y. Nawa), and between

Shanghai and Kinkiang.

252. Parum porphyria.

*Daphnusa porphyria Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. ix. p. 640 (1877) (Darjiling ;—coll. Atkinson, now

coll. Staudinger) ; Moore, Descr. Lep. Atk. p. 7 (1879); Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i.

p. 27. n. 152 (1887) (Darjiling) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het.i. p. 704. n. 4 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf.,

Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 73. n. 98. fig. 44 (g¢) (1892) (Sikhim) ; Dudz., Journ. Bombay

N. H, Soe. xi. p. 407. n. 98 (1898) (Sikhim, 1800 ft., Balasun valley, at light).

3 ?. Head with high broad crest of scales. Antenna thinner than in colligata,

palpus larger. Pilifer prolonged, resembling a tooth-brush (Pl. LXII. f. 5).

Retinaculum and frenulam normal. Proximal pair of spurs absent from hindtibia.

Abdominal tergites with the underscales mostly long spiniform, but very weak,

spines at the edges also prolonged, not strong, scarcely different from pointed

scales. Tenth abdominal tergite long, slender, triangular, gradually narrowing to

a point and curving downwards (Pl. XXIV. f. 12); sternite similar to that of

colligata, but without granules. Clasper as in colligata; harpe pointed distad,

slightly curved mesiad, surface somewhat concave, edge irregularly sinuate

(Pl. XXXTII. f. 11). Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 47) with the apical edge bent

proximad and produced into a denticulated lobe on one side.

?. Highth abdominal tergite mesially less strongly chitinised than at the sides.

Vaginal plate without special armature, lateral edges of orifice somewhat raised

(EEX V IT. £..4).

Hab. North India: Sikhim.

In the Tring Musenm 1 3, 2 2 ¢ from Sikhim (Mandelli), ex coll. Felder.

LXXYV. CYPA.—Typus: decolor.

Smerinthus, Walker (non Latreille, 1802), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 255 (1856).

Cypa id., 1c. xxxi. p. 41 (1864).

3%. Tongue very short and weak, fringe long, upper surface with tubercles.

Pilifer short, with a large brush of scales; genal process short, broad. Head

small, crested ; eye small, lashed. Palpus closely appressed to frons, not projecting,

small. Antenna with long end-segment, which bears several bristles at and near

tip, three preceding segments small, short, rhombiform in side-view : ¢: strongly

compressed, ciliae long ; %: cylindrical, ciliae not prolonged. Abdominal terzites

with weak spines at the edges. ‘Tibiae not spinose ; spurs minute (black), two pairs

to hindtibia ; pulvillus and paronychium present, this with two slender lobes at

each side. Distal margin of forewing irregularly lobed or at least not even ; R?

of hindwing below centre of cell; SC? and R! on a long stalk ; D? and D* straight,

upper angle of cell 90°, lower angle obtuse ; costal margin of hindwing straight,

Clasper without friction-scales,

Karly stages not known.

Hab. India.

One species.

( 298 )

The long end-segment of the antenna is a very remarkable character, with

which we meet in this subfamily only in Protambuly« and Oxyambulyx. Kirby put

this genus among his Macroglossinae. The species remind one indeed very much of

Gurelea.

253. Cypa decolor.

*Smerathus decolor Walker, lc. viii. p. 255. n. 19 (1856) (Hindostan ;—Mus. Oxford),

3%. There are two subspecies, which differ in the outline of the forewing.

The Smerinthus decolor of Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 14 (1871), generally quoted

under the present species, is doubtless an Oxyambulyx, most likely subocellata a

wrongly identified by Kaden as the decolor of the B. M. (British Museum).

d. Tenth tergite (PI. XXIV. f. 20) suddenly narrowed beyond basal fourth,

slender, obtusely pointed; no sternite. Clasper (Pl. XXXIII. f. 7) elongate,

triangular, apex obtuse, almost truncate ; a dorso-basal flat process (pdb) ; harpe

with two processes, one basal, slender, rod-like, clubbed, apex denticulated, the

other more distal, triangular, directed dorso-distal, reaching dorsal margin of clasper,

the dorsal part of the inner surface of the clasper proximally of this process convex,

below this convex part an oblique fold. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 32) armed at

end with a horizontal slender process.

%. Kighth tergite (Pl. XVII. f. 10) peculiar: mesially grooved, the groove

widened at the end of the plate, very narrow in proximal two-thirds, the edges of

the apical cavity irregularly and minutely notched ; proximally of this groove there

is a hole, most likely the orifice of a gland, the groove having the appearance of

serving as a channel for bringing the fluid of the supposed gland to the apical cavity.

Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 9. 11) with the antevaginal part short, not strongly

chitinised ; postvaginal part a large triangular, rounded-trancate plate.

Early stages not known.

Hub. North India to Tenasserim and Ceylon ; New Guinea.

a. C. decolor decolor.

*Simerinthus decolor Walker, l.c. (Hindostan ;—Mus. Oxford).

Alimas decolor, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 583. n. 3 (1877) (Darjiling) ; Cot. & Swinh.,

Cat, Moths Ind, i, p. 24. n. 131 (1887) (Darjiling ; Tavoy, this spec. ?).

*Cypa incongruens Butler, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. 12. t. 80. £. 8. 9 (1881) (Darjiling ;—

Mus, Brit.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Lc. p. 13. n. 77 (1887) (Sikhim).

Cypa decolor, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal lv. 2. p. 97. n. 1 (1886) (Ponsokai, Siam); Swinh.,

Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 164. n. 19 (1890) (Tavoy); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 640. n. 2

(1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf , Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 71. n. 94. fig. 43 (g) (1892) (Sikhim;

Tavoy) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i. p. 26. n. 101 (1892); Dudg., Journ. Bombay

N. H. Soe. xi. p. 407, n. 94 (1898) (Sikhim, 4500 ft., ix.).

3%. Distal margin of forewing irregular, prominently lobed at R*, Vaginal

plate see Pl. XVII. f. 9.

Hab. North India to Shan States.

In the Tring Museum 2 3d, 6 2? from Sikhim.

b. C. decolor ferruginea.

*Cypa fervuginea Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 42 (1864) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Heét.i. p. 53 (1875) (Ceylon) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 554 (1877) ; Moore, Lep.

Ceylon ii. p. 8. t. 79. £. 3 (2) (1882) ; Cot. & Swinh., I.c. p. 1d. n. 78 (1887) (Ceylon); Kirby,

Lc. n, 1 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 72. n. 95 (1892).

( 299 )

?. Distal margin of forewing convex in middle, not lobed.

Moore’s figure of the specimen is coarse.

Hab. Ceylon.

Only 1 2 (type) known, in the British Musenm.

ce. C. decolor euroa subsp. nov

9. Larger than the Indian forms, broader winged, more clayish, head and

thorax somewhat olivaceons, lobe R* of forewing less prominent than in dec. decolor,

Vaginal plate (PI. XVII. f. 11) much broader distally.

Hab. Milne Bay, Brit. New Guinea.

One ? in the Tring Museum, Dee. 1898 (A. S. Meek).

LXXVI. SMERINTHULUS.—Typus : quadripunctatus.

Smerinthus, Moore (non Latreille, 1802), Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 568 (1872).

Mimas, Butler (non Hiibner, 1822), ibid. p. 310 (1876).

Triptogon, id. (non Boisduval, 1875), Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 588 (1877) (partim).

Marumba, Kirby (non Moore, 1882), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707 (1892).

Dilina, id. (non Dalman, 1816), /.c. p. 709 (1892).

Cypa, Hampson (non Walker, 1864), in Blanf., Pawna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 71 (1892).

Smerinthulus Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x1. p. 370 (1895) (type: quadripunctatus).

3%. Differs from Cypa in the following characters : tongue not tuberculose

near base. Pilifer vestigial, with few scales or bristles, or naked. End-segment of

antenna short, triangular in side-view, penultimate segment longer than in Cypa,

antennae of 2 with prolonged ciliae ; eighth tergite of d with a brush of prolonged

scales at the sides and at end, appearing trilobate. Penis-sheath without armature.

SC? and R! of hindwing stalked or not.

Early stages not known.

Hab. China, North India to Borneo and Java.

Six species.

Key to the species :

a. SC? and KR! of hindwing on a long stalk. : b.

SC? and R! of hindwing not stalked. . S. chinensis.

). Hindwing with a blackish shadowy post-

discal band; forewing (d) with large

creamy postdiscal patch ; postdiseal

line of underside not prominent . 254. S. perversa.

Hindwing without a blackish shadowy

postdiscal band : : : : : C.

c. Mesothoracic tegula with a large yellow

patch ; hindwing brown-black . 257, S. dohrni.

Mesothoracic tegula without yellow patch e.

d. Forewing above with a triangular brown-

edged subapical costal patch . . 259. S. (7?) decoratus.

Forewing above without a triangular

brown-edged subapical costal patch. 256. S. guadripunctatus, and

255. S. terranea.

)

( 300 )

254. Smerinthulus perversa.

*Cypa olivacea Rothschild, Nov. Zoon. i. p. 70. t. 7. f. 6 (1894) (partim; 9, Sikhim ; xon 3,

Borneo).

Cypa perverse id., 1.c. 11. p. 28 (1895) (3, Khasia Hills) ; id., /.c. iii. t. 13. £. 5 (¢) (1896).

32. The Sikhim specimen, which was described as the ¢ of olivacea, is

doubtless the 2 of perversa ; it is very faded, but shows the black shadowy post-

discal band on the hindwing which is present in the ¢, and the lobe R* of the

forewing projects as strongly as in the ¢. Abdomen with black stigma-dots.

3d. Tenth tergite (P]. XXIV. f. 18) broad, constricted at base and in middle,

above longitudinally impressed mesially, sides convex, apex divided into two short

pointed lobes ; sternite (Pl. XXIV. f. 19) small, obtusely triangular, sides obliquely

and shallowly sinuate. Clasper (Pl. XX XIII. f. 5) apically sinuate, the ventral

lobe produced into a long, pointed, strongly chitinised process which curves upwards;

ventral margia of clasper incrassate, basally armed with two sharp, long teeth,

beneath which there is another small tooth; the postmedian part of inner sheath

of clasper convex, raised into a broad fold ventrally, which ends in a boot-shaped

obtuse process (pv). Penis-sheath without armature.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 8) large, distal margin sinuate, with the

angles rounded; orifice proximal, a low ridge in front of it. Nighth tergite

halfmoon-shaped, the apical margin being strongly rounded. ;

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢d,1 ? from: Khasia Hills; Sikhim; one of the

Khasia Hills specimens caught in March.

255. Smerinthulus terranea.

Mimas terranea Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p, 310. n. 5, t, 22. £. 3 (9) (1876) (Ayerpanas, Mal.

Pen.) ; id., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 640 (1877).

Dilina terranea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 709. n. 3 (1892).

32. Butler’s figure of the 2 is very bad; it does not at all agree with the

description. The type seems to be lost, or may be contained in some obscure

collection which we have not seen. A ¢ in the Tring Museum is doubtless this

species ; it agrees in the shape of the forewing nearly with guadripunctatus, but

the outer margin is less sinuate between SC° and R*; upperside of hindwing,

middle of basal two-thirds of underside of forewing, and a streak along abdominal

fold of underside of hindwing, ferruginous. Anterior tarsus blackish. Our Borneo

? has (like the Penang ¢) the forewing straight from SC°* to angle, there being

very small teeth at R' and M'. The hindwing is much more brownish than in the

d, the forewing below is only feebly shaded with ferruginous, and there is no

ferrnginous streak before the abdominal margin of the hindwing. The black

stigmata are distinct. The outer discal line of the forewing above is also distinet,

convex beyond R*, submarginal area with a series of paler patches. Outer discal

line of underside very prominent, straight, the wing pale proximally of the line.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite very remarkable (Pl. XXIV. f. 15), mesially

membranaceous and clothed with dispersed bristles, sides produced into a long,

curved and pointed process ; sternite (Pl. XXIV. f. 14) short, apical margin evenly

concave, the sides slightly projecting. Clasper (Pl. XX XIII. f. 6) triangular, apex

slightly eurved ventrad, apical edge armed with small sharp teeth; a small

‘ 301 »

basi-dorsal fold which stands in connection with a very long and very slender

basal process. Penis-funnel (P]. XXXIII. f. 6, p-r) with the apex somewhat

tuberculiform above ; penis-sheath without armature.

?. Not seen.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Malay Peninsula ; Penang ; Borneo.

In the Tring Musenm 1 ¢ from Penang (C. Curtis); a ? from Penungah,

N. Borneo, 20 xii. 93 (D. Cator).

256. Smerinthulus quadripunctatus.

Smerinthulus quadripunctatus Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x1. p. 371. n. 47. t. 3. £. 3(g ) (1895) (Java ;—

coll. Huwe).

3. We have not seen this species. The antennae of the type, judging from

figure, are doubtless those of another Sphingid glued on ; they are much too long.

The hindtibia is stated to have one weak, short spur, which is of course a mistake.

The species is apparently related to dohrni, from which it differs zvter alia in the

conspicuous black stigmata of fore- and hindwing and the bright brick-red upper-

side of the hindwing, and comes very close to terrane, if it is not the same.

Hab. Java.

257. Smerinthulus dohrni spec. nov. (PI. IL. f. 5, d).

3. Body above dark ferruginous, pronotum darker, a large anterior patch on

mesothoracic tegula pale, golden behind, some golden scales on metanotum, apex

of second and seventh abdominal tergites and a lateral spot each at apex of fifth

and sixth tergites also golden ; a series of conspicuous pale golden mesial apical

spots on segments 3 to 6. Underside somewhat paler than upper, abdomen with

pale golden side-dots.

Wings, upperside. Forewing like body ; costal edge pale for the greater

part : lines all transverse ; see figure. Hindwing brown-black, the ferruginous

colour appearing at abdominal margin and anal angle, costal area buff-pink.

Underside clayish tawny ochraceous, speckled with brown; a brown line

beginning at costa of forewing midway between subcostal fork and apex and

running straight to anal angle of hindwing, being very little curved on forewing

and not at all on hindwing ; it crosses M! of hindwing halfway from cell to distal

margin ; a trace of a brown line on forewing just outside cell; a distinct S-shaped

line on hindwing crossing M at base of M?.

Not dissected.

Length of forewing: d, 22 mm.

Hab. Sumatra.

One 3 from Soekaranda (Dohrn) iv the Stettin Museum.

258. Smerinthulus chinensis spec. nov.

3. In appearance similar to Cypa decolor, Antenna rather longer than in

perversa and C. decolor, not quite half the length of the forewing, the segments

more dilated dorso-laterally than in the allied insects, subpectinate, end-segment not

longer than basally high. Abdomen without spinules. Apex of hindwing strongly

rounded ; SC? and R! not stalked ; D* curved, oblique ; D* shorter than D'; lower

angle of cell acute. General colour as in C. decolor, hindwing brighter.—

( 302 )

Forewing broader than in C. decolor, distal margin sinuate between SC’ and R*,

minutely toothed at R* and M’, hinder angle less projecting than in C. decolor ;

four transverse lines above, darker tawny-brown, two antemedian, two discal, besides

a vestige of a subbasal line, the second line quite indistinct, fourth convex between

R? and M’, approaching the third at inner margin. Hindwing, above, dull

ferruginous, distal margin shaded with fawn-colour, abdominal margin clayish.

Underside, both wings paler reddish than upperside of hindwing. Forewing :

the reddish colour extending to near distal margin behind and to subcostal fork

in front, the area dentate, distal marginal area dark fawn-colour, two faint discal

lines, corresponding to the discal lines of upperside, both nearly straight.—Hind-

wing with rather sharply marked discal lines, curving costad in front, the first

across tip of cell ; no stigma.

Tenth tergite similar to that of C. decolor, more gradually narrowed ; sternite

with a sharply pointed narrow mesial process. Clasper narrowly sole-shaped,

inner surface not deeply concave, a setiferous fold beginning dorsally at base and

extending obliquely ventrad, followed by a subdorsal patch of wrinkles; harpe

very strongly chitinised proximally, here dilated, a single distal process, which

appears simply pointed in a side-view, but is excavate above and obliquely truncate

at end, Penis-sheath curved, the opening partly covered by a kind of operculum.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. China: Léou-Pang (Mouton).

One ¢ in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

Represents perhaps a separate genus.

259. Smerinthulus (2) decoratus (PI. LXV. f. 2, 2).

Smerinthus decoratus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 568 (1872) (Sikhim ; coll. Lang; where type ?).

Triptogon decorata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 588, n. 14 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cat.

Moths Ind. i. p. 27. n. 146 (1887).

Marumba decoratus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707. 0. 13 (1892).

Cypa decorata, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Mothsi. p. 71. n. 93 (1892) (Sikbim) ; Dudg.,

Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 407. n. 93 (1898) (“not seen”).

?. All we know of this insect, besides the descriptions given by Moore and

Hampson, is a pencil sketch in Dr. Moore’s possession. We give a figure taken

from this sketch in order to enable the reader to identify the species. As no

structural characters are given in the descriptions we do not know with certainty

where to put decoratus. It looks somewhat like Phyllosphingia dissimilis, excepting

the hindwing, and reminds one also of Mimas tiliae.

Hab. Sikbim.

LXXVII. DEGMAPTERA.—Typus: mirabilis.

Cypa, Rothschild (von Walker, 1864), Nov. Zoo. i. p, 542 (1894).

Degmaptera Hampson, in Blanf., fauna Brit. Ind., Moths iv. p. 452 (1896).

3%. Differs from Smerinthulus in the hindwing being produced frontad near

apex into a rounded lobe, the costal margin more or less sinuate proximally of this

lobe, vein C almost following the curve of the lobe, not straight as in Cypa and

Smerinthulus, stalk SC’—R! shorter than D?. Pilifer vestigial, naked.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India ; Borneo.

i i oe

( 303 )

Two species, which differ essentially in the outline of the costal margin of the

hindwing, the margin being deeply sinuate beyond middle in D. méradilis, while it

is straight to beyond middle and then convex, without the deep sinus, in J). ol/vacea.

260. Degmaptera mirabilis.

*Cypa mirabilis Rothschild, /.c. (9, Khasia Hills ;—Mus. Tring) ; id., /.c. i. p. 664 (1894) ; id., /c.

iii. t. 13. f. 4 (2) (1896).

Degmaptera mirabilis, Hampson, lc. fig. 240 (¢) (Khasia Hills; Sikhim); Dudg., Journ, Bombay

N. H. Soc. xi. p. 407. n. 92a (1898) (‘not seen’’).

3. The distal margin of both fore- and hindwing of the d is much more

strongly sinuate before hinder angle than in the 2. There is a peculiar fawn-

coloured band on the forewing in both sexes just beyond the cell, stopping at M*

or SM*. The conspicuous black stigma has a minute transparent centre. Abdomen

with a dorsal central row of pale golden dots.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 16) very broad, broadly sinuate, the two lobes

produced into sharp hooks which curve ventrad; no sternite, but at each side of

the anal cone a hairy lump reminding one of a similar structure found in many

other Ambulicinae (see Marumba). Clasper (Pl. XX XIII. f. 3) widest before end,

dorsal margin incrassate, bent inwards ; from beneath it projects a long sharp spine ;

apex of clasper produced into a hook, which bears a tooth ; two small teeth at the

dorsal apical edge of the clasper ; harpe a ventral elongate piece of chitin, curved

upwards at end, resembling the runner of a sledge. Penis-sheath without armature.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 7) with the orifice (1”) proximal, situated

upon a triangular smoothly chitinised plate, the proximal and lateral edges of which

are turned upwards ; postvaginal part of plate (pep) short, broadly rounded, weak,

transversely wrinkled.

Hab. North India.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢,2 2? from: Khasia Hills, Assam, March ; Sikhim,

June (Pilcher). Also in the collection of Mons. Charles Oberthiir ; not seen in

other collections.

261. Degmaptera olivacea.

Cypa olivacea Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i. p. 70. t. 7. £. 6a (g) (18594) (g, non 2 ; N. Borneo ;—

Mus. Tring) ; Hampson, /.c. iv. p. 453 (1896).

3. What has been described as the ? of this species does not belong here,

but is that sex of Smerinthulus perversa. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 17) very

peculiar, convex above, with a mesial groove, the sides turned downwards and

produced into two truncate processes separated from oue another by a rounded

sinus; apex deeply incised, the lobes uarrow, pointed, curved downwards ; no

sternite. Clasper (Pl. XXXIII. f. 4) broad, irregularly rounded ; dorsal margin

incrassate and turned inwards, ending in two teeth ; two folds run from this point

proximad, one ventral, the other subdorsal, a third fold parallel with the latter,

more proximal ; harpe represented by a sunken plate of chitin (/7) which is rounded-

angulate distally above and below; its upper margin is proximally produced into

two slender, curved, pointed processes which are directed dasad towards the penis-

funnel (p-r), which is dorsally open. No armature on penis-sheath.

?. Not known.

Hab. North Borneo.

One ¢ in the Tring Museum from Labuk, British North Borneo, May 20. 1895

(Cator). Not seen in other collections.)

( 304 )

LXXVIII. MIMAS.—Typus: ¢liae.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocedlata).

Spectrum Scopoli, Intr, Hist, Nat. p. 413 (1777) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinx).

Smerinthus Latreille, Hist, Nat. Crust. Ins. iii. p. 401 (1802) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinx).

Dilina Dalman, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak, Handi. p. 212 (1816) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinv).

MVimas Hiibner, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 142 (1822) (type: tiliae).

Lucena Rambur, Faune Andal. p. 329 (1842) (type: tiliae).

Ditters from Polyptychus in the palpus being very roughly scaled and hairy.

3%. Tongue short ; pilifer with bristles. Palpus small, rough with long scales

and hairs, much smaller in 2 than in 3d; joint not open. Antenna: d, compressed,

laterally impressed, fasciculated ciliae of both the proximal and apical series long,

dorsal edge of groove projecting, outline of antenna undulate in dorsal view ;

?, proximal segments slightly depressed, transsection transversely oval, middle

segments slightly compressed, not grooved, feebly constricted at the joints, seriated

ciliae not distinctly prolonged, subdorsal ones somewhat longer than the others.

Abdomen with large underscales, spines only at the apical edges of the tergites,

these spines weak, not numerous, partly modified to sinuate scales. R* of hindwing

before centre of cell, cross-veins not or feebly curved, lower angle of cell not very

acute. Tibiae spénose; spur of foretibia nearly reaching end ; hindtibia with tio

pairs of spurs. Pulvillus, paronychium, frenulum, and retinaculum present. Clasper

and eighth tergite without organ of friction.

Larva strongly tapering to head, annules prominent, granules not prominent

excepting those at side-bands; head strongly triangular, much smaller than in

Sphine ocellata and Amorpha populi, narrower, almost smooth; horn long,

granulose ; anal tergite dark in middle, with two larger and some smaller tubercles.

—Food-plants : Tilia, Alnus, ete.

Chrysalis opaque, densely granulose-rugose all over; two frontal tubercles ;

clypeus and pilifer not prominent; tongue-case reaching to wing-cases, being

longer than the leg-cases ; wing-case sinuate; abdominal sternites with large

umbilicate punctures ; cremaster rough with acute tubercles.

lab. Paluearctic Region: West Europe to Japan.

One species.

262. Mimas tiliae.

Sphine “hae Linné, lc. n. 3 (1758).

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (PI. XXIV. f. 22) somewhat spoon-shaped, faintly

sinuate (the sinus barely indicated in an example from Firenze, Italy) ; lobe of

sternite variable individually curved upwards. Clasper rounded or subtriangular.

Harpe distally with two teeth sinuate between them (P]. XX XIII. f. 10), occasionally

rough at the edges with small notches. Penis-sheath with a movable apical process

(Pl. XXIX. f. 46), which is armed at the end with two small sharp teeth, these

variable individually in size and position.

?. Eighth tergite rounded, feebly chitinised. Vaginal plate rather large

(Pl. XVIL. f. 5); proximal edge of orifice raised, shallowly sinuate.

Larva and chrysalis see above; the former somewhat variable in colour,

occasionally with red blotches.

Hab. Palaearetic Region.

Two subspecies :

( 305 )

a. M. tiliae tiliae.

Merian, Eur. Ins. ii. t. 74 (1683) ; Raj., Hist, Ins. p. 150. n.1 (1710); Albin, Nat. Hist. Engl.

Ins, t. 10 (1720) ; Frisch, Jus. vii. p. 3. t. 2. £. 1-4 (1, p, i.) (1728) ; Réaum., Hist. Ins. i. t. 2.

f. 1 (1734); Roes., Znsect. Belust. i. 1. Nachtv. p. 9, t. 2. £.5. 6 (1746) ; Wilke, Engl. Moths i.

s. B. p. 10. t. 4 (1747); Hemmerich, Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 11. £. ¢ (175-) ; Gronov., Act. Helv. v.

p. 140. n. 310 (1762) ; Geoffr., Hist. ns. ii. p. 80. n. 2 (1762) ; Gronoy., Zooph. p. 201. n. 818

(1764) ; Seba, Thes. iv, t. 53. f. 4. 5. 6. & t. 59. f. 1. 2. 3. (1765); Harris, Aurel. t. 20.

fig. d. f. g (1766) ; Schaeff., Zcon. Rat. t. 100. f. 1. 2 & t. 203. f. 3 (1766) ; id., Elem. Ent. t. 116.

f. 1 (1766) ; Deg., Mem, Ins. ii. 1. p. 246. t. 3. f. 7 (1771) ; Ernst & Engr., Ins. Eur. iii. p. 109.

t. 116. fig. d.e.; t. 117. fig. f.—k. ; t. 118. fig. p.s. (1782).

Sphinx tiliae Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489. n. 3 (1758); id., Fauna Suec. ed. ii. p. 287. n. 1085

(1761) ; Poda, Mus. Graec. p. 79. n. 1 (1761) ; Scop., Ent. Carn. p. 183. n. 467 (1763) ; Linné,

Mus. Lud, Ulr. p. 343 (1764) ; Hufn., Berl. Mag. ii. p. 188. n. 20 & p, 195 note (1766) ; Houtt.,

Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 405. 0, 3 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 797. n. 3 (1767) ; Beckm.,

Eypit. p. 160. n. 3 (1772) ; Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 636. n. 3 (1774) ; Gled., Forstwissensch. i.

p. 309. n, 1 (1775) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 537. n. 4 (1775) ; Fuess., Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n. 613

(1775) ; Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 30. n. 207 (1775) ; Schiff. & Den., Wien. Verz. p. 41 (1776) ;

Kleem., in Mad., Raupenkald. p. 51. n. 140, p. 70. n. 198 (1777) ; Fuessl., Mag. Ent. i. p. 264

(1778) ; Leske, Anfangsgr. Naturg. i. p. 457. 0. 2 (1779); Esp., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 38. t. 3. &

Suppl. t. 22. f. 4 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 142.n 3 (1780); Barb., Gen. Ins. Linn.

p. 177 (1781) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 141. n. 9 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 65. v. 539 (1782);

Retz., Gen. Ins, p. 35. n. 34 (1783) ; Fourer., Ext. Paris. ii. p. 251. n. 2 (1785) ; Fuessl.,

N, Mag. iii. p. 143 (1786) ; Borkh., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 110. n. 4 (1789); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i.

5. p. 2373. n. 3 (1790) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 160. n. 1048 (1790) ; View., Verz. Brand. p. 4.

n. 3 (1790) ; Brahm, Jnsectenkald. ii. 1. p. 420. n. 296 (1791) ; Schwarz, Raupenkald. p. 194.

350. 495. 635 (1791) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 324. n. 148 (1793); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1.

p- 358. n. 10 (1793) ; Donov., Brit. Ins. x. p. 3. t. 325 (1801); Walck., Faune Paris. Ins. ii.

p. 277 (1802) ; Panz., Nomencl. Schaeff. p. 110. n. 177 (1804) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1.

p. 222. n. 1382 (1804) ; Thunb., Wus. Nat. Ups. xxxiii. p. 10 (1804) ; Hiibn., Sammi. Eur. Schm.

ii. t. 15. f. 72 (1805-_) ; id., Gesch. Schm. ii. Sph. iii. Leg. p. b. f. 2a (1806-18) ; Turt., Syst.

Nat. iii, 2. p 169 (1806) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 246. n. 1 (1808); Nagel, Hiilfsb. Schm.

p. 144 (1818) ; God., Lép. France iii. p. 64. n. 16. t. 20. £. 1 (1821).

Spectrum tiliae, Scopoli, l.c. (1777).

Smerinthus tiliae, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Ins. Crust. iii. p. 401 (1802) ; id., Gen. Ins. Crust. iv, p. 209

(1809) ; id., in Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxxi. p. 352. t. 24. f.5 (1819) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 243

(1819) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth, x. p. 441. t. 63. f. 2.3. 4 (1825) ; Steph., /7/ustr. Brit. Ent.,

Haust. i. p. 113 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 30 (1829) ; God., Lép. France Suppl. ii. p. 162

(1832) ; Lue., Lép. Eur. p. 117. t. 49 (1834); Beske, in Silberm., Rev. d’ Ent. ii. p. 177 (1834)

(Hamburg) ; Friv., ‘bid. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary); Thon, Naturg. Schm. p. 109. t. 54. £. 747.

748. 749 (1837); Blanch., Hist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 481 (1840) ; Westw., Brit. Moths p. 7. t. 1.

f. 7. 8.9 (i.,p.,/.) (1843) ; Pierr., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 70 (1844) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-

Ural. p. 114 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Asm., Zeitsehr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Herr.-Sch., Eur.

Schm. ii. p. 91. n. 29 (1847); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 241. n. 2 (1856); Staud. &

Wocke, Cat. Lep, p. 16. n, 23 (1861) ; id., lc. ed. ii. p. 37. pn. 480 (1871); Wall., Shand. Het.

Fiji. p. 15. n. 2 (1863) ; Ball., Bull. Moscow p. 364 (1864) (Gorki) ; Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix.

p- 174 (1866) (Limburg); Gay., ibid. x. p. 197. n. 76 (1867) (Groningen); Snell., V/ind.

Ned. p. 101, n. 2 (1867); Tengstr., Act. Soc. F. F. Fenn. x. p. 6. n. 96 (1869); Ebrard,

Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 70 (1870) (éclos.) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii, p. 146. n. 75 (1870)

(Breda) ; Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 24. n. 10 (1872) (v. vi.) ; Siebke, Hnum. Ins. Norv.

iii. p. 25. n. 1 (1874) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 44, 0. 34 (1875) ; Newm., Entom. viii.

p. 193. fig. (1875) ; Leeuw., Tijdschr. Ent. xix. Versl. p.106 (1876) ; Gir., Bull. Soc. Ent. France

p- 98 (1879); Thed., Ent. Tidskr. i. p. 197 (1880) (Sweden) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges, Graub.

xxiii, p. 45 (1880) ; Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880) ; Albr., Bull. Moscow p. 379

(1882) (Moscow); Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 71 (1884) (Borjom ; Manglis; Lagodekhi ; vii.) ;

Kroul., Bull. Soc Oural. xi. p. 213. n. 89 (1885) (Sarapoul, E, iv.—M. vi.) ; id., l.c. p. 239.

n. 59 (1885) (Ourjoum) ; Poult., rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 297 (1885) (postembr. devel.) ; id., J.c.

p. 137 (1886) ; Lampa, nt. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 119 (1885); Haar., 7ijdschr. Ent, xxix. p. 30

(1886) (Alblasserward) ; Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Mina-Pal.

& Failla-Ted,, Nat, Sci. vii. p, 42 (1889) ; Clark, Entom. Ree, i. p. 327. t, A (1891) (variability) ;

( 306 )

Car., /ris vi. p. 188 (1893) (H". Garonne) ; Hofm., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 1. t. 18. £. 3 (1893) ;

id., Grossschm. p. 30. t. 8. £. 4 (1894) ; Rothsch., Entom. xxvii, p. 50 fig. (1894) (asym. specim.) ;

Barrett, Lep. Brit. Is. ii. p. 11. t. 43. £. 1. a-e (1895) ; Vos, Tijdschr. Ent. xli. p. 80 (1898)

(Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 146 (1900).

Laothoé tiliae, Fabricius, in Wig., Mag. Ent. vi. p. 287 (1807).

Dilina tiliae, Dalman, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. p. 212 (1816) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 709. n. 1

(1892) (Europe ; Siberia) ; Staud, & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. n. 730 (1901).

Sphynx (!) tiliae, Vogel, Schm.-Cabin. i. p. 25. t. 5. f. 1. a. b (1821).

Mimas tiliae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p- 142. n. 1522 (1822); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix,

p. 583. n. 2 (1877) ; Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 399 (1902).

Sphinz (!) tilae (!), Gray, in Griff., Anim. Kingd. xv. p. 598 (1832).

Smerynthus (!) tiliae, Cantener, in Silberm,, Rev. d’ Ent. i. p 77 (1833) (Dép. du Var, v. vi.).

Lucena tiliae, Rambur, Paune Andal. p. 330 (1842) (Malaga).

Papilio ulmi Lucas, Lép. Eur. ed. ii. p. 147 (1864) (sub syn.).

Smerinthus tillae (!), Fallou, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 58 (1870) (monstr.).

Smerinthus tiliae var. ulmi “ Schunk,” Heydenreich, Lep. Eur, Cat. p. 19. n. 30a (1851) (nom. nud.);

Caradja, /ris vi. p. 188 (1893) ; Bartel, in Ruhl, Grossschm. ii. p. 149 (1900).

Smerinthus tiliae var. maculata “ Miitzel,” Heydenreich, /.c. p. 19. n. 30b (1851) (nom. nud.). 3

Wallengren, Shand. Het. Fjér. p. 15 (1863) ; Lampa, Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 119 (1885) ; Reuter,

Act. Soc. F. F. Faun. ix. 6. p. 20. n. 96 (1893).

Smerinthus tiliae ab. pechmanni Hartmann, Mitth, Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 35. t. 3. £.1, 2.3 (1879)

(Miinchen) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 150 (1900).

Mimas tiliae ab. ulmi, Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 60 (1880) (nom. nud.).

Smerinthus tiliae ab. obsoleta Clark, Entom, Rec. i. p. 328. t. a. f. 1 (1891).

Smerinthus tiliae ab. bipunctata id., l.c. f. 3.

Smerinthus tiliae ab. centripuncta id., l.c. £. 7.

Smerinthus tiliae ab. costipuncta id., Le. £. 8.

Smerinthus tiliae ab. suffusa id., lc. f. 10.

Smerinthus tiliae ab. brunnea Caradja, Iris vi. p. 188. (1893) (nom. indescr.); Bartel, in Riihl,

Grossschm. ii. p. 149 (1900).

Smerinthus tiliae ab. immaculata id., 1c,

Dilina tiliae ab. brunnescens Staudinger, in Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. sub n. 1 (1901).

Dilina tiliae ab. exstincta id., le.

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-transversa Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 403 (1902).

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-bipunctata id., Le.

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-costipuncta id., Le.

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-marginepuncta 1id., Le.

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-centripuncta id., lc. p. 404 (1902).

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-obsoleta id., lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. marginepuneta id., Lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. brunnea-transversa id., lc. ’

Mimas tiliae ab. brunnea-costipuncta id., lec.

Mimas tiliae ab. brunnea-marginepuncta id., le.

Mimas tiliae ab. brunnea-centripuncta id., lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. brunnea-obsoleta id., Lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. virescens-transversa id., Le.

Mimas tiliae ab. virescens-marginepuncta id., Lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. virescens-centripuncta id., lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. virescens-obsoleta id., Lc.

3%. Very variable in the ground-colour and pattern ; the right and left wing

often conspicuously different. The green colour disappears sometimes entirely

(only in bred specimens ? such individuals can be produced by breeding in and in).

The extremes in pattern are represented by (bred) individuals in which the green

discal band is so dilated as to occupy nearly the whole wing (ab. pechmanni) and a

form without a discal band (ab. suf/usa = ab. immaculata = ab. ewstincta). Mr.

Tutt’s double-barrelled names are very curious ; if the same system of nomenclature

were employed in respect to colour, pattern and structure, we should arrive at com-

binatious of half a dozen or more names according to the number of organs taken

Te. ee a ee ee

( 307 )

into account. In Mr. Tutt’s tabulation no cognisance is taken of the variability

of the hindwing, which is as important as that of the forewing, considering that

tiliae and christophi differ especially in the hindwing. An ab. pallida-transversa

with dark hindwings is not the same as one with pale hindwings ; so we should

have ab. pallida-transtersa-something ; and this, combined with the variation

in the venation, for instance, would give a four-barrelled name, and so on. The

reader will doubtless perceive that we have here to do with a confusion of ideas, a

name being replaced by a kind of diagnosis, while, in fact, the diagnosis should be

replaced by a name.—Tenth segment see Pl. XXIV. f. 22 and Pl. XXVL. f. 37.

Larva (see above) variable in colour, easily distinguishable from those of

Sphinx ocellata and Amorpha populi by the shape and structure.—Food-plants :

Tilia, Ulmus; also Betula, Quercus, Prunus, ete.

Chrysalis see above.

For hybrid tliae x ocellata see Sphinx ocellata ocellata.

Hab. Europe as far south as Andalusia and Sicily, eastwards to Transcaucasia

and Western Siberia, northward to Northern Russia, Finland, Southern Scandinavia ;

not in Scotland and Ireland.

In the Tring Museum 130 odd specimens, and 7 filiae x ocellata.

b. S. tiliae christophi.

*Smerinthus christophi Staudinger, in Rom., Wém. Lép. iii. p. 162. t. 9. f. 3. a. b., t. 11. £. 1 (1887)

(Wladiwostock ; Ussuri ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 586. n. 24 (1888)

(Fujisan) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 105, n. 185 (1888) (Amurland, /. on Alnus) ;

Staud., /.c. vi. p. 238. n. 228 (1892) (Amurland) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. i. p. 150 (1900).

Dilina christophi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 709. n, 2 (1892) (Wladiwostock) ; Leech, Zrans. Ent.

Soc, Lond. p. 278. n. 38 (1898) (Fujisan; Yesso) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100.

n. 731 (1901) (Uss. m. ; Jap.).

Smerinthus christophi ab, alni Bartel, l.c.

Mimas christophi, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 399 (1902).

3%. This is nothing else but a representative form of ¢édiae, differing in the

darker colour, which is never green, and in the more distal position of the dark

submarginal shade of the hindwing ; the spurs are, moreover, somewhat shorter

and the tenth abdominal tergite and sternite are rather slenderer.

Larya similar to that of fliae tliae ; not sufficiently known.—Food-plant :

Alnus.

Hab. Amurland ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 6 2% ; one larva, see Appendix.

LXXIX. CALLAMBULYX gen. novy.—Typus : rudbricosa.

Ambulyc Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 122 (1856) (partim ; type: strigilis).

Basiana, Moore (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865).

Metagastes, Snellen (non Boisduval, 1875), Tijdschr. Ent. xviii. Versl. p. 22 (1880).

Clanis, Kirby (non Walker, 1856), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702 (1892).

3%. Tongue short, weak, fringe at the mesial edges long. Pilifer somewhat

swollen, with bristles. Genal process subglobose. Palpus slender, applied to the

head, not projecting, larger in ¢ than in ?. Labrum mesially raised to a high

transverse tubercle. Scaling of head raised to a mesial crest. Antenna strongly

compressed ventrally in d, sub-andromorphic in % ; end-segment short, about as

long as broad, with one or more bristles at tip, dorso-apical scales projecting beyond

( 308 )

tip of segmeut, but the tuft thus formed shorter than the last two segments

together. Tibiae simple, longer than the respective first tarsal segments ; these

little longer than the cell of the hindwing is broad; spur of foretibia about half

the length of the tibia ; those of mid- and hindtibia very skort, long terminal one

of hindtibia about half as long again as the tibia is broad; paronychium with

two lobes on each side; pulvillus present. Frenulum and retinaculum present.

Underscales of abdominal tergites partly spiniform.

3. Eighth sternite simple; clasper reduced, without friction-patch ; harpe

strongly developed, the apical process double or simple, in the latter case (junonia)

preceded by several teeth (P]. XXXIV. f. 23).

?. Vaginal plate differently armed in the two species of which this sex is

known.

Early stages known only of C. tatarinovi; of the same type as in Sphinx

ocellata.

Hab. North India to Amurland and Japan, and the larger Sunda Islands.

The four species resemble one another in pattern, all having an oblique line or

band on the forewing crossing the apex of the cell and then running along M*

towards hinder angle, and an oblique apical line, the hindwing being red, the

posterior half of the mesothoracie tegula being pale like the side of the metanotum,

and the abdomen having a dark mesial line.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing with a large black postdiscal patch

centred with white . ‘ : 5 . 264. C. junonia.

The black patch, if present, near margin, with

a white dot behind it, not within . : : te bs

6. Forewing produced at apex into a hook . : : 3 as

Forewing not strongly produced at apex . 266. C. tatarinovi.

lon

c. Basal area of forewing below washed with red 265.

Basal area of forewing below not washed with

red . , : : ; : é . 263. C. rubricosa.

', poecilus.

263. Callambulyx rubricosa.

*Ambulyx rubricosa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 122. n, 4 (1856) (Hindostan ;—Mus.

Oxford) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 190. 0. 13 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.

ix, p. 582. n. (1877) (= superba ; Darjiling, Calcutta).

* Basiana superba Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Mus. Brit.).

$2. One of the finest Sphingids. The green colour of the forewing often

fading into clayish. D* of the hindwing in most specimens longer than R*. The

lobes of the paronychinm long.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXII. f. 10) weak, pale, gradually narrowed distad,

apex more strongly narrowed and mesially feebly sinuate, the surface more or less

concaye, rough with bristle-bearing tubercles distally, the mesial line raised to a kind

of carina: the proximal part of this supra-anal plate (namely the ninth tergite)

more strongly chitinised and densely clothed with long hair-scales which project

beyond the end of the tenth tergite ; the tenth sternite reduced, without a lobe.

Clasper narrow (PJ. XXXIV. f. 19), tapering to apex, which is rounded ; harpe

strong, rounded ventro-distally, produced into a long and a short, curved, pointed

process ; on a fold of the clasper, dorsally of the harpe, there is a dense clothing of

spine-like bristles. Penis-sheath without armature.

( 309 )

?. Vaginal plate see Pl. XV. f. 15.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India; Malay Peninsula; Java; Borneo; occurring doubtless

also in the interjacent countries.

Three subspecies :

a. C. rubricosa rubricosa.

*Ambulyx rubricosa Walker, ic. ; Butl., l.c.; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 23. n. 127 (1887)

(Sikhim) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 24. n, 93 (1892) (India) ; Hamps., in Blanf.,

Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 79, n, 106 (1892) (Sikhim ; Calcutta?) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het.

i, p. 677. n, 45 (1892) (India); Dudg., Jowrn, Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 408, n. 106 (1898)

(Sikhim, 3,000 ft., vii).

*Basiana superba Moore, lc.

32. The oblique olive-brown band across the forewing is nearly straight ; the

deep red postdiscal band of the hindwing extends to M’; the lines of the underside

of the forewing are at least partly red ; the median line of the hindwing below is

curved ; the oblique apical line of the forewing above is white bordered with

blackish brown.

Hab. North India: Sikhim ; Assam.

In the Tring Museum 9 ¢d,5 22 from: Sikhim ; Khasia Hills.

b. C. rubricosa piepersi.

* Metagastes piepersi Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xxiii, Versi. p. 22 (1880) (Java, Kerdirie ;—coll. Snellen).

Clanis piepersi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 702. n. 2 (1892) (Java).

do. The differences between this form and the preceding are not very con-

spicuous. The stigma of the forewing is barely vestigial, the deep red band of

the hindwing becomes black between M' and M’, the under surface is more yellow

than in rwbr. rubricosa, the lines are far less red.

Hab. Java.

In the collection of Mr. Snellen; also in the Stockholm Museum and the

Standinger collection.

ce. C. rubricosa amanda subsp. nov.

3. The oblique band across the forewing, above, distinctly angulate at M’,

the costal portion having a less longitudinal direction than in the two preceding

forms ; the stigma is represented by a minute dot, the second discal line is very

feebly dentate, while the first and third are not dentate ; the oblique apical line is

black, with just an indication of white scaling. Hindwing : the black postdiscal

patch of prepersi is here accentuated and enlarged, reaching from M* beyond M?

halfway to R*; the interspace between the second and third distinct anal lines

widened between M* and SM? to a conspicuous white spot.

Underside yellow, the lines not bright red, but brown, the lines of the hindwing

not curved, the first touching cell.

Hab. Borneo; Malay Peninsula.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Kina Balu, N. Borneo (type) ; 1 ? from Mt.

Tahan, Malay Peninsula (Waterstradt).

The ? somewhat resembles piepersi; it represents possibly a separate

subspecies.

( 310 )

264. Callambulyx junonia.

*Ambulyx junonia Butler, Illustr. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 9. t. 80. f. 2 (1881) (Bhutan ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 23. n. 125 (1887) (Bhutan) ; Hamps,, in

Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 79. n, 107 (1892) (Bhutan ; Naga Hills) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. G77. n. 42 (1892) (Bhutan) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 107

(1898) (‘not seen”).

3. We have seen but two specimens of this apparently very rare species, which

agrees in the structure of the antenna, legs, and palpus well with C. rubricosa.

Tenth abdominal tergite flat (Pl. XXII. f. 11), deeply sinuate, the lobes

diverging, their mesial edge depressed, so that their upper surface slants inwards,

each lobe with an inconspicuous median eariniform tubercle. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV.

f. 23) redneed distally ; harpe with a pointed apical hook and several, more

proximal, teeth.

?. Not seen.

Hab. Bhutan; Naga Hills.

One ¢ in the British Museum; a specimen from the Naga Hills in Mr. Elwes’s

collection ; also in coll. Swinhoe.

265, Callambulyx poecilus (PI. I. f. 13, 3).

*Ambulye poecilus Rothschild, Noy, Zoo. v. p. 604. n, 4. fig. 2 (1898) (Murree ;—Mus, Tring) ;

Hamps., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xiii, p. 39. n, 106a (1900),

d. Intermediate between tatarinovi and rubricosa; the forewing as strongly

faleate as in the latter, but red below in basal half as in certain specimens of the

former. Tongne very weak; pilifer with very few bristles. The tenth tergite

similar to that of rubricosa, narrower, apex more suddenly narrowed, curved

downwards, pointed ; ninth tergite with long hair-scales as in rwdricosa ; sternite

reduced, without lobe. Clasper (PI. XXXIV. f. 21) widened distally into a

subquadrate flap, bearing dorsally on the inner surface a high triangular crest,

which is continuous with the subdorsal fold of the more proximal part of the

clasper; this fold is rough with setiferous tubercles ; harpe somewhat resembling

that of A. edwesi in the shape of the distal part, but is less concave, and has,

besides the long apical hook, a short subapical tooth at the dorsal edge ; the

proximal ridge (/) high.

?. Not known.

Hab. Murree, N.W. India.

One ¢ in the Tring Museum ; not seen in other collections.

266. Callambulyx tatarinovi.

Smerinthus tatarinovi Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Etud. Ent. i. p. 62. n. 19 (1852) (N. China ;—

Mus. St. Petropolis) ; id., Schm. N. Chin. p. 13. n. 57 (1853) ; Mén., Enum. Corp. An. Mus.

Petr., Lep, p. 133. n. 1558. t. 13. f. 1 (9) (1857) (= eversmanni ; Pekin ; Kiachta) ; Lucas,

Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 149 (1858) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 43. n. 33 (1875); Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 593. n. 5, t. 90. £. 16 (l.) (1877) (Japan) ; Graes., Berl. Ent.

Zeitschr, Xxxii, p. 105, n, 186 (1888) (1. on Ulmus); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 586.

n. 25 (1888) (Yokohama; Yesso); Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 237. n, 227 (1892)

(Amurld. ; N. China) ; Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 279. n, 40 (1899) (Yesso ; Yokohama) ;

Bartel, in Bithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 164 (1900) (Kiachta; Amurland, v. vi, ; Wladiwostock ;

Pekin; Japan); Staud. & Reb,, Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100, n. 729 (1901) (Amurld, ; N. China ;

Japan ; Dauria),

Ambulyx tatarinovi, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 24. n. 94 (1892) (Japan ; N, China).

Smerinthus (2) tatarinovi, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. p. 711. n. 7 (1892) (China ; Japan ; = eversmanni).

Ete)

3%. The ordinary form has the upperside of the body and forewing more or

less bright olive-green, but there occur also specimens with the green replaced by

reddish brown. This form was discovered by Popoff at Kiachta, and described

by Eversmann under the name of eversmanni, given to it in litt. by Popoff, who had

apparently several specimens. There are two individuals of this form in the Paris

Mnseum correctly identified as eversmanni. Staudinger redescribed a Kiachta

individual (bred in May 1855) as drunnea, not knowing that his individual was the

true eversmanni, and doubtless one of the specimens distributed by Popoff. Bartel,

l.c., has correctly quoted drunnea as a synonym of eversmanni. By some oversight

eversmanni is sunk as a synonym of tatarinovi in Stand. & Reb.’s Catalogue, (c.,

and brunnea kept as the name of the reddish brown form. Both Ménétriés and

Boisduval, /./.c.c., mentioned the brown form; Butler, d.c., overlooked the name of

eversmanni. Leech records a brown specimen from Japan (now in the British

Museum), and refers it doubtfully to ‘*‘drannea.” We have another Japanese

individual agreeing with eversmanni (= brunnea). The brown form, therefore, is

not local. The synonymy is as follows :

a. C. tatarinovi f. norm. tatarinori.

Green form.

&. C. tatarinovi f. ab. eversmanni.

Smerinthus eversmanni Eversmann, Bull, Moscou p. 182. t. 1. £. 5 (1854) (Kiachta ; descr. of larva ;—

Mus. St. Petropolis).

Smerinthus tatarinovi, Ménétriés, 1c.

*Smerinthus tatarinovi var. brunnea Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 238. sub n. 227 (1892)

(Kiachta, v.;—coll. Staudinger); Leech, Z'rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 279. subn. 40 (1899) (Japan).

Smerinthus tatarinovi var. (ab.) brunnea, Staudinger & Reb., l.c, sub n. 729 (1901) (Kiachta; Japan).

There does not seem to be any difference between Japanese and Continental

tatarinovi. The relationship of this species with C. rubricosa has not been

recognised except by Swinhoe. Bartel, /.c., p. 142, erroneously attributes only one

pair of hindtibial spurs to tatarinov?.

Paronychium with the upper lobe very slender, the lower one broader, but

short and heavily ciliate. The red colour on the underside of the forewing variable

in extent.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite slenderer than in the other species, gradually

narrowed to the obtuse end and curved downwards ; upperside convex, punctured

distally, clothed with short dispersed hairs ; tenth sternite reduced, without lobe ;

ninth tergite with long hair-scales. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 20): apical half

narrowed to form a rather slender lobe, which varies in breadth, but is always

curved upwards, and on the inner surface rough with small tubercles ; a subdorsal

fold (pd), connected distally with the dorsal edge of the clasper, projects above the

harpe and is beset with numerous setiferous tubercles ; harpe of the same type as

in poecilus and rubricosa, with two distal processes which stand close together, the

upper one somewhat longer than the lower. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 45)

dorsally prolonged into a narrow flap with which the membrane of the duct is

connected ; in the contracted state of the duct the flap, which is dentate, is

concealed in the interior of the sheath.

%. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. 16) characteristic: a long triangular lobe in

¢ s1aP)

front of the vaginal orifice ending in two points; the lobe somewhat variable in

shape individually.

Larva green, granulose; head triangular; seven white side-bands which are

edged with crimson.—Food: Ulmus.

Pupa not described.

Hab. Amurland; Dauria; N. China ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum 16 ¢d,9 22 from: Tokio, June ; Yokohama, July ;

Kawagashi, July ; Wladiwostock ; Amurland ; 'Ta-chiao-tze, China, July.

LXXX. ANAMBULYX gen. nov.—Typus : edwesi.

Ambulyx, Druce (non Walker, 1856), Ent. Mo. Mag. xix. p. 17 (1882).

3%. Differs from Callambulyx, of which it is a development, in the absence of

the retinaculum, the reduction in length of the frenulum, the absence of the proximal

pair of spurs from the hindtibia, and in the shape of the hindwing, which has the

costal margin straight or feebly concave before and in middle, and externally convex

as in Phyllosphingia.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

One species.

267. Anambulyx elwesi.

*Ambulyx elwesi Druce, l.c. (1882) (Darjiling ;—coll. Druce) ; Waterh., Aid Indent. Ins, ii. t. 136.

f. 3 (1883); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 23. n. 126 (1887) (Sikhim) ; Hamps., in

Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 79, n. 108 (1892) (Sikhim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i-

p. 677. n. 43 (1892) (Darjiling) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 108 (1898)

(“not seen”’),

3%. The pale interantennal bar of rv/ricosa is wanting ; the oblique apical line

of the forewing is also not marked. A heavy-bodied insect with comparatively

short wings, which is easily recognised by the very broad brown-black border of the

rosy red hindwing and the olive-yellow stigma of the forewing.

3. The tenth tergite smooth, rounded at the end, which is turned downwards,

longitudinally grooved ; the ninth tergite (proximal part of the sapra-anal process)

not hairy ; tenth sternite mesially produced into a triangular, apically rounded lobe.

Clasper obliqnely rounded at apex (Pl. XXXIV. f. 22), this apical lobe smaller than

the harpe, which is concave, spoon-shaped, with the apex produced into a pointed

hook, which is directed dorsad ; the dorsal edge of the clasper is widened internad

near the end of the harpe and densely beset with stiff hairs ; the dense tuft of hair-

scales near the apex of the harpe is about twice as long as the clasper is broad

before the end. Penis-sheath dorsally longer than ventrally, being obliquely

truncate, without external armature ; within the sheath there is a membranaceous

flap densely covered with pointed tubercles.

%. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. 14) deeply concave at the sides ; two obtuse

flaps in front of the vaginal orifice, separated from one another by a deep sinus.

Hab. North India: Sikhim and Assam. Rare in collections.

In the. Tring Musenm 2 33,2 ? 2, from the Khasia Hills.

( 313 )

LXXXI. SPHINX.—Typus : ocellata.

Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).

Spectrum Scopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. iii. p. 413 (1777) (partim ; includes type of Sphinz).

Smerinthus Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. iti, p. 401 (1802) (partim ; includes type of Sphin).

Laothoé Fabricius, in Mlig., Mag. Ent. vi, p. 287 (1807) (partim ; includes type of Sphinw).

Dilina Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Ak, Handl. xxxvii. p, 212 (1816) (partim ; includes type of Sphina).

Paonias Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 142 (1822) (partim ; includes type of Sphinx).

Merinthus (!) Meigen, Handb. Schm. p. 100 (1827) (partim ; correct. of Smerinthus !).

Eusmerinthus Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 132 (1877) (type : jamaicensis).

Calasymbolus Grote (non id., 1877), Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 34 (1886).

Calasymbolus Copismerinthus Grote, 1.c. p. 35 (1886) (type : cerisy?).

Copiosmerinthus (!), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712 (1892).

Cypa, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii. p. 38 (1900).

Daddia Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 386 (1902) (nom. nud.).

Bellia id., l.c. (nom. nud.).

Nicholsonia Tutt, lc. (nom. nud.).

3%. Tongue very weak and short. Palpus small in ?, largerin d. Abdomen

spinose all over dorsally, the spines very weak, dense at and near the apical edges

of the segments; no broad under-scales on the tergites. Retinaculum absent ;

frenulum reduced, the bristle of ¢ short but rather stout, the bristles of ? thin,

hair-I-ke. Pulvillus and paronychium present. Tibiae not spinose ; anterior tibia

with or without apical thorn; one pair of spurs to hindtibia. Hindwing red for the

greater part.

3. Antenna more distinctly dilated laterad than in Amorpha, sometimes sub-

pectinate, or even pectinate. Tenth abdominal tergite rounded at end, or feebly

sinuate (caecus); sternite triangular, simple. Harpe simple, rounded or obtusely

pointed at end, not divided as in Amorpha. Penis-sheath with one or two conical

teeth at end, pointing laterad.

?. Antenna (PI. LX. f. 14—17) with traces of the lateral expansions of 3.

Vaginal plate membranaceous, without a distinct ridge in front of the vaginal cavity,

or the ridge is more or less wrinkled, not strongly chitinised.

Larva granulose, head triangular ; horn tuberculated; green, with white or

yellowish side-bands, often spotted with red.—Food-plants: Populus, Prunus,

Salix, and other trees.

Pupa stout, more or less rugulose and punctured, somewhat glossy, sheath of

antennae rather broad in both sexes. i

Hab. Palaearctic and Nearectic Regions.

Six species.

According to what we have said in the introduction, the type of Sphinx is

ocellata. Synonymous with Sphina are the generic names Laotho’, Dilina, and

Paonias, which have all ocellata for types. The Grotean genus Musmerinthus,

reduced to the rank of a subgenus by its author in 1886, is based upon one Nearctic

species (jamaicensis) which differs in the d-antenna from all the allied forms, and

on some Palaearctic species which are not very nearly related to jamaicensis. There

is some reason to separate jamaicensis from the other species, and we should not

reject Lusmerinthus as a genus if there was a character, apart from colour, by

which the 2 could be distinguished. This jamaicensis is, in the development of the

d-antenna, the highest species, the long pectinations being an exaggeration of the

short side-processes or feeble dilatations found in the other members of the genus

Sphina.

( 314 )

Calasymbolus was originally proposed for astylus, but later on employed by

Butler and also by Grote himself for nearly all the American eyed Hawk Moths.

Grote’s subgenus Copismerinthus has no justification whatever. When the

author learned from Fernald’s Sphingidae of New England that cerisyi had the

foretibia armed at the end with a claw or thorn, he thought this to be something

quite characteristic, not being aware that the European ocel/ata, which he considered

the type of Smerinthus, possessed the same armature. In the same paper Grote

states, as he had done in previous articles, that op/thalmicus from California is, in

America, the only representative of the typical genus Smerinthus. This ophthalmicus

is, however, nothing else but the Pacific form of cerisy?, differing very slightly from

the eastern specimens of this species, and having the thorn at the end of the fore-

tibia just like eastern cerisy?. Sph. ocellata and cerisyi are closely related, and

can by no means be separated generically unless one proposes a genus for each

species. Grote holds now the same opinion.* Tutt, /.c., goes even farther than

did Grote : he considers the local forms of cerésyi to represent two genera ! !

The thorn or claw at the end of the foretibia is here not a character of generic

value. This is best proved by ocellata and planus, which are very near each other

in eyery respect ; the former, however, possessing the claw, the latter being without

lepidopterists.

The abdominal segments are said by Fernald, /.c., to be unarmed. Grote and

Smith have repeated this erroneous statement.

Key to the species :

a. Foretibia with an apical thorn (claw). : gti

Foretibia without an apical thorn (claw) . F aids

4. Hindwing with a large black anal patch

which is round and includes a pale

blue ring or some pale blue spots : 3 te

Hindwing before anal angle with two

resp. three black bars separated and

bordered by grey or buff bars. . 268. Sph. hindermanni.

c. The space encircled by the blue ring of the

eye-patch more or less shaded with

bluish grey : 270. Sph. ocellata.

The space black, the ring often edeamilerel

sometimes Gemeente by separate

spots . ; 272. Sph. cerisyi.

d. The blue ring of the ey een Soeplete

large, the space encircled by it more

or less shaded with pale blue. . 271. Sph. planus.

The blue ring incomplete or represented

by separate spots c k : : ; ome:

e. Brown antemedian band of forewing

strongly angulate in middle : . 273. Sph. jamuicensis.

Brown antemedian band of a ate

slightly curved . 3 ; 269. Sph. caecus.

The two American species and the Asiatic caecus have a high subapical ridge

on the inner surface of the clasper, while the other three (Palaearctic) species have

the ridge merely indicated by a slight fold.

* Ent. Record vii. p. 56 (1895),

(315 )

268. Sphinx kindermanni.

*Smerinthus Ikindermanni Lederer, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. i. p. 22 (1852) (Argana Maden,

Kurdistan ;—Mus. Tring) ; Ersch., Medtsch.’s Reise Lep. p. 26. n. 81. t. 2. f.19 (2) (1874)

(Turkestan).

Calasymbolus kindermanni, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 592. n, 5 (1877) (Pontus).

Eusmerinthus kindermanni, Grote, Canad. Int. ix. p. 132 (1877) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. iti.

p. 223 (1877).

Cypa kindermanni, Hampson, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii. p. 38. n. 96 (1900) (Kandahar ;

Chitral).

3. Anterior tibia ending in a thorn, which is mostly covered with scales.

Antenna or 3 subpectinate, the lateral projections about half as long as the

segments are broad dorsally. Pulvillus reduced, decidedly smaller than in ocedlata

and caecus, varying in size, largest in the most western form.

3. Tenth tergite apically broader than in ocellata, obtuse ; the sternite longer.

Dorsal edge of clasper internally with the trace of a stronger chitinised longitudinal

ridge before the end; harpe (Pl. XXXIV. f. 26) as in ocellata with a single,

somewhat spoon-shaped, apical process, ventral margin shallowly sinuate, upper

edge continued dorso-basad, ending in a rather high crest, which is situated below

a longitudinal subdorsal fold clothed with long dispersed bristles. Penis-sheath

with a conical tooth at the end, membrane of duct with a patch of pale spines.

?. Vaginal plate resembling that of ocel/ata, proximally still less chitinised ;

the ridge before the cavity with a broader mesial sinus.

Larva known only from Kandahar, Afghanistan; similar to ocedlata (see

Sph. hind. obsoleta).

Hab. Taurus, Cilicia, eastwards to the Altai region, Hast Turkestan,

Afghanistan, Chitral.

Three subspecies, which are connected by intergradations.

a. Sph. kindermanni hindermanni.

*Smerinthus kindermanni Lederer, lc. (1852) (Kurdistan) ; Staud., Cat. Lep. Eur. p. 17. n. 26

(1861) ; id., Zc. ed. ii. p. 37. n. 484 (1871) (Pont. m.) ; Ersch., 7.c. (1874) (partim) ; Stand., Hor.

Soc. Ent. Ross. xiv. p, 300 (1878) (Taurus); Rom., Wém. Lep. i. p. 72 (1884) (Lenkoran ;

Grand Ararat ; Helenendorf) ; Gr.-Grschim., in Rom., Wém. Lép. iv. p. 512. n. 207 (1890) ;

Teich, Stett. Ent. Zeit. lvii. p. 30 (1896) (Ararat ; larva on Salix); Holtz, Illustr. Zeitsehr. Ent.

ii. p. 63 (1897) (Taurus, Asia min.) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 168 (1900) (partim) ;

Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. n. 728 (1901) (partim).

Calasymbolus kindermanni, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 592. n. 5 (1877) (Pontus).

3. The western form. The dark markings of the forewing reddish-brown.

Pulvillus larger than in the two other subspecies, black ; the ridge formed by the

upper edge of the harpe beneath the longitudinal fold of the clasper rough with teeth

or tubercles.

Hab. Asia Minor eastward to the Caucasus.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Helenendorf ; “ Transkank., type’

Felder.

In the Leech collection 2 dd without locality.

’

ex coll.

b. Sph. hindermanni orbata.

Smerinthus lkindermanni, Erschoff, l.c, (1874) (partim) ; Criiger, Stett. Ent. Zeit, xxxv. p. 393 (1875);

Obrist., in Rom., Mém. Lép. v. p. 11. n. 38 (1889) (Askhabad, one 9, very pale); Bartel, in

Rithl, Grossschm. ii, p. 168 (1900) (partim) ; Staud. & Reb., Lc. (1901) (partim).

( 316 )

*Smerinthus Iindermanni var. orbata Groum-Grschim., /.c. iv. p. 512.0. 207 (1890) (Ferghana ;—Mus,

Tring) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 169 (1900) (Turkestan).

Eusmerinthus kindermanni, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. p. 712. n. 1 (1892) (Turkestan).

Eusmerinthus kindermanni var. orbata, id., l.e. p. 712, sub n. 1 (1892).

3%. Paler than the preceding, the dark bands of the forewing less tawny.

Pulvillus small and pale. The ridge formed basally by the upper edge of the

clasper smooth. This is the form generally found in collections as Aindermanni, and

distributed as such by the German dealers. It varies in colour to a certain

extent, some specimens coming near the preceding, others near the following.

Hab. Transcaspia, Turkestan, North Afghanistan.

In the Tring Museum 10 33,8 2% from: Margelan; Ruschke, Afghanistan;

Sefir-Kuh.

ce. Sph. kindermanni obsoleta.

Eusmerinthus kindermanni, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 413. n. 26. t. 39. £. 11 (p.). 12 (1.) (1880)

(Kandahar) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 346, n. 3 (1885) (Kandahar, vi.-viii.).

Smerinthus kindermanni, Cotes & Swinhoe, Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 27. n. 151 (1887) (Kandahar).

Cypa kindermanni, Hampson, Journ. Bombay N. 1. Soc. xiii. p. 38. n. 96 (1900) (Kandahar ; Chitral).

*Smerinthus kindermanni var. obsoleta Staudinger, in Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. sub

n. 728 (1901) (Korla ;—coll. Staudinger).

d. Similar to the palest specimens of orbata. The discal lines of the forewing

a little less distinct, the pale antemedian and discal bands more whitish; the anal

patch of the hindwing less sharply marked, and the underside paler in tint, with

some of the lines less distinct than in ordata. We have not observed any difference

in structure from orbata.

Larva described by Roberts (see Butler, Zc.) as having yellow side-hands,

white granules, a blue, green-tipped, curved horn.—Food: Salix, vi.

Hab. Eastern Turkestan ; Chitral ; Kandahar.

In the Tring Museum 2 6 from Maral-bashi, east of Kashgar, May.

In the British Museum from Kandahar and Chitral.

269. Sphinx caecus.

Smerinthus caecus Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anint: Petr., Lep. ti. p. 135. n. 1560. t. 13. £. 2 (1857)

(Dauria? ; Amur ;—Mus. St. Petropolis); id., Mél. Biol. Ac. St. Pétersb. i. p. 48. n. 109

(Separ.) (1859) (Amur) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxii. p. 105. n. 190 (1888) (J. on Salix) ;

Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 236. n. 225 (1892) (Amurland; Askold ; i. ©. vi., 7. viii.) ;

Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 166 (1900) (‘Transbaikal.; East Siber.; Amur; Dauria;

N. China ; Askold) ; Stand. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. n. 727 (1901) (Amur; Ussuri;

? Daur.).

Smerinthus ? caecus, Staudinger, Cat. Lep. Eur. ed. ii. p. 37. n. 485 (1871) (var. of hinderm. ?),

Smerinthus coecus (1), Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 40. n, 30 (1875).

Calasymbolus caecus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 592. n. 4 (1877) (Amur).

Eusmerinthus coecus (!), Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 132 (1877) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. iii.

p. 223 (1877).

Eusmerinthus caecus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712. n. 2 (1892) (Dauria ; Amur).

¢%. Anterior tibia without a thorn at end. Antenna of ¢ subpectinate as in

hindermanni. Pulvillus well developed.

d. Tenth tergite nearly as in cerisyi, but sinuate at apex ; sternite as slender

as in cerisy?. Clasper a little narrower than in cerisyi, with a dorso-apical rounded

ridge placed obliquely as in cer. cerisyi ; harpe ventrally emarginate before end,

apex and upper edge of the harpe densely beset with short spines. Penis-sheath

( 317 )

(Pl. XXIX. f. 47, drawn from the opposite side as figs. 42—44 to show tooth and

patches of spines) armed with a sharp subapical tooth which points somewhat

proximad ; besides this tooth there are two patches of short acute spines, one on

the sheath, the other on the membrane of the duct ; penis-funnel (v-F) carinate

ventrally as in cer’sy7, with the sides sinuate.

?. Vaginal plate short, orifice very large, its proximal edge slightly elevate

and incrassate, sinuate ; no special armature.

Larva similar to that of ocedlata, not described—Food-plant : Salix.

Hab. Transbaikalia to Askold and N. China.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd,7 2 ? from the Amur Region.

270. Sphinx ocellata.

Sphine ocellata Linneé, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489. n. 1 (1758).

Sphinx semipavo Retzius, Gen. Ins. p. 35. n. 33 (1783).

Sphinx salicis Hiibner, Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. t. 15. £. 73 (1805—).

36 ¢. Anterior tibia ending in a thorn.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite triangular (Pl. XXII. f. 14), extreme end curved

downwards, obtusely rounded, not pointed ; sternite with a triangular lobe, which is

feebly curved upwards, with the underside convex and the sides dilated in basal

third, apex blunt. Clasper irregularly sole-shaped, broadly rounded at end ; harpe

(Pl. XXXIV. f. 25) longitudinal, elongate, simple, the edges slightly elevate, the

surface more or less concave, apex narrowed, the upper edge shallowly emarginate.

Penis-sheath (P]. X XIX. f. 41) armed at end with a heavy conical tooth projecting

laterad ; the membrane of the duct bears a patch of curved spines, which are often

concealed.

?. Vaginal plate not strongly chitinised, much wrinkled, but fairly constant ;

the orifice preceded by a transverse ridge, forming the lower or anterior lip of the

cavity, this ridge mesially indented.

The harpe of the hybrids ocedlata x populi is often sinuate ventrally before the

apex ; this sinus corresponds to the deep apical sinus of populi, dividing the harpe

of this species into two lobes ; the narrowed apical portion of the ocedlata-harpe is,

therefore, homologous to the upper lobe of the harpe of populi.

Larva somewhat variable, occasionally with red side patches; bluish green,

granules white ; seven white or yellowish side-bands, horn blue at base, or entirely

grey-blue.—Food-plants : Salix, Populus, Pirus, Prunus, rarely other trees.

Pupa somewhat glossy, rugose, not distinctly granulated; cremaster broad

basally, rough ; laterally with pointed tubercles.

One brood, seldom two.

Hab. Palaearctic Region as far east as Western Siberia and Asia Minor ; uot

found in Greece.

Two subspecies :

a. Sph. ocellata ocellata.

Hoefn., Archet. ii. t. 5 (1592) ; id., Div. Ins. t. 10 (1630) ; Moufet, Theatr. Ins. p. 91. f. 3 (1634) ;

Merian, Hur. Ins. ii. t. 87 (1683) ; Rajus, /7ist. Jus. p. 148. n. 2. p. 149. n. 3 (1710) ; Albin,

Nat. Hist. Engl. Ins. t. 8 (1720) ; Roes., ns. Belust. i. cl. 1. Pap. Noct. p. 1. t. 1. £. 3. 4 (1746) ;

Wilke, Lngl. Moths. cl. 1, 8. 8. p. 10. t. 5 (1747) ; Uddm., Diss. p. 58. taf. (1753) ; Hemmerich,

Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 7. £. b (175-) ; Geoffr., Hist. Ins. ii, p. 79. n. 1 (1762); Goed., Metam. 1.

p. 65. t, 24. & iii, p. 25, t. 0 (1662-69) ; Gronov., Zoophyl. p. 201. n. 816 (1764) ; Seba, Thesaur.

iy, t. 59, f. 4, 5. 6 (1765) ; Schaeff., Zeon, t. 99. £. 5. 6 (1766) ; Harris, Aurelian t, 5. fig. g. b. i.

( 318 )

(1766) ; Admir., /ns. t. 1 (1774) ; Ebert, Naturl. iii. p. 91, t. 36. f. 1, 2. 3 (1778); Ernst &

Engram., /ns. Eur. iii, p. 114. t. 119. f. 164 d—g (1782).

Sphinx ocellata Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489. n. 1 (1758) ; id. Mauna Suec. ed. ii. p. 286. n. 1083

(1761) ; Sulz., Keunz. p. 36. t. 15. f. 89 (1761) ; Poda, Mus. Graec. p, 80. n. 2 (1761) ; Sepp,

Nederl. Ins. i. 3. p. 11. t. 2. £. 6.7 (1762); Seop., Ent, Carn. p. 182. n. 465 (1763); Linné,

Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 341 (1764) ; Miill., Fauna Frid. p. 37. n. 341 (1764); Hufn., Berl. Mag.

ii. p. 178. n. 4 (1766) ; Linné, Syst. Nut. ed. xii, p. 796. n. 1 (1767); Houtt., Natl. Hist. i.

11, p. 397. n, 1 (1767); Beckm., Epit. p. 160. n. 1 (1772); Goeze, Bonn. Abh. p. 95. n. 10

(1773) ; Mart., Allg. Gesch. Nat. i, p. 77 (1774); Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 635. v0, 1 (1774);

Fuessl., Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n. 611 (1775); Mein., Natw;f. iv. p. 113 (1775); Harris,

Engl. Lep. p. 30. n. 202 (1775); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 536, n. 1 (1775) (partim) ; Schiff, &

Denis, Wien Verz. p. 41. n. 1 (1776); Schrét., Abk. Geg. Nat. i. p. 180 (1776) ; Mill, Zool.

Dan. p. 116, n, 1334 (1776); Mader, ed. Kleem., Raupenkal. p. 70. n. 197, p, 115. n, 322

(1777) ; Fuessl., Mag. Ent. i. p. 262 (1778) ; Leske, Anfangsgr. Nat. i. p. 457, n. 1 (1779) ;

Esp., Hur. Schm. ii. p 27. t. 1 (1779) ; Blum., Handb. Nat. p. 364, n, 1 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent.

Beytr. iii. 2. p. 135. n. 1 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec, Ins. ii, p, 139. n, 1. (1781) (partim) ; Fuessl.,

N. Mag. Ent. ii, p. 69 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 64, n. 533-5 (1782); Foure., Ent. Paris,

ii, p. 251, n, 1 (1785) ; Fuessl., /.c. ili. p. 148 (1786); Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 92. n. 1 (1787)

(partim) ; Borkh., Schmett. Hur. ii. p, 104, n, 1 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5 p. 2371, n. 1

(1790) (partim) ; Rossi, Mauna Ltr. ii. p. 159. n. 1046 (1790) ; View., Tabell. Verz. Brandenb.

p- 3. n, 1 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. pp. 52. 194. 350. 493. 629 (1791) ; Brahm, Jnsectenkuld.

ii. 1, p. 480. n, 301 (1791); Petag., Just. Ent. ii, p. 495. n. 1, t. 8. f. 1 (1792); Borkb., Rhein.

Mag. i. p. 325. v. 149 (1793); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii, 1. p. 355. n, 1 (1793) (partim) ; Prunn.,

Lep. Ped. p. 79. n, 164 (1798) ; Cederb,, Fauna Ingr. p. 218. n. 651. t. 2. f. a (1798) ; Donoy.,

Brit, Ins. p. 47. t. 269 (1799) ; Schrank, Fuuna Boica ii, 1. p. 221. a. 1380 (1801) ; Walk.,

Faune Paris Ins. ii. p. 277 (1802) ; Thunb., Mus, Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 10 (1804) ; Turt., Syst.

Nat. iii, 2. p. 168 (1806) ; Shaw, Gen. Zool. vi. 1. p. 216. t, 72 (1806) ; Ochsenh., Schm. Eur.

ii. p. 249. n, 2 (1808) ; Nagel, Hiilfsb, Schm. p. 144 (1818) ; Latr., in Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat.

xxxi, p, 352 (1819); God., Lep. France iii, p. 68, n, 17. t. 20. f, 2 (1821) ; Rockstr., Anweis.

Schm, p. 189. t. 7. f. 3. 4. 5 (1833); Beske, in Silberm., Rev. d’Ent. ii. p. 177 (1834)

(Hamburg) ; Friv., ‘bid, ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary).

Sphynx (!) ocellata, Gleditsch, Forstwissensch, ii, p. 41. n. 12 (1775) ; Vogel, Schm.-Cab. i. p, 27, t. 7.

f£. 7 (1821) ; id., Uc. x. p. 10. t: 5. £. 2 (7.) (1829).

Sphinx semipavo Retzius, Gen. Ins. p. 35. 0, 33 (1783).

Sphine salicis Hiibner, Summl. Eur. Schm., Sphing. t. 15. £. 73 (1805—) ; id., Gesch. Eur, Schm.

ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. b. a, f. 2a. b (1806-48).

Smerinthns ocellata, Latreille, Hist, Nat. Crust. Ins. iii. p. 401 (1802) ; id., lc. xiv. p. 135, n. 2 (1805);

id., Gen. Ins. Crust. iv. p. 209 (1809) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 243 (1819); Boisd., nd. Meth.

p. 34 (1829) ; Lucas, Lép. Eur. p. 147. t. 49. f. 2 (1834) ; Treits., in Ochs., Schm. Eur, x.

p. 263 (1834); Latr., in Cuv., Régn. Anim., Ins. t. 147. f. 1 (1836); Thon, Naturg. Schm.

p. 109. t. 55. f. 750. 751. 752 (1837); Blanch., Hist. Nat. Zns. iii. p. 480 (1840) ; Ramb., Faune

Andal, p. 329 (1842) (Malaga) ; Korn., Schm. Schles, i. p. 19. n. 43 (1842) ; Eversm., Fauna

Volgo-Ural. p. 114 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Herr.-Scheeff., Hur. Schmett, ii. 1. p. 91, n. 33 (1847) ; Lue.,

Lép. Eur. p. 118. t. 49 (1848); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 240, n. 1 (1856); Assm.,

Zeitschr. Ent. Bresl. i, p. 5 (1857) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr, Lep. p. 94. 0, 1559

(1863) (Livonia ; Petrop.) ; Doum., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 8 (1860) (teratol.) ; Siev.,

Bull, Mosecu p. 140 (1862) (St, Pétersb.); Mann, Wien, Ent. Monatschr, vi, p. 66 (1862)

(Brussa) ; Wall., Shand. Het. Fijtér. p. 17, pv. 3 (1863); Ball., Bull. Moscow p. 364 (1864)

(Gorki) ; Maur., Tijdschr, Ent. ix. p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell,, Vlind. Nederld, p, 101.

n, 1 (1867); Tengstr., Act. Soc. F. F. Fenn, x. p. 6. n. 97 (1869) ; Heyl., Tijdschr, Ent, xiii.

p. 146. n. 76 (1870) (Breda); Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 24. n. 11 (1872) (v.-vii.); Siebke,

Enum. Ins, Norv, iii, p, 25, 0, 2 (1874) ; Butl., rans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix, p. 592. n. 1 (1877) ;

Staud., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, xiv. p. 300 (1878) (Asia min.) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub.

xxiii, p. 45 (1880); Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880); Albr., Bull. Moscow

p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Auriy., Kongl. Vet. Ac. Handl. xix, 5, p. 126, n. 159 (1882) (recens.

Lep. Mus, Lud. Ulr.) ; Weism., ed, Meld., Stud. Theor. Dese, i. p. 240 t. 7, f. 70 (1882) (larva);

Poult., Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 290 (1885) (postembr, devel.) ; id., /.c. p. 137 (1886) ; Lampa,

Ent, Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n, 120 (1885) ; Kroul,, Bull. Soc, Oural. xi. p. 214. n, 90 (1885) (Sarapoul,

v.); Haar, Tijdschr. Ent, xxix. p. 30 (1886) (Alblasserward) ; Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschi. xxxi,

p. 262 (1887) (Dessan) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sic. vii. p. 42 (1889) (if oce, in Sicily ?) ;

( 319 )

Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 30. t. 8. £. 6 (1893) ; id., Grossschm, Eur. p. 31. n. 3. t. 18. f. 5

(1894) ; Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub, xxxviii. App. p. 20 (1895); Vos, Tijdschr, Ent.

xli. p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bart., in Riihl, Grosssch, ii, p. 171 (1900) (Europe, Asia min.,

Transc. ; West. Siber.) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n. 726 (1901) (partim) ; Tutt,

Brit. Lep. iii, p. 424 (1902).

Laothoé ocellata, Fabricius, in Ilig., Wag. Ent. vi. p. 288. n. 42 (1807).

Pacnias salicis Hiibner, Verz. bek Schm. p. 142. n. 1519 (1822).

Smerinthus ocellatus (!), Stephens, I/lustr. Brit, Ent., Haust. i, p. 112 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins.

ii. p. 30 (1829) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Woths i. p. 7. t. 1. f. 1. 2. 3 (1848) ; Boisd., Chen.

Bur., Sphing. t. 7. £. 2. 3, 4 (1852-48) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 31. n. 20 (1875); Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 711. n. 1 (1892) (Europe; N. & W. Asia) ; Barrett, Lep. Brit. Isl. ii. p. 3.

n. 1. t. 41. f. 1. a.—d, (1895) (Engl.. S. Scotl., Ireld.).

Merinthus (!) ocellatus (!), Meigen, Handb. Schm, p. 102. n, 20 (1827) ; id., Syst, Beschr. Eur. Schm.

ii. p. 148. n, 1 (1830).

Smerynthus (!) ocellata, Cantener, in Silberm., Rev. d’ Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dép. du Var, iv. vii.

=salicis).

Dilina ocellata, Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp. p. 917 (1840).

*Smerinthus ocellata var. cinerascens Staudinger, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 316 (1879) (Naryn ;—coll.

Staudinger) ; id. in Rom., J/ém. Lép. vi, p. 237. sub n, 226 (1892); Bartel, /.c. 176 (1900) ;

Staud. & Reb., /.c. p. 99. sub n. 726 (1901) (Naryn).

Smerinthus salius (!), Hofmann, Raup. Grossschm. p. 30 (1893) (sub syn.).

Smerinthus ocellata ab. rosea Bartel, l.c. p. 176 (1900).

Smerinthus ocellatus x populi, Westwood, Brit. Moths p. 7 t. 1. f. 10 (1843) ; Barrett, Lep. Brit, Isl.

t. 41. f. 2 (1895); Hause, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 193 (1843) ; Westw., ibid. p. 195. t. 2.

f. 1 (1843).

Smerinthus ocellata x populi, Bellier, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 5 (1863).

Smerinthus ocellata hibr. hybridus Stephens, List Brit. Anim. Brit. Mus. v. p. 26 (1850) ; Staud.,

Cat. Lep. Eur. p. 16, sub n. 27 (1861) ; id., l.c. ed, ii, p. 37. sub n. 487 (1871); Bartel, in Riihl,

Grossschm. ii. p, 176 (1900).

Smerinthus ocellata, Wiskott, Festschr. Ver. Schles. Ins. (Sep.) p. 19. n. 68, t. 3. £. 5 (1897)

(gynandr.) ; Schultz, Just. Zeitschr. Ent. ii, p. 393 (1897) (gynandr.) ; Bartel, l.c. p. 174 (1900).

Smerinthus ocellata x populi, Briggs, Entom. p. 217 (1881) ; Wisk., /.c. p. 19. n. 69. t. 3. f. 8 (1897);

(gynandr.) ; Schultz, /.c. p, 395 (1897) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 177 (1900).

Smerinthus ocellata hybr. hybridus, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 99. sub. n. 726 (1901) ;

Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 392 (1902).

Smerinthus tiliae x ocellata = leoniae Standfuss, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 86 (1901).

Smerinthus ocellata ab. pallida Tutt, lc. p. 427 (1902).

The individuals from the Ural and South Russia which we have examined do

not seem to us to be different from the examples of Central and Western Europe.

Dr. Staudinger, /.c., described as cénerascens a South Russian individual which he

considered to represent a desert form. This individual is certainly different from

all others we have seen, but we do not believe that it is anything else but an

abnormal specimen ; anyhow, a single example from a particular place is certainly

not sufficient to base a geographical race upon if the individuals from the

surrounding countries are of the ordinary type.

The ¢ of ocellata copulates in confinement comparatively easily with the 2 of

Amorpha populi. The offspring of such a union stand in structure, shape, and

colour, intermediate between the parent species. The thorn at the end of the

foretibia is short, mostly concealed under the scaling, the penis-sheath resembles

that of populi, the teeth of the duct are either partly or all replaced by fine

bristles ; the harpe agrees better with that of ocedlata, being, however, longer and

slenderer.

Authentic offspring of the reverse union are now also known, Standfuss’s

experiments having at last been successful in so far as he reared two ? ? of this

hybrid. The statement appearing in various bouks that the hybrid populi x ocellata

is identical with popwli has, as a matter of course, no foundation, The specimens

( 320 )

formerly sold by Staudinger as being this hybrid, if they really did not differ from

populi as stated by Standfuss and Standinger, were doubtless true populi. The

collector from whom Staudinger received these “ hybrids ” may have been taken in.

The name énversa of Tutt, l.c., refers to these specimens, not to the true hybrid

populi x ocellata.

The 2 populi x ocellata kindly lent to us by Standfuss agrees much better

with populi than with ocellata. The eye-spot of ocellata is represented by a

blackish shade.* The thorn at the end of the foretibia of oced/ata is here vestigial.

The frenulum is reduced but distinct. The most remarkable feature of the specimen is

the antennae, which have rather long seriated ciliae, which is not the case in the

?2 of either parent-species. Does this mean reversion to a former state of

development ? One of our two 2 ? ocellata x populi has similar antennae.

The hybrid Mimas tiliae x Sphinx ocellata is a very interesting product

obtained by Professor Standfuss in some numbers. We have seven dd of this

hybrid. They come in appearance nearer the d-parent than the $-parent, but only

in appearance. In structure they are decidedly nearer ocedlata. As the structure

does not seem to have been closely compared, we give the following results of our

investigation:

1. In ocellata the foretibia ends in a prominent thorn, which is absent from

tiliae ; the hybrid possesses the thorn, though somewhat stunted.

2. The tibiae are not spinose in ocedlata and densely spinose in ¢/iae; there

are no spines in the hybrid.

3. The proximal pair of hindtibial spurs is absent from ocedlata, and present

in ¢éléae ; these spurs, in the hybrid, are absent, or are represented by two

small tubercles, or are distinct but shorter than in ¢iléae. The apical

spurs, which are much shorter in oced/ata than in ¢iliae, are intermediate

in the hybrid, both being sometimes of the same length.

4. The retinaculum and frenulum are normal in ¢i/éae, and vestigial respect-

ively absent from ocellata. The hybrid agrees with ocellata in the

absence of a retinaculum, but has a long, thin, weak frenulum.

5. Sexual armature (only one specimen dissected): the tenth tergite of the

hybrid stands intermediate between those of ocel/ata and tiliae ; the harpe

is almost like that of ocedlata, differing essentially from that of é¢/’ae ; the

penis-sheath has no armature, differing from that of either parent-species.

Hab. Europe as far west and north as Ireland, Scotland, Lapland ; southward

to Andalusia and Sicily ; eastward to the Ural, Transcaucasia, and Asia Minor, Not

found in Greece.

In the Tring Museum a series of larvae and pupae and 40-odd specimens,

besides 16 dd and 2 3 ? ocellata x populi, and 1 ? populi x ocellata.

b. Sph. ocellata atlanticus.

Smerinthus ocellata var., Lucas, Bull. Soc, Ent. France p. 92 (1856) (Algérie).

Smerinthus ocellatus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 31, n. 20 (1875) (partim ; Algérie).

Smerinthus ocellata, Oberthiir, Lt. d’ Ent. vi. p. 65 (1881) (Oran).

*Smerinthus atlanticus Austaut, Le Natural. xii. p. 190 (1890) (Oudja) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p. 711. n. 2 (1892) (Morocco) ; Aust., lic. xv. p. 72 (1893) (larva); Rothscb., Nov. Zoou. i.

p- 98 (1894) (not distinct); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 178 (1900) (Algier, iv. ; Nord

Morocco).

*Smerinthus atlanticus var. aestivalis Austaut, l.c. xii. p. 191 (1890) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 180 (1900).

* This shade is very conspicuous in the second ¢, which is now in the Tring Museum,

( 321 )

Smerinthus ocellata var. atlanticus, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. sub n, 726 (1901)

(Maur. or.).

*Smerinthus austauti x atlanticus = hibr. metis Austaut, l.c. xv p. 230 (1893); Bartel, lc. p. 181

(1900).

*Smerinthus austauti x atlanticus = hibr. metis ab deleta Austaut, /.c. p. 231 (1893); Bartel, l.c. p. 183

(1900).

Smerinthus atlantica x populi = bybr. fringsi Standfuss, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 87 (1901).

Smerinthus atlantica x austauti = hybr, oberthucri Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 393 (1902).

3?. A large North African form, corresponding to the equally enlarged

edition of populi of the same countries. The harpe is longer and distally narrower

than in ocel/. ocellata, the conical tooth of the penis-sheath heavier, more strongly

curved, almost elbowed.

The specimen named qaestival/’s by Austaut is in the Tring Museum; the

difference between it and ordinary specimens of aflanticus is very slight. The

series of hybrids austauti x atlanticus in the Tring Museum (11 specimens) exhibits

considerable variation ; in some the russet-tawny colonr of the hindwing has nearly

disappeared ; the grey centre of the black patch of the hindwing is often transverse,

of irregular shape, rarely circular ; the antemedian line bordering the dark discal

area of the forewing is often angulate behind the base of M?’.

Larva aud pupa similar to those of ocell. ocellata, but the head of the former

dark green, the horn uniformly grey-blue.

fab. North Africa : Algiers and North Morocco.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 5 $ $ (including Austaut’s types of atlanticus and

aestivalis) from Meridje , 8. Algiers; 8 d¢,3 29? austauti x atlanticus; 23

atlanticus x populi.

271. Sphinx planus.

*Smerinthus planus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 254. n. 18 (1856) (N. China ;—Muzs. Brit.) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. p. 33. n, 22 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 593. n. 3.

t. 92. f. 11 (1877) (N. China ; Shanghai; larva shortly descr.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 711.

n. 4 (1892) (China; Japan ; = argus) ; Bartel, in Riibl, Grossschm. ii. p. 169 (1900) (East

Siberia ; Amur; Korea; China; Japan).

Smerinthus argus Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. ii. p. 136. n. 1561. t. 13. f. 3 (1857)

(Amur ;—Mus. St. Petropolis) ; ii., Wél. Biol. Ac. St. Pétersh. i. p. 48. n. 110 (1859) (Amur) ;

Staud., Cat. Lep. Eur. ed. ii, p. 37. n. 486 (1871) (Amur) ; Boisd., .c. p. 32. n. 21 (1875) (var.

of ocell. ?) ; Butl., lc. n. 4 (1877); Oberth., Et. d’Ent. v. p. 26. n. 65 (1880) (Askold, vii.) ;

id., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 56 (1886) (Manchuria, viii., l. on Salix) ; Graes., Berl, Ent.

Zeitschy. xxxii. p. 106. n. 191 (1888) (7. on Populus, rarely Salix) ; Fixs., in Rom., Mém. Lép.

iii. p. 322. n. 99 (1889) (Corea, vi.).

Smerinthus argus (ocellata var. ?), Staudinger, in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 236. n. 225 (1892) (Amur-

land ; China ; Japan; = ovellata var ?).

Smerinthus ocellatus, Leech (non Linné, 1758), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 587. n. 26 (1888) (Yokohama;

Gensan ; Kiukiang) ; id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 119. n. 91 (1889) (= argus ; Kiukiang) ;

id., Lc. p. 278. n. 39 (1899) (Yokohama; Gensan ; Kiukiang ; Chang-Yang).

Smerinthus ocellata var. planus, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iti. p..100, sub n. 726 (1901) ; Tutt,

Brit, Lep, iii. p. 428 (1902).

In opposition to Leech, who pronounced planus to be identical with ocedlata,

Staudinger maintained that there were some differences between the two in colour

and pattern which justified the separation of planus from ocellata, if not as a species,

at least as a “ good” geographical race. The distinguishing characters pointed out

by Staudinger in 1892 were subsequeatly said by Leech to be quite unreliable.

Writers on Palaearctic Lepidoptera mention planus generally as doubttully distinct,

or as a slightly different form of ocel/ata, Jt is yery curious that not one of the

( 322 )

authors who expressed an opinion on these insects has noticed that the well-known

thorn at the end of the foretibia of ocedlata is absent from planus! Besides this

very obvious difference, which some authors might be inclined to treat as of generic

value, we mention that the antenna of the ¢ is decidedly longer and thicker than in

specimens of ocellata of the same size. The genital armature of the ¢ is similar

to that of ocedlata, but the tenth tergite is longer, the sternite broader, the harpe

narrower, aud the conical tooth of the penis-sheath stouter and longer, often bearing

one or more small teeth. The vaginal plate also agrees with that of ocedlata ; the

transverse ridge in front of the orifice, however, is not incised mesially. These

genital differences are not very conspicuous, but they become more important if we

consider that there is as close an affinity also between the genital armature of

ocellata and kindermanni, which insects nobody will venture to treat as specifically

identical. Ocellata and planus have originated from the same form, but they have

become so different that they could donbtless exist together in the same place

without losing their independence, or, in other words, without fusing into one

species.

Larva pale green, with white or yellowish side-bands.—Food-plants : Populus,

Salix.

Hab, Kastern Siberia to Central China and Japan.

In the Tring Museum 2 pupae, 12 dd, 8 2? from: Yokohama, July, August ;

Amurland ; China.

272. Sphinx cerisyi.

Smerinthus cerisyi Kirby, in Richards., Fauna Bor.-Amer, iv. p. 301. n, 1. t. 4. f. 4 (1827).

3%. Anterior tibia produced into a thorn at the end. Pulvillus large. Antenna

of ¢ rather larger than in ocel/ata, subpectinate, the segments being dorso-laterally

more obviously dilated, the ventral outline of the segments (in side-view) less

straight than in oced/ata, the apical ciliae rather longer ; the median segments of

the ?-antenna a little longer than broad. The eye-spot has three blue markings,

the first often obsolete, the second and third mostly forming a ring.

3d. Tenth tergite (P]. XXII. f. 15) rounded at end, broad, slightly bent

downwards, concave beneath, the side-edges somewhat undulate ; sternite with a

triangular lobe, individually variable, slender as a rule. Clasper narrower than in

hindermanni, with a prominent dorsal subapical ridge (which is rudimentary in

hindermanni), this process projecting mesiad (Pl. XXXIV. f. 27), different in some

of the subspecies ; harpe irregularly triangular, more or less pointed ; below the

concave incrassate dorsal edge of the clasper there is a prominent longitudinal

fold. Penis-sheath with an apical tooth, conical, projecting laterad (Pl. XXIX.

f. 42) ; duct with a patch of spines as in ocedlata.

?. Vaginal plate small, membranous, anterior edge of the vaginal orifice not

stronger chitinised than the sides, not forming a ridge, the orifice covered by the

seventh sternite, lying in a deep membranacceous cayity without any special armature.

Larva pale-green, side-stripes yellowish white ; horn blue, tip black.—Food-

plant : Sadix.

Chrysalis not described.

Apparently two broods in the southern districts, the second most likely

irregular,

Hab, Canada to Mexico, California, and Vancouver Island ; not recorded from

Florida, Louisiana, or Texas.

( 323 )

The four geographical forms of cerisyi—the species was named after Cerisy,

the spelling cerys?? and cerisi?, therefore, is not correct—are not sharply defined.

The most distinct of them is the southern one from Mexico anid Arizona. There is

nothing or very little in the genital organs by which to distinguish the subspecies.

The subapical ridge of the clasper is triangular or rounded, not so obviously

spatulate as represented by Smith, /.c. The two broods of asfarte as well as of

ophthalmica are said to be different ; further researches are necessary to prove that

there is really seasonal variation in this species.

a. Sph. cerisyt cerisy?.

Smerinthus cerisyi Kirby, in Richards., Fauna Bor.-Am. iv. p. 801. n. 1. t. 4. f. 4 (1827) (N. Am.) ;

Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 52. 59. t. 7. f. 3 (g) (1873) (Rhode I.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lep.

Hét. i. p. 35, n, 25 (1875); Beth., Canad. Ent. xi. p. 151 (1879); Fern., ibid, xvi. p. 21.

(1884) (Orono, Maine, very rare, at light, ©. v.); Cross, Hnt. News vil. p. 297 (1896) (N.

Hampsh., rare) ; Hanh., Canad, Ent, xxxi, p. 50 (1899) (Manitoba, v.) ; Heath, ibid. xxxii,

p. 93 (1900) (Manitoba, vi.) ; Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 285 (1902).

Smerinthus cerisii (!), Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi, p. 291. sub n. 4 (1839) (probably =

geminatus) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 40 (1865) (dist. from geminatus) ; id. & Rob.,

ibid, v. p. 160, n, 67 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. i. p. 23 (1873) ;

id., lc. ii. p, 227. n. 43 (1875); Peck, Canad, Ent. viii. p. 120 (1876) (Maine, 2); Bailey,

Canad. Ent. x. p. 120 (1878) (Center, N.Y., 24. iv.); Fern., Sphing. N. Engld. p, 78. n, 39

(1886) (Orono, Maine, v.) ; Grote, Cunad. Ent. xviii. p. 133. n. 47 (1886) (Can., Maine, N.Y.).

Smerinthus geminatus, Walker (non Say, 1824), List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii. p, 246, n. 7 (1856) (partim) ;

Clem,, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv, p, 183. 0. 87 (1859) (partim) ; Morris, Cat, Lep. N. Am.

p. 20 (1860) (partim) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. ii. p. 124 (1873).

Calasymbolus cerisii (1), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 592. n, 3 (1877) (“not in B. M."),

Busmerinthus cerisii (1), Grote, Canad. Ent, ix. p. 132 (1877) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. iu. p. 223,

n, 44 (1877) (Hudson Bay Territory) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712. n. 4 (1892) (Hudson

Bay).

Calasymbolus Copismerinthus cerisii (!), Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 35 (1886) (v. vi.).

Smerinthus cerysii(!), Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 223. 234. t. 11. f. 7 (genit.) (1888) (Can ;

N.Y.; Maine; Rhode I.),

3%. The lines of the forewing sharply marked ; a series of brown postdiscal

lunules, which are more arched than in the other forms. Dorso-apical ridge of

clasper rounded, more obliquely placed than in the following subspecies ; tooth

of penis-sheath acute, rather obviously oblique. The first blue spot of the eye-

mark mostly small, the second and third sometimes separate, but mostly joined

together in front.

Hab. Canada, N. England, N, York, Rhode Island.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 5 dd, 12 from: Maine; Oncouta, N. York,

June ; Uland, N. York, July; Winnipeg, Manitoba, July ; St. Louis, Saskatchewan

(Coubeaux).

b. Sph. cerisyi astarte.

Smerinthus astarte Strecker, Proc. Ac. N. Sei. Philad. xxxvi. p, 283 (1884) (Colorado ;—coll.

Strecker) ; Smith, 7rans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 223. 234 (1888) (Colorado) ; Edw., Ent. Amer.

iii, p, 223 (1888).

Smerinthus cerysii form astarte, Smith, /.c. p. 240, sub n. 78 (1888).

Lusmerinthus astarte, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 712. n. 5 (1892) (Coiorado),

3%. Very close to the preceding, from which it is not always distinguishable.

The distal margin of the forewing less sharply dentate, the brown marginal area

narrower, the postdiscal brown lunules less curved, Harpe more symmetrical than

( 324 )

in the following one, ventral process of penis-funnel more prominent. One of our

specimens has the ring of the eye-spot filled in with blue.

Hab. Colorado to Lake Superior, probably in all the States west of the

Mississippi except the Pacific Coast Region, which is occupied by ophthalmica.

In the Tring Museum 9 6d, 6 2 from various places in Colorado, June and

July (Oslar).

ce. Sph. cerisyt ophthalmica.

*Smerinthus ophthalmica Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 32 (1855) (Calif. ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir ; non “ Mexico’’). :

Smerinthus ophthalmicus (!), Clemens, Journ, Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 185. n. 88 (1859) (var. of

gemin.?) ; id., in Morris, Syn Lep. N. Am. p. 211. n. 5 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc.

Philad. v. p. 160. n. 68 (1865) (Western distr.) ; Boisd., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 67. n. 72

(1869) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. i. p. 23 (1873) ; id., Le. ii. p. 227. n. 41 (1875) ;

Lintn., Ent. Contr. ii. p. 125 (1873) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. v. p. 91 (1876) ; id., Le. vii.

p-. 21 (1877) (larva); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 592, n, 2 (1877) (Calif. ; non

“ Mexico”); Grote, /.c. iii, 223. n. 42 (1877) (Calif.) ; Butl., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) ; Grote,

Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 133. n. 50 (1886) (Calif.) ; Smith, Zrans, Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 221

(1888) (Cal.; Vane.; Oreg.; Washingt. ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 48 (1889)

(lit. rel. to metam.) ; French, Canad. Ent. xxiii. p. 143 (1891) (larva and pupa); Beutenm.,

ibid. p. 200 (1891) (larva).

Smerinthus opthalmicus (!), eo at. Lep. N, Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Strecker, Lep. Fhop. Het. p. 52

(1878) ; id., lc. p. 58. t. 7. £.4. (¢). 5. (2) (1873) (Calif. ; Washingt..

Smerinthus ophtalmicus (!) Boteduval Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 33. n. 23. t. 1. £. 1 (/.) (1875) (Calif. ;

larva),

*Smerinthus vancouveriensis Butler, /.c. sub. n. 2 (1877) (Vancouver I. ;—Mus. Brit.).

Smerinthus cerysii form ophthalmicus, Smith, /.c. p. 240 (1888).

Smerinthus ophthalmicus var. vancouverensis (!), Smith, /./.c.c.

Smerinthus vancouverensis (!), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 711. n. 3 (1892) (Vancouver).

3%. Harpe slender distally, asymmetrical, almost pointed ; dorso-apical ridge

of clasper triangular, more or less obtuse (Pl. XXXIV. f. 27); tooth of penis-

sheath sharp, rather long, slightly oblique. Variable in the ground-colour, generally

paler than astarte, from which the darker individuals do not seem to be

distinguishable.

a’. Sph. cerisyi ophthalmica f. ophthalmica.

Synonymy as above. Forewing above ashen grey.

b'. Sph. cerisyi ophthalmica f. pallidulus.

Smerinthus pallidulus, var., Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. vi. p. 91 (1876) (Calif.).

Smerinthus ophthalmicus var. pallidulus Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. H. iii. p. 223, sub n. 42 (1877)

(Calif.) ; id., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 133. n. 50 (1886) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv.

p. 174 (1892) (types of Hy. Edwards).

Forewing above more or less grey-vinaceous-cinnamon.

The two forms are not seasonal according to the dated material examined.

Hab. South California to Vancouver I.

In the Tring Museum 17 6d, 16 2 & from: California ; Oregon ; Washington.

d. Sph. cerisyi saliceti.

Smerinthus ophthalmica Boisduval, l.c. (1855) (Mexico, non Calif.).

Smerinthus ophthalmicus id., Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii, p. 67. n. 72 (1869) ; Butl., dc. (1877) ; Druce,

Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het, i. p. 17, n. 1 (1881) (partim ; Mexico),

( 325 )

*Smerinthus saliceti Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 35. sub n. 23 (larva notic.) and n, 24 (1875)

(Mexico ;— coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Druce, /.c. i, p. 17. n. 2. t. 1. f£. 9 (1881) (fig. of type) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 711. n. 6 (1892); Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 310 (1896) (Durango ;

Guadalajara).

Nicholsonia saliceti, Tutt, Brit. Lep, iii. p. 386 (1902).

3?. The three blue spots of the eye-patch are separate, distinct, the second

straight, linear or elliptic, not curved towards the third spot. Harpe short ;

dorso-apical ridge of clasper high, triangular, process of penis-funnel and tooth of

penis-sheath short. The Arizona specimens are very pale.

Hab. Mexico ; Arizona.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 4 ?? from: Phoenix and Mt. San Francisco,

Arizona, March, April, July (Dr. Kunze ; pee Guadalajara, August (Schaus) ;

Mexico City.

273. Sphinx jamaicensis.

Sphina ocellatus jamaicensis Drury, Illustr. Ex, Ent, ii, p. 43. t. 25. f. 2. 3 (1773) (“ Jamaica,”

loc. err.!); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 217. n, 45 (1780) ; Harris, in Sill., Journ. Sct. Art

xxxvi. p. 291 (1839) (=geminata ?).

Sphinx ocellata, Fabricius (non Linné, 1758), Syst. Ent. p. 536, n. 1 (1775) (partim) ; id., Spec. Ins.

ii. p. 139, n. 1 (1781) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst, Nat, i. 5. p. 2371. n. 1 (1790) (partim) ; Fabr., Lint.

Syst. iii. 1. p. 355. n, 1 (1793) (partim).

Smerinthus geminatus Say, Amer. Ent, i. p. 25. t. 12 (1824); Gosse, Canad. Natural, pp. 280.

295 (1840) (larva, pupa); Walk,, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 246. n. 7 (1856) (syn. partim ;

Orilla, W. Can.) ; Clem., Jowrm. Ac. N. Sci, Philad. iv, p, 183. n, 87 (1859) (syn. partim ; Ilin, ;

Mass, ; Penn.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) (partim) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep.

N. Am. p. 210, n, 4 (1862) (partim) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad. v. p. 160, n. 66

(1865) (Atlantic distr.) : Pack., Guide Study Ins. p, 275 (1869) ; Bowl., Canad. Ent. ii, p. 143

(1871) (Quebec, vi.—vii.) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 179 (1872) (N. York) ; id., /.c. p, 192 (1872)

(N, Y., viii.) ; id., ii. p. 119 (1873) (life hist.) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. pp. 51. 56. t. 7. f. 6 (¢).

7 (2) (1873) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H.i, p. 23 (1873) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874)

(Newton, Mass., viii.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 39, n. 29 (1875) (descr, of larva) ;

Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241, n. 6 (1875) (Montreal, vi.) ; Grote, /.c. ii p. 227. mn. 42 (1875) ;

Holst, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. i. p. 67 (1878) ; id, Lc. ii. p. 35 (1879) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc.

Ontario xii. p. 62 (1882) (larva) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O., common) ; Hill,

ibid. iii. p. 27 (1883) (Adirondacks, 2200 ft. vii.) ; Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) ae

common at light, vi.) ; id., Sphing. N. Eng. p. 77 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe.

p. 219. t. 11. f. 9 (genit.) (1888) (Can. to Virg., Illin., Kentucky ; Jamaica?) ; Edw., Bull.

U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 43 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.); French, Canad. Ent. xxiii. p. 143

(1891) (larva and pupa, diff. from ophth.) ; Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y.,

electr. light) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer, Mus. N. H., vii. p. 313. t. 7. f. 3 (1895) (J., p., 4, food-

plants; “fig. 4” err.) ; Brehm, Ent. News viii. p. 21 (1877) (Newark, eggs May 1) ; Trum.,

ibid. p. 28 (1897) (S. Dakota) ; Hanb., Canad. Ent. xxix. p, 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Rowl.,

a3 News ix. p. 190 (1898) (Mississippi, common ; Populus ; pupa black) ; Hanh., /.c. xxi,

. 50 (1899) (Manitoba, v. vii.).

ee geminata (!), Harris, in Sill,, Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 291. n. 4 (1839).

Smevinthus gemina (!), Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p, 32 (1855).

Smerinthus excaecatus, Lintner, Proc. Ent Soc, Philad. iii. p. 665 (1864) (larva, pupa).

Calasymbolus geminatus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 592. n. 2. (1877) (W. Canada ; U. St.).

Eusmerinthus geminatns, Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 123 (1877) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. in.

p. 223. n. 43 (1877) (Can. ; Mass. ; N. Y.; Penn.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712. n. 3 (1892)

(N. Am.).

Calasymbolus Eusmerinthus geminatus, Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 35 (1886) (vi. vil., /. on

Rosaceae, Saliv) ; id., Canad. Ent, xviii, p. 133, n, 48 (1886) (Can, southw.).

3%. Anterior tibia without apical thorn; spur of anterior tibia shorter than

in the other species, its fringe weak, often obliterated. The eye-patch of the hind-

wing differing essentially from that of the other species in the third blue spot (the

( 326 )

most distal one) being much more proximal and not arched; the first spot

generally absent, sometimes also the second. ‘The species is rather variable in

pattern individually. The posterior part of the disc of the forewing, distally of the

angulated antemedian band, is sometimes occupied by reddish brown patches ; the

pale border of the hindwing is often flushed with rosy red.

3d. Antenna shorter than in the other species, pectinate, the branches

long, the segments short, with the ventral parts strongly compressed. Tenth

segment of abdomen not essentially different from that of cerisy’, the tergite

more dilated in the middle; the lobe of the sternite very slender. Clasper

(Pl. XXXIV. f. 28) narrower than in cer7sy/, the apex less evenly rounded ; dorso-

apical ridge rounded, placed somewhat obliquely, appearing to be much more

ventral than in cerzsyi owing to the clasper being dilated dorsad ; harpe short, rough

with tubercles at the end ; the incrassate proximal part of the ventral edge of the

harpe produced into a high triangular ridge, of which the edges are turned dorsad,

so that the ridge has the appearance of a solid conical process in a ventral view.

Penis-funnel produced ventrally into a long, pointed process (Pl. XXIX. f. 48) ;

penis-sheath strongly chitinised at the end on one side, with ¢wo strong conical

teeth ; patch of spines within the sheath vestigial.

?. Antenna not pectinate, the lateral expansion indicated by a subdorsal

curved carina on each segment ; the segments shorter than broad or high, laterally

somewhat rounded in a dorsal or ventral view, ventrally carinate ; bristles prominent,

ciliae short. Vaginal plate short, membranaceous ; vaginal cavity large, transverse,

the edge incrassate at the side corners to a subglobose tubercle, anterior edge not

elevated.

According to the number of blue spots in the eye-patch of the hindwing

the following forms have been distinguished :

a’. Sph. jamaicensis f. ab. jamaicensis.

Sphinx ocellatus jamaicensis Drury, lc. ; id., ed, Westw., l.c. ii. p, 47. t. 25, f. 2. 3 (1837) (fig. mala).

Smerinthus jamaicensis, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 160. n. 65 (1865) (“ Jamaica”).

Smerinthus geminatus var, jamaicensis, Lintner, Ent. Contr. ii. p. 122 (1870); Streck., Lep. Rhop.

Het. p. 57. t. 7. £. 8 (2 ) (1873) (Baltimore) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.) ;

Kunze, Ent. News v. p. 315 (1894) (Arizona).

Paonias myops, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 591. n. 2 (1877) (partim).

Calasymbolus Eusmerinthus geminatus var. jamaicensis, Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 36 (1886).

Eusmerinthus jamaicensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712. n. 5 (1892) (Jamaica ?).

The first and second blue spots of the eye-mark absent.

b'. Sph. jamaicensis f. norm. geminatus.

Synonymy see above. First spot absent, second and third well developed.

ce. Sph. jamaicensis f. ab. tripartitus.

Calasymbolus Eusmerinthus geminatus vay. tripartitus Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 36 (1886).

First spot very small but not absent, second and third well developed.

We are not at all sure that the name ¢ripartitus refers to this species. Grote,

when proposing the name, had no material of this third form, but based the name

upon information derived from books quoting verbally from Fernald, who mentions

in his Sphingidae of New England, l.c., that ‘occasionally a third blue spot appears

on the black.” We do not know whether Fernald had himself seen “a third spot,”

( 327 )

or whether he relied upon former authors. Of these Hulst says that occasionally a

third spot is indicated by a few scales, while Clemens and Packard state that the

eye-mark has “two or three blue pupils.” Clemens, however, confounded cerisy:

and jamaicensis ; the “three blue pupils” being referable, in our opinion, to

cerisyi, the “two blue pupils” to jamaicensis f. norm. geminatus. If Fernald’s

statement of the occurrence of a third spot in jamaicensis is based upon actual

observation, or is a loose repetition of Hulst’s statement, then tripartitus of Grote

is the name of the aberrant specimens of jamazcensis which have the first spot

indicated ; if Fernald, however, derived his information from Clemens, fripartitus

is a mere synonym of cerisyi. We refer to this matter especially with a view of

showing that precision is no less necessary when introducing a new name than

when describing a new fact.

Larva pale green, granules the same colour or whitish, side-bands pale yellow,

the last bright yellow; horn bluish.—Food-plants : Cherry and other Prunus, as

well as a variety of other trees.

Pupa glossy, abdomen punctured, the punctures here and there connected by

corrugations.

Hab. Newfoundland, Canada to Virginia and Arizona, Iowa.

Drury’s locality “Jamaica” was erroneous. Several N. York species of

Fothergill’s collection were said by Drury to be from Jamaica, while others that

came undoubtedly from Jamaica were represented as being from New York (see

P. brontes, p. 89).

Several authors have referred to the ‘“one-spotted” specimens as var.

jamaicensis. If the name jamaicensis is to be employed for some specimens, it

must be employed for the whole species as well. Those who object to the name on

the ground of it being a misnomer may console themselves with the fact that there

is a place Jamaica in the State of New York.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 1] pupa, 63 dd, 31 2 9 from Newfoundland to

Georgia and Colorado.

LXXXII. CALASYMBOLUS.—Typus: astylus.

Sphing, Drury (non Linné, 1758), Illustr, Ev, Ent. ii. Index (1773).

Paonias Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 142 (1822) (partim ; includes ocellata, type of Sphine).

Smerinthus, Lepelletier & Serville (non Latreille, 1802), Enc. Méth. x. p. 441 (1825).

Calasymbolus Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 23 (1873) (nom. indeser.!) ; id., Le. iii. p. 223

(1877) (type: astylus).

3%. Very close to Sphinx, from which it differs in the high crest of the head

and the peculiar shape of the hindwing. Foretibia without thorn at apex.

Scaling of head raised to a crest between the antennae. Costal margin of hindwing

distally dilated frontad into a broadly rounded, more or less prominent lobe, vein C

following the curve of the margin. LHye-patch of hindwing with one blue spot,

which is generally central, seldom standing near the proximal edge of the patch.

3. Antenna and tenth abdominal sezment in structure essentially as in SpA.

ocellata. Clasper without the dorso-apical ridge found in the American species of

Sphing, its dorsal margin nearly straight (Pl. XXXIV. f. 28. 29. 30); harpe with

a single, bluntly rounded, distal lobe, its upper edge more or less sinuate before

end and rough with tubercles or spines proximally of the sinus. Penis-funnel much

more extended yentrad than in Sphina, produced ventrally into a conical process

( 328 )

which is widely separated from the penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 38. 39. 44); the

latter with one or two teeth.

?. Middle segments of antenna higher than long. A ridge in front of the

vaginal cavity strongly chitinised, mesially sinuate or cleft (Pl. XV. f. 18. 19).

Larva and pupa essentially as in Sphina.—Food : Prunus and other trees.

Hah. Nearetic Region east of the Mississippi basin, in Canada extending further

west.

The abdomen is said by Fernald, from whom Grote and Smith have copied the

statement, to be withont spinules ; in this the Professor was wrong (see above under

Sphinx), the abdomen agreeing in spinulation with that of Sphing.

We have not seen a specimen of any of the three species of this genus in

which there was an indication of more than one blue spot in the eye-patch of the

hindwing. The only spot present varies in size and position. With which of the

three original spots is it homologous? Does it correspond to the first, second, or

third spot of the species of Sphinv? We find among Sp/. jamaicensis specimens

with only one central blue spot: is this the same as the spot of Calasymbolus?

A comparison of the various species reveals the true homology. The three grey

lines of Sph. hindermanni, separated by black scaling, which represent the more

ancestral form of the eye-patch, are pale blue in Sp/. cerisyi saliceti and remain

separate ; the second and third become arched, join each other in front, and form

a more and more complete ring in the other subspecies of cerisy?, the first spot

disappearing at the same time more or less. In ocellata, which is very closely

allied to cerisyi, the ring is always complete and the first spot has entirely dis-

appeared. The same is the case in planus. If we bear this in mind and

compare now the hybrid astylus x ocellata we observe at once that the ring of

this hybrid consists of the spot of asty/us and the outer part of the ring of ocedlata,

which part is the third spot of cerisyi saliceti; therefore the spot of asty/us must

either be the second or the first spot of sadiceti, ¢.e., the spot of Calasymbolus is not

the spot of Sph. jamaicensis f. ab. jamaicensis (see above), the blind eye of this

jamaicensis and of Calasymbolus are not homologous in respect to their pupil.

Further, if the Calasymbolus pupil were the first spot of saliceti, in the union

astylus x ocellata all three spots would be present and should be represented at

least by some blue scales in the offspring of such a union. This is not the case in

the hybrids examined, and we conclude, therefore, that the pupil of asty/us (and the

other Calasymbolus) is homologous to the proximal part of the ring of ocellata, z.e., to

the second spot or line of hindermanni and cerisyi saliceti, as explained above.

It would be very interesting to have the results of forced breeding on the lines

of Prof. Standfuss’s experiments. Such researches would doubtless result in the

production of individuals of Calasymbolus with more than one blue spot in the

eye-patch.

Key to the species ;

a. Fore- and hindwing scalloped : , . 274. C. excaecata.

Fore- and hindwing not scalloped . : 3 seh Hs

6. Distal margin of forewing distinctly angulated

at M‘, three distinct brownish lines with

grey interspaces 5 . : : . 275. C. myops.

Distal margin of forewing not distinctly

angulated at M!; the discal lines quite

indistinct, except at costal margin . . 276. C. astylus.

( 329 )

274. Calasymbolas excaecata.

Sphinx excaecuta Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 49. t. 25 (L., p., i.) (1797).

Paonias excaecatus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 142. n. 1521 (1822) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soe, N. H.

i. p. 23 (1873) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vi. Beg. vii.) ; Grote, lc. ii.

p. 226. n. 38 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 590. n, 1 (1877) ; Grote, lc. iii.

p. 223. n. 41 (1877) (Canada to Southern Sts.) ; Hill, Papilio ii. p. 27 (1883) (Adirondacks) ;

Fisch., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 17 (1884) (Buffalo ; on Salix and Tilia) ; Fern., ibid. p. 21 (1884)

(Orono, Maine, rare, vi.) ; id., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 73. n. 35. t. 6. f. 1 (1886); Grote, Le.

xviii, p. 133. n. 51 (1886) (Can. southw.) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 36 (1886) (vi. vii., l. on

Rosaceae, ete.) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 226. t. 11. f. 10 (genit.) (1888) (east.

U. St., Canada, common, two broods); Beutenm., Canad. Ent. xxiii. p. 14 (1891) (metam.,

two broods) ; Dyar, in Riley, /ns. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. Y., electr. light) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 712. n. 1 (1892) (N. Am.) ; Cross, Ent. News vil. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh.,

common) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Rowl., Ent. News ix. p. 189

(1898) (Mississippi; common; two broods; food; pupa brown); Fyles, Rept. Ent. Soc.

Ontario xxx. p. 104 (1900) (Quebec).

Paonias pavonina Geyer, in Hiibn., Samml. Ex. Schm., Zur, p. 12. f. 835, 836 (1837).

Smerinthus excaecata, Harris, in Sill., Journ. Sci, Art xxxvi. p. 290. n. 1 (1839); id., Ins. Inj. Veg-

p- 230 (1841); id., ed. Flint, Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 327. f. 155 (1862); Fitch, Rept. Ins. N. York ini.

p. 341, in Trans. N. Y. St. Agr. S. xvi. (1856).

Paonias pavoninus, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. H. i. p. 23 (1873) (= excaec. ?); Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 713. n, 2 (1892) (Penn.).

Smerinthus excaecatus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 246. n. 8 (1856) (N. Y.; Can.; W. Can.);

Clem., Journ. Ac, N. Sci. Philad. xv. p. 182. n. 85 (1859) (Penn. ; Mass.; Georgia) ; Morris,

Cat. Lip. N. Am. p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn, Lep. N. Am. p. 208, n. 2 (1862); Lintn.,

Proe. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 665 (1864) (larva, pupa); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent, Soc, Philad.

v. p. 160. n, 70 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ; Reed, Canad. Ent. i. p. 40 (1869) (sound of larva) ;

Pack., Guide Study Ins. p. 275 (1869) (deser. partly erron.); Bowl., Canad. Ent. iii. p. 143

(1871) (Quebec, vi., vii.) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 179 (1872) (N. York, larva) ; id., Lc, p. 192

(1872) (N. Y., vi.) ; Streck , Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 51. 54. t. 7. f. 1 (¢) 2 (2) (1873) (Atlant.

Sts.; Ohio; Kentucky; Indiana, etc.) ; Boisd , Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 38. n. 28 (1875) ;

Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 7 (1875) (Montreal, vi., vii.); Worth., ibid. p. 16 (1878)

(Chicago, vi.) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O., common) ; Fletch., Canad. Ent. xv.

p. 203 (1883) (on Pop. balsam. and alba) ; Saund., Ins. Inj. Fruits p. 85. n. 31. £. 83 (/.). 84 (7)

(1883) ; id., Canad. Ent, xvi. p. 9. £. 1. 2 (1884) (life hist.) ; Beutenm., Ent. Amer. i, p. 196

(1885) (food-plants) ; Edw., Bull. N. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 43 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ;

Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 314. t. 7. £. 4 (1895) (1. p., 7, food-plants) ; Heath,

Canad. Ent. xxxii. p. 94 (1900) (Manitoba, vi.).

Smerinthus pavoninus, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 160. n. 69 (1865) (“ Pennsylvania”);

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 37. n. 27 (1875) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii, p, 223 (1888).

Smerinthus excoecatus (1), Soule, Psyche viii. p. 155 (1897) (/. on Spiraea, unusual food).

3%. Distal margins of both wings scalloped, the lobes of the forewing promi

nent ; fringe white, brown at the tips of the veins.

3d. Antenna nearly as long as in Sphinx cerisyi, the lateral expansions

prominent. Clasper almost evenly rounded at end (Pl. XXXIV. f. 29); harpe

obviously sinuate dorsally before end, the lobe thus formed obliquely truncate, its

upper angle rounded. Penis-sheath with two teeth before apex, close together,

unequal ; a patch of long thin spines, pointing proximad, on the membrane of the

duct (Pl. XXIX. f. 44).

?. Vaginal orifice large, anterior margin raised to a ridge which is deeply

cleft mesially, the lobes thus formed prominent (PI. XV. f. 19).

Larva pale green, deeper in tint below, side-bands yellowish, last one brighter,

granules prominent ; red spots, dorso- and ventro-lateral, varying in size, often

absent.—Food-plants : on a great variety of trees, Prunus and other Rosaceae ;

Corylus ; Carpinus ; ete.

( 330 )

Pupa somewhat glossy, thorax rugate, abdomen punctured, more or less

rugose.

Two broods.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westwards to the Mississippi basin. Common.

In the Tring Museum several larvae and pupae, 34 dd, 16 2% from Canada

to Florida.

275. Calasymbolus myops.

Sphinz myops Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i, p, 51. t. 26 (1. p., i.) (1797).

Paonias myops, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 142. n. 1520 (1822); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. H.

i. p. 28 (1875); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Grote, lc. ii. p. 226.

n. 39 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 594. n. 2 (1877) (syn. partim) ; Smith,

Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv, p. 227, t, 12. £. 4 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to Georgia, westw. to

Mississippi) ; Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii, p, 322 (1891) (N.Y., electr. light) ; Cross, Ent, News

vii. p. 207 (1896) (N. Hampsh., common) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ;

id., /.c. xxxi. p. 50 (1899) (Manitoba, vi.).

*Smerinthus rosacearum Boisduval, Spee. Grén. i. t. 15. £. 4 (1836) (coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Smerinthus myops, Lepelletier & Sery., in Enc. Méth., Ins. x. p. 441 (1825); Harris, in Sill., Journ.

Sci, Art xxxvi. p. 291, n. 3 (1839) (=rosacearum) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p, 245. n. 5

(1856) ; Clem., Journ, Ac. N. Sei, Philad. iv. p. 181. n, 84 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 207. n. 1 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, /ns.

Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 160. n, 71 (1865) (Atlantic

distr,) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr.i. p. 192 (1872) (N. York. vii.) ; Streck., Lep, Rhop. Het. p. 51. 59. t. 7.

f. 9 (g) (1873) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241, n. 8 (1875) (Montreal, very rare) ; Boisd., Spec.

Gén, Lép. Hétei, p. 41, n. 32 (1875) (larva, pupa) ; Peck, Cunad. Ent. viii. p. 239 (1876) (Maine,

larva, wild cherry) ; Hulst, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, iii. p. 99 (1881); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc-

Ontario xii, p. 61 (1882) (larva); Saund., Zns. Inj. Fruits p. 208. n 111, f, 214 (é.) (1883) ;

id., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 9. £. 3 (i.) (1884) (life hist.) ; id., Rept. Ent. Soc, Ontario xv. p. 27

(1885) (larva); Bunk., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 207 (1886) (larva variable); Fern., Sphing.

N. Engld. p. 75. 0, 36 (1886) (1. on cherry) ; Edw., Bull. N. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 43 (1889)

(lit. rel. to metam.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 315. t. 7. £. 5 (1895) (U., p.@ 5

cherry) ; id., dc. viii. p. 297 (1896) (transf.; Prunus); Brehm, Ent, News viii. p. 21 (1897)

(Newark, eggs May 20) ; Soule, Psyche viii. p. 155 (1897) (/. spots mauve col.) ; Rowl., Hint.

News ix. p. 190 (1898) (Mississippi, rare).

Smerinthus myops var. rosacearum Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 42. sub n. 32 (1875).

Smerinthus cerasi id., /.c. p. 42. sub n. 32 (1875).

Smerinthus sorbi id., le.

(2) Smerinthus tiliastri id., l.c.

Calasymbolus myops, Grote, l.c. iti. p. 223. n. 40 (1877) (N. Y.; Mass. ; S. States) ; Hill, Papilio

iii. p. 27 (1883) (Adirondacks) ; Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine, two

specim.) ; Grote, ibid. xviii. p. 133. n. 47 (1886) (Can. southw.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712.

n. 6 (1892) (N. Am.).

Calasymbolus Calasymbolus myops, Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 35 (1886) (v., vii., 7. on Rosaceae).

3%. Distal margin of forewing not scalloped, somewhat produced at SC° and

M'; that of hindwing even; fringe unicolorous. Border of hindwing sometimes

very pale,

3. Antenna shorter than in excaecata. Clasper and harpe nearly the same,

but the sinus of the harpe deeper, the angle in front of it not rounded. Ventral

process of penis-funnel shorter than in eweaecata ; penis-sheath with a very heavy

upical tooth, which is divided into two unequal points (Pl. XXIX. f. 39a, lateral

view ; f. 39n, dorsal view).

?. Autevaginal ridge not quite so deeply divided as in excaecata.

Larva similar to that of exeaecata, granules much finer.—Food-plants ; Prunus

cerasus and other species of Prunus, Rosaceae.

Pupa smaller than that of eacaecata, more glossy.

( 331 )

Hab. Canada to Georgia, westward to the Mississippi basin and Colorado ;

rarer than the preceding species.

In the Tring Museum several larvae and pupae, 47 dd, 19 2% from: N.

Jersey ; Ohio ; Pennsylvania ; N. Georgia ; Colorado.

276. Calasymbolus astylus.

Sphinz astylus Drury, Illustr. Ex, Ent. ii. p. 45. t. 26. f. 2, Index (1773) (N. York) ; Goeze, Ent.

Beytr, iii. 2. p. 217. n. 46 (1780).

Smerinthus io Gray, in Griff., Anim. Kingd. xv. t. 83. f. 2 (1832) ; Guér., Icon. Regne Anim. ii. t. 84-

£, 2 (1829-44) ; Wils., in Encycl. Brit. ed. vii, p. 246. t. 236. £. 5 (1835).

Smerinthus integerrima Harris, in Hitche., Rept. Geol, Mass., App. (1835).

Smerinthus astylus, Guérin, l.c. ti. p. 495 (1829-44) ; Harris, in Sill., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 290

n. 2 (1839) (= integerrima) ; Emm., Nat. Hist. N. York p. 221. t. 40. f. 4 (1854) ; Walk.,

List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 245. n. 6 (1856) (N. York) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sei, Philad. iv.

p. 184. n. 89 (1859) (Mass. ; N. York); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in

Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 211. n. 6 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v. p. 160.

p. 72 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 51. 56. t. 7. f. 10 (g) (1873)

(N. York; N. Jersey ; Penn. ; 1. on Vaccin.) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép, Heét. 1. p. 40. n. 31 (1875)

(N. York ; larva) ; Peck, Canad. Ent. viii. p. 239 (1876) (Maine, larva) ; id., l.c. ix, p. 220 (1877)

(N. Jersey) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 76. n. 37 (1886) (larva; food-pl.) ; Smith, Trans.

Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 228. t. 11. £. 9 (genit.) (1888) (Can. to Mass.; N. Y.; N. J.; Penn. ;

larva on Vaccin. corymb.) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 44 (1889) (lit. rel. to

metain.) ; Jones, Hut. News i. p. 21 (1890) (larva); Soule, Psyche vii. p. 191 (1895); Beutenm.,

Bull. Amer, Mus. N. H. vii. p. 316. t. 7. £. 6 (1895) (U., 2 ; food—plants) ; Soule, /.c. viii. p. 155

(1897) (1. on Andromeda, unusual food).

Calasymbolus astylus, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. i. p. 23 (1873) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874)

(Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Grote, l.c. ii. p. 227. n. 40 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix.

p. 591. n. 1 (1877) ; Grote, lc. iii. p. 223. n. 39 (1877) (Mass. ; N. Y.; Penn.) ; id., Canad.

Ent, xviii. p. 133. n. 46 (1886) (Can. southw.) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i, p. 713. n. 1 (1892)

(N. Am.).

Calasymbolus Calasymbolus astylus, Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 35 (1886) (vi., vii., l. on Vaccinium).

Paonias astylus, Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. Y., electr. light) ; Aich, Hxt. News

iv. p. 14 (1893) (N. Jersey, |. on Gaylussacia frindosa = dangleberry) ; Cross, Ent. News vii.

p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsb., rare) ; Erb., bid. ix, p. 252 (1898) Newark, larva).

Smerinthus astylus X ocellata = Smerinthus var. inteafaunus Neumoegen, Ent. News v. p. 326 (1894).

¢ %. Antenna as short as in myops.

3. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 30) apically less rounded than in the two other

species ; harpe broader at end and more rounded, upper margin feebly concave

hefore apex ; not distinctly sinuate. Penis-funnel as in myops ; penis-sheath with

one tooth only (PI. X XIX. f. 38).

?. Vaginal orifice large, transverse, its anterior edge produced into a chitinised

ridge, which is mesially sinuate (PJ. XV. f. 18), the two lobes of the ridge rounded.

Larva pale green ; head granulose all over as in myops, with a red side-stripe ;

granules of head and body yellowish-white, prominent, their setae longer than in

myops ; a series of red dorso-lateral spots: segment 1 with one posterior dot,

segment 2 with a dot on each annulet, five altogether, forming a more or less

complete stripe ; segment 3 with two, sezment 4 with three dots, generally con-

fluent to one spot, on the following six segments the spots become much larger,

covering five or six annulets, the last two sometimes smaller than the preceding

ones, segment 11 with two or three dots ; segments 5 to 10 are marked, moreover,

with two red dorsal, elongate, somewhat comma-shaped markings, converging

behind on each segment, and between them there is an indication of a red mesial

line, a series of red stigmatal spots, variable in size, middle ones eloneate, oblique

! g pots, ’ gate, que;

abdominal legs also spotted with red; horn with very prominent tubercles, tip

Rad

( 332 )

divided, hinder surface red at base.—Food-plants : Vaccinium corymbosum, Gay-

lussacia frindosa, occasionally Rosaceae, Andromeda.

Pupa similar to that of excaecata.

Hab. Canada to N. York and Pennsylvania; a rare species.

The hybrid between this species and Sphinx ocellata was obtained by Mr.

Rix and described by Neumoegen, /.c. We have three specimens of it, which show

a mixture of the characters of astydus and ocellata. The thorn at the end of the

anterior tibia is present, but is not so long as in ocedlata. The specimens of Mr.

Rix’s brood were, apparently, all males. The eye-patch of this hybrid is of special

interest (see above under S. jamaicensis).

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 7 ¢d,3 2% from New Jersey and N.

York ; 3 do astylus x ocellata.

LXXXIIT. AMORPHA.—Typus : populi.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellata).

Spectrum Seopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. p. 413 (1777) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinr).

Smerinthus Latreille, Hist. Nat, Crust. Ins. iii. p. 401 (1802) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinw).

Lavothoé Fabricius, in Mlig., Mag. Ent. vi. p. 287. n. 42 (1807) (partim ; inel. type of Sphine).

Dilina Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Ak, Handl. xxxvii. p. 212 (1816) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinv).

Polyptychus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141 (1822) (partim ; type: dentatus).

Merinthus (!), Meigen, Handb. Schm. p. 101 (1829) (correct. of Smerinthus!).

Amorpha Hiibner, Tentam. p. 1 (1806) (nom. nud.!) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 710 (1892) (type :

populi).

Close to Sphinx, from which it does not differ very obviously in structure.

However, the two species, populi and amurensis, form a separate branch. There-

fore we do not hesitate to treat them as generically distinct from the eyed Sphine.

3%. Anterior tibia without apical thorn. Hindtibia with one pair of short

spurs. Tibiae not spinose. Pulvillus and paronychium present. Retinaculum

absent; frenulum also absent in d, but vestigial in 9 (in Spina the frenulum of

the 3 is present, but reduced in length). Hindwing broad, costal angle broadly

rounded, distal margin obliquely sinuate between C and SC*, produced into a

sinuate lobe at SC* and R!, this lobe more prominent than the teeth at the other

veins, Abdominal tergites spiny all over, the spines weak, very dense at and near

the apical edges, covered with long scales. Thorax unicolorous ; hindwing without

eye-spot. j

3d. Antennal segments feebly dilated laterad at the upper edge of the side-

grooves ; ciliae long. Harpe (Pl. XXXIV. f. 24) with two rounded lobes distally,

both lobes visible in a ventral view of the end of the abdomen after the removal

of some scales, projecting mesiad beyond the ventral edge of the clasper. Penis

with spines at the edge of the sheath as well as upon the membrane of the duct

(Pl. XXIX. f. 40).

?. Vaginal plate without processes ; the proximal edge of the vaginal cavity

somewhat raised, wrinkled, more strongly chitinised than the rest of the vaginal

area, mesially sinuate or emarginate.

Early stages essentially as in Spiinx, but pupa not glossy.—Food-plants :

Populus, Salix.

Hab, Palaearetie Region, from Ireland to N. Africa and Amurland.

Two species. :

( 333 ) -

277. Amorpha populi.

Sphine populi Linné, lc, p. 489. n. 2 (1758).

Spectrum populi, Scopoli, /.c. (1777).

Smerinthus populi, Latreille, l.c. (1802).

Laothoé populi, Fabricius, l.c. (1807).

Dilina populi, Dalman, /.c. (1816).

Polyptychus popwli, Hiibner, l.c, (1822).

Amorpha populi, Kirby, l.c. p. 710. n, 2 (1892).

3. The widely distributed poplar-hawk has developed into three subspecies,

of which the North African one is the most conspicuous. The three forms vary in

colour in the same way from grey-olive-brown to grey-ochraceous. The weakening

effect of in-breeding shows itself in this species very obviously by the loss of the

dark pigment.

Hab. Palaearctic Region as far eastwards as Turkestan.

For hybrids see Sphina ocellata.

a. A, populi austaiti.

*Smerinthus austauti Staudinger, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 190 (1877) (Algiers ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Aust.,

Le Natural, ii, p. 11. 68, 85 (1879) ; Oberth., Ht. d'Ent. vi. p. 65. t. 5. f. 1 (1881) (Algiers ;

Morocco) : Cuis., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 120 (1887) (= populi) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschin.

i. p. 196 (1900) (Algiers ; Morocco).

Smerinthus poupillieri Bellier, Pet. Nouv, ii. p. 193 (1878).

*Smerinthus austauti var, staudingert Austaut, l.c. ii. p. 85 (1879) (Mus, Tring); Oberth., /.c. p. 65.

t. 4. f. 1 (1881) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 198 (1900).

*Smerinthus austauti var, incurnata Austaut, l.c, iii, p. 237 (1880) (Meridié ; Tanger ;—Mus, Tring).

*Smerinthus austauli var. incarnata ab. mirabilis Austaut, l.c, v. p. 359 (1883) (Morocco ;—Mus,

Tring) ; Bartel, lc. p. 199 (1900).

Amorpha austauti, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 710. n. 1 (1892).

Amorpha austauti var. a. Smer. austauti var. staudingeri, id., lc.

Amorpha austauti var. b. Smer. austauti var. incarnata, id., Lc.

Amorpha austauti var. c. Smer. austauti ab. mirabilis, id., lc.

Smerinthus austauti var. flava Bartel, l.c. p. 198 (1900) (nom, max, supervac.).

Smerinthus populi var, austauti Standinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n, 725. ¢ (1901) (Maur, oc.).

Amorpha populi var. austauti, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 473 (1902).

3?. A large North African form, corresponding to Sph. ocellata atlanticus.

Variable in ground-colour like the following race.

d. Lobes of the harpe more triangular than in the European form, almost

pointed ; the tenth tergite broader. Antenna more compressed, transsection more

triangular than in the two other subspecies.

The types of the various individual varieties described by Austaut, and named

with relish, are in the Tring Museum.

Hab. North Africa: Algiers ; Morocco.

In the Tring Museum 14 dd, 12 ¢ %, including Austaut’s types of staudingeri,

incarnata, and mirabilis.

b. A. populi populi.

Aldrov., Anim. Ins. p. 252. t. 11. f. 3 (1602); Merian, Zur. Jns. iii, t. 37 (1717); Albio, Nat. Hist.

Eng. Ins. t. 57 (1720) ; Linné, Fauna Su, ed, i. p. 249. 0, 810 (1746) ; Wilke, Engl. Moths p. 11. t. 6

(1747) ; De Geer, Mém. i. p. 148. t. 8. f. 5 & ii, p. 243. n. 1 (1752) ; Roesel, Jns. Belust. iii.

p. 187. t. 30. f. 1. 4 (1755) ; Hemmerich, Coll. Cur, Ins. t. 5. fig. a. b. (i, 1.) (175-?) ; Geoftr.,

Hist. Ins, ti, p. 81. n. 3 (1762) ; Gronov., Act. Helv. v. p. 140. n. 309 (1762) ; id., Zooph.

p. 201, n, 817 (1764) ; Seba, T'hesaur, iv, t. 53. f. 21. 22. t. 59. £. 9. 10 (1765) ; Schaeff., Ze. Rat,

t. 100, f. 5. 6 (1766) ; Harris, Aurelian t. 33. fig. d. f. g. (1766) ; Admiral, /ns. t. 10 (1774) ;

Ernst, & Engr , /ns. Eur, iii. p. 106, t. 114. £. 162. df, t. 115, f. i-l, t. 116. f. n—p. (1782).

( 334 )

Sphinx populi Linné, Syst. Nat, ed. x. p. 489. n. 2 (1758) ; id., Fauna Su. ed. ii, p. 286. n, 1084

(1761) ; Sepp, Nederl. Ins. i, 3. p. 1. t. 1. £.8.9 (1762) ; Scop., Ent. Carn, p. 183. n. 466 (1763) 5

Linné, Mus. Lud, Ulr, p. 342. n. 2 (1764) ; Miill., Fauna Frid. p. 37. n. 342 (1764); Hufn.,

Berl, Mag. ii. p. 178. 0. 6 (1766) ; Houtt., Natu, Hist. i, 11. p. 402. n. 2 (1767) ; Linné,

Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 797 n. 2 (1767); Beckm., Epit. p. 160. n. 2 (1772) ; Miill., Naturs. v. 1.

p. 636. n. 2 (1774); Haris, Engl. Lep. p. 30, n. 204 (1775) ; Fuessl., Verz. Schweiz. Ins,

p. 32. n. 612 (1775) ; Fabr., Syst. Hut. p. 537. n. 3 (1775) ; Miill., Zool. Dan. p. 116. n, 1335

(1776) ; Schiff. & Den., Wien. Verz. p, 41, n. 4. (1776) ; Mader, ed. Kleem., Ranpenkal. p. 63.

n. 179, p. 80. n. 230 (1777) ; Fuessl, Mag. Ent. i. p. 263 (1778) ; Esper, Hur. Schmett, ti.

p. 34. t. 2, p. 177. t. 22. f. 2, p. 234. t. 36. f. 10 (1779) ; Goeze, nt. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 139. n, 2

(1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 141. n. 8 (1781) ; Stoll, in Cram,, Pap. Ex. iv. p, 230. t. 398.

f. a (1782) (gynandr.) ; Lang, Verz. aAugsb. p. 64. n, 536, 537 (1782) ; Retz., Gen. Ins. p. 34.

n. 32 (1783) ; Fourer., Ent. Paris ii. p, 252, n. 3 (1785) ; Fuessl., N. Wag. Ent. ii. p. 147—163

(1786) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 93. n, 8 (1787) ; Borkh., Schmett. Eur. ii, p. 106, n, 2 (1789) ;

Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2372. n. 2 (1790) ; View., Tabell. Verz. Brand, p. 3. n. 2 (1790) ;

Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 160. n. 1047 (1790); Brahm, Jnsectenkal. p. 312. n. 198 (1791) ;

Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 630. n. 748 (1791); Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 325. n. 150 (1793) ;

Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii. 1. p. 857. n. 9. (1793); Prunn., Lep. Ped. p. 81. n. 166 (1798) ; Donoy.,

Brit. Ins, vii. p. 67. t. 241 (1798) ; Cederh., Fauna Ingr. p. 213. n. 652 (1798); Schrank,

Eur. Schmett., Sphing. t. 15. £. 74 (1805- ); id., Gresch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg, d. a. f. 1

a. b, (1806-18) ; Turt., Syst. Nat. iii. 2. p. 169 (1806) ; Ochsenh., Schmett. Eur, ii, p. 252. n. 3

(1808) ; Nagel, /7iilfsh. Schm. p. 144 (1818) ; Latr., in Nouv, Dict, Hist. Nat. xxxi. p. 353

(1819) ; Godart, Lép, France iii. p. 71. n. 18. . 20. f. 3 (1821) ; Beske, in Silberm., Rev.

d’ Ent. ii. p. 177 (1834) (Hamburg) ; Friv., bid. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary).

Sphynx (!) populi, Gleditsch, Forstwissensch i. p, 540. n. 2, i. p, 42. n. 13 (1775) ; Vogel, Schm.-

Cabin. ii. p. 18. t. 7. £. 3. a. b (1822).

Sphinx tremulae Borkhausen, Rhein. Mag. i. p. 649. (1793) (Oberhessen).

Sphinx populei (!), Walekenaer, Maune Paris. Ins, ii. p. 277 (1802).

Smerinthus populi, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 401 (1802) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 243 (1819); Steph.,

Ilustr. Brit. Ent,, Haust. i. p. 112 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 30 (1829) ; Lue., Lép, Bur,

p. 118. t. 49 (1834) ; Thon, Naturg. Schm. p. 110. t. 55. f. 753, 754. 755 (1837) ; Blanch., Hist.

Nat. Ins. iii. p.480 (1840) ; Ramb., Faune Andal, p. 329 (1842) (Malaga) ; Westw. & Humpbhr.,

Brit. Moths p. 7. t.1. £. 4. 5. 6 (i., p., L.) (1843) ; Eversm., Mauna Volgo-Ural. p. 115 (1844)

(v., vi.); Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schmett. ii, 1, p. 91. n. 31 (1847); Walk,, List Lep, Ins. B, M. viii. p, 243.

n, 3 (1856); Assm., Zeitschr, Ent. Bresl. i. p. 5 (1857) ; Siev., Bull. Moscow p. 140 (1862)

(St. Petersb.) ; Grebn., Zijdschr. Ent, v. p. 19 (1862); Wall., Skand. Het. Fjdér. p. 12. n. 1

(1863) ; Ball., Bull. Mose, p, 365 (1864) (Gorki) ; Grebn., Uc, vil. p. 25 (1864) ; Maur., Tijdschr.

Ent. ix, p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederld. p. 102 (1867) (v.-vii.) ; Barnes, Entom.

iii. p, 364 (1867) (larva, var.) ; Gav., Tijdschr. Ent. x. p. 197, n. 78 (1867) (Groningen) ;

Tengstr., Act. Soc. F’. F. Fenn. x. p. 6. 98 (1869) ; Rans., Lntom. iv. p. 148 (1869) (ab.) ; Heyl.,

Tijdschr, Ent. xiii, p. 146. n, 77 (1870) (Breda) ; Brutt., Progr, Gymn. Dorpat p. 24,0. 12

(1872) (v., vi.) ; Cliff., Entom. vi. p. 288 (1873) (var. of larva) ; Siebke, Hnwm. Ins. Norv. iii.

p. 25. n. 3 (1874); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 23. n. 10 (1875) ; Flem., Entom, xiii, p. 243

(1880) (larva, var.) ; Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges.

Graub. xxiii. p. “5 (1880) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud, Theor. Desc. i, p, 236, t. 6. £. 55. 56. 57

(1882) (larva) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handi. xix. 5. p. 127. n. 160 (1882) ; Albr., Bull.

Moscow p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 121 (1885) ; Kroul.,

Bull. Soc. Oural. xi. p. 214. n. 91 (1885) (Sarapoul, v.) ; Haar, Tijdschr. Ent. xxix, p. 30

(1886) (Alblasserwaard) ; Amel., Berl. Lent. Zeitschi, xxxi. p. 262 (1887) (Dessau) ; Mina-Pal.

& Failla-Ted., Nat. Sic. vii. p. 42 (1889); Gould, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 241. t. 11. f.

11-13 (1892) (jarva). Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 30, t. 8. £. 7. a. b. ¢ (1793); id.,

Grossschm. p. 31. n. 4. t. 18. £. 6 (1894) ; Barrett, Lep. Brit. Js. ii. p. 7. n. 2. t. 42. f. 1. a—d

(1895) ; Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb, Nat. Ges. Graub, xxxviii. App. p. 20 (1895); Vos, Tijdschr, Ent.

xli. p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm, ii. p. 183 (1900) (‘‘ Transcauc.,

Kuku-Nor” alia subsp.) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut, Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n. 725 (1901) (partim).

Laothoé populi, Pabricius, in Ilig., Wag. Ent. vi. p. 287. sub a, 42 (1807); Mann, Wien, Ent.

Monatsschr, iii, p. 92 (1859) (Sicily) ; Butl., Zraus. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 589. n. 1 (1877).

Dilina populi, Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Ak. Handl. xxxvii. p. 212 (1816); Zett., Jus, Lep. p. 917 (1840).

Polyptychus populi, Hiibaer, Verz. bel. Schm, p, 141. n, 1517 (1822).

( 385 )

Smerynthus (!) populi, Cantener, in Silberm., Rev. d’ Ent. i. p.77 (1833) (Dép. du Var, v., viii).

Smerinthus tremulae, Glaser, Ber, Oberh, Ges. Nat. Heilk, p. 83 (1853).

Amorpha populi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 710. n.2 (1892) (Europe ; “ N. & W. Asia” alia subsp.).

Smerinthus populi ab. rufescens Selys-L., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. i, p. 42 (1857) ; Fuchs, Jahrb, Nass.

Ver, Nat. xliii. p. 204 (1889) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 193 (1900).

Smerinthus populi var. reseotincta Reuter, Act. Soc, F. F', Fenn. ix. 6, p. 20. n. 97 (1893).

Smerinthus populi ab. fuchsi Bartel, l.c. p. 193 (1900) (Centr. Europe).

Smerinthus populi ab. borkhauseni id., l.c, p. 194 (1900) (Hessen ; Roumania ; Belgium).

Smerinthus populi Linn. ab. tremulae Borkh. (1793), Gillmer, Jis. Borse xix. p. 228 (1902).

Amorpha populi ab. suffusa Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 469 (1902).

Amorpha populi ab. pallida id., L.c.

3¢. Very variable in the ground-colour. By breeding in and in many

individuals are produced with a reddish tint and scarcely a trace of the lines on the

forewing.—For gynandromorphons specimens, which are not rare in this subspecies,

see Bartel, /.c. p. 185 (1900). For hybrids compare Sphinx ocellata.

Sexual organs: Pl. XXXIV. f. 24; Pl. XXIX. f. 40.

Larva on Populus and Salix.

Two broods ; the second irregular, generally only obtained in confinement.

Wings of the second brood mostly less obviously scalloped.

Hab. Western Palaearetic region as far east and south as 8. Russia, Greece,

Sicily, and Spain ; Syria.

Staud. & Reb., l.c., state that populé does not occur in Greece. There are,

however, Grecian specimens in the British Museum collected by Mr. Merlin, late

manager of the Ionian Bank.

In the Tring Museum a series of larvae and pupae, and 150 odd specimens.

A specimen from Akbés, Syria, in coll. Chas. Oberthiir stands intermediate

between pop. populi and pop. populeti ; a similar specimen in the Tring Museum

from the neighbourhood of Marash (M. Martinez de la Hscalera).

c. A. populi populeti.

Smerinthus populeti Bienert, Lep. Erg. Reise Persien p. 33 (1869) (Meschhet, Chorlog, vii. ;—Mus.

St. Petropolis ?) ; Staud., Cat. Lep. Eur. ed. ii. p. 423. n. 488 bis (1871); Christ., Stett. Ent.

Zeit. xxxiii. p. 216 (1872) ; id., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Schahrud) ; Bartel, in

Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 194 (1900) (N. Persia; Turkestan ; Kuldscha).

Smerinthus populi, Leder, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii, p. 28 (1870) (Caucasus) ; Staud., Cat. Lep. Eur,

ed. ii. p. 37. n, 488 (1871) (partim); Rom., JWém. Lép. i. p. 72 (1884) (Urmus ; Lagodekhi ;

Helenendorf ; vi., vii.); Hamps., Journ. Linn, Soc, Lond, xxvii. p. 412 (1899) (Lake Urmi,

N. W. Persia).

Smerinthus populi var. populeti, Erschoff, Reise Fedtschenko p.-26. n. 32 (1874) (Kuldscha) ; Staud.

& Reb., Cat. Lep, ed. iii. p, 99. sub n. 725 (1901).

*Smerinthus populi var. populetorum Staudinger, Stett. Ent. Zeit x\viii, p. 65 (1887) (Usgent ; Osh;—

coll, Staudinger) ; Gr.-Grschim., in Rom., MJém, Lép. iv. p, 518, 0, 208 (1890) (Osch, E. iv.) ;

Bartel, /.c. p. 195 (1900) (Turkestan) ; Staud. & Reb., /.c. p. 99. sub n. 725 (1901),

Amorpha populi var. b. Smer. p., var, populetorum, Kirby, lc. sub n, 2 (1892).

Amorpha populeti, Kirby, Lc. p. 710. n, 4 (1892) (Persia).

Amorpha populi var, populeti, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iti. p. 472 (1902),

Amorpha populi var, populetorum, id., Le.

3%. A large pale Asiatic race of A. populi. It has the distal margins of the

wings less scalloped than the western form ; the tenth tergite of the d is obviously

broader, the sternite longer, the lobes of the harpe slenderer and longer, especially

the upper one, aud the penis-sheath has fewer spines. A specimen from Saratow,

§. Russia, from the collection of Grum-Grschimailo, agrees in the colour and outline

of the wings with Ferghana examples; it is rather small (length of forewing

( 336 )

38 mm.) and approaches in the structure of the genital apparatus a little the

western popult.

Hab. North Persia to the Caucasus and the Altai Region.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 4 2? from: Turkestan ; Ferghana.

278. Amorpha amurensis.

Sphinx tremulac, Boisduval (won Borkhausen, 1793), /nd. Meth. p, 34 (1829) (Russ, mer.) ; Fisch.,

Oryct. Mosc. t. 10. £, 1. 2 (1830) (Moscow).

Smerinthus tremulae, Treitschke, Schm. Eur. x. i. p. 140 (1834) (descr, of larva erron.).

*Smerinthus tremulae var, amurensis Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 232. n. 220 (1892)

(Amur ;—coll. Staudinger).

3%. Structurally very close to populi. Ground-colour variable as in that

species. The rufous patch of the hindwing absent or barely indicated. Harpe

much broader than in populi, the two lobes being very broad ; the sheath of the

penis multispinose almost all round the edge, the spines small on one side of

the sheath; tenth tergite shorter than in populi, sternite more evenly convex

below, its sides straighter, the apex more obtuse. Vaginal plate as in popul?, the

ridge in front of the vaginal cavity shallowly emarginate.

Larva described and figured by Fisher, U.c.—Food-plants : Populus tremula

and lancifolia.

Treitschke describes the larva as not chagreened, being sometimes quite glossy

as if varnished; he further states that there are no side-bands, or only traces of

them, that the head is more rounded than triangular, and that the horn is long and

occasionally carmine-red. This description, which Duponchel doubts as being

correct and which Boisduval calls absurd, has been copied over and over again by

the writers on Palaearctic Lepidoptera.

Hab. Russia eastwards to Wladiwostock and Mupin.

Two subspecies : .

a. A. amurensis amurensis.

Sphinx tremulae, Boisduval, l.c.; Fischer, /.c.

Smerinthus tremulae, Treitschke, /.c.; Duponch., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii, p 29. t. 2. f. 2. a. b,

(1835) ; Herr.- Sch. Schm. Eur, ii. p. 91, Sph. t. 4. £. 12 (1847); Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim.

Petrop., Lep. ii. p. 138. n, 1567 (1857) (St. Petersb.) ; id., Schrenk’s Reis. ii. Lep. p. 48. n. 111

(1859) (Amur) ; Siev., Bull. Moscow p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.) ; id., le. p. 55 (1863) (St.

Petersb., if occurring ?) ; Tengstr., Act. Soc. FP. F. Fenn, x. p. 7. n. 99 (1869) ; Staud., Cat. Lep.

Eur, ed. \i. p. 38. n, 489 (1871) (Russia centr. et sept.) ; Boisd., Spec. (én, Lép. Hét. i. p. 24.

n. 11 (1875) (deser, of larva by Treitschke absurd!) ; Albr., Bull. Moscou p. 379 (1882)

(Moscow) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 27 (1885) (Finland) ; Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. France

p- 56 (1886) (Mancburia, viii,); Graes., Berl. Ent, Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 106, n. 191 (1888); Hofm.,

Raup. Grossschm. p, 30. t. 6. £. 19 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. Eur, p. 31. n. 5 (1894) ; Bartel,

in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p. 199 (1900) (deser. of larva error.) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii,

p. 99. n. 724 (1901).

Smerinthus populi ?, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii. p. 244. sub n. 3 (1856).

Amorpha tremulae, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 710. n. 3 (1892) Russia).

Smerinthus trenidae var. amurensis Staudinger, in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi, p. 232. n. 220 (1892) (Amur ;

—coll, Staudinger) ; Bartel, in Riibl, Grossschm. ii, p. 201 (1900) ; Staud, & Reb., Cat. Lep.

ed. iii. p. 99. sub n, 724 (1901) (Amur ; Ussuri).

Smerinthus trenulae var. amurensis ab, rosacea Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 232, sub n, 220

(1882) (Amur ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Bartel, /.c.

3¢. We cannot find any fairly constant difference between the specimens from

Russia and the Amur. red Amur individuals are on the whole more glossy grey

(32m)

than caught examples from Europe. Some of the bred individuals from both

countries are grey-ochraceous ; these specimens are found most likely more often

among the few which emerge from the chrysalis in the same year, or they may be

produced by breeding in. The 2 figured by Duponchel belongs to this ochraceous

form. The Russian entomologists should be able to furnish science with the life-

history of this insect, which is very insufficiently known.

Heb. Finland, Russia as far north as the Gouy. Archangel, eastwards to

Wladiwostock.

In the Tring Museum 11 ¢d,5 29 from Russia and Amurland.

All authors quote Herr. Schaff. f. 14. In our copy and that of the Brit. Mus.

there are only thirteen figures of Sphingidae, and f. 12 is amurensis.

b. A. amurensis sinica subsp. nov.

g- Ground-colour darker than in all the specimens of the previous subspec'es

which we have seen ; wings broader, especially the hindwing, which is less produced at

SC? and R', less sinuate before and behind this lobe, much more evenly rounded

from this lobe to the anal angle than in the preceding subspecies ; veins and costal

edge of forewing not obviously paler, the pale grey, somewhat purplish, scaling of

both wings more restricted above and below. Harpe with the lower lobe narrowed

to end, almost pointed ; teuth sternite longer than in amur. amurensis.

%. Not known.

Hab. China.

Three dd in coll. Chas. Oberthiir from: Pon-lin (ype) ; Ta-tsien-lu ; Mupin.

Mons, Oberthiir kindly presented the Mupin specimen to the Tring Museum.

LXXXIV. PHYLLOSPHINGIA.—Typus: dissimilis.

Triptogon Bremer, Bull. Ac, St. Pétersb. iii. p. 475 (1861) (nom. indeser. ).

Smerinthus, id. (non Latreille, 1802), Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 35 (1864).

Marumba, Kirby (on Moore, 1882), Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 707 (1892).

Phyllosphingia Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H, (6). xix. p. 164 (1897) (type: dissimilis).

Polyptychus, Leech (non Hiibner, 1822), Trans. Ent, Soe, Lond. p. 277 (1898).

Clarkia Tutt, Brit, Lep. iti. p. 386 (1902) (type: dissimilis).

3%. Tongue weak, reaching scarcely to end of forecoxa, the two halves

separate, but with fringe. Pilifer with bristles. Palpus of ¢ prominent, smaller

in ?, second seginent not rough-scaled, joint not open. Antenna setiform, side-line

almost even in dorsal view in d; feebly constricted at the joiuts in ?, without

distinct seriated ciliae (?), Abdomen with large underscales, upperseales long,

woolly, no spines, except at edges, but these spines very weak, scale-like. Tibiae

spinose ; hindtibia with two pairs of spurs, longer terminal one more than half the

length of the first tarsal segment; pulvillus present ; parouychium with one lobe

at each side, the ventral lobes being vestigial. Distal margin of wings dentate,

costal margin of hindwing concave in basal half, then convex, apex of wing

rounded ; frenulum vestigia/, no retinaculum. Clasper and eighth tergite without

friction-scales.

Larva green, shagreened, with pale oblique side-stripes, which are occasionally

bordered with red in front.—Food-plant : Juglans mandschurica.

Chrysalis strongly shagreened ; middle abdominal sternites posteriorly with

short pointed tubercles, which serve as an organ of locomotion, (See Appendix.)

( 338 )

Hab. Japan; Amurland to Assam.

One species.

Bremer expressly states that he places the species only provisionally in

Ménétriés’s (nondescript) genus Vriptogon; therefore it cannot be considered the

type of Triptogon (see Marumba).

279. Phyllosphingia dissimilis,

Triptogon dissimilis Bremer, Bull. Ac, St, Pétersb, iii. p. 475. n. 26 (1861) (Ussuri ;—Mus. St.

Petropolis).

3d. Tenth abdominal tergite narrowed to a point (PI. XXII. f. 12), slender ;

sternite triangular, longer than in M’mas tiliae. Clasper (Pl. XXXII. f. 14)

large, triangular, with a basal mesial fold which bears heavy stiff bristles ; harpe

armed with spines at the edge, Penis-sheath with a longitudinal fold at end on

each side, therefore appearing dilated in a ventral or dorsal view (PI. XXIX. f. 36).

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 3) with a broadly triangular lobe in front of

the cavity ; the lobe as well as the sides of the postvaginal plate strongly folded.

Eighth tergite see Pl. XIX. f. 4.

Larva and chrysalis see above.

Hab. Japan ; Amurland to Assam.

Two subspecies :

a. P. dissimilis dissimilis.

Triptogon dissimilis Bremer, /.c. ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 586. n. 5 (1877) (Ussuri).

Smerinthus dissimilis Bremer, Lep, Ost-Sib, p. 35. n. 154. t. 3. f. 12 (1864) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cat, Lep.

ed. ii. p. 38. n. 490 (1871); Oberth., Bull. Soe, Ent, Fr. p. 55 (1886) (vi. vii., /. on Juglans) ;

Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 586, n. 23 (1888) (Tokio ; Oiwake; Kiukiang) ; Graes., Berl.

Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii, p. 106, n, 193 (1888) (/. and p. sound produc.) ; Leech, 7ans. Ent. Soc, Lond.

p. 119. n. 92 (1889) (Kiukiang) ; Staud,, in Rom., Mém, Lép. vi. p. 231, n. 219. t. 4. f. 3 (pupa)

(1892) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 152 (1900); Staud. & Reb., Cat, Lep. ed. iii. p. 99.

n. 723 (1901) (Uss. ; Jap.).

Marumba dissimilis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 707. n, 20 (1892).

Polyptychus dissimilis, Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc, Lond, p. 277. 0, 37 (1898) (partim ; Oiwake ; Tokio;

Kiukiang).

The Kiukiang specimen mentioned by Leech is “ rosy-brown.”

Hab. Amurland ; Kiukiang, China ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum7 od, 7 2 2 from Amurland.

b. P. dissimilis perundulans.

*Phyllosphingia perundulans Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xix. p. 164 (1897) (Jaintia Hills;— Mus.

Brit.).

over dissimilis, Hampson, Journ, Bombay N. H, Soc, xi. p. 280. n. 926. fig. (go) (1898)

(= perundulans),

Phillosphingia (!) perundulans, Leech, Trans, Ent, Soc, Lond, p. 277. 0, 37 (1898) (sub syn. ; =

dissimilis),

3. Large, tawny. The dark discal patch of upperside of forewing concave

between M’ and M?, postcellular portion a little less extended posticad than in

diss. dissimilis; the brown marginal area projecting obliquely to lower angle of

cell. Sexual armature as in the northern race, but tenth sternite narrower

proximally and stouter distally.

?. Not known.

Hab. Jaintia Hills, Assam.

One ¢ (type) in the British Museum.

( 339 )

LXXXV. PACHYSPHINX gen. noy.—Typns: modesta.

Smerinthus, Harris (non Latreille, 1802), in Sillim,., Journ. Sci, Art xxxvi. p. 292 (1836).

Laothoé, Grote (non Fabricius, 1807), Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sci, i, p. 24 (1874).

Amorpha, id., l.c. i, p. 227 (1874) (nom. nud.).

Triptogon, Butler, Trans, Zool, Soc, Lond, ix. p. 589 (1877) (nom. nud. ; partim),

Marumba, Kirby (on Moore, 1882), Cat, Lep. Het. i, p. 708 (1892).

3%. Very close to Sphinx, from which it differs, in the darval state, in the

reduced horn, the slightly humped thoracical serments and less triangular head ; in

the 7mago state, in the bristles of the pilifer being mostly modified to hair-scales.

The abdominal tergites are spiuose all over, the spines as stont as in Amorpha, less

weak than in Sphina. Anterior tibia ending in a heavy thorn, homologous to

that of Sphinw ocellata, cerisyi, and kindermanni. Frenulum vestigial in both

SeXes.

3. Tenth abdominal sternite broader than in Sphinx. Clasper very broad,

very obtuse, the end of the abdomen appearing truncate; harpe with two distal

lobes corresponding to these of Amorpha, and an upper dentate ridge. Penis-

sheath without external armature ; a conical tooth upon the membrane of the duet

inside the sheath. No retinaculum.

?. Vaginal plate with a low thick ridge before the vaginal cavity, without

lobes ; the whole eighth segment strongly chitinised.

Larva granulose; head more triangular in the last and in the first stages

than in the intermediate ones; horn very short, longer in the young larva;

thoracic tergites transversely raised, the crest. also more prominent in the younger

caterpillar.— Food-plants: Populus; Salix.

Pupa similar to those of Amorpha and Sphinz.

Hab. Nearctic Region, from Canada to Mexico, westward to the Pacitic.

Only one species, which is individually, seasonally, and geographically variable.

Butler put this insect (in 1877) into a genus comprising the Old World species

allied to dyras, and maintained that “this is unquestionably the proper place for this

species.” Grote accepted Butler’s opinion as being well founded ; and since then

numerous writers have followed in the same wake. However, the affinity of

modesta with dyras and allies is very distant. Apart from structure, which was not

known to Butler and Grote, and most likely not to any of the authors who were

misled by them, and therefore may be passed over, any casual observer who is

acqnainted with the various species of Sphinx, Amorpha, and Butler’s Triptogon

(called by Moore Marumba, and dealt with in this Revision under that name) can

scarcely fail to notice the close agreement in colour and pattern between Pachy-

sphing, Sphinx, and Amorpha, and the conspicuous dissimilarity of Marumba, the

species of which have all, on the forewing, the peculiarly curved, almost looped,

discal lines.

Pachysphine is to a certain extent a combination of Amorphi and Sphine.

The thorax is unicolorous (or practically so) as in Amorpha; the hindwing is red as

in Sphinz, and has the same anal patch as Sphinw hindermanni; the forewing

agrees decidedly better with that of Amorpha. There are on the forewing of

Amorpha, in the middle area, five lines: two between the base of M° and the end

of the cell, the more proximal line forming the border of the dark band, the second

line being situated within the band and disappearing often ; beyond the cell there

are three more lines, the first obscure, often absent, the second more or less crenate

( 340 )

(the points directed basad) and forming the outer border of the dark band or band-

like area, the third line also crenate, more distal. In Pachysphinx we meet with

the same lines, the second (within the dark band) being, however, always absent

and the third seldom obvious ; the fourth and fifth are crenate as in Amorpha. In

Sphinw the homology of the lines is obscured. The hindwing of Pachysphina,

though so similar to that of Sphinx hkindermanni, reminds one nevertheless of

Amorpha populi by the red colour being intensified subbasally behind the cell,

forming here a patch corresponding to the tawny patch of popul’. The red basal

area on the forewing below is a Sphinx character. In structure Pachysphine agrees

with some species of Sphina in possessing a claw at the end of the foretibia, and

with Amorpha in the more strongly spinose abdominal tergite and the bilobate

harpe. The penis-sheath is similar to that of Amorpha in being devoid of a conical

tooth, while it differs from both Amorpha and Sphinx in being very slender, and

having instead of a number of spines a single tooth as armature of the membrane

of the duct. The frenulum of the ¢ is as much reduced as in Sphine.

280, Pachysphinx modesta.

Smerinthus modesta Harris, in Sillim., Journ, Sci, Art xxxvi. p. 292. n, 6 (1839).

Smerinthus modestus (!), Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 248, n. 10 (1856).

*Smerinthus princeps id., l.c. p. 225, n. 21 (1856) (Mus. Brit.).

Laothoé modestus, Grote, Bull, Buffalo Soc, N. Sci. i. p. 24 (1874),

Smerinthus populicola Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép, Het, i, p, 22. 0, 9 (1875) (nom. nov.).

Amorpha modesta, Grote, l.c. ii. p. 227, n. 44 (1875).

Triptogon modesta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 589. n, 23 (1877) ; Grote, Lc. iti, p. 223,

n, 45 (1877).

Smerinthus occidentalis var. Edwards, Calif. Ac. Nat. Sci. vi. p. 92 (1876).

Smerinthus cablei Reizenstein, in Scribner's Monthly xxii. p. 864. fig. (1881).

Marumba modesta, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 708. n. 33 (1892).

3. Antenna long, strongly compressed, slightly dilated laterad as in Sphina

ocellata, ciliae long. Tenth abdominal tergite stronger chitinised than in Sphina ;

the sternite much broader than in Sp4inx and Amorpha, with almost parallel sides

(Pl. XXII. f. 13). Clasper dilated dorsad at apex, very broad (Pl. XXII. f. 13);

harpe large, ventro-distally produced into two lobes ; the dorsal edge of the harpe

raised into a broad lobe, which is rough with short pointed tubercles and teeth.

Penis-funnel short, without process ; penis-sheath comparatively slender and weak

(absolutely slenderer than in the much smaller species of SpAcnx), without external

armature; the membrane of the duct strongly chitinised in a small place, armed

with a more or less prominent solid tooth, which is visible through the sheath as a

black spot, if the duct is not pushed out (PI. XXIX. f. 37).

¢. Autenna thin; proximal edges of the segments feebly raised, dorso-lateral

expansions of ¢ barely vestigial in 2 ; a proximal series of very slightly prolonged

ciliae, surface of segments feebly concave laterally and ventrally. Eighth abdominal

segment rather strongly chitinised, brown; antevaginal portion of plate short

(Pl. XV. f. 17), the ridge thick.

Hab. Nearctic Region.

There are three subspecies :

( modesta : Eastern States ; Canada to California ;

P. modesta + imperator : Arizona ;

regalis: Mexico.

Judging from our Arizona material obtained from Dr. E. Kunze and E, J.

( 341 )

Oslar, we believe that a paled form can be reared by in-breeding, as in the case

of Amorpha populi and amurensis. The specimens of the second brood, resp. the

individuals which emerge from the chrysalis the same summer, will also turn vut

to be partly paler than the specimens from hibernated pupae.

a. P. modesta modesta.

Smerinthus modesta Harris, I.c, (1839) ; Agass., Lake Superior p. 338. t. 7. f£. 7 (1850); Clem.,

Journ, Ac. Nat. Sci, Philad, iv. p. 183. n. 86 (1859) (Mass,; L. Sup.; Penn.; N.Y.) ; id., in

Morris, Syn. Lep, N. Am. p. 210. n. 3 (1862) ; Bowl., Canad. Ent. iti. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec) ;

Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 52. 60. t. 7. f. 11 (¢) (1873) (Canada to Middle States) ; Pears.,

Canad, Ent. vii. p. 80 (1875) (Montreal); Bunk., Canad, Ent. ix. p. 210 (1877) (transf.) ;

Worth., Canad, Ent. x. p. 16 (1878) (Chicago); Coq., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 159

(1880) ; Kell., Bull, Buffalo Soc. N, Sci. iv. p. 29 (1881) (larva, pupa) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soe.

Ont, xii. p. 63 (1882) (larva).

Smerinthus modestus (!), Walker, List Lep, Ins, B. M, viii. p. 248. n. 10 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac.

N. Sci, Philad. iv. p, 181 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Grote & Rob., Proce.

Ext. Soe, Philad. v. p. 161, 185, n. 73 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ; Saund., Canad. Ent. iv. p. 36

(1872) (London, Can.); Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 80. n. 9 (1875) (Montreal, rare) ; Andr.,

Psyche ii, p. 72 (1877) (larva); Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.) ; Pack., Ins. Inj.

Forest Trees p. 450, n, 19 (1890).

*Smerinthus princeps Walker, List Lep. Ins, B, M, viii. p. 255. n, 21 (1856) (Mus. Brit.); Grote & Rob.,

Trans, Amer, Ent, Soc, ii. p. 75 (1868) (= modesta).

Laothoé modestus (!), Grote. Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i, p. 24 (1873).

Laothoe modesta, Vhaxter, Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass.).

Smerinthus populicola Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép, Hét. i. p. 22. n. 9 (1875) (nom, nov. loco modesta ;

Canada; Calif.) ; Edw., Hut, Amer. iii, p. 223 (1887).

Amorpha modesta, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. ii. p. 227. n. 44 (1875) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer,

Mus. N. H. vii. p. 312. t. 7. £. 7 (1895) (N. Y. ; E. vii. viii.).

Triptogon modesta, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 589. n. 23 (1877) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo

Soc, N, Sci. iii, p. 223. n. 45 (1877) (Can.; Mass.; N. Y.) ; id., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877) ;

Fern., Canad. Ent, xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine, rare, vii.) ; id., Sphing. New Engld. p, 71.

n. 34 (1886) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 134. n. 53 (1886) (Can. southward) ; id., Hawk

Moths N, Am. p. 37 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 216. t. xi. f. 3. 4. 5 (genit. ;

ant.) (1888) (Canada to Louis., westw. to Calif.); Edw., Bull, U. St. N. Mus, xxxv. p. 44 (1889)

(lit. ref. to metam.) ; Dyar, in Riley, /ns. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. Y., electr. light) ; Beutenm.,

Bull, Amer. Mus, N, H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (1 3 Calif. ex coll. Hy. Edw.) ; Trum., Ent. News

viii. p. 27 (1897) (S. Dakota) ; Rowl., Ent. News ix. p. 190 (1898) (Missouri ; not uncommon);

Soule, Psyche viii. p. 308 (1899) (larva).

Smerinthus occidentalis var, Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. N. Sci, vi. p. 92 (1876) (Calif. ; Nevada ;

Oregon ; on “ Arizona”’).

Triptogon modesta var. occidentalis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Suc, N. Sei. iii. p. 223. sub n. 45 (1877)

(California) ; id., Hawk Moths N, Am. p. 37 (1886); Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxxi. p. 50 (1899)

(Manitoba).

Triptogon occidentalis, Holland, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 105 (1886) (west. var. of mod.); Grote, Canad.

Ent. xviii. p. 134. n. 54 (1886) (Calif., ete.) ; Heath, Canad. Ent. xxxii. p. 94 (1900) (Manitoba,

vii., after midnight).

Smerinthus cablei Reizenstein, in Scribner’s Monthly xxii. p, 864. fig. (1881) (Louisiana) ; Pearce,

Encycl, Amer, i. p. 689 (1884) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc, xv. p. 218 (1888) (= modesta),

Marumba modesta, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i. p. 708. n. 33 (1892) (N. Am.)

Marumba cablei, id,, lc, u, 35 (1892),

3%. Our Californian specimens, from Los Angeles, May, six in number, do not

differ from the eastern ones except in some of them having a faint red longitudinal

patch behind the cell near the base on the underside of the hindwing ; in eastern

examples the posterior part. of the antemedian brown band of the same wing is often

red, but the before-mentioned red mark is not present in any of our examples from

the Bastern States. In ground-colour those Californian individuals are exactly

( 342 )

like ordinary modesta modesta. According to Hy. Edwards, Z.c., the Californian

specimens of modesta are much paler in ground-colour, differing markedly from

the eastern form. He unites with them Arizona specimens, which are indeed

conspicuously different from Atlantic examples. It is possible that Edwards had,

besides Arizona specimens, only individuals of a second brood from California,

which we presume are all or partly paler than those from hibernated pupae. If

that was the case the name P. modesta modesta f. t. occidentalis may be employed

for them, and f. t. modesta for the ordinary dark form.

The amount of red on the hindwing is variable. There is generally a pale

distal border as in Sphina jamaicensis. Sometimes the black bar or spot before

the anal angle becomes more or less red anteriorly. Size variable. Apical lobes

of harpe about equal in length, obtusely rounded. ‘Tenth sternite truncate or

emargivate. Tooth of duct of penis large.

Hab. Canada to Louisiana, westwards to California, Oregon, and British

Jolumbia.

In the Tring Museum some larvae and pupae, 30 dd, 16 2 ? from: N. Jersey ;

Towa; Ohio ; South Dakota ; British Columbia ; South California.

b. P. modesta imperator.

Smerinthus occidentalis var, Edwards, Proc, Calif. Ac. Nat. Sei. vi. p, 92 (1876) (partim ; Ft. Yuma,

Arizona).

Smerinthus imperator Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 125, t. 14. f. 3 (9) (1878) (Arizona) ; Edw., Ent.

Amer, iii. p. 223 (1887).

Triptogon imperator, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 217 (1888) (Arizona).

Edwards’s occidentalis includes the present subspecies. As Edwards speaks

in his description of ‘our examples” of modesta, we accept the Californian modesta

as being the true occidentalis and retain the name imperator for the Arizona form.

The examples from Colorado which we have, mostly collected by Mr. Oslar, come

very near ¢mperator, approaching somewhat the palest individuals of mod. modesta ;

one of them, however, labelled Durango, 12. vi. 99, is darker than any individual

of modesta which has come under our notice, the olive median band of the forewing

being very pronounced and the red colour of the bindwing not only being restricted,

but also much obscured. The Colorado modesta, therefore, are neither true mod.

modesta, nor true mod. imperator, but form a connecting link.

3%. Large, rough-sealed. Stigma of forewing large, discal lines strongly

crenate ; pale abdominal and anal area of hindwing more extended than in mod.

modesta ; the proximal black anal bar narrow and long. Lobes of harpe unequal,

the upper one generally much shorter (P]. XXXIV. f. 31); tooth of penis-sheath

much smaller than in mod. modesta ; both the tenth tergite and sternite narrower,

the latter more obviously rounded at end (PI. XXIL. f. 13).

There are two broods in Arizona, which we name :

a’. P. modesta imperator f. t. imperator.

gd %. The spring-brood. Forewing greyish white at the proximal side of the

median baud and between the two crenate discal lines; the band more or less

shaded with grey or bnff, but the proximal border-line always conspicuous. 3

darker than ?.

Received from Dr. E. Kunze, labelled as follows: Phoenix, Arizona, 6. iy. ’97

( 343 )

(3S), 9. iv. 97 (88), 12. iv. 97 (d), 15. iv. 97 (3), 16. iv. 97 (F 2), 6. v.97 (2),

7. v. 97 (2), 24. v. "97 (¢, transition to the following).

Our 11 Colorado specimens agree more or less with this form, except the one

mentioned above.

b’. P. modesta imperator f. t. kunzei form. noy.

3 ¢.The summer form. Very pale. Upperside——Forewing creamy buff, basal

area and interspace between discal and postdiscal lines whitish cream-colour, lines

all vestigial or absent——-Hindwing: anal area cream-colour, the two blackish

brown anal bars of the spring form vestigial and cream-colour like the distal

margin. Underside without lines.

Received from Dr. EH. Kunze, in whose honour we name this peculiar form,

labelled: Phoenix, Arizona, 8. vii. "97 (d¢, type), 14. vi. 97 (2), 3. ix. 97 (2).

Hab. Arizona (typical) and Colorado ; Sonora? ; Lower California.

A pair from Lower California in the Paris Museum agrees on the whole with

f. t. imperator, but has the discal band and the apical area of the forewing more

strongly washed with tawny ochraceous. Besides, the stigma is smaller and

yellowish, the proximal border-line of the band is not black, and is less angulate

than in true ‘mperator, and the hindwing is more suffused with black at the anal

angle than in those Arizona specimens which have the forewing washed with

ochraceous. The pair represents perhaps a separate subspecies ; bat more material

should be examined before a name is proposed.

ce. P. modesta regalis subsp. nov.

Smerinthus modesta, Clemens, Journ. Ac, N. Sci, Philad. iv. p. 183. n. 86 (1859) (partim ; Mexico).

Triptogon modesta var. occidentalis, Druce (non Edwards, 1876), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl.

p- 310. n. 1. t. 67. f. 2 (2) (1896) (Durango).

d%. As large as tmperator. Forewing above more uniform in colour than

in the other two subspecies, more sombre-coloured, with a slight reddish tint,

basal area not so pale as in f. t. ¢mp. and mod. ; discal lines crenate; distal margin

less strongly scalloped, the upper teeth especially smaller than in imperator ;

marginal area not conspicuously marked with grey. Hindwing : the red colour

as much extended distad as in 7mperator, the anal area much shaded with black.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite much more narrowed distally than in imperator ;

sides of lobe of sternite more slanting apicad, apex truncate with the angles

strongly rounded. Ventro-distal part of harpe more produced ventrad, the two

processes slender, closer together than in the other two subspecies, nearly equal

in length. od darker than ¢.

Hab. Jalisco and Durango, Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 2 3 d,2 ? ? from Jalisco.

LXXXVI. MONARDA.—Typus: oryx.

Monarda Druce, Biol. Centr, Amer., Lep, Het. Suppl. p. 317 (1896) (type : ory).

g. Tongue short, not visible if rolled in. Pilifer with long bristles ; genal

process very obtuse; from beneath it protrude the hair-scales of the maxillary

palpus. Palpus not projecting, rongh-haired like the body and postero-basal

areas of the wings. Antenna nearly two-thirds the length of the forewing, of the

( 344 )

same type as in Cressonia, segments somewhat dilated dorso-laterally, bipectinate

ventrally at each side, the pectinations long, compressed; end-segment short.

Spinnles at the edges of the abdominal seements thin, narrow, long, very weak,

Tibiae vot spinose ; spurs unequal, two pairs to hindtibia, longer apical spur about

half the length of the first hindtarsal segment, which is not longer than segments

2 and 3 together; foretarsus short, segments almost equal in length except fourth,

which is shorter, first with two long, stout, curved spines, one basal, the other

apical; pulvillus and paronychium adsent. Distal margins of wings convex,

posterior angles rounded, not produced; frenulum and retinaculum present. Clasper

without friction-scales.

2 and early stages not known.

Hab. Jalisco, Mexico.

One species.

281. Monarda oryx.

*Monarda oryx Druee, /.c. n. 1. t, 58. f. 6 (1896) (Jalisco ;—coll. Schauy).

3. The upper scales and most of the hairs of the forewing are deep ferraginons,

except at costal and distal margins and upon veins, which are olive; two interrupted

antemedian bands, and two discal series of lunules followed by a series of postdiscal

spots, are black. There are no ferruginous scales on the underside of the wing, but

some of the thoracical hair-scales and those at the lower edges of the abdominal

tergites and on the legs are also more or less of the same peculiar colour. Our

specimen has the antenna less pale, the forewing, thorax, and legs more ferruginous,

the posterior angles of both wings better indicated, the distal margin of the

hindwiug less convex, and the blackish olive band of the same wing more straight

than one of Mr. Schaus’s specimens.

Tenth tergite (Pl. XXII. f. 16) slender, lanceolate, pointed, slightly curved

downwards, extreme end more so, mesially carinate below ; sternite also long,

broader than the tergite, gradually narrowed, sinuate, the angles acute and curved

upwards. Clasper large, sole-shaped ; harpe irregular, ending in an obliquely

sinuate process, sharply pointed; at the dorsal side of the sinus there is a small

tooth, between which and a more proximal, large, triangular tooth there is another

sinns. Penis-sheath with a long pointed process which eurves proximad and

laterad; penis-funnel simple.

Hab. Jalisco, Mexico.

Two $d in coll. W. Schaus and 1 3 in the Tring Museum from Guadalajara.

LXXXVII. CRESSONIA.—Typus : juglandis.

Sphinx, Abbot & Smith (won Liuné, 1758), Lep. Georgia i. p. 57 (1797).

Smerinthus, Lepelletier & Serville (non Latreille, 1802), Enc, Méth. x, p. 441 (1825).

Cressonia Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 186 (1865) (type: juglandis).

3%. Tongue slender, short. Palpi of d long, very strongly diverging, second

segment prolonged, strongly compressed, curved sidewards, gradually narrowed to

end, third conical; very much smaller in 2, slightly divergent, pointed as in d.

Abdomen without spinules. Tibiae spinose; two pairs of spurs to hindtibia ;

pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with one lobe at each side. Distal

margins of wings undulate; costal margin of hindwing straight from base to

( 345 )

beyond middle, then somewhat projecting frontad, forming a rounded lobe; R?

of hindwing before centre of cell, D? somewhat curved, D* not or little shorter

than D*; frenulum vestigial, retinaculum adsent. Antenna peculiar ; ? : segments

all longer than high, especially the distal ones, each thickest basally, the sides

slightly rounded basally in dorsal view, and feebly sinuate apically ; broader than

high, and also than long excepting distal segments, depressed, somewhat prismatical,

the ciliated surface feebly concave in middle, no distinct groove, no indication of

pectinations, ciliae short, fasciculated ciliae barely indicated ; ¢: segments much

more obviously truncate pear-shaped in dorsal view (PI. LXI. f. 3. 4. 5) than in ¢,

strongly compressed ventrally, sides deeply grooved, the groove bordered above by

a kind of carina, which projects a little over the groove, this carina not scaled ;

it is homologous to the lateral expansion of other Sphingid antennae ; the com-

pressed ventral parts of the segments separate (Pl. LXI. f. 3, lateral view) ;

each segment produced subyentrally on each side into an apical and a longer basal

process which project laterad, the processes compressed, the longer diameter of

the traussection vertical ; the fascicles of long ciliae along the edges of the processes,

forming on each segment, with the other fascicles, an apical and a basal row, which

rows join each other above, the arrangement of the fascicles, therefore, the same

as in other Sphingidae. The processes being expansions of the ciliae-bearing area

are as a matter of course not scaled; they are not homologous with the branches

of other pectinated Sphingid antennae, excepting those of Monarda, agreeing best

with those of Saturniidae, as pointed out by Smith. The segments are slightly

asymmetrical (Pl. LXI. f. 5). The antenna differs, however, essentially from

that of the Saturniids and Ceratocampids in being scaled above, in possessing deep

side-grooves, in the ventral part being strongly compressed, and in the single

sensory cone being conspicuous and remaining in its place close to the end of the

segment.

Larva pale green or reddish, with oblique side-stripes, which are bordered with

red in front or are preceded by red subdorsal spots, these red spots resp. borders

sometimes absent, anal segment mostly with a dark mesial streak; heavily granulose,

head strongly triangular, bifid, sparsely granulose all over; horn long, feebly

curved, granules very high; anal tergite with a higher granule at each side of

the dark mesial streak.—Food-plants : Juglans, Ostrya.

Papa opaque, head with four projections, antenna-case with a row of sharp

granules or teeth, semites 4 to 6 of abdomen with a subapical carina which is

dentate laterally in ¢, laterally and ventrally in 2 ; tongue-case triangular, much

shorter than the cases of the forelegs, reaching only one-third the way from its base

to the apex of the wing-cases ; abdominal segments 7 to 10 ventrally flat, the sides

subearinate, those of segment 8 expanded, armed with sharp teeth which point

frontad, eighth segment humped dorsally in d; cremaster truncate, angles produced

laterad into a sharp tooth.

Hab, Canada to Florida and Texas, westward to the Mississippi basin.

One species.

282. Cressonia juglandis.

Sphinx juglandis Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 57. t. 29 (1797).

Sphing instabilis Martyn, Psyche t. 20. f. 49; t. 21. £. 53 (1797).

Amorpha dentata juglandis, Hiibner, Samml. Ex, Schm. i. t. 171 (1806-24).

Polyptychus juglandis, Hitbuer, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 141. n. 1516 (1822).

Smerinthus juglandis, Lepelletier & Sery., lc. p. 441 (1825); Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Sci. Art

( 346 )

xxxvi. p. 292. n. 5 (1839); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 247. n. 9 (1856) (N. York ;

Florida ; Orilla, Can.) ; Fitch, Rept. Ins N. York iii. p. 462 (1856) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp.

Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 94. n. 1568 (1857) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad, iv. p. 185 n. 90

(1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 213.

n. 7 (1862); Lintn., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 668 (1864) (life hist. ; on Ostrya, Juglans,

Carya); Harr., ed. Flint, Jns. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1865) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop, Het. p. 53. t. 7.

f. 12 (¢). 13 (9) (1873) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 27, n. 14 (1875) (deser. of larva

and pupa) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O.).

Bombyx (2) juglandis, Emmous, Nat. Hist. N. Y. v. t. 45. f. 9 (1854).

Cressonia juglandis, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad, v. p. 161. n. 74 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ;

iid., lc. p. 186 (1865) (figs. of wings) ; Saund., Canad. Ent. i. p. 48 (1869) (sound of larva) ;

Lintn., Ent. Contr. i, p. 192 (1872) (N. Y., B. vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. i. p. 24

(1874) ; id., Lc. ii, p. 50. 227. n. 45 (1875) (= pallens); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton,

Mass., F. vii.) ; Grote, /.c. iii. p. 223. n. 46 (1877) (Canada to Southern States) ; Butl., Zrans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. £90. n. 1 (1877); Pack., Ins. Inj. Forest Trees p. 84 (1881) ; Reed, Rept,

Ent Soc. Ont. xii. p. 63 (1882) ; Edw., Papilio iti. p. 25 (1883) (N. Jersey); Edw. & EIL, ébid.

p. 127 (1883) (larva); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 81. n. 40 (1886); Holl., Canad, Ent. xviii.

p. 105 (1886) (W. Pa. and S. Ind., larva common) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N, Am. p, 36 (1886) ;

Smith, Lnt, Amer. iii. p. 2 (1887) (struct. of ant.); id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 230.

t. 12. f. 1 (genit.). 2 (ant.). 3 (genit.), t. 13. f. 1 (venat.) (1888) (Canada to Georgia ; westward

to Mississippi, Texas) ; Edw., Bull, U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxy. p. 44 (1889) (lit. relat. to metam.) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 713. n. 1 (1892); Brehm, Ent. News viii. p. 21 (1897) (eggs

May 20th); Beutenm., Bull. Amer, Mus, N. H. vii. p. 317, t. 7. f. 8 (1897) (larva, pupa; on

hickory, walnut, and Ostrya; N. York, two broods) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p 292 (1897)

(Manitoba) ; Rowl., Ent. News ix. p. 190 (1898) (Missouri ; walnut, hickory) ; Hanh., Canad.

Ent. xxxi. p. 52 (1899) (Manitoba) ; Heath, ‘bid. xxxiii. p. 99 (1901) (Manitoba).

Cressonia pallens Strecker, Lep, Rhop. Het. p. 54. t. 7. £. 14 (9) (1873) (Texas) ; Butl., Uc. p. 590.

n. 3 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 713. n. 4 (1892).

*Cressonia robinsoni Butler, lc. p. 590. n. 2 (1877) (N. York ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 3 (1892).

Cressonia hyperbola Slosson, Ent. Amer. vi. p. 59 (1890) (Florida) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 2 (1892).

3. There is only one species of Cressonia; it varies in the tint of the ground-

colour and also in the position of the lines. The individual described as hyperbola

has the last antemedian and the first discal line fused behind; such aberrant

individuals occur also in other genera, for instance in Marumba. We have

examined specimens from various states of the South and North, and failed to find

any local difference.

3. Tenth tergite triangular (Pl. XXII. f. 17), elongate, gently curved, with

almost parallel sides in apical half, convex above, concave below at end, apex

rounded ; sternite also triangular, pointed, slightly curved upwards at apex.

Clasper sole-shaped, dorsal edge rather obviously concave basally ; harpe produced

into a triangular, obtusely pointed, distal process, which projects very little and

has the dorsal edge denticulate (in Prof. Smith’s description the harpe is erroneously

said to project from the superior edge of the clasper). Penis sheath compressed,

with an apical patch of minute tubercles or teeth which point distad.

?. Highth abdominal tergite sinuate, membranaceous mesially, more strongly

chitinised laterally. Vaginal plate with a ridge before the orifice ; the ridge cleft,

the two halves strongly rounded ; postvaginal part of plate membranaceous distally,

rounded.

Early stages see above.

Hab. Canada to Florida and Texas, westwards to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 6 larvae and 2 pupae, 23 dd, 12 2? from: Toronto,

Canada; N. Hampshire; N. Jersey; Quincy, Illinois; San Antonio, Texas ;

Sanford, Florida.

( 347 )

II. B. Sphingidae semanophorae.

3%. The not-scaled area of the inner surface of the first segment of the palpus

covered with short sensory hairs, or these hairs, which are seldom vestigal,*

restricted to a patch.

The number of species belonging to this division of the Sphingidae is about

twice as large as that of the Sphingidae asemanophorae. Specialisation by

reduction or loss, though not quite absent, is far less frequent in the present

division than among the Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae, while the modification of

organs in functionally higher structures is very often met with, the prevailing

tendency in the Sphingidae semanophorae being progressive development in contra-

distinction to the Sphingidae asemanophorae, where retrogression is the prevalent

feature in the development.

The tongue is never excessively long as it often is in Acherontiinae, nor is it

ever so much reduced as in some Acherontiinae and many Ambulicinae, reaching

always at least to the middle of the abdomen and remaining functional in all

species. The pilifer is always prominent; it is peculiarly modified in the

Choerocampinae ; the bristles never become weak and flat or change into scales. The

palpus varies very much in size, as does also the proportion in length between the

first and second segments. In some genera the palpus is somewhat reduced (for

instance in Deidamia and Darapsa), in others much enlarged (Giganteopalpus,

Elibia, ete.). The longest Sphingid palpus is found in this division, namely in

Tinostoma. Remarkable modifications of the palpus occur in the subfamily

Choerocampinae. The antennae are no less variable. They are filiform or setiform

in many species, without the indication of a club; in others they are moderately

clubbed; in others again excessively so. The distal part may be abruptly recurved

or scarcely curved at all. The end-segment is more often long than it is short, but

the short end-segment is not at all of rare occurrence. The eye is lashed or not ;

its size is very different, Oryba having the largest eye of Sphingidae, while

Deidamia, Darapsa, Gurelca, ete., have a comparatively small one. The head is

sometimes crested, the crest being here, as in the Sphingidae asemanophorae, a

sign of reduction of the head. The scales of the mesonotum form occasionally also

a high, well-defined crest, which may be simple (/pistor), or double (Dilophonota).

This thoracic crest is not a feature accessory to reduction. The abdomen is of

interest in several respects. ‘The first tergite and the sternite of the second segment

become often closely appressed to the metathorax (Macroglossum, Sesia, etc.).

The spines are never lost; there are two kinds of spination not found in the

previous subfamilies—the uniserial conical spines of Dilophonata, Pholus, ete.

(Pl, LXII. f. 9), and the flattened, very strongly chitinised spines of Macroglossum,

Sesia, Haemorrhagia, etc. (Pl. LXII. f. 11). The spines of the basal sternite,

which are at the highest vestigial in Sphingidae asemanophorae, are very distinct

in quite a number of genera of the present division, and like those of the other

sternites barely less strong than the dorsal ones in those forms which have the

spination as represented by Pl. LXII. f. 11. The broad expansible fan-tail and, in

the ?, the broadly trapeziform seventh sternite which is spose at the edge in a

number of genera (PI. LXIII. f. 5. 6), are characters confined ¢ to members of this

* See Odontosxida and Gurelca.

+ Excepting the males of the Ambulicine genera Cypa, Smerinthulus and Degmaptera, which

have also a fan-tail.

( 348 )

division. The friction-scales of the clasper (¢) are, as in the Sphingidae asemano-

phorae, often absent; but if they occur, they are erect or half erect, never forming a

smooth patch as in Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae. They develop to large, strongly

ribbed, often asymmetrical, lanceolate, pointed or truncate scales, which are easily

recognised with the naked eye (PI. LYIII. f. 37). If these scales are much

enlarged, their number is reduced, the smallest number (one) being found in some

Choerocampinae.

The legs offer also some peculiarities not met with among the previous sub-

families. The mid- and hindcoxal mernum are carinate behind or are produced

backwards into a large tooth in many Ses¢énae and Nephelicae (Pl. LXIII. f. 2). The

tibiae are rarely spinose, and the proximal pair of spurs of the hindtibia is absent from

only one species (Microsphinx pumilum). The anterior tibia is occasionally produced

into a thorn, as happens also among the Sphingidae asemanophorae. The comb of

the mid- and hindtarsus is often present, but the spines are never much prolonged,

a comb as represented by Pl. LXLV. f. 7 being confined to the Acherontiinae. The

spurs appear often crested on the innerside, the scales being here raised, often spine-

like, and we find oceasionally a distinet comb of spines (PI. LXIV. f. 8). The

external spines of the mid- and hindtarsus are sometimes very numerous, short and

strong, lying almost flat upon the tarsus (Macroglossum, Atemnora, ete.). The

pulvillus does not disappear often, only one species of Haemorrhagia, Arctonotus

lucidus, and Euproserpinus phaeton (we have not seen Arctonotus terlooi and

Euproserpinus euterpe) being without it. The paronychium preserves as a role the

four lobes, with a few exceptions, the ventral lobes being cecasionally reduced

(Gurelea, Sphingonaepiopsis, ete.), or the paronychium being altogether vestigial

(Arctonotus, Euproserpinus).

The wings are very variable in shape; the frenulum and retinaculum are

always present.

The tongue-case of the pupa always reaches to the end of the wing-cases,

never being abbreviated as in Ceratomia among Acherontiinae and in nearly

all Ambulicinae. It is often enlarged frontad, and compressed, and projects in

Rhyncholaba in a similar way as in Protoparce.

The larvae are not granulose as in Ambulicinae, nor have they ever a triangular

head ; they are also not regularly banded as in most Protoparce, Hyloicus ligustri,

etc. The horn of the cylindrical larvae is often straight or curved forward, and is

longest in the early stages ; in the last stage it is occasionally reduced to a button-

like tubercle. The anterior segments and the head are often reduced, and the third

and fourth enlarged. Ocellated larvae occur only in the present division of the

Sphingidae. A sharply marked dorso-lateral line ruuning from head to horn is

very often met with.

The ancestral forms from which this mass of species has developed are

represented by Pachylia, Pseudosphinx, Isognathus, Evinnyis, Grammodia, and

Pholus. The ancestral genera possessed non-clubbed anteuna, with a long end-

segment, which was, however, more elongate-bottle-shaped than filiform; a large

palpus with the sensory hairs of the first segment occupying the whole non-scaled area

of the inner surface ; uniserial, long, stout, conical spines to the abdomen; in d

numerous small friction-scales not very different in size from the ordinary scales

of the clasper; in ? a triangular non-spinose seventh sternite ; a simply rounded

merum to mid- and hindcoxae ; fully developed pulvillus and paronychium ; a

comb of moderately long spines ou the mid- and hindtarsi; a smooth, sub-

( 349 )

cylindrical, anteriorly evenly rounded pupa; and a cylindrical larva with long

straight horn and rounded head.

The generalised genera mentioned before fall into two groups: Pholus with

non-divided tenth abdominal segment of the ¢, and Pseudosphinx to Grammodia

with symmetrically divided tenth d-segment. From Pseudosphinx and allies a

series of genera leads upwards through Pachylia, Hemeroplanes, Perigonia, Sesia,

to Haemorrhagia, Cephonodes and Sataspes. This is one main branch of the

Semanophorae, giving rise to several small side-branches. The second series starts

from Pholus, and divides soon into several branches.

Of all these issues from the ancestral Semanophorae only one group of genera

is sharply circumscribed ; it claims the rank of a subfamily. This group, which

belongs to the Pholus-side of the Sphingidae semanophorae, comprises the genera

Theretra, Xylophanes, Pergesa and allies, and is termed by us Choerocampinae. We

may leave this subfamily out of consideration for the present. The remaining

groups of Semanophorae are not so obviously distinguished from one another in all

their members, owing to the preservation of generalised forms linking the groups

together, and to the differences becoming obscured by the recurrence of similar

structures in phylogenetically widely different genera. But we think it wise to give

to each of the two natural sections, the Psewdosphinx-branch, and the Pholus-branch

(exclusive of Choerocampinae), subfamily rank, the two subfamilies being designated

as Sesiinae and Philampelinae, the former ending in Sataspes, the latter comprising

as highly specialised members the genera Macroglossum, Euproserpinus, Micro-

sphinx, Elibia, ete.

The Sesiinae are mostly American; they exhibit very often asymmetrical

development of the copulatory apparatus in both sexes. The seventh sternite of

the ? is large, quadrangular in a number of genera, and is in the higher forms

spinose at the end like the preceding sternites. The friction-scales of the clasper

are small in the lower genera and absent from the higher ones, never developing to

large lanceolate scales as in the Pholus-series. The pupa has never a compressed

Theretra-like tongue-case. The imago of the bigher genera is mimetic (Sataspes,

Flaemorrhagia, etc.) ; mimetism is known also of some larvae of Sesi/nae ( Hemero-

planes, Leucorhampha).

The Philampelinae, on the other hand, are for the greater part inhabitants of

the Old World; they have many affinities with the Choerocampinae, characters of the

latter subfamily appearing frequently among them—for instance, the enlarged friction-

scales, the compressed tongne-case of the pupa, the swollen third and fourth

segments of the larvae, eye-spots, ete. The Philampelinae follow partly the

Choerocampinae in the direction of development, partly the Sesinae ; the series

Nephele to Macroglossum is Sesiad in several respects, and has, on account of this

similarity, always been considered far more closely related to Sesia, Haemorrhagia

and allies than to Detlephila, Acosmeryx, etc. The resemblance between Sesta

and Macroglossum, for instance, is indeed surprising, referring to the antennae,

the spination and anal tuft of the abdomen, and the midcoxal merum.

SupramiLy Sesiinae.—Typus: Haemorrhagia tityus.

Bombyliae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 131 (1822) (partim).

Eumorphae id., l.c. p. 133 (1822) (partim).

Deilephilae id., lc. p. 136 (1822) (partim).

Manducae id., lc. p. 138 (1822) (partim).

( 350 )

Sesiidae Stephens, Jilustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 132 (1828) (partim; type: Haemorrhagia

Suciformis).

Macroglossini Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 149 (1865) (nom. nud. ; partim).

Chaerocampini iid., lc. p. 153 (1865) (mm . nud. ; partim).

Sphingini iid., l.c. p. 161 (1865) (nom. nud. ; ; partim).

as Euryglottides ” Boisduval, Spec. Gén. oe Hét, i. p. 68 (1875) (partim).

“ Déiléphilides ” id., /.c. p. 158 (1875) (partim).

“ Macroglossides ” id., /.c. p. 289 (1875) (partim).

Macroglossinae Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 516, 517 (1877) (partim ; incl. type of Sesiinae) ;

Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 86 (1888) (partim).

Chaerocampinae Butler, lc. p. 516. 544 (1877) (partim) ; Smith, /.c. p. 115 (1888) (partim).

Sphinginae Butler, /.c. p. 517. 598 (1877) (partim) ; Smith, /.c. p. 150 (1888) (partim),

Dilophonotidae Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 325 (1878).

Deilephilidae id., l.c. p. 336 (1878) (partim).

Pterogonidae id., Lc. p. 342 (1878) (partim).

Macroglossidae id., l.c. p. 356 (1878) (partim).

Smerinthinae, Smith, lc. p. 212 (1888) (partim).

3%. Tenth abdominal segment mesially divided, often asymmetrical, the left

half of the tergite and sternite, or the right half of the sternite, being sometimes

reduced, vestigial, or even absent ; right and left claspers occasionally also unequal;

no large friction-scales. The lower genera with uniserial abdominal spines, at least

on the last segments, the spines all Jong, or long ones alternating with small ones.

The seventh sternite of the ? trapeziform, or sinuate, often spinose at the apical

edge, sometimes only laterally ; if the sternite is small and triangular, and the

spination of the tergites multiserial, the mesonotnm is prominently crested or the

palpus angulate laterally.

One hundred and thirty-three species belonging to twenty-four genera. One

genus is Holaretie (Haemorrhagia), extending into the Oriental Region ; one is

Oriental (Sataspes), and one Aethiopian and Oriental (Cephonodes) ; all the others

are American.

Two tribes, Dilophonoticae and Sesiicae.

Key to the genera:

a. Spines of abdomen not uniseriate,

those of proximal row of tergites

broader than long . : : ° yesh

Spines of proximal row of dereites

longer than broad . ‘ ‘ - : oR

Spines of distal tergites uniseriate,

all long, or long and short ones

alternating j E : : om

b. Basal sternite of abdomen frit a

spines . , - XCIIL. Oryba.

Basal sternite of eiioaea rit few

weak spines, or not spinose . : q Sink

ec. Posterior tergites with long and small

spines alternating . : : a CL

Posterior tergites with haw apne

only, or with very few short ones . : soe

d. Hindwing ochraceous or cinnamon-

rufous, or thorax crested . XOVI. Hemeroplanes,

Not so 3 ‘i F f 3 3 hey

nd pulvillus normal

trong

CAUTETHI

i Hima notenns ror

: .

( EPISTOE

Fir th t short

basal sternite ‘

ACHYGONIA Mid: andl hincicoxal mera

5 ; 4 . Cla withoot fr a Clasper’ with small frit! I

I st } sexual armature slightly asymmetrical,

SC! and SC of ing not ansstom : ay

ler Class scales

yCERY Hindtarsus t

Anten bed; end-segm

ating, Sexual arma

ni ata LEUCORHAMPRA

ngo ke Mad it posterior tergites

TSA ’ s only

Fr 0 by long

1801 PACHYLIA

Me f ation of aD Jul end-segment long

oxal merum angulate

Abdominal spine es of abdomen t ry strong,

5 ite apezi nical; basal h some

PSEUDOS INX pin : very weak

aad at st Seventh stornite ( 9

mo I + with small friction-»

. Be ee an clas malar re BY ee Ts PHILAM CHOEROCAMPINAL,

Three-tufted tail in ¢ single-tufte |

Horn of larva lon

SESLICAE

DILOPHONOTICAE. |

SESUINAE

SPHINGIDAE ASEMANOPHORAE SPHINGIDAE SEMANOPHORAE

SPHINGIDAE,

( 351 )

. Forewing angulate

Forewing not angulate

. Thorax not crested

Thorax crested .

. Forewing angulate

Forewing not angulate

. Forewing dentate

Distal margin quite even

. Hindwing yellow

Hindwing tawny rufous, at ean a

base beneath :

Hindwing grey and black .

j. Crest of thorax high . : : :

Crest of thorax not high

. Tibiae spinose

Tibiae not spinose

. End-segment of antenna ine filiform

End-segment of antenna short, not

filiform .

. Mideoxal mernm arealakee

Midcoxal merum not angulate

. Spines of posterior tergites uniserial .

Spines of posterior not

uniserial ; :

. Palpus angulate laterally .

Palpus not angulate laterally

. Palpus angulate laterally .

Palpus not angulate laterally

. Thorax with high crest

Thorax not crested

. First hindtarsal segment and inindiibia

appearing compressed on account

of the long crest-like scaling .

Scaling of hindleg normal .

. Hinder angle of forewing

backwards

Hinder angle of forewing na anced

backwards

- SC3 and SU¢ of forewing peeeeipiieed

at end. Mimetic, resembling

Xylocopa

SC* and SC! of Ee anice a i

mosed at end

. Apex of forewing acute

Apex of forewing sinuate . c

. Cell of hindwing very short, R* ae

M' ona stalk ;

Cell of hindwing about trie (or

thrice) as long as broad . F

tergites

produced

XCV. Madoryzx.

XCIL. Pachylia.

: ee

XCIYV. Leucorhampha.

XCH. Pachylia.

: ah

XCI. Grammodia.

XC. Erinnyis.

LXXXVIII. Pseudosphinz.

XC. Erinnyis.

LXXXIX. Jsognathus.

©. Enyo.

: ay:

if - MM.

CVI. Perigonia.

: sts

; sguip

XCVIII. Protaleuron.

XCVIL. Stolidoptera.

XCIX. Aleuron.

. alge

CI. Epistor.

3 Ss

CIV. Cautethia.

CII. Pachygona.

CILI. Aimantoiaes.

XI. Sataspes.

OVI. Perigonia.

CV. Nyceryx.

CX. Cephonodes.

Ww.

( 352 )

w. Autennae very strongly clubbed in

both sexes ; eve strongly lashed . CIX. Haemorrhagia.

Antenna not, or moderately, clubbed ;

eye feebly lashed . : : : : x.

x. SC and SC! of forewing peeetaeeed

atend . : . : . CVIII. Sesia.

SC and SC! of forewing moe anasto-

mosed at end ; : - . CVI. Eupyrrhoglossum.

TrizE Dilophonoticae.—Typus: Lrinnyis ello.

Dilophonotidae Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 325 (1878).

&2. Thorax with double crest ; head also crested. Merum of midcoxa with

indication of angle. Spines of abdomen uniseriate (PI. LIL. f. 9), no short spines

on posterior tergites.

Hab. Neotropical Region.

Four genera; nineteen species.

LXXXVIII. PSEUDOSPHINX.—Typus : ¢etrio.

Sphinx Linné et auct. vetust. (partim).

Hyloicus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139 (1822) (partim ; type: pinastri).

Pseudosphing Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 68 (1856) (type : tetrio).

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 198 (1856) (partim).

Protoparce, Butler (non Burmeister, 1858), Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond, p. 484 (1878).

3°. Very close to Lrinnyis and Isognathus ; spines of abdominal sternites

weaker than in Erinnyis, being thinuer and more lanceolate ; crest of mesonotum

higher and shorter, less gradually fading away behind, mesonotum comparatively

shorter.

3. Process of harpe entire. Tenth abdominal sternite a little longer than the

tergite (as is also the case in Lrinnyis, but not in Lsognathus).

Larva with long filiform horn; head large ; body black with yellow rings in

all stages.—Food-plants : Luphorbiaceae, especially Plumeria.

Pupa polished, strongly glossy, with scarcely any puncturation ; frontal

tubercles vestigial.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America.

Oue of the commonest species of Sphingidae.

The name Pseudosphinx is very appropriate. The insect has the appearance of

a species of Sphingicae, into which tribe nearly all authors have put it. There was,

however, no excuse for being misled by the general resemblance of tetrio to Proto-

parce florestan and others—striking though it is—after Burmeister had pointed out

the true relationship with Mrinnyis and Isognathus. The agreement in structure of

these two genera and Pseudosphina is so great that the differences in the imagines

would not count for anything if they were not accompanied by differences in the

larvae, as is the case in Mrinnyis on one side, and Pseudosphinx aud Isognathus

on the other. These latter two genera have been united by Burmeister, and we

must say that there is ample justification for this course; in fact, we keep

Isognathus separate from Pseudosphinz, not because there are any obvious

diagnostic characters, but on the consideration that the very difficult species of

( 353 )

Tsognathus are inter se more closely related than with the easily recognised tetrio, as

is shown by the crest of the head and thorax, the colour, anl the sexual armature

differing somewhat in /sognathus and Pseudosphina.

The yellow-ringed larva with red head, red anal segment, and red legs

resembles that of certain Saturniidae. This similarity is the more suggestive as

the oblique side-bands of the equally low-organised Pachylia and Pholus —which

run in the opposite direction to that of the bands of Protoparce, Hyloicus, Sphina,

etc.—are also met with amoung American Saturnitdae.

283. Pseudosphinx tetrio.

Merian, Metam. Surin. Ins. t. 5 (eruca) (1705).

Sphinaz tetrio Linné, Mant. Plant. p. 538 (1771) (Am. mer.) ; Miill., Naturs., Suppl. p. 301. n. 5. b

(1774) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 540. n. 14 (1775) (partim) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 203. n. 2

(1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Jus. ii. p. 145, n. 27 (1781) (partim) ; id., Mant. Ins. i. p. 96. n. 30 (1787)

(partim) ; Grell , Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2375. n. 61 (1790); Fabr., xt. Syst. ii. 1. p. 366. n. 32

(1793) (partim) ; Burm., Abh, Nat. Ges. Halle p. 60 (1854) (= hasdrubal) ; Dew., in Wiegm.,

Arch. Naturg. xliv. 1. p. 9. t. 1. £. 10. 11 (1878) (larva).

Sphinx plumieriae Fabricius, ite oh

Sphinx hasdrubal Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 90. t. 246. f. vr (1779) (Suriaam ; Curagao).

Hyloicus hasdrubal, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1488 (1822).

Sphinx asdrubal (!), Poey, Cent. Lep. t. 11 (1832) (Cuba; larva, pupa) ; id., Wem. Hist. Nat. Cuba

i. p. 197. n. 10 (1851) (larva).

Sphinx rustica, Sepp (non Fabricius, 1775), Surin. Vind. iii. t. 101 (1852).

Pseudosphinz tetrio, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 64 (1856) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. G4

(1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 161. n. 75 (1865) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M, xxxv. p. 1854 (1866)

(= hasdrubal) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 610, n. 1 (1877); Dew., Mitth. Miineh.

Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Burm., Descr. Rép, Argent. v. p. 326. n. 1 (1878) ; id.,

le. Atlas p. 33. 34. t. 13. £. 3 (U.). 7 (p.) (1879) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer,, Lep, Het. i.

p. 22. n. 1 (1881); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana P- 203 (1882) ; Edw., Canad, Ent, xx. p. 12

(1887) (Arizona; N.W. Tigeas)e id., Ent. Amer, iii. p. 164 (1887) (Florida) ; id., /.c. ili. p. 223

(1888) ; Riley, Jus. Life i. p. 379 (1890) (at sea in Gulf of Mexico) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p. 682. n. 1 (1892) ; Rothsch., Nov. oS = p. 90 (1894) (= obseura) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 316

(1896) ; Bonningh,, Jris xii. p. 117. pn. 22 (1899); Hamps,, dan. Mag. N. H. (7). vii. p. 251

(1901) (Bahamas) ; Kaye, 7rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 139 ( ee (Trinidad).

Macrosila hasdrubal, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 202. n, 6 (1856); Ménétr., Enum. Corp.

Anim. Mus. Petr. ii. p. 89,0. 1468 (1857) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 161. n. 53

(1859) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am, p. 184. n. 2 (1862).

Sphina ? tetrio, Walker, l.c. p. 263 (1856).

Macrosila asdrubal (!), Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 295 (1856) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. BI.

p. 59 (1865) ; Boisd., Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 72 (1870) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor.

Desc. i. p. 264 (1882).

Macrosila tetrio, Boisd, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i.p. 61 (1875) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi,

p. 345 (1876) (Surinam) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xxx. p. 33 (1887) (Curagao).

*Pseudosphine obscura Butler, lc. n, 2 (1877) (Honduras; N, Granada; Brazil; Mus. Brit.) ;

Kirby, l.c. n. 2 (1892).

Protoparce tetrio, Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 484. n, 64 (1878) (Jamaica),

Sphinw (Pseudosphinx) tetrio, Dewitz, Nova Act, Leop. Car. Ac. Nat, xliv. 2. p, 250, t. 1. f.2. 2a

(I. juv.) (1882).

3%. The 3 is darker than the 2 ; both sexes are individually variable in

colour and size. Butler’s obscura is based on specimens with an average amount of

black-brown on the wings ; there occur individuals which are much darker than

the type of obscura.

3. Tenth segment broad (Pl. XLI. f. 19. 20. 21), sternite and tergite close

together, the processes of the former acute, curved at end. Clasper with a great

number of friction-scales (Pl. LVI. f. 36); harpe ending in a long, obtuse,

somewhat spatulate process with entire edges (Pl. XLY. f. 19). Penis-sheath

( 354 )

(Pl. LILI. f. 7) of the same type as in Madoryx, the apical edge dentate at the

left and right side as shown in figure.

?. Highth tergite sinnate ; membranaceous mesially. Vaginal plate pitchy

black, large, connecting membrane between vaginal plate and seventh sternite

long, transversely folded ; vaginal plate very uneven, a ridge or carina proximally

of the ovate orifice, curving distad laterally, limiting a broad lateral groove ; two

smaller grooves behind the orifice, separated by a carinated fold. Seventh sternite

longer than basally broad.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America: Florida, West Indies, southward to

Paraguay and Southern Brazil.

Very common.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 1 pupa, 200 odd specimens from: Jamaica ;

Haiti ; Cuba ; Mexico southwards to Bolivia and Rio de Janeiro.

LXXXIX. ISOGNATHUS.—Typnus : scyron.

Sphine Linné, Mus. Lud. Ubr. p. 350 (1764) (partim),

Erinnyis Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139 (1822) (partim ; type: ello).

Dilophonota Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 68 (1856) (partim ; type: ello).

Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 222 (1856) (partim ; type: pinustr?).

Isognuthus Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 187 (1862) (type : seyron).

Tatoglossum Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 598 (1877) (type: caricae).

3°. Agreeing closely with Pseudosphinw and Erinnyis; robust; crest of

thorax small ; crest of occiput not divided ; second abdominal tergite tufted above

(in well preserved individuals), seventh tergite and sternite of ? shorter than

basally broad ; process of tenth sternite of ¢ a little shorter than the tergite ; harpe

transversely ribbed (Pl. XLV. f. 25); R* and M? of hindwing less close together

than in Erinnyis.

Caterpillar as in Psewdosphinx ; body yellow or white, marked with various

designs in black, sometimes appearing black with pale rings; horn long and thin,

rough with setiferous tubercles, which are dense distally (in all species ?); anal

tergite without the two high tubercles of Pseudosphinx.—Food-plants : Plumeria

and other Euphorbiaceae.

Pupa stouter than in /Mrinnyis, paler, the black streaks more conspicuous

(Burmeister’s figure correct ?; his “scyron” pupa is darker in colour than the two

Erinnyis-papae figured on the same plate).

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, from Mexico to Buenos Aires ; Cuba,

Haiti, Porto Rico.

The sexual armature does not present any apparent differences in the various

species, which are partly difficult to distinguish.

Key to the species :

a. Veins of hindwing above striped with black

in outer half . : ; 2 ; . 291. J. caricae.

Veins of hindwing above not striped with

black in outer half. : : : : : b.

4. Abdomen not distiuctly banded . ; :

Abdomen with black and whitish grey bands ¢ d.

c. Spot in apex of cell of forewing and dot

outside D* distinctly separate . ; . 284. L. leachi.

( 355 )

Spot in apex of cell and dot outside D*

more or less completely merged together 285. /. swainsoni.

d. Underside of abdomen white, with con-

spicnous black dots ; ‘ 290. L. excelsior.

Underside of abdomen grey shaded with

brown . : : A ‘ é.

e. Forewing above sitar arly blackish

brown; border of hindwing reaching

fees to cell : : . 288. J, congratulans.

Forewing above brown, with little grey

scaling and a russet patch on disc:

border of hindwing not reaching halfway

tocell . : : 286. I. seyron.

Forewing grey or white, at least in apa

third. : ; : : : “ xa Ie

J. Thorax and forewing ashy grey . : . 287. L. menechus.

Thorax and forewing chalky grey 2 - 289. 1. rimosae.

284. Isognathus leachi.

Sphinx leachi Swainson, Zool. Mlustr. ii. t. 150. £. 1 (1823) (Brazil).

Anceryx scyron, Walker (non Cramer, 1780), List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 225. n. 5 (1856) (partim ;

Villa Nova).

Tsognathus leachi, Felder, Wien, Eat. Mon. vi. p. 183 (1862); Buitl, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p. 602. n. 6 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Let. i. p, 698, n. 12 (1892) (Brazil).

Anceryx leachi, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 125. n. 8 (1875) (partim ?),

*Anceryx cahuchu id,, l.c. p. 122. n. 4 (1875) (coll. Charles Oberthiir).

*Isoqnathus metascyron Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 258. n. 51 (1875) (Villa Nova ;—Mus. Brit.);

id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 602. n. 7. t. 94. f. 7 (2 ) (1877).

Pseudosphine scyron, Burmeister (non Cramer, 1780), Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 327. n. 2 (1878)

(partim).

Isognathus cahuchu, Butler, l.c. p. 629 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 6 (1892),

(?) Isognathus pedilanthi, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 117. n. 23 (1899).

3%. Bands of abdomen not distinct.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: basal mesial elongate patch about 24 mm.

broad ; eross-vein D* pale, separating distinctly a rounded spot from the patch

situated in the cell; black discal streak R*—M' heavy, more or less counected

with the curved patch behiud M’*; greyish white scaling sparse, no distinct grey

interrupted vein-streaks posteriorly on disc. Hindwivg: marginal band distinctly

and almost regularly dentate, not constant in width.

Amount of yellow on underside variable.

Larva not known with certainty. Bénninghausen says of the larva of what he

calls pedilanthi, that it is marked with brown, black, and grey, and has no rings ;

his pedilanthi may be this or the following species.

Hab. South America ; Surinam to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 3 2% from: Leopoldina ; Minas Geraés, 12. xii,

10, ii, (Kennedy) ; Rio Negro (Pratt) ; Cayenne.

In the Paris Museum from the frontier of Uruguay.

285. Isognathus swainsoni.

Anceryx seyron, Walker (non Cramer, 1780), l.c. vili. p. 225. n. 5 (1856) (partim ; Brazil).

Txognathus swainsoni Felder, Wien. Ent. Mon. vi. p. 187. u. 175 (1862) (Rio Negro); Butl.,

Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p, 602, n. 9 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i, p. 698. n. 10 (1892).

( 356 )

*Jsoqnathus fumosa Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond, p, 258. n, 50 (1875) (Brazil ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 601. n, 5 (1877).

Isognathus fumosus, Kirby, lc. n, 7 (1892),

(2?) Lsognathus pedilanthi, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 118. n. 24 (1899).

3%. Abdominal bands not distinct.

Wings, upperside. Forewing with more white scaling than the preceding

species, the interrupted white vein-streaks all over the outer half of the wing ; the

blackish brown spot at apex of cell and that at onter side of D* not distinctly

separate, more or less completely merged together; basal patch thinner than in

leachi, and cellule M'—M? less shaded with brown ; patch R*—M! separated from

the patch behind M’, but joined to the cell-patch; marginal spots at ends of veins

larger and paler grey than in leach. Hindwing : marginal band not dentate,

or only very faintly so, on the whole broader than in leach?.

Hab. South America: Surinam southward to South Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 4 22 from: Leopoldina; Rio de Janeiro ;

Chanchamayo, Peru.

In the Bern Museum from Para, at the electric light, vii. viii. (Dr. Goldi).

There is in the Felder collection a specimen of this species labelled “ Qreg.

it may be the type.

286. Isognathus scyron.

Sphinx seyron Cramer, Pap, Exot. iv. p. 23. t, 301. f. £ (1780) Surinam).

Evrinnyis scyron, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 139. n. 1491 (1822).

Ancerye scyron, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii, p. 225, n. 5 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen.

Lép, Hét. i. p. 121. n, 3 (1875) (2, Cayenne ; cit. Merian ad aliam spec, pertinet) ; Méxchl.,

Verh, Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi, p. 346 (1876) (Paramaribo ; = ? pedilanth?).

Tsognathus scyron, Felder, Wien. Ent. Mon. vi. p. 187 (1862) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p. 602. n. 8 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het, i, p. 698. n. 9 (1892); Schaus, Ent. News ix. p. 136

(1898) (= pedilanthi) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 138. t. 5. £. 12 (3 ) (1901) (Trinidad).

*Anceryx pedilanthi Boisduyal, /.c. p. 124. n. 6. t. 7. f. 1 (¢) (1875) (Cayenne ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Le. n. 8 (1892).

Pseudosphine scyron, Burmeister, Descr. Rép, Argent. v. p. 327. n. 2 (1878) (partim).

32. Abdominal bands distinct. Thorax and forewing above russet-drab-

brown ; underside of abdomen buftish dirty white, slightly speckled with russet

scales.

Wings, above. Forewing in outer half with grey vein-streaks, interrupted

by black dots which represent transverse lines ; ¢ with black discal dash R'—M?’,

and another smaller one M'—M?, these dashes situated in a pale russet area which

is not clearly defined though obvious, being most distinct between R* and R*;

2 without the black dashes, but with the russet area well marked (as in Cramer’s

figure).

Barly stages not known.

Hab. South America: Venezuela, Trinidad, and Para.

In the Tring Museum 11 6d, 7 2? from: Aroa and Valencia, Venezuela ;

Cayenne ; Rio Demerara ; Trinidad.

In the Bern Museum from Para, at the electric light, iii. vii. (Dr. Géldi).

287. Isognathus menechus.

Anceryx scyron, Walker (non Cramer, 1780), lc. viii. p. 225. n. 5 (1856) (partim ; Villa Nova).

(?) Sphine mnechus Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. ii, p. 90, n. 1497 (1857)

» (Cayenne ; nom, indescr.),

( 357 )

* Anceryx menechus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 124. n. 7 (1875) (Cayenne ; —coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

Anceryx rimosa, id., l.c. p. 125. n. 9 (1892) (partim ; Brazil).

*Anceryx pelops id., le, p. 126. n. 11 (1875) (hab. ? ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

*Isognathus amazonicus Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 601. n. 3. t. 94. f. 8 (1877) (Villa

Nova ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 5 (1892).

Pseudosphine scyron, Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 327, n. 5 (1878) (partim) ; id., /.c. Atlas

p. 32. t. 13. f. 4 (7) (1879).

Tsoqnathus menechus, Kirby, l.c. n. 13 (1892).

Isognathus pelops, id., l.c. n. 15 (1892).

Tsognathus scyron, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 117. n. 23 (1899) (larva ; Rio de Janeiro).

3%. A heavy-bodied species. Bands of abdomen well marked, often not

distinctly interrupted above. Body and forewings of a peculiar bluish grey colour.

Wings, above. Forewing with an antemedian and a discal pair of lines,

more or less distinct at costal margin, the discal pair generally interrupted at R’,

reappearing behind, here concave and connected with the antemedian pair, forming

with this a kind of half-ring opening at hinder margin ; a discal elongate black

patch R*—M! invading the discal pair of lines; the white discal vein-streaks

generally conspicuous. Border of hindwing variable in width.

Amount of yellow on underside also variable.

Larva like that of Pseudosphinz tetrio, with white rings ; head, anal segment

and abdominal feet orange-red (Burmeister).

Hab. South America: Surinam to Espirito Santo, perhaps more widely

distributed.

In the Tring Museum 10 3d, 6 2? from: Amazons; Bahia ; Espirito Santo.

The type of pelops is in very bad condition. We cannot say with certainty

whether it belongs here or to some other species.

288. Isognathus congratulans.

Evinnyis congratulans Grote & Robinson, Proce, Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 167. n. 105 (1865) (Cuba ;

nom. indescr.) ; Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 200 (1865) (Cuba).

Dilophonota congratulans, id., Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba).

Isognathus congratulans, id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. iii, p. 185 (1871) (Cuba); Butl., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix, p. 601. n. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 4 (1892).

Sphine congratulans, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 558 (1875).

Dilophonota rimosa, Gundlach (non Grote, 1865), Contr. Ent, Cubana p. 215 (1881).

3. Bands of abdomen distinct. Forewings, above, for the greater part blackish

brown. This may be an extreme variety of 7mosa.

Hab. Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Cuba; also in the Berlin Museum.

289. Isognathus rimosa.

Erinnyis rimosa Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 73. t. 2. £. 1 (3) (1865) (Cuba).

3%. Body paler than in menechus and scyron; abdominal bands distinct.

Ground colour of forewing, above, chalky ; white marginal spots larger and hind-

wing paler yellow than in menechus.

Larva known of two of the three subspecies (see below), younger stages

different in colour and markings from adult caterpillar. Head and underside grey ;

longitndinal stripes on back and irregular lateral markings.

Hab. Neotropical Region : West Indies, Mexico, southward to Northern Brazil.

Three subspecies :

( 358 )

a. I. rimosa rimosa.

Anceryx scyron, Walker (non Cramer, 1780), lc, viii. p. 225. n 5 (1856) (partim ; Haiti) ;

Anceryx menechus ?, Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 150 (1863).

Anceryx scyron?, id., lc. p. 59 (1865).

Erinnyis rimosa Grote, lc. p. 73. t. 2. f. 1 (o) (1865) (Cuba).

Evinnyis menechus id., lc. v. p. 75 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 167. n. 104 (1865).

Dilophonota rimosa Grote, l.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 215 (1881)

(deser. of larva and pupae).

Lsognathus rimosus (!) Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p- 185 (1871) (Cuba) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool.

Soc, Lond. ix. p, 601. n. 1 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 3 (1892).

Anceryx andae Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p, 77 (1868) (nom. nud.) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén.

Lep. Hét. i. p. 125. n, 9 (1875) (partim).

Anceryx rimosa id., le. p. 125, n. 9 (1875) (partim); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi,

p. 346 (1876) (quite distinct from scyron); Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p- 92 (1877)

(Porto Rico),

3%. Mesothoracic tegula without brown mesial stripe ; black basal patch of

forewing absent or small ; black border of hindwing broad, reaching at R* nearly

halfway to cell ; % without black streak R’—M" on forewing (always °).

Larva described by Gundlach, Z.c., on Plumeria.

Hab. West Indies : Cuba ; Haiti ; Porto Rico.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 2 from Cuba.

b. I. rimosa inclitus.

Tsognathus scyron, Druce (non Cramer, 1780), in Biol, Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p, 18. n, 1 (1882)

(Chiriqui).

Tsognathus inclitus Edwards, Ent. Amer, iii. p. 90 (1887) (Mexico) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus.

N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Jalapa, specimens from coll. Hy. Edwards) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i,

p. 698. n. 2 (1892); Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 312. n. 2 (1896) (Mexico; Guatemala; Nicaragua ;

Costa Rica).

3. Mesothoracic tegula with brown streak. Forewing, above, much more

variegated with blackish brown than in rim. rimosa, and the markings heavier ;

border of hindwing not reaching halfway to cell at R?; 9 with forewing much

more shaded with black, especially near hinder margin.

Larva: W. Schaus sends us the following description :

“The smallest specimens I found were about 40 mm. long. Head small, pale

yellow. Body white, with slight transverse folds in skin posteriorly on each

segment. A narrow yellow ridge on first segment, crossing it transversely in

centre. The following segments have each a narrow black transverse band

anteriorly, which on second and third segments has a shorter narrow black band

bebind it. The other segments have a small black cuneiform spot subdorsally

extending backwards from the transverse bands. Laterally there is a narrow black

line, interrupted on each segment anteriorly by the white ground-colour. This line

sends up two small black shoots, one centrally and the other posteriorly. In some

specimens the lateral black markings are wanting. Horn black, with a white ring

hear tip.

“When mature the larva changes completely in colour and markings. At

longest from 110 to 121 mm. Head and first and last segments pale grey ; head

with a small black spot on either side of the mouth. The body is dorsally grey,

with four longitudinal bands of light grey, edged with a narrow white line

followed by a dark grey or black line, which shades into ground-colour. In some

specimeus the inuer two bands are interrupted, forming on each segment an oblong

( 359 )

spot. Sides grey ; on each segment a large white spot edged with black. These

spots are very irregular in shape, and on segments 6 to 10 form a large anterior

and a smaller posterior spot, or divide into three or four small spots. The first

segment has at its anterior edge a small black subdorsal spot, and on either side a

black line which extends to and joins the black edging of the white lateral patch ;

sometimes this segment is simply bordered anteriorly with black. Hach segment

has posteriorly four ringlets, which give the bands an irregular appearance. Horn

filiform, 25 to 30 mm. long, black with two white rings, one at base and the other

near tip ; this horn, owing to its thinness and length, sometimes curls up at the

end like a corkscrew.

“Underneath the colour is pale brown, almost white in some instances, having

on each segment a few black marks. The anal segment is pale grey, partly edged

with brown; two slight exerescences on lappets. Prolegs yellowish, with two

black spots exteriorly ; abdominal legs grey, with a broad black stripe at the base.

“The larva forms a coarse cocoon on surface of ground, and changes to pupa

in from 10 to 14 days. Pupa about 60 mm. long, rather slight, and bearing a strong

resemblance to the papae of Hrinnyis, but is lighter in colour, with the dashes of

dark brown more conspicuous. The wing-cases especially are similar, but the

markings on thorax and head are fewer in number, the pupa resembling in this

respect more that of Pseudosphinx tetrio, which has also the same shape.—Food-

plant: Plumeria.”

Hab. Central America: Mexico to Panama, probably farther south on the

western side of South America.

In the Tring Museum 14 ¢d,11 22 from: Vera Cruz, Mexico; Yucatan ;

Rosery Mines, Spanish Honduras ; Costa Rica.

ce. I. rimosa papayae.

Anceryx scyron, Walker (non Cramer, 1780), /.c. viii. p. 225. n. 5 (1856) (partim ; Venezuela),

(2) Anceryax silenus, Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. ii. p. 77 (1868) (wom, nud.).

*Ancerys papayae Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 126. n. 10 (1875) (Cayenne ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

*Isognathus laura Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 601. n. 2 (1877) (Venezuela ;—Mus, Brit.);

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 1 (1892).

Tsognathus papayae, Butler, l.c. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, lc. n, 14 (1892) ; Schaus, Ent. News ix

p. 136 (1898) (= laura).

Pseudosphinz scyron, Burmeister (non Cramer, 1780), Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 327. n. 2 (1878)

(partim).

d%. On the whole much smaller than the West Indian and Central American

races. Forewing very strongly marked in brown and white in both sexes.

Hindwing below with second discal line very prominent at costal margin (first

line generally absent) ; border of hindwing above a little narrower than in znclitus.

Hab. Venezuela ; Guiana ; probably occurring farther south.

In the Tring Museum 14 dd, 11 $$ from: Merida, Aroa, and Caripa,

Venezuela.

290. Isognathus excelsior.

*Anceryx excelsior Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 127, n. 12 (1875) (hab. ? ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

Isognathus excelsior, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p 698. n. 16 (1892).

3%. Resembling J. rimosa inclitus, but distinguishcd from this and all other

( 360 )

Tsognathus by the underside of the abdomen being purely white, with conspicuous

black dots.

Hab. Brazil.

In the Tring Museum from “ Brazil.”

In the Bern Museum and the British Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi).

291. Isognathus caricae.

Sphinx cavicae Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 350 (1764); Clerck, Zeon, Ins. ii. t. 47. f. 1 (1764) ; Houtt.,

Natwrl. Hist, i. 11. p. 432. n. 9 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 800, n. 11 (1767) ; Fabr.,

Syst. Ent. p. 547. n. 35 (1775) ; Cram., Pap. Exot. i. p. 155 (1776) (= eacus) ; Goeze, Ent

Beytr. iii. 2. p. 161. n. 11 (1780) (synon. partim); Fabr., Spee. Jus. ii. p. 153. n. 58 (1781) ;

Stoll, Essai Ordre Syst., in Cram., Pap. Exrot, iv. p. 16 (1782) (= cacus) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii.

p. 98. n. 64 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2379. n. 11 (1790) ; Fabr., 2nt. Syst. ii. 1. p. 378.

n. 67 (1793) ; Thunb., Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 9 (1804),

Sphinx cacus Cramer, Pap. Evot, i. p. 73. t. 46. f. © (1775) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins ii. p. 143. n. 15 (1781);

id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 94. n. 17 (1787) (no name) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i, 5, p. 2375. n, 59 (1790) ;

Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 361. n. 18 (1793); Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim, Mus. Petr., Lep.

ii. p. 90. n. 1496 (1857) (Surinam).

Erinnyis cavicae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 189. n. 1493 (1822).

Dilophonota cacus, Burmeister, Sphing. Brasil. p. 70 (1856).

Dilophonota caricae, id., lc, p. 70 (1856) (cacus 2).

Anceryx caricae (1), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 228. n. 11 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het,

i. p. 123, n. 5 (1875) (Cayenne ; larva).

Tatoglossum caricae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 599 (1877); Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Ak.

Handl. xix. 5. p. 132, n. 168 (1882) (recens, crit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 699. n. 1 (1892)

(Surinam) ; Bénningh., /ris xii, p. 118. n. 25 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. A stout species, reminding one of Acherontia, to which it is, however, not

at all related, except in so far as both are Sphingidae. Bands of abdomen

conspicuous ; transverse lines on the black upperside of the forewing distinct, the

pattern more ancestral than that. of the other species. Veins of hindwing streaked

with black in outer half of wing. Underside of the typical Jsognathus pattern.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. South America: Venezuela to Rio de Janeiro ; commoner in the North

than in the South.

In the Tring Museum 10 3d, 19 22 from: British Guiana; Suapure,

Caura R., Venezuela, end of vi. vii. viii. ix. (S. Klages) ; Merida.

XC. ERINNYIS.—Typus : edo.

Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellata).

Erinnyis Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139 (1822) (partim ; type: ello).

Dilophonota Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 68 (1856) (type: ello).

Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 222 (1856) (partim ; type: pinastri).

3%. Genal process triangular, obtuse, nearly as long as the pilifer. Palpus

truncate, projecting, the two together rounded in dorsal view, apical surface oblique,

on a level with frons. Antenna setiform, very faintly incrassate distally in ¥ ;

end-segment long, filiform (excepting base), about as long as 6 to 8 previous

segments, rongh-scaled. Scaling of occiput elevate, divided into a double crest

(in well preserved individuals). Mesonotum with double crest, which is highest

in front. Abdominal tergites with one row of apical spines, these very strong,

conical, those of posterior tergiies separate ; the spines of the sternites less strong,

( 361 )

more numerous ; ¢ with three-cornered or three-tufted tail, side-tufts not developed

in $ ; seventh sternite of 2 long trapeziform, without spines. Merum of midcoxa

with faint indication of an angle. Legs slender, smooth-scaled ; midtarsus with

rudimentary comb, no comb to hindtarsus ; spurs very unegnal, long terminal one

of hindtibia rather longer than the second tarsal segment ; last segment of hind-

tarsus (claw excepted) shorter than fourth. Distal margin of forewing regularly

dentate, subbasal patch of modified scales of underside rounded-truncate at end,

not acuminate ; R° of hindwing central, D* longer than D*, lower angle of cell

acute.

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the same type as in Pseudosphinx, Perigonia,

Madoryx, ete., both the tergite and sternite divided into two lobes; the tergal

lobes flattened, obtuse, hairy ; the sternal ones long, conical, acute, strongly

chitinised, curved at end, contiguous with the tergite, and a little longer than this.

Clasper elongate, tongue-shaped, narrowing distally ; a patch of many erect, small,

lanceolate friction-scales; harpe (Pl. XLV. f. 20 —24) produced into an obtuse process,

which is more or less dilated at end, here sometimes sinuate, its surface smooth.

Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 8. 9) with a brush of spines inside, which break off easily

(being present as a rule only in fresh specimens, which have apparently not

copulated) ; a series of teeth at the right and left edges of the sheath.

?. Highth tergite weak, membranaceous for the greater part; vaginal plate

with the lateral distal edge more or less free, ridge-like ; distal part scaled, mesially

triangular ; orifice proximal, pear-shaped, situated in a large cavity formed by a

smooth proximal membrane.

Larva cylindrical, somewhat flattened, head strongly slanting in side-view ;

horn short; thorax with a black mesial patch anteriorly on third segment,

cenerally marked with red and white; dorsal surface darker in colour than sides

and ventral surface, the two colours often separated by a longitudinal pale line.—

Pood-plants: Carica ; Morrenia ; Jatropha (°).

Chrysalis oe polished, pale brown, wings striped with black, abdomen with

short transverse black dashes.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical America; some species wandering northward

well into the Nearctic region, one as far as Canada.

The species are not very difficult to distinguish if one keeps in mind that the

sexes of several species are remarkably different, the dd of these being very much

darker on the forewing than the respective ? ?. Owing to this sexual dichromatism,

to individual variability, and to the carelessness of some authors, the synonymy of

some species is much involved. But the way was cleared for us, thanks to Mr. W.

Schaus, who corrected a number of errors committed by Grote and others. We

fear we have not put into the right place some of the species enumerated by Herr

von Bénninghausen from Rio de Janeiro under Grotean and Boisduvalian names.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing yellow . c : . . . 292. E. alope.

Hindwing cinnamon-rufous or brownish

black or greyish brown. : :

4. Abdomen with sharply marked Blac k belts : : (ps

Abdomen without sharply marked black belts c d.

c. Forewing black for the greater part. . 293. EH. lassauxt.

Forewing grey, with (¢) or without (%)

mesial streak from base to apex F . 294. FH. ello.

(. 362 )

d. Forewing grey, in do with a mesial black

streak, blackish border of hindwing re-

placed by vein-streaks in front . : : : e.

Forewing grey, hindwing not cinnamon-rufons

but greyish-brown, without a marginal

band : : c 2 300. LE. guttularis.

Forewing for the etiel pert black, or the

marginal border of the hindwing ee Ba el fe

e. Length of forewing 38 mm. or more. . 295. MH. yucatana.

Length of forewing 35 mm. or less . 298. E. obscura.

We. “c ; : 5 lanes : : a 0280:

IN we: ; : : : : 5 : : h.

g. No distinct black dots on underside of

abdomen ; mesothorax clay-colour, except

in front, withont whitish grey lateral

vitta ; border of hindwing complete . . 297. Hf. eramert.

Abdomen below with black dots; thorax

streaked, not obviously paler behind ;

black area of forewing excised behind

between M? and M?; marginal border of

hindwing complete a : : 296. FE. oenotrus.

Thorax with conspicuous whitish grey lateral

vitta; a black basi-apical streak visible

within the black area of the forewing,

corresponding to the streak of obscura ;

marginal border of hindwing replaced by

thin vein-streaks in upper half; a small

species. . : . 299. LH. domingonis.

h. Forewing grey ios the eis rae 5 - 296. FE. oenotrus.

Forewing black for the greater part, border

of hindwing complete : c . 297. HE. crameri.

Forewing ples for the greater part, bonds

of hindwing incomplete in upper half, not

sharply defined ; a small species. . 299. 12. domingonis.

292. Erinnyis alope.

Merian, Metam. Surin. Ins. t. 62 (1719) (partim ; eruca).

Sphinx alope Drury, Illustr, Ex. Ins. i. p. 58. t. 27. £. 1 & Index (1773) (Jamaica) ; Stoll, in Cram.,

Pap. Exot. iv. p. 23. t. 301. f. G (1782) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 94. n. 19 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst.

Nat. i, 5. p. 2375. n. 62 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 362. n. 20 (1793) ; Drury, ed. Westw.,

Lllustr. Ex. Ins. i. p. 52. t. 27. £. 1 (1837) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. ii. Suppl.

p- 90. n. 1495 (1857) (Brasilia ; Tanai):

Sphinx flavicans Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 216. n. 44 (1780) (Jamaica).

Erinnyis alope, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Sind p. 139, n. 1492 (1822); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v.

p. 75 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 167. n. 168 (1865).

Sphinz fasciata Swainson, Zool. Illustr. iii. t. 150. £. 2 (1823) (Jamaica ?).

Dilophonota alope, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 69 (1856) ; Grote, le. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; id.,

Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 185 (1871) (Cuba) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 331 (1878)

(Corrientes ; Paraguay); id., /.c. Atlas p. 32 (1879) (larva noticed); Gundl., Contr, Ent.

Cubana p. 218 (1882) ; Schaus, nt. News vi. p. 144 (1895) (synon.); Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 122.

n. 38 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

( 363 )

Anceryx alope, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 225. n. 6 (1856); Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba

vii. p. 298 (1856) ; Clem., Jownn. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 177. n. 76 (1859) ; id., in Morris,

Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 202. n. 4 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Blatt p. 60 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 121, 0, 2 (1875); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Gres. Wien xxvi. p. 346

(1876) (Surinam) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 600. n. 1 (1877) (Jamaica) ; Dew.,

Mitth. Miineh. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het.

i. p. 18. n. 1 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 699. n. 1 (1892) ; Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 312

(1896) (fasciata distinct).

Anceryx fasciata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 600. n, 2 (1877) (Haiti; Jamaica) ; id.,

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483. n. 57 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 2 (1892).

Pseudosphinx scyron, Burmeister (non Cramer, 1780), Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 327. n. 2 (1878)

(sub syn.).

*Anceryec edwardsi Butler, Papilio i. p. 105 (1881) (Florida) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 136. n. 97

(1886) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 164 (1887) (larva, pupa); Smith, Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. xv.

p. 159. t. 8 f. 1. 2. 3 (genit.) (1888) (Florida); Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxv. p. 48 (1889)

(liter. rel. to metam.); Kirby, lc. n. 3 (1892).

3 ?. The characters by which some authors thonght to be able to distinguish

alope, fasciata and edwardsi, are partly individual, partly sexual ; fasciata and

edwardsi are synonyms of alope. The species resembles cramer? in the dark-

colonred forewing, and Jsognathus in the yellow colour of the hindwing.

3. Slender processes of tenth sternite longer than the tergal lobes. Harpe

dilated at end, rather short (Pl. XLV. f. 21).

Larva brown aboye, green below, the two colours separated by a nearly black

line, which is more or less interrupted ; thorax with a large black mesial patch

anteriorly on third segment, including a red ring ; horn very short.—Food-plant :

Jatropha (Merian) ; Carica.

Chrysalis darker than that of ed/o.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America: West Indies, Bahamas, Florida,

southward to Southern Brazil and Northern Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 80-odd specimens from: Florida; Nassau ;

Jamaica ; St. Vincent ; various places from Mexico to Southern Brazil and Matto

Grosso, Not seen from the Bolivian Andes.

293. Krinnyis lassauxi.

*Anceryx lassauxi Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent, France p. 157. n. 2 (1859) (Buenos Ayres ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir) ; id., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 129. n. 14 (1875) (Bras. sept.)

Dilophonota lassauxi, Butler, lc. ix. p. 604. n. 10 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 697. n. 9

(1892) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoot, i. p. 95 (1894).

Dilophonota lassanxi (!), Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 122. n. 39 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. The hindwing is deeper ferruginous-red in this species than in the

others, and the red colour is often entirely or partly replaced by brownish black.

The crest of the mesothorax is nearly as high as in alope. The abdominal tergites

are black, except narrow, dorsally interrupted, sharply defined, grey apical belts.

The dark forewing resembles that of cramer; there is a large, triangular, costal,

apical grey patch.

3. Lobes of tenth tergite broader and shorter than in the other species

somewhat obtusely acuminate, the processes not essentially longer than the tergite,

curved downward and very little outward at end. Process of harpe with the upper

edge rounded-dilated at end, the dilated part elliptic.

Larva (acc. to Burmeister, see cercyon, below), very much like that of ed/o as

described by Burmeister.*—Food-plant : Morrenia.

* See ello,

( 364 )

Chrysalis like that of ed/o and alope.

Hab, Tropical and Subtropical America: West Indies, Texas to Argentina.

The species varies especially in two directions: in the amount of ferrnginous-

red on the hindwing, and in size. We recognise four forms, of which the first

three are connected by intergradations, while the fourth seems to be pretty constant

and may eventually prove to be specifically distinct. The first and fourth occur on

the mainland only ; the second and third also on the Antilles. The larger

individuals have the ferruginous-red area of the hindwing reduced, the smaller ones

have it more or less extended to normal size (as in other species), but there is no

sharp limit between larger and smaller specimens, nor between such with reduced

and extended ferruginons-red area.

If any oue has an occasion of studying the life-history of this species, he

should pay special attention to the variation, and state explicitly to which special

form or forms his observations refer.

a. Ee. lassauxi f. lassauxi.

* Anceryx lassauxi Boisduval, /.c.

3%. Hindwing without ferruginous-red area above, or this colour vestigial.

Hab. Argentina northward to Venezuela ; most likely also in Central America.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 5 2% from: Aroa, Merida, and the Orinoco,

Venezuela; Bnenos Aires.

b! Ee. lassauxi £. omphaleae.

*Anceryx omphaleae Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 72 (1870) (Nicaragua ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Kirby, l.c. n. 5 (1892) (partim).

Anceryx piperis, Schaufuss (non Grote & Rob., 1868), Nung. Otios. i. p. 17 (1870) (Venezuela).

Dilophonota cercyon Burmeister, Deser, Rép, Argent. v. p. 332 (1878) (Buenos Aires ; larva).

Dilophonota piperis, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 603. n. 2 (1877).

Dilophonota picta, Kirby, lc. n. 11 (1892) (sub syn.)

Dilophonota obscura ab. omphaleae, Rothschild, /.c.

369. Hindwing with a cinnamon-rufous patch of varying size.

Hab. South and Central America and the West Indies.

In the Tring Museum 15 dd, 11 22 from: Jamaica; Orizaba, Mexico,

iiiy. (Schaus) ; Costa Rica (Underwood) ; Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ;

Merida, Venezuela, iii. v. (Briceno); Aroa, Venezuela; La Paz, Bolivia ;

Argentina.

ce. EL. lassauxi f. merianae.

Anceryx spec., Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Blatt. p. 60 (1865) (Cuba).

Evinnyis merianae Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 75. t, 2. £. 2 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob.,

ibid. p. 168. n. 109 (1865) (Cuba).

Dilophonota merianae, Grote, l.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) ; Butl., L.c. ix. p. 603. n. 3 (1877) ; Grote, Bull.

Buffalo Soc. N. Se. iii. p. 225. n. 70 (1877) (Texas) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 219 (1882) ;

Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 136. n. 94 (1886) (W. Ind. ; Mex.; Texas) ; Smith, 7’rams, Amer.

Ent. Soc. xv, p. 158 (1882) (Texas) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 697. n. 7 (1892) ; Schaus, Ent.

News vi. p. 144 (1895) (synon.); Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 313. n. 3 (8) (1896) (Mexico ; Nicaragua ;

Costa Rica ; Panama; Ecuador).

Anceryx merianae, Boisduval, l.c. p. 128. n. 13 (1875) (= omphaleae) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent.

Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico).

*Anceryx janiphae Boisduval, /.c. p. 131. n. 17 (1875) (Haiti ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Le.

n. 6 (1892).

Dilophonota lassauxi ab, merianae, Rothschild, /.c, (1894).

Dilophonota obscura ab. janiphae, Rothschild, /.c.

( 365 )

3?. Blackish brown border of hindwing narrow. Abdomen with black

dots below as in the two preceding forms.

Hab. West Indies and Florida, Central America.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 1% from: Cuba; Haiti.

d. E. lassauxi f. impunctata nov.

Like merianae ; rather smaller ou an average ; the abdomen without black dots

on the underside, which is rather paler ; the brownish black border of the hindwing

well defined.

Hab. Venezuela southward to Tucuman.

In the Tring Museum 7 3d, 5 $ ? from: Aroa (type) and Merida, Venezuela ;

Reyes, Bolivia, vii. 95 (Stuart) ; Tucuman.

294. Erinnyis ello.

Merian, Metam. Ins. Surin. t. 64 (1719) (eruca).

Sphine ello Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 11 (1758) ; id., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 351 (1764) ; Houtt.,

Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 487. n, 11 (1767) ; Linné, Syst, Nat. ed. xii. p. 800. n. 13 (1767) ; Drury,

Illustr. Ex. Ins. p. 59. t. 27. £. 3 (1771); id., Lc. Index (1773) ; Miull., Naturs. v. 1. p. 639.

n. 13 (1774); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 538. n. 7 (1775) ; Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Exot. iv. p. 22. t. 301.

f. D (1780); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 163, n. 13 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 143. n, 17

(1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 94. pv, 20 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2375. n, 13 (1790) ;

Fabr., in IMlig., Mag. Ent. p. 88. n. 43 (1807) ; Swains., Zool. Illustr. i. t. 81 (1822); Drury,

ed. Westw., J/lustr. Ex. Ins. 1. p. 54. t. 27. f. 3 (1837); Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Se. Art

xxxvi. p. 207. n. 14 (1839): Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. ii. Suppl. p. 90. n. 1493

(1857) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Baer, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 173 (1878) (larva).

Evinnyis ello, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139, n. 1489 (1822); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v.

p- 73 (1865) ; id. & Rob., /.c. p. 167. n. 107 (1865) (Cuba); Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl,

xix. 5. p. 133. n. 169 (1882) (recens. Lep. Mus. Lud. Ulr.).

Dilophonota ello, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras, p. 69 (1856) ; Grote, Le. vi. p. 329 (1867); id., Trans.

Amer. Ent, Soc. iii. p. 185 (1871); id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 27 (1874); id., Le. ii.

p 228. n. 67 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 603. n. (1877); Grote, l.c. iii. p. 225.

n. 69 (1877) (New York; Penn.; 8. States); Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483. n. 58 (1878)

(Jamaica); Burm., Deser, Rép. Argent. v. p. 331 (1878); id., l.c. Atlus p. 32. t. 12. f. 2 (1). 7

(p.) (1879) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 19.0. 1 (1881) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent.

Cubana p. 222 (1882) (larva) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 51. n. 22 (1886) ; Holl., Cunad. Ent.

xviii, p. 103 (1886) (larva); Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii, p. 136. n. 92 (1886) (West Indies

northward) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 46 (1886); Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 156.

t. 8. f. 6 (genit.) (1888) (Florida southward ; westward to Calif.; northward occas. to N.Y.

& Mass.) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 48 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.); Kirby, Cat.

Lep, Het, i. p. 696. n. 1 (1892) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoo. i. p. 95 (1894) ; Moffat, Canad. Ent.

xxvii. p. 172 (1895) (London, O.); Druce, lc. Suppl. p. 313 (1896) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer.

Mus. N. H. vii. p. 296, t. 4. f. 1, 2 (1897) (N. York); Rowl., Ext News x. p. 11 (1899)

(Missouri, Oct. 10); Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 139 (1901) (Trinidad),

Anceryr ello, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 224. n. 4 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad.

iy. p. 175, n. 73 (1859); id., in Morris, Sy. Lep. N. Am. p. 200. n. 1 (1862); Herr.-Sch.,

Corresp. Bl. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 120. n, 1 (1875) (larva) ;

Moschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. xxvi. p. 346 (1876) (Surinam) ; Dew., Witth. Miinch. Ent,

Ver. i, p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; id., Zeitschr. ges. Naturw. lii. p, 169 (1879) (larva noticed ;

Cuba); Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O., one ¢) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 165 (1887)

(larva) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xxx, p. 33 (1887) (Curagao).

Dilophonota ello s., Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 121. n. 32 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Dilophonota ello B., 1d., L.c, n, 33 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

(?) Dilophonota spec., Peters, Illustr. Zeitschr. Ent, iv. t. 4 (1899) (larva).

3%. Perhaps the commonest Sphingid of tropical America. The ¢ with a

black mesial band from base to apex of the grey forewing varying in width, the

% without this band, or only traces of it indicated. Not easily confounded with

( 366 )

any other species on account of the prominently banded abdomen ; it is one of the

very few species named by Linné which has received only one name. Size

variable ; our smallest specimen (from Jamaica) little more than half the size

of the largest.

do. Tenth tergite and sternite of the same length, the tips of the slender

sternal processes recurved, not projecting beyond the obtuse ends of the tergal

lobes. Harpe long, reaching to middle of clasper, dilated and strongly compressed

distally, apical part so twisted that its flat side is almost horizontal (or vertical

upon the plane of the clasper). Penis-sheath similar to that of cramer?.

Larva (according to Burmeister, /.c.), young : green with an orange dorso-lateral

band ; adult: bluish above, greenish at the sides and below, the two colours

separated by a pale band running from head to horn ; thorax with a black mesial

patch partly encireled with white and red.

Pupa marked with black stripes.

Mr. W. Schaus found another larva at Rinconado, in Mexico, from which he

bred specimens identical with e//o except in being rather small. We have dissected

one of the ¢d, and cannot find any difference from the sexual armature of a series

of ordinary large ed/o. We may here have a case of that dichromatism in the

larva which is so abundantly found among the Sphingidae, and of which Sphecodina

abbotti is such a striking illustration. Here is Mr. Schans’s description : A little

smaller than ed/o. Head and first segment pink. Prolegs pinkish, cireled with

black. Abdominal legs flesh-colour, with black and red circles. Anal claspers and

lappets brownish, dotted with white. Body purplish grey ; anteriorly on each

segment a small black subdorsal spot. The large eye-spot between second and

third segments is surrounded with brown, and has posteriorly a white transverse

spot ; dorsally towards the sides and anteriorly there is on segments 4 to 11 a large

black patch, all connected together by fine black lines extending from the head

to the horn. Stigmata white. lLaterally below the black patches there is a

brownish band of mottled red and grey, and anteriorly on each segment two white

spots, one above the other. Horn short, conical, reddish, black at the base.

Under surface flesh-colour, with numerous small black lines.

Gundlach, /.c., describes also two forms of the caterpillar.

Herr von Bénninghausen, /.c., maintains that there are two species confounded

under ello ; the one, he says, has in doth sexes a black streak on the forewing from

the base to the apex. All the $2 which we have examined were without such

a streak. We have not seen Bénninghausen’s supposed streaked $, but we have

no doubt that Bouninghausen’s statement is based on a mistake.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, as a wanderer as far north as Canada.

Very common.

In the Tring Museum 300-odd specimeus.

295. Erinnyis yucatana.

*Tsognathus yucatana Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). ii. p. 238 (1888) (Yucatan).

Tsognathus (?) yucatanus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 17 (1892).

Tsognathus yucatanus Druce, in Biol, Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 312. n. 3. t. 65. £. 1 (1896)

(Mexico ; Yucatan).

3%. This is an Erinnyis, not an Tsognathus. The most robust species of the

genus, resembling in this respect some /sognathus. The transverse zigzag lines

of the whitish grey forewing are sometimes rather distinct. The sexes differ in a

similar way as in ello and obscura. The longitudinal basi-apical streak of the

( 367 )

forewing is more or less interrupted, widened on dise and zigzag; the oblique

streak before the hinder angle, so distinct in obscura, is vestigial here. The

blackish border of the hindwing is not sharply defined and fades often away in

front. The external series of spines on the first segment of the foretarsus is

doubled, at least at base.

3. Processes of tenth sternite longer than the tergite. Harpe short and stout

(Pl. XLV. f. 24). Armature of penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 8) different from

that of the other species: the dentate part of the right-side edge very short, the

row reduced to a few teeth ; the left-side row also short, consisting of about five

teeth ; the apical process rather prominent, with a short but obvious carina before

end and a tooth at the tip.

Hab. Mexico: Yucatan; Orizaba ; Jalapa; Costa Rica.

In the Tring Museum 5 6d, 52? from: Jalapa, ii.; and Orizaba, ii. iv.

(Schaus) ; San José, Costa Rica, iii. (Underwood).

Occurring most likely farther south.

296. Erinnyis oenotrus (PI. X. f. 7, 3).

Sphinx oenotrus Stoll, in Cramer, Pap. Evot. iv. p. 22. t. 301. f. c (1780) (Surinam) ; Ménétr.,

Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr, ii. Suppl. p. 90. n, 1494 (1857).

Sphinx penaeus Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 93. n. 14 (1787) (Amer. mer.) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. 1. 5.

p. 2374. n. 56 (1790) ; Fabr., Hut. Syst. iii. 1. p. 360. n. 15 (1793).

Erinnyis oenotrus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1490 (1822).

Dilophonota oenotrus, Burmeister, Sphing. Brasil. p. 70 (1856) ; Schaus, Ent. News ix. p. 136 (1898)

(= melancholica = piperis ; = cinerosa = janiphae ex err.) ; Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 122 (1899)

(partim ?),

Sphins picta Sepp, Surin. Vlind. ii. t. 96 (1848) (9, fig. mala).

Anceryx oenotrus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 227. n. 9 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ. Ac.

N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 177. n. 78 (1859) ; id.. in Morris, Syn, Lep. N. Am. p. 202. n. 6 (1862) ;

Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool, Bot. Ges.

Wien xxxii. p. 332 (1882) (Surinam).

Zonilia peneus, Walker, l.c. p. 193. n. 2 (1856) (sub syn.).

Erinnyis melancholica Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 77. t. 2. £. 4 (g) (1865) (Cuba) ; id.

& Rob., ibid. v. p. 168, n. 111 (1865).

Dilophonota melancholica Grote, l.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iti. p, 185

(1871) (Cuba) ; id., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 136. n. 93 (1886) (West Indies northward) ; Smith,

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xv. p. 160 (1888).

Anceryx piperis Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 77 (1868) ( 2 ;= cinerosa ;—Mus. Paris);

Boisd., Spee. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 132. n. 19 (1875) (Brazil).

Dilophonota aenotrus (!), Butler, Proc. Zvol. Soc. Lond. p 484. n. 59 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Druce, in

Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 19. n. 3 (1881) ; id., lc Suppl. p. 313 (1896).

Dilophonota hippothoon Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 333 (1878) ; id., l.c. Atlas p. 29. t. 10.

£.5 (9?) (1879).

Dilophonota obscura ?, melancholica, Gundlach, Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 220 (1882) (syn. partim).

Dilophonota stheno, id., l.c. p. 221 (1882) (sub syn.).

Dilophonota picta, Kirby, /.c. n. 11 (1892).

Dilophonota piperis, Bonninghausen, Ic. p. 121. n, 34 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. The sexes are dissimilar, the $ being greyish white on the forewing, with

black patches, while the ¢ is blackish brown marked with grey. Abdomen below

with black dots. Underside of palpus, breast, and abdomen paler than in cramerv.

Harpe see Pl. XLV. f. 20.

Larva (see Burmeister, l.c., Aippothoon) greenish yellow, with a pale band from

head to horn.—Food plant : Morrenia.

Chrysalis pale yellow, striped with black on wing-cases and breast, abdominal

segments with black transverse dashes.

( 368 )

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, as far north as Texas and Florida ;

West Indies.

A common species.

In the Tring Museum 80-odd 3d, 30 22 from: Cuba; Jamaica; various

localities from Mexico to Argentina and Southern Brazil.

The description of penaeus, l.c., applies better to the ? of this species than to

any other Sphingid ; the white dot on the forewing mentioned by Fabricius, is,

however, seldom distinct in the ?.

As pointed out by Schans, Zc., the true oenotrus is quite distinct from the

species confounded with it by Grote and others, and named by Schaus cramer.

Butler and Druce identified this crameri as omphaleae of Boisduval, but were wrong,

omphaleae being a variety of lassauei.

Sepp’s figure of pécta is doubtless a bad representation of the 2 of oenotrus.

Boisduval’s péperis is not the same as Schaufuss’s piperis, this being a variety

of lassauat.

297, Erinnyis crameri (PI. X. f. 5, 3).

Sphine oenotrus, Anceryx oenotrus, Dilophonota oenotrus auct. partim, non Cramer.

Ancerye ocnotrus, Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Iét.i. p. 129. n. 15 (1875) (Cayenne; Antilles ; Brazil).

Erinnyis oenotrus, Grote (non Cramer, 1780), Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 76. t. 2. £. 3 (9 ) (1865) ;

id. & Rob., /.c. p. 168. n. 110 (1865) (syn. partim).

Dilophonota oenotrus, Grote, lc. vi. p. 329 (1867); id., Trans. Amer, Ent. Soe. iii. p. 185 (1871) ;

Burm., Descr: Rép. Argent. v., Atlas p. 32. t. 12. f. 3 (/.) (1879) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana

p. 219 (1882) ; Boénningh., Zris xii. p. 122. n. 36 (1899) (partim).

Dilophonota omphaleae, Butler (non Boisduval, 1870), Trans, Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 603. n. 4 (1877)

(Mexico ; Haiti); id., Proc. Zool Soc. Lond. p. 484. n. 60 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Druce, in Biol.

Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p 19. n. 2 (1881) (Mexico ; Nicaragua ; Chiriqui).

Dilophonota crameri Schaus, Ent. News ix. p. 136 (1898) (= venotrus auct. partim).

3%. The sexes are less dissimilar in pattern than in oenotrus, from which

crameri is easily distinguished by the absence of black dots from the underside

of the abdomen, the pale mesothoracic tegulae, the pale posterior area of the

forewing, and the more broken and clearer-defined border of the hindwing.

3. Tenth abdominal sternite a little less curved than in oenotrus. Process of

harpe a little longer and apically narrower. Dextro-lateral dentate edge of penis-

sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 9) proximally less produced than in oenotrus.

Larva (according to Burmeister, /.c.) without longitudinal lateral stripe, very

finely striated with longitudinal, short, black dashes ; back brown, sides and under-

surface green ; first and third thoracic segments with red mesial patch, the latter

including a black spot ; horn very small.

Chrysalis as in edo.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical America: West Indies ; Mexico southward to

Paraguay.

In the Tring Museum 32 6d, 31 3% from: Cuba; Jamaica ; Mexico; Costa

Rica; Colombia; Venezuela; British Guiana; Trinidad; Amazons (Bates) ;

Paraguay.

298. Erinnyis obscura (PI. VIII. f. 6, 9 ; 7.8.9, dd).

Sphinx obscura Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 538. n. 6 (1775) (America); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iti. 2. p. 205,

n. 7 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Jus. ii. p. 142. n. 14 (1781); id., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 94. mn. 16 (1787) ;

Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2375. n. 58 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 361. n. 17 (1793) (Amer.

insul. !).

( 369 )

Sphine rustica, Schaller, Naturf. xxiii p. 50. t. 1. £. 11 (1788).

Clanis phalaris, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 702. 0. 1 (1892) (partim).

3. Asmall species, the larger examples agreeing in size with the smallest

oenotrus. The sexes are dissimilar, and have been treated as distinct species by

several authors, The sexual difference in the forewing is nearly the same as in

ello, the 3 possessing a longitudinal mesial band and an oblique posterior distal

streak, which are not present in the ?, or are only vestigial in that sex ; or the

sexes are almost identical.

3. Lobes of the tenth tergite pointed, shorter than the long and slender

processes of the sternite. Process of harpe (Pl. XLV. f. 22) long, somewhat

knife-shaped, obtuse or slightly spatulate, curved, notched or sinuate at end.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical America.

Two subspecies, perhaps four.

a. B. obscura conformis, subsp. nov.

3 %. Sexes similar; ¢ without a longitudinal streak on the forewing, and

haying thorax as grey as the &. Distal margin of hindwing rather darker in

upper half than in the ordinary form, and the postdiscal line of dots more distinct.

Hab. Galapagos Is.: Albemarle, end of March to May 1902 (Beck); type :

top of crater, S.E. Albemarle, 27. iti. 1902.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 4 3.

b. FE. obscura obscura.

Sphine obscura Fabricius, l.c.

Evinnyjis stheno Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. iii. t. 37 (1824 ?) (Sta. Cruz).

Anceryx obscura, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 226. n. 7 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ. Ac.

N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 176. 0. 74 (1859) ; id., in Merris, Syn. Lep, N. Am. p. 201. n. 2 (1862) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 132. n. 20 (1875) (Antilles); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges,

Wien xxxii. p. 332 (1882) (Surinam).

Anceryx stheno, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 298 (1856) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i.

p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico).

Erinnyis pallida Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 78. t. 1. £. 6 (2) (1855) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob.,

ibid. p. 168. n. 113 (1865).

Dilophonota pallida Grote, l.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iti. p. 185

(1871) (Cuba) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 604. n. 8 (1877) (= ? gutturalis) ; Gundl.,

Le, p. 225 (1882).

Evinnyis cinerosa Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 168. n. 71 (1865) (nom. indeser.) ;

Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 201 (1867) (Cuba).

Dilophonota obscura, id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. i. p. 27 (1874) (Pennsylvania) ; id., d.c. ii. p. 228.

n. 68 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 604. n. 7 (1877) (Mexico ; Haiti) ; Druce,

in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 19. n. 4 (1881) (Mexico ; Chiriqui) ; Grote, lc. iii. p. 225.

n. 71 (1877) (Pennsylvania; 8. Carolina); id., Canad. Ent. xviii. p, 136, n. 96 (1886) (S. States);

Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. p. 157 (1888) (Pa?; Texas); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 697.

n. 13 (1892); Rothsch., Noy, Zoou. i. p, 75 (1894) (partim) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 313 (1896)

(Mexico; Guatemala) ; Grant, Canad. nt. xxx, p. 264 (1898) (Orillia, O., Sept. 20).

*Ancerys rhaebus Boisduval, Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 72 (1870) (Honduras ;

Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 131. n. 18 (1875).

Dilophonota stheno, Gundlach, /.c. p. 221 (1882); Bonningb., Jris xii. p. 121. n. 35 (1889) (Rio de

Jan.).

Dilophonota rhachus, Druce, lc. p. 19. n. 5 (1881) (partim).

Mexico) ; id., Spec.

3%. Sexes dissimilar, the d having a darker thorax than the ?, and

possessing on the forewing a blackish streak which runs from the base towards the

apex,

( 370 )

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, occasionally northward to Canada.

The specimens from the West Indies and the Continent belong apparently to

three subspecies :

1. Specimens from the Continent, Cuba and Haiti have the thorax brownish, at

least in front, and the brown markings and patches of the forewing distinct ; this is

Boisduval’s rhaebus (PI. VIII. f. 6, 2; 7, 3d).

2. An individual without locality, in the Tring Museum, agrees fairly well

with Hiibner’s figure of stheno, differing from Continental individuals in the forewing

being shorter, less elongate, and in the mesial basi-apical line being widely

interrupted on the disc, the apical portion joining the oblique streak which stands

before hinder angle, and forming thus a kind of submarginal band. The harpe

of this specimen (Pl. XLV. f. 23) is also obviously different, being slenderer

and more spatulate than in Continental examples ; this may be true stheno

(AE \IUB I i) 6!)

3. The specimens from Jamaica (Pl. VIII. f. 8, d) are very pale in both sexes

on thorax and forewing ; the longitudinal streak of the forewing of the ¢ is feebly

marked, and the oblique streak before hinder angle is absent ; the brown shading of

the forewing of the % is less distinct than in the Continental ?, the Jamaica ? ?

agreeing nearly with the description of Grote’s pallida from Cuba. Our Cuba and

Haiti $ 2 and those in the British Museum as well as dd and $$ from Haiti in

the Paris Museum are not essentially different from Continental examples.

The types of obscura and stheno came from the West Indies ; possibly obscura

and stheno are the same. More material from Cuba must be compared before it is

possible to say whether pallida is based on an abnormally pale $, or whether the

pale Jamaica furm occurs normally also in Cuba, perhaps in the eastern districts.

In the Tring Museum 33 3d, 28 2? from: Jamaica; Cuba; Haiti ; Mexico

southwards to Argentina and Southern Brazil.

299. Erinnyis domingonis (P]. VIII. f. 12, 2? ; 13, ¢).

Anceryx obscura, Walker (non Fabricius, 1775), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 226. n. 7 (1856) (pattim).

*Dilophonota domingonis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 258. n. 52 (1875) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool, Soe. Lond. ix. p. 604. n. 6 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 697. n. 10 (1892) ;

Schaus, Lnt. News ix. p. 136 (1898) (= festa).

Dilophonota rhaebus, Druce (non Boisduval, 1875), in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 19. n. 5

(1881). :

Dilophonota festa Edwards, Papilio ii. p. 11 (1882) (N.W. Texas; in coll. Neumoegen) ; Smith.

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 161 (1888) (N.W. Texas); Kirby, l.c. p. 696. n, 4 (1892); Ottol.,

Ent. News vi. p. 218 (1895) (Texas, in coll. Neumoegen) ; Druce, /.c, Suppl. p. 314. n. 5 (A)

(1896) (Jalapa ; Costa Rica).

Dilophonota obscwra ab. festa, Rothschild, Noy, Zoot. i. p- 95 (1894).

3%. Forewing in both sexes brownish black for the greater part, differing in

this respect conspicuously from that of obscura, with which domingonis agrees in

the colour of the hindwing and in size; a median and a larger subapical costal

patch and the distal marginal area more or Jess extended grey. The longitudinal

line of the ¢ of obscura is also present in domingonis, but much less distinct, owing

to the dark colour of the wing.

3. Sexual armature essentially as in obscura ; process of harpe less curved,

uneven at upper edge, and deeper notched at end.

Early stages not known.

Hab, West Indies; Texas to Paraguay ; probably also Southern Brazil.

( 371 )

In the Tring Museum 9) ¢d,7 $? from: Orizaba, Mexico, iii. iv. (Schaus) ;

Costa Rica (Underwood) ; Rio Cachyaco, Peru (Stuart); Aroa, Venezuela, iv.; La

Paz, Bolivia ; Paraguay.

300, Erinnyis guttularis (Pl. VIII. f. 15, 3).

*Anceryx guttularis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 227. n. 8 (1856) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 177. n. 77 (1859) ; id., in Morris, Syx. Lep. N. Am.

p. 202 n. 5 (1862); Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 60 (1865) (Cuba).

Erinnyis guttulwis, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 79 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ‘bid. p. 168. n. 115

(1865) (Cuba).

Dilophonota guttularis, Grote, /.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 226

(1882) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 697. n. 15 (1892) (Haiti).

Ancerye guttulalis (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 133. n, 21 (1875) (Haiti ; Cuba).

Anceryx pallida, id., le. p. 134. n. 22 (1875 (Cuba). i

Anceryx ? suillus id., Le.

Dilophonota gutturalis (!), Morris, /.c. Index (1862); Butl., V'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 604. n. 9

(1877) (Haiti) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoot. i. p. 95 (1892).

3?. The smallest species of the genus; the forewing similar to that of

obscura ; the hindwing with the ferruginous colour of the other species vestigial ;

hindwing below white in basi-abdominal area.

3. Process of harpe not spatulate, slightly acuminate, somewhat twisted,

resembling the blade of a knife. Dextro-lateral row of teeth of penis-sheath long,

the teeth strong but not numerous ; the left-side row short.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Haiti and Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 1 2 from Haiti and Cuba.

XCI. GRAMMODIA gen. nov.—Typus : caieus.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Ex. ii. p. 42 (1777).

Phry«us Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 137 (1822) (partim ; type : livornica).

Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 222 (1856) (partim ; type: pinasty/).

Evinnyis, Grote (non Hiibner, 1822), Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 72 (1865).

Dilophonota, id. (non Burmeister, 1822), /.c. vi. p. 329 (1867).

Choerocampa, Boisduval (non Duponchel, 1835), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 249 (1875).

3%. Differs from Hrinnyis in the distal margin of the forewing being even.

Crest of thorax very feeble : R* and M' of hindwing close together.

Larva of the same shape as in ELrinnyis, with short horn; green, with an

orange dorso-lateral side-line.

Chrysalis striped as in Lsognathus and Lrinnyis.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America,

One species.

301. Grammodia caicus.

Sphinx caicus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii, p. 42. t. 125. £. vr. (1777) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. ili. 2.

p- 222. n. 64 (1780) ; Lep. & Serv., Linc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 66. £. 8 (1825).

Sphing cacus ('), Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 151. n. 48 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 52 (1787) ;

Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2378. n. 68 (1790) ; Fabr., Mnt. Syst. iii. 1. p. 375. n. 57 (1793).

Phrycus caicus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 137, n. 1469 (1822); Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v.

p. 334 (1878) (Buenos Ayres) ; Butl., Zvans. Mnt. Soc. Lond. p. 40. n. 4 (1878) (Amazons) ;

Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 697. n. 1 (1892).

Anceryx caicus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 228. n. 10 (1856) (Haiti ; Honduras) ; Clem.,

Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 177. n. 79 (1859) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 203. n. 7

( 372 )

(1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Blatt p. 59 (1865) (Cuba) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien

xxvi. p. 346 (1876) ; id., /.c. xxxii. p. 332 (1882) (Surinam).

Erinnyis cuicus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 72 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 167.

n. 106 (1865).

Dilophonota caicus, Grote, l.c., vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. iii. p. 185 (1871)

(Cuba) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 605. n. 11 (1877) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer.,

Lep. Het. i. p. 20. n. 6 (1881) (Honduras ; Chiriqui; Ecuador) ; Gundl., Contr. Ext. Cubana

p. 224 (1882) (larva and pupa).

Choerocampa caicus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 249. n. 30 (1875) (Cayenne ; Cuba).

3%. The species is easily recognised by the pale lines behind end of cell of

forewing, the bright rufous hindwing with the black distal band entirely separated

into vein-spots, and the sharply banded abdominal tergites.

o. Lobes of tenth tergite about five times as long as broad in middle, obtuse ;

processes of sternite longer than the tergal lobes, apex curved downwards. Clasper

narrow, acuminate ; harpe slender, not distinctly dilated at end. Penis-sheath

similar to that of Krinnyts crameri.

Hab. Florida; West Indies ; Central and South America, as far south as

Buenos Ayres. Not yet recorded from Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 6 2? from: Florida; Haiti; Aroa, Venezuela ;

British Guiana, vil. xii. ; Iquitos (Stuart).

Tripe Sesiicae.—lypus : Laemorrhagia tityus.

Sesiidae Stephens, Jiustr. Brit, Ent., Haust. 1. p. 132 (1828) (partim ; type: Huemorrhagia tityus).

3%. Abdominal spines not uniseriate, or if uniseriate then thorax not double-

crested. End-segment of antenna long or short, in the former case the midcoxal

merum angulate.

Hab. Cosmopolitan, but only three genera in the Old World.

20 genera ; 102 species.

Key to the genera see p. 350.

XCII. PACHYLIA.

Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).

Enyo Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (partim ; type: japix).

Pholus id, l.c. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type : crantor).

Deilephila, Burmeister, (non Laspeyres, 1809), Sphing. Bras. p. 67 (1856).

Pachylia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 189 (1856) (type: ficus).

Chaerocampa, Méuétviés (non Duponchel, 1835), Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr, ii. p. 133 (1857).

3%. Eye large, not lashed. Autenna setiform, without the trace of a club,

hook long, slender ; end-segment long, compressed, conical or filiform, except at

base, penultimate segment longer than vertically broad. Palpus different in the

four species, smooth-scaled. Abdomen with triangular tail in ¢, simply pointed in

? ; spines very heavy, in one row, the long ones alternating with small ones, or

the small ones absent, in which case the long ones stand separated ; first sternite

(second segment) with very few or with many spines. Hinder edge of midcoxa

cariniform, faintly angulate. Comb of midtarsus preseut. Distal margin of

forewing entire, apex pointed ; cross-veins of hindwing oblique, lower angle of cell

acuminate, R* and M!' rather close together.

Cas)

3. Forecoxa with scent-organ. Tenth segment divided. Clasper with many

erect friction-scales.

2. Seventh sternite withont spines.

Larva cylindrical, thoracical segments not enlarged. A dorso-lateral stripe from

thorax or head to horn, from this stripe oblique bands extend downwards and

backwards. Horn short in adult.—Food-plants : Ficus ; Artocarpus.

Pupa imperfectly described.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America.

Four species.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing with white marginal spot at tip

of SM? : : : : é : F ; as

Hindwing without white marginal spot at tip

of SM? c : : : : ; eB

6. Hindwing without distinct black median band. 303. P. syces.

Hindwing with distinct black median band . 302. P. ficus.

c. Hindwing with distinct black median band . 305. P. resumens.

Hindwing without distinct black median band. 304. P. darceta.

302. Pachylia ficus.

Merian, Metam. Ins. Surin. t. 33. fig. sup. dextera (1705) (larva & pupa this species or syces).

Sphine ficus Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 13 (1758); Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 353 (1764) ;

Clerck, Icon. Ins, ii. t. 49. f. 2 (1764); Linné, Syst. Nat, ed. xii. p. 800. n. 15 (1767) ; Drury,

Illustr, Ex. Ent. ii. p. 44. t. 26. £. 1. & Index (1770-73) (Jamaica) ; Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 639.

n. 15 (1774); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 540. n. 13 (1775); Cram., Pap. Ex. ili. p. 90. t. 246. f. &

(1779) ; Goeze, Lnt. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 164. n. 15 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Zs. ii. p. 145. n. 26 (1781) ;

id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 29 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2380. n. 15 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent.

Syst. iii. 1. p. 366. n. 31 (1793); Thunb., Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 9 (1804); Turt., Syst. Nat.

iii. 2, p. 172 (1806) ; Drury, ed. Westw., //lustr. Ex. Ent. ii. p. 48, t. 26. f. 1 (2) (1837).

Pholus ficus, Hitbner, Verz. bel:. Schm. p. 134, n. 1438 (1822).

Deilephila ficus, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 61, n. 1 (1856).

Pachylia fieus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 189. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Lucas, in Sagra,

Hist, Cuba p. 295 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p, 158. n. 14 (1859) (synon.

partim) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) (partim) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.

p- 181. n. 1 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soe.

Philad. v. p. 62 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 158, n. 59 (1865) (Cuba); Grote, Le.

vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba); Boisd., Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 72 (1870) (partim) ; Schauf., Nung.

Otios, i. p. 16 (1870) (Surinam) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. ii. p. 185 (1871) (Cuba) ;

Wallengr., Ofv. Vet. Ak. Férh. xxviii. p. 913. n. 15 (1871); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i.

p- 136. n. 3 (1875) (partim) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Sc. ii, p. 226. n. 31 (1875) (Florida) ;

Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 347 (1876) (Surinam); Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc.

Lond. ix. p. 578. n. 1 (1877) (Mexico; Haiti) ; Grote, lc. iii. p. 222. n. 33 (1877) (Florida) ;

Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Butl., rans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

p. 40 (1878) (Amazons) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 483. n. 54 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Maass.,

Stett. Ent, Zeit. xli. p. 59 (1880) (undatifascia = ficus) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het.

i. p. 15. n. 1 (1881) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 200 (1882) (Cuba) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv.

Vet. Ak. Handi, xix. 15. p. 135. n 171 (1882) (recensio critica) ; Schaus, Papilio iv. p. 21 (1884)

(larva noticed) ; Snell., Tijdschr, Ent. xxx. p. 34 (1887) (Curagao) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent.

Soc. xv. p. 138. t. 6. f. 1. 2 (genit.) (1888) (Florida; Texas) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv.

p. 42 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 678. n. 1 (1892); Druee, lic.

Suppl. p. 309 (1896) ; Sloss., Znt. News x. p. 96 (1899) (Florida) ; Hamps., Ann. Mag. N. H.

(7). vii. p. 250 (1901) (Bahamas).

Chaerocampa crameri Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. p. 133. n. 1511, & Suppl.

p. 91 (1857) (Bahia).

Pachychia lyncea Clemens, Ul.c.c. (“ g of ficus, or distinct ?”) ; Morris, Lc. (1860); Grote, Bull.

( 374 )

Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 22 (1874) (Texas) ; id., lc. ii. p. 226. n. 32 (1875) (Texas) ; id., Le.

Pachylia ficus var. venezuelensis Schaufuss, Nunq. Otios. i. p. 16 (1870) (Venezuela).

Pachylia undatifascia Butler, lec. ix. p. 578. n. 2 (1877) (Haiti; Brazil); Kirby, /.c. n. 2 (1892),

Pachylia ficus 4., Bonninghausen, /ris xii. p. 118, n, 26 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Pachylia ficus B., id., lc. n. 27 (1899) (larva noticed).

Pachylia ficus B. var. aterrima id., l.c. p. 119. sub n. 27 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

o?. Lye large. End-segment of antenna long, filiform distally, about as

long as the four previous segments together. Palpus prominent, broad at end, less

triangular than in syces, but more projecting than in reswmens and darceta. Spines

of abdomen long and strong, and separate on tergites and sternites ; there are

no, or few, small weak spines. First segment of hindtarsus of ? as long as 2 to 5

together, shorter in ¢ ; long terminal hindtibial spur as long as half the first

tarsal segment, but somewhat variable. The 3 generally less olive than the ? ;

markings of forewing variable in distinctness.

abdomen often vestigial.

than Continental ones.

3. Scent-organ of fore-coxa not strongly developed. Tenth tergite of abdomen

(Pl. XLII. f. 1, dorsal view) divided into two long, slender, pointed, densely hairy

processes, which are almost parallel, curving a little ventrad and laterad at end ;

sternite vestigial, w/thout processes, Clasper (Pl. XLVI. f. 2) broadly sole-shaped ;

a patch of short stiff hairs near the base on inner surface ; harpe short, horizontal,

ending in a very obtuse process, which is beset at upper edge with spines pointing

upward and basad. Penis-sheath (PI. LILI. f. 12) with a few teeth at the right side.

?. Highth tergite sinuate, feebly chitinised distally, strongly chitinised

proximally and at the sides. Vaginal plate large, not sharply defined distally, its

apical edge not being incrassate or elevate ; orifice in a large impression, the walls

of which are somewhat raised ; postvaginal part of impression scaled ; no further

armature ; proximal part membranaceous, folded (Pl. XL. f. 15). Seventh

sternite elongate-trapeziform, about as long as proximally broad ; apex truncate,

sharply defined, apical edge about 3 mm. long, angles rounded.

Larva green, with a yellow dorso-lateral line from the head to the tip of the

short horn, from this line run on each segment, except first, backwards to hinder

margin a yellow oblique band (Burmeister, /.c.). Changing before pupation into

orange above, bluish grey below.—Food-plaut: Ficus.

Hab. Flovida, Texas, West Indies, southward to Buenos Ayres.

A common species.

The brown side-patches of the

West Indian individuals on the whole less variegated

In the Tring Museum 60 odd specimens from: Jamaica ; Cuba; Bahamas ;

Trinidad ; various places of Central and South America, southward to Bolivia,

Argentina, and Southern Brazil.

303. Pachylia syces.

Merian, Metam. Ins. Surin. t. 33 fig. sup. sinistra (1705) (larva and pupa this species or ficus).

Sphine ficus, Stoll (non Linné, 1758), in Cram., Pap. Ex. iv. p. 216. t. 394. £. p (1782) (Surinam).

Enyo syces Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n, 1424 (1822).

Pachylia ficus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 189. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Cons. Lép.

Guatemala p. 72 (1870) (partim) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 136. n. (1875) (partim).

Chaerocampa ficus, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr, ii. p. 133. n. 1511. & Suppl. p. 91.

n. 1511 (1857) (Haiti).

Pachylia syces, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 578. n. 4 (1877) (Brazil ; Jamaica ; Haiti ;

=inornata) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 678. n. 5 (1892) (Brazil ; Antilles).

Sphinz fius (1), Gundlach, Contr. Ent. Cubana, p. 201 (1881) (sub synon.).

( 375)

3?. Palpus triangular, pointed, differing markedly from that of the other

species. Merum of mid- and hindcoxae somewhat angulate. Spines of abdominal

tergites contiguous, long and short ones almost regularly alternating ; those on

sternites much weaker and more numerous; first sternite with spines. First

hindtarsal segment about two-thirds the length of the tibia, barely as long as

segments 2 to 4 together ; spurs shorter than in ficus.

Body and wings much darker than in /icus. Forewing with broad,

interrupted or complete, paler median band, which is much broader at costal than

at hinder margin, and includes the minute black stigma—Hindwing almost

unicolorons, darker distally, without distinct bands.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa small. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLI. f. 22, dorsal view)

divided into two lobes, which are widely separated by a rounded sinus, the lobes

broad, slanting, somewhat twisted, apically roundedly excised ; sternite (Xv) also

produced into processes, which are, however, very much longer than the tergite

(Xt), and are internally dilated into a broad tooth. Clasper (PJ. XLVI. f. 1) rather

narrower than in jicus; the harpe similar, but spines heavier, apex broader.

Penis-sheath (Pl. LIIL. f. 11) obtuse, with some minute teeth at the left side ;

numerous spines within the sheath.

?. Highth tergite short, truncate, shallowly sinuate, membranaceous in

middle distally. Vaginal plate (Pl. XL. f. 16) distally sharply defined, the apical

margin raised, angulate mesially, continued basad, forming the border of a large,

mesial, rounded depression, in which is situated the rather small vaginal orifice ;

anterior edge of the orifice raised. Seventh sternite broader than long, trapeziform,

apex truncate, not membranaceous, no spines.

Larva said to be like that of ficws, but larger (?). Bénninghausen describes

it as being lighter green than ficws, and becoming black with green belts shortly

before pupation.—Food-plants : Artocarpus ; Ficus.

Hab. Mexico, West Indies, southward to Southern Brazil.

Two subspecies :

a. P. syces syces.

Sphine ficus, Stoll, /.c.

Enyo syces Hiibner, /.c.

Pachylia inornata Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 159. n. 49 (1859) (Honduras; Brazil) ;

Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 182. n. 2 (1862).

Pachylia syces, Butler, l.c. (partim); Burm., Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 340 (1878) ; id., lc. Atlas

p. 35, t. 14. f. 3 (l.) 6. 7. 8 (p) (1879); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 15. n. 3

(1881) (Mexico; Belize; Chiriqui; Ecuador; Upp. Amazons; Paraguay); id., l.c. Suppl.

p. 309 (1896) (Mexico ; Costa Rica) ; Béinningh., [ris xii. p. 119. n, 28 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ;

larva noticed).

3%. Pale median interspace of forewing separated into two patches: one

costal, large, including the stigma, the other small, at hinder margin ; the two

patches seldom connected, but if so, the band thus formed strongly constricted ; the

posterior patch sometimes vestigial.

Hab, Continental America, from Mexico to Southern Brazil and Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 50-odd specimens from: Mexico ; Costa Rica ; Colombia ;

Venezuela ; Ecuador ; Peru; Bolivia; Bahia; Rio de Janeiro ; Sao Paulo.

b. P. syces insularis subsp. nov.

Pachylia fieus, Walker, 1.c. (partim).

Pachylia syces, Butler, l.c. (partim).

( 376 )

Pachylia spec., Herrich-Schaffer, Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba).

Pachylia inornata, Grote (non Clemens, 1859), Proc. Ent, Soc. Philad. v. p. 63 (1865) (Cuba) ;

id, & Rob., ibid. v. p. 159. n. 60 (1865) ; id., /.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Zrans, Amer. Ent.

Soc. iii. p, 185 (1871) (Cuba) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 201 (1882) (Cuba).

3%. Pale median interspace of forewing not interrupted, its proximal edge

concave, distal edge straight or very faintly concaye behind middle.

Hab. West Indies : Jamaica; Haiti; Cuba.

We have not seen Cuba specimens.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 3 2? from: Jamaica (type, ¢) ; Haiti.

304. Pachylia darceta.

*Pachylia darcela Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 15. n, 2. t. 2. f. 4 (9) (1881)

(Chiriqui ;—coll. Staudinger); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 678. n. 4 (1892).

3%. Palpus rather more prominent than in veswmens, but also rounded as

in that species. Antennal segments, spines of abdomen, and merum of coxae

essentially as in resumens.

Upperside very uniform in colour. Forewing with three oblique black lines,

two in basal half, the third almost longitudinal, from upper angle of cell along

R® ; stigma black, round, prominent. Hindwing without markings.

Underside paler, three lines on dise.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa less developed than in veswmens, but more than

in the other species. First hindtarsal segment only one-fourth shorter than the

tibia, with long scales at the base ventrally. Processes of tenth tergite (P]. XLII.

f. 4, ventral view; f. 5, lateral view) very much shorter than in resumens, less

compressed, very obtuse at end, and here widely apart ; processes of sternite

represented by two short, subtriangular lobes which are widely separated from one

another (Xv). Clasper elongate, as in Hrinnyis, the patch of bristles of reswmens

wanting ; the double basal tubercle prolonged (¢), pointed, densely punctate-rugate ;

harpe of right ‘and left clasper different, the right one narrowing into a heavy

ventro-distal process (Pl. XLV. f. 26), which bears at or near the point of

curvature of the upper edge a small tooth; this tooth is developed on the left

harpe (PJ. XLY. f. 27) into a long, slender, pointed, recurved process, which

reaches a little beyond the dorsal edge of the clasper. Penis-sheath produced

dorsally into an obtuse lobe, which bears a row of teeth at the right and left edges,

the rows meeting at the end of the lobe.

?. Not dissected.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Chiriqui to Bolivia and Para.

In the Tring Museum 10 ¢¢ from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ;

8. Javier, R. Cachabi, Ecuador ; Bolivia ; Amazons.

In coll. Standinger 1 g, 1 2 from Iquitos; 1 d from Rio Songo, Bolivia ;

1 2 (type) from Chiriqui.

In Mus. Bern from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, iii. viii.

305. Pachylia resumens.

*Pachylia resumens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 190. n. 2 (1856) (Rio de Jan. ; Honduras ;

Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Clem., Journ. Ac, N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 159, n. 50 (1859) ; Morris, Cat.

Lep. N, Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 183. n. 3 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch.,

Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 63 (1865) (Cuba) ; id.

& Rob., ‘bid. v. p. 159. n. 61 (1865) ; Grote, ibid. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba); Herr.-Sch., Ausser.

(Sie)

Schm. f£. 556 (1869) (fig. mala) ; Grote, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. iii. p. 185 (1871) ; Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 579. n. 5 (1877) (Haiti; Honduras ; Rio de Jan.) ; Burm., Descr. Rép.

Argent. v. p. 340. n. 2 (1878) (Buenos Ayres ; N, Friburgo; larva on Ficus) ; Druce, in Biol.

Centr. Amer., Lep. Het, i. p. 16. n. 4 (1881) (Honduras ; Nicaragua ; Chiriqui) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 678. n. 6 (1892) ; Schaus, Lut. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (= inconspicua) ; Druce,

Le. Suppl. p. 309 (1896) (Mexico ; Belize; Guatemala); Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 119. n. 29

(1899) (Rio de Jan, ; rare)

*Pachylia inconspicua Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 190. n. 3 (1856) (Jamaica ;—Mus.

Oxford) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 159. n. 49 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

p. 19 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 183. n. 4 (1862); Grote & Rob., lc. v.

p- 159. n. 62 (1865) (Jamaica) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 138. n. 5 (1875); Butl., dc.

p. 579. n. 6 (1877) (Jamaica) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 7 (1892).

Chaerocampa versuta Clemens, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 152. n. 38 (1859) (Mexico) ; Morris,

Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 174. n. 7 (1862) ; Druce,

in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 11. n. 14 (1881) (‘‘ not seen”’).

Pachylia tristis Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petrop. ii. Lep. p. 91. n. 1510 (1857) (Brazil,

nom indescr.!) ; Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. iii, p. 75 (1871) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Hét. i. p. 138. n. 4. (1875) (Brazil; Cuba) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 347

(1876) (Surinam).

Phachylia (!) resumens, Gundlach, Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 202 (1882).

Theretra versuta, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 87 (1892).

3. Clemens’s description of versuta applies to this insect ; a comparison of

the characters he mentions with a specimen of veswmens will convince every one

of the correctness of our identification. The species varies a good deal individually,

but apparently not geographically. The markings of the forewing are sometimes

almost obliterated. The $ is on the whole more olivaceous than the 3, and has

the pale postdiscal band of the hindwing often nearly concolorous with the basal

area, while it is much more clayish in the ¢. ‘The ferruginous-tawny colour of

the underside of the forewing at the brown distal marginal band appears often on

the npperside. All the abdominal tergites have a black basal belt; the belts of the

proximal segments are visible, at least laterally, also in specimens with the segments

well telescoped into one another ; posterior tergites with single, well separated, long

and strong spines ; spines of proximal tergites much shorter and weaker, aud much

more numerous, standing close together ; spines of proximal sternites contiguous, of

posterior ones separate, stronger chitinised spines geverally alternating with weaker

ones. Palpus closely appressed to head, rounded in lateral and dorsal views, not

projecting. Penultimate sezment of antenna longer than vertically broad. Hinder

edge of merum of mid- and hindcoxa carinate, very faintly angulate. External

spur of midtibia only one-fourth shorter than internal one. Hindwing similar in

pattern to that of P. ficus. :

3. Sceut-organ of forecoxa strongly developed. Scales at upper and lower

edges of the hindtibia and of the first hindtarsal segment prolonged ; hindtarsus

with some spines between the four regular rows, first segment a little less than

half the length of the tibia. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 6, ventral view; f. 7,

lateral view) with two long processes, which are broadest at end, curved downward,

aud somewhat twisted, the flat side being nearly vertical ; the two processes of the

sternite as long as the tergite, the left a little shorter than the right, both

somewhat compressed and slightly S-shaped, apex not very acute; anal cone

projecting between the lobes of the segment in lateral view (PI. XLII. f. 6).

Clasper sole-shaped, broader and shorter than in Erinnyis, with a patch of stiff

bristles on the inner surface in the middle of the dorsal margin (Pl. XLV. f. 28) ;

a double basal tubercle (¢), smooth, the lower one carinate; harpe produced

Ventrally into a strongly hooked, short process, which is plainly visible from the

( 378 )

outside. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 10) with an obtuse straight apical process,

which bears a row of teeth at the left edge, the row generally double proximally.

?. Highth tergite rounded-sinuate, the lobes strongly rounded. Vaginal plate

(Pl. XL. f. 17) rather large, apical edge membranaceons, a deep halfmoon-shaped

proximal cavity, surrounded proximally by a smooth ridge ; vaginal orifice post-

median, small, covered by a heart-shaped bilobate flap. Seventh sternite long

trapeziform, apex membranaceons.

Larva resembling that of ficws, but smaller.

Hab. Florida, West Indies, southward to Buenos Ayres ; common in collections.

In the Tring Museum 90-odd specimens from: Florida, various places of

Central and South America, southward to Bolivia, Paraguay, Parana (Brazil).

XCIII. ORYBA.—Typus : achemenides.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Exot. iii. p. 53 (1779).

Clanis Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (1822) (partim ; type: phalaris = nicoharensis).

Pachylia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 191 (1856) (partim ; type : jicws).

Oryba id., l.c. p. 197 (1856) (type: achemenides=robusta).

3%. Eye very large, not lashed, diameter about one and a half times the

width of the frons. Palpus slender, smooth-scaled, closely appressed to head,

pointed, not projecting, outline in side-view following the curve of the head.

Antenna distinctly clubbed, end-segment very long, filiform, except at base,

penultimate segment shorter than vertically broad. Abdominal spines heavy, in

one row, long and short ones alternating on posterior tergites, contiguous, the

spines of the sternites also very stiff; seventh sternite of ? broadly trapeziform,

without spines. Merum of midcoxa angulate. Tarsi short-scaled, long ; midtarsus

without comb. Distal margins of wings entire ; apex of forewing acute; R of

hindwing before centre of cell, hinder angle of cell acuminate, R* and M’ rather

close together, D* being only one-fifth to one-third the length of D*.

3. Seriated ciliae of antenna very short. Scent-organ of forecoxa large or

small. Tenth segment divided, of the same type as in Pseudosphinx, Pachylia,

Erinnyjis, ete. ; the lobes of the broad tergite (P1. XLII. f. 2. 3) broad, about half

the length of the segment, the sinus between them wide, rounded ; sternite with

two long and slender processes (Xv), which are pointed and distally curved.

Clasper very large. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 13. 14) forked, with apical sense

hairs and short tooth-like spines resembling those found in Nyceryax, Perigonia,

etc. ; penis-funnel produced into a long, more or less clubbed process, which is

denticulate on the upperside.

?. Vaginal plate triangular; orifice proximal and mesial; no obvious arma-

ture. Eighth tergite membranaceous mesially from apex to near base.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Central and South America, from Honduras to Bolivia and Southern

Brazil, extending probably to Mexico.

Two species :

Distal marginal area of forewing as broad at

R’ as the interspace between this area and

the first discal line (outside cell) . . 306. O. kadeni.

Distal marginal area very much narrower than

that interspace . : : : : . 307. O. achemenides.

( 379 )

306. Oryba kadeni.

Pachylia kadeni Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 16 (1870) (Am. mer.).

Pachylia robusta, Boisduyal (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 135. n. 1 (1875) (Brazil).

*Oryba imperialis Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). v. p. 213 (1890) (Peru ;—coll. Druce) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i.n. 3 (1892).

Oryba kadeni, Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (synon.) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 314. n. 2 (1896)

(Chiriqui).

Oryba robusta, Kirby, I.c. n. 2. (1892) (partim) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoon. i. p. 88 (1894) ; Bénningh.,

Tris xii. p. 120. n. 31 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; Para).

3%. Abdomen with small lateral tufts ; seventh (?) or eighth (¢) tergite

with long hair-scales which form a simple tuft in 2, and an expansible fan in 3.

Antenna strongly clubbed; black, with pale ventral mesial line. Hye very

large. Abdominal spines broad, close together also on posterior tergites. Distal

marginal area of forewing strongly convex ; discal trapeziform area sharply defined,

bordered with white scaling.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa vestigial. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIL f. 2) longer

than broad, densely hairy, the lobes about twice as long as broad in middle in

dorsal view ; sternite (Xv) little longer than the tergite. Clasper sole-shaped, with

elongate-lanceolate, rather small friction-scales; harpe not separated from the

clasper (PI. XLVI. f. 3). Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 13) divided into two

slender processes, the incision extended proximad as a groove, each process ending

in a short spine and two hairs, and bearing some short spines at the base ; process

of penis-funnel slightly incrassate distally.

Hab. Chiriqui to Bolivia and Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 7 33,2 9? from: Pera; Guanay, Mapiri R., Bolivia,

1500 ft., iii. 795 (Stuart) ; Espirito Santo.

307. Oryba achemenides.

Sphinx achemenides Cramer, Pap. Evot. iii. p. 53. t. 225. f. © (1779) (Surinam) ; id., Le. p. 133.

t. 265, f. a. B. (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 228. n. 93 (1780).

Sphinx achmenides (!) Cramer, l.c.

Clanis achemenides, Hiibner, Verz. bel, Schm. p. 138. n. 1482 (1822) ; Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6).

v. p. 214 (1890) (Colombia).

Pachylia achemenides, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 191. n. 4 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Hét. i. p. 136. n. 2 (1875) ; Oberth., Ht, @ Ent. vi. p. 31. t. 5. f. 2 (1881) (Teffe).

*Oryba robusta Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 197. n. 1 (1856) (Brazil ;—Mus. Oxford) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 678. n. 2 (1892) (partim).

Oryba achemenides, Kirby, l.c, n. 1 (1892) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoon. i. p. 88 (1894) (Trinidad ” err.

loc. !) ; Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (synon. ; = robusta); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer.,

Lep. Het, Suppl. p. 314. n. 1 (1896) (Honduras).

¢¢%. Antenna slenderer and longer, and the eye smaller than in kadent ; the

former pale. Abdomen obtuse at end, without tuft, the spines slenderer and, below,

weaker than in the preceding. More uniform in colour ; marginal area of forewing

much narrower, the discal area less prominent, the hindwing without distinct

bends ; distal margin of forewing concave in ¢ from R? to hinder angle ; D* of

hindwing very long, lower angle of cell much produced.

3. Forecoxa with strongly developed scent-organ. Tenth tergite (PI. XLII.

f, 3) shorter than broad, the lobes very strongly rounded; processes of sternite

(Xr) much longer than the tergite, strongly curved at end. Clasper (Pl. XLVI. f. 4)

with a peculiar scent-organ; ventral margin straight, upper one convex, mem-

branaceous, swollen, as if being inflated ; the greater part of the clasper covered

( 380 )

outside by a large mass of long stout hairs, which lie flat upon the clasper ; these

hairs are very brittle ; the edge of the eighth tergite is also swollen, inflated, mem-

branaceous ; no distinct harpe. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 14) less deeply divided

than in kadeni, the left process short ; process of penis-funnel (P-F) obviously

clubbed.

?. Highth tergite little broader than long, strongly chitinised, truncate, angles

rounded, membranaceous mesially. Vaginal plate triangular, apex broader than in

the preceding.

Hab. Honduras to Bolivia and Northern Brazil. ;

In the Tring Musenm 5 dd, 4 2? from: Honduras; 8. Augustin, Mapiri R.,

Bolivia, 3500 ft., iv. "95 (Stuart) ; Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, vi. vii. 1901 (S.

Klages) ; Amazons (Bates).

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, iii. vi.

XCIV. LEUCORHAMPHA gen. novy.—Typus : triptolemus.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Ex. iii. p. 40 (1779).

Hemeroplanes Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133 (1822) (partim ; type: pan).

Calliomma Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 108 (1856) (partim; type: nomius).

Triptogon Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 95 (1857) (partim ; nom. indeser, !).

Philampilus (!), Schaufuss (non Harris, 1839), Nung. Otios. i. p. 19 (1870).

Madoryx Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 150 (1875) (partim ; type : otclus).

3%. Palpi rounded in dorsal and lateral view. Scaling somewhat raised on

occiput. Antenna very slender, with a long gradual hook, no prolonged seriated

ciliae in 2, end-segment long, gradually narrowed to a point. Spines of abdomen

arranged in one row, sternites and proximal tergites with long and short spines

alternating, distal tergites with long, strong, conical spines only, which are widely

separate from one another; seventh sternite of $ not spinose, membranaceous

distally ; fan-tail of ¢ with three prolonged tufts, ? with a single tuft. Legs and

neuration essentially as in Hemeroplanes. Distal margins dentate ; forewing

angulate at R*, with a longitudinal silvery streak at base of R*.

3. Sexual armature rather uniform: tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 25) divided

by a broad rounded sinus into two lobes; sternite (Xv) a low ridge, produced at

each side into a long, apical, curved, pointed process, which is much longer than the

tergite. Clasper large, with a patch of lanceolate friction-scales ; above harpe there

is basally a fold covered with bristles ; the harpes of the two claspers the same size,

short, curved upwards at end, acuminate or sinuate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 20)

of the same type as in Madoryx ; apically produced into a short obtuse process,

which is beset at the edge with short teeth, and bears at the sides a dense covering

of short spines, which break easily off, resembling a brush.

?. Vaginal plate truncate, somewhat angulate in middle; orifice mesial,

without special armature, except a slight lateral and a proximal fold.

Larva (adult) flattened, without horn, head small, posterior thoracical segments

enlarged ; mimicking a snake.

Hab. Central and South America ; not yet found in the West Indies.

Four species, which are closely allied to each other.

The differences between this genus and Madoryx are but slight. However, we

think it advisable to keep ¢riptolemus and allies generically separate from o/clus

and allies, as each group of species represents a special type of development.

( 381 )

All the species of Leucorhampha have a blackish brown sinuate patch on the

mesothoracic tegula, similar in shape to a basal patch on the forewing, and agree

also in other respects closely with one another in colour and pattern.

Key to the species :

a. Silvery mark of forewing about 10 mm. long,

reaching beyond postdiscal line ; . 31l. L. longistriga.

Silvery mark of forewing less than 6 mm.

long, abdomen with yellow belts or spots. : 5 lik

b. Yellow belts of abdomen reduced to trans-

verse dorsal spots : . 310. L. ornatus.

Yellow belts of abdomen reaching round the

whole tergite : é . , S Seac:

c. Silvery mark 4 to 5 mm. long, forked . . 308. L. triptolemus.

Silvery mark 3 mm. long, lower branch

obliterated : F : c . 309. L. diffusa.

308. Leucorhampha triptolemus.

Sphine triptolemus Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 40. t. 216. f. F (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr.

iii, 2. p. 226. n. 86 (1780).

Hemeroplanes triptolemus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133. n. 1426 (1822) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc.

Lond. ix. p. 543. n. 1 (1877); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 8. n. 1 (1881)

(Guatemala ; Panama) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647. n. 1 (1892) (Brazil) ; Rothsch., Nov.

Zoo. i. p. 10 t. 6. £. 10 (1894) ; Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (partim ; Mexico).

Calliommea triptolenus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 111. n, 4 (1856) (Brazil ; Ega ; Para).

Triptogon triptolemus, Ménétriés, Enum, Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. p. 95. n. 1569 (1857) (Brazil),

Philampilus (1) triptolemus, Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 19 (1870) (Surinam).

Madoryx triptolemus, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 348 (1876) (Surinam),

3%. Yellow belts of abdomen extending from one side of the tergites to the

other; forewing with little or no greenish yellow scaling ; silvery mark 4 to 5mm.

long. Palpus, below, much more whitish grey in some specimens than in others.

3. Harpe (Pl. XLVI. f. 16) with a comparatively slender, obtuse, curved

process.

Hab. Mexico to Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 12 63,7 2% from: Jalapa, Mexico, ii. iv. (Schanus) ;

Aroa, Venezuela ; Merida, Venezuela, vi. (Briceno) ; Trinidad ; Fort George, ix. ;

Rio Demerara; Amazons ; Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Paramba, Ecuador,

3500 ft., v. 97, dry season (Rosenberg) ; 1 $ ex coll. Lennep.

309. Leucorhampha diffusa spec. nov. (PI. VI. f. 10, 3).

3%. Like the preceding with complete yellow dorsal belts to abdomen ; fringe

of tergites also yellow. Wings deeper in colour, stronger dentate, broader. Fore-

wing in basal area and on disc, hindwing in submarginal area, obviously shaded

with bluish white scaling ; silvery mark only 3 mm. long, not forked proximally,

the posterior branch being obsolete; subbasal area of hindwing bluish white.

Underside of body and wings more rufous than in ¢riptolemus, postdiscal area along

the greyish brown border ferruginous.

3. Harpe (Pl. XLVI. f. 14) sinnate at end, both lobes obtuse, the upper

one the longer.

Length of forewing: ¢, 45 mm.; 9%, 47 mm.

Hab, Colombia to Bolivia, probably more widely distributed.

( 382 )

In the Tring Museum 1 6 (type) from Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. Rosenberg) ;

1 2 from Lita, Henador, 3000 ft. (Flemming) ; 1 d (very bad) from San Angustin,

Mapiri, 3500 ft., Sept. 1795 (Maxwell Stuart).

510. Leucorhampha ornatus.

Madory« triptolemus, Boisduval (non Cramer, 1779) ; Spec. Gén. Léep. Hét. i, p. 154. n. 5 (1875)

(Brazil ; Cayenne).

*Hemeroplanes ornatus Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i. p. 9. t. 6. f. 9 (1894) (“ Venezuela” ex err. ;

S. America).

Hemeroplanes triptolemus, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (partim) ;

Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 123. n. 44 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva),

Panacra spec, ?, Peters, [/lustr. Zeitschr, Ent. iii. 6. plate (1898) (Nova Friburgo).

Hemeroplanes triptolemus, id., lc. vi. t. 10. £. 1. la. b. ¢. (1., p.) (1901).

We cite Bénninghausen and Peters under this species, because ornatus seems

to us to be the species referred to, not ¢7iptolemus, which is apparently much rarer

in the province of Rio, if it occurs there at all.

3%. Abdominal yellow belts abbreviated, the yellow basal scaling restricted

to a transversal dorsal patch ; apical fringes also more or less yellowish ; sides of

tergites almost black as in diffusa. Forewing much shaded with greenish yellow ;

silvery mark forked, 3 to 34 mm. long.

6. Harpe (Pl. XLVI f. 15) much stouter than in ¢riptolemus, sometimes

sinuate nearly as in diffusa. Tenth segment see Pl. XLII. f. 25. Penis-sheath see

PJ. LIII. f. 20.

Larva (fig. by Peters) assuming various defensive attitudes, imitating a snake ;

it throws the head so far back that the underside of the thorax, which is dark like

the rest of the under surface, becomes the upper.

Hab. South America: Rio de Janeiro to Colombia.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 5 ?¢ from: Rio de Janeiro ; Aroa, Venezuela ;

Rio Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos (Stuart) ; Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg).

Also in other collections, generally confounded with triptolemus.

311. Leucorhampha longistriga spec. nov.

3?. Abdomen similar to that of ornatus, but without visible yellow basal

patches. Forewing nearly as in ¢riptolemus, but silvery mark very long, 10 mm.,

reaching beyond the postdiscal line, forked proximally, lower branch longer than

upper; black submarginal band longer than in ¢riptolemus and ornatus, reaching

from tip of wing to R*; ferruginous submarginal scaling of hindwing visible on

upperside to near costa. Harpe similar to that of triptolemus, more strongly curved

and more suddenly acuminate.

Hab. Brazil.

One ¢ in the Berlin Museum (type).

Another in coll. Charles Oberthiir without locality.

A ? from Santa Catharina in coll. Standinger.

XCV. MADORYX.—Typus : oiclus.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Ex. iii. p. 39 (1779).

Hemeroplanes Hiibner, Verz. beh, Schm. p. 133 (1822) (partim ; type: pan).

Calliomma Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 108 (1856) (partim ; type: nomius).

( 383 )

Triptogon Ménétriés, Enwm. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. p. 94 (1857) (nom. indescr. ; partim).

Zonilia ?, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 144 (1875).

Madoryzx id., l.c. p. 150 (1875) (type: otclus).

3¢. Differs from Leucorhampha in the posterior tergites of the abdomen

being armed with a row of alternately long and short spines. without prolonged

anal tuft; sternite and tergite of seventh segment broad, truncate. Sexual

armature of ¢ similar to that of Lexucorhampha; harpe short, triangular, not or

little curved.

Larva very peculiar (J/. pluto, see below), in general aspect more like the

larva of a Catocola than a Sphingid. First stages with long slender horn, which is

replaced by a short cone later on. It pupates in a cocoon attached to the stem of

the food-plant. At rest it does not use the first two pairs of prolegs, curving the

body somewhat like the larvae of Geometridae. The stout chrysalis resembles that

of Pseudosphins tetrio.

Hab. South and Central America ; Cuba.

Four species, which bear a close resemblance to each other in pattern and

colour, being all grey, with a short, more or less triangular, silvery spot on the

forewing, which is generally preceded by a smaller spot. The mesothoracic tegula

have a small black spot anteriorly, corresponding to the anterior part of the patch

of Leucorhampha ; the abdomen has no pale dorsal mesial vitta as has Leuco-

rhampha ; below there is a series of white mesial spots.

Key to the species :

a. Apex of forewing acute ; silvery spot of

forewing elongate-triangular, its hinder

margin longer than upper . 6 . 313. M. pluto.

Apex of forewing truncate ; silvery spot :

its hinder margin (at R*) shorter than

upper ; or the spots absent . : : c UU

6. Body and wings silvery grey . ; . 312. MM. otclus.

Body and wings more or less dark

olivaceous-brown . ¢ : : : . EGS

c. Brown marginal band SC°—R* of forewing

not incised at the veins, two pale

oblique lines on dise . é . 314. M. bubastus.

Brown marginal band consisting BE half-

moons ; brown discal and postdiscal

lines irregular. : ; F . 316. IL pseudothyreus.

312. Madoryx oiclus.

Spline viclus Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 39. t. 216. £. ¢ (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2.

p. 226. n. 83 (1780).

Hemeroplanes oiclus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 133. n. 1428 (1822); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond:

ix. p. 543. n. 2 (1877); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 8. n. 2 (1881) (Brit,

Honduras ; Guatemala) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647. n. 3 (1892) (Surinam); Druce, /.c.

Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (Orizaba).

Enyo oiclus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 115. 0. 6 (1856).

Madoryx viclus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Iét. i. p. 151. n. 1 (1875) (Cayenne ; Surinam).

*Madoryx faunus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 153. n, 4 (1875) (Cayenne ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

Calliomma faunus, Butler, lc. p. 630 (1877); Kirby, /.c. p. 646 n. 2 (1892).

Hemeroplanes faunus, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 124. n, 46 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

( 384 )

32. The olive basal band of the forewing is narrow ; the discal silvery spots

are nearly of equal size, in most specimens the upper one transverse, the second

more or less rounded; forewing narrower than in the other Continental species.

Harpe obtusely pointed (Pl. XLVI. f. 8). Dentate part of penis-sheath (Pl. LIII.

f. 18) obtusely acuminate, elongate-ovate, densely denticulated proximally at the

right side. White line of palpus interrupted.

Hab. Mexico to Rio de Janeiro.

In the Tring Museum 5 64, one of them ex coll. Lennep, another from

Valencia, Venezuela, a third without locality, two from Costa Rica (M. de

Mathan).

The type of faunus is in bad condition. The left forewing is much torn at the

apex, and the apex of the right one is cut off with a sharp instrument. This

accounts for the forewing being described by Boisduval as being less sinuate

than in pluto and a little truncate at the apex. The posterior silvery spot is

nearly as large as in dvdastus, but its upper inner angle points basad. The penis-

sheath is as in ofclus; the harpe and tenth segment are not preserved in the

mutilated specimen.

313. Madoryx pluto.

Sphine pluto Cramer, Pap. Er. iii. p. 39. t. 216. f. & (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2.

p. 226. n. 85 (1780) ; Chavannes, Bull. Soc. Vadoise Sc. Nat. (1854) (larva, pupa).

Hemeroplanes plutonius Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133. n. 1427 (1822).

Calliomma pluto, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 111. n. 3 (1856) (partim) ; Burm., Deser. Rép.

Argent. vy, Atlas p. 33. t. 13. £. 1 (larva). f. 6 (pupa) (1879).

Madoryx pluto, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 152. n, 3 (1875) (Cayenne, Surinam) ; Schaus,

Ent. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (synon.).

* Madoryx deborrei, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 155. n. 6 (1875) (Brazil ;—Mus. Bruxelles) ;

Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 68 (1880) (= ? pluto).

‘alliomma ? pluto, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 538. n. 1 (1877) (partim).

Hemeroplanes deborrei, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p. 647. n, e (1892) (Brazil) ; Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 124. n. 45 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro; distinct

from pluto).

Calliommea plutonius, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 234 (1877) (synon.) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p- 646. n. 1 (1892) (Brazil).

Hemeroplanes plutotonius (!), Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 60 (1888).

Hemeroplanes pluto, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Aner., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 303. n. 3 (1896) (Jalapa ;

Chiriqui).

3%. The few specimens from Central America and Colombia which we have

seen differ from the South Brazilian individuals in the forewing being dentate af

SC°, as is the case in Cramer’s figure ; our Surinam specimens, however, have the

wing even, like Sonthern individuals. The lower silvery spot is longer in the

Central American and Colombian specimens than in those from the more eastern

and southern countries, and the tenth sternite is longer. There are possibly two

subspecies.

3. Tenth sternite longer than in the other species, about twice or thrice the

length of the lobes of the tergite. Harpe broadly triangular, somewhat curved

upwards. Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 19) elongate-acuminate, densely spinose at

the edges and on the upper surface at the right side and at end, ventro-laterally

clothed with spines, which are generally broken off, being very loosely inserted in

the membrane of the lateral and ventral apical surface of the penis-sheath.

Larva figured by Chavannes and again by Burmeister, /..c.c. ; long, somewhat:

flattened, grey ; head small, thorax somewhat enlarged, seventh segment with

( 385 )

tubercle, horn long in young stages, reduced to a short cone in later stages.—Food-

plants : Jussieua, Onagraceae.

Pupa in a loose, white, muslin-like cocoon, attached to the food-plant.

Hab. Mexico to Bolivia and Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 2 22 from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ;

San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., ix. "95 (Stuart); Rio Demerara ; St.

Catharina ; 1 3 ex coll. Lennep.

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, iii.

314. Madoryx bubastus.

Sphine bubastus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 84. t. 149. f. © (1777) (“ Coromandel” loc. err.) ; Goeze,

Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 221. n. 62 (1780).

32%. Much more brown than o/clvs. Upper discal silvery spot of forewing

small, rounded or ovate ; second irregularly triangular; at least three times the

size of the first, its upper inner edge pointing costad ; from near the end of SC®

two pale lines run backwards, forming an acute angle, the outer one ending at tip

of M!, the proximal one at inner margin in a patch, in which are situated two brown

spots; it nearly touches in middle a pale discal line which is curved costad in front.

Distal margin of forewing less dentate in ? than in d.

3. Sexual armature as in o/clws, but process of harpe narrower, more conical;

penis-sheath (PI. LIIL f. 16) curved at end, dentate at the edge, with some fine

bristles at the tip, upper left angle somewhat produced and acute in dutleri.

Hab. South and Central America, from British Honduras to Santa Catharina.

There are in the Tring Museum a d anda ? of a Madoryx which differ from

all the specimens of bubastus we have seen. They are, unfortunately, without

locality. The d has only one very small, yellowish, discal dot, and the ? has this

dot only very feebly indicated by some paler scales. In the 2 the subbasal costal

dot is almost absent, and the disc is much shaded with scales of a peculiar greenish

blue tint, similar to that shown in Cramer’s figure ; the same tint reappears on the

underside in the middle of the costal margin, and also on the disc of the right

hindwing. The white dots on the underside of the abdomen are minute in the ¢.

The penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 17) differs slightly from that of bubastus. The

distal margin of the forewing is not distinctly dentate in either of the two

individuals. These two specimens belong perhaps to a third local race.

a. M. bubastus bubastus.

Merian, Vetam. Ins. Surin, t. 39 (1705) (imago, pupa ; ? non larva).

Sphinz bubastus Cramer, 1c.

Sphing didyma, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2381. n. 79 (1790) (partim).

Amplypterus bubastus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133. n. 1431 (1822).

Amplypterus bupastus (1), id., le. Indew p. 24 (182-).

Sphinz parce, Burmeister (non Fabricius, 1775), Abh. Nat. Ges. Halle p. 63 (1854).

Calliomma bubastus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 112. n. 6 (1856).

Zonilia? bubastus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 144. 0. 8 (1875).

*Madorysx lyncus id., l.c. p. 151. n, 2. t. 4. £. 4 (1875) (Cayenne ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Madoryx bubastus, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. ap (1876) (Surinam ; description).

Panara? bubastus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Suc. Lond. ix. p. 551. n. 15 (1877) (“ Coromandel”).

Hemeroplanes lyncus, id., 1c. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647. n. 4 (1892) (Cayenne).

Madoryx oiclus, Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. v. Atlas p. 33 (1879).

Hemeroplanes bubastus, Kirby, lc. n. 7 (1892) (Surinam) ; Bonningh., Zris xii. p. 125. sub n. 46

(1899) (Rio Grande do Sul).

( 386 )

Merian’s figure, if it was meant for this insect, is much too grey ; in the silvery

spots it agrees, however, better with the present insect than with the grey oiclus.

Cramer’s figure is, in our opinion, a very bad representation of the present

species, described fully by Méschler, /.c., and therefore the name dubastus has to be

used for this insect. In the interpretation of some of Cramer’s figures an elastic

conscience is necessary.

Boisduval’s /yncus is described and figured from an individual (or rather one

made up of three), of which the wings, thorax, and head belong to what Méschler

describes as bubastus, the black-banded abdomen to Alewron carinata, and the

palpi to some other Lepidopteron.

3%. Forewing deeply sinuate below apex, this much produced ; distal edge

more or less dentate.

Hah. South America: Ecuador and Venezuela to Santa Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 6 2% from: Cachabi, Ecuador, xi. 96 (Rosen-

berg); Aroa, Venezuela; Caripe, Venezuela, i. (Mocquerys); St. George’s,

Guayana, xi. (Hllacombe).

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, vi.

6. M. bubastus butleri.

*Aleuron butleri Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 240 (1877) (“‘ West Indies”); Waterh., Aid Ident.

Ins. ii. t. 140. £. 6 (1883) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 645. n. 4 (1892).

3%. Forewing less sinuate, and black discal band,of hindwing narrower than

in the preceding ; upper left angle of process of penis-sheath produced, acute.

Kirby gives the West Indies as habitat of this form. The specimen, which

is in bad condition, bears however a label ‘“ Belise,” which probably is meant for

Belize, British Honduras.

Hab. British Honduras ?

One specimen in the Dublin Museum.

314. Madoryx pseudothyreus.

Calliomma oiclus ?, Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 57 (1865) (Cuba).

Hemeroplanes pseudothyreus Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 41. t. 41. f, 1 (1865) (Cuba) ;

id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 152. n, 22 (1865); Grote, l.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) (Cuba) ; Herr,-Sch.,

Ausser. Schm. f. 554 (1869) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871) (Cuba) ; Gundl.,

ontr. Ent. Cubana p. 182 (1882) (San Christobal, Cuba) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647. n. 5

(1892) (Cuba).

Madoryx pseudothyreus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 156. n. 8 (1875).

Hemeroplanes ? pseudothyreus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 548. n. 3 (1877).

3%. Much more variegated than the other species of Madoryx. Olive subbasal

patch of forewing small, separated into two spots ; no white subbasal costal dots ;

second silvery discal spots angle-shaped, the upper linear, sometimes a white dot

upon M at base of M'; discal lines dentate, brown marginal band indented at the

veins, above and below. First discal line of underside black, strongly dentate.

Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 15, Cuba) somewhat resembling that of otclws, the dilated

part shorter and more acute, dentate only at the edges; the apex sinuate in our

Florida specimens.

Hab. Cuba ; Florida.

In the Tring Museum 3 63,3 2? ¢ from Chocoloskee, Florida, xi.

A ¢ in the Berlin Museum, and another in coll. Staudinger, from Cuba.

Herrich-Schaeftfer’s figure is overdrawn, like the others on the same plate.

XCVI. HEMEROPLANES.—Typus : pan.

Sphinx, Fabricius (non Linné, 1758), Syst. Ent. p. 543 (1775).

Hemeroplanes Hiibner, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 133 (1822) (partim ; type: pan).

Oreus id., l.c. p. 136 (1822) (partim ; type: gnoma).

Calliomma Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p, 108 (1856) (type: nomius).

Enyo, id., l.c. p. 112 (1856) (partim).

Calliomina (!), Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 681 (1856).

Philampilus (!), Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 19 (1870).

Bucheryx Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 219 (1875) (type: parce) ; Luc., Bull. Soc. Ent.

France p. 153 (1883) (= Culliomma).

Callioma ('), Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i. p. 73 (1894).

Caliomma (!), Bonninghausen, /7is xii, p. 123 (1899).

3%. Scaling of head raised between antennae. Eye not distinctly lashed.

Palpus pointed. Antenna slender, not clubbed, seriated ciliae present in 2, bat

short; end-segment long and slender, gradually narrowed to a point. Body

smooth-scaled ; abdominal tergites with a single row of long, strong spines inter-

mingled with small ones ; spines of sternites much weaker ; fan-tail of ¢ three-

pointed, 2 with a long tuft instead. Legs short-scaled, merum of mid- and hind-

coxae not angulate; tarsi slender, cylindrical, with the normal four rows of spines ;

midtarsus with comb. Forewing sinuate below apex, D* and D‘ of about the same

length; SC? and R! of hindwing from upper angle of cell, R? in or before centre, D*

longer than D*, apex acute. Seventh abdominal sternite of ¢ trapezoidal, mem-

branaceous distally, without spines.

3. Tenth segment divided, the tergite broad, the sternite a narrow belt which

is produced into two slender processes (PI. XLII. f. 16—24; XLII. f. 2. 3).

Clasper large, with lanceolate friction-scales ; ventral edge with spines, a patch of

spiniform hairs on inner surface near base ; right and left harpe generally not quite

the same (Pl. XLVI. f. 11. 17. 18; XLVIL f. 7. 8). Penis-sheath without

external armature, or with an obtuse apical process, inside with long spines

(Pl. LIII. f. 25. 26).

?. Vaginal orifice mesial, surrounded by ridges and folds; eighth tergite

extended to the ventral side (P]. XL. f. 18.19; XLI. f. 6).

Early stages: Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ex. Suppl. t. 22. f. 2, figures a larva which

he says is that of 7. pan. It resembles very much an /sognathus larva and a

younger stage of the larva of Pseudosphing tetrio. Burmeister, Descr. Rép.

Argent. y. Atl. t. 23. f. 1 (1879), figures a similar caterpillar, of which he did not

know the imago.

Hab. Florida to Argentina ; West Indies.

Six species.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing walnut-brown, base buff — . . 3816. LH. nomius.

Hindwing ochraceous, with a more or less

fascous distal border j j : . 319. H. calliomenae.

Hindwing cinnamon-rufous . 5 on SUE

4. Apex of forewing pointed a Res

Apex of forewing truncate-sinuate, or

truncate . ; : ; ; : . B17. H. pan.

( 388 )

ec. Pale oblique apical line of forewing straight

from apex to R2, here much nearer the

costal patch of lunules than outer margin 3821. H. cnuus.

This line curved, much nearer the distal

margin than the discal costal patch . . a 0h

d. Silvery spot of forewing broad behind . . 320. HH. parce.

Silvery spot of forewing linear, not dilated

behind . 3 ; : : . 318. H. grisescens.

316. Hemeroplanes nomius.

*Calliomma nomius Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 109. n. 1 (1856) (Brazil ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 539. n, 2 (1877) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep, Het.

i. t. 3. £. 3 (1883); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 646. n. 3 (1892) (Brazil) ; Druce, lc. Suppl.

p. 301. n. 4 (1896) (Guatemala).

Bucheryx nomius, Boisduval, Spec. Gién. Lép, Hét. i. p. 221, n. 2 (1875) (Brazil).

Caliomma (!) nomius, Bonningh., ris. xii. p. 123. n, 41 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

3?. Scaling of mesonotum raised to a prominent hump. Palpus and abdomen

longer than in the other species, und the silvery spot of the forewing represented

ouly by a minute dot.

3d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 24, side-view) deeply divided into two lobes,

which are parallel, almost vertical, the sinus between them oblong ; each lobe

acuminate, the upper edge slanting, nearly straight, the lower one strongly convex

in middle; sternite (Pl. XLII. f. 23) divided into two long, slender processes

which are lying close along the inner surface of the tergal lobes, not being visible

in a side-view. Harpe (PI. XLVI. f. 11) produced into a long, horizontal process

which ends in two short points. Penis-sheath narrowed at end into a short, obtuse,

curved process (PJ. LILI. f. 26).

Early stages not known.

Hab. Guatemala to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Musenm 5 od, 2 2% from: Aroa, Venezuela, iv.; Rio

Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos (Stuart) ; Espirito Santo ; Rio de Janeiro.

317. Hemeroplanes pan.

Sphinx pan Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 39. t. 216. £. D (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2.

p. 226, n. 84 (1780).

Hemeroplanes pan, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133. n. 1425 (1822) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647.

n. 6 (1892).

Enyo pan, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 118. n. 11 (1856).

Hemeroplunes ? pan, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 544. n. 4 (1877) (a Calliomma ?) ; Maass.,

Stett, Ent, Zeit. xli, p. 54 (1880).

*Calliomma denticulata Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (Jalapa).

Calliomma denticulatum, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer. Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 300. n. 1 (x). t. 68. £. 2

(1896) (Jalapa).

3%. We have seen eight specimens of this species. They vary zxter se, and

are doubtless the insect which Cramer’s figure was meant to represent. The

truncate-sinuate apex of the forewing and the deeply sinuate and denticulate outer

margin, the pale triangular costal patch in front of the silvery spot and the smaller

costal patch at the subcostal fork, by which this species can be recognised, are

characters also found in Cramer’s figure. Our specimen from the Rio Cachyaco,

the right wing of which is slightly crippled at apex, has the outer margin less

denticulated, in front less sinuate, and the apex less produced than the other seven

( 389 )

specimens examined, and the basal area of the wing is not reddish tawny, but

almost of the same colour as the outer half; these differences are individual and

accidental. The outline of the forewing is also not quite the same in the other

examples.

3. Tenth tergite similar to that of zxwus, the mesial lobes longer and more

acutely pointed ; the processes of the sternite less convergent, longer. Harpe

(Pl. XLVI. f. 18) reaching beyond middle of clasper, cylindrical, slightly

curved, left one acute, right one obtuse. Clasper with a patch of long

spines at ventral margin near middle of harpe. Penis-sheath without external

armature.

Hab. Mexico to the Upper Amazons, Para and Surinam ; probably more widely

distributed.

In the Tring Museum 3 d¢ from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. Rosenberg) ;

Rio Cachyaco, Peru (M. Stuart) ; Cuzco, Peru.

In coll. Schaus from Jalapa. In coll. Oberthiir from Carvallo-Cocho, Amazons,

Peru, v.—vii. 1884 (M. de Mathan), 1 ¢. Also in the Oxford Museum. In the

Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Géldi), 16. vi. and 16. viii.

318. Hemeroplanes grisescens.

*Calliomma grisescens Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 9 (1894) (2, hab. ?;—Mus. Tring); id., lc.

ii. t. 9. £.4 (9) (1895).

3%. Somewhat resembling small specimens of calliomenae. Forewing not

dentate, or the teeth vestigial only, strongly concave below apex and more convex

in middle than in calliomenae ; a black band crosses the wing just proximally of the

silvery spot. Hindwing nearly as in parce, the black anal mark heavy, the

space outside it grey. The $ much more grey than the d.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 2.3) half as long again as broad in a dorsal view,

the sides curved downwards, apex broadly sinuate, the lobes very short, a trace of

a mesial lobe ; sternite concealed by the tergite, divided into two long, slender

processes which le along the inner surface of the tergite. Harpe (Pl. XLVL f. 17)

short, slightly curved upwards at tip; ventral margin of clasper densely spinose.

Penis-sheath without external armature.

?. Vaginal plate similar to that of ‘wus (Pl. XL. f. 19).

Hab. Argentina.

In the Tring Musenm 9 3d, 6 2 2 from Tucuman.

319. Hemeroplanes calliomenae.

Philampilus (‘) calliomenae Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 19 (1870) (Venezuela).

*Calliomma lutescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 5. t. 1. £. 5 (1875) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 540. n. 7 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 646. n. 8 (1892).

- Calliomma pan?, Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 54 (1880).

Calliomma calliomenae, Kirby, l.c. n. 7 (1892).

*Callioma (!) ellacombei Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 10 (1894) (S. Domingo, type ; Venezuela ;—

Mus. Tring) ; id., Lc. ii. t. 9. f. 3 (9) (1895).

3%. A variable insect, recognisable by the denticulated forewing and the

yellow, dark-bordered hindwing. The ? % are generally more uniform in colour on

the forewing, but possess often a conspicuous discal costal patch of halfmoons,

while the dd are less grey and often strongly mottled with blackish brown. The

basal area of the forewing below varies from orange-butf to tawny.

( 390 )

Schanfuss’s description of calliomenae is quite sufficient to recognise the present

species, which is common in Venezuela, from where calliomenae came. The West

Indian individuals are not specifically different.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 16. 18) broadest proximally in dorsal view,

lateral edge first slanting, then horizontal ; apex mesially rounded, laterally

triangularly sinuate, the rounded middle lobe feebly incised, the lateral lobes

triangular, somewhat curved downwards ; sternite (PI. XLII. f. 17) with two long

processes which are rather broad proximally and are twisted, not visible in dorsal

and lateral view. Clasper (P]. XLVI. f. 7) acuminately sole-shaped, ventral edge

spinose, incrassate near the harpe and dilated into a short rounded lobe, which is

turned upward; harpe with a free spoon-shaped process. Penis-sheath without

external armature.

9. Ventral portion of eighth tergite small (Pl. XL. f. 18), connected with

the orifice by a fold ; a groove at each side of the orifice.

Hab. Haiti; Colombia ; Venezuela; probably more widely distributed.

In the Tring Museum 50-odd specimens from Venezuela: Merida, Aroa,

Valencia, Caripe, Maripa (Caura R., vi. 1901, 8. Klages) ; 1 ? from Haiti; 2 % %

from Bogota (near the town, March).

320. Hemeroplanes parce.

*Sphinw parce Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 543. n. 24 (1775) (Brasilia, Mus. Banks ;—Mus. Brit.);

Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 207. n. 15 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Jus. ii. p. 148. n. 42 (1781); id.,

Mant. Ins, ii. p. 96. n. 46 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2382, n. 80 (1790) ; Fabr., Hut, Syst.

iii. 1. p. 372. n. 50 (1793) ; Burm., Sphing. Bras. p. 62 (1856).

Sphinx licastus Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ex. iv. p. 180. t. 381. f. A. B (1781) (Surinam) ; Burm, /.c.

p. 62 (1856) ; Lucas, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 143 (1883) (= parce).

Oreus licastus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. n. 1465 (1822).

*Sphina galianna Burmeister, l.c. p. 6 (1856) (type in Mus. Berlin; descr. mala).

Calliomma lycastus (1), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 110. n, 2 (1856) (= parce ; partim ;

St. Vincent ; St. Domingo); Clem., Jowrn. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 141, n. 21 (1859) ;

Herr.-Sch., Corresp, Bl. p. 57 (1865) (Cuba; dist. from parce); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad.

v. p. 48 (1865) (Cuba ; =galianna ex err.!); id. & Rob., ibid. p. 153. n. 29 (1865) (syn. pro

parte) ; Grote, lc. vi. p. 328 (1867) (partim) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii, p. 184 (1871)

(Cuba) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 183 (1882).

Calliomina parce, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 681 (1856) (Cuba).

Callionime (!) parce, id., Le. t. 17. £. 3 (1857).

Philampilus (1) licastus, Schaufuss, Nungq. Otios. i. p. 19 (1870) (Venezuela).

Eucheryx licastus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 220, n. 1 (1875) (= parce) ; Méschl., Verh.

Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxi. p. 350 (1876) (= parce = galliana !).

Calliomma licastus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. 539. n. 3 (1877) (St. Cruz; St. Vincent ;

Haiti; St. Thomas); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 5. n. 1 (1881) (Brit.

Honduras ; Nicaragua; Chiriqui); Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 646. n. 4 (1892); Druce, Le.

Suppl. p. 300 (1896) (Orizaba; Guatemala ; Costa Rica).

Callionma parce, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 539, n. 4 (1877) (distinet from licastus) ;

Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 53 (1880) (= licastus).

Calliomma galiana (!) Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. v. Allas p. 33 (1879).

Calliomma parcae (!), Kirby, Lc. n. 5 (1892) ; Druce, Le. Suppl. p. 300 (1896) (Hicastus probably not

distinct from “ parcae”’).

Callioma (!) licastus, Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 73 (1894) (Aroa, Venezuela).

Callioma (!) parcae (}), id., Lc. i. p. 9 (1894) (Aroa, Venezuela).

Caliomma (1) parce, Bonninghausen, Jris xii, p. 123. n. 40 (1899) (partim ; Rio de Janeiro).

3%. The pale apical line of the forewing curved, disappearing before R? ina

pale patch, which curves towards the distal margin, the pale line bordered behind

with brown, this border indistinct near apex, widened and black at R'. Fore- and

( 391 )

hindwing somewhat variable in the depth of the colour above and below; hind-

wing often shaded with black along distal margin.

3. Tenth sternite (PJ. XLII. f. 19. 20) not quite symmetrical ; tergite carinate

mesially, the sides curved downwards, widened towards end, apex triangularly

sinuate, the lobes short, each sinuate again, the tips of the sternal processes visible

through these sinuses in dorsal view (Pl. XLII. f. 19); sternite with two long

slender processes which are curved downward at end. Clasper somewhat acuminate,

the ventral margin shallowly concave before end; harpe as in inuus, but longer,

the spines at the ventral margin of the clasper near the end of the harpe more

concentrated to a patch. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 25) without external armature.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLI. f. 6) with the ridge round the small orifice

sinuate behind the orifice, two folds on each side joining the raised edge of the

orifice at its highest point ; tergite (V/// t) extended to near orifice.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Florida, West Indies, southwards to Southern Brazil and Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 90-odd specimens from: Haiti; Florida ; Mexico ;

Honduras; Costa Rica ; Colombia ; Peru ; Bolivia; Venezuela; Rio de Janeiro ;

Sao Paulo.

321. Hemeroplanes inuus spec. nov.

Calliomma lycastus (!), Walker (non Stoll, 1782), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 110. n. 3 (1856)

(partim ; Rio de Janeiro) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 48 (1865) (partim) ; id. & Rob.,

ibid. p. 153. n. 29 (1865) (partim) ; Grote, /.c. vi. p. 828 (1867) (partim).

Calliomma galianna, Butler (non Burmeister, 1858), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 539. n. 5 (1877)

(Rio de Janeiro) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 646. n. 6 (1892); Druce, Lc. Suppl. p. 300. n. 1

(A) (1896) (Orizaba).

Caliomma ( ) parce, Bonninghausen (non Fabricius, 1775), Zris xii. p. 123. n. 40 (1899) (partim).

3%. As pointed out by Grote and others, Burmeister’s description is kept in

such general terms that it applies very well to both parce and the present insect.

Burmeister erroneously believed (icastus =) parce to be a species without a silvery

spot on the forewing. The specimens in the Berlin Museum mentioned by him are

parce, not the present species, which, therefore, is without a name.

Pale apical line of forewing straight from apex to R®, here much closer to discal

costal patch of buff-coloured halfmoons than to outer margin, which is less convex

than in parce.

3. Tenth segment (Pl. XLII. f. 21. 22) very different from that of parce ;

tergite divided into four lobes, the mesial ones Jong and slender, the lateral ones

triangular and short, the tergite flattened ; sternite (Pl. XLII. f. 22) with two

slender processes which are curved towards each other. Clasper with spines

at ventral edge near the harpe ; this ending in a slender, curved, obtuse process

(Pl. XLVII. f. 8). Penis-sheath without external armature.

%. Eighth tergite extending close to the vaginal orifice (Pl. XL. f. 19);

this with the anterior edge raised.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil and Paraguay.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 2 2% from: Rio Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos (Stuart),

type; 8. José, Costa Rica (Underwood); Paraguay (Dr. Bohls) ; Sapucay, near

Villa Rica, Paraguay (Foster).

( 392 )

XCVII. STOLIDOPTERA.—Typus: tachasara.

Aleuron, Druce (non Boisduval, 1870), Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). ii. p. 236 (1888).

3%. Head slightly crested. Eye small, lashed. Palpus long, projecting,

compressed, the two together acutely triangular. Antenna long and slender, not at

all clubbed, hook long and gradual, end-segment short. Spines of abdomen in one

row, those of the sternites rather weak, flattened ; those of the posterior tergites

long, conical, as in Leucorhampha ; seventh sternite of 2 small, not spinose ; tail

short, obtusely triangular in ¢, a single narrow tuft in ?. Legs short-scaled.

Forewing irregularly lobed, apical lobe from SC! to R}, including R’, the first deep

sinus behind this vein ; distal margin of hindwing entire, costal margin enlarged,

when the specimen is at rest projecting beyond the costal margin of the forewing

and enveloping it, the lobe being recurved so that it lies upon the upperside of the

costal area of the forewing ; cell of hindwing broad, D° and D® straight, oblique, R*

central, R* and M’ rather close together.

3. Sexual armature as in Madoryx and Leucorhampha, the harpe resembling

more the type found in Alewron, but symmetrical.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region.

One species.

The genus is as closely allied to Alewronas it is to Leucorhampha and Pachylia.

The enlarged costal marginal area of the hindwing is a peculiar character which

reminds one of Hypaedalia, Amorpha populi, and Lasiocampidae. In Stolidoptera

the frenulum is well developed. This costal area is green on the upperside like the

upperside of the forewing, not black like the rest of the upperside of the hindwing.

322. Stolidoptera tachasara.

*Aleuron tachasara Druce, 1c. (1888) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Staudinger); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p- 645. n. 2 (1892); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 302. n. 1 (A). t. 65. £7

(2) (1896) (Orizaba ; Chiriqui).

3%. Our Venezuelan specimens are larger than those from Panama; the

forewing of our largest ? measures 51 mm., of our largest ¢ 44 mm.

3. Tenth segment similar to that of Lewcorhampha ornatus (Pl. XLII. f. 1),

but the sternite and tergite not contiguous ; the lobes of the tergite triangular, the

processes of the sternite suddenly hooked at end. Clasper long ; harpe conical,

regularly curved upwards (Pl. XLY. f. 29); right and left harpes the same.

Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 22) of the type of Madoryx oiclus, the projecting

dorsal apical broad lobe dentate at the edge, asymmetrical.

?. Vaginal plate large, obtusely rounded, rather strongly chitinised ; orifice in

a large proximal cavity ; no special armature.

Hab. Mexico to Venezuela.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 2 2? from: Chiriqui ; Merida (Briceno), iv.

XCVIIT. PROTALEURON gen. nov.—Typus : rhodogaster.

3. Head crested. Hye lashed. Palpus very large, rounded in lateral aspect,

first segment convex laterally at apex, second bulbous at outer apical angle as in

( 393 )

Aleuron. Antenna long and slender, reaching beyond end of cell of forewing ; end-

segment compressed like the preceding, triangular, about three times as long as

vertically broad at base. Thorax not crested. Spines of abdomen: those of

posterior tergites long and very strong; of proximal tergites much weaker and

more numerous, with small flat ones covering the longer ones; those of sternites

also long, conical, single, thin ; end of abdomen not distinctly tufted. Legs smoothly

scaled, long ; spurs of hindtibia rather short, with a tuft between the two pairs ; no

tarsal comb. Forewing irregularly dentate; costal margin of hindwing normal,

anal angle not projecting, cell short, lower angle acuminate, D* being very oblique,

F’ before centre, D* much longer than D*.

od. Sexual armature of the type of Madoryx, symmetrical ; harpe vestigial ;

friction-scales very small and numerous.

Early stages not known.

Hab. South America.

One species.

A connecting link between Alewron and Madoryx, Pachylia, ete. Nearest to

Stolidoptera, but easily distinguished by the absence of the costal lobe of the

hindwing, the shape of the palpus, etc.

323. Protaleuron rhodogaster spec. nov. (Pl. V.f. 18, 2).

3. Body above greenish olive ; beneath pinkish crimson, inclusive of palpi

and femora ; scaling of antennae pinkish buff, legs buff ; abdomen with deeper olive

lateral patches on proximal segments, apex of these segments laterally creamy.

Wings, upperside. Forewing like thorax; three antemedian and three

discal lines, distinct at hinder margin, where they are blackish, the third discal

one reappearing at R*, where the second is also a little more distinct ; a small

black stigma ; an indistinct oblique apical line ending behind SC’ in a black spot ;

bluish white scales proximally of antemedian lines and distally of discal ones, also

between the lines at hinder margin; apex pointed, distal margin sinuate between

SC and R*, dentate. Hindwing olive-brown, greyish olive at base; distal

margin convex, anal angle broadly rounded, small teeth at tips of posterior veins.

Underside. Forewing olive-brown in basal two-thirds, washed with clay-

colour, dise crimson coral-red, with traces of lines ; a very irregular marginal band,

brown, washed with red, widest before R®, deeply incised at R*, M!, and M2.

Hindwing: pinkish crimson from costal margin beyond cell ; abdominal area olive

clay-colour ; distal marginal band brown washed with red, less distinct than on

forewing, triangularly dilated at R?.

g. Tenth segment as in Sfolidoptera (Pl. XLIII. f. 1), but the processes of

the sternite less curved at end. Clasper very large; harpe vestigial, without

free process (PJ. LIX. f. 6). Penis-sheath (PI. LIX. f. 8) large, with a stronger

chitinised and strongly dentate broad flap or plate on each side ; apical edge also

incrassate, and armed with some teeth.

Hab. Benador. e

One ¢ in the Oxford Museum.

There is nothing known with which this species could be confounded.

( 394 )

XCIX. ALEURON.—Typns: carinata.

Sphinx, Perty (non Linné, 1758), Del. Anim. Art. (1834).

Enyo, Walker (non Hiibner, 1822), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 112 (1856) (partim).

Calliomma, Clemens (non Walker, 1856), Journ. Ac. N, Sc. Philad. iv. p. 142 (1859).

Aleuron Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 71 (1870) (type: carinata).

Tyloguathus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75 (1874) (nom. indescr.). ;

Callennyo Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se, i. p. 279 (1874) (type: chloroptera).

Gonenyo Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 543 (1877) (type: carinata).

3¢. Palpus large, prominent, first segment slightly, second more or less

distinctly angulate laterally at apex, third very small. Head and thorax with a

mesial crest. Eye small, lashed. Antenna long, reaching beyond apex of cell in

3, slender, not clubbed, gradually narrowed to a long hook, end-segment short.

Hindmargin of merum of mid- and hindcoxa not avgulate. Abdominal spines at

the edges of the segments weak, elongate, those on the sternites especially weak,

partly modified to scales; seventh sternite of ? trapezoidal, its apex not mem-

branaceous and not spinose. ‘Tarsi slender, hindtarsus at least half as long again

as cell of hindwing measured along SC ; midtarsus with comb—ie., the proximal

spines of the fourth row somewhat prolonged and thin. Distal margin of forewing

irregular, sinuate or lobed at apex, lobed or angulate at R*; SC? and R? of hindwing

from upper angle of cell, R® central or below centre of cell, D? transverse, D®

oblique, lower angle of cell acute, D* about half the length of D* or not much

shorter than D*.

3. Ninth tergite asymmetrical, more or less twisted. Tenth tergite flat, hairy,

apically truncate or sinnate, about four times as long as broad in middle (Pl. XLIII.

f. 4. 5); sternite much longer than tergite, curved downwards, produced into a

long, sharp point, edges of proximal half somewhat raised, especially in middle of

segment ; this single process is the result of asymmetrical development. Claspers

large, not quite symmetrical ; a patch of numerous small friction-scales ; harpe of

right and left side unequal, the right ,one the longer, the left produced into

a long, cylindrical, distally acuminate process (Pl. XLVI. f. 9), or the left process

reduced, the right one always prolonged (PI. XLVI. f. 12.13). Penis-sheath ending

in a short dentate process, or cariniform at end (Pl. LIII. f. 21. 23. 24. 37).

?. Vaginal orifice in a large cavity.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, exclusive of the West Indies, from

Mexico to Southern Brazil.

Seven species.

The obliteration of the left process of the tenth sternite of the ¢ and the

asymmetry of the ninth tergite are peculiar features to which we haye referred in

the Introduction.

Key to the species :

a. Abdonten with black belts

Abdomen without black belts. : Q

6. Palpus very strongly angulate, no white

discal line on forewing . : : . 324, A. carinata.

Palpus feebly angulate, a white discal line

outside subcostal fork . 326. A. ceymographum.

( 395 )

ce. Hindwing with costal lobe ; no prominent

black median band on forewing :

Hindwing without costal lobe; a black

median band of lines on hindwing : : y ee:

Hindwing without costal lobe ; forewing

with a white’ triangular spot before

base of R!. : : : : . 825. A. ypanemae.

d. Forewing with lobe at M’. : . . 328. A. prominens.

Forewing with small tooth at M', brown

below in middle . : ° : . 327. A. chloroptera.

e. Forewing above with two white lines at

proximal side of discal band. ‘ . 329. A. iphis.

Forewing above with one white line at

proximal side of discal band. : . 330. A. neglectum.

324. Aleuron carinata.

*4. Enyo carinata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 117. n. 9 (1856) (Para ;—Mus. Brit.).

Aleuron chloroptera, Boisduval (non Perty, 1834), Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 71 (1870) (partim ; Para ;

“Guatemala” haec spec. ?) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 206. n. 3 (1875) (partim ; Cayenne ;

Para); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 542. n. 1 (1877) (sub synon.); Druce, in Biol.

Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 7. n. 1 (1881) (partim) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 645. n. 1 (1892) (partim).

*9. Tylognathus philampeloides Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75. f. 11 (1874) (Amazons ;—Mus.

Tring); Butl., /.c. p. 543. n. 2 (1877).

*9. Aleuron orophilos Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 205. n. 1 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v., Atlas p. 28. t. 10. f. 4 (1878) (9, “¢” ex err.!) 3

Kirby, /.c. p. 646, n. 2 (1892) (Brazil); Bénningh., /ris xii. p. 130. n. 63 (1899) (Rio de

Janeiro).

d. Aleuron carinatum, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 206, n. 2 (1875) (Para).

Aleuron philampeloides, id., l.c, i. p. 208. n. 6 (1875) (Amazons ; Cayenne); Kirby, Cat. Hep. Let.

i. p. 645. n. 9 (1892).

Gonenyo carinata, Butler, lc. ix. p. 543 (1877) (Para); Druce, lc. p. 8. n. 1 (1881) (Chiriqui) ;

Kirby, /.c. p. 645. n. 1 (1892) (S. America) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (Belize).

Tyloqnathus earinalus, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 349. t. 4. £. 33 (1877) (Surinam).

Callenyo carinata, Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877).

3. The sexes differ in the pattern of the forewing, the d possessing nine

more or less evenly dentate lines between the base of M° and outer margin, while

these lines are yery weak in the ?, except a submedian and a discal one, these,

however, not being dentate but straight, parallel, and prominent. Boisduval’s

chloroptera is the 3, his orophilos the 3, of carinata. He described the same

insect also as carinatum and philampeloides. This is worse than Walker.

The second segment of the palpus is very strongly angulate, much more so

than in the other species ; the same character is found again in Unzela. The

projection is much longer in the d¢ than in the % ; the first segment is also

distinctly angulate laterally at apex in d, slightly convex in ¢. All the abdominal

segments have black bases, but these are not visible when the segments are

telescoped into one another, except the two first belts, which are broader.

g. Tenth segment resembling that of chloroptera, but rather longer, the tergite

gradually and slightly narrowed to end, this less sinuate. Clasper with rather

small friction-scales, which are concealed in a ventral view by a crest of somewhat

prolonged ordinary scales ; harpe similar to that of chloroptera, produced into a long,

tapering, conical, horizontal process which is slightly curved, the process of the

right clasper longer, that of the left one shorter, than the clasper, and rather more

( 396 )

curved than the right process. Penis-sheath (PI. LIII. f. 37) ending in a triangular,

straight, dentate process.

Hab. British Honduras southward to Bolivia and Rio de Janeiro; its range

extends doubtless farther north.

In the Tring Museum 6 3d, 5 22 from: S. Augustin, Mapiri R., 3500 ft.,

ix. “95 (Stuart); Perené R., Peru, iii. (Simons) ; R. Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos

(Stuart); Amazons (Bates); Chiriqui; Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, vi. xt.

(S. Klages) ; R. Demerara.

325, Aleuron ypanemae.

*Tylognathus ypanemae Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 295, n. 4 (1875) (Ypanema ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 632 (1877).

Aleuron ypanemae, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 645. n. 5 (1892).

3%. Recognisable by the triangular semi-transparent white spot situated in the

angle between SC° and R! of forewing. Behind this spot there is a white linear

spot. Hindwing reddish brown, with an irregularly dentate olive-brown border.

Fab. Brazil.

In the collection of Charles Oberthiir from Petropolis, May 1885 (P. Germain) ;

Curaga, Brazil, second half of 1884 (P. Germain) ; besides the type.

326. Aleuron cymographum spec. nov.

3. As large as carinata. Second palpal segment feedly angulate. Abdomen

with d/ack segmental bands similar to those of carinata.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : olive-green, with clayish grey shades ; some

indistinct undulating lines in basal half nearly as in chloroptera ; a minute black

stigma; a dark shade beginning at costal margin in front of apex of cell and

ending at distal margin between R? and M!; some indistinct lines in outer half of

wing, one situated just outside subcostal fork bordered with a sharply marked,

undulating zwh/te line, which stops at the dark oblique shade ; marginal tooth R*

more prominent than in chloroptera, inner margin more concave. Hindwing

resembling that of carinata, the blackish discal band-like area widening in front

and broadly joining the blackish distal border.

Underside. Forewing : a sharply defined black discal area, sinuate proxi-

mally, not entering the cell, but dilated basad behind cell——Hindwing with the

costal margin slightly convex near base, but not lobed ; a line just outside cell and

two dentate ones on dise greenish, more or less accentuated by vein-dots.

Hab. Bolivia.

Two specimens in coll. Staudinger from Rio Songo (Garlepp).

The white line on the forewing distinguishes this species from all the others.

A. cymographum agrees with carinata in the colour of the abdomen, but it has

not the strongly angulated palpi.

327. Aleuron chloroptera.

Sphinx chloroptera Perty, Del. Anim. Art. p. 155. t. 31. £. 3 (1834) (Bras. australis ;—Mus. Wien).

Enyo chloroptera, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 118. n. 10 (1856) (Honduras).

Aleuron chloroptera, Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 71 (1870) (partim) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Hét. i. p. 206. n. 3 (1875) (partim ; Honduras); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 542. n. 1

(1877) (Honduras) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. y., Atlas p. 29 (1879) (partim ; Buenos Ayres) ;

Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p, 7. 0. 1 (1881) (Nicaragua ; Chiriqui) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 645. n. 1 (1892) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 302 (1896) (Mexico ; Brit. Hond.).

( 397 )

Callenyo chloroptera, Grote, Bull. Buffulo Sov. N. Se. i. p. 279 (1874) (below Santarem, June).

Aleuron smerinthoides, Boisduval, l.c. p. 207. n, 4 (1875); Kirby, /.c. n. 7 (1892) (partim) ;

Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 130, n. 65 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Aleuron disis Boisduval, l.c. p. 207. sub n. 4 (1875).

Tylognathus chloroptera, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 349. t. 4. f. 34 (1877)

(Surinam).

Perty’s figure is bad ; the description applies doubtless to this species, not to

smerinthoides, as the underside of the forewing is said to be brown in the middle.

The dirty-green colour changes easily into ochraceous ; in Perty’s figure the fore-

wings are of this colour. Boisduval’s description of smerinthoides is based on a tawny

specimen of chloroptera. The sexes are similar, but the space between the ante-

median and discal lines is on the whole broader in the ? than in the d, and the

lobe of the costal margin of the hindwing is rather more prominent in the ¢.

3. Tenth tergite with the sides concave, apex sinuate, lobes rounded ; sternite

about twice as long as the tergite, curving downward, sharply pointed, margin

elevate in middle (PJ. XLIII. f. 4.5). Right harpe just reaching to end of clasper ;

left harpe shorter (Pl. XLVI. f. 9): both cylindrical, acuminate, horizontal, not

much curved ; clasper straight above, rounded below and at apex ; patch of friction-

scales distinct. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 21) with a short, obtuse, apical process

which is densely dentate at the end on the upperside.

2. Vaginal plate small, trapezoidal, apical edge somewhat angled in middle ;

orifice in a large cavity covered in front and at the sides by a high, thin ridge.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Nicaragua to Southern Brazil and Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 21 3d, 8 22 from: Honduras; Costa Rica; Rio

Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos (Stuart); Perené R., Peru, iii. (Simons); San Augustin

and Guanay, Mapiri R., Bolivia, vii. ix. (Stuart); Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela,

ix. 1901 (Klages) ; Amazons (Bates) ; Rio de Janeiro ; Sao Paulo; Paraguay.

328. Aleuron prominens.

*Enyo prominens Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M, viii. p. 115. n. 4 (1856) (Brazil ;—Mus. Oxford).

*Tylognathus smerinthoides Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82. f. 5 (1874) (Amazons) ; Butl., lc.

p. 542. n. 1 (1877).

* Aleuron pudens Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 207. n. 5 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Oberthbiir) -

Butl., /.c. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, lc. n. 8 (1892); Bonningh., /ris xii, p. 130. n. 64 (1899)

(Rio de Jan.).

Aleuron prominens, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 542, n. 3 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 645. n. 6 (1892).

Aleuron chloroptera, Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v., Atlas p. 29 (1879) (partim).

Enyo promiscus (1), id., Lc.

3 ¢. Differs from chloroptera in the following points :

Forewing with a rounded lobe at M! besides the lobe R%, no tooth at M?, hinder

angle, therefore, more rounded ; a spot of white scales behind costal margin about

midway between fork and apex, a larger submarginal patch of similar upper scales

between R! and R*, both spots not very distinct. Black border of hindwing dentate

before R*, and more or less also between R* and M2, almost vanishing behind M‘,

here replaced by the ground-colour of the wing. Distal margin sinuate before anal

angle. Forewing below without blackish discal area.

3. Process of penis-sheath thinner, somewhat triangular, twisted, dentate only

at edge. Clasper with short friction-scales, which are concealed in ventral view by

a crest of prolonged ordinary scales as in carinata.

Hab. Brazil,

( 398 )

In the Tring Museum | 6,2 2 2 from: Amazon (Bates, type of smerinthoides) ;

Petropolis.

Agrees in the outline of the outer margin of the forewing with carinata.

329. Aleuron iphis (Pl. LXVI. f. 7, &).

*Enyo iphis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 116. n. 8 (1856) (Brazil; Mus. Brit.) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soe. Loud. ix. p. 542. n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep.

Het. i. p. 7. n. 2 (1881) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 645. n. 3 (1892) (partim) ;

Druee, lc. Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (partim).

Calliomma volatica Clemens, Journ. Acad, N. Sci, Philad. iv. p. 142 (1859) (Brazil) ; Kirby, lc.

p- 647. n. 8 (1892).

*Tylognathus scriptor Felder, Reise Novara, Lep, t. 82. £. 4 (1874) (Amazons ;—Mus. Tring).

Tylognathus iphis, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 349 (1887) (partim).

Unzela iphis, Bouninghausen, Iris xii. p. 134. n. 75 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

This and the following species resemble one another so closely that it is no

wonder they are generally treated as being the same. Some of the distinguishing

characters have been noticed, but these differences were considered to be due to

individual variability of zphis. A long series of specimens of the two species,

neither of which is rare in collections, has proved to us that the distinguishing

characters are constant and that there are no intergradations. As the two insects

occur together apparently everywhere within their whole range, and further as the

differences in colour are accompanied by differences in the genital armature, the

insects are not individual, seasonal, or geographical varieties, but must be

specifically distinct.

3%. Forewing crossed in middle by four black lines, the most proximal one

bordered with white proximally and distally. Underside of forewing with walnut

brown discal patch which is contiguous with the cell between R! and M! and

extends basad posteriorly. White belt at base of abdomen conspicuous, the following

tergite brownish. Palpus slightly angulated laterally.

3. Tenth segment essentially as in chloroptera ; tergite slightly narrowed to

end, which is truncate, with the angles rounded. Clasper large, right one larger than

the left one ; right harpe reaching beyond tip of clasper, curved upwards, pointed,

round, like an elephant’s tusk; left harpe (Pl. XLVI. f. 10) short, ending in a

short pointed process ; both claspers with a Jarge patch of dark bristles on the inner

surface. Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 24) with a short process which is densely

denticulated.

?. Vaginal orifice in a large cavity, of which the anterior and lateral walls are

formed by a high and thin ridge.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 13 od, 6 22 from: Rio Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos

(Stuart); Perené R., Peru, iii. (Simons); San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia,

3500 ft., ix. (Stuart); Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, xii. 1901 (Klages) ; Brit.

Guiana; Amazous; Espirito Santo; Rio de Janeiro; Sao Paulo.

330. Aleuron neglectum spec. noy. (Pl. LXVI. f. 11, 3

Aleuron iphis, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 295. n, 3 (1875) (Cayenne) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 542. n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer.,

Lep. Het. i. p. 7. n. 2 (1881) (partim); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 645. n. 3 (1892) (partim) ;

Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (partim).

Tylognathus iphis, Moschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 349 (1887) (partim).

(399 )

3%. Differs trom zphis as follows: white belt at base of abdomen much

~narrower, the following tergite not brown ; black median lines of forewing indistinct

behind, except first, which is bordered white proximally, not distally, except at

costal margin ; distal patch of forewing below almost black, smaller than in the

preceding species, generally not touching the cell, at least not between R3 and M},

there being always a spot of the ground-colour at the base of the cellule R3—M),

3. Tenth sternite rather shorter than in 7pAés and a little more curved. Left

harpe (Pl. XLVI. f. 12) obtuse ; right one (Pl. XLVI. f. 13) more strongly curved

and rather longer than in ¢p/is. Penis-sheath compressed distally (Pl. LILI. f. 23)

the cariniform part ending in a point and bearing a few teeth.

Hab. Mexico to Bolivia and Southern Brazil. Type (¢) from R. Cachyaco.

In the Tring Museum 13 dd, 4 22 from: Jalapa, Mexico, vi. (Schaus) ;

Costa Rica (Underwood) ; Rio Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos (Stuart); San Augustin,

Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., ix. (Stuart); Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, iii. (Klages);

Rio Demerara ; Bauru, Sao Paulo (Dr. Hempel); St. Catharina.

C. ENYO.—Typus : japiw.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Ex. i. p. 137 (1776).

Setia, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 750 (1815) (Sesia emend.).

Enyo Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (partim ; type: japir).

Unzela Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 161 (1856) (type: japix = discrepans).

Thyreus, Schaufuss (non Swainson, 1821), Nunq. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870).

Cornipalpus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82 (1874) (nom. indeser.).

Tylognathus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 293 (1875) (partim).

3. Differs from Alewron in the tibiae being spinose.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, exclusive of the West Indies, from

Mexico to Southern Brazil.

Two species, which have both the first and second segments of the palpus

strongly angulated, and the third rather prominent.

Forewing with dark olive median band, interrupted

infront . : ; E c ; 6 . 331. KE. japix.

Forewing with ouly the triangular costal patch of

the median interspace dark olive. : . 3382. LH pronoé.

331. Enyo japix.

Sphinx japic Cramer, Pap, Ex. i. p. 137. t. 87.£. © (1776) (“N. York” err. loci) ; Goeze, Hint. Beytr.

iii. 1. p. 220. n. 55 (1780) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad. v. p. 192 (1865) (not found

in U.S.A.).

Enyo japix, Hiibner, Verz. bel: Schm. p. 182. n. 1416 (1822).

Unzela? japyx (1), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 162. n. 2 (1856); Clem., Proc. Ac. N. Se.

Philad. iv. p. 134. n. 11 (1859) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 155, n. 1 (1862).

Thyreus japix, Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870) (Venezuela).

Tylognathus japyzx (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 293. n. 1 (1875) (Brazil; Surinam).

Unzela japix, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. 641. n. 1 (1892) (America).

3%. The median band of the forewing is straight proximally, incised at M2?

distally and interrapted between R! and costal margin ; it is variable in width and

fades often into tawny olive. The first abdominal tergite has a white fringe

resembling that of Alewron iphis and neglectum.

( 400 )

3. Sexual armature of the same type as in Alewron ; tenth tergite ronnded-

truncate at end (Pl. XLIV. f. 7): sternite not quite twice the length of the tergite,

less slender than in Alewron iphis. Clasper irregularly halfmoon-shaped, dorsal

margin concave, ventral one rounded, apex very obtuse ; left harpe (Pl. XLVI. f. 5)

much shorter, right one longer than the respective clasper, both of the same type

as in Aleuron chloroptera, and both with a large patch of stiff hairs near the base.

Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 39) ending in a broad, non-dentate lobe.

?. Vaginal plate broadly rounded ; orifice in a large cavity.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil.

Two subspecies :

a. HE. japix japia.

Sphinx japix Cramer, L.c.

Unzela japyx (!), Méschler, Verh. Zool, Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi, p. 351 (1877) (Surinam).

Unzela japix, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 4.0.1 (1881) (Chiriqui) ; id., Lc. Suppl.

p. 300 (1896) (synon. excl. ; Mexico; Belize ; Panama).

3. Cramer’s figure represents the northern form, in which the posterior part

of the median band of the forewing is relatively broad, and the middle part more or

less rounded distally. Lobe of penis-sheath narrow.

Hab. Mexico to the Amazon region, probably southward to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 9 2? from: Jalapa, Mexico, vi. (Schaus) ; Rio

Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos (Stuart): Perené R., Pern, iil. (Simons) ; San Augustin,

Mapiri R., Bolivia, ix. (Stuart) ; R. Demerara ; Trinidad.

b. E. japix discrepans.

*Unzela discrepans Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 161, n. 1 (1856) (Rio de Jan. ;—Mus. Brit. ).

Unzela japix, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 535 (1877) (Rio de Jan.).

*Cornipalpus succinctus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82. £. 6 (¢) (1874) (America ;—Mus. Tring).

Unzela japyx (!), Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 134. n. 74 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. The individuals from Southern Brazil are fairly constantly different in

several points : the posterior portion of the median of the forewing is narrower than

in the preceding subspecies, being in the ? not wider than in the d of the latter;

the broad median portion is more sharply angulated distally, and the third white

line outside the posterior portion of the band is more proximal, the triangular

tawny olive patch situated at inner margin proximally of angle therefore larger

than in northern individuals. Lobe of penis-sheath very short and broad.

Hab. Southern Brazil: Espirito Santa to Santa Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd, 6 ? ? from: Espirito Santo; Rio de Janeiro.

332. Enyo pronoé.

*Unzelu pronoé Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xiii. p. 168 (1894) (Belize ; Chiriqui ;—coll. Druce) ;

id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 300. n. 2. t. 66. £.1 (8) (1896) (Belize ; Honduras ;

Chiriqui). .

*Unczela variegata Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. iii. p. 23. n. 5 (1896) (Bolivia ;—Mus. Tring).

3. The figure in the Biologia, l.c., is not very exact. This species is easily

recognised by the median interspace of the forewing being much paler than the

triangular discal costal patch ; the median interspace is also not sharply incised at

M?, but rounded-sinuate.

3. Tenth tergite as in japix ; sternite much longer and slenderer. Claspers

large, left one evenly rounded at end, right one slightly curved upwards ; right

( 401 )

harpe longer than clasper, similar to that of japiw ; left one (Pl. XLVI. f. 6) short,

ending in a short, somewhat clubbed process, or the process sinuate at end.

Penis-sheath (PI, LIII. f. 38) with a flat, twisted process, the right edge of

which is obtusely dentate, the teeth being continued as folds on the surface of

the process.

Hab. Honduras to Bolivia and Sta. Catharina.

Two subspecies :

a. E. pronoé prono’.

*Unzela pronoé Druce, /.1.c.c.

*Unzela variegata Rothschild, /.c.

3%. Hindwing pale, semitransparent, except distally and posteriorly. Tenth

sternite of d almost three times the length of the tergite.

Hab. Honduras to Bolivia and Para.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 1 ? from: Chiriqui; Para; S. Augustin,

Mapiri R., Bolivia, ix. (Stuart) ; La Union, Caura R., Venezuela, vi. 02 (Klages).

b. E. pronoé fuscatus subsp. nov.

Unzela spec., Bonninghausen, /ris xii. p. 134 (1899) (S. Catharina).

3. Hindwing brown, the semitransparent area reduced to a streak in cell and

another behind it ; underside of body more clayish, and the discal costal patch of

forewing above smaller, than in the northern form. Tenth sternite a little more

than twice the length of the tergite ; left harpe sinuate, upper lobe acute.

Hab. Sta. Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) from Sta. Catharina.

CI. EPISTOR.—Typus : lugubris.

Sphing Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellata).

Enyo Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (partim; type: japir) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.

viii. p. 112 (1856).

Thyreus, Harris (non Swainson, 1821), in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 306 (1839) (partim).

Pterogon, Burmeister (non Boisduval, 1834), Sphing. Bras. p.72 1856).

Epistor Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 296 (1875) (type: lu gubris).

Triptogon Ménétries, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. Suppl. ii. p. 94 (1857) (partim ; nom.

indeser.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644 (1892).

3%. Palpus smoothly scaled, closely appressed to head, apex of both together

rounded in dorsal view, third segment small, with u pale tip. Hye large, not

distinctly lashed. Antenna feebly or more distinctly incrassate towards hook,

this long, sharply curved, tip generally pointing basad ; end-segment very short,

flattened ventrally or excavate, with a brush of long scales dorsally and apically.

Mesothorax with a high mesial crest, which is highest in ‘ront. Spines of abdomen

narrow, weak ; ¢ with apical tripartite fan, mesial brush narrow and prolonged ;

? without fan-tail, seventh sezment conical, sternite small, membranaceous apically.

Midtarsus with comb; scaling of hindtibia of d prolonged dorsally and ventrally,

the tibia appearing compressed ; hindtarsus with four rows of spines, with very few

additional spines. Apex of forewing sinuate or truncate.

3. Tenth tergite (PI. XLIV. f. 10. 11. 12) long, narrow, produced into a pointed

apical process and bearing three large, pointed, ventral, vertical teeth ; sternite also

narrow, flat, horizontal, slightly dilated at end, the dilated part asymmetrical.

( 402 )

Clasper ending in a process, or acuminate, with small and numerons friction-scales ;

armature different in most species (Pl. XLVII. f. 16—19). Penis-sheath either

with practically no armature, or ending in a long apical process (PI. LIII. f. 32. 33).

?. Vaginal plate small, rounded; orifice a narrow transverse slit, placed some-

what towards the left side.

Larvae not sufficiently known, figured of Zagubris and ocypete—Food-plants :

Vitis, Citrus, ete.

Pupa: cylindrical, glossy ; head rounded ; labrum terminal ; tongue-case not

carinate ; head and thorax not punctured; abdominal segments punctured at base ;

anterior femur visible; cremaster elongate-conical, smooth, suddenly narrowed at

tip, which is bifid.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America ; dwgubris occurring occasionally as far

north as Massachusetts.

The genus stands as yet isolated.

There is considerable sexual dimorphism and dichromatism in this genus. The

five species fall into two natural groups, which are as follows :

I. LE. gorgon, taedium, and cavifer :

3. A fold on subcostal vein of forewing, upperside, covers the anterior part of

the cell and extends beyond the apex of the cell well upon the disc ; within the fold

there is a dense clothing of small white scales, besides a woolly mass of scale-hairs

(scent-organ). On the underside the cell is covered with small brown scales, and

is more or less distorted ; M? arising near the base, M' in middle. Abdomen with

sides of tergites covered with woolly scaling. Hindtarsus strongly compressed,

scaling of upper and ventral side long as on tibia.

?. Normal, discal margin of forewing not denticulated.

Il. E. lugubris and ocypete :

Both sexes normal, distal margin of forewing more or less denticulated.

Key to the species :

A. Males.

a. Forewing without fold. : : : 5 db.

Forewing with fold. . : : : : a

}. Abdominal margin of hindwing above

yellowish white . : ‘ : . 334. EH. ocypete.

Abdominal margin of hindwing above not

yellowish white . : : ; . 333. 2. lugubris.

c. Scent-organ broad, D? longer than D3, R?

little curved near base . : . 335. FB. gorgon.

Scent-organ narrow, D? much aetes than

D*, R? curved near base : é : : d.

d. Forewing black-chocolate for the greater

part, with some bluish white thin streaks;

a deep cavity near base . : : 337. FE. cavifer.

Forewing olivaceous-tawny, without gab:

basal cavity . : : : : . 336. EL. taedium.

B. Females (2% of taedium not known).

a. Forewing denticulate, or at least strongly

convex between R? and M!; dark area

not sharply defined . ; : 5 5 b,

( 403 )

Forewing not denticulate, not obviously

convex in middle, dark area very sharply

defined except near hinder angle . . . é.

6. Dark area of forewing prolonged along

antemedian line to hinder margin . . 334. LH. ocypete.

Dark area of forewing not prolonged along

antemedian line to hinder margin . . 333. BL. lugubris.

c. Dark area of forewing gradually narrowed

at antemedian line : 337. HE. cavifer.

Dark area of forewing truncate before SM?. 335. E. gorgon.

333. Epistor lugubris.

Drury, /Ulustr. Exot. Ins. i. p. 61. t. 28. £. 2 (1770) (Antigoa). 7

Sphinx lugubris Linné, Mant. Plant. p. 537 (1771) (Antigoa) ; Drury, /.c. Index (1773) ; Miill.,

Naturs. Suppl. p. 301. n. 5a (1774) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 537. n. 2 (1775) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr.

iii. 2. p. 202. n. 1 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 140. n. 4 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 92.

n. 4 (1787) ; Gmel,, Syst. Nat.i. 5. p. 2372. n. 50 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iti. 1. p. 356. n. 5

(1793).

Enyo lugubris, Hiibner, Sammi. Ex. Schm. £. 595. 596 (182-) (W. Indies) ; Walker, List Lep. Ins.

B.M. viii. p. 113. n, 1 (1856) (partim); Clem., Jour. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 139. n. 19 (1859);

Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 162. n. 1 (1862);

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 540. n. 1 (1877) (Haiti ; Venezuela ; Mexico ; St. Thomas ;

Honduras ; Santarem; Rio); Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico) ;

Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxii. p. 333 (1882) (Surinam ; = luctuosus = fegeus).

Thyreus lugubris, Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 69 (1870) (Georgia to Brazil ; Antilles).

Epistor lugubris, id., Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 297. n. 1 (1875) (Virginia to Brazil ; Antilles).

Triptogon lugubris, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644. n. 1 (1892),

d?. Some specimens are of a rather pale burnt-amber colour. Stigma of

forewing distinct in both sexes. The species was described from Antigoa. We

have not seen an individual from that island. In Drury’s figure the wings are

broader than in Continental specimens. As the Jamaica specimens are all broad-

winged, we thought at first that the examples from all the West Indian Islands

except Haiti and Cuba belonged to one subspecies, and those from the Continent,

Haiti, and Cuba to another. This is not the case. The specimens from St.

Thomas, Guadeloupe, St. Lucia, etc., which we have seen, are not like the Jamaica

ones, but resemble closely those from the Continent, though there may be some

slight, more or less constant difference discoverable when a longer series is compared.

In this case the Continental specimens would form the subspecies /. lugubris

Jegeus, and those from Antigoa and neighbouring islands 2. lugubris lugubris.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLLV. f. 11) with a long, straight, mesial process ; the

three ventral processes slender, close together ; sternite asymmetrically dilated at

end and twisted (Pl. XLIV. f. 10). Right and left claspers diferent: the left

one (PI. XLVII. f. 17) almost straight dorsally, ventral margin nearly straight to

middle, where it is angled and produced into a short tooth, apex narrowed to a long

troneate process ; right clasper with the ventral margin not angulate in middle,

without the ventral tooth, oblique from base to apical process. Penis-sheath

(Pl. LULL. f. 32) ending in a long thin process.

%. The brown discal area of the forewing generally extending along antemedian

line to M’, its inner margin oblique, not very sharply defined, somewhat concave,

or straight, extending from stigma to end of R?, or to hinder angle.

( 404 )

Larva green or brown; three dorsal lines ; a pale oblique side-band on each

seement ; horn long and straight.—Food-plant: Vitis.

Pupa (fig. by Abbot & Smith) insufficiently described.

Hab. Massachusetts to Paraguay and South Brazil ; West Indies.

Two subspecies :

a. E. lugubris lugubris.

Sphine lugubris Linné, Ic. ; Fabr., L.l.c.c. ; Roem., Gen. Ins. p. 19. t. 36. f. 1 (1789) (Autigoa).

So. Sphinx fegeus Cramer, Pap. Ex, iti, p. 56. t. 225. f. w (1779) (Surinam).

Sphinx lugubris, Abbot & Smith, Ins. Georgia i. p. 59. t. 80 (g, 9, p-, 1) (1797).

Enyo phegeus (!), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n. 1422 (1822).

Thyreus lugubris, Drury, ed. Westw., Iilustr. Exot Ins. i. p. 55. t. 28. f. 2 (1837) (partim) ; Harris,

in Sillim, Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 306. n. 1 (1839) ; Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 250

(1856).

Pterogon lugubris, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 72. n, 1 (1856) (larva).

Triptogon lugubris, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. Suppl. ii. p, 94. n. 1572 (1857)

( Haiti).

Triptogon fegas (1), id., l.c. n. 1573 (1857).

Enyo lugubris, Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 57 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 44

(1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 151. n. 17 (1865); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vi.

p. 328 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871) (Cuba) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc.

N. Se. i. p. 20 (1874) (Georgia; Alabama; Texas) ; id., lc. ii. p. 225. n. 22 (1875) ; id., Le.

iii. p. 221. n. 24 (1877) ; Butler, Papilio i. p. 103 (1881) (Indian R., Florida ; camertus sport

of lugubris) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 6. 0, 1 (1881) (partim) ; Gundl.,

Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 180 (1882); Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 29 (1886) ; Smith, 7rans.

Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 123. t. 5. £. 1. 2 (genit.) (1888) (Georgia to Florida, occas. northward

to Massachusetts ; synon. partim); Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus, xxxv. p. 39 (1889) (liter.

rel. to metam.) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 301 (1886) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep. Het., in Inst. Fis. Geogr.

Nae. Costa Rica p. 9 (1897) ; Sloss., Ent. News x. p. 96 (1899) (Florida); Kaye, Trans. Ent.

Soe. Lond. p. 140 (1901) (Trinidad).

*Epistor luctuosus Boisduval, l.c. p. 298. n. 2 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Maass.,

Stett. Ent. Zeit. xi. p. 68 (1880) (= 3 lugubris ?).

Epistor fegeus, Boisduval, lc. p. 299. n. 4 (1875) (Brazil ; Cayenne).

Enyo fegeus, Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 54 (1880) (dist. from /ugubris).

Enyo lugubus (!), Bouninghausen, Jris xii. p. 131. n, 66 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva on Vitis).

The 2 from Cuba and Haiti are small ; the Cuba ones which we have seen

have the margin of the forewing less dentate than Continental specimens. We

have no 66 from these islands. The oblique brown discal shade on the forewing

is variable in distinctness in the dd from the Continent.

Hab. West Indies (except Jamaica) and Continent, occasionally as far north

as Massachusetts, southward to Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 150-odd specimens from: Cuba; Florida ; various places

of Central and South America.

b. LE. lugubris latipennis subsp. nov.

3%. Broader winged; forewing less broadly sinuate between SC* and R*, apex

less produced, tawny subapical patch of underside smaller and more fuscous, brown

discal lines of upperside more distinct, the dise appearing more variegated.

3. Apical process of clasper shorter than in the preceding.

Hab. Jamaica.

Jn the Tring Museum 16 dd. 32.

( 405 )

334. Epistor ocypete.

od. Sphinx ocypete Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 498. n. 4 (1758) ; id., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 344 (1764) ;

id., Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 798. n. 4 (1767) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2373. n. 1 (1790).

9. Sphinx camertus Cramer, Pap. Ex, iii. p. 53. t. 225. f. A (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr.

iii. 2. p. 227. n. 9 (1780) ; Stoll, in Cram., /.c. Suppl. t. 25. f. 1. 1a (1790) (larva, pupa).

&. Sphinx danum Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 53. t. 225. f. B (1782) (Surinam) , Goeze, /.c. n. 10 (1880).

Enyo camertus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n, 1420 (1822) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii.

p. 114. n. 2 (1856) (Brazil; Para ; Mexico; 8. Domingo) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad.

iv. p. 140. n. 20 (1859) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 162. n. 2 (1862); Herr.-Sch.,

Corresp. Bl. p. 57 (1865) (= lugubris ?) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 44 (1865) (Cuba,

distinct) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 152. n. 18 (1865) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184

(1871) (Cuba); Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 541. n. 2 (1877) Cee var. of

lugubris?) ; id., Prue. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483. n. 50 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent.

Cubana p. 180 (1882) (distinet from /ugubris) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. "Wien XXXii.

p- 333 (1882) (Surinam ;=danum ); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644. n. 2 (1892); Binningh.,

Tris xii. p. 131, n. 66 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva on Vitis).

Enyo danum, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n. 1421 (1822) ; Walker, /.c. viii. p. 118. n. 12 (1856);

Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 45 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., bid. p. 152 n. 19 (1865) ;

Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871) (Cuba) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p. 541. n. 3 (1877) (Peru; Bolivia; Haiti; ozypete?) ; Gundl., /.c. p. 182 (1882).

Pterogon camertus, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 72 (1856).

3. Enyo egubris, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 113. n. 1. var. y (1856).

Thyreus danum, erties Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 67 (1870).

9. Enyo lugubris, Wallengren, Oefv. Vet. Ak. Handi. p. 913 (1871); Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.

xv. p. 123 (1888) (partim).

Epistor camertus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 298. n. 3 (1875) (Guiana ; Colombia ; Antilles).

Epistor danum, id., l.c. p. 299. n. 5 (1875) (Guiana ; Colombia ; Cuba ; Haiti).

Sphinx ozypete (!), Butler, l.c. p. 541. sub n. 3 (1877).

3. Enyo ocypete, Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix. 5. p. 128. n. 162 (1882) ; Kirby, lc.

n. 3 (1892).

3%. Many individuals are umber-brown. The brush of scales at the tip of the

antenna very prominent, the scales very slender in the d.

3, Abdominal area of hindwing above with a sharply defined yellowish white

patch. Tenth abdominal segment as in dugudris, but the apical process of the

tergite not quite so long and a little curved downward, and the ventral processes

also shorter ; sternite twisted at end as in lugubris. Clasper (PI. XLVII. f. 19)

withont apical process, almost regularly acuminate in apical third ; harpe free at

end, more or less truncate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 33) ending in a long

pointed process, which is much broader than in dagudris.

2. Similar to the ? of dwgubris, but easily distinguished by the second

abdominal tergite bearing a brown belt, by the brown discal area of the forewing

extending along the antemedian line to hinder margin, by the sharply marked

Vinaceous-clay-coloured distal marginal halfmoon, and the smaller stigma.

Larva and pupa figured by Stoll, dc.

Hab, Mexico to Paraguay and Southern Brazil ; Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica.

In the Tring Museum 65 3d, 25 ?? from: Jamaica ; Cuba; various places

from Mexico southward to Bolivia, Matto Grosso and Sao Paulo:

We have only one Jamaica specimen, a ? ; this has a rather broader forewing

than ordinary Continental individuals.

335. Epistor gorgon.

%. Sphinz gorgon Cramer, Pap. Ex. ii. p. 73. t. 142. f. » (1777) (Surinam).

6. Sphinx lyctus id,, lc. iii. p. 56. t. 225, f. ¥ (1779) (Surinam),

Setia gorgon, Oken, ‘Lehr. Naturg. iii. 1, p. 750. sub n, 4 (1815).

( 406 )

Enyo gorgon, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n, 1418 (1822) ; Walk., U.c, viii. p. 114. n. 3 (1856)

(Rio de Jan. ; Venezuela) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 541. n. 4 (1877) (partim ;

Rio de Jan. ; Venezuela; ¢ = /yctus) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 7. n. 3

(1881) (Mexico; Brit. Honduras; Nicaragua; Chiriqui; Ecuador); Méschl., Verh. Zool.

Bot. Ges. Wien xxxii. p. 333 (1882) (Surinam : = /yctus) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644.

n. 4 (1892); Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 302 (1896) (Jalapa ; Coatepec ; Guatemala ; Panama) ;

Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 132. n. 67 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva green or brown, on Vitis, Delenia,

ete.) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 140 (1901) (Trinidad).

Enyo lyctus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n. 1419 (1822) ; Walk., Le. viii. p. 115. n. 5 (1856)

(Brazil) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 645. n. 7 (1892) (partim).

Thyreus lyctus, Boisduval, Cons, Lép. Guatemala p. 68 (1870) (Nicaragua).

Epistor lyctus, id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 300. n. 6 (1875) (partim).

Epistor gorgon, Boisduval, /.c. p. 300. n. 7 (1875) (Guiana ; Brazil).

3. Antenna imperceptibly inerassate distally ; hook long. Crest of thorax

very high. Costal margin of forewing convex before middle owing to the strong

development of the scent-organ; apex sinuate ; posterior area of wing mummy-

brown, this colour sharply defined at the fold, by which it is limited, a deep brown

triangular discal patch between R* and M!, and an apical patch of the same colour;

hindwing mummy-brown, paler at distal margin, especially near apex. Under-

side: scent-organ of forewing very broad, strongly convex costally, distally limited

by the cross-veins, which are distorted: D* twice the length of D*, running distad,

D*’ and D* forming a right angle which is open proximally, D* forming an obtuse

angle with D*, R* from angle D2. D*, curved backwards near its base ; D* of hind-

wing more than half the length of D*.

Tenth tergite of the same type as in dugudris, but the apical process much

shorter (Pl. XLIV. f. 12), the ventral processes stonter and not so close together.

Clasper (PI. XLVII. f. 18) ending in a long, strongly chitinised, slender process ;

dorsal margin strongly convex distally ; hair-scales of apex longer than clasper.

Penis-sheath with an indication of the triangular process found in cavifer.

?. Upperside of body and wings ochraceons-clay colour ; forewing flushed with

fawn-colour. Chestnut mummy-brown area of forewing posteriorly truncate in front

of M’, continued as a thin line to hinder margin ; apex of forewing sinuate.

Pupa described above.

Hab. Mexico to South Brazil ; not on the West Indian Islands.

In the Tring Museum one pupa, 22 dd,15 2? from: Jalapa and Orizaba,

Mexico, ii. ii. iv. (Schaus) ; Honduras ; Costa Rica; R. Dagua, Colombia (Rosen-

berg) ; Merida, Venezuela; Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, vi. (Klages) ; Surinam ;

Petropolis ; Bauru, S. Paulo (Dr. Hempel) ; Sapucay, near Villa Rica, Paraguay

(Foster).

336. Epistor taedium.

Enyo lyctus, Walker (non Cramer, 1779), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 115. n. 5 (1856) (partim ;

Brazil).

Enyo gorgon, Butler (non Cramer, 1777), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 541. n. 4 (1877) (partim ;

Brazil ; Venezuela).

*Enyo taedium Schaus, Ent. Amer. vi. p. 19 (1890) (Jalapa ;—coll. Schaus) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr.

Amer., Lep, Het. Suppl. p. 302. t. 66. £. 4 (1896) (Mexico ; Costa Rica).

3. Differs from gorgon in the forewing lacking the dark brown postcellular

area and triangular diseal patch, farther in the far less curved costal margin, the

much narrower scent-organ, and different neuration: D? and D* of forewing in

normal position, both straight, lower angle of cell obtuse, more proximal than

( 407 )

npper one, R® curved at base. Genital armature as in gorgon, apical process of

tenth tergite rather shorter and more straight.

2. Not known.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil.

Two subspecies :

a. E. taedium taedium.

*Enyo taedinm Schaus, /.c.

3. D* of forewing about half the length of D‘.

Hab. Mexico to Colombia, probably ranging to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 3 ¢¢ from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. Rosenberg) ;

Charuplaya, Bolivia, vii. (Simons) ; Juntas, Cauca (Mathan). The last received

from Mons. Charles Oberthiir, who has a series from Juntas.

b. E. taedium australis subsp. nov.

Enyo lyctus, Walker, /.c. (partim).

Enyo gorgon, Butler, /.c. (partim).

3. Differs from the western form in the halfmoon-shaped pale marginal space

of the forewing being more sharply defined, pure in colour, with the veins in it not

streaked with brown, and in D* of the forewing being less than one-third the

length of D‘, the cell being narrower than in taedium taedium.

Hab. Brazil ; Venezuela ; probably in all suitable districts east of the Andes.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) from Petropolis.

In the British Museum 2 dd from Brazil and Venezuela.

337. Epistor cavifer spec. nov.

Thyreus lyctus, Herrich.-Sch. (non Cramer, 1779), Ausser. Schm. i. f. 108 (1854) (Brazil).

Epistor lyctus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 300. n. 6 (1875) (partim).

Enyo gorgon, Butler (non Cramer, 1779), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 541. n. 4 (1877) (partim).

Enyo lyctus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 645. n. 7 (1892) (partim).

3. Body and wings, above, mnch darker than in gorgon and taedium, chocolate

mummy-brown, almost black in some places. Dorso-lateral patches of wool on

abdomen large, directed upwards and backwards, sixth tergite with greyish white

fringe. Forewing, upperside: apex truncate, not sinuate; basal two-thirds

flashed with grey, except a large space between M? and R® and the costal margin,

which are chocolate-black, the greyish area forming a curved band from costal margin

to hinder margin at angle ; posterior veins within this band with interrupted bluish

white streaks, posterior part of grey area crossed by dark undulating lines running

from black patch backwards, costal margin with thin bluish white lines proximally

of apex of cell ; outer third of wing like discal patch, excepting a sharply defined

marginal halfmoon from SC*® beyond M1, which is clayish; SC’ and R' with

interrupted bluish white streaks, bluish white scales also at costal margin; an

ovate subbasal cavity behind M, deep, clothed with dispersed narrow and long

scales ; fold as narrow as in taedium. Hindwing dark mummy-brown, apex

down to M' and costal area paler; submarginal dark line rather more distal than

in the allied species, outer margin less convex.

Underside: barely darker than in gorgon. Cell of forewing narrower than

in gorgon and taedium, D* very short, curved, D* longitudinal, not oblique or

transverse ; R? curved, R’ also a little.

( 408 )

Tenth segment similar to that of gorgon, lateral processes of tergite shorter.

Clasper broader than in gorgon, apex rounded ventrally, process very short

(Pl. XLVII. f. 16). Penis-sheath with a short, apical, horizontal, triangular

process.

9. Body and forewing mummy-brown above ; body not much paler below.—\

Forewing, wpperside : chocolate-black discal area gradually narrowed to a point

behind, not angulate before M?; apex of wing not sinuate. Hindwing also

darker brown than in gorgon, as is the underside of both wings.

Length of forewing: d, 29 mm.; ?, 26 mm.

Hab. Panama to Bolivia; Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 3 33,1 2 from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. Rosenberg)

type; Brazil; Sta. Catharina.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from Balsapamba ; Juntas, Cauca (Mathan).

In coll. Staudinger from Chiriqui; Huayabamba, Peru ; Rio Songo, Bolivia

(Garlepp).

Also in other collections.

Herrich-Schiiffer’s figure represents this insect, which in the d differs from

all the other species in the presence of a deep cavity on the forewing near the base.

Cll. PACHYGONIA.—Typus: subhamata.

Perigonia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 102 (1856) (partim ; type: stulta).

Macroglossa, Schaufuss (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), Nung. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870).

Pachygonia Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75 (1874) (nom. indescr.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.

ix. p. 533 (1877) (type: subhamata).

32. Antenna without trace of a club, gradually thinning at end into a long

slender hook, with short conical end-segment ; strongly compressed in d, cylindrical

and more setiform in ?. Palpus long, ascending above the eye, closely appressed

to head, rounded in side-view, the two palpi obtusely angulate mesially in dorsal

view. Abdominal tergites with a number of rows of spines at the edges, the spines

all elongate, the uppermost longer than broad, the lowest long, pale in colour,

weak ; spines of sternites weak ; last tergite (Sth in d, 7th in ?) broad, scales

forming in ¢ three tufts, one in middle and one at each angle, these tufts short

in 2, especially the middle one; seventh sternite of ? broad, deeply and broadly

sinuate, its edge spinose only at the sides. Merum of midcoxa not angulate ;

hindtibia appearing compressed owing to the prolonged ventral and dorsal scaling ;

first hindtarsal segment with the scales ventrally at base and dorsally prolonged

into triangular crests, a similar dorsal crest upon the second and third segments,

excepting ridbei ; hindtarsus compressed, four rows of spines, with few or no

additional spines between the first and second row; spines of fourth row of mid-

tarsus somewhat prolonged, but stout. SC? and R' of hindwing from upper angle

of cell, R’ before centre, D? very oblique, lower angle of cell acute, D* about one-

third of D*; hinder angle of forewing projecting backwards, the hinder margin being

sinuate before angle.

3. Tenth tergite and sternite simple, not divided, elongate, the former densely

clothed with stiff hairs, which are directed upwards and proximad. Clasper broad,

no friction-scales ; harpe with a short process; a patch of short, stiff, spine-like

hairs on inner surface of clasper. Penis-sheath ending in a short twisted process,

which is not movable ; penis-funnel without special armature.

( 409 )

9, Vaginal plate small, triangular, with the edges somewhat incrassate ;

orifice basal, mesial ; no special armature.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Central and South America.

Five species.

This genus is not nearly related to Perigonia and Nyceryax, with which it has

generally been confounded. The peculiar tufted scaling of the hindleg is the most

salient feature by which Pachygonia can at once be recognised.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing with reddish or clayish bands : a:

Hindwing with a trace of reddish lines only at

anal angle : 5 : : . 342. P. ribber.

b. Forewing sinnate at apex or frau : . >

Forewing pointed at apex. a ih

c. Forewing above with an obvious elayieh Site

marginal patch below apex, bands of hind-

wing obscure, at least in front . 5 338. P. subhamata.

Forewing above without obvious clayish ae

marginal patch, bands of hindwing clearer

red, a third (median) band vestigial . . 3840. P. hopfferi.

d. Bands of hindwing obscure. 9 339. P. caliginosa.

Bands of hindwing clearly marked sale nl 341. P. drucei.

338. Pachygonia subhamata.

*Perigonia subhamata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 102. n. 4 (1856) (partim, ¢ not 2;

Para ; Venezuela ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Clem., Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 138. n. 16 (1859)

(partim); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860) (partim); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.

p. 160. n. 2 (1862) (partim) ; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 533. n. 1 (1877) ; Druce,

Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het.i. p. 4. n. 1 (1881) (partim; Chiriqui) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p. 637. n. 1 (1892) (partim ; Mexico to Venezuela).

Macroglossa gigantea Schaufuss, Nunqg. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870) (Venezuela).

Perigonia caliginosa, Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 66 (1870) (partim) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Hét. i. p. 324, n. 7 (1875) (partim).

Perigonia nimerod Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 66 (1870) (nom. max. supervac.).

Perigonia nimrod id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 324. n. 7 (1875).

Perigonia grandis id., lc. (nom. max. supervacuum).

Pachylia sabtramata (!), Bonninghausen, Tris xii. p. 119. n. 30 (1899) (Rio de Jan.),

3%. Apex of forewing sinuate between SC* and SC*; distal margin concave

between SC and R*, convex at R® but not angulate ; the elayish grey submarginal

patch R'—R? distinct, the species differing in this respect from hopffer7, in which

the patch is indistinct ; bands of hindwing buffish pink, more or less shaded with

brown, the pink tint mostly not prominent, most obvious in specimens from

Espirito Santo. Hindtarsus in this and the three following species with a ventral

crest only on the first segment, and a dorsal crest on segments 1 to 3.

g. Tenth tergite gradually narrowed, apex abruptly hooked (Pl. XLIV.

f, 15, 17): sternite narrowed towards end, slightly spatulate. Clasper nearly as

in hopfferi ; harpe also almost the same, but the process smaller, more spatulate.

Process of penis-sheath (P]. LILI. f. 29) curved, the right edge minutely serrate.

Hab. Central and South America.

In the Tring Musenm 5 3d, 3 $9? from: Mexico; San Pedro Sula,

( 410 )

Honduras ; Chiriqui ; Paramba, Ecuador, 3500 ft., April 1897 (Rosenberg) ; Rio

Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos (Maxwell Stuart) ; Espirito Santo ; Paraguay.

339. Pachygonia caliginosa.

Pevrigonia subhamata Walker, /.c. (1856) (partim; 2, Mexico).

*Perigonia caliginosa Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 66 (1870) (partim ; Felder’s figure) :

Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 324. n, 7 (1875) (partim).

*Pachygonia caliginosa Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75. £. 10 (1874) (Amazons ;—Mus. Tring) ;

Moschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 351 (1877) (Surinam).

Pachygonia subhamata, id., l.c. xxii. p. 333 (1882) (Surinam) ; Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix.

p. 533. n. 1 (1877) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. n. 1 (1892) (partim).

3%. Generally mixed up in collection with swbhamata, from which it differs as

follows :

Apex of forewing pointed, not sinuate between SC! and SC’, z.e. not dentate at

SC°; underside paler, clayish. Tenth tergite (¢) less compressed at end. more

evenly rounded in side-view, sternite rather broader (PI. XLIV. f. 14. 16); process of

penis-sheath (PI. LILI. f. 30) much less curved, its right edge not serrate, apex

bifid as in hopffer?.

Hab. Central and South America.

In the Tring Museum 3 36, 6 22 from: Rio Demerara, Brit. Guiana ;

Amazons (Bates, type) ; Suapure and Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, i. viii. (Klages).

In coll. Staudinger from Colombia ; Puerto Cabello ; Surinam ; Rio Ucayali,

Pern.

Boisduyal’s specimens described in Lep. Guatemala, l.c., are preserved in the

collection of Mons. Charles Oberthiir; the ¢ is subhamata, while the ? belongs to

the present species. If Boisduval had not cited Felder’s plate, and not clearly shown

by the synonymy that he adopted the name from Felder’s plate in preference to his

own manuscript name—which, however, he could not persuade himself to suppress

altogether, publishing it among the synonyms in a distorted form—the name

caliginosa would have to be sunk as a synonym of subhamata ; but as the facts

are, we must regard Felder’s figure as the type of Boisduval’s caliginosa, ?.e. the

individual from which that figure was taken as the type of the present species.

340. Pachygonia hopfferi.

*Pachygonia hopfferi Staudinger, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxv. p. 118 (1875) (Chiriqui ;--coll.

Staudinger) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 635 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637.

n. 2 (1892) (partim).

Pachygonia hoppferi (1), Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 4. n. 2 (1881) (partim).

3%. Apex of forewing truncate or sinnate, distal margin angulate at R*,

concave between SC° and R?; clayish patch near the sinus not distinct ; submedian

and discal blackish band merged together, the median interspace between them

marked behind as an olive-russet patch, this patch sometimes vestigial. Bands of

hindwing rose-pink, a third band vestigial, crossing apex of cell, the black median

band a little more proximal than in swbhamata.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 13) somewhat carinate above before middle,

apex pointed, shortly hooked ; sternite gradually narrowed to end, this rounded,

feebly eurved upwards. Clasper (P]. XLVII. f. 9) large, somewhat acuminate ;

harpe curving upwards, then produced into a short, blunt, almost horizontal process.

Process of penis-sheath (PI. LIL. f. 28) rather long, slender, twisted, ending in

two fine points.

(aS

Hab. Chiriqui, Panama, to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 1 ¢ from: Perené R., Peru, March 1900

(Simons) ; R. Cachyacu, Prov. Iquitos (Maxwell Stuart) ; Panama.

In coll. Staudinger from: Chiriqui; Peru ; Colombia ; Rio Songo, Bolivia.

341. Pachygonia drucei spec. nov.

Pachygonia hoppferi (!), Druce (non Staudinger, 1875), in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 4. n. 2.

t. 1. f. 1 (1881) (syn. excel. ; Chiriqui).

Pachygonia hopfferi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. n. 2 (1892) partim).

3%. Differs from hopferi in the following points :

Forewing pointed, not sinuate between SC* and SC*, very shallowly concave

between tip and R*, not angled at R*, stigma rather larger, clayish patch below

apex much more distinct, whitish scaling at hinder angle more obvious ; red bands

of hindwing rather broader, under surface more clayish.

6d. Tenth tergite more compressed at the tip, less gradually rounded in side-

view ; sternite much narrower in apical half. (Penis-sheath broken in our only

male.)

Hab. Chiriqui and Honduras ; most likely more widely distributed.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 3 2 from Chiriqui; type: 3.

In coll. Staudinger from Honduras.

342. Pachygonia ribbei.

*Pachygonia ribbei Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 4. n. 3. t. 1. £. 2 (1881) (Chiriqui ;—

coll. Staudinger) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 638. n. 3 (1892).

3%. Whereas the four other species of Pachygonia resemble one another

closely, the present insect deviates considerably both in structure and colour. The

sealing of the hindtibia differs in there being a dorsal and a ventral triangular

crest on the first segment, but no crests on the second and third. The distal

margins of the wings are more or less denticulate ; the hinder angle of the forewing

is less produced than in the other species; the reddish bands of the hindwing

of subhamata, etc., are indicated by two short bars at the anal angle. On the

forewing below there is a black, curved, discal band. The mesial dots of the

abdominal tergites and the clayish postapical patch of the forewing found in

the other species are also marked in ridde7.

d. Tenth tergite shorter than in the other species, very densely clothed with

hairs, compressed, basally elevated in the mesial line, tip rounded, more strongly

so than in Pl]. XLIV. f. 13, sinuate in a frontal view; sternite not much shorter

than tergite, narrowed in apical fourth, tip rounded, somewhat curved upwards.

Clasper slightly narrowing to the broadly rounded end; harpe (PI. XLVII. f. 10)

dilated at end into an obtuse dorsal and an acute ventral process ; from the harpe

extends an angle-shaped fold on the clasper, the space limited by this fold clothed

with blackish spiniform hairs. Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 27) with an obtusely

pointed, three-edged process, the right-side edge of which is dentate.

Hab. Chiriqui, Panama.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢d,1 2% from Chiriqui.

( 4i2 )

CII. HIMANTOIDES.—Typus: wndata.

Perigonia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 103 (1856) (partim).

Himantoides Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 626 (1877) (nom. indeser.): Kirby, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 234. 240 (1877) (nom. indescr.) ; Butl., ibid. p. 395 (1877) (descript.).

3?. Allied to Pachygonia. Antenna very long, reaching beyond fork SC of

forewing, filiform, slightly incrassate in ? before the long and gradually tapering

hook, end-segment about three times as long as broad. Palpi rounded in dorsal

and in lateral view, ascending above eye, closely appressed to head. Frons slightly

crested ; side-scales forming a kind of eyebrow. Spines at edges of abdominal

segments elongate, only two rows present; scales at ventral edges of tergites pro-

longed, especially in dg, anal mesial tuft smooth, truncate, conical, not fan-like,

ventro-lateral scales prolonged to two rather thin but prominent tufts in both

sexes ; seventh sternite of ? transverse, short, apical edge straight and entirely

spinulose. Foretibia externally and hindtibia above and below with long scaling,

first hindtarsal segment also with long scales. R* and M' of hindwing on a short

stalk ; hinder angle of forewing obtuse, not projecting backwards.

3. Tenth segment simple, not divided, narrow and long, sternite longer than

tergite. Clasper (Pl. XLVII. f. 15) long, narrow, with almost parallel sides,

eared upwards, apex rounded, dorsal margin with very long scaling proximally,

inner surface densely clothed with long stiff hairs; harpe short, ending in a short,

slender and slightly clubbed process. Penis-sheath with a spatulate, densely

dentate process, as shown by Pl. LILI. f. 43.

?. Vaginal plate feebly chitinised except at edges, triangular, short.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Jamaica.

One species.

343. Himantoides undata.

*Perigonia undata Walker, l.c. n. 6 (1856) (Jamaica ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i.

p. 328. n. 13 (1875).

Himantoides undata, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 626 (1877); Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond.

p. 234. 240 (1877); Butl., ibid. p. 395 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 634. n, 1 (1892)

(Jamaica).

3%. The sexes differ obviously in the forewing, which is much more variegated

in the $ than in the d. ‘The series of black dots on the abdomen, above, cor-

responds to the respective dots of Pachygonia. The median interspace of the

forewing, which includes a distinct white black-edged stigma, is widened in front,

standing at right angles to the costa and reaching hinder margin at outer third; it

is generally white behind and fuscous in front, seldom all greyish. The orange

median band of the hindwing is dilated basad in front. The fringe and edge of the

wing are somewhat orange before anal angle, reminding one of Eupyrrhoglossum

sagra. The basal area of the forewing, below, exclusive of a black triangular

patch, and the basi-abdominal area of the hindwing are orange.

3. Tenth segment bent downwards, forming an obtuse angle with the rather

elongate ninth segment (Pl. XLIV. f. 8); tergite obtuse at end, which is faintly

hooked in side-view ; sternite long, narrow, produced into a thin point which curves

downward, upperside of sternite concave, the groove gradually narrowing distally,

not extended to end of sternite, edges of groove somewhat dilated triangularly

beyond middle, the sternite resembling that of Alewron chloroptera; a faint

angular projection at the left edge is a remnant of the aborted left half of the

sternite. Clasper and penis-sheath see PI. XLVIL. f. 15. and Pl. LILI. f. 43.

Hab. Jamaica.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 3 ? ? from Jamaica.

CLV. CAUTETHIA.—Typus : noctuiformis.

Oenosanda Walker (non id., 1854), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 231 (1856) (type: noctuiformis).

Cautethia Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 202 (1867) (nom. nov. loco Oenosanda).

Braesia id & Robinson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. i. p. 77 (1869) (nom. nud.)

This genus agrees with Himantoides in many details, such as neuration, anal

tufts, sexual armature, etc. ; but differs in the shorter antenna and the normally

scaled legs. A comparison of the structure of the two genera leaves no doubt that

they are nearer related to each other than to any other genus. /

Clasper long, curved, as in Himantoides ; tenth segment, harpe, and penis-

sheath different in the three species.

Larva described by Dyar, see grotei ; on Chiococca, Rubiaceae, according

to Dyar.

Hab. West Indies ; Florida ; Mexico.

The species of this genus represent each other geographically. Though they

agree closely in colour, we keep them specifically separate mainly for the reason to

induce lepidopterists who receive material of Cautethia from new localities to

study the specimens closely, and to examine especially the genital armature, instead

of putting the individuals simply down as “ noctuiformis.”

344. Cautethia spuria.

*Oenosanda spuria Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 319. n. 2. t. 8. £. 3 (1875) (Mexico ;— coll.

Charles Obertbiir).

Cautethia spuria, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 633 (1877) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 699.

n. 4 (1892) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 313. n. 1 (1896) (Jalapa).

3%. Larger than the other species ; yellow area of hindwing rather paler.

d. Tenth segment larger than in the other forms (PI. XLIII. f. 33) ; tergite

slightly shorter than the sternite in a lateral view (Pl. XLIII. f. 34), broader than

in grote’ and noctuiformis, apex strongly convex, apical edge truncate-sinuate with

the angle acute; sternite large, apex divided and hollowed out in a peculiar

manner, being divided into three lobes, one mesial and ventral, short, sinuate-

truncate, thin, acute in side-view, the other two lobes rounded, incrassate, densely

clothed with short spines. Harpe (PJ. XLVIIL. f. 14) triangular, pointed, but not

projecting. Penis-sheath with small apical dentate process, pointing distad.

(Pl. LILI. f. 35).

Hab. Mexico.

Type in coll. Charles Oberthiir. 2 dd from Jalapa in coll. Wm. Schaus (from

one of these the figures of the sexual armature have been taken). Also in the

British Museum.

( 414 )

345. Cautethia grote.

Cautethia spec., Butler, Papilio i. p. 105 (1881) (Indian R., Fla. ; is not noctuiformis).

Cautethia grotei Edwards, Pupilio ii. p. 10 (1882) (Indian R., Fla.; is Macroglossid) ; id., Ent.

Amer. iii, p. 163 (1887) (pupa) ; Kirby, lc. n. 3 (1892); Dyar, Psyche vii. p. 385 (1896)

(deser. of larva ; on Chiococca racemosa ; Lake Worth, Fla.) ; id., Proc. U. St. N, Mus. xxxiii

p. 255 (1900).

3. The silvery-grey colour of the forewing and body prominent.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 31) much longer than the sternite, somewhat

hooked at end ; sternite strongly curving upwards, forming almost a semicircle in

side-view (Pl. XLIIL. f. 32), sinuate at end, the lobes rounded, somewhat incrassate

on the upperside, base of sternite broad, dilated into a rounded lobe at each side,

the edge of this lobe, as well as of the curved process, rough with short spines.

Harpe (Pl. XLVII. f. 13) long, pointed, not projecting. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII.

f. 36) without process. E

Hab. Bahamas ; Florida.

In the Tring Museum 22 specimens from : Bahamas (Sir G. Carter) ; Florida.

346. Cautethia noctuiformis.

*Oenosunda noctuiformis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 232. n. 1 (1856) (St. Domingo ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Clem., Proc. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 187. n. 92 (1859) (St. Domingo) ; Grote, Proc.

Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 79. 83 (1865) (Cuba) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 57 (1865) ; Schauf.,

Nunq. Otios. i. p. 23 (1870) (Cuba); Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver.i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico). -

Cautethia noctuiformis, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 168 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, Ann.

Lye. N. York viii. p. 202 (1867) ; Herr.-Sch., Auss. Schm. ii. £. 552 (1869) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 602 n. 1 (1877) (Haiti) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 699. n. 1 (1892).

Braesia hipparsus Grote & Robinson, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. ii. p. 77 (1869) (nom. max. supervac.).

fautethia grotei, Gundlach (non Edwards, 1882), Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 179 (1882) (Cuba; larva

on Rubiaceae).

3. The amount of yellow on the hindwing is variable, in some individuals

the black marginal band extending almost to cell; below, the yellow area is

sometimes reduced to a small patch.

3. Tenth tergite shorter than the sternite (Pl. XLII. f. 29. 30), truncate-

sinuate, slightly dilated at end ; sternite rounded at end, club-shaped in a side-view,

the upper surface being swollen at apex, this swollen part divided mesially and

each half transversely ribbed. Harpe (Pl. XLVII. f. 12) with a short, obtuse,

incrassate, process which is denticulate at the edge on the inner side. Penis-sheath

produced into a dentate process, which is longer than the sheath is wide.

(Pl. LILI. f. 34).

Hab. St. Thomas ; Porto Rico ; Haiti ; Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 3 6d, 5 3 from: Cuba; St. Thomas.

CV. NYCERYX.—Typus: Ayposticta.

Perigonia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 100 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het.

i. p. 320 (1875) (partim).

Ambulyx, Felder (non Walker, 1856), Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77 (1874).

Nyceryx Boisduval, /.c. p. 16 (1875) (type: hyposticta).

3%. Close to Perigonia, apex of forewing sinuate between SC! and SC’, or

truncate.

( 415 )

3. Clasper with friction-seales ; no patch of spines above harpe ; penis-funnel

mostly with special armature.

Early stages not known,

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, from Mexico to Buenos Ayres.

Twelve species.

The position of NV. hyposticta has been entirely misunderstood by the writers

ou Sphingidae. The species has nothing whatever to do with “Ambulyx,” with

which Nyceryx is generally associated. It cannot be Separated generically from

ericed, coffeae, ete.

Key to the species :

a. Forewing below with conspicuous yellow

spots from base to dise ; : . 347. N. hyposticta.

Forewing below without yellow spots in basal

half . : : ‘ : 2 : : ; ns

Yellow area of hindwing, above, extending to

abdominal edge, at least in middle. : : 5 Up

Abdominal margin of hindwing brown . ‘ ‘ a

¢. Basal area of forewing below yellow. - 3d1. LV. tacita.

Basal area of forewing below brown. : : a ah

d. Yellow area of hindwing, above, traversed by

a broad discal band . . 4 - - 349. IV. coffeae.

Hindwing without continuous discal band : 6 ones

Forewing below variegated with ochraceous

or white halfmoons . : : : : . 3 fa

Forewing below not variegated with ochraceous

or white halfmoons, palpus without white

dot . : : 0 : : : - 390. WV. magna.

Hindwing above yellow, with a conspicuous

black spot at end of cell, and another on

disc behind SC? ; forewing below almost

unicolorous, with a patch of conspicuous

whitish halfmoons anteriorly on disc . - 348. NV. ericea,

Hindwing above more or less rufous, seldom

more ochraceous, with vestigial brown

spots, autemedian band of forewing not

filled in with black; fringe of meso-

thoracic tegula brown. 5 ¢ . 353. WV. nictitans.

Hindwing above yellow, apex of wing

vinaceous-rufous ;_ fringe of mesothoracie

tegula almost white ; antemedian band of

forewing filled in with black ; white spot

of palpus conspicuous : : ; - 802. NM. maxwell.

Black submarginal line of forewing, which

runs from apex to hinder angle, strongly

angulated in middle . ; : ; 2 ; a es

Black submarginal line of forewing, which

runs from apex to hinder angle, evenly

curved, : - - : : : < Sy:

( 416 )

/. Ochraceous ground-colour of anterior distal

part of disc of forewing below divided up

into rather sharply defined halfmoons . 3896. MN. nephus.

Forewing below not ochraceous on disc, or

the ochraceous spots ill-defined . : 6 : ee

?. Pronotum and anterior part of mesonotum

grey, only with a brown mesial line, no

distinct lines in basi-costal area of fore-

wing above : : ; t ‘ . dod. V. continua.

Pronotum and mesonotum faintly variegated

with brown ; a rather obvious abbreviated

subbasal band or patch on forewing . . 355. WV. alophus.

Jj. Apex of forewing sinuate . : : . 3807. NV. riscus.

Apex of forewing truncate. ; ; . 3808. NV. stuarti.

347. Nyceryx hyposticta.

*Ambulyx hyposticta Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77. £. 2. 3 (1874) (Colombia ;—Mus. Tring).

Nyceryx hyposticta, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 16. n. 1 (1875) (Colombia) ; Kirby, Cut.

Lep. Het. i. p. 677. n. 1 (1892).

Nyceryx vega Boisduval, l.c. (nom. supervac.).

Ambulyxc? hyposticta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 582. n, 19 (1877).

3%. The largest species of the genus. The association with Ambulyx is wild.

In shape of the wings, pattern, and structure, /yposticta is close to ertcea, magna,

pictitans, etc. Its pattern is of a more generalised type. The white, sparsely

scaled, discal spots of the forewing correspond to the semi-transparent spots found in

Sesia fadus and allies. Similar spots are found in evtcea. The interspaces between

the obscure lines of the forewing bear conspicuous yellow spots on the underside in

the basal half.

3. Ninth and tenth segments broad ; processes of tenth comparatively short,

resembling those of continua, tergal ones rather club-shaped in side-view. Harpe

short, trancate-sinuate, the upper lobe a little projecting, rounded. Penis-sheath of

the same type as in the other species; whip (Pl. LIV. f. 1) with few teeth ;

left ridge not prominent, also with few teeth ; ridge on right side with four teeth ;

armature of penis-funnel symmetrical, the mantle hairy, no processes, but a rather

high ventral rounded ridge at each side.

Hab. Colombia and Venezuela to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 11 dd from: Bogota; R. Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ;

St. Domingo, 8.E. Pern, i. vi. (Ockenden) ; Merida (Briceno).

In coll. Charles Oberthiir a series from Huambo and Chachapoyas, Peru

(Mathan).

In coll. Standinger from Chanchamayo and Huayabamba, Peru; R. Songo and

R. Tanampaya, Bolivia.

In coll. Dognin from Loja.

348. Nyceryx ericea.

*Pachygonia ericea Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). ii. p. 235 (1888) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Staudinger) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 638. n. 9 (1892); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. t. 65.

f. 2 (1896).

Pachygonia coffeae, id. (non Walker, 1856), Jc. p. 299. n. 4 (1896) (Honduras ; Chiriqui ; not

“ Brazil’ ).

( 417 )

3?. Avery distinct species, which is as nearly related to nictitans, continua,

ete., as to coffeae. Olive-black area of the mesothoracie tegula sharply defined

dorsally.

Upperside of wings. Forewing: a black streak before middle of SM’, a little

towards base, connecting two lines, the proximal one of them widened at inner

margin to a triangular patch ; some pale postdiscal lunules outside the black,

eurved, oblique, discal band, followed by a conspicuous black line, which stops at

R®, but appears again at R*, and is then continued to SM’, anteriorly the line is

preceded by a conspicuous apical lunule ; stigma with some white scales. The

yellow area of the hindwing is sharply defined ; it includes anteriorly three brownish

black spots, which are contiguous with the costal border, the middle one thinnest,

but sometimes prolonged to a line.

Underside burnt umber colour, rufous-tawny scaling appearing only here and

there ; on the forewing there are a number of whitish lunules in the subapical

area, and a slightly curved linear mark near anal angle ; on the hindwing two

linear subanal markings and a dot SC’—R? cinnamon-rufous, or paler.

3d. Tenth abdominal segment nearly as in 7/scus (Pl. XLI. f. 25), tergite broader

at end. Harpe elongate, the process free, horizontal, compressed, subconical at

end. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 5): whip with a few tubercles ; at the right side

there are three teeth, besides the two bristles; the left lobe prominent, its

distal edge almost horizontal, the lobe being much more slanting proximally than

distally. Armature of the penis-funnel (PJ. LILI. f. 44) asymmetrical ; there is

one dentate process on each side, as in nictitans, but the left one is prolonged and

straight, while the right one is short and curved.

Hab. Honduras to Colombia, probably extending farther south.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 ¢, from Chiriqui.

In the collection of Charles Oberthiir from Juntas, Cauca, Colombia (Mathan).

349. Nyceryx coffeae.

*Perigonia coffeae Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 101. n. 2 (1856) (Brazil ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 322. n. 3. t. 8. £. 4 (1875) (N. Friburgo) ; Bonningb., Jris xi.

p. 132. n. 69 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Macroglossa abboti Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 21 (1870) (Colombia).

Pachygonia coffeae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 533. n. 2 (1877) (Brazil) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 638. n. 4 (1892) (Brazil).

*Pachygonia boisduvali Butler, Lc. p. 633 (1877) (nom. nov. pro coffeae Boisd. ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 6 (1892) ; Druce, Biol. Centr, Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 299 (1896)

(Brazil, = ericea ex errore).

Pachygonia abboti, Kirby, lc. n. 7 (1892).

3%. Differing from all other species in the yellow area of the hindwing being

trayersed by a brown band, which stops in front at SC*. Forewing obtusely

angulated at R*, feebly sinnate between R* and SM?, less sinuate between SC* and

R* than in the other species ; stigma large, not deeper in tint than the other brown

markings, encircled by a thin white line. Underside of palpus of the same colour

as the femora and tibiae, and the underside of the abdomen and wings.

g. Tenth segment (Pl. XLI. f. 27) nearly as broad as in stwart?, sinus very

wide, lobes comparatively short ; tergite shorter than sternite ; the broad tip of

the lobes ontside those of the sternite ; the latter almost horizontal, not strongly

curved, slightly dilated before the short apical hook. Harpe a low ridge which

gradually fades away, without a free process, not reaching to the middle of the

( 418 )

ventral margin of the clasper. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 40) ending in an obtuse

dorsal lobe, which is dentate at the end; on the left side there is a dentate

longitudinal ridge, while there are only a few teeth at the apical margin on the right

side, besides two bristles, which stand on a short process in one of the specimens

dissected.

Hab. Honduras to Rio de Janeiro.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 4 ?? from: Brit. Honduras ; Honduras; Aroa,

Venezuela, April; Rio Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos, Peru (Stuart) ; St. Domingo, 8.E.

Peru (Ockenden) ; Amazonas (Bates) ; Espirito Santo.

The specimen figured by Boisduval and named do%sduvali by Butler is a small

individual of the present species.

The insect described by Schaufuss as abdot? is doubtless the same as coffeae.

350. Nyceryx magna.

*Perigonia magna Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75. f. 12 (1874) (Peru ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 320. n. 1 (1875) (Para).

Pachygonia magna, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 534. n. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p. 638. n, 8 (1892) (Peru).

3. This magnificent species is apparently rare. Antenna very pale buff.

Brownish black border of hindwing gradually widening behind, very broad, touching

lower angle of cell; a small black stigma ; costal area of hindwing orange-rufous,

much more reddish than in coffeae, ericea, etc. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLI. f. 26)

broad and rather short; sternite suddenly narrowed into a long, slender, feebly

curved hook, which is somewhat dilated near the base. Harpe similar to that of

stuarti (Pl. XLVII. f. 3), but slightly broader at the end. Penis-sheath

(Pl. LIV. f. 2) with a short, rather prominent, dentate ridge at the right side; the

left lobe high, more prominent than in any other species, whip with teeth only

at the end (in all specimens ? one only examined!). No armature to penis-funnel,

but there is a long, slightly asymmetrical, rounded, concave lobe ventrally of the

penis-sheath (PJ. LIV. f. 2).

Hab. Peru; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Peru; Rio Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos (Stuart).

In coll. P. Dognin from Loja. In Mus. Stettin a ? from St. Inez, Heuador.

351. Nyceryx tacita.

*Perigonia tacita Druce, Ann,. Mag. N. H. (6). ii. p. 236 (1888) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Staudinger) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. n. 10 (1892) (“ United States” err. loci) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr.

Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 299. n. 4. t. 65. £. 3 (1896) (Mexico ; Chiriqui).

3%. Ground-colour of wings variable, often with a rather obvious ochraceous

tint. Highth abdominal sternite with w/rte apical fringe. Interspaces between the

dark lines of the forewing, above, rather obviously marked with silvery grey; a

broad black patch in middle of hinder margin, widening towards base, reaching

to cell, then continued to costa by a narrower band; forewing below chrome-

yellow from base to disc, this colour gradually merging into the bright tawny

colour of the anterior part of the disc. Scaling of antenna, base and hook excepted,

very pale.

3. Tenth abdominal segment similar to that of wictitans, but differing

essentially in the triangular tooth of the sternite standing in m/ctitans before the

apical hook being barely indicated in tacita. Harpe (Pl. XLVII. f. 2) truncate,

( 419 )

without free projecting process. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 4): a low dentate

ridge at the right side, rather long ; the membranaceous lobe on the left side not

much projecting, the rather broad whip multidentate. Armature of penis-funnel

(Pl. LI. f. 47) as in nctitans ; there is a single dentate process on each side,

the processes curving towards each other, touching one another (or nearly so)

above the opening for the penis-sheath. On the ventral side of the funnel there is

a mesial carina rising distally into a prominent tubercle ; this carina is rough with

minute teeth.

?. Not dissected.

Hab. Mexico to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 2 6 ¢ from Chiriqui.

In coll. Staudinger 2 dd, 2 29 from: Chiriqui; R. Juntas, Bolivia, 1000 m.,

and Callanga, Peru, 1500 m. (Garlepp). ;

In coll. Schaus from Orizaba, Mexico.

352. Nyceryx maxwelli.

*Pachygonia matwelli Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, iii. p. 2 (1896) (San Augustin, Bolivia ;—Mus. Tring).

Pachygonia stuarti id., l.c, t. xiii. f. 3 (1896) (laps. calami).

do. Larger than continua ; apex of hindwing reddish, abdominal area brown,

the yellow colour stopping at (SM'). Harpe similar to that of tac’ta (Pl. XLII.

f. 2). Penis-sheath (P]. LIV. f. 3) with a compressed, obtuse, dentate process

at the right side; the dentate lobe or ridge of the left side evenly rounded ;

whip long, with several apical teeth. Armature of penis-funnel (Pl. LIII. f. 46)

essentially different from that of the allied forms ; the funnel itself produced on

each side into an acute rugate process; laterally of this there is a very densely

denticulate lobe, curving laterad apically.

?. Not known.

Hab. Bolivia; Peru.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft.,

Sept. 1895 (Arthur Maxwell Stuart) ; St. Domingo, 8.H. Peru (Ockenden).

Only these two specimens known as yet. The Peru individual is more grey on

the upperside of the forewing than the type, less variegated on forewing below, and

differs in other details.

393. Nyceryx nictitans.

*Perigonia nictitans Boisduval, Spec. (rén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 322. n. 4 (1875) (Minas Geraés ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir).

Pachygonia nictitans, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 633 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.i. p. 638.

n. 5 (1892).

Perigonia spec., Bonninghausen, Iris xii. p. 133 (1899) (Rio Grande do Sul).

3%. Abdomen below with two black, thin but distinct lines, occasionally with

a third line in middle. Stigma of forewing minute, with a white dot at its

proximal side ; brown discal shade from costal to outer margin nearly as in coffeae.

Ochraceous-rufous area of hindwing with traces of brown lines and a brown stigma;

abdominal area blackish brown, shaded with grey.

d. Tenth abdominal segment: tergite obtuse in lateral view (Pl. XLI. f. 24) ;

on inner surface a feeble carina which is raised apically into an indistinct tooth ;

sternite very slender, armed with a heavy tooth before the long apical hook, which

is almost horizontal ; this tooth is flattened horizontally, being broader in a yentral

( 420 )

aspect (Pl. XLI. f. 23) than in a view from the side (Pl. XLI. f. 24). Harpe

elongate-triangular, resembling that of stwarti (Pl. XLVII. f. 3), conical distally,

apex obtuse. Penis-sheath nearly as in evicea (Pl. LIV. f. 5), but whip with more

tubercles. Armature of penis-funnel (Pl. LIIL f. 48): only one process on each

side, this process heavily dentate at the outer and distal edges ; below the funnel

(in front of it in figure) there is a deeply sinuate ridge; the membrane surrounding

the armature laterally and dorsally as a kind of mantle neither spinulose nor hairy.

?. Vaginal plate finely folded transversely, obtusely triangular distally ;

vaginal orifice quite proximal, a little towards the left side.

Hab, Brasilia; Peru.

Two subspecies :

a. N. nietitans nictitans.

*Perigonia nictitans Boisduval, l.c.

32. Wasily distinguishable from the other species of southern Brazil by the

reddish colour of the hindwing and the brown abdominal area which extends to the

base. On the underside of the forewing there is a large postdiscal patch between

costal margin and R* of an ochraceous clay colour, including proximally a sharply

marked brown line, besides traces of another line ; this patch is separated from a

posterior discal patch of the same colour ; black submarginal line bordering the

greyish brown marginal band straight from R* to hinder margin. Hindwing

dirty rufous-ochraceous, except margins, three discal lines and a stigma.

Hab. Southern Brazil: Rio de Janeiro to Rio Grande do Sul.

In the Tring Museum 4 ¢¢, 12% from: St. Cruz, Rio Grande do Sul; St.

Catharina.

b. N. nictitans saturata subsp. nov.

3. Upperside. Forewing more heavily lobed and deeper in tint than in the

preceding. Hindwing less distinctly rufous.

Underside of wings and abdomen deeper tawny and chestnut-tawny, the greyish

black colour more extended ; the postdiseal postcostal patch of forewing chestnut-

tawny, much reduced, reaching SC* only distally, 1] mm. or less wide between SC*

and SO®, the posterior discal patch also reduced, the brown lunulated lines within it

heavy ; greyish brown borders of hindwing broader than in the preceding, the

chestnut-tawny area consequently more reduced, not reaching distally to C, as it does

in the Brazilian form.

Hab. Peru.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd from Chanchamayo, Peru.

354. Nyceryx continua.

* Lophura continua Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M., viii. p. 108. n. 5 (1856) (Espirito Santo ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 538. n. 10 (1877).

Perigonia continua, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i, p. 324. n. 6 (1875) ; Bonningh., Iris xii.

p. 133. n. 73 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Perigonia distans Boisduyal, /.c. sub n. 6 (1875) (nom. max. supervac.).

Perigonia (?) continua, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. n, 13 (1892) (Brazil).

dg. Hinder edge of the mesothoracie tegula almost pure white; pronotum

withont darker transverse line ; anterior upper part of mesothoracic tegula without

spot. Forewing, above, with the lines in basal costal area absent or vestigial ;

( 421 )

antemedian band filled in with black, very oblique ; stigma rather large, dot in

front of it distinct ; apical black halfmoon not distinctly separate from the black

submarginal area ; yellow area of hindwing extending to abdominal margin.

Tenth abdominal segment differing from that of néct’tans in the tergite being

shorter and, at apex, broader, and in the sternite being more strongly curved at end

and not being dilated into a tooth in middle, resembling in the latter respect the

sternite of WV. riscus (Pl. XLI. f. 25). Harpe sharply truncate, or (type) the

yventro-apical edge slanting. Whip of penis-sheath long, about as long as the sheath

itself ; left lobe or sheath evenly rounded ; armature of penis-funnel symmetrical as

in nictitans, with one strongly dentate process on each side, these processes leaning

towards each other, and a low ventral ridge which is triangularly raised at

each side.

Hab. Brazil: Espirito Santo to Parana.

In the Tring Museum 1 6 from Castro, Parana (H. D. Jones).

355. Nyceryx alophus.

*Perigonia nephus var. alophus Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 323. sub n. 5 (1875) (Bahia ;—

coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3?. Fringe of mesothoracic tegula not quite so white as in continua, pronotum

and anterior part of mesonotum more or less variegated with brown ; forewing more

variegated than in continua, owing to the lines being more distinct ; antemedian

band filled in with black (type) or not: stigma narrow, elongate ; an abbreviated

subbasal blackish band. Yellow area of hindwing reaching to abdominal margin.

3. (Only alophus alophus dissected). Tenth segment and harpe as in continua.

Whip of penis-funnel short ; armature of penis-funnel (Pl. LIIL. f. 45) symmetrical ;

a short, heavily dentate process at each side of the funnel, and a longer, compressed,

apically rounded and slightly widened process which curyes mesiad and is densely

beset with minute teeth.

Hab. Bahia to Buenos Ayres and §.E. Bolivia.

Two subspecies :

a. N. alophus alophus.

*Perigonia nephus var. alophus Boisduval, /.c. (Bahia).

Perigonia nephus var. a. P. alophus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. sub n. 7 (1892).

Perigonia nephus, Bouninghausen, Jris xii. p. 133. n. 72 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

3?. This is the Brazilian form, which is rather darker than the following

subspecies.

Hab. Bahia to Parana, Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 1 from: Espirito Santo; Sao Paulo; Castro,

Parana (E. D. Jones).

b. N. alophus ixion.

Perigonia ixion Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent.. v. p. 345. 515 (1878) (Paraguay ; Buenos Ayres) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. [Het. i. p. 637. n. 8 (1892).

Perigonia nephus, Burmeister, l.c. Atlas p. 29. t. 10. f. 6 (1879) (S. Cruz de la Sierra, Bol., Gran

Chaco).

3%. Paler than the previous subspecies ; antemedian band of forewing not

filled in with black. Whether this form is constantly different we do not know.

We have seen only a few specimens.

Hab. Argentina, northward to Bolivia and Paraguay.

( 422 )

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 1 ¢, 1 ? from Zarate, Argentina (Kinkelin).

Burmeister’s figure does not quite agree with the specimens which we consider

to be zion ; we believe the figure to be incorrect.

306. Nyceryx nephus.

*Perigonia nephus Boisduval, l.c, p. 323. n.5 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir); Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 633 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 7 (1892).

3. The type is unique; we have not seen another specimen. Very close to

alophus in colour, marginal band of hindwing broader, traces of brown spots; disc

of forewing below ochraceous between the lines. Whip of penis-sheath rather

longer than in alophus, with more teeth; left ridge of sheath abruptly ending

distally, not evenly rounded; the teeth of the right side on a small ridge;

armature of penis-fuunel differing in there being no small process, but only one long

one at each side, this broader at end than in alophus and close to the fannel. Harpe

acuminate, upper margin slanting distally.

Hab. Brazil, probably Province of Rio de Janeiro.

357. Nyceryx riscus.

*Enyo riscus Schaus, Ent. Amer. vi. p. 20 (1890) (Mexico ;—coll. Schaus) ; Druce, Biol. Centr.

Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 302. n. 2 (a). t. 66, £. 3 (1896) (partim ; Mexico: Jalapa, Orizaba ;

Guatemala),

Triptogon riscus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644. n. 6 (1892).

Pachygonia creusa Rothschild (Staud. in lit.), Noy. Zoou. i. p. 665 (1894) (om. nud.).

3%. Variable in size, but always smaller than stwarti, and paler, with the apex

of the forewing distinctly sinuate. In this and the preceding species the stigma of

the forewing is indistinct, with grey centre, and there is always a rather obvious

black dot in front of it.

3. Tenth segment about as broad as in Sesta tantalus (Pl. XLI. f. 25), the

lobes not nearly so widely apart as in stwarti ; tergite much less twisted, and more

evenly curved ventrad, sharply pointed in side-view ; sternite different in shape from

that of stwarti, dilated before the hook, somewhat more so than in magna (Pl. XLI.

f. 26), less than in nictitans (Pl. XLI. f. 24). Harpe a little shorter than in

stuarti, with a few nothes at the end. Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 42) without

whip, ending in a triangular, not movable process, which is densely dentate at the

tip and along the right edge.

?. Vaginal plate as in stwarti, apical margin more rounded in middle.

Hah. Mexico to Bolivia and Sao Paulo.

In the Tring Museum 11 66,5 ? $, from: Jalapa, iv. vi., and Orizaba, iv. vi.

(Schans) ; Honduras ; Carpe, Venezuela (Mocquerys) ; Cucuta, Venezuela ; Merida,

Venezuela (Briceno); San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., vi. ix. 1895

(Maxwell Stuart); Bauru, Sao Paulo (Dr. Hempel).

358. Nyceryx stuarti.

*Pachygonia stuarti Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 665 (1894) (R. Cachyaco ;—Mus, Tring) ; id., /.c.

ii. t. 9, f. 11 (1895).

Enyo riseus, Druce, Bivl. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 302. n. 2 (A) (1896) (partim).

3%. Larger than riseus, with which it has been confounded. Forewing,

above, darker, the discal lines more strongly curving costad, apex truncate, not

sinuate. Hindwing: yellow colour more restricted, in % less extended yellow

( 423 )

than in 3, as is also the case in riscuws, the yellow abdominal margin of 2 almost

separated from the yellow anterior area.

3. Tenth abdominal segment (Pl. XLII. f. 10) very broad, the lobes strongly

curving downwards ; tergite curving downwards and inwards, narrowing to apex

in side-view (Pl. XLII. f. 11), twisted, not pointed; lobes of sternite projecting

vertically ventrad and then curving evenly distad, horn-shaped, dilated at base,

the dilated part carinate on the inner surface, the hook finely channelled. Harpe

(Pl. XLVIL. f. 3) produced into a slender, tapering process. Penis-sheath (PJ. LIL.

f. 41) without whip, ending in a slightly curved, conical, pointed, not movable

process ; zo teeth. Penis-funnel without armature.

?. Vaginal plate rounded triangular ; orifice open, the edges raised.

Hab. Peru; Bolivia ; probably of wider distribution.

In the Tring Museum 2 6d, 1? from: Rio Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos, Peru

(type ; Stuart); Bolivia (Garlepp).

JVI. PERIGONIA.—Typnus : studta.

Sphinaw, Fabricius (non Linné, 1758), Gen. Ins. p. 272 (1777).

Perigonia Herrich-Sch., Aussereuwr-Schm. i. (1854) (nom. indescr.!) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.

viii. p. 100 (1856) (partim ; type: Jusea Walk. partim = stulta H.-S.) ; Boisd., Spec. Grén. Lép.

Heét. i. p. 320 (1875) (partim).

Macroglossa, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 289 (1856).

Stenolophia Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82 (1874) (nom. indeser. !).

Pachygonia, Burmeister (non Butler, 1877), Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 356 (1878).

3%. Palpi prominent, rounded in dorsal and in lateral view. Scaling raised to

a crest on occiput, the crest divided anteriorly in perfect specimens. Antenna

slender, not incrassate distally, hook rather short and abruptly curved, end-

segment individually variable in length, equalling one, two, or three previous

segments. Spines at edges of abdominal segments strong, arranged in three or

four rows, the proximal spines longer than broad ; sixth sternite of ? transverse,

entire apical edge spinose, mesially slightly concave ; anal tuft truncate in ?,

bisinuate, with the narrow mesial part prolonged in ¢. Legs normally scaled ;

Jnidtarsus with comb. Forewing pointed, discal edge convex in middle. SC* and

I of hindwing from upper angle of cell, R® and M? close together, D* very oblique,

lower angle of cell sharply acuminate.

3. Tenth segment of the same type as in Ses?a, the tergite and sternite being

diyided each into two lobes (Pl. XLII. f. 12—15). Clasper long, narrow, curving

upwards, apex obtuse ; harpe short ; a small ridge above its base, bearing short,

stout, curved spines (PI. XLVII. f. 4.5.6) ; xo friction-scales on outer side. Penis-

sheath ending in a whip of variable length, armed with short tooth-like spines,

similar spines on the sheath near the base of the whip (Pl. LIV. f. 6. 7).

Early stages not known.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America: Bahamas to Buenos Ayres northward

into the United States.

Hight species.

Key to the species :

a. Yellow area of hindwing extended to base . . a eh

Yellow area of hindwing not extended to

base, or hindwing without yellow band. ; » UE

( 424 )

d. Forewing above with white oblique apical

line. ; 5 359. P. divisa.

Forewing above aia Hine oblique apie

line. . : : : " :

c. Forewing, above, ao sharply marked brown

postdiscal line running straight across

veins from costal margin to tip of M?, and

then continued along edge of wing to

hinder angle 5 360. P. grisea.

Forewing without a eas modeed roe

discal line : - A : : 2 ade

d. First segment of AR oath white side-line 361. P. pallida.

First segment of palpus without white side-

line. 3 362. P. stulta.

e. Antemedian band a rene shar ak eated

distally, no yellow area on hindwing . 3866. P. glaucescens.

Antemedian band of forewing gradually

shading off distally, at least in front 3 4 eae

J. Hindwing with yellow anal patch, or the

yellow discal band reduced. : 363. P. lusca.

Hindwing without yellow anal patch, pling

discal band present, black submarginal

line of forewing evenly curved : . 364. P. lefebraei.

Like dusca, but forewing below with yellow

discal patch . . : F 7 . 365. P. jamarcensis.

359. Perigonia divisa.

Perigonia spec., Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 57 (1865) (Cuba).

Perigonia divisa Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 153. n. 26 (1865) (Cuba ; nom. indeser.).

Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 199 (1867) (Cuba) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Suc. Lond. ix. p. 532.

n. 2 (1877) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent, Cubana p. 178 (1882) (Cardenas, Cuba) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Heét. i. p. 636. n. 2 (1892) (Cuba).

3. Forewing above with a straight black discal band, and a sharply marked

fo) fo} b] } © e

white line extending from apex of wing obliquely to R*. Harpe similar to that of

P. grisea, but more rounded truncate ; patch of spines also as in g7isea. Penis-

sheath similar to that of jamazcensis, a series of teeth at apex on right side ; whip

shorter than in jamaicensis, with dispersed teeth from base to tip.

Hab, Cuba.

A ¢ in the Berlin Museum.

360. Perigonia grisea spec. noy. (Pl. X. f. 6, 3).

3%. Body and wings grey above and below. Scaling of antenna darker

except beyond middle, where there are some scattered creamy scales ; an indistinct

mesial line on occiput and pronotum ; a fine border-line*on mesothoracie tegula

and tips of apical scales of abdominal segments brownish ; underside of abdomen

partly pale testaceous, this colour much shaded with dirty grey.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: sharply angulated at R*, deeply sinuate

between R* and SM’; a straight line crossing the wing midway between M! and

M’, preceded by another straight, but very feeble line ; between this and base a

( 425 )

zigzag line, which consists of four partitions being distally dentate upon M and

SM? and proximally upon (SM?), and by a subbasal line, which is distinct only

behind cell ; a double stigma, the upper dot minute ; on the dise there are two

parallel, somewhat S-shaped, slightly lunulated lines, followed by an indistinct

third one ; then comes a lunulated line running straight from the costal to the

internal margin, reaching the latter abont 2 mm. from angle, the lunules composing

it convex distally; parallel with it is a heavy, band-like line, which is marginal from

M’ to anal angle ; an indistinct apical dash, followed behind SC? by a curved line ;

all these lines blackish olive. Hindwing : a large yellow discal area, nearly as in

stulta, dentate externally, not reaching base ; abdominal fold with a yellow distal

patch ; marginal area of wing grey before anal angle, marked with a thin line about

2mm. from edge, and a very indistinct one a little farther proximad.

Underside with the testaceous ground-colour coming through, especially on the

forewing, discal lines as in the allied species.

3. Tenth segment (PI. XLII. f. 12) resembling that represented by

Pl. XLII. f. 9, shorter, tergite somewhat widened apicad in a lateral view,

ending in a short tooth. Harpe (PI. XLVII. f. 4) produced into a short, pointed

process. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 6) with two or three teeth at the right side,

one at the base of the whip, and two at the tip of the same, whip rather shorter

than in the following insects (dusca, etc.).

?. Vaginal plate as in stulta.

Hab. Bolivia ; Peru.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd,1 ? from : Rio Songo to R. Suapi, Bolivia, 1100 m.,

iii,—yi. (Garlepp) (type) ; San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., ix. (Stuart) ; Peru.

361. Perigonia pallida spec. nov.

3%. Similar to stulta, paler, wings narrower. First segment of palpus with

white lateral line. Distal margin of forewing more broadly rounded in middle ;

brown border of hindwing narrower, testaceous in front, disc of a deeper yellow tint

than in stwdta.

3. Tenth abdominal segment as in stwlta. Harpe truncate (Pl. XLVII. f. 5)

as in that species, but the patch of curved spines above it much more extended

than in any other species. Penis-sheath as in grisea, but the whip much longer.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLI. f. 4) broadly rounded ; month of vagina postmedian,

the edges raised, the proximal edge sinuate mesially.

Hab. South America: Venezuela and Argentina.

In the Tring Musenm 5 6d, 5 29, from: Merida, Venezuela (type) ; La

Plata (town), Argentina.

362. Perigonia stulta.

*Perigonia stulta Werrich-Sch., Auss. Schm. i. £. 106 (1854) (coll. Staudinger); id., lc. p. 59

(1858) (Am. aequin.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 321. n. 2 (1875) (N. Friburgo); Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. iv. p. 533. 0. 7 (1877) (Cuba) ; Druce, Biol. Centr, Amer., Lep. Het. i.

p. 3. n. 3 (1881) (Chiriqni) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. n. 11 (1892).

Perigonia lusca, Walker (non Fabricius, 1777), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 101. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ;

Clem., Proc, Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 138. n. 15 (1859) (partim) ; Morris, Cat. Lep..N. Am.

p- 17 (1860) (partim) ; Druce, /.c. p. 3. n. 1. t, 3. f. 5 (1883) (partim) ; Kirby, /.c. (1892)

(partim).

Perigonia lusca ?, Bonninghausen, Iris xii. p. 133. n. 71 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

¢ %. Somewhat variable in colour, body and forewing in some specimens more

( 426 )

variegated with grey than in others; yellow area of hindwing rather constant,

always reaching to base ; the yellow patch at anal angle is rather large in some

individuals, vestigial in others. The black submarginal line of the forewing, above,

distinct in dusca, is barely vestigial at apex and in middle; a greyish, curved,

subtriangular shade extends from costal margin to end of R*, bordering a halfmoon-

shaped darker distal marginal space. The wnderside is generally uniform in colour,

with the submarginal line of the forewing distinct at least from tip of wing to R*,

bordered grey distally. Distal margin of forewing more sharply angulated at R3 in

some specimens, such individuals having generally also a small tooth at R’.

3. Sexual armature as in grisea, differing from that of pallida in the much

smaller patch of spines on the inner surface of the clasper above the harpe, and in

the much shorter whip of the penis-sheath.

¢. Vaginal plate (PI. XLI. f. 5) also as in grisea, more triangular than in

pallida ; vaginal orifice subapical, transverse, covered by a broad flap; proximal

part of plate almost regularly folded.

Hab. Guatemala to Bolivia and Rio de Janeiro.

In the Tring Museum 56 specimens from: Guatemala ; Chiriqni ; Paramba,

Ecuador, 3500 ft. iv. °97, dry season (Rosenberg) ; Chanchamayo, Peru; St.

Domingo, 8.E. Peru (Ockenden); Mapiri R., Bolivia, viii. ix. (Stuart); Rio de

Janeiro.

363. Perigonia lusca.

Sphinx lusca Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 272 (1777) (Am. merid.) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 209.

n. 22 (1780) ; Fabr., Spee. Zns. ii. p. 140. n. 5 (1781) (Am. merid. insulis!) ; id. Mant. Ins. ii.

p. 92. n. 5 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2372. n. 51 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iti. 1. p. 356.

n. 6 (1793).

Perigonia lusea, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 101. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Proc. Ac.

Nat. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 138. n. 15 (1859) (synon. partim ; Mexico; S. Am. ; W. Indies) ;

Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860) (partim) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p- 160.

n. 1 (1862)-(partim) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 152. n. 28 (1865) ; Boisd.,

Cons. Lép. Guatem. p. 67 (1870) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 325. n. 9 (1875); Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 532. n. 5 (1877); Druce, Biol. Centr. Am., Lep. Het. i. p. 3. n. 1 (1881) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 636. n. 6 (1892) ; Druce, Uc. Suppl. p. 299 (1896) (Mexico ; Guate-

mala ; Chiriqui).

*Perigonia restituta Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 32 (1864) (Mexico ;— Mus. Brit.).

There is apparently no constant difference by which the various forms here

united to one species can be distinguished ; we have vainly endeavoured to find

constant distinguishing characters. The sexual armature, apart from individual

variation, is the same in all of them ; but that is not an argument of weight in the

present genus, as species so different in colour as stwlta and grisea agree also in

these organs. The details of the shape and colour of the wings which have served

the various authors as specific characters are unreliable, there occurring so many

intermediate specimens that it is impossible to say where one so-called species ends

and another begins. The difficulty of dealing with these insects is increased by the

lack of sufficient material from the West Indies. A larger series of individuals

from the islands may possibly prove that lefebraeé and jamaicensis are also not

specifically distinct.

3%. Yellow band of hindwing not extended to base, seldom as broad as the

blackish distal border of the wing, often reduced, not rarely obliterated. Black

submarginal line of forewing curving from apex to hinder angle always distinct ;

a conspicuous, mostly straight, brown antemedian line crossing M distally of M’,

( 427 )

gradually shading off distally, this brown scaling forming a band which narrows

costad. Fifth abdominal tergite often with a distinct grey shade ; this grey scaling

does not represent a rudiment of the white belt of Sesia tantalus, ete., which is

situated npon the fourth tergite ; basal sternites also often distinctly paler than

the more distal segments.

3. Tenth segment similar to that of grisea (Pl. XLIL f. 12); tergite ending

in a short, blunt tooth ; it is apically not dilated externo-laterad as in jamatcensis

(compare Pl. XLII. f. 13). Harpe as in jamaicensis (PI. XLVII. f. 6); clasper

much narrower. Penis-sheath as in jamaicensis, the number of tubercles individually

variable.

?. Vaginal orifice free, postmedian, slightly asymmetrical in position, its edges

a little raised ; vaginal plate triangular, somewhat folded transversely.

Hab. Mexico to Argentina ; West Indies.

Key to the varieties :

a. Hindwing below with the abdominal

area more or less extended yellow . c nO:

Hindwing below with the abdominal

area not yellow : ci . 5 te

6. Black submarginal line of mney

above evenly curved : ¢ a’. P. lusca f. lusca

Black submarginal line of erenine

above irregular behind . c : ce. P. lusca f. ilus.

c. Forewing 25 mm. long or less, strongly

rounded convex in middle : 2 b’. P. lusca £. passerina.

Forewing longer, less convex in middle ; nen

d. Yellow band of hindwing reaching to

M?. : . ad. P. luscaf. interrupta.

Yellow band of eter Peinecd . &. P. lusca ft. restituta.

Yellow band of hindwing obliterated /”. P. lusca f. tencbrosa.

It is possible that the last three forms are one species, and the other three

another.

aw. P. lusea f. lusca.

Sphinx lusca Fabricius, l.c.

Perigonia lusca Grote & Rob., l.c. ; Gundl., lc.

3?. Submarginal line of forewing evenly curved, not strongly angulate as in

the other forms ; scaling very pale at straight proximal edge of antemedian band,

dise outside this band also pale-——Hindwing with yellow anal patch.

A small form, with which /efebraei may be specifically identical.

Hab, Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 2 63.

b’. P. lusca f. passerina.

*Perigonia passerina Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 827. n. 12 (1875) (hab. ?).

Pachygonia lusca, Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 356 (1878) (Bolivia ; Buenos Ayres) ; id.,

Lc., Atlas p. 29. t. 10. f. 7 (1879).

3%. Mostly small, like the preceding. Forewing obtusely angulated in

middle, submarginal line very irregular between R* and SM’, not very distinct

posteriorly, being more or less merged together with the black marginal scaling ;

( 428 )

yellow anal patch of hindwing large above, but adsent from underside. Under

surface of wings with the reddish ferruginous ground-colour often obscured by olive-

wood-brown, sometimes all olive-clay-colonr.

Hab. Matto Grosso; Paraguay; Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 15 specimens from: Miranda, Matto Grosso, January

1899 (Maxwell Stuart); Curumba, Matto Grosso, January 1899 (M. Stuart) ; Reyes,

R. Beni, Bolivia, July 1895 (Maxwell Stuart) ; Sapucay, near Villa Rica, Paraguay

(Foster).

c. P. lusea f. tlus.

*Perigonia ilus Boisduyal, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 66 (1870) (Honduras ; Mexico) ; id., Spec. Gén.

Lép. Hét. i. p. 326. n. 10 (1875) (Mexico; Guatemala); Kirby, /.c. n. 4 (1894); Bonningh.,

Tris xii. p. 132. n. 70 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

o?%. Like the preceding, larger.—Hindwing below with yellow abdominal

area ; disc of both wings more extended reddish ferruginous.

The type of zlus, a d, has a rather dark forewing, and the yellow band of the

hindwing is narrow. In the type of passerina, also a 6, the yellow band is

broader than in the average specimens of z/vs. Both types in coll. Oberthiir.

Hab, Mexico to Matto Grosso ; probably also in Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from : Mexico ; Honduras ; Colombia ;

Peru; Bolivia ; Matto Grosso; Venezuela ; Brit. Guiana.

We add that this form was found in Matto Grosso at the same time as the

previous one.

d’. P. lusca f. interrupta.

Perigonia lusca, Walker, l.c. viii. p. 101. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Butl., Zc. p. 532. n. 5 (1877) ; Dew

Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 6 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps

Ann. Mag. N. H. (7). viii. p. 251 (1901) (Nassau, Bahamas).

*Perigonia interrupta Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 29 (1864) (Mexico ; Guatemala ; Haiti).

Macroglossa doto Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 21 (1870) (‘ Afr.” err. loc. !).

Perigonia restituta, Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 292 (1896) (partim).

3%. Forewing narrower than in the preceding forms, distal margin less

convex in middle, black submarginal line more evenly curved, less irregular behind,

and not so close to the margin. Hindwing shorter, distal margin almost or quite

straight down to M®, apex acute in many specimens, yellow band as in dus, or

rather narrower, yellow anal patch more or less distinct above, absent from

underside.

Hab. Mexico to Bolivia; West Indies ; Bahamas ; doubtless everywhere in

the range of Zusca, but not so common as zus.

In the Tring Museum 40-odd specimens from: Bahamas (Sir G. Carter);

Florida ; Mexico: Honduras ; Colombia ; Peru ; Bolivia; Venezuela.

é. P. lusca f. restituta.

Perigonia lusca, Walker, /.c. (partim).

*Panacra restituta id., l.c. xxi. p. 32 (1864) (Mexico ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., /.c. n. 3 (1877) (Mexico ;

Venezuela ; Para) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 3. n. 2. t. 3. £. 6 (1881) ; Kirby,

Le. a. 3 (1892) ; Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 299 (1896) (partim).

Perigonia restituta, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 177 (1865).

Macroglossa dota vy. affinis Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 21 (1870) (Venez. ).

3%. Like the preceding, but the yellow band of the hindwing reduced, yellow

anal spot small, vestigial, or absent.

( 429 )

Hab. Mexico to the Amazons.

In the Tring Museum 20-odd specimens from: Mexico ; Honduras ; Costa

Rica ; Colombia ; Venezuela.

f. P. lusca f. tenebrosa.

*Stenolophia tenebrosa Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82. f. 3 (1874) (Mus. Tring) ; Butl., /.c. p. 531

(1877) (a Perigonia?) ; Kirby, lc. p. 637. n. 1 (1892).

Perigonia? tenebrosa, Boisduval, l.c. p. 325. n. 8 (1875).

Stenolophia restituta, Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 69 (1894).

3%. Like f. restituta, but hindwing with the yellow band and the yellow

anal patch obliterated.

Hab. Northern parts of South America.

In the Tring Museum 1 3, 3 22, from: Venezuela ; Amazons (type).

Specimens without any yellow scales on the hindwing are rare ; the inter-

gradations between this extreme form and restifuta with narrow band are

commoner.

364. Perigonia lefebraei.

Macroglossa lefebraei Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 289 (1856) (Cuba).

Macroglossa lefebvrii (!), Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 147 (1863).

Perigonia lefebvrii (!), id., lc. p. 56 (1865) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 48 (1865) (descript.) ;

id. & Rob., ibid. p. 153. n. 24 (1865).

Perigonia lefebvrei (!), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 532. n. 6 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.

i. p. 637. n, 9 (1892).

Perigonia lefebraci, Gundlach, Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 178 (1882) (larva like that of lwsea).

3%. Differs from P. lusca f. lusca in the fuscous antemedian band of the

forewing being vestigial only, and in the yellow anal patch of the hindwing being

absent. Sexual armature as in P. lusca.

Larva on Rubiaceae (Gundlach, /.c.).

Hab. Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢d,1 ?, from: Cuba ; Haiti.

365. Perigonia jamaicensis.

*Pevigonia jamaicensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i. p. 69 (1894) (Jamaica ;—Mus. Tring).

d. Forewing, below, with a large, ill-defined, yellow patch posteriorly on disc.

Tenth tergite rounded at end in side-view (Pl. XLII. f. 13), the apex curved

laterad (P1]. XLII. f. 14). Clasper very broad for a species of this genus, much

broader than in /usca; harpe truncate (Pl. XLVIL. f. 6). Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV.

f. 7) with a series of teeth on the right side, and several teeth at the base of

the whip.

Hab, Jamaica.

In the Tring Museum 3 ¢¢ from Jamaica.

366. Perigonia glaucescens.

"Perigonia glancescens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 103. n. 5 (1856) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Clem., Proc. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 138. n. 17 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860)

(Mexico ex err.) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 160. n. 8 (1863) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén.

Lép. Hét. i. p. 328. 0. 14 (1875) (Haiti) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 532. n. 1 (1877)

(Haiti); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 636. n. 1 (1892) ; id., in Allen’s Nat. Libr., Lep. iv. p. 12.

t 97. f. 1 (1897).

( 430 )

?. Only one specimen known. Kirby’s figare, though bad like all figures in

that book, gives one nevertheless an idea of what glaucescens looks like. The white

belt of the abdomen is far too prominent in the figure, the belt not being more

distinct than it is in many individuals of P. dusca. The species resembles the form

tenebrosa of lusca, but is doubtless distinct. Thorax greenish yellow above,

side-tufts of abdominal segments 5 and 6 white-tipped ; underside of body paler

than in P. lusca f. tenebrosa. Forewing, above, with a broad antemedian band,

which is sharply defined distally as well as proximally ; stigma not distinct, exactly

at the edge of the band ; brown submarginal line evenly curved, somewhat dilated

in middle, not angulate, beginning at costal margin about 2 mm. from tip of wing.

Hindwing without a trace of a yellow band, with a submarginal pink-buff patch before

anal angle. Distal border of wings below not brown ; submarginal line of forewing

more proximal than in dusca.

Hab. Haiti.

One specimen (type) in the British Museum.

CVI EUPYRRHOGLOSSUM.—Typus : sagra.

Macroglossa, Poey (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), Cent. Lép. Cuba t. 19 (1832).

Eupyrrhoglossum Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 42 (1865) (type: sagra).

Empyrrhoglossum (!), Bouninghausen, /ris xii. p. 134 (1899).

3?. Differs from Sesia in veins SC* and SC° of the forewing remaining

separate at end. Penis-sheath without spines on the right side.

Hab. Tropical America.

Two species :

Forewing with a white semi-transparent spot R'—M? 367. FE. sagra.

Forewing without a white semi-transparent spot . 368. EF. corvus.

367. Eupyrrhoglossum sagra.

Macroglossa sagra Poey, Cent. Lép. Cuba t. 19 (1832) (Cuba) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii.

p- 89. n. 6 (1856) (Colombia; Brazil); Clem. Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 132, n. 7 (1857)

(S. Am.; W. Indies) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. A. p. 17 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep, N. A.

p- 152. n. 4 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 56 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het.

i. p. 360. n. 46 (1875) (Cuba; R. Grande) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 175 (1881) (/. on

Rubiaceae); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxii. p. 333 (1882) (Paramaribo) ; Bonningh.,

Tris xii. p. 135. n. 77 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Eupyrrhoglossum sagra, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 43 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., /.c. p. 150.

n. 9 (1865); Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii, p. 184 (1871) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p. 531. n. 1 (1877) (Brazil ; Colombia); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 2. n. 1 (1881)

(Chiriqui; Cuba: Colombia; Ecuador; Upp. Amaz.); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 636. n. 1

(1892) (Cuba) ; Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 298 (1896) (Mexico).

Macroglossa harpyia Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 22 (1870) (Venezuela).

3%. Head with a low mesial crest. Antenna slender in both sexes, not

clubbed, hook long, gradually tapering. Thorax mouse-grey, sides brown, the two

colours sharply separated, mesial line also brown. Forewing more variegated than

is Sesia ceculus, blackish subbasal band with a straight grey outer border ; a semi-

transparent discal spot R'—M!, more distal than in Sesia ceculus and tantalus ;

underside with ochraceous halfmoons in discal postcostal area, being the interspaces

of faintly marked brown lines, one or more such spots often also between M' and

(SM) ; these spots correspond to the semitransparent spots of Sesia fadus and

( 431 )

allies, and are homologons to the similar spots of Nyceryx. The narrow yellow

band of the hindwing of nearly even width, sometimes narrowed before middle,

more or less indicated below on disc as well as before abdominal margin. Fringe

of hindwing yellow above, less so below. SC! and SC* of forewing not fused at end,

SC! ending at costal margin a little before apex of wing.

6d. Tenth sternite slender, hooks not strongly curved. Harpe somewhat

projecting at end. Penis-sheath very peculiar (PI. LIV. f. 18): apex of sheath

triangularly narrowed, right edge of this acuminate part with a row of teeth, apex

beset all round with similar teeth, this portion homologous to the whip of the other

species ; instead of the spines found at the left side in Sesia tantalus, ete., we find in

F. sagra a very long thin process situated at the edge of the mouth of the sheath ; it

is a prolongation of the wall of the sheath itself, not a spine-like excrescence, and

is accordingly flat, with one side concave corresponding to the inner surface of the

sheath, as is the case with the whip of the other species. This process is homologous

with the tubercled ridge found in Nycerya (compare Pl. LIV. f. 1—5) ; it curves

in an irregularly raised spiral, and bears about twenty-five rather regularly dis-

tributed long branches, which are all situated on the same (external) side and are

of nearly the same length. The peculiar organ is geuerally visible without dissection,

projecting from the scaling of fan-tail. It is very brittle, breaking off easily close

to the sheath.

2. Vaginal orifice (PI. XLI. f. 1) shifted proximad and laterad, lying behind

a curved transverse fold.

Hab. Cuba ; Mexico to Rio Grande do Sul.

In the Tring Museum 30-odd specimens from: Cuba ; Honduras ; Chiriqui ;

Rio Demerara; San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., ix. 95 (Stuart) ;

Miranda, Matto Grosso, i. 99 (Stuart) ; Paraguay (Dr. Bohls) ; Rio de Janeiro.

368. Eupyrrhoglossum corvus.

* Macroglossa corvus Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatem. p. 66 (1870) (Nicaragua ;—coll. Charles Obertbiir) ;

id., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. p. 361. n. 47 (1875) (R. Magdalena, Col. ; Nicaragua).

(?) Bupyrrhoglossum ? ceculus Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud. ix. p. 531. n. 2 (1877).

Eupyrrhoglossum ceculus, Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 2. n. 2 (1881) (partim).

Eupyrrhoglossum corvus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 636. n. 3 (1892) (Nicaragua).

d. The species reminds us, in the colour and shape of the forewing, of Perigonia

lusca f. restituta. Head and thorax without mesial crest. “Antenna slender, not at all

clubbed, hook quite gradually narrowed ; end-segment short, conical, less than three

times as long as basally broad. Underside burnt umber colour, shaded with

blackish olive; breast, two series of spots on abdominal sternites (proximal

sternites also more or less the same colour in middle) and vestiges of spots at

the lateral edges of the abdominal tergites orange-buff, palpus below nearly the

same colour, rather more ochraceous-tawny, bases of wings and abdominal area of

hindwing ochraceous-yellow. SC* and SC? of forewing not fused at end, remaining

Separate as in sagra.

d. Tenth sternite with the hook much more suddenly curved than in the other

species. Penis-sheath with a long whip, which bears a number of tubercles, being

similar to the whip found in the species of Perigonia and Nyceryx ; three heavy

apical bristles at the right side, preceded by a small number of irregularly-placed

tubercles ; no spines at the left side.

Hab. Nicaragua to Bolivia.

( 432 )

In the Tring Museum 6 ¢¢ from: Huamba, Peru; Chanchamayo, Peru;

Cajon, Peru, x. (Garlepp) ; Rio Songo to Rio Snapi, Bolivia (Garlepp).

Several specimens in col]. Charles Oberthiir.

CVIII. SESIA.—Typus : tantalus.

Sphinx, Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493 (1758) (partim).

Sesia Fabricius, Syst. nt. p. 547 (1775) (partim ; type: tantalus).

Aellopus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131 (1822) (type: titan) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v.

p- 42 (1865).

Psithyros id., l.c. p. 132 (1822) (partim ; type: stellatarum).

Macroglossum, Swainson, Zool. Ilustr. iii. t. 132 (1823).

Macroglossa, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii. p. 88 (1856) (partim).

do. Head broad, without crest. Palpi shortly pointed together in dorsal

view, smoothly scaled. Antenna imperceptibly or distinctly incrassate towards

hook, or filiform in ? ; hook slender, consisting of more than eight segments ; end-

segment elongate, but not filiform, varying in length. Spines of abdomen as in

Cephonodes, Macroglossum, ete., spines of first series broad and short (Pl. LXII.

f. 11) ; seventh sternite of ? broad, transverse, mesially sinuate, the entire apical

edge spinose (PI. LXIII. f.6). Scaling of legs normal ; hindtarsus compressed, spines

shifted towards outer side, besides the four rows there are many intermediate spines,

all stout ; midtarsus with proximal spines of fourth row thinner and longer than the

others, forming a comb; mid- and hindmerum strongly angulate. Distal margins

of wings entire; SC! and SC° of forewing fused at end ; SC? and R! of hindwing

from angle of cell, R* and M' close together, cross-veins oblique.

¢. Anal segment and clasper very constant ; tenth tergite hairy, divided into

two long lobes (PI. XLII. f. 8. 9), which are somewhat twisted and compressed, so

that the upper surface is narrower than the sides ; apex more or less rounded, with

a slight carina on the inner surface ending at a notch ; ventral edge concave before

end, the lobe more or less convex proximally of this shallow sinus. The sternite

(PI. XLII. f. 8. 9, Xv.) is also divided into two lobes, which are contiguous with the

dorsal lobes ; each is sharply pointed and curved dorsad and laterad at end, the tip

lying close upon the lateral surface of the tergal lobe. The clasper is long and

narrow and curved; the dorsal margin of same is so deeply concave that there

remains a wide gap between the clasper and the tenth segment ; no friction-scales ;

harpe vestigial, being indicated by an incrassation of the ventral edge of the clasper;

bristles of clasper very long. Penis-sheath with an apical whip and a series or

patch of heavy spines at the left side, and two to four apical spines at the right

side ; the whip is a prolongation of the wall of the sheath; it is flat, somewhat

concave on the inner surface ; it is armed with some short, blunt, tubercle-like spines,

and bears two apical sensory bristles.

?. Vaginal plate small, triangular, minutely folded, its distal edge incrassate ;

vaginal orifice not quite mesial, but shifted towards the left side (P]. XLI. f. 2. 3)

Larva not known ; on Rudiaceae.

Chrysalis of tantalus clavipes shortly described by Edwards ; similar in shape

to that of L/aemorrhagia thysbe. he chrysalis figured by Burmeister, Descr. R¢p.

Argent., Atlas t. 11 f. 6, as that of tétan certainly does not belong here.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, as wanderer northwards to Ohio and

New England.

Five species.

( 433 )

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing with yellow discal band . 369. S. ceculus.

Hindwing without yellow discal band . : : 4 b.

6, Abdomen without white belt on segment 4 . . 370. S. blaini.

Abdomen with sharply marked broad white belt . : @

c. White discal spots three in number, the upper

one largest, often divided . : . 371. S. tantalus.

White discal spots four or five in aides not

divided. : - 3 : : . 372. S, titan.

White discal spots four to seven in number, some

of them divided 5 F : : : . 373. S. fadus.

369. Sesia ceculus.

Sphinx ceculus Cramer, Pap. Ex. ii. p. 80, t. 146. £. G (1777) Moa a

Sphine stellatarum 8 Sphinx ciculus (!), Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 1. 5. p. 2387. n. 27 (1790).

Psithyros ceculus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n. 1411 (1822).

Maeroglossa ceculus, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 73. n. 4 (1856) (Colombia; Guiana); Walk.,

List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 88. n. 5 (1856) (Para ; Mexico) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad.

iv. p. 132. n. 7 (1857) (S. Am.; Mexico) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. A. p. 17 (1860) ; Clem., in

Morris, Syn. Lep. N. A. p. 151. n. 3 (1862) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 359. n. 45 (1875)

(Cayenne ; Brazil; Colombia); Méscbl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 351 (1876)

(Surinam) ; Bénningh., Jris xii. p. 134. n. 76 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Bupyrrhoglossum ceculus, Grote & Rob., Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 150. nu. 10 (1865) ; Druce,

Biol. Centr. Amer,, Lep. Het. i. p. 2. n, 2 (1887) (Mexico ; Guatemala ; Nicaragua ; Chetan

Colombia ; Ecuador ; Trinidad ; Guiana; Para) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 636. n. 2 (1892)

(8. & C. Am, Dis Drnee, Le: Supal. p. 299 (1896) (Brit. Hond.; Guatem. ; Panama).

Eupyrrhoglossum ? ceculus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 531. n. 2 (1877) (Para ; Mexico).

Eupyrrhoglossum ceculus, Kayes Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 140 (1901) (Trinidad).

3%. Variable in size. The discal band of white semitransparent spots of

tantalus and allies represented above and below by a dot R*—M"', which is, however,

often absent. Head and thorax as in tantalus without mesial crest ; SC* and SC*

of forewing fused at end asin tantalus; antenna slenderer, with a longer and less

abrupt hook, agreeing with that of Lupyrrhoglossum sagra. Yellow band cf

hindwing narrowed in and before middle, seldom of even width, costal half often

partly obsolete. Abdomen with two orange patches, sometimes with only one, base

of filth tergite also often orange laterally.

3. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 14): a short whip, which is not quite the

length of the diameter of the sheath, ending in a tubercle and bearing the usual

two apical sensory hairs ; two to four apical spines at the right side ; five to eight

spines on the left side arranged in one row, all very long and pointing proximad,

differing in this respect remarkably from the corresponding spines of fadus

and allies.

?. The small vaginal orifice (PI. XLI. f. 2) lies in a groove or cavity formed

by a rather prominent antevaginal ridge and the apical edge of the vaginal plate ;

orifice concealed by the antevaginal ridge in a ventral view, being indicated in figure

by a ring of dots.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Mexico to Bolivia and Southern Brazil ; not on the

West Indies ?

In the Tring Museum 50-odd specimens from: Guatemala; Colombia ;

Venezuela; Brit. Guiana ; Peru ; Ecuador ; Bolivia ; Blumenau,

( 434 )

370. Sesia blaini.

*Aellopus Llaini Herrich-Scb., Ausser, Schm. ii. £. 553 (1869) (Cuba ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Grote,

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, ii. p. 184 (1871) (Cuba) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 530.

n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 635. n. 3 (1892) (Cuba).

*Macroglossa aedon Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 357. n. 40. t. 11. f. 1 (1875) (Cuba ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 176 (1881).

Aellopus aedon, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 6384 (1877).

Maeroglossa blaini, Dewitz, Mitth. Minch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico).

3%. This species combines characters of the pattern of Lupyrrhoglossum sagra

and Sesta tantalus. The mesothorax has long narrow scales, and is marked with a

pale vitta near upper margin of tegula. SC* and SC° of forewing are fused at end.

Hab. West Indies: Cuba; Jamaica ; Porto Rico.

In the British Museum a ? from Jamaica. A pair from Cuba in the collection

of Charles Oberthiir. A ? in the Berlin Museum also from Cuba. Type (2) of

blaini in coll. Staudinger ex coll. Herrich-Schiiffer.

371. Sesia tantalus.

Sphine tantalus Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493. n. 23 (1758) (in calidis regionibus !) ; id., Mus. Lud.

Ulr. p. 361 (1764) (Ind. or.!!) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 456. n. 23 (1767) ; Linné, Syst.

Nat. ed. xii. p. 803. n. 25 (1767); Miuill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 643. n. 25 (1774); Cram., Pap.

Ea. i. p. 107. t. 68, f. F (1775) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 177. n. 26 (1780) ; Gmel., Syst.

Nat. i. 5. p. 2386. n. 25 (1790).

(?) Sphinw ixion Linné, Syst. Nat, ed. x. p, 493. n. 24 (1758) (in calidis region. !) ; Houtt., Naturl.

Hist. i. 11. p. 456. n. 24 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 803 n. 26 (1767) ; Miill., Naturs.

y. 1. p. 643, n. 26 (1774) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 177. n. 25 (1780) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv.

Vet, Ak. Handl. xix. 5. p. 170. n. 5 (1882).

Sesia tantalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 547. 0. 1 (1775) (‘‘ hab.” erroneous) ; id., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 153.

n. 1 (1781); id., Want. Ins. ii, p. 98. n. 1 (1781); id., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 379. n. 1 (1793) ;

Turt., Syst. Nat. iii. 2. p. 178 (1806).

Sesta ivion, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 154. n. 2 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 98. n. 2 (1787).

Sphinx ivion, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2386. n. 26 (1790).

Aellopus tantalus, Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix. 5. p. 141. n. 179 (1882).

The description in a manuscript of Linné referred to by Aurivillius, Zc. p. 141,

shows that tantalus is really the species figured as such by Cramer. But, as no

locality is given, it is impossible to say which of the three geographical races,

whether one of the Continental ones or that occurring on the West Indian Islands,

Linné had before him, The type is not preserved.

The few words by which Linné attempted to characterise izion are quite

insufficient to recognise the insect by. This ixion may have been a true

Macroglossum, or a Sesia, or something else: Fabricius was perhaps right in

referring it to tantalus.

The true specific characters of tantalus and its near allies have not been

recognised, and most authors have considered the insects only doubtfully distinct,

or not distinct at all. However, a closer research showed us not only that the

three insects figured by Cramer as tantalus, fadus, and titan are distinct from one

another, but that ¢atalus consists of three different subspecies.

3%. Smaller than fadus and titan. Median band of forewing above vestigial,

without distinct white spots, or with only one minute spot M'—M?; discal band

consisting of three spots R'—M}, the uppermost generally distinctly divided in 3,

the second occasionally absent or vestigial ; underside of forewing without a median

spot, or spot M'—M?* present, but minute. No white patch at anal angle of hind-

wing above. Foretarsus normal, first segment as long as 2 to 5 together, or a

( 435 )

little shorter, or the last segment vertically enlarged. ¢ often with a short yellowish

discal band on the hindwing.

3. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 10. 11. 12) with the subapical patch of spines

similar to that of ¢/tan, the patch consisting of two or three rows of spines, which

are shorter than the diameter of the sheath proximally of the patch; length of

whip different in the three subspecies. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 8. 9) narrower at.

end than in fadus and titan. Harpe see Pl. XLVII. f. 1.

?. Vaginal plate see Pl. XLI. f. 3.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, found as a wanderer as far north as

New York and Ohio.

a. S. tantalus zonata.

Sphinx zonata Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ins. i. p. 57. t. 26. £. 5 & Index (1773) (St. Christopher).

Sphinx terpunctata Goeze, Ent. Beytr. ii. 2. p. 216. n. 43 (1780) (St. Christopher).

Maeroglossa tantalus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 88. n. 4 (1856) (partim ; Jamaica ;

§. Domingo) ; Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 288 (1856); Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 56

(1865) (Cuba) ; Dew., Witth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i, p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico); Gundl., Contr.

Ent. Cub. p. 174 (1881).

Acllopus tantalus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 42 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 150.

n. 7 (1865); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 530. n. 1 (1877) (Jamaica; Haiti; St. Thomas);

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 634. n. 1 (1892) (partim ; Antilles).

Macroglossa zonata, Lucas, l.c.

Sphine tripuncta (1), Butler, l.c. (sub synon.).

3%. Foretarsus normal, white spots of forewing more or less reduced in size

or number.

d. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 12) about four times as long as the

diameter of the sheath, with two separate tubercles before the end ; patch of spines

little more extended than in clavipes, widely separated from the apical spines.

lab. West Indies ; Florida.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd,1 ? from: Jamaica, 20. vy. 91, at blossom of wild

eashaw at 8 or 9 a.m. (C. Taylor) ; Florida, viii. x.

b. S. tantalus tantalus.

Sphine tantalus Linné, l.c. ; Cram., Lc. ; Fabr., U.l.c.c.

Sesia tantalus, Fabricius, 1.l.c.c.

Sesia ixion, id., L.l.c.c.

Aellopus tantalus, Hiibn., Samml. Ex. Schm. ii. t. 157 (1816-24) ; Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 135. n. 79

(1899) (partim ; Rio. de Jan.).

Maeroglossa tanlalus, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 73. n. 1 (1856) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii.

p- 28. n. 4 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 131. n. 6 (1857) (partim) ;

Morris, Cat. Lep. N. A. p. 17 (1860) (partim) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. A. p. 151. n. 2

(1862) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 358. n. 42 (1875) (partim) ; Méschl., Verh.

4001. Bot. Ges, Wien xxvi. p. 351 (1876) (Surinam).

Macroglossa sisyphus Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 73. n. 2 (1856) (Rio de Jan.).

Acllopus sisyphus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 42 (1865); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p. 530. n. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 635. n. 4 (1892) (Brazil) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond. p. 140 (1901) (Trinidad ; haee spec. ?).

Acllopus titan, Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 358 (1878) (partim).

3%. Burmeister’s description of sisyphus applies to this form ; his specimen

was discoloured. Foretarsus normal.

3. Whip of penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 10) about twice as long as the sheath

is wide ; two tubercles at end ; patch of spines of sheath much more extended than

in zonata and clavipes.

( 436 )

2. Vavinal plate (PI. XLI. f. 3) similar to that of the other species, orifice free.

Hab. Argentina northward to Surinam and Venezuela.

In the Tring Museum 9 od, 5 22 from: Venezuela; Amazons; Matto

Grosso ; Paraguay.

c. 8. tantalus clavipes subsp. nov.

(?) Aellopus tantalus, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 19 (1874); id., /.c, ii. p. 224. n. 14 (1875)

(Texas); id., lc. iii. p. 221. n. 16 (1877) (Texas); Grey, Canad. Ent. xi. p. 140 (1879) (N. York,

June); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 1. n. 1 (1881) (partim) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer.

Ent. Soc. xv. p. 121 (1888) (= titan ex err.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer, Mus. N. H. vii. p. 281

(1895) (N. York ; distinct ?).

Oellopus (!) tantalus, Edwards, Ent, Amer. iii. p. 163 (1887) (pupa, Mexico).

3. Generally somewhat larger than the two previous forms. The first

protarsal segment longer than segments 2 to 5 together, and segments 3 to 4

strongly compressed and enlarged vertically, the tarsus appearing clubbed in side-

view ; inner surface of the enlarged part more or less black. Dise of forewing

sometimes with a minute dot in front of the double dot R!—R?.

3. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 11) with the patch of spines reduced in extent ;

whip longer than in tantalus tantalus, with five or six tubercles distally ; three or

four apical spines on right side of sheath.

Hab. Central America, and the Andes of South America as far south as

Tacuman.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 4 2? from: Guadalajara, Mexico, vii. (Schaus),

type ; Tucuman.

372. Sesia titan (Pl. VIII. f. 16, ¢).

Sphinx titan Cramer, Pap, Ex. ii. p. 73. t. 142. £. » (1777).

Aellopus titan, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 131. n, 1407 (1822) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc,

Philad. vy. p. 150. n. 8. (1865) (partim) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 184 (1871)

(partim) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 19 (1874) (Ohio; Texas ; partim) ; Thaxt., Psyche

i. p. 29 (1874) (Mass. ; July); Grote, /.c. ii. p. 224. n. 13 (1875) (partim) ; id., Uc. iii. p. 221.

n. 15 (1877) (partim) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 358 (1878) (partim) ; Schaus, Lut.

News vi. p. 141 (1895) (distinet from tantalus).

Macroglossa titan, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 73. n. 3 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Hét. i. p. 358. 0. 43 (1875) (partim) ; Mosehl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 351 (1876)

(partim ; Surinam).

Macroglossa tantalus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 88. n. 4 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ.

Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 131. n. 6 (1857) (partim) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. A. p. 151.

n. 2 (1862) (partim).

Aellopus fadus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 530. n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Smith, 7rans.

Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 119 (1888) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 634. n. 2 (1892) ;

Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 280. t. 3. f. 1 (1895) (N. York); Kirby, in Allen’s

Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 10 (1897) (partim).

Aellopus tantalus, Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. ITet. i. p. 1. n. 1 (1881) (partim) ; id., /.c. Suppl.

p- 298 (1896) ; Bénningh., /ris xii. p. 135. n. 79 (1899) (partim ; Rio de Jan.).

3%. Fabricius and Gmelin overlooked this species. Hiibner was the first to

include it again in the list of Sphingids. It comes close to /adus in colour, but

cannot very well be confounded if one pays attention to the following points:

discal spots of forewing always simple, never divided, white scaling at anal angle

of hindwing more extended and denser; foreleg of ¢ with two conspicuous black

tufts, one at the end of the femur, the other near the apex of the tibia. The tibial

tuft is mentioned by Burmeister in Descr. Rép. Argent., .c., but he considered it to

be a character of the whole genus, while it is present only in ¢/tan.

( 437 )

3. Penis-sheath (PI. LIV. f. 9) much more similar to that of tantalus than

to that of fadus; the spines at the left side of the sheath short, arranged in two or

three rows ; two or three apical spines, proximal ones about equal, distal one longer ;

whip shorter than in fadus.

Hab. Neotropical Region, extending occasionally into the Nearctie Region; not

on the West Indies ?.

In the Tring Museum 26 specimens from: Oaxaca, Mexico, vii. (Schaus) ;

" Rica (Underwood); Bogota ; Cauca R., Colombia ; Salinas, Beni R., Bolivia,

i. (Stuart) ; eas Matto Grosso, i. 49 (Stuart) ; Sapucay, near Villa Rica,

ee any (Foster) ; Tucuman ; Petropolis ; Venezuela.

373. Sesia fadus.

Sphinn fadus Cramer, Pap. Ex. i. p. 95. t. 61. f. © (1775) (Surinam) ; Gmel., Syst Nat. i. 5.

p- 2387. n. 96 (1790).

Sesia fadus, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 154. n. 5 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 99. n. 4 (1787) ; id

Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 879. n. 4 (1793).

Aellopus fadus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131. n. 1408 (1822) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v.

p. 41 (1865) (distinct) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 530. n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Maass.,

Stett. Ent. Zeit, xix. p. 52 (1880) (= tantalus ex err.) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 119.

t. 4. f. 5. 6. 7 (genit.) (1888) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.i. p. 634. n. 2 (1892) (partim) ; -

id., in Allen’s Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 10 (1897) (partim).

tray lorsuin annulosum Swainson, Zool. Illustr. iii. t. 132. f. 1 (1823) (Brazil).

Macroglossa balteata Kirtland, in Silla Journ. Se. Art (2). xiii. p. 337. fig. (1852) (Ohio).

Macroglossa titan, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 73. n. 3 (1856) (partim ; Colombia; Venez. ;

Guiana ; N. Brazil) ; Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 288 (1856) (partim) ; Mén., Enum.

Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 95. n. 1579 (1857) (Haiti) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 56

(1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 358. n. 43 (1875) (partinn) ; Méschl., Verh.

Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 351 (1876) (partim ; Surinam); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana

p- 174 (1881) (/. on Rubiaceae) ; Bates, ed. Clodd, Natur. Amaz. p. 93. fig. (1892).

Maecroglossa tantalus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 88. n. 4 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ.

Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 131. n. 6 (1857) (partim); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. A. p. 17 (1860) ;

Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. A. p. 151, n. 2 (1862) (partim).

Macroglossa fadus, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 89. n. 7 (1856) ; Boisd., /.c. p. 359. n. 44 (1875).

Adllopus titan, Grote, Proe. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 41 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 150. n. 8

(1865) (partim) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871) (partim) ; id., Bull. Buffalo

Soc. N. Se. i. p. 19 (1874) (Texas ; partim) ; id., l.c. ii. p. 224. n. 13 (1875) (partim) ; id., Lc.

iii. p. 221. n. 15 (1877) (partim); Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 358 (1878) (partim) ;

Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 135. n. 78 (1899) (partim ; Rio de Jan.).

Acllopus tantalus, Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 1.1. 1 (1881) (partim) ; id., l.c. Suppl.

p. 28 (1896) (partim ; Mexico to Panama).

Cramer’s figure was doubtless taken from a greasy specimen in which the

white belt was not visible.

3%. Discal spots of forewing partly double, spots R!—R* being always more

or less completely divided into two lunules each, spot SC’—R! always present ;

subtransparent median spots marked above and below. Foretibia and -tarsus

normal.

3. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 8) with the whip long, bearing two or three

tubercles before the tip ; apical spines of sheath two or three in number, the most

distal one the longest ; spines at left side dong, seven to nine in number, arranged

in a single row.

Hah. Neotropical Region, inclusive of Cuba and Haiti ; occasionally northward

into the Nearctic Region.

In the Tring Museum 84 specimens from: Cuba ; Guatemala; Peru; Bolivia ;

Paraguay ; Matto Grosso; Espirito Santo ; Surinam ; British Guiana ; Venezuela.

( 438 )

CIX. HAEMORRHAGIA.—Typus: thysde.

Sphinx Linné, Syst, Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellata).

Sesia Pabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 547 (1775) (partim ; type: tantalus).

Macroglossum Scopoli, Jntr, Hist. Nat. p. 414 (1777) (partim ; type : ste/latarum).

Macroglossa Ochsenheimer, Hur. Schm. iv. p. 41 (1816) (partim).

Hemaris Dalman, Kongl. Sv, Vet. Ak. Handi. p. 207 (1816) (partim ; includes type of Macroglossum).

Cephonodes Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131 (1822) (partim ; type : hylas).

Haemorrhagia Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 149 (1865) (nom. nud.) ; iid., Le.

p- 173 (1865) (type : thysbe).

Aege Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75 (1874) (nom. indeser.).

Chamaesesia Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 220 (1877) (type: gracilis).

Cochrania Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 503 (1902) (nom. indeser.).

Scopoli based his Macroglossum on “ stellatarum, ete.” This “ ete.” can only

mean /uciformis and tityus (or one of them), since he separated apiformis and allies

as Aegeria. Dalman described in 1816 Hemaris without taking any notice of

Macroglossum, and included in his genus only stedlatarum, fuciformis, and tityus.

Hemaris is, therefore, an absolute synonym of Macroglosswm.

3. Genal process large, triangular. Hye strongly lashed. Antenna strongly

clubbed in both sexes, hook thin, abrupt ; end-seement long, more or less cylindrical,

with some bristles at end; previous segment also cylindrical, short, or obliquely

produced ventrad with the sense-cone prominent (7wdra). Spines of abdomen flat,

very strong, proximal ones shorter than long (except on proximal sternites),

rounded ; sternite of seventh segment of $ with spines at end; fan-tail large,

expansible. Foretibia with a few spines at apical edge, generally concealed by the

scales ; spur of foretibia long, only a little short of tip of tibia ; merum of midcoxa

produced into a sharp process, hindmerum also with process, but this obtuse ; spines

of comb of midtarsus not obviously prolonged ; spurs very unequal, long terminal

one longer than second tarsal segment ; first sezment of hindtarsus shorter than

tibia ; pulvillus well developed or absent, with intergradations ; ventral pair of

paropychial lobes present, or vestigial, or absent. Distal edges of wings entire;

forewing with transparent spaces, or at least with a sharply defined marginal band.

SC? and R?! of hindwing from a point or shortly stalked, R® central or a little before

centre, cross-veins transverse, slightly curved, R* and M! always separate.

3. Tenth tergite divided, slightly asymmetrical (Pl. XLIII. f. 19—26), some-

times the asymmetry more obvious (venata, P]. XLIII. f. 19) ; sternite either with

two long processes, or the right process aborted, the remaining left process more or

less asymmetrical (PI. XLIII. f. 20. 22. 23). Claspers unequal (Pl. LI. f. 17—21;

LIL. f. 4. 5), elongate ; no friction-scales ; left harpe (/,/7) always vestigial ; right

harpe (7*,/7) sometimes vestigial, but mostly produced into a more or less club-shaped

process. Penis-funnel large, obliquely truncate, or ventrally prolonged ; penis-

sheath mostly very slender, ending in a pointed or flattened process, which is dentate

at end in one instance (gracilis), seldom (venata) heavy and armed with a dentate

projection (Pl. LII. f. 5).

?. Highth tergite transverse, truncate-rounded, rather strongly chitinised also

in middle ; vaginal plate small, proximally membranaceous, vaginal orifice on the

left side ; membrane connecting seventh and eighth segments (resp. seventh

segment and vaginal plate) rather long, there being a cavity all round between the

two segments, allowing the tail a free movement.

Larva slightly tapering in front, with pale dots all over bearing short setae ;

( 439 )

granules of pronotum conspicuous ; horn also strongly granulose ; a pale dorso-

lateral line from head to horn, an inconspicuous line at each side of dorsal mesial

line.-—Food-plants : Rubiaceae ; Lonicera ; Viburnum ; Prunus; Scabiosa ; ete.

Pupa without gloss, nearly black, rough ; two small frontal tubercles ; tongue-

case not carinate ; cremaster flattened, triangular, rough, ending in two points, sides

rough with setiferous tubercles.

Hab. Nearctic, Palaearctic, and Oriental Region, most species in the Palaearctic

Region.

Grote has recognised from the beginning of his studies in Lepidopterology

that the species of Haemorrhagia (= Hemaris auct.) are generically distinct from

Macroglossum stellatarum and allies. We emphasise this fact, as most Palaearctic

writers—from the time of Scopoli, who invented the term Macroglossum for

“ stellatarum, ete.,” and Dalman, who erected his genus Hemaris for stellatarwn,

Juciformis, and tityus, down to the Catalogue of Staudinger & Rebel—did not

recognise the wide difference between the two groups of species.

Haemorrhagia is a northern development extending with two of its species into

the Oriental Region, being entirely absent from the Aethiopian and Neotropical

Regions.

The species, so far as a series of specimens is known of them, are nearly all

obviously variable. The variation refers to size and colour, and to the dentition of

the marginal bands. Very fortunately, it has been proved by breeding that two of

the American species are variable seasonally and individually, so that the reader is

amply prepared for seeing the number of so-called species greatly reduced in this

Revision. Instead of the twenty American species of Kirby’s Catalogue we

recognise as distinct only four, one of which consists of three subspecies, and there

are only eleven Old World species.

Though there is strongly marked seasonal dimorphism in several species, the

differences do not appear in all individuals of the same brood. The most extreme

summer forms do not seem to occur in springtime (thysbe f. loc. /uscicaudis,

diffinis f. aest. axillaris), while specimens of the character of the spring form appear

among the summer brood. Further observations are a desideratum, especially in

Amurland and Japan, where the individuals with heavily dentate wing-borders will

probably turn out to belong to the summer broods.

It is worthy of note that the American “ species ” were separated by Grote into

three subgenera, which correspond to three species of this Revision. The fourth

species was not known to Grote.

In the recently published Catalogue of Palaearctic Lepidoptera by Staudinger

& Rebel, Staudinger erroneously put croatica under Macroglossum, where it does

not belong. His scabiosae var. brunncobasalis is the same as mandarina, a form of

radians ; tenuis pat with t under scadiosae has nothing to do with it; marginalis

treated as a synonym of “ var.” confinis is, like tenuis, a form of diffinis ; affinis is, as

correctly suggested, the Pacific representative of fuciformis; var. robusta is not a

“var.,” 7.¢. geographical form.

The asymmetrical development of the male sexual armature is not so pro-

nounced as in some species of Cephonodes (see this), but mostly very obvious. We

find the tenth tergite divided in two processes in all the species, the left (right in

figures) process never aborting, as is the case in some species of Cephonodes. The

tenth sternite is nearly symmetrical in /uciformis and tityus (PJ. XLILI. f. 22), and

curved towards the left side in the other species (Pl. XLIIL. f 23—26). From

( 440 )

this it would appear that the sternite of /uciformis had preserved the more ancestral

shape, and that the asymmetrical one was the younger development. We think just

the reverse is the case. For in H. venata, as in Cephonodes janus, we find the tenth

sternite divided into two processes, curving laterad at tip in renata, as in Sesia, ete.

This venata sternite, representing the essential features of the divided sternite of

the allied genera from Sesia down to Madoryx and Pachylia, is a more ancestral

type than the apparently simple sternite of the other /aemorrhagia. As venata

agrees structurally with fuci/ormis, ete., except in the tenth abdominal segment and

the penis-sheath, there must be a connection between the divided and the simple

sternite. We have shown under Cephonodes that the apparently simple tenth

tergite of hylas, etc., is the result of the reduction of the left lobe, which remains

vestigial at the base of the long right lobe. On looking over the great number of

dissections of Haemorrhagia, we find that there is in many cases, at the base of the

ventral process on the right side, a piece of chitin separated from the process by the

vestige of a groove (Pl. XLII. f. 25, 7); this piece is doubtless the rest of

the right process of the sternite. We regard, therefore, the single asymmetrical

process of thysbe, staudinger?, ete., homologous with the asymmetrical left process

of the divided sternite of venata, and think that the nearly symmetrical process of

Suciformis is a derivation from an asymmetrical one.

The difference between the right and left clasper is obvious in all species, but

more marked in some than in others (PI. LI. f.17—21 ; LI. f. 4.5). The claspers

are most similar in difinis (Pl. LI. f. 21). The left harpe (//,2) is always smaller

than the right one ; it has never a prominent process, while the right harpe is in

many species produced into a more or less clubbed process, generally armed at the

end with spines or clothed with long bristles. We repeat, it is the left harpe which

is the more reduced, while it is the right process of the tenth sternite and the left

process of the tenth tergite which is obliterated in most Haemorrhagia and some

Cephonodes. This is remarkable, for it is not difficult to perceive that it should

have been the left process of the tenth sternite which disappeared, instead of the

right one, if the obliteration of the left process of the tenth tergite and of the left

harpe of the ninth segment was due only to an inherent tendency in these segments

to become reduced on the left side. As in the case of the tenth segment it is the

left side of the dorsal plate and the right side of the ventral plate which atrophy,

it is clear that there must be some other reason for this peculiar development.

Comparing the most primitive tenth segment, as preserved in H. venata, with

the most specialised one, as found in Cephonodes leucogaster, we see that at the

highest degree of specialisation attained, the double forceps, which moves vertically,

is replaced by a single forceps moving horizontally (Pl. XLIIL. f. 9.10). At first

sight it appears to be great waste to drop the right ventral process and to move the

left one towards the right side and upwards, instead of dropping the left one and

bringing the nearer right one in the position in which the sternal process is situated

in leucogaster. But the species of Haemorrhagia and several Cephonodes show that

the right ventral process is lost without the movement of the left one towards the

right side having begun. Therefore it is obvious that the absence of the process is

not dependent on the twisting of the segment to form a horizontal forceps, and that

the complete twisting of the segment, as observed in C. leucogaster, took place

probably after the loss of the right ventral process.

Besides the reduction of the bifureate sternite to one with a single process, we

observe another line of development, illustrated by Cephonodes janus and hylas.

is wre

( 441 )

The processes of janus are already both reduced ; they are fluctuating, and the

continuation of this development will doubtless result in a sternite withont

processes,

as found in C. hylas.

Key to the species :

a. Underside of thorax and abdomen, legs

and apex of tail orange-ochraceous 374. H. venata.

Underside not orange-ochraceous . ‘ b.

6. Hindwing ferruginous or cinnamon-

rufous, without vitreous spaces . : a

Hindwing ferruginous with vitreous

spaces ; no pulvillus . 3 : . 388. H. ducalis.

Hindwing ferruginous, basal area green ;

vitreous spaces ; pulvillus present

Border of hindwing reddish chocolate, or

black, or grey. : : 4

@ Mereyiae with sharply marked Pea

I. dentata.

hazel border, without vitreous spaces. 385. HZ. croatica.

Forewing unicolorous, with more or less

distinct vitreous spaces. 386. HH. rubra.

dilated at R?

d. Distal border of forewing

(apart from dentition) : : . 375. H. thysbe.

Distal border of forewing not dilated at

R’, breast with reddish tawny lateral

cee : ; : : : 376. H. gracilis.

Distal border of forewing not dilated ait

R*, breast without reddish ney

lateral stripe : : : : e.

e. Base of wings below broadly orange-

ochraceous, distal border below olive-

brown, not chestnut red. é F ii

Base of wings below not orange-

ochraceous, distal border often

chestnut-red ‘ . ‘ q.

J. Basal area of hindwing above bright

orange-ochraceous ; distal border of

forewing dentate, or as broad between

M' and M? as this cellule is wide -

Basal area of hindwing paler, distal

border not dentate, narrower. :

Cell of forewing with scaled fold. ;

Cell of forewing without scaled fold :

Bar upon cross-veins of forewing heavy,

or border of hindwing thinner than

the cellules are wide at end, or

underside of abdomen all grey . :

Bar upon cross-veins not heavy, border

of hindwing at least as broad as the

cellules are wide, underside of ab-

domen not all grey. ; : :

B80.

379.

381.

289,

FT. radians.

HH. tityus.

(in

HT. fuciformis.

LT. beresowshii.

( 442 )

2. American species . 2 : : Ye

Palaeartic and Oriental species : ‘ kh.

j. Underside of abdomen entirely, and eae

almost entirely, grey . ; 378. H. brucei.

Underside of abdomen more or less iblaeke 377. H. diffinis.

hk. Belt of abdomen more or less chestuut-

red, border of wings not dentate, that

of hindwing very thin ; : . 384. H. saundersi.

Belt of abdomen black, or border of

forewing dentate 5 : : 5 l.

l. Border of wings below wood- foe or

clay-colour, no vitreous streak in

abdominal area. . . 379a. H. tityus alaiana.

Border of wings below ahoagtate or

chestnut-brown, a vitreous streak in

abdominal area . * : ; : : m.

m. Border of hindwing as broad as the

cellales are wide ; , 382. HH. beresowshii.

Border of hindwing narrower sits tiie

cellules are wide : : ‘ . 383. HH. staudingeri.

374. Haemorrhagia venata.

* Macroglossa venata Felder, Sitz. Ber. K, K. Ak. Wiss. Wien xliii. p. 29. n. 61 (1861) (Amboina ;—

Mus. Tring) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 373. n. 64 (1875) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver:

Nat. xli. p. 109. n. 214 (1888) (Amboina).

Aege venata Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75. £. 6 (g) (1874) (Amboina).

Hemaris venata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 520. n. 13 (1877).

Cephonodes venata, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 627. n. 4 (1892).

3. Upperside of body not well preserved ; unicolorous ? Tip of tail, especially

below, breast, legs, and underside of abdomen yellow, palpi more white beneath.

Antenna slender, hook long (tip of both antennae broken). Generically distinet ?

Sexual armature very peculiar, resembling in some respects that of Cephonodes

janus. Tenth tergite divided into two divergent and obtuse processes (P]. XLII.

f. 19), which are not quite identical in shape; ninth tergite strongly asymmetrical,

tenth less so, but obviously twisted, so that the right lobe of tle sternite is visible

in a dorsal aspect ; tenth sternite (Pl. XLIII. f. 20) almost completely separated

into two long lobes, of which the left is slightly longer than the right, both curved

laterad at end, the sternite reminding one of that of Cephonodes janus. Claspers

(Pl. LIT. f. 5) broad, especially the left one (2); harpe with a tiny tooth

representing the process. Penis-funnel truncate ; penis-sheath stout, very different

from that of the other species, ending in a compressed, stout process, which is

dentate at the edge.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Amboina.

Only the type known to us (in the Tring Museum, ex coll. Felder).

375. Haemorrhagia thysbe.

Sesia thysbe Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 548. n. 4 (1775) (America).

Hemaris thysbe, Fernald, Sphing. N. Engld. p. 16. n. 4 (1886) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Int. Soc. X¥e

p. 98. t. 4. f. 1 (genit.) (1888).

( 4434)

3. Palpus longer than in the other species, hook of antenna also rather

longer. Abdomen and wings beneath chestnut-red to cinnamon-rufous. Legs

yellowish white, like breast, except upperside of foreleg, hindtarsus, tip of hindtibia,

and part of midtarsus. Cell of forewing either entirely scaled, or the vitreous

space divided by a scaled fold, distal border dilated at R’*, dentate or simple ;

hindwing scaled beyond end of cell.

3d. Tenth tergite truncate, tip of each process sinnate, essentially as in

fuciformis ; sternite (P]. XLITI. f. 25) asymmetrical as in gracilis, the vestige of

the right lobe (7) rather more obvious than in other species. Left clasper

(Pl. LI. f. 17, 2) very slender, somewhat spatulate, rounded dilated ventrally near

base, process of harpe (H/) represented by a short projection accompanied by a

broader and lower hump which bears some bristles ; right clasper (7) also slender,

shallowly emarginate ventrally beyond middle, harpe ending in a club-shaped

process which bears long spines on the upperside at apex. Penis-funnel (b-r)

smooth, not granulose ; penis-sheath (P) ending in a long, but not sharply pointed,

process.

Larva green, with a rather sharply defined reddish ventral band, which is often

restricted to the last segments, dorsal mesial line accompanied at each side by a

white line ; a yellowish dorso-lateral line ending at horn.—Food-plants : Viburnum:

Symphoricarpus ; Prunus ; Crataegus ; ete.

A variable species. We distinguish three principal forms, which are connected

by all intergradations.

a. H. thysbe f. loc. fuscicaudis.

*Sesia fuscicaudis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 83. n. 6 (1856) (Georgia ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 130. n. 3 (1859); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 17

(1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 150. n. 3 (1862).

Haemorrhagia fuscicaudis, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 150. n. 6 (1865); Grote,

Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Se. i. p. 7. 8. 19 (1874) ; id., Le. ii. p. 224. n. 12 (1875); id., lc. iii. p. 220.

n. 14 (1877).

Macroglossa fuscicaudis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 373. n. 63 (1875).

Hemaris fuscicaudis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 522. n, 23 (1877) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop.

Het. p. 140 (1877) (= southern form of thysbe) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 51 (1880)

(= thysbe) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 14 (1886) (Georgia) ; Smith, Z’rans. Amer.

Ent. Soc. xv. p. 106 (1888) (= thysbe ?) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 624. n, 1 (1892).

3%. Fourth to last sezment of abdomen, above, chestnut-red, sometimes almost

black, in specimens leading over to the next with tawny-olive lateral patches on

segments 6 and 7 ; border of forewing dentate.

A southern form which does not extend northward to N. Hngland ; it is the

usual summer form in the Southern States.

b’. H. thysbe £. thysbe.

Sesia thysbe Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 548. n. 4 (1775) (America); id., Spec. Ins. ii, p. 155. n. 10 (1781);

id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 99. n, 10 (1787) ; id., Ent. Syst. iii, 1. p. 381. n. 10 (1793) ; Walk., List

Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 82. 0. 5 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 129. 0. 2 (1859)

(partim) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 149. n. 2 (1862) (partim) ; Lintner, Proc. Ent.

Soe. Philad. iii. p. 646 (1864) (life hist.) ; id., nt. Contr. i. p. 190 (1872) (N. York, rE. v.);

Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 1 (1875) (Montreal, vi.).

Sphine pelasgus Cramer, Pup. Exot. iii. p. 93. t. 248. £. 8 (1779) (N. York ; “ Jamaica” err. loci !).

ote Goeze, Ent, Beytr. iii. 2. p. 208. n. 19 (1780) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2388. n. 100

1790),

Cephonodes pelasgus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131. n, 1405 (1822).

( 444 )

Sesia pelusgus, Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 308. n. 1 (1839); Morris, Cat. Lep. N.

Am. p. 17 (1860); Harris, ed. Flint, Jns. Inj. Veg. p. 328. £.156 (1863) ; Morris, ibid, (1863)

(= thysbe).

Sesia ruficaudis Kirby, Fauna Bor. Am. iv. p. 303 (1837) ; Walk., List Lep, Ins. B. M, viii. p. 82.

n. 4 (1856) (var. of thysbe ?) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860) ; Coup., Canad. Ent. iv.

p. 205 (1872) ; Beth., ibid. xi. p. 152 (1879).

Macroglossum pelasgus, Blanchard, in Orb., Dict. Hist. Nat. xi. p. 755. Atlas Lép. t. 16: f. 1 (1849).

Macroglossa pelasgus, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 290 (1856) (“ Cuba, Jamaica,” err. loci /) ;

Mén., En. Corp, Anim. Mus. Petr, Lep. ti. p. 95. 0. 1587 (1857).

Haemorrhagia ruficaudis, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 149. n. 4 (1865); iid., Le. p. 175

(1865).

Haemorrhagia thysbe, iid., lc. v. p. 149. n. 5 (1865) ; Grote, ibid. vi. p. 328 (1867) (Cuba?) ; Beth.,

Canad, Ent. i. p. 10. n. 9 (1869) ; Bowl., 7bid. iii. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo

Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 7. 19 (1874) ; id., Le. ii. p. 224. n. 11 (1875) ; id., Le. iii. p. 220. n. 13 (1877)

(partim) ; id,, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 13 (1886) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 27 (1886).

Macroglossa thysbe, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 369. n. 58 (1875) (partim ; “ Jamaica” err.

loci) ; Hulst, Bull. Brookl. Ent. Soc. ii, p. 38 (1880) ; Pilate, Papilio ii p. 67 (1882) (Dayton,

O., rare).

Macroglossa etolus Boisduval, l.c. p. 870. n. 59 (1875) ; Smith, Uc. p. 102 (1888) (= thysbe).

Macroglossa ruficaudis, Boisduval, l.c, p. 371, n. 61 (1875).

Hemavis thysbe, Thaxter, Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass. ; vi.) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc,

Lond. ix. p. 521, n. 18 (1877) ; Fern., Canad, Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine) ; Edw.,

Bull, U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 58 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 624.

n. 3 (1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H, vii. p. 227. t. 2. £. 1 (1895); Cross, Lunt. News

vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Harv. & Knight, Psyche viii. p. 78 (1897) (Maine) ; Rowl.,

Ent. News ix, p. 191 (1898) (Missouri) ; id., /.c. x. p. 12 (1899) (Missouri, two broods) ; Heath,

Canad, Ent. xxxiii. p. 99 (1901) (Manitoba).

Hemaris ruficaudis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 521. n. 19 (1877) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het.

p. 140 (1877) (partim) ; Maass., Stett. Hint. Zeit. xli. p.51 (1880) (=thysbe); Smith, Trans. A mer.

Ent. Soc, xv. p. 103. 106 (1888) (= thysbe?) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 624. n. 4 (1892) ; Hanh.,

Canad, Ent, xxxi. p. 49 (1899) (Manitoba).

Hemaris etolus, Butler, lc. ix. p. 634 (1877); Maass., /.c. xli. p. 69 (1880) (= southern form of

thysbe) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888).

Hemavris thisbe (1), Soule, Psyche viii. p. 155 (1897) (larva nearly all red).

Hemaris thysbe Fabr. var. ruficaudis, Hanham, Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba).

32%. Sixth and seventh abdominal tergite tawny-olive, sixth mostly with red-

brown mesial spot ; border of forewing more or less dentate. In a specimen from

Michigan in coll. Oberthiir there is no transparent space on the hindwing, and the

vitreous area of the forewing is much reduced (PI. [X. f. 14).

ce. H. thysbe f. cimbiciformis.

Sesia cimbiciformis Stephens, Jllustr. Brit. Ent., Haust, i. p. 135. n. 3 (1828).

Sesia thysbe, Wood, Ind. Ent. p. 247. t. 53. £. 29 (1854).

Sesia ruficaudis, Walker, l.c. viii. p. 82. n. 4 (1856) (partim).

Haemorrhagia floridensis Grote & Robinson, Ann. Lyc, N. York viii. p. 439. t. 16. £. 20 (g¢) (1867)

(Florida, Febr.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo S. N. Sc. i. p. 18 (1874) ; id., Lic. ii. p. 224. n. 10 (1875);

id., Lc. iii. p. 220. n. 12 (1877); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 59 (1892) (cotype,

Florida).

Sesia thyshe uniformis Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 181 (1868) (= ruficaudis Walker,

non Kirby). .

Haemorrhagia uniformis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 18 (1874); id., l.c. ii. p. 224, n. 9

(1875) ; id., Le. iii. p. 220. n. 11 (1877) (Anticosti; Canada; N. York; Penn.) ; id., Canad.

Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877) (dist. from ruficandis) ; id., l.c. xviii. p. 190 (1886) (probably dist. from

thysbe).

*Haemorrhagia buffaloensis Grote & Robinson, Ann, Lyc. N. York viii. p. 439. t. 16. £. 18 (¢) 19

(?) (1867) (Buffalo ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo S. N. Sc. i. p. 18 (1874); id., Le.

ii p. 224. n, 8 (1875) ; id., Le. iii, p. 220. n. 10 (1877) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 27 (1886) ;

id., Canad, Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877) (dist. from wniformis) ; id., l.c. xiii. p. 175 (1881) (distinct) ;

Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 60 (1892) (cotype, N. York).

( 445 )

Sesia buffaloensis, Lintner, Ent. Contr. ii. p. 112 (1873).

Sesia uniformis, id., le. p. 172 (1873) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 2 (1875) (Montreal, vi.).

Macroglossa pyramus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 372. n. 62 (1875).

Macroglossa ruficaudis, Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 109. t. 13. f. 1 (g) (1876) (syn. partim),

Hemaris buffaloensis, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 522. n. 20 (1877) ; Edw., Papilio iii. p. 25 (1883) (N. Jersey) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 5 (1892) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 104 (1888) 5

Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 38 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Beutenm., /.c. x. p. 310

(1898) (N. York).

Hemaris floridensis, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 522. n. 22 (1877) ; Edw., Papilio iii. p. 25 (1883) (N. Jersey) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 624. n. 2 (1892).

Hemaris pyramus, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 634 (1877) ; Edw., Ent. Amer, iii. p. 223 (1888); Smith, Trans.

Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 103 (1888) (= uniformis) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 7 (1892).

Hemaris uniformis, Edwards & Ell., Papilio iii. p. 125 (1883) (larva, on Viburnum); Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 6 (1892).

Hemaris thysbe var. wniformis, Holland, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 101 (1886) (Pittsburgh) ; Beutenm ,

Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 60 (1892) (cotype) ; id., /.c. vii. p. 277. t. 2. f. 2 (1895) ; Kunze,

Ent. News vii. p. 9 (1896) (Westchester, N.Y. ; Manitoba) ; id., /.c. p. 86 (1896) (the same note

as before !).

Hemaris thysbe dim. var. uniformis Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. sub n. 13 (1886).

Hemaris thyshbe (2) var. min. buffaloensis id., l.c. (1886).

Hemaris thysbe (?) var. maj. floridensis id., Lc. (1886).

Hemaris thysbe var. floridensis, Beutenmiiller, /.c. vii. p. 277 (1895).

3%. Variable in size like f. thysbe, but more so. Sixth and seventh abdominal

tergite tawny-olive, with or without red-brown mesial spot ; border of forewing not

dentate.

This is the ordinary spring form, but occurs also in the summer. Some of our

Florida specimens are smaller than some of our New England ones.

Hab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region: Canada to Florida and Texas,

westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 1 pupa; and :—

f. loc. fuscicaudis, 14 83,5 22% from: Sanford, Florida, vi.; Raleigh, N.C.,

viii. (Brimley).

f. thysbe, 17 33,9 2% from: Hastings, Florida, vi.; Long I., vi.; N. Jersey,

vii. ; Massachusetts ; Illinois ; Iowa.

f, cimbiciformis,4 33,10 3? from: Hastings, Florida, vi. ; Texas ; Quincy,

Illinois, iv. y.; Babylon, Long I., 3. vi. 1902 (N. C. Rothschild) ; Maine.

376. Haemorrhagia gracilis.

Sesia ruficaudis, Walker (non Kirby, 1837), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 82. n. 4 (1856) (partim ;

N. York).

Haemorrhagia gracilis Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 149. 174. t. f. 1. 2 (¢)

(1865) (Canada West) ; iid., /.c. p. 149. n. 3 (1865) ; Bowl., Canad. Ent. iii. p. 143 (1871)

(Quebec) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 7. 8. 18 (1874) (Canada; N. York) ; id., lc. ii.

p. 224. n. 7 (1875) (N. York ; Mass.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 59 (1892)

(cotype, Canada).

Sexia gracilis, Bethune, Canad. Ent. i. p. 10 (1869) ; Lintn., Lut. Contr. i. p. 190 (1872) (N. York,

beg vi.) ; id., Lc. iii. p. 179 (1872).

Hemaris gracilis, Thaxter, Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., E. V.—M. vi. ; M. vii.—E. viii.);

Bau., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 522. n. 21 (1877) (N. York); Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21

(1884) (Orono, Maine) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 16. n. 3 (1886) (Maine, vi.) ; Grote, Canad.

Ent. xviii. p. 130, n. 12 (1888); Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 97 (1888) (Canada ;

Maine; Mass.; N. York ; Eastern and Middle States); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. I.

vii. p. 278. t. 2. f. 3 (1895) (N. York, very rare, v. & vi., vii. & viii.).

Macroglossa gracilis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 371, n. 60 (1875).

Chanaesesia gracilis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 220. n, 9 (1877) (N. York ; Mass.) ; id.,

Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 26 (1886).

( 446 )

3%. Breast on each side with a reddish tawny horizontal stripe, not found in

any other species ; abdomen below cinnamon-rufous, with creamy mesial spots,

largest on proximal segments ; legs the same colour as abdomen. A small vitreous

space in apex of cell of forewing, not divided. Vitreous area of hindwing below

followed behind by a creamy patch.

d. Tenth tergite shaped as in /uciformis, but sinuate beneath before apex, not

at tip; sternite of the same type as in staudingeri, but narrower. Left clasper

(Pl. LI. f. 18, 2) deeply sinuate ventrally, the proximal part not so much

projecting as in fuctformis, also broader than in thysbe, the apical lobe less slender

than in ¢hysbe, harpe not projecting, gradually narrowed, with a few hairs; right

clasper (7*) broader than in ¢hysbe, feebly emarginate ventrally beyond middle, harpe

(47) without free process, gradually narrowed to a point. Penis-fnnnel (p-r)

carinate beneath, ending in a slender and smooth point ; penis-sheath differing from

that of all the other species in the apical process being truncate and, at the apical

edge, dentate (Pl. LI. f. 18, P).

Early stages not known.

Hab. Atlantic district: Canada ; New England ; rare, and therefore probably

overlooked in the more southern States.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 1 ? from N. York.

377. Haemorrhagia diffinis.

Sphinx fuciformis Abbot & Smith (von Linné, 1758), Ins. Georgia i, p. 86. t. 43 (1797).

* Macroglossa diffinis Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. i. t. 15. £. 2 (1836) (coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Sphinx fusiformis (1), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het i. p. 626, sub n. 21 (1892).

3%. Vitreous area of cell of forewing not divided by a scaled fold. Body

more shaggy than in gracilis and thysbe, but less than in ¢ityws. Legs more or less

extended black ; long spurs comparatively shorter than in ¢étyus. Very variable

individually, seasonably, and geographically.

3. Tenth segment essentially as in ¢hysbe, sternite always asymmetrical, often

emarginate at the right sight, the vestige of the right lobe of venata then being a

little more distinct than usually. Claspers (Pl. LI. f. 21) not very unlike, often

nearly the same, the right one generally slenderer ; left harpe ending in a short

process, bearing some hairs ; proximally of the process there is a curved, somewhat

halfmoon-shaped hump densely beset with minute spines ; right harpe similar, but

the process longer, often clubbed, with long hairs at the end. Penis-funnel (p-r)

truneate, smooth ; process of penis-sheath simple, pointed.

Larva similar to that of thysbe; dorsally shaded with brown, mesial line

accompanied at each side by a darker (not paler) line.—Food-plants : Symphori-

carpus, Lonicera, Apocynum, ete.

Hab. Nearctie Region from the Atlantic to the Pacific.

The various forms of this insect have been described as 13 distinct species. Since

Hulst proved by breeding that the forms of ¢hysbe with dentate and non-dentate

wing-borders were the same species, the belief in the distinctness of the allies of

diffinis has become shaky. Smyth, in 1900, succeeded in rearing several broods

of difinis, and found that the differences assumed to be specific by the older writers

are in fact only seasonal or individual. On comparison of the individuals of our

long series from various parts of the Nearctic Region we find that there is no

structural difference between all these “species” in question, but that there are

well-marked geographical races each variable in itself. These races are: (1) the

( 447 )

Atlantic race, extending in Canada westwards to the Pacific ; (2) the central race,

inhabiting the eastern side of the Rockies from New Mexico to Montana ; and (3)

the Pacific race, occupying the country between the Rocky Mountains and the

Pacific Ocean.

We keep druce? distinct for reasons given under that heading.

a. Hl. diffinis diffinis.

Sphinx fuciformis, Abbot & Smith, /.c. (partim ; imago).

* Vacroglossa diffinis Boisduval, l.c.

Hemaris diffinis, Fernald, Sphing. N. Engl. p. 14 (1886); Smyth, Ent, News xi. p. 584 (1900)

(diffinis bred from axillaris, and the reverse).

3%. Legs for the greater part black; middle of tail of the same colour

as the two previous segments and thorax ; underside of abdomen black ; base of

wings black above and below, with little pale scaling.

Three principal forms, connected by intergradations :—

a’. H. diffinis diffinis £. vern. tenuis.

*Hemaris tenuis Grote, Bull, Buffalo Soc, N. Sc. i. p. 4. 18. t. 1. £. 6 (1874) (N. York ; Penn, ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., dc. ii. p. 224. n. 3 (1875) ; id., Lc. iii. p. 220. n. 5 (1877) (N. York ; Ohio ;

Wisc.) ; id., Psyche ii. p. 66 (1877) ;*Coq., Prans. Dept. Agr. Illin., App. p. 160 (1880) ; Fish.,

Canad. Ent. xv. p. 238 (1883) (Buffalo ; larva) ; id., /.c. xvi. p. 143 (1884); Fern., Sphing. N.

Engl. p. 14. n. 1 (1886) ; Holl., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 101 (1886) (Pittsburgh ; larva on Symph.

racem.); Grote, ibid. xviii. p. 130. n. 7 (1886) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 26 (1886) ; id.,

Canad. Ent. xix. p. 19. 79 (1887) ; Smith, l.c. xv. p. 93 (1888) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus.

xxxv. p. 37 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.); Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 626 n. 24 (1892) ; Hanh.,

Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Smyth, Ent. News xi. p. 584 (1900) (spring form

of diffinis) ; Heath, Canad. Ent. xxxiii. p. 99 (1901) (Manitoba).

Macroglossa fumosa Strecker, Lep. Ithop. Het. p. 93 (1874) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. vi. p. 199 (1874)

(fresh specim.) ; Streck., /.c. t. 13. f. 3 (1876) ; id., Lc. p. 140 (1877).

Hemaris fumosa, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 518. n. 2. (1877) ; id., lc. p. 634 (1877) ;

Maass., Jc. xli. p. 69 (1880) (= tenuis).

*Hemavis metathetis Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 519. n. 7 (1877) (Texas ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Papilio i. p. 103 (1881) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 51 (1880) (=awillaris ex err.) ;

Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130 n, 11 (1886) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888) ; Smith, le.

xv. p. 91 (1888) (= thetis) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. n. 26 (1892).

Macroglossa tenuis, Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 67 (1882) (Dayton, O., rare). :

Hemaris diffinis, Beutenmiiller, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. Se. vii. p. 278. t. 2. f. 4 (1895) (N. York ;

V. Vi, Vii. viii.).

3%. Variable in size, and also somewhat in colour. Border of forewing even.

The spring form.

UY. H. diffinis diffinis f. aest. diffinis.

* Macroglossa diffinis Boisduval, l.c. ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 366. n, 54 (1875) (larva excl.).

Sesia diffinis, Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 129 (1839); Walk., List Lep. Ins. BM.

viii. p. 81. n. 3 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 129. n. 1 (1859) ; Morris, Cat.

Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 148. n. 1 (1862); Harris,

ed. Flint, Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (186 ); Mead, Canad, Ent. ii. p. 157 (1870) (larva) ; Bowl.,

ibid, iii. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec) ; Grote, ibid. ili. p. 101 (1871) (Alabama) ; Lintn., “nt. Contr.

i. p. 40 .190 (1872) ; id., Lc. ii. p. 157 (1873).

Sexia fuciformis ?, Bmmous, Nat. Hist. N. York p, 221. t. 32. £. 10 (1854).

Hemaris diffinis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 5.18. t. 1. £.8 (1874) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29

(1874) (Newton, Mass., E. v.—M. vi.) ; Grote, lc, 1. p. 224. n. 4 (1875); id., dc. iil. p. 220.

n. 6 (1877) (Canada; N. York ; Mass.); Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 99

(1880) ; Coq., ibid. p. 160 (1880); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ontario xii. p. 50 (1882) (larva)

Pern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine); Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 26 (1886) ;

( 448 )

id., Canad. Ent, xviii. p. 130. n. 8 (1886) ; id., U.c. xix. p. 79 (1887); Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent.

Soc. xv. p. 96 (1888) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 38 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 626. n. 21 (1892) ; Rowl., Ent. News v. p. 178 (1894) (larva) ; Cross,

ibid. vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Rowl., ibid. ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri) ; id., /.c. x.

p. 12 (1899) (Missouri, larva noticed) ; Smyth, Hut, News xi. p. 584 (1900) (summer form of

tenuis).

*Hemaris marginalis Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 6. 18. t. 1. f. 10 (2) (1874) (Michigan ;—

Mus. Brit.); id., /.c. ii. p. 224. n. 5 (1875); id., Le. iii, p. 220. n. 7 (1877) (Mich. ; Ohio ; Ind.);

Butl., /.c. ix. p. 621. n. 17 (1877) ; Maass., /.c. xli. p. 51 (1880) (= avillaris) ; Jew., Canad. Ent.

xl. p. 231 (1880) (Ohio, larva on Lonicera semperviv.) ; id., Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soe. iv. p. 17

(1883) (life hist.); Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n, 8 (1886); id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 26

(1886) ; Smith, /.c. xv. p. 95 (1888) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 38 (1889) (liter.

rel, to metam.).

Macroglossa marginalis, Pilate, Papilio ii, p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O., common).

3%. A summer form. Border of forewing slightly dentate, or at least

crenulate. Generally somewhat larger than the preceding.

ce’. H, diffinis diffinis f. aest. axillaris.

*Sesia axillaris Grote & Robinson, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. ii. p. 180 (1868) (Texas ;—Mus. Brit.).

Hemaris axillaris Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 6. 18. t. 1. £. 9 (1874) ; id., lec. ii. p. 224.

n. 6 (1875); id., Lc. iii. p. 220. n. 8 (1877) (Texas) ; Butl., lc. ix. p. 521. n. 16 (1877)

(= grotei) ; Streck., /.c. p. 140 (1877) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 10 (1886); id.,

Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 26 (1886); Edw., Pupilio iii, p. 25 (1883) (N. Jersey) ; Smith, /.c.

xv. p. 95 (1888) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus, N. Sc. vii. p. 279 (1895) (N. York, very rare).

*Sesia grote’ Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4). xiv. p. 365 (1874) (Texas ;—Mus. Brit.).

Macroglossa aethra Strecker, /.c. p. 107 (1875) (Montreal).

Hemavris aethra, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 684 (1877); Maass., lc. xli. p. 69 (1880) (= diffinis) ; Grote,

Canad, Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 6 (1886) ; Smith, /.c. xv. p. 93 (1888) (= diffinis) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 626. n. 22 (1892).

Hemaris grote’, Edwards, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888).

3%. A second summer form. Border of forewing with prominent teeth.

Hab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region, from Texas to Canada, in the north

westwards to the Pacific.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. tenuis, 60-odd specimens from : 8. Antonio, Texas ; Quincy, Illinois, iy. v. vi. ;

Tioga Co., Penn. ; Buffalo, v.; Maine; N. Westminster, Brit. Col., iv. (Wilson).

f. aest. diffin’s 21 63,8 $2 from: Texas; Nelson Co., W. Va. (Robinson) ;

Towa, viii. ix. ; Quincey, Llinois, vii. ; Eureka Springs, Arkansas, vil. ; Canada.

f. aest. avillaris 7 63,2 99 from: Hureka Springs, Arkansas, vii. ; Quincy,

Illinois, vil. vill. ix. ; Iowa; Volga, 8. Dakota.

b, H. diffinis senta.

Macroglossa senta Strecker, Rept. Chief Engineer 1878, App. p. 1858. t. e. f. 1 (1879) (N, Mexico).

Hemaris senta, Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 5 (1886) ; Smith, Zc. xv. p. 93 (1888) (IN. Mexico)

(=rubens) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 627. n. 28 (1892).

Hemaris rubens, Hanham, Canad. Ent. xxxi. p. 49 (1899) (Manitoba).

3%. Resembling somewhat difinis f. tenuis, body slenderer, legs more grey ;

abdominal area of hindwing above reddish distally, with a grey space, wing-borders

altogether more reddish. Middle of tail of the colour of the two previous segments.

A ¢ from Bear Creek, Morrison Co., Colorado, Sept. 17th, 1901, 10,000 ft:

(Oslar), the only specimen we have from that district, differs from all our other

examples in the wing-borders being obviously broader, dentate, and nearly as bright

( 449 )

red as the apical costal patch of the forewing (summer brood? Onur other dated

individuals of sexta were caught in May).

Hab. Rocky Mountains, from New Mexico to Montana.

In the Tring Museum 54 specimens from: New Mexico; Colorado (Oslar) ;

Clear Creek, Berkeley (v.), Platte Cation (7500 ft.), Colorado Springs, Ft. Collins ;

Montana.

ce. H. diffinis thetis.

* Macroglossa thetis Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 32 (1855) (Calif. ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3?. Legs totally black, or hindtibia with pale hairs near base; tail entirely

black.

Two principal forms, which are not seasonal :—

d@. H. diffinis thetis f. thetis.

* Vacroglossa thetis Boisduval, /.c. ; Grote & Rob., Proc. But. Soc. Philad. v. p. 192 (1865) ; Boisd.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 65 (1869) ; Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 172 (1870);

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. 1. p. 368. 0. 57 (1875).

Sesia thetis, Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. i. p. 325. t. 6. £. 36 (1868).

Hemaris thetis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 5, 18. t. 1 £.7 (1874) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Sc.

vi. p. 87 (1876) (coast range, v. vi.) ; id., Uc. ii, p. 224. n. 1 (1875) ; id., Le. iii, p. 220. n. 1

(1877) (Calif.) ; Butl., Jc. ix. p. 519. n. 6 (1877) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n, 2 (1886) ;

Smith, Jc. xv. p. 90 (1888) (Calif.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. n. 25 (1892).

Hemaris palpalis Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Sc. ii. p. 145. 224. n. 2 (1875) (Gilroy) ; Edw., Proc,

Calif. Ac, Sc. vi, p. 89 (1876) (Gilroy, California, not Gilroy, Brit. Columbia) ; Grote, /.c. iii.

p- 220. n. 2 (1877) (California) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud. ix. p. 519. n. 3 (1877) ; Grote,

Canad. Ent. xviii. p, 130 n. 1 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xy. p. 89 (1888) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 626. n. 23 (1892).

Hemavis rubens Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. Sc. vi. p. 88 (1876) (Oregon ; Lake Tahoe) ; Grote, Bull

Buffalo Soc. N. Se. iii. p. 220. n. 3 (1877) ; id., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 4 (1886) ; Smith,

Le. xv. p. 92. t. 4. £. 2 (genit.) (1888) (Oregon ; Calif.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. n. 27

(1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus, N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Oregon, ex coll. Hy. Edwards).

3%. Hindtibia with a tuft of pale hairs near base, or nearly entirely pale-

haired ; besides abdominal tergites 6 and 7, generally also middle of tergite 5 pale ;

some specimens have the fifth tergite, however, black like the fourth. Size

variable ; our summer specimens from Arizona are as large as diffinis f. aest. diffinis,

and haye the wing borders far more red than ordinary ¢hetis. Possibly the summer

brood, at least of the southern districts of the range of thetis, are mostly large and

reddish on the wing ; if that is the case, the form should be kept separate as f. aest.

rubens.

We doubt that the yellow colour of the palpi of the individual called palpalis

was natural ; the specimen, if preserved, should be carefully examined ; possibly

the yellow colour is due to the presence of pollen.

e. H. diffinis thetis £. cynoglossum.

Hemaris cynoglossum BWdwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. Sc. vi. p. 88 (1876) (Calif. ; Vancouver I,) ; Grote,

Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 220. n. 4 (1877) ; Butl., Papilio i. p. 103 (1881) ; Grote, Canad.

Ent. xviii. p. 130. n, 3 (1886) ; Smith, /.c. xv. p. 91 (1888) (Calif. ; Vancouver) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep, Het. i. p. 627. n. 30 (1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H iv. p. 170 (1892) (3 specim,

ex coll. Hy. Edwards).

3%. Hindtibia quite black; fifth abdominal tergite black like fourth, seldom

at each side of middle of the colour of the sixth and seventh. No structural

difference from f. thetis.

( 450 )

Hab. Pacitic district of Nearctic Region, from British Columbia to Arizona.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. thetis,22 63,9 22 from: Prescott, Arizona, vi. vii. (Dr. Kunze) ; Copper

Basin, vii., 7000 ft., and Jerome, vi., 7500 ft., Arizona (J. E. Oslar); Pasadena,

Calif. ; Gold Hill, Oregon (Biedermann) ; South Utah, vii.

f. cynoglossum in the British Museum and coll. W. Schaus.

378. Haemorrhagia brucei.

Hemaris brucei French, Canad. Ent. xxii. p. 133. (1890) (Colorado) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 627.

n. 29 (1892); Skinner, Ent, News xi. p. 380 (1900) (Wasatch Mts., Utah, common at high

altitudes).

3%. Very near H. diffinis senta, but more shaggy ; legs nearly, and underside

of abdomen entirely, grey. Not structurally different.

Hab. Central district at high altitudes : Colorado ; Utah.

In the Tring Museum 22 dd, 10 22 from: South Utah, vi.; Silver Lake,

Utah, vii. ; Rio de los Pinos, Colorado, v.; South Park, Col., 10,000 ft., vi. viii.

(Oslar) ; Chimney Gulch, Col., 8000 ft., v. (Oslar) ; Platte Caton, Col., 8000 ft.,

yv. (Oslar).

As this insect oceurs together with H. difinis senta, and is always distinguish-

able, we consider it distinct:in spite of the absence of structural differences.

379. Haemorrhagia tityus.

Sphinw tityus Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493. n. 2 (1758) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handi. xix. 5.

p. 170 (1882).

As fuciformis is undoubtedly the correct name for the broad-bordered

Palaearctic species we do not see any objection against the employment of the name

tityus for the narrow-bordered one. Linné’s description applies equally well to all

the clear-winged species ; the unpublished description referred to by Aurivillius, /.c.,

fits the insect figured by Esper as bombyliformis. As Linné treated, in 1767, tityus

as a variety of fuciformis, we may safely assume that he knew indeed both the

broad border and the narrow border, but was not convinced of their specific

distinctness.

The name of bombyliformis, applied by Esper and others to the present species,

aud misapplied by Iliger and most Continental Lepidopterists to /uciformis, cannot

stand for the narrow border, for the character ‘ abdomine coccineo,’ and the fact

that Linné treated Jombyliformis in 1767 as a variety of porcellus, speak decidedly

against the type of bombyliformis having been the narrow border, while the

character ‘ano barbato” does not fit porcellus ; “ alis hyalinis luteo variis” might

apply to a fresh specimen of //aemorrhagia that has not lost the scales, but also to

a strongly rubbed porcedlus.

The names tityus for the narrow border, and fuciformis for the broad border,

are easily remembered if we keep in mind that, /uciformis fecding on Galium, and

tityus on Scabiosa, the initials of the insect and these food-plants are neighbours in

the alphabet, and further, that ¢ityus is tenuiter marginatus (has a thin border), and

that fuciformis is “ fortiter” marginatus.

3%. Hook of antenna shorter than in /vcijformis and the allied species, third

and fourth segment (counted from end) broader, Cell of forewing without sealed

fold. Hindtibia black at end. Border of forewing sometimes slightly dentate.

3. Tenth segment as in /uciformis. Claspers different (Pl. LI. f. 20); left

( 451 )

one broader than in fuciformis, not spatulate, harpe represented by an obviously

spinose hump ; right clasper narrowed in apical third, harpe produced into a clubbed

process which is armed at end with spines. Penis-funnel (p-r) rough with granules

only at end, produced into a slender lobe ; process of penis-sheath longer than in

fuciformis, acutely pointed.

Larva with a broad ventral band, and a lateral and dorso-lateral series of spots,

which are brown-red, the lateral spots oblique, including the stigmata; horn

straight, brown-red.—Food-plants : Scadbiosa and allied genera; rarely on other

plants.

Hab. Palaearctic Region, from Western Europe to Thibet ; represented in the

Pacific district by radians and staudingeri.

Two subspecies :

a. HH, tityus alaiana subsp. nov.

Macroglossa fuciformis, Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Wém. Lép. iv. p. 514. n. 211 (1890) (Alai Mts.).

3?. Black belt of abdomen much shaded with luteous hairs, tail scarcely with

any luteous hairs ; thorax and posterior abdominal segments less bright yellow than

in ¢tityus tityus. Border of forewing broader than in the other form, as broad

between R* and M! as this cellule is wide at end ; cross-veins with an obvious bar,

which is nearly as prominent as in fuci/. affinis ; base of hindwing above and below

less yellow than in ttyus tityus.

A more generalised form than the ordinary tityus.

Hab. Alai Mts.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type), 1 2%, ex coll. Grum-Grschmailo.

b. H. tityus tityus.

Bradl., Works of Nature p. 158. t. 24. f. c (1721); Roes., Jus. Belust. ili. p. 232. t. 38. f.1 (1.)

(1755) ; Gronoy., Act. Helv. v. p. 141. n. 314 (1762) ; Schaeff., Jus. Ratish. t. 16. f. 1 (1766) ;

id., Elem. Ent. t. 116, £. 3 (1766) ; Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur. iii. p. 24. t. 89. f. 117. e. f. (1782).

Sphine tityus Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493. n. 2 (1758) (in reg. calid. !); Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet.

Ak. Handl. xix. 5, p. 170 (1882) (recens. critica).

Sphinz bombyliformis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x, p. 493. n. 27 (1758) (Europa ; haec spec. ?); Esp.,

Schmett. Eur, ii. p. 180. n. 30. t. 23. f. 2 (1779); Lang, Verz. Augsb. ii. p. 72. n. 579. 580 (1782);

Fuessly, N. Wag. ii. p. 200, n. 1 (1785) ; id., Le. ili, p. 153. n. 88 (1786); Borkh., Zur. Sch.

ii. p. 55. n. 2 (1789) ; View., Tabell. Verz. Brandenb. p. 13. n. 2 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal.

p. 635 (1791) ; Borkh., Fthein. Mag. i. p. 314. n. 318 (1793) ; Hoffm., Naturf. xxviii. p. 80 (1899)

(larva) ; Schrank, Paws boica ii. p. 231. n. 1396 (1804); Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Sch., Sphing.

t. 9. £. 56 (1805— ?) ; id., Gesch. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. A.a. f. la (1806—?) ; Lue., Ley.

Eur. p. 108. t. 44 (1834).

(7) Sphine porcellus 8. Sphinx bombyliformis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 801. sub n, 18 (1767).

Sphing fuciformis B. Sphina tityus id., l.c. p. 803. sub n. 28 (1767).

Sphinz porcellus B, bombyliformis, Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 170 (1780).

Sphing fuciformis, Poda, Mus, Graec, p. 82. n. 9. t. 2. f. 6 (1761) ; Den. & Schiff., Verz. Sch. Wien

p. 44. n. 1 (1776) (partim) ; Illig., in Den. & Schiff., Verz. Schm. Wien ed. ii. p. 22 (1800) ;

Lasp., in Mlig., Way. ii. p. 37 (1803) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 185. n, 1 (1808),

Sesia fuciformis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 548. n, 5 (1775) (partim) ; id., Spee. Jus, ii. p. 156. n. 11

(1781) (partim) ; id., Lnt. Syst, iii. 1. p. 382. n. 12 (1793) ; Walk., List Lep, Jus. B. WM. viii.

p. 80. n. 1 (1856) (partim).

Sphine musca Retzius, Gen. Ins. p. 33, a. 23 (1783).

Setia fuciformis, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 749. n. 1 (1815).

Macroglossa fuciformis, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur, iv. p. 42.n.1 (1816) ; Frey., Beitr. Sch. ii, p. 26.

t.56 (1829) ; Meig., //andb. Schm. p. 92. 0, 2 (1827) ; Boisd., Jud. Meth. p. 32 (1829) ; Cant, in

Silberm., Mev. Lut. i. p. 76 (1833) (Dept. du Var) ; Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 102. t. 51. £. 709. 710

(1837) ; Zett., Jus. Lapp. p. 918 (1840); Ramb., Laune Andal. p. 123 (1842) (Grenada)

( 452 )

Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslaw i. p. 5 (1847); Mann, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. iii, p. 91 (1859)

(Sicily) ; id., Jc. vi. p. 365 (1862) (Brussa, v.) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederl. p. 90 (1867) (v. vi.) ;

Led., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1870) (Caucasus ; Talysch) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét.

i. p. 365. n. 53 (1875) ; Oberth., Et, @ Ent, i. p. 31 (1876) (Lambeze, Alg.) ; Staud., Hor. Soc.

Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 301 (1878) (N. Persia) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 46 (1880) ;

Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 73 (1884) (Istissu ; Kasikoporan) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 124

(1889) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1889) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 31.

t. 9. £. 3 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 31. t. 18. £.12 (1894) ; Kall. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub.

xxxviii. App. p. 20 (1895) ; Vos, Tijdschr. Ent. xli. p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl,

Grossschm. ii. p. 234 (1900).

Hemaris bombyliformis, Dalman, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. p. 207 (1816).

Sesia bombyciformis, Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819).

Cephonodes bombyliformis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131. n. 1403 (1882) (partim).

Sesia bombyliformis, Curtis, Brit. Ent. i. t. 40 (1824) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths p. 26,

t. 6. f. 4. 5. 6 (1843).

Sesia fuciformis, Stephens, Jllust. Brit. Ent., Haust.i. p. 134. 0. 1 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins, ii.

p. 34 (1829).

Macroglossa bombyliformis, Meigen, Ew. Schm. p. 125. n. 1. t. 62. £. 8 (1830); Wallengr., Shand.

Het. Fiji. p. 56. n. 2 (1863) ; Siebke, Enum. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 26. n. 2 (1874) ; Barrett, Lep.

Brit. Is. ii. p. 73. n. 3. t, 54. £. 3. 3a (1., i.) (1895).

Macroglossa scabiosae, Zeller, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 387 (1869).

Macroglossa knautiae id., /.c. (1869).

Hemaris fuciformis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 520. n. 10 (1877).

Hemaris tityus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 626. n. 19 (1892) ; Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 528 (1902).

Hemaris scabiosae, Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105. n, 774 (1901) (partim).

3. There is little variation observed, except in size. The border of the

forewing is never prominently dentate, but specimens corresponding to radians f.

radians can doubtless be artificially produced.

Hab. Western Europe, North Africa, eastwards to the Altai and Kuku-nor,

North Persia, Asia Minor.

In the Tring Museum 30-odd specimens from various places in Europe ; 2 dd

from Kuku-nor (received from R. Taneré).

380. Haemorrhagia radians.

*Sesia radians Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 84 n. 8 (1856) (Shanghai ;—Mus. Brit.).

Hemaris radians, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 10 (1892) (= mandarina) ; Leech, Trans. Ent.

Soe. Lond, p. 295. n. 85 (1898) (Oiwake ; Yokohama; Gensan ; Hakodate ; Fushiki; Kiukiang);

Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. li. p. 233 (1900); Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105. n, 773

1901).

ee RE Bartel, lc. p. 234 (1900).

82. Nearest to tityvs. Upperside of foretibia and -tarsus black ; apical third

of hindtibia blue-black like upperside of tarsus. Thorax and basi-abdominal area

of hindwing above, and basal areas of both wings below, deep chrome. Scaling of

cross-veins of forewing heavier than in ¢étyus, cell-fold distinct or vestigial, seldom

practically absent.

do. Sexual armature essentially as in ¢/tyus ; the tenth sternite more

asymmetrical, being obliquely rounded at end (PI. XLIII. f. 23), both claspers a

little more spatulate.

Early stages not known.

Two forms :

a. Ll. radians f. mandarina,

*Hemaris mandarin Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 239, n. 2. t. 35, £. 2 (1875) (Shanghai ;--

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 520. n. 9 (1872).

Macroglossa fuciformis, Graeser, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 106. n. 196 (1888) (Amurld., June) ;

Staud., in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 241. n. 232 (1892) (Amurland).

( 453 )

* Macroglossa fuciformis var. brunneobasalis id., l.c. (coll, Staudinger) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Gvossschm.

li. p. 238 (1900).

Hemaris scabiosae var. brunneobasalis, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105. sub n. 774 (1901).

6%. Border of forewing not dentate.

b! TI. radians f. radians.

*Sesia radians Walker, 1.c. (Shanghai).

Macroglossa radians, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 373. n. 65 (1875) ; Fixs., in Rom., MWém.

Lép. iii. p. 323 n. 102 (1887) (Corea, vii.); Staud., in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 242. n. 233

(1892) (Amurland).

Hemaris radians, Butler, Trans. Zool, Soe. Lond. ix. p. 520, n. 14 (1877) ; id., [ust Typ. Specim.

Lep. Het. B. M, ii. p. 3. t. 21. £. 2 (1878) ; Leech, Zr, Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 121. n. 107 (1889)

(Kiukiang),

3%. Border of forewing more or less heavily dentate. Intergradations between

the two forms not rare.

Hab. Both forms in China, Amurland, and Japan ; f. vadians apparently more

common in Japan than on the continent.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. mandarina, 4 33, 4 ? 2 from: Oiwake ; Nagasaki, v. (Leech) ; Loo Choo

(Pryer) ; Amur.

f. radians, 25 33, 10 2 from: Nagasaki, v. (Leech) ; Yokohama, vii. ;

Makoyama, viii.; Amur ; Gensan, Corea, vii. (Leech).

381. Haemorrhagia fuciformis.

Sphinx fuciformis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493. n. 28 (1758).

3%. The broad-bordered species, feeding on Galium and Lonicera, is

undoubtedly the insect which Linné described as fuciformis. The figures quoted

by him represent the broad-bordered Sphinx ; the reference to Bradley, Works of

Nature, is very significant, as Linné quotes only Bradley’s fig. B, and not fig. c,

which latter is the narrow-bordered species.

Individually, seasonally, and geographically variable. Spines at tip of fore-

tibia rather more prominent than in the other species. A scaled line in cell, and

a heavy bar on cross-veins of forewing. Autenna see Pl. LX. f. 11, 18. 19.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 21) scarcely more than twice as long as

proximally broad, the two halves separated only at the extreme end ; sternite

(Pl. XLII. f. 22) about one-third shorter than the tergite, slightly asymmetrical,

rounded at end. Claspers (Pl. LI. f. 19): left one spatulate, harpe repre-

sented by a basal incrassation which bears a few short bristles ; right clasper with

dorsal margin concave, and ventral margin deeply sinuate just beyond middle, apical

lobe spatulate, harpe represented by a conical process, which varies individually and

is clothed with bristles. Penis-funnel (PI. LI. f. 19, p-r) rough with setiferous

granules, little more produced ventrally than dorsally ; penis-sheath : apical process

flattened, obtuse.

Larva with pale dorso-lateral line from head to horn; stigmata bordered with

brown-red, a ventro-lateral brown-red line from head to anus, including legs ; horn

slightly but obviously curved, brown-red—TFood-plants : Galium ; Lonicera ;

Symphoricarpus.

Hab. Palaearetic Region, except the far north, from Western Europe to Japan

and N.W. India.

Three subspecies ;

( 454 )

a. EH. fuciformis fuciformis.

Monff., Jns. Theatr. p. 105 (1634); Bradl., Works of Nature p, 158. t. 24. £. B (1721); Roesel,

Jus, Belust. iii, p. 232. t. 38. £. 2. 3 (1755) ; Hemmerich, Coll. Curious Ins. t. 9. f. e (175-?) ;

Roesel, /.c. iv. t. 34. f. 1-4 (1761) ; Sulz., Kennz. Ins. p. 36. t. 15. f. 90 (1761) ; Geoffr., Z/ist.

Tus, ti, p. 82. n, 5 (1762) ; Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 14. n. 87 (1775); Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur.

iii. p. 24. t. 89. f. 117, t. 90. £. 117 (1782).

Sphine fuciformis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493, n, 28 (1758); id., Fauna Suec. p. 289 (1761) ;

Scop., Mauna Carn. p. 188. n. 475 (1763); Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 803. n. 28 (1767)

(partim) ; Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins, p. 33. n. 623 (1775) ; Den, & Schiff., Vere. Schm. Wien

p- 44 (1776) (partim) ; Fuessly, Mag. Ent. i. p. 267 (1778) ; Esp., Bur. Schm. ii. p. 118. t. 14.

f.1.a.b.c. (1, p. 7.) (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 180. n. 28 (1780) (partim) ; Lang,

Verz. Augsb. il. p. 71. n, 576-578 (1782); Harris, Exp. Engl. Ins. p. 52. t. 13. £. 2 (1788) ;

Borkh., Hur. Schm. ii. p, 52 (1789) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 164. n. 1059 (1790) ; Gmel., Syst.

Nat. i. 5, p. 2388. n. 28 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 53. 201. 360, 493 (1791) ; Borkh.,

Rhein, Mag. ip. 313. n. 137 (1793) ; Don., Nat. Hist. Brit. Ins. iii. p. 37. t. 87 (1794) ; Walck.,

Fame Paris, i. p. 280 (1802); Schrank, Fauna Boiea ii, p. 230. n. 1395 (1804) ; Hiibn.,

Samml. Eur, Schm., Sphing. p. 93. t. 9. £. 55 (1805-?); id., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii.

Leg. A. a. f. 2. a. b (1806-?) ; God., Lep. France iii. p. 58, t. 19. £4 (1821); Frey., Beytr.

Schm. t. 50 (1829) ; Lue., Lép. Eur. p. 108, t. 44 (1834),

Sphine variegata ANlioni, Mél. Soe. Turin. p. 193 (1766).

Sphine faciformis (!), Miller, Naturs. v. 1. p. 648. n. 28 (1774).

Sestu fuciformis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent, p. 548. n. 5 (1775) (partim) ; id., Spee. Jus. ii. p. 156. n. 11

(1781) (partim) ; id., Mant, Ins. ti. p. 99. n. 11 (1787) ; id., nt. Syst. iii. 1. p. 382. n. 12,

(1793) (partim) ; Cederh., Mauna Ingr. po 214. n. 656 (1798) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths

i, p. 26, t. 6. £. 7 (1843).

Sphina bombyliformis, Miger, in Den. & Schiff., Verz. Wien ed. ii. p. 22 (1800); Lasp., in Illig.,

Mag. ii. p. 37 (1803); Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 189. n. 2 (1808); Treitschke, Hiilfsb. Schm.

p. 160. n. 2 (1844).

Setia bombyliformis, Oken, Lehr). Naturg. iii. 1. p. 750. n. 2 (1815).

Sesia fusiformis (!), Leech, in Brewst., Enc. iv. p. 131 (1815); Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819).

Macroglossa bombyliformis, Ochsenheiner, Schm. Er. iv. p. 42. n, 2 (1816); Meig., Handb. Schm.

p- 92. n. 1 (1829); Cant., in Silberm., ev. Ent. i. p. 76 (1833) (Dept. Var) ; Thon, Nat. Schm.

p. 102. t. 51. f. 712—715 (1837) ; Zett., Ins. Lapp. p. 918 (1840); Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau

i. p. 5 (1847); Mann, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. vy. p. 158 (1861) (Amasia) ; id., l.c. viii. p. 175

(1864) (Brussa) ; Snell., V/ind. Nederl. p. 90 (1867) (v. vi.) ; Led., Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xiii.

p. 2 (1870) (Caucasus) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 367. nm. 55 (1875) ; Staud., Hor. Soe.

Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 301 (1878) (Amasia); Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 46 (1880) ;

Sand., Ent. Tidskr. ii. p. 213 (1881) ; Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 73 (1884) (Tiflis ; Borjoum., ete. ;

hm. v. vi.); Lampa, Hn. Tidskr. vi. p. 27, n. 133 (1885); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. Eur, p. 31.

t. 9. £. 20 (1893); id., Grossschm, Eur. p. 31. n. 3. t. 18. £. 11 (1894); Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat.

Ges, Graub, xxxvili. App. p. 20 (1895); Vos, Tijdschr. Ent. xli, p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ;

Herz, Iris xi. p. 250. n. 92 (1898) (Witin ; Wilui) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 223 (1900).

Sphyne fuciformis, Vogel, Schmett. Cabinet ii. p. 20. t. 8. £. 7 (1822).

Cephonodes bombyliformis, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 131. n. 1403 (1822) (partim).

Sesia bombyliformis, Stephens, Jilustr. Brit, Ent., Haust. i. p. 135. n. 2 (1828) ; id., Cat, Brit. Ins.

ii, p. 34 (1829) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii, p. 79. n. 1 (1856).

Hemavis fuciformis, Dalman, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. p. 207 (1816) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p- 625. n. 14 (1892) ; id., Hutom. xxix. p. 39 (1896); id., in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 5.

t. 96. f. 1 (1897); Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. n. 771 (1901) ; Tutt, Brit. Lep. iti.

p. 512 (1902),

Macroglossa fuciformis, Meigen, Eur. Schm. p. 126. n. 2. t. 62. £. 9 (1830) ; Wall., Shand. Het. Eyiir.

p. D4. n. 1 (1865); Siebke, Hnawm. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 26. n. 3 (1874); Barrett, Lep Brit. Is. i,

p. 70. t. 54. f. 2. 2a (1895).

Macroglossa milesiformis Treitschke, in Ochs., Schmett. Ewr. x. 1. p. 125 (1834).

Macroglossa bombyliformis var. milesiformis, Assmann, Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847); Mann,

Wien. Ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 91 (1859) (Sicily, vi.); Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sivil. vii.

p. 42 (1889).

Macroglossa caprifoli’ id., 1c. (1869),

( 455 )

Hemavris bombyliformis, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 520. n. 10 (1877).

Maecroglossa bombyliformis var. robusta Alphéraky, Hor. Soc, Ent, Ross. xvii. p. 17 (1882).

*Hemaris simillina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 391 (1888) (Kangra ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Cot. &

Swinh,, Cat. Moths Ind. p. 725. n. 4 (1889).

Macroglossa bombyliformis var. heynei Bartel, Ent. Nachr. xxiv. p. 337 (1898); id., in Riihl,

Grossschm. ii. p. 228 (1900) (hybrid between bomb. and fur. ?!).

Macroglossa bombyliformis var. et ab. robusta, id., 1c. p. 227 (1900).

Hemaris fuciformis var. robusta, Staudinger & Rebel, Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105. n. 771. b (1901).

3%. Sides of thorax not essentially paler than middle ; hindwing very rarely

with a transparent streak in abdominal border ; bar at end of cell of forewing heavy.

The belt of the abdomen is generally reddish, but occasionally black : intergradations

oceur frequently. The suggestion put forward by Bartel—who has named the

black-belted specimens /eynei, /.c.—that we have here to do with a hybrid between

Fuciformis and tityus (= bombyliformis) has no foundation ; there would be more

justification in calling this //. fucif. fucif. f. heynei, a transition to H. fuciformis

affinis. Marginal band of both wings ordinarily simple, but not rarely dentate ; the

dentition never so strong as in affinis f. alternata. Such dentate individuals were

considered distinct by Treitschke, who named them milesiformis; the abdominal

belt of this H. fucif. fucif. £. milesiformis is occasionally black.

Central Asiatic specimens are not larger than European ones on an average ;

“var. robusta” has no standing.

Hab. Europe (except the far north), North Africa, eastward to the Altai and

N.W. India.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 50-odd specimens from varions places in

Europe; 5 dd, 1 2% from Issykkul and Alexander Mts.

The N.W. Indian specimens may possibly represent a fourth subspecies. But the

two only individuals known (in the Brit. Mus.) are too scanty a material to decide

this point, since the differences from fuc. fuciformis, if there are any, are certainly

only slight. The forewing seems to be a little narrower than in European

Suciformis.

b. H. fuciformis ganssuensis.

Macroglossa ganssuensis, Grum-Grschm, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xxv, p. 461. n. 47 (1891) (Sinin) ;

Bartel, in Riithl, Grossschm. ii, p. 230 (1900),

Hemaris affinis var. ganssuensis, Staudinger & Rebel, Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105. n. 772. b. (1901).

3%. Nearer fucif. afinis than fucif. fuciformis. Underside of abdomen

entirely grey, proximal sternites not black.

Hab. Thibet ; Amdo.

In the Tring Museum 1 d,1 &.

c. H. fuciformis affinis.

Macroglossa affinis Bremer, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersh, iii. p. 475. n. 27 (1861) ; id., Lep. Ost.-Sib. p. 35.

t. 3. f. 13 (1864) ; Staud, & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p. 38. n. 497 (1871) ; Oberth., Et. d’ Ent. v.

p. 28. n. 71 (1880) (Amurland, June); Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 240, n, 231 (1892)

(Amurland ; partim) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 230 (1900).

*Macroglossa sieboldi Orza, Lép. Japon p. 35. n. 76 (1868) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 364.

n. 52 (1875) (coll, Oberthiir).

*Sesia whitelyi Butler, Ann. Mag. N. HH. (4). xiv. p. 367 (1874) (Hakodate ;—Mus. Brit.).

Memaria siebotdi, id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 519. n. 9 (1877) (= whitelyi) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i, p. 626. n, 18 (1892).

Hemaris afvris, Butler, I.c. ix. p. 520. n. 11 (1877) ; Kirby, Zc. n. 20 (1892) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soe.

Lond. p, 295. 0. 87 (1898) (= sieboldi = whitelyi ; Gifu; Yokohama ; Hakodate, vi.).

Macroglossa bombyliformis, Graeser, Berl. Ent, Zeitschr, xxxii. p. 106, 0. 195 (1888) (Amurld., July)

( 456 )

3%. A very variable insect ; always distingnished from fucif. fuciformis by

the darker colour of the wing-borders, the thinner bar upon the cross-veins of the

forewing, and the obviously pale side of the thorax, or the very heavily dentate

wing-borders. The external border of the hindwing is mostly thinner than in the

western form, and there is (always ?) a transparent streak in the abdominal border,

very seldom found in fucif. fuciformis. Certain small specimens come very near

GANSSUENSIS.

3. Process of penis-sheath longer than in /ucif. fuctformis, not quite so broad.

There are two very different-looking forms, hitherto considered specifically

distinct. As they are structurally the same, and are, moreover, connected by inter-

gradations, we have no doubt that they are the same species. We keep the two

extreme forms and the intermediate one separate, as follows :—

a. H. fuciformis affinis f. affinis.

Macroglossa affinis Bremer, 1.c.

3?. Variable in size; border of wings not dentate; thorax pale at sides

underside of abdomen more or less extended grey.

b'. H. fuciformis affinis £. confinis.

Macroglossa affinis var. ? (ab.) confinis (bombyliformis var. ?) Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi.

p- 240, sub n, 231 (1892) (Amurland).

‘Maeroglossa alternata, Bartel, l.c. p. 232 (1900).

THemaris affinis var. confinis, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p, 105, n. 772. a (1901) (partim).

3%. As before, but wing borders more or less dentate.

ce. TH. fuciformis affinis f. alternata.

*Sesia alternata Butler, Ann. Mag. N. I, (4). xiv. p. 366 (1874) (Hakodate ;—Mus, Brit.).

Hemaris alternata id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 521. n. 15 (1877); id., Lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep.

Het. B. M. ii. p. 3, t. 21. £. 3 (1878) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 9 (1892) ; Leech, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 295, n. 86 (1898) (Yokohama ; Oiwake ; Hakodate ; Gensan, vil. ; Chang

Yang).

Macroglossa affinis, Fixsen, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 323. n. 101 (1887) (Corea) ; Graes., Berl. Ent.

Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 106, n, 197 (1888) (Amurld., beg. of June, larva on Lonicera).

Macroglossa alternata, Bartel, in Riihl, G'rossschm. ii. p. 232 (1900) (partim).

3%. Always large ; thorax and abdomen above brighter yellow than in the

previous, reminding one of radians; sides of thorax generally not paler than

middle ; border of forewing heavily dentate ; underside of abdomen mostly with

little grey scaling, last sternites reddish, with pale mesial line.

This is apparently the commoner form in summer.

Hab. Japan; Amurland ; Corea; China. |

The first form not yet known from China; the second not seen from Japan ;

the third common in Japan, occurring also in Corea, not quite typical in Amurland

and China.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. affinis, 15 388, 9 2% from: Yokohama, iv. v. vi. viii. ; Mukoyama, V.$

Kami-Yoshida, viii. (Dr. Fritze) ; Hakodate, vi. vii. (Leech) ; Amur.

f. confinis, 3 83,1 % from Amur.

f, alternata, 12 63,5 2% from: Oiwake; Hondo, Kami-Yoshida, viii. (Dr,

Fritze) ; Gensan, Corea, vii. (Leech).

382. Haemorrhagia beresowskii (PI. IX. f. 7, 3).

Hemaris beresowskii Alphéraky, in Rom., Mém. Lép. ix. p. 120, t. 12. £.9 (3) (1897) (Se-tschuen,

June) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 296. n. 88 (1898) (W. China, vi. vii.).

Maeroglossa beresowshii, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 229 (1900).

3%. Closely resembling //. staudingeri ottonis, but border of hindwing

obviously broader, being as wide between R* and M! as this cellule is broad at

margin. Cell-streak of forewing mostly vestigial; bar upon cross-veins as in

Jucif. affinis or heavier.

g. Sexual armature essentially as in staudingeri ; tenth tergite a little shorter,

and right clasper narrower before middle, its ventral margin not so obvionsly

sinuate beyond middle.

Hab, China ; not yet recorded from the eastern parts of the Celestial Empire.

In the Tring Museum 3 33 from: Ta-tsien-ln and Siao-lu.

A series in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

383. Haemorrhagia staudingeri (PI. IX. f. 8, 3).

*Hemaris staudingert Leech, Entom. xxiii. p. 31 (1890) (Chang-yang, vii. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 11 (1892).

Macroglossa affinis, Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 240. n. 231 (1892) (partim).

Macroglossa alternata, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 232 (1900) (partim).

3%. Similar to fucif. affinis f. affinis and f. confinis, but cell of forewing

without scaled fold, and cross-veins not heavier scaled than M, agreeing in these

characters with tityws. Base of wings above black or nearly black; base of

hindwing below deeper in colour than in /ucif. afinis. Border of forewing even or

dentate.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 24, ventral aspect) longer than in /uciformis

and ¢ityus, the two halves deeper separate; sternite much broader, strongly

asymmetrical, the right edge convex, the left concave beyond middle, apex strongly

dilated towards the left side. Left clasper midway between that of tityws and

Juciformis, decidedly slenderer than in fétyus, and somewhat spatulate, harpe with

very few bristles ; right clasper as slender as in /ucéfor'mis, but the ventral margin

less deeply and more distally sinuate, the sinus deeper than in tityws, but nearly in

the same place, harpe ending in a long process as in ¢/tyus, this process compressed

except at end, strongly club-shaped in dorsal and in ventral aspect, much less

club-shaped in lateral view, the incrassate end armed with spines, of which those

Standing on the upperside are nearly as long as the process is broad apically.

Penis-funnel not rough with granules, produced ventrally into a pointed process ;

penis-sheath with acutely pointed process as in fityus.

Karly stages not known.

Hab, China; Amurland.

Two subspecies :

a. IT, staudingeri ottonis subsp. nov.

Macroglossa affinis, Staudinger (non Bremer, 1861), /.c.

3%. Agreeing in colour closely with /uci/. affinis. Thorax with pale side-

stripe ; hindtibia yellowish grey except tip.

Hab. Armurland.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 3 % ¢, labelled “ Amur,” received from German

dealers as affinis.

( 458 )

b. H. staudingeri staudingeri.

*Hemaris staudingeri Leech, l.c.

3%. Proximal half of abdomen more or less deep black, contrasting strongly

with the distal segments. Hindtibia black except base.

Hab. China: Chang-Yang.

In the Tring Museum 2 6d from Chang-Yang, July (Pratt), ex coll. Leech.

384. Haemorrhagia saundersi.

*Sesia saundersi Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 83. 0. 7 (1856) (N. India ;—Mus. Brit.).

Macroglossa saundersi, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 374. n. 66 (1875).

* Macroglossa curtisi Boisduval, 1.c, n. 67 (1875) (Cochinchina ; Silhet ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Hemaris saundersi, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 520. n. 12 (1877) ; id., Proc. Zool, Soe.

Lond, p, 378. n. 90 (1886) (Murree, viii. ix., not uncommon); Cut. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind,

i. p. 1. n, 4 (1887) (Sikhim) ; Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294. n. 6 (1888) (Thundiani, v.) ;

Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i, p. 2. n. 4 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 626. n, 15

(1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind. Moths i. p. 119. n. 203. fig. 68 (g¢) (1892)

(N.W. Himalayas ; Punjab).

Hemaris curtisi, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe, Lond. ix. p. 634 (1877) (= saunders ?) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 17

(1892).

3. Similar in appearance to Cephonodes hylas, but a true Haemorrhagia.

Cell of forewing without scaled fold ; marginal band about half as wide between

M and M? as this cellule is broad at margin. Fifth abdominal tergite brown-red,

fourth also more or less of the same colour, sixth often with a brown-red mesial

patch ; underside of abdomen brown-red, mesially grey.

3. Tenth tergite longer and slenderer than in staudinger?, left process a little

longer than right one; sternite asymmetrical, curved towards the left side

(Pl. XLII. f. 26). Left clasper (PI. LI. f. 4, 2) little projecting ventrad basally,

slightly and almost gradually narrowed to apex, process of harpe represented by a

small subglobose hump which bears fine hairs ; right clasper less different from the

left than in the allied species, less narrowed towards end than the left clasper, its

ventral margin feebly sinuate in apical third, harpe produced into a subcylindrical

process which is slightly twisted and feebly club-shaped and bears long hairs at the

end. Penis-funnel slender, gradually narrowed into a smooth ventral process ;

process of penis-sheath long, but not sharply pointed, little thinner than the sheath

itself.

Karly stages not known.

Lab. North West India to Cochinchina.

In the Tring Museum 8 ¢d,1 ? from: Kumaon, vii. viii. (Pilcher) ; Gnrais

Valley, Kashmir, vi. (Leech).

385. Haemorrhagia croatica.

Sphine croatica Esper, Schm, ii. p. 33. t. 45. £.2 (180-?) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur, ii. p. 191, n, 3 (1808)

(= sesia).

Sphinx sesia Hiibner, Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. p. 94. n. 3. t. 18. £. 89. & t, 29. £. 136 (180- ?).

Setia croatica, Oken, Lehrb, Naturg. iii. 1. p. 750. sub n, 2 (1815).

Macroglossa croatica, Ochsenheimer, /.c. iv. p. 42. n. 3 (1816) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 32 (1829) ; id.,

Icon. Lép. ii. p. 13. t. 48. £. 5 (1834) ; Treitschke, in Ochs., Schm. Eur. x. p. 127 (1834) (Dalmatia) ;

Dup., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 27. n. 7. t. 3. f. 3 (1835); Frey., N. Beitr. Schm. ii.

p. 151. n. 326. t. 188 (1836) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 106 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Walk., List

Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 87. n. 2 (1856) ; Mén., En. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. Suppl. p. 99+

n, 1586 (1857) ; Mann, Wien. Ent, Monatschr. vi. p. 865 (1862) (Brussa, v.); Led., Ann, Soe,

( 459 )

Ent, Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1870) (Caucasus) ; Stand. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p. 38. n. 494 (1871) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het, i. p. 363. 0. 50 (1875); Mill., /con. t. 141. f. 7. 8. 9 (1869) ; Staud.,

Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, xiv. p. 300 (1878) (Asia Min. ; E. v. vi.); Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 72 (1884)

(Tiflis, E. iv. v. ; Ordubad); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm, p. 31. t. 9. £. 1. (1893) ; id., Grossschm.

p. 31. t. 18. f. 10 (1894) ; Holtz, lustr. Zeitschr. Ent. ii. p. 63 (1897) (Cilicia, July) ; Bartel,

in Rithl, Grosssehm. ii. p. 22) (1900) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. n. 769 (1901)

(Eur. m. or. ; As. Min. ; Kurd. oc.; Arm.,).

Cephonodes croatica, Hiibner, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 131. n. 1406 (1822) (= sesia).

Sphynx croatica, Vogel, Schmett. Cabinet x. p. 11 t. 5. f. 5 (1829).

Hemavris croatica, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 523. n. 26 (1877).

Cephonodes (?) croatica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 628. n, 12 (1892).

Cochrania croatica, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 503 (1902).

3. No transparent spaces on wings. Pulvillus of claw-segment normal ;

ventral lobes of paronychium very small. This is a true Haemorrhagia. Hiibner

(and Butler) recognised that it is related to fuctformis, not to stellat um.

3. Tenth tergite as in ¢étyus, but longer ; sternite slender, dilated at end and

obliquely rounded, asymmetrically spatulate. Claspers nearly as in ¢étyus, the right

one with scarcely a vestige of the sinus of the ventral edge; right harpe produced

into a curved and club-shaped process, which is armed with spines above at the end;

left harpe ending in a spinose lamp which is rather more prominent than in ¢tityus.

Penis-fannel long, slender, produced ventrally ; process of penis-sheath long, but

not sharply pointed.

Larva green, whitish green, or red; a broad pale line from head to horn ; this

long and acute; black ventral and red lateral spots.—Food-plant : Scadéosa and

(?) Asperula.

Hab, Austria-Hungary to Greece, Asia Minor, and Transcaucasia.

In the Tring Museum 30-odd specimens from Dalmatia ; 2 larvae ; 2 pupae.

386. Haemorrhagia rubra.

*Hemaris rubra Hampson, in Blanf., Pana Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 120. n. 204 (1892) (Sind ; Gurais

Valley ; Balta ;—Mus. Brit.).

3%. Transparent spaces of forewing not sharply defined, shaded over with red-

brown scales, sometimes vestigial ; hindwing without vitreous area. Pulvillus

yery small; ventral lobes of paronychium vestigial.

g. Tenth tergite as in tityws ; sternite broader at end and more obliquely

rounded. Left clasper as in ¢/tyus, but the basal ventral lobe less projecting ; right

clasper feebly sinnate beyond middle at ventral margin, process of harpe longer and

slenderer than in croatica and tityus, with long spines at and before end, equalling

in length the diameter of the process. Penis-funnel shaped as in é/tyws, hairy at

end ; process of penis-sheath more pointed than in croatica, less than in tityus.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Kashmir: Sind and Garais valleys.

In the Tring Museum 4 32,1 ?.

A series from the same places in the British Museum,

387. Haemorrhagia dentata.

*Macroglossa ducalis var. dentata Staudinger. Stefi. Ent. Zeit. xlviii. p. 67 (1887) (Aintab, n.

Antiochia ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Stand, & Reb., /.c. n. 770. a (1901) (Taur. m. or.).

Macrogloxssa var. (ab. ?) dentata, Bartel. lc, p. 222 (1900).

d. Abdomen with buffish white belt of third abdominal segment only vestigial

at the sides, not marked above. ‘Tail red, mixed with black. Basal area of

hindwing green, and vitreous spaces small. Pulvillus present,

( 460 )

. Sexual armature similar to that of /vciformis, differing essentially from

that of ducalis. Tenth segment as in fuciformis, the tergite being obviously shorter

than in ducalis. Claspers as in fuciformis, less slender ; left harpe with a distinct

process, similar to that of the right harpe of /wci/ormis, but smaller; right harpe

ending in a process which is longer than in /fvciformis, ut far shorter than in

ducalis, not club-shaped, with hairs at the end. Penis-funnel as in /uctformis,

stout, truncate, densely beset with pointed granules ; penis-sheath ending in a short,

flat, obtuse, twisted process, as in fuciformis.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Syria.

In the British Musenm 1 ¢ from “ Syria” (coll. Leech).

388. Haemorrhagia ducalis.

* Vacroglossa ducalis Staudinger, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xlviii. p. 66 (1887) (Namangan ; Transalai, vii. ;—

coll. Staudinger) ; Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Wém. Lép. iv. p. 514. n. 210, t. 18. f. 6 (g) (1890)

(Pamir, June ; = temiri) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 222 (1900) (Fergana ; Buchara ;

Transalai ; Pamir).

Macroglossa temiri Grum-Grsch., l.c. 11. p, 401. n. 14 (1887) (Pamir).

Lepisesia ducalis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 628. n. 3 (1892).

Hemavis ducalis, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. n. 770 (1901) (Ferg. ; Buch. or. ;

? Saraw.).

3. Third abdominal tergite with buffish white belt. Hindwing entirely

ferruginous, apart from vitreous area. Size of vitreous area not constant either on

fore- or hindwing. No pulvillus.

3. Tenth tergite longer than in #’tyws, left process longer than right one ;

sternite more spatulate than in ¢/¢yvs, more rounded apically, almost symmetrical.

Left clasper slenderer than in ¢ityws, approaching that of /uciformis, process of

harpe represented by a conspicuously spinose hump ; right clasper ventrally slightly

emarginate beyond middle, process of harpe long, slender, slightly club-shaped, upper

surface in apical half armed with long spines. Penis-funnel apically rather densely

beset with long hairs; process of penis-sheath rather long, not very sharply

pointed.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Transeaspia to the Pamir and Alai.

In the Tring Museum 2 3d, 1 ? from: Alexander Mts.; Kuliab, N.

Afghanistan.

CX. CEPHONODES.—Typus: hylas.

Sphinx Linné (von id., 1758), Mant. Plant. p. 539 (1771).

Sesia Fabricius, Syst. Ent. ii. p. 547 (1775) (partim ; type : tantalus).

Cephonodes Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131 (1822) (partim ; type : ylas).

Macroglossum, McLeay (von Scopoli, 1773), in King’s Swrr. Austr, ii. p. 465 (1827).

Potidaea Wallengren, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. (2). v. 4. p. 17 (1865) (type : hylas).

Hemaris, Butler (non Dalman, 1816), Trans. Zool. Soe, Lond. ix. p, 522 (1877).

3%. Genal process large, high. Palpus pointed, terminal surface triangular.

Eye not lashed. Anteuna very strongly clubbed in both sexes, hook abrupt ; end-

segment long and thin, little wider at base than at tip, with long scales on back and

long bristles near and at end. Mernm of mid- and hindcoxa produced into a

tooth-like projection (Pl. LXII, f, 2). Metanotnm and abdomen broad ; first

( 461 )

segment of the latter almost on a level with metanotum ; spines of abdomen as in

Macroglossum, strong, flat, those of first row broader than long ; seventh (?) or

eighth (¢) segment with an expansible fan-tail; sternite of seventh segment

truncate, armed with spines at apical edge like the tergites, but the distal spines

longer (Pl. LXIII. f. 5). External row of spines of foretarsus reduced to hairs

on first segment, the spines of second row sometimes at right angles to the segment ;

hindtarsus somewhat compressed, with or without additional spines on the outer

surface of the first segment. SC* and SC! of forewing anastomosed at apex of

wing ; cell of hindwing very short; SC? and R', and R* and M! stalked.

3. Sexual armature more or less asymmetrical. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLILI.

f, 6—18) divided, the right half (left in figures) often reduced ; sternite lanceolate,

or deeply divided into two broad lobes, more or less twisted, often removed towards

the right side, or without lobes. Clasper without friction-scales ; large, right and

left generally very different; harpe vestigial, without process, practically absent.

Penis-sheath thin, ending in a slender point (PI. LI. f. 22—25; Pl. LI. f 1—8),

mostly armed with two teeth pointing basad.

?. Highth to tenth abdominal segments much smaller in width than the

preceding segments, there being a deep cavity all round between the seventh and

eighth segments. Seventh tergite incrassate beneath laterally. Highth tergite a

narrow and transversely long halfmoon. Vaginal plate chitinous, connected with

seventh sternite by a plate of chitin; orifice small, proximal, a little removed

towards the left side.

Larva not, or little, tapering in front ; head larger than in Macroglossum; horn

very long in first stages ; a dorso-lateral line from head to horn. Colour green or

brown, sometimes almost black ; pronotum rather broad and generally different in

colour from following segments, rough with granules like anal segment; no white

dots.—Food-plants : Gardenia; Kraussia.

Pupa : tongue-case compressed, carinate.

Hab. Aethiopian and Oriental Regions, northward to Japan.

Twelve species.

We have met with asymmetrical development of the male genital armature

in several instances among the Seséinae. The present case is, however, of

particular interest, since the degree of asymmetry is different in the species, so that

we are enabled to recognise the connection between the highly specialised organs

and the normal ones. The asymmetry is found both in the ninth and teuth

segments. C. Aingi is the most normal of the species of which we know the 3

organs. Here we find the tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 6) divided by a groove into

two processes which are only separate at the very tip, the left process (Z) being a

little longer than the right (7; left in figure); the tergite is straight; the sternite

(PI. XLIIL f. 7) is also nearly quite symmetrical. In C. picus (Pl. XLIIL. f. 8)

the tenth tergite is of the same shape as before, except that the left process is

longer than the right, and that the segment is so twisted towards the left side that

the sternite becomes visible at the right side. While in these two species the tenth

tergite is long, we find a short tergite in C. janus (Pl. XLIIL f. 11. 13), the ninth

tergite (1X7) being correspondingly longer; in the eastern forms of this species the

tenth tergite is nearly symmetrical, while it is more distinctly asymmetrical in the

western form (from Flores; Pl. X LILI. f. 13) ; the sternite (Pl. XLIIL. f. 12. 14) is

obviously asymmetrical, as is also the ninth tergite. ‘The reduction of the left

process of the tenth tergite (PI. XLIII. f. 8, 2, right in figures) indicated in picus

( 462 )

is exaggerated in C. hylas and leucogaster, where this left process is represented by

a short broad piece of chitin lying at the base of the right process (Pl. XLIII.

f. 15—18, 2), which latter is more or less hooked. We must expect to meet with

connecting links between the segment as presented in pécus on the one side and

hylas and leucogaster on the other; as yet no such intermediate stages in the

asymmetrical development of the tenth segment are known. The reader will notice

that the tergites of Aylus and Jewcogaster have the appearance of being simple

instead of divided ; the reduced left side of the tergite is indeed so little prominent

in a dorsal aspect (Pl. XLIII. f. 15) that a casnal observer might be misled to

consider the segment simple as in Macroglossum. In hylas the process has developed

to a strong hook, which is longest in the Indo-Japanese subspecies, shorter in the

Aethiopian subspecies. The long lobe of the sternite found in picws (PI. XLILI. f. 8)

is absent from hylas ; this reduction stands probably in connection with the develop-

ment of the tergite into a formidable hook. In dewcogaster, on the contrary, the

tergite is not very strong, while the lobe of the sternite (PI. XLIII. f. 9. 10) is

very large and curved, surpassing the tergite in length and width. The movement

of the sternite towards the right side faintly indicated in C. hing: (Pl. XLIIL. f. 6)

and very obvious in picus (Pl. XLII. f. 8), has gone so far in deucogaster that the

sternite and tergite are on the same level (PI. XLIIL. f. 9, dorsal aspect ; f. 10,

ventral aspect).

The asymmetry of the ninth tergite (/Y¢) is slight in C. Azngi (PI. XLIIL. f. 6)

and very obvious in the other species. The lateral flaps of the ninth segment, the

claspers, are unequal in all the species. Here again C. Ang? presents the least

asymmetrical structure. In this species the left clasper (right in figure) is elongate,

slender, tapering (Pl. LI. f. 25), while the right one is of the same length, but

broader. In Jeucogaster (Pl. LII. f. 2) the difference in the two claspers is

considerable, as it is also in picus (PI. LII. f. 3). In both species the left clasper

has remained simple in outline, while it is sinuate, or to a more or less great extent

divided into two lobes in C. Aylas (Pl. LI. f. 22. 23. 24). This latter development

is exaggerated in apzs (Pl. LII. f. 1), where the upper lobe of the left clasper is

very long. For the development of the tenth sternite see also above under

Haemorrhagia. The penis-funnel (P-r) is mostly symmetrical, but is longer at the

right side in picus and hing?.

The vaginal orifice is removed a little towards the left side, in accordance with

the development of the male armature.

Key to the species :

a. Fortibia ending in a prominent thorn . ; ; h.

Foretibia without an apical thorn . 4 : . b.

}. Distal border of forewing at least 4 mm.

wide at R' -. ‘ . B89. CL hing?

Distal border of forewing 1s ‘han 4 mm.

wide at Rt : : ; : ; : c C

c. Body black above . : 397. C. titan.

Body not black above ; ious ities lightly

yellowish . 5 3 : d.

Body not black above ; Steet yellow - : : é.

d. Last abdominal sternites all white, red belt

of abdomen marked only at the sides . 396. C. leucogaster.

( 463 )

Last abdominal sternites black in middle,

red belt complete above . ‘ 390. C. hylas.

e. Abdomen with broad black and ae belt,

beneath black, with yellow patches . - 390. C. woodfordi.

Abdomen with blood-red belt, yellow beneath 393. C. apus.

Abdomen without belt . : 3 ; 5 fe

f. Border of forewing less than 2 mm. broad

before SC’. : : é : 5 5 Ge

Border of forewing about 2 mm. broad

before SC°. é 5 f : : - 392. C. canthus.

g. Abdomen above unicolorous . C 391. C. janus.

Abdomen above washed with Seocnetcor

behind . ; 394. C. trochilus.

h. Border of forewing sepa An mm. wide at sce 400. C. lifuensis.

Border of forewing about 1 mm. wide at SC’. : 2.

2. Underside of abdomen black with white

spots . é 5 é - 398. C. picus.

Underside of abdomen cde nea. : . 399. C. armatus.

389. Cephonodes kingi.

Macroglossum kingi McLeay, in King’s Surv. Austr. ii. p. 465. n. 167 (1827).

Macroglossa cunninghami, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856 ; non Schaufuss, 1870), Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét.

i. p. 375. n. 69 (1875).

Hemaris hylas, Butler (non Linné, 1771), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 522. n. 24 (1877) (partim).

Hemaris Icingi, Kirby, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 233 (1877) (Australia ; = cunninghami of Boisd.);

Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii, p. 4. n. 1 (1891) (Brisbane ; Rockhampton ; synon.

partim) ; id., /.c. p. 60 (1891) (= bucklandi).

*Cephonodes bucklandi Butler, Ann, Mag. N. H. (5). xiv. p. 404 (1884) (Pt. Darwin ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. n. 1 (1892).

Hemaris bucklandi, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow. i. p. 2. n. 5 (1892).

Cephonodes ingi, Kirby, l.c. n. 2 (1892).

3%. Sides of proximal segments, the sixth and seventh segments, and base of

tail yellow, fifth and a mesial patch and sixth as well as (mostly) apex of fourth

black, without red scales ; underside yellow, palpi whitish, sternite of fourth segment

and middle of third black, greater part of tail black ; bases of wings below yellow ;

distal marginal band of forewing 4 to 5 mm. broad at SC°, dentate between veins,

or even (with intergradations), in ? ? mostly less dentate than in dd, but there are

specimens of both sexes with dentate and with non-dentate edge.

3. Ninth and tenth segments practically symmetrical, the asymmetry found in

other species just indicated ; tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f 6. 7) as in woodfordi,

slightly tapering to end, divided by a mesial groove, apically incised, the left lobe

(/ in figure) a little longer than the right; sternite elongate-lanceolate, apex

acuminate, 7igt side more convex at base than left. Left clasper long, not always

4s narrow as in figure, with almost parallel sides, slightly narrowed towards end,

apex rounded ; right clasper larger, but also narrow, widest beyond middle, ventral

edge shallowly emarginate distally, apex obtusely acuminate, somewhat curved

ventrad (P]. LI. f. 25). Penis-funnel compressed, large, but short, triangular ;

penis-sheath rather stout for this genus, without hooks,

Larva beneath with a line at each side, often also with interrupted mesial line ;

ground-colour greeu or black, extent of black very variable.-——Green form: a thin

( 464 )

black dorso-lateral line from thorax to horn, interrupted, comb-like on each segment,

as black dots are joined to it ; ventro-lateral line developed to large spots on the

outer side of the abdominal legs. Black form : head, pronotum, and anal tergite

red ; a dorso-lateral line and an infra-stigmatical one pale, sides pale-spotted.

Hab. Tropical Australia: Queensland and N.W. Australia.

In the Tring Museum 6 larvae, 16 dd, 14 2? from various places in

Queensland, some in January and February (Dodd).

390. Cephonodes woodfordi.

*Cephonodes woodfordi Butler, Traus. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 389. t. 12. f. 1 (1889) (Guadaleanar ;—

Mus. Tring).

3%. A larger species than /ylas; abdomen above with red band on segment 5;

underside of palpus and breast, legs (except hindtarsus) and base of wings yellow,

a mesial series of patches on abdomen, decreasing in size behind, and small lateral

spots on the proximal segments paler yellow, while a rather large triangular

lateral spot on sternites 5 and 6 and a larger mesial patch on 7 are like breast ;

border of forewing about 1 mm. wide behind SC’.

3. Tenth tergite slightly asymmetrical, as is also the ninth ; elongate, tapering

apicad, divided by a mesial groove, the two halves only separate at extreme end, the

left slightly longer than the right; sternite produced into a long, lanceolate lobe,

which is asymmetrical and removed towards the left side, but not so much as

in C. leucogaster, the segment resembling that of C. picus. Claspers nearly as in

C. picus ; left one long, narrow, slightly curved, truncate ; right one large, very

broadly sole-shaped, inner surface clothed with black hairs, no distinct mesial fold.

Penis-funnel long, compressed.

Hab. Solomon Islands and Lonisiade Archipelago.

Two subspecies :

a. C. woodfordi woodfordi.

Cephonodes woodfordi Butler, l.c. ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. n. 3 (1892).

3%. Tail black, some of the upper hair-scales yellowish, and (in 3) a basal

patch on underside yellow, in ? hairs and scales on anal segment also yellow.

Hab. Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 13 2% from: Gnuadaleanar (Woodford ; type) ;

Guadalcanar, iv. (Meek).; Isabel, 4. vi. to 9. vii. 1901 (A. S. Meek and Eichhorn).

b. C. woodfordi luisae subsp. nov.

?. Tail clayish ochraceous, black only at base, breast deeper yellow than in

the specimens from the Solomons, side-spots of posterior abdominal sternites tawny

for the greater part, middle sternites with red scales at the sides.

Hab. Sudest I., Lonisiade Archipelago, February 1898 (A. 8. Meek).

1 ¢ in the Tring Museum.

391. Cephonodes janus.

Macroglossa cunninghami, Schaufuss (0x Walker, 1856), Nung. Olios, i. p. 22 (1870) (Australia).

Cephonodes janus Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 6. n. 3 (1891) (Brisbane ; Rockhampton)

3%. Body above unicolorous, green in fresh specimens, yellowish in faded

ones ; palpus below almost white; breast bufi-yellow, abdomen ochraceous, both

( 465 )

paler in middle ; tail with side-tufts black at base and orange at tip. Foretibia

without apical thorn.

3. Ninth and tenth tergite not strongly asymmetrical (Pl. XLIIL f. 11. 13),

tenth tergite short, mesially divided by a groove, apically separated into two lobes ;

sternite (Pl. XLIIL. f. 12) produced into two processes of unequal length. Right

clasper as in picws, but apex more evenly rounded ; Jeft one much narrower than in

picus, its dorsal edge evenly concave, ventral edge evenly convex, apex rounded,

Hab. Papuan Subregion: Flores to New Caledonia.

Three subspecies :

a. C. janus austrosundanus subsp. nov.

3. Apical border of forewing narrower than in janus janus. Tenth tergite

(Pl. XLIIL. f. 13) narrowing apicad, the two lobes acuminate, the sinus separating

them triangular, small ; sternite (PI. XLII. f. 14) with the processes short, that

of left side much shorter than the right one, both tapering apicad, with apex

rounded.

Hab. Flores.

One ¢ in the Tring Museum from South Flores, Noy. 1895 (A. Everett).

b. C. janus janus.

Macroglossa cunninghami, Schaufuss (non Walker, 1856), Lc.

Hemaris janus Miskin, L.c.

Cephonodes janus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 628. n. 11 (1892) (partim).

*Cephanodes (!) unicolor Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. iii. p. 231. n, 2 (1896) (Duaringa ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Border of forewing about 14 mm. broad at SC°.

d. Tenth tergite (PI. XLII. f. 11) with almost parallel sides, apical sinus

broad, the tips of both lobes somewhat curved inwards, acuminate, right lobe a little

longer than the left one; sternite (Pl. XULIIL f. 12) with both processes

lanceolate, the left-side one longer than the right one.

Hab. Australia: Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 3 2 2.

c. C. janus simplex.

*Cephanodes (!) simplex Rothschild, Noy, Zoot. i. p. 66. t. 5. £. 1 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring),

3. Border of forewing less than 1 mm. broad at SC; abdomen behind deeper

in tint than in front. Sexual armature of d as in janus janus.

Hab. Lita, Loyalty Is.

One 6 in the Tring Museum.

392. Cephonodes xanthus spec. noy. (PI. V. f. 17, 2).

?. Body above unicolorous, rather deeper in ‘tint behind, resembling that of

trochilus, wnderside orange, palpus the same, black side-line in front of, and white

line round eye prominent ; tail black, only dorso-lateral hair-scales yellow. Distal

border of forewing more than 3mm. wide at SC’,

Hah. Okinawa, Loo Choo Islands.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? collected by Dr. A. Fritze, 26. vili. 1891, 0n Okinawa.

Resembles trochilus and janus in the abdomen being without a red belt, but

differs remarkably from both in the broad apical border to the forewing and the

black tail. It is distinguished from armatus, moreover, by the absence of the apical

claw of the foretibia.

( 466 )

395. Cephonodes apus.

*Macroglossa apus Boisduval, Faune Mad. & Bourb. p, 79. n. 2. t. 10. £. 4 (1833) (Bourbon ;

Mauritius ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; id,, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 375. n. 68 (1875) ; Vins.,

Pap. Bourbon p. 13 (1891).

Hemaris apus, Saalmiiller, Lep. Madag. p. 118. n. 268 (1884) (Bourb., Maurit. ; ‘‘ Madag.” ex err.).

Hemaris hylas, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix p. 522. n. 24 (1877); Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensld. viii. p- 5. n. 2 (1891) (partim).

Cephonodes hylas, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 120. n. 205 (1892) (partim).

3%. The green abdomen bears a blood-red belt on the fifth segment, and the

following segments are also shaded with blood-red; tail tawny, side-tuft black at

base ; underside of tail, abdomen, and breast pale orange, palpus whitish yellow.

Foretibia without apical thorn ; first protarsal segment with a dense row of spines

which stand at right angles to the segment.

3. Ninth and tenth segments as in C. hylas, hook of tenth tergite as in C. hylas

virescens, but shorter. Right clasper similar to that of Aydas, broader (Pl. LIL f. 1);

left clasper also of the Ay/as-type, but the upper lobe very much produced, and the

lower lobe also longer, the long lobe with bristles, the short one with hairs.

fab. Bourbon ; Mauritius.

Several specimens in coll. Charles Oberthiir, 1 ¢ presented to the Tring

Museum.

The tail is too red in Boisduval’s figure.

394. Cephonodes trochilus.

* Macroglossum trochilus Guérin, in Deless., Voy. Ind. Or. p. 81 (1843) (Mauritius ;—Mus. Tring).

Macroglossum eynnivis, id., Ic. Regne Anim. ii. p. 495 (1844) (Mauritius).

Hemaris cyaniris (1), Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 233. 239 (1877) (“ Silhet” err. loci).

Macroglossa cynniris, Waterhouse, Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 140. £. 1 (1883).

Hemaris cynniris, Saalmiiller, Lép. Madag. p. 118. n. 267 (1884) (“ India” ex err. ; “ Madag,”

ex err.).

Cephonodes cynniris, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 628. n. 10 (1892).

Cephonodes janus, id., 1.c. n. 11 (1892) (sub synon.).

?. The ¢ype of this species is in the Tring Museum. It was bought some years

ago from a dealer in Paris. The specimen is labelled in Guérin’s handwriting

“ Macroglossum trochilus Guer. ic. R. a. (type) Maurice.’ The specimen in the

Dublin Museum mentioned by Kirby, dc., as eyaniris, and figured in Waterhouse,

Aid, belongs to the present species, not to janus. The locality “Silhet” of this

specimen is erroneous. C. ¢rochilus is similar in structure to Aylas, in colour to

Janus and xanthus. Abdomen without belt, washed with tawny, especially behind,

underside of breast and abdomen cadmium-yellow, underside of palpus whitish,

of tail yellow, tip of tail tawny-chestnut, side-tuft partly black. Foretibia without

thorn at end. Tenth tergite with the apical curved part longer than in C. Aylas

virescens, resembling more that of C. hylas cunninghimi. Claspers as in hylas

cunninghamé, but the upper lobe of the left clasper narrow, intermediate in shape

between those of hylas virescens and hylas cunninghami.

Hab. Mauritius.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Mauritius (type). In the Museum at Bruxelles

1 3 from Mauritius. A third ¢ in the Dublin Museum. Also in the British

Museum.

( 467 )

395. Cephonodes hylas.

Sphinx hylas Linné, Mant. Plant. p. 539 (1771) (China) ; Miull., Naturs., Suppl. p. 303. n. 50 (1776) ;

Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 204. n. 5 (1780); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2387. n. 95 (1790) ;

Donov., Jus. China t. 43. £. 2 (1799).

Sesia hylas, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. ii. p. 547. n. 2 (1775) ; id., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 154. n. 4 (1781) (partim);

id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 99. n. 4 (1787) (partim) ; id., Et. Syst. iii. 1. p. 379. n. 3 (1793) (partim);

Walk., List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 84. n. 9. (1856) (partim).

Cephonodes hylas, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131. n. 1402 (1822) (partim).

Macroglossa hylas var., Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna p. 52 (1865).

Macroglossa hylas, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 376. 0. 72 (1875) (partim).

Hemaris hylas, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 522. n. 2 (1877) (partim).

3%. Abdomen with a black and deep red belt, sixth tergite with a black

mesial patch, which bears often some red scales ; underside of palpus, breast; mesial

patches of first abdominal sternites, side-patches of posterior sternite, white, breast

often slightly yellowish ; tail black, green above (yellowish in faded specimens) ;

rest of underside of abdomen brown-red. Foretibia without apical thorn, but with

some short spines like most preceding species (Pl. LXIV. f. 17). ‘Individually

yariable in colour and size.

3. Ninth and tenth segments asymmetrical (P]. XLII. f. 15—18); tenth

tergite twisted, apex pointing towards the right side, the right half alone developed,

forming an obtusely pointed hook ; left part of tergite reduced to a piece of chitin

(/), visible in a ventral or a left-side view; sternite without process, represented

by a low rounded ridge (Xv). Right clasper (PI. LI. f. 22. 23) large, broadly sole-

shaped, ventral edge rounded or angulate in middle; left clasper reduced, broadly

sinuate apically, the upper lobe produced, the ventral one broad and short, both

lobes clothed at and near the edge with short spines and longer bristles (Pl. LI.

f, 22—24). Penis-funnel rather small (p-r), with long bristles.

Larva figured of the African and Indian subspecies.

Hab. Aethiopian Region ; India to Japan ; Flores to Australia.

Three subspecies, which agree exactly in colour, but differ constantly in the

sexual armature of the dd.

a. C. hylas virescens.

Maeroglossa hylas, Boisduval (non Linné, 1771), in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594. p. 95 (1847)

(Natal); Mab., Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (Madag.); Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver.

iii. p. 23 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Oberth., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova xviii. p. 735, n. 86 (1883) (Shoa,

vi.); Moschl., Abh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxili. p. 288. n. 85 (1884) (Caffraria ; = picus ex

errore !).

Maeroglossum apus, Guérin (non Boisduval, 1833), in Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi. p. 386 (1845)

(Abyssinia).

Macroglossa apus, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594. n. 96 (1847) (Natal).

Potidaea virescens Wallengren, Kongl. Sr. Vet. Ak. Handl. (2). v. 4. p. 17 (1865) (Caffraria).

*Macroglossa confinis Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 376. n. 70 (1875) (Senegal ; Casamance ;

Natal ; Sierra Leone ; Ashanti ;—coll. Oberthiir).

Hemaris hylas, Butler, 1c. (1877) (partim) ; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 117. n. 266. t. 3. £. 40 (1884) ;

Druce, in Jameson, Story Rear Col. p. 446 (1887) (Aruwimi, iii.) ; id., in Moloney, W. A/r.

Forestry p. 492. n. 1 (1887) ; Moschl., Abh. Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 67. n. 147 (1890) (Gold

Coast) ; Dist., Nat. Transvaal p. 236 (1892) (Zoutpansberg, v.).

Cephonodes hylas, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 674, n. 155 (1893) (Zomba, i.) ; id., Lc. p. 843.

p. 430. n. 20 (1894) (Mahé, Seychelles) ; Fawe., 7'rans. Zool. Soc, Lond. xv, p. 312. n. 16. t. 48.

f. 13—18 (1.). 19 (p.) (1901).

Sesia hylas, Westwood, in Oates, Matabeleld. p. 355 (1881),

Cephonodes virescens, Kirby, Lc. n. 6 (1892).

Cephonodes confinis, id. Lc. p. 628. n. 8 (1892),

( 468 )

3. Hook of tenth tergite short (PI. XLIIL f 15.16). Right clasper strongly

angulated ventrally in middle ; left clasper ending in a narrow, club-shaped, dorsal

lobe, ventral lobe somewhat produced distad, with long bristles lying upon the

inner surface of the clasper (PI. LI. f. 23). Penis-sheath generally without subapical

teeth.

Larva : various forms and stages figured by Faweett, dc.

Hab, Africa, south of the Sahara ; Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum several larvae, and 200-odd specimens from various

places in West, South, and Hast Africa ; Madagascar.

b. C. hylas hylas.

Sphine hylas Linné, /.c. (China) ; Donov., lc.

Sesia hylas, Fabricius, | L.c.c. ; Walk., l.c. (partim).

Cephonodes hylas, Hiibner, l.c.; Butl., lc. t. 90. f. 4. 5 (1, p.) (1877) (partim) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon

ait p. 31. t. 93. f. 4a (1882) (partim) ; Swich., Proce, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 287. n. 1 (1885)

(Poona, xi. ii. iii. ; Satara vi.; Belgaum; Bombay, vii.; partim?) ; Warr, Proc. Zool. Soe.

Lond. p. 294, n. 7 (1888) (Campbelpore, vi.; Abdol, vii.) ; Leech, ‘bid. p. 581. n. 1 (1888)

(Satsuma, v. ; Nagasaki, v. vi.); Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 120. n. 205.

f. 69 (¢) (1892) (partim ; synon. includ. 4 other species) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. 0. 7

(1892) (partim); Leech, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 296. n. 90 (1898) (partim ; Japan ; W. China).

Macroglossa hylas, Boisduval, /.c. (partim).

Hemaris hylas, Moore, Journ. As, Soc. Beng. iii. 2. p. 234. n. 6 (1884) (Cachar) ; Swinb,, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 162. n. 1 (1890) (Moulmein).

Cephnodes (!) hylas, Dudgeon, Jown. Bombay N. HH. Soc. xi. p. 419. n. 205 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ;

Vil, Viii.).

3%. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 17) more curved than in zvrescens, dilated

dorsally before end, hook long. Right clasper larger than in preceding, ventral

margin less angulate: left clasper with dorsal lobe broad, not dilated at end,

ventral lobe less projecting, no long spines upon inner surface (PI. LI. f. 22).

Green form of larva figured by Butler, /.c.

Hab. From Ceylon northward to China and Japan.

In the Tring Museum 2 pupae, 50-odd specimens from : Japan ; Loo Choo Is. ;

Formosa; Tonkin; Siam; Khasia Hills ; Sikhim ; Caleutta ; Kulu.

e. C. hylas cunningham.

Sesia hylas, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 84. n. 9 (1856) (partim ; Moreton B.).

*Sesia cunningham id., l.e. p. 85, n. 10 (1856) (Australia ;—Mus. Brit.).

Hemaris hylas, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 522. n, 24 (1877) (partim) ; Misk., Proc. Roy.

Soe. Queensld, viii, p. 5. n, 2 (1891) (partim). é

Cephonodes picus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 628. n. 9 (1892) (partim).

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 18) slenderer than in Indo-Japanese Aylas,

hook longer than in virescens. Claspers as in hylas hylas, but the left one has the

ventral lobe much more strongly rounded (PI. LI. f. 24).

Hab. Flores to Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 20-odd specimens from: 8. Flores, x. ‘96 (Hverett) ;

Dili, Timor, v. (Doherty) ; Pt. Darwin ; Queensland.

The individuals of Cephonodes recorded as hylas from the larger Sunda

Islands belong to picus; no individual of Ay/as has so far been found, to our

“knowledge, in the Malayan District proper. This is certainly very remarkable, as

the insect is common in North Australia, India, China, Japan, and Africa. See

Celerio lineata.

( 469 )

396. Cephonodes leucogaster spec. nov.

do. Similar in colour to Aylas ; characterised as follows :

Red band on fifth tergite of abdomen narrow, mesially more or less interrupted;

last two sternites completely creamy white, or at least with white mesial spots

besides the large side-patches ; middle of tail beneath clayish buff. Apical border

of forewing a little narrower.

3. Sexnal armature widely different from that of /y/as: ninth and tenth

segments (P]. XLIII. f. 9, dorsal view; f. 10, ventral view) quite asymmetrical,

the tenth sternite not lying beneath the tergite but at the right side; tenth tergite

separated into two halves, the left Jobe reduced to a small piece of chitin, lying

close against the right lobe, and visible only in a ventral or a left-side view ;

the right lobe (Xt) compressed, elongate, curved downward at end, pointed; tenth

sternite (Xr) longer than the tergite, longitudinally concave on its true upper

surface, the right-side edge not quite so high as the left-side edge, apex eurved

towards the tergite. Right clasper (PJ. LIT. f. 2) broadly sole-shaped, ventral

margin strongly convex before middle, rounded-angulate, apical part of dorsal margin

eurved inwards, clothed with long bristles ; a tuft of long bristle-like scales at apex

of clasper; left-side clasper much smaller, ventral margin concave from base to

beyond middle, dorsal margin convex, apex acuminate, clothed at edge with peculiar

thickened long black scales which are widened at end. Penis-funnel (PI. LIT. f. 2,

p-F) as in /ylas. '

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from: Antanambé, Baie d’Antongil, March, April,

1897 (Mocquerys ; type); and “ Madagascar.”

397. Cephonodes titan.

*Cephanodes (!) titan Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. vi. p. 69. n. 6 (1899) (Amboina ;—Maus. Tring).

3. The largest species of the genus. Body and base of wings above, and,

besides, under surface of abdomen black; tail tawny-orange below; breast orange,

palpi clayish buff.

Hab, Amboina.

One ? in the Tring Museum ; not seen in other collections.

This is the only specimen of Cephonodes known from the Moluccas.

398. Cephonodes picus.

Sphing picus Cramer, Pap. Exvot. ii. p. 38. t. 148. £. 8. (1777) (Coromandel).

Sesia hylas, Fabricius (non Linné, 1771), Spec. Ins. ii. p. 154. n. 4 (1781) (partim) ; id., Want. Ins. ii.

p. 99. n. 4 (1787) (partim) ; id., Hat. Syst. iii. 1. p. 379. n. 3 (1793) (partim) ; Walk., List Lep.

Ins. B. M. viii. p. #4. n. 9 (1856) (partim); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 794 (1865)

(Balasore) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 700. n. 16 (1867) (larva ; Luzon).

Sphinx hylas, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2387. 0. 95 (1790) (partim).

Cephonodes hylas, Wiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131, n. 1402 (1822); Butl., Z’rans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix.

p. 522. n. 2 (1877) (partim ; synon. incl. four other species) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 613.

n. 60 (1881) (Kurrachi, xii.) ; Swinh., ‘bid. p. 514. n. 9 (1884) (KCurrachi, common in xii.) ; id.,

Le. p. 434. n. 1 (1886) (Mhow, ix. xii.); Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc, Queensld. viii. p. 5. n. 2 (1891)

(partim) ; Hamps., ///ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. p. 4, n. 68 (1891) (Ceylon’; partim);

Swioh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ov, i. p. 2. n. 7 (1892) (partim ; synon. including three other

species) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. 0. 7 (1892) (partim); Hamps., in Blanf., Maun Brit.

Ind , Moths i, p. 120. n. 205 (1892) (partim) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 356. n. 1 (1895)

(Java), Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlix. p. 155. n. 114 (1896) (Sumba) ; Semp., Schm.

( 470 )

Philipp. ii, p. 407. n. 61, t. 3.f. 6—9 (1, p.) (1896) (Luzon : Camig. de Mindan. ; Mindan. ; v.— x.

xii. i.); Nurse, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xii. p. 513 (1899) (Cutch ; partim ?).

Macroglossum hylas var., Guérin, in Deless., Voy. Ind. Or. p. 81 (1843) (Nilgiris).

Macroglossa picus, Kollar, in Hiig., Kaschmir iv. 2. p. 458. n. 1 (1848).

Macroglossa cunninghami, Koch, Indo- Austr, Lep. Fauna p, 52 (1865) (partim ?).

*Macroglossa yuna, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 376. n. 71 (1875) (Australia ;—coll.

Oberthiir).

Macroglossa hylas, id., l.c. n. 72 (1875) (partim).

Cephonodes hylas var. cunninghami, Swinhoe (non Walker, 1856), Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 287. n. 2

(1885) (Bombay, Poona).

Hemaris hylas, id., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. iii. p. 119, n. 16 (1888) (Karachi, xii., this species ?).

Cephonodes cunninghami, Hampson, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. viii. p. 1. n. 2 (note) (1891)

(Nilgiris, 3000—6000 ft., April).

Cephonodes picus, Kirby, l.c. p. 628. n. 9 (1892) (partim).

3%. There is no constant difference in colour from C. hylas; the belt of the

abdomen is very often narrower, being sometimes: even absent, and the individuals

are generally rather smaller and less robust, which characters, however, do not at all

apply to every specimen. Foretibia ending in a prominent thorn (Pl. LXIV. f. 16).

3. Ninth and tenth segments resembling those of Aéngi, but much more

asymmetrical, the tenth sternite being moved towards the right side ; tenth tergite

(Pl. XLII. f. 8) divided by a longitudinal groove, the two halves separated only

at the tip, elongate, slightly tapering apicad, so twisted that the right lobe lies

higher than the left one, the latter is the shorter ; sternite (Xv) curved, lanceolate.

Right clasper (Pl. LIL. f. 3) very large, ventral part of inner surface covered with

black hairs ; left clasper narrow, sides nearly parallel, apex somewhat dilated, sub-

truncate, ventral angle more rounded than upper one. Penis-funnel large.

Larya and pupa figured by Semper, /.c.

Hab. Ceylon and South India, eastwards to the Marshall Islands. Not known

from North India and China.

In the Tring Museum 34 specimens from : Queensland ; N. Guinea ; Tiandoe

Is. ; Kisser; Sumba; Christmas I.; Java; Penang; Nilgiris ; Ceylon.

The specimens from Christmas Island are very large.

399. Cephonodes armatus spec. nov.

3%. Similar in colour to C. janus, but abdominal segments 5 and 6 with a

small red side-spot each, or 5 with a complete belt, and foretibin armed at end

with a thorn as in péews. Yellow underside of abdomen greyish in middle.

g. Sexual armature as in picus, but the right-side clasper more sharply

truncate, with the inner edge Jess rounded.

Hab. Fiji; Nivafu; Samoa; Mariannes.

Easily distinguished from picus by the underside of the abdomen and of the

tail being yellow.

Two subspecies, which may turn out to be distinct from one another.

a. C. armatus armatus.

Hemaris cynniris, Druce (non Guérin, 1844), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220. n. 1 (1888) (Fiji).

3%. Abdomen with two deep red side-spots on segments 5 and 6.

Hab. Fiji (type) ; Niuafu ; Samoa.

In the Tring Museum, one ¢ from Suva, Viti Levu, and one ? from Apia,

Upolu (Woodford).

( 471 )

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 1 ¢ from Vatu Lele, Fiji, ex Mus. Godeffroy. In the

Berlin Museum one ? from Ninafu (September ; Friedliinder).

In coll. Drnce a series from Suva, Viti Levu (Woodford).

b. C. armatus marianna subsp. nov.

?. Abdomen with a ferraginous belt upon segment 5, becoming ochraceous

at the sides, a ferruginous mesial spot and a smaller and paler side-spot on

segment 6.

Hab. Maviannes.

One 2 in the Paris Museum from Rota, Mariannes (M. A. Marche).

400. Cephonodes lifuensis (PI. IX. f. 9, 2).

*Oephanodes (!) lifuensis Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 66 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).

2. Abdomen with red band on segment 5 and a red side-spot on 6; tail black

at base, side-tufts orange at end or almost wholly tawny; abdomen below cinnamon-

rufous, greyish in middle of first sternites. Distal border of forewing broad,

somewhat narrower than in 4éng/, gradually narrowing behind, 1} mm. broad at

R3, Foretibia ending in a thorn as in picus.

Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands.

In the Tring Museum 2 ? ? from Lif. Not seen in other collections.

CXI. SATASPES.—Tyrus: infernalis.

Sesia, Westwood (non Fabricius, 1775), Cab. Or. Ent. p. 60 (1848).

Macroglossa, Walker (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 95 (1856).

Sataspes Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 261 (1857) (typus : infernalis).

Myodezxia Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 877 (1875) (= Sataspes).

3?. Closely allied to Haemorrhagia ; differs especially in the following points :

Antennae shorter, not clubbed in &, more strongly compressed, deeply grooved ;

in 2 slightly clubbed; end-segment distinctly widened at base ; penultimate segment

of the same shape as the preceding one. Spines of abdomen as in Haemorrhagia,

except that those of the proximal rows are all longer than broad. Spurs shorter,

those of midtibia less unequal. Cell of hindwing more than twice as long as broad.

g. Tenth tergite divided into two diverging processes (PI. XLIII. f. 27. 28) ;

sternite vestigial, without lobe. Clasper reduced and distorted (Pl. LIT. f. 6);

dorsal margin dilated into a broad plate (a), which lies upon the inner surface of

the clasper, and is continuous with a dorso-apical process (pdd) into which the

clasper is produced; a ventral process (pdv) represents the distal part of the large

harpe; this process is armed at the upper corner with a prominent tooth (d).

Penis-sheath without armature, flattened distally, rather stouter than in

Haemorrhagia, short, not produced into a thin apical process ; a slight transverse

thickening ventrally in middle.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion: South India, China, eastwards to the

Philippines, Celebes, and Java.

Three species.

( 472 )

Key to the species :

a. S: posterior abdominal sternites primrose-

yellow; 2: thorax not yellow . : ; eas

Cu: oe abdominal sternites yellow daly

at sides; ? : thorax yellow ; ; . 401. S. infernalis.

4. Abdominal tergite 6 with a transverse yellow

band . : c . 403. 8. ribber.

Abdomen with a Humber of alley putenes

or without yellow sealing . : : . 402. S. tagalica.

401. Sataspes infernalis.

*Sesia infernalis Westwood, Cab. Or, Ent. p. 61. t. 30. £. 3 (1848) (Silhet ;—Mus. Oxford).

Macroglossa infernalis, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 95. 0. 19 (1856).

Sataspes infernalis, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. EB. I. C. i. p, 261. n. 597 (1857).

3%. Thorax yellow above in both sexes, except a black, ill-defined, transverse

band anteriorly on mesonotum ; sometimes the centre of thorax more or less black.

The yellow band of abdomen occasionally reduced, seldom altogether absent. The

specimen figured by Boisduval as infernalis is what Butler named wniformis.

There occur individuals in which the yellow scaling is vestigial, others in which it

is more apparent ; a Sikhim specimen in the Tring Museum has yellow hair-scales

on the upperside of several segments, and the posterior side-tufts are also tipped

with yellow, but thereis no band. All these individuals agree in the structure of the

sexual armature, and are doubtless individual forms of the same species. An example

from Borneo in the Paris Museum differs remarkably in the bases of the wings

being white below, and in other characters; it represents perhaps a subspecies. For

convenience we treat the three principal types of colour as individual forms.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f 28) with the lobes compressed, pointed,

slightly curved downwards, somewhat sabre-shaped, upper edge rough with

notches near middle. Lobe of harpe truncate (Pl. LI. f. 6, pdv), the ventral edge

acuminate, tooth d pointed, plate @ large.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion.

Three forms :

a. S. infernalis f. infernalis.

*Sesia infernalis Westwood, L.c.

Macroglossa infernalis, Walker, l.c.

Sataspes infernalis, Moore, 1c. ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 794 (1865); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Heét. i. p. 378. n. 1 (1875) (partim); Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 517. n. 1 (1877);

Cot & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 1. n. 1 (1887) (Sibsagar ; Buxa; Silhet) ; Leech, Zrans.

Ent. Soe. Lond. p. 121, n, 106 (1889) (Kiukiang); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 1.

n. 1 (1892); Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het i, p. 633, n. 1 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind.,

Moths i. p 121. n. 206, £. 70 (g) (1892) (partim) ; Leech, /.c. p. 294. n. 64 (1898) (China, June,

July ; = wylocoparis); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. I. Soc. xi. p. 419. n. 206 (1898) (Sikhim,

Bhutan, up to 4000 ft., March).

*Sataspes xylocoparis Butler, Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 239. n. 1, t. 36. f. 1 (1875) (Shanghai ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id,, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p- 518. n. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Uc: p. 633. n. 5 (1892).

3%. Abdomen with a more or less broad yellow band on sixth and seyenth

tergites ; the other tergites generally with dispersed yellow hair-scales ; dise of

wings violet-purple, with little gloss.

Hab. North India; Burma; China.

(473 )

In the Tring Museum 35 fod, 3 22 from: Mupin, vi; Chia-Ting-Fu,

W. China, vii.; Bhutan; Sikhim ; Khasia Hills.

b! S. infernalis ft. uniformis.

*Sataspes infernalis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 378. n. 1. t. 10. £. 1. 2 (1875) (partim) ;

Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 121. n. 206 (1892) (partim).

*Sataspes uniformis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3. n, 1 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 518. n. 2 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 1. n. 2

(1877) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Or. i, p. 1. n. 2 (1892) (Silbet).

3. Abdomen with few or no yellow scales ; otherwise like the preceding.

Hab. South and North India; probably everywhere within the range of

mfernalis.

The dise of the wings is too strongly glossy in Boisduval’s figures.

In the Tring Museum 1 3 from Sikhim.

ce! S. infernalis f. glossatrix nov.

Sataspes infernalis Boisduval, /.c. (partim ; Java, ).

3%. Abdomen without yellow scales ; disc of wings metallic bluish green ;

base of wings below white ; lobes of tenth tergite longer than in Indian and Chinese

individuals.

Length of forewing : ¢, 31 mm.

Hab. Sebauwang R., Borneo, January 1890.

One specimen (type) in the Paris Museum ; Java (Boisduval).

402. Sataspes tagalica.

*Salaspes tagalica Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 378. n. 2. t. 10. £. 3. 4 (1875) (Burias,

Philippines ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

d. Posterior abdominal sternites pale primrose yellow. Tenth tergite

(Pl. XLII. f. 27) with the lobes spatulate, apex somewhat twisted, feebly

truncate, inner angle slightly acuminate, a sharp tooth at upper edge of lobe.

Clasper as in 7nfernalis, but tooth d broader, lobe pde more rounded, plate a

smaller. TFore- and hindwing with yellow basal costal tuft beneath; base of

hindwing with some white scaling.

%. Thorax without yellow scaling, abdomen below with the yellow area of ¢

vestigial, or the abdomen entirely without yellow scales.

We unite here a number of different-looking insects as forms of one species.

They agree in structure, as far as we have been able to study them. The material

is scanty in collections, but what we have seen confirms us in the belief that we

have to do with one variable species instead of five. We are the more convinced of

the correctness of this view, as individual variability in the amount of yellow is

illustrated also by S. infernalis.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion.

Vive forms, characterised as follows :

a. S. tagalica f. tagalica.

*Sataspes tagalica Boisduyal, Lc. ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 408. n. 63 (1896) (“ not received "’).

*Sataspes ventralis Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 3. n, 2 (1875) (Hongkong ; Silhet;—Mus. Brit.) :

id., Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond, ix. p. 618. n, 3 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 1. n. 3

(1887); Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 633. n. 4 (1892) (Hongkong ; Silhet); Hamps., in Blanf.,

Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 122. n. 207 (1892) (Sikbim ; Silbet ; Burma ; Hongkong) ; Dudg.,

Journ. Bombay N, H. Soc, xi. p. 419. n. 207 (1898) (“not seen’’).

( 474 )

Boisduyal’s name has priority over that of Butler. The type of tagalica in

Charles Oberthiir’s collection is in rather poor condition. The white stripe near

the costal margin of the hindwing above is present (as a matter of course, we might

say) as in the other forms, though Boisduval expressly states that this is not the

case ; perhaps he never raised the forewing, which covers the stripe.

3. Dise of forewing and almost the entire hindwing green; thorax yellow

above, black in middle ; abdomen with pale yellow dorsal patches.

?. Like d, but abdominal sternites with traces only of the primrose-yellow

area, and the dorsal patches rather less extended.

Hab. North India ; Hongkong ; Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 2 $$ from Hongkong.

b. S. tagalica f. thoracica nov.

do. Thorax yellow; upperside of abdomen without yellow scales ; dise of

wings blue.

?. Not known.

Hab. North India.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Khasia Hills, April 1894 (type).

ec. S. tagalica f. collaris nov.

3d. Thorax only with a thin yellow transverse band on pronotum ; abdomen

without any yellow scales above ; disc of wings blue.

?. Not known.

Hab. Burma.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Burma ; also in coll. Staudinger.

d! S. tagalica f. hauxwelli.

Sataspes hauxwelli Nicéville, Journ, Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii. p. 173. n. 20. t. EB. £. 22 (1900)

(Tounghoo).

?. Abdomen without any yellow scales ; dise of wings green, hindwing almost

entirely green, as in tagalica f. tagalica ; pronotum without yellow band, or only

with a very few yellow scales.

Hab. Burma.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? from Burma.

e. S. tagalica f. cerberus.

*Satapas cerberus Semper, Schm. Philipp. ii p. 408, n. 62 (1896) (N. W. Luzon, v.).

?. No yellow scales on thorax and abdomen, except a very few in middle of

protonotum ; disc of wings blue; base of hindwing beneath a little more extended

yellow than in the other forms.

Hab. Philippines : Luzon, 1 ? in coll. Semper.

403, Sataspes ribbei.

Sataspes ribbei Rober, Iris i. p. 29. t. 1. £. 5 (gf) (1885) (Celebes) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 633

n. 2. (1892).

d. We know this insect only from the description and figure. It has the

posterior segments of the abdomen below pale yellow like tagalica, but possesses &

yellow dorsal band on the sixth tergite, and the wings are said to be blackish brown,

the strong gloss of tagalica being absent.

Hab. Bouthain, 8. Celebes. Where is the type ?

( 475 )

SupramiLy Philampelinae. Typus: Pholus satellitia.

Sphingides Leach, in Brewst., Edinb. Encycl. ix. p. 130 (1815) (partim).

Sphingidae Samouelle, Hut. Compend. p. 243 (1819) (partim).

Bombyliae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131 (1822) (partim).

Eumorphae id., lc. p. 133 (1822) (partim).

Deilephilae id., l.c. p. 136 (1822) (partim).

Manducae id., lec. p. 138 (1822) (partim).

Smerinthi id., l.c. 141 (1822) (partim).

Sesiidae Stephens, Jlustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 132 (1828) (partim ; type: Haemorrhagia tityus).

Macroglossini Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 149 (1865) (partim ; nom nud.).

Chaerocampini iid., l.c. p. 153 (1865) (partim ; nom nud.).

“Smérinthides ”’ Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 8 (1875) (partim).

“ Kuryglottides ” id., /.c. p. 58 (1875) (partim).

“ Déiléphilides ” id., /.c. p. 158 (1875) (partim).

“ Macroglossides ” id., l.c. p. 289 (1875) (partim).

Macroglossinae Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 516. 517 (1877) (partim ; includes type of

Sesiinae).

Chaerocampinae id., lc. p. 516. 544 (1877) (partim ; type : elpenor).

Smerinthinae id., le. p. 516. 582 (1877) (partim).

Sphinginae id., l.c. p. 517. 598 (1877) (partim).

Pterogonidae Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 3£2 (1878) (partim).

Philampelidac id., 1.c. p. 345 (1878) (partim).

3%. Sexual armature symmetrical ; tenth segment (¢) not divided mesially,

the tergite narrow; seventh sternite (2) membranaceous distally, never spinose.

Abdominal spines uniserial only in Pholus and Tinostoma. No high crest on

mesonotum, and second segment of palpus (skeleton) not angulate laterally in any

species.

The subfamily falls into two tribes : Philampelicae, represented by two genera,

which are American (North and South America, Sandwich Is.), and Nephelicae,

which do not ocenr in the Neotropical Region, except Northern Mexico.

Trive Philampelicae.—Typus : Pholus satellitia.

Philampelidae Burmeister, 1.c.

3%. Abdominal spines uniseriate, those of the tergites long, conical. End-

segment of antenna Jong, with dispersed half erect scales all round. Scales at

edge of not-scaled area of inner surface of first segment of palpus short and

broad, not long and hair-like. Merum of midcoxa not angulate. Friction-scales

of clasper numerous and small.

Pupa cylindrical anteriorly, head rounded, tongue-case not compressed.

Larva tapering in front ; horn long in first stages, short later on, replaced

by a button-like tubercle in last. stage.

Hah. America ; Sandwich Islands.

Two genera :

Second segment of palpus less than twice as

long as broad. 2 : ; : . OXIL Pholus.

Second segment of palpus three times as long

as broad; SC? and R! of hindwing on a

long stalk . ‘ : 2 . ; . OXI. Tinostoma.

( 476 )

CXII. PHOLUS.—Typus : achemon.

Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1798) (partim).

Eumorpha elegans Hiibner, Samml, Ex. Schm. t. 167 (1806—?).

Pholus id., Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type: crantor = achemon).

Argeus id., l.c. p. 134 (1822) (type : labruscae).

Daphnis id., l.c. p. 1384 (1822) (partim ; type : eacus).

Dupo id., l.c. p. 136 (1822) (type : vitis).

Agrius id., l.c. p. 140 (1822) (partim ; type : anchemolus).

Philampelus Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi, p. 286 (1839) (type : fasciatus).

Smerinthus, Lepell. & Serv. (zon Latreille, 1802), in Ene. Méth. x. p. 441 (1825).

Choerocampa, Ménétriés (non Duponchel, 1835), Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. Suppl. ii. p. 92

(1857).

3%. Genal process large, triangular. Tongue long. Palpus large, rounded

in dorsal and in lateral aspect ; not-scaled part of inner surface of first segment

large, the scales at the edge of this space mostly short and broad. Lye large,

not lashed. Head not crested. Antenna setiform, cylindrical in ? ; hook slender,

end-sezment produced into a long and thin process which is rough with long

scales all round. Spines of abdomen conical, very long and strong, in one row,

separate, except those on proximal segments, which stand close together and are

shorter and weaker. Hinder edge of merum of midcoxa not angulate ; mid- and

hindtarsus with comb of moderately prolonged spines.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa strongly developed. External row of spines of

hindtarsus often reduced, while the number of spines of the second row is enlarged.

Tenth tergite simple, long, slender (Pl. XLIV. f. 1—5); no sternite [Smith, Trans.

Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 140 (1888) confuses the anal cone with the sternite].

Clasper large; a patch of obliquely erect small friction-scales, which are not

very conspicuous, resembling those of Pseudosphinw ; harpe broad at base, produced

into an horizontal process which is more or less curved upwards at end, and is

sometimes partly covered by a broad compressed lobe (Pl. XLVII. f. 21. 223

Pl. XLVIII. f. 1—9). Penis-sheath very slender for such large insects, resembling

that of Haemorrhagia, obliquely truncate, and the projecting part of the apical edge

produced into a process of variable length (Pl. LIV. f. 26. 27. 28).

?. Seventh sternite large, triangular, rounded at end, not truncate, apex not

spinose ; seventh tergite long, reaching far beyond the apex of the sternite, ventral

edges distally close together, covering the vaginal region. Highth tergite more

or less sinnate, rather strongly chitinised. Vaginal plate small, membranaceous,

except postvaginal part, which is obtusely triangular and much broader than long ;

orifice without special armature.

Larva: green or brown, tapering in front, fourth segment swollen ; direction

of lateral markings dorso-frontal—ventro-distal ; horn long and w-shaped in first

stages, red, replaced in last stage by a smooth round tubercle.—Food-plants : Vis,

Ampelopsis, Jussieua.

Pupa glossy ; head-case rounded in lateral aspect, often more convex ventrally

than dorsally ; tongue-case not carinate ; abdominal segments punctured nearly

all over dorsally and at base ventrally ; eremaster either conical, smooth, curved

ventrad, or flattened, triangular, rough.

Hab. Neotropical and Nearctic Regions.

Nineteen species are known, eighteen of which are in the Tring Museum.

There exist doubtless more in South and Central America.

The genus Pholus is a very sharply defined one. The species have been

( 477 )

distributed by Hiibner and others over a number of genera. They agree, however,

so closely with one another in structure that it would be quite arbitrary to treat

some under one, others under other generic terms. The only species which at

first sight has an aberrant look in the imago as well as in the larva state is

labruscae. Yt was chiefly the small ocellus on the fourth segment of the larva

which induced some authors to consider labruscae generically distinct from Pholus

(= Philampelus) and allied to Detlephila. The labruscae caterpillar is, however,

in the first stages even in colour a Pholus larva, the brown colour which makes

it similar to the larva of Pergesa elpenor appearing later. The structure of the

imago is essentially the same as in the other Pfolus. The peculiar colour of

the imago is of no generic value, considering the great differences exhibited in

this respect by species like axchemolus, adamsi, vitis, achemon.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing, above, blue on dise ; abdomen

with white stigmatical dots : » 422, Ph. labruscae.

Hindwing, above, yellow on dise ; abdomen

without white stigmatical dots .

Hindwing, wove, red, distal margin not red

Hindwing, adove, greenish buff, or creamy

on disc, distal margin not red. , :

Hindwing, adove, with red distal margin . . ne

4. Forewing with conspicuous dark green

antemedian band which is very ir-

regular distally, and with an equally

irregular large discal patch c » 421. Ph. capronnieri.

Antemedian band gradually fading away

distally, discal patch indistinct, under

surface almost entirely yellow . . 420. Ph. phorbas.

c. Brown subapical patch of forewing con-

tinued backwards at least to R® . . 416. Ph. typhon.

Brown subapical patch of forewing not

extending beyond R} . : : . 415. Ph. achemon.

d. Forewing with pale band from base toapex 419. Ph. fasciatus.

Forewing without pale band from base to

apex . 2 ; - : : . 413. Ph. adamsi.

e. Forewing with sharply marked even distal

marginal band . : ; , . 418. PA. vitis.

Forewing without even marginal band ;

abdomen with a conspicuous black

dorso-lateral triangular patch on two

of the middle segments. : . 414. Ph. translineatus.

Vorewing without even marginal band,

abdomen without the two pairs of

black patches. j : : ; 3 5 ile

J. Forewing with a sharply marked pale

discal band from costal to inner margin

asin vtis . ; : : : . 417. Ph. strenua.

Forewing without this band . : : : ses

( 478 )

g. Underside more or less red, at least on

disc of forewing or posteriorly on

hindwing . : : : : 5 : Bae

Underside not red . ‘ : / j ‘ a lik

h. Hindwing red behind, above and below . 407. Pd. drucez.

Hindwing not red behind, above. : : et:

?. Patch near hinder angle of forewing ex-

tending to pale line M', no stigma on

fore- and hindwing; harpe ending in

a long hook ; : :

Patch on forewing not reaching M!', a

stigma on fore- and hindwing ; harpe

very little curved upwards at end ¢ ; Can:

j. Subapical patch of forewing, above, trun-

cate at SC®; fringe of hinder margin

conspicuously white ; harpe simple at

end; first hindtarsal segment of 3

broad . ; : : : A . 404. Ph. anchemolus.

Subapical patch of forewing continued to

R!, fringe of hinder margin not con-

spicuously white; harpe notched at

end; first hindtarsal segment of 3

normal : : ; : : . 405. Ph. triangulum.

k. Forewing with conspicuons double stigma;

fringe of hinder margin more or less

pinkish ; anal area of hindwing above

408. Ph. neuburgeri.

often red. : 5 : : . 406. Ph. satellitia.

Stigma of forewing absent or vestigial . : pe Mh

1. Three straight lines in basal fourth of

forewing : : F . . 411. Ph. obliquus.

Lines in basal area of forewing irregular . : beetti’s

m. Subapical patch of forewing triangular ;

a russet or greyish shade from base to

near end of M?; harpe with a hook and

a broad lobe j : ; 5 :

Subapical patch truncate; pale discal

shade not extended to base in form of

412. Ph. eacus.

a band; harpe with a simple hook. : Perea

n. Antemedian patch at inner margin of

forewing sharply limited at SM! . 409. Ph. elisa.

This patch gradually fading away in front,

reaching cell and M! . 2 3 . 410. Ph. cissi.

404. Pholus anchemolus.

Sphinc anchemolus Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 50, t, 224. £. ¢ (1779) (Surinam).

Agrius anchemolus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 140, n. 1505 (1822).

Philampelus satellitia var , Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 59. n, 2 (Separ. p. 3. n. 2) (1856),

Philampelus anchemolus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 178. n. 8 (1856) ; Lucas, in Sagra, //ist.

Cuba vii. p. 292 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 195. n. 4 (1875) (Brazil ; Guiana) ;

Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges, Wien xxvi. p. 348 (1876) (Surinam) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe.

( 479 )

Lond, ix. p. 577. n. 14 (1877) (Rio de Jan.) ; Burm., Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 347. n. 2 (1878)

(Northern Argent.); id., J.c. Atlas p. 36. t. 15. f. 1. 5 (1, p.) (1878); Maass., Stett. nt. Zeit. xii.

p- 59 (1880) (= satellitia?) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 14, n. 6 (1881)

(Mexico ; Chiriqui); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 9 (1892); Pet., Zllustr. Zeit. Ent. iii.

t. 1. f. 1 (larva) (1898) ; Bonningh., Jris xii. p, 126. n. 49 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. The d is as a rule more russet than the 2, and has a longer prothorax.

Stigma of forewing not deeper olive than the lines, often vestigial, white fringe of

hindmargin conspicuous from near base to beyond rhombiform patch. Underside

of body and wings more or less brick-red.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa very strongly developed. Tibiae broad, especially

the posterior ones, the spurs almost disappearing in the scaling; first hindtarsal

segment also broad, this and the following segments with very few spines indicating

the outer series, second series with numerous spines. Tenth tergite rounded

truncate at tip. Clasper long; dorsal margin nearly straight, slightly concave ;

no patch of bristles on innerside ; harpe (Pl. XLVII. f. 21) long, flattened,

straight, ending in a short acute hook, which varies a little in length. Penis-sheath

with an acute and rather slender process.

Larva with a round white spot on segments 4 to 7, and a large, elongate,

oblique white patch on segments 8 to 10 (Burmeister) ; or (Peters) with a spot on

segments 4 and 5, and elongate patches on segments 7 to 10, there being no white

spot on segment 6 in Peters’s figure.—Food-plant : Vitis ; Ampelopsis.

Hab. Neotropical Region from Mexico to Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, 50-odd specimens from: Mexico ; Honduras ;

Costa Rica; Peru; Venezuela; Trinidad; Bahia; Rio de Janeiro ; St. Catharina.

405. Pholus triangulum spec. nov. (Pl. LXVI. f. 2, 2).

Philampelus lycaon (!), Butler (non Cramer, 1775), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 576. n. 12 (1877)

(partim).

Philampelus pandorus, Druce (non Hiibner, 1824 ?), in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 14. n. 4

(1881) (partim).

Philampelus licaon, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 5 (1892) (partim) ; Druce, L.c. Suppl. p. 308.

n. 4 (1896) (partim).

3%. Similar to satellitia, deeper olive-brown. Forewing rather more

elongate, the distal margin being longer and the inner margin shorter ; lines very

prominent, of the same or almost the same tint as the antemedian posterior patch ;

no stigma, or the stigma not deeper in tone than the lines ; subapical costal patch

larger than in satedlitia, prolonged beyond SC* (as in Hiibner’s figure of Zécaon),

continued as a line down to the oblique brown shade; crenate submarginal line

heavy, sometimes the semicircular marginal spaces bordered by it filled in with

brown ; hinder edge of wing not reddish. Hindwing with a prominent stigma.

Underside of abdomen, middle of breast, the hindwing except abdominal area,

aud dise of forewing, vinaceous-rufous, more or less shaded with brown, always more

reddish than in satedlitia.

3d. Sexual armature similar to that of axchemolus, not satellitia. Tenth tergite

not acuminate, rounded-truncate (PI. XLIV. f. 3). Clasper without patch of

bristles on inner surface ; dorsal margin concave ; harpe (Pl. XLVII. f. 22) long,

broad and flat as in anchemolus, ending in a short tooth-like hook, which bears

beneath a tooth. Penis-sheath very slender ; apical process acute, about four times

as long as the sheath is broad.

Karly stages not known.

( 480 )

Length of forewing : od, 50—60 mm.; ¢, 65 mm.

Tab. Mexico to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 40 specimens from: Hnatuxeo (type), and Teocelo,

Mexico ; Cuzco, Peru, iv. oi (Garlepp) ; Chulumani, Bolivia, 2000 m., xii. 1900, wet

season (Simons).

The present species is easily distinguished from anchemolus in the d sex by

the first segment of the hindtarsus not being broadly scaled; the 2 2 require more

careful comparison, but the dark outer surface of the foretibia and the less extended

white hinder edge of the forewing, as well as the prolonged subapical costal patch of

the same wing, will be sufficient to recognise triangulum.

406, Pholus satellitia.

Drury, Jilustr. Ev. Ent. i. t. 29. £.1 (9). 2 (gd) (1770) (Jamaica).

Sphinx satellitia Linné, Mant. Plant. p. 539 (1771) (Jamaica) ; Drury, /.c. Index (1773) ; Fabr.,

Syst. Ent. p. 542. n. 20 (1775); Miull., Naturs., Suppl. p. 303. n. 51 (1776) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr.

iii. 2. p. 205. n. 6 (1780); Fabr,, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 148. n. 36 (1781); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5.

p. 2381. n. 74 (1790); Fabr,, Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 370. n. 42 (1793).

Sphinx licaon Cramer, Pap, Exot.i. p. 86. t. 55. £. a (1775) (W. Indies).

Pholus licaon, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134. n. 1486 (1822).

Philampolus satellitia, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 59 (1856) (partim) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.

viii. p. 175. n. 3 (1856) (partim) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Sov. Philad. v. p. 157. 0. 55 (1865)

(Atlantic distr.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 576. n. 13 (1877) (Honduras ; Jamaica).

Philamplus lycaon (!), Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 60 (1865) (partim) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins.

B. M. xxxv. p. 1854 (1866).

3%. The insects united here under one species have partly been considered

specifically distinct. As these forms are clearly geographical representatives of

one another, and differ only in the lighter or deeper shades of the pattern, which

is otherwise essentially the same, the differences being, besides, bridged over to

a certain extent by intergraduate individuals, we do not see any reason for treating

any of the insects as distinct.

Linné’s description is based solely on Drury’s figures, which are said by

Drury to be taken from Jamaica specimens. The figure of the ¢ agrees fairly

well with our Jamaica ¢, showing especially the reddish tint peculiar to the

Jamaica ¢, while the figure of the $ is decidedly incorrect. It is altogether too

green, and does not agree at all with Drury’s own description, which fits Jamaica

examples. The figure, resembling to a certain extent the North American form

pandorus of satellitia, misled Messrs. Grote and Robinson to consider the Nearctie

form to be the true satel/itia.

White spot of palpus and spot behind eye conspicuous. Forewing with

black double stigma, deeper in tint than the lines; hinder edge more or less

pinkish. Under surface not red; but dise of forewing often russet-tawny. First

segment of hindtarsus shorter than tibia in g, only as long as segments 2 and

3 together ; in ? as long as tibia.

d. Tenth tergite pointed (Pl. XLIV. f. 5). Clasper large, dorsal margin

slightly convex ; no patch of bristles on inner surface ; harpe ending in a long,

evenly curved hook which varies in length (PI. XLVIIL f. 2). Penis-sheath stout,

process pointed but not slender, about twice as long as the sheath is broad.

(PSD te27):

Larva green, sometimes changing to brown shortly before pupating ; with

five or six white side-spots; fine black dots, especially on fourth segment.—

Food-plants : Vitis ; Ampelopsis.

( 481 )

Head-case of pupa almost regularly rounded in side-view ; abdomen rather

grossly punctured above ; cremaster elongate triangular, somewhat flattened, rough.

Hab. Neotropical and Nearctic Regions.

Five subspecies :

a. Ph. satellitia pandorus.

Daphnis pandorus Hibner, Samml. Ex. Schm, ii. t. 374 (1824 ?).

Philampelus satellitia, Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 299. n. 2 (1839) (=licaon ?) ;

Fitch, Rept. Ins. N. Y. iii. p. 398 (1856) ; Emm., Nat. Hist. N. York p. 219. t. 45. £. 5 (1854) ;

Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. iv. p, 154. n. 1 (1859) (partim) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 176. n. 1 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, /xs.

Inj. Veg. p. 315. t. 5. f. 2. (7.) (1862) ; Jaeg., Life N. Am. Ins. p. 193 (1864) ; Lintn., Proc. Ent.

Soc. Philad. iii. p. 659 (1864) (life hist.) ; Saund., Hnt. i. p. 26 (1868) (London, Can. ; larva) ;

Riley, Amer. Ent. ii. p. 89. £. 58. a. b. ¢ (/.). 59 (2.) (1870) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii.

p. 185 (1871) ; Lym., Canad. Ent. vi. p. 158 (1874) (Portland, &. vii.) ; Riley, Rept. Missouri

li. p. 76. fig. 52. 53 (1876) ; Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 67 (1877) (liter.); Scudd., ibid. p. 68

(1877) (larva) ; Bunk., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 120 (1877) (Rochester, N. Y.; larva, vii.) ; French,

Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xv. p. 165. fig. (1877) ; Coq., ibid. xviii. App. p. 175 fig. (1880) ;

Saund., Canad. Ent. xiii. p, 41. f. 4. 5 (1881) (life hist.) ; id., Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. xii. p. 19. fig.

(1882); id., ibid. p. 60. fig. (1882); Clarks., Canad. Ent. xv. p. 160 (1883) (parasite : Perilampus).

Philampelus pandorus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 174. n. 1 (1856) (cit. “ Phil. ampelophaga

Harris” ex errore! ; partim); Beth., Canad. Ent i. p. 11 (1869) (Ontario); Grote & Rob., Trans.

Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 76 (1869); Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p, 192 (1872) (N. York, vi.); Thaxt., Psyche

i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass. ; vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 21 (1874) ; id., Lc.

ii, p. 226. n, 28 (1875); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 197. n. 6 (1875) (N. Am.) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 575. n. 9 (1877) (partim) ; Grote, /.c. iii. p. 222. n. 30 (1877)

(Mass.; N.Y.; Penn.) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 14. n. 4 (1881) (partim) ;

Pilate, Papilio ii, p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O.) ; Saund., ibid. p. 147 (1882) (larva) ; id., Zns. Inj.

Fruits p. 248. n. 133. fig. 258 (7.). 259 (1.) (1883); Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono,

Maine, 1 specimen) ; Grote, bid. xviii. p. 132. n. 38 (1886) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 59.

n. 27. t. 3, f. 1. a. b. ¢ (1, i.) (1886) (Maine) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 32 (1886) ;

Smith, rans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 144. t. 6. f. 3. 4 (genit.) (1888) (eastwards to the

Mississippi basin) ; Edw., Rull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 40 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ;

Beutenm., in Riley, Jus. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. York, at elect, light) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.

i. p. 669. n. 3 (1892) (cit. “ Phil. ampelophga Harris” ex, errore!); Beutenm, Bull. Amer.

Mus. N. H. vii. p. 288. t. 3. f. 5 (1895) (N. York, two broods) ; Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297

(1896) (N. Hampsh.): Rowl., ibid. x. p. 10 (1899) (Missouri ; difference in broods),

Philampelus ampelophaga, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 174. sub n, 1 (1856) (eit. Harris,

ex errore!) ; Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11. p. 76 (1869) (= pandorus).

Chaerocampa satellitia, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim, Mus, Petr,, Lep. Suppl. 1. p. 92. n. 1526

(1857).

3%. Brighter green than the other forms; the inner marginal area between

base and dark olive-green patch almost as deep in tint as the patch itself in most

specimens. The dorso-lateral patches of the abdomen are never so dark as in the

other subspecies. There is in most specimens a slight pinkish tint near the anal

angle of the hindwing.

Hab. Nearctic Region: Canada southward to Georgia, westward to the

Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 8 larvae, 1 pupa, 30-odd specimens from: Massachusetts;

lowa; West Virginia; N. Carolina.

b. Ph. satellitia satellitia.

Drury, /.c. (Jamaica).

Sphine satellitia Linné, lc. (1771) (Jamaica),

Philampelus satellitia, Walker, l.c, viii. p. 175, n, 3 (1856) (partim ; Jamaica) ; Boisl., Spec. Gién.

( 482 )

Lép, Het. i.p. 196. n. 5 (1875) (Antilles) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483. n. 53 (1878)

(Jamaica).

Sphinx satellita (!), Drury, ed. Westwood, Jllust. Ex. Ent. i. f. 29 (1837).

Philampelus lycaon (!), Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 59 (1880) (= satellitia).

3%. The ¢ has a pinkish tone all over, as in Drury’s figure, and the ? is

rather more whitish grey than Continental specimens.

3. Harpe much shorter than in Continental ¢¢, and the horizontal portion of

the hook much thicker.

Hab. Jamaica.

In the Tring Museum | ¢, 6 2 ?.

ce. Ph. satellitia licaon.

Sphinx licaon Cramer, I.c. (1775) (West Indies).

Philampelus satellitia, Walker, lc. (1855) (partim) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi.

p- 348 (1876) (Surinam) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 14. n. 5 (1881) (Brit.

Hond. ; Nicaragua; Chiriqui) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 6 (1892) ; Druce, l.c. Suppl.

p- 308 (1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala ; Costa Rica ; Panama).

(?) Philampelus licaon, Ottolengui, Ent. News v. p. 314 (1894) (partim ; Louisiana).

3%. Individually rather variable, never as green as the Nearctic pandorus ;

the red patch of analis occasionally indicated in /icaon hy a few red scales. Length

of harpe not constant. The term “ West Indies” of Cramer included Surinam.

Hab. Tropical America, exclusive of the West Indies, from Northern Brazil and

Bolivia northward to Mexico. ;

In the Tring Museum 70-cdd specimens from: Mexico; Honduras; Costa

Rica; Colombia; Eeuador; Peru; Bolivia; Venezuela.

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, iii.

d. Ph. satellitia analis subsp. uoy. (Pl. X. f. 2, f).

Pholus licaon, Hiibner (non Cramer, 1775), Sammlung Ex. Schm. ii. t. 160 (1824 ?).

Philampelus satellitia, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 59 (1856) (partim ; larva and pupa descr.) ;

Walk., /.c. viii, p. 175. n. 3 (1856) (partim ; Bolivia) ; Bénningh., Jris xii. p. 125. n. 48 (1899)

(Rio de Jan.). :

Philampelus posticatus, Butler (non Grote, 1865), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 575. n. 7 (1877)

(Bolivia ; syn. partim) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent, v. p. 349 (1878) (Bolivia) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 1 (1892) (Bolivia ; syn. partim).

Philampelus lycaon, Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. vy. p. 348. n. 3 (1878) (Buenos Ayres).

Philampelus posticarius (!), id., l.c, (sub syn.).

3%. Hindwing with a more or less obvious red patch at analangle. The larva

as described by Burmeister, /.c., agrees with that of the North American PA. satellitia

pandorus. Béuninghausen, /.c., refers to Burm., dc. Atlas t. 15. f. 2, as being a

representation of the larva of this species ; in this he is wrong ; he must have made

a mistake in his notes, or, perhaps, his satedditia is obliqua.

Hab. Paraguay ; Argentina; Southern Brazil; northward to Espiritu Santo.

In the Tring Museum 9 6d, 5 2% from: Paraguay (Dr. Bohls, type);

Curnmba, Matto Grosso, i. °99 (Stuart); Tucuman; Buenos Ayres; Montevideo ;

La Gama, Argentina, i.; Rio de Janeiro.

e. Ph. satellitia posticatus (Pl. X. f. 1, 3).

Philampelus satellitia, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 292 (1857); Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl.

p. 147 (1863) (Cuba).

Philampelus lycaon (‘), Grote, Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 60. 0. 84 (1865) (Cuba); id. & Rob.,

ibid. y. p. 157. n. 54 (1865) ; Grote, lc. vi. p. 329 (1867) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 187

(1881).

( 483 )

Philampelus posticatus Grote, l.c. v. p. 62 (1865) (Cuba) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 575.

n. 7 (1877) (sub syn.) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 132. n. 39 (1886) (W. Ind. ; Florida) ; id.,

Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 32 (1886) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 1 (1892) (partim).

Philampelus satellitia a. posticatus Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 185 (1871).

Philampelus licaon, Ottolengui, Ent. News v. p. 314 (1894) (Florida).

d?. Resembling the southern form azalis, but the postdiseal pale band and

the apical and anal pale patches of forewing more silvery-grey ; the series of black

submarginal spots of hindwing continued costad by a rather distinct line, the

external area being less deep black than in the other races of satedlitea.

Hab. Cuba; Bahamas; Florida. Perhaps to be discovered in Haiti.

In the Tring Museum 2 33,3 2? from: Nassau, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter) ;

Cuba. The specimen figured is from Nassau.

407. Pholus drucei spec nov. (PI. II. f. 3, 3).

3. Resembling PA. satellitia analis, but deeper olive ; pale dorsal line of

abdomen narrower, not narrowed at the base of the segments ; lateral patch of

second, and dorso-lateral one of third segment larger and deeper in tint.

Wings, above. Forewing: olive patch at hinder margin triangular, discal

lines sharper marked, more oblique to the veins, the discal costal olive shade less

distinct, not obviously continued distad before N!, a tawny shade along M!', con-

tinued basad ; triangular olive patch at inner margin before angle extended costad

to M'—Hindwing : abdominal margin broadly red ; a black stigma ; a sharply

marked line runuing costad from upper outer corner of square black patch, sub-

marginal black band distinct up to R?, then fading away in a blackish olive area,

which is narrower than in satedlitia ; between black square patch and submarginal

band there are three sharply marked black lines.

Underside as in Ph. satellitia analis, but hindwing rosy red from abdominal

edge up to cell ; disc slightly shaded with rosy red.

First segment of hindtarsus only as long as the following two segments ;

short apical spur more than half the length of the long one.

3. Tenth tergite narrowed towards apex, but not sharply pointed. Clasper

without patch of bristles on inner surface ; dorsal margin straight, slightly concave ;

harpe as in PA. satellitia licaon, but obviously less curved, the hook being shorter.

Penis-sheath less pointed than in satellitia.

? and early stages not known.

Length of forewing: 3, 40 mm.

Hab. Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) from Ecuador.

Also in coll. Druce and the British Museum.

408. Pholus neuburgeri spec. nov. (VI. Il. f. 4, &).

3. Markings deeper in tint than in all the other species. Body similar to

that of satellitia as regards markings, but upperside dark fawn-colour, olive patch

of mesothoracie tegula smaller than in sated/itia, pale dorsal line of abdomen of

nearly even width, sharply marked also on the first segments and continued to

metanotum, and behind to eighth tergite, here thin, dividing the olive mesial

patch into two slender triangles ; lateral patches of abdomen all sharply marked,

the anterior ones the largest, black at lower edges. Underside brick red; palpus,

sides of breast and legs more or Jess dark pinkish fawn ; palpus without white

( 484 )

spot ; upperside of mid- and hindtibiae dirty white; external spines of first protarsal

segment prolonged as in achemon; first hindtarsal segment a little shorter than

tibia, longer than segments 2 and 3 together ; short apical hindtibial spur about

one-third the length of long one, this a little longer than second tarsal segment.

Forewing: distal margin not convex, faintly scalloped ;

a black basal patch at inner margin, separate from the black inner-marginal

antemedian patch; this latter reduced in size, triangular; a double line between

the two patches, two other lines more widely apart, converging behind, the

proximal one confluent with the antemedian patch before reaching inner margin,

the other reaching patch at its upper proximal corner; xo stigma; discal lines

forming at costal margin a sharply marked semicircle, proximal discal lines

couspicuous, fourth line also so beyond M!; brown subapical costal patch reduced,

indistinctly covered with a postdiscal band which extends from hinder margin

frontad, posterior portion of this band corresponding to the double patch of

satellitia, but being much broader ; greyish marginal border dentate, including a

dentate submarginal line; a conspicuous buff line from lower angle of cell along

M' to near distal edge of wing, vein M? also buff, except at base and apex.

Hindwing: stigma represented by a minute vestigial dot; black discal area

extended to M! and abdominal margin, interspace between it and black submarginal

band fawn-colonr, with two sharply marked lines ; black submarginal area SC?—

M! narrower than in safellitia, not reaching costal margin, black spots M!—SM?

contiguous.

Underside brick red, rather brighter than body. Basal area of forewing pale

drab-brown, blackish behind ; a discal line crossing subcostals at fork, brick red

in front, blackish behind, followed by traces of a second line; a brown distal

border, triangularly dilated behind R?, here nearly reaching first discal line——

Hindwing drab-grey at base, three discal lines, second faint, a brown distal

border, which is dilated before middle.

3. Tenth tergite acuminate, not very sharp, the extreme tip being rounded-

truncate. Clasper without patch of bristles on inner surface ; harpe (PI. XLVILL.

f. 3) of the satellitia-type, but the horizontal part of the process broader and more

flat, resembling somewhat that of axchemolus, hook as in satellitia.

Length of forewing: 3, 48 mm.

Hab. Argentina, probably Tucuman.

One 3 in Mus. Tring, received from Herr Neuburger, in whose honour the

species is named.

Wings, upperside.

409, Pholus elisa.

Philampelus elisa Smyth, Ent. News xii. p. 106. t. 4 (2 ) (1901) (Cuernavaca, Mexico).

3%. Similar to small specimens of PA. satellitia. Second and third segments

of abdomen with black lateral patch. First segment of hindtarsus in ¢ as long-as

tibia and as segments 2 to 4 together, while it is much shorter in satedlitia.—

Forewing, above, more grey, without stigma ; costal semicircle at apex of cell very

sharply marked, heavier than the first discal line ; apex more produced, the distal

margin being in front more concave than in satedlitia ; a black subbasal patch at

inner margin separate from the rhombiform submedian patch ; the latter obviously

produced basad at (SM'), the border darker than the centre of the patch ; inner

edge of wing not pinkish. Hindwing : as in satellitia, no discal line from black

( 485 )

patch costad, black distal shadowy band narrower than in satellitia and broadly

connected with the black patch ; no stigma.

Underside : as in satellitia, no red tints, but dise of forewing somewhat russet-

ochraceous ; first discal line rather S-shaped. White spot of palpus short.

d. Tenth tergite sharply pointed, apex curved downwards, almost hooked

Clasper without patch of bristles on innerside, dorsal margin concave ; harpe

as in satellitia, but stouter, the vertical part of the hook less evenly curved and

longer, slightly bent basad at tip. Penis-sheath slenderer than in satellitia.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from: Guadalajara, Mexico. Not seen in other

collections.

Distinguished from triangulum by the underside not being red, and the absence

of a stigma from the hindwing ; from eacus by the hindwing being devoid of the

discal line which runs in eacus from upper onter angle of the black patch costad :

from cissi by the distinct white spot of the palpus, and by the black antemedian

patch of the forewing being sharply limited at (SM?) and posteriorly broader. The

Species is nearest céss’, from which it is, however, distinct.

410. Pholus cissi.

Philampelus cissi Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 19 (1870) (Venezuela) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe.

Lond. ix, p. 576. n. 11 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 669. n. 7 (1892) ; Smyth, Ent. News

xii. p. 109 (1901).

Philampelus vini Kirby, lc. n, 8 (1892) (laps. calami) ; Smyth, lc.

3%. We have from the Felder collection a pair of which the ? is labelled

“Venezuela, Moritz,” and bears a number in the same handwriting as the number

on the pin of NXylophanes (hortulanus =) crotonis. In the Staudinger collection

is a ¢ labelled “ Tavar, Venezuela, Moritz, ex coll. Sommer.” These specimens

are undoubtedly the insect miserably described by Schaufuss from Moritz’s material

in Kaden’s collection.

Similar to axchemolus and obliquus, from which it is distinct, Upperside of

body and forewing more olivaceous-tawny than in the ? of anchemolus. Palpus,

legs, and underside of body clayish drab ; first segment of palpus and pronotum

without white spots, or these vestigial ; upperside of tibiae not white. Mesonotum

and first and second abdominal tergites grey in middle; an uninterrupted, broad,

greyish middle line along thé other segments, the line feebly constricted at the

bases of the segments, much less so than in anchemolus.

Wings, upperside—— Forewing : lines in basal half irregularly undulate as in

anchemolus ; patch at hinder margin much less intense, triangular ; xo stigma ;

dark triangular marginal patches R*—M? each bordered proximally by a grey

angle-shaped spot, the olive-black scaling proximally of these spots extended costad

to R* as a rather heavy band, and then continued to near subapical patch as a fine

line ; instead of this line there is a series of nervular dots in anchemolus ; hinder

inargin with a pale buff fringe, which extends less far distad than the white fringe

of anchemolus ; the pale space distally of median patch at hinder margin with two

rather sharply marked zigzag lines. Hindwing : basal area pale buff, more buff

than in obliquus, more extended than in either of the two close allies ; no stigma ;

black patch M?—SM? smaller, being less extended basad between M2 and (SM) ;

from the upper outer corner of this patch rans a band costad, fading away costally,

( 486 )

the series of olive-black spots near anal angle is continued towards costal margin,

these spots forming a snbmarginal band which is more distinct behind than in front ;

between this band and the diseal one are two lines ; the interspaces between these

lines and bauds grey behind, blackish in front.

Underside buftish clay-colour, paler at base, darker distally ; lines on dise as

in anchemolus, distal marginal area of forewing as in that species, rather broader

behind.

3. Sexnal armature of the satellitia-type. Tenth tergite narrowed towards

end, but not sharply pointed (Pl. XLLV. f. 4). Clasper hairy on inner surface, but

there is no patch of bristles; harpe as in satedlitia licaon, but the hook shorter.

Penis-sheath very slender, apical process thin, acutely pointed.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Venezuela ; Pern ; -Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 2 22 from: Venezuela; Yungo del Espiritu

Santo, Cochabamba, Bolivia (Germain) ; R. Inambari, $.H. Peru, 6000 ft., Noy. 1901

(Ockenden) ; Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Peru, 6000 ft., Jane 1902 (Ockenden).

In coll. Staudinger 3 ¢d from Tovar, Venezuela (Moritz) ; Huayabamba,

Peru ; Rio Tanampaya, Bolivia.

In coll. Oberthiir a long series from Huamba, Peru (Mathan), and Bolivia,

many of the dd with the white spot of the palpus vestigial.

411, Pholus obliquus spec. noy. (Pl. LXVI. f. 1, 3).

(?) Philampelus spec. ?, Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. v. Atlas p. 36. t. 15. f. 2 (d.) (1878)

(Corcovado).

(?) Philampelus satellitia, Bonninghausen (non Linné, 1771), Zris xii. p. 125. n. 48 (1899) (partim ;

larva).

3%. Similar to axchemolus in appearance ; body and wings not red below.

Abdomen above without distinct mesial line of pale spots. White spot on first

segment of palpus narrower and longer than in anchemolus ; white line behind eye

conspicuous ; external surface of foretibia clayish grey.

Wings, upperside. Forewing more glossy grey than in anchemolus; three

parallel and obliqne lines in basal area, the third ending at inner upper corner

of rhombiform yatch, all three s¢raéght from costal margin to (SM’); no stigma ;

discal lines 1 and 2 distinct between M' and (SM?’), the first reaching rhombiform

patch at upper outer corner, posterior part of lines 3 and 4 weak, obsolete behind

M'; portions C—R% of discal lines more distal at R* than in satedlitia, anchemolus,

triangulum, ete. ; oblique shadowy band broad, extended to distal margin, where it

is broader than in anchemolus ; subapical costal patch large; patch near hinder

angle broader than in the allied species, rounded triangular, not concave outwardly,

extending a little before M*, but this portion not narrowed to a more or less rounded

spot as in most species ; hinder area from base to rhombiform patch dark as in

anchemolus ; tringe of hinder margin buffish, less extended than in anchemolus.—

Hindwing : broader than in axchemolus ; pale basi-discal area more yellowish than

in the species just mentioned, black outer area far more extended, broadly econ-

nected with the square discal posterior patch; anal area greyish, including a

single black spot, which is seldom absent, and often traces of others ; no stigma,

Underside wood-brown, with a clayish shade; forewing somewhat russet at

distal marginal band.

g. Tenth tergite rounded-truncate ; apex longitudinally ribbed (Pl. XLLYV. f. 2).

( 487 )

Clasper slender ; dorsal margin slightly concave from base to apex ; no patch of

bristles on innerside ; harpe (PI. XLVIII. f. 5): basal portion long, process of the

satellitia-type, but shorter and less curved. Process of penis-sheath short and

obtuse. Hindtarsus and hindtibia normally scaled.

Early stages not known.

The larva figured by Burmeister, l.c., is perhaps that of obliquus. It is brown,

and has a white band on the tenth segment.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Colombia to Bolivia and Sta. Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 3 5d, 9 ? ? from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. Rosenberg)

(type, 3); Paramba, Ecuador ; San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., ix. 95

(Stuart); Palma Sola, Venezuela; Bahia; Theresopolis, Rio de Janeiro; Sta.Catharina.

In coll. Oberthiir a series from Huamba, Peru (M. de Mathan).

Not difficult to recognise by the straight lines in basal area of forewing.

412. Pholus eacus.

Sphinx eacus Cramer, Pap, Exot. iii, p. 166. t. 285. f. » (1780) (Surinam)!

Daphnis megaeacus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134. n. 1349 (1822).

Philampelus eacus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 179. n. 9 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Heét.i. p. 198 n. 7 (1875) (Surinam) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 576. n. 10 (1877) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 4 (1892).

Philampelus pandorus, Druce, in Biol, Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 14. n. 4 (1881) (partim ;

Chiriqui) ; Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 126. n. 50 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. Cramer’s figure is bad, but the pattern of the wings leaves no doubt

that the figure was meant for this species, which does not seem to have been

recognised (from actual specimens) as distinct since Cramer. It is mixed up

in some collections with satellitia.

Upperside of body and wings darker olive-green than in satedlitia. First

abdominal tergite without white fringe, second far less grey in middle. White

spot of palpus small. First segment of hindtarsus as long as tibia, and also

as segments 2 to 4 together; midtibia not distinctly white above. ——Lines of

forewing, above, more pronounced than in satedlitia, but very weak or altogether

obsolete between M! and M? within the pale longitudinal space, which is generally

of a pinkish tint; stigma barely vestigial ; median costal semicircle prominent,

but not heavier than upper portion of first discal line ; subapical costal patch

triangular ; submedian posterior patch trapeziform, narrower behind than it is

generally in satedlitia. Hindwing: a distinct distal line running costad from

outer upper corner of square patch, interspace following this line not shaded

with black, postdiscal line more or less separated from the submarginal band,

Which is narrower and more sharply defined proximally than in satedlitia.

Underside as dark as in satellitia.

d. Tenth tergite as in satedlitia, but less pointed. Clasper rather short,

without patch of bristles on inner surface; harpe as in adamsi and Jasciatus

With two processes (PI. XLVIII. f. 7, lateral view; f. 8, dorsal view); the

process corresponding to that of satedlitia short and not much curved, partly

concealed in lateral aspect by a broad, obtuse, compressed lobe.

Larva not known to science. Bénninghansen refers to it as being green,

and very different from the caterpillars of satedlitia and anchemolus, and feeding

on Jussieua. It is worthy of special note that this Jussiewa-feeder has the same

harpe as fasciatus, also a .Jussicua-feeder ; judging from this we may expect

the larva of adamsi to occur also on Jussieua.

( 488 )

Fab, Beuador ; Surinam ; southward to Sta. Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 3 2 from: Sta. Catharina; Espiritu Santo ;

Paramba, Eeuador (Flemming).

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 4 2 2 from French Guiana.

Our Paramba specimen, a ?, is very pale; it is a bred specimen, and apparently

killed too soon after emergence from the chrysalis.

413. Pholus adamsi spec. noy. (Pl. Il. f. 2, 2).

3. Body above vinaceous-cinnamon ; a black mesial line on head and meso-

notum, abbreviated in front and behind, no dark patch or streak on mesothoracical

tegula ; metanotum black ; a small Jateral spot on second abdominal segment, and

a large subtriangular dorso-lateral patch on the third and fourth segments brownish

black. Underside of body more red, palpus vinaceous-rufous, white at extreme

base ; a white dash behind eye ; abdomen vinaceous-pink.

Wings, above. Forewing : vinaceous-cinnamon, dusted with brown scales ;

lines nearly as in translineatus, but basal dot larger ; five discal lines, the most

distal one almost continuons, its posterior portion being less proximal than in ¢rans-

lineatus. Hindwing : a large black patch from base to end of cell continued

towards anal angle, where it joins the black anal patch; this branch of the pateh

dilated at M* and joining a black postdiscal band, which does not reach costal

margin, but has the appearance of being a continuation of the black anal patch,

corresponding to the postdiscal band of typhon, fasciatus, ete. ; abdominal and

costal margins pinkish -red, distal margin salmon-red ; centre of wing and a

subbasal patch before abdominal margin grey, with a shade of olive-buff.

Underside vinaceous-ferruginous, more vinaceous-red towards abdominal

margin of hindwing; both wings crossed on dise by three blackish brown lines,

which become red in posterior half of hindwing, and are parallel with one another

as well as with outer margins, but curving ‘costad on both wings. Forewing :

basal area greyish brown, blackish behind cell ; onter margin with a broad greyish

brown band shaped as in /ascéatus, vitis, ete. Hindwing: extreme base as on

forewing ; outer margin very thinly brown, this brown border slightly widened

between M? and SM?.

Hindtibia shorter scaled than in fasciatus ; foretibia with a few spines at end.

First segment of hindtarsus as long as tibia.

3. Tenth tergite slender, sharply pointed. Clasper with strongly convex

ventral margin ; friction-scales inconspicuous ; no patch of bristles on inner side ;

harpe with two processes, the upper process corresponding to that of satedlitia,

pointed, curved, bent laterad and ventrad ; the other process broad, feebly chitinised,

obtuse, subconical, hollow (Pl, XLVIII. f. 9, lateral aspect). Penis-sheath ending

in an acute stout process, which is more curved than ordinarily in this genus.

? and early stages not known.

Length of forewing, d, 40 mm. ; breadth, 16 mm.

Hab. Venezuela.

One 3 in the Tring Museum; a second ¢ in Mus. Stockholm; not seen in

other collections.

Named in honour of H. J. Adams, who gave us the specimen in exchange.

Hasily recognised by the colour of the hindwing, in which it differs widely from

translineatus.

( 489 )

414. Pholus translineatus.

*Philampelus translineatus Rothschild, [ris vii. p. 299. n. 7. t. 7. f.2 (¢) (1894) (St. Catharina ;—

coll. Staudinger).

do. Hindwing without red colour. Abdomen without black lateral spot on

second segment.

Hab. Sta. Catherina.

Three ¢¢ in coll. Staudinger, 2 from Sta. Catherina, 1 without locality. Not

seen in other collections.

415, Pholus achemon.

Sphinx achemon Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ent. ii. t. 29. £.1. & Index (1773) (“ Jamaica, Dr. Fothergill,”

err. loci) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 218. n. 50 (1780).

Sphinx crantor Cramer, Pap, Exot. ii. p. 11. t. 104. f. a (1777) (“ Ind. or.” err. loci) ; Goeze, lc. iii.

(1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2380. n. 73 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 875.0. 58 (1793)

(“Ind. or.” err, loci); Abb. & Smith, ns. Georgia i. p. 81. t. 41 (1, p., 7.) (1797) ; Lepell. &

: Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 466. t. 66. £. 9 (1825).

Pholus crantor, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138. n. 1435 (1822).

Philampelus crantor, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 293 (1856) (‘‘ Jamaica” err. loc.) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 199. n. 9 (1875) (“ Jamaica” er. loc.).

Philampelus achemon, Harvis, in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 300. n. 3 (1839) (= erantor ?) ;

Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 174. n. 2 (1856) (N. York) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se.

Philad. iv. p. 155. n. 43 (1859) (N. York; Penn.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ;

Clem.. in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 177. n. 2 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, Jus. Inj. Veg.

p- 325. f. 150 (/.). 151 (p.)..t. 5. £. 3 (7.) (1862) ; Lintn., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 660 (1864)

(life hist.) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v, p. 158. n. 56 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ;

Harr., Wnt. Corresp. t. 3. £. 11 (1.) (1869); Riley, Amer. Ent. ii. p. 54. fig. 3d 34. 35 (L., p., @.)

(1869) ; Lintn., Hnt. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) (N. York, larva in vii. ix.) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29

(1874) (Newton, Mass. ; vii.) ; Ril., Rept. Missouri ii. p. 74. f. 49—51 (L., p., i.) (1874) ; Grote,

Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 21 (1874) ; id., Le. iii. p. 226. n. 29 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond, ix. p. 575. n. 6 (1877) (N. York) ; Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 68 (1877) (liter.

rel. to met.) ; Worth., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 178 (1877) (Chicago ; imago hibern. ?) ; Grote, /.c. iil.

p. 222. n. 31 (1877) (Mass. ; N.Y.; Penn. ; South. States): French, 7rwns. Dept. Agr. Illin. xv.

p- 165. fig. (1877) ; Saund., Canad. Ent. x. p. 100, £. 4. 5.6 (1878) (life bist.) ; id., Rept. Ent.

Soe. Ont xii. p, 74. fig. (1879) ; Butl., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) ; Behr, ibid. ii. p. 2 (1882)

(Calif.) ; Saund., ibid. p. 147 (1882) (larva) ; Coq., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin, xviii. App. p. 182

fig. (1882); Saund., Ins. Inj. Fruits p. 250. n. 134. fig. 260. 261. 262 (L., p., @,) (1888) ;

Fern., Canad, Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine ; larva notic.) ; Bowl., ibid. xvi. p. 39 (1884)

(Montreal) ; Grote, ibid. xviii. p. 132. n. 40 (1886); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. G0. n. 28. t. 4.

f. 1. 2. 3. (l., p., i.) (1886) ; Edw., Canad. Ent. xx. p. 12 (1887) (N.E. Arizona) ; Smith, Trans.

Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 145. t. 6. £. 5 (genit.) (1888) (Atlantic to Pacific) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N.

Mus. xxxy. p. 41 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl.

p. 308. n. 3 (a) (1896) (partim ; Mexico) ; Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh.) ;

Trum., ibid. viii. p. 27 (1897) (S, Dakota) ; Rowl., ibid. ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri) ; id., ibid.

x. p. 10 (1899) (Missouri ; larva).

_ Smerinthus achemon, Lepelletier & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 441 (1825).

Chaerocampa achemon, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. Suppl. i. p. 92. n. 1527

(1857).

Pholus achemon, Beutenmiiller, in Riley, Jus. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. York, at electr. light) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 670, n. 1 (1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H, vii. p. 289. t. 3.

f. 6 (1895) (N. York, two broods) ; Kirby, in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths. iv. p. 388 (1897).

3% Spines of external row of foretarsus somewhat prolonged. R* of hindwing

before or in centre of cell ; D* longer than D'. First segment of palpus without

White spot.

d. Tenth tergite widest beyond middle in lateral aspect, apex thinned, sharply

( 490 )

pointed, curved downwards. Clasper narrowed from middle to end, dorsal margin

convex near base, then nearly straight ; a large subapical patch of bristles on inner

surface ; harpe of the satedlitia-type, process shorter than in that species. Penis-

sheath with a slender, pointed process.

Larva green or red-brown, six white lateral elongate spots.—Food-plants :

Vitis and Ampelopsis.

Cremaster of pupa triangular, flattened, rough.

Hab. Nearetic Region, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, extending into Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 2 pupae, 50-odd specimens from: N. Jersey ;

W. Virginia; Colorado; Phoenix, Arizona, v. vi. (Dr. Kunze); Prescott (v.), Phoenix

(v.), Jerome (vi.), and Flagstaff (vii.), Arizona (Oslar) ; Albuquerque, New Mexico

(Oslar); Gold Hill, Oregon (Biedermann).

416. Pholus typhon.

*Sphinx typhon Klug, Neue Schm. t. 3. £. 1 (1856) (Mexico ;—Mus. Berlin).

Philampelus typhon, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 177. n. 5 (1856) (Mexico) ; Clem., Journ,

Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 155. n. 41 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p.19 (1860) ; Clem., in

Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 178. n. 3 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent, Soc. Philad. v. p. 158.

n. 57 (1865) (tropical contin. distr.); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 204. n. 14 (1875) (Mexico);

Butl., Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 575. n. 5 (1877) (Mexico) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer.,

Lep. Het. i. p. 14. n. 3 (1881) (Oaxaca) ; Edw., Eut. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 668. n, 6 (1892) ; Druce, lc. Suppl. p. 308 (1896) (Durango).

3%. A magnificient species, intermediate between strenua and fasciatus on

one side, and achemon on the other, but nearer achemon. Hindwing above from

base to disc, and forewing below (distal marginal border excepted) red. Palpus

without white spot. Brown patch of mesonotum as large as in achemon. Brown

triangular postdiscal costal patch of forewing aboye continued backwards and

joining the triangular patch which stands at hinder margin near angle, the band

thus formed thinnest between R* and M!, where it is often interrupted; proximally

of this band there is a well-marked brown line, with the interspace pale. External

spines of first protarsal segment not prolonged. R? of hindwing before centre of

cell, D* longer than D*.

3. Tenth tergite slender, ending in a sharp point. Clasper broad ; a large

patch of bristles filling up the greater part of the apical half of the inner surface ;

harpe of the safellitia-type, not essentially different from that of satedditia licaon.

Process of penis-sheath acute, about twice as long as the sheath is broad.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 1 6,1 ? from: Jalisco, Mexico.

417. Pholus strenua.

Chaerocampa strenua Ménétries, Enum. Corp, Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 132. n, 1523. t. 12. £. 3 (1857)

(Haiti).

Philampelus strenuus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 60 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ébid. v. p. 157.

n. 53 (1865) (Haiti) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 574. n, 4 (1877).

Philampelus (Dupo) mirificatus Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. ii. p. 148 (1875) (Cuba).

Philampelus strenua, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 203, n. 13 (1875).

Philampelus mirificatus, Butler, Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 575. n. 8 (1877) (Cuba) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 669, n, 2 (1892).

Dupo strenua, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 668. n. 5 (1892).

* Dupo domingonis Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 83 (1894) (S. Domingo ;—Mus, Tring).

Atel

( 491 )

3?. Intermediate between ritis and safellitia, bearing a rather close re-

semblance to Ph. satellitia posticatus from Cuba. The figure of the 2 given by

Ménétriés is not very exact, and misled Grote as well as Rothschild to redescribe

the species. —-Forewing, upperside: a pale subbasal and a pale discal band as in

vitis, stigma divided as in vtis; pale longitudinal band vestigial in basal half ;

submarginal area nearly as in posticatus; a pale curved band from apex to R°,

followed before hinder angle by a pale patch. Hindwing of the same type as in

vitis, black discal line less obvious, submarginal band much narrower. Under

surface vinaceous-red with brown border. First segment of hindtarsus nearly as

long as tibia.

g. Tenth tergite pointed as in satellitia. Dorsal margin of clasper almost

straight, slightly concave; harpe nearly as long as in anchemolus, slenderer, tip

more pointed and curved upwards, intermediate between anchemolus and vitis.

Process of penis-sheath long, pointed, about five times as long as the sheath

is broad.

Hab. Haiti and Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Haiti.

418. Pholus vitis.

Merian, Metam. Ins. Surin. t. 47. fig. sup. (1, p.. i.) (1705).

Sphinc vitis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 14 (1758) ; id., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 354 (1764) ; Houtt.,

Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 438. n. 14 (1767) (partim) ; Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 801. n. 16 (1767);

Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 640. n. 16 (1774) (partim); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 542. n. 19 (1775)

(partim) ; Cram., Pap. Exot. ii. p. 138. t. 268. f. m (1780); Burm., Abh. Nat. Ges. Halle p. 64

(1854) ; Weym., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxxvi. p. 46 (1875); Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix.

5. p. 135 (1882) (recensio critica ; specim. typ. praeserv.).

Dupo vitis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 137. n. 1466 (1822).

Philampelus hornbeckiana Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 299 note (1839) (St. Thomas).

Philampelus vitis, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 176. n. 4 (1856) (partim).

Philampelus linnei Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p- 157. n. 51. t. 3. f. 3 (2) (1865),

We cannot quite understand how it is possible that anybody, after the clear

statements of Weymer (1875) and Aurivillius (1882), could any longer follow

Messrs. Grote and Robinson in considering as Linné’s rétis the species with red

distal and abdominal borders to the hindwing. The authors of /inned were wrong

in their interpretation of Linné’s description, not to say careless, being probably

misled by a wrongly coloured copy of Merian’s Met. Ins. Surin. There remains not

the shadow of a doubt about which insect is the real vitis, if one has compared

Merian’s figure and Linné’s description. The true vitis is the vine-feeder with only

the abdominal margin of the hindwing red and the stigma of the forewing divided,

and not the species which feeds on Jussiewa and has a simple stigma on the forewing

and red abdominal and distal borders to the hindwing. If the descriptions of

Linné, Fabricius, etc., were all as clear as that of vit/s, there would be no disagree-

Ment as to the application of their names. Why nearly all authors adhere to the

opinion of Grote and Robinson we cannot imagine, but they are really more to

blame than the authors of the muddle themselves, considering that the error has

been pointed out several times. John Smith (1888) goes even so far as to say,

“Messrs. Grote and Robinson have given a very full history of the two forms

[vitis and Linnei], satisfactorily straightening out the coufusion theretofore

existing. It will be sufficient to refer the student to this bit of careful study, and

to note my full concurrence in their views.” Surely, Prof. Smith cannot have

compared the original descriptions or Merian’s figure.

( 492 )

In order to enable those of our readers who have no access to the literature in

question to arrive at an independent opinion, we give the following facts :—

1. We have in the Tring Museum four editions of Merian’s Met. Ins. Surinam ;

other copies of the work have also been compared. Now, the black design of the

upper figure of Plate XLVII. is the same in all copies, the stigma being plainly

DIVIDED as in the vine-feeder, not in the Jussteua-feeder. But the colouring is

utterly different, as follows :—

a. Latin edition of 1705; library at Gottingen :—

Distal and abdominal margins of hindwing red.

6. Dutch edition of 1705, in the Tring Museum :— f

Distal margins of fore- and hindwing red; abdominal margin of

hindwing green.

ce. Edition of 1719 :—

Right and left forewing different in pattern; distal and abdominal

inargins of hindwing red.

Latin and French edition of 1726, in the Tring Musenm :—

Wings nearly entirely crimson, a narrow green band on forewing; distal

and abdominal margins of hindwing green, with the red colour

of the disc extending to distal margin posteriorly on the left wing.

The figure in the copy contained in the library at Gottingen is only

partly coloured ; the disc of the hindwing is green.

Dutch edition of 1830, in the Tring Museum :—

Distal and abdominal margins of hindwing red as in the Jussiewa-feeder ;

stigma of forewing so thickly smeared over with brown that the

white dividing line is not visible except by close inspection.

2. Linné’s descriptions of the wings are as follows :—

J. In Syst. Nat. ed. x. :—

“alis cinereis fusco-variis : posticis margine tenuiore sanguineis.”

g. In Mus. Lud. Ul. :—

“alae posticae supra cinereae. Fascia nigricans versus marginem

posticum. Macula nigra in disco. Margo anterior albus, interior

Macula sanguinea.”

h. In Syst. Nat. ed. xii. :-—

“alis cinereis fusco variis : posticis margine interiore sanguincis.”

It will be noticed that :— f

a.’ Margo tenuior is the same as margo interior (see a and ¢; Fabricius also

employs sometimes tenuwior for interior).

b. Linné speaks of margo posticus, margo anterior, and margo interior in Mus.

Lud. Ulr.

Comparing other descriptions of Linné we find that his margo posticus is the

distal margin (see description of carolina), the margo anterior the costal margin,

and the margo interior the abdominal margin. This margo interior alone 18

described as red in vitis (see f—h). Sapienti sat.

3%. Forewing, upperside: a subbasal band from costal to inner margin

crossing vein M just proximally of M'; stigma round, divided by the pale cross-vein

D* ; pale discal band curved costad ; distal marginal border with a grey or white

line at proximal edge ; all these characters shown in Merian’s figure. Hindwing :

a black discal line from upper distal angle of square patch costad; a black, con-

tinuous, submarginal band, preceded by a more or less completely separate line.

™~

é.

( 493 )

3. Tenth tergite as in satedlitia, acute and slender. Clasper with dorsal margin

concave ; innerside hairy, no patch of bristles ; harpe as in safellitia, but longer

(Pl. XLVIII. f. 1). Process of penis-sheath rather more curved and less slender

than in satellitia.

Larva green, with red dorsal line, third and fourth segments dotted with black ;

four or five white, elongate, oblique side-patches, encircled with black (Merian’s

figure has three spots only, but shows the black dots on third and fourth segments).

—Food-plants : Vitis and Ampelopsis.

Pupa not known to us; Merian’s figure not sufficiently correct, cremaster curved

as in anchemolus.

Hab. Neotropical Region, including the West Indies ; occasionally northward

to New England.

. Two subspecies :

a. Ph. vitis vitis.

Merian, 1.c.

Sphinz vitis Linné, l.c.

Dupo vitis, Hiibner, /.c.

Philampelus hornbeckiana Harris, lc, ; Grote & Rob., Proc, Ent, Soc, Philad. v. p. 157. n. 52 (1865)

(St. Thomas) ; Boisd., Spec, Gén. Lép, Het. i. p. 201. n, 11 (1875) ; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc, Lond,

ix, p. 574, n. 3 (1877).

Philampelus vitis, Walker, Ic. ; Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii, p. 293. t. 17, £. 4 (1856) ; Clem.,

Journ, Ac. N, Se. Philad. iv, p. 156. n. 46 (1859) (partim); Morris, Cat, Lep, N, Am. p. 19 (1860)

(partim) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 179. n. 5 (1862) (=hornbeckiana ?); Herr.-

Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad. v. p. 156. n. 50

(1865) (partim); Boisd., Cons, Lép. Guatemala p. 69 (1870); Weym., Stett, Ent. Zeit, xxxvi.

p. 46 (1875); Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Het, i, p. 200, n. 10 (1875) (Cayenne ; Brazil) ; Hall, in

Riley, Ins. Life i. p. 319 (1889) (Ohio, on Grape and Ampelopsis); Dew., Mitth. Miinch, Ent.

Ver. i. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Auriv, /.c. (1882).

Chaero-ampa vitis, Ménétriés, Enum, Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. Lep. Suppl. ii. p. 92. 0, 1522 (1857)

(Haiti ; Brasilia),

Philampelus fasciatus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad. v. p. 59 (1865) (partim).

Philampelus linnei id, & Rob., lc. v. p. 157. n, 51. t. 3. £.3 (2) (1865) ; Grote, ibid. vi. p. 328 (1867) ;

id., Trans. Amer, Ent, Soc, iii, p. 185 (1871) (~yo. partim) ; Méschl., Stett. Ent, Zeit, xxxv. p, 307

(1874) ; Grote, Bull, Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 21 (1874) (Alabama); id., /.c. il, p. 226. n, 27

(1875) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot, Ges, Wien xxvi, p, 348 (1876) (Surinam ; synon,!) ; Butl.,

(1877) (Alabama); Burm., Deser, Rép. Arge it. v. p. 351, n, 5 (1878) (Corrientes) ; id., /.c. Atlas

p. 58 (1879) (= vitis Linné) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent, Cubana p. 191 (1881) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr.

Amer., Lep, Het, i, p. 13, n, 2 (1881) (Mexico ; Guatemala; Chiriqui): Lintn., Papilio iv.

p. 145, n, 2 (1884) (R. Grande, Texas); Grote, Canad, Ent. xviii. p, 132. n, 37 (1886) ; id.,

Hawk Moths N, Am, p. 32 (1886) ; Smith, Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 141 (1888) (northward

to Massachusetts) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv, p. 60 (1892) (Cuba) ; id., ‘bid. vii.

p. 291 (1895); Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 308 (1896) (Mexico; Brit, Hond, ; Guatem, ; Nicaragua ;

Tobago I).

Dupo linnei, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 668. n, 2 (1892) ; Bonningh,, Jris xii. p. 127, sub n. 51 (1899)

(not found near Rio de Jan.).

Dupo hornbeckiana, Kirby, lc, 0, 4 (1892).

3%. The dd from Argentina, Paraguay, and Southern Brazil differ from

those from imore northern localities in the clasper being pointed instead of evenly

rounded at end. ‘These specimens have, like their 9%, the lines of the forewing

4 little more white than northern examples. The darkest individuals ocenr on

the Leeward Islauds, St. Vincent, Sta. Lucia, etc. ; in these the white lines are

almost absent from the forewing in some of the few specimens seen.

( 494 )

Harris’s description of Aornbeckiana applies to this insect; Harris’s vztis is

SJasciatus.

Larva : see above.

Hab. Neotropical Region except Jamaica ; northward to New England.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 66-odd specimens from: Nassau, Bahamas

(Sir G. Carter); Cuba; Mexico to Bolivia; Paraguay; Sao Paulo; Venezuela ;

St. Vincent ; Grenada. :

b. Ph. vitis hesperidum.

*Pholus hesperidum Kirby, Proc, Roy. Dublin Soc, (2). ii. p. 340 (1880) (Jamaica ;—Mus. Dublin) ;

Waterh., Aid Zdent, Ins, i. t. 47 (1880).

Dupo hesperidum Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i. p. 668, n. 3 (1892) (Jamaica),

Dupo hesperidium (!), Smyth, Ent, News xii, p. 108 (1901).

$. Pale markings of upperside more white than in the preceding ; pale streak

R* of forewing vestigial or absent ; under surface almost wholly vinaceous-red.

Hab. Jamaica.

In the Tring Museum 3 ¢¢ from: Rae Town, at light, Sept. 1897, and

Kingston, at light (Taylor) ; Jamaica.

419. Pholus fasciatus.

Sphinz vitis, Drury (non Linné, 1758), Illustr. Ex. Ins. i, p. 60. t. 28. f. 1 & Index (1773) ; Fabr.,

Syst. Ent. p. 542. n. 19 (1775) (partim) ; Den. & Schiff., Verz. Schm. Wien p. 47. frontispiece

(1776) ; Goeze, Fut, Beytr. iii, 2. p. 164. n. 16 (1780) (partim) ; Cram., Pap. Exot, iii. p. 136.

t. 267. f. c (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 147. n. 35 (1781) (partim) ; Roem., Gren. Ins. p. 72.

n. 148. t. 20. f. 1 (1785) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 96. n, 39 (1787) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat.

i. 5, p. 2380. n, 16 (1790) (partim) ; Fabr., Lt. Syst. iii. 1. p. 369, n. 41 (1793) (partim) ;

Abb. & Smith, Jns. Georgia i. p. 79. t. 40 (L., p., 7.) (1797).

Sphinx fasciatus Sulzer, Gesch. Ins. p. 151. t. 20. f. 1 (1776).

Eumorpha elegans jussieuae Hiibner, Samml, Ex. Schm. i. t. 169 (180- ?).

Sphyne strigilis Vogel, Schmett, Cab. iii, p. 17. t. 6. f. 7 (1822) (N. York).

Dupo jussievae Hiibner, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 137. n. 1467 (1822) ; id., Samml. Bx. Schm. ii. t. 163

(1824 2).

Philampelus vitis, Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 299. n. 1 (1839); Dune., in Jard.,

Nat. Libr, xxxvii. p. 104. t. 5 (1, p., i.) (1841); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 58. 83

(1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 156. n. 50 (1865) ; Grote, /.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) ; id.

& Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 76 (1869) ; Grote, ibid. iii, p. 184 (1871) (syn. partim) ;

Moschl., Stett. Ent, Zeit. xxxv. p. 303 (1875) (synon. erroneous !); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.

ix. p. 574. pn. 1 (1877) (Mexico; Jamaica ; Haiti; Brazil); Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 67

(1877) ; Berg, Bull. Moscow p. 204. n. 16 (1875)) (Patagonia ; descr. of larva); Burm., Descr.

Rép. Argent. v. p. 352. n.6 (1878) (Patagonia; Buenos Ayres); id., /.c. Atlas p. 58 (1879) ;

Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 188 (1881) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 13. 0. 1

(1881) (Mexico ; Costa Rica; Chiriqui) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 132. n. 36 (1886) ; id.,

Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 32 (1886); Edw., Ent. Amer, iii. p. 164 (1887) (Florida) ; Smith,

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 142. t. 6. f. 6 (genit.) (1888) (northward to Massachusetts) ;

Edw., Bull, U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 40 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer.

Mus. N. H. vii. p. 290. t. 3. £7 (1895) (N. York, rare); Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 307 (1896)

(Mexico; Nicaragua).

Philampelus jussieuae, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 177. u, 6 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se.

Philad. iv. p. 157. n. 47 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn.

Lep. N. Am. p. 180. n. 6 (1862); Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 76 (1869) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 202. n. 12 (1875) (deser- of larva).

Philampelus fasciatus, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 193. t. 17. £. 5 (1856) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp.

Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba); Walk., lc. xxxv. p. 1854 (1866); Weym., Stett. Ent. Zeit. XXXVi.

p- 46 (1875) ; Moschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p- 348 (1876) (Surinam ; synon. !) ;

Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Maass., Stet. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 58

(1880). :

( 495 )

Dupo vitis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 21 (1874) (N. Jersey ; South. States); Thaxt.,

Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vi.); Grote, Lc. ii. p. 226. n. 26 (1875) ; id., lc. iii.

id., in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 37. t. 103 (1., p., 7.) (1897) (syn. partim).

Dupo fasciatus, Bouninghausen, Jris xii. p. 127. n. 51 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva).

3d. Tibiae shorter scaled than in ets. First segment of hindtarsus very

little shorter than tibia. Forewing, above, with a single straight line behind

base of M?, at right angles to hinder margin; stigma appearing simple, triangular,

owing to the proximal part (within cell) being scarcely deeper in tint than the

rest of the cell. Hindwing without black discal line ; a broad black postdiscal

band from C to M?, sharply defined, followed bebind M? by a faint postdiscal and

a black submarginal line; distal margin red, except from M? backwards ; abdominal

margin rather brighter red; interspace between black square patch and brown

distal marginal band M’—SM? also red. Hindwing below with abdominal area

more extended rosy red than in vtis.

3. Tenth tergite pointed. Clasper densely hairy inside ; dorsal margin nearly

straight ; harpe (Pl. XLVIII. f. 6) with two processes as in eacus and adamsi :

one pointed, curved, resembling the hook of other species, partly covered by

the second, which is short, obtuse, compressed, broad. Penis-sheath stout ; process

short, triangular (PI. LIV. f. 26).

Larva very different in adult stage from that of e7t/s, being particoloured

with numerous black ringlets, and, on segments 4 to 11, with narrow oblique

white lateral bands, extending over two segments. In the young caterpillar the

white side-bands are confined to one segment each, and the black transverse lines

are rudimentary.—Food-plant : Jussieua.

Pupa: cremaster rough ; labrum somewhat projecting as a small tubercle ;

head beneath a little more convex than dorsally.

Hab. Neotropical Region, extending southward to Patagonia, and northward

into the Nearctic Region, occasionally wandering to New England.

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, 60-odd specimens from: South Carolina to

Buenos Ayres aud St. Catharina; Cuba; Haiti; Jamaica; not from the Andes

of Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia, where it doubtless occurs.

420, Pholus phorbas.

Sphine phorbas Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 86. t. 55. £. B (1775) (Ind. oce.? Ind. or.?); Goeze, Ent.

Beytr. iii. 2. p. 220, n. 59 (1780) ; Stoll, in Cram., /.c. iv. p. 65 (1780) (Surinam) ; Fabr., Spec.

Ins, ii. p. 145. n. 25 (1781) ; id, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. mn. 28 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5.

p. 2379. n. 70 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 365. n. 30 (1793) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Meéth. x.

p. 466. t. 66. £. 4 (1825).

Sphine pandion Stoll, in Cram., lc. iv. p. 65. t, 821. f. a (1780) (Surinam).

Sphine phorbus (!), Fabricius, l.c. Index p. 157 (1796).

Argeus pandion, Hiibuer, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 134, n. 1443 (1822).

Philampelus phorbas, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 179, n. 10 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Ht, i. p. 193. n. 2 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 577. n. 17 (1877).

Argeus (1) phorbas, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het i. p. 670. n. 2 (1892) (Surinam)

3%. Brown stripe of thorax and abdomen broad, about half the width of the

frons, not widened to large patches on fifth and sixth abdominal segments.

Underside of wings and body nearly wholly yellow. Midtibia white above from

base to apex. R* of hindwing below centre of cell, D* obviously shorter than D! as

a rule, '

dg. Tenth tergite ending in a long sharp point. Clasper narrowed from middle

( 496 )

to end, dorsal margin convex before middle, mesial basal fold large; harpe of

the safellitia-type, the process swollen at base and somewhat bent away from the

clasper. Penis-sheath stout, zw7thout process.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Venezuela ; Surinam; Trinidad ; Para.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,2 2% from: Pt. of Spain, Trinidad, February 1896

(Dr. Perey Rendall) ; Aroa, Venezuela, April 1893 ; Surinam, ex coll. Eyndthoven

(Cramer’s type ?).

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, vi.

421. Pholus capronnieri.

*Philampelus capronnieri Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 194. n. 3. t. 7. £. 2 (1875) (Oyapock ;

—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Méschl., Verh.

Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 348 (1876) (Surinam).

Argeus (?) capronnieri, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 670. n. 3 (1892) (Oyapock).

Argeus cappronnieri (1), Smyth, Ent. News xii. p. 108 (1901).

3¢. Head and mesonotum with blackish brown mesial stripe ; side-stripe

narrow, widened on the fifth and sixth abdominal segments to two patches.

Underside of wings and body less yellow, especially in the ? ?, than in phorbas.

Position of R? of hindwing as in the preceding.

3. Sexual armature nearly identical with that of phorbas; process of harpe

less bent away from the clasper.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Surinam ; Venezuela ; Amazons ; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 7 2? from: Peru; Paramba, Ecnador ; Manaos;

Aroa and Palma Sola, Venezuela.

422. Pholus labruscae.

Merian, Met. Ins. Surin. t. 34 (1705) ; Seba, Thesaur. iv. p. 66. t. 56. f. 10. 11 (1765).

Sphinx labruscae Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 12 (1758) ; Clerek, Icon. Ins. ii, t. 47. f. 3. (1764) ;

Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr, p. 352 (1764); id., Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 800. n. 14 (1767) ; Houtt.,

Naturl. Hist. i. 1. p. 437. n. 12 (1767) ; Miill., Naturs, v. 1. p. 639. n. 14 (1774) ; Fabr., Syst,

Ent. p. 546. n. 34 (1775) ; Cram., Pap. Exot, ii. p. 133, t. 184. f. A (1777) ; Goeze, Ent, Beytr.

iii. 2. p. 163. n. 14 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 152. n. 57 (1781) (=clotho) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii.

p. 98. n. 63 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2380. n. 14 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 377,

n. 66 (1793) ; Swains., Zool. IUustr.i,t. 87 (1822) (Jamaica) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 466.

t. 67. f. 2 (1825) ; Sepp, Pap. Surin. i, p. 71. t. 82 (1844) ; Lucas, in Chenu, Enc. Hist. Nat.,

Pap. i. p. 10. fig. 30 (1853) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix, 5, p, 134. 0. 170 (1882)

(recensio critica),

Sphinx clotho, Fabricius (non Drury, 1773), Syst. Ent, p. 540. n, 12 (1775) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii.

2. p. 206. n, 2 (1780) (partim) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97. 0. 57 (1787) (Cap. b, sp. ; alia spec. ?

descr. mala); id., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 376. n. 601 (1793) (alia spec. ?) ; Auriv. Ent, Tidskr.

xviii. p. 153. sub n. 84 (1897) ( =/labruscae).

Eumorpha elegans labruscae, Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. i. t. 167 (180-?).

Argeus labruscae, id., Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134. n. 1442 (1822); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Se. u

p. 22 (1874); id., Le. ii, p. 226. n. 30 (1875) ; id., Le. iii, p. 222. n. 32 (1877) (N. Jersey ;

Missouri) ; id., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 132. n, 41 (1886); Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv.

p. 137 (1888) (northward to Canada, visitor) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 41 (1889)

(liter. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 670, n. 1 (1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer.

Mus. N. H. vii. p. 288. t. 5. £. 6 (1895) (visitor, northw. to Canada); Kirby, in Allen, Nat.

Libr., Moths iv. p. 38 (1897) ; Sloss., Ent. News x. p. 96 (1899) (Florida) ; Bonningh., /ris xii,

p. 125, n. 47 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Philampelus labruscae, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras, p, 58, n. 1 (1856) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.

viii, p. 178, n, 7 (1856) (Jamaica; Haiti; Mexico; Colombia ; Venezuela) ; Lucas, in Sagra,

“

ona =,

( 497 )

Hist. Cuba vii, p. 292. t. 17. f. 3 (1856) ; Clem., Journ, Ac. N. Se, Philad.iv. p, 156, n, 45 (1859);

Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 178. n, 4 (1862) ;

Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad. v. p, 62. 82 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob,, ‘bid. v. p. 158. n, 58 (1865) :

Grote, /.c. vi. p, 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; Berg, Act. Ac. Nac, Argent. i. p. 71. 0. 15 (1870) (Bahia

Blanca ; Rio Negro) ; Boisd., Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 69 (1870) (Nicaragua) ; Grote, Trans.

Amer. Ent, Soc. ii. p. 185 (1871) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 193. n. 1 (1875) (Guiana ;

Brazil ; Antilles); Berg, Bull. Moscow p, 203. n, 15 (1875) (Patagonia, xi.) ; Méschl., Verh.

Zool. Bot. Ges, Wien xxvi. p. 348 (1876) (Surinam) ; Butl., vans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 578.

n. 19 (1877) (Jamaica; Haiti ; Mexico ; Col. ; Venez.); Dew., Witth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92.

(1877) (Porto Rico): Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 346, n. 1, (1878) (Buenos Aires ; Pata-

govia); id., /.c. Atlas p. 36, t. 15, f. 7. A. B. 9 (/.) (1879): Gundl., Contr, Ent. Cubana p. 186

(1881) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theory Desc. i. p. 195 (1882) (larva); Druce, in Biol, Centr.

Amer., Lep. Het, i, p, 14. n. 7 (1881) (Mexico) ; id,, /.c, Suppl. p. 308 (1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala ;

Costa Rica).

Chaerocampa labruscae, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp, Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep, Suppl. ii. p. 92. n, 1521

(1857) (Haiti),

¢%. Head and prothorax rather longer than in the other species of Pholus,

excepting anchemolus. Hindtarsus very long, first segment somewhat longer than

tibia. First segment of palpus a little longer than second. Patch of modified

scales near base of M of forewing below more distinct than in the other’ species.

Hasily recognised by the blue patches of the hindwing.

3. Tenth tergite relatively very short, pointed (P]. XLIV.f. 1). Clasper sub-

acuminate, apex more convex dorsally than ventrally ; harpe as in sateddtia, shorter,

vertical part of hook sometimes nearly as long as horizontal part of hook (PI.

XLVIII.f. 4). Penis-sheath slender, process very short and obtuse (Pl. LIV. f. 28).

Larva: first stages green, later brown or greenish brown ; fourth segment with

a small round ocellus ; young caterpillars (except first stage) with a series of seven

rosy side-bands, replaced later by white spots ; adult larva with obscure pale side-

band from head to anal segment, irregularly zigzag on segments 4 to 10; thoracical

segments, besides, with pale ventro-lateral band and thin dorsal line ; 4th to 11th

segments striated with thin short buffish lines, which are especially obyious on the

back.—Food: Vitis ; Ampelopsis.

Pupa: head-case more projecting than in satellitia, anchemolus, vitis, far more

convex ventrally than on back ; cremaster broad, short, triangular, flattened, rough.

FTab. Neotropical Region, from Patagonia northward to Canada, but only visitor

in the temperate and cold northern and southern districts. Apparently everywhere

in Central and South America.

In the Tring Museum 5 larvae, 3 pupae, and 70-odd specimens from : Jamaica ;

Haiti; Cuba; Nassau, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter) ; Florida southwards to Buenos

Ayres, many places.

CXII. TINOSTOMA gen. nov.—Typus : smaragditis.

d. Bye not lashed, apart from a tuft of scales near base of antenna. Palpus

long and slender, second segment nearly three times as long as broad, widest

before middle, tapering towards end, third segment small. Genal process narrow

bat prominent, shorter than the pilifer. Antenna (broken, only one half left)

very strongly compressed, the ridge, bearing the fascicles of ciliae elevate sub-

Yentrally, the segment, in frontal aspect, broader below middle than above middle.

Aldominal segments with one row of heavy spines, which are only partly con-

fignous. Tirst segment of foretarsus with many spiues at base externally ; mid-

farsus without comb, first segment longer than 2 to 5 together, long spur about

K K

‘

( 498 )

one-third the length of the first tarsal segment (hindlegs not preserved). Wings

entire; SC? and R! of hindwing on a stalk which is nearly as long as the cell

is broad; R? from near upper angle of cell, D’ much longer than D*, lower angle

of cell about 80°. ;

Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 6) narrow, long, tip obtuse; sternite broad,

apex rounded, with indication of sinus. Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe

(Pl. XLVI. f. 20) short, obtuse, dorsal edge sinuate, dilated into a short tooth

proximally of sinus. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 29) with a large apical flap,

directed proximad, lying upon the sheath, and armed with long teeth at the

edges, reminding one of the flap found in Lurypteryx (Pl. LY. f. 15—17).

Early stages not known.

Tab. Sandwich Islands.

One species.

An ally of Pholus ; more specialised in the long palpus, the more strongly

compressed antenna, the absence of a comb from the midtarsus, the position of

veins R! and R? of hindwing, ete.

423. Tinostoma smaragditis.

¥Deilephila ?)- smaragditis Meyrick, in Sharp, Mauna Hawai, i. 2. p. 191. n. 1. t. 5. £. 7 (1899)

(Kauai ;— Mus. Brit.).

Thorax, part of abdomen, and forewings green above ; upperside of hindwing

purplish brown, with a violet hue in side-view.

Hab. Makaweli, Kanai, 2000 feet; 1 ¢ in the British Museum.

Trize Nephelicae nov.—Typus: Nephele funebris.

3%. Abdominal spines in more than one row.

The genera of this tribe are in more than one organ either similar to the

Sesiinae or to the Choerocampinae. Very often a genus inclines towards one sub-

family in one stage and towards the other subfamily in another stage. Macroglossum,

for instance, is Sesiad in the imago and larva, but Choerocampid in the pupa ;

Ampelophaga is Choerocampid in the imago and larva, and Sesiad in the chrysalis.

The imago of Atemnora is Sesiad in the strong flat spines, Choerocampid in the large

friction-scales. Such similarities are in so far affinities as they show that the lines

of development which prevail in the Seséinae on the one side and in the

Choerocampinae on the other reappear in the Nephelicae, a tribe of PAilampelinae,

which subfamily stands between the two others.

Progressive and retrogressive development is about equally frequent in this tribe.

The normally non-crested head acquires a crest in reduced forms, like Darapsa,

Deidamia, Sphingonaepiopsis, and the eyes become lashed and small. On the other

hand the eyes and the palpi are enlarged in Elibia, Eurypteryx, Giganteopalpus.

The originally conical abdomen is flattened in a number of genera: the spines,

which are never absent, develop in a similar way as in the Ses//nae, becoming very

weak in some genera and very strong and flat in others, Macroglossum and the two

genera derived from it agreeing in the spination almost exactly with Seséa and

allies ; the basal sternite is not spinose, or has weak spines, or is as strongly spinose

as the other sternites, and these sometimes nearly as strongly as the tergites, as is

also the case in several Sesiinae. In the species with strongly spinose and flattened

MICROSPHINS

SPHINGON GURELCA

Head creste

Eye lash

Antenna of ¢ den r pect na setiform ; end-segment short

ODONTOSIDA, clubbed r £ abdomen weak

Like Zimr Spines of abdomer Merum of midcoxa not angulate

End-segment: of antenn: Meram of r t Tibiae spinose.

Foretibia ending in a thor Tibiae spin Midtarsal comb absen

Midt thout Ventral lobes of paronychium absent RE RSU GRATIS TGIAMHaatTy

M merum not angu! Midtik s equal in lengt length

{ neatales Midtan wnt ntral lobes of pa

Nc No friction-scales.

RHODOSOMA

arva similar t

Tongue-case ¢ DARAPSA

TEMNORIPAIS 1 Like Ampelocca

Like wra, but end-segment of but tibiae spinose

t comb, tenna shor

not angulate ) friction-scale

er small Tibine spino AMPELOECA

i Similar to Ampelophaga

ephaga Head creste

eye s Eye lashed

Midtarsus without

Friction-scales small and

Tongue-case of f

Larva t

Antennae not olv

End-segment of antenna not

PHILODILA

xintly clubbed (9)

midcoxa not angnla

Spin abd n rather st

Midtarsus with comb.

(Midtarsal spurs equal in length.)

DEILEPHILA

Ante l-seg Ey

mb Abdominal spines el Mid

tern spurs with comt Midcoxal merum not angu Abdominal spines weak

Tail of J three-cornered, of 9 simple Midtarsus with coi Midtarsus with comb

Mriatlonreca eavlaree Friction-scales large Friction-toales In

Larva (young) cylindrical, with long No triangular tail No fan-tail

horn; Jater tapering in front, with Larva (adult) strongly tapering in front Tonpubdive' oiaund' com presser

al Tongue-case of pupa somewhat com Toren EES ne prasaea

somites 3 and 4 swollen

ge compressed tong pressed. ler

with lateral eye-spot

(ANCESTRAL FORM.)

Eye not lashed.

Antenna setiform ; end-segment long.

Abdominal spines not uniseriate, strong

Midcoxal merum not angulate

Friction-scales small and numerous,

Midtarsus with comb.

Larva cylindrical, tapering in front

Tongue-case of pupa somewhat com-

pressed.

PHILAMPELICAE NEPHELICAE,

SESIIN,

a2 PHILAMPELINAE,

SVHINGIDAE ASEMANO!HORAE SPHINGIDAE SEMANOPHORAE

SPHINGIDAE.

( 499 )

abdomen the first segment is mostly closely appressed to the thorax; in Macro-

glossum the first tergite is reduced to a very narrow strip. The fan-tail is found in

both sexes of a number of genera, sometimes only in the d (Hurypteryx) ; it is a

Sesiad character indicated occasionally only by three small tufts (Nep/ele 3c).

The scent-organ of the anterior coxa is sometimes strongly developed (Chromis).

The mid- and hindcoxal merum are in the greater number of genera simple, or the

-midcoxal merum is simply carinate or subangulate ; but the large sharp tooth found

in Seséa and allies appears also in this tribe (Macroglossum and allies), though the

hindcoxal merum is never as strongly produced as in Sesiu.

The tibiae become spinose in several genera; the apical thorn of the foretibia

found in some Cephonodes (Sesiinae) and in many Sphingidae asemanophorae

appears also here, with or without an additional armature of spines (Odontosida ;

Proserpinus ; Arctonotus ; ete.). The midtarsal comb is very often lost respect-

‘ ively reduced. The spurs may be long or short, unequal or equal in length ; in the

latter case they are reduced. The proximal pair of the hindtibia is lost only in

Microsphine. The pulvillus and paronychium are rarely lost. The mid- and hind-

tarsus of Macroglossum and allies is specialised in being compressed and having

acquired a dense spination on the outer surface.

_ The ancestral antenna was doubtless spiniform, long, and had an elongate

rough-scaled end-segment. The clubbed antenna is a later acquisition. The short

nd-segment found in numerous genera is a reduced long one, i.e. is a less

eralised character than the long seyment. The length of the latter may become

egerated, as is the case in Acosmeryx. The strongly clubbed antenua has a long

a short end-segment. ‘The bristles of the end-sezment are sometimes much

longed, and resemble those of the Choerocampinae (Panacra; see also Philodila)

_ The pupa with compressed tongue-case (Choerocampid tongue-case) is a

rivation from an anteriorly cylindrical and obtuse pupa as found in PAilampelicae.

the other hand, the Choerocampid pupa of Nephelicae may become reduced,

uming the aspect of the pupa of Sesiinae by losing the compressed projecting

ue-case. Such Sesiad pupae appear frequently in genera with reduced head and

igue of the imago (Deidamia, Darapsa, ete.).

The pedigree inserted below gives expression to our view of the connection

ween the various genera. There are three main branches: one leading from

pphila to Darapsa; the second from Nephele to Rhopalopsyche ; the third from

ele to Deidamia. We thought at first that this last branch might be a

elopment from the first. But on consideration of all characters we think to be

correct in treating the third branch (on the left side in the pedigree) as a derivation

from some such form as Nephele instead of Deilephila. The qualifying remark

applied to the former pedigrees holds good also here.

Key to the genera :

a. Spines of first row of abdominal

tergites not longer than broad . |. roto

Spines of first row of abdominal

tergites longer than broad . : é yi

4. End-segment of antenna elongate,

d-antenna with fasciculated ciliae CL, Macroglossum.

End-segment of antenna elongate,

d-antenna similar to those of ?,

without prolonged ciliae —. . CLL. Rhopatlopsyche.

gy.

Mm.

nN.

( 500 )

End-segment of antenna short ; ab-

domen with white belt

. Foretibia armed with thorn at end,

or spinose

Foretibia simple ‘

Costal margin of hindwing Beenie

sinnate : - :

Costal margin of sees not

sinuate

». Two pairs of hindtibial spurs ; “sal

villus absent ; -

Two pairs of hindtibial spurs ; poe

villus present 5

One pair of hindtibial spurs ; ‘oul

villus present

. Antenna clubbed

Antenna not clubbed ;

Foretibia not spinose, ending in a

thorn . : : 2 :

Foretibia spinose; midtibial spurs

equal . ,

Foretibia spinose ; nidtibial | spurs

not equal

Antenna clubbed

Antenna setiform ; Amal: spines

weak . 5 é

Antenna setiform ; phdonmnile spines

strong

. Pulvillus and ot Bien Bbeent

Pulyillus and paronychium present .

. End-segment of antenna elongate,

more or less long, filiform

End-segment of antenna short.

. Shorter mid- and hindtibial spurs

with comb of bristles .

Shorter mid- and hindtibial spurs

without comb of bristles

. Distal margin of forewing scalloped

or angulate or dentate

Distal margin of forewing even

End-segment of antenna not scaled,

with a number of very long

bristles

End-segment of antenna sealed

End-segment of antenna not filiform

End-segment of antenna long, fili-

form ; eye lashed

End-segment of antenna very long,

filiform ; eye not lashed

CLIL. Leucostrophus.

CXXXV. Gurelea.

CXXXVII. Microsphinz.

CXLVIIT. EHuproserpinus.

CXLY.

Arctonotus.

CXXXIV. Odontosida.

CXXXVI. Sphingonaepiopsis.

CXLVII. Proserpinus.

CXXII.

Darapsa.

CXLVI. Amphion.

CXXVII. Rethera.

CXXX. Nephele.

CXXIV.

CXXIX.

COXXXI.

CXXIII.

Panacra.

Maassenia.

Temnora.

Acosmeryx.

Ww,

( 501 )

. End-segmeut of antenna not scaled,

with very long bristles ; midtibial

spurs pnegaell

End-segment of antenna pelea ae

very long bristles ; midtibial spurs

equal . -

End-segment AoRe mid-

tibial spurs unequal, or forewing

irregular : :

Spines of sternites very strong,

scarcely less strong than in Ma-

croglossum : :

Spines of sternites not strong .

. Hye lashed; forewing even or

dentate, angulate at R®

Eye lashed ; forewing angulate at

R?, then even F : .

Bye not lashed : : :

. Eye strongly lashed and unne of

abdominal sternites strong .

Not so

. Forewing entire

Forewing with irregular distal

margin

. Costal margin of dene dilated

Costal margin of hindwing not

dilated

. Costal margin of nant tiae ae

into an antemedian lobe

Dilatation of margin not restricted

to an Aerecinn lobe.

. Midtibial spurs equal or nearly aq

in length, very short, little longer

than the tibia is broad.

Midtibial spurs unequal, longer one

at least twice as long as the tibia

is broad 5

Longer terminal spur ce Himeltsiie

not longer than the tibia is broad;

forewing strongly falcate

Forewing angulate or strongly con-

vex behind middle; a straight

creamy band across forewing

Forewing convex behind middle, or

denticulate ; antenna shorter than

cell of forewing ; no pale band

across forewing . ;

Like previous, head with high crest ;

autenna longer. , . é

CXIV. Chromis.

CXVI. Philodila.

CXLIX. Atemnora.

CXXXI. Temnora.

COXXXII. Pseudenyo.

CXV. Detlephita.

: mee

CXLII. Rhodosoma.

CXLIII. Sphecodina,

IXXXIX. Giganteopalpus.

OXLI. Hypaedalia.

Ww.

CXVII. Dahira.

CXXVIII. Cizara.

CXXVIL. Enpinanga.

CXXI. Ampelocca,

. Palpus and eye large ;

( 502 )

. Long terminal spur of hindtibia at

least half the length of the first,

tarsal segment, which is shorter

than the first midtarsal segment .

Spur shorter; or first hindtarsal

segment longer than first mid-

tarsal one

. Abdomen with sharply RES ae ;

mesial line .

Abdomen without ape oe

pale mesial line .

adler

twice the length of the cell of

the hindwing; first hindtarsal

segment longer than tibia

Not so

. Longer spur of endure tees half

the length of the first tarsal seg-

ment ; Old World

Longer spur of midtibia about one-

third the length of the first tarsal

segment ; New World

Distal margin of forewing very

. irregular

Distal margin of free even or

denticulate .

. Forewing obviously dentate or racale

loped .

Forewing even

. Forewing with silvery aaele! steed

stigma 5 a : 5

Forewing without silvery angle-

shaped stigma ; :

Paronychium with one pair of

lobes . : : :

Paronychium with two pairs of

lobes .

. Merum of midcoxa anelte

Merum of midcoxa not angnlate

Hindwing sharply angulate at SM? ;

longer terminal spur of hindtibia

scarcely longer than the tibia is

broad . ¢ ,

Anal angle of binlnaig ehiasie

terminal spur about half the

length of the first tarsal segment ;

forewing somewhat angulate in

middle; comb of hindtarsus ves-

tigial.

CXXV. Angonyx.

CXX. Elibia.

CXVIIL. Ampelophaga.

CXXI. Ampeloeca.

COXLIV. Detdamia.

OXXIX. Maassenia.

CXIX. Berutana.

CXLX. Berutana.

CXXXVIL Eurypterye.

OXXI. Ampeloeca.

CXXXIII, Temnoripais,

Anal angle of hindwing very obtuse ;

spur as before; forewing not

angulate; mid- and hindtarsus

with prominent combs 9 . CXL. Antinephele.

CXIV. CHROMIS.—Typus : erotus.

Sphinw, Cramer (non Linn(, 1758), Pap. Exot. ii. p. 12 (1777).

Chromis Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (1822) (type: erotus). :

Deilephila, Boisduval (non Laspeyres, 1809), in Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 185 (1832).

Chaerocampa, Walker (non Duponchel, 1835), List Lep. Ins. B. AM. viii. p. 146 (1856).

Darapsa id,, l.c. p. 186 (1855) (partim).

Gnathothlibus Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 43 (1860) (type: erotus).

Theretra, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659 (1892).

32. Close to Deilephila, but end-segment of antenna with very long bristles

and without scales, the bristles several times as long as the segment, which

resembles the Yheretra-segment, but is longer. Genal process more sharply

triangular than in Dezlephila. Hindtarsus very long, reaching beyond tip of

abdomen when the leg is straightened ont.

Larva with a series of eight ocelli.

Pupa similar to that of Declephila ; cremaster bifid, each process again divided

into two horizontal, conical, and pointed processes, the external ones ending again

in two hooks, of which one curves ventrad, the other dorsad (PI. LXIV. f. 18);

tongue-case carivate.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Two species, which are structurally so dissimilar in several respects that they

might be treated as representing two genera.

Key to the species :

Forewing crossed by straight lines ; mesonotum

with two yellow spots in front . ; : . 425. Ch. heliodes.

Lines of forewing curved, indistiuct ; mesonotum

without yellow spots ; : 5 . . 424. Ch. erotus.

424. Chromis erotus.

Sphine erotus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 12. t. 104. f. B (1777) (hab. ?); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2.

p. 223. n. 72 (1780); Fabr., Spee. Ins. ii. p. 145. n. 24 (1781); id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95, n. 27

(1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2379. n. 69 (1790); Fabr., nt. Syst. ili. 1 p. 365. n. 28

(1793) ; Turt., Syst. Nut. iii. 2. p. 172 (1806); Prillw., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxxii. p. 241 (1871).

Chromis erotus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Sch. p. 138. n. 1479 (1822).

Chaerocampa erotus, Cotes & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 20. n. 107 (1887) (Australia) ; Druce,

Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 220. n. 4 (1888) (Fiji; = andamanensis = eras = erotoides) ; Hamps.,

in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 94. n. 145 (1892) (= andamanensis = erotoides ;

Andamans ; Australia ; Solomons).

3%. Eye large. Antenna clubbed in both sexes, more distinctly in 2 than in d.

Foretarsus (except distal segments) and foretibia broad in ¢ ; scent-organ of

forecoxa very strongly developed. First segment of hindtarsus longer than tibia,

and in ¢ a little longer than segments 2 and 3 together, in 2 as long as segments

2to5. In colour individually variable; the 2? from the Indo-Malayan Subregion

constantly different from the ? ? from the Papuan Subregion.

g. Tenth tergite peculiar (P]. XLIV. f. 21): strongly compressed, hooked,

( 504 )

dilated dorsad at the curvature ; sternite nearly like that of Detlephila nerit in

lateral and ventral aspect. Clasper with more than twelve friction-scales, which

are pointed ; harpe ending in a long and pointed hook (PJ. XLVIII. f. 28). Penis-

sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 24) produced apically into a blunt process directed distad,

bearing at the right side a non-dentate projection pointing proximad, and at the left

side a short process ending in some teeth.

?. Highth tergite feebly chitinised mesially, sinnate. Vaginal plate mem-

branaceons, except rounded-triangular postvaginal part ; orifice large, without special

armature.

Larva brown or green ; horn long and straight in first stages, simply curved in

later stages ; eight eye-spots of equal size from third to tenth segments, all with

white centre, which is surrounded by a blue (in green form) or green (in brown form)

ring; a pale line from fourth ocellus to eleventh segment ; sides below this line

pale in brown form ; pale oblique ventro-lateral bands, the first beginning ventrally

on fourth segment and extending backwards to the fourth eye-spot (described from

drawings by Miss Barnard).

Pupa with a series of black stigmatical spots ; cremaster see above.

Hab. Oriental Region : Ceylon to Tahiti.

Two subspecies :

a. Ch. erotus erotus.

Sphinx erotus Cramer, l.c.

Chromis erotus, Hiibner, /.c.

Choerocampa erotus, Cram,, var. andamanensis Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 242 (1877)

(Andamans).

Chaerovampa erotus, Snellen, Tijdschr, Ent. xxii. t. 66. n, 14 (1877) (S. Celebes).

Chacrocampa andamanensis, Waterhouse, Aid Ident. dns. ii. t. 141. £. 1 (1884).

Theretra erotus var, ¢. Choer. erotus, var, andamanensis Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659, n, 113 (1892),

39%. Underside less reddish than in the Papuan form, though not in all

specimens ; marginal band of hindwing broad in ?, dark cinnamou-rufous proximally.

Hab. Southern and eastern parts of the Indo-Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 20 specimens from: Ceylon ; Andamans ; Nicobars ;

Sarawak (Pryer); Mt. Gede, Java; Toli-Toli, N. Celebes, Nov. Dec. 1895

(Fruhstorfer) ; Tambora, Sambawa, 2500—4000 feet, June 1896 (W. Doherty) ;

Sumba.

b. Ch. erotus eras.

*Deilephila eras Boisduval, in Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 185. 0, 4 (1832) (Tahiti ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Peisth., in Guér., Mag. Zool. ix. Ins. t. 21. £. 2 (1839); id., in Voy. Favorite, Zool.

Lép. p. 19. t. 5, £. 2 (1839).

Chaerocampa erotus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 146. n. 34 (1856) (Australia; Navigator I.);

Koch, Jndo-Austr. Lep. Fauna p. 53 (1865) (= sapor = eroides) ; id., Stet. Ent. Zeit, xxxi

p. 239 (1871) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 566, n. 76 (1877) (Australia ; Solomon Is.)

Tepp., Nat. Ins. S. Austr. ii. p. 15 (188?) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 108. n. 208

(1888) (Amboina) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 14. n. 22 (1891) (Newcastle

Brisbane to C. York) ; Lidg., Transf. Aust. Lep. p. 12 (1898) (life hist.) ; Pagenst., in Chu

Zool. xii. 29. p. 13. n, 8 (1900) (Ralum, viii. ; N. Lanenberg ; N. Georgia), ?

Darapsa eras, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 186, n. 2 (1856).

Gnathothlibus erotoides Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon, iv, p. 43, n. 44 (1860) (Australia) ; id., Res

Eugenie p. 362. t. 7. £. 4 (1864), q

Choerocampa erotus, Walker, l.c. xxxv, p. 1852 (1866) (= erotoides) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hé

i, p. 250, n. 31 (1875) (N. Caled. ; Tahiti ; Austral.).

Chaerocampa sapor Koch, Siett. Ent. Zeit, xxxii, p. 239 (1871) (Australia).

( 505 )

Chacrocampa ervides (1), id. lc. Xxxii. p 240 (1871). a

Choerocampa erotus var. sapor, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. 1. P. 250 sub n. 31 (1875).

Chaerocampa erotoides, Butler, lc. ix, p. 566. n. 77 (1877) (Australia ; Navigator i)\ na

Chaerocampa eras, id., le. n. 78 (1877) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p, 22. n, 84 (1892)

(Sydney).

Theretra erotus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659, n. 113 (1892).

Theretra erotus var. a. Gnathothlibus erotoides, Kirby, l.c.

Theretra erotus var. b, Deil. eras, Kirby, Lc.

3?. Underside generally more reddish tawny than in the western form ;

marginal band of hindwing narrow in @, individually variable in width, never so

broad as in western 9 9. ee

Hab. Papuan Subregion : Moluccas and Tenimber Islands eastwards to Tahiti.

2 4 1 Ose aD 7

In the Tring Museum 3 pupae, 120-odd specimens from : Guam, eet

German N. Guinea; Ron I., Dutch N. Guinea, vii. (Doherty) ; Milne Bay, Brit.

N. G. (Meek); Louisiades; Trobriand and d’Entrecasteaux Is. (Meek), i. ili. iv. ee 3

Florida, Guadalcanar, Isabel, and Kulambangra, Solomon Is. (Meek); New

Hanover (Webster) ; Lifu ; Apia, Upolu (Woodford).

425. Chromis heliodes.

Deilephila heliodes Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 456 (1889) (N. Guinea).

Theretra heliodes, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 659. n. 114 (1892). ‘

*Theretra alberti Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. ii. p. 162. t. 9. £.9 (gd) (1895) (Fergusson I.;—Mus. Tring).

d?. Antenna much slenderer than in erofws, not incrassate distally. Fore-

tarsus of d normal, scent-organ of forecoxa vestigial ; first segment of hindtarsus

in both sexes as long as segments 2 to 5 together. Distal margin of forewing

straight ; hinder angle far less obtuse than in erotus. Mesonotum with a yellow

spot in front on each side. , :

d. Tenth tergite as strongly compressed as in erotus, but not dilated before

end, being sabre-shaped ; sternite broader than in the preceding, apex evenly

rounded. Harpe as in erofus. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 25) with the two

processes found in Detlephila nerii, but both short.

?. Vaginal plate more evenly rounded distally than in erotus.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Papuan Subregion. be

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 2 2? from: Fergusson I., d'Entrecasteanx

Islands, ix. x. 1894 (A. S. Meek); Aroa R., Brit. N. Guinea (Weiske); Bongu,

Huon Golfe, and Stephansort, German N. Guinea.

CXV. DEILEPHILA.—Typus: nerve.

Sphing Linné, Syst, Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1856) (partim).

Spectrum Scopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. iii. p. 413 (1777). (partim). } Z

Deilephila Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Literatur-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) (partim ; type: nerié).

Llpenor Oken, Lehrb. Nat. iii. 1. p. 760 (1815) (partim ; type: nerié).

Daphnis Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type: eacus = megaedicus). ¢

Choerocampa Duponchel, in God., Lep. Prance, Suppl. ii. p. 159 (1835) (partim Fi type : nerii).

Metopsilus Duncan, in Jardine, Nat. Libr. xl. p. 154 (1836, 1843) (partim ; type: nevi).

Darapsa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 182 (1856) (partim). z

Chaerocampa (1), Ménétriés, Enum. Corp, Anim, Mus, Petr., Lep. ii. p. 92 (1857).

$%. Genal process triangular, obtuse, shorter than pilifer. Head broad,

. hl oe ry I. ) JUS “i

somewhat crested transversely on occiput. Hye large, not lashed. Palpus obt nee

large. Antenna 2 setiform, heavier than in Acosmeryx, somewhat clubbed in % ;

( 506 )

hook rather abrupt and short, subserriate in lateral aspect, end-segment prolonged

into a long filiform process. Spines of abdomen in several rows, elongate, weak;

first tergite large, olive-green. Hinder edge of midcoxal merum subcariniform.

Tibiae simple ; spurs very unequal, long terminal one of hindtibia much longer

than second tarsal segment; midtarsus with comb, the spines of which are,

however, not much prolonged. Wings entire, apex of forewing pointed ; R? of

hindwing before centre of cell.

3. Tenth segment simple, tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 18. 19) not or little narrowed

to end, convex above at end and concave below ; sternite (P]. XLIV. f. 19. 20)

elongate-triangular, sides sometimes nearly parallel (in dorsal aspect), apex more

or less pointed, upperside concave, transversely ribbed or tuberculate at end.

Clasper with less than ten large friction-scales, rounded-dilated dorsally ; harpe

(Pl. XLVIII. f. 16—21) with two processes, one proximal, the other distal, both

dorsal. Penis-sheath with one or two left processes, and a longer right process.

(Pl. LV. f. 27—88).

?. Vaginal plate suddenly narrowed at end (Pl. XLI. f. 14), here concave,

the apical margin raised and somewhat projecting ventrad.

Larva tapering in front; a pale dorso-lateral stripe ending at horn; third

segment with ocellus in some species; horn long and curved twice in first stages,

shorter and simply curved in later stages.—Food-plants: Neriwm;° Vinca ;

Cinchona ; ete.

Pupa clayish brown, with a lateral series of black stigmatal spots ; head-case

not enlarged, tongue not projecting; sheaths of wings, legs and tongue smooth ;

dorsum densely but finely shagreened, venter more transversely striate ; abdominal

segments 5 and 6 with a basal lateral space of sharp, short, transverse keels ;

cremaster bifid at extreme end.

Hab. Aethiopian and Oriental Region, one species extending northward far into

the Palaearctic Region.

Seven species.

Key to the species :

a. Green discal area of forewing above externally

deeply excised between R? and R*, the

sinus more or less filled in with white . 426. 1). dohertyi.

Green discal area without that sinus. : ; b.

b. Pale apical line of forewing widened to a

spot close to apex. : : : : : e.

Pale apical line of forewing simple : : . d.

c. Green subbasal area of forewing above ex-

ternally sinuate at SC. é : . 429. D. layardi.

Green subbasal area of forewing above ex-

ternally not sinnate . : ‘ é . 428. D. hypothous.

d. Distal marginal area of forewing below

chestnut, strongly contrasting with rest

of wing . : ; : ; 3 . 432. D. protrudens.

Distal marginal area of forewing below not

chestnut . ; : : : ‘ ‘ ‘ 0.

e. Abdomen with pale subbasal belt above ; cen bide

Abdomen without pale subbasal belt above . 431, 1), minima,

( 507 )

Jj. Tegulae, subbasal band of forewing, ete.,

bright olive-green . : : : 5 BRN, LD) aa:

Tegulae, sabbasal band of forewing, etc.,

blackish or brownish olive-green . 430. D. placida.

426. Deilephila dohertyi.

*Daphnis doherty’ Rothschild, Noy, Zoo. iii, p. 307. n. 2 (1897) (Kapaur, Dutch N. G. ;—Mus.

Tring) : Pagenst.,in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29, p. 242. fig. (1900).

Daphnis hypothous, id. lc. p, 14. n 12 (1900) (N. Pommern).

d?. A very remarkable species, differing from the others in the green area of

the forewing being externally deeply incised between R? and R*, while it is as

broad between R* and M! as between R! and R’, a green oblong patch R*—M'

being merged together with the band; the white spot at base and that at apex

heayy; antemedian line irregular, distinct only in and near cell. Collar green,

first two abdominal tergites green.

3. Tenth tergite rounded at end; sternite tapering, apex obtusely pointed.

Large scales of clasper black at midrib and edges; harpe (Pl. XLVIII. f. 18)

peculiar, the discal process produced into a long finger, which is slightly twisted

at the end, proximal process narrow, outline of dorsal margin of clasper somewhat

undulate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 33) with ¢wo left processes, one pointing

proximad, the other dextrad, and a longer right process.

Early stages not known.

Hab. New Guinea; Bismarck Archipelago; Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 2 2? from: Kapaur, Dutch N. Guinea, xii. “96

(Doherty), type; Bongu, Huon Golfe; Kinignnang, N. Pommerania (Ribbe) ;

N. Mecklenburg (Ribbe); Kulambangra, Solomon Is., 25. ii. 1901 (Meek and

Eichhorn); Isabel, Solomon Is., 4. vi. to 9. vii. 1901 (Meek and Hichhorn).

427. Deilephila nerii.

Frisch, Jusect. vil. p. 5. t. 3 (J, p., ¢.) (1722) ; Rosel, ei Belust. iii. p. 85, t. 15. £. 1. Bite Ut

£. 4.5. 6 (1755) ; Hemm., Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 4. £. a. b. (U., 2.) (175—?) ; Schiff, ou ae

t. 100. f. 3. 4 (1766-69) ; Ern, & Engr., Pap. Eur. a p. 77. t. 104. £. 153, a—f. (1782).

Sphina nerii Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 490. n. 2 (1758) ; id., /.c. ed. xii. p. 798, n. 5. (1767) ; Hufp.,

Berl. Mag. ii. 2. p. 176. nu. 2, p. 191. n. 2 (1766) ; Beckm., He p. 160. n. 4 (1767) ; Mull,

Naturs. v. 1. p. 636. 0. 5 (1774); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 538, n. 5. (1775) ; Den. & Schiff., Verz.

Schm, Wien p. 42 (1776) ; Beckm., Phys. Ovk. Bibl. v. p. 156 (1774) ; ae ed. Kleem.,

Raupenkal. p. 63. 0, 178, p. 80. n. 129 (1777) ; Cram., Pap. Exot. iii. p. 51. 294, f. p (1779)

ee ence) i Msp wacker Up aaont. At. 1. 2. gyiplOo) teeta te Ue Wite Blum.,

Handb, Nat. p. 364. n. 2 (1780) ; Goeze, Mut. Beye iii. 2. p. 145. n. 5 (1780) ; Fabr., Spee.

Ins, ti, p. 142. n. 11 (1781) ; Fuessl., N. Mag. ii. p. 371 (1785) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 93. n. 12

(1787) ; Borkh,, Eur, Schm. ii. p. 74. 0. 188, p. 178. n. 5 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2374.

n. 5 (1790) ; View., Verz. Brand. i. p. 4. n. 4 (1790) ; Rossi, Puuna Et. ii. p. 162. n. 1052. tab.

(1790) (life hist.); Brahm, Jvs, Kal. p. 524, n. 383 (1791) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 196. 350.

500 (1791) ; Fabr., Mut, Syst. iii, 1. p. 360. n. 13 (1793); Hiibn., Bur. Schm., Sphing. p. 95,

t. 11. f. 63 (1795) ; id., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. Leg, B. wa £.1, a. b (180-2) ; Fabr., in

Iilig., Mag. Ins. vi. p. 288 (1807) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii, p. 201. n. 1 (1808) ; Na ae Tiilfsb.

Schm. p. 149 (1818) ; Latr,, Nour. Dict. Hist, Nat. xxii. p. 27 (1819) ; God., Hist. Nat. at

France iii. p, 12. n. 1. t. 13 (1821) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth, x. p. 466. t. 63. f, 5—8 (1825)

Meig., Handb. Sch, i. p. 98 (1827) ; ; id., Syst. Baie Schm. ii, p, 182. n, 1. t, 63. ‘. 3 (1830) ;

Beske, in Silberm., Rev. Ent. ii, p. 177, (1834) (Hamburg) ; Friv., ‘bid. ii, p. 181 (1834)

(Hungary) ; Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 104. t. 52. f, 725, 726. 727 (1837) ; Brallé, Exp. Morea, Artic,

; 286, n, 603 (1832) ; Luc., Lép. Eur. p. 110. t. 42 (1834) ; Blanch., ist. Nat. Ins, iii, t, 20.

f. 1 (1840) ; Treitschke, Hiilfsb. p. 162, n. 5 (1844) ; Keferst., Wien, Ent. Mon, ii, p. 225 (1858) ;

( 508 ) ;

Speyer, Stett. Ent, Zeit. xxx, p. 234 (1869) (gynandr, specim.) ; Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat

p. 24. n. 9 (1872) (vi. vii.) ; Breuk., Tijdschr. Ent. xv. Versl. p. 59 (1872).

Deilephila nerii, Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Lit-Zeit. iv. p. 90 (1809) ; Ochsenh., Schm. Hur. iv.

p- 43. n.1 (1816) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 82 (1829) (Pedem. ; Gall. m.) ; id., Fuune Mad. Bourb.

p. 74 (1833) (Maur. ; Bourb. ; Madag.) ; Cant., in Silberm., Rev. nt. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dépt.

Var) ; Dup., Bull, Soc, Ent. France p. 64 (1835) (Amiens) ; Dorm., ibid. (1835) (Epernay) ;

Lepell., ‘bid. p. 73 (1835) (Paris) ; Dorm., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 363 (1836) (nord de la Fr.,

grand nombre de chen.) ; Ducell., Bull, Soc. Ent. France p. 9 (1839) ; Grav., ibid. p. 45 (1837) ;

Pierr., ibid. p. 64 (1835) (Gisors) ; Blanch., Hist, Nat. Ins. iii. p, 479. n. 3 (1840) ; Boisd, &

Pierr., Bull. Soc, Ent. France p, 104 (1846) ; Pierr , ibid. p. 113 (1846); Bruand, ibid. p. 54

(1847) ; Assm., Zeitschr, Ent. Breslaw i. p. 5 (1847) ; Pierr., lc. p. 75 (1849) (Paris) ; Fairm.,

ibid. p. 76 (1849) (Abbéville) : Blanch,, in Orb., Dict. Hist. Nat. xi. p. 756, Atlas Lép. t. 16.

f. 2 (1849) ; Ghil., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 70 (1850) (Piémont) ; Douz., Ann. Soc. Ent.

France p, 225 (1850) (indigénéit¢) ; Boisd., Bull, Soc. Ent. France p. 74 (1851) ; Lue., ‘bid.

p- 51 (1852) (St. Germ.-en-Laye) ; id., 1c. 73 (1852) (Paris ; Epernay): id., in Chenu, Ene.

Hist. Nat., Pap. i. p. 263. fig. 465. 466. 467 (1, p., ¢.) (1853); Bruand, Bull. Soc. Ent. France

p. 18 (1858) (Besancon ; Miihlhausen) ; Wilde, Ruwp. ii. p. 82. t. 9. £. 74 (1860) ; Czeg., Sitz.

Ber. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien x. p. 18 (1860) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cut. Lep. p. 16. n. 22 (1861);

Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p, 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Kiink., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 62 (1867)

(Aisne) ; Gav., Tijdschr. Ent. x. p. 197. n. 75 a (1867) (Groningen) ; Snell., Viind. Ned. p. 93.

n. 1 (1867) ; Kawall, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xi. p. 193 (1867) ; Tengstr., Act. Soc, F. I’. Fenn. x.

p- 6 (1869) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cat, Lep. id. ii. p. 37. n. 479 (1871) ; Siebke, Hn. Ins. Norv, iii.

p. 24. n. 4(1874) ; Koll., Jahrb, Nat. Ges. Graub, xxiii. p. 45 (1880) ; Rom., Wém. Lép. i. p. 71

(1884) (Borjoum, vil. ; /. on Vinca major); Lampa, Ent. Tidshkr, vi, p. 27. 0.118 (1885) : id., Le.

1. p. 115 (1885) (Gotland) ; Fallou, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 226 (1885) (Paris); Amel., Berl.

Ent. Zeitschy, Xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42

(1889) ; Hom., Raup. Grossschm. p. 30. t. 8. £. 3 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 13. t. 18. f.2

(1894) ; Kall. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub, xxxviii. App. p. 20 (1895); Schaus & Clem.,

Sierra Leone Lep. p. 18 (1893); Holtz, Iilustr, Zeitschr. Ent. ii. p, 63 (1897) (Cilicia, viii.) ;

Schulz, ‘bid. ii, p. 393 (1897) (gynandr. specim.) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 133 (1900)

(“ Java” ea err.).

Elpenor nerii, Oken, Lehrh, Naturg. ii. 1. p. 760. n. 1 (1815).

Sphynx (!) nerii, Vogel, Schmett.-Cub. ii. p. 16, t. 5. f. 1. a. b. (1822).

Daphnis werii, Hitbner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 134.n. 1441 (1822) ; Stepb., Cat. Brit, Ins. ii. p, 29 (1829);

Cart., lustr. Brit. Ent. xiv. t. 626 (1837) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 188. n. 1 (1856)

(Italy ; Athens; S. Leone ; Canara; Natal ; non Ceylon, = hypothous); Moore, in Horsf. &

Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. Mus. E, I, C. i. p. 272. n. 628. t. 10, £. 3. 8a (/., p.) (1857) (Dukhun;

Madras) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p- 572. n. 1 (1877) (Italy; Athens; Canara; Mauritius; Natal) ; Plotz, Stett, Ent. Zeit, xli-

Pp. 76, n. 282 (1881) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p- 613 (1881) (Kurachi, jii—v.) ; Moore,

Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 14. t. 82. f. 1. 1a (/., 1) (1882); Fors., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 390 (1884) ;

Butl., 2c. p. 494. nm. 47 (1884) (Aden) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 513. n, 2 (1884)

(Karachi, larva on leaves of wild oleander, on flowers of double garden-oleander ; three broods —

apparently) ; id., /.c. p. 288. n. 9 (1885) (Poona, iv. xi, ; Bombay, viii—xi. ; larva on Vaberna

montana) ; id., lc. p. 435. n. 10 (1886) (Mhow, ix.) ; Cot. & Swinh.. Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 21

n. 112 (1887) (South India; Calcutta; Sikhim); Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry

p. 493. n. 8 (1887) ; Swinh., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. iii. p. 119, n. 11 (1888) (Kurachi,

iii.—v.) ; Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xvi. p. 64. n. 20 (1889) (Kangwe ; Benita); Karseh,

Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 295. n, 8 (1891) (Cameroons) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Hut, Mus. Ow, i. p. 28:

n. 87 (1892); Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 671. n. 1 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind,

Moths i. p. 94. n. 146. £. 54 (9) (1892); Joann., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 432. n. 25 (1894)

(Mahé, Seych.) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 415. n. 146 (1898) (“not seen”);

Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. n. 733 (1901).

Metopsilus nerii, Duncan, Brit. Moths t. 9 (1836).

Choerocampa nerii, Duponchel, in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 160 (1835) (Piémont ; France

mérid.; Paris); Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths p. 21. t.5.f. 1. 2. 3 (1843); Bond, Proc

Ent. Soc. Lond, (3). i. p. 92 (1862); Kent, Zoolog. xx. p. 8172 (1862) ; Guen., in Vins.

Voy. Madag. p. 30 (1865); Bow., Entom. iv. p. 162 (1869) ; Enock, Ent. Mo. Mag. vii. p. 41.

(1870) ; id., Hntom, v. p. 144 (1870) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 224. n. 1 (1875) ; Fry,

Trans. Watford N. H, Soc. i. p. 174 (1878); Porr,, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 41 (1878) ; Vins)

Pap. Bourbon p. 13 (1891),

Chaerocampa (!) nerii, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. Suppl. p. 92. n. 1525 (1857)

(Gall. mer, ; Odessa) ; Ramb., Lép. Andal. p. 132 (1858) ; Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 298

(1879) (Madag.); Barrett, Lep. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 62. n. 4. t. 53. £, 1. a. b. c (1895),

Daphnis nerii var. infernelutea Saalmiiller, Lep. Mad. p. 123. n. 294 (1884) (Madag.) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 672. sub n. 1 (1892).

3%. First segment of posterior tarsus considerably longer than the tibia

and than segments 2 to 5, long apical spur of hindtibia as long as segments

2 and 3 together.

g. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 18. 19) long, rather strongly curved, apex

rounded-truneate ; sternite (P]. XLIV. f. 19. 20) much shorter than tergite, broad,

somewhat rounded at the sides, narrowed from middle to apex, which is pointed.

jasper rather strongly dilated dorsally before apex; large scales somewhat spotted

with brown at and before end ; harpe (PI. XLVIII. f. 16): basal process prominent,

apical process obtuse, densely dentate on the upper surface. Penis-sheath (Pl.

LY. f. 28, as seen from the right side): apical margin dorsally produced into

a rounded lobe which bears the left process; this process short, triangular,

‘pointing proximad; the right process horizontal, shorter than in the allied

species.

%. Vaginal plate (PI. XLI. f. 1) regularly folded distally of mouth of vagina,

the edges of the latter raised, much wrinkled, a semicircular, antevaginal ridge

rather prominent.

Larva green, with a large ocellus on third segment in adult stage, the

ocellus smaller in young larva; a white dorso-lateral line from fourth segment

to horn, accompanied by white dots; anterior segments generally pale; horn

long in early stages, becoming short and stumpy later on.—Food-plants :

Nerium; Vinea ; Taberna.

Pupa clayish brown, about five times as loug as broad; a series of more

or less rounded black spots in which the stigmata are situated, a black mesial

line on thorax, and minute black dots on thorax and abdomen ; cremaster black,

conical, ending in two short points ; visible part of profemur very small.

Hab, Aethiopian Region inclusive of Malagassic Subregion, eastward to Ceylon

North India, Caucasia ; northward as a wanderer to the northern parts of the

temperate zoue.

Fresh specimens are purer green than worn ones. The green colour fades

easily into yellow.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 3 pupae, 70-odd specimens from: various

places in Europe; Beirut, Syria; Sierra Leone, southward to Cape of Good

Hope, eastwards to Abyssinia ; N.W. India; S. India ; Ceylon ; Sikhim.

428. Deilephila hypothous.

Sphing hypothous Cramer, Pap. Evot. iii, p, 165, t. 285. f, » (1780) (Amboina).

Daphnia hippothous (!), Hiibner, Verz. beh. Schum. p. 134, 0. 1440 (1822).

3%. Antenna thicker than in nerd, especially in d. First segment of hind-

farsos as long as tibia and as segments 2 to 5. In pattern similar to nerd/, but

very much darker olive-green ; pronotum not green ; forewing with a white apical

spot above and below, the white apical line SU'—SC*, which borders the olive-

green triangular patch, not prolonged beyond SC? as in neri?.

d. Tenth tergite shorter and broader than in xerié; sternite nearly as long

as the tergite, more strongly chitinised and narrower than in nerdi. Large scales

( 510 )

of clasper brown or black on midrib and at edge; harpe (P1. XLVIIT. f. 17) shorter

than in the other species of the genus, dayardi excepted, distal margin angnlated,

upper margin somewhat flattened, with two rows of teeth (only one row visible

in side-view). Penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 27) armed with two slender processes :

the left horizontal, the right obliquely curved towards the ventral side.

?. The distal portion of the vaginal plate nearly smooth; the chitinised

halfring-shaped plate in front of the vaginal aperture not raised to a carina

or ridge.

Larva green (or red), with small ocellus on third segment, a pale dorso-lateral

line from head to horn; the latter granulose, curved, rather long (much longer

than in adult xer??).—Food-plant : Cinchona.

Pupa less slender than in ver?/, lateral spots of abdomen larger on segments

3 and 4; cremaster elongate-triangular, deeply biconcave ventrally, being carinate

mesially ; apex trancate, with the angles produced dorsad and Jaterad each into

i prominent tooth.

TTab. Oriental Region, from Ceylon and North India eastwards to the Solomon

Islands.

Two subspecies :

a. D. hypothous hypothous.

Sphine hypothous Cramer, 1.c,

Daphnis hippothous (1), Hiibner, /.c. (1822).

Daphuis nerii, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 188. n, 1 (1856) (partim ; Ceylon),

Darapsa hypothous, id., Le, viii. p. 185. n. 6. (1856) (Java; partim) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore,

Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C.i, p. 271, n. 627. t. 10, f. 2, 2a (/., p.) (1857) (partim ; Java) ; id.,

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 676 (1867) (Caleutta ; 1. & p, mentioned).

Choerocampa hypothous, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 226. n. 3 (1875) (Moluccas ; Philippines; —

Java) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli, p. 105, n, 199 (1888) (Amboina) ; Piep., Tijdschr,

Ent. x), p. 98. t. 1. f, 21, 22 (horn of 1.), p. 100. t, 2. f. 6. 7 (larva) (1897) (Java).

Daphnis hypothous, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 572. 0, 2 (1877) (Ceylon ; Java; Labuan;

Sarawak) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 15. t. 8. 3. f. 1. 1a (1, p., 7.) (1882) (various stages of larva);

Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 21. n, 118 (1887) (Sikhim ; Sibsager ; Caleutta ; Ceylon ;

Andamans) ; iid., /.c. p. 727, v. 113 (1889) (Andamans); Swinb., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 23,

p, 88 (1892) (Assam ; Nepaul ; Ceylon ; Amboina) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het.i. p. 672. n. 2 (1892) ;

Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 95. n. 147 (1892) (India ; Ceylon; Java;

Borneo) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xi. p. 366. n. 34 (1895) (Java); Semp., Schm. Philipp. it

p. 401, n. 42 (1896) (Cebu, vii.—ix., xii—xiii. ; Palawan) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe, xi.

p. 415. n, 147 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan, up to 6000 ft. ; larva on Cinchona ace. to Elwes).

Otus hypothous, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p, 2. n. 11 (1877) (Java).

32%. The interspace M'—M? of the upperside of the forewing outside the olive-

green area more or less greyish, the triangular projection M*—SM? of the green

area bordered by a fine white line, the rhomboidal green spot near anal angle also

with a white line at the innerside. Left process of penis-sheath long (PI. LY.

f. 27), reaching the base of the right process.

Hab. Ceylon to North India, eastwards to the Moluceas and the Tenimber and

Key Islands.

In the Tring Museum 50 od, 18 2? from: Ceylon; Sikhim; Perak;

Penang ; Sumatra ; Borneo ; Java; Sumba ; Celebes ; Amboina ; Sjerra (= Seira)

and Larat, Tenimber Is.; Little Key.

The individual (2) from Sjerra has the white lines of the forewing and the

buffish band of the hindwing prominently marked.

( 511 )

b. D. hypothous pallescens.

*Daplinis pallescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 6.0.19. (1875) (Queensland ;—Mus. Brit.) : id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 572. nu. 3 (1877) (Queensland) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 672.

n. 4 (1892) (Queensland) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoot. i. p. 85 (1894) (= magnifica).

*Daphnis magujica Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4). xix. p. 461 (1877) (Rockhampton ;—Mus. Brit.);

Swinh , Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 24. n. 89 (1892) (N. Guinea) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1.

p. 672. n. 3 (1892) (Rockhampton).

Daphnis hypothous, Miskin, Prov. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 19. n. 33 (1891) (partim).

*Daphnis gloriosa Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 85 (1894) (** N. Borneo ” err. loci ;—Mus. Trin 3) ; 11.,

Le. ii. t. 8. f. 8 (1895) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 15. n. 13 (1900) (Ralum, ii. ;

N. Meckl.).

32. The interspace M'—M? of the upperside of the forewing outside the green

area nearly as dark as this area itself; no white lines behind M? ; the border C—R®

of the green area less white than in the western subspecies ; the two lines between

the subbasal band and the antemedian olive-green line not distinct ; buff band of

the hindwing on the whole broader than in /. hypothous. Left process of penis-

sheath shorter than in the preceding, not reaching the base of the right one.

In some of the Queensland individuals the base of the hindwing above is more

extended buff than in ordinary specimens, and the under surface is also much

less red.

Tab. Queensland ; New Guinea ; Bismarck Archipelago ; Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 39 3d, 12 2? from: Queensland; New Guinea:

Bongu, Huon Golfe, Milne Bay, xi. i. ii. (Meek); Fergusson, ix.—xii. (Meek);

St. Aignan, xi. (Meek); N. Mecklenburg (Ribbe); Kulambangra, Solomon Is., ii.

(Meek and Hichhorn).

It is worthy of special note that the Moluccas and the Key Islands are inhabited

by the Indo-Malayan and not by the Papuan form.

429. Deilephila layardi.

*Daphnis layardi Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 16. t. 84. f. 1 (g) (1882) (Ceylon ; —Mus. Brit.) ;

Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i. p. 22. n. 117 (1887) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 5

(1892) (Ceylon) ; Hamp:., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 96. n. 149 (1892) (Ceylon).

3%. Subbasal band of forewing, above, broader than the interspace between it

and the dark discal area ; autemedian line distinct only in front, almost touching at

M?* the olivaceous line which runs parallel with the outer edge of the subbasal

band; proximal edge of discal area straight ; a white dot at apex of forewing above

aud below.

g. Sexual armature similar to that of Aypothous, but the harpe smaller (PI.

XLVILL f. 19).

Harly stages not known.

Hab, Ceylon.

In the Tring Museum 6 3d.

430. Deilephila placida.

Darapsa lypothous, Walker (non Cramer, 178), List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 185. n. 6 (1856) (partim);

Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Inv. Mus. E. 1, C.i. p. 272. n. 628 (1857) (partim ; Java),

*Darapsa placida Walker, 1.c. p. 186, n, 8 (1856) (Sumatra ;—Mus. Oxford).

3%. Antemedian line of forewing above midway between subbasal and discal

bands; the latter band not wider between M! and M® than at hinder margin,

( 512)

externally rounded or angled at R®, the most distal point on R?, not on R*, no white

apical spot above or below; the costal portion of the subbasal band often reduced.

3. Tenth segment as in /ypothous. Large scales of clasper rather strongly

rounded at the sides; clasper not strongly dilated dorsally, apex rounded; harpe

(Pl. XLVIIL. f. 20) longer than in any of the preceding species, not or feebly dentate,

the teeth especially often developed at the hinder edge of the upper margin, shape

of the two processes rather variable indiyidnally. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 30)

with a short left process, which is often dentate, the proximal edge of the incrassate

apex of the sheath also dentate, the right process long, oblique, curved ventrad,

more or less dentate at end.

?. Vaginal plate without semicircular ridge proximally of the vaginal aperture.

Larva with a pale dorso-lateral stripe from pronotnm to horn, a pale line on

anal segment; stigmata orange; horn tubercled, longer than anal segment, curved.

—Food-plant : Vaberna montana.

Pupa tawny-ochraceous, spotted with black on abdomen, slenderer than that

of hypothous. cremaster almost identical.

Hab. Andaman Islands, Singapore, eastward to Fiji; not in India ?

Two subspecies, individually rather variable.

a. D. placida placida.

Darapsa hypothous, Walker, /.c.

*Darapsa placida Walker, 1c.

*Daphnis angustaus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 76. f. 6 (1874) (Moluccas ;—Mus. Tring) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 572. n. 5 (1877): Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (1877)

(Brisbane) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xliii. p. 101. n. 180 (1890) (EB. Java, v.); Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 8 (1892) (Amboina ; Australia); Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 401.

n. 43. t. vr. f. 10. 11 (/., p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Cebu ; Mindanao).

Choerocampa angustans, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 228. n, 4 (1876) ; Pagenst., Jahrb.

Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 106. n, 200 (1888) (Amboina).

*Choerocampa hesperus Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 228. n. 5 (1875) (Philippines ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir).

*Daphnis horsfieldi Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 572. n. 6 (1877) (Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 9 (1892) (Java) ; Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 366.

n, 35 (1895) (Java). :

*Daphnis andamana Druce, Ent. Mo, Mag. xix. p. 16 (1882) (Andamans ;—coll. Druce) ; Cot. &

Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 22. n. 116 (1887) ; Pagenst., /ris iii. p. 2. 0. 3 (1890) (Palawan) ;

Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 10 (1892) (Andamans) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Indy

Moths i, p. 96. u. 148 (1892) (Andamans) ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 401, n. 44 (1896)

(Palawan).

Daphnis placida, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix, p. 573, n, 8 (1877) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Tet,

Mus. Ox. i. p. 24, 0. 90, t. 1. f, 8 (1892) (Sumatra, type ; Singapore ; ‘‘ India !”)

Daphnis hypothous, Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. vii, p. 19, n, 33 (1891) (partim),

Daphnis hesperus, Butler, l.c. p. 631 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 6 (1892) (Philippines).

Daphnis (2) placida, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n, 13 (1892) (Sumatra).

3%. Proximal edge of olive-green discal area of forewing, above, deeply

incurved in front; antemedian live distinct.

Larva: see above.

Hab. Andamans, Singapore, Sumatra, Philippines, eastwards to the New

Hebrides.

In the Tring Museum 80-odd specimens from: Andamans ; Java; Lombok ;

Sambawa; Sumba; Amboina; Key Is.; N. Guinea; Queensland ; Guadalcanar and

Florida, Solomon Is. (Meek and Eichhorn); N. Hebrides.

( 513 )

b. D, placida torenia.

*Daplis torenia Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xix. p. 16 (1882) (Fiji ;—coll. Druce); Waterh., Aid Ident.

Ins. ii. t. 126. £. 1 (1883) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 11 (1892).

*Daphnis torenia Druce subsp. rosacea Rothschild, Noy Zoot, i. p. 85 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).

3 ¢. Proximal edge of olive-green discal area of forewing straight, very feebly

or not at all incurved in front; antemedian line quite absent or barely visible.

Hab. Lifa; Fiji.

In the Tring Museum 3 3g, 4 22% from Lifu.

431. Deilephila minima.

*Daphnis minima Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 573, n. 7. t. 92. £. 5 (1877) (S. India ;-—

Mus. Brit.); Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 21. n. 114 (1887).

Daphnis (2) minima, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 12 (1892) (S. India).

Daphnis minimus, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 97. n. 152 (1892) (S. India).

3. A small species, representing placida in South India and Ceylon, and

doubtfully distinct. Abdomen without white subbasal dorsal belt. Forewing :

antemedian line curvel in front; discal band less oblique than in placida, wider

behind and narrower before middle. Sexual armature as in placida, but proximal

tooth of the boat-shaped process of the harpe higher, and the long process of the

penis-sheath of placida represented in mznima by a very short one (PI. LY. f. 31, 32).

Larva described by Butler, /.c.

Hab. South India and Ceylon.

Two subspecies ; but see Appendix.

a. D. minima minima.

*Daphnis minima Butler, l.c.

3. Very small and pale. Discal lines of forewing not obviously dentate.

Process of penis-sheath in one of the two specimens dissected longer (PI. LY.

f, 32) than in the other.

Hab. South India.

Two dé in the British Museum.

b. D. minima ernestina.

*Daphnis ernestina Moore, Lep, Ceylon iii. p. 534, t. 211. f. 1 (1887) (Pundoloya, December ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p, 672. 0, 15 (1892) (Ceylon) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit.

Ind., Moths i. p, 96. n. 150 (1892) (Pundoloya, Ceylon).

3. Larger than the preceding, darker in colour, especially the hindwing above

and the basi-discal area of the forewing below. Process of penis-sheath shorter

(Pl. LY. f. 31).

Hab. Ceylon.

Two 34 in the British Museum. Another specimen in coll. Druce.

432. Deilephila protrudens.

*Daphnis protrudens Felder, Reise Novara Lep. t. 76. £. 7 (1874) (Gilolo ;—Mus. Tring) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 572. n. 4 (1877); Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 20.

n. 34 (1891) (Brisbane ; Rockhampton ; Cardwell; Halmeira [?] ; “Cape of Cood Hope [?]”

err. loci); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 7 (1892) (Gilolo) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica

xii, 29. p, 15. n. 14 (1900) (Bismarck Archipelago).

Choerocampa protrudens, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 225. n. 2 (1875) (Halmahera),

Choerocampa neriastri Boisduval, 1c.

(514 )

3d. This species is easily distinguished from all the others by the marginal

area of the forewing below, bordered by the pale, oblique, discal line, being

chocolate-brown. The discal area of the upperside of the forewing is not sharply

defined proximally ; it extends often, in front and behind, to the sharply marked,

straight, antemedian line, externally it is much produced between R? and R3, the

most distal point lying between the two veins ; no white apical dot above or below ;

the brown discal area of the hindwing reduced in size and depth of tint.

3. Tenth segment as in placida, sternite rather slender, sides almost parallel,

rounded at end, tip obtusely pointed. Harpe (Pl. XLVIII. f. 21) with long distal

process, not dentate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 29) with a short left process and a

very long right one, the left process differing from that of placida especially in not

being dentate.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Papuan Subregion : Moluccas to Queensland, the Bismarck Archipelago,

and the Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 3d, 8 3? from: Queensland; Gilolo; Tugela,

Solomon Islands (Woodford).

CXVI. PHILODILA gen novy.—Typus: astyanor.

Bveryx Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 208 (1875) (partim ; type : myron).

?. Pilifer long; genal process narrow and long. Palpus large, rather slenderer

than in Detlephila. Hye large, not lashed. Antenna slender, faintly incrassate

distally, with slender hook; end-segment long, with three very long apical bristles ;

last but one segment conically produced ventrally. Spines of abdomen numerous,

rather stiff, pale tawny. Legs wanting except one middle leg, which has, however,

only three tarsal segments left; midtibial spurs egual in length, about twice as

long as the tibia is broad at end; midtarsus with prominent comb. Apex of

forewing produced, distal margin obtusely angulate at R?; lower angle of cell of

hindwing about 75°; SC? and R! stalked, R? before centre of cell, Dt longer than

D?, and longer than in Delephila.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. ? Probably Oriental Region.

One species.

Differs from Deilephila and Ampelophaga in the midtibial spurs being equal in

length, ete.

433. Philodila astyanor (PI. VI. f. 3, 9).

* Every astyanor Boisduyal, l.c, p. 211. n. 3 (1875) (Mexique?) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p, 673,

n. 4 (1892).

2. Upperside: see figure.

Underside very much paler; wings with a brown distal border, which is

indented at the veins on the forewing; between this band and the subcostal fork

there are on the forewing two brown parallel bars extending from costal margin to

R'; the border of the hindwing gradually narrows from R? backwards.

Tab. ?

The only specimen known (in coll. Charles Oberthiir) is labelled “ Mexique?”

We believe it to be Oriental.

( 515 )

CXVII. DAHIRA.—Typus : rubiginosa.

Dahira Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 390 (1888) (type : rubiginosa).

Ambulyx, Butler, lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 2 (1889),

3. Genal process large, triangular, curved backwards. Head with mesial

cariniform crest, which is most distinct between antennae. Hye lashed. Palpus

rounded, somewhat projecting. Antenna fusiform, narrowed at base, gradually

fining to a slender hook, strongly compressed, fasciculated ciliae long; end-segment

short. Spines of abdomen weak. Midcoxal merum somewhat angulate. Tibiae

unarmed; spurs sort, midtibial ones equal in length, long terminal one of

hindtibia shorter than the tibia is broad; no comb; pulvillus and paronychium

not reduced. Wings entire; forewing elongate, subfalcate, apex acute; cross-veins

of hindwing slightly oblique, D* longer than Dt.

3. Tenth tergite elongate, convex above, concave beneath, apex entire; sternite

nearly as long as the tergite, broader, triangular, extreme tip sinuate. Clasper

sole-shaped ; with large friction-scales, irregularly arranged in four rows, besides

some additional enlarged scales, extreme tip of these scales truncate; harpe

(Pl. IL. f. 6) produced into a long ventral process, which is spatulate and

somewhat twisted. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 30) with a long dentate and curved

process at the right side, ending in two points, and a much shorter, also dentate,

lobe at the left side.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. N.W. India.

One species.

Allied to Ampelophagqa.

434. Dahira rubiginosa.

*Dahira rvubiginosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 391 (1888) (Mundi, N.W. Himal. ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cut. Moths Ind. p, 726. n. 61. A (1889) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 662.

n. 1 (1892).

Amlulyx rubiginosa, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 2 (1889) ; Hamps., in

Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 78. n. 105 (1892).

Ambulyx rubrescens Butler, /.c. p. 26. t, 121. f. 2 (1889) (nom. nov. loco rubiginosa).

3. In wing-form reminding one of Oxyambulyx, with which it has erroneously

been associated by Butler and Hampson.

Hab. N.W. India.

Only one specimen known, which is in the British Museum.

OXVIII. AMPELOPHAGA.—'Typus : rudbiginosa.

Deilephila, Walker (non Laspeyres, 1809), List Lep. Jus. B. M. viii. p. 163 (1856) (partim).

Chaerocampa, Ménétriés (non Duponchel, 1835), Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. Suppl. ti. p. 91

(1857).

Elibia, Boisduyal (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. [Hét, i. p. 178 (1875).

Ampelophaga Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Lt. Ent. i. p. 61 (1852) (nom. indeser.) ; Butl., Papilio i.

p. 104 (1881) (typus : rubiginosa),

Acosmeryx, Holland (non Boisduval, 1875), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. TL (1889).

Deilephila (Ampelophaga), Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 230 (1892).

( 516 )

é¢. Genal process triangular. Palpus rather long, rounded in lateral and

dorsal aspect, closely appressed to head. Eye not lashed. Head with the scaling

a little raised to a rounded crest. Antenna very slender, filiform, gradually fining

distally, hook very gradual, end-segment short, triangular or conical, about twice

the length of the previous segment. Spines of abdomen numerous, weak, pale.

Merum of midcoxa not carinate behind; tibiae not spinose: spurs very unequal,

longer ones over half the length of the first tarsal segment, this as long as the

four other segments together, and a little shorter than the tibia; midtarsus with

comb of more or less prolonged spines; pulvillus present, large ; paronychium

with two pairs of lobes. Wings entire.

3. Friction-scales of clasper large. Tenth segment simple. Clasper sole-

shaped; harpe spatulate, dilated part dentate on upperside, or reduced, without

process. Penis-sheath with a right and a lett apical process, the left one always

dentate at the edges.

2. Highth tergite sinuate. Vaginal plate suddenly narrowed as in Dedlephila;

orifice large, free, edges slightly raised.

Larva (of rubiginosa), tapering in front, head small, horn slightly curved;

a pale dorso-lateral line from horn forward, pale oblique side-bands connected with

this line —Food-plant : Vitis ; Ampelopsis ; Convolvulus.

Pupa (of rzbiginosa), stout, rounded at both ends, cremaster apparently thin.

Hab. Japan and Amurland southward to North India and the Philippines ; not

yet known from the Sunda Islands.

Four species.

The name Ampelophaga appeared first in 1852. Bremer & Grey, when

describing “‘ Ampelophaga” rubiginosa, did not give any generic distinctions, nor

did they even mention that Ampelophaga was meant to be a new generic term.

They were again entirely silent on these points in 1854, d.c., so that we believe they

did not mean to create a new term, but intended to write PAilampelus, a name then

employed for a variety of species, especially for American vine-feeders. However

that may be, Ampelophaga remained a nomen indescriptum up to 1881, when Butler

gave a kind of definition, and dates therefore from that time.

The genera Ampelophaga, Berutana, Ampeloeca, and Darapsa are very closely

allied with one another, agreeing especially in the antenna being slender and haying

a short end-segment. The caterpillars are also almost the same; the peculiar

dentition of the harpe of some of the species, and the armature of the penis-sheath

point in the same direction. The affinities are so strong that we were at first

inclined to unite these forms under one generic term (Darapsa). However,

the American species on the one side and the Eastern ones on the other form two

distinct groups; these two groups are natural ones, z.e. the differences express

closer blood-relationship of the respective members, as the morphical dis-

tinctions are corroborated by the geographical distribution, and therefore we

have to treat the groups as genera. Within the Old World as well as in the

New World group there is one species more specialised than the others, showing

the same kind of specialisation so often observed among the Acherontiinae and

especially the Ambulicinae, namely the appearance of spines on the tibia (pholus)

and the reduction of the paronychium and acquisition of dentate wings (syriaca).

To emphasise this development, and (as said below) to facilitate the construction of

a satisfactory key to the genera—generally a weak point in systematic works—we

treat these specialised forms also as generically distinct.

( 517 )

Close to these insects comes the large Oriental libia dolichus, which might

very well be considered generically identical with the other species mentioned, if all

these were treated as being generically the same.

Key to the species :

a. Forewing with sharply marked, parallel,

greyish white lines at nearly equal dis-

tances between base and outer margin. . ic

Forewing with brown bands, which are often

barely vestigial, interspaces sometimes

shaded with white scaling; no sharply

marked greyish white lines. é 40%

b. Underside of abdomen and hindwing trent

rufous-testaceous ‘ : . 436. A. khasiana.

Underside of abdomen and ecg salmon-

buff or clayish . : < . : . 435. A. rubiginosa.

ce. Hindwing, above, blackish-brown . 3 437. A. dolichoides.

Hindwing, above, glaucous-blue in basal area

(as in 2, dolichus) . : 6 : . 438. A. linigera.

435. Ampelophaga rubiginosa.

Ampelophaga rubiginosa Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Ht. Ent. i. p. 61 (1852).

3?. No comb to mid- and hindtarsus. R? and R® of hindwing much farther

apart than R* and M?. Forewing, above, with an indistinct basal band, a sub-

basal line, an antemedian band, an abbreviated disco-cellular band, followed by a

broad discal one, a discal line, mostly dentate, and an oblique apical line, more or

less indistinctly continued, in zigzag form, to hinder margin; interspaces greyish,

distal marginal area glossy; all these lines and bands sometimes quite indistinct.

3. Tenth sternite truncate, feebly sinuate in distal view. Harpe (Pl. XLVIIL.

f. 15) rather regularly ladle-shaped. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 23): long left

process irregularly and sparsely dentate and notched at the proximal edge; the short

right process mostly simple, but sometimes with one or two minute teeth.

Larva: see above.

Hab. Sapan to North India.

Two subspecies :

a. A. rubiginosa rubiginosa.

Ampelophaga rubiginosa Bremer & Grey, 1.c.; iid., Schm. Nordl. China’s p. 11. n, 52 (1853); Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 546. n. 1. t. 91. f. 4. 5 (1, p.) (1877) (Pekin; Japan) ; Staud., in

Rom., Wém. Lép. iii. p. 158 (1887) (= romanori) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 683. n. 10

(1888) (Oiwake ; Yokohama) ; id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 119. n. 93 (1889) (Siukiang) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 673. n. 1 (1892 (China; Japan) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow.

i. p. 10. n. 40 (1892) (Shantung, China) ; Leech, Zrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 281. n. 46 (1898)

(Yokohama ; Oiwake ; Kiukiang ; Ichang) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100, n. 732

(1901).

Deilephila rubiginosa, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 173. n. 18 (1856) ; Fixs., in Rom., én.

Lép. iii. p. 321. n. 97 (1887) (Corea, ©. vi—x. viii.) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. il, p. 137

(1900).

Chaerocampa rubiginosa, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii, Suppl. p. 91. n. 1613.

t. 12, f. 2 (1857) (Pekin) ; Oberth., Zt. Ent. v. p. 28. n. 69" (1880) (Askold, vii.) ; id., Bull,

Soc. Ent. France p. 56 (1886) (vii. ; larva on Vitis, Convolvulus).

Elibia rubiginosa, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 178, n. 1 (1875).

( 518 )

*Deilephila romanovi Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. t. 9. f. 1 a. b (1887) (Amurland ;—coll.

Staudinger).

Acosmeryx ienobhw Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 71 (1889) (Japan); Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 649. n. 5 (1892); Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. London p. 282. n. 48 (1898) (“ not seen”).

Deilephila (Ampelophaga) rubiginosa, Staudinger, /.c, vi. p. 230, n. 216 (1892) (Amur).

3%. Scaling of tip of antenna buff, not black. Tawny-olive bands of forewing

rather prominent. Distal margin of hindwing more or less russet, especially before

anal angle. Bred specimens more reddish as a rule than worn ones.

Hab. Japan, Amurland, China.

In the Tring Museum 20 3d, 26 2? from: Yokohama, iv. viii. ix.; Muko-

yama, vii.; Oiwake; Hakodate, vi. vii.; Corea; Amurland; Kiukiang, vi. vil. viii;

Ta-tsien-lu, vii.; Wa-ssu-ku ; Hongkong.

b. A. rubiginosa fasciosa.

*Ampelophaga fasciosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 391 (1888) (Dharmsala ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Butl., Zdlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 25. t. 121. £. 3 (1889) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat.

Moths Ind. i. p. 9. n. 49 (1887) (Kulu ; Simla ; Sikhim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 673. n. 2

(1892) (Dharmsala).

Ampelophaga rubiginosa, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 83. n. 117. £. 52 (1892)

(partim ; N.W. Himal. ; Sikhim ; Nagas ; larva erclusa).

Ampelophaga harterti Rothsebild, Iris vii. p. 299. n. 9 (1894) (Margherita, Assam ;—coll. Stand-

inger) ; Hamps., Jown. Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii. p. 39. n. 117 (1900).

3. Paler than the previous form, more uniform in colour, less reddish above,

the bands of the more elongate forewing less distinct; fringe of hindwing almost

pure white; scaling of tip of antenna blackish at anterior side.

The larva described by Hampson, bearing an ocellus on the fourth and fifth

segments, belongs to Vheretra.

Hab. North West India to Upper Assam.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 6 2? from: Karo Hills, vii.; Dalhousie, vii. ;

Kuln.

436. Ampelophaga khasiana.

*Ampelophaga khasiana Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. ii. p. 482. n. 1 (1895) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus, Tring).

Ampelophaga rubiginosa, Dulgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 409, n. 117 (1898) (Sikhim, vii.);

Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 281. n. 46 (1898) (partim).

3%. Upperside deeper in tint, mesial line less pale and sides of body and

under surface far more red than in rwdiginosa. Scaling of end of antenna black.

——Forewing, above: interspaces between bands glossy whitish grey, discal band

rather narrower and more sharply defined than in rwdéginosa, discal line broad, not

dentate, band-like. First segment of palpus not greyish white.

3. Tenth sternite not sinuate in distal aspect. Dilated apical part of harpe

longer than in rudiginosa, more heavily spined proximally. Right process of

penis-sheath longer.

Hab. North India; China.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d d,2 29% from: Khasia Hills; Jaintia Hills.

In the British Museum 1 $ from Mupin, coll. Leech; this is rather paler on

the underside than our North Indian specimens.

437. Ampelophaga dolichoides.

* Philampelus dolichoides, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep, t. 76. f. 8 (1874) (Sikhim :;—Mus. Tring).

Pergesa dolichoides, Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 577 (1874).

( 519 )

Elibia dolichoides, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 180. n. 3 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc.

Lond. ix. p. 547, n. 2 (1877).

Metopsilus dolichoides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 661, n. 21 (1892).

Ampelophaga dolichoides, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 84. n. 118 (1892)

(Sikhim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 410. n. 118 (1898) (Sikhim, vii. viii.,

1800 ft.).

3%. Midtarsus with the spines of the fourth row prolonged, but not so much

as in Elidia. R* and M' of hindwing less close together than in the preceding

species, D* not being longer than D‘. Forewing with four grey lines, which

are the proximal borders of tawny-olive bands; between the two discal lines

there is a feebly marked brown zigzag line.

3. Tenth sternite sinuate in distal aspect. About sixteen large friction-scales,

rounded-truncate, broad at end. Process of harpe short, not dentate. Apex of

penis-sheath asymmetrical, both processes dentate.

Hab. Sikhim; Assam.

In the Tring Museum 3 ?? from: Sikhim (type); Cherrapunji. A o in

coll. Swinhoe from Silhet.

438. Ampelophaga linigera.

*Blibia linigera Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 180. n. 4 (1875) (Manila ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i, p. 662. n. 2 (1892) ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 403. n. 49

(1896) (‘‘ not receiv.’”).

od. Under surface far more reddish than in dolichoides. RR? of hindwing before

centre of cell, D® being much longer than D* ; SC? and R! on a stalk. Forewing,

above, similar to that of dolichoides, but lines in basal half quite indistinct, and

second discal line more distal, ending at apex of wing, there being no separate

oblique apical line. Hindwing similar in colour to that of £ibia dolichus.

Tenth tergite long, narrow, slightly curved, not compressed ; apex truncate ;

sternite compressed, boat-shaped in side-view, apex transversely ribbed above,

rounded-truncate in dorsal aspect. Clasper with large friction-scales ; harpe as

in Lidia, short, broad, obtuse, not produced into a dentate process (P]. XLVIII.

f.11). Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 22) almost symmetrical in dorsal aspect, with

a longer right and a shorter and broader left process, both dentate.

%. Not known.

HTab. Manila, Luzon.

One ¢ (type) in coll. Charles Oberthiir. Not seen in other collections.

This species connects Ampelophaga with Llibia.

CXIX. BERUTANA gen. noy.—Typus: syriaca.

Deilephila, Lederer (non Laspeyres, 1809), Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien v. p. 195 (1855).

Pergesa, Walker (non id., 1856) List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi, p, 32 (1861).

Everyc, Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870) (partim ; nom. indescr.).

Otus, Butler (non Cuvier, 1800), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 545 (1877).

Metopsilus, Staudinger (non Duncan, 1836), in Staud. & Rebel, Cat. Lep, ed. iii. p. 104 (1901).

3%. Closely allied to Ampelophaga. Head more obviously crested. Hye

slightly lashed. Long terminal spur of hind- and midtibia less than half the

length of the first tarsal segment, which is shorter than the tibia; no comb to

midtarsus ; pulvillus small, paronychium with one lobe at each side, SC? and I!

( 520 )

of hindwing shortly stalked, R* before centre of cell, lower angle of cell acuminate.

D‘ less than half the length of D*.

3. Sexual armature nearly exactly the same as in Ampelophaga rubiginosa,

the two processes of the penis-sheath thinner, not dentate.

?. Vaginal plate very feebly chitinised, shaped as in Ampelophaga. Bighth

tergite see P]. XLI. f. 13.

Larva as in Ampelophaga, Ampeloeca, and Darapsa, strongly tapering in front;

green or brown, with pale dorso-lateral line, and below this pale oblique bands.—

Food-plant: V7¢ts.

Pupa dotted with brown on the wing-cases, legs, antenna, and tongue

(not seen).

Hab. Syria ; Mesopotamia ; Persia.

One species.

439. Berutana syriaca.

Deilephila syriaca Lederer, Verh, Zool, Bot. Ges. Wien v. p. 195. t. 2. £. 9 (1855) (Beirut).

3. This species bears a close resemblance to Darapsa pholus; the inner

edge of the discal band of the forewing is, however, not straight, but concave

before middle. Some individuals are much more tawny than others; there is

also obvious variation in size.

Hab, Syria; Mesopotamia ; Persia.

Two subspecies :

a. B. syriaca syriaca.

Deilephila syriaca Lederer, | c.; Staud. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. p. 16, n. 21 (1861) ; iid., Lc. ed. ii. p. 37.

n. 478 (1871) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 139 (1900) (Beirut, B. vii. viii.).

Everyx syriacus, Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870).

Otus syriacus, Butler, l.c, p. 545, n. 1 (1877).

Chaerocampa syviaca, Weism., ed. Meldola, Stud. Theory Desc. p. 191. t. 9. f, 29 (1882) (larva).

Metopsilus (?) syriacus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. n. 2 (1892).

Metopsilus syriacus, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p, 104. n. 762 (1901) (Syr. ; Palaestina ;

Antiochia),

3. Band and lines of forewing distinct; distal margin sometimes almost

even, the teeth being barely indicated. ¢ paler than °.

Hab. Syria.

In the Tring Musenm 2 larvae, 15 dd, 15 2 from Beirut.

b. B. syriaca kotschyi (Pl. VI. f. 4, 3, type).

*Deilephila kotschyi Kollar, Denkschr. K. K, Ak. Wiss. Wien, Math. Nat. Cl. i. p. 53. 0. 11 (1850)

(Schiraz ;—Mus. Vienna).

Choerocampa kotschyi, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 234, n. 11 (1875).

Theretra kotschyi, Kirby, Cat Lep, Het. i. p. 654. n. 49 (1892).

Metopsilus syriacus var, mardina Staudinger, in Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed, iii. p. 104. sub n. 762.

(1901) (Mardin, Mesopotamia).

3. Mach larger than the preceding ; wings not obviously denticulate. Per-

haps distinet.

Hab. Persia ; Mesopotamia,

CXX. ELIBIA.—Typus : dolichus.

Sphinx (Choerocampa), Westwood (non Linné, 1758 ; non Duponchel, 1835), Cab. Or. Ent. p. 61

1848).

oa a List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 148 (1856) (type: dolichus).

3%. Palpus large, rounded in side-view, third segment above frons. Eye

very large, not lashed. Abdomen very long. ‘Tarsi long, hind ones twice the

length of the cell of hindwing; first segment of hindtarsus a little longer than

tibia; comb of midtarsus very prominent, the spines much prolonged and accom-

panied on the hinder side by another row of slender prolonged spines. Apex of

hindwing very obtuse ; SC? and R! shortly stalked.

3. Tenth tergite slightly narrowed in middle, apex truncate, angles rounded ;

sternite as long as the tergite, strongly compressed, broad vertically, ventral line

strongly curved upwards in lateral aspect, apex rounded in distal view. Large

friction-scales of clasper acuminate, not truncate ; harpe short (PJ. XLVIII. f. 10),

represented by a rather thin ridge, which is truncate distally and feebly angulate

dorsally. Penis-sheath nearly symmetrical (P]. LIV. f. 21), both the right and left

processes denticulate at the edges and on the surface, the dentition of the left

process continued on the sheath.

?. Vaginal plate as in Ampelophaga and Deilephila, but broader apically.

Larva. Three stages figured by Piepers: a round dorsal ocellus on fourth

segment; horn curved frontad in younger stages, reduced to a button-like

prominence in last stage.

Hab. North India to Java and Palawan.

One species.

440. Elibia dolichus.

*Sphine (Choerocampa) dolichus Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 61. t. 30. £. 1 (1848) (Silhet ;—Mus,

Oxford).

Elibia dolichus, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii. p. 149. n. 1 (1856) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore,

Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C.i. p- 273. n. 631 (1857) (Silhet) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

p. 675 (1867) (Silhet) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 179. n. 2 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 547. 0. 1 (1877) (Silhet) ; Snell., Vijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ;

Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 9. n. 50 (1887) (Sikhim ; Sibsagar ; Silhet) ; Swinh., Cat.

Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i. p. 10. n. 41 (1892) (Silhet ; Singapore ; Cambodia) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 662. n, 1 (1892) (Silhet) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 100.

n. 159. f. 57 (g) (1892) (Sikhim ; Assam ; Sumatra) ; Pagenst., Juhrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlvii.

p. 38 (1894) (E. Java) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 365. n. 30 (1895) (Java) ; Semp.,

Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 403. n. 48 (1896) (Palawan) ; Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 97. t. 1. £. 5. 10,

15 (horn of /.), p. 101. t. 4. f, 1. 2. 3 (1) (1897) (Java); Dudg., Journ, Bombay N. H. Soe. xi.

p. 415. n. 159 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan, up to 4000 ft., v. xii.).

Chaerocampa dolichus, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. Suppl. p. 93. 0, 1545

(1857).

3%. Forewing with seven lines between lower angle of cell and outer margin,

first and fifth heavy, the others often weakly marked, second, third, fourth, and

sixth sometimes distinctly accentuated by vein-dots ; lines between lower angle of

cell and costal margin feeble, that traversing the large, black, white-centred stigma

the most obvious. Abdomen white below, with ferruginous-tawny or brown mesial

markings on the proximal sternites.

Hab. Sikhim to Java and Palawan.

In the Tring Musenm 18 34,8 22 from; Sikhim; Khasia Hills; Penang ;

Sumatra ; Java ; Bunguran, Natuna Is. (Hose) ; Borneo; Palawan.

CXXI. AMPELOECA gen. noy.—Typus : versicolor.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Evot. iii. p. 91 (1779).

Otus, Hiibner (non Cuvier, 1800), Verz. bek. Schm. p. 142 (1822).

Smerinthus, Serville & Lepelletier (non Latreille, 1805), in Enc. Méth. x. p. 441 (1825).

Choerocampa, Harris (non Duponchel, 1835), in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 301 (1839).

Darapsa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 182 (1856) (partim ; type : pholus=choerilus),

Every Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. Suppl. p. 93 (1857) (nom. indeser.) ;

Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 208 (1875) (partim; incl. type of Darapsa).

Elibia, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 637 (1877).

Ampelophaga, id., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) (partim ; type : rubiginosa).

3%. Genal process rounded or triangular, in the latter case enrved backwards.

Head with high rounded crest. Eye lashed. Long terminal spur of hindtibia less

than half the length of the first tarsal segment ; no comb to midtarsus. In other

characters similar to Ampelophaga.

3. Clasper with small and numerous friction-scales.

?. Highth tergite truncate; vaginal plate nearly evenly rounded laterally and

distally.

Larva strongly tapering in front; head small and granulose like pronotum

and horn, dispersed pale granules or dots all over the body ; a dorso-lateral pale line,

to which are joined pale oblique side-bands.—Food-plants : Ampelopsis ; Vitis ;

Epilobium ; Cephalanthus ; Nesaea ; Hydrangea.

Pupa stout, rounded at both ends, opaque, rather finely rugose, dispersedly

punctured, punctures denser and deeper on last segments ; clayish, variegated with

brown ; wing-cases, legs and antenna dotted with black ; anterior femur not visible ;

cremaster slender.

Hab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region.

Two species:

Dise of wings below bright yellow externally . 441. A. versicolor.

Disc of wings below reddish tawny-ochraceous,

concolorous with basal area . i ; . 442. A. myron.

441. Ampeloeca versicolor.

Choerocampa versicolor Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 303. n. 3 (1839); Harr., ed.

Flint, Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1862) ; Grey, Canad. Ent. xi. p. 140 (1879) (Albany, N.Y).

Choerocampa? versicolor, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 131. n. 6 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén.

Lép. Hét. p. 210. 284. n. 84 (1875).

Darapsa versicolor, Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 148. v, 29 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep.

N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 169. n. 4 (1862) ; Thaxt., Payche

i, p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se, i, p. 22 (1874) ; id., he

li, p. 225. n. 36 (1875); Peck, Canad. Ent. viii. p. 239 (1876) (Maine ; larva notic.) ; Streck.

Lep. Tthop. Het. p. 113. t. 13. £. 9g) (1876) ; id., Uc, p. 142 (1877) ; Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii.

p. 68 (1877); Hulst, Canad. Ent. x. p. 64 (1878) (life hist. ; 7. on Cephalanthus occid.; Long 1);

Bunk., ‘hid. x. p. 211 (1878); Fleteb., Canad. Ent. xv. p. 204 (1883) (on Nesaea verticillata) ;

Fish., iid. xvii. p. 78 (1885) (Buffalo, larva on Cephalanthus occ.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1.

p. 671. n, 5 (1892).

Otus versicolor, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 81 (1865); id. & Rob., ibid. vy. p. 154. 0. 32

(1865) ; Beth., Canad. Ent. i. p. 10 (1869) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 546. 0. 4

(1877). _

Llibia versicolor, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 637 (1877) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 120 (1877) (1. Erie) ; id.,

Lc. ix, p. 131 (1877) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N, Sc. iii. p. 222. n. 36 (1877) (Mass. ; N York;

Ohio).\

( 523 )

Ampelophaga versicolor, Butler, Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) (congeneric with rubiginosa) ; Grote,

Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 30 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 149. t. 7. £. 2 (genit.)

(1888) (Canada to Maryland, westward to the Mississippi); Dyar, in Riley, Jns. Life iii. p. 322

(1891) (N.Y., electr. light).

Everyec versicolor, Fernald, Sphing. N. Engld. p. 67. n. 32 (1886); Holl., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 104

(1886) (on Hydrangea arborescens) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 43 (1889) (liter. rel. to

metam.); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H, vii. p. 293. t. 2. f. 10 (1895) (N.Y. ; rare ; two

broods, vi. beg. vii., viii. ; on Cephal. occid. ; Nesaea).

3¢?. A beautifully coloured insect, especially on the underside. External

spines of first protarsal segment slightly prolonged, but mostly concealed in the

sealing. Genal process triangular, somewhat curved backwards. Thorax and

abdomen with a pale mesial line as in Ampelophaga.

g. Tenth tergite and sternite somewhat shorter and stonter than in Darapsa

pholus. Friction-scales of clasper truncate not far beyond the widest point ; harpe

(Pl. XLVIII. f. 14) long, slender, horizontal, curving a little upwards at end,

without dentition. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 20) with a broad ventral Jobe which

is dentate at the edges, and a small right process.

?. Highth tergite membranaceous for the greater part, the chitin-plate reduced

to a narrow transverse band. Vaginal plate shaped as in myron; the edge of the

orifice raised to a rather strongly chitinised and triangularly sinuate ridge.

Larva green or brown ; a pale dorso-lateral line from head to fourth segment,

followed by seven oblique pale side-bands extending each over two segments, the

last ending at horn, which is rather long and is marked with a black stripe in

front ; the pale lines with dark upper edges ; a dark dorsal line.—Food-plants :

Cephalanthus ; Hydrangea : Nesaea.

Pupa abruptly rounded behind ; cremaster thin, almost cylindrical.

Hab. Canada to Maryland (probably farther south); westward to the

Mississippi basin.

Rather rare everywhere.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 2 pupae, 8 dd,9 ?% from: Canada; Long

Island.

442. Ampeloeca myron.

Sphine myron Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 91. t. 247. f. c (1779) (Virginia).

Spline pampinatriz Abbot & Smith, Jus. Georgia i, p. 55. t. 28 (1797).

Otus myron, Hiibner, Verz. beh. Schm. p. 142. n. 1524 (1822) ; Grote, Proc. Ent, Soc. Philad. v. p. 81

(1865); id. & Rob., ibid. p. 153, n. 31 (1865) ; Beth., Canad. Ent. i. p. 10 (1869); Butl., Zrans.

Zooi. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 546. n. 3 (1877) ; id., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881).

Otus cnotus Hitbner, Zutrige p. 23. £. 321, 322 (1823).

Smerinthus myron, Serville & Lep., Enc. Meth. x. p. 441 (1825).

Choerocampa pampinatric Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 301. n. 1 (1839); Harris,

ed. Flint, Jus. Inj. Veg. p. 327. fig. 152. 153, 154, t. 5. £. 4 (1862) (life hist.) ; Morris, ibid.

note (1862) (=myron = cnotus) ; Saund., Canad. Ent. iii. p. 66. £. 25, 26. 27 (L., p., i.), £. 28.

29 (paras.) (1871) ; Pack., Common Ins. p. 57. £, 47. 48 (1873).

Darapsa myron, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 183. n. 2 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se.

Philad. iy. p. 147. n. 27 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris,

Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 168. n. 2 (1862) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p- 93 (1864) (Mass.) ;

Lintn., Proc. Lnt, Soc. Philad. iii. p. 663 (1864) (life hist.) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. iii, p, 101

(1871) (Alabama) ; Lint., Znt. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) (N. Y., vi. viii.) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29

(1874) (Newton, Mass., vi. beg. vii.); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se, i. p. 22 (1874); id.,

Le, ii. p, 225, n. 37 (1875) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241 (1875) (Montreal, vi, vii.) ; Dimm.

& Mann, Payche ii. p. 69 (1877); Hulst, Bull, Brookl. Ent. Soc, ii. p. 35 (1879); Pilate, Papilio

ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O.); Edw. & BLL, Pupilio iii. p. 126 (1883) (larva, diff, from choerilus);

Saund., /ns. Inj. Fruits p. 244, fig. 253—257 (1883).

( 524 )

Eweryx myron var. ? an sp., Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 20 (1870).

Everyx myron, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 209. n. 1 (1875) ; Grote, l.c. iii. p. 222. n. 38

(1877) ; id., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 65. n. 31. t. 5. £. 1, 2. 3.

(1., p.,7.) (1886) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p, 42 (1889) (liter. rel, to metam ); Kirby,

Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 673. n. 3 (1892); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus, N. H. vii. p. 292. t. 2.£. 9.

(1895) (N.Y. ; common, two broods ; on Ampelopsis and Vitis); Rowl., Ent. News ix. p. 191

(1898) (Miss. ; common on Vine, wing rust-red in summer brood).

Ampelophaga myron, Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 182 (1886); id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 30 (1886);

Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 148. t. 6. f. 9 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to Georgia, westward

to Missouri, Iowa); Dyar, in Riley, /ns. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y., electr. light) ; Cross,

Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Trum., Ent, News viii. p. 27 (1897) (S. Dakota).

3%. External row of spines of first protarsal segment irregularly doubled in

basal half. Spurs shorter than in versicolor, crest of head higher, apex of forewing

and angle SM? of hindwing more projecting. The individuals in which the pale olive-

green colour has nearly or totally disappeared from the upperside of the forewing

are rarer in the north than the south. Itis possible that a greater percentage of

the individuals of the second brood than of the first belong to the uniformly coloured

f. cnotus ; observations on this point are a desideratum.

3. Tenth segment as in Varapsa pholus. Friction-scales of clasper numerous,

truncate ; harpe (Pl. XLVIII. f. 12) with a short stout process which is thinnest

at the base ; the upperside of this process covered with minute teeth, the underside

also rough with teeth, the sides finely rugose. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 19):

right process smaller than left, simple or dentate, the left dentate at the edges.

?. Highth tergite as in Darapsa pholus, the sides somewhat produced. Vaginal

plate narrower apically than in J). pholus, the raised edge of the vaginal orifice less

chitinised.

Larva green or brown, in various shades, a pale dorso-lateral line from fourth

segment to horn, to which line are joined oblique pale side-bands which terminate

at the line and are each restricted to one segment; horn with black granules; a

dorsal series of pale patches with dark (brown or reddish) centres.—lood-plants :

Ampelopsis ; Vitis.

Pupa slenderer than in versicolor, with vestige of anteocular tabercle; cremaster

long, conical, tip bifid.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 9 larvae, 7 pupae, 54 5d, 26 $2 from: Florida, y. vili.; |

N. Carolina, vii.; W. Virginia, vii. viii.; Illinois, vi.; Iowa; Long Island;

Massachusetts, vi.

CXXII. DARAPSA.—Typus : pholus.

Sphinz, Cramer (non Linn’, 1758), Pap. Exot. i. p. 137 (1776).

Otus, Hiibner (non Cuvier, 1800), Verz. beh. Sehm. p. 142 (1822) (type: choerilus=pholus).

Smerinthus, Serville & Lepelletier (non Latreille, 1802), Enc. Méth, x. p- 441 (1825).

Choerocampa, Harris (non Daponchel, 1835), in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 302 (1839).

Darapsa Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 182 (1856) (partim ; type: choerilus =pholus).

Everyx Boisduval, Spee. (én, Lep. Hét. i. p. 208 (1875) (partim ; incl. type of Darapsa).

Ampelophaga, Smith (non Butler, 1881), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 146 (1888).

3%. Differs from Ampeloeca in all the tibiae being spinose. SC? and Rt of

hindwing on a short stalk.

Hab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region.

One species,

( 525 )

We keep pholus (= choerilus) generically separate from myron and versicolor,

(1) because the species is, in the spinose tibiae, one step farther advanced than its

American and Oriental allies, and (2) because the separation of pholus on account of

such a conspicuous character as the spinosity of the tibiae will facilitate the con-

struction of a workable key to the genera.

443. Darapsa pholus.

Sphine pholus Cramer, Pap. Exot, i. p. 137. t, 87. f. B (1776) (Ind. oce.” err. loc.) ; Goeze, Ent.

Beytr. iii. 2. p. 221. n. 60 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Ins, ii. p. 143. n, 20 (1781); id., Mant. Ins. ii.

p. 94. n. 23 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2376. n. 65 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 363.

n, 24 (1793).

Sphine choerilus Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 91. t. 247. f. a (1779) (Virginia).

Sphina azaleae Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 53, t. 27 (1797).

Sphinx chlorinda Martyn, Psyche t. 25. f. 66. 67 (1797).

Otus choerilus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 142. n. 1523 (1822); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v,

p. 81 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 153. n. 30 (1865); Beth., Canad. Ent. i. p. 10 (1869) ;

Bowl., Canad. Ent. iii, p. 145 (1871) (Quebec, vi.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 22

(1874) ; id., 1c. ii, p. 225. n. 35 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 545. n. 2 (1877)

(= clorinda) ; id., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881).

Smerinthus choerilus, Serville & Lep., Enc. Méth. x. p. 441 (1825).

Choerocampa choerilus, Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 302. n. 2 (1839) (= azaleae).

Darapsa chaerilus (!), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 182. n. 1 (1856); Clem., Journ. Ac.

N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 147. n. 26 (1859).

Darapsa choerilus, Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N, Am.

p. 168, n. 1 (1862); Lint., Ent, Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) (N.Y., vi.) ; id., dc. iil. p. 179 (1872)

(N.Y.); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vi. vii.) ; Peck, Canad. Ent, viii.

p- 239 (1876) (Maine ; larva notic.) ; Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 68 (1877) ; Hulst, Bull.

Brookl. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 35 (1879) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor, Desc. i. p. 192. t. 4. £. 34

(1882) (larva) ; Edw. & Ell., Papilio iii. p. 126 (1888) (larva, diff. from myron).

Davapsa pholus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 184. n. 3 (1856); Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se,

Philad. iv. p. 148. n, 28 (1859) ; Morris, Cut, Lep. N. Am, p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn.

Lep. N Am. p. 169. n. 3 (1862).

Otus pholus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 81 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 154. n. 33 (1865).

Beeryx choerilus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 210. n. 2 (1875) ; Grote, l.c. p. 120 (1877)

(L. Erie) ; id., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877) ; Hill, Papilio iii. p. 27 (1883) (Adirondacks,

2200 ft., vii.) ; Fern., ibid. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Maine, rare, vii.) ; Grote, /.c. xviii, p. 132. n. 30

(1886) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 64. n. 30 (1886) ; Grote, Hawh Moths N. Am. p. 30 (1886) ;

Edw., ibid. iii, p. 126 (1886) ; id., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 42 (1889) (Liter. rel. to metam.) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Hel. i. p. 673. n. 1 (1892); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 291, t. 2.

f. 8 (1895) (N. Y., common, double-brooded ; on Viburnum, Nysa, Azalea) ; Rowl., Ent. News

ix. p. 191 (1898) (Miss. ; two broods ; 7. on Viburnum).

Ampelophaga choerilus, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 147. t. 6. £. 8 (genit.) (1888) (Canada

to Georgia, westward to Missouri, Iowa) ; Dyar, in Riley, /us. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y.,

electr, light) ; Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxxi,

p. 50 (1899) (Manitoba) ; Heath, ‘bid. xxxii. p. 94 (1900) (Manitoba, E. of vi.).

Everyx pholus, Kirby, lc. p. 673, n. 2 (1892).

The figure of pholus given by Cramer is very rough ; it does not agree with

any specimen of the present species which we have seen. But one must not be too

exacting ; many of Cramer’s figures bear only a superficial resemblance to the

insects they are meant to represent, especially in the first volume. We think

it was not so much the roughness of the figure which prevented it being

referred to the common North American species known as choerilus, but the locality,

Which is given as the West Indies. ‘The individual figured came from the collection

of B.de Marre. In the same collection was the type of Cramer's japix figured on

the same plate, and said to be from New York, where it does not occur. On

Pl. XXIV. Cramer figures two butterflies from the said collection, and remarks

( 526 )

on p. 38 in respect to Callicore clymena: “. . . on rencontre des taches qui ont du

rapport avec les chiffres 88. Si de la on se plairait & prendre un nom pour ce

Papillon, on le nommerait le Porte nombre des Indes occidentales. . . . Il est

d’Essequebo.” [Black type onrs.] On the same page he gives the West Indies as

habitat of the South American Hunica eurota, which he figures also from the

collection E. de Marre.

From this it is quite clear (1) that the localities in BE. de Marre’s collection

were not reliable (the same applies to other collections from which Cramer received

specimens for his work); (2) that the localities of japix (N. York) and pholus

(W. Indies) got changed, the Neotropic japix having come from “the West Indies,”

and the Nearetie pholus from New York ; (3) that the term “ West Indies” was

used so loosely as to include Surinam, where japix occurs. (See also Protoparce

brontes.)

3%. The external discal line of the forewing becomes sometimes more distinct

and loses the teeth.

3. Tenth tergite rounded-truneate ; sternite rather slender, obtusely pointed.

Friction-scales of clasper truncate, not large ; harpe (PJ. XLVIII. f. 13) ending in a

nearly straight, oblique process, which is somewhat flattened on upperside at end

and here armed with numerous minute teeth. Right and left processes of penis-sheath

dentate (Pl. LIV. f. 18), the left one much the smaller; dentition individually

variable ; apical edge of sheath not always oblique as in figure, but often equally

curved right and left.

?. Highth tergite truncate, not sinuate (Pl. XLI. f. 12). Vaginal plate

(Pl. XLI. f. 11) evenly rounded at the sides and apex ; lateral and anterior edges

of orifice raised into a smooth ridge.

Larva like that of Ampeloeca myron, but thorax with white dorso-lateral line,

and the pale dorsal mesial patches with dark centres found in A. myron abseut.—

Food-plants : same as those of A. myron.

Pupa as in A. myron.

fab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region: Canada to Georgia (probably farther

south), westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 27 dd, 14 ¢? from: Iowa,

Massachusetts, Long Island, Pennsylvania.

CXXII. ACOSMERYX.—Typnus : anceus.

Sphinx, Stoll, in Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 124 (1781),

Enyo Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (partim; type: japix).

Philampelus, Walker (non Harris, 1839), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 173 (1856).

Zonilia id. (non id , 1856) lc. xxxi. p. 34 (1864).

Daphnusa Murray (non Walker, 1856), Cist. Ent. i. p. 178 (1873).

Acosmeryx Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 214 (1875) (type: anceus).

32%. Genal process anguliform, curving backwards, nearly reaching tip of

pilifer. Palpus large, rounded in side-view. Antenna setiform, slender, eradually

thinning apicad, hook long, gradually curved; end-segment very long, filiform,

rough-scaled, penultimate one longer than vertically broad. No eyelashes. Spines

of abdomen numerous, the short ones pale, rather weak, the long ones stronger.

Midcoxal merum rounded behind; long spurs twice the length of the short

ones ; midtarsus with comb, spines of same not long ; hindtibia heavily scaled——

Forewing sinuate between SC! and SC’.

( 527 )

g. Praecoxal scent-organ vestigial. Sexual armature not very different in

the various species, that of ancews being the best characterised (in both sexes).

Tenth tergite simple, long, slender, slightly curved; sternite shorter, broader,

somewhat one shaped, with the apex always sinuate (PI. XLIV. f. 23. 24). Clasper

large, sole-shaped, with three or four rows of large friction-scales; harpe

. (Pl. XLVI. f. 22—27) dilated at end, the dilated part armed with spine-like teeth

which are directed upwards. Penis-sheath with a dentate lobe at left side,

continuous with a slender, acute process at right side (PI. LV. f. 19—26).

?. Vaginal plate (PI. XLI. f, 8—10) suddenly narrowed distally ; orifice

transverse, postmedian, sometimes covered by a bilobate ridge. Eighth tergite

deeply sinuate, separate from sternite.

Larva tapering in front; head small, horn acute, curved anad; a white,

lateral, subdorsal stripe from head to horn, yellow and indistinct on four or

five anterior segments; below stigmata a yellowish oblique band on segments

5 to 9 or 10; thorax with ventro-lateral line which ends in a patch on fourth

segment.—Food-plants: Cissus ; Nerium.

Pupa with two frontal tubercles, tongue-case somewhat enlarged ventrally.

Hab. Oriental Region: from Japan to Ceylon, eastward to New Guinea

and Australia.

Seven species, some of which are easily confounded, if not carefully examined,

the genus being very uniform in structure and pattern.

Key to the species :

a. Grey submarginal line or band of forewing,

above, straight, extending to SM? 5 . 445. A. naga.

Grey submarginal line or band of forewing,

above, curved, ending at Ror a little beyond : b.

4. Fore- and hindwing distinctly dentate . : P C.

Fore- and hindwing not dentate p : ; d.

c. First discal line of forewing straight from Re

to SM*, heavy . . 446. A. sericeus.

First iveal line of freee it iniereapied . 447. A. omissa.

d. Hindwing below nearly all ferruginous tawny

or vinaceous, ground-colour of upperside of

forewing tawny cinnamon to chestnut-brown : é.

Hindwing below much shaded with olive-grey,

ground-colour of upperside of forewing grey-

ish olive . ; wif

e. Underside ochraceous clay-colour, hone distal

border of hindwing indistinct ; or underside

more or less vinaceous, with pinkish grey

submarginal scaling on the forewing . . 444. A. anceus.

Underside of wings ferruginons tawny on disc,

distal marginal brown border broad and

heavy, pale submarginal tern of forewing

almost white : F 448. A. castanea.

- Lobe SC° of forewing as promine ae as lobe sc! 449. A. mishini.

Lobe SO’ of forewing less prominent than lobe

St, 3 - : ; é ; . 450. A. socrates.

( 528 )

444. Acosmeryx anceus.

Sphinx anceus Stoll, in Cramer, Pup. Exot, iv. p. 124. t. 355, f. A (1781) (Amboina),

. Sphine ancetus (!) id., lc. Index (1781).

Enyo anceus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 132. n, 1423 (1822); Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii,

p. 119. n, 13 (1856).

Acosmeryx anceus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p, 215, 0. 1 (1875) (Amboina) ; Butl., Trans

Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 544, n. 3. t. 90. f. 11. 12 (/., p.) (1877) (Amboina ; Java) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 648. n. 1 (1892).

Acosmeryx ancea (!), Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 81. n, 115 (1892) (partim).

3°. The smallest species of the genus, variable in tint. Palpus, breast and

first two abdominal sternites paler than in the other species, more pinkish. Wings

not dentate, or the teeth very faintly indicated, but forewing distinctly angulate at

R*. Forewing : the oblique distal band diffused posteriorly ; the first discal line

rather heavy, continuous ; the greyish costal subapical area either stopping at Ri},

or extending beyond this vein ; the curved pinkish grey submarginal line broad,

generally continuous with the apical lunules of the same colour.

Underside: both wings different from those of all the other species.

Forewing : a subapical, costal, triangular, chestnut patch extending to R’, straight

proximally, where it is bordered by a grey or pinkish grey line or patch ; the outer

dise between R! and SM? ferruginous tawny or pinkish vinaceous, or vinaceous

cinnamon, not so dark as the subapical patch; pinkish grey submarginal scaling

extended, diffuse, basal half of costal margin mostly of the same colour as the

hindwing. Hindwing: brown marginal border vestigial, narrow, sometimes

better marked, reaching at R? only half-way to the second pair of discal lines.

3. Harpe (Pl. XLVIII. f. 25) remarkably different from those of the other

species, being much prolonged. Penis-sheath (PI. LY. f. 24) with a broad left

process which is rounded at end and is dentate at the distal and proximal edges;

f, 23 represents the sheath in a dextro-lateral view. -

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLI. f. 10) widely different from that of most other

species, the difference corresponding to that found in the harpe of the d ; sides of

the plate nearly parallel, suddenly converging near end, apical part narrow, deeply

coneaye ; orifice of vagina covered by a half-cylinder, the apical edge of which is

sinuate, the prominent lobes obliquely rounded ; proximal part of the plate sub-

membranaceous, almost regularly folded, while the lateral parts are smooth and

deeply concave at the sides of the half-cylinder.

Larva, as figured by Butler, differs from that of socrates in the narrower lateral

line ; the figure given in Horsfield & Moore, /.c., has a broad line, and may be that

of socrates f. cinerea.

Hab. North India to New Guinea and Queensland.

Two subspecies :

a. A. anceus subdentata subsp. nov.

Philampelus anceus, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus, E. 1. C. i. p. 270. n. 624. t. 9. £. 4, da

(l., p.) (1857) (Java; Penang ; on Cissus) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. T94 (1865) (Bengal).

Acosmeryx anceus, Butler, Lc. (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind, i, p. 8. n. 46 (1887) (Silhet ;

Sikhim) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Iet. Mus. Ox, i. p. 9. n. 35 (1892) (India) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent.

Zeitschr. x\, p. 364. n. 14 (1895) (Java).

Acosmeryx mixtura, Pagenstecher (non Walker, 1864), Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlix. p. 15d, 0. 115

(1896) (Sumba).

Acosmeryx ancea £. ancea, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 409. n. 115 (1898) (Sikbim

Bhutan, 2000 ft., viii.).

Acosmeryx acteus (1), Pagenstecher, /.c. li, p. 194 (1898) (Sambawa).

( 529 )

¢. Forewing more elongate than in the eastern form, more distinctly angulate

at R*, often with traces of teeth, rather deeper in tint and more sharply marked, the

oblique discal band more produced distad behind R2: black submarginal line of

underside better marked, more projecting basad at R?, dise as well as underside

of abdomen brighter red.

Hab. North India to Sambawa.

In the Tring Museum 14 33, 5 2? from: Sikhim; Bhutan: Cherrapunji ;

Khasia Hills ; Sumatra ; Java.

b. A. anceus anceus.

Sphine anceus Stoll, lc.

Enyo anceus, Hiibner, 1c.

*Zonilia mixtura Walker, 1.c. xxxi. p. 34 (1861) (Aru ;—Maus. Oxford),

*Acosmeryx daulis Boisduval, /.c. p. 218. n. 5 (1875) (bab. ?).

Enyo cinnamomea Herrich-Schiiffer, Ausser. Schmett. ii. £. 558 (1869) (N. Austral.).

Acosmeryx anceus, Boisduval, l.c, p. 215. 0. 1 (1875) (Amboina) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nuss. Ver. Nat.

xli. p. 105. n. 198 (1888) (Amboina).

- Enyo ? cinnamomea, Butler, l.c. p. 542. n. 5 (1877).

Acosmeryx mixtura, id., lc. p. 545. n. 5 (1877); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i. p: 9. n. 36. t. 1.

f. 7 (1892) (Aru, type); Pagenst., Abh. Senk. Nat. Ges. xxiii. p. 443. n. 422 (1897) (Uliasser Is.).

Acosmeryx miskini, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 234 (1877) (Austral.) : Misk., Proc. Roy. Soe.

Queensld. viii. p. 8. n. 8 (1891) (partim ; Newcastle ; Rockhampton ; Brisbane).

Acosmeryx cinerea, Pagenstecher, Iris i. p. 86. u. 2 (1886) (Aru); id., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxix.

p- 109. n. 2 (1886) (Aru).

Acosmeryx meskini (!), Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 54 (1880) (= cinnamomea).

Acosmerye sericeus, Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 8. n. 9 (1891) (partim ; Brisbane ;

Cardwell).

Alcosmerye cinnamomea, id., lc. n. 10 (1891) ; Kirby, Lc. p. 648. n. 2 (1892).

3%. Variable ; stigma of forewing generally conspicuous. Two forms. One

dark, similar to anceus subdentata; the other much paler, forewing less variegated.

_ The two forms occur together and graduate into one another.

Hab. Moluccas eastwards to German New Guinea, the d’Hntrecasteanx Islands,

Woodlark I. ; Queensland and N. 8. Wales.

In the Tring Museum 30 od, 21 2? from: Amboina; Little Key (Kiihn) ;

Larat, Tenimber (Kiihn); Queensland, from Brisbane to Cape York; British and

German N. Guinea; Trobriaud Is. (Meek); Fergusson, d’Eutrecasteaux Is. (Meek) ;

Woodlark (Meek).

445, Acosmeryx naga.

*Philampelus nuga Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. E. I. C. i. p. 21. n. 626 (1857)

(Darjiling ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p, 794 (1865) (Bengal).

Acoxmeryx naga Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 217. n. 13 (1875) (Darjiling) ; Cot. & Swinh.,

Cat. Moths Ind, i, p. 9, n. 48 (1887) (Sikhim ; Simla); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox, i. p. °.

n. 37 (1892) (India) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 649. n, 8. (1892) (Darjiling) ; Hamps., in

Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p, 83. n. 116 (1592) (N.W, & E. Himalayas) ; Leech, 7rans.

Lint, Soc, Lond, p. 282. n. 49 (1898) (Hakodate, vi.) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N, H, Soe. ix.

p. 409, n. 116 (1898) (Sikhim, 3000 ft., common).

* Acosmerye shervilli Boisduyal, lc. n. 13 (1875) (coll, Charles Oberthiir),

*Neoxmeryx metanaga Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). iv. p. 350 (1879) (Japan ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Kirby,

Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 649. n. 10 (1892),

Avoxmerye anceus, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 585. 0, 19 (1888) (partim).

3 %. The most conspicuously marked species of the genus, easily distinguished

from all the others by the pattern of the forewing; brown discal band extending

from costa towards middle of distal margin, sharply defined in front, the triangular

( 630 5

area limited by it grey ; a rather sharply defined grey submarginal band from S0*

to tip of SM*, nearly straight, not undulate.

3. Antenna long. Tenth sternite with parallel sides. Process of harpe rather

acute distally (Pl. XLVIII. f. 23), resembling a hand with the thumb lying against

the forefinger and tke other fingers curved back- and upwards. Penis-sheath

(PI. LY. f. 19): left lobe shorter than in all the other species.

?. Vaginal plate resembling that of anceus.

Larva not known.

Hlab. North India ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum 16 dd, 1 ? from: Kumaon; Kulu; Sikhim ; Bhutan.

446. Acosmeryx sericeus.

*Philampelus sericeus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 181, n. 13 (1856) (Silhet ; partim ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E1.C, i, p. 271. n. 625 (1857)

(Silhet ; Darjiling) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet).

*Acosmeryx anceoides Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 216. n. 2 (1875) (Borneo ; Philipp,

N. India ; partim ¥ ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Acosmeryx sericeus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 544. n. 2 (1877) (Silhet) ; id., Z//ustr. Typ.

Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.v. p. 1, t. 76. £. 2 (1881); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 8. n. 45

(1887) (Silhet; Sikhim); Swinh., Cat. Lep, Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 8. n, 34 (1892) (Assam); Semp.,

Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 393. n. 26 (1896) (Luzon, vii.).

Acosmeryx sericea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 649. n. 7 (1892) (N. India).

Leosmeryx ancea, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind , Moths i. p. 81. n. 115 (1892) (partim).

sAcosmeryx ancea £. sericea, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p, 409. n. 115 (1898) (Sikbim,

Bhutan, 2000 ft., vi. viii.).

3. Metanotum chocolate-tawny at sides; chestnut-brown markings of

abdominal tergites rather promiuent. Forewing, above, much shaded with

violaceous grey, the brown lines more prominent than in the other species ; first

discal line heavy, straight from R* to inner margin, anteriorly merged together with

an oblique band which reaches distal margin just before hinder angle ; grey sub-

marginal band ending at or just beyond R*; distal margin dentate.——Hindwing:

an indistinct brown discal line, followed by a likewise indistinct paler band, which is

slightly tawny.

Underside of abdomen, of nearly the whole hindwing, and dise of forewing

along marginal band bright tawny ; white scaling at costal margins between the

lines conspicuous.

3. Antenna shorter than in naga, agreeing with those of all the following

species. Tenth sternite (Pl. XLIV. f. 23) widest in middle. Process of harpe

(Pl. XLVIIL. f. 26) distally more rounded than in naga, the ventral ridge higher

and not dentate. Left process of penis-sheath broad (PI. LY. f. 20).

?. Not dissected.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. North India to the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 12 d¢ from: Sikhim; Bhutan ; Khasia Hills.

447. Acosmeryx omissa spec. nov.

Acosmeryx ancea, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 81, n. 115 (1892) (partim) ;

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc. xi. p. 409. n. 115 (1898) (partim).

3%. Basily confounded with sericeus ; upperside far more uniform in colour,

much less variegated with grey and chestnut. Forewing: antemedian euryed

band less extended brown than in sericeus, the two lines composing it being

CSB)

separated for the greater part ; first discal line thin, broken at the veins like the

following lines, bars M'—M? of lines 3 and 4 heavier and closer together, often

forming a single patch ; oblique band as in sericews in position, narrower in front,

more or Jess dilated distad at R®. Tle discal and submarginal obscure bands of the

hindwing of sericeus are also marked in omissa.

Jostal margins less marked with greyish white on underside than in sericeus,

the tawny colour more restricted and less bright ; brown distal border of hindwing

with a distinct white line as in serécews, the border widest between R? and R3, not

upon R?. Abdomen, below, less bright tawny, and breast more olivaceous than in

the previous insect.

3. Tenth sternite (PI. XLIV. f. 24) slightly widened apically. Process of

harpe (PI. XLVIIL f. 24) less triangular than in the preceding species, the hinder

edge not so heavily dentate, the teeth being confined nearly to the very edge of the

process. Left process of penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 21) nearly horizontal, less

obliqne than in ser’cews and the following species.

2. Not dissected.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

In the Tring Museum 18 dd from: Buxa, Bhutan (type) ; Sikhim.

448. Acosmeryx castanea spec. nov.

Acosmeryx anceus, Leech (non Cramer, 1781), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 585. n. 19 (1888) (partim) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 648. n. 1 (1892) (partim); Leech, 7rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 281.

n. 47 (1898) (partim ; Yokohama; Kiukiang, vii.).

3. Chestnut-brown above, shaded with grey, the dark markings of thorax

aud abdomen quite indistinct ; breast olivaceous cinnamon-rufous, underside of

abdomen ferruginous.

Wings not dentate, or the teeth barely vestigial ; less elongate than in omissa.

Upperside, forewing: resembling omissa, oblique discal band widened distad

between R? and M!, its proximal edge more curved than in oméssa, first discal line

also weak, barely more distinct on the dark ground, bars M!—M? of discal lines

3 and 4 not heavier than the others, nor closer together; grey subapical area sharply

limited at R? in a similar way as in xaga, not extending beyond this vein ; antemedian

band more or less filled in with brown. Hindwing less olive-grey than in naga

and omissa; disc somewhat cinnamon-rufons along the rather distinctly marked

ehestnut-olive distal marginal band ; a faint discal line from costa to anal angle.

Underside : outer disc of forewing and dise of hindwing more reddish tawny

than in sericens, and far more so than in omissa; grey costal scaling not more

Conspicuous than in omissa ; grey scaling within distal marginal border of forewing

diffuse, less distinct than in the previous species.

3. Lobes of tenth sternite almost pointed. Process of harpe similar to that:

of sericeus, the ventral edge dentate (P]. XLVIIL. f. 27). Penis-sheath more

strongly and obliquely rounded than in the other species, the armature helmet-like

(PI. LV. f. 22).

%. Vaginal plates (P]. XLI. f. 8) transversely folded; orifice free, subapical.

Narly stages not known.

Hab. Japan ; China.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 4 2% from: Yokohama, vi. viii; type: 25. vi.

1896,

(Ro aD

449. Acosmeryx miskini.

*Daphnusa miskini Murray, Cist. Ent. i. p. 178 (1873) (Queensland ;—Mus. Brit.).

Acosmerye miskini, Buuler, Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 544. n. 4 (1877) (type in B. M.) ; Misk.,

Proc. Roy. Soc, Queensid, viii. p. 8. n. 8. (1891) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 649, n. 3

(1892) (partim) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 9. n. 38 (1892) (Moreton B.).

(?)Acosmeryx sericeus, Miskin, l.c. n. 9 (1891) (partim ?).

$?. Similar to A. socrates f. cinerea, but forewing more deeply sinuate at

apex, lobe SC® being as much produced as lobe SC*, margin below SC* rather

deeply concave, upper surface more uniformly grey, discal band less black.

Abdomen pale grey above, with blackish triangular lateral patches at the bases

of tergites 3 to 5.

3. Process of harpe (PI. XLVIII. f. 22) much less triangular than in socrates,

coming nearest that of om7ssa, teeth not prominent. Left process of penis-sheath

(Pl. LY. f. 26) triangular; f. 25 representing the sheath from the right side.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. Queensland ; New Guinea.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from: N. 8. Wales (ex coll. Felder); Milne

Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, xii. 98 (A. S. Meek).

A fine d in the Museum at Budapest from Stephansort, German New Guinea,

450. Acosmeryx socrates.

Philampelus sericeus Walker, 1.c. (1856) (partim).

*Acosmeryx shervilli Boisduval (non id., lc. n. 3), Spec. Gén, Lép, Heét. p. 217. n. 4 (1875)

(Darjiling ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir),

* Acosmeryx socrates id., l.c. p. 219. n, 6 (1875) (Manila ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

32. Differs from all the other species in the less deeply sinuate apex of

the forewing, the lobe SC® being less produced than the apical lobe. Grey like

miskini.. \Vings not dentate. Forewing, wbove : markings nearly as in omissa;

third discal line M'—SM® faint or absent. Hindwing blackish in apical third,

this area not divided, the dark discal line of the other species being visible only

near anal angle.

Underside less ferruginous tawny than in sericeus, omissa, ete. ; marginal

band of forewing widest at R*, this projection generally rounded or sinuate.

3. Sexual armature as in méshini, differing in the harpe, which is shaped

and armed as in sericeus.

9. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLI. f. 9) as in castanea and naga, orifice rather

more proximal, with a concave space in front surrounded by a fold.

Larva figured by Moore and Semper (J./.c.c., see below): the figures do not

quite agree, but that may be due to individual variations in the caterpillars, or

in the artistic talent of the authors.

Pupa also figured, but details not recognisable.

Hab. North India, Ceylon, eastwards to the Philippine Islands and Java.

There are two forms, occurring together and being apparently not specifically

distinct :

a. A. socrates f. socrates.

*Acosmeryx socrates Boisduval, I.c. (1875) (Manila); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 649. n. 4 (1892);

Semper, Schmett, Philipp. ii. p. 393, n. 27. t. p. £. 6.7 (L, p.). t. 51. £6 (@é.) (1896) Cliazon ;

Cebu).

’

( 533 )

*Acosmeryx pseudonaga Butler, llustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 2. t. 78. £. 3 (1881)

(Bhutan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 9. n. 47 (1887); Swinh., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 162. 0. 6 (1890) (Bassein, viii. ).

Acosmeryx ancea, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 81, n. 115 (1892) (partim),

Acosmeryx ancea £. pseudonaga, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 409. n. 115 (1898)

(Sikhim, Bhutan, 2000 ft., vi. vii. ix.).

32. Oblique discal band of forewing widened behind R?. Subapical costal

patch of forewing below bright chestnut.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 10 3? from: Ceylon; Cherrapunji; Khasia

Hills; Benkoelen, W. Sumatra (Hricsson); Kuching and Busan, N. Borneo; Mt.

Dulit, Sarawak.

b'. A. socrates f. cinerea.

Acosmeryx shervilli Boisduval (non id., l.c. sub n. 3), lc. (1875); Butl., Lrans. Zool. Soc. Lond.

ix, p. 631 (1877) (=?cinerea) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 649. n. 11 (1892) (Darjiling) ;

Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeitschr, xl. p. 364. n. 15 (1895) (Java).

*Acosmeryx cinerea Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 245 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 544. n. 1 (1877) ; id., Lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep, Het. B. M.v. p. 1. t. 76.

f, 2 (1881); Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 24. t. 89. f. 2. 2a (1, p., 7.) (1882) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat.

Moths Ind. i. p. 8. n, 44 (1887) (syn. partim ; Sibsagar ; Sikhim) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus.

Ox. i. p. 9. n. 39 (1892) (Darjiling ; Silhet) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 6 (1892).

Acosmeryx ancea, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind,, Moths i, p. 81, n. 115. £. 51 (g) (1892)

(partim).

sleosmeryx ancea f. cinerea, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 409. n. 115 (1898) (Sikhim,

Bhutan, 2000 ft., iii.).

3%. Oblique band of forewing a little more distal at costal margin than

in f, socrates, not dilated distad behind R*, therefore narrower and more straight

than in the previous form; disc of fore- and hindwing, below, less ferruginous

tawny, subapical costal patch of forewing shaded with olive, less bright than in

f. socrates.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 9 22 from: Sikhim; Silhet; Cherrapunji ;

Andamans ; Java.

As Boisduval gives the name shervilli as a synonym of xaga under No. 3,

he was not justified in using the same name for No. 4.

CXXIV. PANACRA.—Typus : automedon.

Panacra Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 154 (1856) (type : automedon).

Thyreus, Herrich-Sch. (non Swainson, 1821), Ansser. Schm. (1856).

Choerocampa, Boisduval (non Duponchel, 1835) Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 282 (1875).

Chaerocampa, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 90 (1892).

Angonyx, Butler (non Boisduval, 1875), IMustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M, v. p. 6 (1881); Kirby

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 662 (1892).

3%. Genal process large, triangular, concave behind, reachiug nearly tip of

pilifer. Palpus rather large, obtusely triangular in dorsal aspect ; second segment

nearly as broad as long. ye-lashes vestigial. Head not crested. Antenna

setiform in 4, slightly incrassate distally in ?, hook short, abrupt, end-segment

arrow, elongate-conical, not produced into a long filiform process, clothed with

long bristles, the segment similar to that of 7/eretra and allies. Abdomen ending

in a simple tuft; spines weak. Merum of midcoxa not angulate ; tibiae simple ;

spurs of midtibia almost the same in length; those of hindtibia very unequal;

( 534 )

longer terminal one about as long as second tarsal segment; midtarsus with

comb ; paronychium and pulvillus present.

3. Tenth sezment simple (Pl. XLIV. f. 25—28) ; tergite narrow, sides parallel

or slightly slanting distad, apex sinuate, truncate, or entire ; sternite boat-shaped,

shorter than tergite. Clasper with friction-scales, which vary in size and number;

harpe (PI. IL. f. 1—5) slender, simple, mostly somewhat spatulate. Penis-sheath

with a right and a left process, the one or the other sometimes not detached, being

replaced by a series of teeth.

?, Vaginal plate elongate triangular, tip truncate, edges somewhat incrassate $

orifice large, free, with the edges somewhat raised but simple.

Larva tapering in front ; a small lateral ocellus on fourth segment ; horn first

long, in later stages short and strongly curved.—Food- plants : Aroideae; Caladium;

Philodendron.

Pupa with tongue-case somewhat enlarged ; cremaster rounded, flattened,

with hooks at end, a deep cavity before it (Pl. LXIV. f. 19).

Hab. Oriental Region.

Twelve species.

The most interesting character of this genus is the Theretra-lke end-segment

of the antenna.

Key to the species :—

. Forewing with a broad yellowish creamy line

from near base to near apex; hindwing

orange rufous, with brown border. . 451. P. micholitz.

Forewing without this conspicuons line . : : ae

b. Interspace between the antemedian and the

discal lines of forewing green, like head

aud thorax : : é é c . 452. P. busiris.

Median interspace not green . c : é 5 oie ist

c. Forewing with a conspicuous semitransparent

spot SC°—R! midway between base of Rt and

outer margin, besides the submarginal spots 453. P. splendens.

Forewing wiibou that spot . : é F : seats

d. Third oad fourth discal lines of forewing

heavily dentate, mesothoracic tegula with

pale golden metallic seales at hinder edge . 462. P. mydon.

Third and fourth diseal lines of forewing not

dentate behind . 5 ; : : : wigs

e. Median interspace (between the dreninet aute-

median lines and the first discal line) pale,

band-like, a pale shade crossing the discal

lines between R? and R®*, distal margin not

angulate, not denticulate . 5 . 458. P. variolosa,

Median interspace not band-lke, antemedian

lines indistinet . : : 5 ; 3 ; Se

J. Distal border of hindwing below dilated before

middle , : : : ‘ : : ; eh

Distal border of hindwing below not dilated

before middle. : : : : , ; ait

g. Distal margin of forewing below clay-colour or

brown, second white submarginal mark an

acute angle or a triangular spot . ; . 456. P. doherty’, and

457. P. tiridates.

Distal margin of forewing below pale-

ochraceous ; second white submarginal

mark an angle of 90° or more ; : 5. lee

h. Postdiseal tawny or ochraceous area of hod

wing below extended from costal to ab-

dominal margin, interrupted before middle ;

forewing not distinctly sinuate, submarginal

double-line of forewing below extended to

hinder margin, interspace pale, the lines

not dilated in middle, but not joined to

first discal line by a brownish black streak 461. P. perfecta.

Hindwing below as before ; forewing sinuate,

submarginal lines of forewing below dilated

basad, joined to first discal line along R?,

pale band of hindwing above much broader

than brown marginal border. ° . 460. P. metallica.

Postdiscal area of hindwing below almost

entirely replaced by olive brown in upper

half, greater part of hindwing brown ; fore-

wing sinuate ; pale band of hindwing above

very narrow : 0 : f : . 459. P. sinuata.

?. First discal line of forewing, above and below,

in the direction of apex of wing, none of the

lines reaching costal margin. : : . P. automedon.

First discal line of forewing reaching costal

margin just outside fork. 5 : . 454. P. malayana.

451. Panacra micholitzi.

- *Panacra micholitzi Rothschild and Jordan, Ann. Vag: N. H. (6). xii. p. 456, n. 2 (1893) (Simbang) ;

Kirby, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 101. n. 16 (1894) ; Rothsch., ‘Did. ii. t. ix. f. 12 (1898).

3. The most conspicuously coloured species. Abdomen and thorax with pale

dorsal double line: underside white, abdomen with a broad brown mesial line,

narrowing basad on each segment. A broad line on forewing from near base to

near tip yellow cream-colour, or nearly buft-yellow ; hindwing orange-rufous, with

brown border.

3. Tenth tergite slender, not sinuate ; sternite rather long for a species of this

genus, not essentially fide raul in shape from that of dohertyi. Clasper with few

(four) large friction-scales ; harpe comparatively broad, not narrowed to end,

reaching middle of ventral edge of clasper, tip narrower and twisted ventrad.

Penis-sheath subacuminate, right process replaced by a row of teeth at the edge of

the sheath, left process detached, very slender, cylindrical, pointed, not dentate.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. New Guinea and neighbouring islands.

In the Tring Musenm 3 3d from: Simbang, Hnon Golfe (Micholitz) ; Fergus-

son, d’Entrecasteaux Is., xi, 94 (Meek); Milne Bay, Brit. N, Guinea, ii. "09 (Meek):

( 536 )

452. Panacra busiris.

*Panacra busiris Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 158. n. 6 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.); Moore,

in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins, Mus, E. I. C. i. p. 270, n, 622 (1857) (Silhet ; Canara) ; id.,

Proc, Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 285. n. 1

(1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 549. n. 1 (1877) (Silbet) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe.

Lond. p. 595 (1877) (St. Blair) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 11. n. 62 (1887) ; Swinh.,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 163. n, 8 (1890) (Rangoon) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het, Mus. Ow. i. p. 13.

n. 53 (1892) (Silhet).

Angonyx busiris, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.v. p. 6. t. 79. £. 2 (1881); Kirby, Cat.

Lep, Het, i, p. 663. n. 1 (1892) (Silhet).

Chaerocampa busiris, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 89. n. 129 (1892) (Sikbim ;

Silhet) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent, Soc, Lond. p. 149, n. 21 (1894) (Khasia Hills ; syv. excl.) ; Dudg.,

Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xi. p, 410. n. 129 (1898) (Sikhim, 1800 ft.).

3%. Distal margin of forewing deeply sinuate, apex more produced than in

the other species; angle R? more acute in dd than in most ? 2; interspace between

antemedian and discal lines green like upperside of head and thorax, contrasting

with the rest of the wing. Hindwing narrow, costal margin rather obviously

dilated near base.

¢. Tenth tergite rather short and broad, not much longer than the sternite,

sinuate ; sternite acuminate. Clasper with numerons rather small friction-scales ;

harpe nearly as in doherty? in lateral aspect, less curved. Penis-sheath: the two

processes of nearly the same width, the left much longer than the right, both

dentate, and situated upon a short common stem as in Giganteopalpus mirabilis,

i.e., the mesial apical part of the sheath narrowed and produced distad before giving

off the two processes.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 93d, 9 $ ? from: Sikhim; Khasia Hills; Cherrapunji;

Annam; Nicobars ; Sarawak.

453. Panacra splendens,

Panacra automedon, Miskin (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii, p. 61 (1891) (partim;

Mackay).

*Angonyx splendens Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, i, p. 82. t. 5, £. 15 (1894) (Queensland ;—Mus, Tring).

$%. Hasily recognised by the semitransparent discal spot SC°—R! of the

forewing which stands midway between outer margin and base of R! and is

generally followed by a smaller whitish spot; and by the broad pale ochraceous-

rufous band of the hindwing, which nearly reaches costal margin. Forewing

angulate at R*, not quite so deeply sinuate as in dusiris. The o is paler than the

¢, and has mostly a broader band to the hindwing. In some cases the brown

colour of the hindwing above is much reduced.

d. Tenth tergite midway between those of malayana (Pl. XLIV. f. 25) and

dohertyi (Pl. XLIY. f. 27), sinnate ; sternite curving upwards, acuminate. Clasper

with numerous rather small friction-scales ; harpe about as long as in dohertyé

(Pl. IL. f. 3), twisted and somewhat spatulate. Right and left processes of

penis-sheath of nearly the same width, broader than in doherty.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Papuan Subregion: Queensland; New Gninea; Solomon Islands ;

Moluceas.

In the Tring Museum 13 3d, 8 2% from: Queensland ; Sudest L, 26. v. 08

( 537 )

(Meek); Rossell I., ii. “98 (Meek); Kiriwini, Trobriand Is., iv. v. “95 (Meek) ;

Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, xii. 98 (Meek) ; Dorey, iv. 97 (Doherty) ; Amboina ;

Shortland I., Solomon Is. (Ribbe).

454. Panacra malayana spec. nov. (PI. VII. f. 24, 2).

3%. Forewing deeply sinuate between apex and R?, strongly angulate at R?,

not denticulate; first discal line crossing subcostal 1 or 2 mm. distally of fork,

the following one or two lines also crossing SC’, white anguliform mark SC!—SC°

contiguous with a brown spot which does not extend beyond SC’, white anguliform

spot SC°>—R! indistinet, little more proximal than the spot SC'—SC’.

Underside: distal border greyish clay-colour or drab in ¢, dark brown in .

—Forewing more (?) or less (d) brown from base to dise (costal edge excepted);

this area including the discal line, which is distinct in d, obscure in $, and is

parallel to outer margin but not angulate, crossing SC? close to base of this vein.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 25) rather broad, flat, very slightly convex

aboye, apex truncate, very faintly sinuate; sternite (Pl. XLIV. f. 26) rouaded

at end. Clasper with four large friction-scales ; harpe ending in a long, very

slender, feebly spatulate process (PI. 1L. f. 1). Penis-sheath: left process long

and free, denticulate at apex and proximal edge (PI. LV. f. 6); right process

(Pl. LY. f. 5) broad, short, broadest at end, both angles produced into a tooth

curving towards each other, between these teeth one or two more.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Java ; Sumatra.

In the Tring Museum 2 34,2 2? from: Java merid., 1500 ft. (rec. from

H. Fruhstorfer, type); Java (v. d. Capellen, ex. coll. Felder).

Not difficult to distinguish from automedon by the position of the lines of

the forewing. In Mus. Miinchen from Sumatra.

455. Panacra automedon (PI. LXVI. f. 8, ¢).

*Panacra automedon Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 154. n. 1 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 269. n° 620 (1857) (Silhet) ; id.,

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 286. n. 2 (1875) ;

Butl., Yrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 550. n. 6 (1877) (Silhet) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind.

i, p. 12. n. 65 (1887) ; Swinh., Zrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 163. a. 9 (1890) (Rangoon) ; id., Cut.

Lep. Het, Mus. Ov, i. p. 11. 0. 46 (1892) (Assam ; Silhet).

*Panacra truncata Walker, L.c. p. 160. n. 8 (1856) (Silbet, @ ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, Proc. Zool.

Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silbet) ; Boisd.. /.c, p. 288. n. 5 (1875) ; Butl., /.c. p. 550. n. 5 (1877).

Angonye automedon, Butler, [llustr, Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B, M. v. p. 6. t. 79. f. 1 (1881) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 663. n. 2 (1892).

Chaerocampa automedon, Hampson, in Blanf., Panna Brit. Ind., Mothsi. p. 90. n. 132 (1892) (Sikhim ;

Silhet ; Pegu; Rangoon).

Chaerocampa antomedon (1). Dudgeon, Journ, Bombay N. H., Soc. xi. p. 410. n. 132 (1898) (Sikhim, v.).

3%. Discal lines of forewing more longitudinal than in malayana, almost

parallel to costal margin, the first line running in the direction of the apex of

the wing, the lines closer together than in malayana, stopping behind SO’, not

curving towards costa ; white angle SC!—SC® preceded costally by an elongate

brown shade which is longer and less distinct than the respective brown spot

of malayana; the augle formed by the white mark and vein SC° is filled in with

4 blackish dot ; white angle SU’—R! more proximal than in malayana.

Underside; first discal line of forewing as above directed towards apex

( 538 )

of wing, far more longitudinal than in malayana, white submarginal spot SC’—R!

distinct.

3. Tenth segment narrower than in malayana; tergite subcarinate above,

being compressed, apex subsinuate; sternite as in doherty’. Clasper with four

large friction-scales ; harpe nearly as in malayana, but shorter, a little broader,

and more curved (PI. IL. f. 2). Penis-sheath: left process as in malayana ; right

process (Pl. LY. f. 7) also shaped as in that species, but densely dentate at end, the

teeth long, pointed, generally bearing smaller teeth.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 1 3, 4 22 from: Silhet; Borneo; Java (ex coll.

Felder)

Our Borneo ¢ has the lines of the forewing close together; they form a

conspicuous and narrow bundle.

456. Panacra dohertyi (PI. LXVI. f. 4, ?).

*Paunacra dohertyi Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 81 (1894) (Gunong Tjau, Perak ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Discal lines of forewing in the same position as in automedon, but

curving costad in front and reaching costal margin, at least the distal ones ;

the two white subapical anguliform markings distinct, the second far more proximal

than in the preceding species, its tip being 4 mm. distant from edge of wing;

posterior part of mark obscure in d, as clearly white as upper part in ?; di tal

margin of both wings denticulate.

Underside much more extended brown on forewing than in aztomedon, first

discal line heavy, extended to costal margin, crossing subcostals just outside

fork; clayish or brown distal border of both wings ill-defined, dilated between

R! and R5, reaching the external discal lines. ¢ much paler than ? above

and below.

3. Tenth tergite (PI. XLIV. f. 27) longer than in malayana and automedon,

only half the width, apex incised; sternite (Pl. XLIV. f. 28) more acuminate

than in malayana. Clasper with eight to ten friction-scales arranged in three

rows; harpe (Pl. IL. f. 3) shorter than in malayana and automedon, and

broader, more distinctly spatulate. Penis-sheath: left process (Pl LY. f. 4)

narrow, short, dentate ; right process (PJ. LV. f. 8) curved distad and laterad, more

projecting than in the other species, narrow, with a few heavy teeth at the end.

Hab. Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 2 2? from: Gunong ITjau, Perak (Doherty);

Mt. Dulit, Sarawak (Hose) ; Nias (figured).

457. Panacra tiridates.

*Panacra tiridates Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 286. n.3. . 7. £. 4 (1875) (Philippines ;—

coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 632 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat, Lip. Het.

i. p. 663. n. 3 (1892).

Chaerocampa tiridates, Semper, Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 398, n. 36. t. He £. 3.4 (l, p.) (1896) (Luzon

V. Vii. Viii.).

3. Like the preceding, the discal lines of the forewing less curved in front ; a

black costal spot outside subcostal fork, followed by a smaller costal dot ; second

white subapical mark a triangular spot, not regularly anguliform as in dohertyi——

Tenth segment, clasper and harpe essentially as in dohertyi, but penis-sheath very

different : left process (Pl. LY. f. 2) replaced by two series of teeth, there being

no free process ; right process (PI. LV. f. 1) nearly as broad as in wutomedon, with

long teeth at the apical margin.

Larva green, opaque, a ventro-lateral longitudinal patch on thoracical segments

and greater part of eleventh segment brown; a small ocellus on fourth segment

(Semper’s figure and description do not well agree with one another).

Hab. Philippine Islands.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from Manila.

In coll. Georg Semper from Luzon.

458. Panacra variolosa.

*Panacra variolosa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 156. n. 4 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus. Oxford) ;

Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 550.

n. 11 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind.i. p. 12. n. 69 (1887); Swinh., Cut, Lep, Het.

Mus. Ox, i, p. 13. n. 50. t. 1. £. 4. (1892) (type); Kirby, Cat. Lep., Het. i. p. 662. n. 6 (1892)

(=vagans).

Choerocampa ? variolosa, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 284. n. 83 (1875).

*Panacra vagans Butler, Ilustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.v. p. 4. t. 78. f. 7 (1881) (Borneo :

Bhutan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Cot. & Swinh., /.c. p. 13. n. 74 (1887).

Chaerocampa variolosa, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 89. n. 130 (1892) (Sikhim ;

Bhutan ; Borneo) ; id., lc. iv. p. 453 (1896) (=hamilton’) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc.

xi. p. 410. n. 130 (1898) (“not seen”).

*Panacra hamiltoni Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 82 (1894) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus. Tring).

Chaerocampa busiris, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 149. n. 21 (1894 (busiris=hamilloni ex err.).

3%. Forewing less sinuate than in dohertyi ; above: subbasal and antemedian

lines more distinct than in the other species; median interspace pale, this pale

shade extended towards outer margin behind R?; discal lines reaching costal

margin, here nearer apex of wing than in the allied species, the most distal of them

touching the black border of the white submarginal spot SC°—R', a pale costal spot

at the outer side of this line ; hinder angle of wing very obtuse, the outer margin

being more oblique than in the allies. Pale band of hindwing short and narrow.

Underside: exterior discal lines distinct on both wings, touching the sub-

marginal line.

3. Tenth segment as in doherty’, sternite rather-more pointed. Clasper with

more than eight friction-scales; harpe nearly as in automedon, rather more

spatulate. Right process of penis-sheath intermediate between the respective

processes of doherty aud automedon, left process broader than in dohertyi, obliquely

rounded proximally, the penis-sheath agreeing almost with that of s’nwata and allies.

Hab. Silbet to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 4 33,2 2% from: Khasia Hills ; Bulsit Besar, Malay

States, Siam (Robinson) ; Sarawak; EH. Java.

Our only Java specimen (¢) is small and pale.

459. Panacra sinuata spec nov. (PI. VI. f. 13, 2).

3. Middle of thorax and proximal abdominal tergites of the same pale colour

as in cariolosa, a blackish brown stripe underneath the tegula continued to abdomen.

——Forewing sinuate below apex, slightly scalloped like hindwing ; fringe

prominently dotted with blackish brown ; a bundle of five discal lines, first and

second fused to a band, ending at a spot at costal margin, the other three thin but

sharply marked, extended to costal margin but faint in front, and nearly quite

straight up to SC*, then curved costad like the others. Pale band of hindwing not

( 540 )

broader than the brown (double) border of the wing, often a mere line which does

not reach costad beyond R*.

Underside: basal two-thirds of forewing and greater part of hindwing drab

brown. First diseal line of forewing broad, ending at a costal patch situated partly

within subcostal fork ; a large brown submarginal patch, extended proximad along

R? to first discal line ; a conspicuous blackish brown spot near hinder angle behind

M?*. Brown border of hindwing dilated before middle and merged together with the

brown basi-discal area, costal edge, abdominal margin and a narrow submarginal

band, which stops at RS, clayish ochraceous speckled with tawny and brown; three

more or less dentate discal lines, second and third distinct, first the heaviest.

3. Tenth segment similar to that of automedon. Clasper strongly convex

dorsally beyond middle; friction-scales large, asymmetrical, obliquely rounded-

truncate, four or five in number ; harpe (PI. IL. f. 4) ending in a stout process

which is spatulate in dorsal aspect. Penis-sheath: right process nearly as in

automedon, rather narrower and less truncate ; left process also broad, much more

proximal, apex obliquely rounded, heavily dentate.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

In the Tring Museum 7 3d from: Sikhim (type); Khasia Hills, Assam,

Confounded in collections with metallica.

460. Panacra metallica.

Panacra mydon Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 155. n. 2 (1856) (partim).

*Panacra metallica Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 6. 0. 9 (1875) (North India ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 550. n. 9 (1897) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 12. n. 68

(1887) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1. p. 662. n. 2 (1892).

Chaerocampa metallica, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 89. 0. 131 (1892) (partim) ;

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 410. n. 131 (1898) (partim; Sikhim, 4000 ft., v.).

32. Like sinuata, but differs as follows : more ochraceous in tint ; side-stripe

of thorax and proximal segments of abdomen tawny: discal lines of forewing less

longitudinal, not reaching costal margin, slightly curved distad between SC? and

R?; clayish buff band of hindwing broader.

Underside less extended brown, basal area of forewing paler, with obvious

traces of brown markings ; hindwing buff for the greater part, tinged with tawny ;

submarginal buff area broader than brown marginal band, continued to costal

margin, more tawny in front, interrupted before R?.

3. Harpe (Pl. IL. f. 5) much shorter than in sénwata, resembling that of

dohertyi, but more strougly spatulate.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. North India.

In the Tring Museum 5 33,1 2 from: Sikhim, 20. iv. 1889 (O. Moller), and

July to September 1901 (from H. Fruhstorfer) ; Buxa, Bhutan.

461. Panacra perfecta.

*Punscra perfecta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 391 (1875) ( Darjiling, vi. ;—Mus, Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 637 (1877) ; id., [/lustr. Typ, Specim. Lep. Het, BM. vy. p. &

t. 78. f. 6 (1581) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 13. n. 73 (1887) (Sikhim) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lp. Het. i. p. 662. u. 1 (1892) (Darjiling),

Chacrocampa metallica, Hampson, in Blanf,, Pawna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 89. 0. 131 (1892) (partim);

Dudg., Jowrn. Bombay N. H. Soe. xi. p. 410, n, 131 (1898) (Sikbim ; partim ; 4000 ft., v.).

( 541 )

3. Similar to metallica in colour. Forewing: sinus below apex vestigial

or quite absent, discal lines a little more longitudinal than in sinwata, the first

being at hinder margin nearer the base than in séxwata, the three outer ones

not reaching SC®, first and second also obsolescent near costal margin ; a distinct

double submarginal line, parallel to outer margin. Pale band of hindwing a

little wider than in stvwata, nearly reaching costal margin, but much obscured

by brown scaling in upper half.

Underside as in metallica, but discal line of forewing more oblique, abbreviated,

a pair of more distinct submarginal lines with whitish interspace, brown sub-

marginal patch R!—R* smaller, far less produced proximad. Third discal line

of hindwing as heavy as or heavier than first (accentuated by vein-dots).

3. Tenth tergite rather broader than in sénzwata and metallica, less convex

above, apex more broadly sinuate. Harpe slenderer than in metallica, agreeing fur

better with that of automedon (PI. IL. f. 2), but being shorter.

2 and early stages not known to us.

Hab. North India: Sikhim ; Bhutan.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from: Sikhim, 1. vii. 1887 (O. Miller); Buxa,

Bhutan.

462. Panacra mydon.

*9. Panaera mydon Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 155. n. 2 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silbet) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 550.

n. 7 (1877) (Silhet ; Barrackpore) ; id., [/lustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 5. t. 78. £. 9

(1881) (Silhet) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 12. n. 66 (1887) (Sibsagar) ; Swinh., Cut.

Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 11, n. 47 (1892) (Silhet) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 662. n. 3 (1892)

(Silhet).

*4. Panacra scapularis Walker, l.c. p. 157. n. 5 (1856) (Silhet ; Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore,

Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet ; = elegantulus); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix.

p. 551, n, 12 (1877) (Java; Silhet); Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i. p, 12. n. 20 (1887) ;

Kirby, Cat Lrp. Het. i, p. 662. n. 7 (1892) (Silhet ; Java).

Choerocampa scapularis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p, 282. n, 81 (1875) (Java; Ind. bor.).

Choerocampa gasion id., le. (= scapularis).

Choerocampa jasion var. arachtus id., l.c.

Choerocampa jasion var. mydon id., L.c.

Chaerocampa mydcn, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 90. 0. 133 (1892) (Sikhim ;

Caleutta ; Silhet ; Assam ; Java ; = /rewr).

3%. The sexes rather different in colour. Mesothoracic tegula with metallic,

pale golden, apical fringe, these metallic scales few in number, but large. Middle

of thorax and first abdominal tergites broadly greyish clay-colour; a few white

battledore-shaped scales laterally at the apices of the third to sixth tergites.

Wings somewhat scalloped, fringe heavily dotted with black. Forewing

slightly sinnate below apex; first discal line not quite straight, ending in a

black costal spot situated just in front of the subcostal fork, third and fourth

lines dentate, accentuated by vein-dots, generally vestigial between veins ; a brown

triangular marginal cloud from KR! backwards, separating a pale, more or less

triangular, area from distal margin.

Underside : brown distal border of fore- and hindwing dilated before middle ;

external discal line parallel to outer margin, but curving costad in front, dentate,

accentuated by vein-dots.

dg. Tenth segment as in doherty’, tergite a little broader. Olasper with

tumerons friction-seales ; harpe slender, nearly as in automedon.

Penis-sheath :

( 542 )

right process projecting as in doherty’, but broader at end and more heavily

dentate ; left process as long as in malayana, but broader.

Larva green or brown, a pale dorso-lateral line from head to horn, bordered

brown above; a small ocellus on fourth segment; horn first straight, in later

stages short and strongly curved.—Food-plants : Caladium ; Philodendron.

Pupa clayish buff; last segments see Pl. LXIV. f. 19.

fab. Indo-Malayan Subregion, inclusive of the Philippine Islands.

Two subspecies :

a. P. mydon mydon.

*®, Panacra mydon Walker, /.c. ; Butl., Uc. t. 78. £. 9 (1881).

*@. Panacra scapularis Walker, /.c.

Choerocampa scapularis, Boisduval, .c, (partim).

*Panacra frena Swinhoe, Gat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 12. n. 48. t. 1. #5 (g) (1892) (Silhet ;—

Mus. Oxford).

Chaerocampa mydon, Hampson, l.c.; Dudg., Journ, Bombay N. 1. Soc. xi, p, 411. n, 133 (1898)

(Sikhim ; Bhutan ; up to 4000 ft., ii. v.— viii. ; descr, of larva & pupa; Arosdeue),

3%. Forewing much shaded with brown in both sexes, d not much paler

than , brown distal marginal area not sharply defined.

Underside of abdomen vinaceous hazel shaded with grey, without distinet

black dots. Right process of penis-sheath scarcely longer than broad ; harpe not

distinetly spatulate.

Hab. Continental India: Assam; Sikhim ; Bhutan; Burma; Tonkin.

In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 9 2% from: Van-bu, Tonkin ; Khasia Hills ;

Northern Shan States, x. 1900 (Bingham).

b. P. mydon elegantulus.

*Punacra scapularis Walker, 1.c. (partim) ; Moore, in Horsf, & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. BIC.

i. p. 269. n. 621. t. 9. f. 5. 5a (lL, p.) (1857) (Java) ; Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi, p. 84,

n. 13 (1862) (Sarawak) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 699. n. 10 (1867) (Bohol,

larva) ; Saell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 366.

n. 31 (1895) (Java).

* 4. Thyreus elegantulus Herrich-Sch., Ausser. Schm. f. 479 (1856) (Java ;—coll. Staudinger).

*9. Panacra regularis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 247, n. 22 (1875) (Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 551. n. 14. t. 92. f. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 663.

n. 9 (1892) (Java).

Chaerocampa mydon, Hampson, l.c. (partim); Semp., Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 397. n. 35. t. P. £. 3. 4.5

(L, p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; 1. ii, iv. vi. viii).

* 2. Panacra variegata Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i, p. 81 (1894) (Philippines ;—Mus, Tring).

*9. Panacra perakana id., l.c. (1894) (Gunong Tjau, Perak ;—Mus. Tring).

Panacra elegantulus, Piepers, Tijdschr, Ent. x1. p. 98. t. 1. £. 16.17 (horn of /.), p. 102. t. 4. £. 5. 6

(larva) (1897).

3. Sexes obviously dissimilar, ¢ being much paler than ¢ Abdomen

below creamy buff in d, with two rows of black dots, and a large black spot

on the seventh segment, in ? also paler than in the Continental form, but the

black dots not very distinct. Forewing of ¢ much paler than in mydon mydon,

the first and second discal live more prominent; distal marginal brown area

rather sharply defined in both sexes. Right process of penis-sheath longer than

in the preceding; harpe more spatulate ; tenth sternite narrower.

Hab. Malay Peninsula to Sumba and the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 14 3d, 32 2? from: Penang, xi. (Curtis); Perak;

Sarawak; Kina Balun; Kuching ; Luzon; Java; Lombok; Sambawa; Sumba.

( 543 )

CXXV. ANGONYX.—Typus : testacea.

Perigonia Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 100 (1856) (partim ; type: lusea).

Tylognathus Boisduval, Spec. én, Lép. Het. i. p. 293 (1875) (partim ; type : japi.).

Perigonia ? id., 1c. p. 329 (1875).

Angonyzx id., 1.c. p. 317 (1875) (type : emilia = testacea).

Panacra, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 246 (1875) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soe.

Lond. ix. p. 550 (1877).

Agony (1), Cotes & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 11. n. 2 (1887) (sub syn.).

Unzela, Kirby (non Walker, 1856), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 641 (1892).

¢ 2. Genal process large, but rounded, not triangular. Palpus large, projecting,

obtuse, terminal surface on a level with frons, second segment longer than first.

Bye large, not lashed. Antenna long, in ¢ longer than in ?, setiform, gradually

fining to a long and gradually curved hook ; end-segment triangular, short. Spines

of abdomen elongate. Spurs unequal, long terminal one at least half the length of

the first tarsal segment, first segment of hindtarsus longer than that of midtarsus,

and considerably shorter than tibia, both mid- and hindtarsus with comb. Apex of

forewing obtusely pointed, distal margin convex before middle, sinuate in front ;

apex of hindwing rounded, D? transverse, D* straight and very oblique, lower angle

of cell acute.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa strongly developed. Tenth abdominal segment

yery long, narrow, simple, tergite compressed, especially at end, pointed, apex

rather abruptly curved downwards ; sternite with nearly parallel sides, rather flat,

evenly and slightly convex below, apex narrowed, sinuate, with the short angles

curved upwards, so that the sternite appears hooked in lateral aspect. Clasper

large, concave dorsally, convex ventrally, broadly sole-shaped ; an erect crest of

moderately large friction-scales, lanceolate, not truncate, about 14 in number,

arranged in a single row, situated at the ventral side of an ellipsoid patch of small,

glossy, dentate scales ; inner surface of clasper densely clothed with long hairs ;

process of harpe small, either triangular (PI. IL. f. 13. 14), or slender and more

or less spatulate or lanceolate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 8) with a right free

process curving ventrad, often round the sheath, and a shorter left process which is

not separate from the sheath, both processes dentate, their ends often close together,

%. Vaginal plate triangular, regular in shape, feebly chitinised, apex rounded,

edges incrassate, orifice at the end of a stronger chitinised half-cylinder.

Larva afd pupa not known.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Three species.

Key to the species :

a. Dise of hindwing yellow ‘ ; : . 465. A. meehi.

Dise of hindwing not yellow . : : b.

b. White discal band of forewing aon A mm.

broad at R*, or hindwing with orange

rufous band. : ; ; ‘ . 463, A. testacea.

White discal band of forewing gradually

shading off distally, except at costal

margin, hindwing without distinct band . 464. A. bodsduvali.

( 544 )

463. Angonyx testacea.

*Perigonia testacea Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 102. n, 3 (1856) (hab. ? ;—Mus. Brit.) ; d.,

le, xxxi, p. 29 (1864) (Ceylon).

3%. Individually variable. Metanotum often russet. Forewing: grey or

white discal band mostly narrow: most specimens with black submarginal spots

between R* and M’, often extended to margin, Hindwing sometimes entirely

blackish umber-brown, with a grey spot before anal angle, sometimes with a clearly

marked orange-rufous band, which is purest in colour in individuals from the

Solomon Islands. Underside russet brown, or yellow, shaded with pale green in

fresh specimens. Penis-sheath see Pl. LV. f. 8.

Hab. Ceylon and North India eastwards to the Solomon Islands.

Two subspecies, which differ apparently only in the genital armature of the ¢é.

a. A. testacea testacea.

*Perigonia testacea Walker, I.c. (1856).

*Tylognathus emus Boisduval, lc, p. 294, n. 2 (1875) (Sylhet? Amer, mér.? ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

Perigonia ? testacea, id,, l.c. 1. p. 329. n. 15 (1875).

*Angouys emilia id., le. i, p. 318. t. 8. f. 1 (g@) (1875) (Ternate ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ;

Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 109. n. 211 (1888) (Amboina) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent, Zeit.

xl. p. 366. n. 33 (1895) (Java).

*Panacra ella Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 246. n. 21. (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus, Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 550, n, 3. t. 92. £. 7 (2) (1877) (Silbet) ; Kirby, Zvans, Ent, Soe.

Lond, p. 235 (1877) (Silhet, 3).

Ponacra testacca, id., Lee ix: p- 550. n. 2 (1877) (Ceylon) ; Kirby, Le. (1877) (Andamans) ; Cot. &

Swinh., Cat. Woths Ind. i. p. 11. n. 63 (1887) (Silhet ; Ceylon) ; Hamps., J//ustr. Typ. Specim.

Lep. Het. B. M. viii. p. 1. 0, 16 (1891) (Nilgiris, 6000 ft.); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow. i.

p. 13. n. 52 (1892) (Nilgiris).

Angonyx testacea, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 26. t, 89. f. 1 (g¢) (1882) (=emilia=ella) ; Hamps., in

Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 101. n. 160. £58 (g¢) (1892) (Silbet ; Nilgiris ; Ceylon);

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 663. p. 4 (1892) (E. Ind.).

Unzela emus, Kirby, lc. p. 641, n. 2 (1892) (Silhet ?).

Harpe (Pl. IL. f. 13) ending in a conical process which bears one tooth

ou the underside and is finely granulose beneath proximally.

Hab. Ceylon and North India to the Moluccas.

In the Tring Musenm 5 6d, 5 2? from; Khasia Hills ; Java merid., 1500 ft.

(Fruhsterfer) ; Amboina, ii. vill. (Doherty).

b, A. testacea papuana subsp. nov.

Panacra testacea, Miskin, Proc. Roy, Soc, Queensld. viii. p. 9. n. 13 (1891) (partim ; Cairns),

Angonyx testacea, Pagenstecher, in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29, p. 16. n. 15 (1900) (Kinigunang).

Harpe (PI. IL. f. 14) ending in a very slender process, which is often somewhat

lanceolate or spatulate, and has the hinder edge (ventral in figure) serrate.

The ¢ from New Pommern has a non-dentate harpe. We have no d from the

Solomon Islands ; all our 2 2 from there have a conspicuous orange-rufous band on

the hindwing.

Hab. (Queensland, Tenimber Islands ; eastward to the Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 8 ¢d,7 22 from: Queensland ; Selarn, Tenimber Is.,

iii. iv. (Micholitz) ; Ron L, Geelvink Bay, vii. (Doherty); Milne Bay, Brit. N.

Guinea, ii. (Meek); Kinigunang, N. Pommern (Ribbe); Florida, i., and Guadaleanar,

y., Solomon Is. (Meek).

Type: 3, Cedar Bay, Queensland.

( 545 )

464. Angonyx boisduvali (PI. Il. f 11, 3).

*Angonyx boisduvali Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i. p. 82 (1894) (2, Guadalcanar ;—Mus. Tring) ; id.,

le. iii. t. 14 f. 14 (2) (1895).

3%. Larger than festacea, more uniform in colour, greenish grey, greyish

white discal area of forewing gradually fading away distally between R* and hinder

margin, no black submarginal spots R°—M? ; hindwing much paler, greenish grey

from base to discal line, outside this more or less cinnamon. Underside of wings

pale greenish grey.

36. Harpe nearly as in A. testacea papuana, rather more regularly lanceolate,

and tenth tergite less abruptly bent downwards.

Hab. Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd,2 2% from: Guadaleanar ; Florida, i.; Isabel,

yi. vii. ; Kulambangra, ii. (Meek and Eichhorn) ; Shortlands (Ribbe).

465, Angonyx meeki spec. nov. (PI. Il. f. 6, 3).

3. In size and shape like testacea, but hindwing yellow, with a brown distal

border, which is sinuate in middle, and an ill-defined basi-discal brown patch

between cell and abdominal margin. Underside of wings yellow from base to disc,

forewing with a blackish brown spot upon cross-veins, longitudinal, no brown cloudy

patch on disc behind cell. Harpe as slender as in the preceding, but distinctly

spatulate ; tenth tergite as in festacea, sternite less sinuate.

Hab. Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 15 ¢¢ from: Guadalcanar, April, type; Florida L,

January ; Kulambangra, February ; collected by Messrs. A. S. Meek and Hichhorn ;

Bougainville (Ribbe) ; Guadaleanar (Woodtord)

CXXVI. ENPINANGA gen. nov.—Type: vigens.

Panacra Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 154 (1856) (partim ; type: wutomedon).

Angonyx, Butler (non Boisduval, 1875), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 261 (1879).

Chaerocampa, Hampson (non Duponchel, 1835), in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i. p. 90 (1892).

3%. Differs from Angonys in the following characters. Palpus and eye

smaller ; antenna much shorter in both sexcs than the cell of the forewing ; first

segment of foretarsus much shorter than foretibia ; spurs short, longer terminal one

of hindtibia about one-third the length of the first tarsal segment, this not shorter

than the first midtarsal segment ; comb of the latter less distinct than in Angonyx.

dg. Tenth segment much shorter than in Angonyw ; tergite slender, slightly

cnrved, not compressed; sternite broader than tergite, much shorter, truncate-

sinuate. Clasper short, rounded sole-shaped, dorsal margin rounded dilated, concave

at base; seven to nine large truncate friction-scales, arranged in three rows, situated

in a depression. Penis-sheath with one dentate process projecting distad.

Warly stages not known.

Hab. Iudo-Malayan Subregion.

_ Four species :

Forewing with two black contiguous patches

behind costal margin, the external one

being the costal portion of a discal band

which is vestigial between R? and M'. . 466, Le. vigens.

( 546 )

As before, no pale patch R*—M! on underside of

forewing. : . 467. 1. assamensis.

No distinct band Beiwean extemal qratoh and

hinder margin . ‘ : . 468. 2. borneensis.

A broad but not sharply denned ditzeal band

from costal to inner margin 5 2 . 469. 2. labuana.

466. Enpinanga vigens (Pl. LXVI. f. 6, 3).

*Angonye vigens Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 262 (1879) (Philippines ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 664. n. 7 (1892).

Angonix (1) virens, Semper, Schin. Philipp. ii. p. 403. n. 50 (1896) (‘not rec.’’).

3. Butler meant to name this species .wivens, as the label of the type proves.

Distal margin of forewing crenulate beyond R*; external costal patch

narrower than in dorneensis, continued backwards by a line which is first faint but

becomes prominent beyond M!. Hindwing more distinctly dentate than in

borneensis.

Underside : less uniform in colour and distal marginal band more prominent

than in the following, disc of forewing broadly clay-colour at this band.

dé. Tenth tergite slightly spatulate, feebly curved; sternite shallowly sinuate

at end. Harpe produced into a slender, acute, curved process (PI. IL. f. 15).

Penis-sheath armed with a spatulate dentate process which projects far beyond the

mouth of the sheath (Pl. LY. f. 9).

Hab. Philippines ; Borneo ; Penang ; probably more widely distributed in the

Indo-Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 2 66 from: Kina Balu, N. Borneo (Waterstradt) ;

Penang (C. Curtis).

467. Enpinang'a assamensis.

*Panacra assamensis Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii. p. 160. n. 9. (1856) (Silbet ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 287.

n, 4 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 550, n. 4 (1877); Cot. & Swinh,, Cat. Moths

Ind. i. p. 11. n. 64 (1887),

Angonyx assamensis, Kirby, /.c. p. 664. n. 5 (1892) (Silbet).

Chaerocampa assamensis, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 90. n. 134 (1892)

(partim ; Silhet ; Lorneensis is a race of ass. ).

3. Only one bad specimen known.—Forewing somewhat dentate, as in

vigens ; a line behind the external costal spot; no clayish patch R*—M!' on

underside of forewing. Penis-sheath as in the following. Harpe more like that of

the preceding. Perhaps only a form of the preceding.

Hab. Silhet.

468. Enpinanga borneensis.

*Angonyx borneensis Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 261 (1879) (Borneo ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 664. n. 6 (1892).

3 2. No pale postdiscal patches ou underside of forewing.

3. Tenth tergite stronger curved at end than in the previous species ; sternite

less obviously sinuate. Harpe short, variable individually, generally obliquely

truncate (Pl. IL. f. 16). Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 10) short.

Hab. Malacca; Borneo; probably all over the Indo-Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 14 od from: Sandakan, N. Borneo, ii. iii, v. vil

(D. Cator) ; Gunong Ijau, Perak, 2000—3000 ft., iii. °98 (Butler).

( 547 )

469. Enpinanga labuana.

*Daphnis labuana Rothschild, /ris vii. p. 299. t. 5. f. 3 (9 ) 1894) (Labuan ;—coll. Staudinger).

?. The similarity with dorneensis and vigens is, apart from structure, especially

evident on the underside, where the abdomen has the red and creamy lateral

dots of borneensis, and the forewing a similar brown border and a costal patch

of short discal andulate lines.

Hab. Borneo.

Three $2 known to us, one from Labuan in coll. Staudinger (type), another

from “ Borneo” in the K. K. Hofmuseum in Vienna, a third in the Tring Museum

from North Borneo (D. Cator).

CXXVII. RETHERA gen. nov.—Typus : homarov?.

Deilephila, Christoph (non Laspeyres, 1809), in Rom., Mém. Lép. ii. p. 169 (1885).

Choerocampa, Swinhoe (non Duponchel, 1835), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 346 (1885).

Theretra, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660 (1892).

3. Genal process large, triangular; a tuft of scales beneath it (scales of

labial palpus). Palpus obtuse, rounded in dorsal and in lateral aspect. Head

with indication of crest. Eye lashed, but not heavily. Antenna incrassate

before hook; this rather abrupt, not compressed, with the seriated ciliae (¢)

yestigial ; end-segment three times the length of the previous, but not produced

into a filiform process. Spur of foretibia reaching beyond tip of tibia; mid- and

hindtibial spurs unequal, longer ones less than half the length of the respective

first tarsal segments; these without comb; first hindtarsal segment longer than

first midtibial one, and about as long as the hindtibia; no pulvillus, xo

paronychinm. Wings entire; SC? and R! of hindwing on a stalk.

3d. Tenth segment elongate, simple; tergite and sternite horizontal, little

eurved, both obtuse. Clasper elongate sole-shaped; a patch of rather small,

truncate, friction-scales; harpe ending in an obtuse process with parallel sides

and concave upper surface (PI. IL. f. 12). Penis-sheath with an oblique series of

teeth (PI. LV. f. 11).

2. Not known to us.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Western Asia.

One species.

470. Rethera komarovi.

Deilephila komarovi Christoph, in Rom., Mém. Lép. ii. p. 169, t. 15. £. 2. a. b (9) (1885) (Askhabad ;

near Cizara) ; id., l.c. iii. p. 54 (1887) (= stipularis) ; id., Le. v. p. 11. n. 37 (1889) (Germol);

id., Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 130 (1900) (Borshom, v.—vii.).

*Choerocampa stipularis Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p, 346. n. 6. t. 9. £. 1 (1885) (Choman,

May ;—Muzs. Brit.).

Chaevocampa stipularis, Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 16. n. 87 (1887).

Vheretva komarovi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 660. n. 115 (1892).

Chaerocampa komarovi, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 103. n. 760 (1901) (Pont.; Taur. ;

Arm.; Tura; Afghanist.).

6. Individually somewhat variable. In the pattern of the body and wings

close to Cizara.

Hab. Afghanistan westwards to Amasia, northwards to Transcaucasia.

In the Tring Museum 2 6 from: Askhabad; Amasia.

( 548 )

CXXVILIL. CIZARA.—Typus: ardeniae.

Sphine, Lewin (von Linné, 1758), Prodr. Ent. p. 3 (1805).

Deilephila, Boisduval (non Laspeyres, 1809), Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 183 (1832).

Cizara Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 120 (1856) (type: ardeniae).

Zonilia, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i, p. 148 (1875).

Microlophia Felder (non Newman, 1842), Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75 (1874 (nom. indeser.); Boisd., Lc,

p. 329 (1875) (type : sculpta).

Abrisa Kirby, Cat. Lep. Tet. i. p. 641 (1892) (type: sculpta).

«lngonyx, Hampson (von Boisduval, 1875), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Tud., Moths i. p. 102 (1892).

3%. Closely ~allied to Lnpinanga, but eye heavily lashed, genal process

triangular, first segment of hindtarsus as long as segments 2 to 5 together, clasper

without friction-scales.

Larva (of ardeniae) tapering in front, minutely dotted with white all over; head,

pronotum and the large horn granulose ; a pale dorso-lateral line from head to

horn, bordered with brown ; five anterior segments and part of sixth black or brown

ventrally and laterally up to that line, a broad oblique band on ninth segment and

the side of the tenth and eleventh the same colour, four pale oblique side-lines on

segments 6 to 10, beginning at the dorso-lateral line and running downwards and

backwards to the next segment.—Food-plant : Girevillea.

Pupa known to us only from Lewin’s figure.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Two species, both with a green forewing which is traversed by a sharply

marked white band and bears within this a large semitransparent stigma.

Basal area of hindwing yellow. : : . 472. C. sculpta.

Basal area of hindwing not yellow. : 5 . 471. C. ardeniae.

471. Cizara ardeniae.

Sphinz ardeniae Lewin, lc. p, 3. t. 2. £. 1. a—d (1, p., ¢.) (1805) ; Thon, Ent. Arch. i. p, 5 (1829),

Deilephila ardenia-(!), Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 183. n. 1 (1832).

Cizara ardeniae Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 120. n. 1 (1856) (Austral.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 552 (1877) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 648. n. 1 (1892); Swinh., Cat. Lep.

Het. Mus. Ow. i. p. 14. n. 56 (1892) (Moreton Bay). j

Zonilia ardenia (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 148. n. 17 (1875) (Sydney).

Cizara ardenia (!), Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii, p. 10. n. 14 (1891) (Sydney ; Brisbane).

3%. Antenna long and slender in both sexes. Abdominal spines strong.

D* of hindwing barely twice the length of D‘. There is little variation in the

colour of this species.

d. Tenth tergite compressed, gently curved, pointed, not distinctly hooked ;

sternite broader, not much narrowed to end, apex rounded, but appearing sinuate

in distal aspect owing to the lateral edges being turned upwards and somewhat

dilated just before apex. Clasper elongate sole-shaped, dorsal margin concave;

harpe as in Rethera homarovi It slenderer, very much slenderer than in seulpta.

Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 12) produced into a prominent pointed apical process

of rather variable width, curved towards the right side and bearing a tooth at the

proximal edge.

¢. Vaginal plate shaped as in Detlephila ; orifice large, surrounded in front

and at the sides by a ridge which is broadly sinuate mesially (Pl. XLI. f. 18).

Larva see above.

( 549 )

Hab. Australia: Queensland and New South Wales.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 6 2% and 2 larvae from Queensland : Mackay, xi.

(furner) ; Toowoomba, i. (Dodd).

472. Cizara sculpta.

*Microlophia sculpta Felder, Reise Novara, Lep, t. 75. £. 9 (8) (1874) (Siam ;—Mus. Tring); Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 330 (1875) (Siam) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p- 552 (1877)

(S. India); Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i.p. 13. n. 76 (1887) (type in coll. F. Moore ex err, !),

_ Abrisa sculpta, Kirby, Cat Lep. Het. i. p. 641. n. 1 (1892).

Angonyx sculpta, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 102. n. 161 (1892) (Siam ;

8. India).

3. First segment of palpus rather more obviously incrassate at end than in

ardeniae, subangulate. Antenna much shorter and also slenderer. D®* of hind-

wing very oblique, three times as long as D‘, lower angle of cell more acuminate

than in the previous species.

3. Tenth tergite not compressed, rather slightly convex above, hollow beneath,

‘narrowed in middle, being slightly dilated from middle to apex, which is feebly

sinuate ; sternite short, triangular, acuminate. Clasper of almost even width from

before middle to apex, ventral margin slightly convex, apex rounded; harpe rather

large (Pl. IL. f. 11), of about the same shape as in ardeniae, but much broader,

the process situated below the ventral edge of the clasper. Penis-sheath (P]. LY.

f, 13) ending in a prominent forked process, which projects distad.

2. Not known.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Siam and South India; probably of wider distribution in the Indo-

Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) from Siam (coll. Felder).

CXXIX. MAASSENIA.—Typnus : heydeni.

Zonilia, Saalmiiller (non Walker, 1856), Ber. Senk. Nat. Ges. p. 89 (1878).

Sphing, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent, France p. 295 (1879).

Maassenia Saalmiiller, Lep. Madag. p. 126 (1884).

3%. Differs from Nephele essentially in the slenderer antenna, the end-segment

of which is not produced into a filiform process, being elongate-triangular, com-

pressed; the non-spinose spurs; and in the somewhat undulated distal margin

of the forewing.

d. Tenth tergite as in Nephele, pointed ; sternite not much shorter than

tergite, minutely sinuate, resembling the sternite of Acosmeryx Clasper with a

patch of large friction-scales, arranged in several ill-defined rows ; harpe of the

type found in Acosmeryx, being dilated at end and armed with spine-like teeth

(Pl. IL. f. 21). Penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 34) with an indication of an apical

process ; penis-fonnel with broad, truncate, apically dilated, ventral lobe, which is

clothed at end with very short hairs.

Early stages not knoww.

Hab. Madagascar.

One species.

This genus combines characters of Nephele and Acosmeryx.

( 550 )

473. Maassenia heydeni.

Zonilia heydeni Saalmiiller, Ber. Senk. Nat. Ges. p. 89 (1878).

Sphins heydeni, Mabille, Ann, Soc. Ent. France p. 295 (1879) (Madag.).

Maassenia heydeni Saalmiiller, Lep, Madag. p. 126, n, 299. t. 3. £. 38 (1884) (Nossi-bé) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 681. n. 1 (1892).

32. Besides the angnliform silvery mark on the forewing, there is sometimes

a silvery dot upon D* in front of the base of M!.

Fab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 1 2 from: Madagascar.

XXX. NEPHELE.—Typus : didyma.

Sphinx, Fabricius (non Linné, 1758), Syst. nt. p. 543 (1775) (partim).

Nephele Hiibner, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 133 (1822) (type: morpheus = didyma).

Deilephila, Boisduyal (non Laspeyres, 1809), Faune Madag. Bourbon p. 71 (1833) (partim),

Zonilia Walker, List Ins. B. M, viii. p. 192 (1856) (partim ; type: funebris=viridescens).

3%. Patch of fine hairs at each side of base of tongue conspicuous. Genal

process acuminate, longer than pilifer. Palpus prominent, second segment widened

from base to apex, rounded-truncate at end; inner surface of first segment carinate

ventrally. Eye large. Antenna slightly clubbed in ?, not incrassate distally in

3, end-segment long, rough-scaled. Spines of abdominal tergites and sternites

numerous, in several rows, all elongate, flattened, strong ; ¢ with three-cornered

anal tuft, 9 with a simple truncate one, which consists, as in d, of stiff (mostly

reddish) brittle scales. Forecoxal scent-organ of ¢ feebly developed; legs slender,

hindtibia with dorsal and ventral scaling prolonged, the tibia appearing compressed:

first protarsal segment with external row of spines doubled or trebled; comb of

mid- and hindtarsus strongly developed, the spines of hindtarsal comb long; spurs

very unequal, the short spur of midtibia and the short terminal one of hindtibia

with a comb of stout spines, which extends on the midtibial spur from the base to

the naked apical point, while it is more reduced on the hindtibial spur (Pl. LXIY.

f. 8); fifth tarsal segment shorter than fourth ; hinder edge of merum of

midcoxa carinate, subangulate. Distal margin of forewing entire ; D? of hindwing

curved or angulate. |

3. Sexual armature nearly the same in all the species; no appreciable

difference in these organs between allied species. Tenth tergite very slender,

simple, curved downwards, long; sternite short, horizontal, with almost parallel

sides and rounded apex, not strongly chitinised (PI. XLIV. f. 29. 30). Clasper

sole-shaped ; large friction-scales arranged in one or two rows (Pl. LVILL. f. 38);

harpe (PI. IL. f. 36) ending in a sharply pointed, more or less evenly curved

hook. Penis-sheath (PI. LY. f. 35) armed at end with two dentate processes,

the proximal one long, curving round the mouth of the sheath (as in several

Macroglossum), the other short and obtuse ; the armature reminding strongly of

that found in Macroglossum.

2. Eighth tergite truncate-sinuate. Vaginal plate small, weakly chitinised,

excepting postero-lateral edges which are somewhat incrassate ; orifice free, a little

projecting. Seyenth sternite broader than long, apical margin short, with strongly

rounded angles,

( 551 )

Larva green or reddish brown. We have four stages of the larva of

N. accentifera from Mr. Leigh, Durban.

First stage (one specimen): green, a reddish shade from horn to thorax ;

fading away in front; horn black, paler towards end. Head large ; thoracic

segment not smaller than following ; five bristles: two dorso-lateral, one above

stigma, two ventro-lateral ; horn about half the length of the body, curved

upwards, densely hairy, sinuate at tip, each angle with a stout bristle.

Second stage (one specimen): head large, thoracic segments somewhat smaller

than the following ones ; horn reduced in length, densely tuberculated, reddish,

tip pale, sinuate ; upperside greenish, rest of body reddish ; head pale frontally,

with a pale lateral line; a pale line from horn to eighth segment, widening

behind ; densely covered with pale dots.

Third stage (one specimen): pale-dotted, reddish; pro- and mesothorax

small, metathorax enlarged; a dark dorso-mesial line ; pale line from horn

frontad bordered by deeper red above and below, triangularly widening behind,

a pale oblique side-stripe over segments 4 and 5; horn curving upwards, obtusely

pointed, granulose.

Fourth stage (two specimens, one green, one brown): strongly tapering from

fourth segment frontad ; pale-dotted ; markings as before ; horn stout, 6 mm. long,

depressed, somewhat u-shaped, of even width, suddenly narrowed at end to a short

point (which is dorsal), tubercles numerous but small.

The larvae of the Oriental species are very close to that here described.—

Food-plant : Carissa (in India).

Papa long, pale brown ; spiracles, an interrupted mesial line above and below,

eremaster and a series of ventro-lateral abdominal spots brown; glossy ; tongue-

case projecting forward, compressed, the frontal part (from eye onwards) about

twice as long as the head vertically high, no ventral carina ; labrum flat ; clypeus

convex; abdomen densely rngate-punctate above, more dispersedly punctured

beneath ; praespiracular area of fourth and fifth somites rough with short carinae,

corresponding to the raised anterior edges of the umbilicate punctures of the

following segments; cremaster short, broadly triangular, rugate, ending in two

strong points which curve upwards.

Hab, Aethiopian and Oriental Region.

Fifteen species, two Oriental, the others Aethiopian.

Most of the species resemble each other closely in pattern. The antemedian

and discal lines of the forewing are disposed as in most Macroglossum. Nearly all

the species occur in two forms, one with, one without white spot or spots on the

forewing. Owing to the variation in these spots, the absence, in some species,

of yery striking distinguishing characters in pattern, and the great similarity,

or practically identity, in the sexual armature, the determination of the species

presents great difficulties.

The forms with the white spots developed are the easiest to discriminate, and

we advise the reader who is trying to name some obscure species of Nephele to

begin with spotted individuals, and then compare the not spotted ones with

them,

The variously formed stigma of the forewing is derived from four white dots ;

the development of these in scme species is illustrated on Pl. LXV. Dot 1 is

situated in the cell upon the fold corresponding to R*, dot 2 at upper angle of cell

upon D*, dot 3 at lower angle of cell upon D*, and dot 4 at R® outside cell ; in the

( 552 )

allied genus Maassenia there is often a small dot present behind R*. The four dots

are all marked in V. densoi (P]. LXV. f. 4).

The distal marginal area of the forewing is generally limited by a curved line

running from apex to hinder angle ;

5 5

this line, which we call postdisco-submarginal,

is composed of a submarginal line and a postdiscal one joining each other; the free

costal portion of the postdiscal line is often vestigial.

Key to the species :

a. Forewing, above, with a white submarginal

line forming a right angle with an

oblique white line crossing wing from

middle of costal margin to hinder angle.

Forewing with a black band from middle

of costal margin to hinder angle ;

abdomen without black side-patches

Abdomen with black side-patches :

Forewing with a white curved discal and

a white antemedian band, converging

posteriorly ; stigma large, triangular

Forewing with a straight discal band which

is at right angles to hinder margin

Forewing without that band

. The band edged with white proximally,

4 mm. from lower angle of cell

The band edged with white proximally,

at least 6 mm. from lower angle of cell .

The band not edged with white proximally ;

stigma consisting of several dots

A large triangular brown discal area on

forewing, inner edge oblique, outer edge

sharply marked, quite straight from R? to

hinder margin of wing, stigma V-shaped

A blackish band across wing from middle

of costa to distal margin before angle,

space between this band and distal

margin blackish, excepting patches in

costal area, contrasting sharply with

middle area of wing ; no stigma 5

Forewing not so; with or without stigma .

. Postdisco-submarginal line straight from

R? backwards, sharply marked

Postdisco-submarginal line obviously den-

tate; irregular, often very feebly marked

Forewing with sharply defined clayish patch

in middle of hinder margin

Comb of short terminal spur of handle

vestigial ; Oriental species =

Comb of short terminal spur of indivi

well developed ; African species

483.

476.

480.

477,

AVE

. rectangulata.

. aequivalens.

. argentifera.

/. rosae. ©

oenopion.

y. densoi.

van.

. bipartita,

é.

discifera.

comma,

( 553 )

g. Hindwing bright ferruginous —. 475. N. subraria.

Hindwing ahs russet, or raw umber eae 474. N. didyma.

hk. Antemedian pair of lines of forewing,

above, and first and second discal line

conspicuous, more or less filled in with

black, interspace between second and

feeble third discal line grey in front

and behind, postdisco-submarginal line

suddenly projecting basad between R?

and R*® to near third discal line; no

blackish shadowy band from costal mar-

gin to hinder angle : : . 482. NV. accentifera.

Forewing with feeble blackish paade from

costal margin to hinder angle, or very

uniform in colour . 2 : 5 5,

7. Palpus below scaled white and wae ws

brown), contrasting with the breast . 478. V. funebris.

Palpus below of nearly the same dark

colour as. breast and abdomen : . 481. NV. peneus.

“3 to the forms with stigma of V. peneus, comma, accentifera, funebris :

7. One comma-shaped spot, upon cross-

veins, widest behind . i . ATT. N. comma.

One ovate spot upon cross-veins . 478. N. funebris maculosa.

Two or three spots, often confluent. : c b.

b. A triangular spot along R* pointing

distad, another above it. . 478. N. funebris funebris.

Three spots placed in a half-ring,

second and third often confluent,

third at R* : ‘ 481. 1

Three spots, 1 in cell, 2 and 3 ace

cross-veins, one above the other. 482. N. accentifera.

r, pencus.

474. Nephele didyma.

*Sphinx didyma Fabricius, Syst. Ent, p. 543. n. 23 (1875) (Ind. or. ;—Maus. Brit.).

Nephele didyma, Wiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 133. n. 1433 (1822) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i.

p. 680. n. 16 (1892) (India ; “ Austral.” alia spec.). :

Zonilia morpheus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p, 84. t. 149. f. D (1777) (Coromandel) ; Walk., List Lep.

Ins, B. M. viii. p. 194. n. 5 (1856) (Nepaul ; Landoor ; N. India ; Canara ; Ceylon ; ‘ Aus-

tralia” alia spec.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus, B. I. C.i, p. 269, n, 619

(1857) (Dukhum ; N. India; Canara; Ceylon); id., Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p, 793 (1865)

(Bengal = obliterans) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het.i. p. 139. n. 1 (1875) (larva ; “Madagascar”

alia speec.).

Nephele hespera, Butler, Trans, Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 624. n, 14, t. 91. f. 20. 21 (1. p.) (1877)

(“ Australia” error loci); Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 2. t. 72. f.1. 1a. b (/, /) (1882) ; Swinh.,

Proe, Zool. Soc, Lond, p. 287. n. 4 (1885) (Poona, vii, ix.—xi. ; Sattera, vi, xi. ; Bombay, x.—

xii.) ; Swinh., /.c. p. 435. n, 17 (1886) (Mhow, iv.—vi.) ; Cotes & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i,

p. 34. n, 185 (1887) ; Swinh., Journ, Bombay N. I, Soc, iii, p. 119, n, 15 (1888) (Kurachi, viii. ;

= chiron = didyma = morpheus = obliterans) ; Warr., Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond, p, 293, 0, 1 (1888)

(Campbellpore, vi.) ; Swinh., V'rans, Ent, Soc, Lond. p. 165, n, 24 (1890) (Mandalay) ; Hamps.,

Mustr, Typ, Specim, Lep. Het. B. M, viii. p. 2. n. 33 (1891) ; Swinh,, Cat, Lep, Het. Mus. Ov. i,

( 554 )

p. 34. n. 136 (1892) (Canara ; Bengal ; Ceylon) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths

i, p. 108. n, 172 (1892) (India ; Ceylon) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc, xi. p. 416, n. 172

(1898) (Sikbim, 1800 ft., iii, iv.).

Nephila (!) hespera, Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 379, n, 96 (1886) (Campbellpore, xi.).

3. The two Indo-Australian species (which may eventually prove to be

geographical forms of one species only) differ from nearly all the others in the short

terminal spur of the hindtibia being provided with few and rather thin spines

only, which stand in the distal half of the spur; comb of hindtarsus also less

developed than in the African species of Nephele-——Hindwing raw umber colour,

with a tint of russet, or more russet ; outer marginal area darker in tint.

There are two forms :—

a. N. didyma £. didyma.

Sphine didyma Fabricius, l.c.; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 207. n, 14 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec, Ins. ii,

p. 148. n. 41 (1781) (syn. exel.) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 96. n, 45 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5.

p. 2381. n. 79 (1790) (syn, excel.) ; Fabr. vt, Syst. iii. 1 p. 371. n, 48 (1793) (syn. excl.)

Sphinz morpheus Cramer, /.c. ; Goeze, l.c. p, 224. n, 75 (1780).

Nephele morpheus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 133. n. 1432 (1822).

Sphinx quaterna Charpentier, in Esp,, Ausliind. Schm., Zus, t. 1. £. 2 (1830).

Nephila (!) hespera var. morpheus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 379.n. 96 (1886) (Campbell-

pore, xi.).

3%. Forewing with two silvery spots, separated by D*, the second the larger,

somewhat elongate and curved, the first rounded ; there is, besides, often a small

dot in upper angle of cell.

U’. N. didyma f. hespera.

Sphing hespera Fabricius, Syst, Ent. p. 546, n, 33 (1875) (Ind. or.) ; Goeze, /.c. p. 208. n, 18 (1780) ;

Fabr., Spec. Jus, ti. p. 152, n, 54 (1781) ; id., Want. Ins. ii, p. 91. n. 59 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat,

i. 5, p. 2384. n. 87 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p, 372. n, 49 (1793); Auriv., Ent. Tidskr.

Xvili, p. 152 n. 82 (1897).

Sphinx chiron Cramer, Pap, Exot, ii, p. 62. t. 137. £. B (1777) (Coromandel) ; Goeze, /.c, p. 222. n. 67

(1780).

Nephele chiron, Hiibner, /.c., p. 133. n. 1434 (1822),

Zonilia chiron, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 196. n. 8 (1856) ; Boisd., /.c. p. 145. n. 11 (1875).

Zonilia peneus, Walker, /.c. viii. p, 193. n, 2 (1856) (sub syn.).

Perigonia obliterans Walker, /.c. xxxi. p. 28 (1864) (N. Hindostan).

Nephele chyron (!), Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv, p. 60 (1888).

3. Forewing without silvery spots, or only with a minute dot.

Hab. Ceylon to North West India, eastwards to Java.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. didyma 13 38, 11 22 from: Ceylon; Canara; Peermand; Nilgiris ;

Sabathu; Radakheit ; Jaya.

f. hespera 11 33,6 22 from: Ceylon; Nilgiris; Dalhousie; Sikhim;

Bombay ; Burma; Penang; Java.

No representative of Nep/ele has as yet been found in Borneo, the Philippines,

Celebes, the Moluccas, the lesser Sunda Islands, New Guinea and neighbouring

groups of islands. In this area occurs perhaps a form connecting didyma with

subvaria.

475. Nephele subvaria.

*Zonilia subvaria Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p, 196. n. 9 (1856) (Australia ;—Brit. Mas.) ;

Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld, viii, p. 26. n, 45 (1891) (Swan R.; Brisbane ; Rockhampton),

( 555 )

3%. Differs from ddyma in the upperside of the hindwing and the basal

half or two-thirds of the underside of the forewing (excepting costal area) being

ferruginous.

Larva (adult): pale side-band conspicuous, reaching from apex of fourth

segment to middle of sixth.

There are two forms, as in didyma :

aw. N. subvaria f. subvaria.

*Zonilia subvaria Walker, l.c.; Boisd., Spec. Grén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 148. u. 6 (1875) (Swan R.).

Zonilia antipoda Walker, /.c, xxxi, p. 34 (1864) ; Boisd., /.c. p. 143. sub n. 6 (1875).

Nephele subvaria, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 624, n, 15 (1877) ; Swinh., Cat, Lep. Het,

Mus, Ox. i. p. 35, n. 1387 (1892) (Cape York) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 680. n. 19. (1892)

(Austral.).

Nephele hespera, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 108. n. 172 (1891) (partim).

3%. With silvery spot on forewing (Pl. LXY.f. 15). The spot within cell

and that outside D* are generally completely fused to a long curved comma-shaped

mark, which is preceded by a white dot ; in one of our specimens this dot also joins

the comma.

b’. N. subvaria f. metapyrrha.

*Zonilia metapyrrha Walker, 1.c, viii. p. 196. n. 10 (1856) (Moreton Bay ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd.,

Le, p. 143. n. 7 (1875).

*Deilephila dalii Newman, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (2). iv. p. 54 (1857) (Mus. Brit.).

Nephele metapyrrha, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 625. n. 16 (1877); Swinh., /.c. n. 138 (1892) (Moreton Bay) ;

Kirby, /.c. p. 681. n. 20 (1892) (Austral.).

3%. Forewing without a silvery spot, or only with a minute dot.

Hab. Australia: Queensland.

Both forms in the Tring Museum: 2 larvae, 15 dd, 13 9? 2 from: Mackay ;

Dawson R.; Brisbane; Cape York.

476. Nephele vau.

*Zonilia rau Walker, List Lep, Ins, B. M. viii. p. 197. n. 11 (1856) (hab. ? ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Oberth.,

Ann, Mus, Civ. Genova xv. p. 172. n. 62 (1879) (Abyss. ;=raffray?).

*Zonilia schimperi Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 605. t. 13. £. 1 (1857) (Abyss. ;—Mus. Paris).

Nephele vau, Butler, Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond, ix. p. 625. 0. 17 (1877) (=schimperi ; Abyssinia) ;

Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 239 (1877) (Ambriz, Congo) ; Méschl., Abh. Senk. Naturf. Ges,

xv, p. 71. n. 160 (1890) (Accra) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 680 n. 17 (1892) (Congo ; Abyss.).

"Zilia raffrayi Oberthiir, Lt. @ Ent. iii. p. 31. t. 3. £. 2 (1878) (Abyss. ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3%. The short terminal spur of the hindtibia has the comb as feebly developed

as in the Oriental species. Mesothoracic tegula with a thin grey fringe ; black

lateral patches of abdomen reduced in size. Underside of body pinkish, a pinkish

tint also often on wings. The silvery mark of the forewing is V-shaped and

generally somewhat yellowish (P1. LXV. f. 12); the olive-green discal area is

triangular, narrowing to a point behind close to hinder angle of wing ; its inner

edge very oblique, crossing M at or near base of M'; the outer edge of the area is

quite straight from R? to M%, nearly at right angles to the veins, while it slants

distad from R? to SC, being somewhat curved between the veins ; the marginal

area is densely shaded with pinkish grey, except at edge of wing. The distal

margin of the hindwing is blackish, with a reddish tint coming through.

Hab, West and Bast Africa,

( 556 )

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 5 2 from: Gold Coast ; Congo; Loanda, vy.

(Mocquerys) ; Natal ; Kikuyu Escarpment, Brit. E. Afr. Feb. 1901 (Doherty).

A long series from Ambriz, Congo, in the Dublin Museum.

77. Nephele comma.

*Zonilia viridescens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 192. n. 1 (1856) (partim ;—Mus, Brit.),

*Nephele comma Hopfter, Monatsber. Ak. Wiss, Berlin p. 421 (1857) (Mus. Berlin) ; id., in Peters,

Reise Mozamb., Zool. v, p. 424. t. 27. f. 12 (1862) (Mozambique ; Guinea).

3%. Black side-patches of abdomen reduced in size, those on segments 2 and 3

not distinct, pale dorsal area of segment 4 as wide (transversely) as the black side-

patch. Submarginal line of forewing very sharply marked, almost straight from

R® backwards, the marginal area limited by this line shaded with grey, especially

at the line. Combs.of tarsi and spurs heavy. Stigma of forewing absent, or

represented by a minute dot, or by a comma-shaped spot which is widest behind,

being here dilated proximad and distad, or only distad (Pl. LXIV. f. 13. 14).

a. N. comma f. derasa nov.

Zonilia viridescens var., Walker, /.c. (partim).

Zonilia penaeus, Boisduval (non Cramer, 1776), Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i, p. 140. n. 2 (1875) (partim ;

,non 9).

ae oe Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 623, n. 12 (1877) (Natal) ; Westw., in

Oates, Matabeleland p. 355 (1881) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 20 (1887) :

Kirby, /.c. p. 680, n. 14 (1892) (Africa).

Nephele hespera ?, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 68. n, 31 (1889) (Benita).

Nephele funebris, Butler (non Fabricius, 1793), Ic. p. 624. a, 13 (1877) (Congo) ; Butl., Proc, Zool.

Soe, Lond. p. 674. n. 158 (1893) (Zomba, Jan.) ; Kirby, Zc. p. 680. n. 15 (1892) (partim);

Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 19 (1893).

Nephele charoba, Méschler, Abh, Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 71, n. 159 (1890) (Accra).

Nephele charoba Kirby, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p, 239. 243 (1877) (Madag. ; partim).

Nephele hespera, Saalmiiller (non Fabricius, 1775), Lep. Madag. p. 133. n. 310, t. 3. f. 42 (1884)

(syn. excl.),

3¢. Forewing without white spot, or only with a minute dot.

Hab. Africa south of the Sahara ; Madagascar.

We cannot find any constant difference between Malagassic specimens and

Aethiopian ones. ¥

b’, N. comma f. comma.

Zonilia viridescens Walker, /.c. (partim).

*Nephele comma Hopffer, 1.c.; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 623.n, 11 (1877) (Natal) ;

Westw., in Oates, Matabeleland p. 355 (1881) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493.

n. 19 (1887) ; Kirby, Cut, Lep. Het. i. p. 680. n, 12 (1892) (Africa).

Zonilia comma, Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Heét.i. p. 142. n, 4 (1875) (Natal) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch.

Ent, Ver, iii. p. 25 (1879) (Cuinchoxo).

Nephele comma 4, Holland, Trans, Amer, Ent, Soc, xvi. p. 68, n. 30 (1889) (Benita).

3%. Forewing with a white comma-shaped spot (Pl. LXIV. f. 13).

Hab. This and the previous form occur commonly in West and East; Africa as

far south as Natal (probably also in Cape Colony).

ce’. N. comma f. loc. charoba.

Deilephila morpheus, Boisduval (non Cramer, 1777), Paune Mad, Bourb. p. 75 (1833) (Madag.).

Zonilia didyma, Guénee (non Fabricius, 1775), in Vins., Voy. Madag. p. 30 (1865) (=morpheus).

Zonilia morpheus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het, i, p. 139. n. 1 (1875) (partim ; Madag.) ; Mab.,

Ann. Soc, Ent. France p. 296 (1879) (Madag.).

( 557)

Nephele charoba Kirby, l.c. (partim) ; Mab., Ann. Sov. Ent, France p, 296 (1879) (Madag.) ; Waterh.,

Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 141. £. 3 (go) (1884) ; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 133. n, 309 (1884) ; Kirby,

Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 7 (1892).

_ Nephile (!) charoba, Butler, Cist. Mint, ii. p. 393 (1879) (Madag.).

Nephele morpheus, Saalmiiller, /.c, p. 133. n. 310 (1884).

3%. Like comma, but the white spot anteriorly thinner and posteriorly rather

more dilated distad (PI. LXILYV. f. 14).

The reddish tint of Kirby’s type is due to discoloration ; Continental comma as

well as other Vep/ele assume the same tint.

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum :—

60 dd, 40 2 of f. derasa from: Sierra Leone; Ogrugu, Niger; Benguella, i.

(Penrice) ; Cape Colony; Natal; Nyassaland; Kiloa; Dar-es-Salaam ; Kikuyu

Escarpment, Brit. E. Afr. (Doherty); Madagascar.

24 $d, 14 2% of f. comma from: Sierra Leone ; Gold Coast ; Ogrugu, Niger;

Benguella, 1. (Penrice); Natal; Zomba, Likoma, and Bandawe, Nyassaland ;

Kikuyu Escarpment, Brit. E. Afr. (Doherty) ; Masindi, Uganda, i. (Ansorge).

14,1 ? of f. loc. charoba from: Madagascar.

478. Nephele funebris.

Sphinx funebris Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iti. 1. p. 371. n. 47 (1893) (Guinea) ; Auriv., Ent, Tidskr.

xviii. p. 152. n. 81 (1897).

*Zonilia viridescens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 192. n. 1 (1856) (partim ;—Mus. Brit.).

*Nephele infernalis Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 239, 244 (1877) (Ashanti ;—Mus. Dublin) ;

Waterh., Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 141. f. 4 (1884) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 680. n. 13 (1892) ;

Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xiii. p, 183. n. 234 (1892) (Kamerun).

Nephele peneus, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 297. n. 15 (1891) (Cameroons).

No more appropriate name, we think, could be found for this insect than

infernalis, considering the time we spent over it without coming to a very satisfac-

tory result; however, the name must sink as synonym of funebris. The type of

Junebris is in Copenhagen. Dr. Meivert has kindly sent us a photograph of it,

which shows it to be the same as infernalis. The species occurs in West and

East Africa in a form without conspicuous white stigma, and also in a form

with white spots. On the Upper Congo another dichromatic insect is found

which seems to intergraduate with ordinary /vnedris, though it has, in the

spotted form, an entirely different stigma. We treat this Congo insect as a

subspecies of funebris; but we must express our doubt of the two being

specifically the same.

3%. Black lateral patches of abdomen large, proximal ones rectangular, not

narrowed above as in dipartita; underside of palpus scaled white and brown,

contrasting with the uniformly clayish buff breast and underside of abdomen.

Combs well developed.c—Forewing similar in shape to that of comma ; greenish

aboye in fresh specimens; a faint shadowy band from middle of costa to outer

margin just before angle.

Hab. Acthiopian Region, exclusive of the Malagassic Subregion.

a. N. funebris funebris.

Sphins funebris Babricius, Lc.

*Zmilia virescens Walker, lc. (Natal).

*Nephele infernalis Kirby, l.c.

( 558 )

$?. Forewing uniform in colour, lines thin, not prominent; stigma, if

present, consisting of two spots—namely, dots 2, and 3 + 4, the latter forming

a horizontal triangular spot which points distad (Pl. LXIY. f. 8).

a. N. funebris funebris f. funebris.

Sphinx funebris Fabricius, /.c.

*Zonilia viridescens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 192. n. 1 (1856) (partim).

* Nephele infernalis Kirby, 1.c.

3%. Stigma represented by a minute dot, which is sometimes abseut.

bY. N. funebris funebris f. contmacula nov.

3%. Forewing with two white spots (Pl. LXIV. f. 8)—Rare.

Hab. Both forms in West and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum :—

18 dd, 22 23 of f. funedris from: Sierra Leone; Ogrugu, Niger; Mikindani,

Germ. Ei. Afr. ; Mpapwa ; Mombasa.

265,429 of f. cominacula from: Sierra Leone (type); Dar-es-Salaam.

b. N. funebris maculosa subsp. nov.

do. Larger than the preceding. Forewing variegated with tawny-olive

patches between the lines, especially between the subbasal, second and third diseal

lines, and distally of the postdisco-submarginal one; the latter patches generally

very conspicuous, sometimes, however, blackish, and then contrasting less with the

ground-colour ; stigma, if present, a rather large ovate spot, being the enlarged dot 3.

ce. NN. funebris maculosa f. maculosa.

3%. Without white spot on forewing.

d’. N. funebris maculosa f. ovifera nov.

3. Forewing with white ovate spot (PI. I-XIV. f. 9).

Hab, Congo.

In the Tring Museum :—

933,229 of f. maculosa from Yakusu, Stanley Falls, May, July, August

(Rev. K. Smith); Bopoto (Rey. K. Smith) ; Upp. Congo; type: Yakusu, May.

4 3¢ of f. ovifera from Yakusu, May, July (Rev. K. Smith); type: May.

479. Nephele bipartita.

*Nephele bipartita Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). ii, p. 455 (1878) (Old Calabar ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 2 (1892); Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 19 (1893)

(partim ?),

3%. Scaling of antenna buff distally, not grey ; underside of palpus scaled

white and black, strongly contrasting with the tawny-ochraceous underside of

the body; black side-patches of abdomen narrowed at upper end, those on third

segment more or less distinctly connected with one another at base. Forewing,

above, much variegated with tawny-olive; a blackish band from middle of costa

to hinder angle, not very prominent, but quite distinct, the area between this

band and outer margin dark brown, including tawny-olive spots, which are often

enlarged and merged together at costal margin to a large patch, which extends

( 559 )

to apex of wing; median area proximally of oblique band tawny-olive, traversed

by the posterior portions of the discal lines; antemedian pair of lines generally

merged together to a blackish band, which is curved costad in front, constricted

in cell ; between it and base there are a thin line, a broad patch and a small

basal spot, separated by tawny-olive scaling, but often merged together. Stigma

represented by a minute dot (there occurs probably a form with distinct stigma,

as in most species of Vephele).

Hab. West and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 3 ?? from: Ogragu, Niger; Yakusu, Congo,

vii. 1900 (K. Smith) ; Bopoto, Congo (K. Smith) ; Delagoa Bay ; Dar-es-Salaam.

480. Nephele discifera.

*Nephele peneus (Cr.), forma discifera Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii, p. 298 (1891) (Cameroons ;—Mus.

Berlin).

Nephele a var. a. Neph. p., forma discifera, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i1.-p. 680. sub n. 11 (1892)

(Cameroons).

*Nephele aureomaculata Rothschild, Noy. Zoou, i. p. 88 (1894) (Upp. Congo ;—Maus. Tring) ; id.,

Le. ii. t. 9. £. 8 (@) (1895).

3%. Upperside very uniform in colour, No distinct lines on forewing; a

minute stigma; a rounded orange-tawny patch at hinder margin just before

middle ; distal marginal area grey, limited by the irregular line which runs

from apex to hinder angle ; this line very indistinct in this species.

Underside of body tawny olive (Ridgway, Nomencl. Colowrs t. 38. n. 17),

palpus below with grey and olive scales, whitish at the sides.

Hab. West Africa : Cameroons ; Congo.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 1 ? from the Upper Congo, the d caught at

Yakusu, Stanley Falls, in July 1900 (Rev. Kenred Smith).

481. Nephele peneus.

Sphine peneus Cramer, Pap. Evot.i. p. 139. t. 88. £. p (1776) (Sierra Leone) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr.

iii, 2. p. 220. n. 58 (1780).

Sphine didyma Fabricius, Spec, Ins. ii. p. 148. n. 41 (1781) (partim) ; id., Want. Jns. ii. p. 96. n. 45

(1787) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p.2381. n. 79 (1790) (partim) ; Fabr., Lat. Syst. iii. 1.

p. 371. n. 48 (1793) (partim). ‘

Spline penaeus (!), Fabricius, J./.c.c. (sub syn.).

Nephele didyma, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133. n. 1433 (1822) (partim).

3%. Black lateral patches of abdomen large, that of third segment as distinct

as the patch of the fourth; palpus with a large second segment, underside scarcely

paler than breast. Combs of spurs large. Forewing less elongate than in the

allied species, distal margin strongly convex; a blackish shadowy band from middle

of costal margin to hinder angle, posteriorly a little more proximal than in départita;

area outside this band traversed in middle by the third discal line, which is dentate

and is followed by a fourth line, also dentate, corresponding to the postdisco-

submarginal line of other species, the halfmoons between these two lines brown or

olive tawny, the one between SC° and R! large; three white dots (Pl. LXIY.

f, 6. 7), namely 1 + 3, 2, and 4; often 1 + 3 + 4, and 2 separate; seldom

2+1+3+4;0r2+1+3, and 4 separate; 1 and 3 apparently never

separate; sometimes all three spots obscured, having assumed the ground-coloar

of the wing, seldom all absent, Discal lines of underside of forewing curved

twice, S-shaped.

( 560 )

a. IN. peneus f. peneus.

Sphinx peneus Cramer, |.c.

Zonilia peneus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 193. n. 2 (1856) (partim) ; Dew., Mitth. Minch.

Ent. Ver, iii. p. 25 (1879) (Chinchoxo).

Nephele peneus, Hopffer, in Peters, Reise Mozamb., Zool. v. p. 422. t, 27. £. 11 (1862) (Inhambane);

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud. ix. p. 623. n. 10 (1877) (W. Afr, ; Sierra Leone) ; Westw., in

Oates, Matabelelind p. 355 (1881); Druce, in Moloney, West African Forestry p. 493. n. 18

(1887) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 11 (1892) (Africa).

Zonilia penacus (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 140. n. 2 (1875) (partim ; 2, non 3).

Nephele penaeus (!), Méschler, Abh. Senk, Naturf, Ges, xv, p. 71. 0, 157 (1890) (Accra).

Nephele peneus ?, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi, p. 67. n. 29 (1889) (Benita ; Kangwé).

*Nephele pachyderma Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xviii. p. 180. n. 62 (1892) (Baliburg ;—Mus. Berlin) ;

Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 102 (1894),

(?) Nephele bipartita, Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 19 (1893).

3%. Forewing with white spots as described above.

b'. N. peneus f. innotata nov.

3¢. White spots absent. This form is apparently rare, while the white-

spotted one is common.

Hab, Aethiopian Region, exclusive of the Malagassic Subregion.

In the Tring Museum :—

38 dd, 20 2? of f. peneus from: Sierra Leone; Gold Coast; Ogrugu, Niger;

Congo; Delagoa Bay ; Nyassaland; German and Brit. East Africa ; Uganda.

43,1 % of f. innotata from: Sierra Leone (type) ; Gold Coast.

482. Nephele accentifera.

Sphinw accentifera Beauvois, Ins, Afr, Amér, p. 264. t. 24, f. 1 (1805) (Afr.).

Sphinx (Deilephila) tridyma Hoeven, Tijdschr. Naturl. Gesch. vii, p. 278. n. 2. t. 5. £. 2. a, b. (1840)

(Guinea),

Deilephila ranzani Bertoloni, Mem. Ac. Bologna ii, p, 183. n. 21. t. 9. £. 6 (1850) (Mozambique).

Zonilia peneus, Walker (non Cramer, 1776), List Lep. Jus. B. M. viii. p. 193. n. 2 (1856) (partim),

Zonilia tridyma, Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép, Hét. i. p. 141. n. 3 (1875) (Guinea).

Nephele accentifera, Hopfter, in Peters, Ieise Mozamb., Zool. v, p. 423 (1862) (= tridyma=ranzani);

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 623. n. 8 (1877) (Sierra Leone); Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent.

Soc. xvi. p. 67. n. 28 (1889) (Benita; Kangwé); Moéschl., Abh. Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 71.

n. 158 (1890) (Accra) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 6 (1892) (S. Africa) ; Auriy., nt.

Tidsky, xiii. p. 183. n, 233 (1892) (Cameroons ; Gabun).

Nephele variegata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 15. nu. 31 (1875) (Congo; Africa) ; id., Trans,

Zool, Soc. Lond. p, 623. n. 7. (1877) (Congo ; Africa ; Abyss.) ; Druce,in Moloney, West Afr.

Forestry p. 493. n. 17 (1888); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 10 (1892) (Congo) ; Schaus &

Clem., Sierra Leone Lep, p. 19 (1893). '

Zonilia accentifera, Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 25 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit.

xli. p, 76, n. 284 (1880) (Cameroons),

Nephele accentifera var. variegata, Karsch, nt. Nachr. xvii. p. 297. n. 14 (1891) (Cameroons) ; id.,

lc, xviii, p. 180. n. 61 (1892) (Baliburg).

$%. Combs of tarsi and spurs heavyy.—Forewing more variegated than in

the allied species : the antemedian and discal lines irregular, rather distinct, second

and third discal dentate, interspace between them more or less grey, a band

proximally of the pair of antemedian lines also grey or clayish, and a triangalar

costal patch in front of the white spots clayish ; black line bordering marginal area

very irregular, projecting proximad at R?, with tawny-olive patches at its proximal

side, especially between SC° and R?; three white spots (Pl. LXIV. f. 10. 11): one

in cell, rounded, nearer SC than M, two at cross-veins, one above the other, the

( 561 )

upper thin, the second the largest of the three, more or less widened behind and

curved outward, sometimes joined to the upper spot, or to the inner, seldom to

both. Underside of palpus little paler than breast. Tenth segment see PI. XLIV.

f. 29. 30 ; harpe Pl. IL. f. 36; penis-sheath PI. LY. f. 35.

Hab, Continental Africa ; common.

In the Tring Museum 120-odd specimens from Sierra Leone to Natal, and

eastwards to British Hast Africa ; 1 larva, 2 pupae from Durban (Leigh),

483. Nephele argentifera.

*Zonilia argentifera Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 194. n. 4 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Oxford) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 146. n, 12 (1875).

Nephele argentifera, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 622. n. 6 (1856) ; Kirby, Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond. p. 239 (1877) (Natal) ; Westw., in Oates, Mutubeleland p. 355 (1881) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i, p, 679. n. 5 (1892) (Natal); Pagenst., Julrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. x. 2. p- 38.

n. 103 (1893) (Mozambique, 8. i.; Quilimane, 8. iii.).

g%. A conspicuous insect, recognised at a glance by the two silvery, posteriorly

converging bands of the forewing: the first subbasal, straight, at right angles

to costal margin, the other discal, somewhat curved, widened behind and in front ;

fringe of hinder margin white between the bands; stigma large, oblique, sub-

triangular, upper distal edge longest ; the spot consists of the dots 1 and 2, the

two being sometimes nearly separated ; spot 3 is generally present as a minute dot.

Hab. Bast Africa: from Natal to British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 12 dd, 12 22% from: Delagoa Bay; Kiloa; Lindi ;

Dar-es-Salaam ; Mombasa.

484. Nephele densoi.

Zonilia densoi Keferstein, Jahrb, Ak. Erfurt (2). vi. p. 14. t. 2. f. 5 (1870) (Madag.) ; Mab., Ann.

Soc. Ent. France p. 296 (1879) (Madag. ; = malgassica = rhadama).

*Zonilia malgassica Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 76. f. 2 (1874) (Madag. ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd.,

Le. p. 147. n. 14 (1875) (Nossi-bé).

*Zouilia rhadama Walker, List Lep, Ins, B. M. viii. p, 33 (1864) (Madag. ; nom. nud.) ; Boisd.,

Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 146. n. 13 (1875) (Madag. ;—coll, Charles Oberthiir).

Nephele densoi, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 622. n. 3 (1877); Saalm., Lep, Maduay. p. 135.

n. 311. t. 4. f. 43. 43a (1884) (= malgassica = rhadama) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 8

(1892) (Madag.).

Nephele malgassica, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 623. n, 9 (1877) (= densoi ?) ; Kirby, Le.

n, 9 (1892) (Madag.).

Nephele rhadama, Butler, l.c. p. 630 (1877).

3%. Stands midway between oenopion and accentifera. Discal lines of

forewing, above, straight, slightly curved, not dentate, interspaces forming a pale

inconspicuous band, similar to that of oenopion, but as much proximal as in

vosaec, not edged with white; stigma (PI. LXIV. f. 4. 5): dot 1 rounded, 2

forming a right angle, the outer arm of it extending along R', often interrupted,

spot 3 minute.

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 10 6d, 11 2% from: Madagascar, one of them from

Autauambé, Baie d’Antongil, iii. iy. 1897 (A. Mocquerys).

A pair from Grande Comore in the Tring Museum represents perhaps a

subspecies confined to the Comoro Islands; the two specimens, one of which is

in fairly good condition, are darker than our Madagascar individuals, and have

the pale discal baud of the forewing more curved in frout.

( 562 )

485. Nephele oenopion.

Orneus oenopion Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. ii, t. 159 (1806— ?).

Zonilia oenopion, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 149. n. 18 (1875) (Mad, ; Maurit.; Bourb. ;

“ Natal ” alia spec. ?).

3%. Forewing with two bands; one subbasal, edged with white proximally

and distally, the other discal, 6 or more mm. from lower angle of cell at R*,

straight, or slightly concave proximally, widest in front, its inner edge white,

outer edge also white, or pale cinnamon ; fringe of hinder margin white between

the bands. No stigma, or only a small white spot.

Palpus concolorous with under surface of body, first segment with a small

pale lateral spot.

Hab. Aethiopian Region.

Three subspecies :

a. N. oenopion oenopion.

Orneus oenopion Hiibner, l.c.

Deilephila oenopion, Boisduval, Faune Mad. Bourb, p. 75. n. 8 (1833) (Bourbon ; Mauritius).

Philampelus denopion, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 182. n. 14 (1856).

Zonlia venopion, id., l.c. xxxi. p. 33 (1864) (Bourbon ; Madagascar); Mab., Ann, Soc. Ent. France

p- 296 (1879) (Madag.) ; Vins., Pap. Bowrbon p. 13 (1891).

Nephele aenopion (!), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 622. n. 2 (1877) (Bourb. ; Madag.).

Nephele oenopion, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 239 (1877) (Madagascar); Saalm., Lep. Wadag.

p. 183. n. 308 (1884) (Nossi-bé); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 3 (1892) (Madag.; Bourbon).

3%. Discal band of forewing broad, the dark line within it thin, dividing

the band into a broad proximal and a thin outer portion, the latter only a

third the width of the former at R* and not white, as is the proximal edge of

the band.

Hab. Bourbon ; Mauritius ; Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 1 ? from Bourbon.

b. .N. ocnopion stictica subsp. uov.

d. Like the preceding, but forewing with a small but distinct rounded

white stigma.

Hab. Grande Comore.

In the Tring Museum 1 d from Grande Comore (type).

c. iV. oenopion continentis subsp. nov.

Zonilia cenopion, Boisduyal, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 595. n. 111 (1847) (Natal ; nom. indeser. 5

haee spec. ? an rosae?); Mab., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 221 (1890) (Congo).

Nephele oenopion, Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 19 (1893).

3%. Somewhat smaller than the preceding ; discal band of forewing narrower,

the dark line within it broader, dividing the band into two lines, of whieh the

external one is not much thinner than the inner one, and is also more or less white.

Few specimens have a minute white stigma on the forewing.

Hab. West Africa, apparently not rare. We have not seen specimens from the

eastern side of the Continent, where the species occurs without doubt.

In the Tring Museum 19 63,13 2? from: Sierra Leone, type, June 1896

(Capt. Stevens) ; Agberi, Niger, 9. xi, 1901 (Dr. Ansorge).

( 563 )

486. Nephele rosae.

** Nephele rosae Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 14. n. 30 (1875) (Boma ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 622. n. 4. t. 94. £. 3 (1877) ; Dew., Mitth. Minch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 25

(1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 16 (1887); Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679, n. 4 (1892) (Boma).

3%. Similar to oenopion. Pale discal band of forewing broad, its white

proximal border-line only 4 mm. from lower angle of cell at R*; the subbasal band

not edged with white, nor is the fringe of the hinder margin white between subbasal

and discal bands ; a thin, longitudinal, comma-shaped stigma, which is sometimes

reduced to a dot, seldom absent (from our ouly Hast African individual). Underside

of body paler than in oenopion ; first segment of palpus with white scales.

Hab. Africa; apparently rarer in the east than in the west of the Continent.

No representative known from Madagascar and neighbouring islands.

In the Tring Museum 16 dd, 9 2% from: Sierra Leone; Old Calabar ;

Bopoto and Yakusu, Congo, vii. (KX. Smith) ; Nguelo, Germ. E. Africa.

487. Nephele rectangulata.

*Nephele rectungulata Rothschild, J7/s vii. p. 300, n. 12 (1894) (Sierra Leone ;—coll, Staudinger) ;

id., Noy. Zoot. ii. t. 9. £..7 (go) (1895).

32%. Comb of short terminal spur of hindtibia not heavy. The species is

easily recognised by the angle of about 90° formed at hinder angle of forewing by

two white lines, one submarginal, slightly curved, ending at tip of wing, the other

running straight across the wing to costal margin, entering the cell at lower angle.

The hindwing and under surface are brighter tawny in our fresh ? than in the ¢

figured ; the submarginal line is too obviously dentate in the figure.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 1 ? from Sierra Leone.

488. Nephele aequivalens.

*Pachylia aequivalens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 191. n. 5 (1856) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus.

Brit.).

*Zonilia zebu Boisduval, /.c, p. 148. n, 16 (1875) (= aequivalens ? ; Sierra Leone ;—Mus, Brit.).

Nephele acquivalens, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 622, n. 1 (1877) (Sierra Leone) ; Druce, in

Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n, 15 (1887) ; Méschl., bh. Senk. Naturf. (res. xv. p. 71.

n. 161 (1890) (Accra) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 1 (1892) (Sierra Leone) ; Schaus &

Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 19 (1893).

3%. The largest species of the genus. Combs of spurs and of tarsi strongly

developed. Hindtarsus exactly twice the length of the tibia, first segment as long

as the four others together. Abdomen without distinct black side-patches. Fore-

wing with a black band from costal margin near end of cell to end of M? ; postdisco-

submarginal line almost evenly enrved from tip of wing to tip of M*; one discal

line, beginning at costal margin midway between oblique band and apex of wing.

d. Tenth sternite rather shorter than in the other species, aud the harpe more

abruptly hooked.

Hab. Coutinental Tropical Africa: Sierra Leoue to the Congo and Hast Africa.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd,5 $ ? from: Sierra Leone ; Gold Coast ; Ogrugu,

Niger; Dar-cs-Salaan.

( 564 )

CXXXI. TEMNORA.—Typus : natalis.

Sphine, Cramer (now Linné, 1758), Pap. wot. iii, p. 23 (1779).

Enyo Hiibner, Verz. bek. Sch. p. 132 (1822) (partim ; type : japix) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M,

viii. p, 112 (1856) (partim).

Temnora id, lec. p. 114 (1856) (type: natalis) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. G40 (1892),

Panacra id., Le. p. 151 (1856) (partim ; type: automedon).

Diodosida id., l.c, p. 163 (1856) (type: murina): Kirby, Le. p. 642 (1892).

Darapsa id., Le. p. 182 (1856) (partim ; type: chaerilus=choerilus =pholus)

Zonilia id., le. p. 192 (1856) (partim ; type: viridescens= Nephele funebris).

Lophuron Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594 (1847) (nom. indeser.) ; Wallengr., K. Vel,

lk, Hand, (2). v. 4. p. 17 (1865) (type: pylas ?) ; Kirby, /.c. p, 641 (1892).

Lophura Herrich-Schiiffer (non Flemming, 1822), Avss, Schmett. p. 59 (1858) (wom, indeser.),

Ocyton Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 303 (1875) (type: murina=tyrrhus).

Aspledon id, l.c. p. 305 (1875) (type : zanlus = dorws).

Choerocampa, Mabille, Ann. Soc, Ent. France p. 299 (1879).

Gurelea Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe. (2). ii. p. 330 (1880) (partim ; xom. indescr., loco Lophura).

Eulophura Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 58 (1889) (type : atrofasciata).

Chaerocampa, id., l.c. p. 63 (1889).

Pseudenyo, Karsch (on Holland, 1889), Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 291 (1891) ; Kirby, /.c, p. 644 (1892)

(partim),

Metopsilus, Kirby (non Duncan, 1836), /.c. p. 660 (1892) (partim).

Pterogon, Rothschild (von Boisduval, 1836), Nov. Zoou. i. p. 69 (1894).

do. Genal process obtusely triangular, not reaching end of pilifer. Palpi

with some hair-scales laterally, more or less triangular together in dorsal aspect.

Head with mesial crest, which is mostly rather prominent. Eye lashed. Antenna

slightly incrassate distally in ¢, distinctly clubbed in ?, end-segment (ong, rough-

scaled. Abdomen with elongate spines, which are never very strong ; anal tuft of

3 truncate, of 2 very thin. Tibiae not armed; spurs not spinose, two pairs to

hindtibia ; midtarsus with comb ; paronychium with two pairs of lobes ; merum of

midcoxa angulate and somewhat carinate at hinder edge, or simple. Ik? of hindwing

in or before centre of cell, R* and M' rather close together, cross-veins oblique, lower

angle of cell acute; distal margin of wings often dentate, of forewing always

sinuate below apex.

3d. Tenth tergite elongate-triangular ; sternite generally elongate, sometimes

truneate or even sinuate, but uot divided into long lobes. Clasper sole-shaped,

always with 4 or 5 large friction-scales, situated at the lower edge of a more or less

conspicuous groove, which they cover ; harpe ending geuerally in a simple process,

sometimes curved and pointed as in Nephele, or spatulate, often broad and short.

Penis sheath with stiff hairs inside ; the external armature consists of oue or two

series of teeth, or a dentate lobe, or a more or less elevate elongate patch of teeth,

etc., as illustrated by Pl. LY. f. 45—55 and Pl. LVI. f. 1—13.

Larva. We have all stages of marg/nata, received from Mr. Leigh, Darban.

First stage (one specimen): green, reddish on back ; head large ; horn black,

very long, densely hairy (tip not preserved), almost straight; five bristles: two

dorso-lateral, onc above stigma, and two below.

Second stage (two specimens): covered with pale dots, each bearing a very

short hair; a yellow dorso-lateral shade from horn forward ; horn long, red, tip

pale, sinuate.

( 565 )

Third stage (one specimen): yellow, reddish at sides ; slightly tapering in

front, but the granulose head rather large; pale dots present, hairs vestigial ;

horn red at base, tubercles black, tip narrowed to an almost smooth point; a

yellow dorso-lateral line from mesonotum to horn, annulets obviously raised within

this line.

Fourth (last) stage (one specimen): like the previous, bnt tapering in front,

horn comparatively shorter.

Pupa (of marginata) pale clay colour, punctures and grooves brown, labrnm

black, dorsal line brown; tongue-case not carinate, very little projecting frontad ;

labrum terminal ; head rounded ; anterior femur not visible ; abdomen punctured,

praespiracnlar area of fourth and fifth segments not carinate, but the anterior edges

of the punctares here more raised ; anal segments deeply impressed ventrally ;

eremaster somewhat flattened, dispersedly punctured at base, smooth, conical in

dorsal view (tip broken ; Pl. LXIY. f. 23).

Hah. Aethiopian Region inclusive of Madagascar.

Thirty-one species ; many more will be discovered when the heterceerous

Lepidoptera of Africa become better known.

Allied to Nephele, from which it is easily distinguished by the spurs being

without comb of spines.

The species with entire wings and those with dentate or lobate distal margin

are connected by intergradations ; the same applies to the forms with acute aud

with obtuse or truncate apex of forewing.

From this genus several others have originated by the loss or reduction of

organs and the acquisition of new structures. The reduction of the antennal end-

segment and the loss of the d friction-scales characterises Temnoripais ; Odontosida

agrees with this, but is further advanced in having lost the ventral lobes of the

paronychium and the patch of sensory hairs at the base of the palpus, and acquired

the terminal claw to the foretibia ; Sp/ingonaepiopsis is still more specialised in the

fan-like scaling of the first palpal segment, the more strongly clubbed antenna,

which is dentate or pectinate in d, and the acquisition of spines to the tibiae ;

and Microsphinx represents the end of this series, having the distal segments of

the antenna unusually broad and short, and being without the proximal pair of

hindtibial spurs (the only instance among the Sphingidae semanophorae where

these spurs are absent). From Yemnora pylas and allies (respectively their

ancestor) branched off Gvrelca in which the distortion of the costal margin of the

hindwing, indicated in Temnora pseudopylas, is carried ont in a similar way as in

the Ambulicine genus Degmaptera, and in which the antennal end-segment has

become short and the tibiae acquired spines. These lines of development are quite

similar to those found in the subfamily Amdulicinae, resulting in weak forms.

Entirely different is the line Yemnora—Atemnora—Macroglossum. Here we

observe the same kind of specialisation which we found in the higher American

Sesiinae, beginning with forms characterised by slender antenna, weak abdominal

spines, rounded midcoxal merum, truncate tail, ete., and ending with forms with

strongly clubbed antenna, strongly angulate mid- and hindcoxal merum,

strongly spined abdomen, compressed hindtarsus with densely spinose outer

surface, large fantail, ete. A side-branch of this line is Antinephele—Iypae-

dalia (compare diagram, facing p. 499), the latter genus showing in one species

a yellow abdominal side-patch homologous to the side-patches observed in most

Macroglossum,

( 566 )

Key to the species :

Hindwing red or brown : 5 Q

Hindwing yellow.

Abdomen with glossy eolden ae

Abdomen without glossy golden spots, fore-

wing with conspicuous buftish white lines

Abdomen without glossy golden spots, fore-

wing without conspicuous buffish white

lines ; ! :

. Forewing olive- Drown, with iaamevecris dispel

band : ; :

Forewing grey, with cemaveie aed baud

or trace of it, distal margin not dentate

Forewing grey or brown, with large costal

discal patch or oblique band. ;

Hindwing with brown border 3

Hindwing more or less uniformly brown

Abdomen with white lateral dots below

No such dots ; fringe of forewing sharply

marked white and brown ;

A larger species ; fringe almost rie igulorons:

at least on underside ; : :

Forewing with costal discal patch, sharply

limited by R*. ; : :

Forewing with similar patch eh is inter-

rupted by grey lines

Forewing with oblique band . 3 :

Apex of forewing acuminate : : ;

Apex of forewing truncate-sinuate —. :

Band of forewing very broad, well defined

proximally and distally, not including

grey lines, distal margin of forewing not

dentate :

Band of forewing not so. ; : :

Oblique band of forewing sharply limited on

distal side by a pale line. 5 :

Obliqne band of forewing gradually aise

away distally . 3 ‘ : 5 :

First segment of palpus with conspicuous

white line ; : ' F

First segment of palpus without eqhites line .

Forewing dentate, apex acuminate :

Forewing entire, apex acuminate.

Forewing dentate, apex truncate-sinuate .

Hindwing bright orange-rufous, both wings

denticulate . ‘ ; é :

Hindwing brown ; if ferruginous, wings not

dentate . ; ‘ c : : :

502,

S05.

* A similar species described in the Appendix.

T. aureata

T. radiata.

T. fumosa.

T. murina.

eC.

T. grandidieri.

7. griseata.

T. livida.

gy:

T. natalis.*

T. plagiata.

T. spiritus.

T. atrofasciata.

T. palpalis.

kh.

T. crenulata.

T. ‘nornatum.

7. zantus.

T. elegans.

rT.

Ww.

Forewing, above, with a brown subapical

costal patch, often developed to a band,

separate from the obliqne band

Forewing without that patch —. : :

Forewing aboye and below with a creamy

dash before M? near hinder angle

Forewing above and below without that dash

Forewing above with a pale round dot on

disc before R*. ;

Forewing above without this pale round dot

Oblique band of forewing narrow, sharply

defined proximally, being limited by a

straight pale line

Band very broad, but proxinially phaely

defined . 3 : : ‘ : :

Band broad, but proximally not sharply

defined . ; : ;

Forewing angulate at R*®; underside

olivaceous ‘ d : : : 5

Forewing rounded in middle ; underside

more or less cinnamon-rafous . :

First segment of palpus with conspicuons

white scales, external surface of hindtibia

also white at end

This white scaling absent

Basi-discal area of forewing below brighter

ferrnginous than disc :

Basi- digeal area of forewing darker iran

than disc : : ; ;

Fringe of forewing, above, ae between

Mand SM’ . ; : . :

Fringe of forewing, above, not white ieee

M'and SM’ . : i

Marginal space of matlerside between sub-

marginal line and fringe of the same

colour as dise, at least in middle.

This space filled in with cinnamon-brown

Antemedian double line of forewing, above,

conspicuous, filled in with brown

Antemedian double line of forewing thin,

not filled in with brown . :

Costal margin of hindwing with a distinct

subbasal lobe . .

Costal margin of hindwing oat oe sub-

basal lobe vestigial . ; i ; :

Marginal band of hindwing bordered broadly

with ferruginous . i ;

Marginal band of hindwing all oe ;

513.

514.

512.

498,

515.

503.

497.

T. scitula.

T. eranga.

T. reutlinger?.

T. subapicalis

T. iapygoides.

T. sardanus.

T. argyropesd.

T. namaqua.

les

T. stevensi.

T. marginata.

T. funebris.

T. pylas.

aw,

¥y.

T. pylades.

ihe pseudopylas,

7. leptis.

( 568 )

459. Temnora livida.

*Chaerocampa livida Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent, Soe. xvi. p. 63, n. 19, t. 3. £. 4 (2) (1889) (Benita; —

coll. Holland),

Metopsilus lividus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Hel. i, p, 660. n, 8 (1892) (“ Cameroons” ex errore).

3%. The largest species of the genus. Palpi obtusely triangular. Hye-lashes

short. Midcoxal merum with the carina and angle vestigial. Long terminal spur

of hindtibia more than double the short one, and half the length of the first

tarsal segment, which equals 2 to 4; external row of spines of foretarsus simple.

Spines of abdomen weak. Crest of head as in /wmosa, not prominent. Body

and upperside of forewing smoky grey, upperside of hindwing and basal half of

underside of forewing blackish olive brown; rest of underside of wings russet:

drab, Forewing, above, with a faint large median costal patch, a smaller one

half-way to apex, continued backwards by a series of vein-dots, and a third at

hinder margin before angle, blackish brown ; fringe pale between veins above,

unicolorous below ; apex acuminate, distal margin entire, rounded from SC* to M2

—Fringe of hindwing creamy buff, except at veins.

3. Tenth tergite narrow, truncate, strongly curved (Pl. XLIV. f. 51, lateral

view; f. 50, ventral view); sternite short, broad, truncate, incised, resembling

the sternite of atrofasciata and marginata. Clasper with large groove as in

Junosa, covered by large friction-scales ; harpe of the type of Nephele, and of

JSumosa and palpalis, being produced into a slender curved process (PI. IL. f. 35).

Penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 45) with the left apical ventral edge raised to a enrved

dentate ridge.

Hab. West Africa: Niger to Ogowé.

In the Tring Musenm 1 ? from the Niger, Akassa to Onitsha (Dr. Cook).

490. Temnora griseata spec. noy. (Pl. VII. f. 9, 2).

?. Palpi obtuse. Hye-lashes not dense. Midcoxal merum not angulate ;

external row of spines of foretarsus doubled or trebled from base to apex ; first

segment of midtarsus nearly as long as segments 2 to 5; long terminal spur of

hindtibia half the length of the first tarsal segment (hindtarsus not complete):

Abdominal spines weak.

Upperside of body and forewing grey, almost fawn-colour, “nderside of body

paler, slightly pinkish. Forewing shaped as in /ixda, but hinder margin less

sinuate ; indistinctly variegated with brown, a subapical costal brown patch is

the only distinct marking, it is continued backwards by a series of indistinct

brown vein-dots ; fringe cream-colour, sharply spotted with brown at the veins ——

Hindwing blackish olive-brown ; fringe cream-colour, with minute brown dots.

Underside of both wings pinkish buff, but forewing shaded over for the

greater part with blackish olive-brown ; fringe spotted brown and cream-colour—

Forewing : a broad brown marginal band, shaded with grey, widest at R*, including

a broken oblique line between SC! and SC*; at the costal margin traces of four

zigzag lines are visible, the third continued backwards by vein-dots. Hindwing

uniform in colour, except at onter margin, where there is a trace of a brown

band ; one interrupted line, postdiscal, accentnated upon veins.

Length of forewing: %, 27 mm.

Hab, Tvoko, Congo (Moreels), 1 $ in Musée d’Hist. Nat., Bruxelles,

( 569 )

Very close to rida, distinguished hy the sharply spotted fringe and more

yariegated colour of the forewing, the almost salmon buff under surface, and the

more distinct and irregular marginal band of the forewing below.

491. Temnora aureata (PI. VII. f. 7. 2, cotype).

*Ocyton aureata Karsch, Hint. Nachr. xvii. p. 293, n. 3 (1891) (Barombi, Cameroons ;—Mus. Berlin).

Diodosida aureata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 642. n. 7 (1892).

*Lophuron brevipenne Rothschild, ris vii. p. 296. n. 2. t. 5. f. 5 (1894) (Cameroons ;—coll.

Staudinger).

3%. A short-winged species, differing from all other Temnora in the glossy

golden spots of the abdomen. Hye-lashes rather dense. Spurs of midtibia little

longer than fourth tarsal segment; first midtarsal segment as long as 2 to 4

together. Merum of midcoxa not angulate. Forewing, above, with a band

of three almost straight parallel lines; submarginal line beginning at apex

of wing, evenly curved to R*, then irregular ; fringe brown, with two pale spots

behind. Fringe of hindwing brown at, and vinaceous between, veins, white

between M! and SM?.

Underside with a sharply defined brown marginal band to both wings ;

forewing brown from base to third discal line, except costal margin, then

ferruginous, speckled with tawny ; hindwing pale ferruginous, speckled with tawny,

two evenly curved discal lines.

é. Tenth tergite truncate-sinuate ; sternite broad, rounded-triangular (PI. XLIYV.

f. 49). Harpe resembling that of murina, apex more pointed. Penis-sheath

(PJ. LVI. f. 8) with a row of teeth at the dorsal side and an apical process

at the right ventral side.

Ilab. Cameroons ; Zanzibar.

Several specimens in the Berlin Museum, of which a ? has been given in

exchange to the Tring Museum ; also in coll. Staudinger.

A ? from Zanzibar (Fischer) in the Berlin Museum differs in being deeper

brown (less reddish) above and below.

492. Temnora radiata.

*Oryton vadiala Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xviii. p. 116, 0. 3 (1893) (Bismarckburg, Togoland, January ;—

Mans, Berlin).

Diodosida radiata, Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 100. n. 14 (1894),

d. Easily recognised by the peculiar buffish white markings of the forewing,

namely : a Jongitudinal line from base to disc, crossed by two subbasal lines, which

are obsolete in front ; from lower angle of cell two dentate lines to hinder margin

and a straight one to hinder angle; on disc three dentate lines between costal

margin and longitudinal line, and an oblique subapical costal line.

Hab. Togoland.

One g in the Berlin Museum ; not seen in other collections.

493, Temnora inornatum.

*Lophuron inornatum Rothschild, Noy. Zoor, i. p. 71. t. 5. f. 8 (4) (1894) (Namaqualand ;—Mus,

Tring).

3%. Palpi obtuse, not much projecting. Bye-lashes long, but not very

dense. Hinder margin of mideoxal merum rounded, not carinate. Longer

terminal spur of hindtibia more than half the length of first tarsal segment,

( 570 )

Similar to murina in colour, and to xamaqua in shape, but easily distinenished

by the following characters: interspace between first and second discal line of

forewing filled in with brown at costal and at hinder margin, this costal patch

continued distad behind R* to near outer margin, and the space between R#

and hind-margin also more or less shaded with brown and showing three

dentate lines; posterior portion of interspace between the pair of antemedian

lines also filled in with brown; distal margin bisinuate as in namaqua-—

Hindwing with traces of ferruginous lines, the second and third brown behind.

Second and third discal line of underside dentate, if distinctly marked.

3. Abdominal scent-tuft creamy buff. Tenth segment as in plagiata;

tergite slender, apex rounded; sternite of nearly the same length, broader,

widest at end, which is rounded. Harpe with broad, flat process, which is sinuate

ventrally, the portion distal of the sinus ovate (Pl. L. f. 5). Penis-sheath

(PI. LY. f. 52) with a dentate ridge similar to that of plagiata, palpalis, ete.

Hab. South Africa.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 2 22% from: Little Namaqualand, Cape Colony ;

Natal (Spiller).

494. Temnora murina (PI. VII. f. 1, 3).

Lophuron tyrrhus Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594 (1847) (Zululand) (20m, nud ; haee

spec. teste Boisd. 1875).

*Diodosida murina Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 163. n. 1 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Wallengr., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. v. 4 p. 18 (1865) (Caffr.) ; Butl., Zans. Zool. Soe, Lond.

ix. p. 553. n. 1 (1877) (Natal) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 642. n. 1 (1892).

*Ocyton tyrrhus Boisduval, Spee. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p, 303. n. 1 (1875) (Natal; Caffraria ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir).

Ocyton murina, id,, l.c. p. 304. n, 2 (1875) (Natal).

Diodosida tyrrhus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 632 (1877) (= murina).

3%. Palpi obtuse; eye-lashes not dense ; first segment of foretarsus equalling

2 to 4 in length, or longer, outer row of spines doubled at base; hinder edge

of merum of midcoxa rounded, carina vestigial. Upperside of tibiae whitish

grey. First and second discal line rather more distinct than usually in this

genus, the interspace anteriorly filled in with brown. Underside of body and

wings almost uniformly vinaceous cinnamon (Ridgway, Nomencl. Colours t. 4.

no. 15), discal lines brown, marginal band brownish, not distinct.

3. Tenth tergite and sternite of nearly equal length, both slender, rounded

at tip. Clasper with five friction-scales; harpe (Pl. L. f. 20) slender, apex

curved upwards, somewhat spatulate in dorsal aspect. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY.

f. 47) with a free process at the right side, dentate, continuous with a dentate

ridge situatediat the left side.

Hab. South Africa.

In the Tring Museum 6 3d, 2 ? 2 from Natal.

495. Temnora grandidieri (PJ. VII. f. 8, 3).

*Diodosida grandidieri Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). iv. p. 234 (1879) (Madag. ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Saalm., Lep, Madag. p. 121. n. 279 (1884) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 642. n. 10 (1892).

d. Closely allied to murina ; underside much more grey; abdomen below

with two rows of minute white dots. Hinder angle of forewing more produced,

a brownish basal posterior patch, fringe with two white spots behind Hindwing

@ Sil)

almost as in marginata, olive-brown, the tawny ground-colour appearing on dise ;

no sharply defined marginal band ; anal angle grey ; fringe almost pure white.

Forewing 4elow olive-brown from base to disc, distal margin also brown, dise

more or less tawny ; postdiscal dots conspicuous on both wings.

Sexual armature as in murina, but the tenth segment slenderer, the sternite

more acuminate and curved upwards at end, and the free process of the penis-

sheath acute, not dentate.

Hab. Madagascar.

Three dd in the British Museum.

Two $¢ in coll. Charles Oberthiir from Betsileo (Cowan), one of them here

fignred.

496. Temnora namaqua spec. noy. (Pl. VII. f. 2, 3).

3%. Intermediate between murina and marginata. Ground-colour of body

and forewing above nearly as in mwrina. Upperside of tibia not greyish white.

—Forewing, above, with an oblique discal band from costal to outer margin,

rather well defined proximally and concave, gradually fading away distally ;

distal margin bisinuate, convex in middle, apex produced, hinder angle more

produced backwards than in murina. Hindwing reddish ferrnginous, purer in

colour than in -mwrina, brown marginal band well defined, not much narrowed

behind ; fringe buffish white, darker at end of veins.

Underside as in murina, but basi-discal area of forewing cinnamon-rufons,

brighter than the rest of the wing.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 47) slender, truncate ; sternite very much

shorter than the tergite, rounded-truncate. Harpe (Pl. L. f. 18) much broader than

in murina and narrower than in marginata, compressed, irregular, apex somewhat

eurved downwards. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 5) similar to that of plagiata, bearing

a dentate ridge.

Hab. South-West Africa; probably more widely distributed oyer South and

Hast Africa.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 5 22 from Little Namaqnaland, Cape Colony ;

type: 3.

497. Temnora stevensi spec. nov. (PI. VII. f. 15, 3).

3. Intermediate in the shape of the forewing between maryinata and funebris ;

differing from both as follows: the brown oblique discal band of the forewing,

above, restricted in breadth and length, ill-defined both proximally and distally,

not extended to outer margin, not broader in front than at M!; brown marginal

area SC'—]R? tapering in front and behind, irregular, being incised at the veins ;

grey scaling at this short band more distinct than in the allied species ; fringe

white between K® and SM* on the upperside. Underside as in marginata, the

lines less distinct.

Sexual armature quite distinct. Abdominal scent-tuft pale vinaceous buff.

Tenth tergite as broad as in /wnedris, but much shorter; sternite gradually

merging into the anal cone, without free process (Pl. XLIV. f. 44). Friction-

scales and groove as in /unebris; harpe short (PI. L. f. 1), broad, curved upwards.

Penis-sheath (P]. LY. f. 49) with a very short, dentate, double ridge some distance

before end,

lah. Sierra Leone.

In the Tring Museum 3 d¢ from: Pt. Lokkoh, Suza Country, Sierra Leone,

July 1899 (Capt. Stevens), type; Sierra Leone.

Named in honour of Capt. Stevens.

498. Temnora subapicalis spec. nov. (Pl. VII. f. 14, ?).

2. Closely resembling marginata, but differs as follows:

Upperside of tibiae less white; apex of forewing more projecting, brown band

much broader in middle, the interspace between second and third discal line less

distinctly filled in with brown in costal area ; a subapical costal brown patch, at the

distal and hinder sides of which the wing is somewhat cinnamon-rufons ; fringe buff

behind between the veins; hindwing darker and more uniformly brown than in

marginata, brown marginal band vestigial.

Underside: both wings dark brown between submarginal line and edge of

wing, while in marginata the marginal area is for the greater part of the same

colour as the dise.

Hab. Kikuyu Escarpment, British East Africa, 6500 to 9000 ft., February 1902,

(W. Doherty), 1 2, in the Tring Museum.

499. Temnora marginata (Pl. VII. f. 3. 4, 3).

*Darapsa marginata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 185. n. 5 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus, Brit.).

Aspledon marginatum, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Het, i. p. 307. n. 5 (1875) (Natal).

Diodosida marginata, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soe, Lond. ix. p, 553. n. 2 (1877) (Natal).

Lophuron marginatum, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 642. n. 5 (1892) (Natal).

*Diodosida brunnea, Rothschild, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 72 (1894) (Namaqualand ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Similar to murina and namaqua. Upperside of tibiae white; edges of

abdominal sternites blackish laterally. Forewing, above, with a broad discal

band which is broadest at costal margin, narrowed to M', and somewhat widened

again at distal margin, which it reaches between R® and SM?.-—--Hindwing

cinnamon-rufous, brown distal marginal border not conspicuous.

3. Tenth tergite long and slender, gradually narrowed to end, which is rounded

off ; sternite very much shorter than tergite, that means, not reaching so far distad,

broad vertically and horizontally, truncate, bisinuate, mesial lobe short (Pl. XLIY.

f. 45). Harpe broad, obtusely acuminate, compressed, upper surface somewhat

concave (PI. L. f. 21). Penis-sheath curved at end, the concave side with a long

patch of teeth which is conyex proximally ; the teeth sparser towards apical edge

of sheath (PI. LV. f. 48), or there are only a few subapical teeth and, a little towards

the right side, a short dentate carina (PI. LVL. f. 6).

Larva and pupa see above, p. 564.

Hab. South Africa ; Comoro Is.

Two subspecies.

a. T. marginata marginata (P1. VII. f. 3, 3).

*Darapsa marginata Walker, /.c.

3%. The grey line within the brown discal band of the forewing above zigzag.

Penis-sheath with a long patch of teeth (PI. LY. f. 48).

Hab. South Africa.

In the Tring Musenm 7 larvae, 2 pupae, 7 od, 4 22 from: Durban and

Mooi R., Natal; Little Namaqualand, Cape Colony.

—_—

b. 1. marginata comorana subsp. uoy. (Pl. VIL. f. 4, 3).

d. Grey line in brown discal band of forewing not zigzag; distal marginal

area a little more extended brown below near apex. Penis-sheath: the patch of

teeth vestigial ; a short dentate carina towards the right side (PI1. LVI. f. 6).

Hab. Grande Comore.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Grande Comore (¢yye); in coll, Charles

Oberthiir 1 ¢ also from Grande Comore (Humblot).

500. Temnora argyropeza (PI. VIIs f. 5, d).

*Chaerocampa wrgyropeza Mabille, Bull. Soe. Philom. (7). iii. p. 135. n. 9 (1879) (Nossi-bé ; —coll.

Mabille).

Ocyton tyrrhus, id., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (= argyropeza ex errore).

Diodosida tyrrhus, Saalmiiller, Lep. Mad, p. 121. 0, 278 (1891) (= argyropeza ex err.).

Diodosida argyropexa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 642. n. 11 (1892).

3. Differing from marginata especially in the first segment of the palpus and

the hindtibia being marked with white scales, in the forewing having a grey stigma,

more distinct discal lines and a posteriorly more restricted oblique shade-band ; in

the hindwing having no marginal band, being thinly edged with blackish brown and

grey only behind; and in the basi-discal area of the forewing below being brighter

cinnamon-rufous than the rest of the wing.

Tenth tergite strongly compressed, hence much narrower in ventral or dorsal

aspect than in murina; sternite as broad as in murina, but simply truncate, not

bisinuate. Harpe very much narrower than in murina. Penis-sheath similar, but

less curved.

Hab. Madagascar.

In coll. Oberthiir 2 dd from: Antsianaka (Perrot, in first half of 1892).

Typus from Nossi-Bé in coll. Mabille.

501. Temnora funebris (PI. VII. f. 12, d, type).

*Diodosida funebris Holland, Ent. News iv. p. 340. n, 7. t. 15. £. 4 (1893) (Benita ;—coll. Holland) ;

Kirby, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 100, n. 8a (1894).

3%. Resembling fumosa in the elongate shape of the forewing, but nearer

related to marginata, from which it differs in the much more oblique distal margin

of the forewing, the proximally less sharply defined oblique discal band, and the

¢immamon-brown distal border on the underside of both wings.

d. Tenth tergite rather broad and flat, not much narrowed from middle

fo end, which is rounded; sternite shorter than tergite, triangular (Pl. XLIV.

f. 48), rather broad proximally. Clasper as in /mosa, with four large triction-

scales, covering a large groove clothed with minute scales ; harpe as in /wnosa, but

longer and less pointed, differing widely from the broad harpe of marginata.

Penis-sheath (PJ. LVI. f. 7) without external armature, but the membranaceous

duct bears a curved dentate ridge, a kind of saw, which becomes visible when the

duet is pushed out a little.

Hab. West Africa.

In coll. Holland from: Benita, Gabun.

Ju the British Masewu 8 ¢¢ from Old Calabar.

( 574 )

502. Temnora fumosa (PJ. VIIL f. 5, 3).

*Zonilia fumosa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 193. n. 3 (1856) (Congo ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

_ Boisd., Spee. Gen. Lép, Hét, i, p. 144. n. 9 (1875) (Guinea).

Diodosida fumosa, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 553. 0, 3 (1877) (Congo) ; Holl., Zrans.

Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 62. n. 13 (1889) (Kangwe, Ogowé).

$%. Palpus rather acuminate. Eye scarcely lashed. Spines of abdomen

stronger than in the other species. Hinder edge of meram of midcoxa cariniform,

angulate. Long terminal spur of hindtibia at least half the length of the first

tarsal segment. Forewing more distinctly banded in ¢ than in ?, a large

subbasal costal patch, an antemedian, nearly straight band of even width, and

a broader diseal band, which is widened in front, brown; a triangular grey costal

patch at the outerside of the discal band ; apex acute, distal margin even, sinuate

below apex.

3. Basal lateral scent-tuft of abdomen scarlet-pink. Tenth tergite narrow,

tip a little curved downward, strongly convex, rounded ; sternite a little broader

than the tergite, pointed. Friction-scales of clasper large ; harpe (PI. L. f. 19)

ending in a long, evenly curved, thin process. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 46)

without process, but the left edge continued proximad as densely serrate ridge.

Hab. Aethiopian Region, inclusive of Madagascar.

Two subspecies :

a. T. fumosa fumosa.

*Zonilia fumosa Walker, lc.

Diodosida fumosa, Butler, I.c.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 642, n. 8 (1892) (W. Africa),

Diodosida peckoveri, Méschler, Abh, Senk. Natu. Ges. xv. p. 68. n. 151 (1890) (Acera, v.).

Diodosidu fallax Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i, p. 72 (1894) (nom. nud.).

3%. The commonest form of the genus. It has not yet been found on the

eastern side of the Continent, but occurs most likely also there in the wooded

districts. Fresh specimens have a greenish tint, which fades into dark brown,

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to Angola and the Aruwimi Forest.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from: Sierra Leone; Gold Coast;

Niger ; Congo; Angola ; Aruwimi R. (Ansorge).

b. T. fumosa peckoveri.

* Diodosida peckoveri Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 637 (1877) (Madagascar ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Saalm., Lop, Mad. p. 121. n. 280. t, 4. £. 41 (1884) (Nossi-bé) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 642

n. 12 (1892) ; Joann., Ann. Sov. Ent. France p. 432. n, 22 (1894) (Mahé).

Choerocampa peckoveri, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (Madag.).

32. Underside of body deeper brown and wings rather broader than in the

Continental form.

Hab. Madagascar; Seychelles ; Comoro Islands.

In the Tring Museum 1 % from: Grande Comore.

503. Temnora sardanus (PI. VII. f. 15, 3).

* nyo sardanus Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M, viii. p. 116. 0. 7 (1856) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus. Brit.).

.Lspledon (?) sardanus, Boisduval, Spec. Grén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 308. 0. 7 (1875).

Lophura sardanus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Sov. Lond, ix. p. 537. n. 2 (1877) (Sierra Leone).

Aspledon sardanus, Plotz, Stet’. Ent. Zeit, xii. p, 76. n. 281 (1880) (Ening, W. Afr.). :

Eulophia sardanws, Holland, Vrans. Amer, Ent. Soc, xvi. p. 58 (1889); Kirby, Cat. Lup. Het. i.

p. 643. n, 2 (1892) (Sierra Leone).

* Diodosida uniformis Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i, p. 72 (1894) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus. Tring).

( 575 )

3d ¢%. Hye-lashes not dense. External row of spines of foretarsus simple,

with scarcely any additional spines at and near the normal ones, which are

slightly prolonged ; upperside of foretibia brown like the body, abdominal sternites

with a series of white dots towards each side, no dots at the lower edges of

the tergites,

Body olivaceous drab brown, underside with a russet tint, palpus below

somewhat paler, underside of tarsi pale buff. Forewing, above, drab with

ereyish flush, a minute dirty white stigma, lines blackish olive ; a broad shadowy

band of this colour obliquely across wing, its proximal edge rather well defined,

concave behind and ending at tip of SM’, distally the band gradually fades

away, with the pale interspaces of the lines more or less distinct ; apex of wing

acute, distal margin bisinvate, angulate at R*, fringe paler between veins.——

Hindwing uniformly brown, lines vestigial in side-light, fringe buff, with brown

vein-dots.

Underside russet-olive, basal half of forewing blackish olive, disc more or less

walnut-brown, especially in %, three discal lines on both wings, first of forewing

indistinct, distal margin with brown band, which is more distinct in 2 than in @.

3. Tenth tergite (PI. XLIV. f. 40) feebly convex above, apex trauncate-sinuate ;

sternite obtusely acuminate. Friction-scales large, four in number ; harpe (Pl. L.

f. 6) ending in a broad compressed process. Penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 2) with

the edge incrassate, the right edge proximally prolonged into a free, pointed process,

the left edge dentate, without free process. Scent-tuft at base of abdomen pink.

Hab, Sierra Leoue; probably more widely distributed over the West Coast

of Africa.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 8 ? ? from Sierra Leone.

504. Temnora plagiata (PI. VII. f. 20, d; 21, 2).

Lophuron dicanus Boisduyal, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594 (1847) (Natal ; nom. mud. ; haee,

spec. teste Boisd, 1875).

*Temnora plagiata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p, 105. n, 2 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus, Brit.).

*Panacra confuse id., 1.c. viii. p. 161, n. 10 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.),

Ocyton confusum, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i, p. 304. n. 3 (1875) (Natal).

*Aspledon dicanus id., |.c. i, p. 307. 0. 4 (1875) (Caffaria ; Zululand ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Lophura plagiata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 537. n. 1 (1877) (Natal ; = confusa).

Lophuron plagiata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 641. n. 4 (1892) (Natal).

*Lophuron maculatum Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i, p. 71 (1894) (Natal ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Palpi obtuse. Antenna of ¢ heavy. Eye-lashes not dense. Hinder

edge of midcoxal merum not cariniform. Upperside of tibiae like breast. Under-

side of abdomen with two series of brown dots. Forewing, above: the pair

of antemedian lines strongly curved, conspicuous, more or less filled in with

brown; a brown ‘stigma divided by a pale line; a large costal discal patch

sharply“defined, stopping at R*, quadrangular, a smaller subapical costal patch,

a submarginal spot R®’—M!; distal margin bisinuate, strongly convex in middle,

feebly denticulate, apex more or less acuminate. Hindwing : olivaceous cinnamon

rufous, or, almost mummy brown, a more or less distinct brown postdiscal line,

distal margin also brown; fringe white, with brown vein-dots.

Underside nearly like upperside of hindwing, rather more grey, third discal

line dentate on both wings, and distal marginal band olivaceous brown, but not

conspicuous ; basal half of forewing rather more olivaceous than disc.

3. Abdominal scent-tuft clayish. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 42) slender,

( 576 )

gradually narrowed to end, which is obtuse; sternite not much shorter than

tergite in lateral view (appearing shorter in figure, which gives the segment in

a distal ventral aspect), widest at the rounded apex. Harpe (PI. L. f. 2) ending

in a rather broad, apically incised and pointed process, which is much slenderer than

in znornatum, marginata, sardanus, ete., but broader than in murina. Penis-sheath

(Pl. LY. f. 51) with a dentate ridge as in several other species.

Hab. South and East Africa.

Two subspecies.

a. 1. plagiata plagiata (Pl. VIL. f. 20, 3).

*Temnora plaugiata Walker, lc.

32%. Body and forewing above russet, shaded with grey; distal margin of

forewing very faintly deuticulate-——Hindwing olivaceous cinnamon-rufous, post-

discal line distinct, interspace between it and marginal band brighter rufous.

Hab. Natal.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 2 2 #.

b. T. plagiata fuscata subsp. noy. (Pl. VIL. f. 21, 2).

2. Darker brown than the preceding ; proximal posterior angle of the large

costal patch of the forewing rounded ; distal margin distinctly dentate ; upperside

of hindwing and under-surface olivaceous vandyke-brown, postdiscal line of hind-

wing, above, not distinct.

Hab. Kikuyu Escarpment, Brit. Hast Africa, 6500—9000 ft. January 1901

(W. Doherty), 1 & in the Tring Museum.

505. Temnora atrofasciata.

Eulophura atrofasciata Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xvi, p. 59. n. 6. t 2. £3 (dg) (1889)

(Benita ;—coll. Holland) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. //et. i. p. 643. n. 1 (1892).

*Lophuron umbrinum Rothschild, /ris vii. p. 297. n. 1, t. 5. f. 4 (1894) (Sierra Leone ; Cameroons ;

—coll, Staudinger).

3%. Palpi obtusely triangular. Eye-lashes rather heavy. Midcoxal meram

somewhat angulate. Long terminal spur of hindtibia half the length of the

first tarsal segment. First palpal segment white laterally. Forewing ahove

without markings, except a large oblique discal band of an olivaceous mummy-

brown colour, this band sharply defined, straight proximally, broadly sinuate

distally, widest in front, no lines within band ; distal margin entire, rounded,

excised in front, apex obtuse. Underside of forewing cinnamon-rufons, basi-discal

area blackish brown, marginal baud vestigial at apex. Hindwing paler than

forewing. é

3. Scent-tuft of abdomen buff. Tenth tergite slender, convex above, not

compressed, apex rounded; sternite broad, much shorter than tergite, truncate,

incised, rough apically (Pl. XLIV. f. 41). Clasper with five large frietion-seales :

harpe short, trnneate (PI. L. f. 4). Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 90) before apex with

a lobe, diréeted proximad, free ouly at its extreme end and here denticulate, this

lobe corresponding to the patch of teeth of other species.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to Ogowe QR.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 1 ? from Sierra Leone.

( 677)

506. Temnora zantus.

Lophuron dorus Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594 (1847) (Natal; nom, nud. ; haec

spec. teste Boisd. 1875) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 641. n. 1 (1892).

*Lophura zantus Herrich-Schiiffer, Ausser. Schmett, i. t. 23. £. 105 (1854) (Cape Colony ;—coll.

Staudinger) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 29 (1864).

*Enyo excisa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p, 119. n. 13 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Oxford).

*Aspledon dorus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 305. n. 1 (1875) (Caffraria ; Natal ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir).

Aspledon zanthus (!), id., lc. p. 306, n. 2 (1875) (Caffraria).

Lophura? excisa, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 537. n. 3 (1877) (Natal).

Lophura zanthus, id., lc. 0.7 (1877).

Lophura dorus, id., lc. p. 632 (1877) (= nana! ex err.).

Lophuron zantus, Kirby, lc. n. 2 (1892).

3d ¢. Hye rather heavily lashed. External row of spines of first protarsal

segment double or treble, at least at base. Hinder edge of merum of midcoxa

cariniform, but not angulate. Long terminal spur of hindtibia not quite half

the length of the first tarsal segment; this nearly equalling 2 to 4. Abdominal

tergites with a white dot at lower edges; sternites with two rows of blackish

spots. Apex of forewing truncate, distal margin lobate at R*, M! and SM2,

hinder margin deeply concave before angle; apical area greyish, limited by a

blackish brown band, which is straighter in ? than in d, and includes a brown

costal spot generally followed by some dots; between this spot and the oblique

band there are two lines, often fused to one.

3. Scent-tuft of abdomen pale pink. Tenth tergite rather flat, feebly widened

at end, which is rounded-truncate ; sternite shorter than tergite, stout, vertically

broad ; apex acuminate, somewhat curved upwards, its upper surface carinate

mesially, transversely ribbed. Clasper with five large friction-scales; harpe

(Pl. L. f. 7) broad, obtuse, slightly spatulate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 13):

membrauaceous ventral area extending very far proximad ; the chitinised dorsal

area narrow, with a short apical carina at the left side.

Hab. Continental Africa.

Two subspecies :

a. T. zantus xantus.

Lophura xantus Herrich-Sch., lc.

3%. Underside of body and wings russet, basi-discal area of forewing olive-

brown. The distal edge of the oblique brown band of the forewing is generally

incurved in 3, seldom straight.

Hab. South and Bast Atrica: Cape Colony to German East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 7 9? from: Knysna, Cape Colony ; Mooi R.,

Natal; Delagoa Bay ; Mikindani, Germ. E. Afr.; Chipaika Estate, Bandawe,

Nyassaland, i. 99 (Watkinson).

b. 1. 2xantus apiciplaga.

*Pxeudenyo apiciplaga Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 291. n. 1 (1891) (Cameroons ;—Mus. Berlin) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644. n. 2 (1892).

g. Under surface much more reddish than in the eastern form. Not dissected.

Hab, Cameroons, 1 3 in the Berlin Museum ; not seen in other collections.

( 578 )

507. Temnora natalis.

*Temnora natalis Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 104.n. 1 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 536. n, 1 (1877) (Natal) ; id., lc. p. 632 (1877) (= natalii) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 640. n. 1 (1892).

Temnora natalii (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 290, n. 2 (1875) (Natal).

6%. Palpi short-triangular in dorsal view. Merum of midcoxa subcarinate.

First hindtarsal segment as long as 2 to 4, twice the length of longer terminal

hindtibial spur. Abdomen beneath with two series of brown dots, distal sternites

variegated with brown. Distal margin of forewing irregular, deeply sinuate in

front, dentate, the teeth rounded, apex and lobe R*—R* truncate-sinuate ; ante-

median lines very oblique, straight, curved only at costal margin ; a large, divided,

discal costal patch and two arrowhead-shaped submarginal spots R'—M? black.

Lines of under surface irregular, strongly dentate, more or less interrupted,

conspicuous.

3. Tenth tergite slender, gradually narrowing to end, which is obtuse ; steriiite

also slender, rather flat, shorter than the tergite, rounded at end. Clasper with

five large friction-scales ; harpe long, slender (Pl. L. f. 16), of the same type as

in fumosa and palpalis. Penis with a broad dentate lobe which projects distad

(Pl. LVI. f. 4).

Hab. South Africa: Natal.

In the British Museum 3 dd from Natal ; also in coll. Distant.*

5U8. Temnora spiritus (PI. VIL. f 22, 3, type).

*Ocyton spiritus Holland, Ent. News iv. p. 339. n. 4. t. 15. £.9 (¢) (1893) (Kangwé, Ogowé R. ;—

coll. Holland).

Diodosida spiritus, Kirby, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 100. n. 13 (1894).

3. A pale insect, the four specimens known to us looking as if they were

discoloured. Allied to plagiata in shape and markings. Long terminal spur of

hindtibia about one-third the first tarsal segment, this nearly as lone as the other

four together. Clayish buff ; forewing above and under surface of body and wings

creamy buff. Abdominal sternites without spots. Forewing, above, with a large

costal discal patch of an olivaceous clay colour, triangular, followed behind by a

narrow band of the same colour ; a dentate submarginal line beginning at costal

margin before apex, forming the border-line of a brownish marginal band ; distal

margin denticulate, apex truncate-sinuate. Hindwing much shaded with burnt

umber-brown, postdiscal interspace pale, two brown lines more or less distinct,

marginal baud brown.

Underside of forewing brown from base to disc, marginal bands of both wings

pale brown, that of forewing distinetly dentate, discal lines also dentate.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLV. f. 1. 2) strongly compressed, widened vertically

near apex, curved downwards, pointed ; sternite much shorter than tergite, slender,

pointed, curved. Clasper with five or six friction-scales; harpe (Pl. L. f. 13)

ending in a rather long, curved, somewhat twisted and spatulate process. Penis-

sheath armed before end with a broad, lanceolate, flat process which projects

obliquely distad and is dentate at the edges (P1]. LV. f. 54).

Hab. West Africa: Lagos ; Niger ; Ogowé.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from: Warri, Niger Coast, July 1897 (Dr. F. Roth).

* An allied species described in the Appendix,

(tite) ))

In the British Museum 1 d from: Sapele, Niger. Another 3, from Lagos, in

coll. Druce.

The truncate apex of the forewing and the pale colour distinguish this species

easily from plagiata.

509, Temnora elegans (PJ. VII. f. 6, 3).

*Diodosida elegans Rothschild, /iis vii. p. 298. n. 3 (1894) (Sierra Leone ;—coll. Staudinger).

32%. One of the prettiest species of the genus. Palpi triangular, pointed.

Bye-lashes rather dense. Merum of midcoxa not carinate. Long terminal spur of

hindtibia about one-third the length of first tarsal segment. Upperside of tibiae

the same in colour as breast. Abdomen beneath with two rows of black dots.

Distal margins of wings dentate ; that of forewing bisinuate, apex acute. Hind-

wing bright orange-rufous, with a sharply marked marginal band. Underside of

wings dull orange-rufous, hindwing shaded with grey: both wings with brown

distal marginal band, which is half as wide again on the forewing as on the

hindwing ; three discal lines on hindwing, distinct.

3. Abdominal scent-tuft scarlet. Tenth tergite slender ; sternite very broad,

sinuate, the lobes rounded (Pl. XLIV. f. 46). Harpe broad (PI. L. f. 9), flattened,

obtuse, of the same type as in zantus, inornatum, ete. Penis-sheath with an

elongate patch of teeth (PI. LV. f. 55); the duct, which is pushed out in the

specimen figured, bears some setae at end and a strongly chitinised dagger-like

spine.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

In the Tring Museum 3 63, 2 3? from: Sierra Leone; one of the dd in

August 1898 (Capt. Stevens).

510. Temnora palpalis spec. nov. (PI. VI. f. 10, 3).

3. Similar to cvenvlata, rather more cinnamon-brown above, tawny-brown below.

Antenna somewhat longer. First protarsal segment not longer than second and

third together. Hind edge of midcoxal merum not distinctly cariniform. First

segment of palpus with conspicuous white line at eye; abdomen below without

spots. Forewing, upperside: apex rounded ; oblique discal band without pale

distal border, widened at costal margin, its proximal edge sharper defined than in

crenulata. —Hindwing : postdiscal line distinct behind ; costal margin obviously

dilated near base.

Underside far more tawny than in crenulata, no buftish spots, lines feebly

marked, obsolete in posterior half on both wings.

g. Scent-tuft of base of abdomen scarlet. Tenth segment (Pl. XLV. f. 3)

long ; tergite densely hairy, gradnally narrowed to end, which is rather flat and

rounded ; sternite longer than tergite, very slender, dilated at end and somewhat

curved, hollowed out, ladle-shaped. Clasper with more than four large friction-

scales, besides several small ones ; harpe (PI. L. f. 14) similar to that of fumosa,

ending in a gently curved, slender, pointed, minutely notched process. Penis-sheath

(Pl. LY. f. 53) with the left edge incrassate and dentate.

%. Not known.

Hab. Avtanambé, Baie d’ Antongil, Madagascar ; 2 dd in the Tring Museum,

March and April 1897 (A. Mocquerys).

Hasily recognised by the white line on the first segment of the palpus,

( 580 )

511. Temnora crenulata (Pl. VII. f 11, 2, type).

*Ocyton crenulata Holland, Ent. News iv. p. 338, n. 3. t. 15. £. 8 (1893) (Batanga, Cameroons ;—

coll. Holland).

Diodosidn crenulata, Kieby, Noy. Zoou, i. p. 100 (1894).

32%. Drab, flushed with grey. Eye-lashes not dense. Palpus pointed. Hinder

edge of mesocoxal merum cariniform ; first row of spines of foretarsus simple, or

proximally doubled. Underside of palpus, middle of breast, and legs greyish, tibiae

without white stripe. Edges of abdominal sternites ferruginous, paler in middle,

with a white dot at each side. Crest of head and thorax brown. Oblique discal

band of forewing sharply defined distally, discal: lines dentate, more or less

interrupted ; distal margin angulated at R*, dentate-——Hindwiug grey at anal

angle; margin denticulate, fringe pale buff with dark vein-dots. Underside with

two conspicuous buff dots on forewing, one subapical, the other subanal.

3. Scent-tuft at base of abdomen scarlet pink. Tenth tergite rather broad,

not much narrowed to end, apex rounded, upperside feebly convex ; sternite shorter

than the tergite, obtuse, not pointed. Friction-scales large, four in number ; harpe

(Pl. L. f. 8) short, obtuse, apex somewhat recurved, upper edge concave, dilated

and raised proximally into a pyramidal prominence. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVL. f. 3)

with a slender process curved proximad and bearing a tooth at base.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone ; Cameroons.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,2 2? from: Sierra Leone, June and Aug, 1898

(Capt. Stevens) ; Pt. Lokkoh, Snuza country, Sierra Leone, July 1899 (Capt. Stevens).

The specimen figured is the type lent to us by Dr. Holland.

The distally sharply defined oblique band of the forewing, together with

the dentate distal edges of the wing, enable one to distinguish this species easily

from sardanus, while it can be differentiated at a glance from zantus by the acute

apex of the forewing, the more evenly dentate distal margin, the darker under

surface, etc.

512. Temnora reutlingeri (PI. VII. f. 16, 3, type).

*Ovyton veutlingeri Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xvi. p. 61, n. 9. t. 2. £. 6 (1889) (Benita ;—coll.

Holland).

Diodosida reutlingeri, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 642. n. 4 (1892).

3. Palpus less pointed than in crenulata ; eye-lashes denser. Tarsi slender,

first segment of hindtarsus as long as 2 to 4 together. Underside of abdomen

slightly pinkish, with a series of brown apical dots at each side; scent-tuft pale

pink. Upperside of forewing more cinnamon than in crenulata ; distal margin less

angulate, not distinctly denticulate, fringe buff between veins, especially behind ;

oblique band more proximal than in crenulata; proximally sharply limited

by a pale line ; a conspicuous subapical, costal, brown patch. Fringe of hind-

wing buff, except at tips of veins. Underside without conspicuous markings,

pale russet hazel ; forewing olive brown from base to beyond cell, margin also

brown, but this colour not forming a sharply defined and conspicuous band.

?. Not known.

Hab. Benita, Gabun ; 1 ¢ in coll. Holland ; not seen in other collections.

( 581 )

513. Temnora scitula (PJ. VII. f. 19, d, type).

*Ocyton seitula Holland, Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 60. n. 7. t. 2. f. 4 (1889) (Benita ;— coll.

Holland).

Diodosida scitula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 642. n. 2 (1892).

3%. Palpi rather obtuse. Hye-lashes not heavy. Hinder edge of midcoxal

mernum not cariniform. Long spur of hindtibia about half the length of the first

tarsal segment. First segment of palpus, middle of breast, and two basal abdominal

sternites more or less grey, sternites 3 to 6 with a conspicuous white apical mesial

spot, which is also present on second sternite, but here less conspicuous owing to

the greyish white scaling of this segment ; tergites with pale edges, which almost

develop ventrally into white tufts. Distal margins of wings entire, hindwing with

vestiges of teeth. Forewing bisinuate, rounded in middle, apex acuminate ; inter-

space between pair of antemedian lines posteriorly filled in with brown ; an oblique

brown discal band, sharply defined proximally, narrowed in middle ; at its proximal

edge there stands before M? a creamy dash, followed beyond M? by vestiges of one

or two dots ; a round creamy dot outside the band before R*; a postdiscal costal

brown triangular patch, sometimes prolonged to end of M’, a brown marginal

triangular spot SC'—SC° followed by a broader marginal band ending in a point at

QR. Hindwing dark walnut brown, with a paler postdiscal narrow band, distal

margin deeper brown.—— Underside: a greyish brown border to both wings ;

forewing deeper brown than hindwing, with a subapical costal tawny-buff lunnle, a

round creamy dot before R*, and an interrupted creamy line between M' and SM?

—Hindwing more greyish ferrnginous, postdiscal interspace brighter.

d. Abdominal scent-tuft butt. Tenth tergite (PI. XLIV. f. 53) rather broad,

not compressed, apex round ; sternite triangular, apex obtuse. Harpe (PI. L. f. 17)

with a slender and straight process. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 9) with a raised and

enrved patch of teeth, the right edge of the patch projecting, cariniform, dentate,

the patch not extended to apex at left side.

Hab. West Africa.

In coll. Holland and the British Museum from Benita. In coll. Oberthiir one

small ¢ from Lolodorf, Cameroons (Conradt). In the Berlin Museum 1 ¢ from

Togoland. Also in coll. Druce.

Easily recognised by the round dot R’—R* on forewing.

514. Temnora eranga (PI. VII. f. 17, 3, type).

*Ocyton eranga Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 61. n. 10. t. 2. f. 7 (9) (1889) (Kangwé,

Ogowé ;—coll. Holland).

Diodoxsida evanga, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 642. n. 5 (1892).

3 ?. Rather close to seitula. Underside of palpus, breast, and first two abdominal

sternites whitish; the other sternites with white apical mesial spots. Torewing less

elongate than in scéfula ; oblique discal band narrower posteriorly ; no round creamy

diseal dot, but there is a pale mark resembling the number 7 at the proximal side

of the band before hinder angle; antemedian lines not distinctly filled in with

brown, discal lines more obviously dentate than in scitula. Underside paler,

especially along marginal band, where there is a series of pale spots, of which the

costal one on forewing is enlarged.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 52) very much slenderer than in seétuda.

( 582 )

compressed. (Harpe not preserved in the only specimen at disposal.) Penis-

sheath with a patch of teeth nearly as in elegans, only shorter, differing from

that of sc/tula in being almost symmetrical, narrow, well defined,

Hlab. West Africa: Sierra Leone ; Ogowé R.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Sierra Leone.

515. Temnora iapygoides (Pl VII. f. 18, 3, type).

*Ocyton iapygoides Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi, p. 60. n. 8. t. 2. £. 5 (gd) (1889) (Benita,

Gabun ;—coll. Holland). F

*Ocyton preussi Karsch, nt. Nachr. xvii. p. 292. n. 2 (1891) Barombi, Cameroons ;—Mus. Berlin).

Diodosida iapygoides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.i, p. 642. n, 3 (1892); Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep,

p. 18 (1893).

Diodosida preussi, Kirby, /.c. n. 6. (1892).

*Pterogon clementsi Rothschild, Noy, Zoon, i. p. 69 (1894) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus. Tring).

3?. Similar to eranga. Underside of body less pale, abdominal sternites

without distinct white spots, but the fringe grey except at sides. Band of forewing

less sharply defined proximally ; no creamy mark before hinder angle, distal lines

less dentate. Upperside of hindwing deeper cinnamon-rufous. Underside of wings

without creamy buff spot along marginal band.

3. Scent-tuft of abdomen creamy buff. Tenth tergite rather short, elongate-

triangular, pointed; sternite characteristic, being sinuate (Pl. XLIV. f. 43).

Harpe elongate, almost straight, tapering, with a dentate crest on upperside

(P]. L. f. 3). Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 1) with two rows of teeth, one left, apical,

the other right, longer and more proximal.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone ; Cameroons ; Ogowé.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 5 ? ? from Sierra Leone.

A g from Cameroons in coll. Charles Oberthiir, a ¢ from the same country 1m

Museum Stockholm.

T. clementsi is based on an exceptionally pale 3.

516, Temnora pylas.

Sphine pylas Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 23. t. 206, f. A (1779) (Surinam !).

Enyo pylas, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p, 132. 0. 1417 (1822).

Lophuva pylas, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii, p. 106. n, 1 (1856) (Surinam!) ; Butl., Trans.

Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 538, u. 11 (1877) (partim).

*Lophura brisacus Walker, l.c. n, 2 (1856) (partim).

* Aspledon brisaeus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Wet. i. p. 308, n. 6. t. 8. £.-2 (@) (1875) (partim) ¢

Moschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxiii. p. 288. n. 84 (1884) (partim ?).

Lophuron pylas, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 641. n. 3 (1892) (partim).

3%. The pair of antemedian lines of forewing, upperside, is distinct and more

or less filled in with brown, forming a conspicuous, evenly curved band; first

and second discal lines vestigial in middle, angulate, filled in with brown at

costal margin and also behind, the costal band-like portion less oblique than in

the other species, and forming the proximal border of a grey triangnlar space,

which includes two brown lines, area outside this triangular patch and dise of a

vinaceous rufous tint; apex rather obtuse; no distinct tooth at SC. Brown

marginal band of hindwing with a broad ferruginous border, which is, at R', abont

twice the width of the brown band ; postdiseal line marked only behind.

Underside uniformly ferrnginons, with brown border, abdominal fold of

hindwing yellowish near base,

( 583 )

d. Abdominal scent-tuft vinaceons cinnamon. Tenth tergite nearly as in

namaqua (Pl. XIV. f. 47), slender, compressed, subprismatical, tip trancate-

rounded ; sternite about one-fourth shorter than tergite, with parallel sides in

yentral aspect (Pl. XLIV. f. 55), tip truncate with the angles rounded. Harpe

(PI. L. f. 10) compressed, more or less suddenly narrowed to a short hook. Penis-

sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 10) with a free process at right side, dentate at end, and a longer

process at left side, this one not separate from the sheath, dentate all over.

Hab. Natal ; Cape Colony.

In the Tring Museum 16 ¢¢,8 2? from: Natal ; Grahamstown, ix. x. 1901.

°17. Temnora pylades spec. nov.

Lophura brisaews Walker, /.c. (partim) ; Butl., /.c. (partim).

Aspledon brisaeus, Boisduval, |.c. (partim).

Lophura pylas, Butler, /.c. (partim).

Lophuron pylas, Kirby, l.c. (partim).

_ Lophuron pseudopylas Rothschild, /.c. (1894) (partim ; no, 2).

3%. Like pylas, antemedian lines of forewing less distinct, not filled in

with dark brown ; an oblique brown discal band from costal to outer margin,

straight proximally, the greyish costal space outside this band less distinct and

smaller than in pylas, the submarginal area and the dise less vinaceous rufous ;

apex of wing more acute, angle R* more prominent and hinder angle more produced

backwards ; no distinct tooth at SC*.

g. Tenth segment shorter than in pylas, the sternite (PI. XLIYV. f. 5)

obyionsly broader, slightly but distinctly sinuate, angles rounded. Harpe

(Pl. L. f. 11) much slenderer than in pylas. Penis-sheath essentially the same as

in pylas.

Hab. South Africa.

In the Tring Museum 11 dd, 4 2? from: Natal and Cape Colony. Type:

3, Natal.

518. Temnora pseudopylas.

Lophuron brisaeus, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594 (1847) (Natal ; nom. nud.) ;

Wallengr., Kongl. Sv, Vet. Ak. Handi. v. 4. p. 17 (1865) (Caffr. or, ; partim ?).

Lophura brisaeus Walker, |.c. (partim).

Aspledon brisacus, Boisduval, Spee. Géu. Lép, Het. i. p. 306, n. 3 (1875) (partim); Méschl., /.e.

partim 7).

Lophura pylas, Butler, /.c. (partim).

Lophuron pylas, Kirby, I.c. (partim).

*Lophuron pseudopylas Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 71 (1894) (partim ; no. 1 ; hab ?—Mus. Tring).

3%. Body above amd below and upperside of forewing deeper brown than in

pylas and pylades. Forewing similar in pattern to that of pylades, the grey post-

discal line outside the brown band angulate at SC, distal margin with distinct tooth

80°, Brown marginal band of hindwing with umber-brown border; the veins

streaked with brown. Under surface brighter in tint, more variegated with bright

chestnut and yellow, on forewing especially along marginal band ; costal areas

of both wings obviously deeper brown than dise ; costal margin of hindwing more

dilated near base than in the previous species.

3. Tenth segment as in pylas. Harpe much longer than in pylas, spatulate ,

curved (PI, L. f. 12). Penis-sheath (PI. L. f. 10, 12) differing in the right process

( 584 )

being broader and more extended dentate, or in the left one being more restricted

dentate.

Hab, South and Bast Africa ; Comoro Islands.

Two. subspecies :

a. T. pseudopylas latimargo subsp. nov.

3. Marginal band of hindwing broader than in the continental form, the

brown line situated within band not only in front bat also between R* and SM’.

Under surface bright reddish chestnut, with little ochreous yellow scaling. Harpe

shorter than in two continental subspecies ; penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 12) with the

left dentate ridge short, the teeth few in number,

Hab, Grande Comore.

One ¢ in coll. Oberthiir, collected by L. Humblot.

b. T. pseudopylas pseudopylas.

* Lophuron pseudopylas Rothschild, /.c.

d?. Marginal band! of hindwing, above, bordered by the postdiscal line

between R* and SM*. Underside of fore- and hindwing much variegated with

ochreous yellow.

3. Harpe long (Pl. L. f. 15). Penis-sheath with the left ridge as densely

dentate as in pylas (Pl. LVI. f. 10).

Hab. South and Hast Africa.

In the Tring Musenm 21 3d, 7 2? from: Namaqualand ; Natal ; Delagoa

Bay ; Kikuyu Escarpment, Brit. B. Afr., iii. iv. (Doherty); Masindi, Uganda, xii. i.

(Ansorge) ; Butiti, ‘Toru, iv. (Ansorge).

Our individuals from British East Africa have a slightly narrower and more

heavily dentate forewing, and some have the ferruginous border to the brown

marginal band of the hindwing replaced by brown as in the following species.

519. Temnora leptis spec. nov.

3%. This may ultimately turn out to be the West African representative of

pseudopylas ; but as:-it comes nearer pylades in the shape of the tenth abdominal

sternite of ¢, we keep it sspecifically separate. Agreeing in the shape of the

forewing with narrow-winged Hast African pseudopylas, apex truncate-sinnate,

more produced at SC° than in psewdopylas; border of hindwing all brown;

posterior three-quarters of hindwing, on underside, prominently marked with

ochreous buff ; submarginal band of forewing the same colour, or ochraceous rufous,

conspicuous ; costal margin of hindwing as in pseudopylas.

3. Tenth sternite (PI. XLIV. f. 56) rather deeply sinwate, the lobes acute.

Harpe irregularly notched before end (Pl. L. f. 15). Right process of penis-sheath

(Pl. LVI. f. 11) with teeth nearly all over.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 3 2? from: Sierra Leone; type: &.

No representative of this group of Temnora has as yet been found in West

Africa between Sierra Leone and Cape Colony.

CXXXII. PSEUDENYO.—Typus : Jdenitensis.

Pseudenyo Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 57 (1889) (type: benitensis) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 644 (1892) (partim).

3?. Palpus longer than in Zemnora, first segment twice as long as broad,

second longer than first, acutely pointed. Fourth protarsal segment not longer than

broad. Forewing with apex truncate, distal margin sinnate between SC and R?’,

angulate at R* (not at R°).

We have seen only the ? in the British Museum, presented by Dr. Holland.

This specimen has the last four segments of the antenna (one only perfect) strongly

eompressed and broader than the fifth (from the tip), the last segment being the

largest of the four. This peculiar structure is doubtless not normal for the species.

Hab. West Africa.

One species.

Perhaps not generically different from Temnora.

520. Pseudenyo benitensis.

Pseudenyo benitensis Holland, 1.c. t. 2. f. 2 (3) (1889) (Benita) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 1 (1892),

3?. Abdominal margin of the brown hindwing broadly yellow.

Hah. Benita, Gabun.

A ? (cotype) in the British Museum from : Benita.

CXXXII. TEMNORIPAIS gen. nov.—Typus : last.

Pterogon, Rothschild (non Boisduval, 1836), Nov. Zoou. i. p, 70 (1894).

3. A development of Vemnora ; antenna not incrassate distally, hook gradual,

end-segment short; hindtibia without comb (middle legs wanting in the only

specimen known) ; clasper z?thout friction-scales. Differs from Antinephele in the

much shorter palpus, sunken head, shorter pronotam, short basal spines of the third

row of the first segment of the hindtarsus, the less obtuse apex of the forewing,

distinctly angulate outer margin, and not rounded hinder angle. Differs from

Odontosida in the not armed foretibia.

? and early stages not known.

Tab. Madagascar.

One species.

521. Temnoripais lasti.

*Pterogon lasti Rothschild, /.c. t. 5. £. 5. (g) (1894) (S.W. Madagascar ;—Mus. Tring),

3. In appearance somewhat like Temnora pylas. Forewing with a rather

broad subbasal brown band, a brown discal line obliquely from costa to R*,'then

backwards to middle of hinder margin, the brown scaling extended distad behind

R®; a minute white stigma. Hindwing orange-ochraveous; a broad blackish

brown maginal band, bordered proximally with chestnut-tawny.

Tenth tergite and sternite of nearly equal length, both slender; tergite strongly

convex above; sternite gradually narrowed. Clasper without friction-scales,

agreeing in this respect with Odontosida, Gurelca, and Sphingonaepiopsis ; harpe

( 586 )

(Pl. IL. f, 33) with a broad process which is proximally produced into a enrved

tooth, and is apically carved upwards, the upper hinder surface densely denticulate.

Penis-sheath (P]. LV. f. 36) with a short, pointed, nearly horizontal process at the

right side, and a broad flat truncate process on the dorsal side towards the left, this

broad process directed proximad, truncate, being widest at the end, with the angles

produced laterad, and the edges dentate.

Hab. S.W. Madagascar (Last), one ¢ in the Tring Museum ; not seen in other

collections.

CXXXIV. ODONTOSIDA gen. nov.—Typus : pusillus.

Smevinthus, Felder (non Latreille, 1802), Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82 (1874).

Lophuron, Kirby (non Wallengren, 1865), Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 641 (1892).

3%. Genal process very obtuse, shorter than pilifer; a tuft of scales below

pilifer as in the allied genera. Palpus not projecting, with rough hair-scales at

sides ; patch of sensory hairs on innerside at the base vestigial. Head sunken, with

mesial crest. Eye small, lashed. Antenna setiform in d, slightly incrassate beyond

middle in 2; end-segment sior¢. Spines of abdomen weak, numerous. Merum of

midcoxa not angulate; foretibia ending in a thorn; midtarsus without comb; spurs

of midtibia nearly equal in length. Distal margins of wings uneven or denticulate ;

hinder angle of cell of hindwing more or less acuminate.

3. Clasper without friction-scales. Tenth sternite somewhat longer than the

tergite.

@. Vaginal plate trancate, angles rounded, orifice large, its anterior edge raised,

smooth.

Barly stages not known.

Tab. South Africa.

Rasily recognised by the claw of the foretibia and the short end-segment of the

antenna.

Two species :*

Base of hindwing yellow ; forewing with

blackish brown triangular patch including

stigma : 5 : : : 523. O. magnifieum.

Hindwing pale rufous, basal area not yellow . 522. 0. puséllus.

522. Odontosida pusillus.

*Smerinthus pusillus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82. £. 1 (1874) (Caffraria, Tsamo R. ;—Mus.

Tring) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. IHét.i, p. 46. n. 38 (1875).

Triptogon? pusillus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 588. n. 17 (1877).

Lophuron pusillum, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 642. n. 6 (1892 .

* Lophuvon pulchervimum Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i. p- 70 (1894) (Namaqualand :—Mus. Tring).

3%. Some specimens are far more grey on body and forewing, and have more

conspicuous markings than others. The two forms intergraduate, however, as the

series now in the Tring Museum shows, and are the same in structure ; pulcherrt-

mum sinks, therefore, as a synonym.

3. Tenth tergite mesially grooved above, rather flat, convex at end which is

rounded (Pl. XLIV. f. 37); sternite (Vv) broader than the tergite, not strongly

chitinised, rather suddenly acuminate. Casper rounded sole-shaped (PI. IL. f, 28) 5

* For a third species see Appendix,

( 587 )

harpe very large, somewhat resembling the clasper in shape, at end near the dorsal

edge densely beset with short spines. Penis-sheath with a heavy, triangular,

horizontal process before end (P]. LY. f. 38); penis-fannel with a slender process

on each side.

Hab. South Africa: Cape Colony ; Natal ; Transvaal.

In the Tring Museum 19 63,4 2 ? from: Grahamstown ; Weenen and Mooi R.,

Natal, i.; Barberton, Transvaal.

523. Odontosida magnificum.

*Lophuron magnificum Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 71. t. 5. £. 7 (2) (1894) (Namaqualand ;—Mus,

Tring).

3%. Palpus smaller than in pyszl/vs. Distal margin of forewing not

erenulate, bisinuate, beg convex in middle, apex obtuse ; basal area of forewing

below and of hindwing above orange.

3. Tenth tergite flatter than in pusil/ws ; sternite obviously longer, strongly

compressed, narrow, curved upwards at end (Pl. XLIV. f. 38. 39, lateral and dorsal

aspects). Clasper as in pustl/us ; harpe (PI. IL. f. 29) much smaller, but of the

same type, its upper edge spinose. Penis-sheath with process at apical edge and

some teeth near base of process (Pl. LY. f. 37); penis-funnel somewhat produced

ventrad ; no processes.

Hab. South Africa: Cape Colony ; Natal.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 4 22 from: Little Namaqualand and Grahams-

town, Cape Colony ; Natal.

CXXXV. GURELCA.—Typus : Ayas.

Lopluwa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 105 (1856) (partim; type: brvsaeus = pylas).

Perigonia id., lc. xxxv. p. 1851 (1866) (partim ; type: stulta).

Gurelea Kirby, Roy. Dublin Soc. (2). ii. p. 330 (1880) (partim ; nom, nov. indescriptum loco

Lophurae Herr.-Sch., indescriptae, type: zantus) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 643 (1892) (nom, nov.

loco Lophurae Boisd, 1875 descriptae ; type: yas).

3%. Genal process triangular, obtuse, not reaching tip of pilifer. Palpus

projecting, terminal surface triangular, almost quadrangular; scales laterally at

apex of first segment prolonged, forming a kind of fan ; basal patch of sensory

hairs of inner surface absent. Hye strongly lashed ; head crested, the crest divided

into two carinae which converge behind. Antenna short, filiform in both sexes,

strougly compressed in d, cylindrical in ? ; end-segment short, conical. Spines

of abdomen numerous, in several rows, all elongate and weak; d with expansible

obtusely triangular anal tuft, 2 with smaller truneate tuft. Merum of midcoxa not

carinate ; all the tibiae with some syéxes ; paronychium with the ventral lobes

obliterated ; no comb on tarsi, hindtarsus with few spines at base; spurs of midtibia

almost the same in length, long terminal one of hindtibia about as long as third

tarsal segment, or shorter, about a third or a fourth longer than the second terminal

spur. Distal margin of forewing denticulate, deeper sinnate behind M' ; R® and M!

close together, M* from near middle of cell ; costal margin of hindwing broadly

I* from before centre of cell, lower angle of cell acute ; D® longer than D*.

d. Tenth tergite compressed, slender, simple, pointed ; sternite broad, triangular

( 588 )

or truncate. Clasper without friction-seales. Penis-sheath ending in a dentate

process.

?. Vaginal plate triangular distally, the distal edges somewhat incrassate and

more or less elevate ; orifice free.

Larva tapering in front, with a dorso-lateral line, and below this oblique bands;

horn figured by Butler as being very long and filiform, by Semper and by Moore

as being rather stout and shorter than two segments: are, perhaps, Butler’s figures

representations of masuriensis instead of hyas ?

Hab. North Western India (known as far sonth as Mhow) to Japan, the

Philippines and Java.

Two species.

Kirby proposed, without giving a definition, the name (rwrelea in 1880 to

replace the likewise nondescript name “ Lophura, Herr Schiiff. nom. preoce.,” and

enumerated under it three African and one Indian species. Herrich-Schiiffer

mentioned the name Lophura—corrupted from Boisduval’s nondescript name

Lophuron—only in connection with his Lophura zantus from Hast Africa. The

type of the nondescript name of 1880 is, therefore, snus for all those who, like

Mr. Kirby, accept nondescript names as valid, and not /yas, as given by Kirby in

his Catalogue.

For us nondescript names have no standing ; Gwrelca of 1880 is not valid,

while Guwrelea of 1892 being said to replace Lophura as defined by Boisduval

in 1875 (type: dyas) is the first not preoceupied defined term for the present Indian

genus, and, therefore, the correct name.

524, Gurelca hyas.

*Lophura hyas Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 107. 0. 3 (1856) (Silhet ; Hongkong ; Jaya;

N. India ;— Mus. Brit.); Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins, Mus. EB. I. C. i. p. 203. 0. 607,

t. 8. f. 4. 4a (/., p.) (1857) (Java) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal) ; Boisd.,

Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 310. n, 1 (1875) (Silhet ; Java ; Philippines) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.

Sov. Lond. ix. p. 588. n. 8. t. 90. £. 1. 2. 3 (l. p.) (1877) (Hongkong ; Silhet ; Java) ; Swinh.,

Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 434. n. 4 (1886) (Mhow, xi.); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Lep. Moths Ind. i.

p. 7. n. 40 (1887) (Sikhim ; Mhow) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xliii. p. 101. n, 171

(1890) (E. Java, xi.).

Macroglossum geometricum Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I, C. i. p. 265.0. 607

(1857).

* Perigonia macroglossoides Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M, xxxv. p. 1851 (1866) (Darjiling ;—coll.

Atkinson, now in coll. Staudinger) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 676 (1867).

Pergesa ? macroglossoides, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. re 10) 548. n. 9 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh.,

Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 10. n. 56 (1887).

Gurelea hyas, Kirby, Proc. Roy, Dublin Soc, (2). ii. p. 330 (1880) ; Swinh., Cat, Lep, Tet. Mus. On.

i, p. 8 n. 33 (1892) (Silhet ; Assam ; Java); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 643. n. 1 (1892);

Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 110. 0, 173 (1892) (Hongkong ; Sikbim ;

Silhet ; Mhow ; Java) ; Huwe, Berl, Ent, Zeitschr. xl. p. 359. n, 12 (1895) (Java) ; Semp.,

Schm. Philipp. ii, p. 405. n. 54. t. j. f. 1. 2 (1, p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Camiguin de Mindanao ;

Palawan ; viii—ix.); Leech, Zrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 291. n. 73 (1898) (partim) ; Dudg.,

Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe, xi. p. 417. n. 178 (1898) (Sikhim and Bhutan, up to 5000 ft., v.—Vil.,

xi, xii.).

Metopsilus (2?) macroglossoides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 661. n. 22 (1892).

Gurelea macroglossoides, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 110. n. 175 (1892) ;

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. IH. Soc. xi. p. 417, n. 175 (1898) (not seen ”).

3%. Border of hindwing of even width.

3. Tenth tergite carinate above in middle ; sternite trapeziform, truncate,

feebly impressed mesially on underside, edges only stronger chitinised, Harpe

( 589 )

(Pl. IL. f. 31) broadly spatulate, curving upwards at end. Penis-sheath with an

apical process which projects obliquely distad and is dentate at the ventral edge.

Gide iy. f. 39).

¢. Distal edge of vaginal plate very slightly raised ; orifice proximal.

Larva see above. Further research is necessary to explain the difference in

the figures of Moore, Butler, and Semper.

Hab. North-Western India ; Mhow; eastwards to Java and the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 16 od, 5 2? from: Kelong, Formosa, viii. 96 (Jones) ;

Kbasia Hills, ii. iii. ; Madras ; Silhet : Java.

The type of macroglossoides isin coll. Staudinger (e coll. Atkinson) ; it is yas.

525. Gurelca masuriensis.

*Lophura masuriensis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 244. n. 16. t. 36. £. 3 (1875) (Masuri ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 537. n. 4 (1877).

3%. Border of hindwing narrowing behind ; D* rather Jonger than in hyas.

Fourth abdominal tergite with a large, interrupted, grey apical patch.

3. Tenth sternite narrower at end than in Ayas. Harpe (PI. IL. f. 32) with

a basal process which is hollow, open above ; distal part of harpe raised to a sinuate

ridge ; above this there is on the clasper a hairy prominence. Penis-sheath

(PL LY. f. 40) with a long flat process, curving proximad and round the sheath,

lying flat upon this ; proximal edge with vestige of denticulation.

?. Distal edge of vaginal plate projecting; orifice beyond middle, transverse.

Hah. North-West India to Japan.

Two subspecies.

a. G. masurrensis masuriensis.

*Lophura masuriensis Butler, Lc. ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 7. n. 387 (1887) (Sibsagar).

*Lophura himachala Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 621. n. 1 (1875) (N.E. Himalayas ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud. ix, p. 636 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., l.c. i. p. 8. n. 42 (1887).

*Lophura erebina Butler, Proc. Zool. Sov. Lond. p. 621. n. 3 (1875) (N.W. India ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 636 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., /.c. i. p. 8. n. 43 (1887).

Gurelea masuriensis, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 8. n. 32 (1892) (Masuri); Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 643, n. 2 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 110. n. 174

(1892) (=himachala=erebina) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xi. p. 417, n. 174 (1898)

(Sikhim, from 1000 ft. upwards, v. vii.).

Gurelew himachala, Kirby, lec. n, 5 (1892).

Gurelca erebina, id., lc. 0. 7 (1892).

Gurelca hyas, Hampson, lc. f. 65 (1892).

3%. The dark Indian form, with broad distal border to hindwing.

Hlab. North India: Massuri to Burma.

Iu the Tring Museum 33 dd,2 2? from: Darjiling; Buxa, Bhutan; Khasia

Hills, iv. ; Cherrapunji, x.

b. G. masuriensis sangaica.

*Lophura sangaica Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 621. n, 2 (1875) (Shanghai ;—Mus, Brit.) ; id.,

Trans, Zool, Soc. Lond, ix. p. 6386 (1877); Leech, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 583. 0. 9 (1888)

(Satsuma, v. ; Nagasaki, vi.; Fushiki & Shimonoseki, vii. ; Gensan, viii.).

Gurelea sangaica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 643. n. 6 (1892).

Lophura hyas, Alphéraky, in Rom., Wém. Lép, vi. p. 3. n. 69. t. 1. £. 2 (gd) (1892) (China),

Lophura maswriensis, id., lc. ix. p. 119 (1897) (Se-tschuen).

Gurelva hyas, Leech, Trans. nt. Soc. Lond. p. 291, n, 73 (1898) (partim).

Gurelea masuriensis, id., lc. p. 201. n. 74 (1898).

( 590 )

3%. Forewing paler than iu the Indian form; distal border of hindwing

narrower, more strongly tapering behind.

Hab. China ; Japan; Corea; apparently all the summer.

In the Tring Museum 22 dd, 18 22 from: Nagasaki, vi.; Satsuma, v.;

Yokohama, vi. vii. viii.; Taipeh. Formosa; China.

CXXXVI. SPHINGONAEPIOPSIS.—Typus: nanum.

Sphinv, Esper (non Linné, 1758), Schmett., Suppl. ii. p. 49 (1806).

Proserpinus Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (partim ; type : proserpina=oenotherac).

Pterogon Boisduval, Ind. Meth. p. 32 (1829) (nom. indescr.) ; id., Icon. Lép. ii. p. 14 (1884) (partin,

incl. type of Proserpinus).

Lophura Walker (non Flemming, 1822), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 105 (1856) (partim).

Sphingonaepiopsis Wallengren, Oefv. Vet. Ak. Forh. xv. p. 138 (1858) (type: nanwn = gracilipes).

Gurelea Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i, p. 643 (1892) (partim).

3%. Anear relative of Gurelca, uot of Proserpinus. Palpus rough-sealed, first

segment with lateral apical fan as in Guwrelea. Antenna (PI. LX. f. 23. 24. 25, 29)

dentate or pectinate in d, simple and clubbed in ? ; end-segment very short. Hye

lashed. Head with scaling raised to a large tuft. Spines of abdomen very weak.

Merum of midcoxa not angulate behind; tibiae with some long spines ; spurs of

midtibia of nearly the same length; midtarsus with basal comb, hindtarsus with

few basal spines ; paronychium with the lateral lobes very small, the ventral ones

absent ; tarsi long. Distal margin of forewing irregular, M? at apical third of cell,

M' and R* close together; costal margin of hindwing nearly straight, convex near

base, M' and M? close together, some distance from angle of cell, D? and D* straight,

lower augle of cell not acuminate.

6. Tenth tergite elongate triangular, apex more or less rounded-truneate ;

sternite either similar to that of Hypaedalia butleri (P1. XLIV. f. 36), strongly

chitinised, with the upperside transversely ribbed distally, or short, broad, mem-

branaceous. Clasper without friction-scales; harpe different in the various species.

Penis-sheath without or with apical process.

?. Vaginal plate triangular, apical edge projecting.

Larva cylindrical, with numerous short hairs ; head deeply impressed mesially ;

horn short ; on each side two dorsal and a ventro-lateral line from head to last

segment resp. horn.—Food-plant : Rubiaceae, especially Galium.

Hab. South Russia to the Malay Peninsula and Madagascar.

Five species. -

In the practical absence of both pairs of paronychial lobes SpAéngonaeptopsis

—a good mouthful, for such small insects too—is further advanced than (rurelea,

in which the lateral lobes are preserved. The position of M' of hindwing close

to M? is peculiar.

Boisduval’s Pterogon of 1834, when he defined the genus, comprised several

genera of Hiibner’s. His first section is identical with Proserpinus, containing the

same species ; the second section is Hiibner’s /xyo ; while the third was probably

meant to comprise some African wVephelicae and Choerocampinae.

Key to the species :

a, Hindwing brown . 4 2 : ; : A b.

Hindwing yellow or orange . : , ‘ : d.

( 591 )

4, Abdomen with conspicuous white dorso-lateral

spots 5 : ¢ 5 ; 7 » 926. S. gorgon.

Abdomen without such spots F : ; 5 ¢.

c. Brown triangular patch of forewing above

with pale line : é 5 c

Brown triangular patch of forewing above

without pale line : , :

d. Forewing angulate at M', marginal band

of hindwing thinning toa line behind =. 527.

Forewing as before, abdomen withont grey

spots, margival band of hindwing of even

width : h ; : ; 5 » O28. S. pumilio.

929. 0S. nanum.

o°

S. obseurus.

. huldjaensis.

526. Sphingonaepiopsis gorgon.

Sphinx legitima gorgon Esper, Schmett., Suppl. i. p. 49. n. 86. t. 47. £. 5 (1806) (Wolga) ; Hiibn.,

Eur. Schm., Sphing. t. 21. f. 102. t. 27. £. 124 (180-?).

Sphinx gorgon, Ochsenheimer, Schmett. Hur, ti. p. 119. n. 6 (1808).

Maeroglossa gorgon, id. l.c. iv. p. 42. 175. n. 6 (1816) ; Treitschke, in Ochs., Schmett. Eur. x. p. 260

(1834).

Proserpinus gorgoniades Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 132. n. 1415 (1822); Walk., List Lep. Ins.

B. M. viii. p. 98. n. 2 (1856).

Pterogon gorgoniades, Boisduval, Jud, Meth. p. 32 (1829) ; id., con. Lép. ii. p. 15. t. 48. £. 6 (1834) ;

Mill., Zeon. iii. t, 117. f. 3—5 (1870) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p. 38. n. 492 (1871)

(Ross. m. or., Pont. ; Alt. ; “ Amur” evr. loci) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 313, n. 3

(1875) (Wolga); Staud., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiv, p. 300 (1878) (Asia min.); Rom., Mém. Lep.

i. p. 72 (1884) (Derbent) ; Christ., ‘bid. v. p. 11. n. 39 (1889) (Askhabad) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep.

Het. i. p. 640. n. 6 (1892) (S. Russia) ; Hofm., Raup, Grossschm. p. 31 (1893) (vy. vi.) ; id.,

Grossschm. t. 18. f£. 8 (1894) (Wolga) ; Holtz, lust. Zeitschr. nt. ii. p. 63 (1897) (Cilicia,

viii.) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 208 (1900) (Sarepta to Altai, southwards to N. Persia

and Cilicia); Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. n. 767 (1901) (Ross. m. or. ; Pont. ;

Taur. m.; Arm.; Tura; Alt.).

Plerogon gorgon, Duponchel, Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 25. n. 6. t. 3. £. 2a. b (1835); Lucas, in Chenu,

Ene, Hist. Nat., Pap. i, p. 256 (1853) ; Mén., Exum. Corp, Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ti. Suppl.

p. 95. n. 1576 (1857) (Russ. m.) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. p. 17. n. 31 (1861).

Macroglossum gorgon, Byersmann, Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 108 (1844) (Sarepta, v. vi.).

Proserpinus gorgon, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 536. n. 4 (1877).

Deidamia gorgoniades, Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc, (2). ii. p. 330 (1880).

3%. Body and forewing grey; abdomen with three prominent white lateral

dots ; forewing sinuate behind M’.

3d. Antenna dentate (PI. LX. f. 23. 24. 25), the teeth short. Tenth tergite

Yather flat, convex above, apex rounded; sternite narrow, pointed. Clasper

(Pl. IL. f. 22) sole-shaped ; harpe short, dilated dorsad and distad at end. Penis-

sheath with a long flat process just before apical edge, curved proximad and laterad,

not dentate (Pl. LV. f. 41).

Larva green, with 6 white stripes, which are more or less edged with red.

Hah. South Russia to the Altai district and southward to North Persia and

the Cilician Taurus.

Jn the Tring Maseum, | larva, 13 ¢d¢,8 % 2 from South Russia; Kisyl Art.

527, Sphingonaepiopsis kuldjaensis (Vl. VII. f. 25, 3).

Pterogon kuldjuensis Graeser, Berl, Mut. Zeitschr. xx xvii. p. 299 (1892) (Kuldja) ; Kirby, Noy, Zoou.

i. p. 100 (1894) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 210 (1900).

Plerogon yorgoniades var. Ieuldjaensis, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 104, n. 767a (1901)

(Thian, oc. ; Iss, K, 8. oc ;? Arm. trans.).

( 592 )

3. Very near the preceding, but doubtless distinct. Larger ; hindwing orange

ochraceous, with brown border which is irregularly dentate and is almost restricted

to the fringe behind, tapering very strongly. Harpe (PI. IL. f. 37) curved upwards

at end, flattened, with the apex recurved ventrad.

Hab. Central Asia: Kuldja; Thian-shan, and neighbouring districts.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Kuldja, beginning of July.

528, Sphingonaepiopsis pumilio.

*Lophura pumilio Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 311, n. 2 (1875) (Silbet ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Sov. Lond. ix. p, 632 (1877) ; Cotes & Swinh., Cat. Voths Ind,

i. p. 7.0. 39 (1887).

*Lophura pusilla Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 244. n, 17 (1875) (Silbet ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix, p. 537. n. 5 (1877) ; Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Nii. 2. p. 234, n. 5

(1884) (Cachar) ; Cotes & Swinh., l.c. i. p. 7. n. 88 (1887) (Cachar),

Lophura minima id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 310, n. 4. t, 22. f. 4 (1876) (Ayerpanas, Malacca ;—

where type ?) ; id., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 637 (1877).

Gurelea pusilla, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 643, n. 3 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf, Fauna Brit. Ind,

Moths i. p. 111. 0, 176 (1892) (Cachar ; Silhet ;= pumilio).

Gurelca pumilio, Kirby, lc. n. 4 (1892).

Gurelca minima, id., lc. n. 8 (1892).

3. Marginal band of hindwing of nearly even width. Body and forewing

much more brown than in gorgon and huldjacnsis, no white spots on abdomen.

Tenth tergite compressed, sharply pointed ; sternite also pointed. Clasper

(Pl. IL. f. 25) strongly narrowed in apical half, almost pointed, longitudinally

grooved along dorsal edge ; harpe broad, densely beset with long spines distally,

these spines flat upon the harpe except some at the apex. Penis-sheath without

armature, or with short transverse subapical ridge, bent proximad.

Hab. Silhet ; Malay Peninsula; Penang.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from: Penang, Nov. 1896 (C. Curtis).

529, Sphingonaepiopsis nanum.

*Pterogon nanun Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594. n. 98 (1847) (non indeser.) ; id.,

Spee. Gén. Lép. Heét.i. p. 314. n, 4 (1875) (Zululand ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cal.

Lep. Het. i, p. 640. n. 8 (1892) (Natal).

Lophura nana, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 107. n. 4 (1856 (Natal); Butl., Zrans, Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 537. n. 6 (1877) ; id., Prov. Zool, Sov. Lond, p. 494. n, 43 (1884) (Aden, iv.).

Sphingonaepiopsis gracilipes Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 42. n. 39 (1860) (Caffraria) ; id.,

Kongl. Sv. Vet. Al. Handl. (2). v. 4. p. 19 (1865) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 588

(1877) (‘not seen”) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 705. n. 1 (1892).

(?) Proserpinus nana, Moschler, Abh. Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 67. n, 149 (1890) (Acera).

3%. Much more uniform in tint than gorgon, markings of abdomen vestigial.

3. Tenth tergite similar to that of gorgon; the sternite, however, short,

broad, membranaceous, irregularly rounded-truncate, broader than long. Clasper

sole-shaped (Pl. IL. f. 23); harpe large, ventrally produced into a finger-like,

flattened process, which is visible from outside, the apex of the harpe armed

with spines which point ventrad and distad; from a fold along dorsal margin

of clasper, long bristles project obliquely ventrad. Penis-sheath without armature.

Hab, South Arabia to Natal ; and ? Gold Coast.

In the Tring Museum 15 63,5 2? 2 from: Aden, iii. ; Dar-es-Salaam ; Delagoa

Bay ; Natal.

( 593 )

530. Sphingonaepiopsis obscurus (PI. VII. f. 25, 2).

*Pterogon obscurus Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (5)

Mabille).

Proserpinus obscurus, Saalmiiller, Lep. Madag. p. 118. n. 274 (1884).

Pterogon (?) obscurus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 640. n. 7 (1892).

. ix. p. 344. n. 7 (1880) (Madag. ;—coll.

3?. Deeper brown than nanum.

yeius within brown triangular patch.

3d. Antenna pectinated, branches long and slender, scaled above, the inner ones

rather shorter than the outer ones (PJ. LX. f. 29). Tenth tergite sharply

pointed ; sternite long and narrow, similar to that of gorgon. Clasper narrowing

towards apex (PI. IL. f. 24); harpe slender, horizontal, ending in a spatulate

process. Penis-sheath with dentate apical process pointing obliquely distad (PI.

LY. f. 42).

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 1 d from: Antanambé, pute dAntongil (A. Moequerys).

In coll. Oberthiir from Tananarivo, 3 dd, 2 22 (Cambonc) ; Imerine, 1 3

_(Camboue).

Forewing without pale line upon cross-

CXXXVII. MICROSPHINX gen. nov.—Typus : pumilum.

Plerogon Boisduval (non id., 1834), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 312 (1875) (partim).

3. Differs from Sphingonaepiopsis in the following points : autenna obtuse

at end, without hook, the end-segment being broader than long ; hindtibia with

one pair of spurs, the longer one equalling in length the second tarsal segment.

Hab. South Africa.

One species.

531. Microsphinx pumilum.

*Pterogon pumilum Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594. n. 99 (1847) (Zululand, nom.

indeser.) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 312. n. 2. t. 9, £. 2 (1875) (Zululand ; Caffraria ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 640, n. 9 (1892).

*Lophuron minulum Distant, Ann Mag. N. H. (7). xix. p. 580 (1897) (Pretoria;—coll. Distant).

Sphingonaepiopsis pumilum, id., Ins. Transv. t. 3. £. 7 (1902).

3. Forewing not angulate at M!; marginal band of hindwing of even width ;

abdomen with distinct lines and grey dots.

Hab. South East Africa: Cape Colony ; Caffraria; Zululand; Transvaal.

One ¢ in the British Museum from the Cape Colony.

CXXXVIIL. EURYPTERYX.—Typus : molucca,

Darapsa, Moore (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Sov. Lond, p. 794 (1865).

Burypterys Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 74 (1874) (nom. indeser./) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Het.

i, p. 46 (1875) (type : molucea).

Burypteryx (Pachylia), Felder, |.c. expl. of plates p. 5 (1874).

Aleuron, Oberthiir (non Boisduval, 1875), Lt, Mut. xix. p. 32 (1894).

3%. Genal process very large, reaching tip of pilifer. Eye slightly lashed.

Head feebly crested. Palpus large, prominent, second segment longer than first,

nearly as broad as long. Antenna long, setiform, compressed and grooved, and

( 594 )

furnished with fasciculated seriated ciliae in doth sexes ; hook long and gradual;

end-segment conical, not prolonged into a filamentous process. Abdomen conical,

ending in ¢ ina fan-tail which is truncate or triangulate; spines elongate, rather

strongly chitinised. Merum of midcoxa angulate; tibiae simple, spurs unequal,

long terminal one of hindtibia less than half the first tarsal segment, this equal to

segments 2 to 4; midtarsus with moderate comb. Wings entire; apex of forewing

produced, hinder margin deeply sinuate, D* shorter than D! ; R° of hindwing in or

before centre, D® longer than D*.

6. Tenth segment simple; tergite densely hirsute (Pl. XLIV. f. 22), not

compressed, slightly curved, apex rounded ; sternite almost as long as tergite, much

broader, compressed, curved, higher than broad, apex transversely ribbed. Clasper

broad, dorsal and ventral margin convex; a patch of slender friction-scales ; harpe

small (Pl. IL. f. 7.8). Penis-sheath peculiar ; a very large flap covers the apex of

the sheath dorsally, armed with two or more long teeth at the edge (Pl. LY.

f. 15. 17); this flap is connected with the sheath by a short, subeylindrieal stalk,

and breaks easily off; beneath the flap the sheath is dilated at the left side, sub-

globiform, and armed with short conical teeth (Pl. LV. f. 16).

?. Vaginal plate narrow at end ; orifice large, edges raised.

Karly stages not known.

Hab, Oriental Region.

Two species :

Forewing above with a large, buftish white, bean-

shaped, costal discal patch — . : : . 533. 12. molucea.

Forewing above without this patch 5 , . O82. LL. bhaga.

532. Kurypteryx bhaga.

*Durapsa bhaga Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 794 (1865) (N.E. Bengal ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Walk.,

List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1854 (1866).

Daphnis bhaga, Butler, Truns. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 573. n. 9 (1877); Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Voths

Ind. i, p. 22. n. 115 (1887) (Sikhim); Kirby, Cut. Lep. Hct. i, p. 672. n, 14 (1892) (Bengal) ;

Hamps., in Blanf., Pua Brit. Jnd., Moths i. p. 96. n, 151 (1892) (Sikhim ; N.E. Bengal;

Singapore) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 24. 0. 81 (1892) (Darjiling ; Singapore) ;

id., Vrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 150. 0, 30 (1894) (Shillong; Cherrapunji); Dudg., Journ, Bombay

N. HW. Soc. xi, p. 415. n. 151 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ; common at low elevat., 3000 ft,

v.—Vvii.).

3%. This species resembles in colour the species of Deilephila, hypothous ant

placida especially, and has always been considered generically identical with them.

However, bhaga belongs with molucca in one genus, being a distant derivation

from Nephele.

3. Tenth seement represented in lateral aspect by Pl. XLIV. f. 22. Harpe

(PJ. IL. f. 7) truneate ; dorsal margin of clasper strongly convex. Penis-sheath

(Pl. LY. f. 15, dorsal view): lobe with long slender teeth all round; globose

dentate part of sheath large (Pl. LV. f. 16, ventral aspect).

?. Not dissected. Antenna little thinner than those of ¢.

Hab. North India to Celebes.

Two subspecies :

a. Ii. bhaga bhaga.

*Darapsa bhaga Moore, Lc.

Daphnis bhaga, Butler, l.c.

32. Deep brown discal area of forewing not extended to subcostal fork ;

( 595 )

antemedian band with an obyious pale proximal border-line. Apex of hindwing

evenly rounded, feebly pointed at SC*.

Underside : forewing ‘with a pair of rather heavy discal lines, the interspace

between which is more or less filled in with brown, grey submarginal area rather

well defined proximally by a brown line.

Hab. North India to Nias ; will perhaps be discovered on Java and Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 18 dd, 1 ? from: Buxa, Bhutan ; Sikhim ; Khasia

Hills; Nias.

b. 2. bhaga obtruncata subsp. nov.

3. Distal margin of forewing more convex than in the previous; antemedian

band without obvious pale proximal border ; brown discal area extended to subcostal

fork ; black basal dot conspicuous.—Hindwing : costal margin straight from base

to beyond middle, then rather sharply receding to tip of SC*, the apex of the wing

being obliquely truncate ; anal angle more produced than in bhaga bhaga.

Underside: grey submarginal area of forewing sharply limited proximally

only down to R®*, discal lines not distinct.

Not dissected.

Hab. Minahassa, N. Celebes (Platen), 1 ¢ in coll. Staudinger.

533. Kurypteryx molucca.

*Burypleryx molucca Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 76. £.1 (9) (1874) (Ternate ;—Mus. Tring) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 47 (1875) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 677. n. 1 (1892) ; Huwe,

Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 363 (1895).

Philampelus 2 molucca, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 578. n. 3 (1877).

*Aleuron biovatus Oberthiir, Et. Ent. xix. p. 32. t. 3. £. 16 (g) (1894) (Andai ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Huwe, /.c. (1895),

Lurypteryx moluccae (!), Rothschild, Iris vii. p. 300 (1894)

3%. Distal margin of forewing slightly convex in ?, straight in d, apex

somewhat produced, but far less than in é/aga. Hindwing more rounded than in

bhaga. Palpus more pointed. The buffish white costal patch of the forewing stands

beyond the common stem of SC! and SC°.

g. Tenth sternite broader than in dhaga, the lateral edges widened laterad.

Clasper less convex dorsally; harpe (Pl. IL. f. 8) ending in a short conical

process, which is not pointed. Penis-sheath (PJ. LV. f. 17): the apical flap

armed distally with a long curved tooth, another tooth at the distal margin more

proximal, small teeth at the right and left edges, the proximal part of the flap

clothed with fine bristles (the most proximal portion of flap broken off).

%. Vaginal plate small, edges incrassate ; orifice not covered, edges raised

but simple, neither dentate nor sinuate.

Hab. Northern Moluccas ; New Guinea.

Tn the Tring Museum 1 3,2 ¢ 2 from: Ternate (type, coll. Felder) ; Kapanr,

Dutch N. Guinea, Dec. 96 to Jan. 97 (W. Doherty) ; Sudest I., Louisiade Archi-

pelago, April 1898 (A. S. Meek).

The ¢ype is much patched up, and the figure is very gross. It is a %, but to

the end of the abdomen—which is stuck on and is not that of a Spinghid—are glued

some d-segments, of which uot much is left now, though, judging from lelder’s

figure, these end-segments were complete when the figure was drawn. The tuft has

disappeared, but the penis is plainly visible, and this shows an armature which is

certainly that of the d molucca, though it does not quite agree with the figure we

( 596 )

give, which is drawn from our Sudest d. The flap bears a number of spiniform

teeth, and is narrower and longer, approaching 4/aga a little in dentition. We do

not venture to explain when these d-segments were stuck on, and whence they

came ; but their presence is inso far of interest as they show that the armature of the

penis-sheath is either individually or geographically variable. Further material must

decide which alternative is correct, but it seems to us that the difference will turn

out to be geographical, as our two New Guinea individuals are far more red beneath

than the type of molucca.

IXXXIX. GIGANTEOPALPUS.—Typus : mirabilis.

Eurypteryx, Rothschild (non Boisduval, 1875), Jris vii. p. 300 (1894).

(riganteopalpus Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 360 (1895) (type : capito= mirabilis).

3?. Differs from Lurypteryx chiefly in the following points: palpus much

larger, second segment broader than long ; eye more heavily lashed, proportionally

smaller; abdominal spines weaker ; midcoxal merum not angulate; costal

margin of hindwing produced into a prominent antemedian lobe.

3. Tenth tergite and sternite the same in length and breadth, with the sides

parallel, the upperside of former and underside of latter slightly convex, and the

apex of both rounded. Clasper small ; a large patch of obliquely erect friction-

scales ; harpe of the type found in Deélephila, upperside concave, inclining towards

clasper, apex somewhat curved upwards, obtuse (Pl. IL. f. 9). Penis-sheath

(Pl. LY. f. 18) with a right and left process of nearly the same length, each

shaped almost like the tail of a shark, dentate.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Sunda Islands.

One species.

534. Giganteopalpus mirabilis.

*Eurypteryx mirabilis Rothschild, lc. n. 11. t. 6. £. 3 (2) (1894) (Kina Balu, ¢ ; Sumatra, 9;

—coll. Staudinger).

Giganteopalpus capito Huwe, l.c. n. 13. t. 3. f. 1 (1) (1895) (South Java, 1500 ft.).

The differences relied upon by Huwe are not constant.

Hab. Borneo ; Sumatra; Java.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Java merid., 1500 ft. (rec. from H. Fruhstorfer).

A % from Sarawak, Borneo (Pryer) in the British Museum.

Two 63,1 from I'jampea, West Java, in coll. Suellen.

CXL, ANTINEPHELE.—Typus : anomala.

Nephele, Butler (non Hiibner, 1822), Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 434 (1882).

Antinephele Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 68 (1889) (type : anomala) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 642 (1892) (partim).

3%. Genal process broad, obtuse, not reaching to end of pilifer. Palpi

prominent, rounded in dorsal and in lateral aspect. Antenna filiform in both sexes,

in d strongly, in ? feebly compressed, basal seriated ciliae present in ?, hoolt very

gradually curved, end-segment short, conical, about three times as long as basally

broad (side-view). Hye lashed. Abdomen somewhat flattened, rather suddenly

( 597 )

acuminate, in ¢ with a slender and long mesial tuft ; spines numerous, elongate,

weak. Merum of midcoxa not carinate behind; mid- and hindtarsus with comb of

long spines.

6. Tenth segment not divided; tergite narrow, long. Clasper with a small

number of large friction-scales, the midrib of which is brown. Penis-sheath without

external armature, but with a sharp stiletto inside, which can be pnshed ont

(Pl. LY. f. 44).

2. Vaginal plate rounded triangular ; orifice free, somewhat raised.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Aethiopian Region, exclusive of the Malagassic Subregion.

Six species.

Key to the species :

a. A sharply marked oblique band on forewing

from costal margin outside fork to onter

margin before angle . 5 : > : c b.

Forewing without this band . ; : : : d.

4. Forewing clayish ochraceous . . : . 935. A. marcida.

Forewing mummy brown : C2

c. Distal line of antemedian band of dooming

curving distad in front towards the post-

discal band : c 536, A. anomala.

Distal line of antemedian pand curving eeeiad

like first and second line . : 537. A. achlora.

d. Abdomen below white, with brown mesial

spots. : - . 540. A. maculifera.

Abdomen below Saint oe ose saaite : c é.

e. Brown distal marginal area SC°—M of fore-

wing limited by a straight white line. . 539. A. lunulata.

Brown distal marginal area irregular ; no

white line, or the line also irregular . . 938. A. muscosa.

535. Antinephele marcida (PI. VII. f. 23, type).

*Antinephele marcida Holland, Ent. News iv. p. 340 n. 6. t. 15. f. 7 (¢) (1893) (Benita ;—coll.

Holland) ; Kirby, Noy. Zoon. i. p. 100 (1894).

3. The pale line on the posterior part of the mesonotum has the appearance

of being the fringe of the tegula, which it is not; it is present in all species,

bnt the pale colour encrosches upon the edge of the tegula generally only in

maculifera. Abdomen below without spots. Not dissected. Dr. Holland kindly

lent us the type, of which we give here a figure.

Hab. Benita, Gabun.

One specimen (d)) in coll. Holland.

536. Antinephele anomala.

*Nephele anomala Butler, Ann. Mag. N. IT. (5). x. p. 434 (1882) Ne zens. Brit.).

Antinephele anomala, Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 69, n. 32 (1889) (Benita) ; Kirby,

Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 642. n. 1 (1892) ; Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone ag. p. 18 (1893).

3%. The antemedian band of the forewing resembles somewhat the band

of marcida, Wut is very much narrower; the proximal line of the postdiseal

band is white and continuous, uot broken up into distinctly separate Innules.

( 598 )

3d. Tenth tergite as slender as in muscosa, more evenly curved, far less

eurved than.in achlora ; sternite (Pl. XLIV. f. 33) with the lobe much smaller

than in achlora, slightly spatulate. Harpe as in achlora, but quite straight.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum 3 2? from: Ogrugu, Niger; Moy, Sierra Leone,

14. xi. 1901 (D. Cator).

537. Antinephele achlora.

* Antinephele achlora Holland, Ext. News iv. p. 340. n. 5 (1892) (Benita) ; Schaus & Clem., Sierra

Leone Lep. p. 18 (1893) ; Kirby, Nov. Zoot, i. p. 100 (1894),

3%. Differs from the preceding in the three pale lines of the antemedian

band of the forewing curving costad, in the proximal line of the postdiscal band

being more or less separated into lunules, two of which are larger and white,

in the russet underside of the abdomen, and some other points. The proximal

abdominal sternites have a dark brown spot at the base.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 31. 32) long, strongly curved downwards,

subeylindrical, not being strongly prismatically compressed ; sternite (\») very

much shorter than the tergite, flattened, tongue-shaped (Pl. XLIV. f. 32, ventral

aspect). Harpe long (Pl. IL. f. 26), slender, straight, slightly curved upwards

at end. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 44) on the innerside with a patch of sharp

teeth (/), shining through.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 3 % from Sierra Leone.

538. Antinephele muscosa (PI. VI. f. 14, ¢ ; 15, ?),

*Antinephele muscosa Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 70. n. 34, t. 2. f. 8 (9) (1892)

(Benita ;—coll. Holland) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 643. n. 3 (1892).

3%. We figure a cotype (?) kindly lent to us by Dr. Holland, and a ¢ from

the collection of Mons. Charles Oberthiir. There are on the forewing a subbasal

and an antemedian band, besides an oblique discal band crossing wing from

costa just proximally of subcostal fork to outer margin, reaching this at end

of M?, from which band run backwards two more bards, all brown like hindwing ;

the brown marginal area is irregularly dentate, and in the ¢ figured bordered by

a white line, which is not present in the other two individuals examined by us.

3. Tenth segment as in the following, the tergite rather stouter and more

evenly curved, and the sternite more obviously spatulate. Harpe as in achlora,

much longer than in lvnudata.

Hab. West Africa.

In the British Museum 1 ¢ from Benita presented by Dr. Holland.

A & from Cameroons, Johann Albrechts Hohe (Conradt) in coll. Charles

Oberthiir.

539. Antinephele lunulata spec. nov. (PI. VI. f. 16, 9; 17, ¢).

3%. Differs from mscosa as follows :

Underside of body paler—-Forewing shallowly sinuate below apex in d;

upperside: dark discal shade less distinct, at costal margin more proximal, at

distal margin more frontal, the pale apical area reduced distally, no distinct bands;

a basal and two discal spots brown, but not conspicuous, one distally of cell, the

other between M' and M®; discal lines strongly concave from apex of cell to hinder

( 599 )

margin, the first rather more distinct; a small brown apical halfmoon, followed

by an elongate triangular marginal patch, pointed behind, proximally bordered by

a white, feebly dentate line. On underside the pale postdiscal area of the forewing

does not extend backwards beyond M’, it includes proximally two brown dentate

lines the angles of which point basad, and distally another more distinctly zigzag

line, the angles upon the veins pointing distad; this line is separated from the

brown border of the wing, while in muscosa it is merged together with it.

3d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 34) slender, not strongly curved; sternite

nearly as long as the tergite, narrow, pointed (Pl. XLIV. f. 35, ventral aspect)-

Harpe (Pl. IL. f. 27) short, ending in a sharp, evenly but not strongly curved

hook. Penis-sheath without a patch of teeth on inner surface.

Hab. Mikindani, German East Africa, January to May 1897 (Reimer), 1 3,

type ; Lolodorf, Cameroons (Conradt), 1 2 in coll. Oberthiir.

540. Antinephele maculifera.

Antinephele maculifera Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xvi. p. 69. n. 33. t. 3. £. 2 (¢) (1889)

(Benita) ; Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p, 294, n. 4 (1891) (Cameroons) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p. 642. n, 2 (1892),

3. Dark brown mesothoracic tegula with a pale spot in front; abdominal

tergites ochraceons, first with a dark brown mesial patch. A large triangular basal

costal patch on forewing, two discal spots R°—M? preceded by a smaller spot, an

apical marginal halfmoon, and behind it a large marginal half-crescent dark brown.

Underside of palpus and abdomen and middle of breast white, abdomen with

conspicuous mesial spots.

Not dissected.

Hab. West Africa.

Tn the Tring Museum 1 ? from Lagos.

CXLI. HYPAEDALIA.—Typus: znsignis.

Hypacdalia Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 397 (1877) (type : insignis).

3%. Genal process acute, about as high as pilifer. Palpus peculiar: scaling

of second segment cariniform or anguliform laterally at apex, apical surface

triangular, anterior (ventral) angle more or less projecting ; third segment long,

thin, scaled, close to the inner edge of the second segment. Scaling of head

raised in front and projecting forward, lateral scaling forming a heavy eye-brow,

a tuft at anterior lateral corner projecting forward upon palpus. Antenna filiform

in both sexes ; compressed also in $, with short seriated basal ciliae ; end-sezment

short as in Antinephele. Abdomen broad, flattened, spines weak, in several rows ;

6 with a broad and rounded, ? with a narrow, anal tuft. Hinder edge of merum

of midcoxa not carinate; external row of spines of first foretarsal segment

irregularly doubled ; mid- and hindtarsus with comb of rather- long but thin

spines. Forewing sinuate below apex; hindwing strongly rounded-dilated costally,

the lobe widest in middle, quite gradually narrowing to base and apex, SC? and

It on a short stalk, R? a little before centre of cell.

3. Tenth segment of abdomen of the same type as in Antinephele. Clasper

with a patch of numerons friction-scales, which are much smaller than in

( 600 )

Antinephele and Nephele. Penis-sheath with two dentate apical processes,

resembling those of .Vephele.

2. Not dissected.

Early stages not known.

Hlab. West Africa.

Two species :

Abdomen blackish above, with a large, sharply

defined, lateral, yellow patch . : . . d41. HL. insignis.

Abdomen yellowish tawny olive above . : . 542. WM butleri.

The costal lobe of the hindwing projects beyond the costal margin of the

forewing when the insect is at rest. The frennlum is well developed. -

541. Hypaedalia insignis.

*TTypaedalia insignis Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 398. t. 9. £.3 (2) (1877) Sierra Leone ;—

Mus. Dublin) ; Holl., Zvans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 56. n. 3 (1889) (Benita, 9); Kirby, Cut.

Lep. Het. i. p. 633. n. 1 (1892).

2. Underside of palpus and body, base of hindwing below, and a large lateral

patch on third and fourth abdominal tergites orange. Basal area of forewing above

and dise marked with conspicuous brownish black interrnpted lines, separated by

greyish interrupted lines, two larger acutely triangular spots more prominent,

one between M! and M? close to cell, pointing basad, the other before end of SM?,

pointing distad: with these variegated areas contrast strongly a large, ovate,

greyish patch before middle of hinder margin, a longer median costal olivaceous

area, including the minute stigma, and the olivaceous apical area, which is divided

by an oblique line.

Fab. Sierra Leone.

In the Tring Musenm 1 ? from Sierra Leone.

542. Hypaedalia butleri.

*Hypaedalia butleri Rothschild, Nov. Zoot, i. p. 69. t. 6. £. 4 (2) (1894) (Aburi ;— Mus. Tring).

3. The lines of the forewing are not conspicuous, the median area between

the antemedian and discal lines is not separated into a costal and posterior portion,

the whole wing almost uniform in colour. The underside of the forewing is

cinnamon-rufous on dise ; there is a sharply defined, irregularly dentate, brown

marginal border; the costal margin of the hindwing is less dilated than in

insignis ; the costal area greyish ; disc tawny, gradually shading into ochraceous

towards base ; hindwing longer than in /nségnis. Thorax above with a large

green mesial patch which extends on head and is laterally bordered by a brown

line. Palpus more pointed than in insignis, greyish cinnamon below. Breast

and underside of abdomen buff-yellow ; upperside of abdomen nearly gallstone-

yellow.

3. Tenth tergite shorter than in Antinephele, truncate; sternite broad,

elongate, triangular (PJ. XLIV. f. 36). Clasper broad, sole-shaped ; harpe

(PI. IL. f. 30) long, enrved upwards and twisted at end, which is flattened and

dilated. Penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 48) with two processes, which are dentate at end

and curved proximad, the distal one short, the proximal one long.

Hab. Sierra Leone to Congo.

In the Tring Museum 2 36, 5 @ from: Sierra Leone; Aburi, Ashanti;

Bopoto, Congo (Rey. KX. Smith),

( 601 )

CXLI. RHODOSOMA.—Typus : triopus.

Macroglossa, Westwood (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), Cah. Or, Ent. p. 14 (1848).

Rhodosoma Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 534 (1877) (typus: triopus).

3%. Genal process large, triangular, reaching tip of pilifer. Head with an

indication of a mesial crest, smoothly scaled like thorax and abdomen. [ye lashed.

Palpus broad but rather short, obtuse, resembling the palpus of Macroglossum, but

not pointed. Antenna long and slender, setiform, cylindrical in ?, hook gradually

euryed ; end-segment short, conical, with a number of long bristles, not produced

into a filamentous process. Abdomen flattened, more so than in C/zara ardeniae,

stumpy, appearing truncate, segments short, especially the last ones, sternites

emarginate ; spines flat, very strong on tergites and sternites, those of first row

about half as Jong again as broad, rounded, this armature approaching that of

Macroglossum. Merum of midcoxa not angulate or carinate; tibiae simple,

spurs unequal, longer terminal one of hindtibia | ss than half the first tarsal

segment; this as long as segments 2 to 4 togetler; hindtarsus with additional

externo-lateral spines; spines of comb of midtarsus slightly prolonged, stont ;

pulyillus and paronychiam normal. Wings entire; hindwing short, cell about

half as long again as apically broad, cross-veins oblique, R* before centre, R* and

M almost from a point.

3. Tenth segment elongate, slender, tergite scarcely curved, apex rounded ;

sternite a little broader than tergite and somewhat shorter, with almost parallel

sides, apex rounded, the apical edge curved a little upwards and appearing feebly

sinuate in distal aspect. Clasper little curved, apex rounded, no friction-seales ;

harpe of the same type as in Rethera and Cizara, the process nearly as broad as

in Cizara sculpta, its ventral margin, which is bent upwards, serrate. Penis-sheath

ending in a long, pointed, curved process (Pl. LY. f. 14).

2. Vaginal plate narrowed at end ; orifice covered by a prominent proximal

ridge, which is sinuate in middle.

Early stages not known.

Hah. North India.

One species.

543. Rhodosoma triopus.

*Macroglossa triopus Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 14. t. 6. £. 4 (1848) (Assam, ? ;—Mus. Oxford) ;

Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 95. n. 18 (1856) (Silhet) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond.

p- 676 (1865) (Bengal) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. M1 ét. i. p. 361. n. 48 (1875).

Rhodoxoma triopus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 534 (1877) ; Maass., Stet. Ent. Zeit. xli.

xli. p. 53 (1880) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 7. 0. 36 (1887); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.

i. p. 633. n. 1 (1892) (N. India) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 122. n. 208

f. 71 (J) (1892) (Sikhim ; Assam); Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow. i. p. 8. n. 31 (1892)

(Assam, type); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. 1H. Soc. xi. p. 419. n. 208 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan).

3%. The creamy white stripes of the metanotum, the red interrupted belt and

side-spots of the abdomen, the short ochraceous-yellow abdominal tufts, the square

Semivitreous spot of the forewing and the large white costal patch of the hindwing,

as well as the rufous-red underside of the body and hindwings, give the insect a

peculiar appearance.

Hab. Assam ; Bhutan ; Sikhim.

In the Tring Museum 16 6d, 1 ? from; Buxa, Bhutan ; Sikhim ; Khasta

Hills,

( 602 )

CXLIT. SPHECODINA.—Typnus: abbott.

Thyreus, Swainson (non Panzer, 1806), Zool. [llustr. iii. t. 60 (1821).

Pterogon, Thon (non Boisduyal, 1834), Natwrg. Schm. p. 104 (1837) (partim).

Sphecodina Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 478 (1840) (type : abbott),

Brachynota Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 66 (1870) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. 330 (1875).

Maredus Kirby, Journ. Roy. Soc. Dublin (2) ii. p. 330 (1880) (type : abbotti),

3%. Abdomen flattened, with prominent side-tufts, tail broad in 3, consisting

of two broad side-tufts and a smaller mesial tuft, tail of 9 not fan-like, consisting of

a single prominent conical tuft. Midtarsus without comb, /.e. spines of fourth row

not prolonged. Plate of seventh abdominal sternite very short, transverse. Fore-

wing narrow, irregular. Only addotti dissected.

3. Tenth tergite and sternite simple, the latter incised at end (Pl. XLIV. f. 9).

Clasper without friction-scales, narrowly sole-shaped, elongate, dorsal margin

concave, curved inwards distally ; process of harpe short (PJ. XLVIL. f. 11), more

or less truncate and somewhat dilated at end. Penis-funnel (PJ. LIIL f. 31) armed

with a rounded-dilated flat process, which is somewhat fan-like and is dentate at

the edge.

?. Vaginal plate similar to that of Pachygonia; triangular, apical edges

incrassate, orifice proximal,

Larva in first stage with horn, which is lost later on, being replaced by a

polished tuberele ; colour variable, green or brown, sometimes brown with large

green patches above and at the sides (addotti), or with two dorsal rows and an

infero-lateral one of vinaceous-cinnamon patches (caudata).—Food-plants : Vitis ;

Ampelopsis.

Pupa (addott’) with obtuse frontal end, non-prominent caputal tubercles ; pro-

and mesonotum finely rugose, not rough, mesial line slightly raised ; abdomen

punctate-rugate, middle segments ventrally and laterally transversely irregularly

multiplicate before the minutely granulose apical border, ninth tergite smooth, glossy,

cremaster rough, triangular, ending in two minute points.

Hab. Eastern parts of Nearetic Region ; Amurland and China.

Two species.

544. Sphecodina abbotti.

Thyreus abbotti Swainson, Zool. Ilustr, iii. t. 60 (., p., i.) (1821) (Georgia) ; Hall, in Riley, Jus.

Life i. p. 319 (1889) (Ohio).

Pterogon abboti, Thon, Naturg. Schm. p. 104, t. 52. f. 722. 723. 724 (1837).

Thyreus abboti (!), Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 307. n. 2 (1839) (Southern Sts. ;

Mass.) ; Blanch., /Zist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 478 (1840); Chenu, Enc. Hist. Nat. i. p. 257. f. 476

(1). 456 (f) (1851-53): Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 99, n. 1 (1856) (N. York;

Georgia) ; Clem., Proc. Ac. N. Se. Philad, iv. p. 135. n. 12 (1859) (larva, pupa; N. York;

Penn. ; Georgia ; Mass. ; Ohio) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860); Clem., in Morris,

Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 156. n, 1 (1862) ; Harris, Ent. Corresp. p. 284. t. 3. £. 9 (1863) ; Grote

& Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 151. n. 11 (1865) ; Pack., Guide p. 276. f. 203 (1869) ;

Lintn., Rept. N. York State Cab. N. H. xxiv. p- 114 (1870) ; id., Ent. Contr. i, p. 191 (1872)

(N. York); id., /.c. iii. p. 179 (1872) (N. York) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se, i. p. 19

(1874); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., v. vi.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.

p. 331 (1875) ; Grote, Jc. ii, p. 225. n. 21 (1875); Whitn., Canad. Ent. viii. p. 75 (1876) (fo

from brown larvae) ; Grote, ‘hid. viii. p. 100 (1876) (¢ 9 from brown larvae) ; Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soc, Lond. ix, p. 534 (1877) (Georgia; N. York) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. iii.

p. 221. n. 23 (1877) (N. York ; Penn. ; Mass.) ; id., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 120 (1877) (Lake Erie);

French, V'rans. Dept. Agric. Illin. xv. p. 164 (1877); Saund., Canad, Ent, x. p. 130, figs (1)

( 603 )

(1878) ; Perk., Rept. Verm. Agric. Soc. v. p. 281. fig. (/.) (1878) ; Riley, Rept. Ins. Missouri

ii. p. 78. fig. 54 (1879) (life hist.) ; Moff., Canad. Ent. xii. p. 211 (1880) (Lond., Can. ;

Hamilton, Can.); Saund., Rept. Ent. Sov. Ontario p. 42. fig. (1880); Mart., rans. Dept. Agric.

Tilin. xviii. App. p. 100 fig. (1880) ; Saund., Canad. Ent, xiii. p. 2. fig. 2 (1881) (life hist.) ;

Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O,, common) ; Sand, ibid. ii. p. 147 (1882) (larva

beginn. June ; descr. first stage; Grape, Ampelops.) ; Edw., hid. iii. p. 25 (1883) (N. Jersey);

Saund., /ns. Inj. Fruits p. 253. n. 135. fig. 263 (I., 7.) (1883); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 23.

n. 8. t. 4. f. 4 (/., 7.) (1886) (Maine) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 28 (1886) ; id., Canad.

Ent. xx. p. 154 (1888) (larva, noise) ; Smith, Zvans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 127. t. 5. f. 5. 6

(genit.) (1888) (Canada; Hastern U. Sts., westward to Iowa) ; Edw., Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.

xxxv. p. 39 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Fiske, Hnt. News vii. p. 178 (1896) (sound of larva);

Cross, ibid. vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Rowl., ibid. x. p. 12 (1899) (Missouri) ; Peale,

ibid. x. p. 1, figs. (1., p., 7.) (1899).

Sphecodina aboti (!), Blanchard, l.c. t. 20. £. 4 (1840).

Brachynota abboti, Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemalu p. 66 (1870).

Maredus abboti, Kirby, Journ. Roy. Dublin Soe, (2). 11. p. 330 (1880).

Sphecodina abboti, id., Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 638. n. 1 (1892) (N. Am.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus.

N. H, vii. p. 283. t. 2. f. 6 (1895) (N. York, common),

3%. Apex of forewing truncate, distal margin deeply bisinuate, denticulate at

the veins. The extent of the primrose-yellow area of the underside of the hindwing

variable.

Larva and pupa see above.

Hab. Wastern States of North America: from Canada east- and southwards to

Georgia and the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 2 pupae, 9 dd, 12 22 from: Massachusetts ;

N. Jersey ; Lowa.

It is strange that abdotti does not occur in the Pacific parts of the Nearctic

Region, considering that the other species of Sphecodina inhabits the Pacific side

of the Asiatic continent. What is the cause of the two peculiar moths having so

widely separated ranges ?

545. Sphecodina caudata.

Maeroglossa caudata Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Ht. Hint. i. p. 62. n. 18 (1852) (Pekin).

Thyreus caudata iid., Schm. Nérdl. China’s p:13. n. 56 (1853) ; Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim, Mus.

Petr., Lep. ii. p. 95, n. 1578. t. 12. f. 4 (1857) ; Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lep. vi. p. 238. n. 229.

t. 6. f. 4 (/.) (1892) (Ussuri ; Sutschan ; larvaon Vitis) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105.

n. 75 (1901).

Temnora (?) caudata, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii. p. 105. n. 3 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc.

Lond. ix. p. 537. n. 9 (1877).

Macroglossa (?) caudata, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i, p. 332. n, 1 (1875); Bart., in Ruhl,

Grossschm. ii. p. 214 (1900),

Specodina (?) caudata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 638.0. 2 (1892).

3%. Distal margin of forewing even, slightly concave in front and behind, not

at all lobed. Abdomen more broadly tufted at end than in the preceding species ;

the tail is too small in the figure given by Ménétriés, /.c.

3. Not dissected.

Larva figured by Staudinger, /.c.; at each side with a row of dorsal patches and

a row of larger subventral ones.—Food-plant : V7f/s.

Hab, Amurland and China.

Rare in collections.

A ? in the British Museum from loochow,

( 604 )

CXLIV. DEIDAMIA.—Typus : inseriptum.

Ptergon ?, Harris, in Sillim. Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 306 (1839).

Thyreus ?, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii. p. 100 (1856).

Deidamia Clemens, Journ, Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 137 (1859) (type : imseriptum).

Proserpinus, Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860).

Trichocolon Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 302 (1875) (type : inseriptum).

Pterogon, Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 112 (1876).

3%. Genal process triangular, narrower than in Amphion, nearly reaching

end of pilifer. Head sunken, with a large mesial crest ; eye lashed ; palpus rather

small, but projecting, rongh-scaled. Antenna filiform, long and heavy in d,

narrowed towards base and apex, gradually curved, no distinct hook ; end-segment

quite short, not prolonged to a filament, densely scaled above, the scales projecting

beyond apex of segment. Spines of abdomen elongate, weak, especially those

of underside ; anal tuft small, triangular in d, truncate in ? ; seventh sternite

of 2 small, without spines, rounded. Merum of midcoxa not carinate or angulate ; _

tibiae not spinose, rough-scaled, spurs unequal: no comb to midtarsus ; par-

onychinm with two pairs of lobes, pulvillus present. Apex of forewing trancate-

sinuate, distal margin sinuate between SC° and R*, and again between R* and

hinder angle, with a small lobe at M!; cross-veins of hindwing obliqne, D* at

least twice the length of D', upper angle of cell obtuse, lower angle acute.

3. Tenth segment simple, tergite and sternite clongate, the latter broader

and shorter than the former, somewhat boat-shaped. Clasper broadly sole-shaped,

withont friction-scales ; harpe small, ending in a slightly curved, slender, somewhat

spatulate process (Pl. IL. f. 10). Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 17) with a broad,

apically wider left lobe, which is dentate at the edges, and with a simple

pointed right process.

?. Highth tergite short, membranaceous in middle. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLL

f. 7) feebly chitinised, distal edge more strongly chitinised, apex narrowed ;

orifice subapical, large, anterior edge raised, sinuate.

Larva green, tapering in front, with a pale dorso-lateral line ending at the

horn, which is granulose.—Food-plant : Ampelopsis ; Vitis.

Papa variegated with pale testaceous on the thorax and wing-cases; head

with three prominent tubercles, mesial one pointed; tongue-case prominently

keeled ; thorax and abdomen with dispersed large punctures, which are denser

together on the last segment, and the bases of the tergites, apex of segments

4 to 6 smooth ventrally ; anal segment with a lateral prominence ; cremaster

shorter than in Amphion, less gradually tapering, conical part smooth.

Hab. Atlantic district of the Nearctic Region.

One species.

546. Deidamia inscriptum.

Pterogon ? inscriptum Harris, in Sillim,, Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 306 (1839) (Indiana).

Thyreus ? inseviptus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 100. n. 4 (1856).

Deidamia inseripta, Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 137. n. 14 (1859) (Indiana ; Long 1;

N. York ; Penn.) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 159. n. 1 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proe.

Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 151. n. 13 (1865) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 20 (1874) ; id.

Le. ii, p. 225 (1875) ; Butl., Z'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 535 (1877) ; id., Papilio i. p. 103

(1881) (affinities ?) ; Pilate, ibid. ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.); Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii, p. 131.

n, 29 (1886) (Can., southward) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 69. n. 33 (1886) ; Grote, awh Moths

( 605 )

N. Am. p. 29 (1886) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer, Mus. N. H. vii. p. 284, t. 2. £. 7 (1895) (N. York) ;

Moff., Cunad. Ent. xxx. p. 204 (1898).

Proserpinus inscriptum, Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860).

Trichocolon inscriptum, Boisduval, Spec. Grén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 302 (1875).

Pterogon inscriptum, Strecker, Lep, Rhop. Het. p, 112. t. 13, f. 8 (g) (1876) (Middle and N. Engl,

States, Maryld., Virg., Ohio, Ind.) ; Maass., Stett, Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 53 (1880) (Deidamia=

Pterogon).

Deidamia inseriptum, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 129. t. 7. £. 3 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to

Virginia, westward to the Mississippi Valley); Kirby, Cut. Ley. Het. i. p. 639. n. 1 (1892)

(Indiana !).

3%. Resembles in colour and shape the South African Odontosida pusillus. |

The abdomen bears a row of brown dorso-lateral spots, corresponding to the

dark markings found in Acosmeryx.

Hab, Canada to Virginia, westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 2 pupae, 11 dd, 12 2? from: Long I.; New

York ; Illinois.

CXLY. ARCTONOTUS.—Typus : lucidus.

Aretonotus Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 319 (1852) (nom. indeser.) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins:

B. M. viii. p. 264 (1856) (type : lucidus).

Proserpinus, Edwards (non Hiibner, 1822), Proc. Calif. Ac. Sc. vi. p. 90 (1876).

$2. Very close to Luproserpinus and Proserpinus, though different in aspect

owing to the more woolly scaling. Anteuna not clubbed, narrowed to base and°

apex, very strongly compressed in d, hook gradually curved and narrowed, end-

segment elongate-triangular, broader basally than in the allied genera. Palpus

short, not projecting. Armature of tibiae as in /uproserpinus, spines of foretibia

yery long, apical thorn short ; xo pulvillus, paronychium vestigial.

3. Sexual armature (of (ucidus) as in Proserpinus; tenth sternite rather

slenderer than in /?. clarkiae (Pl. XLY. f. 4). Clasper elongate sole-shaped,

curved as in Proserpinus ; harpe vestigial, represented by a tapering ridge as

in P. gaurae (Pl. IL. f. 19). Penis-sheath with apical tooth as in clarhiae.

Early stages not known ; most likely similar to those of Proserpinus.

Hab. Pacific district of Nearctic Region, southward to Mazatlan, West Mexico.

The similarity to “ Bombyctdae” is quite superficial.

Two species :

Forewing with green subbasal patch; basal two-

thirds of hindwing pale vinaccous-ciunamon . 447. iL. lucidus.

Forewing without green subbasal patch ; hindwing

dull claret-red . ‘ ; : : . . O48, A. terlooi.

547. Arctonotus lucidus.

*Aretonotus lucidus Boisduval, Le. p. 319, n. 85 (1852) (8. Francisco ;—coll. Charles Obertbiir) ;

Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 265. n, 1 (1856) (Calif.); Clem., Journ. Ale. N. Se. Philad.

iv. p. 188. n. 95 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep.

N. Am. p, 217. n. 1 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 169, n. 117 (1865) ;

Boisd., Ann. Soc. Lnt. Belg. xii. p. 27. 0, 86 (1869) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Seoi. p. 17

(1874); id., Lc. ii. p. 225. n. 16 (1875); Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 293 (1875) (8. Francisco);

Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 115. t. 13. f. 7 (1876); Edw,, Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. vi. p. 87 (1876

(Sacramento ; Oregon); Butl., Z'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 627 (1877); Grote, /.c. iii,

p. 221. n. 18 (1877) ; Rivers, Papilio iii. p. 65 (1883) (Berkely, Cal. ; Jan. 7th and 8th at light) ;

Grote, Canad, Ent. xviii. p, 131.0.19 (1886) ; Smith, Z'rans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 232 (1888) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lop. Het. i. p. 71d. m. 1 (1892),

( 606 )

3. This insect flies early in the year, in Southern California early in January,

in Oregon in February, in Washington in March; it comes to the light late at

night. A specimen from South Arizona is dated September. This would show

that there are either two broods, or that the imago hibernates. The Arizona

example is paler than our other specimens.

Hab. Avizona northward to Washington Territory ; perhaps also in British

Columbia, from where it has not yet been recorded.

In the Tring Museum 18 3d from: So. Arizona, ix.; Los Angelos,

California, i. ; Gold Hill, Oregon, ii. ; Pullman, Washington, iii.

548. Arctonotus terlooi.

Proserpinus terlooi Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. Se. vi. p. 90 (1876) (Mazatlan, Mexico) ; Druce, in

Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het.i. p. 5. n. 1 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 640. n. 5 (1892).

Pterogon terlooi, Strecker, Lep. Rhop, Het. i. p. 125. t. 14. f. 2 (1877).

Arctonotus (2) terlooi, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 109 (1888) (an ally to Arctonotus).

3. The much redder hindwing distinguishes this species at a glance. We

cannot understand why Edwards put it into Proserpinus.

Hab. Mazatlan, Mexico.

In the collection of the California Academy at San Francisco.

CXLVI. AMPHION.—Typus : nessus.

Sphinv, Cramer (on Linné, 1758), Pap. Evot. ii. p. 16 (1777).

Amphion Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135 (1822) (partim ; typus: nessus).

Thyvreus ?, Harris, in Sillim, Jowrn. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 308 (1839).

Thyreus, Walker (non Swainson, 1821), List Lep, Ins. B. M, viii. p. 99 (1856).

32%. Genal process large. Palpus pointed, projecting forward. Hye strongly

lashed. Antenna filiform, slightly incrassate beyond middle, hook long, gradually

narrowed, not or little compressed, end-segment quite short, not produced into a

filamentous process. Merum of midcoxa rounded ; foretibia with slender spines

externally, irregularly arranged, midtibia also with some spines; no comb to

midtarsus ; paronychium with two pairs of lobes ; spurs very unequal. Spines of

abdemen all elongate, strong above and below, flat; fan-tail broad in d, trilobate,

the middle lobe thin ; in $ more truncate, with the middle lobe a little projecting.

Distal margin of forewing bisinuate ; cross-veins of hindwing transverse, not oblique,

lower angle of cell a little more than 90°, R* and M? rather close together.

3. Tenth segment of abdomen simple, sternite shorter than tergite, both

slender, slightly narrowed to apex, which is rounded. Clasper without friction-

scales, ventral edge convex, dorsal one concave; harpe ending in a short, flat,

obtuse process, projecting ventrad beyond the edge of the clasper (Pl Ih.

f. 17). Penis-sheath (PI. LIV. f. 15) with prominent, recurved, and pointed

apical process.

9. Highth tergite five times as broad as mesially long, sides projecting as

broadly rounded lobes. Vaginal plate feebly chitinised, distal edge somewhat

incrassate, apex suddenly narrowed ; orifice large, median, with the edges slightly

raised.

Larva (adult) brown, thorax with three darker brown dorsal lines, following

segments with a dorsal mesial row of brown spots and oblique brown side-bands ;

( 607 )

young larva paler, with a pale dorso-lateral line from head to horn; this colour

sometimes retained by the later stages. Horn short, pointed ; thorax somewhat

tapering frontad, especially in adult larva.—Food-plants : Epilobium; Ampelopsis ;

Vitis.

Pupa opaque, rugose, abdomen very strongly punctured, punctures of last

segments deep; head at each side with a smaller tubercle at the base of the

tongue-case, and a larger but less projecting prominence before the eye ; cremaster

long, bifid, very strongly rugate at base, smooth at apex.

Hab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region.

One species ; rather common ; flying at day-time, rarely at dusk,

Near Proserpinus, from which it differs in the antenna, the armature of the

tibiae, and the direction of the cross-veins of the wing, ete.

549. Amphion nessus.

Sphinx nessus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 16. t. 107. f. p (1777) (Virginia) ; Fabr., Spec. Zus. ii. p. 140,

n. 2 (1781) ; id., Mant, Ins, ii. p. 92. n, 2 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2372. n. 91 (1790) ;

Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 355, n. 2 (1793); Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465, t. 66. £. 1 (1825).

Sphinz ocypete, Houttuyn (non Linné, 1758), Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 408. n. 4. t. 90. f. 1 (1767) ;

Miill., Naturs, v. 1. p. 636. n. 4. t, 20. f. 1 (1774) (N. York); Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak.

Handl. xix. 5, p. 129 (1882) (= nessus).

Amphion nessus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135. n. 1444 (1822) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc.

Philad. v. p. 151. n. 12 (1865) ; Beth., Canad. Ent. i. p. 10. 47 (1869) ; Bowl, ibid. iii. p. 143

(1871) (Quebec, vii.) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) (N. York, vi.) ; Thaxt., Psyche i.

p- 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., £. v.—m. vi.); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 19 (1874) ;

id., /.c. ii, p. 225. n. 20 (1875): Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241 (1875) (Montreal, vi. vii.) ;

Butl., Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 535 (1877) ; Grote, lc. iii. p. 221. n, 22 (1877) (N. York ;

Can. ; Mass. ; Penn.) ; Jew., Canad. Ent, xii. p. 231 (1880) (Ohio, larva on Epil. color.) ;

Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O.) ; Sand., /bid. 1. p. 147 (1882) (larva, first stage) ;

Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 20. n. 7 (1886) ;

Holl., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 102 (1886) (Pittsburgh) ; Grote, ‘id. p. 131. n, 24 (1886) (Can.,

southward) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 28 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 125.

t. 5. f. 3. 4 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to Georgia ; westward to Missouri, Iowa, Illinois) ; Edw.,

Bull. U, St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 38 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 638.

n. 1 (1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer, Mus. N, H. vii. p. 282. t. 2. f. 5 (1895) (N. York, v. vi.) ;

Soule, Psyche vii. p. 212 (1895) (larva on Aimpel. vertchi ; Massachusetts) ; Cross, Ent. News,

vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire).

Vhyreus ? nessus, Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 308. n. 3 (1839),

Thyreus nessus, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 99. n. 2 (1856) (N. York ; Orilla) ; Clem.,

Journ, Ac. N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 136. n.13 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ;

Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep, N. Am, p. 157. n. 2 (1862); Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 67

(1877).

Pogocolon nessus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 316. n. 3. t. 1. £. 5. 6 (L, p.) (1875).

Thyreus (Amphion) nessus, Andrews, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 19 (1877) (larva).

3%. The yellow basal belts of the abdominal tergites 5 and 6, and the white

fringe of the fourth tergite distinguish this insect easily from all other Sphingidae.

Tn the pattern of the wings essws comes near the species of Proserpinus.

The southern individuals, especially those from Florida, are on the whole

deeper in tint than the northern ones.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 1 pupa, 22 dd, 16 29 from: Maine;

Massachusetts; Long Island; N. Jersey: W. Virginia; Sanford, Vlorida, vi. ;

Titusville, Florida, viii.

( 608 )

CXLVII. PROSERPINUS.—Typus : proserpina.

Sphinx, Pallas (non Linné, 1758), Spice. Zool. ix. p. 26 (1772).

Sesia Fabricius, in Illig., Mag. Ent. vi. p. 88 (1807) (partim).

Macroglossa Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 42 (1816) (partim).

Proserpinus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (type: proserpina = oenotherae).

Pterogon Boisduval, [con. Lép. Eur. vi. p. 14 (1834) (partim).

Thyreus, Walker (non Swainson, 1821), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 100 (1856) (partim).

Lepisesia Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 38 (1865) (type : flanofasciata).

Pogocolon Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 814 (1875) (type: gaurae).

Dieneces Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) viii. p, 308 (1881) (type: clarkiae).

3%. Genal process large, triangular, nearly reaching to tip of pilifer. Eye-lashes

heavy. Antenna clubbed; hook suddenly narrowed; end-segment conical, at

least three times as long as basally broad. Abdominal spines weak; anal tuft

truncate, preceding segments with side-tufts. Hinder edge of merum of midcoxa

rounded, neither angulate nor cariniform; tibiae spinose; foretibia ending in a

thorn, a lateral row of heavy spines, the basal ones the shortest ; spurs of mid-

and hindtibiae unequal, longer ones equalling or surpassing in length second

tarsal segment; no comb to mid- and hindtarsus ; ventral lobes of paronychiam

very small; pulvillus present. R? of hindwing central; R* and M! rather close

together; D? transverse, slightly concave, D* oblique, lower angle of cell little

produced.

g. Tenth tergite and sternite simple, of the same type as in JJacroglossum.

Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe vestigial. Penis-sheath with a horizontal,

apical, pointed process, directed dextro-laterad.

Larva: head small, not granulose, but hairy ; a pale dorso-lateral line, and

another ventro-lateral, at least in early stages, with these are connected oblique

bands running in the same direction as in Pholus, dorso-frontal—ventro-distal ;

horn short, or in later stages vestigial.

Chrysalis slender, glossy ; two frontal tubercles ; mesonotum with transverse,

mesially interrupted ridge ; abdominal segments with large punctures at base,

last segments punctured nearly all over; cremaster long, slender, ending in

two points.

Hab. Palaearctic and Nearctic Regions.

Five species.

Since the genus as conceived by us contains material closely related ¢nter se

in pattern and structure, and is sharply defined, we do not see the necessity of

dividing the few species into several genera. On the contrary, we think it highly

opportune to keep the five species under one generic head and thus impress upou

the student the facts (1) that we have here, as in the case of /Haemorrhagia, a

development common to the Northern temperate regions (except the eastern parts

of the Palaearetic Regions, where as yet no representative has been found), and

(2) that the bombiform /vofusciata is a derivation from a gawrae-like insect,

owing its similarity with Haemorrhagia to mimicking the same model.

If one separates the Palaearctic proserpina from the Nearctic forms, it becomes

necessary to further divide these, and there would then be even justification for

keeping each single species in a genus of its own. In this case a generic term

will have to be invented for jvanita, which differs essentially from gaurae in the

larval state. Eyerybody may please himself in this matter, but we state with

( 609 )

emphasis that in onr opinion the true position of the five species in question will

be far better understood if kept together, than if distributed over at least four

genera. To serve the understanding of the true relationship, to show the true

connection between the species, is the ideal object of classification of animated

nature, as opposed to mere baptism of the different forms and groups of forms.

Key to the species :

a. Breast and legs black . 5 5 . do4. P. favofasciata.

Breast and legs not black : ¢ ; 5

b. Distal margin of forewing deeply Sime

below apex, trilobate at R*®, M’ and SM’ 552

Distal margin of forewing very faintly or

not all concave below apex . F

c. Underside of abdomen, basal area of fae

wing below, and marginal band of

hindwing above, cinnamon-rufonus. . 9d0.

Marginal band of hindwing black, under-

side of abdomen and base of hindwing

. P. proserpind.

P. gaurae.

below olive-green or greyish green. : eds

d. Basal area of forewing below ea

- orange . ‘ . dol. P.juanita.

Basal area of gestae val the orange

colour absent or petal c : . 503. P. clarkiae,

550. Proserpinus gaurae.

Sphing gaurae Abbot & Smith, Jus. Georgia i, p. 61. t. 31 (L, p

Natural. Libr. xxxvii, p. 103. t. 6. f. 3 (/.) (1843).

Proserpinus gaurae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 182. n. 1414 (1822); Clem, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Philad. iv. p. 133. n, 9 (1859) (partim) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 153. n. 1 (1862) ;

Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 151. 177 (1865) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i.

p. 20 (1874) (Georgia) ; id., dc. ii. p. 225. n. 19 (1875); Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p- 536. n. 3 (1877) (Georgia ; ? Texas) ; Grote, /.c. ill. p. 221. n. 21 (1877) (= ? juanita) ;

Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 66 (1877).

Setia gauvae, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 750. sub n. 4 (1815).

Pterogon gaurae, Harris, in Sillim., Journ, Sc, Art xxxvi. p. 306 (1839) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p- 639. n. 3 (1892) (partim) ; ide in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths ii. t. 97. £. 3 (4). 4 (7) (1897).

» ?-) (1797) ; Dune, in Jard.,

| TPhyreus gaurac, Walker, List Lep. The BM. vii. p. 100. n, 3 (1856).

Pogocolon gaurae, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 315. n. 1 (1875) (Georgia) ; Edw., Bull

U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 38 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam. ).

Proserpinus circac Edwards, Papilio ii. p. 9 (1882) (Georgia ; coll. Neumoegen).

Pogocolon circeae (1), Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 131. n. 22 (1886).

Lepisesia. gaurae, id., lc. xviii. p. 131. p. 23 (1886) (partim); Smith, Zrans, Amer. Ent, Soc. xv.

p. 115 (1888) (partim).

Lepisesia virceae (1), Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 51 (1886) ; Smith, /.c. xv. p. 114 (1888).

Lepisesia circac, Ottolengui, Ent. News vi p. 218 (1895) (¢ in coll. Neumoegen).

3%. Palpus longer than in the other species, somewhat projecting. Fore-

wing distinctly sinuate before hinder angle, sometimes with faint indications of

teeth at the middle veins. Hindwing orange, washed with ferruginous, especially

at base; marginal band reddish cinnamonu-rafous ; fringe white, with the short

‘orewing below without black stigma ; basal areas of both wings

chestunt, but that of forewing more or less ferruginous in and behind cell; a

triangular apical costal patch including a white oblique apical line cinnamon-rufous.

Abdomen beneath also this colour, with pale edges to the segments.

( 610 )

3. Sexual organs not essentially different from those of clar/iae, only the

“tooth of the penis-sheath is shorter and the harpe less distinct.

Larva green, beautifully marked with red; a dorso-lateral, interrupted, broad

line, oblique side-bands (dorso-frontal—ventro-distal), a series of ventro-lateral

elongate spots, a ventral mesial series of minute spots and the abdominal legs, red ;

a dorsal mesial row of dots and another above the red Jateral markings, black; horn

black, pointed.—Food-plant : Gaura biennis.

Hab. Southern part of Atlantic district of Nearctic Region : Georgia to Texas.

Edwards, considering the following species to be the true gaurae, described a

specimen of the present species as circae.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 3 pupae, 3 dd, 2 2? from Texas.

551. Proserpinus juanita.

Proserpinus gaurae, Clemens (non Abbot & Smith, 1797), Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 133. n. 9

(1859) (partim ; Texas, iv., vii.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris,

Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 153. n. 1 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 151. 177

(1865) (Clem.’s gawrae not that of Abb. & Smith?) ; Grote, Bull. Bugfulo N. Se. iii. p. 221,

n. 21 (1877).

Pterogon juanita Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 112. f. 13. £. 6 (¢) (1877) (Rio Grande) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 640. n. 4 (1892).

Proserpinus juanita, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 636 (1877).

Lepisesia gaurae var. juanita, Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 131. sub n. 23 (1886); Smith, Trans,

Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 114 (1888) (two broods).

3%. Differs from gaurae in the forewing being purer olivaceons green, in the

hindwing being brighter orange and having a sharply marked black band; in

the basal area of the forewing below being for the greater part ferruginous-orange,

while the basal area of the hindwing is olive-green; in the pale olive-green (not

chestnut or cinnamon-rufous) underside of the abdomen, which is blackish at the

base ; and in the forewing being marked below with a black stigma and having

no cinnamon-rufous costal apical patch.

3. Sexual armature as in gaurae, but the tooth of the penis-sheath as long as

in clarkiae.

Larva red ; two whitish lateral lines, one above, the other below, the upper

crossed by oblique dorsal bands which encircle a large dorsal area on each segment ;

the dorso-lateral line and oblique markings vestigial on eleventh segment ; stigmata

black ; horn obliterated as in proserpina and flavofasciata—Food-plant: Gaura.

Hab. Texas ; Colorado ; Arizona.

Two subspecies :

a. P. juanita juanita.

Pterogon Juanita, Strecker, l.c.

Hab, Texas and Colorado.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 8 pupac, 15 dd, 20 2% from : Texas, iii. iv. 5

Colorado, Arbotes, 15. vi. The Colorado is ¢ a transition to the following subspecies.

6. P. juanita oslari subsp. noy.

3%. The green as well as the orange areas obviously paler than in the

preceding ; the stigma of the forewing smaller above and quite indistinct below :

fringe of forewing above more distinctly dotted.

Hab, Verde R., Arizona, June 1902 (Oslar).

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 3 $2; type: do.

( 611 )

502. Proserpinus proserpina.

Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur. ii. t. 121. f. 161 a—i (1782).

Sphyne (!) proserpina Pallas, Spic. Zool. ix. p. 26. t. 2. £. 7 (1772) (Germania).

Sphinx oenotherae Denis & Schiff., Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien p. 43. n. 1. p. 239. fig. frontisp. (1776).

$$. Palpus shorter than in gaurae; end-segment of antenna and hindtarsus

also shorter,while the thorn at the end of the foretibia is longer; distal margin of

forewing far less oblique, irregularly trilobate at R*, M', and SM’. In these

characters, proserpina is more specialised than the American species. Hindwing

paler yellow than in clarkiae.

3. Tenth segment as in clarhiae (PI. XLY. f. 4), sternite rather longer and

slenderer. Harpe short, often dilated at end (Pl. IL. f. 20), sometimes as

gradually narrowed to a point as in gaurae.

Larva green or brown, paler below than above; stigmata in brown oblique

patches ; pale dorso-lateral line more or less vestigial; back dotted with brown ;

horn represented by a smooth prominence encircled with black.—Food-plants :

Ocenothera ; Epilobium ; Lythrum.

Hab. Central and South Europe, eastward to Buchara.

Two subspecies :

a. P, proserpina proserpina.

Sphinx proserpina Pallas, l.c.

Sphinx oenotherae Denis & Schiff., /.c.; Fuessly, Mag. Ent. ii. 1. p. 65. t. 1. £. 9. 10 (1779) ; Esp.,

Schmett. ii. p. 167. t. 20, p. 198, t. 26. f. 2. 3 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 212. n. 29

(1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 141. n. 10 (1781) (=proserpina) ; Fuessly, N. Mag. Ent. ii. p. 210

(1784) ; id., Lc. iii. p. 146 (1786) ; Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 93. n. 11 (1787) ; Borkh., Eu. Schmett.

li, p. 59. 135. 177 (1788) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. ii. p. 71. n. 572. 573 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat.

i, 5. p. 2374. n. 54 (1790); Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 15. n. 362 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal.

p. 364 (1791); Brahm, Jnsectenkalend, ii. 1. p. 422. n. 297 (1791); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1.

p. 399. n. 12 (1793); Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1, p. 229. n. 1393 (1801) ; Hiibn., Hur. Schmett.,

Sphing. £. 58 (180-?) ; id., Gesch. Schmett. ii. Sphing. iii. (180-?) ; Ochs., Schmett. Eur. ii. p. 196.

n. 5. (1808) ; Nagel, MWiilfsb. Schm. p. 148 (1818); Latr., in Nouv. Dict. d Hist. Nat, xxxii.

p- 27 (1819) ; God., Lép. France iii. p. 52. t. 19. f. 2 (1823) ; Luc., Lép. Eur. p. 109, t. 44 (1834).

Sphinx schiffermilleri Fuessly, Mag. Ent. ii. p. 69 (1779) (=oenotherae).

Sesia venotherae, Fabricius, in Ilig., Mag. Ent. vi. p. 88. n. 44 (1807).

Sphine aenotherac (), Latreille, Gen. Ins. Crust. iv. p. 210 (1809).

Scetia oenotherae, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 750. n. 4 (1815).

Macroglossu cenotherac, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 42 (1816) ; Friv., in Silberm., Rev, Ent. ii.

p- 181 (1834) (Hungary) ; Eversm., Munna Volgo-Ural. p. 107 (1844) (vi.) ; Assm., Zeilschr.

Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Standf., hid. v. p. 15 (1851) (larva).

Proserpinus oenotherae, Hiibner, Verz. bel:, Schm. p. 132.0, 1413 (1822) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. ML.

viii. p. 97. n. 1 (1856) (S. France) ; Butl., vans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 535. n. 1 (1892).

Sphyne (!) cenotherac, Vogel, Schm. Cubin. iv. p. 21. t. 7. £. 4. a. b (1823).

Pterogon oenotherac, Boisduval, Ind. Meth. p. 32 (1829) (Gall, m., vi.) ; id., Coll. Leon, Chen. t. 18.

f, 1 (1832) ; Cant., in Silberm., Mev. Ent. i. p. 76 (1833) (Dept. Var); Boisd., Spec, Gén. i.

t. 15. £. 3 (1836) ; Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 103. t. 52. £. 719—721 (1837) ; Lue., in Chenu, Luc.

Hist, Nat., Pap. i. p. 255. £. 452 (1853) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. Suppl.

ii. p, 95. n. 1575 (1857) ; Wilde, Ruup. ii. p. 80, t. 1. £. 9 (1860); Staud. & Wocke, Cut. Le.

p. 16. n. 30 (1861) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 312. n. 1 (1875) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stu.

Theor. Desc. i. p. 256. t. 7. £. 63. 64. 65 (1882) (larva) ; Schiitze, Jris ix. p. 323, n. 14 (1896)

(Oberlausitz),

Ptevogon aenotherae (1), Blanchard, //ist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 478. t. 20, £. 2 (1840).

Sphine aetherioe (!), Lalanne, Man, Ent. p. 122. n. 2 (date ?).

Pterogon proserpina, Staudinger & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii, p. 38. n. 491 (1871) ; Weil., Progr. Ober-

realech, Innsbr, p. 16 (1880); Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 46 (1880); Rom., Wén,

Lip. i. p. 72 (1884) (Borjoum, vi. vii.) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicél. vii. p. 12 (1889) ;

( 612°)

Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 639, n. 1 (1892); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 31. t. 8. £. 8. a. b. (1893);

id., Grossschm. p. 31, t. 18. £. 7 (1894) (v. vi.) ; Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Grawh. xxxviii,

App. p. 20 (1895); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 204 (1900) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed,

iii. p. 104. n. 765 (1901).

*Proserpinus aenotheroides, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 621 (1875) (“ Brazil,” err. loc. ;—

Mus. Brit.).

Pterogon oenotheroides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 639. n. 2 (1892) (Brazil ?).

3d 2. Length of forewing 17—23 mm. There is little variation observed.

p=} to}

Hab. Central Germany southward to Portugal and Spain, Sicily, eastwards

fo) ? P)

to Caneasia.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae and 36 specimens.

b. P. proserpina japetus.

*Pterogon proserpina var. japelus Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Mém. Lép. iv. p- 513. n, 209 (1890)

(Kabadian, v. ;—Mus. Tring) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 639. sub n. 1 (1892) ; Bartel, in Riihl,

Grossschm. ii, p. 208 (1900) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. sub n. 765 (1901) (Buch.

or. ; Ferg. m.).

?. Forewing measuring 25mm. On the whole paler than Huropean specimens,

the marginal band of the hindwing below narrower.

Hab. Bokhara: Kabadian ; Turkestan: Ferghana.

In the Tring Museum 1 2 (type) from Kabadian, ex coll. Grum-Grschimailo.

553. Proserpinus clarkiae.

*Pterogon clarkiae Boisduval, Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 318. n. 84 (1852) (Calif. ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; id., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 26. n. 85 (1869) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het, p.111.t. 13.

f.5 (2 ) (1877) (Oregon ; Northern Calif.) ; Maass., Stett. Lint. Zeit. xli. p. 51 (1880) (=victoria);

Butl., Papilio i. p. 103 (1881) ; Rivers, Papilio iii. p. 65 (1883) (March, April, at flowers of

wild turnip).

Thyrius (1) clarkiae, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 262 (1856).

Proserpinus clarkiae, Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 134. n. 10 (1859) (Calif.) ; Morris,

Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn, Lep. N. Am. p. 154. n. 2 (1862) ; Grote

& Rob., Proce. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 151. n. 15 (1865) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p, 20

(1874) ; id., Le. ii, p. 225. mn. 18 (1875) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Se. vi. p. 89 (1876) (May,

June; =victoriae); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 536, n. 2 (1877) (Calif.) ; Grote, Le.

iii, p. 221. n, 20 (1877) (=victoria).

Lepisesia victoria Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. ii. p. 147 (1874) (Brit, Colomb.) ; Butl., Zrans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 517, n. 2 (1877).

Pogocolon clarkiae, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p 316, 0. 2 (1875).

Dieneces clurkiae, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). viii. p. 308 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 635.

n. 1 (1892).

Lepisesia clarkiae, Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 131. n. 21 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. But. Soe. XY,

p. 112 (1888) (N. Calif. ; Iowa; Oregon).

Pterogon clarkei (1), Smith, /.c. xv. p. 241. t. 4. f, 3 (tenth tergite). 4 (foretib.) (1888).

3%. Palpus short, obtuse. Wings in colour and shape like those of gaurae,

but less elongate, hindwing especially less acuminate, with the outer margin convex

and the anal angle not projecting. Spines of foretibia comparatively stouter than

in gaurae and juanita (the figure given of the foretibia by Smith, .c., is not correct,

the row of spines not being widely interrupted, and further, the apical process not

being a spine as represented, but a prolongation of the tibia). Hindwing paler

yellow than in jvanita, almost agreeing in colour with that of proserpina.

3. Tenth segment (Pl. XLV. f. 4) essentially the same as in the other

species ; sternite much shorter and broader than the tergite, obtusely boat-shaped.

Harpe (Pl. 1L. f. 19) without free process, but notched just before end. Pents-

sheath as in /avofasciata.

( 613 )

Early stages not known. Larva said by Boisduval to feed on Clarkia.

Hab. Pacific district : California ; Oregon ; British Columbia. “Iowa”

according to Smith: error !

In the Tring Museum 22 dd, 1 2 from: Ozoyoos, Brit. Col. (Reynolds) :

Almots, Washington; Gold Hill, Oregon (Biedermann); California; Berkeley,

California.

554. Proserpinus flavofasciata.

*Maeroglossa favofasciata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p, 87. n. 3 (1856) (Hudson’s B. Territ.;—

Mus. Brit.).

3. Palpns short, obtuse. Upperside of head and thorax and end of abdomen

(except middle) straw-yellow, rest of body deep black, edge of pronotum and sides

of metanotum also more or less extended black. Distal margin of forewing

slightly sinuate behind; a black submedian band corresponding to the band of

gaurae, followed by a pale band ; the scaling of this pale band is dispersed and

most of the scales are grey ; hindwing with a yellow discal band, which is seldom

vestigial only.

3. Tenth segment as in the other species; tergite slender, faintly spatulate ;

sternite much shorter, more than twice as broad, boat-shaped, obtuse, gradually

enrved upwards at end in side-view. Harpe (PI. IL. f. 18) represented by a

straight tapering ridge which is not detached from the clasper. Penis-sheath (P1

LIY. f. 16) with a prominent, horizontal, fecbly curved, pointed process.

Early stages not fully known, larva of fav. rachel noticed by Bruce ; see below:

Hab, Nearctic Region, from Hudson’s Bay to Vancouver, southward to Colorado.

Three subspecies. The characters by which the three “species” have been

differentiated by the respective authors are not so constant as they have been

represented to be. A rare insect, of which we have not seen many specimens.

a. P. flacofasciata flavofasciata.

*Macroglossa flavofasciata Walker, I.c. (1856); Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 131. n. 4

(1859) (Albany R., Huds. Bay); Morris, Cai. Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris,

Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 151, n. 1 (1862); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 364. n. 51 (1875) ;

Streck., Lep. Rhop. Hct. p, 110. t. 13. f. 4 (9) (1877) (Canada ; Holyoke, Mass.).

Lepisesia flavofasciata, Grote, Proc, Ent. Soe. Philad. vy. p. 39 (1865) (Canada) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v.

p. 149, n. 1 (1865); Beth., Canad. Ent. i. p. 10. n. 7 (1869); Grote, Bull Buffalo Soc. N. Se.

i. p. 17 (1874) (Canada) ; id, /.c. ii. p. 225. n. 17 (1875) ; id., Zc. iii. p. 221. n. 19 (1877)

(Canada) ; Butl., 77 ans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 517. n. 1 (1877) ; Fish., Canad. Ent. x. p. 140

(1878) (Maine, one specim. May 28th); Fern., ‘bid. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine) ; id.,

Sphing. N. Engl. p. 19. n. 6 (1886) (Maine; June, midday) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 27

(1886) (Can.; East. States ; Northern N. York, iv. v.) ; Smith, Zrans, Amer. Ent. Soc. xv.

p. 111 (1888) (Hudson’s Bay Territ.; Canada; Maine; Mass.); Lym., Canad. Ent. xxiii. p. 8

(1891) (Ormstown, Chateauguay Co., Albany R., Hudson’s Bay territory; Strecker’s fig. too

pale yellow); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 628. u. 1 (1892); Hanh., Canad. Ent, xxxi. p. 50

(1899) (Manitoba, 1! specim., v.).

3%. Yellow band of hindwing reaching to abdominal margin.

Hab. astern Canada and New England.

In the British Museum 1 ¢.

b. P. flavofasciata ulalume.

Macroglossa ulalume Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 135. t. 15, £, 3 (9) (1878) (Oregon).

Lepisesia ulalume, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 111 (1888); Edw., Lut, Amer. iii, p. 223

(1888) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i, p. 628, n. 2 (1892) ; Gibs., Canad, Ent. xxxi. p. 370 (1899)

( 614 )

(N. Westminster and Enderby, Brit. Col.) ; Jones, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ontario xxx. p. 58 (1900)

Westminster, Brit. Col.).

3%. Yellow band of hindwing triangular, narrowing behind, not reaching

abdominal margin, or (typical wlalwme) hindwing above black, with a vestige of a

greyish band. Basal area of forewing below black or shaded with orange. Palpus

black or somewhat greyish beneath.

Hab. Oregon ; British Columbia.

In the Tring Museum 4 ¢d,1 $ from: Westminster, Brit. Col. ; Keith Road,

N. Vancouver, 14. y. 1902 (N. C. Rothschild).

These five specimens have a yellowish band on the upperside of the forewing.

Another ?, also from the Keith Road, has a trace of agreyish band. This specimen

has kindly been presented to the Tring Museum by Mr. Wilson, who says that he

has kept it, together with some other Lepidoptera, in memory of his little danghter

Rose Annette, to whom he had given it shortly before her death. We gratefully

acknowledge the gift.

The obvious differences between the specimen of Rose Annette Wilson and that

caught by N. C. Rothschild render it probable that the distinctions between

Havofasciata, ulalume and rachel, are merely individual, not subspecific.

ce. P. flavofasciata rachel.

Lepisesia ulalume var. rachel Bruce, Ent. News xii. p. 19 (1901) (Colorado ; larva on Epilobinm).

One specimen known ; sex not stated. It is said to differ from w/a/ume in the

band of the wings being “lighter in colonr, wider and more distinct,” and in

the collar and thorax not being black. The author attributes, however, an intense

black collar and thorax to w/alwme, in which he is wrong. Judging from the short

description, rachel seems to stand intermediate between /. flavofasciata and

Jt. ulalume.

Mr. Bruce says: “I was collecting larvae of Alypia lorquini on Epilobium

and found a large Sphinx larva looking very much like that of 7. abbot. The anal

horn was absent, anda shining button was in its place. I fed it carefully and it

pulled a leaf or two over itself on the soil and pupated, and appeared as a moth in

February. The specimen is therefore from Colorado, and is now in the collection

of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.”

CXLVIII. EUPROSERPINUS.—Typus : phaeton.

Euproserpinus Grote & Rob.,Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 177 (1865) (type : phacton).

Maecroglossa, Boisduval (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 65 (1868).

Lepisesia, Smith (non Grote, 1865), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xv. p. 112 (1888).

3%. Differs from Proserpinus in the more abrupt hook of the antenna, the

last three or four segments being quite suddenly reduced in width, and in the

pulvillus and paronychium being adsent. Sexual armature of ¢ similar to that of

Proserpinus clarkiae, tooth of penis-sheath shorter.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Pacifie District of Nearctie Region.

Two species, which are easily distinguished from Proserpinus by the white

hindwing and the white underside of breast and wings.

Abdomen with creamy white side-tufts . ; . 555. 2. phaeton.

Abdomen without creamy white side-tufts — , , 506, LE, euterpe.

( 615 )

555, Euproserpinus phaeton.

Buproserpinus phaeton Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 151. 178 (1865) (Calif., from

figure) ; iid., Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc, ii. p. 181 (1869) (Calif.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc

N. Sc. i. p. 19 (1874) ; id., Lc. ii. p, 225. n. 15 (1875) (erato) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Se. vi.

p. 89 (1875) (Los Angeles) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. viii. p. 28 (1876) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N.

Se. i. p. 221. n. 17 (1877) ; id., Canad. Ent. xi. p. 94 (1878) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p. 536 (1877) ; Grote, /.c. xviii. p. 131. n. 17 (1886) ; Edw., Eut. Amer. iv. p. 25 (1888) (sexes

confounded) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 685, n. 1 (1892).

*Vacroglossa erato Boisduyal, nn. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 65 (1868) (Los Angeles ; ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Butl., /.c. ix. p. 529. n. 41 (1877) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 125. t. 14. f.1 (1878)

(Los Angeles).

Macroglossa phacton, Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Het. i. p. 362. n. 49 (1875) (= erato).

Macroglossum phaeton Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 174 (1870).

Lepisesia phaecton (1), Smith, ibid. xv. p. 112 (1888).

3%. Black band of hindwing quite straight, tapering behind, veins R*, M' and

M with some black scales.

fab. South California.

In the Tring Museum 1 6, 2 ?? from: Los Angeles, March ; San Diego ;

Plumas Co., March.

556. Euproserpinus euterpe.

Enproserpinus euterpe Edwards, Ent. Amer. iv. p. 25 (1888) (San Diego, Calif.) ; Smith, Trans.

Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 235 (1888) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 635. n. 2 (1892); Beutenm.,

Bull. Amer. Mus. N, HI. iv. p. 170 (1892) (1 @, type, ex coll. Hy. Edwards).

3. Abdomen without pale side-tufts. Scaling of antenna white, Marginal

band of hindwing convex in middle.

The tibial armature is essentially the same as in phacton; we received a

drawing of the forelegs through the kindness of Mr. Beutenmiiller. The antennae

are said by Edwards to be of equal size throughout, not clubbed as in phaeton : is

this statement correct?

Hab. South California.

CXLIX. ATEMNORA gen. nov.—Typus : ewestermanni.

Macroglossa Boisduyal (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 332 (1875) (partim).

Aellopus, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 634 (1892) (partim).

3%. Genal process very large, almost reaching to the tip of the pilifer.

Palpus projecting, pointed. Head with slight mesial crest. Hye-lashes short.

Antenna slender, feebly incrassate distally in ?, hook sharply curved, end-segment

long, filiform, rough-scaled. Abdomen broad, flattened, resembling that of

Hypaedalia, seventh (¢) resp. eighth (3) segment much narrower than preceding ;

anal tuft truncate, the scales diverging at end in 2; spines strong as in Macro-

glossum, above and below, but the proximal spines of each segment longer than

broad (PI. LXIL. f. 10). Merum of midcoxa produced backwards into a sharp

process. Tibiae unarmed ; spurs unequal, long terminal one half the length of the

first tarsal segment ; midtarsal comb extending from near base to near middle of

first segment ; paronychium with two pairs of lobes ; posterior tarsus somewhat

compressed, the two external rows of spines closely together, with an additional row

in between, so that the lower part of the outer surface is nearly as densely spinose

as in Macroglossum,

( 616 )

g- Tenth abdominal segment of the same type as in Macroglossum and in

Temnora funebris, scitula, ete. ; the tergite and sternite of nearly the same length,

the sternite the broader, acuminate, slightly curved, long, boat-shaped. Clasper

with four large truncate friction-scales over a groove; harpe (Pl. IL. f. 34)

ending in a short and narrow process. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 14) armed in

a similar way as in some species of Zemnora, there being a left, semi-detached,

densely dentate process or ridge, and a free right process which is pointed and

bears few teeth; within the sheath there is a dense bundle of very lone spines,

homologous to the spines found in Temnora.

Early stages not known.

TTab. Acthiopian Region.

One species.

A connecting link between Temnora and Macroglossum, agreeing with the

latter in many respects, but differing markedly in the spines of the abdomen, the

anal tuft, the hindtarsus, ete.

557. Atemnora westermanni.

* Vacroglossa westermanni Boisduval, lc. p. 355. n. 38 (1875) (Guinea ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir),

* Macroglossa falkensteini Dewitz, Mitth. Minch, Ent. Ver. iii. p. 23. t. 1. f. 1 (1879) (Chinchoxo ;—

Mus. Berlin) ; Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc, xvi. p, 56. n, 2 (1889) (Kangwé) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 633. n. 63 (1892) ; Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 17 (1893).

Acllopus westermanni, Kirby, lc. p. 635. n. 6 (1892).

3%. A widely distributed species, which does not seem to vary geographically.

It is easily recognised by its Macroglossum-like appearance, especially by the pointed

palpus, the yellow-spotted abdomen and the strong abdominal spines.

Hab. Sierra Leone to Angola, eastwards to the coast of Gérman Hast Africa ;

Madagascar ; probably all over the Aethiopian Region, except the southern parts

of Cape Colony.

In the Tring Museum 22 6,9 ?? from: Sierra Leone, viii.; Gold Coast ;

Cameroons; Bopoto and Yakusu, Congo, viii (K. Smith); Angola, iv.; Baie

ad Antongil, Madagascar, iii. iv. (Mocqnerys).

CL. MACROGLOSSUM.—Typns : stedlatarum.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellat).

Sesia Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 547 (1775) (partim ; type: tantalus).

Macroglossum Seopoli, Inti. Hist. Nat. p. 414 (1777) (type : stellatarum).

Macroglossa Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 41 (1816) (partim ; includes stel/atarum).

Hemuris Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Ak. Mandl. p. 207 (1816) (partim ; includes stellatarwm).

Macrogossum (!), Latreille, in Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxxi. p. 105 (1819).

Psithyros Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 131 (1822) (partim ; type: stel/atarum).

Rhamphoschisma Wallengren, Oefv. Vet. Ak. Pérh. xv. p. 139 (1858) (type: trochilus).

Bombylia Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 629 (1892) (sub syn. ; type: stel/atarum).

3%. Genal process very large, triangular. Tongne long. Bye lashed.

Palpns broad, pointed, projecting, end-surface triangular. Head feebly crested.

Antenna clubbed, hook short and rather abrupt, variable in length ; end-segment

slender, different in length in the various species. Spines of abdomen flat, very

strong, those of first row broader than long (Pl. LXII. f. 11), excepting

proximal segments, where they are longer than broad ; plate of sternite of seventh

segment triangular in $, without spines; fau-tail large in both sexes, previous

( 617 )

segments with lateral tufts. Meram of midecoxa produced backwards into a sharp

tooth : npperside of mid- and hindtibia and underside of hiudtibia at apex with long

scaling ; ; shorter midtibial spur on innerside with comb of more or less heavy

spines ; midtarsal comb present, but the spines not long ; spurs of hindtibia very

unequal ; paronychium with two pairs of lobes, pulvillas: present ; first segment of

hindtarsus somewhat compressed, with additional spines on outer surface. Distal

edges of wings entire ; SC? and R' of hindwing from upper angle of cell, R? central,

R and M! rather close together but always separate.

Larva tapering in front, head rather small, horn long in first stages, shorter

later on ; ground-colour green or brown, sometimes nearly black, pale dots more or

less obvious ; a dark dorsal line, and two pale lateral lines, one subdorsal, the other

subyentral, these lines often disappearing, except the subdorsal ; horn granulose.—

Food-plants : Rubiaceae ; Galium; Paederia; Morinda ; ete.

Pupa with compressed tongue-case, which is carinate ventrally ; cremaster

variable, conical, slender, smooth, or flattened, broad, bifid, dentate at the edges

(very few pupae known) (Pl. LXIV. f. 20. 21. 22).

Hab. Old World.

59 species: 1 Palaearetic, 1 African, 5 Malagassie, 52 Oriental.

As these species are partly very difficult to distinguish we give three keys, and

hope that these, together with the descriptions and the plates, will enable the reader

to name the species. Macroglossum is one of those genera of which the material

contained in collections is nowhere correctly separated into species. The literature

on these insects, excepting a few easily recognised forms, is of little value, as one

does not know with certainty which species the respective author meant to designate

by a certain name. This is unfortunate in respect to the larvae, for very few have

been figured, and we are not sure in every case to which species the larva belongs.

I. Key to the species, referring to colour :—

a. Hindwing below white at base like

breast ; or yellowish white, but

in this case there is no yellow

band on the upperside 2 ; ; ; b.

Hindwing below reddish tawny, or

yellow at base, or with a yellow

patch before abdominal margin . ; ; é.

Hindwing below mummy-brown,

with a trace of yellow atthe base 613. If. phocinum (PI. ILL. f. 1).

4. Abdomen without yellow — side-

patches. : ; : d e.

Abdomen with yellow pide: pate hes. ; : d.

c. Hindwing above in middle and

abdomen glossy whitish blue . 616. J/. splendens.

Hindwing above yellow before

abdominal margin; abdomen

with white lateral spots on

segments 3 and 4 , ; 615. If. micacea.

Hindwing above neither whitish

blue in middle nor yellow before

abdominal margin F . 614, ML, buruensis (Pl. IV. f. 4).

( 618 )

. Hindwing with yellow band above,

often interrupted; breast greyish

white : : : :

Hindwing without yellow band

above ; breast yellowish white

Costal margin of hindwing dilated

into an antemedian lobe

Costal margin of hindwing simple .

. A band from middle of costal

margin of forewing to hinder

angle. :

No such band. P

No distinct antemedian and faaeal

lines .

These lines aitince :

Forewing above with two shieply

defined creamy bands, one median,

one postdiscal

No such bands

. Antemedian band of forewing bore

strongly oblique, with a pale

proximal border which is straight

from costal margin to SM?.

Antemedian band curved in front,

or transverse

. Interspaces of lines a rere

marked with bluish white sealing

No such white scaling

Tail and preceding tergite yellows

the latter with black mesial

spot .

Not so; head and Theta with a

broad grey stripes contrasting

sharply with the greenish olive-

black colour of head and thorax

Not so :

. Basal area of forewing abet, acs

or greenish black, sharply limited

by the straight antemedian band

Basal area much paler than ante-

median band

Yellow band of hindwing cntemaplet

Yellow band of hindwing not inter-

rupted ; abdomen below brown .

Yellow band of hindwing not inter-

rupted ; abdomen below tawny

. Hindwing with very narrow tawny-

brown border; abdomen with

creamy white side-patches ,

566.

602.

608.

607.

589.

606,

604.

612.

611.

610,

5. M. bombylans.

M. avicula.

M. aquila.

die

M. hemichroma.

M. tinnuneulus.

M. dohertyi.

7, M. fritzei (Pl. IIT. f. 4).

597.

M. multifascia (Pl. VI. f. 7).

: k.

M. eichhorni (P1. ILL. f. 14).

M. mitchelli.

mM.

5 0:

M. meeki (Pl. IV. f. 2).

M. faro (PI. IV. f. 14).

M. passalus.

8. VW. stellatarum.

( 619 )

Hindwing without distinctly darker

border, entirely chrome-yellow ;

abdominal side-patches yellow

Hindwing uniformly orange-rufous

Hindwing tawny, with yellow ante-

median band

Hindwing with more or less ihent

tawny or black border, or nearly

entirely black.

. Hindwing tawny, without yellow

band ; or if such a band present,

then distal border gradually

shading off proximally (PI. IV.

f. 5. 6. 9—18) : < E

Hindwing with sharply defined

brownish black distal border,

often produced basad in middle ;

or the yellow band vestigial

Hindwing tawny (Pl. IV. f. 5. 6. 11

Hindwing with yellow-tawny band

(PI IV. f. 9. 10: 12. 13); the

band too pale in fig. 12)

. Fifth abdominal segment without

yellow sicde-patch 5

Fifth abdominal segment with

yellow side-patch

, Antemedian band of forewing filled

in with black

Antemedian band of faa a

filled in with black

. Breast more or less mummy-brown,

at least laterally

Breast yellowish white .

. Forewing above with a sharply

defined grey costal discal area ;

antemedian band very oblique

Not so

. Yellow abdominal side-patches

separate ; : 3

Yellow abdominal — side-patches

conflnent

. Brown postdiscal spot SO _} of

forewing above very prominent .

Brown postdiscal spot SC’—R? of

forewing above not prominent

w. Tail below for the greater part

tawny, tip pale . 5 :

Tail below brown; forewing with

stigma

o09.

960.

561,

569.

567.

564.

M. alluaud.

M. soror (P1. IV. f. 19).

M. milvus (PI. IV. f. 18).

qY-

M. vacillans (P1. IV. f. 5).

M. regulus (Pl. IV. f. 11).

. M. gyrans (PI. IV. f. 6).

A t.

M. trochilus.

71. M. particolor (PI. IV. f. 18).

73. M. assimilis.

62.

72. M. belis.

38. M. pachycerus (P1. TV. f. 9).

M. aesalon (P1. 1V. f. 10).

b’

( 620 )

Tail below greyish brown ; forewing

without stigma .

. Abdomen with four neler side-

patches :

Abdomen with three ce CS) side-

patches

. Antemedian band of few very

broad, including cross-veins

Antemedian hands of forewing not

including cross-veins .

. Forewing above: discal lines aa

distinct ; no grey costal subapical

area; no grey streak R'; no

subapical brown spot SC°—R';

no brown dorsal spots on abdomen

One or the other of these markings,

or all, distinct : 2

Tail not yellow; yellow band of

hindwing interrupted; _ side-

patches of abdomen vestigial ;

palpus below blackish grey

Tail not yellow; yellow band of

hindwing not interrupted ; side-

patches of abdomen reduced;

underside of abdomen blackish

brown, with whitish grey mesial

patches, seventh sternite grey in

2; yellow area of hindwing

below sharply defined, restricted

Abdomen greyish yellow or tawny

beneath

. Greyish median area Ge ae

with distinct stigma .

No such conspicuous stigma .

Forewing above with greyish white

median band, interrupted or not

(PIA a3 PL SediG)h

No such band

. Yellow band of hindwing en ampted

Yellow band of hindwing not inter-

rupted

. Forewing below withont brown

distal border

Forewing below with brown distal

border

. Forewing above with a costal apical

grey area strongly contrasting

with the brown scaling behind

570. M. affictitia (Pl. IV. f. 12).

600.

596,

605.

590.

M. joannisi (PI. IIL. f. 2).

tip

M. godeffroyi.

M. vidua (V1. 11. f. 15).

M. sylvia.

M. corythus (P). IV. f. 1. 7).

M. stigma (V1. IV. f. 15).

é.

gy.

. M. albiqutta (PI. 11. f. 3).

i fe

M. hirundo and

AM. rectans (P1. TV. f. 8).

587. MV. mediovitta (P|. TV. f. 16).

( 621 )

it; R1 not grey behind the black

subapical spot SC°—R?

Nosuch greyarea, or R' streaked with

grey behind the subapical spot .

Antemedian band filled in with

black in posterior half only ;

underside of wings blackish

mummy-brown .

Antemedian band not filled in in

front; discal lines distinct ;

underside reddish tawny

Antemedian band not filled in, or

entirely black

. Antemedian band and discal nes

more or less merged together

Antemedian band and discal lines

separated by a more or less

greyish interspace

. Yellow abdominal area of Seach

below very sharply defined

Yellow abdominal area of hindwing

below gradually fading away

An interrupted greyish outer discal

lineon forewing above from costal

to hinder margin

Grey lines all interrupted

. Palpus whitish grey

Palpus blackish grey

Forewing above with a grey earl

subapical patch extending behind

Ri to distal margin ; antemedian

band not filled in with brown

The grey patch not extended beyond

R1; this vein with grey streak ;

yellow band of hindwing not

obviously curved

No grey streak R!, or sclloms baal

of hindwing incurved .

6 Grey streak R! present; palpus dirty

ciunamon-grey, not greyish white

Grey streak R! absent, or Sala

greyish white

. Antemedian band of forewing filled in

with black, its distal edge straight;

median fii area grey, band-like;

second discal line dilated behind

Rt! ; palpus greyish white ; body

above olive-brown

O99. MM. saga.

hi.

GUL, MW. semifasciata.

279. ML tnstpida poecilum (PI, IL.

falta)

576. MM. castaneum (PI. ILL. f. 16).

975. ML. calescens (PI. IIL. f. 5).

D98. M. glaucoptera.

d74. VM. fruhstorferi.

593. MM. nubilum (Pl. LV. f. 17).

592. J. prometheus (PI. LV. f. 3).

Mt.

ood, MM. variegatum (PI. IL. f. 13).

M. heliophita (P1. LL. f. 6).

II. Key to the species here not figured (incl.

( 622°)

As before ; body blackish brown

Like heliophila, but forewing above,

outside the grey postdiscal one,

with a black line which is as

broad as the second discal line .

Not so

Disc of forewing below and peaentee

of abdomen bright tawny, or

the latter black with eas

spots . :

Underside less bright hoe more

cinnamon .

. A small species ; harpe of 3 aa

divided :

As before, but harpe divided .

Larger, greyish median interspace

of forewing wider ; harpe divided

. Yellow band of hindwing deeply

incurved : :

Yellow band of ae tae not

strongly incurved

. Antemedian band of fouawitle rety

prominent ; second discal line

not dilated distad behind R!

Antemedian band less prominent;

second discal line somewhat

dilated distad behind R!; wing

shorter, distal margin more

couvex

a. Costal margin of hindwing dilated

into a prominent lobe

No prominent lobe.

Forewing above with two SS

prominent creamy bands, one

median, the other postdiscal

Forewing with a straight brown

band from middle of costal

margin to hinder angle

Not so

‘. Transverse lines of frewine ee

vestigial or absent ,

Mepiieyuie lines of forewing above

distinct

. Thorax and head with tivo sttongly

marked broad pale stripes .

No such stripes. ;

O80.

o86.

581.

AM. melas (P1. ILL. f. 19).

M. divergens.

yp.

. MM. insipida (PI. III. f. 9. 10),

3. M. troglodytus (P1. III. f. 11).

. M. pyrrhosticta (P|. I1.f.12).

. Md. alcedo (PI. III. f. 8).

Ss.

. AL. sitiene (PI. III. f. 18).

AM. ungues (P|. II. f. 7).

of fruhstorfer?) :—

602.

589.

608.

607.

612.

AM. aquila.

M. doherty.

M. hemichroma.

M. tinnunculus.

M. mitchelli.

eC.

kh.

( 623 )

Hindwing with very narrow tawny-

brown border; -no conspicuous

yellow abdominal side-patches

Border to hindwing absent or very

narrow ; abdomen with yellow

side-patches :

Border to hindwing brown or pine ia

or hindwing all black

. Hindwing below yellow at base or

before abdominal margin

Hindwing below white at base

Hindwing below white at base, with

a feeble yellow tint; no yellow

band on upperside of hindwing .

. Abdomen without yellow side-

patches, hindwing without yellow

band .

Abdomen with white sides pareneay ;

hindwing with yellow band

Abdomen with yellow side-patches ;

hindwing with yellow band

Forewing above greenish black from

base to straight antemedian band

Forewing above not greenish black

from base to that band

. Antemedian band very broad, in-

cluding cross-veins ; :

Antemedian band not including

cross-vells

. Tawny-yellow pid etontetiea of ae

domen merged together

Tawny-yellow side-patches of ab-

domen not merged together

Antemedian band narrow, posterior

half filled in with black, con-

spicuous ; discal lines indistinct

Not so

. Yellow band of hindwing interrupted

Yellow band of hindwing not in-

terrupted

. Palpus whitish grey

Palpus greyish brown , :

A large costal apical patch on fore-

wing, sharply defined; ante-

median band prominent .

No such patch; tail above partly

ochraceous ; discal lines of fore-

wing not obviously elbowed

Not so

601.

d98,

os. MV.

509. MM.

566. J.

616. MM

615. I

565. MW

609. J

596. MM.

664.

. Stellatarum.

alluaudi.

avicula.

. splendens.

. micacea.

- bombylans.

. passalus.

godeffroyi.

MM. trochilus.

kh.

. semifasciata.

mM.

glaucoptera.

» Jruhstorfer’.

» SAG.

M. glaucoptera.

ivi]

( 624 )

. Underside of abdomen black, with

white mesial patches .

Underside of abdomen grey, or

clayish tawny

Yellow area of hindwing’ below very

sharply defined . 3

Yellow area of hindwing below ne

sharply defined .

. Inner edge of distal border of bari

wing convex

Inner edge of distal borden of hind:

wing straight

. Distal border of hindwing Grader

at RS than yellow paral

Distal border of hindwing not

broader at R*® than yellow

band .

. Brownish black subapical spot

SC°—R! of forewing very promi-

nent . : ; : ,

Brownish black subapical spot

SC°—R! of forewing not promi-

nent .

603.

O90.

590.

586.

d72.

III. Key to the do as far as they are known

armature and colour :—

a. Harpe divided into two processes

(Pl. LI. f. 13)

Harpe not divided .

Upper edge of upper process af

harpe not densely dentate (PI.

LI. f. 13. 14)

Upper edge of upper process a

harpe dentate (Pl. LI. f. 15)

. Penis without process, or with a

very short one

Penis with two processes at ee

side (Pl. LVI. f. 50. 51. 52)

Penis with one process

. Subapical brown spot Sco_Rt of

forewing distinct -

Subapical brown spot SC°—R’ of

forewing vestigial

. A band from middle of costal margin

to hinder angle of forewing

No such band; distal process of

penis-sheath Hone

No such band; distal process of

penis-sheath rather long

GUS. 4

582. J

asl.

AM.

JM.

5 HE

sylvea.

ae,

hirundo.

divergens.

assimilis.

belis.

us, based on the sexual

. ML. pyrrhosticta (Pl. 111.12).

3. MM. troglodytus (P1. ILL. f. 11).

. alcedo (PI. IL. f. 8).

. castaneum (PI. LIT. f. 16).

. hemichroma.

. sitiene (PI. ILL. f. 18).

. ungues (PI. IIT. f. 7).

WN.

( 625 )

. Harpe short, triangular .

Harpe produced into a slender

process of variable length .

Harpe short; hindtibia with large

tuft (scent- organ)

. Harpe pointed, dentate eeu

Harpe obtuse, or not dentate beneath

Hindwing with tawny band

Hindwing with yellow band; distal

edge of band not sharply defined

Hindwing with yellow band ; distal

edge of band sharply defined

. Base of hindwing below white,

or feebly yellowish

Base of hindwing below yellow;

yellow band of hindwing above

sharply defined ; basal area of

forewing above not blackish

Base of hindwing below yellow;

band sharply defined ; basal area

of forewing greenish black

Base of hindwing below yellow;

band not sharply defined

. Harpe gradually thinning to a fine

point . é : : ;

Harpe straight, not dentate, not

pointed

Harpe spatulate, or aenineulete at or

near end, generally curvedupwards

. Base of hindwing below yellow;

harpe nearly reaching end of

clasper

Base of GPE hehe rallowe:

harpe much shorter; process of

peuis-sheath long and acute

Base of hindwing below yellow ;

harpe much shorter; process of

penis-sheath obtuse; an ante-

median abbreviated band on

forewing

As before ; no nck ial

Base of hindwing below white

. Process of penis-sheath short .

Process of penis-sheath long, pointed

At least one of the internal processes

(love-daggers) of the penis-

sheath pointed .

Both love-daggers obtuse . :

gy.

596. ML. godeffroyi.

; h.

: . ae

569. A. vacillans (Pl. IV. f. 5).

572. M. belis.

D94, I. variegatum (Pl, III. f. 13).

565. MM. bombylans and 566. M.

avicula.

592. IL. prometheus (PI. 1V. f. 3).

00d. ML. saga.

S71. MJ. particolor (Pl. 1V. f. 13).

hk.

605. MM. corythus (PI. LV. f. 1. 7.

570. JM. affictitia (PI. 1V. f. 12).

601. ML. semifasciata.

593. WM. nubilum (P1. IV. f. 17).

616. JM. splendens.

567. MV. regulus (Pl. LV. f. 11).

568. I. gyrans (PI. IV. f. 6).

nN.

( 626 )

n. Abdominal side-patches confluent .

Abdominal side-patches separate

. Costal edge of hindwing strongly

lobate

Not lobate ; forewing ay pferely

marked creamy bands :

Not lobate; head and thorax with

two pale conspicuous stripes

Not lobate ; base of hindwing below

white, not yellow

Not lobate ; forewing above g¢ rectal

black from base to straight ante-

median band

Not lobate ; wings and bats not

as in preceding .

Abdomen below without pale nee

ceous mesial patches .

Abdomen below with pale oc ae

ceous mesial patches .

Band of hindwing interrupted

. Forewing with a number of in-

complete white interstitial bands

No such bands

. Process of penis-sheath ead ties in a

long slender point :

Process of penis-sheath obtuse, or

acute apex very short

. Hindwing with narrow distal

pare :

Hindwing with broad eee Boiler

. Harpe broad (PI. LI. f. 8)

Harpe slender; antemedian and

discal bands of forewing separate

Harpe slender; antemedian and

discal bands not separate

Harpe slender; band of hindwing

tawny

. Proximal tooth of penie-ahenth large

and triangular

Proximal tooth of pe niesheath 66

large and triangular .

Yellow band of hindwing inter-

rupted :

Yellow band of binclgeiie not tee

rupted

», Distal border-of hindwing tae ny

564. M/. trochilus.

d98. A. glaucoptera.

602. ML. aquila.

589. J. doherty?.

612. AL. mitchell’.

615. J. micucea.

609. ML. passalus.

610. Mf faro (Pl. 1YV. f. 14).

611. JL. meehi (PI. IV. f. 2).

606. MJ. multifascia (PI. VL. f. 7),

’.

d08. JL. stellatarum.

: : itn

590. M. hirundo, and 591, WM.

rectans (Pl. LY. f. 8).

584. WM. heliophila, 585 M. melas,

587. M. mediovitta (PI. IL. &

19; Pl. IV. f. 16).

575. JL. calescens (P). LIL. f. 5).

563. J. pachycerus (Pl. 1V. f. 9).

979, Md. insipida (Pl. ULL £9. 10),

574. ML fruhstorferi fruhstorfert.

561. ML. milous (Pl. LV. f. 18).

(.627 )

Distal border of hindwing brown,

not sharply defined, being tawny

proximally. :

Distal border of hindwing hart

sharply defined . : ; . 603. MM. sylvia.

x. Process of penis-sheath short . . 973, MW. assimilis.

Process of penis-sheath long . . 562. J. aesalon (PI. LV. f. 10).

° . a.

558. Macroglossum stellatarum.

Hoefn., Archetyp. t. 14 (1592); id., Zns. Volut. t. 3 (1630) ; Monff., Zins. Theatr. p. 105 (1634) ;

God., ed. List., /us. p. 20. fig. 14 (1682); Merian, Eur. Ins. ii, p. 41. t. 79 (1683) ; Raius, Hist.

Ins. p. 133. n. 1 (1710) ; Bradl., Works of Nature t. 26. f. 1. \ (1721); Réaum., Hist. Ins. i.

t. 12. f. 5. 6 (1734) ; Roes., ns. Belust. i. Nachtv. i. p. 57. t. 8. f. 5. 6 (1746) ; Gronoy., Act.

Helv. v. p. 141. n. 313 (1762) ; Geoffr., Hist. Ins. ti. p. 83. n. 6. t. 11. f. 5 (1762) ; Sepp, Neder.

Ins. ii. t, 1. f. 1—11 (1762) ; Schaeff., /con, Ratisb. t. 16. £. 2. 3 (1766) ; Degeer, Mém. Ins. ii.

1. p. 226. n. 1 (1771) ; Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur. iii. p. 21. t. 89. £. 116. t. 90, £. 116 (1782).

Sphing stellatarum Linné, Syst. Nut. ed. x. p. 803. n. 27 (1758) ; id., Fauna Suec. p. 288. n. 1091

(1761) ; Poda, Mus. Graec. p. 82. n. 8 (1761) ; Scop., Ent. Carn. p. 187. n. 474 (1763) ; Hufn.,

Berl. Mag, ii. 2. p. 182. n. 11 (1766); Beckm., Epit. p. 161. n 12 (1767); Mein., Naturf. i.

p- 234 (1774); Miill., Natwrs. v. 1. p. 643. n. 27 (1774); Fuessl., Schweiz. Ins. p. 33. n. 622

(1775) ; Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 14. n. 86 (1775); Schiff. & Den., Verz. Ween p. 43. n. 2 (1776) ;

Mad., ed. Kleem., Raupenkal. p. 53. n. 146, p. 72. 204 Cas Blum., Handb. Naturg. p. 365.

4 4 (1779) ; ae Eur. Schm. ii. p. 114. t. 13. f.1. 2. 3, p. 204. t. 28. f. 3, p. 254: t. 40.

5. 6 (1779) ; Leske, Anfangsgr. Nat. i. p. 457. n. 6 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 177.

7 (1780) (excl. var. 8); Barb., Geni. Ins. Linn. p. 179 (1781): Lang, Verz. Augsb. ii. p. 71.

n. m7 575 (1782) ; Fourer., nt. Paris, ii. p. 83. n. 6. t. 11. f. 5 (1785) ; Borkh., Eur. Schm.

li. p. 56. 134. 177. np. 3 (1789); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2387. n. 27 (1790) ; Schwarz,

Raupenkal. p. 358. n. 635 (1791) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 314, n. 139 (1793) ; Walk., Maune

Paris. ii. p. 280 (1802) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1. p. 229. n. 1394 (1804) ; Hiibn., Summ/,

Bur, Schm.,; Sphing. t. 9. £. 57 (180-?); id., Gesch. Bur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii, Leg. a. b. ¢

£. 1. a. b (180-?); Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 193. n. 4 (1808); Nagel, Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 159

(1818) ; God., Lép. France i. p. 55. t. 19. f. 3 (1821) ; Beske, in Silberm., Rev. Ent. ii. p. 177

(1834) (Hamburg); Luc., Lép. Ew. p. 109. t. 44 (1834).

Sesia slellatarum, Fabricius, Syst, Ent. p. 548. n. 3 (1775) (“‘ Schaeff., Elem, t, 116” alia spec.) ;

id., Spee. Ins. ii. p. 154. n, 6 (1781) (* belis” alia spec.) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 99. £. 6 (1787) ;

Rossi, Fauna Ltr. ii. p. 164. n. 1058 (1790); View., Zab. Verz.i. p. 13. n. 1 (1790) ; Fabr.,

Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 380. n. 5 (1793); Latr., in Nowe. Dict. Hist. Nut. xxxii. p. 28 (1819); Lep,

&Sery., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 67. £. 3 (1825).

Sphine atellataris (!), Cramer, Pap. [Mxot. i. p. 147 (1776).

Macroglossum stellatarum, Scopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. p. 414 (1777) ; Latr., Gen. Jus. Crust. iv. p. 210

(1809) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819) ; Blanch., Hist. Nat. Jus. iii. p. 478 (1840).

Bphine flavida Betzins, Gen. Ins, p. 33, n. 22 (1783).

Setia stellatarum, Oken, Lehrb, Naturg. iii. 1, p. 750. n. 3 (1815).

Maeroglossa (1) stellatarum, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 42 (1816) ; Steph., Lusty. Brit. Ent,

Haust. i. p. 133 (1828) ; id., Cat, Brit, Ins. ii. p. 34 (1829) ; Boisd., Znd. Meth. p, 45. n. 471

(1829) ; Cant., in Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 76 (1833) (Dépt. Var) ; Friv., in Silberm., ibid. ii.

p. 181 (1834) (Hungary) ; Thon, Nat, Schmett. p. 102. t. 51. £. 716—718 (1837) ; Curt., Brit.

Ent, xvi. t. 747 (1839) ; Ramb., Paune Andal. p. 334 (1842); Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths

p. 24, t. 6. £. ie 2.3 (1843); Eversm., Mauna Volgo-Ural. p, 107 (1844); Assm., Zeitschr. Lent,

Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Lucas, Expl. Sc. Algérie, Art, iii. p. 870. n. 64 (1849) (v. vi.) ; Walk,

List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 86. n. 1 (1856) ; Mann! Wien. Ent. Mon, iii. p. 91 (1859) (Sicily) ;

Biev., Bull. Moscow p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb,) ; Mann, Le, vi. p. 366 (1862) (Brussa) ; Pioch,,

Ann. Soe. Ent, France p. 666 (1863) (albinistic 2, Yonne) ; Ball., Bull. Moscow p. 364 (1864)

(Gorki) ; Girard, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 49 (1865) (Paris, in Ep Maur., 7ijdschr. Ent, ix.

p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederl. p. 92 (1867) (v. ix.) ; Orza, Lep. Japon p. 35.

Dn. 77 (1868) ; Bien., Lep. Erg. Reise Pers, p. 33 (1869) (Asterabad ; T'schehar-deh ; iv.) ; Heyl.,

Vijdechr. Ent. xiii. p. 146. n. 78 (1870) (Breda); Brutt., Progr, Gymn. Dorpat p. 24. n. 13

(1872) ; Christ., Hor, Soc, Ent. Moss, x. p. 31 (1873) (N. Persia, common) ; Siebke, Hawn. Lie.

( 628 )

Norv. iii, p. 25. n. 1 (1874); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 337. n. 8 (1875) ; Oberth., Et.

Ent.i. p. 31 (1876) (Algérie) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 524. n. 1 (1877) ; Staud.,

Hor. Soc, Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 300 (1878) (As. min.) ; Oberth., /.c. v. p. 28. n. 71 (1880) (Mongolia,

vi.); Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. “Innsbruck p. 15 (1880); Kill, Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii.

p. 46 (1880); Albr., Bull, Moscou p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor.

Desc. i. p. 245. t. 3. f. 1—12 (1882) (larvae) ; Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 72 (1884) (Caucasia) ;

Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 514. n. 8 (1884) (Kurrachi, vii.) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidshr. vi.

p. 27. n. 122 (1885); Poult., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 298 (1885) (postembr. developmt.) ;

*Swinh, ‘bid. p. 347. n. 7 (1885) (S. Afghanistan, common) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 378.

n. 1 (1886) (Murree, viii. ix., not uncommon); Fixs.,in Rom., M/ém. Lép. iii. p. 322. n. 100

(1887) (Corea, vi.) ; Amel., Berl. Ent. Zvitschr. xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Swinh., Journ,

Bombay N. H. Soc. iii. p, 117 (1888) (Karachi, vii.) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 106,

n. 194 (1888) (Amurland) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 582. n. 8 (1888) (Japan ; China) ;

Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii, p. 42 (1889) ; Christ., in Rom., Wém. Lép. v. p. 11.0. 40

(1889); Alph., ibid. v. p, 224. n. 21 (1889) (Teneriffe) ; Gr.-Grschm., ‘Lid. iv. p. 514. n. 212

(1890) (Pamir, up to 8000 ft.) ; Baker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p 204 (1891) (Madeira) ; Swinh.,

Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 3. n. 9 (1892) (Cochinchina) ; Hamps.,in Blanf., Fauna Brit.

Ind., Moths i. p. 113. n. 183 (1892) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 629. n. 3 (1892) ; Alph., in

Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 3, n. 70 (1892) (China); Staud., ibid. vi. p. 239. n. 230 (1892) ; Hoffm.,

Raup Grossschm. p, 31. t. 8. £. 9 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 31. n. 1. t. 18. f. 9 (1894) ; White,

Butt. Moths Teneriffe p. 70 (1894) ; Riff., Iris viii. p. 170 (1895) (aberr.) ; Bartel, Lep. Brit. Is.

ii. p. 66. n, 1. t. 54. £. 1. 1a—e (1895); Holtz, Zdlustr. Zeitschr. Ent. i. p. 63 (1897) (Cilicia,

common) ; Schultz, bid. ii. p. 395 (1897) (gynandr. spec.) ; Vos, Tijdschr. Ent. xli. p. 80 (1898)

(Apeldoorn) ; Schultz, Uc. iii. p. 11 (1898) (gynandr. spec.) ; Hamps., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.

xxvii. p. 412 (1899) (L. Urmi, N.W. Persia); Nurse, Journ, Bombay N. H. Soc. xii. p. 513

(1899) (Cutch) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 215 (1900) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii.

p. 104. n. 768 (1901).

Hemaris stellatarum, Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Ak. Handl. p. 207 (1816).

Sphynx stellatarum, Vogel, Schm. Cabin. 11. p. 20. t. 8. f. 6. a. b. e. (1820).

Psithyros stellatarum, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 182. n. 1409 (1822).

Ramphoschisma (!) stellatarum, Wallengren, Skand. Het. Fjiér. p.10 (1863).

Rhamphoschisma stellatarum, id., lc. p. 51 (1863): Tengstr., Act. Soc. F. F. Fenn. x. p. 7. 0. 100

(1869) ; Theden., Ent. Tidskr. ii. p. 105 (1881).

Macroglossa nigra Cosmoyici, Le Natural. xiv. p. 280 (1892).

Macroglossa nicra (!), Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 99 (1894).

3. Antenna strongly clubbed, hook short ; end-segment not much prolonged.

Conspicuous aberrations are rare; hindwing sometimes tawny; forewing octa-

sionally with blackish median band. There is no apparent geographical variation.

d. Tenth tergite slender, gradually narrowed to a point, slightly hooked, not

dilated before tip either vertically or horizontally ; sternite round at end. Clasper

without friction-scales ; harpe slightly curved, rounded-dilated at end, here rough

with short spines and teeth. Penis-sheath with one long, slender, pointed process,

which is densely and heavily dentate on the proximal surface ; base of process also

heavily dentate, dilated distad ; internal rods obtuse, one clubbed and armed with

a notched ridge, the other flat, concave on one side, with the edge finely serrate.

Larva green or reddish brown, dotted with white ; stigmata and tubercles of

horn black ; a dark dorsal line ; a white dorso-lateral line and a yellow yentro-~

lateral one, both bordered with brown; these lines sometimes indistinet.—Food-

plant : Galium and other Rubiaceae.

Cremaster of pupa conical. 3

Hab. Europe (except the far north), east and southwards to Japan, Cochin-

china, South India, and North Africa.

In the Tring Museum 6 larvae, 1 pupa, 120-odd specimens from: various

places in Europe; Mazagan, Morocco, vii. viii. (Riggenbach); Ajmere, vii. ; Kandahar;

Quetta; Foochow, iv.; Nanchuen, Setschuen ; Wladimir Bay, viii.; Wei-hai-wei, 1X5

Yokohama, vii. ; Tsushima, x. xi.

( 629 )

559. Macroglossum alluaudi.

*Maeroglossa alluaudi Joannis, Bull. Soc. Ent, France p. 52 (1893) (Seychelles ;—Mus. Paris) ; id

Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 430. n, 21. t. 15. f. 1 (2 ) (1894) (Mahé, Seychelles ; deser. of larva).

Macroglossa (?) alluardi “ All.” (!), Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 99. n. 64 (1894).

3?. A peculiar insect, with chrome-yellow hindwings, which are slightly

shaded with orange distally ; base of hindwing not brown, fringe brown; sometimes

a narrow brown marginal band. Abdomen with three orange-yellow side-spots ;

two discal lines of forewing heavy, straight, no stigma; delow, basal half of

forewing, cell excepted, and the greater part of the hindwing washed with pale

chrome-yellow.

Not dissected. :

Larva shortly described in Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lc.

Hab. Mahé, Seychelles. Type in Mus. Paris; another specimen in coll.

Joannis ; a third in coll. Staudinger.

560. Macroglossum soror spec. nov. (Pl. IV. f. 19, 2).

?. Differs from MW. milvus in the following points: abdomen with four large

side-patches which are vot separated from one another and are of a deep ferruginous

colour; stigma of forewing rather large, first antemedian line straighter, second

more distal, touching stigma; hindwing orange-rufous, shaded with ferruginous

distally, without a yellow band, base vot darker than middle of wing, fringe pale

brown. From allwandi it is distinguished by the almost obliterated first discal

line of the forewing, the curved second discal line, the conspicuous stigma, the

much deeper coloured hindwing and under surface, and the four large abdominal

side-patches.

Hab. Bourbon (isle de France), 1 ? in Mus. Paris, type; another in the

Dublin Museum.

561. Macroglossum milvus.

*Macroglossa milvus Boisduval, Faune Mad. Bourb. p. 78. n. 1. t. 10. f. 3 (1833) (Bourbon ;

Mauritius ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 90. n. 10 (1856)

(‘ Madagascar” ex err.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 336. n. 7 (1875) (Bourbon ;

Mauritius) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Sor. Lond. iv. p. 524. n. 7 (1877) (‘‘ Madagascar” alia spec.) ;

Mabille, Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (‘‘ Madagascar ” ex err.) ; Saalm., Lep. Mad. p. 118,

n, 269 (1884) (Maurit.; Bourb. ; “ Madag.” ex err.) ; Vins., Pap. Bourbon p. 18 (1891) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 631, n. 36 (1892) (“ Madagase.” ex err.).

Macroglossa pandora, Guérin (non Fabricius, 1793), Icon. Regne Anim. ii. p. 495 (1844) (=mileus).

Maeroglossa mylvus (!), Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr, Lep. p. 95. 0. 1582 (1857) (Mauritius).

Maeroglossa melwus (!), Rothschild, Noy. Zoon. i. p. 66 (1894).

3%. Head and thorax with a darker mesial line ; mesothoracie tegula chestnut

laterally in fresh specimens. Abdomen with four orange side-patches, of which the

first is the smallest. Hindwing bright tawny, without dark border ; an antemedian

ill-defined yellow band ; extreme base brownish black. Underside of thorax clayish

Vinaceous cinnamon ; palpus more grey, with a purer white side-stripe ; abdomen

tawny. Wings bright tawny beneath, with a duller brown inconspicuous distal

border, extreme bases more or less yellow, especially near abdominal edge of

hindwing.

3. Sexual armature as in WV. wesalon, but dentate process of penis-sheath more

obtuse, and the broader internal rod wider apically.

( 680 )

TTab. Bourbon ; Manritins.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 3 ? 2? from Bourbon and Mauritius.

The species does not occur in Madagascar ; the specimens recorded from there

as milrus are not this species, but J/. aesalon.

562. Macroglossum aesalon (PI. IV. f. 10, 9).

Macroglossa milvus, Pollen & Vandam (non Boisduval, 1833), Faune Madag., Ins. p. 5 (1868)

(Nossi-bé) ; Walk., Jc. (1856) (Madagascar) ; Butl., Yrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 524. 0. 7

(1877) (partim ; Madagascar) ; id., Cist, Mnf. ii. p. 392 (1879) (Antananarivo) ; Saalm., /.c. (1884)

(partim ; Madag.).

*Maeroglossa aesalon Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (S.E. Madag. ; partim ;—eoll-

Mabille) ; Saalm., Lep. Mad. p. 118. n. 270 (1884) (Madag,); Kirby, /.c. p. 631. n. 42 (1892)

(Madag.). °

(2) Macroglossa trochilus, Saalmiiller (on Hiibner, 1824), /.c. p. 118. n. 273 (1884) (Mauritius),

3%. Abdomen with four orange side-patches, the first and fourth generally

small; a black mesial spot at the base of the anal brush ; underside tawny, a series

of more or less confluent brown patches at each side, or nearly all tawny, or brown

with three series of tawny patches. Palpus white, shaded with brown scales.

3reast vinaceous brown, clayish in middle.

Wings, adove. Forewing: two antemedian lines, oblique, curving basad

behind, slightly converging in front, interspace more or less filled up with black

scaling, especially in ¢ : median interspace grey, with a distinct but minute black

stigma; first and second discal line distinct, curved costad in front, the second

almost angulate behind R!, the black scaling extending distad from this line to the

third faint one, limiting a trapezoidal grey costal space, distally of which there are

two elongate dark patches, the upper less distinct than the lower. Hindwing

with a broad blackish brown border which becomes purple-brown on disc; yellowish

orange median band broad, base brownish black.

Hindwing, de/ow, with the abdominal area and extreme base yellow, three

discal lines.

3. Tenth tergite convex at tip, not pointed (Pl. XLY. f. 8) ; sternite simple,

Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe (PI. L. f. 27) slender, spatulate, the dilated

apical part denticulate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 15) with a rather broad, obtuse,

dentate, horizontal process, the series of teeth of the proximal edge extending far

proximad on the sheath ; two obtnse internal rods.

Hal. Madagascar ; Mauritius ; Comoro Islands.

In the Tring Museum 14 6d, 13 ? 2 from: Mauritius (Trimen, vii. 1865, ex

col]. Felder) ; and Madagaiscar.

The two individuals ($, 2) from Grande Comore in the collection of Mons.

Charles Oberthiir differ in the median interspace of the forewing being narrower

than in the ordinary Madagascar individuals, in the distal border of the hindwing

being angulate before SM, which is seldom the case in specimens from other

localities, and in the dentate process of the penis-sheath being longer.

563. Macroglossum pachycerus spec. nov. (Pl. IV. f. 9, d).

Macroglossa aesalon Mabille, /.c. (1879) (partim).

3. Similar to aesalon, but distinguished by the following characters : antenna

obviously longer and thicker, end-segment shorter, not longer than the three

preceding segments together; abdomen with three orange side-spots, segments

5 to 7 black, contrasting sharply with the preceding segments, base of sixth white

( 631 )

tips of longest scales of anal brush cream-colonr or buff; underside of palpus,

middle of breast, and first and second pair of legs cream-colour, mesial patches on

first three sternites of abdomen nearly the same colour, rather more tawny.

Wings, above. Forewing deeper in colour than in aesalon, the markings

less prominent; second discal line heavier, interspace between first and second

nearly filled up with blackish scaling; no stigma. Orange band of hindwing

narrower. :

Underside: yellow colour of hindwing less extended distad than in aesalon,

more sharply defined, discal lines less distinct or absent.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl, XLV. f. 7) narrower at end than in aesalon; the sternite,

however, broader. Harpe (Pl. L. f. 26) broader, apex curved basad and densely

spinose. Dentate process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 16) long, acute ; only one

internal rod, three-edged. :

?. Not known.

Hab. Madagascar.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from Tamatave (type) and Fianarantsoa; also in coll.

Mabille.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Madagascar.

564. Macroglossum trochilus.

Psithyros trochilus Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. ii. t, 158 (1824).

3%. Antenna long, reaching in ¢ to the fork SC’, or beyond. Orange-buff

side-patches of segments 2 to 4 of abdomen large, merged together ; underside of

abdomen and wings ferruginous ; breast, extreme base of wings, and side-tufts of

abdomen pale maize-yellow, palpus purer white ; distal margin of wings below with

a russet-brown border. The brownish black distal marginal band of the hindwing

above proximally bordered with chestnut-purple ; median area orange-buff, rather

sharply defined.

3. Tenth tergite pointed ; sternite rounded at tip. Clasper without frict’on-

scales ; harpe short, curved upwards, obtuse, the broader apical part hollowed out

at the proximal side, the convex side densely beset with teeth (Pl. L. f. 25). Penis-

sheath (P]. LVI. f. 54) with a longer sharply pointed and a shorter apically

rounded internal rod ; apical process horizontal, long, its proximal edge denticulate.

Cremaster of pupa flattened, triangular, dentate laterally, ending in a point

(Pl. LXIV. f. 20).

Hab. Africa; Comoro Islands.

Two subspecies :

a. M. trochilus trochilus.

Psithyros trochilus Hiibner, 1.c.

Maeroglossa trochilus, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594. n. 97 (1847) (Natal) ; Walker,

List Lep. Ins, B. M, viii. p. 90. n. 8 (1856) (Cape ; Natal); Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim. Petrop.,

Lep. p. 95. n. 1584 (1857) (Natal) ; Boisd., Spec. Gién. Lép, Hét. i. p. 1. p. 835 (1875) (Natal ;

Zululand) ; Butl., Z'rans, Zool, Soe. Lond. ix. p. 525. n. 13 (1877) ; Oberth, Anu. Mus. Civ.

Genova xviii. p. 735, n. 85 (1883) (Shoa, x.); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 629. n. 1 (1892) (8S.

Afr.) ; Dist., Nat. Transvaal p. 236 (1892) (Pretoria, ii.).

Macroglossa sitiene Walker, lc. p. 92. n. 13 (1856) (partim ; Natal ; haec spec. ? err. loci’).

Rhamphowhisma fasciatum Wallengren, Ocfv. Vet, Alc, Handl. xv. p. 139 (1858).

Rhamphoschisma trochilus, id., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Al. Handl. vy. 4. p. 17 (1865) (aftr. or. ; Natal).

Macroglossa lysithous Boisduyal, L.c.

Macroglossa trochiloides Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 843, n, 122 (1896) (Nyassaland, 7400 ft. 5

perfectly typical !),

( 632 )

3 ¢. The purplish border of the marginal band of the hindwing, above, rather

broad as a rule.

Fab. South and East Africa, from Cape Colony to Abyssinia ; Comoro

Tslands.

In the Tring Museum 5 larvae, 2 pupae, 130-odd specimens from: Cape Colony;

Natal ; Delagoa Bay; Transvaal; Barotse country ; Nyassaland ; German and

British East Africa ; Uganda ; Grande Comore.

b. M. trochilus trochiloides.

*Macroglossa trochiloides Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 5. n. 6 (1875) (Sierra L. ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 525. n, 14 (1877) ; Ploetz, Stett. Hut. Zeit. xi. p. 76, n. 280

(1880) (Mungo) ; Holl., Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 56. n. 1 (1889) (Ogowé, Benita) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 619, n. 2 (1892) (Sierra L.).

Macroglossa trochilus, Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver, iii. p. 23 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Druee, in

Jameson, Story Rear Col. p. 446 (1887) (Aruwimi, iv.).

62. The differences between this and the preceding race are very slight. The

median band of the hindwing is paler yellow, and the marginal band more extended

black, less brown-purple.

Fab, Sierra Leone to Angola and the Upper Congo.

In the Tring Museum 16 dd, 10 ¢? from: Sierra Leone, vi. vii. (Capt.

Stevens); Ogrugu, Niger; Yelwa, Borgu, Niger ; Calweha R., Angola, v. (Penrice),

565. Macroglossum bombylans.

Macroglossa gilia, Walker (non Herrich-Sch., 1854), List Lep. Ins. B. M. vii. p. 93. n. 15 (1856)

(partim).

* Macroglossa bombylans Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 334. n, 2 (1875) (Centr. Asia ;—coll-

Charles ObertLiir) ; -Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 525. n. 10 (1877) (N. India ; Dehra

Dun ; Hongkong) ; Saalm., Lep. Wad. p. 118. n. 272 (1884) (‘* Mad.” loc, err.) ; Leech, Prov.

Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 582. n. 6 (1888) (Satsuma, v.; Nikko, ix.; Oiwake, x.; Kiukiang) ; id,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 120. n. 105 (1889) (Kiukiang); Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i.

p. 3. n, 12 (1892) (India) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 630. , 14 (1892); Alph., in Rom., Mém.

Lép. ix. p. 119 (1897) (Szé-tcehuen, viii.) ; Leech, /.c. p. 292. n. 78 (1898) (Japan ; China).

*Macroglossa walkeri Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 4 sub n. 3 (1875) (= gilia Walk. ;—Mus.

Brit.); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 116. n. 191 (1892); Dudg., Journ.

Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 418. n, 191 (1898) (Sikhim, 3000—70C0 ft., rainy seas.).

32. The base of the sixth abdominal tergite and the side-tuft of the third

segment are pure white; the breast has no yellow tint, the first two or three

abdominal sternites have a white mesial patch. The hindwing of the ? has @

more or less complete yellow median band, while the band of the d is reduced

to an abdominal and a costal patch.

3. The sexual armature is as in aricula, but the dentate process of the

penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 41) is decidedly shorter and the harpe (Pl. L. f. 24) 8

little more obtuse.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Japan ; China; North India.

This and avicula are most likely only geographical forms of one species.

There is no material in collections from Burma, Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo,

where either avieula or bombylans must be expected to occur.

In the Tring Musenm 60-odd specimens from: Asamayama, vill.: Satsuma, V5

Kiushiu ; Nanchuen, Setchuen: Ta-tsien-ln; Hongkong; Baxa, Bhutan; Khasia

Hills.

( 633 )

566. Macroglossum avicula.

Macroglossa gilia, Walker (non Herrich-Schiiffer, 1854), List Lep. Ins. B. MV. viii. p. 93. n. 15 (1856)

(partim ; Java).

*Vacroglossa avicula Boisduval, Spec. (én. Lép. Hét. i. p, 834. n. 3 (1875) (“Inde centrale” err,

loc, ; Java :—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 240 (1875) (Java) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 525. n. 9 (1877) (Java) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox, i. p. 3.

n. 13 (1892) (Java); Hamps.,in Bianf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths. i, p. 116. n. 192 (1892)

(Java) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 630. n. 12. (1892) (Java ; non India”) ; Pagenstecher,

Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlvii. p. 30 (1894) (Palawan) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 357.

n. 3 (1895) (Java) ; Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 102. t. 4. f. 8 (larva) (1897) (Java).

Macroglossa obscuripennis Butler, l.c. p. 633 (1877) (= avicula!).

3%. The long scales at the base of the sixth tergite yellow; breast, bases

of wings below and side tufts of abdomen with a yellow tint, not pure white.

The yellow median band of the hindwing of other Macroglossum is indicated at the

abdominal margin in the d, while in the ? there is also some yellow scaling

behind and before the cell. Antenna strongly clubbed.

3. Tenth tergite narrow, pointed; sternite sinnate at end in an apical view.

Clasper without friction-scales; harpe as in Jozylans, a little more pointed,

Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 42) with two obtuse internal rods; apical dentate

process short, but longer and slenderer than in dombylans.

Larva: figured by Piepers, /.c.

Fab. Malayan Subregion: Java; Palawan.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 4 $ ? from Java.

567. Macroglossum regulus (Pl. LV. f. 11, 3).

Macroglossa gyrans Walker, l.c. (partim ; Canara).

*Macroglossa regulus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 335. n. 5 (1875) (Coromandel ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 630. n. 9 (1892).

*Macroglossa fervens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 4. n. 3. t. 1. £. 3 (1875) (Canara ;—Mus.

Tring) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 525. n. 8 (1877); Kirby, /.c. n. 11 (1892); Hamps.,

in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 112. n. 179 (1892) (= regulus ; Canara ; Nilgiris).

3%. Antenna stout and long. Upperside of head, thorax, and first three

abdominal segments greenish ; orange side-spots on segments 2 to 7 large and

confluent; rest of tergites deep brownish black, base of seventh pure white, this belt

not interrupted, tips of long scales of anal brush tawny ; side-tuft of third segment

white, of fifth black with buff tip. Underside of palpus nearly pure white, breast

and legs (posterior tarsus excluded), the greater part of the first sternite and

a mesial spot on the second and third creamy ; extreme base of wings maize-colonr,

Wings, upperside. Forewing : two antemedian lines curved basad behind,

interspace black ; no stigma ; first discal line thin, second widened, angulate behind

R', the dark scaling extended along hinderside of R! to subapical double spot,

a subquadrate grey patch at proximal side of these spots. Hindwing chestnut-

red, not darker at base, but distal margin slightly blackish, this colour not forming

a well-defined border.

Underside of wings like upperside of hindwing.

8. Tenth tergite pointed, slender at end; sternite subtrancate, black at end.

Clasper without friction-seales; harpe (Pl. L. f. 36) slender, simple, straight,

shorter than in gyrans (Pl. L. f. 35), but similar in shape. Penis-sheath

(P). LVI. f. 17) with short process, which is denticulate at the distal edge ;

two obtuse internal rods.

Hab. South India and Ceylon.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 2 3% from: Nilgiris ; Ceylon.

( 634 )

568. Macroglossum gyrans (PI. IV. f. 6, 3).

*Macroglossa gyrans Walker, /.c. viii. p. 91. n. 11 (1856) (partim ; Madras ; Ceylon ; N. India ;

Hindosian ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C.i. p. 262.

n. 601 (1857) (N. India) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép, Het. i. p, 236. n. 6 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 524. n. 5 (1877) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p- 1. n. 1 (1877) (Java) ; Moore,

Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 30, t. 93. £. 1 (1882) ; id., Journ. As. Soc. Bengal liii. 2. p, 234. n. 4 (1884)

(Cachar) ; Swinh, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 287. n. 2 (1885) (Poona, v.; Bombay) ; il., Journ.

Bombay N. H. Soc. iii. p- 117. n. 2 (1888) (Karachi, vii.) ; id., Proc. Zool, Soc. Lend. p. +34.

n. 2 (1886) (Mhow, vii. ix. xi.) ; id., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 7.0, 29 (1892) ; Kirby, Cut.

Lep. Het. i. p. 630. n. 8 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 113. n. 181

(1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x1. p. 357. n. 2 (1895) (Java) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H,

Soc. xi. p. 417. n, 181 (1898) (“not seen”’).

*Maeroglossa zena Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p- 387, n. 9 (1875) (Simla ;—coll .Charles

Oberthiir).

*Macroglossa bombus Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 347 (1880) (“ Madagascar ” err, loci) ; Saalm.,

Lep. Mad. p. 118. n. 271 (1884).

*Macroglossa burmanica Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 68. t. 5. £. 3 (1894) (Burma).

Macroglossa fervens ?, Pagenstacher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlix. p. 155. n. 113 (1896) (Sumba).

3%. End-segment of antenna shorter than the three preceding segments

together. Upperside of head, thorax, and basal half of abdomen of the same

grey colour as the forewing ; posterior abdominal tergites not much darker, except

a basal spot on each side, which spots are sometimes enlarged; three orange

side-patches on segments 2 to 4, large, confluent ; first tergite and metanotum

also tawny at side ; base of seventh white, the belt interrupted in middle by a

black spot; wnderside of palpus and breast almost pure white, legs included,

except last tarsus ; sides of breast and legs shaded or speckled with brown scales ;

abdomen drab, side-tuft of third segment white, of sixth brownish black with

buff tip.

Wings, upperside.

Forewing varying in length from 16 to 23 mm.; two

antemedian and two discal lines distinct, with the interspaces not filled up with

black, the two discal lines strongly curved costad at R, concave between R* and

hinder margin. Hindwing xot darker at base than in middle, tawny-ferruginous,

gradually becoming brown distally, the brown border not being sharply defined.

Underside dull ochraceous tawny, shaded with drab, bases more ferruginons,

abdominal area of hindwing pale yellow at base, ochraceous rufous distally ; lines

not prominent.

3. Tenth tergite slightly dilated before the end, which is pointed; sternite

flattened, thin, sides oblique before end. Harpe elongate, straight, simple (PI. L.

f. 35); clasper without friction-scales, Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 18): dentate

process pointed, long, oblique in position, its base projecting distad, no spines

at or near base ; internal rod obtuse, dentate at one edge.

Hab. Ceylon, N.W. India, eastwards to Letti and Kisser.

In the Tring Museum 15 dd, 15 2? from: Nilgiris; Madras, xi. Xi.3

Bombay ; Ajmere, vii.; Burma; Sarawak; Java; S. Flores, xi. 1896 (Hverett) ;

Sumba, ii. 1896 (Doherty) ; Letti, vii, 1892 (Doherty) ; Kisser, vi. 1901 (Kithn).

The individual described as bombus by Mons. Mabille was said to be from

Madagascar. It is certainly an Indian specimen picked up in India by a captain

or a doctor, and brought to Madagascar, where it became mixed up with trae

Madagasear insects. The same happened, doubtless, with the individuals of ///ppo-

tion boerhaviae recorded from Madagascar by Mons. Mabille. The type of bombus

does not differ from gyrans,

( 635 )

It is very curious that in this species and several others the variation in

size is considerable, and especially that the intermediate sizes seem to be rarer

than the more extreme individuals. We have here cases of imperfect dimorphism.

The name of dur manica is based on a very small specimen.

569. Macroglossum vacillans (PI. IV. f. 5, 3).

* Wacroglossa vacillans Walker, 1.c. xxxi. p. 27 (1864) (Timor ;—Mus. Oxford) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond, ix. p, 524. n. 2 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 630. n. 6 (1892) ; Swinh., Cat.

Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 8. n. 30. t. 1. £. 3 (type) (1892).

*Macroglossa approximata Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 27 (1864) (N. Australia ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., /.c.

n. 6 (1877); Kirby, /.c. n. 10 (1892).

*Waeroglossa pseudogyrans Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 68. t. 5. £. 23 (1894) (Dili, Timor; Flores;—

Mus. Tring).

*Macroglossa similis id., l.c. (1894) (Oinanisa, Timor ;—Mus. Tring)

*Macroglossa affictitia, Pagenstecher (non Butler, 1875), Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlix. p. 154. n. 112

(1896) (Sumba).

3. End-segment of antenna longer than the three preceding segments

together. In colour similar to a/fictitia, forewing nearly as in gyrans ; essentially

different from both in the abdomen being marked with fow7 pale cadmium-yellow

side-patches which are separated from one another by brownish black basal

patches ; the second and third patch the largest ; seventh tergite as in a/ffctitia,

without the extended white base of gyrans; abdomen below and wings rather more

tawny than in affictitia, the former with vestiges of pale mesial patches, side-tuft

of fourth segment buffish, not white.

Wings, above. Forewing : lines not prominent, two antemedian ones almost

straight, first two discal ones much less curved than in gyrans. Hindwinge russet-

mummy-brown at base, an ill-defined distal border of the same colour, middle of

wing paler, especially between apex of cell and anal angle, where there is generally

a distinctly yellow shade if the long yellow hair-scales are not rubbed away ; in

fresh specimens the whole median area is covered with such yellow hair-scales.

Underside: Wasal area of forewing, especially at costal vein, shaded with

yellow hair-scales; abdominal area of hindwing more extended yellow than in

gyrans.

3. Tenth tergite obtusely pointed, not dilated laterally before end; sternite

black distally, narrow, sides parallel, end rounded, somewhat incrassate. Clasper

with friction-scales ; harpe short, acutely triangular, ventral edge denticulate

(Pl. L. f. 34). Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 19) ending in a long point,

distal edge with a few teeth in middle, proximal edge dentate at least in basal

half, base projecting distad.

Length of forewing varying from 16 to 23 mm.

Hab, Sambawa, eastwards to Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 16 3 d,12 9? from: Tambora, Sambawa, iv. y. 1896

(Doherty) ; Dili, Portug. Timor, v. 1892 (Doherty) ; Oinanisa, Dutch Timor, xi. xii.

1891 (Doherty) ; Larat, Tenimber (Kiihn) ; Queensland.

M. similis is based on small individuals.

570. Macroglossum affictitia (Pl. IV. f. 12, 2).

"Vacroglossa affictitia Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 240. n. 4, t. 36. £.7 (1875) (Canara ; Mus.

Brit.) ; id., V'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 524. n. 3 (1877) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 30. t, 90.

f. 3 (1882); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 629. n, 5 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., in Blanf,, Pauna

( 636 )

Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 113. n. 182 (1892) (partim) ; Nurse, Jowrn. Bombay N. 11. Soe, xii,

p. 513 (1899) (Cutch),

“WMacroglossa vialis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 240. n. 5. t. 36. f. 5 (1875) (Canara ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 524. n, 4 (1877); Kirby, lc. p. 630. n. 7 (1892);

Hamps,., /.c. p. 112. n. 180 (1892) (Canara).

3%. End-segment of antenna longer than in gyrans. Similar in colour to

M. gyrans, base of seventh abdominal tergite less pure and less extended white, this

belt generally not visible or only indicated, unless the segment is removed ; sides

of breast and legs of the dull drab-russet colour of the underside of the abdomen,

the latter without white mesial patches ; underside of tail of the same dull tint.

Wings, above-—— Forewing: antemedian double line prominent, black, close

together ; interspace more or less filled up with black ; median interspace grey ;

discal lines thin, not prominent, a dark shade on dise between R! and M?,——

Hindwing : base and broad distal border-band blackish umber-brown, median band

ochraceous orange or more tawny (too pale in our figure). Forewing varying in

length from 16 to 22 mm.

d. Tenth tergite somewhat rounded at the sides just before the pointed tip ;

sternite not black, rather flat, apex rounded. Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe

(Pl. L. f. 37) sharply pointed. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 20) with two

rather broad internal rods; apical process dentate at proximal edge, long, acute,

not dentate at and near base, basally projecting distad.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Ceylon ; 8. India.

In the Tring Museum 9 3d,9 2? from; Ceylon; Nilgiris; Madras, iv. ;

Sangli.

Butler’s vals is based on a small individual.

571. Macroglossum particolor spec. nov. (Pl. IV. f. 13, ¢).

3%. Upperside of body and forewing drab-grey ; mesial line of head and

thorax russet-brown, a large lateral patch on mesothoracic tegula of the same

colour, edged with grey. Abdomen with three orange side-patches, rather small,

not separated from one another, the second the largest; fifth and sixth tergites

laterally, seventh mesially, tawny-olive, third and fourth with two blackish basal

dorsal spots, not visible if the segments are telescoped too much into one another.

Underside of palpus greyish white, with a white side-line ; breast grey, shaded with

wood-brown ; abdomen wholly wood-brown.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: a broad costal abbreviated subbasal band,

separated distally by a thin grey line from a narrower band ; two antemedian lines,

oblique, especially the first, interspace filled up with dark scaling ; first and second

discal line rather sharply angled behind Rj’, first line touching (or almost) second

antemedian, the grey median interspace therefore hourglass-shaped or separated

into two patches ; second discal line much heavier than first, anterior half of inter-

space between the two filled up with blackish sealing, this scaling extended distad

behind R!, only separated from the conspicuous subapical dark patch SO’—R? by

the grey vein R’, dark apical marginal halfmoon conspicuous, grey costal space

proximally of these patches sharply defined, separated by the grey border of the

indistinct third discal line into a paler proximal and a slightly darker and sometimes

a little rufous distal portion. Hindwing: base and a broad distal border blackish

brown, somewhat olive, median band cadminm-yellow, shaded with tawny along

the distal border, especially in 2.

( 637 )

Underside hazel, shaded with grey, distal border brown, abdominal area of

hindwing yellow, sharply limited in front.

End-segment of antenna as long as the five preceding seryments together.

3. Tenth tergite truncate, angles rounded , sternite incrassate at apex and here

transversely carinate. Clasper cc7t/ friction-scales ; harpe pointed, flat above, free

part short (Pl. L. f. 33). Process’of penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 44), long, evenly

eurved, pointing proximad, its distal surface denticulated, a longer subbasal tooth ;

internal rods flattened, rounded at end.

Length of forewing: ¢,19mm.; 3, 23 mm.

Cremaster of pupa (Pl. LXIV. f. 21) flattened, triangular, bifid, dente

Hab. 8. India.

In the Tring Museum, 1 pupa, 2 dd, 3 2? from: Madras (type), Oct. and

Noy. 1896, Feb. and March 1897 (Watson); Mahé, Deschamps (received from

Mons. Chas. Oberthiir).

In the collection of Charles Oberthiir from Mahé; also in the collection of

Mousieur l’Abbé de Joannis.

572. Macroglossum belis.

(2) Sphine helis Linné, Syst. Nut. ed. x. p. 493. n. 31 (1758) (hab. 2).

Sesia stellatarum f., Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 155, sub n, 6 (1781) ; Gmel., Syst. Nut. i. 5. p. 2387.

sub n. 27 (1790).

_ Macroglossa stellatarum, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 86. n. 1 (1856) (partim).

Maeroglossa passalus, id. (non Drury, 1773), /.c. p. 92. n. 12 (1856) (partim).

Macroglossa pyrrhula, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 338. n. 10 (1875) (hab. ?).

__-Macroglossa belis, id., 1.c. p. 343. n. 17 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 526. n.17. + 90.f. 6.

(Cachar) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 287. n. 3 (1885) (Belgaum ; Sattara, vi.; Bombay);

id., lc. p. 434. n. 3. (1886) (Mhow, vi. ix. xi.) ; id., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. iii. p. 117. n. 3

(1888) (Karachi ;=assimilis= zena, ex err.!); id., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 7.0. 23 (1892)

(partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 630. n. 21 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fawu Brit.

Tnd., Moths i, p. 113. n, 184. fig. 67 (1892) (syn. partim); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc.

. xi. p. 417. n. 184 (1898) (Sikhim & Bhutan, up to 3000 ft., v. vii. ix.) ; Nurse, Journ. Bombay

N. H. Soc. xii. p. 513 (1899) (Cutch).

* Macroglossa opis Boisduyal, /.c. p. 345. n. 21 (1875) (Silhet ; Darjiling ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

ave

3?. End-segment of antenna about as long as the five preceding segments

together. Abdomen with three cadmium-yellow side-patches, separated from each

other, the first smallest, transverse, fifth segment with a lateral, sixth with a

dorso-lateral, and seventh with a mesial patch of a dark brown or black colour ;

tips of side-tufts white ; breast and legs russet-wood-brown, middle of prosternum

_ more grey; palpus white, with some brown scales; abdomen beneath clayish

cinnamon-rufous, basal sternite and a large indistinct mesial apical patch on

each of the two following ones of the colour of the breast.

Wings, above. Forewing: two anutemedian lines, slightly converging in

front, interspace filled up, but the band not prominent; first and second discal

line evenly curved costad in front, the second line heavier than the first, interspace

partly filled up with dark se Bice especially in front, the lines straight behind,

or ineurved; dark subapical patches vot prominent, grey costal space at its

proximal side sharply limited at R'—Hindwing with cadmium-yellow median

band, base and distal border blackish brown, the border somewhat shaded off along

the yellow band, beiug here less deep in tint.

( 638 )

Underside hazel-chestnut, rather brighter than abdomen ; abdominal area of

hindwing cadmium-yellow.

3. Tenth segment similar to that of vacillans. Olasper with friction-scales ;

harpe and penis-sheath also not essentially different from that of eacillans.

Larva (ace. to Butler) black; head and a series of lateral stigmatical spots

red ; a white dorso-lateral line.

Hab. Ceylon, N.W. India to China and the Tee Choo Islands.

In the Tring Museum 64 specimens from: Ceylon; South India ; Ajmere ;

Dalhousie; Sikhim ; Bhutan; Khasia Hills ; Cherrapunji; Tonkin; Loo Choo.

A close ally of J. racillans, distinguishable by the absence of a yellow patch

from the fourth abdominal segment aud the much paler yellow band of the

hindwing.

Linné’s description of his dedis is so short that it is impossible to say which

species of Macroglossum he had before him. Cramer’s figure agrees best with

the present insect.

The type of pyrrhula is not preserved.

573. Macroglossum assimilis.

Macroglossum assimilis Swainson, Zool. Lllustr. t. 64 (4, 2) (1821) (hab. ?).

*Macroglossa gilia Herrich-Sch., Ausser. Schm.i. £. 107 (1854) (Java ;—type now in coll. Staudinger).

*Macroglossa bengalensis Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 341. n. 14 (1875) (Pondicheri ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 115. n. 138 (1892); Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 630, n. 19 (1892); Hamps., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii. p. 40, n. 187

(1900) (= belia).

* Macroglossa taxicolor Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 387 (1879) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Dublin) ; id., Lep.

Ceylon ii. p. 29. t. 90. £, 3, 3a (1., p., ¢) (1882) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 632. n. 45 (1892).

* Macroglossu belia Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 114. n. 185 (1892) (Trincomali,

@ ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., /dlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het, B. M. ix. p. 58, t. 157. £. 15 (1893).

3%. Similar to ded’s ; dark side-patches of fifth and sixth abdominal segments

less black, underside of abdomen and wings less reddish ; upperside of forewing

with a whitish grey flush, the antemedian band broader behind, dilated basad

at hinder margin, first discal line vestigial behind, second strongly angled at R*,

concave between R? and hinder margin, interspace between the two lines filled up ;

subapical dark: spot SC?’—R! ovate, prominent, nearly black, the grey costal

space at its proximal side not sharply limited behind, continuous with the grey

submarginal area; the grey median interspace rather conspicuous ; yellow band

of the same colour as in delés, 7.c. deeper in tint than in corythus and allies.

3. Tenth tergite truncate-sinuate ; sternite transversely multicarinate on the

upperside, raised in the mesial line, appearing pointed in an apical view, apical

half black. Clasper wth friction-seales ; harpe (Pl. L. f. 38) elongate, spoon-

shaped at end, the small widened part dentate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 21)

with a long apical process, which is somewhat widened and dentate before end ;

from its projecting base proximad extend two series of long teeth on to the sheath ;

internal rods obtuse at end.

Larva (acc. to Moore, ic.) brown or green, a dorso-lateral pale line from

end of ninth segment to horn, continued frontad by a series of thin brown dashies,

or by a vestigial line ; a series of dorsal dots.

Hab. Ceylon ; 8. India ; “ Java” (ace. to Herrich-Sch.).

In the Tring Museum 9 33,8 32 from: Ceylon; Nilgiris ; Madras, vi. Xi.

Swainson’s figures apply to this insect; the grey tint of the forewing, the

( 639 )

broad antemedian band, the strongly curved second discal line and the prominent

ovate subapical spot are well reproduced in the figures. Herrich-Schaeffer’s figure

is overcoloured.

574. Macroglossum fruhstorferi.

Maeroglossa fruhstorferi Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 357. n. 10. t. 3. £. 4 (¢) (1895) (Sava),

3 2%. Similar to calescens. Underside of palpus and middle of breast blackish

erey, speckled with white scales; posterior side-tufts of abdomen tipped with

yellowish buff, not white; between the grey postdiscal costal space of forewing

and the grey space at internal margin there is a third grey patch, these three

forming a band divided by two blackish brown streaks R? and M!', the grey

postdiscal line at the outer edge of the upper two grey patches continuous down

to M! or to hinder margin ; hindwing below yellowish in basal area, pale yellow

abdominal area ill-defined.

do. Tenth tergite narrowed apically ; sternite longer, slenderer in side-view,

broadly rounded at end in dorsal view, not distinctly acuminate. Clasper without

friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 6) gently curved upwards, tip denticulated.

Process of penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 32) short, obtuse, denticulate at and near

the proximal edge and at apex.

Hab. Java; Obi.

Two subspecies :

M. fruhstorferi fruhstorferi.

Macroglossa fruhstorferi Huwe, l.c.

3?. Grey postdiscal line of forewing interrupted at M’; the grey area outside

the blackish brown discal band divided into three patches ; yellow band of hind-

wing interrupted.

Hab. Java.

In the Tring Museum 1 d from Jaya.

In coll. Oberthiir 1 d from Mt. Gede (Ledru).

M. fruhstorferi latifascia subsp. nov. (Pl. VI. f. 6, ¢).

%. Only one rather worn example known. It oo we think, to this

species. Differing from Java specimens in the blackish brown discal band of the

forewing being broader, in the grey space outside it and the grey postdiscal line

not being interrupted, and in the yellow band of the hindwing being much broader,

‘not interrupted (the black basal scaling partly rubbed away in the specimen).

Hab, Laiwui, Obi, September 1897 (W. Doherty), 1 ? in the Tring Museum.

575. Macroglossum calescens (PJ. Ill. f. 5, &.

*MVacroglossa calescens Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 156 (1882) (N. Britain ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n. 47 (1892) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 18. n, 19

(1900) (“ not seen”),

¢d. Body above and forewing black, with a chestnut tint, especially the

former. Head above dark grey with a blackish mesial stripe; a distinct white

line above eye; anterior part of thorax speckled with white-tipped scales; two

yellow side-patches on abdomen sitnated on segments 8 and 4, seventh segment

with white scales at base, dorsal and ventral basal scales of tail white-tipped,

( 640 )

side-tufts all white-tipped ; palpus and middle of breast white, speckled with black

scales, sides of breast, legs, and abdomen maroon-chestnut, middle of abdomen

darker brown, shaded with white scaling.

Wings, above. Forewing: antemedian and discal lines filled in, the two

bands contiguous except in front; subbasal area, median and postdiscal costal

spaces, a space before anal angle, and a submarginal space between R! and R%

filled in with bluish white scales forming lines, the external line of the postdiscal

costal patch and the inner line of the submarginal patch continuous with one

another; ontside the postdiscal whitish space there is a reddish black trapezoidal

patch divided by vein SC’. Hindwing: yellow band narrow, constricted behind

cell, the broad black border being angulate or produced basad.

Underside reddish chestnut on disc, proximal area deep brown, extreme base

of both wings slightly yellow, yellow abdominal area of hindwing sharply defined.

3. Tenth tergite obtuse, less slender than usually in this genus; sternite

short, subspatulate, mesially carinate above, apex acuminate. Clasper without

friction-seales; harpe (P1. LI. f. 7) rather long, curved upwards and twisted beyond

middle, tip acute. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 33) very long, ending in a

long thin point, base prominent, denticulate, no teeth upon sheath proximally of

base of process, proximal edge of latter denticulate, apical margin of sheath

triangularly dilated distad at the side opposite the process ; internal rods broad.

Early stages not known.

Hab. New Britain ; New Guinea.

In the Trivg Museum 2 ¢¢ from: Milne Bay, British N. Guinea (Meek); —

Fergusson, d’Entrecasteaux Is. (Meek).

576. Macroglossum castaneum spec. nov. (Pl. III. f. 16, 3).

&d. Only one moderately preserved specimen. Upperside of body brownish

black, head and anterior part of thorax olivaceous, posterior abdominal segments

somewhat chestnut; two restricted yellow side-patches on abdomen. Underside of

palpus grey, much speckled with brown ; breast olivaceous, abdomen burnt-amber

colour, chestnut laterally; side-tufts with small white tips.

Wings, above. Forewing brownish black, markings indistinct, except the

grey border of the postdiscal line, this convex in middle, concave behind; antemedian

and discal brownish black bands appearing merged together, their outlines barely

traceable, two subapical brown -spots SC'—R! followed by a third spot R'—R*

Border of hindwing broad, convex, sinuate behind.

Underside bright chestnut; brown distal borders distinct ; bases yellow ;

yellow abdominal area of hindwing rather sharply defined, 1} mm. short of tip.

of SM’.

3. Tenth tergite truncate ; sternite somewhat acuminate, upperside elevate in

mesial line. Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe (PI. L. f. 48) short, obtuse,

slightly incrassate, strongly dentate. Penis-sheath zéthouwt process, only with @

few teeth (P]. LVL. f. 48); internal rods rounded at end.

Length of forewing: ¢, 21 mm.

Hab. Florida 1., Solomon Islands, January 1901 (A. 8. Meek and Hichhorn).

1 3 in the Tring Museum.

In the structure of the penis-sheath nearest to alcedo. The non-interrapted

vrey postdiscal line of the forewing distinguishes this species easily from calescens.

( 641 )

577. Macroglossum pyrrhosticta (PI. LI. f. 12, 3).

Macroglossa corythus var., Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 92, n. 14 (1856) (partim).

Maeroglossa gilia, Boisduval (non Herrich-Scb., 1854), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 841. n. 15 (1875)

(partim) ; Moore, Jowrn. As. Soc. Bengal liii. 2. p, 234. n. 3 (1884) (Cachar) ; Hamps., in

Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 117. n. 195 (1892) (partim) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.

x1, p. 357. n. 5.(1895) (Java) ; Alph., in Rom., IWém. Lép. ix. p. 119 (1897) (Szé-tehuen, vi.) ;

Dudg Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 418. n. 195 (1898) (Sikhim & Bhutan, 2000—5000 ft.,

Vi. Vil.

ee oyiosse corythus, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spee. Grén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 339. n, 11 (1875)

(partim: 9).

*Macroglossa pyrrhosticta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 242. n. 11, t. 36, £. 8 (1875) (Shanghai ;

—Mnus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 527. n. 24. t. 90 f. 8 (larva) (1877) ; Leech,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 120, n. 104 (1889) (Kiukiang) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 406.

n. 56 (1896) (Luzon, viii.).

* Yacroglossa catupyrrha Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 243. n. 13. t. 36. £. 6 (1875) (N. India ;

—Muz, Brit.) ; id. Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p, 528. n, 28 (1877) (partim) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het.

i. p. 631. n. 34 (1892),

32. Very close to troglodytus, larger, the antemedian band and the first discal

line of the forewing generally wider apart, all the grey interspaces more olivaceous,

duller than in troglodytus, and not so prominent, the wing appearing less variegated,

though the number of lines and interspaces is the same in both species. Underside

as bright ferruginous as in ¢roglodytus, abdomen very often with two rows of

blackish patches as in many specimens of ¢roglodytus. Underside of palpus and

middle of breast rather variable in tint.

3. Sexual armature as in troglodytus, but the upper lobe of the harpe

acuminate, without teeth at the upper edge or only with a few (PI. LI. f. 13. 14),

and the process of the penis-sheath longer and pointed (P]. LVI. f. 36),

Larva (fig. by Butler, /.c.) : greenish white, anterior segments green ; a white

dorsal and a dorso-lateral line edged with green ; thin green side-bands.

Hab. North India to Japan, eastwards to Lombok. A common species :

apparently not occurring in South India and Ceylon.

The bright ferruginous underside distinguishes it easily from crariegatwm and

heliophila.

In the Tring Museum 100-odd specimens from: North India; Annam ;

Tonkin ; China ; Japan ; Loo Choo Is. ; Lombok.

578, Macroglossum troglodytus (Pl. Il f 11, d).

Macroglossa sitiene Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 92, n. 13 (1856) (partim).

Maeroglossa corythus var., id., lc. n. 14 (1856) (partim).

* Macroglossa troglodytus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. 1. p. 344, n. 19 (1875) (Assam ; Darji-

____ ling ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir),

()) Macroglossa gilia, Rober, Tijdschr, Ent. xxxiv, p, 323 (1801) (Flores).

Macroglossa belis, Hampson, in Blanf,, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 113. 0, 184 (1892) (sub. syn).

Maeroglossa gilia, id,, l.c., p. 117. n. 195 (1892) (partim) : id., Z//ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.

ix. p, 59. t. 175. f. 6 (larva) (1893) (this species ?),

Macroglossa belis var. troglodytes, id,, Le. p. 58. t. 157, £. 6 (1893) (Ceylon).

3%. A small species, generally confounded with ¢nsipida. Forewing much

Variegated with slaty grey, the lines rather prominent, the antemedian band

oblique, not always completely filled in with black, often touching first discal line ;

second discal line heavy, dilated distad behind R'. Underside of abdomen and dise

of wings ferruginons ; bases of wings more or less shaded with yellow; palpus

dirty grey, middle of breast vinaceous olive. There are probably several subspecies,

( 642 )

South Indian and Ceylonese specimens have the yellow band of the hindwing deep

in tint, Chinese ones have it pale, and the former possess rather heavier antennae.

dé. Tenth tergite sulcate beneath, convex above, truucate-rounded ; sternite

rather flat, apex rounded, feebly acuminate in middle, transversely carinate above.

Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe forked like that of pyrrhosticta, but upper

lobe flat, rounded in dorsal view (PI. L. f. 15), dentate at edges, lower lobe clubbed,

tuberculose. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 37) obtuse, dentate at apex, basal

dentition extending on to the sheath, the most proximal tooth enlarged; internal

rods broad, rounded at end, sharp side-edge denticulate.

The larva figured by Hampson may belong to this species.

Hab. Ceylon to China, eastwards to Java ; probably all over the Indo-Malayan

Subregion. .

In the Tring Museum 44 specimens from: Ceylon ; South and North India ;

China ; Java.

579. Macroglossum insipida (Pl. III. f. 9. 10. 17, dd).

* Macvroglossu insipida Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 242, n. 12 (1875) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 527. n,. 25 (1877).

32. Very close to troglodytus, with which it agrees in size. Antemedian band

of forewing above rather suddenly narrowed in anterior half and curved costad,

being less oblique than in troglodytus.

3. Harpe quite different from that of troglodytus and pyrrhosticta, resembling

that of fwro ; cylindrical, a little curved upwards at end, tip denticulate (PI. LI.

f. 16). Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 38) obtuse, \dentate at end and at

proximal edge, dentition extending on to the sheath in one row, proximal tooth

enlarged, triangular, except poecilum.

Larva (adult) brown, with a dark dorsal line throughout, and thin side-bands,

a subdorsal reddish line, interrupted except on thorax ; this line yellow in green

form of larva, and white in young larva.

Hab. Ceylon to the Loo Choo Islands, eastwards to Australia.

Three subspecies, perhaps four :

a. M. insipida insipida (Pl. III. f. 10, 3).

* Macroglossa insipida Butler, l.c.; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii, p. 30. t. 92. £. 3. 3a. 3b (1, p., ¢.) (1882) 5

Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 4. n. 14 (1892) (Ceylon) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 631.

n. 35 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 117. n. 194 (1892) (partim) ;

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 418. n, 194 (1898) (larva & pupa descr.).

* Vacroglossa limata Swinhoe, Jc. p. 4. n. 15. . 1. £. 1 (¢) (1892) (Java),

32. Distal margin of forewing more convex and apex less acute than in

troglodytus. Penis-sheath with very few teeth proximally of base of process, but

the most proximal one large, triangular (Pl. LVI. f. 38).

Hab. Ceylon to North India, eastwards to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 40-odd specimens from: Ceylon; South and North

India ; Andamans ; Penang ; Borneo; Java.

The specimens from the various places present some slight differences which

may prove local, the Malayan individuals forming perhaps a separate subspecies.

b. M. insipida papuanum subsp. noy. (Pl. IIL. f. 9, 3).

3%. Darker than western examples ; the two yellow patches of the abdomen

obviously larger.

( 643 )

Hab. D’'Entrecasteaux Is. ; Louisiade Archipelage ; Queensland ; Mysol.

Probably on all the Papuan Islands.

In the Tring Museum 13 33,13 ? ? from: Fergusson (type), VEntrecasteanx

Is. (Meck) ; Sudest, iv. (Meek); St. Aignan, viii. (Meek) ; Queensland (Weiske) ;

Mysol, i. (Kiihn).

ce. M. insipida poecilum subsp. nov. (Pl. IIL. f. 17, 3).

g. Perhaps distinct. Resembling in size and in shape of the forewing large

specimens of M. troglodytus. Body and wings with a reddish flush on upperside.

Subapical spot SC’—SC° of forewing dark rufous, dark dorsal geminate spots of

abdomen rather prominent, yellow side-spots reduced. Teeth on penis-sheath near

base of process more numerous than in the preceding forms, the proximal tooth not

much enlarged, being much smaller than in either papuanum or insipida.

Hab. Loo Choo Islands.

Two dd in the Tring Museum from: Loo (‘hoo Is. (type) ; Okinawa, 12. vii.

1891 (Dr. Fritze).

The abdomen of these two examples has no black patches beneath.

M. insipida, pyrrhosticta and troglodytus ave so similar in colour that it is

difficult to distinguish them from one another; the dd can be recognised by the

sexual armature, but the ??, especially if not in good condition, are sometimes

impossible to name with certainty.

580. Macroglossum alcedo (PI. III. f. 8, 3).

* Macroglossum alcedo Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 188. n. 2 (1832) (Dorey;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i, p. 347. n. 24 (1875).

6%. In colour and pattern closely resembling wngwes, antemedian band of

forewing less distinct, grey postdiscal line distinct only in front, the marginal band

of the hindwing obviously broader, angulate near M', not evenly convex, underside

of wings brighter chestnut, with the darker brown distal border more distinct.

3. Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. L. f. 47) short, recurved at

end, this part dilated, concave, densely denticulate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 39)

with the internal rods rounded at end; xo process, it being replaced by a short

longitudinal dentate ridge.

Hab. Queensland ; Key ; N. Guinea.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd from: North Queensland (Weiske) ; Little Key,

January to March 1895 (Webster).

The type of alcedo is in bad condition ; it is a 2 and belongs apparently here

and not to the following species. The distal border of the hindwing is, however,

rather too narrow, approaching that of wngues. Nobody will be able, we think, to

prove that Boisduval’s a/cedo is not the species here figured as such.

581. Macroglossum ungues spec. noy. (PI. IIL. f. 7, b, ¢ype, Burn).

*Macroglossa gilia, Pageustecher (non Herrich-Sch., 1854), Jahrb. Nuss. Ver, Nat. xxxvii. p. 210

(1884) (Amboina) ; id., /.c. xli, p. 109, n. 213 (1888) (Amboina) ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii.

p. 406. n. 55 (1896) (Luzon vy. vi.).

3%. A smaller species than s/t/ene, but nearly identical with it in pattern,

Forewing more obtuse, outer margin more convex, first discal line more curved,

nearer the antemedian band in middle, subapical spot SC'—SC° more prominent ;

hindwing below more washed with yellow in basal area. Antenna of dc ompara-

tively longer and stouter.

( 644 )

3. Harpe longer (PI. LI. f. 11) than in sitiene. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVL. f. 51)

with two processes: the upper much longer than in sétéene, the lower shorter, the

latter dentate. :

Hab. Java, Philippines, eastwards to the Moluccas and Sumba.

In the Tring Museum 16 dd, 22 22 from: Java (Piepers) ; Bali, iii, iv.

(Doherty) ; Lombok, iv. (Fruhstorfer); Sumba; Dongala, Palos Bay, Celebes,

vii. ix. (Doherty) ; Amboina, ii. viii, (Doherty) ; Buru, iii. (Doherty); Philippines.

It is possible that further material of I/acroglossum from the larger Sunda

Islands will prove wngues and sitiene to be forms of the same species. The

3d from the Philippines which we have been able to dissect belong all to

ungues, but some of the ? ? are apparently not different from sétiene, being rather

larger and more greyish on the forewing than wnguwes.

582. Macroglossum sitiene (Pl. ILI. f. 18, 3).

* Vacroglossa sitiene Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 92. n. 13 (1856) (partim; ‘“ Natal” err. loc,;

Silhet ; Moulmein ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 527. n. 23 (1877)

(Silhet) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 4. n. 16 (1892) (Siam ; Silhet) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het, i.

p- 630, n, 22 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 115. n. 189 (1892)

(partim =nigrifusciata=orientalis) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 406. n. 57 (1896) (Luzon,

vii., partim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 418. n, 189 (1898) (Sikhim, x.).

*Macroglossa sinica Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 340. n, 12 (1875) (Hongkong ;—coll,

Charles Oberthiir).

Macroglossa sitiens id., l.e. p, 343. n, 18 (1875) (partim) ; Kirby, dc. n. 631. n. 41 (1892).

*Macroglossa nigrifasciata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 241, n. 8, t. 37. f. 3 (1875)

(Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.); id., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 526. n. 16 (1877) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon

li. p. 28. t. 92. f. 1 (1882) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 631. n. 38 (1892).

*Macroglossa orientalis Butler, lc. ix. p. 528. n. 30 (1877) (Moulmein ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, Proc.

Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 844 (1878) (Ahsown, Upp. Tenass,) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 162.

n. 5 (1890) (Tenasserim) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 33 (1892).

3%. Body above and forewing paler than in heléophila, clayish ; dorsal basal

dots of abdominal tergites vestigial, seventh segment pale, with a very conspicuous

black mesial patch ; side-tufts all prominently tipped with white ; underside of

palpus, middle of breast and mesial patches on the proximal abdominal sternites

or on all, dirty grey, much less white than in heliophila. Antemedian band of

forewing very prominent, sharply dilated basad behind ; first and second discal

line curved as in heliophila, but the second not dilated distad behind R4. Yellow

band of hindwing deeper yellow than in heliophila, edge of black border less

convex. Underside rather more greyish distally ; lines of hindwing prominent.

3. Tenth tergite prismatical, rounded above, sulcate below, tip truncate ;

sternite rounded at end. Clasper zwith friction-scales ; harpe (PI. Ll. f. 12) almost

straight, sharply pointed. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 52) with two processes: one

(a) broad, hook-shaped, dentate at the concave edge; the other (J) very slender

and long, horizontal ; long internal rod broad, terminating in a long point.

Hab. Ceylon to the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 72% from: Ceylon; Nilgiris ; Manila.

583, Macroglossum stigma spec. noy, (PI. IV. f. 15, ?).

?. Head and thorax with dark middle line; mesothoracic tegula with large

blackish area, anteriorly bordered by an oblique greyish line ; abdomen with one

yellow side-patch, situated on third segment, seventh tergite with two conspicnous

white basal spots, black in middle ; anal tuft blackish brown, all side-tufts tipped

( 645 )

with white ; underside of palpus, middle of breast, mesial patches of abdominal

segments greyish white, sides of breast, legs, and abdomen deep brown.

Wings, adove. Forewing: two antemedian lines filled in with black, this

band broad, slightly curved, dilated basad behind, basal area shaded with vinaceous

grey, median area also vinaceous grey, with a prominent black stigma; first and

second discal line slightly concave at M!, gently curved costad in front, first very

weak, just proximal of fork SC*’, obliterated behind, second prominent, more distal

than in other species, crossing SC’ 2 mm. distally from fork SC} and reaching

hinder margin about 2 mm. from angle, being only 14 mm. distant from the

prominent oblong subapical spot SC’—R', and being contiguous with the postdiscal

line between R* and M’. Hindwing: black border very broad, strongly angulate

at M’, the yellow colour not extending beyond C.

Underside blackish mummy-brown, a few greyish scales in submarginal region;

hindwing with the first discal line almost obliterated, the second distinct, the third

close to it, vestigial ; yellow abdominal area reduced, not sharply defined, extending

about halfway to end of SM’.

Length of forewing: 2, 26 mm.

Hab. Dorey, Dutch N. Guinea, April 1897 (W. Doherty), 1 ? in the Tring

Museum.

The distal position of the second discal line of the forewing distinguishes this

species easily from s/tiene, heliophila and others, besides the stigma of the forewing

and the white spots on the seventh abdominal tergite.

584. Macroglossum heliophila (Pl. III. f. 6, 2).

* Wacroglossa heliophila Boisduval, Spec. Grén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 354. n. 36, t. 11. f. 2 (1875) (Halmahera;

—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 631. n. 23 (1892).

*Macroglossa fringilla Boisduval, /.c. p. 352. n, 33 (1875) (India ;—Mus. Paris) ; Kirby, l.c. p. 632

n. 60 (1892).

Macroglossa nigrifusciata, Butler (non id., 1875) ; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 670. n. 31 (1880)

(Formosa),

*Macroglossa kanita Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox, i. p. 5, n. 17. t. 1. £. 2 (1892) (Sumatra ;—

Mus, Oxford).

* Macroglossa loochooana Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, i. p. 67 (1894) (Loo Choo Islands ;—Mus, Tring),

(7) Macroglossa divergens, Huwe (non Walker, 1856), Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl, p. 357. n. 4 (1895)

(Java).

3%. Head and thorax with a prominent dark mesial stripe ; a rather sharply

marked triangular area on mesothoracic tegula the same colour ; abdomen with a

pair of prominent black dorsal basal spots on fourth tergite ; side-tufts all tipped

with white; underside of palpus, middle of breast, and a mesial patch on first

abdominal sternites greyish white, rest of abdomen dull burnt-umber-brown ; tail

rather darker.

Wings, wpperside.—Forewing : two antemedian lines filled in, forming a

very prominent band which is nearly straight distally and dilated basad at hinder

margin ; first and second discal lines curved costad in front, concave between It!

and hinder margin, the first thin, the second heavier, interspace not quite filled in,

the lines remaining quite distinct, the second dilated distad behind R' till reaching

postdiscal line, this spot-like dilatation prominent, R' in front of it grey, bordering

a sharply defined postdiscal costal grey patch, subapical spot SC°—R! prominent,

while the space SC'—SC?° in front of it is more or less grey. Black border of

hindwing convex, more or less angulated near M’.

Underside \ike abdomen, basal central area of forewing darker, distal border

( 646 )

duller, darker brown; bases shaded with yellowish buff, yellow abdominal area

sharply defined, about 14} mm. short of tip of SM’.

3d. Tenth tergite rather broad, rounded-truncate, flattened at end ; sternite

spatulate, upperside elevated in mesial line, apical margin acuminate. Clasper with

friction-seales; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 4) incrassate distally, obtuse; often with a

subapical lateral tubereulated hump, as in f. 3, Penis-sheath almost exactly as in

melas (Pl. LVI. f. 31), but the teeth near the base of the process larger.

Hab. South India to the Loo Choo Islands, eastwards to the Moluccas.

In the Tring Museum 13 dd, 14 22 from: Nilgiris ; Tonkin ; Hongkong ;

Loo Choo Is.; Formosa; Java; Sarawak; Philippines ; Batjan.

It is possible that there are at least two subspecies; but the material in

collections, especially from the Moluccas, is not yet large enough to allow us to form

a definite opinion.

The white underside of the palpi and of the middle of the breast distinguishes

heliophila at a glance from sitiene and variegatum, while the less black colour of

the body and wings separates it from melas.

585. Macroglossum melas spec. nov. (PI. III. f. 19, ).

3%, Similar to M. heliophila, but body and wings much deeper in tint, almost

black above and below; yellow spots of abdomen small, fourth and fifth tergite

with a pair of black basal spots above ; underside of palpus, middle of breast and

mesial patches of abdomen white, side-tufts of abdomen tipped with white. A thin

white line above eye. Pattern of forewing as in heliophila, individually somewhat

variable, pale median interspace less prominent and less vinaceous. Black border

of hindwing broader than in heliophila, angulate between R* and M’, the yellow

band here constricted or interrupted. Wings éelow grey at extreme base; yellow

area of hindwing restricted, about 3 mm. short. of tip of SM*.

3. Sexual armature not essentially different from that of Aeliophila, harpe

slenderer (PI. LI. f. 3. 5), dentition at the base of the penis-sheath not quite so

heavy (Pl. LVI. f. 31).

Hab. Key Islands; N. Guinea ; Woodlark I. ; Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 3 6d, 6? ? from: Little Key (type, H. Kiihn), Dee.

and Jan.; Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, Jan. and Feb. (A. 8. Meek); Woodlark

(A. 8. Meek) ; Queensland (Weiske).

This may be the Papuan representative of /eliophila. Further material is

necessary to decide the question.

586. Macroglossum divergens.

* Vacroglossa divergens Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M, viii. p. 94. n. 17 (1856) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.)

Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 528. n. 31 (1877) (“ Canara” alia spec.) ; Moore, Lep.

Ceylon ii. p. 27. t. 92. £. 2 (1882) ; Kirby, Cut, Lep. Het. i. p. 630. n, 18 (1892) ; Hamps,, in

Blanf., Pana Brit. Ind., Moths i. p- 117. n, 196 (1892) (Ceylon ,

?. Only one specimen known. It may be an extreme variety of hel/ophila.—

Forewing, above : first discal line vestigial, second heavy and dilated distad between

R' and R’; a distinct black line outside the grey postdiscal line as broad as the

second discal one.

Hab, Ceylon.

In the British Museum 1 ? (type).

( 647 )

587. Macroglossum mediovitta spec. noy. (Pl. IV. f. 16, 3).

3. Differs from heliophila in the following points : Forewing more elongate,

distal margin less convex, proximal edge of antemedian band not distinct, the basal

area being darker than in heliophila ; pinkish white median band very prominent,

more oblique, sharply defined, the first discal line being well marked, forming the

discal border of the white band, the line not elbowed anteriorly, second diseal line

scarcely visible, the dise outside the white band being so deep brown that the line

is obscured, the blackish brown area gradually shading off distally ; no sharply

defined postmedian costal grey space, I not grey, subapical spot SC°—R! small, grey

postdiscal line vestigial. Hindwing : distal border evenly convex, narrower than in

heliophila.msStructure of genital armature of d as in heliophila.

Hab. Loo Choo Islands : Okinawa.

In the Tring Museum 3 3 collected by Dr. A. Fritze on Okinawa in July and

August 1891. Also in the British Museum.

588. Macroglossum albigutta spec. nov. (Pl. Ill. f. 3, 2).

?. A very dark-coloured species. Abdomen with two prominent white basal

spots on seventh tergite, side-tufts of sixth and seventh segments brownish black

or burnt-umber-brown ; seventh sternite with white mesial dot or line. Underside

of palpi and middle of breast greyish white, sides of breast dark brown. White

line above eye distinct.

Wings, wpperside.—Forewing : a white or grey, narrow, straight, median band

asin JV. hirundo hirundo, the olive-black band at its proximal side dilated basad

at hinder margir, not sharply defined proximally; the discal band at the distal side

of the median white band broad, ill-defined distally, dilated distad between R' and

R’, thus joined to a rather broad postdiscal band which extends from the two

subapical patches SM'—R'! to hinder margin, bordered proximally by a grey line

which is interrupted between R! and R%, area outside this band slightly greyish like

the postmedian costal space and the basal area.x——-Hindwing: distal border

convex, broader than yellow band, this interrupted or entire.

Wings delow dark muammy-brown, or Mars-brown, with the distal borders

darker, lines quite indistinct, third the best marked ; abdominal area of hindwing

yellow, sharply defined.

Length of forewing : ¢, 28 to 25 mm.

Hab. Solomon Islands : Guadalcanar and Florida.

Two subspecies :

a. M. albigutta albigutta (Pl. IIL. f. 3, 2).

2. White median band of forewing very prominent. Yellow band of hindwing

broadly interrupted. Underside of wings deep mummy-brown. Abdomen with a

yellow side-patch on segment 3, and a few yellow scales on segments 2 and 4;

seventh sternite with a white mesial dot.

Length of forewing : 23 mm.

Hab. Guadaleanar.

In the Tring Museum 19, March 1901 (A. 8. Meek).

b. M. albigutta floridense subsp. nov.

%. Median band of forewing less distinct. Yellow band of hindwing not

interrupted. Abdomen above and underside of wings Mars-brown, Abdomen with

( 648 )

the yellow side-patch of segment 4 as large as that on 3; seventh sternite with

white mesial line, the other sternites with more or less distinct white mesial dots.

Length of forewing : 25 mm.

Hab. Florida Island.

In the Tring Museum | , 2. i. 1901 (A. 8. Meek).

589. Macroglossum dohertyi.

*Macroglossa dohertyi Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i, p. 67. t. 5. £. 2 (g) (1894) (Amboina ;—Mnus.

Tring).

6. In this remarkable insect the median interspace and the grey postdiscal line

of the forewing of the other Macroglossum have developed into two narrow, sharply-

defined, buffish white bands. Tenth tergite rounded-truncate ; sternite narrowed

towards the end, which is rounded. Clasper with rather large friction-scales ; harpe

rather broad, compressed, subacuminate, upper edge denticulate distally (Pl. L.

f. 31). Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 49) short, obtuse, densely denti-

culate at the proximal edge and at end; internal rods rounded at end.

Hab. Amboina and New Guinea.

In the Tring Museum 2 6d from: Amboina, February 1892 (W. Doherty,

type) ; British New Guinea.

590. Macroglossum hirundo.

*Macroglossa hirundo Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 184 (1832) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i.

p. 346. n, 23. t. 9. £. 4 (1875) (Tahiti ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3%. A geographically and individually variable species. The median inter-

space of the forewing grey, generally prominent, straight, sometimes separated

into two patches ; first and second discal lines not or feebly curved costad, not

obviously elbowed, more or less concave. Yellow abdominal area of hindwing

below sharply defined.

3. Tenth tergite compressed, pointed; sternite rounded at end. Clasper

with friction-scales; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 8) broad, flattened, more or less rounded

at end, apex densely denticulated. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 27)

horizontal, slender, dentition variable, no teeth upon sheath near base of process,

except in Jifwensis; internal rods rounded at end, the longer one dentate at

one edge.

Hab. Papuan Subregion: Key to Tahiti and Fiji.

Five subspecies :

a. M. hirundo hirundo.

*Macroglossa hirundo Boisduval, in Voy. Astrolabe, Lép, p. 184 (1832) (Taiti ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 346. n. 23. t. 9. f. 4 (1875) ; Butl, Trans. Zool. Soe.

Lond. ix. p. 529. n. 37 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n. 58 (1892).

3%. The yellow area of the hindwing is far too broad in Boisduval’s figure,

the base of the wing being black in Tahiti specimens, not yellow. Grey

median band of forewing very narrow, oblique, being a little more distal at

hinder than at costal margin, the dark lines and bands indistinct, grey border

of postdiscal line and a grey submarginal shade extending from apex to neat

hinder margin distinct, less regular than in Boisduval’s figure. Yellow band of

hindwing rather broader than the basal black area, Abdomen with a small

( 649 )

transverse yellow side-mark on second segment, spots on third and fourth larger.

Underside of body and wings Mars-brown. Harpe spatulate, dilated part rather

deeply concave,

Hab. Tahiti.

1 3 and 1 $ in coll. Charles Oberthiir ; 1 d in Mus. Paris.

b, M. hirundo vitiense subsp. nov.

(?) Macroglossa spec., Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220. n, 2 (1888) (Fiji).

3. Like the preceding, but yellow side-patch on fourth abdominal segment

yestigial or absent, grey median band of forewing not distinct, yellow band of

hindwing narrower in middle than black basal area.

Hab. Fiji.

In the Tring Museum 2 d¢ from Fiji.

c. M. hirundo lifuensis.

* Macroglossa lifuensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 67 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. One yellow side-spot on abdomen, situated on segment 3; black side-

patches on segments 4 and 5 prominent. Antemedian and discal dark bands of

forewing conspicuous, the discal one somewhat curved costad in front, postdiscal

line distinct, dentate, with a distinct grey border, subapical patches SC'—R? distinct,

the second darker, rounded ; grey median band variable. Yellow band of hindwing

somewhat deeper yellow than in evans, and narrow, almost as broad as in hirundo

hirundo.

Underside of wings as in Air. hirundo, much more rufous than in errans.

Process of penis-sheath more densely denticulate basally, the dentition extending

on to the sheath. Harpe much more elongate, less spatulate, than in the other

subspecies, almost pointed.

Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Is., and New Caledonia.

In the Tring Museum 3 3,1 ¢ from Lifu and N. Caledonia.

d. M. hirundo errans.

*Mucroglossa errans Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 96. n. 21 (1856) (Australia ; Moreton

Bay :—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 352. n, 32 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 529. n, 88 (1877) (type from Moreton B., with white band, ex errore!) ; Misk.,

Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 6. n. 4 (1891) (Brisbane ; Rockhampton ; Bowen) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n, 59 (1892) ; Swinb., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i. p. 7. n. 27 (1892).

*Rhamphoschisma scottiarum Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75.£. 8 (1874) (Australia ;—Mus. Tring) ;

Boisd., /.c. p. 354. n. 35 (1875) ; Butl., /.c. p. 529. n. 35 (1877).

* Macroglossa belinda Pagenstecher, in Chun, Zoologica x. 29. p. 19. n. 22 (1900) (N. Pommern, ? ;

—Mus. Tring).

3%. The distribution of this subspecies is extensive ; the area occupied includes

the Solomon Islands and the Bismarck Archipelago. We cannot find any difference

between the few individuals from those localities and Queensland examples.

Pagenstecher’s belinda, of which we have the type, must sink as a synonym.

M. errans is very variable as regards some of the markings, but the prominent

grey flush is always present upon the upperside of the forewing and abdomen ; the

dark dorsal spots of the latter are well marked, the yellow band of the hindwing

is broad, with the outer edge straight, the deuticulate postdiseal grey-bordered line

of the forewing is conspicuous, the triangular area of the mesothoracic tegula

bordered in front by an oblique line is more or less obviously russet, always well

( 650 )

circumscribed. The abdomen has generally only one yellow vatch, on segment 3;

sometimes there is another vestigial on segment 2, and seldom a third on the fourth

segment. The grey median band of the forewing is often interrupted, seldom

completely obliterated in consequence of the extension of the brown antemedian and

discal bands.

Hab. Queensland, Solomon Islands and Bismarck Archipelago.

In the Tring Museum 6 Jarvae, 80-odd specimens from: Qneensland; Kini-

eunang (type of belinda) ; Guadalcanar, v. (Meek).

e. M. hirundo cinerascens.

* Macroglossa cinerascens Butler, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. Rep. Eclipse Exp. p. 94 (1884) (Caroline Is.;—

Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p, 632. n. 48 (1892).

3%. Thorax above and forewing with a peculiar opalescent gloss, except an

externo-marginal band of the latter 5 mm. broad in front, tapering behind.

Hab. Caroline Islands ; in the British Museum.

From Palisa, Caroline Is., in the Vienna Museum.

591. Macroglossum rectans spec. nov. (PI. IV. f. 8, 2).

3. Less grey than errans; a small transverse yellow side-mark on second

abdominal segment, a large one on the two following ; side-tufts of segments 5 and 6

not white, but tawny-ochraceous. Grey median band of forewing as oblique as

in hir. hirundo, narrow, quite straight, subapical spot SC°—R! small. Yellow band

of hindwing narrowing costad, much narrower than in evans, at R? about half

the width of the black distal border, which is distinetly convex from C to SM.

‘Underside of wings more rufous than in errans.

Hab. Kei Islands and N. Guinea.

In the Tring Museum 2 6¢ from: Little Kei, 9. ii. °97 (H. Kiihn, type);

Samarai, Brit. N. Guinea. In the British Museum from Queensland.

592. Macroglossum prometheus (PI. IV. f. 3, 2).

Macroglossa corythus Walker, l.c. viii. p. 92. n. 14 (1856) (partim ; Java).

Macroglossum arcuatum Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. E. I. C. i. p. 262. n. 599 (1857)

(partim ; nom. nud.).

* Macroglossa divergens, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét, i. p. 355. n. 37 (1875)

(Java).

* Vacroglossa prometheus id., l.c. (1875) (Java ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3. Boisduval’s description gives the essential characters. Mesothoracie

tegula with grey fringe in fresh specimens. Abdomen above with two dark dots

at the bases of segments 3 and 4; anal tuft dark, tip often paler, vinaceous, not

yellow or tawny. Grey streak R! of forewing, upperside, distinct, grey costal

space in front of it prominent, black apical halfmoon joined to the submarginal

patch SC’—R}, which is black distally and somewhat russet proximally, subapical

patch SC*—SO* russet ; lines not prominent, the interspaces grey, the median

interspace not more grey than the interspace between the subbasal and the double

antemedian lines. Yellow band of hindwing very sharply defined, costal margin

not yellow. Underside of wings vandyke-brown, shaded with drab, dull in tint,

yellow abdominal area contrasting sharply. See p. 660 for nomenclature.

3. Tenth tergite as in glaucoptera, rather more flattened at tip and less

truncate-sinnate. Friction-scales of clasper prominent; harpe (PI. L. f. 43, 49)

( 651 )

with a very short triangular, acuminate, free process. Process of penis-sheath

different in the two subspecies ; no teeth upon the sheath near the base of the

process.

Hab. Ceylon to Australia (not in N. India and China ?).

Two subspecies :

a. M. prometheus prometheus.

Macroglossa corythus Walker, /.c. (1856) (partim) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 527. n. 26

(1877) (Java) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 7. n. 25 (1892) (Java); Kirby, Cut. Lep.

Het, i. p. 631, n. 28 (1892) (partim).

Maeroglossum arcuatum Moore, Uc. (nom. nud.).

Macroglossa divergens, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), l.c.

* Macroglossa prometheus id., l.c. (Java).

(?) Macroglossa catapyrrha, Huwe (non Butler, 1875), Berl. Ent. Zeitschr, xl. p. 357. n. 9 (1895)

(Java).

*Macroglossa passalus, Semper (non Drury, 1773), Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 406. n. 58 (1896) (partim).

3. The prominent grey costal subapical patch of the forewing, with the

grey streak R! behind, and the sharply defined distal border of the hindwing,

distinguish this western form easily from all the species with which it occurs

together.

3. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 23) with a single basal tooth which

points distad, and a number of teeth at and near the proximal edge:

Hab. Ceylon to Java and the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 6 3d,17 2? from: Ceylon; Malay Pen.; Penang

(Curtis) ; Nias ; Java; Borneo.

6. M. prometheus inusitata.

Maeroglossa approtimata, Miskin (non Walker, 1864), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p, 7. n. 5

(1891) (Cardwell).

Maecroglossa approvimans Lucas, Queenslander xxxix. p. 834 (May 1891) (abdomen only !) ; Misk.,

Le. 64 (1891).

Macroglossa lineata Lucas, l.c. (1891) (abdomen excepted ; Mackay).

*Macroglossa inusitata Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Ov. i. p. 6. n. 20 (1892) (Dorey, 2 ;—Mus. Oxford).

* Macroglossa inconspicua Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 68 (1894) (N. Guinea ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. On the whole smaller than the preceding ; distal margin of forewing

shorter ; underside of body and wings more grey, middle of breast more whitish ;

grey colour of upperside of forewing also more prominent, the antemedian lines

tesp. band mostly less oblique, often contiguous in middle with the first discal line,

grey postdiscal line at the distal side of the grey subapical costal patch prominent,

dentate at SC%, the double patch distally of this line more rufous.

Width of marginal band of hindwing fairly constant in Queensland examples ;

the band rather narrower in the individuals from the Louisiade Archipelago and

the d’Entrecasteaux Islands.

3. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 25) variable in dentition, sometimes

multidentate upon the surface and at the distal (not proximal) edge, sometimes

only with a few prominent basal teeth at the distal edge. Harpe (PL L. f. 45)

shorter than in the preceding subspecies.

Hab. Queensland ; N. Guinea and the islands near its south-eastern end.

In the Tring Museum 14 3d, 17 22 from: Queensland; Rossell L., ii.

(Meek) ; St. Aignan, ix. (Meek); Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, iii, (Meek) ;

( 652 )

Fergusson and Trobriand (Meek); Humboldt Bay, Dutch N. Guinea, ix. x.

(Doherty).

This form might be confounded by a casual observer with JM. errans errans,

especially with such specimens of the latter in which the grey median interspace

is reduced to two small patches in consequence of the antemedian and discal bands

being merged together mesially. The first and second discal lines of errans are,

however, straight in front, the abdomen is grey above, and shows dark basal

dots also on segments 5 and 6 (the two dots of the latter segment being often

merged together to a large mesial patch), the white side-tufts are larger and

the palpi are longer, the triangular patch of the mesothoracic tegula is more

prominent, ete.

Lueas’s description of approximans applies to I/. corythus pylene as regards

wings, to the present species as regards abdomen ; while the abdomen described

under IM. lineata is that of pylene and the wings, we believe, those of the sub-

species we have just characterised. Neither of the two names approximans and

lineata can be applied (see Introduction, “ Nomenclature”).

Lucas says, l.c., of lineata: “Near M. trochilus, Hubn., M. sitieul, Boisd.,

M. corythus, Boisd.”

593. Macroglossum nubilum spec. nov. (PI. IV. f. 17, d).

3%. Resembling M. prometheus inusitata, but is deeper brown, the grey

postmedian costal patch of the forewing extended beyond R' towards the distal

margin, the distal border of the hindwing convex, twice the width of the yellow

band, which widens behind a little. Head without white line above eye, brown

triangular lateral area of palpus not sharply defined above ; first yellow side-pateh

of abdomen just vestigial, second and third prominent, with deep black patches at

the proximal side.

Wings, wpperside——Forewing: antemedian lines not conspicuous, not distinctly

filled in with dark brown, more strongly curved than in prometheus ; first discal line

very indistinct, except at costal margin, strongly angulated in front like the second,

which is distinct, interspace filled in with brown from costal margin to angle of

lines ; grey costal space following this line continued beyond R?, reaching more

distally R? or even R*; subapical patches SC'—R’ dark russet, the second blackish

distally. Hindwing : black basal area continued along SM°, joining the black

distal border, the yellow band in consequence proximally convex ; this band not

reaching costal edge, at R? barely half the width of the distal border.

Underside: Mars-brown or mummy-brown, deeper in tint than in M.

prometheus; the yellow abdominal area of the hindwing very sharply limited

distally.

3. Tenth tergite truncate; sternite rounded-dilated at end. Clasper with

friction-scales ; harpe short, curved upwards at end, tip acute (Pl. L. f 46):

Process of penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 26) obtuse at end, its dentate base

projecting also a little at the left side, the whole process boomerang-shaped ;

internal rods obtuse at end.

Hab. British New Guinea and neighbouring islands.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 6 22 from: Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, i. 09

(Meek), type ; Holnicote Bay to Owen Stanley Mts. (Rohn) ; Kiriwini, Trobriand

Is., iii, iv. "95 (Meek) ; Woodlark, iii. °97 (Meek).

( 653 )

594. Macroglossum variegatum spec. nov. (PI. III. f. 13, 3).

Maeroglossa sitiene Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p, 92. n. 13 (1856) (partim) ; Hamps,, in

Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 115, n, 189 (1892) (partim).

3%. Ditters from /eliophila, with which it agrees best, in the following points :

abdomen with pairs of black dots at the bases of tergites 3, 4, and 5; underside of

palpus and middle of breast clayish, very much darker than in heliophila, abdomen

generally deeper brown, without whitish grey patches on the first sternites.

Antemedian band of forewing not so prominent, much more curved, almost at right

angles to costal margin ; first and second discal lines also obviously more curved,

S-shaped, median interspace less pale than in /eliophila, shaped like an hour-

glass, but upper part larger than lower, second discal line dilated distad behind R4,

but this projection not very conspicuous ; R! grey; postdiscal line and its grey

border distinct, continuous from costal to hinder margin; distal edge feebly

scalloped in fresh specimens, with darker dots at the tips of the veins; a pale

stigma with a dark spot at its proximal side in fresh individuals.

3. Tenth tergite truncate ; sternite less acuminate than in heliophila. Clasper

without friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 1) short, acuminate, curved upwards and

then distad, underside often with teeth. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 35)

short, obtuse, slender, dentate at end as well as at proximal edge, the dentition of

the base extending on to the sheath ; internal rods rounded at end.

Hab. North India ; Borneo; Sumatra. Probably more widely distributed in

the Indo-Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd, 8 2% from: Cherrapunji (type); Khasia Hills ;

Shillong ; Sikhim ; Borneo.

In many collections, mixed up with specimens of other species.

595. Macroglossum saga.

*Macroglossa saga Butler, Eut. Mo. Mag. xiv, p, 206 (1878) (Japan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Zilustr.

Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. ii, p. 3. t. 21, £. 1 (1878) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p, 632. n. 44

1892),

Bc icace pyrrhosticta, Leech (non Butler, 1875), Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 582. n. 7 (1888)

(China, Japan).

*Macroglossa kiushiuensis Rothschild, Noy, Zoot. i. p. 66 (1894) (Kiusbiu ;—Mus. Tring), ; id., Jc.

iii. t. 13. f. 2 (1896).

* Macroglossa glaucoplaga Hampson, Journ, Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii, p. 40. n. 184 a, t. b. f, 13 (1900)

(Sikhim, 1300 ft. ;—Mus. Brit.).

3 ?. No white line above eye ; palpi long, beneath white, speckled with black

scales ; breast greyish wood-brown ; head and thorax above with darker mesial

vitta, abdomen with two yellow side-patches, besides a vestige of a patch on second

segment, a double series of dark dorsal spots ; tail above blackish brown; side-tufts

of posterior segments with dark buff tips, those of proximal sezments with white

tips, underside of abdomen uniform in colour.

Wings, upperside. Forewing with the grey and the brownish black parts

rather sharply contrasting ; antemedian lines curved, filled in with brownish black,

this band dilated basad at hinder margin ; median interspace grey ; first and second

discal lines angulated at R', concave between R! and hinder margin, interspace dark

except behind, first line generally not prominent behind; grey costal space extended

to apex of wing, the subapical rufous patch SC'—SC° being shaded over with grey,

grey postdiscal line within this area conspicuous, R! grey between second and third

( 654 )

line, the area behind the grey patch blackish, the grey area limited by the apical

triangular halfmoon, by the subapical patch SC’—R? and the grey line R’'_—Hind-

wing : yellow band somewhat variable in width, at R? barely half the width of the

black border ; fringe vinaceous cinnamon.

Underside dark russet, more or less shaded with grey on hindwing; yellow

abdominal area of hindwing not very sharply defined distally.

3. Tenth tergite somewhat prismatical, truncate at end; sternite rounded at

end. Clasper with friction-scales ; harpe (PI. L. f. 44) very short, obtusely pointed,

conical. Process of penis-sheath dentate only at base, this dentition variable,

slightly extending on to the sheath ; internal rods obtuse at end.

Hab. Japan to North India.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 8 $ ¢ from: Kiushiu ; Sikhim.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir several specimens from Sikhim.

The yellow band of the hindwing is narrower in the type of glaucoplaga than

in other specimens.

596. Macroglossum godeffroyi.

*Rhamphoschisma godefroyi Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 157 (1882) (Duke of York ;—Mns.

Brit.).

aes godeffroyi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 632. n. 52 (1892) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica

x. 29. p. 19. n. 21 (1900) (“not seen”),

3. Under and internal surface of foretarsus with long scaling, especially the

first segment. Mid- and hindtibia with very long hairs on underside which form a

large tnft similar to the tuft of the abdominal scent-organ ; first segment of tarsi

with long scales on ventral side, the tarsi not longer than the respective tibiae.

Dorso-lateral black spots of abdomen very prominent. Antemedian band of fore-

wing very broad, disco-cellular veins within this band, which touches in middle

a large disco-marginal area of the same colour, thus separating the grey median

space into a costal and a posterior patch; a grey postdiscal subapical patch,

extended distad to outer margin.

Tenth sternite broad, feebly sinuate. Harpe short, obtuse, compressed. Penis-

sheath with long and proximally broadened process which is dentate all over; a

large patch of teeth at the left side of the sheath.

Hab. Neu Lanenburg = Duke of York Island.

One ¢ in the British Museum ; not seen in other collections.

The tufts of the mid- and hindtibia are a very peculiar character not found

anywhere else among Sphingidae.

597. Macroglossum fritzei spec. nov. (Pl. III. f. 4, 2).

?. Head and thorax dark grey, with a brown mesial line ; a large triangular

mummy-brown patch on mesothoracie tegula conspicuously edged with grey ;

abdomen blackish brown, two large yellow side-patches on segments 2 and 3, and

a smaller one on 4; underside of palpus vinaceous grey, dark triangular lateral

patch not sharply marked; breast pale vinaceous in middle, darker at sides;

abdomen bright tawny, apical margins brown, a lateral series of conspicuous buff

yellow spots.

Wings, above. Forewing : antemedian lines much more oblique than in

other species, filled in with deep brown, the band reaching costal margin in front

of apex of cell, conspicuously bordered with greyish white proximally; first and

( 655 )

second discal line irregularly dentate, curved costad in front, interspace not filled

in, a pale space M'—SM? between second discal and postdiscal line, the latter line

dentate, with a sharply marked buffish border ; subapical spot SC'—SC* somewhat

rufous, the next spot blackish. Hindwing: yellow band broad, black border of

wing correspondingly narrow, its inner edge almost straight.

Underside peculiar. Forewing : rnfous-chestnut, blackish brown border very

distinct, owing to a series of irregular buff-yellow postdiscal patches, patch R'—R?

vestigial ; within these patches there are two thin dentate lines; extreme base

yellowish. Hindwing: reddish anteriorly, base and abdominal area yellow, this

colour gradually shading off on disc, only 1 mm. short of tip of SM’; brown border

sharply marked, indications of pale yellow spots at its inner edge; discal lines

reddish.

Length of forewing : ?, 21 mm.

Hab. Loo Choo Islands and China.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? from Okinawa, July 1891 (Dr. A. Fritze), type.

Another specimen ($) in the British Museum trom Hongkong.

Differs from all other species in the very oblique antemedian band of the

forewing.

598. Macroglossum glaucoptera.

* Macroglossa glaucoptera Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 241. n. 7. t. 36. £. 9 (1875) (Ceylon ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p, 525. n. 15 (1877) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 30.

t, 93. f. 3. 3a ((L., p., 7.) (1882) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 631, n. 37 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf.,

Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 115. n, 190 (1892) (Ceylon).

Macroglossa obscuriceps Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 309. n. 3, t. 22. f.5(1876) (Ayerpanes,

Malacea) ; id., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 635 (1877); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i.

; p. 7. n, 26 (1892) (Singapore) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 630. n, 15 (1892).

*Macroglossa lepsha Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 635 (1877) (Caleutta ;—coll. Atkinson,

now in coll. Standinger),

Macreglossa fuscata Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr, xl. p. 358. n. 11. t. 3. £. 5 (gp) (1895) (Java).

3%. Similar to small specimens of M/. corythus luteata.

Wings, upperside. Forewing deep in tint, dark brown in basal area, the

two antemedian lines little darker, filled in with dark brown ; median interspace

greyish, wider in front than behind, discal lines not prominent, first and second

very feebly curved, more or less filled in with dark brown. Hindwing : yellow

band narrow, more or less interrupted in 6, sometimes only vestigial; distal border

very broad, broader behind than in western corythus. Basal areas of both wings

shaded with yellow beneath, yellow abdominal area of hindwing not sharply

limited distally.

dg. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLY. f. 6) truncate, slightly sinuate, the angles

somewhat projecting laterad. Clasper with a few friction-scales ; harpe (PI. L f. 39)

similar to that of seméfasciata, much shorter than in corythus, extreme tip truncate

and notched (P]. L. f. 40). Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 22) very long,

dentate at the proximal edge, very long teeth upon the sheath near the base of the

process, besides numerons small ones ; internal rods both acuminate.

Hab. Ceylon to Java.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 ? from Penang and Ceylon.

There is probably an eastern Indo-Malayan and a western Indo-Ceylonese

subspecies.

( 656 )

599. Macroglossum vidua spec. nov. (Pl. III. f. 15, 2).

?. Colour of body above not well preserved, apparently no dark middle stripe

on head and thorax, mesothoracic tegula darker brown behind, without a sharply

defined triangular patch ; abdomen with three small yellow side-patches, second

the largest, tail dark, a black mesial patch at base; underside of palpus and

middle of breast dirty grey, the white scaling being much mixed with drab-brown

scales, sides rather darker, abdomen also grey (much rubbed).

Wings, upperside. Forewing : antemedian band filled in with black, broad,

deeper black at outer edge, dilated basad behind; median interspace greyish ;

discal lines indistinct, situated in an ill-defined broad shadowy band ; area between

this and distal edge of wing faintly greyish, excepting costal part, which is brown ;

no distinct subapical spots, no grey postdiscal costal patch. Hindwing : yellow

band interrupted, reduced, ill-defined.

Underside of both wings dark waluut-brown, dull, somewhat olivaceous distally,

without distinct brown border, bases faintly greyish, yellow abdominal area of

hindwing restricted, sharply defined.

Length of forewing : °, 22 mm.

Hab. Waigeu I.

One 2? in coll. Charles Oberthiir, received from Messrs. Staudinger &

Bang-Haas.

Resembling glaucoptera and small specimens of J/. corythus luteata and

AM. sylvia ; recognisable by the dirty grey colour of the palpi below, the greyish,

not distinctly yellow, bases of the wings below, the broad antemedian band of

the forewing, etc.

600. Macroglossum joannisi spec. nov. (PI III, f. 2, 2).

?. Head and thorax olive-grey, the scales with pale tips; without dark mesial

stripe ; mesothoracic tegula somewhat deeper brown behind, like metanotum ;

abdomen shaded with grey mesially, four yellow side-patches, transverse diameter

of second nearly as long as the diameter of the dorsal interspace ; sixth tergite

blackish brown at sides and base, seventh black in middle, yellowish buff at base,

chestnut at sides, tail tawny at end. Underside of palpus white, middle of breast

clayish grey, sides vinaceous clay-colour, abdomen cinnamon-rufous, paler in middle,

tail the same colour, side-tufts yellow, that of seventh segment black at base, then

yellow, and white at the tip.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : subbasal and median interspaces obviously

grey, disc also shaded with grey; antemedian band curved, black ; discal lines

very slightly curved, not distinctly angulated at R, interspace not quite filled in

with black ; postdiscal line complete, the interspace between second discal and

postdiscal line grey, this colour extended distad between R' and SM’, not reaching

margin, no separate costal postdiscal patch ; dark subapical spots SC'—R! of other

species here vestigial, barely deeper in tint than the brown marginal border.——

Hindwing: yellow band interrupted, much suffused with black, not sharply marked,

except in cell.

Underside of forewing dark walnut-brown, yellow at base ; no distinct distal

border. Hindwing bright cinnamon-rufous, brighter than the abdomen, base and

abdominal area yellow, the latter not sharply limited distally, extreme edge of wing

and fringe deeper brown.

( 657 )

Length of forewing: 2, 22 mm.

Hab. Queensland.

One # in the collection of Monsieur ’Abbé de Joannis, who kindly lent it us

for description and figuring.

Abundantly distinct from all other known Macroglossum by the four yellow

abdominal side-patches and the bright underside of the hindwing, together with the

pattern and colour of the upper surface of body and wings.

601. Macroglossum semifasciata.

*Macroglossa semifasciata Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 115. p. 187 (1892)

(E. Pegu ; Labuan ;—Mus. Brit.).

* Macroglossa furo, Piepers (non Cramer, 1780), Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p, 48. n. 120, p. 101. t. 3. £. 10

(1.) (1897) (Sava).

3%. Yellow side-patches of abdomen very small, vestigial, the black patches

prominent, seventh segment with a black mesial patch, anal tuft dark, side-tufts

white-tipped; palpus grey, breast darker, abdomen with ill-defined buffish grey

mesial patches ou proximal segments, seventh sternite more or less grey in @.

Forewing, above, with the interspace between the two oblique antemedian lines

filled up with black in posterior half, this band narrow, curved basad behind ;

first and second discal lines not very distinct, interspace not filled up with black,

—Base of hindwing more extended black than in the allied species, especially in

a2? from Java, joined along abdominal margin to distal border. In this ¢ the

yellow area of the hindwing below not reaching halfway to tip of SM’, while

it extends to the third discal line in specimens from other places.

3 from Java. Tenth tergite truncate; sternite rounded at end, carinate

aboye. Olasper with friction-scales ; harpe (PI. L. f. 32) slender, pointed. Process

of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 47) obtuse, dentate, its base projecting, two rows of

teeth at its base; longer internal rod acuminate, but not produced into a needle-

like process.

Larva (fig. by Piepers), when adult, blackish brown, dotted with grey, a

pale dorso-lateral line on head and pronotum; a dark dorsal line from head to

horn; this long. Stage before last: head and anterior segment (or segments),

‘sometimes also the middle part of the back, green.

Hab. Burma to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢¢ from: Borneo; Java (Piepers).

Tn coll. Staudinger from $8... Borneo (Wahnes) and Kinabalu (Waterstradt).

602. Macroglossum aquila.

*Macroglossa aquila Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 340. n. 30 (1875) (Cochinchina ; Silhet ;—

___ coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 631, n. 29 (1892).

*Macroglossa interrupta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 242. n. 10. t. 37. £. 2 (1875) (Darjiling ;-

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 526. n, 21 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 32 (1892) ;

Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 119. n. 201 (1892) (= aquila) ; Dudg., Journ.

Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 419. n. 201 (1898) (Sikbim, 1000 ft., ix.).

d %. Subapical spot SC’—R'! of forewing above as prominent as in ass/milis,

antemedian lines more proximal than in other species ; costal edge of hindwing

dilated into a lobe before middle.

d. Tenth tergite gradually narrowed, apex obtuse, slightly curved downwards ;

sternite rounded at end. Clasper with friction-scales; harpe short, stout (Pl. Ll.

f, 2), with the upperside excavated, and the edges dentate, looking like a tooth-

( 658 )

brush in a side-view. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 34) slender, denticulate

at the proximal edge, also at the rather obtuse tip, a large patch of teeth at and

near its base upon the sheath.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. North India to the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 6 6d, 2 22% from: Silhet; Khasia Hills ; Cherrapunji,

xi; Padang Rengas, Malay Pen.; Mt. Muln, Sarawak, viii—xii. (Hose);

Manila, ii.

603, Macroglossum sylvia.

*Macroglossa sylvia Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 350. n. 29 (1875) (partim ; Celebes ;—

coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 632. n. 51 (1892).

* Macroglossa obscura Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 5. n. 5. t. 1. £. 2 (1875) (Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans. Zool, Sov. Lond, ix. p. 528. n. 29 (1877); Kirby, /.c. p. 631. n. 39 (1892) ; Swinh,,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 162.0. 3 (1890) (Upp. Tenass.) ; Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p.357.

n. 7 (1895) (Java). :

Macroglossa prozima, Hampson (nox Butler, 1875), in Blanf., Puuna Brit. Ind., Mothsi. p. U4.

n. 186 (1892) (partim).

32. Close to corythus luteata in colour. Three small pale yellow side-spots

on abdomen, the first reduced to a transverse line, barely vestigial in type, the

second smaller than the dark brown patch at its basal side, the third again more

or less linear. Abdomen below with the seventh segment grey, proximal segments

with grey mesial patches ; side-tufts tipped with white, last two often somewhat

ochraceous. Yellow area of hindwing below reduced, not extending so close to

distal margin as in most specimens of corythus, more sharply defined distally.

3. Harpe nearly exactly as in the otherwise widely different J/. alcedo (PI. L.

f. 47), being very short, hooked at end, obtuse, with the apical part denticulate.

Process of penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 45) shorter than in corythus, obtuse, dentate

at the proximal and distal edges ; the tecth upon the sheath near the base of the

process very numerous, extending far proximad, sometimes arranged into long rows ;

rods within sheath both obtuse.

Hab. Celebes to Ceylon and Formosa.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 7 $? from: Ceylon; Khasia Hills; Formosa;

Perak; Java.

The yellow band of the hindwing is narrowest in Ceylon specimens and

sometimes interrupted.

604. Macroglossum eichhorni spec. noy. (PI. III. f. 14, 2).

?. Head and thorax hair-brown, with a dark mesial stripe, a large dark

triangular space on mesothoracic tegula; a white line above eye; abdominal

tergites almost black, a pair of basal black spots on fourth segment ; a small

transverse side-spot on second, a large patch on third and fourth segments, orange-

ochraceous, seventh tergite more tawny or the same colour, with a black mesial

patch, tail entirely pale orange-ochraceous, side-tufts all pale ochraceous at end *

underside of palpus whitish grey, middle of breast buff, sides darker, abdomen

tawny-ochraceous, with the sides darker.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : a broad antemedian band, completely filled in,

narrowing costad, dilated basad behind, outer edge scarcely curved, basal area

blackish, but not so deep as the band ; median interspace greyish ; discal lines very

feebly curved costad in front, first thin, vestigial, second heavy, bund-like, indistinetly

( 659 )

dilated distad behind R', brownish black subapical spot SC’—R# distinct, a rufous spot

in front of it, grey postdiscal line as close in front to second discal as this is to first.

—— Yellow band of hindwing constricted, the black border strongly convex, broad.

Underside chestnut, distal margins brown, base of forewing and basal third of

hindwing yellow, abdominal area of the latter deeper yellow, sharper defined

distally, about 2 mm. short of tip of SM’.

Length of forewing: ?, 24—25 mm.

Hab. Solomon Islands: Guadalcanar and Florida.

In the Tring Museum 3 ?? from: Guadaleanar, March and May, type;

Florida, January (Messrs. A. S. Meek & Hichhorn).

Reminding one by the yellow tail of MZ. corythus fulvicaudata, but distinguished

by the tail being entirely yellow, the preceding segment being of about the same

colour, with a black median patch, and by the different pattern of the forewing.

605. Macroglossum corythus.

*Macroglossa corythus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 92. n. 14 (1856) (partim ; Ceylon,

Canara ;—Mus. Brit.); Pagenst., Abh. Senk. Nat. Gesellsch. xxiii. p, 443. n, 421 (1897)

(Celebes; Batjan).

62. Geographically, sexually, and individually variable in the amount of

yellow on body and wings; not difficult to recognise by the pattern of the forewing.

Head and thorax with a distinctly darker mesial line in fresh specimens; abdomen

with three yellow side-patches, variable in size, separate from each other, the first

always transverse; tail below yellow or tawny, never all black.

Wings, upperside. —Forewing with the antemedian lines straight, the basal

area darker than the greyish median interspace, but not so dark as in passalus ;

first and second discal lines rather far apart, very slightly curved; third line

estigial, a grey submarginal space from R?! backwards, often blue in side-light,

arated from or almost joined to a small discal costal space of the same

Bie: ; no distinctly marked dark subapical spots. Hindwing: median band

deep chrome, base and distal margin black, inner edge of distal border covered

ton hairs and scales, median veins more or less black, the yellow band often

Mermpted, especially in dd.

Underside variable, abdominal area of hindwing yellow.

g. Tenth tergite truncate or rounded at end; sternite long, sole-shaped,

ded at end, here incrassate, upperside transversely carinate, somewhat raised

mesial line. Clasper with friction-scales; harpe (PI. L. f. 41) long and

ted in all forms, reaching nearly to the end of the clasper, differing obviously

that of all other Macroglossum. Penis-sheath with two internal rods, generally

t visible without the sheath being opened, one of the rods produced into an

mte point (PI. LVI. f. 46), the other obtuse; dentate process somewhat

‘ariable in length and dentition, tip and apical part of distal edge apparently

always dentate, the proximal edge dentate from base to apex, a number of teeth

pou the sheath near the base of the process.

Length of forewing varying from 20 to 30 mm.

Larvae and pupae figured by Moore and Semper (see below sub J/, corythus

luteata and corythus).

Hab. Japan, China, N. India and Ceylon, eastwards all over the Indo-Australian

Islands to New Caledonia.

The seven subspecies are not sharply defined ; in a long series of specimens

( 660 )

intergradations turn up rather frequently. The Indo-Malayan specimens are

generally dark-tailed, those from the Papuan Subregion as a rule yellow-tailed, but

the subspecies from Lifu, Loyalty Islands, is again dark-tailed.

A more than usual amount of nomenclatorial muddle attaches to this species.

Boisduval named in manuscript as corythus a small species dealt with in the

present Revision as pyrrhosticta. Walker adopted Boisduyal’s name, but applied

it to a motley of at least three widely different species, treating as “var. B”

what Boisduval had named corythus in the Museum’s collection. This was in 1856.

Moore, in 1857, in the Catalogue of the Lep. of the East India Company, p. 262,

applied the name of corythus to individuals from Java, Canara, Darjeeling, and

Ladakh, probably a mixture of species, aud added a manuscript name of Horsfield’s,

AM. arcuatum. In 1875 Boisduval published his notes made about thirty years

before at the British Museum, regardless of which species Walker had actually

described, taking it for granted that Walker had in every case applied the

manuscript name to that species for which it was originally intended by Boisduyal.

In this work corythus is the insect described shortly afterwards by Butler as

pyrrhosticta, agreeing with Walker’s “var. 8.” of corythus. In the Revision of

the Sphingidae in 1877 Butler says that the labels to gilia and corythus were

transposed in the cabinet ; but as he gives under gilia only the locality Silhet

(Stainsforth), which Walker mentioned under corythus var. 8 and not under gilia,

Butler was evidently wrong in the supposition of the labels having become changed,

ie. the alteration of the labelling carried out by Butler was erroneous. Further,

the specimens first enumerated by Walker under corythus were described by Butler

in 1875 as proxima, coming from Canara and Ceylon, to which localities he added

in 1877 Silhet, having, however, described in 1875 as Zuteata another Silhet

individual of the same species. Thus Butler restricted corythus to the two Java

individuals “e. 2’ under Walker’s description. In Hampson, 1892, the name of —

corythus appears as a synonym of a species totally different again from all the —

forms covered by Walker’s name corythus. This is not all—the Java insect to

which Butler restricted the name of corythus in 1875, was shortly before wrongly

identified and described by Boisduval as Walker’s divergens, and then renamed —

prometheus, Boisduval always adding his beloved manuscript names to the names

already published by others.

Now to which insect must Walker’s name of corythus be restricted? Certainly

not to his “var. 8,” as the variety cannot be typical. Then there remain two

species. The second was named prometheus by Boisduval, and the first proxima

by Butler shortly after. Walker’s description agrees with both species and others

besides except in one point, namely in the remark that the luteous band of the

hindwing is occasionally interrupted. This character only fits the species of which

various subspecies have subsequently been described as pylene, luteata, fulvi-

caudata, ete., ete., aud not the species called by Boisduval prometheus and treated by

Butler as corythus. Besides, Ceylon and Canara are the first localities mentioned

by Walker, which alone would settle the question for us in this sense that corythus

of Walker (1806, Ceylon, Canara) and Butler’s procima (1875, Canara, Ceylon)

are identical.

a. M. corythus platycanthum subsp. nov. (Pl. LV. f. 1, 3).

3%. Similar to J/. corythus luteata, ut the yellow band of the hindwing

broader, the black border narrower at anal angle; the basal area below shaded with

ee a

( 661 )

yellow, less deep in tint than in /ufeata, In one of our ? ? the hindwing has very

little black at the base. The yellow abdominal spots vary in size.

Hab. Okinawa, Loo Choo Islands.

In the Tring Museum 9 33,8 ? 2, mostly collected by Dr. Fritze on Okinawa

from the middle of July to the middle of August 1891.

b. M. corythus luteata.

Maeroglossa corythus Walker, l.c. (partim).

*Vacroglossa luteata Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 241. n. 9. t. 37. £. 5 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 526. n. 18 (1877); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond,

p. 844 (1878) (Ahsown, Upp. Tenass.) ; id., Journ. As. Soc. Bengal liii. 2. p. 234. n. 2 (1884)

(Cachar) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 162. n, 2 (1890) (Tenasserim).

Maeroglossa proxima Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 526. n. 20 (1877) (partim) ; id., Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 815. n. 42 (1877) (Formosa) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 162. n, 4

(1890) (Moulmein); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 630. 0. 17 (1892) (partim); Hamps., in Blanf.,

Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 114. n. 186 (1892) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 417.

u, 186 (1898) (Sikhim & Bhutan, up to 2000 ft., vii.).

(2) Macroglossa corythus, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ext. xxii. p. 67, n. 19 (1879) (S, Celebes) ; Huwe,

Berl, Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 357. n. 6 (1895) (Java).

*Macroglossa sylvia, Semper (x0n Boisduval), Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 407, n. 59. t. 3. £. 3. 4. 5 (1., p.)

(1896) (Luzon ; Camiguin de Mindanao; N. Mindanao; Palawan ; vi.—x.) ; Pagenst., Jiis

iii. p. 2. n. 4 (1890) (Palawan).

3%. Anal tuft black above, or tawny only at the tip; underside of abdomen

inclusive of tail dull chestnut-hazel, or deeper brown, side-tuft of third segment

white.

Larva (see Semper, d.c.) brown or green ; a dorso-lateral line, black in brown

form, with white speckles, red and white in green jorm; no obliqne side-bands.

Hab. China, Formosa, N. India, Andaman Islands, eastwards to the Philippines,

Celebes, Flores, and Sumba. Apparently common everywhere.

In the Tring Museum 50-odd specimens from: Formosa; Tonkin; Khasia

Hills ; Cherrapunji; Andaman Is.; Penang; Perak; Borneo; Mindanao; Java ;

Flores; Sumba; Celebes.

ce. M. corythus corythus.

*“Maeroglossu corythus Walker, lc. (1856) (partim ; Ceylon; 8. India ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, in

Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 262. n. 599 (1857) (partim ; Canara).

*Macroglossa provima Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 4. n. 4. t. 1. £.1 (1875) (Canara ; Ceylon ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. 526. n. 20 (1877) (partim ; Ceylon, Canara) ;

Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 29. t. 91. f. 1. 1a. 1b (/., p.,/.) (1882) ; Hamps.,in Blanf., Fauna Brit.

Ind., Moths i. p. 114. n. 186 (1892) (partim) ; Kuby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 630, n. 17 (1892).

3%. Abdomen paler below than in luteata, the anal tuft often more extended

tawny, the side-tuft of the third segment buff, only with the extreme tip white.

Larva (see Moore, /.c., where three forms are figured ; are they one species ?)

clayish brown or blackish ; a dorso-lateral line which is feebly marked, or absent,

on the middle segments ; white spots beneath stigmata ; black form speckled with

white ; a third form with complete side-line and reddish lateral patches.

Hab. Ceylon and South India.

In the Tring Musenm 3 3d, 4 ? 2% from Ceylon and South India.

d. M. corythus \pylene (Pl. IV. f. 7, 3, type).

*Macroglossa pylene Felder, Sitz. Ber, Ak. Wiss, Wien xliii, p. 29 (1861) (Amboina ;— Mus.

Tring); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 525. n 11 (1877) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat.

xli. p. 109. n, 215 (1888) (Amboina) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep, Het, Mus.Ovr.i. p. 6.0. 21 (1892)

(Ceram ; Waigeu).

( 662 )

*Macroglossa phlegeton Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 346, n. 22 (1875) (N. Guinea ;—coll,

Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 631. n. 27 (1892).

*Vacroglossa motacilla Boisduval, /.c. p. 347. n. 25 (1875) (Dorey ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ;

Kirby, Zc, n. 25 (1892).

*“Vacroglossa cyniris Boisduval, lc. p. 350. n. 30 (1875) (Halmahera ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ;

Kirby, Z.c. n. 26 (1892).

* Macroglossa rolucris, Be aves (non Walker, 1856), Jahrb, Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxvii. p. 210

(1884) (Amboina) ; id., lc. xxxix. p. 112. n. 7 (1886) (Aru) ; id., Dis i, p. 86. n. 7 (1886)

(Aru) ; id., Jahrb, Nass. Vere Nat. xii. p. 109. n. 212 (1888) Mie chesany:

Maeroglossa approximans Lucas, The Queenslander xxxix, p. 834 (1891) (Mackay; excluding

abdomen),

Macroglossa lineata id., 1.c. (1891) (Mackay ; abdomen only !).

* Macroglossa labrosa Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 5. n. 19 (1892) (Buru ;—Mus. Oxford).

* Wacroglossa moluccensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 67 (1894) (partim ; N. Guinea ; Moluceas ;

—Mnus. Tring).

$2. Anal tuft with about the apical half orange-ochraceous or pale tawny ;

underside of tuft as a rule as pale yellow as the mesial patches of the abdomen ;

side-tufts of third to fifth segments of the same colour as underside of tail, often

more yellow at the tips, not white; middle of breast shaded with ochraceons,

base of hindwing more or less yellow.

The individual variation in our long series of specimens from Little Key

and Dutch New Guinea is considerable, and we have not found a character by

which to separate the examples from the Moluccas from those obtained in various

other places. But the specimens of one locality taken as a whole are rot always

identical with the set of specimens from another island. The Mefor individuals,

for instance, are more yellow on the underside of the abdomen than most examples

from other localities. In British New Guinea and dependent islands the yellow

band of the hindwing is much reduced even in the females, while the band is

more often complete than interrupted on the Southern Moluccas.

Hab. Southern and Northern Moluccas; Key; Aru; all over New Guinea

and the adjacent islands ; Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from: Halmahera; Batjan ; Obi;

Burn; Amboina; Ceram; Tiandoe; Key; Aru; Dorey; Mefor; Kapaur; Milne

Bay; Woodlark ; Queensland.

M. corythus xanthurus subsp. nov.

32. Close to pylene, especially to the individuals from Mefor. Tail more

extended yellow and generally paler; breast more ochraceous in middle, and

palpus also shaded with ochraceous, being much less greyish white than in the

other forms.

Hah, Tenimber Islands.

In the Tring Museum 8 od, 15 22 from: Larat (Kiihn, type); Seira

(= Sjerra), vi. vii. (Doherty) ; Selaru, iii. iv. (Micholitz).

J. M. corythus fulvicaudata.

*Macroglossa fulvicaudata Butler, Ann. Mag. N. IT. (5). x. p. 155 (1882) (N. Britain ;—Mus. Brit.);

Druce, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 571. n. 1 (1888) (Aola, Guadale,) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Hel. i.

p. 632. n. 46 (1892) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 18. n. 18 (1900) (N. Pommern).

3%. Side-patches 2 and 3 of abdomen large, anal tuft as extended yellow

as in wanthurus, breast and all the tibiae ochraceous, abdomen below more or

less extended yellow; basal area C—(SM') of hindwing yellow as far as first

discal line, this colour sometimes reaching second line behind cell,

( 663 )

Hab. Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands.

The most yellow form. The specimens from the Bismarck Archipelago are

not quite so yellow as those from the Solomons, approaching a little the Papuan

subspecies pylene.

In the Tring Museum 12 dd, 22 ?¢ from: Guadalcanar, iv. v. (Meek &

Hichhorn); Florida, 1. (iid.); Isabel, vi. vii. (lid.); N. Georgia, iii. (iid.); Shortland

Is. (Ribbe): Kinigunang, N. Pommern (Ribbe); Mioko (Ribbe) ; St. Gabricl,

Admiralty Is. (Webster).

g. M. corythus fuscicauda subsp. nov.

*Macroglossa moluccensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 67 (1894) (partim ; Lifu).

32. Anal tuft above ochraceous only at the tip or quite brownish black,

more or less tawny on underside; side-tufts of segments 4 to 6 yellow; underside

of abdomen nearly as dark hazel as the wings, middle of segments sometimes

somewhat paler; side of breast and tibiae Jike abdomen, middle dirty grey ; palpus

greyish white. Yellow band of hindwing above broad, marginal border narrower

behind than in pylene ; underside rather less extended yellow than in pylene on an

average.

Hab. Lifa, Loyalty Islands.

In the Tring Museum 16 dd, 3 2%.

606. Macroglossum multifascia spec. nov. (PI. VI. f. 7, 3).

6%. Dark chocolate; head and thorax with a greyish flush : abdomen with

one yellow transverse spot situated on third segment, a white dorso-lateral spot

on fourth segment and some white scaling on last segments, side-tufts tipped with

white ; tail chocolate-tawny above in d, paler beneath, paler in ? than in 3, tip

not paler than base. Palpus below dirty grey like forecoxae, being clothed with

a mixture of black and white scales ; abdomen ferruginous tawny beneath, middle

fuscous and shaded with grey.

Wings, above. Forewing: three lines in basal half, three parallel discal

lines curved costad in front, a scalloped postdiscal line (2, type), which is barely

yestigial in 3, interspaces more or less white, a conspicuous white submarginal line

in 3, stopping at R.——Yellow band of hindwing not interrupted, broader in ?

than in d.

Underside ferruginous-tawny on dise, brown distal border rather prominent ;

hindwing shaded with yellow from base to marginal band in ?, less extended

yellow in %.

3. Clasper without friction-scales; harpe small, process straight, horizontal,

obtuse, finger-shaped, but more conical. Penis-sheath (not perfect, no process

preserved) with internal rods rounded at end.

Hab, Sarawak, Borneo (Pryer), 1 % (type) in British Museum; Java?

(Flesch), 1 d in Mus. Budapest, here figured.

The pecnliar striping of the forewing distinguishes this species abundantly from

any other Macroglossum.

607. Macroglossum tinnunculus.

* Macroglossa tinnunculus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 344. n. 20 (1875) (Saigon ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 632. n. 57 (1892).

%. Similar to hemichroma, but the ordinary Mucroglossum-lines of the fore-

wing much more distinct ; a shadowy band extending from near middle of costa!

( 664 )

margin to hinder margin, which it reaches not far from angle, divides the wing as in

hemichroma, but the line of division is less sharp and the outer half of the wing is

much shaded with grey, the two halves not contrasting so sharply as in hemichroma ;

a trapeziform subapical costal patch C —R? and a distal marginal band not grey.

Tab. Saigon.

One 2 (type) in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

608. Macroglossum hemichroma.

*Macroglossa hemichroma Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 243. n. 14. t. 37. £. 1 (1875) (Silhet ;—

Mus, Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 528. n. 33 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p. 632. n. 53 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 118. n. 200 (1892).

Macroglossa tinnunculus, Semper (non Boisduval, 1875), Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 407. n. 60. t. 51. £. 7

(1896) (Cebu).

3%. Forewing sharply divided into a pale basal and a darker distal area, the

line of separation running straight across the wing, beginning at costal margin just

proximally of upper angle of cell and reaching hinder margin several millimetres

proximally of angle ; antemedian and discal lines vestigial, the former curved, the

latter almost straight, little curved costad in front. Head and thorax with a dark

mesial line.

do. Tenth tergite slightly dilated at end, truncate, angles rounded ; sternite

incrassate at end, apical edge curving upwards, mesially acuminate, upperside

transversely carinate, mesial line elevate. Clasper wth friction-scales ; harpe

ending in a very short triangular pointed process (PI. L. f. 30). Process of

penis-sheath long and slender (Pl. LVI. f. 50), directed proximad, lying close

aloug the sheath, not denticulate, armed with a single long basal tooth whieh

projects distad ; internal rods rounded at end, longer one dilated into a kind of

tooth.

Hab. North India to Java and the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Borneo; Java (Piepers).

609. Macroglossum passalus.

Sphing passalus Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ins. ii. p. 52. t. 29. £. 2 & Append. (1773) (China).

3%. Drury’s fignre is rather misleading : it is far too large, the expanse being

correctly given in the description as only 2 inches, and has three conspicuous yellow

spots on the abdomen instead of two, as described. The dark basal area of the

forewing and the pattern of the outer half of the same wing as indicated in the

figure apply only to the present species, not to pylene, with which passalus has

often been confounded.

Head and thorax mouse-grey, a dark mesial stripe and posterior half of

mesothoracic tegula dark slate-colour, edge of tegula and metanotum russet,

greenish in certain lights; yellow side-spot of second abdominal segment small,

of third and fourth larger, with conspicuous black spots at the proximal side, sixth

tergite almost black, seventh with conspicuous black mesial patch, proximal side-

tufts with white tips, those of sixth and seventh segments tipped with yellow or

tawny ; abdomen below chestnut-hazel, side of breast and legs nearly the same,

middle of breast and anterior tarsus clayish buff.

Wings, above. Forewing: basal area up to first antemedian line rather

darker than head, interspace between the slightly curved first and the straight

second antemedian lines filled in with black, the two lines as such just vestigial ;

( 665 )

median interspace more or less russet, palest at antemedian band, first discal line

thin, more or less vestigial, second heavier, both curved costad in front, with the

upper part of the interspace filled in with brown, often a vestige of another line

between the two, second line joined behind R' to subapical spot SC°—R! and apical

halfmoon, a broadish black cloud from R! towards outer margin near angle.

Yellow band of hindwing concave distally, the black border of wing almost evenly

convex.

Underside of wings cinnamon-rafous, abdominal area of hindwing more or

less yellow.

3. Tenth tergite convex at end, obtuse ; sternite-round at end. Clasper ziti

friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 10) slender, gradually and slightly curving

upwards, obtuse, feebly denticulate at the extremity. Process of penis-sheath

relatively short, obtuse, multidentate at end, teeth at base long (Pl. LVI. f. 29).

Hab. South Japan to Ceylon ; not observed in the Malayan countries.

Two subspecies :

a. M. passalus passalus.

Sphinx passalus Drury, /.c.

Sphinx pandora Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 380. n. 6 (1793) (Ind. or. ;= passalus).

Maeroglossa passalus, Westwood, in Drury, /.c. ed, ii. t. 29 (1837); Walk., List Lep. Jus. B. M, viii.

p- 92. n. 12 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 349. n. 27 (1875) ; Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 527. n. 22 (1877) (Shanghai ; Hongkong) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

p- 632. n. 49 (1892).

Maeroglossa sturnus Boisduyal, 1.c. p. 849. n. 28 (1875) (Cochinchina ; type not preserved).

3%. The brighter coloured northern form. Median area of forewing and

nuderside more rufous, first discal line of forewing above vestigial, base of hindwing

below yellowish, yellow abdominal area extended, yellow band of upperside often

as broad at R* as the marginal border.

Hab. Loo Choo Islands ; Formosa ; China; Cochinchina (this form ?).

In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 10 2? from: Okinawa, viii. °91 (Dr. Fritze) :

Taipeh, Formosa, vi. ’96.

b. Ml. passalus rectifascia.

*Rhamphoschisma vectifascia Felder, Reise Novara Lep. t. 75. £. 7 (1874) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Tring).

Macroglossa rectifascia, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 528. n. 34 (1877) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon

ii. p. 27. t. 90. f. 2, (1882) ; Hamps., Jl/ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het, viii. p. 1. n. 14 (1891)

(Nilgiris, 6000 ft., iv.—viii.). ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 632. n. 54 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf,,

Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 118. n. 198 (1892) ; id. [/lustr, Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. ix.

p. 4. n. 67 (1893) (Colombo, Ceylon).

3%. Yellow band of hindwing on the whole narrower, first discal line of

forewing more distinct, median interspace and under surface less bright in tint, and

yellow colour of hindwing below generally more restricted than in the preceding

subspecies.

Hab. Ceylon and South India.

Will doubtless be discovered in N. India.

In the Tring Museum 7 33,1 % from: Ceylon ; South India.

610. Macroglossum faro (Pl. IV. f. 14, ¢).

Sphing faro Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 165. t. 285 £. ¢ (1780) (Coromandel).

Macroglossa passalus?, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 92. n. 12 (1856) (partim).

Mavroglossa favo, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins, Mus, 2. I, C. i. p. 263 n, 606 (1857)

( 666 )

(Java) ; Walk., /.c. xxxi, p. 27 (1864) ; Boisd., Spec. Grén. Lép, IHeét. i. p. 348. n. 26 (1875) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 528. n. 32 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n. 50

(1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x). p. 357. n. 8 (1895) (Sava).

Cramer’s figure agrees best with the insect characterised below ; the thorax

of the specimen from which the figure was taken was discoloured, the yellow

abdominal spots are too large, the sinus before the abdominal angle of the hindwing

is too deep, and there is only one discal line present in the figure instead of two,

the outer half of the forewing being altogether too roughly drawn, though the

curved black submarginal band of the insect is rather well represented in the figure.

The peculiar curve of the costal margin of the forewing is well indicated in the fignre.

So far no specimen from South India has come to our notice, but that does not

prove the locality “‘Coromandel ” given by Cramer to be erroneous.

32. The largest Macrog/ossum known. Resembling passalus in the dark base

of the forewing, the prominent straight antemedian band, the vinaceous grey median

area, the feeble first discal line, the dark band-like shade extending from apex

of forewing to R? and then curving distad, ending at distal margin before angle, ete.

It differs in the yellow abdominal side-patches being comparatively smaller, in the

abdominal sternite bearing large pale mesial patches, at least the proximal ones,

in the antemedian lines of the forewing being more distinctly separate from one

another, the second discal line being much thinner, the interspace between the first

and second discal lines not being filled in with black anteriorly, and the black euryed

submarginal shade being more distinctly band-like. Besides, the underside is

deeper brown and the base of the hindwing obviously shaded with yellow, and the

upperside of the thorax (sometimes also the first abdominal tergites) is green

without a darker sharply defined area on the mesothoracic tegula.

3. Genital armature similar to that of passadus, but the harpe (Pl. L.

f. 42) longer, with the tip more strongly recurved and more obviously denticulated ;

the process of the penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 30) longer, more acute, with the

patch of teeth at and near its base as in passaluvs, but the teeth smaller, and the

underside of the process densely denticulated.

Hab. South India (Cramer) to Java, Borneo, and the Loo Choo Islands.

In the Tring Museum 5 3d, 8 2? from: Okinawa, viii. 91 (Dr. Fritze) ;

Penang and Perak (Curtis) ; W. Java.

The Loo Choo specimens are smaller and haye the costal edge of the forewing

a little less curved.

A 6 from Borneo in coll. Pagenstecher.

611. Macroglossum meeki spec. nov. (P1. IV. f. 2, d).

$. Similar to passalus and faro. Head slate-colour, with darker middle line ;

thorax above olivaceous green, mesothoracie tegula unicolorous as in /a7o, without

the oblique line of passalus bordering a darker area ; abdominal tergites without

dark dorsal basal dots, third with two white spots, three yellow side-patches on

segments 2 to 4, separated from one another, side-tufts all tipped with yellow, not

white, anal tuft also with yellow tip; palpus below slaty grey, speckled with white,

breast and legs clayish ochraceous, femora and sides of breast brownish ; three

basal abdominal sternites yellow, with side-patches of burnt umber colour, the

following segments burnt-umber.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: second antemedian line quite straight,

forming a band with the first line, this barely traceable on account of the basal area

( 667 )

being nearly as dark as the band, median area vinaceous grey, eradually shading off

distally, first discal line scarcely visible, second a little more prominent, evenly

enrved in front, followed by a broad black band which extends from costal margin

near tip to hinder margin at anal angle, distal edge of the band well defined,

concave, marginal area drab. Hindwing: yellow band interrupted, not reaching

costal edge, not produced to near apex of wing (see figure), brown border broad,

convex in middle.

Underside walnut-brown, distal borders mummy-brown, extreme base of

forewing, base and abdominal area of hindwing, yellow, dise of hindwing also

shaded with yellow posteriorly.

3. Genital armature as in /a7o, but tip of harpe not denticulate.

Length of forewing : ¢, 27 mm.

Hah. Milne Bay, British N. Guinea, February 1899 (A. S. Meek).

1 ¢ in the Tring Museum.

Distinguished from passalus and favo by the broad black postdiscal band of

the forewing extending from costal to internal margin, by the interrupted yellow

band of the hindwing, by the antemedian band of the forewing being more distal

behind, the white spots on the second abdominal segment, ete.

612. Macroglossum mitchelli.

*Macroglossa mitchelli Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 95. 0. 1580 (1857) (Java ; nom.

indescr.) ; Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lép. Hét. i. p. 351. n. 31. t. 8. £. 5 (1875) (Java ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

3%. This conspicuous insect is easily recognised by the head and thorax being

marked with a very dark broad median stripe which divides the pinkish grey surface

into two stripes. The black discal band of the forewing is triangularly dilated

behind R’, joining the subapical and apical black spots.

6. Tenth tergite truncate-sinuate, angle rounded ; sternite incrassate at the

rounded apex. Clasper with friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 9) similar to that

of heliophila, obtuse, somewhat curved upwards at end, not dentate. Process of

penis-sheath nearly as in heliophita, more curved proximad, thin apical part not

quite so long (Pl. LVL. f. 28).

Hab. \ndo-Malayan Subregion.

Two subspecies :

a. M. mitchelli mitchelli.

*Macroglossa mitchelli Boisduval, l.c. ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n, 56 (1892).

%. Median band of hindwing very pale yellow, narrow, slightly shaded with

black in middle, at R* barely half the width of the black marginal border.

Hab, Java,

One % in coll. Charles Oberthiir (type).

b. M. mitchelli imperator.

*Macroglossa imperator Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 243. n. 15. t. 37. £. 4 (1875) (Ceylon ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 529. n.36. (1877) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 682.

n. 55. t. 90. f. 1 (1882) ; Hamps,, Lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Met. B, M. viii. p. 1.n. 13 (1891)

(Nilgiris, 6000 ft.); Kirby, /.c. n. 55 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i.

p- 118. n. 197 (1892) (Sikhim ; Niigiris ; Ceylon) ; id., /Ilust. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. Mix,

p. 4. n. 66 (1893) (Kandapolla, Ceylon) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N, H, Soe. xi. p. 418, nm. 197

(1898) (Sikhim, 5000 ft.).

( 668 )

3%. Median band of hindwing deeper yellow, much broader, at R*® about as

wide as the marginal border.

Hab. Ceylon ; 8. and N. India.

In the Tring Museum 6 6d from: Cherrapunji ; Khasia and Jaintia Hills.

613: Macroglossum phocinum spec. nov. (PI. III. f. 1, 2).

9. Head and thorax deep olive, with a dark mesial stripe ; abdomen blackish

olive, a pair of black basal spots on third segment; large black side-patches,

enlarged on fourth and fifth segments, no yellow patches; underside of palpus

and middle of breast and of basal sternite of abdomen dirty grey, sides of breast

and legs broccoli-brown, abdomen blackish brown, side-tufts tipped with buffish

white, except last.

Wings, above.—Forewing deep olive, lines not very distinct, the two antemedian

ones more or less filled in with dark scaling, curved, the band dilated basad

behind, its outer edge at lower angle of cell more distal than usually; first

discal line vestigial, fused with second antemedian, except in front, second discal

broad, angled and dilated distad behind R1; costal postmedian grey patch distinct,

longer than broad, R? grey ; postdiscal line and its grey border distinct, dentate,

two blackish brown subapical patches SC'—R'. Hindwing dark seal-brown,

without yellow band, shaded with burnt-umber colour at and before abdominal

margin.

Underside Prout’s brown, base of hindwing shaded with cinnamon and grey,

abdominal area dark burnt-umber, not yellow.

Length of forewing: ?, 25 mm.

Hab. Guadaleanar, Solomon Islands, March and April 1901 (A. S. Meek «

Hichhorn).

2 ¢ 2 in the Tring Museum.

There is nothing known with which this species could possibly be confounded.

It comes nearest to prometheus in the pattern of the forewing.

614. Macroglossum buruensis (PI. IV. f. 4, ?, type).

* Macroglossum buruensis Holland, Noy. Zoot. vii. p. 556. n. 159 (1900) (Buru ;—coll. Holland).

9. A very peculiar species. Abdomen black; no side-patches (the tawny

spots in figure being due to the scales being rubbed off); third tergite with

a buffish dorso-lateral apical transverse spot as in meek? ; last white side-tuft large;

underside contrasting sharply with the chalky white breast, this white colour

extending triangularly to the base of the third segment (second sternite), a minute

mesial dot on sternite of seventh segment. Fore- and midlegs and hindfemur

like breast, hindtibia and -tarsus like abdomen. Forewing above with the bands

not prominent, but distinct (see figure); hindwing unicolorous; base of both wings

below white, this colour restricted, reaching on hindwing about halfway te

end of SM’.

Tab. Buru.

Only one ? known, in coll. Dr. Holland.

615. Macroglossum micacea.

* Macroglossa micacea Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 96. n. 21 (1856) (partim :—Mus. Brit.) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 356. n, 39 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 52%

n, 39 (1877) (Moreton Bay) ; Misk,, Proc. Roy. Soe. Queensld, viii. p. 7. n. 6 (1891) (Brisbane;

( 669 )

Rockhampton ; = nor) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n. 61 (1892) ; Swinh.. Cut. Lop. Het.

Mus. Ox, i. p. 7. n. 28 (1892) (Moreton Bay).

* Macroglossa nox Newman, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (2). iv. p. 54 (1857) (Queensland ;—Mus. Brit.).

Macroglossa ethus Boisduval, /.c. (= micacea).

3%. Without the blue gloss of splendens. Abdominal tergites 3 and 4 with

a transverse apical side-patch which is buffish white; a trace of a similar patch

also on the second segment; the three basal sternites have a white or buftish

white mesial patch; the prevaginal sternite is more or less white or grey.

Underside of palpus and breast purer white than in splendens. Patch and streak

before anal angle of hindwing above buff colour, not white; white basal area

of the same wing below sharply limited distally in abdominal region and here

shaded with buff at the edge. Fan-tail unicolorons, often fading into clayish tawny

beneath and at the tip ; the ends of the scales never white.

3. Clasper with friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. L. f. 29) elongate, curved upwards,

obtuse at end, denticulated. Penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 40) with a long horizontal

process, which is dentate at and near the end; two rows ofteeth near its base,

uearly as in assimilis; inner rods flattened, rounded at end, the broader one

denticulate at one edge.

Hab. Queensland and Louisiade Archipelago.

In the Tring Museum 11 64,18 2% from: Queensland; Sudest, iv. (Meek).

616. Macroglossum splendens.

Maeroglossa micacea Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 96. n. 21 (1856) (partim) ; Pagenst., in

Chun, Zoologica xii. p. 19. n. 20 (1900) (Mioko ; Kinigunang).

*Macroglossa nox Butler (non Newman, 1857), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 5. 7. t. 1. £. 6 (1875)

(Rockingham B. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 529. n. 40 (1877) ; Misk.,

Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 7. 0. 7 (1891) (Mackay : Cardwell).

Macroglossa splendens Butler, Entom. xxv. p. 20 (1892) (= now Butl. non Newm.); Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i, p. 633. n, 62 (1892).

3%. Upperside of head and thorax green when fresh; abdominal tergites

without white side-patches, glossy bluish grey in side-light, some black patches

excepted; tips of lateral tufts white. Hindwing above bluish white before anal

angle ; a bluish white streak before SM*; pale costal area also bluish white behind,

and centre of wing with a blue gloss in side-light. Basal areas of both wings

below bluish white. The scales of the anal brush tipped with buffish white as a

rule, sometimes all black with the tips faintly tawny, seldom quite black in

(Jueensland individuals, nearly always so in the specimens from the Solomon

Islands; our only specimen from Buru has also no white tips to the fan; the

underside of the abdomen of these dark-tailed individuals has scarcely any white.

End-segment of antenna very long, equalling in length (apical bristle excepted)

the eight preceding segments.

3. Harpe (PI. L. f. 28) elongate, acute, without teeth. Penis-sheath with a

long horizontal process curving round the mouth of the sheath, dentate at the lower

edge, two dentate ridges upon the sheath at the base of the process (Pl LVL. f.53) ;

an acutely pointed process within the sheath. No friction-scales on clasper.

Cremaster of pupa broad, triangular, bifid (Pl. LXIV. f. 22).

Hab. Papuan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, 20 dd, 20 29 from: Mt. Mada, Burn, ix. 98

(Dumas); Illo, Ceram; Queensland; Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea (Meek); Kiriwini,

Trobriand Is., iv. v. (Meek); Kinigunang, N. Pommern (Ribbe); Mioko (Ribbe) ;

Isabel, vi. vii. (Meek & Hichhorn) ; Guadaleanar, vy. (iid.).

( 670 )

CLI. RHOPALOPSYCHE.—Typus: nycteris.

Macroglossa, Kollar (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), in Hiigel, Kuschmir iv. 2. p. 468 (1844).

Rhopalopsyche Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 239 (1875) (type: nycteris).

3¢. Antenna very thin at base, strongly clubbed, proximal segments scaled

also ventrally, no prolonged ciliae in either sex, the antenna of d being like those

of 2, only longer and rather more strongly clubbed.

Hab. India and China.

Closely allied to J/acroglossum.

Two species.

617. Rhopalopsyche nycteris.

Macroglossa nycteris Kollar, in Hiigel, Kaschmir iv. 2. p. 458. t. 19. £. 5 (1844) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén.

Lép. Hét. i. p. 342. n. 16 (1875) (Silhet ; Darjiling ; Kashmir ;=volucris).

*Macroglossa volucris Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 94. n. 16 (1856) (Silhet ; N. India ;—

Mus. Brit.).

Rhopalopsyche nycteris, Butler, Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 523. n. 2 (1877) (Silbet ; N. India ;

Barrackpore) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 378. n. 92 (1886) (Murvee ; viii. ix., common ;

Campbellpore, xi.); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 2. n. 8 (1887) (Sikhim ; Khasia Hills ;

Shillong ; Kulu; ete.) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 2. n. 8 (1892) (Silhet) ; Hamps.,

in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 111. n. 177. fig. 66 (g) (1892) (Himalayas ; Khasis ;

Burma) ; Kirby, Cut, Lep. Het. i. p. 634. n. 2 (1892) (N. India) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

p- 291. n. 75 (1898) (W. China, July) ; Dudg., Jowrn. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 417. n. 177

(1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan, 5000—10,000 ft., v. vii.).

3%. Abdominal side-patches and band of hindwing maize-yellow.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite slender, pointed, of the same general form as in

Macroglossum; sternite rounded at end. Clasper without friction-scales; harpe

slender, pointed, somewhat grooved longitudinally on the upperside. Penis-sheath

with a very long pointed process, curving at least half round the sheath; base of

process projecting, with few teeth, proximal and distal edges of process denticulate;

internal rods obtuse at end, the longer one clubbed, denticulate at one edge.

Hab. N.W. and N. India; Burma; China.

In the Tring Museum 17 dd, 17 22 from: Kulu; Sabathu; Allahabad;

Sikhim; Khasia Hills; Buxa, Bhutan; Ta-tsien-lu, China; Loo Choo Is.

618. Rhopalopsyche bifasciata.

*Lthopalopsyche bifasciata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 239. n. 3. t. 36. £. 4 (1875) (8. India ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 523. n. 1 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths

Ind. i. p. 2. n. 7 (1887) (8. India) ; Hamps., JUustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M, viii. p. 1

(1891) (Nilgiris, 6000 — 7000 ft., i. ii. vi.) ; id., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 112. 0.

178 (1892) (Nilgiris) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 634. n. 1 (1892) (S. India).

3%. Abdominal side-patches and band of hindwing deep chrome ; underside of

wings ferruginous tawny.

Hab. Ceylon and South India.

In the Tring Museum 8 3,1 % from Ceylon and South India.

Perhaps not specifically distinct from nycteris.

( 671 )

CLIT. LEUCOSTROPHUS gen. noy.—Typus: commasiae.

Mucroglossa, Walker (von Ochsenheimer, 1816), List Lep. Jus. B. M. viii. p. 90 (1856).

Aellopus, Butler (on Hiibner, 1822), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 530 (1877).

3%. Difters from Macroglossum in the end-segment of the antenna being short,

in R? of the hindwing arising from below centre of cell, and in R* and M! being

stalked together.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Africa.

Two species.

; Erroneously associated by Butler and others with the American Seséa tantalus on

account of the white abdominal belt. The two insects are true Macroglossum except

in the points mentioned above. The white belt is an exaggerated development

of the grey side-spots found in Macroglossum stellatarum, which species comes also

in the shortness of the last antennal segment nearest to Leucostrophus The pattern

of the forewing, above, is as in J/acroglossum. The hindwing is shorter than in

| Macroglossum, with the costal vein distinctly curved in front of the end of the cell,

following the curve of the subcostal. The tarsi and the small (external) spurs are

also rather shorter.

q Key to the species :

White abdominal belt on tergites 3 and 4 . « 619. L. commasiae.

: White abdominal belt on tergites 4 and 5 . . 620. L. hirundo.

619. Leucostrophus commasiae.

*Mucroglossa commasiae Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 90. n. 9 (1856) (W. Africa ; S. Leone ;

“S. Africa” alia spec. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 357. n. 41 (1875)

(S. Leone) ; Méschl., Abh. Senk. Nat. Ges. xv. p. 67. n. 148 (1890) (Aburi).

Acllopus commasiae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Sov. Lond. ix. p. 530. n. 5 (1877) (S. Leoae) ; Holl.,

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 56. n. 4. Pl. IL. f. 1 (1889) (Kangwé) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i,

p. 635. n. 5 (1892) (Africa).

lopus hirundo, Druce, in Moloney, W. Afr. Forestry p. 492. n. 2 (1887) (Gambia).

3%. The belt is bluish white and mesially excised in front. The bluish white

area of the fourth tergite does not quite reach the apical margin ; it is of even

fidth, narrowing, howeyer, a little laterally. There is a medio-basal and apici-

feral bluish spot on the fifth tergite.

g. Tenth tergite sinuate at end as in Airundo (PI. XLY. f. 5), long, slender

with long hairs; sternite also long, simple. Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe

Hab. West Africa : Gambia to the Congo basin.

In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 1 ? from: Sierra Leone; Ogrugu, Niger ;

620. Leucostrophus hirundo.

Mavroglossa commasiae Walker, lc. (1856) (partim ; 8. Africa).

*Macroglossa hirundo Gerstaecker, in Wiegm., Arch. Natury. xxvii, p. 360 (1871) ; id., in Decken’s

Reisen iii. 2, p, 375. n. 30. t. 15. £.7 (1873) (Mombasa, ix. ;—Mus. Berlin) ; Westw., in Oates,

Matabeleland p. 355 (1881) (Zambesi).

Aellopus hirundo, Butler, Trans. Zool, Sov, Lond. ix. p. 631. 0, 6 (1877); Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het, i.

p. 635. n.7 (1892); Butl., Proc. Zoot Soc. Lond. p. 674, un, 156 (1893) (Zomba, xii.).

( 672 )

3%. The belt is situated upon tergites 4 and 5 and is excised mesially in front —

as well as behind; it is chalky white, assuming a bluish tint only where some of —

the upper white scales are rubbed away. The underside of the abdomen is also —

remarkably different from that of commasiae, the white colour gradually fading

away and the posterior half being more or less clayish, not black. ‘The wings are

paler slate-colonr than in commasiae.

6. Sexual armature as in commasiac, but the harpe longer, more hook-shaped,

with the edge densely dentate (PI. L. f. 23). End of tenth tergite sinuate (Pl. XLY.

f. 5). Penis-sheath see PJ. LVI. f. 43.

Hab, Bast Africa: Natal to British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 40-odd specimens from: Natal; Nyassaland; German

and British Hast Africa.

Supramity Choerocampinae.—Typus : Pergesa elpenor.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim).

Sphingides Leech, in Brewst., Edinb. Encycl. ix. p. 130 (1815) (partim).

Sphingidae Samouelle, Ent, Compend. p. 243 (1819) (partim).

Lumorphae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schn. p. 133 (1822) (partim).

Deilephilae id., Lc. p. 136 (1822) (partim).

Chaerocampini Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 153 (1865) (partim ; nom. nud.).

“ Déiléphilides ” Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 168 (1875) (partim).

Chaerocampinue Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 516, 544 (1877) (partim ; type : elpenor).

Deilephilidae Burmeister, Descr, Rép. Argent. v. p. 336 (1878) (partim).

Philampelidae id., /.c. p. 345 (1878) (partim).

3 ?. Pilifer consisting of an apical part bearing short (or vestigial) bristles

and a proximal part bearing long ones (Pl. LXII. f. 2). Genal process short,

not much projecting. Inner surface of second segment of palpus more or less

naked (Pl. LIX. f. 14—27). End-segment of antenna elongate, but not filiform,

with six or more very long bristles (Pl. LX. f. 12).

Larvae cylindrical, tapering in front, or third and fourth segments enlarged ;

a dorso-lateral aud an infrastigmatical stripe, the upper often replaced by a series:

of ocelli; the number of ocelli variable, often only one present (on fourth segment) ;

horn not always present in adult stage.

Pupa with compressed or carinate tongue-case, which is mostly large, in one

instance (Lthyncholaba) projecting free and resting with end against breast.

Hab. Cosmopolitan. :

This is a very sharply circumscribed group of genera. It is a development

from a Pholus-like ancestral form, deviating from all other Sphingidae in the

peculiar structure of the pilifer and palpus. The pilifer does not vary mueh within

the subfamily, while the palpus exhibits various modifications in structure whieh

are of generic value. We have here in respect to the palpus an instance of

progressive specialisation ; the modified palpus in which the branch now repre-

sented by a group of genera originally differed from the allied forms became farther

specialised in several directions and to a various degree.

The antennae are more or less clubbed, especially in the ? 2, with an abrupt

hook, or setiform with a slender gradual hook ; the end-segment, though somewhat

varying in length, is never very short, remaining always elongate-conical or

cylindrical ; it is shortest in Celerio. Its long bristles are either all terminal and

subterminal (PI. LX. f. 12), or there are some additional ones more proximally

on the ventral side; the segment has no or few scales dorsally. The antennae are

[To face p. 672.

CENTROCTENA.

idtibial spur with comb.

s 2 of palpi contiguous.

BE eects LA. RHYNCHOLABA.

e Xylophanes. - fore ith

Seid segment Se palp aus wT ah pee resting wit

apical tuft on inn Segments 2 of palpi contiguous; seg-

ment | triangular in side-view.

XYLOPHANES. |

Antenna not distinctly incrass|——_ —

Eye-lashes vestigial or distind |

Palpus : first segment, on inn} ~HR_RETRA.

Perma Secor cond segment of palpus with

Abdominal spines uni- or mul Paar aaa always with

Larva cylindrical, tapering in|*Y"'Y Me

Tongue-case of pupa compres BASIOTHIA.

First segment of palpus strongly convex

externally at apex; no tuft on

second.

a i

t clubbed in ¢, clubbed in 9.

short.

ment of palpus without tuft on innerside.

segments 3 and 4 enlarged.

ie of pupa strongly compressed,

apex of first segment of

on innerside, regular.

SESIIN

RHODAFRA

Like Pergexa

Second segment of palpus orested,

Friction-scales small, numerous,

PERGESA

dir

ally in

tenna not clubt slightly in

crassate dist

Eye strong ed

Palpus hairy; first segment,

with irregular apical scaling ;

without apical tuft

of aba

ree TOS.

Larva with se

Tongue

abdominal s

f shay

innerside

second

nal tergites in more thar

nents 3 and 4 enlarged

pupa feebly compressed

ments 5, 6, 7 with

Scalin

n innerside, irre

at apex of lirst

gment of palpus

cular

SESHINAE PHILAMPELINAE

SPHINGIDAE SEMANOPHORAE

CECHENENA

ment of palpus much narrower

in side-view than first; spical tuft

small

CELERIO.

Antenna clubbed

Eye lashed.

Spines of abdominal tergites in three

RHAGASTIS

Second segment of palpus not narrower

than first, with large apical tuft on

first segment nnerside

s not hairy witl

irregular scaling apically or

innerside ; second without tuft

Pulvillos often vestigial.

Larva cylindrical, segments

Segments 2 of palpi not contiguou

e and 4

not enlarged

Tongu

ase of pupa carinate

CHAEROCINA

segments of

tiguous,

Second palpus nc

naked on innerside

apical tuft; apical scaling of

irregular

first

EUCHLORON

Scaling at apex of segment 1 of palpus

irregular on innerside naked area

of se pent with small

onnded scales; the segment nar

ond st

rowed to ape

(ANCESTRAL FORM.)

Antenna setiform ; end-segment long, with long bristles.

Palpus with small dispersed scales on innerside of second segment

Abdominal spines uniseriate on posterior tergites

Larva cylindrical, tapering in front

Tongue-case of pupa compressed

CHOEROCAMPINAE,

CENTROCTENA

Shorter midt

Segmen

bial spur with comb,

palpi contiguous.

end against breast

Segments

ment | triangular ii

PHERETRA

As before nd

ment

uft rside ; firs

pical ¢ externally

First

HIPPOTION

Jubbed in J’, clubbed in 9

Eye-lashes short

Antenna not

Second segment of palpus without tuft on innerside

Larva with segments 3 and 4 enlarged.

Tongue-case of pupa strongly compressed

Scaling at apex of first segment of

palpus, on innerside, regular

ond.

BASIOTHIA

ment of palpu

externally

at ape

1e-Case

RHYNCHOLABA

resti

tig

side

tuft

strongly conve

( 673 )

always different in the sexes; they are never dentate or pectinate, but the

segments of the hook are as a rule conically produced ventrad. The eye is lashed

pr not. The first segment of the palpus has often a more or less regular apical

cavity i in the scaling of the outer surface exposing the joint ; the mf scaling of

the innerside of ue first segment is irregular or regular; the naked surface of the

econd segment, which is sometimes covered with Saialildpented scales (Luchloron),

aries in size ; the upper apical angle of this segment, on the innerside, bears often

: tuft of long scales directed proximad and ventrad. The length and width of the

econd segment is variable in the subfamily ; in several instances the segment is

arrowed and short-scaled, the base of the tongue being exposed (PI. LIX. f. 10. 11).

he transverse crest in Basiothia at the apex of the first segment, on the outerside,

nds one of a similar crest of Sphingonaepiopsis (Nephelicae). The tongue is

ys functional, never much reduced, often twice the length of the body.

The abdomen is conical in all forms, generally rather long and ending in a

imple pointed tuft, bearing besides the apical tuft a rudimentary tuft at each side

3); the spines are multiseriate, seldom uniseriate on the last tergites (Nylophanes

‘on, crotonis, etc.), resembling in the latter case the spines of Pholus ; the basal

es bear occasionally weak spines (Celerio lineata) ; the seventh sternite is

s without spines, obtusely triangular, membranaceous at end. The sexual

ature is always rather simple; the friction-scales, which are never absent,

e generally enlarged, mostly few in number, seldom only one present ; in

lodafra they are numerous and small (reduced). The scent-organ of the forecoxae

more or less distinct. The merum of the midcoxa is not angulate. The tibiae

1 ever spinose, The midtibial spurs are normally unequal in length, the outer

@ being the shorter ; in Nylophanes and Cechenena we find species in which the

is are equal and also species in which the inner one is the shorter. The hindtibia

always two pairs of spurs. The external spines of the first protarsal segment

sometimes enlarged. The midtibial comb is not very prominent. The paro-

cies (Celerio euphorbiae, etc.).

There are 144 species known, which we bring into 14 genera. One genus is

mopolitan (Celerio) ; two are American (Xylophanes and Phanoxyla); five are

ean (hodafra, Basiothia, Centroctent, Chaerocina, Euchloron); three are

ental (Rhagastis, Cechenena, Rhyncholaba) ; one is Palearctic, extending to North

ia (Pergesa) ; while two are Oriental and African (/iippotion, Theretra). The

re distributed as follows : Neotropical and Nearctic (including 2 from the

ich Is.), 56; Holarctic, 1; Palaearctic (two extending into North India), 9 ;

tal, 48; Aethiopian, 28 ; Oriental and Aethiopian, 1 ; Cosmopolitan, 1. North

lerica is very poor in species of this subfamily, possessing in the temperate zone

y one cosmopolitan species (/ineata), one Holarctic species (galli/), and one

rican species (tersa), which latter occurs also all over South America, besides

¢ Neotropical stragglers in the Southern States.

The American genus Xylophanes is the most generalised of the Choerocampine

era in the structure of the palpus and antenna. It is worthy of note that in this

tis we find in many species an abdominal spination resembling that of the

stral form, which had, like the American Pholus, slender antenna aud uniseriate

lominal spines. The genus which comes next as to the degree of specialisation is

mopolitan, while all the other, more specialised, genera are confined to the Old

d, with the exception of the American Panoxyla, which is # derivation from

( 674 )

Xylophanes. his genus Phanoxyla is of special interest inasmuch as it differs

from Nylophanes in a specialisation of the palpus which recurs in several Old

World genera.

Key to the genera :

a. Shorter midtibial spur with comb of prominent

spines. é . CLXIV. Centroctena.

Shorter midtibial os raoue ary a, eb é : sae

b. Base of tongue exposed, second segments of

palpi not contiguous . ; : natGs

Base of tongue not exposed, sete commen

of palpi contiguous. : : , ys

c. Second segment of palpus apa narrower

in ee view than the first, more or less

narrowing apically. : 4 : she

Second segment of pany not narrower “than

the first. : : BCE

d. Inner surface of second seg ait of lve faked CLXVI. Cechenena.

Inner surface of second segment of palpus

covered with dispersed small scales ; fore-

wing and body above bright green, hindwing

Sales and black . : ‘ : CLIX. Euchloron.

e. Second segment of palpus narrowing Eeaarde

end ; Africa c : E ' , . CLVIIIL. Chaerocina.

Second segment of palpus not narrowing

towards end; India . 5 CLXYV. Rhagastis.

J. Scaling at apex of first segment of fae on

innerside, dense and regular : a : wih

Sealing at apex of first segment of palpus, on

innerside, not dense, irregular. : : atts

g. Second segment of palpus, on innerside, An

apical tuft of scales directed proximad and

ventrad : 5 ; ; : ; 5 : anys

No such tuft . 5 ; Co

h. Scaling of first segment cf Shee, on omrerailes

longest just below the apical cavity . . CLXII. Rhyncholaba

Sealing longest proximally. : CLXIL. Theretra.

i. First segment of palpus strongly convex Be

apex on outerside, bearing a transverse crest

of scales, or a fringe of hairs along eye . CLX. Basiothia.

First segment of palpus not obviously convex

at apex : CLXI. Lippotion.

j. Second segment of penne veil apical tuft on

innerside . : CLIV. Phanoxyla.

Second segment of palpua ihiout nal tuft

on ‘guextide 2 : : ‘ 3 he

k. Second segment of palpus on onterside with a

lateral crest as a continuation of the eye-

lashes . ; ; 5 : , . CLVIL. Rhodafra.

( 675 )

Without this crest . ‘ d ‘ ‘ é a eth

(. Palpus rough with long dispersed ieee ‘ . CLYI. Pergesa.

io onan these hairs, or with very few . : Be

. Antenna setiform . ‘ ; . CLI. Xylophanes.

Anteuna distinctly incrassate aieeanly : . OLY. Celerio.

CLUI. XYLOPHANES.—Typus : anubus.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).

Theretra Hiibner, Verz. bel:. Schm. p. 135 (1822) (partim ; type: nessus=equestris).

Lsoples id., l.c. (1822) (partim ; type: eson).

Befophanes id., .c. (1822) (partim ; type : anubus).

Oreus id., Lc. p. 136 (1822) (partim ; type : guoma=butus).

Chacrocampa, Harris (non Duponchel, 1835), in Sillim, Jowrn. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 300 (1839).

Metopsilus Duncan, in Jard., Nat. Libr. xxxvii. p. 99 (1843) (non 1835, type: merit).

Philampelus Burmeister (non Harris, 1839), Sphing. Bras. p. 58 (1856).

Calliomma Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 108 (1856) (partim ; type: nomius).

_ Chacrocampa, id., l.c. p. 125 (1856) (partim).

Pergesa id., 1.c. p. 149 (1856) (partim ; type: parcellus).

Darapsa id., l.c. p. 182 (1856) (partim ; type: choerilus = pholus).

Buchery« Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 219 (1875) (partim ; type: licastus).

Deilonche Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 30 (1886) (type: tersa).

Gonenyo, Rothschild, Iris vii. p. 298 (1894).

3%. Palpus simple externally, no indication of a cavity in the scaling at the

end of the first segment; on the innerside the scaling at the end of the first

Segment quite irregular, not dense, and second segment without brush of hair-

scales at upper angle. Antenna slender, not incrassate distally ; hook rather

long and gradual ; antenna of ¢ often with seriated ciliae. Hye-lashes vestigial

or distinct. Spines of abdominal tergites numerous, small and weak ones mixed

with strong ones, or, on the last segments, only one row of long and strong

conical spines (chiron, tersa, etc.). Spurs of hindtibia always unequal, the outer

one short; spurs of midtibia unequal or equal, the outer one shorter or longer than,

or as long as, the inner one, the relative length varying sometimes in the same

species. Midtarsal comb geuerally distinct, that of hindtarsus less obvious, but the

spines found to be somewhat prolonged when the scales are removed. Pulvillus

always large ; paronychium with two pairs of long lobes.

3. Tenth tergite simple, truncate-sinuate at end, divided into two processes in

chiron ; sternite boat-shaped, transversely ribbed above at end. Clasper broadly

sole-shaped ; friction-scales large, few in number as a rule, but sometimes numerous

and rather small ; harpe ending in a generally small process. Penis-sheath with

dorso-apical edge incrassate, developed to a dentate ridge which is produced into one

or two processes in most species, one right, the other left.

?. There is no special armature in the ?, the vaginal plate being simple,

triangular.

; Larvae, as far as they are known, tapering in front ; with one or more ocelli.—

Food-plants : Rubiaceae as a rule.

Pupa: tongue-case not very prominent.

Hab, America.

Fifty species.

The genus is a very natural one. It is found only in America, and all the

4 American species beloug to it,” no representative of the allied Old World genera

* Hystrix is so aberrant that we have to put it into a genus of its own,

( 676 )

Theretra, llippotion, ete., occurring in the Nearctic and Neotropical Regions. There

is no question of mistaking an American species for an Old World one (or the

reverse), if the palpi are examined.

The development of the midtibial spurs is most peculiar in so far as the inner

spur is in many species obviously shorter than the outer one, while normally the

outer spur is the shorter. This abnormal relation of length is due to the reduction

of the inner spur. Some species are very interesting in this respect, showing

individual and sometimes geographical variation in the length of the spurs (amadis,

nechus, etc.).

The venation of the hindwing is not quite constant in the genus, the position

of the ecross-veius and the central veins being affected by the obvious difference

in the shape of wing observed in some more distantly related species (compare

for instance tersa, pistacina, depuiset/). SC? and R* are sometimes stalked

(ceratomioides, etc.).

Key to the species :

a. Lines of forewing transverse, their posterior

parts not close together in middle of

inner margin, never longitudinal ; pale

band of hindwing not eae into

spots . : ; ‘ F moe

Lines of forewing Sahat more or less

converging coaane apex of wing . : : aby

6. Band of hindwing ochre-yellow . ; . 624. X. pluto.

Band of hindwing not ochre-yellow . : ‘ nee

c. Body and forewing ferruginous or uniformly

pale cinnamon-rufous . 5 ; . : 5th

Body and forewing not so coloured . : - 40d.

d, Forewing with more than one line, hind-

wing with conspicuous creamy patch or

band . ; . 627. X. rufescens.

Only one distinct ie on poe ; hind-

wing without creamy patch . : . 628. X. trrorata.

e. First discal line of forewing forming a

heavy band which is more or less straight,

gradually shading off distally, while

being rather sharply defined proximally : a Jf

First discal line thin, often indistinct i é 3 Uf

/. Bright greyish green above, hindwing

black with green band . . 625. X. tyndarus.

Dirty greenish buff, band of iene fie

same colour . 5 626. X. pistacina.

g. Abdomen with an isolated ine haa faecal

patch, wings without green . : 630. X. rhodocera.

Abdomen without an isolated black basi

lateral patch : : WE

h, Inner edge of forewing white. except at

base ; fringe of hindwing even, without

sharply arked dots. 2 4 : ¢ oye

( 677 )

Inner edge of forewing not white; fringe

of hindwing with distinct vein-dots

. Forewing with a smali apical patch, three

or four discal lines followed by a row

of dots; pale band of hindwing very

obscure but continued to R? or further

costad . :

Forewing without apical aie Fall Fas

indistinct

. Discal lines of forewing dentate

Discal lines of forewing not dentate, except

second, ground-colour green, fringe of

hindwing with conspicuous white dots .

Only one line present, ground-colour green ;

fringe of hindwing not distinctly spotted

Forewing without green, abdomen without

middle line

Forewing with green, abdomen =a middle

line

. External spur of midtibia longer than

internal ;

External spur of midtibia chaviee aha

internal

. Distal margins of wings not dentate:

hindwing without distinct yellow band .

Distal margins dentate; hindwing with

yellow band .

. Stigma of forewing black .

Stigma of forewing white .

; on, with black submarginal patch

R— :

ee without black ermestadl peat

R?—R?

. Hindwing black, with elmree vale pub bacal

mesial patch, besides a discal band, or

all creamy buff with a discal and a

submarginal black band :

Hindwing without pale snbbasal mesial

patch, basal area not creamy

. Hindwing creamy, base not black — . F

Hindwing black at base, with large Be

subbasal mesial patch

*. Distal margins of wings distinctly scalloped:

forewing below with a straight and

narrow pale band between It* and SM’,

dorsal lines of abdomen parallel

Distal margins entire or very faintly

scalloped; pale band on underside of

forewing undulate or vestigial

629.

. NX. schausi.

. X. pores.

ake

2 fis

NX. gundlacht.

a Ut

~~ Mm,

. X. germen.

. X. juanita.

535, NV. fusimacula.

640.

644,

X, curcheri.

. X. ploetzi.

X, adalia.

. X. depu'seti.

« Vv.

NX, faleo.

NX. quianensis.

“ie

( 678 )

. Forewing, above, with a distinct black

costal spot about 12 mm. from apex

This spot vestigial

. Disc of fore- and ip ae below, raReee

cinnamon, forewing with five well-

marked lines below, line 4 feebler on

disc; dorsal lines of abdomen con-

verging basad on each segment :

Dise of fore- and hindwing, below, much

redder, with a buff space on forewing

between R? and SM°; dorsal lines of

abdomen parallel .

. Forewing, above, with a single prominent

line from near base at inner margin to

apex, bordered proximally with pale

scaling, the other lines indistinct .

Forewing with a greater number of distinct

lines

Abdomen with dark sited fin:

Abdomen without mesial line

. Line of forewing geen between tip and

base of SC’ .

Line of forewing edit nearer ip then

base of SC’ .

Line of forewing ending at apex

y. Hindwing with a prominent band of rringtls

triangular or ovate spots

Band of hindwing not interrupted, or BIese

. Head and thorax without pale lateral stripe

Head and thorax with pale lateral stripe .

Abdomen with distinct black basal lateral

patch '

Abdomen without black basal feel patch

Diseal lines of forewing four in number,

indistinct, ending in or near a brown or

black patch, situated at hinder margin

near angle of wing 4

No brown patch at inner fharein near anes

. Abdomen yellowish at sides, with dorsal lines;

7 or 8 lines in outer half of forewing

Abdomen not paler at sides than above,

no dark dorsal lines; lines of forewing

reduced in number :

The upper spots of the pagennan above!

merged together, nearer cell than outer

margin

The upper spots more or “less completely

separate, much nearer outer margin

than cell

643.

641.

646.

648,

647.

650.

662.

651.

645,

2, X.

pap.

ceratomiotdes.

wats

media.

. cylobotes.

- Ww,

docilis.

o @

. epaphus.

. amadis.

Y. rothschildi.

. hydrata.

2m.

wh ee

ths

.. chiron.

tersa.

. SUaNd.

anubus.

Kk.

( 679 )

. Abdomen with two very sharply marked

grey dorsal lines, which are about

2 mm. distant from each other in middle

of abdomen .

These lines close fosetnens or fased ao one

single stripe, or absent .

One broad grey mesial stripe on ppdanieee

or no line; midtibial spurs unequal

This stripe distinct only on basal segments ;

discal line 1 of forewing heavier than

line 4 . ¢

Two sharply mace fence ie pire

close together

No distinct dorsal lines on nidodien ae

tibial spurs equal ; underside of wings

red

. Upperside of tate al wings oes, eel

half of hindwing black .

Colour different

. All the discal lines of forewing shompy

dentate, composed of lunules

At least the first line even

. Outer margins of wings not dentater >; no

distinet band on hindwing ;

Outer margins dentate, a distinct band on

hindwing

. A sharply marked pale Ae on Sc a

forewing, and a pale stripe from base

to apex bordering a chestnut costal

area

Forewing not so

Discal lines 1 and 2 of Grewine fain

a band which reaches tip of wing ;

lines 4 and 5 not prominent .

Discal lines 1 and 2 not reaching tip of

wing

. Discal lines 1 aad 2 (oaning a “prominent

band which is abbreviated in front, and

lines 4 and 5 another which reaches

apex but is evanescent behind

Forewing not so marked

. Underside of wings and body and hae

from base of forewing to palpus red ;

upperside of forewing a with silky

grey interspaces

Forewing above not green ; pale band of

hindwing indistinct or absent

Forewing above not green ; pale band of

hindwing distinct . ; ; ;

655. NX. titana.

oni

652. X. crotonis.

656. X. resta.

654. Y. eumedon.

658. YX. rhodochlora.

660. X. elara

635. NX. fusimacula.

637. X. undata.

670. NX. thyelia.

Rk.

659. YX. turbata.

Rae

663. X. robinsont.

ier

G49. NX. belti.

Bite

29:

( 680 )

n’. Forewing above with a number of thin

parallel lines before hinder margin close

together : : . ; 5 Pepe

Withont this bundle of fares : : GOS. NV. swana.

p’. Border of fore- and hindwing below con-

nected with basi-discal area . ‘ 639. XV. godmani.

Border of fore- and hindwing not connected

with basi-discal area. : 638. X. rhodina.

qy’. Mesothoracic tegula with a blackish dorsal

border which extends to palpi. . 665. X. maculator,

Mesothoracic tegula without this border . ‘ Aart

”, Forewing with seven lines in outer half,

line 7 indistinct, line 4 the heaviest : mSie

Forewing with eight lines in outer half,

line 5 the heaviest : : ; Bute

s’. Distal marginal border of forewing pelos

feebly marked ; lines 1 and 2 of By into

above forming a prominent band . . 661. X. tsaon.

Distal marginal border well marked,

strongly angulate behind R?. b . 664. X. damocrita.

¢. Discal lines 1 to 6 of forewing close

together, all thin . F 666. X. aglaor.

Discal line 5 obviously Braeden Sn die

others . : ; ; : 4 a Whe

wu’. Band of hindwing buat zed : ; . 669. X. neoptolemus.

Band of hindwing pale red or buff. : 4 hele

ve. Band of hindwing reaching costa; distal

marginal border of forewing below not

distinctly angulate behind R? : . 668. X. loelia.

Forewing below more buff, not reaching

costa ; distal marginal band of forewing

below sharply angulate behind R?. . 667. X. libya.

621. Xylophanes depuiseti.

*Eucheryx depuiseti Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 222. n. 4 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 631 (1877).

Calliomma depuiseti, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 647. n. 11 (1892); Bonningh., Zris xii. p. 123. n. 43

(1899) (Rio).

This and the next two species agree closely in appearance. The upperside

of the forewing and body is green, more or less olivaceous. The fringe of the

hindwing and that of the forewing behind is conspicuously dotted with white, giving

the wing the appearance of being dentate, while it is in fact only very feebly

sinuous. The antenna of the 2 is somewhat compressed and shows vestiges of

seriate ciliae at the bases of the segments. Exterior spurs of midtibia shorter than

interior, or nearly the same in length.

3%. In depuiseti the abdomen bears two dorsal rows of very feeble brown

dots and on each side a row of pale, more or less golden, apical dots. Forewing

two antemedian lines, external one or both vestigial ; stigma black ; three parallel

discal lines, thin, eurving costad in front, the second feeble, the third accentuated

( 681 )

by minute vein-dots ; oblique apical line barely vestigial ; a trace of a postdiscal

line behind, ending at hinder angle.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite of the same type as in pistacina and allied

species, rather broader than in pluto, truncate, very feebly sinnate ; sternite narrow,

transversely ribbed above. Friction-scales of clasper rather numerous ; process

of harpe simple, slender, with vestiges of notches at end, short, compressed distally

and somewhat twisted, gently curved upwards. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 1)

resembling that of pistacina: a right pointed process without dentition, and a

narrow left dentate lobe.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Brazil: Espirito Santo to Santa Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 5 3 from Espirito Santo and Santa Catharina.

622. Xylophanes adalia.

*Calliomma adalia Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 6. n. 3. t. 2. £. 1 (1881) (Chiriqui ;—

coll. Staudinger) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647. n. 13 (1892).

3?. The lines of the forewing more distinct than in depurseti, especially the

oblique apical one ; a black patch between R? and R* outside diseal line 4, fringe

white-spotted to apex of wing, which is less produced than in depuiseti, margin

not distinctly sinuous between R* and SM’. Underside of body and wings more

golden-yellow.

d. Process of harpe shorter than in depuiseti. Penis-sheath differently armed :

the dorsal apical edge beset with teeth (Pl. LVII. f. 2), a left, narrow process,

near the base of which stand some more teeth corresponding to the left lobe of the

preceding species, the dentition quite variable in detail ; a short tooth projecting

dextro-laterad corresponds to the right-side process of depuiseti.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Chiriqui, Panama ; probably more widely distributed.

In the Tring Museum 4 33,1 % from Chiriqni.

623. Xylophanes ploetzi.

*Choerocampa (?) ploetzi Mischler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 350. t. 4. f. 35 (1876)

(Surinam ;—type, 3, in coll. Staudinger).

*Callioma drucei Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 73 (1894) (R. Demerara ;—Mus. Tring) ; id., /.c. iii.

t. 13. £. 7(9) (1896).

3%. Underside of hody and wings yellowish green. Abdomen above with a

thin mesial line. Lines of forewing as distinct as in adalia, apical one less so, no

postdiscal patch R’—R°, stigma w/ite, fringe with white dots between R* and SM’,

Underside of wings without russet-ferruginons scaling, the marginal areas of both

Wings a little more greenish than the dise, that of hindwing shaded with olive.

Not dissected.

flab. Surinam ; British Guiana.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? from: Rio Demerara.

624. Kylophanes pluto.

Sphing pluto Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 274. n, 22-23 (1777) (Amer. mer.) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. ili.

p- 209. n. 25 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec.-Jns. ii. p. 148. n. 40 (1781); Zschach, Mus. Lesk. p. 95. t.

n, 184 (1788) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2386. no. 161 (1790). a Nie.

Sphine boerhaviae Fabricius, Mant. Ina. ii. p. 96. 0, 43 (1781) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat, i. 5,

2381 n. 77. 8 (1790),

( 682 )

Sphinx eroesus Dalman, Anal. Ent. p. 48. n, 22 (1823).

Oreus thorates Hiibner, Zutr. Samml. Eve. Schm. iii. p. 30. £. 525. 526 (1825) (Antilles).

Calliomma pluto, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 111. n. 3 (1856) (sub syn.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 646. n. 10 (1892) (= thorates = crocsus) ; Hamps,, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7). vii. p. 251

(1901) (Nassau).

Chaerocampa eson, Walker, l.c. p. 137. n. 17 (1856) (sub syn.).

Pergesa thorates, id., l.c. viii. p. 151. n, 2 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 145. n. 25

(1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Sy. Lep. N. Am. p. 166.

n. 1 (1862) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 49 (1865); id. & Rob., ibid. vy. p. 154. n. 35

(1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, /.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871)

(Cuba); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 198 (1881) (deser. of larva & pupa).

Choerocampa thorates, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 294 (1856) (Cuba ; St. Thomas).

Eweheryx croesus, Boisduval. Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 221. n. 3 (1875) (= thorates) ; Mischl, Verh.

Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxyi. p. 350 (1876) (Surinam).

Calliomma thorates, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 540. n. 8 (1877) (Haiti ; St. Thomas ;

St. Vincent ; Oaxaca) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 54 (1880) (= croesus = pluto) ; Druce, in

Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 5. n. 2 (1881) (Mexico; Guatemala ; Panama) ; id., /.c.

Suppl. p. 301 (1896) (Mexico ; Costa Rica ; Chiriqui; Guatemala).

‘aliomma croesus, Bouninghausen, Jris xii. p. 123. n. 42 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. Basal ciliae of antennal segments of 2 very feebly prolonged. External

spur of midtibia donger than internal. Spines of abdominal tergites uniseriate:

The green colour of the thorax and forewing often fading to russet or ferruginous.

Abdomen with a thin mesial line, interrupted at the bases of the segments by

metallic yellow dots, another line laterally ; underside of thorax and abdomen more

or less maize-yellow, with metallic yellow scales ; a few such scales also dorso-

laterally. Forewing: a subbasal patch or band, 4 or 5 antemedian lines ; first

discal line straight, curved costad anteriorly, second line mostly absent, third and

fourth evenly dentate ; apical line curved, even, ending in a patch at R*, followed

by a dentate line; the basal and disto-marginal interspaces more or less shaded

with silvery grey. The ochre-yellow band of the hindwing distinguishes pluto from

all the other American Xylophanes.

3. Friction-seales of clasper few in number, large, truncate, midrib prominent.

Tenth tergite very narrow, truncate-sinuate ; sternite with parallel sides, rounded

at end, upperside concave, transversely ribbed, middle line somewhat raised.

Process of harpe curved as in pistacina, but somewhat stouter, not narrowed to

end, with some teeth before tip. Penis-sheath peculiar: a right dentate lobe, and

a left ridge bearing the teeth at the distal edge (Pl. LVII. f. 3. 4), this dentition

recalling the armature of adalia.

Larva deseribed by Gundlach, U.c.; a dark and a pale form, both with an

ocellus on the fourth segment.—Food-plant : Lrythroxylon.

Hab. Neotropical Region: Bahamas, Florida, southward over the Antilles and

the Continent to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Musenm 80-odd specimens from: Cuba; Haiti; Nassan,

Bahamas (Sir G. Carter); Florida ; Mexico ; southward to Peru and South Brazil.

625. Xylophanes tyndarus.

*Choerocampa tyndarus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i, p. 264, n, 51. t. 4. £. 5 (1875) (Brazil ;—

coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 306. n, 13 (p) (1896)

(Mexico ; Honduras) ; Kaye, Trans. Bunt. Soc. Loud. p. 138 (1901) (Trinidad),

Chaerocampa tyndarus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 631 (1877).

Darapsa tyndarus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 671. n. 6 (1892).

Darapsa (Choerocampa) tyndarus, Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 84 (1894) (Venezuela ; Trinidad ;

Costa Rica),

Theretra tynandarus (!), Bonninghausen, Jris xii, p. 129, n, 59 (1899) (Rio de Jan.)

( 683 )

3%. Structurally almost the same as pistacina. Body and wings greyish

olivaceous green, often very bright ; underside of body whitish green.

Wings, above. Forewing: three antemedian lines, the two distal ones close

together ; first discal line heavy, straight, gradually shading off externally, second

and third line not marked, line 4 distinct anteriorly though weak, more or less

obviously joining the postdiscal cloud between R1 and R%, some very small vein-dots

forming a continuation of the line, oblique apical line short, often not reaching the

postdiscal cloud. The green band of the hindwing not reaching costal margin, the

distal margin also often green, in which case the black submarginal band is reduced.

The oblique apical line of forewing, below, forms an angle behind R® with the

irregularly undulate postdiscal line, the marginal area bordered by these lines as

broad as in schausi. :

3. Genital armature not apparently different from that of pistacina, except

that the harpe is rather stouter, less curved, and dentate at end, and the proximal

edge of the left process of the penis-sheath more regnlarly and strongly dentate.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region, exclusive of the West Indies, from Mexico to

Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Musenm 8 dd, 8 2? from: Jalapa and Orizaba, Vera Cruz,

Mexico, iii. iv. (Schaus); Aroa, Venezuela.

A small d from Theresopolis in the British Musenm is on the underside more

yellow and has no discal line, the apical line of the forewing is less oblique; the

tenth abdominal sternite is also narrower and is pointed.

626, Xylophanes pistacina (PI. IX. f. 11, 3).

*Philampelus pistacina Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i, p. 199. n. 8 (1877) (Minas Geraés —coll.

Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p, 630 (1877).

*Calliomma diogenes Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 54 (1880) (hab. ? ;—Mus. Berlin) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 646. n. 9 (1892).

*Choerocampa jocasta Druce, Ann, Mag. N. H. (6). ii.p. 237 (1888) (Guatemala ;—coll. Staudinger) ;

id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl.p. 306. n. 13 (B). t. 65. f. 6 (1896) (Mexico ; Guate-

mala; Peru).

Theretra jocasta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. n. 106 (1892).

Ambulyx ? pistacina, id., l.c. p. 674. n, 1 (1892),

Theretra pistacina, Schaus, Ent. News ix, p. 135 (1898) (= jocuste).

3%. Basal ciliae of antennal segments of ? distinctly prolonged, External

spur of midtibia somewhat sorter than internal one. No lines on abdomen.

Forewing : antemedian lines vestigial, the two distal ones forming a band at apex

of cell, angulated at M!; the two proximal discal lines more or less merged

together to a band, the inner line often straight ; third discal line very feebly

marked ; fourth rather more distinct, generally accentuated by yein-dots, lines 2 to

4 dentate ; line 5 from apex curved, continuous with a greenish olive patch k?—R ;

ground-colour variable, the wing being occasionally much greener than in ordinary

individuals. Pale band of the hindwing much suffused with olive-brown. Brown

border of underside of forewing broad, less angulate behind R? than in schaus?.

g. Tenth tergite truncate-sinuate ; sternite rounded at end. Process of harpe

long, very slender, pointed, somewhat curyed twice, as in schaus?. Penis-sheath :

right process short, pointed ; left one also short, dentate, less projecting than in

schausi.

Barly stages not known,

( 684 )

Hab. Neotropical Region, exclusive of the Antilles, from Mexico to Southern

Brazil and Paraguay.

In the Tring Museum 11 dd, 3 2? from: Honduras; Paraguay (Dr. Bobls) ;

Rio de Janeiro; Bauru, 8. Paulo (Dr. Hempel).

627. Xylophanes rufescens.

*Theretra rufescens Rothschild, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 75. t. 6. f. 11 (2) (1894) (British Guiana ;—Mus,

Tring).

3. A large-eyed species. Antenna of 2 compressed, with basal rows of

prolonged ciliae. External spur of midtibia shorter than internal——Brownish

ferrnginons ; forewing with a buftish ground which is densely shaded and irrorated

with brownish ferruginous ; hindwing black, a creamy submarginal band shaded

with black, abbreviated in front, not reaching beyond R’*, dilated basad upon SM?,

followed by a marginal patch at anal angle ; both wings ferruginous below.

é. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually and not strongly narrowed to end,

truneate, feebly sinuate, slightly dilated at end ; sternite triangular, curved in side-

view, strongly convex below, apex obtusely pointed. Process of harpe horizontal,

cylindrical from middle to end, extreme end curved upwards and armed with teeth.

Dorsal margin of penis-sheath produced dextro-laterad into a rather long horizontal

process, dentate on the proximal side, the edge sinistro-laterally continued as an

oblique, slightly raised ridge, which bears some rather prominent teeth (Pl. LVII.

feyelsli)s

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region: British Guiana ; Amazons ; Peru.

In the Tring Museum 1 6,6 2 2 from: British Guiana; Venezuela ; Carabaya,

Inambari R., 8.E. Peru, 3000 ft., April 1901, dry season (Ockenden).

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from 8. Paulo d’Olivenga, Amazons.

628, Xylophanes irrorata.

Chaerocampa spec,, Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bi. iii. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba).

Chaerocampa irrorata Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 52. t. 1. £. 2 (g) (1865) (Cuba) ; id. &

Rob., ibid. v. p. 154. n. 37 (1865); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 564. n. 65 (1877);

Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 195 (1881).

Choerocampa irrorata Grote, lc. vi. p. 328 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184

(1871) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 278. n. 74 (1875) (Cuba).

Everyx irrorata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 674. n. 5 (1892).

3. Upper and under surface of body and wings uniformly pale cinnamon-

rnfous, underside paler than upper. White lateral border of mesothoracic tegula

continued to end of palpus. A darker cinnamon-rufous line on forewing, a little

nearer distal margin than cell, with a pale proximal border. Basal area of hindwing

olive-brown. External spur of midtibia shorter than internal.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually narrowed, apex convex above, truncate-

sinuate; upper surface of sternite transversely folded distally, apex rounded-

truncate. Process of harpe (Pl. LIII. f. 3) compressed, short, elongate-triangular,

somewhat like the blade of a pointed knife. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVII.

f. 10) projecting distad at base, the free part somewhat fin-shaped and dentate,

curving proximad and sinistro-laterad ; this process is the left one of other species,

there being no right process in 7rorata.

Larva mentioned by Gundlach as feeding on Psychotria; not described.

Hab. Cuba ; Bahamas ; doubtless also on Haiti.

In the Tring Museum 2 3 from ; Cuba ; Abaco, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter).

( 685 )

629. Xylophanes gundlachi.

*Chaerocampa gundiacht Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 149 (1863) (Cuba ;—coll. Staudinger) ; id.,

Le. p. 58 (1865); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 51 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v.

p. 154. n. 36 (1865); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 554. n. 64 (1877); Gundl., Contr. Ent.

Cubana p. 194 (1881).

Choerocampa gundlachi, Grote, l.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, iii. p. 184 (1871)

(Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 277. n. 73 (1875).

Darapsa gundlachi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 671. n. 4 (1892).

3%. Resembling rhodocera in the shape of the wings. Abdomen almost

unicolorous, without markings, paler below than above, greeu. Forewing, above,

brown at base ; one discal line, which is green and ends in a brown spot at hinder

margin; costal edge and fringe reddish, the latter brownish behind and here with

a very few white scales; stigma black with white centre, small ; fringe of hindwing

pale, not distinctly spotted. Underside of forewing in basal three-fifths brown like

upperside of hindwing.

3. Harpe similar to that of rhodocera, irregularly dentate distally. Penis-

sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 9) with a rather long truncate right process and a short

left one.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Cuba (doubtless also on Haiti).

In the Berlin Museum 1 ¢; in coll. Staudinger 1 3 (type, ex coll. Herrich-

Schiffer).

630. Xylophanes rhodocera.

*Daraupsa rhodocera Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 184. n. 4 (1856) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 81 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 154. n. 34 (1865) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 567 (1877) ; id., Lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.i. p. 1. t. 15,

f. 2 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 671. n. 1 (1892) (Haiti).

Choerocampa rhodocera, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 276. n. 72 (1875).

3%. External spur of midtibia longer than internal one. Distal margin of

forewing strongly convex ; a vestige of the discal line of ‘vrorata; a slightly

brownish patch near end of cell; another smaller one occasionally in middle of

cell ; disco-marginal area dusted with brown scales, especially behind. Scaling

of antenna pink. External spines of first protarsal segment very numerous in

this species, and in érrorata and rufescens. Spines of abdominal tergites uniseriate.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long and slender, truncate, feebly sinuate; sternite

slightly dilated distally, apex rounded. Process of harpe (PI. LILI. f. 2) suddenly

narrowed in middle, somewhat concave at end. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 8)

with a central process as in érrorata, projecting proximad, slightly curving

sinistro-laterad, produced distally into a short dentate hook homologous to the

right-side process of other species.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Haiti.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd.

631, Xylophanes porcus.

Oreus porcus Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. ii. t. 162, £. 1—4 (1824 7). ;

Darapsa porcus, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii, p. 187. n. 10 (1856) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.

671. n. 2 (1892).

3%. Antenna of % with very feebly prolonged ciliae near the base of the

segments, External spur of midtibia obviously longer than internal. Hxternal

( 686 )

spines of first protarsal segment numerous only at base, reduced distally to one

row. ‘The white lateral border of the mesothoracical tegula not marked on

occiput, indistinct anteriorly on pronotum, reappearing as a fine line in front of

the antenna. Forewing with a single row of dots distally on disc; a dark

transverse cloud indicating another line about 3 mm. from cell at R*, two more

clouds occasionally in basal half. Abdomen without traces of lines, the distinct

blackish basi-lateral patch of rodocera also absent from porcus.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long and slender, apex gradually narrowed,

obtusely pointed; sternite also long, feebly spatulate, apex obtusely rounded.

Dorsal edge of penis-sheath projecting in the shape of a halfmoon, both horns

free, pointing proximad, the right one narrow, the left one broader, dentate.

Harly stages not known; larva feeding on LJamelia patens according to

Gundlach, /.c.

Hab. Neotropical Region.

Two subspecies :

a. NX. porcus porcus.

Oreus porcus Hiibner, /.c.

Davrapsa porcus, Walker, 1.c.

Chaerocampa porcus, Herrich-Seh., Corresp, Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad.

v. p. 53 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ‘bid. v. p. 154. n. 38 (1865) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond

ix. p. 561. n. 39 (1877) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 195 (1881).

Choerocampa porcus Grote, l.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ili. p. 154, n. 38 (1871) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 278. n. 75 (1875).

3¢. Stigma of forewing distinet. An obvious olivaceous cloud beyond apex

of cell. Processes of penis-sheath slender, the left one dentate proximally,

comb-like.

Hab. Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢.

b. X. porcus continentalis subsp. nov.

Choerocampa porcus, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 9. n. 4 (1881) (Chiriqui ; Eeuador) ;

id., lc. Suppl. p. 304 (1896) (Mexico).

Theretra porcus, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 129. n. 58 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. Stigma smaller, olive-green cloud outside cell less obvious, distal dots

a little more pronounced ; otherwise the same in colour as the insular form.

3. Armature of penis-sheath obviously different from that of the insular

porcus : the left process especially broader, more or less rounded, the right process

shorter, stouter.

Hab. Continental South and Central America, as far south as Sta. Catharina.

Type from Colombia,

In the Tring Museum 13 dd, 8 $2 from: Sta. Catharina; Rio de Janeiro ;

Espirito Santo; Minas Geraés, xi. (Kennedy); Aroa, Venezuela; Rio Dagua,

Colombia, type (Rosenberg); Costa Rica; Orizaba and Jalapa, Mexico, ii. iii. iv.

(Schaus).

632. Xylophanes schausi (PI. 1X. f. 15, %, ¢ype).

*Darapsa schausi Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 84 (1894) (Petropolis ;—Mus. Tring).

*Theretra arpi Schaus, Ent. News ix. p. 135 (1898) (Rio de Janeiro ;—coll. Schaus).

Theretra spec. B., Bonninghausen, Iris xii. p. 129. n. 60 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

32. Antenna of % prismatically compressed, basal rows of ciliae prominent.

External spur of widtibia much shorter than internal. White lateral border of

( 687 )

mesothoracic tegula continued to palpus. No lines on abdomen. Distal margin

of forewing strongly convex; discal lines dentate, the two proximal ones faint,

but traceable from costal to inner margin, the third barely indicated, the fourth

marked by dots on the veins ; an apical halfmoon SC!—SC’, generally continuous

with a weak oblique line, which ends at a patch or cloud between R! and R?*.

The pale band of the hindwing always much shaded with olive. The oblique

apical band of the underside of the forewing, bordering the marginal band, about

7 mm. distant from onter margin at R?, the band then suddenly narrower.

3. Tenth tergite narrowed to middle, then yery faintly widened to apex,

which is truncate-sinuate; sternite of the usual type, rounded at end, mesially

very faintly pointed. Process of harpe long, cylindrical, somewhat Q)-shaped.

Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 5) with an acute right process and a left dentate lobe.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Brazil, Provinz Rio de Janeiro; Venezuela (doubtless more widely

distributed in South America).

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 2 ? 2 from: Petropolis, Rio de Janeiro ; Espirito

Santo; Aroa, Venezuela.

635. Xylophanes germen.

*Calliomma germen Schaus, Ent. Amer. vi. p. 20 (1890) \Coatepec, Mexico ;—coll. Schaus) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. G47. n. 12 (1892); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het, Suppl. p. 301.

n. 5. t. 66. £. 10 (1896) (Mexico).

3%. Antenna of ? with prolonged basal ciliae to the segments. External

spur of midtibia much longer than internal. Distal margin of forewing more or

less dentate, sometimes nearly even, apex acute, prominent ; two indistinct ante-

median lines ; discal lines dentate, not clearly defined asarule. Fringe of hindwing

white, interrupted at the veins. The lateral border of mesothorax somewhat pinkish

in front. Scaling.of antenna pink mesially, black laterally. Size variable.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite rounded at tip, sinuate ; sternite boat-shaped in

side-view, apex rounded ; the segment essentially as in /rrorata, rufescens, and

many others. Process of harpe horizontal, curved upwards at end, cylindrical, with

apex somewhat concave, minutely dentate or notched before end, tip simple or bifid.

Penis-sheath (PJ. LVIL., f. 7): a right and a left process ; not identical in the

two individuals examined.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Mexico to Ecuador and Venezuela.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 1 ? from: Jalapa, Mexico, iv. (Schaus) ;

Colombia ; Merida, Venezuela (Briceno).

In coll. Dognin 1 ¢ from Loja, Kenador.

634, Xylophanes juanita nom. nov.

*Pergesa mexicana Schaus (on Erschott, 1876), Ent, Amer. vi. p. 20 (1890) (Paso de San Juan, Vera

Cruz ;—coll. Schaus) ; Druce, in Biol. Cent. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 303. n. 1. t. 68. £8

(1896).

Davapsa mewicana, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 671. 0, 8 (1892).

3. External spur of midtibia a little shorter than the internal. First row of

first and second protarsal segments irregularly doubled. Scales of antenna blackish

brown, more or less pink basi-laterally. Abdomen with two rows of dots representing

the dorso-lateral lines of other Yylophanes. As in germen uo very conspicuous

( 688 )

lateral border to the tegulae, the border becoming pinkish in front, continued to

base of antenna. Forewing : traces of one or two antemedian lines, four transverse

discal lines, 1 and 2 distinctly undulate, 3 and 4 faint, but 4 accentuated by dots on

veins, followed by a patch at R?, an indistinct apical line. Hindwing darker brown

than forewing, becoming paler behind, fringe white, minutely interrupted at veins.

Underside with the series of vein-dots across both wings as in the allied species.

3. Sexual armature of the same type as in the other species of the genus.

Tenth abdominal tergite rather broad basally, narrowed to middle, apex rounded,

feebly sinuate ; sternite rounded at end, very feebly angulate in middle of apical

margin (in the single specimen examined), Process of harpe (PI. LIII. f. 1)

slender, somewhat spoon-shaped. Penis-sheath (PI. LVII. f. 6) with a right curved

process and a left dentate lobe.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Vera Cruz, Mexico.

In coll. Schaus, coll. Druce, and coll. Dognin.'

635. Xylophanes fusimacula.

*Pergesa fusimacula Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. p. 8. t. 76. £. 4 (2) (1874) (Brasilia ;—Mus. Tring);

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 549. n. 14 (1877).

Sphinx fusimacula, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 118. 0. 60 (1875).

Philampelus (2) fusimacula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 10 (1892).

2. Basal ciliae of antennal segments shorter than the segments are long.

Outer spur of midtibia about one-fifth shorter than the inner one. Body similarly

striate with long pale scales as in ceratomioides. Discal lines of the forewing

consisting of lunules.

3 and early stages not known.

Hab. Brazil ; Peru.

In the Tring Museum 2 2 ? from: Brazil (type, ex coll. Felder) ; Cuzco, Pern.

636. Xylophanes zurcheri.

*Calliomma zurcheri Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xiii. p, 352 (1894) (Costa Rica ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 301. n, 6. t. 66. £. 2 (1896).

3%. External spur of midtibia shorter than internal. Basal ciliae of antennal

segments feebly prolonged. Markings of wings agreeing more with those of

fusimacula than of undata ; outer margins dentate.

Not dissected.

Harly stages not known.

Hab, Costa Rica.

637. Xylophanes undata nom. nov.

*Gonenyo ivrorata Rothschild (non Grote, 1865), Lris vii. p, 298. n. 4. t. 7. £. 3 (1894) (Chuchuras,

Peru ;—coll. Staudinger).

2. Ciliae of antenna somewhat shorter than in the preceding species. Spurs

of hindtibia shorter than in ceratomioides, hindtarsus very long, as long as cell of

forewing. The discal lines of the forewing strongly dentate, the portions beyond

SM? straight, parallel, more oblique than in ceratomioides ; outer margin strongly

dentate. The mesial line of the abdomen rather strongly marked, the lateral ones

vestigial, ending in rather large spots at the apices of the segments. The ventral

( 689 )

edges of the tergites with tufts of long scales, which are gradually dilated distally ;

under surface of abdomen white.

¢ and early stages not known.

Hab. Peru: Chuchuras.

Type in coll. Staudinger; another specimen from the same place in the

Tring Museum.

638. Xylophanes rhodina spec. nov. (PI. Il. f. 13, 3).

d. Body above olive-walnut-brown ; a line above eye pale, mesothoracic tegula

with a thin pale lateral border and a walnut-brown mesial band ; abdomen with

dispersed long pinkish grey scales, a triple dorsal line, the mesial one darker

brown, accentuated at the bases of the segments ; underside pale buff, cinnamon-

rnfous at sides, abdomen near the stigmata with tufts of spatulate creamy scales ;

spines of tergites uniseriate. (Middle legs wanting.)

Wings, upperside, greenish olive, hindwing somewhat greyish. Forewing :

stigma black, a dark cloud distally of it, basal area shaded with pinkish grey scales,

the same scales between the discal lines near hinder margin ; first discal line heavy,

straight up to SC”, where it is vestigial, dilated at costal margin into a spot, line

2 dentate, 3 vestigial, also dentate, 4 more straight, accentuated by vein-dots,

marked at costal margin by a spot, 5 from apex, vestigial, except at apex, lines

2 to 5 turned basad from SM* to inner margin, accentuated by a dash upon M’, (SM),

aud SM*, line 5 dilated into a patch at inner margin, 6 and 7 vestigial and parallel

to distal margin. Hindwing : a vestigial brown discal line in an ill-defined, not

yery distinct, pinkish band.

Underside ferruginous red, basal half of both wings brown, disto-marginal band

greyish or buffish brown. Forewing ; three discal lines curving costad in front,

the first continuous, the sccond indistinct, marked only in front, the third less

oblique behind than the first, indicated by vein-dots, marginal band dentate between

veins, projecting most between R! and R*; costal edge ochreous distally ; hinder

angle a little projecting. Hindwing : marginal band dentate between veins,

preceded by a row of vein-dots, discal line present or not ; abdominal fold buff.

3d. Tenth abdominal tergite narrow, apex rounded, feebly truncate-sinuate ;

sternite evenly rounded at end. Process of harpe broader than ordinarily in this

genus, obtuse, compressed, thin, twisted (Pl. LIII. f. 6). Penis-sheath with

a fin-shaped, dentate, recurved process as in falco, and a short conical process

pointing to the right side (Pl. LVII. f. 12).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Chiriqui.

Two d¢ in the Tring Museum; not seen in other collections.

639. Xylophanes godmani.

*Choerocampa godmani Druce, Ent. Mo, Mag. xix. p. 16 (1882) (Chiriqui ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., in

Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. ii. t. 3. £. 2 (1883) ; id., Le. Suppl. p. 806. n.-16 (A) (1896)

%. Wxternal spur of midtibia much shorter than internal. Basal ciliae of

Forewing more strongly faleate than in dof

antennal segments prolonged.

rubrata, distal margin dentate, lines mostly less distinct, discal line 1 nearer base

posteriorly, curved ; hinder angle more strongly produced, Hindwing obviously

harrower, dentate, a pale subanal patch divided by a transverse line, continued very

indistinctly to 1%.

( 690 )

Underside : margin of forewing buffish, a broad, submarginal, chocolate-brown

band from apex to R*, broadly joined to basi-discal area. Brown marginal band of

hindwing also joined to basal area between R! and R°.

3 and early stages unknown. ss

Hab. Chiriqui.

One specimen known, in the British Museum.

640. Xylophanes falco.

*Chaerocampa falco Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 182. n. 8 (1856) (Mexico :—Mus. Brit.) ;

Clem., Jown. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 151. n. 34 (1859); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix.

p. 562, n. 51 (1877); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep, Het. i. p. 12. n. 17, t. 1. £. 8 (1881)

(Mexico ; Honduras).

Choerocampa fulco, Morris, Cut. Lep. N. Am, p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.

p. 172. n. 3 (1862); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 275. n. 69 (1875) ; Druce, lc. Suppl.

p. 307 (1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala).

*Choerocumpa fugaz Boisduval, Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 70 (1870) (Honduras ; Mexico ;—coll

Charles Oberthiir) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. 1, p. 274, 0. 68 (1875).

Choerocampa mexicana Erschoff, Trud. Russk. x. p. 62. t. 1. f. 2 (1876) (Mexico).

Chaerocampu fugax, Butler, /.c. ix. p. 565. n. 69 (1877).

Chaerocampu talco (!), Méschler, Stett. Lut. Zeit. xii. p. 57 (1880) (= fugue).

Theretra falco, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 656. n, 77 (1892) (= meaicana = fugue).

3. Antenna of ? without prolonged basal ciliae to the segments. External

spur of midtibia shorter than internal. Abdomen with long pale hair-scales as in

ceratomioides. Forewing with seven lines converging towards apex, besides distinct

traces of two more antemedian lines proximally near hinder margin ; discal lines

1 to 4 curved behind, 4 almost following the curve of the hinder margin, 5 from

apex, distinct to R', then vestigial and represented by more or less dispersed

scales, which form a patch along hinder margin, lines 6 and 7 parallel with 5 and

with outer margin. The pale wood-brown hindwing has two discal lines, the

proximal one broad, the other thin, more or less joined to the first, the two

forming a central band, which is followed by a third line indicated by vein-dots ;

a distinct submarginal band is separated from the margin by a greyish wood-brown

marginal band, the black band touching the edge of the wing only at SC? and SM’.

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the usual form ; the tergite truncate-sinuate.

Process of harpe rather short, pointed, slightly curved. Penis-sheath with a

rather long dentate process, which is produced distally towards the right side

into another, short, dentate lobe.

Early stages not known. ;

Ina ? from Guatemala in the British Museum the two autemedian lines of the

forewing are longer and stand close to the discal ones ; the discal lines 1 to 4

are straight bebind, not curved; the patch of black scales at internal margin,

near angle, is less distinct. The black discal band of the hindwing is broader

and the ground-colour of the wing more pinkish.

Hab. Central America: Mexico to Guatemala and Honduras (extending

doubtless farther south).

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, + ?9 from Mexico, one labelled Tacubaya,

Aucust.

641, Xylophanes xylobotes.

Choerocampa cylobotes Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 355. n, 2 (1878) (Arica, Peru) ; id.,

Le. Atlas p, 28. t. 10. £. 2 (1879).

( 691 )

Theretra xylobates (!), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. n. 105 (1892) ; Bonningh., Tris xii. p. 128.

n. 55 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro ; partim ?).

Chaerocampa ceratomioides, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 12. n. 18 (1881) (partim).

Chaerocampa wylobates (1), id., lc. Suppl. p. 307 (1896) (not distinct from ceratomioides)

6. Paler than ceratomioides, the dorsal lines of the abdomen continuous

as in guéanensis ; the black apical line of the antenna very short. Forewing :

costal spots vestigial ; the most distal one of the subbasal lines running along M

to base of R*, discal and postdiscal lines decidedly straighter than in ceratomioides,

not dentate between SC’ and R*, the fifth line nearly as heavy as in the allied

species, but almost straight ; the feebly marked submarginal line straighter than

in ceratomioides, not following the curve of the discal margin so obviously as in

that species; distal margin even, not undulate, without distinct internervular

spots; the pale discal space broader before inaer margin than in ceratomioides,

Leing posteriorly somewhat widened and rounded. On the underside the ochraceous

tawny or buff narrow postdiscal zigzag space of the forewing of ceratomioides

much broader in xylobotes.

dg. Tenth abdominal sternite somewhat shorter than in ceratomioides; the

harpe slenderer ; the process of the penis-sheath much longer and narrower.

Larva see Appendix.

Hab. Pern; Argentina ; Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢d,4 ?? from: Rio de Janeiro; Leopoldina.

642. Xylophanes media spec. nov. (PI. Il. f. 1, ?).

2. Close to ceratomioides. The dorsal lines of the abdomen converging basad

on segments 2 to 5.

; Wings, upperside. Forewing : tlie spot at apical fourth of costa vestigial ;

the discal and postdiscal lines curved and dentate as in ceratomioides, but the

fourth line very distinct within the pale area R*—M?’, the fifth line much less

Diack, and vestigial to M?; within the pale area there is an additional, feebly

marked line between the fourth and fifth; outer margin evenly coloured, more

oblique and consequently longer than in ceratomioides, very faintly undulate ; the

interspaces of the lines paler than in that species. Hindwing: the pale discal

and central areas shaded with brown, the band separating them narrower and

more clearly defined than in the allied species.

Underside of wings more uniform in ground-colour, the ochraceous and buff

postdiscal space of forewing and the disc of hindwing russet-cinnamon, the disc

of the forewing without the reddish tint of the three allied species, the costal area

as pale as in ceratomioides. Forewing: five lines on disc, curving costad, the

first reaching SC*!, the second stopping at SC’, the three others, of which the

middle one is faint, converge, and are continued as a single line from R® to SC',

ending in a spot. Hindwing: two parallel lines on disc, the proximal one

crossing R® and M! close to cell, vestigial to costal margin, S-shaped, the second

distinct only behind, then continued to costa by a series of nerve-dots.

Z and carly stages not known.

Hab. Venezuela; Peru.

One ? from Aroa, Venezucla, in the Tring Museum, ¢yye ; another ¥ in the

| collection of Charles Oberthtir, from Chanchamayo, Peru.

(

( 692 )

643. Kylophanes ceratomioides.

Pergesa anubus, Walker (non Cramer, 1777), List Lep. Ins. B. AM. viii. p. 151. n. 3 (1856) ; Grote

& Rob., Vans. Amer, Ent. Soe. ii. p. 75 (1868).

Choerocampa ceratomioides iid., Ann. Lyc. N. Y. viii. p. 358. t. 14. f. 2 (1867) (Mexico) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 264, n. 52 (1875) (Cayenne; Brazil; Colombia; Guatemala ;

Mexico) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 307 (1896) (Mexico; Guatemala ;

Chiriqui).

Chaerocampa ceratomioides, Boisduval, Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 70 (1870) (Honduras) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 567. n. 70 (1877) (Rio de Jan. ; Venezuela ; partim) ; Druce, lc.

i, p. 12, n. 18 (1881) (partim).

Choerocampa minos, Ménétries, Enum. Corp, Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. Suppl. p. 93. n. 1546 (1856)

(nom. nud. ! Cayenne) ; Boisd., /.c. p. 70 (1870).

Anceryx capreolus Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 16 (1870) (Venezuela).

Theretra ceratomioides, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. 0. 104 (1892).

Theretra xylobates (!), Bénninghausen, Iris xii. p. 228. n. 55 (1899) (partim ?).

3%. In this species and its close allies the presence of some long, narrow,

whitish scales gives the body a peculiar striated appearance. The pale discal band

of the hindwing is quite variable in length and width, sometimes it reaches the

costal margin and is connected with the anal patch, in other specimens it does not

reach SC? ; the veins traversing it are occasionally all or nearly all black. External

spur of midtibia shorter than internal ; antennal segments of ? with prolonged

fasciculated ciliae.

d. Tenth tergite gradually narrowed to middle, the sides almost parallel from

middle to end, upper surface of the distal portion evenly convex, under surface

concave, apex slightly curved downwards, with a faint vestige of a sinus ; sternite

twice as broad as apical part of tergite, obtusely rounded, upper surface almost flat,

transversely rugate. Harpe narrow, twisted, slightly spatulate, irregularly dentate.

Apical margin of penis-sheath produced at the right-hand side into a very short

tooth, denticulate or simple, at the left side into a longer, broader, dentate process

GEY bVail tf 3):

W. Schaus gave us the following description of the larva: “75 mm. long, not

very stout, and tapering towards the head, which is very small and brown. Body

rich brown dorsally, paler laterally. A subdorsal black streak, and on fourth

seginent a small round pale brown spot representing an ocellus. Caudal horn long,

pointed, thick, slightly rough, brown. Laterally the pale brown is mottled with a

darker shade.”

Hab, Neotropical Region, excl. of Antilles, from Mexico to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 40-odd specimens from: Vera Cruz, Mexico ; Honduras;

Costa Rica; Bogota, Colombia ; Chimbo, Ecuador, 1000 ft., viii. °97 (Rosenberg);

8. Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Pera (Ockenden) ; Rio Cachyaco, Peru (Stuart) ; Aroa,

Venezuela ; Nova Friburgo, Rio de Janciro.

644, Xylophanes guianensis.

Theretru guianensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 77 (1894) (British Guiana ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Basal ciliae of antennal segmeuts of ? longer than in the allied species.

External spur of midtibia shorter than internal. Dorsal lines of abdomen parallel

as in «ylobotes.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : pale antemedian area almost narrowed to a

point before internal margin, discal lines 2 to 4 not dentate, except at Mand (SM’),

less curved before M? than in ceratomioides, distinct within pale area, this not

( 693 )

so sharply defined, deeper in colour, with a straight pale band, margin much more

strongly scalloped than in ceratomioides. Hindwing: pale discal band narrower

than the black band separating it from the subcentral patch.

Underside : pale postdiscal band of forewing as narrow as in ceratomioides, \ut

straight.

3. Both the tergite and sternite of the tenth abdominal segment longer and

narrower than in ceratomioides ; the harpe more compressed and somewhat stronger

dentate ; left process of penis-sheath broader than in the allied species.

Early stages not known.

Hab. South America: British Guiana ; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,2 ?2 from: Rio Demerara; Paramba, Henador.

645. Xylophanes anubus.

Sphine anubus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 46. t. 128. f. c (1777) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. ili, 2.

p. 221. n. 61 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 152. n. 55 (1781); id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 98. n. 60

(1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5, 2384. n. 88 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 376. n. 62 (1793).

Xylophanes anubus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 136. n. 1456 (1822),

Chaerocampa anubus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 134, n. 13 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 562. n. 50 (1877) (Rio de Jan.) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i.

p- 10. n. 6 (1881) (Nicaragua).

Chaerocampa nitidula Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sc. Philad, iv. p. 151. n, 37 (1859) (Mexico) ; Butl.,

Le. p. 564. n, 58 (1877) (Mexico) ; Druce, Jc. i. p. 11, n. 12 (1881) (Mexico ; Guatemala ;

Nicaragua ; Chiriqui; Ecuador).

Choerocampa nitidula, Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.

p. 173. n. 6 (1862) ; Druce, lc. Suppl. p. 305 (1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala ; Costa Rica).

Choerocampa laevis Grote & Robinson, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 356. t. 14. f. 1 (9) (1867)

(Mirador, Mexico) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 265. n. 53 (1875) (Mexico),

Choerocampa miradoris id., l.c. sub n. 53 (1875).

*“Choerocampa alcides id., l.c. p. 266. n. 54 (1875) (Cayenne). ni

Choerocampa anubus id., lc. p. 266. n. 55 (1875) (Cayenne) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien

xxvi. p. 350 (1876) (Surinam).

Chaerocampa alcides, Butler, l.c. p. 631 (1877) (= anubus).

Theretra anubus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n, 23 (1892). ;

Theretra alcides, id., lc. n. 24 (1892) ; Booningh., Zris xii, p, 128. n. 54 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Theretra nitidula, Kirby, 1.c. p. 658. n. 94 (1892).

Theretra nitidula var. a. Choer, laevis, id., Lc. sub n. 94 (1892).

3%. The large material of this species which we have examined exhibited

considerable variation. The more extreme individuals have been described as

distinct species, and we admit that the differences are so obvious that one might

easily be induced to consider them of specific value. But the numerous specimens

which connect the extremes with one another show this conclusion to be invalid.

As in ceratomioides the external spur of the midtibia is somewhat shorter than

the internal one. Fresh specimens have a grecnish tint. Abdomen with three

dorsal lines of which the middle one is more distinct, or with a mesial line

accompanied by two series of dots, or with only these series of dots ; the type of

alcides has lines. Spines of posterior tergites uniseriate.

Wings, abore. Forewing: with or without a dark cloud on dise beyond

7 oblique lines of which the third is the heaviest, the lines posteriorly some

more, sometimes less, oblique, the three proximal ones often vestigial or indicated

by dots on the veins, the three external ones also feeble or even absent, the most

distal one, however, at least indicated by more or less heavy nerye-dots ; the

) ; Nghe : ‘eal third

fourth: line the heaviest, reaching hinder margin in middle or at apical third.—

Hindwing : the black colour variable in extent, the pale discal patch being often

cel

times

( 694 )

much reduced; Cramer’s figure is certainly exaggerated ; the pale spots R1—R®

generally confluent, very rarely separated.

Sonth American ? 2? on the whole more distinctly striped than the od, and

than Mexican individuals of both sexes.

Length of forewing : 32 to 58 mm.

3. Tenth abdominal segment slenderer than in ceratom/oides, the tergite

rounded at end, feebly spoon-shaped, concave below; the sternite concave above,

very feebly sinuate in dorsal view. Process of harpe curved upwards, basally

cylindrical or prismatical, distally irregularly compressed, its sharp upper edge

notched and denticulate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 14) peculiar: a patch of

teeth at the left side, not distinctly raised or separated from the rest of the sheath

as a process ; a short dentate right-sided process directed proximad.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region, from Mexico to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 24 od, 22 2? from: Vera Cruz, Mexico ; Honduras ;

Costa Rica; Popayan, Colombia (Lehmann) ; Paramba and Lita, Henador ; Onaca,

Santa Marta (Engelke) ; Aroa and Puerto Cabello, Venezuela; Rio Demerara;

Rio de Janeiro ; Sao Panlo.

646, Xylophanes docilis.

*Chaerocampa docilis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 9 (1875) (Ecuador ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 564. n. 62, t. 94. £. 1 (1877).

Choerocampa docilis, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 305. n. 13 (A) (1896) (sub

sSyn.).

ouiee ek Kirby, Cat. Lep. IMet, i. p. 658. n. 96 (1892).

3. Perhaps only a form of amadis, from which it differs in the following

particulars : abdomen with distinct mesial line, outer margin of forewing more

straight, discal line also straighter, a vestigial, dentate, pale submarginal line

proximally of the submarginal dots; the brown marginal border of the forewing

below narrower, the black postdiscal dots upon the veins rather more distal.

Midtibial spurs equal in length.

Sexual armature as in amadis amadis.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Benador ; Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢¢ from: R. Songo to R. Suapi, Bolivia, 1100 mm.,

March, April 1896 (Garlepp); S. Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Peru, 6000 ft, June

1902, dry season (Ockenden).

647. Xylophanes amadis.

Sphine amadis Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Exot, iv. p, 216. t. 394. £. c (1782) (Surinam).

Oreus amadis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. n. 1464 (1822). ;

Chaerocampa amadis, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 134. n. 11 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe:

Lond. p. 564. n. 63 (1877).

$2. Ground-colour varying from green to brown-red. A single prominent

line on the forewing, ending at the apex, olive-green or olive, gradually shading off

distally, sharply defined by a pale border proximally, which border is generally

more prominent near internal margin; proximally of the pale border there are

vestiges of two or three lines curving costad in front, mostly indicated by dots

on the veins ; a submarginal line of dots is also present in most examples ; & dark

( 695 )

posteostal clond beyond cell ; two feebly marked antemedian lines, curving costad.

Hindwing : a single broad pale band, greenish, often with a reddish tint, entire

or interrupted ; distal margin also pale. Abdomen blackish olive-green dorso-

laterally at the base ; this colour more or less occupying also the tergites of the

first two segments, two rows of dots on back. Spines of abdomen very strong,

single on last segments and long in this and several of the following species (the

same in docilis).

3. Sexual armature much like that of anxwbus, slightly variable geographically;

left side-patch of teeth of penis-sheath with fewer teeth than in anus.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region, excl. of Antilles.

Four subspecies.

Stoll’s figure is doubtless meant for the Veneznela-Surinam form of this

species. Clemens’s description of thalassina applies also to the present insect,

though it is quite impossible to say with certainty to which special subspecies the

description refers ; under these circumstances we can do nothing with the name but

treat it as a synonym of amadis. Though we have kept docélis separate from

amadis, we are not sure that it is a distinct species. On the other hand, further

researches and more material from different localities may prove that amad/s,

stuarti, and cyrene are not only specifically distinct from docélis and epaphus, but

also from one another.

a. X. amadis amadis (Pl. 1X. f. 15, 3).

Sphine amadis Stoll, Lc.

Chaerocampa amadis, Walker, 1.c. _

Choerocampa amadis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 273. n. 66 (1875) (Cayenne) ; Méschl.;

Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 350 (1876) (Surinam).

(?) Chaerocampa thalassina Clemens, Jowrn. Ac. N. Sc. Philad, iv. p. 150. n. 33 (1859) (bab. ?)

Butl., /.c. ix. p. 564. n. 6 (1877).

(?) Choerocampa thalassina, Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860).

(?) Theretra thalassina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. n. 103 (1892).

3%. Inner midtibial spur reluced, as long as or shorter than onter spur.

Pale band of hindwing more or less interrupted, the black colour extending along

veins R* to M’.

3. Tenth tergite rounded-truneate at tip; apex of sternite very obtusely

pointed.

Hab, Surinam ; Venezuela.

In the Tring Museum 13 3d, 7 9% from Merida, Venezuela (Briceno).

6. XN. amadis cyrene.

*Chaerocampa cyrene Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i, p. 11. 0. 13. t. 1. £. 5 (2) C1881)

(Chiriqui ;—coll, Druce).

Theretra drucei Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. 0. 95 (1892) (nom. nov. loco eyrene).

Vheretra epaphus, Schaus (von Boisduval, 1875), Lut. News ix. p. 134 (1898) (= eyrene = drucei).

Choerocampa drucei, Druce, Lc. Suppl. p. 805. 0. 13 (1896). ’

Choerocampa docilis, id. (non Butler, 1875), lc. Suppl. p. 305, n. 18 (A) (1896) (Mexico ;

Honduras ; Chiriqui ; = staudingeri = stuarti). ’

*Theretra staudingeri Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 76 (1894) (Chiriqui) ; id., 4c. tii, p. 600. n. 3.

t. 13. £. 10 (4) (1896),

3%. Inner spur of midtibia longer than outer one. Basal segments of abdomen

florsally less extended green or brown than in the preceding race. Submarginal

( 696 )

dots of forewing above generally much less distinct. Pale band of hindwing duller

in colour, less sharply defined, not incised or interrupted at veins R*, M!, or M®,

mostly with a slight reddish tint. Black basi-discal area of forewing below more

restricted.

X. cyrene is based on a reddish 2, staudingeri on a green &.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite truncate-sinuate ; sternite more acute than in

amadis amadis.

Hab, Central America: Mexico to Colombia.

In the Tring Museum 8 3d, 4 2% from: Chiriqui; Jalapa, Orizaba and

Teocelo, Vera Cruz, Mexico, ii. iv. vii. ix.

A ¢& nearly as red as the type of cyrene in coll. Charles Oberthiir from

Cundinamarca, Cananche, Colombia (M. de Mathan).

; c. X. amadis stuarti.

*Theretra stuarti Rothschild, Novy. Zoou. i. p. 665 (1894) (Peru :—Mus. Tring) ; id., Le. ii. t. 9.

f. 10 (9) (1895).

?. The pale line of forewing from base to apex white, broad; pale band of

hindwing as in cyrene, rather nearer the margin ; under surface less reddish than in

the green specimens of cyrene. (Mid- and hindlegs wanting.)

Hab, Rio Cachyaco, afl. of Rio Huallaga, Peru.

One 2 in the Tring Museum, collected by C. Maxwell Stuart.

d. X. amadis goeldi subsp. noy.

2. Similar to stuart? ; lateral stripe of mesothoracic tegula white ; discal line

of forewing broader, almost pare white, widening apically, strongly contrasting with

the olivaceous green ground-colour ; pale band of hindwing dull green, becoming

gradually faint and narrower costad, interrupted at the veins, consisting of triangular

spots, of which the last is by far the largest, portion M1—C of the band vestigial ;

brown irroration of underside denser than in sfwarti. Miditibial spurs equal in

length. :

Hab. Pava, at the electric light, May (Dr. Goeldi).

1 ? in the Bern Museum,

648. Xylophanes epaphus (PI. VI. f. 1, %).

*Chocrocampa epaphus Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Met. i. p. 267. n. 56 (1875) (Cayenne ;—coll,

Charles Oberthiir).

Chaerocampa epaphus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond, ix. p. 631 (1877).

Theretra epaphus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 26 (1892): Schaus, Ent. News ix. p. 134 (1898)

(= cyrene ex err.).

*“Theretra bittgeri Rothschild, Tris vii, p. 298. n. 5 (1894) (Chuchuras, Peru ; Sao Paulo ;—coll.

Staudinger).

3%. A reddish species, resembling in colour the type of X. amadis eyrene.

The two antemedian lines of the forewing much wider apart than in cyrene, the -

proximal one midway between base and distal one at M?; discal line obviously

more proximal than in the forms of amadis, being at R*® midway between cell and

outer margin and at SC° midway between base of this vein (fork) and outer margin;

postcostal patch beyond apex of cell transverse, smaller than in amadis. Thorax

with broad pale median stripe which is rubbed away in the specimen figured.

3. Harpe similar to that of mewicana. Penis-sheath nearly as in anubus, but

right process broader, patch of teeth smaller and less densely denticulated,

( 697 )

Early stages not known.

Hab. South America: French and British Guiana; Peru; Sao Paulo.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? from Christianburg, R. Demerara.

In coll. Oberthiir type (¢) from Cayenne.

In coll. Staudinger 1 d from Sao Paulo; 1 ¢ (type of déttger?) and 1 ? from

Chuchuras, Peru.

649. Xylophanes belti.

*Chacrocampa belti Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 248 (1878) (Chontales, Nicaragua ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., in Biol. Cent. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 11. n. 11. t. 1. f, 3. 4 (1881).

Theretra belti, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 657. n. 91 (1892).

Choerocampa belti Druce, 1.c. Suppl. p. 305 (1896) (Orizaba, Chiriqui).

32. One of the finest species. External spur of midtibia little shorter than

internal. A stripe from base of forewiug to palpus, a lateral patch on abdomen and

underside of body and wings vinaceous brick-red. Aldomen with traces of two rows

of dorsal dots. Upperside of wings olive-green, interspaces with a silky grey gloss;

three antemedian lines, 2 and 3 merged together ; discal lines not distinct, 3 and 4

separated by a straight, conspicuous, silky interspace. Band of hindwing either

pale green or pinkish. Underside somewhat variable.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite as in the allied species. Process of harpe suddenly

curved upwards at end, compressed, the acute upper edge notched and dentate.

Penis-sheath similar to that of anuwbus, the dentate right process broader than

in anubus, and the patch of teeth on the left side not quite so prominent, the

proximal teeth more regularly arranged in a row.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Central America: Mexico to Chiriqui.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ without locality.

650. Xylophanes rothschildi.

*Theretra vothschildi Dognin, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 107 (1895) (Loja ;—coll. Dognin).

2. Upperside of forewing quite green, with one line (line 4), which ends at

apex of wing. Hindwing rosy for the greater part, respectively shaded with rose-

colour, Underside of body greenish clay-colour, sides reddish tawny like wings.

Hab, Loja, Keuador.

One specimen in coll. Paul Dognin.

651. Xylophanes chiron.

Drury, Ilustr. Ev. Tns.i. p. 56, t. 26. £, 3 (1771) (Jamaica).

Sphinx chiron id., lc. Indew (1773).

Sphine sagittata Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 1, p. 216. n. 42 (1780) (Jamaica).

Sphine butus Fabricius, Mant, Ins. ii. p, 98. n. 62 (1787) (“ India” !) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2889.

n. 90 (1790).

Sphine batus (!) Fabricius, Mint, Syst. iii, 1, p. 377. n. 94 (1793).

Chaerocampa chiron, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 132. n. 7 (1856) (= nechus).

3%. Antenna of ? feebly compressed, basal ciliae of segments not distinctly

prolonged, External spur of midtibia longer than internal, or of the same length.

External row of spines of first protarsal segment regular, single, only here and

there with an additional spice, Camb of midtarsus strongly developed,

( 698 )

The colour of the upper surface varies from parrot-green to tawny-russet. The

russet specimens are much rarer on the Continent than in Jamaica. The green

colour often changes to russet when the insect becomes damp in the relaxing box.

The discal lines of the forewing are not very distinct ; four are marked in middle

of hinder margin; the line from apex is short, but reappears generally beyond R*.

The hindwing has, besides the anal patch and a larger square spot M’—SM®, four

or five ovate spots ; spot SC?—R? is always small, the next is generally the largest

of the five, but is occasionally reduced to a streak. The abdomen is marked on

the upperside by an extremely faint mesial line, which is seldom plainly visible,

and by two rows of dots. Spines of tergites of abdomen very strong, uniseriate on

last segments.

3. The sexual armature remarkably different from that of all the other

Xylophanes. Tenth abdominal tergite broad, flat, deeply sinnate, the sinus rounded,

the lobes feebly curved downwards, slightly concave beneath, apex rounded

(PI. XLV. f. 9. 10); sternite (PI. XLV. f. 11) compressed basally, dilated at end,

truncate-sinuate, the angles rounded, the upper side concave. Harpe (PI. LII. f. 4)

rather widened dorsad, the upper margin angulate, the process compressed, feebly

curved, apex rounded, mostly armed with a tooth, upper margin more or less

notched. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVIT. f. 18. 19): dorsal margin abruptly ending at

the right side in a comb of from three to seven teeth; a regular row of long,

sharply pointed teeth parallel to the edge, extending from near the comb to the

left side—these teeth break off very easily except the two small proximal ones,

so that one does not find many canght specimens which show the armature intact.

?. Highth abdominal tergite rather deeply sinnate. Vaginal armature more

strongly chitinised than is ordinarily the case in this genus ; the proximal edge of

the mouth of the vagina more prominent.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region, inclusive of the West Indies.

Two subspecies :

a. XN. chironnechus.

Sphinx nechus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 125. t. 178. £. 8 (1777) (W. Indies) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. ii.

2. p. 224. n. 76 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 152. n. 56 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 98.

n. 61 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2384. n. 89 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 377. n. 68

(1793) ; Lep. & Serv., Ene. Méth. x. p. 466, t. 67. f. 1 (1825).

Theretra nechus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm, p. 135. n. 1447 (1822); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p.

658, n. 101 (1892) ; Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 127. n. 52 (1819) (Rio de Janeiro).

Chaerocampa chiron, Walker, lc. (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv, p. 150, n. 32 (1859) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 565. n. 67 (1877) (Brazil; Montevideo) ; Druce, in Biol.

Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 12. n. 15 (1881).

Choerocampa chiron, Morris, Cat. Lep. N, Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.

p. 172. n. 2 (1862); Grote, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool.

Bot, Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 350 (1876) (Surinam),

Choerocampa nechus, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 294 (1856) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad.

vi. p. 328 (1867) (Cuba); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 271. n. 62 (1875) ; Druce, /c. Suppl.

p. 306 (1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala; Costa Rica; Chiriqui).

Chaerocampa nechus, Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865); Grote, Lc. v. p. 50 (1865) (Cuba) ,

id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 155. n. 39 (1865); Butl., 7rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 565. n. G8 (1877);

Dew., Mitth. Minch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer, Lep.

Het. i. p. 12. n, 16 (1881) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p- 194 (1881).

Choerocampa chiron a. nechus, Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, iii. p. 184 (1871).

*Chaevrocampa haitensis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 9. n. 18 (1875) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., 7 ans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p- 565. n. 66 (1877),

Theretra haitensis, Kirby, l.c, n. 102 (1892),

( 699 )

We donht that Cramer’s figure was taken from a West Indian specimen, unless

the owner of the type included Surinam in the West Indies (see p. 525). Body

and forewing, above, green, very seldom tawny.

3%. Forewing with a clay-colonred patch at costal margin near apex and

another larger one posteriorly on dise.

Hab. Central and South America, from Mexico to Urugnay ; Bahamas ; Cuba ;

Haiti ; ? Porto Rico.

In the Tring Musenm &80-odd specimens from: Haiti; Cuba; Nassan, Bahamas

(Sir G. Carter); Florida ; various places in Central and South America.

6. NX. chiron chiron.

Sphinz chiron Drury, /.c. (1773).

Sphinx sagittata Goeze, l.c. (1780).

Chaerocampa chivon, Walker, l.c. (1856) (sub syn.); Butl., Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483, n. 51 (1878)

(Jamaica) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 57 (1880) (= nechus discoloured !).

Choerocampa chiron, Lueas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 294 (1855) (Jamaica).

Choerocampa druryi Boisduval, /.c. p. 267. n. 57 (1875) (Cuba evr. loe.).

Theretra chiron, Kirby, l.c.i. p. 658. n. 100 (1892).

3 ¢?. Differs from nechus constantly in the following points :—

Upperside: the discal lines of the forewing are less distinct, the clayish

patches near apical and posterior angles of wing not or feebly marked.

Underside: ody and wings more yellow, brown basal area of forewing

more restricted and paler.

The green form apparently rarer than the tawny one.

Hab. Jamaica ; St. Lucia (and probably the other Lesser Antilles).

In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 10 ?¢ from Jamaica.

In the British Museum from St. Lucia.

652, Xylophanes crotonis.

*Chaerocampa crotonis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 133. n. 10 (1856) (Venezuela ;—Mus.

Brit.).

3%. Antenna of ¢ yariable in length and thickness, scaling in most specimens

brown on anterior side of upper surface ; antenna of 2 without prolonged seriated

ciliae. Outer spur of midtibia longer than inner one; spines of posterior abdominal

tergites uniseriate, single, heavy, conical. Upperside of body and forewing varying

from green to russet, underside from tawny to dirty ochre-yellow. | Mesothoracic

tegula with or without pale middle line. Discal line 4 of forewing above heavy,

the three lines proximal of it sometimes vestigial only, line 5 ending at tip of wing,

vestigial behind, 6 straight except in front, often accentuated by vein-dots,

7 indistinct. Distal margin of forewing below with an indication of a brown

border as on hindwing, or this band absent, only the line corresponding to its

inner edge being marked. Shape of wings not quite constant. Abdomen with

yellowish white basal lateral patch extending on to metanotum, followed by a

black patch, after which comes a distinct yellow stripe.

3. Tenth tergite of abdomen truncate-sinuate (PI. MUuV. £, 12. los 14)

Process of harpe (PI. LIL. f. 5) little curved, comparatively stout, notched or dentate

above. Penis-sheath with a short marginal right process which is occasionally

dentate, and a subapical dentate and somewhat fin-shaped left ridge or process.

Early stages not known.

There are two forms oceurring in the same countries and being connected by

intergradations :

( 700 )

w. X. erotonis f. crotonis.

*Chaerocampa crotonis Walker, /.c. (1856) (partim ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Consid. Lép. Guatemala

p. 70 (1870) (Nicaragua ; Colombia); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 10. n. 8

(1881) (Chiriqui ; Nicaragua).

Choerocampa crotonis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 270. n. 61 (1875).

*Chaerocampa viridescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 9. n. 16 (1875) (Bogota ;—Mus. Brit.)

id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 563. n. 57. t. 94. £. 2 (2) (1877) ; Maass., Stett. Ent, Zeit.

xli. p. 56 (1880) (= erotonis).

Chaerocampa aristov, Butler (non Boisduyal, 1870), /.c. p. 563. n. 56 (1877) (Venezuela).

Theretra crotonis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.i, p. 657. n, 81 (1892) (partim).

Theretra virescens, id., l.c.n. 90 (1892).

Walker describes under crotonis both the form with abdominal dorsal stripe

and the form without it. As he calls the former “var. 8” and “var. y,” Butler

was certainly wrong in figuring it as typical croton’s. Maassen, /.c., has already

drawn attention to the mistake. Walker described four varieties, but had only

three specimens (a—c), le.

3%. Dorsal stripes of abdomen absent or vestigial. Upperside of body and

forewing varying from green to russet, especially bright green in some of the

?% ; mesothoracic tegula occasionally with mesial line.

, b’. X. crotonis f. aristor.

Chaerocampa crotonis Walker, /.c. var. B. var. y. (1856) (Venezuela).

*Choerocampa aristor Boisduval, Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 69 (1870) (Guatemala ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

Chaerocampa hortulanus Schaufuss, Nung. Otios, i. p. 18 (1870) (Venezuela).

Choerocampa aristor Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 270. n. 60 (1875).

Chaerocampa crotonis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 563. n. 55 (1877) (Venezuela) ; id.,

Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. Mi. p. 1. t. 15. £. 1 (1877) ; Maass., Stedt. Ent. Zeit. xii, p, 56

(1880) (=aristor = crotonis var.).

Chaerocampa nechus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 565. n. 68 (1877) (sub syn.).

Chaerocampa aristor, Druce, /.c.i. p. 10. n. 9. t. 1. f. 7 (1881) (syn. partim).

Theretra crotonis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 84 (1892) (partim),

Theretra aristor, id., l.c. 0. 89 (1892) (partim).

Theretra nechus, id., l.c. p. 658. n. 101 (1892) (partim).

3%. Thorax and abdomen with a broad and distinct grey mesial stripe,

often more or less divided. A specimen in the Felder collection from “ Venezuela,

Moritz,” is labelled hortulanus “vou chiron Drury wesentlich verschieden.” This

is undonbtedly the true hortwlanus.

Hab. Neotropical Region, known from Venezuela, Colombia, Panama, Costa

Rica, and Guatemala.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. crotonis, 28 33,6 22 from: Costa Rica ; Popayan, Colombia (Lehmann) ;

Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Peru, 6000 ft., iii—vi. dry and wet seasons

(Ockenden) ; Merida, Venezuela (Briceno).

f. aristor, 7 $8 from: Popayan, Colombia (Lehmann); Merida, Venezuela

(Briceno) ; Venezuela (Moritz).

653. Xylophanes rhodochlora spec. nov.

d. Somewhat smaller than crotonis. Upperside of body and forewing bright

olive-green ; thorax with grey mesial stripe shaded with olive-green like side-stripe

of head and thorax ; yellow tuft of metanotum and of base of abdomen bright in

(701 )

colour ; abdomen above as in crotonis f. crotonis, but side-stripe (from black patch

backwards) narrower, shorter, paler, and speckled with olive and rufous ; underside

of abdomen more pink than in crofonis, sides of breast more orange. Midtibial

spurs equal in length.

Wings above as in green specimens of crofonis, but forewing decidedly shorter

and broader, apex less produced ; first discal line distinct, rather heavy, second and

third barely traceable, fourth heavy, rather broader than in crofonds, with a broad

whitish green ill-defined proximal border, the following lines (5. 6. 7.) quite

indistinct, the sixth slightly accentuated by vein-dots.

Underside of wings ferruginous red, distal border of both wings bistre-brown or

brownish grey, strongly contrasting with the red disc.

3. Harpe slenderer than in croton/s, strongly tapering apicad, curved upwards.

Penis-sheath as in crotonis, but the broad left dentate process with some larger

teeth at the base.

Length of forewing : ¢, 40—43 mm.

Hab. Santo Domingo, Carabaya, 8.E. Peru, 6v00 ft., December to June, wet

and dry seasons (Ockenden) ; R. Inambari, S.E. Peru, 6000 ft., Nov. (Ockenden).

In the Tring Museum 12 dd ; type: June.

This species was collected together with cvoton’s in some numbers at the same

time and place. asily recognised by the red underside of the wings.

654. Xylophanes eumedon.

*Choerocampa eumedon Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 272. n. 64 (1875) (Mexico ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 305. n. 7 (A). t. 66. £. 9

(1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala).

Chaerocampa eumedon, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 631 (1877).

*Chaerocampa ortospana Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). iv. p. 77 (1889) (Mexico ;—coll. Druce) ;

Schaus, Ext. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (= eumedon).

Theretra ortospuna, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 82 (1892).

Theretra eumedon, id., l.c. n. 85 (1892).

$2. External mesotibial spur longer than inner one. The pale mesial band

of the abdomen is much narrower than in crotonis f. aristor, and divided by a

sharply defined thin brown line. Mesothoracic tegula with a pale mesial line.

The first discal line of the forewing very heavy, the second fused with it, except

in front, interspaces between lines 1 and 3 very pale. Upper three spots of hindwing

more or less fused together.

Not dissected.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Mexico, southward to Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 1 d from Jalapa, Mexico, April 1897 (W. Schaus).

In the Paris Museum | ¢ from Guatemala, a ? from Brazil.

655. Xylophanes titana.

*Choerocampa tituna Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 249) (1878) (Chiriqui ;—coll, Druce).

Choerocampa aristor, Burmeister (non Boisduyal, 1875), Descr. Rép. Argent. vy. p. 355 (1878) ; id.,

lec. Atlas p. 28. t. 10. £.3 (9), t. 15. £. 4. (U.). 8 (p.) (1889) (Petropolis). ee

Chaerocampa titana Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 11. 0. 10. t, 1. £, 6 (1881) (Chiriqui).

Theretra aristor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 89 (1892) (partim).

Vheretra titana, id., Le. n. 92 (1892).

3%. External spur of midtibia longer than inner one. Thorax and abdomen

with two grey lines above, the interspace between which is about 2 mm, wide

( 702 )

in the middle of the abdomen, the lines merged together on pronotum. Meso-

thoracic tegula with a tawny mesial line. Forewing, above, nearly as in ewmedon

Spots SC°—M? of hindwing separate, but the upper ones generally close together ;

they are sometimes reduced in size and shaded over with black (in a 2 from

Sta. Catharina).

3. Tenth abdominal segment strongly convex at end, not sinuate. Process

of harpe sharply pointed, curved upwards, irregularly notched. The right process

of the penis-sheath curved proximad, rather broad and dentate, the left ridge or

process dentate, isolated, not being connected with the right process by a fold.

Larva and pupa figured by Burmeister, /.c. The larva with one ocellus,

situated on the fourth segment ; horn slender, curved.—Food-plant : ?

Hab. Neotropical Region: Mexico to Santa Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 16 od, 5 29 from: San José, Costa Rica, viii.

(Underwood): Paramba, Ecuador; Aroa, Venezuela, iv.; Merida, x. (Briceno) ;

Sta. Catharina.

656. Xylophanes resta spec. noy.

32. Closely resembling large ¢evsa, intermediate between this and crotonis.

External spur of midtibia longer than inner one. Thorax with a grey mesial

band which is continued on to the abdomen, being distinct on the two first

segments and then becoming vestigial, divided by a faint brown mesial line and

bordered by a similar line on each side; a clearly marked ochraceous ochreous

lateral stripe on abdominal segments 3 to 6, the stripe much more distinct than

in tersa, preceded by a conspicuous black patch, before which stands a patch of pale

yellow hairs ; abdominal sternites without distinct lines.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : somewhat broader than in fersq, discal line

1 very heayy, disappearing in front, line 2 fused with it behind, there being ouly

two distinct oblique lines in middle of hinder margin outside line 1; lines 3 and 4

close together, 4 thinner behind; 5 beginning at apex, the heaviest, especially

heavy in front, ending in a cloud at hinder margin ; the latter with whitish hairs

near base and middle. Hindwing: spots larger than in ¢ersa, the upper ones

closer to the margin, all separate, except spots M’*—SM’*, marginal spot at anal

angle small.

Underside brighter in colour than in fersa, the brown markings therefore

more prominent.Forewing: a straight brown line parallel to outer margin,

crossing R* only 1$ or 2 mm. from cell, often not distinct, marginal area not,

or not much, darker than the disc, an ill-defined costal apical patch ochreous.

Hindwing: the brown marginal band divided by the ochreous or tawny veins.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite sinuate, subearinate above as in ¢ersa; sternite

broader than in fevsa. Harpe (PJ. LIL. f. 30) narrowed to a point, rather

strongly curved upwards at end, Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 16) much more

resembling that of crotonis than the sheath of tesa; a short right-sided marginal

tooth, and a deutate, somewhat hand-shaped, left-sided process.

Length of forewing : 36—41 mm.

Barly stages not known.

Hab, Neotropical Region: Venezuela ; Peru; Tucuman.

In the Tring Museum 24 dd, 2 2? from; Merida, Venezuela (Briceno),

type 3 : Santo Domingo, Carabaya, 8.E. Peru, iiivi., wet and dry seasons, 6000 ft

(Ockenden) ; Tucuman.

)

( 703 )

657. Xylophanes tersa.

Drury, /lustr. Ex, Ins. i. p. 61. t. 28. f. 3 (1770) (Maryland; Jamaica; St. Christopher; Antigoa).

Sphine tersa Linné, Want. Plant. p. 538 (1771) ; Drury, /.c. Indee (1773) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent, p. 537.

n. 2 (1775); Miil., Vaturs. Suppl. p. 302. n. 24 (1776) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 203. n. 3

* (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Jus. ii. p. 153. n. 59 (1781) ; Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Exot. iv. p. 226. t. 397.

f. ¢ (1782); Fabr., Want. Ins. ii. p. 98. n. 65 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nut. i. 5. p. 2379. n. 7

(1790) ; Fabr., Lut. Syst, iii. 1. p, 378. n. 69 (1793); Abbot & Smith, Ins. Georgia i. p. 75.

t. 38 (1. p. i.) (1797).

Theretra tersa, Hiibner, Verz. bel:. Schm. p. 135. n. 1449 (1822); Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 657,

n. 81 (1892); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. S. vii. p. 287. t. 3. f. 4 (1895) (N. York) ;

Bonningb., /ris xii. p. 128, n. 53 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Choerocampa tersa, Harris, in Siilim., Jown. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 303. n. 4 (1839); Lucas, in Sagra,

Hist. Cuba vii. p. 293 (1856) ; Morris, Cut, Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn.

Lep. N. Am. p. 171. n. 1 (1862) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vi. p. 328 (1867) ; id., Trans.

Amer, Ent. Soc, iii. p. 184 (1871) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. iii. p. 101 (1871) (Alabama) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 268. n, 58 (1875); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 350

(1876) (Surinam) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 354 (1878) (Buenos Ayres) ; id., lc. Atlas

p. 37. t. 15. f. 3 (/.) (1879) (Nova Friburgo ; Buenos Ayres); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ontario

xii. p. 57 (1882); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 62. n. 29 (1886) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 132.

pn. 33 (1886) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 135. t. 6. f. 7 (genit.) (1888) ; Edw., Bull.

U, St. N. Mus, xxxv. p. 42 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep.

Het. Suppl. p. 304 (1896); Rowl., Ext. News ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri, at light); Kaye,

Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 138 (1901) (Trinidad).

Deilephila tersa, Drury, ed. Westwood, T/lust. Ex. Ins. i. p. 56. t. 28. £. 3. (1837) ; Grey, Canad.

Ent. xi. p. 140 (1879) (N. York).

Philampelus tersa, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p, 60. n. 4 (1856) (larva deéser.).

Metopsilus tersa, Duncan, in Jard., Nut. Libr, xxxvii. p. 99. t. 5.£.1( 92), t 6. f. 1 (/.) (1843) ;

Grote. Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 22 (1874); id., Lc. ii. p. 226. n. 33 (1875) ; id., Le. iii.

7 Chaerocampu tersa, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 131. . 5 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se.

Philad. iv. p. 150. n. 31 (1859) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, Proc.

Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 56 (1865) (Cuba): id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 155. n. 43 (1865) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 563. n. 53 (1877) (sagittata excl.) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent.

Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 191 (1881) (deser. of larva

and pupa) ; Butl., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) (Florida) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer, i. p. 10.

n. 7 (1881) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, Ontario); Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor.

Desc. i. p. 196. t. 4. £. 35 (1882) (larva) ; Edw., nt. Amer. iii. p. 163 (1887) (pupa).

Deilonche tersa Grote, Hawk Moths N, Am. p. 30 (1886).

3%. External spur of midtibia longer than inner one. Spines of abdominal

_tergites uniseriate. Abdomen with three faint lines above, the middle one very

thin, a double line beneath, accompanied on each side by two more lines, which

however are extremely faint ; no black lateral patch. The spots of the hindwing

‘yariable in size, spot SU?—R! often absent; this is the case in nearly every

specimen from Jamaica and Cuba, but occurs also in individuals from other

localities, while in individuals from St. Vincent the spots are more or less contiguous

and stand closer to the margin. Barbados specimens in the British Museum are

pale and have the spots of the hindwing large and non-confluent, while a % from

Guadeloupe has the upper spot shaded with tawny.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite sinuate ; sternite rather slender, pointed. Process

of harpe of nearly even width to near end, dentate above. Armature of penis-

sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 17) reminding one of that found in axvbus and allies ; the

incrassate dorso-apical edge terminating dextro-laterally in a short dentate process,

aud continued on the left side into a low ridge, extending proximad and bearing

4 single row of teeth.

Larva with a row of seven round ocelli from fourth segment to horn, situated

( 704 )

generally in a pale stripe, the ocelli filled in with black or red according to figures.

A specimen in the Tring Museum from Jamaica has the horn vestigial —Food-

plants : Spermacoce, Manettia.

Pupa almost grey ; stigmata in black spots.

Hab. Canada to Argentina, including the West Indies (not on the Bahamas ?) ;

a common species.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva (Jamaica), 150-odd specimens from: Virginia ;

N. Carolina; Florida; Cuba; Jamaica; Dominica; Tobago; various places in

Central and South America.

658. Xylophanes suana.

*Choerocampa suana Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). iv. p. 77 (1889) (Bahamas ;—coll. Druce).

Darapsa suana, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 671. n. 3 (1892).

Choerocampa evana (!), Hampson, Ann, Mag. N. H. (7). vii. p. 251 (1901) (Nassau ; Andros),

3¢%. Body and upperside of forewing more uniform in colour than in fersa,

ash-colour ; abdomen not yellowish and tawny at the sides or below, spines of

tergites much weaker. Forewing less elongate ; spots of hindwing reduced in

size and number. Sexual armature the same as in fevsa. One of our dd and

another in the British Museum have the upperside of the thorax chestnut, the sides

of the abdomen, the under surface of the body, and part of the wings reddish

cinnamon-rufous, and the upperside of the forewing and the spots of the hindwing

washed with the same colour.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Bahamas.

In the Tring Museum 2 3,1 2 from Nassau, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter).

This is perhaps only a local race of fersa. Ordinary tersa occurs on Cuba,

Florida, etc., and is apparently a wanderer in the Nearctic Region.

659, Xylophanes turbata.

Choerocampa turbata awards, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 89 (1887) (Vera Cruz) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer.

Mus. N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (three specim. ex coll. Hy. Edwards) ; Druce, in Brol. Centr.

Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 304. n. 3 (A). t. 66. £. 6 (1896) (Vera Cruz ; Belize, Brit. Honduras).

Theretra tubata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 656. n. 78 (1892).

9. External spur of midtibia shorter than internal. Head and thorax with a

dark olive shade along the white lateral stripe. Pattern of forewing distinctive :

discal lines 1 and 2 forming together a prominent band which reaches to the tip of

the wing ; lines 3 to 7 thin, 4 being barely more prominent than 3 and 6.

3 and early stages not known to us.

Hab. Central America: Mexico ; British Honduras.

In the Tring Museum 1 ?, ex coll. Hy. Edwards, received from the American

Museum of Natural History.

660. Xylophanes elara.

*Choerocampa clara Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 24 (1878) (Paraguay ;—coll, Druce).

*Chaerocumpe elicius Moschler, Verh. Z. B. Ges, Wien xxxii. p. 332. t. 18. £. 47 (9) (1882) (Suri-

nam ;—coll. Staudinger).

Theretra elicius, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 657. n. 93 (1892).

Darapsa elara, id., Lc. p. O71. n. 7 (1892).

*Theretra perviridis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 77. t. 9, f. 12 (¢) (1894) (Aroa, Venezuela :—Mus.

Tring).

( 705 )

dg. Sealing of antenna brown, creamy before hook. Wings and body yellowish

olive-green above, olivaceous ochre-yellow beneath, underside of abdomen whitish

grey. Thorax unicolorous ; abdomen with thin greenish olive mesial line. Fore-

wing : stigma black, discal lines straight, oblique, lines 1 to 3 feebly marked, 4 much

heavier, 5 from tip, not distinct except in front, 6 scarcely traceable ; outer margin

strongly concave below apex, then convex. Basal half of hindwing black. On

underside there is a greyish black triangular patch behind cell, entering cell a little,

a discal line corresponding to line 4 of upperside accentuated by a dot at costa, the

apical line indistinct. Hindwing with two discal lines, the first touching cell

indistinct, the second a continuation of the line of forewing, not so strong.

3. Tenth tergite truncate, distinctly sinuate ; sternite narrow, tapering to a

point, distally narrower than tergite. Process of harpe rather stout, extreme end

curved upwards, upper edge irregularly notched. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 15):

a right-side process, dentate, directed proximad, a long row of teeth on the left side,

the incrassate dorso-apical margin rounded.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Paraguay to Venezuela and Surinam.

In the Tring Museum 1 d from Aroa, Venezuela.

In the Paris Museum 1 d,1 2 from Brazil.

In coll. Druce from Paraguay (type of elara); in coll. Staudinger from

Surinam (¢ype of elicius).

661. Xylophanes isaon (PI. V1. f. 11, d).

*Chocrocampa isaon Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét.i. p. 272. 0, 65 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

Theretra isaon, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 86 (1892) ; Schaus, Hint. News ix. p. 135 (1898)

(= olivacea).

*Theretra olivacea Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 77 (1894) (Sao Paulo ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Antenna of ? with rows of prolonged ciliae. Spurs of midtibia equal in

length. _Mesothoracic tegula with a tawny line in middle; a grey mesial line on

thorax, widening behind, continued on the abdomen by two widely separated and not

yery distinct bands, bordered dorsally each by a series of dots, which are often

connected by an indistinct line ; a distinct brown mesial line on abdomen. Of the

lines on the forewing the first and second are more or less merged together to a

heavy band, line 3 thin and separated from 2 and 4 by pale interspaces ; line 4 very

heavy, reaching the tip of the wing together with 5. Pale band of hindwing with

a faint reddish tint, not sharply defined. The obviously diverging grey lines of the

upperside of the body are a very distinctive character.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite truncate-sinuate ; the sternite very slender, being

Harrower than the tergite, obtusely pointed. Process of harpe very slender, curved

upwards, snbeylindrical, apex compressed and more or less dentate. Dorsal edge of

penis-sheath incrassate, forming an irregular horseshoe, of which the left arm is

the louger ; each arm ending in a dentate ridge or lobe (P1. LVI. f. 20).

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 6 ?%2% from: Sao Paulo; Leopoldina, Espirito

Sauto.

\ 706 )

662. Xylophanes hydrata spec. nov. (Pl. VI. f. 2, 2).

(2) Theretra spec. A, Bonninghausen, /ris xii. p. 129, n. 59 (1898) (Rio de Jan.).

?. Body above and discal band of hindwing pale reddish ferruginous ;

forewing washed with the same colour. Palpus, breast, stigmatal region of

abdomen and wings ochraceous ochre, underside of abdomen buff. Midtibial spurs

of the same length. Last abdominal tergites with weak spines besides longer and

stronger ones; spines uniseriate. Thorax without pale stripes ; abdomen with a

thin mesial line and at cach side a broader but less distinct line somewhat deeper

reddish. Antenna with seriated ciliae; scaling ferruginous in basal half, grey

in distal half.

Wings, above. Forewing : a black stigma ; six lines in outer half, fourth

the most prominent, sixth weak and broad, seventh accentuated by miuute vein-

dots ; distal margin strongly convex, apex acute and produced. Hindwing :

basal half brownish black (costal area excepted), the black colour extending to

apex of wing, where it meets a brownish black submarginal band, which does

not quite reach to anal angle, being much shaded with ferruginous behind.

Wings delow finely irrorated with cinnamon-rufous; markings extremely

faint. Forewing: brownish black from near base to beyond cell, except costal

area; no distinct marginal band, but there are traces of four lines, the most

proximal one 7 mm. from end of R', barely vestigial, the second a little more

distinct between SC*® and R’, accentuated upon SC’ and R! by tiny vein-dots,

the third visible down to R*, the fourth quite indistinct. Hindwing: a slightly

darker distal border, a vestigial line touching cell, followed by an equally weak

second line, and then by a series of tiny vein-dots ; cross-veins strongly oblique,

D! little more than half the length of D*.

Length of forewing: 38 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

A ? in the Oxford Museum.

Another 2 in the Vienna Mnseum labelled: ‘ Heyne, India? 1872,” and

bearing a second label with the name in pencil : ““hydrata Plotz i.1.” The species

is easily distinguished by the absence of pale stripes from head and thorax, the

shape and pattern of the forewing, etc. The Vienna specimen is partly discoloured,

and redder than the type figured.

663. Xylophanes robinsoni.

Chaerocampa falco, Herrich-Sch. (non Walker, 1856), Corresp. Bl. p. 148 (1863); id., Le. p. 58

(1865) (Cuba).

Chaerocampa robinsoni Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 54. t. 1. f£. 2 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob.

ibid, v. p. 155, n. 44 (1865) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soe. Lond, ix. p. 563. n, 52 (1877) ; Gund,

Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 193 (1881).

Choerocampa robinsoni Grote, lc. vi. p. 828 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii, p. 184 (1871) ;

Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 269. n. 59 (1875).

Choerocampa curvatus Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 17 (1870) (Cuba).

Chaerocampa curvata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 557. n. 17 (1877).

Theretra robinsoni, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 656. 0. 79 (1892) (= curvatus).

3%. Spurs of midtibia rather short, equal in length; long proximal spur

of hindtibia reaching base of distal spurs. Mesothoracic tegula with a buffish

middle line ; sides of abdomen pale dorso-laterally, with some white scales, dorsal

surface brown, sharply defined, narrowing behind, with an indistinct, thin, deeper

onal

( 707 )

brown, mesial line. Forewing, above, with eight lines, of which 1 to 3 form

a heavy proximal band, twice gently curved, line 3 free in upper half or two-thirds,

4 very thin, 5 heavier, reaching together with 6 the tip of the wing, all the lines

except 1 to 3 faint behind.

g. Tenth abdominal segment similar to that of ésaon, the tergite more

compressed apically, the sternite more sharply pointed. Process of harpe straight,

eylindrical, extreme end narrowed to a point, compressed, curved upwards. Penis-

sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 21) without lobe and teeth dextro-laterally, with a row of

teeth on the left side.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 2 3d.

Also in coll. Staudinger and the Paris Museum.

664. Xylophanes damocrita.

*Choerocampa damocrita Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xiii. p. 168 (1894) (Jalapa ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 304. n. 2 (a). t. 66. £. 8 (1896).

3?. Antenna of with very faint indications of combs of ciliae. Spurs

of midtibia nearly equal, the external one very little shorter than the internal.

_ Thorax without grey middle line, mesothoracie tegula with tawny line. Abdomen

with a lateral band on segments 3 or 4 to 7, tawny, streaked with ochreous scales.

A blackish postcostal cloud near apex of cell, fourth line the heaviest, lines 1 to 3

abbreviated in front, less so behind, line 5 rather heavy, broken at R*, interspace

between 5 and 6 from R* to SM? somewhat ochraceous. Underside of wings reddish

_ tawny, more or less shading into ochreous distally, brown marginal band sharply

- defined, prominent.

3. Tenth tergite broader than in the preceding species, much less compressed

apically, truncate-sinuate, angles rounded ; sternite also broader, obtusely rounded,

middle of apical margin projecting a very little. Process of harpe curved upwards

at end, compressed, slender. Dorso-apical margin of penis-sheath produced into a

sharp dextro-lateral tooth ; on the left side there is a small ridge bearing a few

teeth, the armature being similar to that of germen (P1l.. LVIL. f. 7).

Barly stages not known.

‘Hab. Mexico.

In the Tring Maseum 4 dd, 2 29 from Jalapa and Orizaba, Vera Cruz

(W. Schaus).

665. Xylophanes maculator.

*Choerocampa maculator Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 274. n. 67 (1875) (Venezuela ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir).

6%. Antenna of 2 andromorphic. External spur of midtibia a little shorter

than internal one. Colour of thorax and head characteristic: the dark brown

dorsal border of the mesothoracic tegula continued over pronotum and head,

Mesonotum and abdomen with a brown mesial line; abdomen, besides, with a

snbdorsal line and a broad dorso-lateral band. Forewing with a blackish pateh

hear apex of cell ; line 4 heavy, ending with 5 at tip of wing; there are sometimes

four instead of three lines proximally of the main line ; line 5 interrupted, heavy,

stopping at R* ora little beyond, and reappearing behind, internal margin shaded

with black in distal half, especially between lines 4 and 6.

( 708 )

d. Tenth tergite narrow, truncate-sinuate ; sternite broader than tergite,

rounded at end. Process of harpe rather stouter than in the preceding species,

gradually narrowed, a little dilated before the acutely pointed eud. Penis-sheath

(Pl. LVII. f. 22): apical margin produced at the right side abruptly in a short,

multidentate process; on the left side there is a slight elevated band of two

rows of teeth.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Venezuela; Colombia ; Eeuador.

Two subspecies :

a. X. maculator maculator.

*Choerocampa maculator Boisduval, l.c.; Kirby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 269. n. 1 (1886) (Colombia;

= moeschler?).

Choerocampa moeschleri Erschoff, Trud. Russk. x. p. 62. t. 1. £. 1 (1876) (Colombia).

Chaerocampa maculator, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 632 (1877).

Theretra maculator, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 25 (1892).

3%. Three distinct brown dorsal lines on abdomen within the pale dorsal area

bordered laterally by the broad blackish stripes. Discal line 1 of forewing, above,

not dentate upon veins R! and R?. Band of hindwing reddish, indented proximally,

veins R'—M? being more or less obviously black.

Hab. Venezuela ; Colombia.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 1 ? from Venezuela.

b. NX. maculator wolf.

*Choerocampa wolfi Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 778. t. 60. £. 1 (1882) (ecuador ;—coll. Druce),

Theretra wolfi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. n. 98 (1892) (“ t. 9” ex err.).

3. Dorsal lines of abdomen indistinct. Patch near apex of cell of forewing

also indistinct ; four discal lines proximally of the main line, line 1 dentate upon

R! and R*. Band of hindwing less reddish than in the preceding, broader, not

indented.— Proximal series of teeth on the penis-sheath heavier than in mae,

maculator, while the distal row is vestigial (in the specimen examined).

Hab. Kenador and Peru.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢¢ from Perené R., Pern, March 1900 (Simons).

666. Xylophanes aglaor (PI. II. f. 8, %).

*Choerocampa aglaocr Boisduval, Spec. (rén. Lép. Het. i. p. 275. n. 70 (1875) (hab. ? ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir).

Chaerocumpa aglaor, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1x. p. 632 (1877).

Theretra aglaor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 80 (1892) ; Schaus, Mut, News ix. p. 135 (1898)

(= libya = laelia ex err.).

Theretra spec. A., Bonninghausen, /iis xii. p. 129. n. 59 (1898) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. Spurs of midtibia equal_in length. Body adove olive, sides of head and

pronotum grey, middle of meso-metanotum and sides of abdomen shaded with

long greyish hair-seales, dorsal edge of mesothoracie tegula dark olive, abdomen

with a thin dark olive mesial line, base of abdomen a little darker dorso-laterally,

this dark shade very indistinctly continued anad, below which shade there is a very

faint pinkish ochraceous longitudinal band; scaling of antenna pale brown,

greyish towards hook; under surface of body pinkish fawn-colour in middle,

ochraceous at sides, abdomen with a longitudinal band across stigmata of ochraceous

and creamy scales, legs wood-brown, striped with olive-green ; spurs of midtibia

of the same length ; basal ciliae of antenual segments (?) prolonged.

( 709 )

Wings, wpperside. Forewing: greyish olive, palest at end of cell and

before apex, six lines close together, 1 to 5 turning costad between SC" and SC*,

® the most pronounced, but not essentially broader than the others, 6 running

to tip of wing ; two more lines, 7 straight, accentuated upon the veins, 8 indicated

by more or less dispersed scales ; between lines 6 and 7 there is posteriorly a

vestige of an additional line ; internal margin as a rule blackish olive outside line

5 and 6. Hindwing black ; a pinkish buff band, somewhat variable in width,

not distinctly indented.

Underside clayish buff, more or less shaded with red-tawny.—Forewine :

more than the basal half olive-cinnamon, a dark brown line about 4 mm. from

cell at R®, straight, oblique, curving costad before SC%, followed by one or two

less distinct lines, a third line parallel to the first indicated by vein-dots, ending

at costal margin in a conspicuous, black, somewhat halfmoon-shaped spot ;

marginal band pale isabella-colour or drab, paler towards edge of wing, with

three vestigial lines, the proximal one forming the inner edge of the band

abbreviated at R*. Hindwing: costal margin shaded with brown from base

to discal lines; four discal lines, the first two fused together to a rather broad

one, which touches end of cell, the fourth indicated by vein-dots ; marginal band

drab or isabella-colour; extreme margin of wing more or less yellowish from

apex to M’.

3d. Not dissected.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 3 2 2 from Leopoldina, Espirito Santo.

Type (3) in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

A ? in coll. W. Schaus from Tijuea, Prov. Rio de Janeiro.

667. Xylophanes libya (PI. XIV. f. 5, £).

*Choerocampa neoptolemus, Boisduyal (non Stoll, 1782), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 276. n. 71 (1875)

(Cayenne).

*Choerocampa libya Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 249 (1878) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Druce) ; id., in Biol.

Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 804 (1896) (Mexico ; Belize).

*Chaerocampa libya Druce, l.c. i. p. 9. n. 2. t. 2. f. 5 (1881) (Nicaragua ; Chiriqui).

Theretra libya, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 21 (1892).

Theretra aglaor, Schaus (non Boisduval, 1875), Ent. News ix. p. 135 (1898) (=laelia = libya ex err.)

3%. Antenna of ? andromorphie. Spurs of midtibia variable: in ? $ they

are sometimes of equal length, while in other ? % and in the dd the external one

is longer than the internal one. Forewing with eight lines, the first four in

pairs, line 5 heavier, mostly accentuated upon the veins by dots or dashes ; cell

with a black dot opposite M? in most individuals ; a black subapical costal spot.

Band of hindwing clayish pink-buff, of almost the same width throughout, coneave

proximally between R® and M2, not reaching apex of wing or costal margin,

sometimes stopping at R'; the black outer border of the wing widest between

R? and R%, here as broad as the pinkish band, mostly distinetly dentate near R’.

The underside more heavily marked with black and brown than in the two

following species. Forewing: the discal band emanating from the brown

subdiscal area heavy, interrupted at the veins, mostly ending at SC', spot SC'—SC°

about 6mm. from the conspicuous black subapical dot ; a brown line from apex

to R* (or nearly to that vein), another to inner margin, interspace between the

two lines pale drab, sometimes almost of the colour of the dise ; interspace between

(ALD)

second line and margin of the colour of the dise or a little paler ; fringe ochraceons

and more or less brown. Hindwing : two discal lines, the inner one the heavier,

more or less separated into triangular or angle-shaped spots; the brown marginal

border also separated into spots from C to M!, spot R?—R more projecting disead

than the others, spot C-—SC? small, sometimes vestigial.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite truncate-sinnate. Process of harpe slender, curved

at end, pointed. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 23) with a short dentate process

which projects proximad as in the allied species; at the left side there is an

oblique, slightly raised band of irregularly dispersed teeth.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Mexico to Pern and Surinam.

In the Tring Museum 8 6d, 5 22 from: Vera Cruz, Mexico; Chiriqui ; Rio

Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg).'

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from Balsapamba, Bolivar (M. de Mathan).

668. Xylophanes loelia (Pl. XIV. f. 6, 2).

*Choerocampa loelia Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 249 (1878) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Druce).

Chaerocampa laclia id., lc. i. p. 9. n. 3. t. 2. £. 4 (1881) (Mexico ; Chiriqui).

Choerocampa laelia (!) id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 304 (1896) (Costa Rica),

Theretra loelia, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 20 (1892) (Chiriqui).

Theretra aglaor, Schaus (non Boisduval, 1875), Ent News ix. p, 135 (1898).

(?) Theretra neoptolemus, Bénninghausen, /ris xii. p. 128. n. 56 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. Intermediate between /ibya and neoptolemus, agreeing better with the

latter than with the former, except in the pale colour of the band of the hindwing.

Wings, adore. Forewing: no dot in cell, subapical costal dot seldom

indicated. Hindwing rather narrower and band more red than in /édya ; the band

much paler than in neoptolemus, reaching costal margin, its inner edge rather

irregular and ill-defined, concave from R? to M’; the black border of the wing

much more even than in /isya, broadest between R? and M?, much narrower than

the pink band, sharply defined, not dentate near R*, stopping at C, where it is

narrowed almost to a point.

Underside.——F orewing : the discal band emanating from the brown subdiscal

area, which is not so dark as in Zééya, thin and not interrupted, more oblique than

in libya, pointing towards the subapical costal dot, the line sometimes absent;

beyond it follow three or two faint continuous lines, occasionally absent; the

nerve-dots not quite so conspicuous as in lélya; the two lines from apex of wing

closer together; the angle formed between R? and R* much more obtuse than in

libya ; outer margin less bright than dise ; fringe ochraceous. Discal lines of

hindwing straighter than in diya, not divided into spots, outer marginal border

more even, continuous, less projecting discad between R1 and R*; no marginal spot

before SC2. External spur of midtibia apparently always longer than the internal

one, but the difference is sometimes not conspicuous, especially in ? 2.

3. Process of penis-sheath (P1. LVII. f. 24) obviously longer than in libya.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Mexico to the Amazons, perhaps farther south.

In the Tring Museum 20 63,7 2? from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg):

Paramba, Ecuador ; Amazons (Bates); Venezuela; British Guiana,

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi).

(7a)

669. Xylophanes neoptolemus.

Sphinx neoptolemus Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Evot. iv. p. 23. t. 301. f. F (1782) (Surinam).

Isoples neoptolemus, Hitbner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. n. 1464 (1822),

Chaerocampa neoptolemus, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M, viii. p. 134. n. 12 (1856) ; Méschl., Verh.

Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 350 (1876) (Surinam); Butler, Z'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 556.

n. 16 (1877).

*Chaerocampa trilineata Walker, /.c. xxxi, p. 30 (1864) (Venezuela ;—Mus. Brit.); Butl., 7c. n. 15

(1877) ; Maass., Ste/t. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 56 (1880) (= neoptolemus) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr.

Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 9. n. 1 (1881) (Nicaragua; Venezuela; Trinidad) ; Schaus, Ent. News

ix. p. 135 (1898) (= trilineata).

Theretra neoptolemus, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 652. n, 18 (1892).

Theretra trilineata, id., l.c. n. 19 (1892).

Choerocampa trilineata, Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 304 (1896) (Jalapa ; Belize ; Guatemala).

Choerocampa neoptolemus, Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 138 (1901) (Trinidad).

3%. Stoll’s figure is far from being exact. In fact, the breadth of the red

band of the hindwing of the figure points to the preceding species instead of the

present. However, as Stoll was more likely to be fairly correct in the colour than

in the width of the band, we accept his name for the bright-red-banded species.

The three lines of the abdomen, above, are more distinct than in the two

preceding species ; meso-metanotum with grey mesial band. The poppy-red band of

the hindwing varies little in colour; it is broader than in /ébya and loelia, reaching

costal margin, or almost, tapering costad, its inner margin conyex, more sharply

defined than in loedia.

The wnderside of the wings more red than in the other species. The discal

line of the forewing distinct to near inner margin, a little less oblique than in

loelia, more so than in Libya, thin, continuous ; black subapical costal dot mostly

very small ; submarginal lines forming a sharp angle before R* as in Uibya.

Hindwing: discal lines continuous as in /oe/ia, marginal band not interrupted,

dentate between R? and R*, no marginal spot C—SC*.

3d. Sexual armature as in doelia.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Mexico to Surinam.

In the Tring Museum 19 3d, 8 ? 2% from: Vera Cruz, Mexico ; Costa Rica ;

Chiriqui ; Aroa, Venezuela ; Rio Demerara.

670. Kylophanes thyelia.

Sphinw thyelia inns, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492, n. 22 (1758) (“India”) ; id., Mus. Lud. Ulr, p. 260

(1764) ; Clerck, Icon. Ins. ii. t. 46. £. 4 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl. Mist. i. 11, p, 456. n. 22 (1767);

Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 547. 0. 37 (1775) (India err. loc?) ; id., Spee. Ins. ii. p. 153. 0, 60 (1781) ;

id., Mant. Ins. ii. p, 98. n, 67 (1787); id., Ent, Syst. iii, 1. p. 378. n. 70 (1793) (partim) ;

Auriy., Kongl. Sv. Vet, Ak. Handl. xix. 5, p. 140. 0, 178 (1882) (recensio crit. ; not theylia of

Cramer).

Sphins theylia Linné, Syst. Nat. ed, xii. p, 803. n. 24 (1767) ; Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 642. n, 24 (1774);

Goeze, Ent, Beytr. iii. 2. p. 176. n. 24 (1780) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2386, n. 24

(1790) (partim).

Chaerocumpa eson, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 137. n, 17 (1856) (sub syn.) ; Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 566. n, 13 (1877) (sub syn. ).

*Choerocampa salvini Druce, Ent. Mo, Mag. xiv. p. 249 (1878) (Guatemala ; —coll. Druce).

Chuerocampa salvini id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 9, n. 5. t. 1, £. 2 (1881) (Guatemala ;

Nicaragua ; Chiriqui).

Theretva thyelia, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 651. 0. 16 (1892) (partim).

Theretra salvini, id., Lc, p. 657. n, 83 (1892) (Guatemala),

Theretra spec, D, Bénninghausen, Jris xii. p. 130. n, 62 (1898) (Rio de Jan.).

( 712 )

d. External spur of midtibia shorter than internal ; hindtibia of ¢ long-sealed

dorsally and ventrally, consequently appearing very broad and compressed. Dark

brown middle line of mesothoracical tegula continued to palpus ; abdomen with an

ochraccous middle line bordered by thin grey lines, a brown lateral line bordered

below by a pale buff one on segments 3 to 7. Hinder angle of forewing extremely

obtuse ; discal line 1 not distinct, within a chocolate-brown area, which is bordered

distally by a white line upon SC° and posteriorly by discal line 2; discal lines

3 and 4 close together, 5 broad from apex to R*, then vestigial, 6 parallel to

margin, obsolete behind ; interspaces between 2 and 4 pale, more or less buff.

Hindwing uniform in colour, with traces of two series of discal vein-dots.

Underside: the brown marginal area of the forewing joined to discal area

between R*® and R*; three or four discal lines, more or less abbreviated in front,

3 and 4 merged together behind and bordered here distally by a creamy buff line ;

costa more or less yellowish buff at apex. Distal marginal area of hindwing

irrorated with creamy buff and brown scales, with the former especially before M? ;

three discal lines, the first abbreviated, often absent, the other two close together,

reaching R? or SC.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite truncate-sinuate, of the usual form; sternite also

not differing from that of the allied species, minutely pointed in middle. Process

of harpe slightly spatulate, feebly curved upwards at end. Incrassate dorso-apical

margin of the penis-sheath terminating at the right side in a dentate process,

which is preceded by a few teeth; at the left side the sheath bears a regular

row of teeth.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region: Guatemala to Rio de Janeiro and Peru.

Though the present insect was well figured by Clerck and _ recognisably

described by Linné as thyedia, this name has been applied to a very different insect

of the Indo-Anstralian fauna by all recent authors, who, blindly following Fabricius

and Walker, did not trouble to compare Linné’s description or Clerck’s figure.

In the Tring Museum 19 3d from: Merida, Venezuela (Briceno) ; Rio Dagna,

Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Pern, 6000 ft., xii, 1901,

i.—vi. 1902 (Ockenden), during the dry and wet seasons.

CLIV. PHANOXYLA gen. nov.—Typus: hystriz.

3. Differs from Xylophanes in the second segment of the palpus haying a large

apical tuft of scales on the inner surface as in Hippotion. Distal margin of fore-

wing irregular, excised between R? and M’.

Palpus and eye large. No eye-lashes. Comb of midtarsus prominent. Spines

of posterior abdominal tergites uniseriate, strong and long, with some weak spines

between them. Sexual armature similar to that of Xylophanes ; friction-scales ~~

very humerous. :

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region.

One species.

An exaggerated development of the group of Xylophanes to which belong

ceratomioides, media, etc. The species is of particular interest, as the second segment

of the palpus is on the innerside as in some Old World genera, while the first

segment is like that of the New World genus Xylophanes,

( 713 )

671. Phanoxyla hystrix.

*Ohaerocampa hystrix Felder, Reise Novara, Lep.t. 76. £. 5 (1774) (Amazons ;—Mus. Tring).

Choerocampa hystrix, Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p, 271. n. 63 (1875).

Chaerocampa (2) hystrix, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 563. n. 54 (1877).

Theretra (2) hystrix, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 658, n. 99 (1892).

d. In pattern nearest to Yylophanes ceratomioides. Pale discal band of hind-

wing separated into spots. Tenth tergite narrow, truncate-sinnate at tip ; sternite

slightly acuminate. Harpe larger than in Y. ceratomioides, but of nearly the same

structure. Penis-sheath with a rather long and broad dentate process at the right

side, and a shorter, hand-shaped, dentate left process.

Hab. Amazons.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from the Amazons (Bates), ex coll. Felder, type.

Tn coll. Charles Oberthiir a splendid ¢ from Sao Paulo d’ Olivenca, Amazons,

yi. vii., 1883 (M. de Mathan).

CLY. CELERIO.—Typus: galli.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim; type : ocellata).

Spectrum Scopoli, Jutr, Hist. Nat. p. 414 (1777) (= Sphina, includes type of Sphinx).

Deilephila Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Literatur-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) (partim ; type : veri’).

Celerio Oken, Lehivb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 761 (1815) (type : gallii).

Phrycus Wiibuer, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 137 (1822) (partim ; type: //meata).

Dilephila, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 97 (1892).

3.%. First segment of palpus on inner surface without regular dense scaling

at apex, second segment without apical tuft of long scales on innerside. Eye

lashed. Antennae incrassate distally, club-shaped in @. Abdominal spines rather

strong, especially on tergites, in three sizes, with some intermediate ones, generally

triseriate, never uniseriate, much fewer in number than in Pergesa. External spines

of foretarsus more or less prolonged, always longer than the respective spines on

the innerside of the tarsus ; comb of mid- and hindtarsus vestigial, the spines

not being much prolonged ; first segment of hindtarsus shorter than the tibia,

abont twice the length of the long tibial spur, this more than twice the length

of the short spur; pulvillus present or vestigial. Distal margin of wings entire :

SC? and R' of hindwing separate or from a point, occasionally shortly stalked ;

H’ central, or a little before centre; D* longer than D'.

3. Sexual armature nearly the same in all the species. Tenth tergite simple,

narrowing apically, convex above, feebly curved at end, almost straight in side-view,

tip rounded or truncate, sometimes feebly emarginate ; sternite broader than

- tergite, boat-shaped, being prismatically compressed, apex rounded or obtusely

acuminate. Clasper broadly sole-shaped ; friction-scales numerous and in* most

species small ; harpe ending in a thin, more or less curved, simple, tapering

process (PI. LIL. f. 8). Penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 56): dorsal apical edge incrassate,

dentate, produced at the left side (right in figure) into a short process ; the length

of the brim-like incrassation, as well as the dentition, slightly different in the various

species.

J ?. Hight tergite sinuate mesially. Vaginal plate obtusely triangular, without

special armature ; orifice large, mesial.

( 714 )

Larya cylindrical, somewhat tapering in front, with a dorso-lateral line, or

a complete series of dorso-lateral ocelli, which are sometimes vestigial.—Food-

plants: Luphorbiaceae; Rubiaceae ; ete.

Pupa: tongne-case feebly prominent basally in most species, more enlarged

in lineata, not keeled; abdomen punctured and rugate, without spine-like

tubercles ; cremaster bifid at tip.

Hab. A cosmopolitan genus, but absent from the Indo-Malayan and Papuan

countries, Australia excepted.

Thirteen species.

Key to the species :

a. Pulvillus present . ; : : rel

Pulvillus vestigial, Pores mea a very

small process or flap. ; : mes

b. Veins traversing brown band of eemite

pale ; pale band sharply defined . . 683. C. lineata.

As before, but pale band not sharply defined

proximally . : : ; ; .. 684. C. calverleyi.

Veins not pale . 3 : 2G.

ce. Abdomen with two eaeeale fuaneed (black

side-patches . : : 3 ade

Abdomen with more than two bleck rae

patches, sometimes not sharply marked : nae:

d, Costal area of forewing, above, brown

from base to apex, sharply marked . 675. C. gallii.

Costal area of forewing pale, with a large

patch beyond apex of cell, a sharply

defined broad basal band. : 679. C. nicaea.

No sharply marked costal area, basal fad

vestigial, the whole wing shaded with

brown . 5 ; : ; : . 676. C. biguttata.

e. A sharply marked brown costal area

from base to apex, incised at the

veins . . 677. C. euphorbiarum.

No. sharply pried brown asta area,

from base to apex ‘ : a

J. Underside of wings orange- ee teat

base to dise . : . ag:

Underside of wings grey ad rane! ah

a more or less obvious red tint . . 678. C. annei.

g- Orange-chrome area of hindwing above

extending to base. é . 672. C. calida.

are

ine

- Hindwing black from base to and of cell . 673. C. wilsoni.

h, Forewing; above, unicolorous, with barely

a trace of markings . E ; . 681. C. vespertilio.

Forewing, above, with brown discal

band. : ‘ ‘ once

?. Black or brown ee patch of toning

aboye, not extending to costa ; , 682. C. hippophaes.

(ims)

Black or brown basal patch extending to

costa, or the whole costal area brown . : oi

j. Costal area of forewing, above, brown

from base to apex, sharply defined,

veins not pale within brown discal

band ; distal marginal band little paler

than discal band; underside not rosy

Teds =: ; : : ; : . 680. C. zygophylli. .

If costal area all brown, then discal band

traversed by pale vein-streaks, or distal

marginal band pale, or underside rosy

el : : : ; : . 674. C. euphorbiae.

672. Celerio calida.

*Deilephila calida Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H,. (5). vii. p. 317 (1831) (Oahu ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 666.n. 14 (1892) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoor. ii. t. 9. f. 1 (1895) ; Meyr., in Sharpe,

Fauna Hawaii. i. 2. p. 192. n. 3 (1899).

3%. Pulvillus present, large. Spines of first row of first protarsal segment not

essentially prolonged, numerous. Antenna brown-scaled, except at tip, where the

sealing is white. Abdomen with white lateral spots. Brown discal band of

forewing, above, curving costad in front. Hindwing above and the greater part

of under surface of wings, orange-chrome, sides and under surface of body washed

with the same colour; base of hindwing, above, a large anterior discal patch and

the distal border brownish black, often nearly the whole basal area black.

3. Friction-scales large and few in number ; harpe pointed as in ewphordiae.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Sandwich Islands : Oahu ; Hawaii.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 1 ¢ from: Mauna Kea, Hawaii.

673. Celerio wilsoni.

*Deilephila wilsoni Rothschild, Noy. Zoon. i. p. 83 (1894) (Hawaii ;—Maus. Tring) ; id., /.c. ii. t. 9.

f, 2 (1895) ; Meyr., in Sharp, Fauna Hawaii. i. 2. p. 192. n. 4 (1899).

*Deilephila pyrias Meyrick, /.c. p. 191. n. 2 (1899) (Oloa and Hilo, Hawaii; 2000 ft., i. vi. ix, xi.

xii. ;—Mus. Brit.).

3%. Hasily distinguished from the preceding by the base of the hindwing

_ being entirely black and the different pattern of the upperside of the forewing, the

middle of the wing being oceupied by a broad, ill-defined, brown-black band, which

is forked in front and merged together behind with the likewise ill-defined externo-

discal band. The forewing of calidais of the euphorbiac type, while that of ceilsoni

has qnite a different aspect in consequence of the presence of the median band ; the

pattern of forewing of wilsoni is more generalised. Abdomen with interrupted

yellowish belts.

Not dissected.

Hab. Sandwich Islands : Hawaii.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (damaged, type) from Hawaii.

674. Celerio euphorbiae.

Sphing euphorbiae Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 17 (1758).

3%. Pulvillus vestigial. Scaling of antenna white, External row of spines of

first protarsal segment simple, the spines denser at the base, sometimes reduced in

( 716 )

number and then partly prolonged. A geographically and individually variable

insect. Apex of antenna see Pl. LX. f. 12.

3. Harpe rather long, thin, slightly curved (Pl. LII. f. 8). The incrassate

dentate rim of the penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 56) narrow, generally dentate all

along the edge.

Larva variable geographically and individually : head red, with or without a

black patch on each side above; pronotal shield generally red in middle, a red

dorsal line, sometimes replaced by a grey one, seldom vestigial; a row of dorso-

lateral rounded spots, yellowish white or reddish, below it there is often another

series of smaller spots ; a dorso- and a ventro-lateral yellowish band, often absent ;

ground-colour very variable, from yellow to black, the dark forms mostly finely

dotted with pale yellow or grey.—Food-plant : Euphorbia.

Pupa rather stout, clay-colour.

Hab. Palaearctic Region, from the Canaries eastwards to Transbaikalia, south-

ward to N.W. India.

The caterpillar is a very interesting subject for the study of the evolution

of pattern. A long series of each brood from the various countries should be

compared. The absence of the second lateral row of spots from some geographical

forms is a curious feature.

a. OC. euphorbiae dahli.

Sphine dahlii Geyer, in Hiibn., Sammi. Eur, Schm., Sphing. t. 36. f. 161—164 (1827) ; Frey., Beitr.

Schm. ii. p. 71. t. 69. £ 2 (1829) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr, Schm. p. 141. n. 11. t. 65. £. 5 (1829).

Deilephila dahlii, Rambur, Ann. Soc, Ent. France p. 266 (1832) (Corsica) ; Boisd., Ramb, & Grasl.,

Hist. Icon. Chenill., Sphing t. 5. £. 1. 2 (1832) ; Boisd., Zcon. Hist. Lép. ii. p. 28. n. 6. t, 50, £, 2,3

(1834) ; Friv., in Silberm., Rev. nt. ii. p. 181 (1834) (“ Hungary ” err, loci) ; Treit., in Ochs.,

Schm. Eur. x, p. 132 (1834) ; Dup., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 7. n. 1. t. 1. £. 1 (1835) ;

Pierr., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 38 (1842) ; id., Lc. p. 64 (1842) (larva) ; id., Le. p. 72 (1847)

(var.); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 169. n. 8 (1856) (partim) ; Mab., Am. Soc. Ent.

France p. 556 (1866) (Corsica) ; Boisd. Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 165, n. 8 (1875) ; Bull,

Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 569. n, 11 (1877) ; Weism., ed, Meld., Stud. Theor. Desc. i, p. 208

(1882) (larva) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 11 (1892) ; Hofm., Grossschm. p..30. n. 7. t. 17.

f. 7 (1894) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 96 (1899) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii,

p. 102, n. 748 (1901).

Deilephila dathii (!), Hofmann, Raup. Grossschm. p. 29. t. 13. £. 3 (1893).

3%. Abdomen with three black side-spots, instead of two, having an additional

one on the fourth seement. Mesothoracical tegula with white upper border. Dise

of forewing generally with a line from the costal patch backwards.

Larva with two rows of rather small lateral spots, densely and very minutely

dotted with grey, dorso-lateral spot of eleventh segment long. Spines of first

protarsal segment not obviously prolonged.

Tab, Corsica and Sardinia.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 17 dd, 11 ? 2% from Corsica and Sardinia.

b. C. euphorbiae tithymali.

Deilephila tithymali Boisduval, Icon, ITist, Lép. ii. p. 30, n. 7. t. 51. f. 1 (1834) (“ Andalusia ” ex err!

Canary Is.) ; Dup., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 117, t. 10, £. 1. a. b. (1835) ; Herr.-Seb.,

Schm. Bur. ii, p, 87. n. 16. t. 1, f. 1. 2 (1843) (Canary Is, ; ‘‘ Andalusia” err. loci) ; Walk.,

List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 168. n. 5 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 167, n. 9 (1875)

(partim) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 570, n, 12 (1877); Christ, IWitth. Schweiz. Ent.

Ges, vi. p. 346 (1882) ; id., /.c. viii. p. 100 (1889) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 666, n. 15 (1892) 5

Reb, & Rog., Ann. Hofmus. ix. p. 43 (1894) ; White, Butt. Moths Teneriffe p. 67. t. 4. £. 4 (1894) ;

Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p. 93 (1899) ; Staud, & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 102, n, 746

(1901).

(717)

Sphine galii, Borg, in Silberm., Rev. Ent. ii, p. 179 (1834) (Canaries).

Sphine tithymali, Rambur, Paune Andal. p. 333 (1842) (? Spanish).

Deilephila lathyrus ?, Baker, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 204 (1891) (Madeira).

Deilephila tithymali ?, id., .c. p. 204 (1891) (Madeira).

Deilephila dahli var, tithymali, Alphéraky, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vy. p. 223. n. 19 (1889) (Teneriffe).

3 ¢?. Body and wings below much more brown than in the other forms, wings

densely speckled with brown. Brown costal area of forewing above generally

broad. Upper edge of mesothoracie tegula white. Abdominal sternites with

white edges.

Larva with one row of side-spots, the second row vestigial ; densely dotted

with grey.

Hab. Canary Islands : Teneriffe ; Orotawa.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 7 3,7 22.

c. C. euphorbiae mauretanica.

Deilephila tithymali, Bellier (non Boisduval, 1834), Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 45 (1848) (larva) ;

Luce., ibid. p. 47 (1848) (larva); Bell., An. Sov. Ent. France p. 488, fig. (1848) (larva) ;

Oberth., Et. Ent. i. p, 32. t. 2. f. 1, a. b. ¢. (1876) (Lambeze ; Biskra) ; Oberth., /.c. vi. p, 63

(1881) (=mauritanica ; discussed nicaea, dahli, ete.).

Deilephila euphorbiae, Lucas, in Expl. Sc. Algéric, Zool. p, 370, n. 65. t, 2. £. 8. a—d (1849) ; id., in

Chenu, Enc. Hist, Nat., Pap. i. p. 259. fig. 460 (1853) ; id., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 13 (1858)

(Algiers, pale),

Deilephila mauretanica Staudinger, in Staud. & Wocke, Cut. Lep. ed. ii, p. 36, n. 466 (1871) (nom.

nov. loc. tithymali et euphorbiae auct,; Maur ; “ Mad.” loc. err.) ; Oberth., Et. Ent. i, p. 32

(1876) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 570. n. 13 (1877) ; Aust., Le Nat. viii. p, 260

(1886) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep, Het. i. p. 666. n. 16 (1892) (“ Madeira ” loc. err.) ; Bartel, in Riihl,

Grossschm. ii. p. 77 (1899) ; Staud, & Reb., Cat, Lep. ed. iii. p. 102. n. 747 (1901).

Deilephila mauretanica ab. deserticola Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii, p. 79 (1899).

Deilephila maurctanica var. (et ab.) deserticola, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p, 102. n. 747.0

(1901).

3. A pale form. Abdominal segments edged with white above and below.

Costal area of forewing above extended brown, veins within brown discal band

generally more or less pale. Outer spines of first protarsal segment stout.

Larva with one row of dorso-lateral spots. Side-bands rather bright yellow.

Hab. North Africa: Morocco ; Algiers. '

In the Tring Museum 8 larvae, 16 ¢d,7 ¢ % from: Morocco ; Algiers.

d. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae.

Hoefn., Archet. ii. t. 8 (1592); id., Div. Ins. t. 8. £. 3 (1630) ; Mouf., Theatr. Ins, p. 93. fig. 3

(1634) ; Merian, Hur. Jus, iii, t, 22 (1683) ; Frisch, /ns. ii, p. 43. 0. NOY RRM ie ee (ula) S

Réaum., Hist. Ins. i. p. 289. t. 13. f. 4—7 (1734) ; Roer., Jus. Belust. i. p. 17. t. 3. £. 4.5

(1746) ; Lederm., Nuchlese p. 48. t. 26—29 (1762) ; Geoffr., Hist. Ins. ii. p. 87. n. 11 (1763) ;

Gronov., Zoophyl. p. 202. n, 822 (1764) (partim ?) ; Seba, Thesaur. iv. t..53. £. 11 (1765) ;

Harris, Aurel. p. 87. t. 44. f. a. ¢ (1766); Schaeff., eon. Ratisb. t. 99. f. 3. 4 (1766) ; Ernst

& Engr., Lép. Ew. iii. p. 86. t. 107, f. e—f (1782). :

Sphinu euphorbiae Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. 0. 17 (1758) (partim) ; id., Fauna Suee. ed, il.

p. 287. n. 1086 (1761); Poda, Mus. Graec. p. 81. n. 5 (1761) (partim) ; Scop., Hut, Carn,

p. 186. n. 471 (1763); Mill, Fauna Mrid. p. 37. n, 343 (1764); Houtt., Nat. Hist. i, 11.

p. 445. n. 17 (1767) (partim) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 802. n. 19 (1767) ; Beckm., pit.

p. 161. n. 11 (1767) (partim) ; Goeze, in Bonnet's Abhandl. p. 93. n. 1 (1773); Drury, Alluatr

Ex. Ins. i. p. 64. t. 29. £. 3 (1773) ; Mill, Naturs. v. 1. p. G41. mn. 19 (1774) 5 Fabr., Syst. Lint,

p. 541. n. 17 (1775) (partim) ; Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n, 620 (1775); Mill, Zool.

Dan. Prodr. p. 116. n, 1340 (1776); Den. & Schiff., Vers. Schmn. Wien p. 42. n. 1 (1776) ;

Gron., Naturf. x. p. 110 (1777); Mad., ed. Kleem., Ranpenkal, p. 52. 0. 141, p. 70. un, 109

(1777) ; Meyer, in Fuessly, Mog. Ent. i. p. 226 (1778) ; Blumenb., Handb. Naturg. p. 805, a. 9

( 718 )

(1779) (partim) ; Esp.. Schmett. ii, p. 100. n. 11. t. 11 (1779); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 170,

n. 19 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 146. n. 32 (1781) (partim) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 35

(1787) ; Borkh., Sehm. Eur. ii. p. 77. n. 6 (1789); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2383. n. 19 (1790)

(partim) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 161. n. 1051 (1790) ; Brahm, Jnsectenhal. ii. 1. p. 426. n. 298

(1791) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 316 (1793); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 367. n. 37 (1798) ;

Don., Brit. Ins. iii. p. 51. t. 91 (1794); Prunn., Lep. Pedemont. p. 85. n. 172 (1798) ; Schrank,

Fauna Boica ii. 1, p. 226. n. 1390 (1801) ; Illig., Mag. Ins. ii. p. 35 (1803) (Linné’s deser. crit.);

Walck., Maune Paris. ii. p. 278 (1802) ; Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. t. 12. £. 66 (180-?);

id., Gesch. Ewr, Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. B, d. £. 2. a. b. (180-2) ; Ochs., Schin. Hur. ii. p. 223,

n. 4 (1808) ; Nag., Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 156 (1818); Latr., in Nowe. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxii. p. 25

(1819) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819); God., Lép. France iii. p. 33. t. 17. £. 2 (1823) ;

Lep. & Sery., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 64. f. 4—6 (1825) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 33 (1829) ;

Meig., Handb. Schm. p. 97. 0. 11 (1827) ; id., Syst. Beschr. Sch. p. 138. n. 7. t. 65. £. 2 (1830) ;

Brullé, Exp. Morée, Zool. p. 285. n. 602 (1832) (larva v. vi. ix.) ; Luc., Lép. Eur. p. 114. t. 43

(1834); Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 106. t. 53. £. 731—734 (1837); Ramb., Manne Andal. p. 333 (1842);

Eversm., Mauna Volgo-Ural. p. 111 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Herr.-Sch,, Ev. Schm. ii, p. 88. n. 19,

f. 7. 8 (1847) ; Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 23. n. 6 (1872) (vi.—viii.).

Sphinx esulae Hufnagel, Berl. Mag. ii. p. 180, n. 9 (1766).

Sphinw euphorbii (1), Hoffmann, Naturf. i. p. 244 (1774).

Sphina esulae, seu cuphorbiae, Rottenburg, Naturf. vii. p. 105 (1775),

Sphinw euphorbiae: (cyparissius), Gleditsch, Hinleil. Morstwiss. ii. p. 196. n. 5 (1775).

Celerio euphorbiae, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 761, n. 2 (1815).

Deilephila euphorbiae, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur, iv. p. 43. n. 9, p- 181. n. 2 (1816) ; Curtis, Brit,

Ent, i. t. 3 (1823) ; Steph., 7Ulustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 124. n. 1 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins,

ii, p. 32 (1829) ; Boisd., Ramb. & Grasl., Hist. Icon. Chenill., Sphing. t. 1 (1832) ; Cant,, in

Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dept. Var, vi., ix.) ; Treit.,in Ochs., Schm. Eur. x. p, 131

(1834) ; Dup., con. Chenill. t. 4. f. 1. a. b (1832—42) ; Blanch., Hist. Nat. Ins. iti. p. 479

(1840) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Woths i, p. 16. t. 4. f. 1. 2.3 (1843) ; Treit., Hiilfsb. Schm.

p. 107. n, 11 (1844) ; Assm., Zeitschr, Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.

viii, p. 165, n. 2 (1856); Batho, Ent. Weekly Intellig. viii. p. 171 (1860) (Britain); Wilde,

Raup. ii. p. 82. 0, 9. t. 2. £. 29 (1860); Wallengr., Shand. Het. Hjiér. p. 38. 2. 1 (1868);

Led., Wien. Ent, Mon. vii. p. 22 (1863) (Bulg.; Rumel.) ; Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174

(1866) (Limburg) ; Gay., ‘bid. x. p. 197. n. 72 (1867) (Groningen) ; Snell., Viind. Nederld.

p. 96 (1867) (vi. vii.) ; Led., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1869) (Cauc. ; Talysch ; this

subsp. ?); Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii, p, 146. n, 71 (1870) (Breda); Gooss., Ann. Soc, Ent.

France p. 118 (1871) (var. of larva) ; Weston, nt. Mo. Mag. viii. p. 162 (1872) (Southampton) ;

Higgins, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 26 (1873) (Harwich); Buckl., Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 73

(1874) (deser. of larvae) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 162. n. 4 (1875) ; Higgins, /.c.

p- 30 (1876) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 570, a. 15 (1877) ; Weir, Entom. xiii, p, 218

(1880) (sound of pupa) ; Kill, Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii, p, 44 (1880) ; Weism., ed. Meld.

Stud. Theor, Desc. i. p. 201. t. 5, £, 37—44 (1882) (larvae); Rom., IWém. Lép. i. p. 70 (1884)

(Borjom ; Tiflis) ; Lampa, Lt. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 114 (1885) ; Berth., Bull. Soc. Ent. France

p. 157 (1888) (larva on Vitis in captiv.); Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Svci/. vii. p. 42 (1889) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 666, n. 17 (1892) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 29. t. 7. £. 6 (1898) ;

id., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 5. t. 17. £,5 (1894) ; Barrett, Lep. Brit. /s. ii. p, 36. n. 1. t. 48 (U., 4)

(1895) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 79 (1899) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p, 102.

n. 749 (1901).

Sphine euphorbia (1), Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 24. n. 159 (1775).

Sphynx euphorbiae, Vogel, Schmett. Cab. i. p. 26. t. 7. £. 6. a. b (1821).

Hyles euphorbiae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 187. n. 1475 (1822).

Dislephila (!) euphorbiae, Guérin, Icon. Regne Anim. ii, p. 494 (1844).

Deilephila mauritanica, Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nut. Sicil. vii. p. 41 (1889) (Sicily ?).

Deilephila euphorciae (1), Thierry-Mieg, Le Nat. xi. p. 181 (1889).

Dilephila euphorbiae, Kirby, in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 32. t. 101 (1897).

3%. Underside of wings and body rosy red. Abdominal sternites with pale

edges. Outer spines of first protarsal segment partly stout and somewhat prolonged.

Costal area of forewing above as a rule not extended brown, the patch beyond apex

of cell isolated. Mesothoracical tegula seldom with white upper border.

Larva with a double row of lateral spots, the dark parts densely dotted with

(719 )

yellow. Ina black specimen from Saratow the second row of spots vestigial ; two

pale examples from the same place have two rows of spots.

Hab. Kurope ; from Spain to Morea and the Caucasus, northward to the South

Coast of England, Southern Sweden.

In the Tring Musum 22 caterpillars, 2 pupae, and 80-odd specimens.

It is quite possible, even probable, that at least the caterpillars from the various

districts are different. A series should be compared especially from Spain, Italy,

Greece, and Southern Russia.

This subspecies is individually variable. The principal varieties are the

following :

a’. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae f. paralias.

Deilephila euphorbiae var, paralias Nickerl, Bohm. Tag. p. 22. £, 2 (1837) (Venedig) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 666, v, 17. a (1892),

Deilephila euphorbiae ab. paralias, Romanoff, Wém. Lép.i. p. 70 (1884) (Borjom) ; Staud. & Rebel,

Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 102. n. 749, a (1901).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. (et ab.?) paralias, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p, 85 (1899).

A large, sharply marked, reddish form.

b’. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae f. rubescens.

Deilephila euphorbiae ab, rwhescens Garbowski, Sitz. Ber. Ak. Wiss. Wien p. 917 (1892) ; Bartel, /.c.

p. 86 (1899).

Differs from ordinary specimens in being more red.

ce. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae £. grentzenbergi.

Sphing nicaea?, Ochsenheimer, Schin. Hur. ii. p. 225 (1808) (Portugal).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. grentzenberyi Staudinger, Ent. Nach. xi. p. 10 (1885) (Capri) ; Austaut,

Le Nat. viii. p. 259 (1886) ; Kirby, lc. (1892) ; Stand. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 102. n, 749. b

(1901).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. (et ab.) “grentzenbergi, Bartel, Lc. ii, p. 86 (1899) (Capri ; Lissabon ;

Toulouse).

Upperside of wings brighter rosy red than in the preceding.

It would perhaps be wise to keep forms a’, 6’, and c’, under one head ; they

intergraduate so completely that it is impossible to say where the one begins and

the other ends.

The following forms have more the nature of true aberrations :

d! C. euphorbiae euphorbiae ab. helioscopiae.

Sphinz euphorbiae, Selys-Longch., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 110 (1856) (var.) ; Boisd., ‘bid. (1856).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. helioscopiae Selys-Longeb., Ann. Soc. Hut. Belg. i. p. 40 (1857).

Deilephila euphorbiae, Calberla, Iris i p. 141 (1887) (Firenze).

Deilephila euphorbiae ab. helioscopiae, Bartel, lc. ii. p. 88 (1899).

Deilephila euphorbiae ab. defecta id,, Lc. ii. p. 88 (1899).

Hindwing without black submarginal band.

é. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae ab. lafitole?.

Deilephila cuphorbiae ab, lufitelvi Thierry-Mieg, Le Nat. xi. p. 181 (1889) (Pyrenees) ; Bartel, /.c. il,

p. 87 (1899).

Deilephila euphorbiae ab, lafitchii (1), Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i, p. 666, n. 17. b (1892) (laps, eal.),

Deilephila euphorbiae ab. lutifolii (!), Staudinger, in Staud, & Reb, Cal, Lep. ed. iti, p. 102, sub

n. 749 (1901) (laps. cal.).

Yellow instead of' red.

( 720 )

J. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae al. nigrescens nom. nov.

Deilephila esulae Boisduval (non Hufnagel, 1766), Zeon. Hist. Lép. ii. p. 26. t. 50. £. 1 (1834) (Ltaly);

Dup., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 18. n. 4. t. 2. f. 1 (1835) ; Frey., NV. Beytr. iv. p. 5.

n, 475. t. 291. £. 1 (1842) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. p. 88. £. 3 (1847) ; Led., Verh. Zool. Bot.

Ges. Wien ii. p. 91 (1852) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 166. n. 3 (1856); Dep., Bull

Soc. Ent. France p. 28 (1868) (painted specim.) ; Kiink., bid. p. 39 (1868) ; Selys-Longeh.»

C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. xi. p. 16 (1868) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 163. n. 5 (1875) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 571. n. 19 (1877) ; Curo, Bull. Soc, Ent. Ital. xxi. p. 80 (1890).

Deilephila euphorbiae ? ab? esulac, Staudinger & Wocke, Cut. Lep. p. 16. n. 16. b (1861).

Deilephila euphorbiae ab. esulae, Romanoff, Wém. Lép. i p. 70 (1884) (Tiflis, 1 do); Mina-Pal. &

Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1889) ; Bartel, /.c. ii. p. 87 (1899).

Deilephilu cuphorbiae, Ribbe, Iris ii. p. 186. t. 4. f. 4 (1889).

Deilephila euphorbiae var, esulae, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 102. n. 749. ¢ (1901).

Costal area of forewing above extended blackish brown, brown discal band

also deeper in tint than in the ordinary ewphorbiae.

The specimen figured by Ribbe is an extreme development, the pale area

of the forewing being reduced to a narrow band.

g. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae ab. restricta (Pl. VIL. f. 11, 3).

A ¢ in the Tring Museum has the forewing entirely tawny-olive above, except

a small spot at end of cell, and a series of small elongate, hastate or linear, spots

on the dise upon the veins ; fringe of hinder margin buffish white, that of distal

margin clay-colour; marginal band deeper brown. Disc of hindwing, above,

yellowish red, far less bright than in ordinary ewphorbiae. Underside of body

aud wings much shaded and speckled with brown, especially the wings ; forewing

with very little red, hindwing yellow-red on dise.

The specimen was caught on the drilling-ground at Bamberg ; we received

it from A. Heyne.

e. C. euphorbiae conspicua subsp. nov.

Deilephila euphorbiae, Mann, Wien, Ent. Mon. vi, p. 66 (1862) (Brussa).

Deilephila euphorbiae ab. paralias, Staudinger (xon Nickerl, 1837), Hor. Soc, Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 297

(1878) (Asia Minor) ; Hofm., Grossschm. p, 30. sub n, 5 (1894).

Deilephila euphorbiae var, (ab,) paralias, Holtz, Jllustr. Zeitschr. Ent. ii. p. 63 (1897) (Cilicia, B. vii.).

Deilephila euphorbiae, Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 79 (1899) (partim).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. lathyrus, Staudinger (won Walker, 1856), in Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep.

ed, ili, p, 103. n. 749. £ (1901) (partim).

3. A large and pale form resembling small specimens of nicaea. Meso-

thoracic tegula with vestige of white upper border. Costal margin of forewing

with little brown scaling, patch beyond end of cell isolated, very sharply marked,

distal marginal area as pale as disc. Underside of body and wings as pale as

in centralasiae. Spines of first protarsal segment stout.

Larva varying from yellow to black ; two rows of large lateral spots; very

few or no dots, differing in this respect very conspicuously from ewph. euphorbiae.

Hab. Syria and Asia Minor.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd and 7 larvae from: Beirut (type) ; Haifa.

J. C. cuphorbiae sicher.

Deilephila sichei Pingeler, Berl, Ent. Zeit. xvii, p. 235. t. 3 (gS, 2) (1903) (Bulghar Dagh).

3%. Mesothoracic tegula with pale upper border. Costal median patch ot

forewing much reduced on upperside, not distinct below. External spines of first

Cai)

protarsal segment few in number and large, agreeing best with those of the

following form.

Hab. Bulghar Dagh, Cilicia, June.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 ? received from Herr M. Holtz.

gy. C. euphorbiae centralasiae.

Deilephila euphorbiae, Bienert, Lep. Erg. Reise Persien p, 32 (1869) (Teheran, v.; this form 2)

Christ., in Rom., Wém. Lép. iii. p. 54 (1887) (Askhabad, 1 9, pale).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. centralasiae Staudinger, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xlviii. p. 64 (1887) (Samarkand ;

Namangan) ; Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Mém. Lép. iv. p. 511. n, 204 (1890) (Osch, v., common) ;

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 666. n. 17. d (1892) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 89 (1899).

3%. Very pale. Abdominal sternites without distinct pale borders. White

upper border of mesothoracie tegula generally vestigial, sometimes distinct.

Submarginal band of hindwing less black than in the other subspecies. Distal

marginal area of forewing rather darker than the disc, therefore the olivaceous band

not very sharply defined distally. Outer spines of first protarsal segment long and

few in number, the segment shorter than in the other subspecies. Sometimes the

body and wings rosy red.

Larva with one row of lateral spots.

Hab. Transcaspia.

In the Tring Museum 1] larva, 3 dd, 4 22 from: Askhabad ; Achal Tekke ;

Proy. Kuliab, Afghanistan.

h. C. euphorbiae roberts.

Deilephila euphorbiae, Bienert, Lep. Erg. Reise Persien p. 32 (1869).

(7) Deilephila spec., Christoph, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Shahrud).

Deilephila robertsi Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 411. n, 25. t. 39. f. 9. 10 (L., p.) (1880) (Kandahar,

larva common on Luphorbia) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 346 n. 1, (1885) (Kandahar,

vii. common) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. 1. p. 21, n. 111 (1887).

Dilephila dahlii, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 99. 0, 156 (1892) (Kandahar ;

Simla).

Deilephila peplides Christoph, Ent. Nachr. xx. p. 333 (1894).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. peplidis, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 88 (1899).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. robertsi, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep, ed. iii. p. 102. n, 749. d (1901).

3%. A dark form, occurring in the same countries as centralasiae but probably

in other stations. First protarsal segment with more and shorter external spines

than in centralasiae. Further observations are necessary to show the true geo-

graphical relation of peplidis and centralasiae. They are not seasonal forms

judging from the data given by the collectors.

Under surface of wings much speckled with brown, reminding one of (¢hymali.

Larva with a double series of lateral spots.

Hab. Transcaspia southward to Kandahar, Afghanistan.

In the Tring Museum 6 3d, 5 2% from: Askhabad; Merw, iii. iv.; Gr.

Balkan, Turem.

i. C. euphorbiae nervosa subsp. nov.

3. Mesothoracic tegula with white upper edge. Abdomen: two black lateral

spots ; fringe of tergites not white in middle.

W ings, upperside.

Forewing: costal area clay-colour from base to near apex,

hroadly shaded with black behind from base to M’, then sinuate ; in this sinus an

indistinct black patch ; the patch beyond apex of cell merged together with costal

AAA

( 722)

area, less rounded than in euph. tithymali, more so than in costata, edged with black

behind ; veins traversing discal band pale like median area as in costata ; marginal

band pale.

Underside of wings speckled with brown ; cell of forewing brown, the area

ending in a blackish patch; disc of forewing slightly pink, that of hindwing pale

pink.

Hab. Sabathu, N.W. India.

Two do in the British Museum. ’

Resembling exphorbiae costata ; third abdominal segment without indication of

a black patch ; underside of wings more pink.

k. C. euphorbiae costata (Pl. IX. f. 10, 2).

Sphinx (Deilephila) costata Nordmann, Bull, Moscow xxiv. 2. p. 444. t. 11. £. 3. 4 (1851) (Kiachta),

Deilephila costata, Staudinger & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p. 37. n. 470 (1871) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 569. n. 10 (1877); Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxv. p. 211 (1892) (Raddefka, ¢);

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 10 (1892) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 95 (1899) (Gouv.

Jenisseisk and Irkutsk ; Kiachta; Raddefka) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iil. p. 103. n, 751

(1901) (Kiachta ; ‘ Amur false ”’).

3d. We do not believe that this insect is specifically distinct. We have seen

only a few. Nordmann’s figure is not very exact. Mesothoracic tegula with white

upper border. Body above and forewing deep cinnamon-brown ; abdomen with a

small brownish black side-patch on fourth segment as in dali, Costal area of

forewing broadly brown, sharply marked, patch beyond apex of cell merged together

with it, narrower than in most forms of euphordiae ; veins traversing brown discal

band pale as in xervosa and certain mauretanica ; inner edge of brown band more

straight behind than in the other forms of ezphorbiae. Hindwing below with the

black submarginal band (so sharply marked in Nordmann’s figure) vestigial ; body

and wings with little red on the under surface.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Transbaikalia ; Kiachta ; Raddefka.

In the Paris Museum 1 2 from Kiachta (Popoff), here figured.

675. Celerio gallii.

Sphina galli Rottenburg, Naturf. vii. p. 107 (1775).

Deilephila galii, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 166. n. 4 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén.

Lép. Hit. i. p. 169. n. 12 (1875).

3%. Confounded with euphorbiae by the early writers. First protarsal

segment with the external row of spines complete, double at base, the spines little

prolonged. Pulvillus present. Antenna above white only at end.

3. Harpe more curved than in exphorbiae.

Early stages similar to those of exphorbiae.

Larva very variable, with few dots on back; pale spot near base of horn

always elongate; pronotal shield often quite red.—Food-plants: Epilobium,

Asperula, etc. ; said to occur also on Luphorbia.

Hab. Palaearctic and Neartic Regions, as far south as the Himalayas and

Georgia.

Two subspecies.

The larvae found on Luphorbia may be the product of hybridisation between

gall and euphorbiae.

( 723 )

a. C. gallii gallii.

Roes., Ins. Belust. ii. p. 33. t. 6, f. 1. 2 (larva) (1746); Uddm., Dissert. p. 57 (1753) (partim) ;

Harris, Aurel. p. 87. t. 44. £. b (1766); Schaeff.. Icon. Rat. t. 78. £. 1. 2. (1766); Deg., Mém.

Hist. Ins. i. t. 8. £. 6B—11 (1752) ; id., lc. ii. 1 p. 236 (1771) ; Mad., ed. Kleem., Raupenkal,

p. 52(1777) ; Gladb., Besehr. Eur. Schm. p. 18. t. 9.4.1.2 (¢.), p. TL. t. 32. £. 1.23 (L, p.) (1777) ;

Ernst & Engr., Pap. Bur. iii. p. 91. t. 109. f. 156. a.—f. (1782).

Sphinx euphorbiae Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 17 (1758) (partim ; larva) ; Poda, Mus, Graec.

p. 81. n. 5 (1761) (partim) ; Linné, Mus, Lud. Ulr. p.356. n. 16 (1764) ; Fabr,, Syst. But. p. 541.

“n. 17 (1775) (partim) ; Blumenb., Handb. Nuturg. p. 365. n. 9 (1779) (partim) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins.

li, p. 146. n. 32 (1781) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5 p. 2383. n. 19 (1790) (partim).

Sphinx esulae var., Hufnagel, Berl. Mag. ii. p. 197. n. 9 (1766) (partim) ; Rott., Naturf. vii. p. 105

(1775).

Sphina euphorbii (!) var., Meinecke, Naturf. i. p. 244 (1774) (larva) ; Kiihn, ibid. iii, p. 22 (1774).

Sphins gallii Rottenburg, /.c. vii. p. 107 (1775) ; Fabr., Gen. Ins. p. 273. n, 17—18 (1777) ; Lue.,

Lép. Eur. p. 112 t. 46 (1834).

Sphine galii Denis & Schiff., Verz. Schm. Wien p. 42. n. 2 (1776); Fuessly, Wag. Ent. i. p. 113

(1778) ; Esp., Schm. ii. p. 173. n. 27. t. 21 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 210. n. 27 (1780) ;

Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 147. n. 33 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 68. n. 563. 564 (1782) ; Retz.,

Gen. Ins, p. 34. n. 28 (1783) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins, ii. p. 95. 0. 36 (1787) ; Borkh., Eur. Schm. ii.

p. 81. 140. 179. n. 7 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2383. n. 82 (1790) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii.

p. 162. n. 1053 (1790) ; View., Verz. Brandenb. i. p. 7. n. 8 (1790) ; Brahm, Jnsectenkal. ii. 1.

p. 314. n. 200 (1791) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 362. 495 (1791); Borkh., /thein. Mag. i. p. 316.

n. 143 (1793) ; Fabr., nt. Syst. iii. 1. p. 368. n. 38 (1793) (partim) ; Illig., in Den. & Schiff.,

Verz. Schm, Wien ed. ii. p. 14. n. 2 (1880) ; id., Mag. Ins. ii. p. 35 (1803) (Linné’s descr. of exph.

critic.) ; Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. p. 66. n. 6. t, 12. £. 64 (180—?) ; id., Gesch. Schm.

li. Sphing iii. Leg. B. d. f. 1. a (180—?) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 217. n. 2 (1808); Haw.,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. i, p. 99, t. 4 (1812); Nag., Hiilfsb. Schm. p, 157 (1818) ; Sam., Ent.

Comp. p. 244 (1819) ; Meig., Handb. Schm. p. 96. n. 10 (1827) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 33 (1829) ;

Meig., Syst. Beschr. Schm. ii. p. 137. n, 6. t. 65. £. 1 (1830); Treit., Wiilfsb. Schm. p. 167. n. 10

(1844); Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 23. n. 5 (1872) (v. vi.)

() Sphinw galii, Fuessly, N. Mag. Ent. ii. p. 70, iii. p. 156. n. 122 (1785) (perhaps phileuphorbic 1).

Celerio galii, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 761. n. 1 (1815)

Deilephila galii, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 43. 0. 6 (1816); Steph., lustr. Brit. Ent., Haust.

i. p. 125. t. 12. f. 2. (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 32 (1829) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit.

Moths i. p. 18. t. 4. £. 4. 5. 6 (1843); Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 110 (1844) (v. vi.) ,

Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Herr.-Sch., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 87. n. 18 (1857) ;

Wilde, Raup. ii. p. 83. n. 10. t. 2. £. 29 (1860); Siev., Bull. Moscow p, 140 (1862) (St.

Petersb,) ; Wall., Skand. Het. Fijiir. p. 40. n. 2 (1863); Maur., Vijdschr, Ent. ix. p. 174

(1866) (Limburg); Snell., Viind. Nederld. p. 95 (1867) (vi. vii.); Gav., Tijdschr. Ent. x.

p- 197. n. 71 (1867) (Groningen) ; Tengstr., Act. Soc. FP’. I’. Fenn, x. p. 6. n. 93 (1869) ; Heyl.,

Tijdschr. Ent. xiii, p. 146, n. 70 (1870) (Breda) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 569, n. 6

(1877) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Giraub. xxiii. p. 44 (1880) ; Staud., Hor. Soc. Mut. Ross, xiv.

p. 297 (1878) (Asia Minor ?) ; Thed., Aut. Tidskr. ii. p. 105 (1881) ; Albr., Bull. Moscou. p. 379

(1882) (Moscow) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor. Desc. i. p. 211. t. 5. f. 45. 46, t. 6. £, 47, 48

(1882) (larvae) ; Rom., Wém. Lép. i. p. 70 (1884) (Borjoum, 1 specim,) ; Lampa, Ent, Tidskr.

vi. p. 26. n. 113 (1885) ; Leach, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 583. n. 12 (1888) (Fujisan, vi. ;

‘Tsuruga, vii.) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii, p. 41 (1889) (Sicily ?) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 665, n. 6 (1892) ; Hofm,, Raup. Grosaschin. p. 28. t. 7. £.5 (1893) ; id., Grossschin.

p. 30, t. 17. f, 4 (1894); Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Gres, Graub, Xxxvilil, App. p. 20 (1805) ;

Barrett, Lep. Brit. Is, ii. p, 42. n. 2. t. 49 (1895); Vos, Tijdschr. Ent, xh, p. 80 (1898)

_ (Apeldoorn) ; Leech, rans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 285. n, 58 (1898) (Fujisan, vi, ; Tsuruga, vii.),

Mylesgalii, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 137, 0. 1470 (1822).

Sphynx galii, Vogel, Schmett. Cab, ii, p. 18. t. 7, £. 4. a, b (1822).

Deilephila philenphorbia Miitzell, in Wiegm., Arch, Naturg. viii. p. 171. t. 8 (1840). :

Deilephila gallii, Staudinger & Wocke, Cat. Ley. ed. ii. p. 36. n. 464 (1871) ; Siebke, awn. Ins. Nove,

iti. p. 24. n. 1 (1876) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxii. p, 104. n, 182 (1888) (Amurld,) ; Staud.,

in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 227. n. 213 (1892) (Amur); Herz, /rix x1. p. 250. n. 90 (1808)

(N.E. Siber.); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 71 (1899) 5 Staud. & Reb,, Cat. Lep, ed. ili.

p. 102. n. 745 (1901). oes

Dilephila galii, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 98. n. 105 (1802) (Gurais Valley,

(724 )

6000 ft.); Kirby, in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 30. t. 102. f. 1 (1897) ; Dudg., Journ,

Bombay N. H. xi. p. 415. n. 155 (1898) (Chumbi Valley, 13,000 ft.).

Deilephila gallii hibr. phileuphorbia, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 75 (1899).

Deilephila gallit hybr. phileuphorbia, Staudinger & Reb,, Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 102. n. 745. a (1901).

3%. A very constant insect. Discal area of hindwing above with a red

patch behind middle, the red colour often extending along black basal area and

postdiscal band ; below there is seldom a trace of red.

Hab. Palaearctic Region, from Western Europe to Japan and the Himalayas.

In the Tring Museum 10 larvae, 2 pupae, 50-odd specimens from various

places of Europe, Transcaucasia.

b. C. gallii intermedia.

Sphinw epilobii Harris (non Boisduval, 1829), in Hitche., Rept. Massachus. iv. p. 590 (1833); id

lc. ed. ii. p. 591 (1835).

Deilephila intermedia Kirby, Fauna Bor. Amer. iv. p. 302 (1834); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20

(1860) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 40 (1865) ; id, & Rob., ibid. p. 156. n. 46 (1865) ;

iid., Jc. p. 179 (1865) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix p. 569. n. 8 (1877); Beth., Canad.

Ent. xi. p. 152 (1879).

Deilephila chamaenerii Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn Se. Art xxxvi. p. 305. n. 2 (1839); id., in Agass.,

Lake Sup. p. 387. t. 7. £. 2 (1856); Morris, Cut. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris,

Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 165. n. 2 (1862) ; Harris, ed. Flint, Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1863) ; Lintn.,

Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 661 (1864) (life hist.) ; Grote, ‘bid. v. p. 40 (1865) ; id. & Rob.,

ibid. p. 156. n. 47 (1865) ; Beth., Canad. Ent. iii. p. 83 (1871) (Lake Superior) ; Bowl., ‘hid. iii.

p. 143 (1871) (Quebec) ; Streck., ‘bid. iv. p. 206 (1872) Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) ;

(N. York, v., larva in viii.) ; id., /.c. iii. p, 179 (1873) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton,

Mass., vi. vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 20 (1874) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ae. Se. vi.

p. 90 (1875) (Vancouver I.; Oregon; N. Calif.) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. viii. p. 241 (1875)

(Montreal, vi.) ; Saund., ‘bid. p. 64. fig. 2 (7) (1876) (descr. of larva); id., Rept. Ent. Soe.

Ontario vi, p. 37 (1876); ButlL, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 569. n. 7 (1877) ; Saund., Canad.

Ent, ix, p. 63. fig. 2. 4 (1877) (Quebec ; larva, food-plants) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 58

(1880) (= intermedia = galii) ; Saund., Ins. Inj. Fruits p. 256. n. aoe fig. 267 (1883) ; Fern.,

Canad. Ent. xiv. p. 21 (1884) ; id., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 55. n, 24. t. 2. £.1 (1886) ; Grote, Hawk

Moths N. Am. p. 31 (1886) ; id., Conud: Ent, xviii, p. 132. n. 34 (1886) ; Trum., Lut. News viil.

p. 27 (1887).(S. Dakota); Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus, xxxv. p. 39 (1889) (liter, rel, to

metam.) ; Dyar, in Riley, Jus. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. York, at electr. light)

Deilephila galii, Walker, l.c. (1856); Clem., Journ. Ac, N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 144. n. 23 (1859);

Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 75 (1868) (= chamaenerii) ; Boisd., Ann. Soc. Ent.

Belg. xii. p. 66. n. 69 (1868) ; Méschl., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxxv. p, 157 (1874); Boisd., lc. (1875)

(partim) ; Méschl., Verh. Z. B. Ges. Wien xxxiv. p. 283 (1885) (= gali‘).

Deilephila oxybaphi Clemens, l.c. iv. p. 145. n. 24 (1859) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 7

(1892).

Deilephila canadensis Guenée, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 7 (1868) (= chameneriz).

Lyles chamaenerii, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. ii. p. 225, n. 24 (1875) ; id., Lc. iii, p. 221. nm. 26

(1877) (= inter ied? 2 = oxrybaphi ? = canadensis).

Deilephila ee aie Lep. Rhop, Het. p. 79 (1874) ; Smith, Trans. Amer: Ent. Soe. xv. p. 131.

Lee et Fe Gane poe (Canada to Georgia; westward to Calif.; Labrador); Hanh.,

Canad. Ba. aS p- 52 (1899) (Westminster, Brit. Col.) ; Heath, ‘bid. xxxiii. p. 99 (1901)

(Manitoba).

Deilephila galii var. intermedia, Beutenmiiller, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 286. t. 3. £. 3 (1895).

Deilephila gallii var. chamaenerii, Hanham, Canad. But. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba).

3%. There is no other difference from the Palaearctic form of gallii than the

more extended red colour of the hindwing, and the darker tint of the brown

marginal and basal parts of the under surface of the wings. The pale border

of the hindwing above is generally narrower than in European examples, but

the character is not constant.

(725 )

Hab. Nearctic Region, from Canada to Colorado and Georgia, extending in

the northern district westward to Vancouver, Oregon, and Northern California.

Tn the Tring Museum 6 larvae, 50-odd specimens from various parts of Canada

and the United States.

676. Celerio biguttata.

*Deilephila biguttata Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 172. n. 15 (1856) (Madag. ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Guen., in Vins., Voy. Madag. p. 30. (1865); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 160

n. 2 (1875); Butl., Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 568 n. 3 (1877) ; id., Cist, Ent, ii. p. 393

(1879) (Antananarivo) ; Mab., Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 296 (1879) (Madag.); Saalm., Lep.

Mad. p. 123 n, 293 (1884) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 664 n. 3 (1892).

Deilephila eleagni Boisduval, /.c.

*Deilephila euphorbioides Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 22 n. 8 (1892) (“ Japan ” err. loci ;—

Mus, Oxford) ; Leech, Vrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 285 n. 59 (1898) (* not seen”).

3%. Pulvillus present. Spines of first protarsal segment not obviously

prolonged. Upper edge of mesothoracic tegula not white. Abdomen with two

large black lateral spots. Upperside of body dark olive-brown, underside somewhat

paler ; underside of wings cinnamon-brown, much speckled with deep brown, dise

somewhat reddish. Forewing above with a pale line from apex to basal third of

hinder margin, area outside this line darker brown than the area between the line

and costal margin ; a brown postcostal patch beyond apex of cell more or less

distinct generally followed by a narrower patch at fork ; hinder edge of wing

couspicuonsly white.

3. Friction-scales large, and less numerous than in exphorbiae, lineata, ete. ;

harpe of the exphorbiae-type, process stouter and shorter, much stronger curved.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 9 29.

677. Celerio euphorbiarum.

Sphinz: euphorbiarum Guérin & Perch., Gén, Ins. t. 3. f. 1 (1835).

Deilephila celeno Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 170, n. 13 (1875) (Buenos Ayres ; Uruguay ;

Chili).

*Deilephila spinifascia Batler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 81 (1871) (Buenos Ayres ; Patagonia ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool, Sor. Lond. ix. p. 568. n. 5 (1877).

Deilephila euphorbiarum, Berg, Bull. Moscou p. 206, n. 17 (1875) (Patagonia i descr. of larva) ;

id., Act. Ac. Nac. i. p. 83. n. 17 (1876) ; Butler, /.c. p, 630. 638 (1877) (= spinifascia — celeno) ;

Burm., Deser, Rép. Argent. v. p. 337. n, 1 (1878); id., Le. Atlas p. 38. t. 16. f. 1--3. 5—8

(/., p., 4) (1879); Bartl.-Calv., Cat. Lep. Chile p. 12. 0. 91 (1886) ( = spinifascia =celeno) ;

Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 3 (1892) (B. Ayres ; Patagonia ; Chili).

2. Pulvillus present. Outer spines of first protarsal segment stout and long.

Body as in annei, the fourth and fifth black abdominal spots often absent or

vestigial. Brown costal area of forewing sharply defined, incised at the veins,

Red area of hindwing variable in width. Hindwing below with two black

patches before abdominal edge, one at base, the other at anal angle.

g. Sexual armature of the same type as in exphorbiae, gallit, ete.; tip of

harpe less acute.

Larva varying from greyish green to black; a pale dorsal line, absent ol

vestigial in the dark forms ; a series of black, round, dorso-lateral spots encircled by

a pale yellow ring.——Food-plants : Mirabilis jalappa 3 Cestrum ; ele.

( 726 )

Hab. Southern district of South America: Tucuman to Patagonia ; Chili ;

Southern Brasilia.

In the Tring Museum 14 dd, 12 2? from: Chili ; Buenos Ayres ; La Gama,

Argentina, xii. ; Province of Rio de Janeiro.

678. Celerio annei.

Sphinx annei Guérin, Mag. Zool. (2). i. Ins, t. 2. (1839) (Santiago).

Deilephila annei, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B, M. viii. p. 171. n. 14 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Heét.i. p. 161, n. 3 (1875) (Chili ; Peru; @, 2); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 571. n. 18

(1877) ; Bartl-Calv., Cat. Lep. Chile p. 12. n. 92 (1886) ; Kirby, Cat: Lep. Het. i. p. 667. n. 20

(1892) (Peru ; Chili).

3%. Pulvillus present. Spies of external row of first protarsal_ segment

stout. Upper edge of mesothoracie tegula white. Abdomen with five black side-

patches, first the largest. Costal area of forewing above shaded with brown, not

sharply defined, a brown patch beyond end of cell ; discal area grey, becoming paler

towards base, somewhat buffish or creamy along the brown discal band.

Not dissected.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Chili; Bolivia ; Peru.

In the Tring Museum 6 29 from: Raneagua, Chili; La Paz, Bolivia;

Carobas, Peru, xii. 1899 (Simons).

679. Celerio nicaea. . .

Sphina nicaea Prunner, Lep, Pedem. p. 86 (1898).

3%. Pulvillus present. First protarsal segment with external spines not

prolonged, the row doubled or trebled at base. Spines of comb of midtarsus little

prolonged. Abdominal sternites unicolorous, the apices being barely paler than the

rest of the segments. Upper and under surfaces of legs not contrasting strongly,

the under being nearly as pale as the upper. Mesothoracie tegula without white

upper fringe.

g. Harpe stronger curved than in exphordiae, similar to that of gall.

Larva: head and pronotum of the pale colour of the other segments; two

dorsal series of large black patches (also on head), a round yellow or red spot in

these patches, spot at base of horn elongate; a series of ventro-lateral patches

including similar yellow or red spots and extending on the under surface ; horn

black.—Food-plant : Muphorbia. :

lab. Mediterranean district, eastwards to Transcaspia and North West India.

Three subspecies :

a. C. nicaea nicaea.

Sphinx nicaea Prunner, /.c.; Hiibner, Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. £. 149. 150 (180-?); God., Lép.

France iii. p. 171, t. 17. f. 1 (1823); Meig., Syst. Beschr. Schm. ii. p. 139. n. 8 (18380).

Sphina eyparissize Hiibner, Samml. Bur. Schm., Sphing. £. 115 (180-7?) ; id., Gesch. Bur. Sehm. ii.

Sphing. iii. Leg. B. e. £. 1. a. b. ¢ (180- ?).

Deilephila nicaea, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 43. n: 8. p. 178. n. 8 (1816) ; Frey., N. Beytr. ii.

p. 143. n. 120. t. 92. 93 (1829) ; Boisd., Jnd. Meth. p. 33 (1829) ; Boisd., Grasl. & Ramb., Jeon.

Chenill., Sphing. t. 1. £. 3. 4 (1832); Cant., in Silberm. Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1883) (Dept. Var,

vi. viii. = cyparissiae) ; Treit., in Ochs., Schm. Eur. x. 1. p. 130 (1834) ; Dup., Zeon. Chenill.

t. 9. f. 1. a—d (1832-42); Herr-Sch., Hur, Schm, ii. p. 88. n. 20 (1845) ; Lue., in Chenu, Wne.

ITist. Nat., Pap. i. p. 258. fig. 457. 458. 459 (1853); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 168.

n. 7 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 164. n. 6 (1875); Lue., Bull. Soc. Ent. France

( 727 )

p. 173 (1875) (Crimea); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 570, n. 17 (1877); Weism., ed.

Meld., Stud. Theor. Dese.i. p 207. t. 6. f. 51 (1882) (larvae); Rom., MWém. Lép. i. p. 70 (1884)

(Brivan, 1 specim.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 667. n. 19 (1892); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm.

p- 29. t. 7 f. 7 (1893); id., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 6. t. 17. f. 6 (1894); Bartel, in Riihl, Girossschm.

ii. p. 90 (1899) ; Stand. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 750 (1901) (Gal. m.; It. s. oc. ;

Crim. ; ? Ili).

Hyles nicea (!), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p, 137. n. 1474 (1822).

Deilephila nicea (!), Lucas, Lép. Eur, ed. ii, p. 138. t. 45. f. 1a (1864).

3¢?. Pale median area of forewing above more or less speckled with brown

scales ; marginal area less pale than median area.

Hab. South France ; Spain ; Italy; Greece ; Crimea ; Caucasia ; Transcaspia.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 9 dd,8 22 from South France, and a pair

from Askhabad, one of these latter specimens agreeing with the following sub-

species.

4. C. nicaea castissima.

Deilephiia nicaea, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. vi. p. 63. t. 3. f. 9, 9a (1881) (Sebdou ; larva var.).

*Deilephila nicaea var. castissima Austaut, Le Nat. y. p. 360 (1883) (Mus. Tring) ; id., /.c. viii.

p. 260 (1886) ; id., Zc. xi. p. 232 (1889) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 667. sub n. 19 (1892) ;

Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 92 (1899) ; Stand. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 750. a

(1901) (Maur. oc.).

*Deilephila nicaeca var. castissima ab. carnea Austaut, l.c, xi. p. 232 (1889) (Mus. Tring) ; Bartel, /.c.

(1899).

Deilephila nicaea var. carnea “ Mab.,” Kirby, 1.c.

32: Paler and often more pinkish than the preceding, with no or few speckles

on the pale middle area of the forewing ; distal marginal area of forewing as pale

or nearly as pale as middle area.

Hab. Morocco ; Algiers.

In the Tring Musenm 3 dd, 5 2? from Morocco and Algiers, including

specimens of castissima and carnea from Austaut’s collection, labelled “ type.”

c. C. nicaea lathyrus.

*Deilephila lathyrus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 172. n. 16 (1856) (N. India ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut, Lep. Ins. Mus. BE. I. C. i. p. 274. n, 632 (1857) (N. India) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Het. 1. p. 165. n. 7. t. 6. f. 2 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.

p. 570. n, 16 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i, p. 21. n. 110 (1887).

Dilephila euphorbiae, Hampson, in Blanf., Pauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 98.0, 154 (1892) (partim ;

N.W. Himalayas to Naini Tal).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. lathyrus, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103, n. 749, f. (1901)

(partim). ;

3%. This form has nothing to do with exphorbiae, but is the N.W. Indian

representative of wicwea, from which it differs in being more densely speckled with

brown on the forewing, in having on the hindwing a broader black postdiscal band

and a paler red discal one, and in being smaller.

Hab. N.W. India; doubtless occurring farther north-west.

Two 32 from Kumaon in the Tring Museum.

680.-Celerio zygophylli.

Sphine zygophylli Ochsenbeimer, Schm. Eur, ii. p. 226. n, 5 (1808) (S. Russia) ; Hiibn., Samm.

Eur. Schm., Sphing, t. 27. £. 125 (180-7); Bieb., Bull, Moscou ii. p. 4. t. 2 (1809).

Celerio zygophilli, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 761. sub n, 2 (1815).

Deilephila zygophylli, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur, iv, p.43.n. 10, p. 181. 0. 10 (1816): Boisd,, /eon,

Hist. Lép. ii. p. 82. n, 8, t. 51. f. 2 (1834) (8. Russia) ; Treit., in Ochs., Sehm. Bur, x. p. 182

( 728 )

(1834) ; Dup., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 20. t. 3. f. 1 (1835) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-

Ural. p. 110 (1844) ; Herr.-Sch., Ew. Schin. ii. p. 87. 0. 17 (1847); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.

viii. p. 168. n, 9 (1856); Christ., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxxiii. p. 216 (1872) (Derbent) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 168. n. 10 (1875) ; Weism., Stud. Desc. ii. p. 34. t. 3. £. 50 (1876) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 570. n. 14 (1877); Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 236

(1877) (S. Russia) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stad. Theor. Desc. i. p. 217. t. 6. £. 50 (1882) (larva) ;

Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 70 (1884) (Derbent; Ordubad ; Tiflis; Eldar; Djielfi; iv.—ix.) ;

Alph.. in Rom., ibid. v. p. 83. n. 20 (1889) (Lob Nor, var.) ; Grum-Grsch., in Rom., ibid. iv.

p- 511. n. 203 (1890) (Ferghana) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 8 (1892) ; Hofm., Raup.

Grossschm. p. 285. t. 48. £. 9 (1893); Teich, Stett. Ent. Zeit, lvii. p. 30 (1896) (Araxes, larva

common); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 69 (1899); Stand. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 102.

n. 744 (1901). ‘

Deilephila zigophylli (!), Hofmann, Grossschm. p. 29. n. 3. t. 17. £. 3 (1894).

3. First protarsal sezment with few and long external spines. Pulvillus

vestigial. Mesothoracic tegula mostly with white fringe above, but not always.

Abdominal sternites without distinctly white edges. White discal band of forewing

restricted, the cinnamon-clay-coloured costal area more extended than in ewphorbiae,

patch beyond end of cell merged together with this area, less rounded than in

euphorbiae.

3. Process of harpe relatively long, curved at end.

Larva variable, green, grey, or brown, dotted with white, a black dorsal

line, a white dorso-lateral one which shows sometimes vestiges of the round spots

of other species ; horn black.—Food-plant : Zygophyllum.

Hab, South Russia eastwards to the Lob-Nor.

In the Tring Museum 13 dd, 9 2? from: Astrachan ; Ordubad ; Merw;

Ruschke, Afghanistan.

681. Celerio vespertilio.

Ernst & Engr., Pap. Ew, iii. p. 98. t. 111. f. 159 (1782).

Sphinx vespertilio Esper, Schmett. ii. p. 178. n. 28, t. 22. £. 4 (1779) (Verona) ; Fuessly, Arch. Ins.

t. 2. f. 1.2 (1781) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 504 (1781); id., Mant. Ins. ii. p, 96. n. 38 (1787) ;

Borkh., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 87. n. 4, p. 142. n. 9, p. 179. n. 9 (1789) ; Vill., Wnt. Linn. ii. p. 97.

n. 17. t. 4. f. 17 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat, i. 5. p. 2384. n. 84 (1790) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii.

p. 160. n. 1049 (1790) ; Fabr., Hut. Syst. iii, i. p. 369. n. 40 (1793) ; Prunn., Lep. Pedem. p. 87.

n. 175 (1798); Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. p. 97. n. 9. t. 11. f. 62, t. 21. f. 103. 104

(180—2) ; id., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. B. b. f. 1. a. b (180— ?) ; Ochs., Selim. Hur.

ii. p. 228. n. 6 (1808) ; Latr., in N. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxii. p. 27 (1819); God., Lép. France in.

p. 178. t. 17. f. 2 (1823); Frey., V. Beitr. Schm. i. p. 73. t. 39 (1829); Meig., Handb. Schm.

p. 97. n. 12 (1827) ; id., Syst. Beschr. Schm. p. 142. n. 12. t. 66. f. 1 (1830) ; Lue. Lép. Bur.

p. 113. t. 43 (1834)

Celerio vespertilio, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii, 1. p. 761, sub n. 2 (1815),

Deilephila vespertilio, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 43. n. 11 (1816); Boisd., Ramb, & Grasl.,

Hist. Icon, Chenill., Sphing. t. 6. £. 4. 5 (1832); Cant., in Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833)

(Dept. Var, vi.) ; Boisd., Hist. Icon. Lép. ii. p. 22. n, 3. t. 49. £. 3-(1834); Treit., in Ochs., ”

Schm. Eur. x. p. 135 (1834) ; Duponeh., Zeon. Chenill. i. tewte. t. 3. £. 2 a—d (1832—42) ; Herr.-

Sch., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 89. n. 24 (1847); Mill., Bull. Soe. Ent. France p. 14 (1852) (Ichneum.) ;

Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 170. n. 10 (1856); Lue., in Chenu, Enc. Hist. Nat. Pap. 1.

p. 260. fig. 460 (1853) ; Wilde, Raup. ii. p. 84 (1860) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 174. n. 17

(1875) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 571. n. 22 (1877) ; Staud., or. Soc, Ent. Ross. xiv

p. 296 (1878) (Asia Min. ? ?); Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 44 (1880); Rom., Mém.

Lép.i. p. 70 (1884) (Borjoum ; Lagodekhi) ; Kill., /.c. xxix. p. 7 (1886) ; Weism., ed. Meld.,

Stud. Theor. Desc. i, p. 209. t. 3. £, 13. 14. 15, t. 6. £. 49 (1882) (larvae) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.

i. p. 667. n, 23 (1892) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p.'28. t. 7. £. 3 (1893) ; id., Grossschm., p. 29. D. 1.

t. 17. f. la (1894) ; Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxviii. App. p. 19 (1895) ; Kirby, in

Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 35. t. 102. f. 2 (1897); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 58

(1899) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat, Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n, 742 (1901) (Alp. val. ; Austr. ; Gal. m.

mont. ; It. c.; Arm.).

(7298)

Thaumas vespertilio, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 188, n, 1476 (1822).

Sphynx vespertilio, Vogel, Schmett. Cab. vii. p. 15. t. 7. £. 2 (1825).

Deilephila vespertilio var. burckhardti Mory, Mitth. Schw, Ent. Ges. x. p. 349. t. 1 (1901).

$?. The uniformly brownish forewing, which shows only a vestige of the

discal line, distinguishes this species from all the others. External spines of first

protarsal segment not much prolonged, the row complete, double at base. Pulvillus

vestigial.

do. The thin part of the harpe short, little curved.

Larva, adult, without horn, dorso-lateral spots not quite round, last one

elongate ; back with a network of thin brown lines somewhat resembling the

minute pattern of the back of e/penor.—Food-plant : Epilobinm.

Pupa longer and slenderer than in gal/ii and euphorbiae.

The following forms are doubtless hybrids between vespertilio on one side and

euphorbiae and hippophaes on the other. As the hybrids have not yet been reared

in confinement we do not know which species served as d and which as ?. The

larvae of these supposed hybrids live on Epilodivm, that of hybr. amelia also on

Ilippophaé. Of the four possible combinations two only seem to be known ; but

the hybr. amelia may be the offspring of a different combination from that of

vespertilioides, in one case vespertilio serving perhaps as d, in the other as 9.

a. hybr. hippophaés x vespertilio, or vespertilio x hippophaés.

Sphine amelia Feisthamel, Bull. Sc. Nat. ii. p. 162 (1827); Boisd., Ind. Meth p. 33 (1829)

(= vespertilioides).

Deilephila amelia, Duponchel, in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 11. t. 1. £, 2 (1835).

*Sphing vespertilioides Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Linn. Paris vi. p. 114. t. 6. £. 4 (1827) ; id., Ind. Meth.

p. 33 (1829) (= amelia ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Boisd., Ramb. & Grasl., Jeon. Hist. Chenill.,

Sphing. t. 9. £. 1 (1832); Ramb., Ann, Soe. Ent. France p. 426 (1832) (= hybr. vespertilio x

hippophaés) ; Treit., in Ochs., Schm. Eur, x. 1. p. 1385 (1834) ; Herr.-Sch., ibid. ii. p. 89. n, 23+

f. 10. 13 (1847) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 170, n, 12 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.

Hét. i. p. 175. n. 18 (1875) ; Hofm., Raup. Grrossschm. p. 284 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 29

(1894),

Deilephila vespertilio bibr. vespertilicides, Staudinger & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed, ii. p. 36. n. 461. a

(1871) ; Bartel, in Riih], Grossschm. ii. p. 61 (1899) (Grenoble ; Istre).

; b. hybr. vespertilio x euphorbiae, or euphorbiae x vespertilio.

*Sphing epilobii Boisduval, Ramb. & Grasl., Icon. Hist, Chenill., Sphing. t. 9 £. 2 (1832) (coll.

p Charles Oberthiir).

Deilephila epilobii Rambur, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 426 (1832) ( = hybr. vespertilio x euphorbiae) ;

Boisd., /con. Lép. ii. p. 24. n. 4. t. 51. £. 3 (1834) (Lyon) ; Herr.-Sch., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 89. n, 21.£.9

(1847) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 170. n. 11 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 177.

n. 19 (1875) ; Rou. & Reyn., Bull. Soc. Lint. France p. 84 (1877) (Lyon, viii.) ; Hofm., Raup.

Grossschm. p. 285. t. 48. £. 11 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 29. t.27.£.1. b (1804) , Standf., andb,

Schm. p. 54 (1896) ; Schlumb., itth. Miinch Ent. Ver. xii. p. 1 (1897) ; id., /.c. xiti. p. 2 (1898),

Deilephila vespertilio hibr. epilobii, Staudinger & Wocke, Cut. Lep. ed. ii, p. 36. n. 461, b (L871) 5

Bartel, in Riihl., Grossschm. ii. p. 63 (1899) (Blsass; Basel ; Wallis ; Bozen ; Wien ; Lyon).

Hab. South France northward to Baden, eastward to Cancasia and Armenta,

not recorded from Spain and North Africa.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 80-odd specimens.

682. Celerio hippophaés.

Sphine hippophats Esper, Schmetl. ii. Suppl. 2. p. 6. n. 65, t. 38. £. 1—3 (1789) (Wallachei).

2%. Pulvillus vestigial. First protarsal segment with few spines externally,

but most of these spines prolonged. Abdominal segments without white fringes,

( 730 )

Inner edge of brown band of forewing straight, at least less bent behind than

in the forms of ewphorbiae ; pale discal area gradually shading off into the darker

costal area, no costal patch beyond apex of cell, or this patch rather small, separate

from costal margin. Mesothoracic tegula not fringed white above.

3. Sexual armature not obviously different from that of respertilio.

Larva without ocelli, there being one large elongate spot at the base of the

rather thin horn, the round spots of the other species represented by a pale

dorso-lateral line ; below stigmata a broad white continuous band.—Food-plant :

TTippophace.

Pupa slender, as in vespertilio, the head-case slightly broader.

Hab. From Spain northward to Baden, eastward to Central Asia.

Two subspecies :

a. C. hippophais hippophais.

Sphinx hippophaés Esper, /.c. ; Hiibn., Samml. Bur. Schm., Sphing. p. 97. n. 8. t. 22. £. 109 (180- ?) ;

id., Gesch. Eur, Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. B.b. ¢. £. 1. a—e (180—?) ; God., Lép. France iii-

p. 173. t. 17> (1823) ; Lucas, Lép. Ew. p. 118. t. 43 (1834).

Sphinx hippophaees (!), Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. ii. p. 221. n. 3 (1808).

Deilephila hippophaés, id., Lc. iv. p. 43, 0. 7, p. 178. n. 7 (1816) ; Frey., Beytr. i. p. 65. 66. t. 20

(1828) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr. Schm. p. 140. n. 10, t. 65. f. 4 (1830); Boisd., Ramb. & Grasl.,

Hist, Icon. Chenill., Sphing t. 9 (1832); Treit., in Ochs., Schm. Eur, x. p, 180 (1834) ; Dup.,

Icon, Chenill. i. teawte. t. 4. £. 2. a. b (1832—42) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm., ii, p. 89. n. 22 (1847) ;

Walk., List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 169. n. 9 (1856) (“ Corsica, Sardinia” ad C. euph. dahli dict.

refer.) ; Luc, Lép. Eur. ed. ii. p. 138. t. 43. £. 1 (1864) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 159.

n. 1 (1875) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 571. n. 21 (1877) ; Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond, p. 236 (1877) (=amelia) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 44 (1880) ; Weism.,

ed. Meld., Stud. Theor. Desc. i. p. 218. t. 6. £58, t. 7. £59. 60. 61 (1882) (larva) ; Rom.,

Mém. Lép.i. p. 70 (1884) (Tiflis ; Derbent) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 667. n, 22 (1892) (syn.

partim) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 28. t. 7. £. 4 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 29. n. 2. t. 17. £. 2

(1894) ; Bartel, in Riihl, ‘did. ii, p. 65 (1899) ; Stand. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 102. n. 743

(1901).

Hylas hippophaés, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 137. n. 1473 (1822).

Sphinx hippophaees (!), Vogel, Schmett. Cab. x. p. 9. t. 5. £. 1 (1829) (larva).

Dilephila hippophaes, Kirby, in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 34. t. 102. f. 3 (1897).

3%. Upperside of body and band of forewing blackish olive; underside also

much shaded with olive.

Hab. Spain to the Caucasus.

In the Tring Mnsenm 2 larvae, 1 pupa, 25 specimens from Switzerland.

We have not seen Caucasian examples.

b. C. hippophais bienerti.

Deilephila hippophaés, Bienert, Lep. Erg. Reise Persien p. 32 (1869).

Deilephila spec., Christoph, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Shahrud).

Deilephila bienerti Staudinger, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxxv. p. 91 (1874) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix,

p. 571. n. 20 (1877) ; Aust., Ze Nat, viii. p. 260 (1886); Alph., in Rom., JJém. Lép., v. p. 83.

n. 21 (1889) (Lob Nor); Kirby, Cut, Lep. Het, i. p. 667, n, 21 (1892); Bartel, in Rithl,

Grossschm. ii. p. 67 (1899).

Deilephila insidiosa Erschoff, in Fedsch,, Reise Turkest., Lep. p. 25 (1874) ; Kirby, Ent. Mo. Mag.

xxy. p. 361 (1889) ; Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Mém. Lép. iv. p. 510. n. 202 (1890) (Ferghana ;

=bienerti).

Deilephila hippophaés var. bienerti, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 102. n. 743, a (1901).

3%. Much paler than the preceding form, clayish, underside almost cream~-

colour ; the patch beyond end of cell of forewing absent or vestigial.

A & from Merw in the Tring Museum paler than the other individuals.

_———

Cel)

Hab, Transcaspia, eastwards to the Issyk-knl; North Persia; ? Naryn, S.

Russia.

In the Tring Museum 6 33,5 2? from: Margelan; Merw.

683. Celerio lineata.

Sphinz vitis, Houttuyn (non Linné, 1758), Naturl. Hist. i. 11, p. 434. n 14. t. 90. £. 4 (1767) (partim).

Sphine lineata Fabricius, Syst, Ent. p. 541. n. 18 (1775) (America) ; id. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 96. n. 37

(1787) ; id. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 147. n. 34 (1781); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2383. n. 83 (1790) ;

Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 368. n. 39 (1793).

Deilephila lineata, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 42. n. 5 (1816).

Phryxus livornica, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 137. u. 1468 (1822).

Deilephila livornica Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 98 (1900).

3%. Pulvillus present, smaller in the American subspecies than in the two

of the Hastern Hemisphere. Outer spines of foretarsus prolonged, at least partly,

their number often obviously reduced. Mesothoracic tegula with white upper

fringe. Abdomen with a double series of black dorsal dots. Veins of forewing

above pale from cell to marginal band. Enud of abdomen see PI. LXIII. f. 3, and

mouth-parts Pl. LXIL. f. 2.

Sexual armature of the ordinary type ; process of harpe comparatively short,

acute, curved.

Larva very variable; green to black; a dorsal line, a dorso-lateral one

traversing the eye-spots and a line below the stigmata: these lines sometimes

absent; eye-spots often vestigial.—Food-plants: Galium; Vitis; Rumex ; Oenothera ;

Portulaca ; Prunus ; ete., ete.

Pupa long; tongue-case enlarged basally, two frontal tubercles above at

its base.

Hab. America; Africa ; South Europe, eastwards to China and South India ;

Australia.

The distribution is very remarkable, inasmuch as the species does not occur

in the countries between North India and Australia, while it reappears in the

latter.

Three sharply defined subspecies :

a. C. lineata lineata.

Sphine vitis, Houttuyn (non Linné, 1758), Naturl. Hist, i, 11. p. 438, n. 14. t. 90. f£. 4 (1767)

(partim) ; Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 640, n. 16, t, 20. f. 4 (1774) (partim).

Sphinx lineata Fabricius, Syst, Ent. p. 541, n. 18 (1775) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii, 2. p. 206. n, 11

(1780) ; Abb. & Smith, Ins. Georgia i. p. 77. t. 39 (1797) ; Don., Brit. Ins. vi. p. 59. t. 204, f. 1

(1797).

Sphinx daucus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 41, t. 125. £. p (1777) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2, p. 223, n. 69

(1780) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 66, £. 5 (1825).

Deilephila lineata, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 42. n. 5 (1816) (partim) ; Steph., Cat. Brit. Ins.

ii. p. 33 (1829) ; Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 304. n. 1 (1839); Clem., Journ, Ae.

N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 143. n. 22 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N, Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris,

Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 164. n. 1 (1862) ; Harris, ed. Flint, Jns. Inj. Veget. p. 328 (1863) ; Lintn.,

Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 662 (1864) (life hist.) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 58

(1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 156. n. 49 (1865) ; Grote, l.c. vi. p. 828 (1867) ; Riley, Lut. Amer,

ii. p. 257. fig. 162—164 (1870); Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 67 (1871) (liter. rel. to metam,) ;

Riley, Rept. Missouri iii. p. 141 fig. (1871) ; Lintn., Mut. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) ; id., Le. ii. p. 179

(1873) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 21 (1874) ; id., Le. ii, p. 225, n. 25 (1875) ; Thaxt.,

Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vi. ix.) ; Saund., Rept. Lut. Soc. Ontar, iv. p. 28 fig.

(1874) ; Riley, Rept. Missouri viii. p. 122. fig. 42—44 (1876) ; Saund., Le. vi. p. 87. fig. (1876) ;

Butl., Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 568. n. 2 (1877); Dew., Mitth, Minch, Ent. Ver. i, p. 92

( 732 )

5 (1877) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483. n. 52 (1878) (Jamaica); Mart., Z'rans. Dept.

Agric. Illin, xvii. App. p. 100, fig. (1880) : Butl., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881); Gundl., Contr. Ent,

Cubana p. 196 (1881) ; Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ontar. xii. p. 55. fig.

(1882) ; Saund., Jus. Znj. Fruits p, 254. n. 136. fig. 264—266 (1883); Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi.

p. 21 (1884) (Maine, ix.) ; Bowl., ‘did. p. 39 (1884) (Montreal) ; Lintn., Papilio iv. p. 145 (1884)

(R. Grande) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 56. n. 25. t. 2. £. 2. 3. 4 (1886) ; Grote, Canad, Ent.

xviii. p. 152. n. 35 (1886) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 31 (1886) ; Hulst, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 219

(1888) (larvae gathered for food by Indians) ; Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 133. t. 5.£. 9

(genit.) (1888) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv, p. 40 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Dyar,

in Riley, Jus, Life ini. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y., at electr. light) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 664. n. 2

(1892) ; Alb., Hut. News vi. p. 145 (1895) (Los Angeles) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. Se.

vii. p. 285. t. 3. f. 2 (1895); Cross, Ent. News, vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Soule,

Psyche vii. p. 458 (1896) (Lowa, life hist.) ; Peale, Hn. News viii. p. 49. plate (1897) (life hist.);

Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Grant, Canad. Ent. xxx. p. 264 (1898)

(Orillia, Ontar., 20. ix.) ; Brown., Ent. News x. p. 46 (1899) (huge numbers of larvae wandering ;

Utah) ; Rowl., Ent. News x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri),

Deilephila daucus, Stephens, Ilustr. Brit. Ent., Haust.i. p. 126 (1829) ; Wood, ed. Westw., Ind. Ent.

p- 246 t. 53 f. 27 (1854) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B.. M. viii. p. 171. vn. 13 (1856) ; Lueas, in

Sagra, Vist. Cuba vii. p. 295 (1857); Boisd., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 65. n.68 (1868) ; Herr.-

Sch., Corresp. Bl. iii. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 173 n. 16 (1875) ;

Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Se. vi. p. 91 (1875) (food-plants : Rumex ; Epilob. ; Polygon.) ; id., Le.

vii. p. 20 (1877); Burm., Deser. Rép. Argentin. v. p. 338 n. 2 (1878) ; id., Uc. Atlas p. 38. t. 16,

f, 4 (1879).

Deilephila lineata yar daucus, Behr, Papitio ii. p. 2 (1882) (Calif. ; larva ; common).

Deilephila linearis (!), Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 73 (1891).

3%. Pulvillus smaller than in the other two subspecies. First protarsal

segment with some additional spines at the base above the first row. Mesothoracie

tegula with white middle stripe. Abdominal tergite without white spots laterally

of the double row of black dorsal dots, and with five black side-patches which

gradually diminish in size ; a white spot in front of the black side-spots. Scaling

of antenna brown, tip always white, often the white colour more extended.

Caterpillar on the whole much less densely chequered with yellow and black

than in the Old-World Zin. livornica.

Hab. America, from Canada to Argentina, but not found in Brazil, though it

occurs east of the La Plata.

In the Tring Musenm 13 larvae, 12 pupae, 140-odd specimens from : Canada ;

3ritish Columbia ; various places of the U.S. ; Cuba; Haiti ; Jamaica ; Galapagos ;

Colombia ; Mexico ; Venezuela ; La Soledad, Argentina, near border of Uruguay.

b. C. lineata livornica.

Ernst & Engr., Pap, Eur. iii. p. 96. t. 110, f. 158. a. b. c., t. 111. f, 158. d. e. (1782).

Sphing livornica Esper, Schinett. ii. p. 88 (1779) ; id., p. 196. n, 87 (1779) ; id., dec. Suppl. ii. p. 41.

t. 46. f. 3—7 (1806) (larva ; syn. partim) ; Hiibn., Samml. Bur. Schm,, Sphing. p. 96. n. 5. fig. 65.

112 (180— 1) ; id., Gesch. Eur, Schm. ii, Sphing. iii. Leg. B.c. f. a. b. c. (180—?); Lue., Lép.

Kur. p, 112. t. 42 (1834) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 110 (1844) (v.).

Sphinx celerio var., Esper, l.c. t. 8. f. 4. (1779).

Phinx (!) koechlini Fuessly, Arch. i. p. 1. t. 4. f. 1—4 (1, p., 7.) (1781) (Miihlhausen).

Sphinx koechlini id., le. vi. p. 15. t. 33. £. 1—5 (1, p.) (1785) ; id. N. Mag. Ent. ii. p. 371 (1785) ;

Lang, Verz, Augsb. ed, ii. p. 69, n. 566 (1789) ; Borkh., Hur. Schm. ii. p. 83, p. 141, p. 179. n. 3

(1789) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p, 204, n. 364 (1791) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1. p. 225. n, 1388

(1801).

Sphinx lineata Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 96. n. 37 (1787) (partim) ; Vill., Ent. iv. p. 440 (1789)

(= koechlini) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 14, n. 359 (1794) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii, p. 214. n, 1. (1806)

(partim) ; Sam., Lxt. Comp. p. 243 (1819) (fig. of Donoy. distinct, not Brit.?); God., Lép.

France iii. p. 40, t. 18. £. 1 (1823) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc, Méth. x. p. 465. t. 66. £. 5 (1825) ; Meig.,

G33)

Handh. Schn. p. 95. n. 9. t. 10, f. 2 (1827) ; id., Syst. Beschr. Schm. ii. [PENNY Woah wees oe, th)

(1830) ; Friv., in Silberm., /’ev. nt. ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary); Ramb., Faune Andalous.

p. 333 (1842); Treit., Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 166. n. 9 (1844) ; Herr-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. p. 88. n. 44

(1847).

Deilephila lineata, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 43. n. 5 (1816) ; Steph., lusty, Brit. Ent., Haust.

i. p. 126. n. 3. t. 12. f. 1 (1829) ; Boisd., Ramb. & Grasl., Hist. Icon. Chenill. t. 5. f. 3. 4, t. 111

(1832) ; Cant., in Silberm., Rev. But. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dépt. Var, vi. vii.) ; Treit., in Ochs., Sehm.

Lur. x. p. 129 (1834) ; Dune., in Jard., Nat. Libr. xl. p. 152 (1843); Assm., Zeitschr. Ent.

Breslaw i. p. 5 (1847); Lucas, Bull, Soc. Ent. France p. 109 (1847) (Djebel-Anur) ; id,

Expl. Se. Algérie, Art. iii. p. 371. n. 67 (1849); Wilde, Raup. ii. p. 83. n. 11 (1860) ; Lucas,

Lép. Eur. ed. ii. p. 139. t. 42. f. 3. (1864) ; All, Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 315 (1867) (Biskra) ;

Mab., ‘bid. p. 638 (1867) (Corsica) ; Obertbh., Lt, Hut. i. p. 32 (1876) (Algiers) ; Boisd., Spec.

Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 172. n. 15 (1875) ; Lucas, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 68 (1879) ; Mab., Ann.

Soc. Ent. France p. 296 (1879) (Madagascar).

Phryaus livornica, Hibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 137. n. 1468 (1822).

Sphynx koechlini, Vogel, Schmett. Cab. vii. p. 13. t. 7. £. 1. a. b (1825).

Celerio lineata, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii, 1. p. 761. sub n. 1 (1815) (= koechlini = livornica).

Deilephila livornica, Stephens, Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 32 (1829); Westw. & Humphr., Brit. JVoths

p. 19 t. 4. f. 7. 8. 9 (1843) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 164. n. 1 (1856) ; Mann, Wien.

Ent. Mon, ii. p. 32 (1859) (Sicily) ; id., Lc. vi. p. 66 (1862) (Brussa); Led, ibid. vii. p. 22

(1863) (Bulg.; Rumel.) ; id., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1869) (Elbrus, 12,000 ft.) ;

Bien., Lep. Erg. Reise Persien p. 33 (1869) (Alburs, iv.) ; Bign., Entom. v. p. 169. 180. 214

(1870) (life hist.) ; Hell., ut Mo. Mag. vii. p. 99 (1870) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii.

p. 87. n. 471 (1871); Christ., Hor. Soe. Ent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Shahrud ; Hadschyadabad ;

common) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 568. n. 1 (1877) ; Staud., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross,

xiv. p. 297 (1878) (Amasia ; Tokat) ; Kindb., Ent. Tidshr. i. p. 153 (1880) (Ostgotland) ; Kill.

Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p, 45 (1880); Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 613 (1881)

(Kurrachi, iii.) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor, Desc. i. p, 215. t. 7. £. 62 (1882) (larvae) ; Albr.,

Bull. Moscou p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Butl., /.c. p, 494. n. 46 (1884) (Aden) ; Rom., Mém. Leép.

i. p. 71 (1884) (Tiflis ; Borjoum ; Derbent ; iv.—viii.) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 513.

n. 3 (1884) (Kurrachi, iii. iv.) ; Méschl. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxiii. p. 287. n. 78 (1884)

(Caffraria) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 115 (1885); Swinh., lc. p. 287. n. 6 (1885)

(Bombay) ; id., rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 346. n. 2 (1885) (Quetta, vii.) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soe,

Lond. p. 379. 0. 95 (1886) (Campbellpore, v.) ; Swinh., ‘bid. p. 435. n. 9 (1886) (Mhow, vi.) ;

Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 20. n. 109 (1887) ; Kill. Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxix. p. 7

(1886) ; Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 293. n. 5 (1888) (Campbellpore, v. vii.) ; Swinh.,

Journ, Bombay N. H. Soc. iti. p. 118. n. 10 (1888) (Karachi, iii. vii—ix.) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-

Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1889) ; Swinb., Cat. Lep, Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 23. n. 86 (1892) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 664. n. 1 (1892); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 29. t. 7. f. 8 (1893) ; id.,

Grossschm. p. 30. t. 17. £. 8 (1894) ; Leech, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 285 n. 57 (1898) (Wa-shan

vii.) ; Nurse, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xii. p. 513 (1899).

Sphine livormica (!), Lalanne, Man. Ent. p. 115. n. 4 (date ?).

Deilephila libornica (!), Weiler, Progr. Obervealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880).

Dilephila livornica, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 97. n. 153. fig. 55 (go) (1892).

Deilephila lineata var. livornica, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 752. a (1901).

3%. Mesothoracical tegula without white middle stripe. First two black side-

patches of abdomen large, the following represented by small dots ; black dorsal

dots accompanied laterally by white spots; no white spots at the base of segments

4 to 6 in front of the black dots, but fringe again white beneath the black side-

spots ; edges of sternites also obviously white ; the abdomen thus appearing much

more chequered than in lineata lineata. Antenna scaled brown, except at end. Indian

and Chinese specimens are on the whole darker than African and Central Asiatic ones.

Hab. Africa, northward to Southern Hurope, occasionally wandering to Central

Europe, South Sweden, eastwards reaching into China and South India,

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 40-odd specimens from: China; Calentta

Persia ; Afzhanistan ; Transcaucasia; Natal ; Morocco; Algiers ; various places

in Europe.

( 734 )

ce. Cy lineata livornicoides.

Deilephila livornica Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 119. n. 32 (1891) (partim ; Brisbane) ;

id., Uc. p. 63 (1891) (Mackay); Lower, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. xxii. p. 32 (1897); id., Le.

xxii. p. 54 (1898) (Adelaide ; Brisbane ; Mackay).

Deilephila livornicoides Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 73 (1891) (Toowoomba ; Rock-

hampton).

3?. Asmall and pale form. Antenna wholly creamy white above. Abdomen

with two black side-spots, no black side-dots on the following segments. First

protarsal segment with four long spines, mostly without smaller spines between,

second segment with one long spine at end and often a shorter one more basal.

Hab. Australia.

In the Tring Museum 14 od, 12 2? from: Dawson R., Queensland ;

Roebourne, Derby, and Sherlock R., West Australia.

Apparently much rarer in N. 8. Wales and Queensland than in West Australia.

684. Celerio calverleyi.

Deilephila calverleyi Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 56. t. 1 £. 4 (¢) (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote

& Rob., ibid. v. p. 156. n. 48 (1865) ; Grote, ibid. vi. p. 828 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe.

ili. p. 184 (1871); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 569. n. 9 (1877) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent.

Cubana p. 198 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 9 (1892),

3. Thorax with white stripes as in lineata, forewing nearly as in gallii.

Antenna pale. No dorsal markings on abdomen.

Hab. Cuba.

Not seen.

CLVI. PERGESA.—Typus : porcellus.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed, x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).

Spectrum Scopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. 414 (1777) (partim ; includes type of Sphini).

Deilephila Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Literatur-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) (partim ; type: veri).

Elpenor Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 760 (1815) (partim ; type: veri’).

Theretra Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type : equestris = nessus).

Oreus id., L.c. p. 136 (1822) (partim ; type: guoma = butus).

Choerocampa Duponchel, in Godart, Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 159 (1835) (partim ; type : nevi).

Metopsilus Duncan, in Jardine, Natural. Libr. xl. p. 154 (1836) (partim ; type: nei).

Chacrocampa (!), Walker, List Lép. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 125 (1856) (partim).

Pergesa id., 1.c. viii. p. 149 (1858) (partim ; type : porcellus).

Smerinthus, Oberthiir (non Latreille, 1802), Et. Ent. v. p. 25 (1881).

Cinogon Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 1 (1881) (type : askoldensis).

3%. Similar to Celerio. Palpus hairy at the sides. Hye strongly lashed.

Antenna very feebly incrassate distally, almost filiform in d, slightly clubbed

in ?, hook gradual, consisting of seven to ten segments. Spines of abdomen weak,

more numerous than in Ce/erto. First row of spines of first protarsal segment

doubled at base ; pulvillus normal.

3. Tenth tergite slender, much narrower than the sternite ; this flat, or slightly

convex beneath, not keeled or boeat-shaped, rounded-truncate or rounded at end.

Clasper broadly sole-shaped, with a dozen or more friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. LIL.

f. 9) ending in a more or less spatulate process, which is concave on the

upperside and is slightly curved upwards, Penis-sheath without apical process,

but with a subapical oblique dentate ridge (Pl. LVI. f. 55).

( 735 )

Larva with the fourth segment swollen; strongly tapering in frout, variegated

with short brown divided lines which border pale dots, these brown markings

vestigial in the green form of the larva; an ocellus on segments 4 and 5; horn

short or vestigial.—Food-plants : Galium: Epilobium; Vitis; Fuchsia ; ete.

Pupa rough, without gloss; tongue-case keeled in basal fifth; a distinet

tubercle in front of eye; abdominal segments 5 to 7 with a subbasal belt of sharp

tubercles, except on underside: cremaster broad at base and flattened, terminating

na slender process, the extreme tip of which is notched.

Hab. Palaearctie Region ; China; North India.

Five species :

a. Fringe of hindwing not dotted with brown

at the veins :

Fringe of hindwing dotted le ie uy

fe veius . ‘ : 5 : é @

}. Marginal area of ehileta pees rosy red . 685. P. elpenor.

Marginal area of hindwing red shaded with

cinnamon : . 686. P. rivularis.

ce. Pronotum with pale re acell margin of

hindwing below mottled with grey and

brown. ° ; : 5 C.

Pronotum uniformly fle ; eostall margin of

hindwing below red. ¢ : : . 687. P. porcellus.

d. Abdominal segments with white edges . 689. P. askoldensis.

Abdominal segments without white edges . 688. P. suellus.

685. Pergesa elpenor.

Sphinw elpenor Linné, l.c. p. 491. n. 15 (1758).

3%. This species is not generically different from porcellus as nearly all

authors have maintained ; the two insects agree very closely and, what is just

as important, disagree with all the other Choerocampinae, rivularis, suellus and

asholdensis excepted.

The three subspecies of edpenor are not very sharply defined. While the

Indian race is fairly well marked, the Japanese individuals are not always different

from large Enropean examples.

3. Tenth tergite a little sleuderer than in porcellus, sternite more roundel

at end; friction-scales more numerous; process of harpe somewhat longer

(PI. LIL. f. 9); dentate ridge of penis-sheath also longer (PI. LVI. f. 55).

Larva: ocelli kidney-shaped, being concave at the ventral side; horn longer

than in porcellus.

Pupa stout, three times as long as broad.

Hab, Palaearctic Region ; China; North India.

Three subspecies :

a. Pergesa elpenor elpenor.

Mouf., Theatr. Ins. p. 93. . 2 (1634) ; Merian, Hur. us. ii, p. 38. t. 73 (1683); Raj., Mist, Tua,

p. 145. n. 2, p. 146. n. 3, p. 281. n. 16 (1710); Mevian, Eruc. Ortus p. 54. t. 22 (ly Py by

Oe Petiv., ast: t. 40, f. 11. 12. 13 (1711); Alb., Engl. Ins. t. 9 (1720) ; Friseh,

_ Ins. xii. p. 1, t. 1. f, 1. 2. 3 (1736) ; Roes., ns. Belust. i, p. 25. t. 4 (1746) ; id, iv. p. 59 (1761) ;

( 736 )

Wilke, Engl. Moths p. 11. t. 7 (1773); Deg.. Mém. Hist. Ins. i. p. 154. 158. 694. t. 9. £. 1. 2.8.9

(1752) ; id., Lc. ii. p. 236. n. 3 (1771); Geoffr., Hist. Ins. it. p. 86. n. 10 (1762) ; Gronov, Act-

Helv. v. p. 140. n. 312 (1762) ; id., Zooph. p. 202. 819 (1764) ; Seba, Thesaur. iv. t. 53. £. 9,

t. 55. f.1.2 (1765) ; Harris, Aurel, p. 14. t. 7. £. 5. a—h (1766) ; Schaeff., Zcon. t. 96. f. 4. 5. (1766) ;

Ernst & Engr., /ns. Eur. iii, p. 99. f. 112. fig. d. e (1782).

Sphine elpenor Linné, Fauna Suec. p. 288. n. 1089 (1746) ; id., Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 15

(1758) ; id., Fauna Suec, ed. ii. p. 288, n. 1089 (1761) ; Scop., Ent. Carn. p. 186. n. 472 (1763) ;

Linné, Mus, Lud. Ulr. 355. n, 15 (1764) ; Hufn., Berl. Mag. ii. p. 180. n. 7 (1766) ; Beckm.,

Epit. p. 160. u. 17 (1767); Houtt., Nat. fist. i. 11. p. 4389. n. 15 (1767) ; Lioné, Syst. Nat.

ed. xii, p. 543. n. 25 (1767) ; Mein., Naturf. i. p. 243 (1774) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 543. n. 25

(1775) ; Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 24. 0. 157 (1775) ; Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n. 618 (1775) ;

Gled., Porstwissensch. Vi. p. 195. n. 4 (1775) ; Miill., Zool. Dan. p. 116. n. 1378 (1776) ; Den.

& Schiff, Verz. Sch. Wien p. 43. p. n. 3 (1776) ; Mader, ed. Kleem., Raupenkal. p. 52. n. 142,

p. 71. n. 200 (1777) ; Meyer, in Fuessly, Wag. Ent. i. p. 265 (1778) ; Fisch., Naturg. Livland

p. 153. n. 344 (1778); Esp., Schmett. ii, p. 91. t. 9. £. 1—4, p. 200. t. 27. f. 3, t. 45.

f. 1 (1779); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2 p. 165. n. 17 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. ii,

p. 148. n. 43 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 69. n. 567. 568 (1782); Fourer., Ent. Paris. ii.

p. 254. n. 10 (1785) ; Fabr., Want. Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 47 (1787) ; Borkh., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 66. 136.

178. n. 2 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nut. i. 5, p. 2382. n. 17 (1790) ; View., Verz. Brandenb. i. p. 8.

n. 9 (1790) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 162. n. 1054 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 353. 0. 494

(1791) ; Brahm, Jusectenkal. ii. 1. p. 528. n. 386 (1791) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 315. n. 141

(1793) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 372. 0. 51 (1793) ; Don., Brit. Ins. iv. p. 39. t. 122 (1795) ;

Cederh., Fauna Ingr. p. 214. n. 654 (1798); Prun., Lep. Ped. p. 89. n. 178 (1798) ; Hoftm.,

Naturf. xxviii. p. 78 (1799) ; Schrank, Fauna Boiea ii. 1, p. 227. 0.1391 (1801); Hiibn., Sammi.

Eur. Schm., Sphing. pe 96. n. 3. t. 10, £. 61 (180—?); id., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg.

B. b. f. 2. a. b (180— ?) ; Sepp, Nat. Jus. iii. p. 65. t. 18. £. 6, 78 (180— ?) ; Walck., Faune Paris.

ii. p. 278 (1802) ; Ochs., Schm. Hur. ii. p. 209. n. 3 (1808) ; Nag., Hiilfsh. Schm. p. 155 (1818) ;

Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 243. t. 6. £. 2 (1819) ; God,, Pap. Hur. ili. p. 99. t. 112. f. 160 a—g (1823) ;

Lep. & Serv., Enc. Wéth. x. p. 466. t. 64. £. 7—9 (1825) ; Meig., Handb. Schm. p. 95. 0. 7 (1827) ;

Boisd., nd. Meth. p. 32 (1829) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr, Schm. p. 134. n. 3. t. 64. £. 2. 3. (1830) ;

Lucas, Lép. Ew. p. 111. t. 46 (1834); Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 106. t. 52. £. 728—30 (1837) ;

Zett., Ins. Lapp. p. 917 (1840) ; Ramb., Faune Andal. p, 334 (1842) (Malaga) ; Eversm., Fauna

Volgo-Ural. p. 109 (1844) ; Herrich-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. 1. p. 85. n. 9 (1847); Brutt., Progr.

Gymn. Dorpat p. 24, 0. 7 (1872) (v. vi.) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix. 5. p. 136,

n, 173 (1882) (recensio critica),

Sphine celerio Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 10 (1758) (sub syn.).

Sphine elenor (1), Miiller, Naturs. v. 1. p. 640. n. 17 (1774).

Sphina porcus Retzius, Gen. Ins. p. 34, n. 29 (1783).

Deilephila elpenor, Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Literatur-Zeit. iv. p. 103 (1809) ; Ochs., Schm. Bur. iv.

p. 43. n. 3 (1816) ; Steph., ///ustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 181 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins, ii. p. 33

(1829) ; Cant., in Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dept. Var, vi. ix.) ; Treits., in Ochs., Sch.

Bur, x. p. 129 (1834) ; Blaneh., Hist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 479. n. 2 (1840): Assm., Zeitschr. Ent

Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Rom., Bull. Soe. Ent. France p. 40 (1850) (caught by a flower !);

Mann, Wien. Ent. Mon. iti, p. 92 (1859) (Sicily) ; Wilde, Rawp. ii. p. 81. n. 6. t. 1. £. 8 (1860) ;

Siey., Bull. Moscow p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.) ; Gir., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 49 (1866) (pupa); .

Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederld. p. 95 (1867) (v. vi.)

Tengstr., Act. Soc. I’. FP’. Fenn. x. p. 6. n. 94 (1869) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii. p. 146. n, 73

(1870) (Breda) ; Siebke, Mn. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 24. n. 2 (1874) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub

xxiii. p. 45 (1880) ; Albr., Bull. Moscou p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor.

Dese, i. p. 177. t. 4. £. 17—23, 30—33 (1882) (larvae); Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 71 (1884)

(Borjoum ; Lagodekhi ; vi. vii.); Lampa, Mut. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 116 (1885) ; Haar, Tijdschr.

Ent. xxix. p. 30 (1886) (Alblasserwaard) ; Fixs., in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 321. n. 96 (1887)

(Corea, vii.) ; Amel., Berl, Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Graes., Berl. Ent.

Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 105, n. 183 (1888) (Amurland) ; Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 584.

n. 17 (1888) (Japan ; China ; =macromera= fraterna= lewisi) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat.

Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1880) ; Staud., inRom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 229. n, 215 (1892) (Amurld.) ; Hofm.,

Raup. Grossschin. p- 29: t28.£. 2 (1893) id., Grossschm. p- 29: te 13s te a (1894) ; Uff., Tris

xiii. p. 170 (1895) (aberr.) ; Schultz, /W/ustr. Zeit. Ent. ii. p. 702 (1897) (aberr.) ; Vos, Tijdschr.

Ent, xli. p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Herz, /iis xi. p. 250. n. 91 (1898) (Witim, Sib.) ; Bartel,

in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 116 (1900).

Elpenor vitis Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p, 760, n. 3 (1815) ( = elpenor).

Cian)

Oreus elpenor, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. p. 1463 (1822).

Sphyne elpenor, Vogel, Schmett. Cab, x. p. 10. t. 5. £.3 (1) (1829).

Choerocampa elpenor, Duponchel, in God., Pap. France, Suppl. ii. p. 160 (1835); Westw. &

Humpbhr., Brit. Moths i. p. 22. n. 3. t. 51 f. 7. 8 (1843); Wallengr., Skand. Het. Fiyér.

p- 44. n. 1 (1863) ; Fust, Hntom. iii. p. 71 (1867) (northward to Edinbg.) ; Newm., ibid. iii.

p. 127 (1867) (life hist.) ; id., /.c. vi. p. 81 (1873) (var.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i.

p. 279. n. 76 (1875) ; Thed., Ent. Tidskr ii. p. 105 (1881) ; Kane, Entom. xv. p. 234 (1882)

(larva); Kroul., Bull, Soc. Oural. xi. p. 213. n, 88 (1885) (Sarapoul, v.) ; id. dc. p. 239. n. 58

(1885) (Ourjoum).

Chaerocampa (!) elpenor, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 127. n. 1 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.

¢ Soc. Lond. ix. p. 554, n. 1 (1877) ; Hamm., Entom. xiii. p. 280 (1880) (larva) ; Buckl., Larva

Brit. Lep. ii. p. 113. t. 25. f. 3 (1887) ; Poult., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 206 (1887) (larva) ;

Swinh., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. iii. p. 117. n. 4 (1888) (Karachi) ; Barr., Lep. Brit. Is, ii.

p. 59. t. 52. f. 1. 1 a—c (1893) ; Kirby, in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 18. t. 98. £. 1 (1897) ;

Staud. & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 759 (1901).

Metopsilus elpenor, Duncan, in Jard., Nat. Libr. xl. p. 161. t. 11. £. 1 (1836-43),

Deilephila porcellus x elpenor, Huguenin, Mitth. Schweiz. Ent. Ges. iii. p. 510 (1872).

Theretra elpenor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 650. n. 1 (1892).

Deilephila elpenor hybr. standfussi Bartel, 1.c. ii. p. 122 (1900) (type now in Mus. Tring).

| Metopsilus porcellus hybr. elpenorellus Staudinger, in Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104.

n. 761. b (1901).

3%. Underside of wings: costal margin dark wax-yellow, this area dilated

posticad on disc, forming generally one broad or two narrow discal bands.

Hab. Europe, eastwards to Amurland.

A series of larvae, pupae, and imagines in the Tring Museum from various

localities.

The curious specimen figured by Hsper, /.c. f. 27, may have been artificial.

b. P. elpenor lewisi.

Choerocampa elpenor, Orza, Lép. Japon p. 36. n, 78 (1868) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 279.

n. 76 (1875) (partim).

*Chaerocampa lewisi Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 247. n. 23 (1875) (Japan) ; id., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 554. n. 2, t. 90. £. 13. 14. 15 (/., p.) (1877) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 56

(1880) (= elpenor = macromera = ? fraterna).

Chaerocampa elpenor, Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 120. n. 101 (1889) (Kiukiang) ; id., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 282. n. 50 (1898) (Japan ; China).

| Theretra lewisi, Kirby, 1.c. p. 650. n. 2 (1892).

_ Deilephila elpenor var. lewisi, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 121 (1900).

3%. On the whole more extended red on the underside than in the previous.

Hab. Japan ; China.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 11 dd, 9 $% from: Yokohama, ix.; Hakodate,

vi.—vii. (Leech) ; Kiukiang, viii. ; Ta-tsien-lu, W. China.

c. P. elpenor macromera.

Chaerocampa elpenor var., Walker, l.c, viii. p. 127. sub n, 1 (1856) (N. India; Silhet) ; Moore, Proc.

Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Bengal). ,

*Chaerocampa macromera Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 7. 0. 12 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix, p. 554, n, 3 (1877); id., Tilust. Typ. Spec. Lep, Het, B. M. v.

p. 7. t. 79. f, 3 (1881) ; Cot, & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 14, n, 80 (1887) (Shillong) ; Swinh.,

Cat, Lep. Het, Mus, Ov. i, p. 14. 0. 57 (1892) (Silhet).

Chacrocampa elpenor, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 84. n, 119 (1892) (macro-

mera = fraterna = lewisi = rivularis).

Therctra macromera, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p, 650, n, 3 (1892) (syn, partim).

| 3%. Red marginal area of hindwing obviously broader than in the previous

forms.

Hab, Assam.

In the Tring Museum 3 ¢d,7 %% from: Khasia Hills ; Shillong.

BBB

( 738 )

686. Pergesa rivularis.

*Choerocumpa rivularis Boisduyal, Spec, Gén, Lép. Hét, i. p. 280, n, 77 (1875) (Simla ; Darjiling ;—

coll, Charles Oberthiir).

*Chaerocampa fraterna Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc, Lond. p, 247, n, 24 (1875) (Simla ; N. India ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 554. n, 4 (1877) ; id., Z/lustr. Typ. Specim. Lep.

Het, B. M. v. p, 7. t. 79, £. 4 (1881); Cot. & Swinh,., Cal, Moths Ind. i. p, 14. n. 81 (1887)

(Simla ; Sikhim),

Chaerocampa elpenor, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Sor, Lond. p. 514. n. 6 (1884) (Kurachi); Cot, & Swinh.,

Cat, Moths Ind. i, p. 14. n. 79 (1887) (Simla ; Karachi).

Deilephila elpenor, Butler, Proc, Zool. Soe, Lond, p, 613 (1881) (Kurrachi).

Theretra macromera, Kirby, 1.c. i, p. 650, n. 3 (1892) (partim).

Theretra fraterna, id., lc. 0, 4 (1892).

3%. Like elpenor, but the rosy red parts of body and wings shaded over

with cinnamon, being far less bright red than in edpenor, especially on the wings;

marginal area of hindwing as broad as in macromera.

Hab. N.W. and N. India: Sikhim to Chitral, southward to Kurachi.

In the Tring Museum 3 ? 2 from: Chitral; Simla ; Sikhim.

687. Pergesa porcellus.

Ros., Ins. Belust. i, p. 33, t. 5 (1746) ; Hemm., Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 9. £. d (175- ?) ; Geoffr., Hist. Abr,

Ins. Paris ii. p. 88. n. 12 (1762) ; Deg., Mém. Hist. Ins. ii. p. 237, n, 4 (1771) ; Ern, & Engr,,

Pap. Eur. iii, p, 102. t, 113, £. 161.a—i (1782).

Sphinz porcellus Linné, Syst, Nat. ed, x. p, 492. n. 16 (1758); id., Fauna Suec. ed. ii, p. 288.

n, 1090 (1761); Hufn., Berl. Mag. ii. p. 180, n. 8 (1766); Houtt., Naturl. Hist. i. 11,

p. 439. n, 16 (1767); Linné, Syst. Nat. ed, xii. p. 801. n. 18 (1767); Beckm., Syst. Nat.

in Epit. red. p. 161. n. 10 (1772) ; Miuil., Naturs. v. 1. p. 641. n. 18 (1774) ; Fuessly, Vere.

Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n, 619 (1775) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 544, n. 26 (1775) ; Harris, Engl. Lep.

p. 24. n, 158 (1775) ; Gled., Forstwissensch. ii, p. 196. n. 5 (1775) ; Miull., Zool. Dan. p. 116.

n, 1339 (1776) ; Den. & Schiff., Verz. Schm. Wien p. 43. p. n. 4 (1776); Mad., ed. Kleem.,

Raupenkal. p. 50. n. 144, p. 71. n, 201 (1777) ; Fisch., Vers. Gesch. Livl. p. 150, n. 345 (1778) ;

Esp., Schmett. ii. p. 97, t. 10. f. 1. 3 (1779); Blum., Handb. Naturg. p. 365. n. 8 (1779) ; Goeze,

Ent, Beytr, ii, 2. p. 168. n. 18 (1780) ; Fabr., Spee, Ins. ii, p. 149. n. 44 (1781) ; Lang, Verz.

Augsb. p. 70. n. 569, 570 (1782) ; Fabr., Want. Ins. ii. p. 97. n, 48 (1787) ; Borkb., Bur, Sch.

ii, p. 64. 135. 178. n. 1 (1789); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p, 2382. n. 18 (1790) ; Schwarz,

Raupenkal. p. 355. 494. 633. 748 (1790); View., Verz. Brandenb. p. 8. n. 10 (1790); Rossi,

Fauna Etr, ii, p. 15, n, 361 (1790) ; Brahm, Zns. Kal. p. 313. n. 199 (1791) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst.

iii, 1. p, 3875. n. 52 (1793) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i, p. 314. n. 140 (1793) ; Cederh., Fauna Ingr.

p. 214. n. 655 (1798); Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1. p. 228, n. 1392 (1801); Walek., Faune

Paris. ii, p. 279 (1802) ; Hiibn., Sammi. Eur, Schm., Sphing. p. 95. n. 2. t. 10. £. 60 (180-2) ;

id., Gesch. Ewr. Schm., Sphing. ii. Leg. B. b. f. 1. a. b (180-2); Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p, 211.

n. 4 (1808) ; Nag., Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 156 (1818) ; Latr., in Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxxi. p. 25

(1819); Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 243 (1819) ; God., Lép. France iii. p. 50. t. 19. £. 1 (1823);

Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 466, t. 64. f. 10—12 (1825); Meig., Mandb. Schm. p. 95. n. 8

(1827) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 32 (1829) ; Meig., Syst, Beschr. Schm. p. 135. n. 4. t. 64. f. 4

(1830) ; Lucas, Lép. Eur. p. 111. t. 45 (1834) ; Zett., Jus. Lapp. p. 917 (1840) ; Eversm.,

tae Volgo-Ural. p. 109 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Brutt., Progr, Gymn, Dorpat p. 24. n. 8 (1872)

V. Vi.).

(?) Sphine bombyliformis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493. n. 27 (1758).

Elpenor porcellus, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 761. n. 4 (1815).

Deilephila porcellus, Laspeyres, Jenuische Allg. Literutwr-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) ; Ochs., Schm. Bur,

iv. p. 43, n. 4 (1816) ; Steph., ZUlustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 131. n. 8 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit.

Ins. ii. p. 33 (1829) ; Cant.,in Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dept. Var, vi.) ; Blanch.,

Hist. Nat. Ins, ivi. p. 478 (1840) ; Assm., Zeitschr. Ent, Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Lue., Bull. Soe.

Ent. France p. 107 (1847) (veget. paras.) ; Guér,, ‘bid. p. 108 (1847) (veget. paras.) ; Rom.,

ibid. p. 40 (1850) (caught by a flower !) ; Vill., ibid. p. 102 (1858) ; Siev., Bull. Moscow p. 140

(1862) (St. Petersb.) ; Mann, Wien. Ent. Mon, vi. p- 66 (1862) (Brussa) ; Maur., Tijdschr. Wut.

ix, p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell., Vind. Nederld. p. 94 (1867) (v. vi.) ; Tengstr., ct. Soe.

( 739 )

F. FP. Fenn, x. p. 6. n. 95 (1869) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii, p. 146. n. 74. t. 6. £. 1 (1870)

(Breda, var.) ; Voll., ibid. p. 158 (1870) (same var.) ; Gooss., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 118 (1871)

(larva var.) ; Siebke, En, Ins. Norv. iii. p. 24. n. 3 (1874); Megn., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p- 53

(1875) (grey var.; Digne) ; Bell., ibid. p. 78\(1875) (grey var. ; Digne) ; Staud., Hor. Soc. Ent.

Ross. xiv. p. 298 (1878) ; Fall., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 76 (1879) (var. ; not red) ; Kill., Jahrb.

Nat. Ges. Graub, xxiii. p. 45 (1880) ; Albr., Bull. Moscou p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Rom., Meém.

Lép.i. p. T1 (1884) (Tiflis; Borjoum; v. vi.); Lampa, Hut, Tidskr. vi, p. 27. n. 117 (1885) ;

Kill, /.c, xxix. p. 8 (1886) ; Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Hofm.,

Raup. Grossschm. p. 29. t. 8. £. 2, t. 50. £. 18 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 12. t. 18. f. 1

(1894) ; Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges, Graub. xxxviii. App. p. 20 (1895); Vos, Tijdschr. Ent.

xli. p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 123 (1900).

Theretra porcellus, Hibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135. n. 1448 (1822).

Sphynx porcellus, Vogel, Schmett. Cab. ii. p. 19. t. 7. £. 5. a. b (1822).

Choerocampa porcellus, Duponchel, in God., Pap. France, Suppl. ii. p. 160 (1835); Westw. &

Humphr., Brit. Moths i. p. 23. t. 23. £. 9. 10 (1843) ; Wallengr., Shand. Het. Fjdr. p. 46. n. 2

(1863) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 280. n. 78 (1875).

Pergesa porcellus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 150. n. 1 (1856); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe.

Lond. 1x. p. 547, n. 1 (1877).

Chaerocampa porcellus, Barrett, Lep. Brit. Is. ii, p. 55. t. 52. £. 2. 2a (1893) ; Weism., ed. Meld.,

Stud. Theor. Desc. i. p. 184. t. 4. £, 24—28 (1882) (larvae).

Metopsilus porcellus, Duncan, in Jard., Nat. Libr. xl. p. 163. t. 11. f. 2 (1843); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het:

i. p. 660. n. 11 (1892) ; id., in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 26. t. 98. £ 2. 3 (1897) ; Staud.

& Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. n. 761 (1901).

Deilephila porcellus var, suellus, Oudemans (non Staudinger, 1878), Tijdschr. Ent. xi. p. 21 (1899)

(Holland).

3%. The three insects porcellus, suellus, and askoldensis come so near each

other that we were at first inclined to treat them as geographical races of the same

species. Suellus connects porcellus completely with askoldensis when closely

compared, combining characters of the one with characters of the other. However,

porcellus and suellus occur together and are always different. From this we must

conclude that they are independent of one another, 7.e. are specifically distinct. If

the differences between porcellus and suellus are of specific value, then we have no

right, we think, to regard the differences between swed/us and askoldensis otherwise

than being also specific, although the similarity of swel/us with askoldensis is a

little more marked than between swellus and porcellus. Sexual armature scarcely

different in the three insects.

Red colour of forewing occasionally absent. Marginal band of hindwing, above,

rarely blackish.

3. Tenth tergite convex at tip, feebly hooked in lateral aspect, about half the

width of the sternite; this truncate with the angles rounded. Clasper broad ;

about a dozen friction-scales ; process of harpe rather shorter than in elyenor

elpenor ; dentate ridge of penis-sheath also shorter.

Ocelli of larva rounded ; horn vestigial.

Pupa much slenderer than that of e/penor, more than three times as long as

broad ; tubercle in front of eye pointed ; abdominal belts of tubercles curved basad

in middle, the tubercles here less high and more numerous than laterally.

Hab. Burope, eastward to Asia Minor and Transcaucasia.

A series of larvae, pupae, aud imagines in the Tring Museum from various

places.

688. Pergesa suellus.

Deilephila porcellus var., Leder, Aun. Soc, Ent, Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1869) (Hanky nda; As. m.).

Deilephila porcellus var. ? suellus Staudinger, Hor, Sov, Mnt. Ross. xiv. p. 298 (1878) (Amaria ).

Deilephila porcellus var. suellus, Romanoff, Mém, Lip. i. p. 71. t. 4, f. 1 (1884) (‘Tiflis ; Borjoum ;

Lagodekhi ; Istissu ; Suanetie ; together with porcellus 1).

( 740.)

Metopsilus porcellus var. a. Deil. p., var. suellus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. sub n. 1 (1892).

Deilephila poreellus var. et ab, suellus, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 127 (1900).

Metopsilus porcellus var. sucllus, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep, ed. iii, p. 104, n. 761a (1901) (Pont.;

Arm. ; Ferg. m.).

3%. Pronotum edged with grey as in asholdensis, but not quite so’ distinctly ;

tergites 5 and 6 of abdomen with yellowish lateral apical spot. Body and wings

cinnamon, with very little red colour. A prominent olivaceous median band on

forewing. Costal margin of forewing below grey, irrorated with brown. Pale lateral

border of mesothoracic tegula continued to frons, more or less distinct on pronotum,

Early stages not known.

Hab. Transcaucasia ; Asia Minor.

In the Tring Museum 2 6d, 3 ? 2 from: Borshom.

689. Pergesa askoldensis.

*Smerinthus askoldensis Oberthiir, Diagn. Lep. Ask. p. 5 (1879) ; id., Ht. Pnt. v. p. 25. n. 64. t. 1.

f. 3 (1880) (Askold ;—coll. Oberthiir).

*Cinogon cingulatum Butler, Trans, Ent. Soc, Lond, p. 2 (1881) (Japan ;—Mus. Brit.).

Deilephila askoldensis, Graeser, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxii. p. 105. n, 184 (1888) (Amurland) ; Staud.,

in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 230. v, 217 (1892) (Amurld,); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p. 128

1900).

ieee Eee Kirby, Cut, Lep, Het. i, p. 639, n. 1 (1892); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

p. 584, n, 18 (1888) (= cingulatum ; Oiwake ; Hakodate); Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep, ed. iii,

p. 104. n. 764 (1901).

32%. Abdominal segments with white fringe all round. Wings more distinctly

dentate than in the two preceding species. Pale side-stripe of head and thorax

distinct on prothorax; pale fringe of the latter also distinct.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Amurland ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from: Sidemi ; Japan.

CLVII. RHODAFRA gen. nov.—Typus : opheltes.

Sphinz, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Exot. iii. p. 164 (1780).

Hyles Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 137 (1822) (partim ; type : galli/).

Deilephila, Walker (non Laspeyres, 1809), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 173 (1856).

3. Antennae less clubbed than in Celerio. Second segment of palpus

peculiar : scales mesially short, long right and left, the lateral ones especially long

and hair-like, forming a kind of crest appearing as a continuation of the eye-lashes,

the segment looking as if it were shorn mesially. Spines of abdomen weak as in

Pergesa.

3. Friction-scales small and numerous, process of harpe broad, rounded at end,

hollowed out on the upperside (PI. LIL. f. 10), resembling the process of Pergesa.

Penis-sheath with incrassate dentate apical edge ending at both sides in a short

process.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. South Africa.

As distinct from Celerio as is Pergesa.

Two species :

Forewing with broad creamy buff band from

apex to hinder margin near base : . 690. R. opheltes.

Porewing without this band d : 3 . GOL. R. marshall.

( 741 )

690. Rhodafra opheltes.

Sphinx opheltes Cramer, Pap. Ex. iti. p. 164, t. 285. £. B (1780) (Cape ; “ Coromandel ” err, loci).

Hyles opheltes, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 137. n. 1471 (1822).

Deilephila opheltes, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M, viii. p. 173. n. 17 (1856); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe,

Lond. ix. p. 568. n. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (1877) (Cape).

Deilephila mariae Wallengren, Oefv. Vet. Ak. Férh. xxxii. 1. p. 93 (1875).

3 ?. Abdomen with one large black basal side-patch. Cinnamon-tawny costal

area of forewing, above, incised at the veins ; median vein pale. Underside more or

less rosy red ; hindwing with black spot behind at base.

Hab, South Africa.

In the Tring Museum 15 od, 5 22 from: Grahamstown, Cape Colony ;

Neweastle and Mooi R., Natal.

691. Rhodafra marshalli spec. nov.

dg. Occiput and thorax cinnamon, with a pale side-stripe ; abdomen (like

upperside of forewing) pale buff, a black basal side-patch ; underside of abdomen

somewhat deeper in tint; palpus and breast washed with cinnamon.

Wings, upperside. Forewing densely irrorated with brown speckles ; ¢

conspicuous blackish brown stigma ; a blackish brown straight line from apex, where

it is a little curved, to inner margin, which it reaches 3 mm. from angle ; area

outside this line more densely speckled ; a black basal posterior patch. Hindwing

rosy red; a large black basal patch from cell to abdominal margin, triangular,

widest behind, not reaching to end of cell; cross-veins and M with some black

seales ; a black postdiscal band from costal margin to end of SM?; marginal area

buff, speckled with black ; anal angle creamy.

Underside uff, shaded with pink and ochraceous, densely irrorated with brown

except in middle ; postdiscal line of upperside vestigial below ; marginal area more

brown than dise.

Harpe more obliquely rounded at end than in opheltes, slightly acuminate.

Dentate ridge of penis-sheath oblique, less symmetrical than in opheltes.

Length of forewing : 25 mm.

Hab. Mashonaland.

One specimen in the British Museum, collected by G. A. K. Marshall.

CLVII. CHAEROCINA gen. noy.—Typus: dohertyi.

3%. Allied to Cechenena and Euchloron. Second segments of palpi separate

as in those genera, smoothly scaled, without apical tuft on innerside, naked surface

longer than broad; xo cavity at end of first segment externally ; sealing of this

segment very rough, appearing as if the greater number of the longer scales were

rubbed away ; very few scales at apex of first segment on /nnerside.

Hab. Bast Africa.

One species.

In the absence of dense scaling from the end of the first segment of the palpus

on innerside and in pattern similar to Celervo.

( 742 )

692, Chaerocina dohertyi (Pl. VI. f. 5, 2).

69. Head and thorax above green-brown, changing into tawny-olive on

abdomen ; a creamy white lateral stripe on head and thorax ; a stripe on first

segment of palpus, and upperside of legs creamy white ; scaling of antenna creamy

buff; breast orange-rufous, abdomen below ferruginons.

Wings, above. Forewing greyish olive-green, darkest at base, on disc

beyond end of cell, and between discal Jine and anal angle ; a creamy streak at inner

margin between base and middle ; a black line beginning at costal margin close to

apex and ending at apical third of inner margin, bordered pale proximally; traces

of two antemedian lines and of a line from stigma to inner margin; stigma an

olive-black circle; distal margin concave in front, then convex ; apex acute.——

Hindwing geranium-pink, basal area black to apex of cell ; a black postdiscal band,

shading off distally, not reaching anal angle, connected along SM? with basal area;

marginal area less bright pink.

Underside ferruginous, speckled with olive. Forewing : basal area red, a

broad black basal stripe behind ; two olive discal lines, parallel, somewhat S-shaped,

curving costad-in front, sometimes vestigial ; a broad greyish brown border, not

very conspicuous, widest behind R? where it reaches distal discal line. Hind-

wing : not quite so bright as forewing ; abdominal area pink, a somewhat S-shaped

discal line corresponding to the second line of the forewing.

3. Sexual armature of the usual type of the allied genera. Tenth tergite ; first

slightly, in apical third more suddenly narrowed, tip rounded, feebly sinuate ;

sternite rather flat beneath, apex truncate with the angles strongly rounded.

Clasper with a great number of rather large friction-scales; process of harpe

slender, horizontal, extreme end curved upwards. Penis-sheath with a right and

left process, asymmetrical, the left process flat and somewhat twisted, the right one

slightly curved, projecting, with some teeth at proximal edge.

Length of forewing: ¢ 44—48 mm.; 2 49 mm.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Kikuyu Escarpment, British East Africa, 6500—9000 ft., January and

March 1901 (W. Doherty).

Twelve dd, one ? in the Tring Museum.

One of the finest discoveries of our late friend in this family.

CLIX. EUCHLORON.—Typus : megaera.

Sphinc Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p, 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).

Deilephila, Boisduval (non Laspeyres, 1809), Faune Madag. Bourb. p, 73 (1833).

Choerocampa, id. (non Duponchel, 1835), in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 596 (1847).

Philampelus, Walker (non Harris, 1839), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 179 (1856).

Chlorina Guenée (non Desy., 1830), in Maill., Zle Réunion p. 32 (1862).

Euchloron Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 213 (1875) (type : megaera).

3%. Second segments of palpi divergent, touching one another only

proximally, where their ventral scaling is long and tuft-like ; outer side of palpus

simple, joint xot open, xo cavity at end of first segment; inner surface of second

segment vot naked, being clothed with thin and rounded scales, which, however, do

( 743 )

not quite cover the mesial part of the surface, which is longitudinally impressed at

each side (Pl. LIX. f. 24),

Early stages not known.

Hab. Aethiopian Region.

One species.

693. Kuchloron megaera.

Sphinx megaera Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 19 (1758).

Euchloron megaera, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 214 (1875) (Guinea ; Madag. ; Bourbon).

3%. The underside of the body and hindwing is either green or tawny, with

intergradations, irrespective of locality. The mesothoracic tegulae have the same

long pale fringe as those of Cechenena mirabilis.

3. Tenth tergite long, pointed ; sternite rounded at end, sides parallel.

Friction-scales of clasper numerous ; harpe (PI. LII. f. 7) forming a strong pointed

hook ; inner surface of clasper densely clothed with lone bristles. Penis-sheath

of the same type as in /’/agastis: a slender right process, dentate at end, sub-

eylindrical ; a broad flat left process, dentate at the edges (Pl. LVL. f. 57. 58).

2. Lateral edges of vaginal plate raised; vaginal cavity covered in front and

at the sides by a high ridge, which is minutely folded longitudinally, feebly

chitinised, incised in middle, the two lobes strongly and broadly rounded.

Hab. Aethiopian Region.

Two subspecies :

a. EE. megaera lacordaire?.

*Deilephila lacordairei Boisduyal, Faune Madag. & Bourb. p. 73, t.11, f. 1 (1833) (Madag.; Bourb, ;

—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Chlorina lacordairei, Guenée, in Maill., lle Réunion p, 32 (1862); id., in Vins, Voy. Madag.

p. 29 (1865) (=Jacordairei) ; Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 297 (1879)(=lacordairei) ;

Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 124. n. 295 (1884) (Nossi-bé) ; Vins., Pap. Bourbon p. 13 (1891).

Euchloron meqaera, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 214 (1875) (partim).

Euchloron lacordairei, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 671.n. 2 (1892) (Madag. ; “ Bombay ”’ loci error /).

3%. Differs from the Continental race in the outer margin of the hindwing

being distinctly shaded with green up to R' or SO”, and in the black discal band of

the same wing being narrower.

Hab. Madagascar and neighbouring islands.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 1 ? from Madagascar.

b. EE. megaera megaera.

Sphinx megaera Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 19 (1758); id., Mus. Lud. Ulr, p. 358. n. 18

(1764) ; Clerck, Icon. Ins. ii. t. 47. £. 2 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl, Hist. i. 11. p. 450. n, 19 (1767) ;

Linné, Syst. Nat, ed. xii. p. 802. n. 21 (1767) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 173. n, 21 (1780)

(syn. partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2385. n. 21 (1790) ; Auriv., K. Sv. Vet, Ak, Handl,

xix. 5. p. 139. n. 176 (1882) (recens. crit.).

Choerocampa megaera, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 595, a. 109 (1847) (Natal),

Philampelus megaera, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 179. n. 11 (1856) (Ashanti ; Natal) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 577. n. 16 (1877); Plotz, Stett, Ent. Zeit. xii, p. 76, n, 283

(1880) (Cameroons) ; Druce, in James., Story Rear Col. p. 446 (1887) (Arawimi).

Deilephila megaera, Hopffer, in Pet., Reise Mozamb. p. 422 (1862).

Euchloron megaera, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 214 (1875) (partim) ; Oberth., Ht, Hut. iii.

p. 31 (1878) (Zanzibar) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 670. n. 1 (1892) ; Pagenst., Jahrb, Ham-

burg. Wiss, Anst. x. 2. p. 38. n. 102 (1893) (Sansibar, vii.).

Chlorina megaera, Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii, p. 26 (1879) ; Karseh, Ent. Nachr, xvii, p. 209,

n. 9 (1891) (Cameroons).

( 744 )

3%. Our two St. Thomé specimens are rather small and have the black discal

band of the hindwing narrow. Specimens with ferruginous underside of body and

hindwing occur in West and Hast Africa.

Hab. Continental Africa and islands near the coast.

In the Tring Museum 15 3 d,8 2 from: St. Thomé, xii. i. (Mocquerys) ;

Bopoto and Yakusu, viii., Congo (K. Smith) ; Natal ; Kilwa, Germ. IE. Afr., v.

(Reimer) ; Mombasa, v. (Dr. Ansorge); Ran, Nandi, ii. (Ansorge) ; Masindi,

Uganda, xil. (Ansorge).

CLX. BASIOTHIA.—Typus : medea.

Sphinx, Fabricius (non Linné, 1758), Spec. Ins. ii. p. 143 (1781).

Deilephila, Boisduval (non Laspeyres, 1809), Faune Madag. Bourb. p, 73 (1843).

Choerocampa, id, (non Duponchel, 1835), in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 595 (1847).

Basiothia Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii, p. 124 (1856) (type: idvicus = meded).

Chaerocampa, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp, Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. p. 91 (1857).

Basiothea (!), Butler, Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 552 (1877).

Guathostypsis, id. (non Wallengren, 1858), Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). iv. p. 233 (1879).

Antinephele, Kirby (non Holland, 1889), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 643 (1892).

3. Inner surface of palpus: scaling at apex of first segment dense and

regular; second segment without apical tuft. On the outer side the first segment

is strongly convex and bears a transverse crest of scales, resembling the crest found

in Sphingonaepiopsis, but being much smaller, or this crest represented by a fringe

along eye. Hye very strongly lashed. Antenna strongly clubbed in both sexes.

Abdomen with weak and numerous apical spines.

Larya strongly tapering in front ; with seven ocelli.Food-plant : Spermacoce.

-Pupa: tongue-case compressed, but not very prominent.

flab. Aethiopian Region.

The four species are in shape rather similar to some Temnora.

Key to the species :

a. Hind orange . : : . - : . 694. B. medea.

Hind brown . i ‘ 3 : ‘ . 695. B. laticornis.

Hind red ; a white double line on abdomen . 696. B,. charis.

Hind red; a simple line on abdomen : . 697. B. schenki.

694. Basiothia medea.

Sphing medea Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 143. n. 19 (1781) (Afr. aequin.) ; id., Jant. Ins. ii. p. 94.

n. 22 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. p. 5. p, 2376. n. 64 (1790) ; Fabr., Lnt, Syst. iii. 1. p. 363. n. 23

(1793): ;

Sphine idrieus Drury, Tilustr, Ex. Ins, iti. p. 2. t. 2. £. 2 & Index (1782) (Africa).

Sphinx clio Fabricius, /.c. iti. 1. p. 377. n. 65 (1793) (Guinea) ; Auriv., xt. Tidskr, xviii. p. 153.

n, 85 (1897) (= idrieus).

Sphinz onotherina Martyn, Psyche t. 23. £. 59. 60 (1797).

Deilephila idrieus, Boisduval, Faune Mad. Bourb. p. 73. n. 4. t. 10. £. 5 (1833) (Bourbon ; Mauritius ;

Madag. ; Senegal ; Guinea ; = clio).

Choerocampa idriaeus (1), id., in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr, p. 595. n. 110 (1847) (Natal) ; Guén.,

in Maill., /7e Réunion, App. p. 21 (1862) ; id., in Vins., Voy. Madag. p. 29 (1865) ; Vins., Papill.

Bourbon p. 13 (1891).

Basiothea idvicus (1), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 125. n. 1 (1856) (Natal ; 8. Leone) ;

Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxiii. p. 288. n. 83 (1884) (Caffraria).

Sphina ? medea, Walker, l.c. viii. p. 263 (1856).

( 745 )

Chaerocampa idrieus, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 92. n. 1520 (1857) ; Mab.,

Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (Madag.).

Choerocampa transfigurata Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 42. n. 42 (1860); id., Kongl. Sv. Vet.

Ak. Handi. v. 4. p. 18 (Separ.) (1865) ; id., Ofv. Vet. Ak. Forh. p, 913 (1871) (= idrieus),

Choerocampa idrieus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 282. n. 80 (1875) (= elio = medea ?).

Basiothea (!) idricus (!), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 552 (1877) ; id., Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond.

p. 494. n. 44 (1884) (Aden) ; Druce, in Moloney, W. Afr. Forestry p. 492. n. 3 (1887) ; Holl.,

Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 62. n, 12 (1889) (Benita ; Gaboon ; Kangwé) ; Karsch, Hit.

Nachr. xvii. p. 294. n. 5 (1891) (Cameroons) ; Butl., /.c. p. 843. p. 123 (1896) (Nyassald., Febr.).

Chaeracampa idreus (!), Saalmiiller, Lep. Madag. p. 13 (1884).

Basiothea idrieus, id., Le. p. 120, n. 276 (1884); Méschler, Abh. Senk. Nat. Ges. xv. p. 67. n. 150

(1890) (Gold Coast).

Choerocampa idrieus, Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent, Ver. iii. p. 26 (1879).

Basiothia medea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 648. n. 1 (1892) (= idricus = idrieus = clio = onotherina

= trausfigurata).

Chaerocampa idricus (1), Fawcett, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond.. xv. p. 310, t. 49. f. 1° 2 (1, p.) (1901).

3%. The green colour of this small insect fades easily into brown. The

antenna of the ¢ is not much longer and thicker than that of the ?. There is no

constant geographical variation ; the Madagascar specimens haye apparently the

two distinct discal lines of the forewing never dentate.

3. Tenth tergite elongate-triangular, subearinate basally, bi-impressed, sinuate

at end and slightly curved ventrad ; sternite triangular, obtusely rounded at apex.

Process of harpe long, slender, compressed, feebly spatulate, apex obtuse ; similar

to the harpe of 7. eson. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVIL. f. 25.26) with a process right

and left, both dentate, the right one longer.

Larva with seven triangular dorso-lateral spots which are brown above and

yellow below, spot of eleventh segment elongate, extended on to the horn.

Hab. Aethiopian Region: Africa; Madagascar and neighbouring islands ;

Aden.

In the Tring Museum 150-odd specimens from: Sierra Leone; Ogrugn,

Niger; Cape Colony; Natal; Nyassaland; German and British E. Africa;

Uganda and Toru (Ansorge) ; Great Comoro ; Madagascar.

695. Basiothia laticornis (Pl. V. f. 14, 3).

*Gnathostypsis laticornis Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). iv. p. 233 (1879) (Madag. ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 121. n, 277 (1884).

*Chaerocampa bifasciata Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 345. n. 8 (1879) (Madag. ;—coll, Mabille) ;

Saalm., /.c. p. 123. n. 292 (1884).

Antinephele laticornis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 543. n. 4 (1892).

Metopsilus (2) bifasciatus, id., lc. p. 660, n. 7 (1892).

3%. Antenna strongly clubbed in both sexes, obviously longer and thieker

in 3 than in 2. Body above greyish mars-brown, without pale lateral line on

head and thorax, underside paler.

Wings above like body, somewhat vinaceous cinnamon.—Forewing : three

antemedian lines, 2 and 3 closer together, a burnt-umber-brown patch beyond

apex of cell; three discal lines, 1 distinct behind, 2 indistinct, interspace between

1 and 2 burnt-umber-brown, line 3 as in medea parallel to margin, curving costad ;

interspace between 2 and 3 vinaceous cinnamon, a trace of an oblique apical line.

—Hlindwing : margin and basal half somewhat deeper brown than dise ; marginal

band vestigial.

Underside: dise of forewing and the whole hindwing, except outer margin,

( 746 )

pale ferruginous, rest burnt-umber-brown ; marginal band of both wings vestigial ;

no lines, but both wings with minute, short, transverse, burnt-umber-brown bars.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite similar to that of medea, but very feebly sinnate ;

sternite more pointed than in medea. Process of harpe, in side-view, gradually

narrowed to a point, slender, gently curved, sabre-shaped, slightly dilated apically

in ventral view. Penis-sheath with both the right and the left process prolonged,

Pee pointing somewhat distad, the left one slender (P1. LVIL. f. 27).

Early stages not known.

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 1 ? from: Sirabe ; Madagascar.

696. Basiothia charis.

Choerocampa charis Boisduyal, in Deleg., Voy. Afr, Austr. p. 595. n. 10. b (1847) (Natal ; nom. wud.!):

Wall., K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. v. 4. p. 18 (Separ.) (1865) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét, i. p. 236.

n, 15. t. 6. £. 4 (1875) (Natal) ; Westw., in Oates, Matabeleld. p. 354 (1881).

*Chaerocampa charis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 136. n. 15 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep, p. 93. n. 1540 (1857) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.

ix, p. 557. n. 20 (1877); Mab., Ann. Soc, Ent. France p. 298 (1879) (Madag. ex errore !) ;

Saalm., Lep. Mad. p. 122. n. 286 (1884) (‘‘ Madag.” err. loci); Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe.

xvi. p. 63. n. 15 (1889) (Benita ; Kangwé).

*Chaerocampa celerionina Walker, l.c.n. 16 (1856) (Congo ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., /.c. n. 21 (1877).

Choerocampa celerina (!), Boisduval, l.c. p. 238, n. 17 (1875).

Theretra charis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 28 (1892) GNatal):

_ Theretra celerionina, id., l.c. n. 29 (1892).

3?. Similar to schenki; abdomen with a double line above. First segment

of palpus very strongly convex at end ; fringe near eye rather more prominent than

in schenki.

The type of celerionina is a discoloured specimen of this species.

3. Tenth segment similar to that of schenhi, but the tergite more curved and

distinctly sinnate, and the sternite rather shorter, subearinate below. Process

of harpe subeylindrical, straight, smooth, obtuse. Armature of penis-sheath

(Pl. LVII. f. 29): the apical margin produced on the left side into a dentate

process, a similar, but shorter, process on the right side, besides some submarginal

teeth.

3. Edge of vaginal aperture more strongly chitinised than in schenfi, forming

a semicircular ridge.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Africa: Sierra Leone, Gaboon, South and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 80-odd specimens from: Sierra Leone; Cape Colony ;

Natal ; German E. Africa ; Masindi, Uganda, i. (Ansorge).

697. Basiothia schenki.

*Chaerocampa schenki Méschler, Stett. Ent, Zeit. xxiii. p. 339 (1872) (Natal ;—coll. Staudinger) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 557.* n. 19 (1877) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien

xxxill. p. 287. n. 80 (1884) (Caffraria) ; Westw., 'in Oates, Matabeleld. p. 354 (1881) ; Dist.,

Natural. Transvaal p. 236 (1892) (ix., Pretoria),

Chaerocampa protocharis Méschler, Stett, Ent. Zeit. xxxiii. p. 340 (1872).

Theretra schencki (!), Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 27 (1892).

3%. First and second segment of palpus strongly convex, first with a fringe

along eye representing the crest of medea. Antenna very thick in ¢ ; hook abrupt.

External row of spines of first protarsal segment doubled. White mesial line of

abdomen always simple.

( 747 )

g. Tenth abdominal segment of the type of Nylophanes; tergite gradually

narrowed, rounded at tip; sternite concave above, convex beneath, apex obtusely

rounded, upper surface transversely rugate. Process of harpe slender, feebly

u-shaped, compressed, apex somewhat dilated, with upper surface concave. Penis-

sheath (Pl. LVIL f. 28): a short row of teeth on the left side, a short, dentate,

apical, process on the right side.

?. Edge of vaginal opening feebly chitinised, not distinctly raised ; ante-

vaginal cavity large.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Africa: South and South East.

In the Tring Museum 30 dd, 10 2 ? from: Cape Colony; Natal; Transvaal.

CLXI. HIPPOTION.—Typus : celerio.

Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellata).

Spectrum Scopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. p. 414 (1777) (partim ; inel. type of Sphinx).

Deilephila Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Literatur-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) (partim ; type: eri’).

Elpenor Oken, Lehrb, Nat. iii. p. 760 (1815) (partim ; type: ner//).

Amphion Hiibner, Verz. bel, Schm. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type: vessus).

Hippotion id., l.c. (1822) (type: celerio).

Tsoples id., l.c, (1822) (partim ; type: eson).

Choerocampa, Duponchel, in Godart, Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 159 (1835) (partim ; type: neri).

Metopsilus Duncan, in Jard., Natur. Libr. xi. p. 154 (1836) (partim ; type : vers’).

Pergesa Walker, List Lep. ip B. M. viii. p. 149 (1856) (partim ; type: porcellus).

Panacra id., l.c., p. 154 (1856) (partim ; type : automedon).

Diodosida, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 433 (1882).

Darapsa, id. (non Walker, 1856), /.c.

Theretra, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 649 (1892) (partim).

3. Second segment of palpus without apical tuft of scales, and first segment

densely scaled at apex, on inner side.

Antenna clubbed in ?, not clubbed and longer in d. Palpus simple externally,

with the exception of érregularis, in which the first segment has a regular apical

cavity as in Theretra.

Larva strongly tapering in front, fourth segment generally swollen ; one or

more ocelli.

Pupa with compressed tongue-case.

Hab. Old World.

Nineteen species.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing not red j ; j ; b.

Hindwing red or ferruginous at least in

basal area ; F ; i.

4. One or more complete cae on Sir aig

oblique . é : ; : e.

No distinct eaepleis: Lies on forewing,

scaling of antenna pink . ; : . 714. ZT. rosae.

No distinct complete lines on forewing,

sealing of antenna cream-colour 715. I. rebeli.

( 748 )

», Forewing with a grey shadowy angulate

band from apex to inner margin, which it

reaches close to outer angle, no other lines

A line from apex to inner margin, not

augulate, or more lines on forewing, or

body and forewing ashy grey -

Head and thorax without pale side-stripe

Head and thorax with pale side-stripe .

A sharply marked pale band from apex of

forewing to (a little before) middle of

hinder margin, within the band two thin

lines ; scales of antenna pink ; abdomen

with conspicuous black subbasal lateral

patch 5

The band absent, or gratualy aie away

distally

. Palpus with cavity at a ee af fir st seg eee

Palpus without cavity at apex of first

segment .

. Forewing with whitish or peices tau ws

apex to middle of inner margin, sharply

defined costally; or with a conspicuous

black discal band; or with scarcely any

lines; or abdomen with pale dorso-lateral

spots. Oriental Region .

Forewing with one or more eaent ace

from apex to inner margin; abdomen not.

spotted ; mesothoracic tegula without pale

mesial line. Aethiopian Region

Hindwing with a pale band from costal to

abdominal margin :

Hindwing with a pale patch at smal anne

. Thorax above russet-brown .

Thorax above clayish isabella-colour, or "pa

cinnamon

. Hindwing with black aise nee tee is

posteriorly abbreviated ; base red

Hindwing without black discal band

. Abdomen with black basal lateral patches

Abdomen without black basal lateral patches;

forewing with pale band .

Abdomen without black patches ; eine

without pale band

. Lines in outer half of forewing, above, more

or less straight

Lines in outer half of Pa

irregular or absent . <

Mesonotum without greyish white eraati cia

Mesonotum with greyish white mesial stripe

above,

—

698,

716.

699,

. LH. butlera.

2. IT. roseipennis.

IT. geryon.

IT. irreqularis.

TT. velox.

709. HH. balsaminae.

701.

702.

703.

3. IL. batsehi.

. EH. saclavorum.

. LT. ostris.

IT. celerio.

II. isis.

mM.

IT, eson.

iv.

( 749 )

n. Base of hindwing black ; a large pale anal

area : : : : : : . 7104. H. echeclus.

Base of hindwing red, or no pale anal area. 5 0.

o. First segment of palpus with conspicuous

white lateral line close to eye . 5 . 705. ML rafftesi.

First segment of palpus without conspicuous

white lateral line close to eye . : . 106. HL. boerhaviae.

p. Forewing with some antemedian and severa

discal lines, the first line outside the cell

widened toa band . : 5 A . 707. LL. brennus.

Forewing without lines, except an oblique

apical one ‘ é 5 , : . 708. I. scrofa.

698. Hippotion geryon.

*Choerocampa geryon Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het, i. p. 241. n. 21. t. 7. £. 3 (1875) (Antananarivo ;

Nossi-bé ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Chaerocampa geryon, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud. ix. p. 631 (1877) ; Mab., Ann. Soe. Ent. France

p. 298 (1879); Saalm., Lep, Maday. p. 123. n, 289 (1884) (Nossi-bé).

Theretra geryon, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 653. n. 36 (1892).

3%. The pink colour of the scaling of the antenna is a very conspicuous

character of this species.

3d. Tenth abdominal segment of the same type as in \ylophanes: the tergite

gradually narrowed, truncate, feebly sinuate ; sternite with parallel sides, convex

beneath, rounded-truncate. Process of harpe obtuse, irregularly curved, pointing

dorso-distad, apex somewhat flattened. Penis-sheath with two subdorsal series

of teeth, both longitudinal, one at the right, the other at the left side, the latter

a little more proximal than the former.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Malagassic Subregion: Madagascar ; Comoro Is.

This stands in a similar relation to velox as ostris does to celerio.

In the Tring Museum 12 dd, 11 2 from: Madagascar; Great Comoro.

699. Hippotion velox.

Sphine velox Fabricius, Ent, Syst. iii. 1, p. 378. n, 68 (1793): Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xviii. p. 153. n, 86

(1897) (= vigil).

Sphinx {Deielphila (!)] vigil, Guérin, in Deless., Voy. Ind. ii, p. 89. t. 25. f. 1 (1843) (Pondicherry),

Chacrocampa velox, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 146. n. 3 (1856) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc.

Lond, ix. p. 561. n. 40 (1877).

*Panacra lignaria Walker, lc. viii. p. 156. n. 3 (1856) (Ceylon ; Cape York ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd.,

Spee. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 288. n. 6 (1875) (= vigil on p. 246!); Butl., Ze, ix. p. 551.

n. 16 (1877 (syn. partim) ; Maass., Sfett. Hint. Zeit. xli. p. 55 (1881) (= vigil) ; Misk., Proe.

Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 13. 0, 51 (1892) ; Kirby, (ec. . 11 (1892) (= yorkii).

*Sphins phoenye Herrich-Seb,., Aussercur. Schm. £. 478 (1856) (Java ;—coll, Staudinger),

Panacra vigil, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 270. n. 622 (1857) ;

Walker, /.c. xxxi. p. 32 (1864) ; Moore, Prov. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 793 (1865) (Bengal); Semp.,

Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 699. n. 9 (1867) (larva) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soe, Lond, ix-

p. 551. n. 15 (1877); Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p, 287. n. 5 (1885) (Poona, ii, ; Bombay,

ix.; descr, of larva); Swinh., 7’rans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 163. n. 10 (1890) (Rangoon ; Mandalay);

Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xiii. p. 101, 0. 174 (1890) (E. Java); Kirby, Cat. Lep, Hit,

i. p. 663. n, 10 (1892),

*Chaerocampa awinhoei Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond, p. 362. n. 3 (1862) (Formosa ;—Mus, Brit, ).

Ancerys phoenyx, Walker, lc, xxxi. p, 36 (1864).

( 750 )

‘ Choerocampa phoenix (!), Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep, Fauna p. 53 (1865).

Choerocampa phoenyx, Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 246. n. 25 (1875) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent.

xx. p. 2.n. 8 (1877) (Java) ; id., /.c, xxii. p. 65, n. 13 (1879) (S. Celebes); Piep., ibid. x1. p. 97,

t. 1. f. 1 (horn of /.) (1897).

Choerocampa vigil, Boisduyal, l.c. p. 246. n, 26 (1875) (= lignaria).

*Choerocampa yorkii id., lc. p. 248, n. 28 (1875) (Mus, Brit. ).

Pergesa swinhoei, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 548. n. 8 (1877).

Choerocampa yorkii, id., lc. ix. p. 631 (1877) ; Kirby, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (1877) ; Misk.,

Le. p. 13. n. 20 (1891),

Chaerocampa vigil, Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 107, n, 206 (1888) (Amboina) ; id.,

Le, xliii. p, 101. n, 175 (1890) (E, Java); Hamps,, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 86.

n. 127 (1892); Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 396. n. 34, t, vw. f. 9.10, 11 (1, p.) (1896) (Luzon;

Cebu ; Mindanao) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii, 29. p. 12. n. 7 (1900) (Kinigunang).

Theretra velox, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 655. n. 58 (1892).

Metopsilus swinhoci, id. le. p. 661. n. 16 (1892).

*Panacra rosea Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 79. t. 6. £. 14 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).

*Panacra lifuensis id., le. (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus, Tring) ; id., /.c. iii. t. 14. f. 13 (1896).

*Panacra griseola id., l.c. p. 80 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus, Tring) ; id., /.c. iii. t. 14. f. 12 (1896).

* Panacra pscudovigil id., l.c. (1894) (hab. ? ;—Mus. Tring).

3?. A very variable species both in size and pattern, especially on Lifu, the

Fiji Is., Christmas I. and most likely other outlying districts. The markings of

the body and wings disappear often almost entirely. Occasionally body and wings

are washed with rosy red. The type of dégnaria is the same specimen as the type

of yorki.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually narrowed as in geryon, but apex sharply

sinuate, the angles acute (Pl. XLV. f. 15); sternite (Pl. XLY. f. 16) suddenly

narrowed distally into a triangular, pointed, slender, mesial process, which is

somewhat curved upwards. Process of harpe slender, apex somewhat dilated,

spoon-shaped. Penis-sheath with a right apical row of teeth, and a shorter left

row, which is subapical (Pl. LVI. f. 37). Specimens from different localities the

same in structure.

?. Vaginal aperture narrow, a feebly chitinised, rather prominent lobe on each

side (Pl. XLI. f. 16).

Larva green or brown ; an eye-spot on the fourth segment.

Pupa not glossy ; head-case not much projecting, compressed, the tongue-case

being cariniform proximally; stigmata black; abdomen transversely striate near

the stigmata, somewhat granulose dorsally, last two segments densely and finely

punctured ; cremaster narrow, divided, with several recurved hooks.

Hab, Indo-Australian Region, from Ceylon to Fiji.

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, 150-odd specimens from: Ceylou ; South and

North India; Andamans; Nicobars; Penang; Java; Christmas I.; Lombok ;

Sumba; Tenimber Is.; Amboina; Burn; German and British N. Guinea;

d’Entrecasteaux Is.; Louisiade Archipelago ; N. Pommern ; Queensland ; Lifu.

700. Hippotion osiris.

Deilephila osiris Dalman, Anal. Entom. p. 48. 0, 21 (1823) (Africa) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grosssehm. i

p- 102 (1900).

Deilephila osyris (1), Boisduval, Jeon. Hist. Lép. ii. p. 18. 0. 1. t. 49. f. 1 (1834) (Spain) ; Dup., in

God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 120. n. 48. t. 15, £. 5 (1835); Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép, i. t. 10.

f, 2 (1836).

Sphinx osyris, Rambur, Faune Andal. p. 332 (1842) (indig. ?).

Chaerocampa osiris, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 135. n. 14 (1856); Butler, Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix, p. 557. n. 22 (1877); Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver, iii. p. 26 (1879) ; Saalm.

(15)

Lep. Madag. p. 122, n. 287 (1884) ; Druce, in Moloney, W. Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 6 (1887) ;

Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 674. n, 157 (1893) (Zomba, vii.); Fawe., Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond.

xv. p. 309. n, 11, t. 58. f. 3. 4. 5. 6 (I, p.) (1900).

Choerocampa osyris, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét, i. p. 237. n. 16 (1875); Staud. & Reb., Cut.

Lep. ed, iii, p. 103. n, 754 (1901).

Chaerocampa osyris, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 298 (1879) (Madag.).

Theretra osivis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 653. n. 30 (1892).

3%. Hindtibia nearly as long as hindwing. Antenna of 3 very stout in

proportion to that of 2. Abdomen with two black side-patches.

3. Tenth segment as stout as in celerto, but the sternite much more gradually

narrowed to a point and rather obtuse. Harpe (PI. LII. f. 25) compressed, feebly

curved upwards at the extreme end, which is rounded ventrally ; dorsal edge

notched. Penis-sheath (P]. LVII. f. 36): a feebly arched and rather long left row

of teeth, the right row reduced to one subapical tooth.

Larva: a very large ocellus on fourth segment, followed by a smaller one on

fifth ; horn short ; a pale dorso-lateral line on abdomen.

Pupa: not glossy; tongue-case very large, very prominent; abdominal

segments transversely rngate, striate at the sides, with large punctures before

the stigmata, posterior segment more smooth; stigmata black ; cremaster narrow,

conical, divided at end; a series of black ventral spots on abdomen.

Hab. Aethiopian Region, northward occasionally to Spain.

In the Tring Museum 3 pupa-cases, and 2 pupae, 19 dd, 16 2 2 from: Sierra

Leone (Dr. Clemens) ; Warri, Niger, iv. v. (Dr. Roth) ; Congo (Bentley) ; Toru, vi.

(Dr. Ansorge) ; Kilwa, ii. (Reimer) ; Madagascar.

701. Hippotion celerio.

Petiver, Guzoph. t. 12. £. 9 (1702) ; Frisch, Jus. xiii, p. 4. t. 2. f. 1. 2. 3 (1738) ; Roes., Jus. Belust.

iv, p. 59. t. 8 (1746) ; Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur. iii, p. 94. t. 110. f. 157. ¢. d (1782).

Sphinx celerio Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 10 (1758) (syn. partim) ; Hufnag., Berl. Mag. ii,

p. 182. n, 12 (1766) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist.i, 11. p. 434, n. 10. t. 90. £. 3 (1767) ; Linnd, Syst.

Nat. ed. xii. p. 800. n, 12 (1767) ; Forster, Cat. Anim. N. Am. p. 29 (1771) ; Beckm., Epit. i.

p. 160. n. 8 (1772) ; Mull., Naturs, v. 1. p. 639. n. 12, t. 20. f. 3 (1774) ; Mein., Naturf. i.

p- 243 (1774) ; Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n. 617 (1775) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 545, n, 30

(1775) ; Den. & Schiff., Verz. Schm. Wien p. 42. n. 2 (1776); Cram., Pap, Evot. ii. p. 42.

Schmett. ii. p. 83. 176, 201. t. 8. f. 1. 2. 3, t. 22. f.1, t. 28.f.1, t. 45. f. 3 (1779-82); Fabr.,

Spec. Ins. ii. p. 151. n, 50 (1781) ; Goeze, Hut. Beytr, iii, 2. p, 161, n, 12 (1780); Lang, Vere.

Augsb. p. 69. 0, 565 (1782) ; Fuessly, NV. May. Lut. ii. p, 371 (1785) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97.

n. 54 (1787) ; Borkb., Zur. Schm. ii. p. 70. n. 3 (1789) ; View., Verz. Brandenb. p. 10. n. 13

(1790) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat, i. 5. p. 2379. n, 12 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 509. n. O34

(1791) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 315, n. 142 (1793); Fabr., Hat. Syst. iit, 1. p, 370, n. 43

(1793) ; Donoy., Brit. Ins. vi. p, 25, t. 190 (1797) ; Prun., Lep. Pedem. p, 88. 0, 176 (1798) ;

Shaw, Viv. Nat. xx. t. 160 (180— ?); Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. £. 59, 146, 167, 168,

(180—2) ; id., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii, Sphing. iii. Leg. B. a. b. £. 1. a. b (180—?) ; Ochs., Schum.

Eur. ii, p. 205. n, 2 (1808) ; Nagel, Wiilfsb. Schm. p. 154 (1818) ; God., Lép. France iii. p. 43,

t. 18. f, 2 (1823) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Hist. Nat. x. p. 466. t. 65. £. 7. 8 (1825) ; Meig., Mandb,

Schm. p. 94. n. 6 (1827) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p, 32 (1829) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr. Schm, p. 134. n. 2-

t. 60. f. 1 (1830) ; Lue., Lép. Ewr. p. 110. t. 45 (1834) ; Bory, in Silberm,., Mev, Lunt, it. p. 179

(1834) (Canaries) ; Friv., ibid. ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary) ; Lucas, Lép. Mur, p. 110. t, 15. a

(1834); Ramb., Faune Andalous. p. 332 (1842); Guér,, in Lef., Voy. Abyss. p. 386 (1845) ;

Herr.-Sch., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 86. n. 12 (1847) ; Frey., N. Beytr. vi. p. 62. n, 990, p. 106, n, 1006,

t. 518. 548 (1852); Lue., in Chenu, Hue. Hist. Nat., Pap. i. p. 204. fig. 468 (1853) ; Keferst.,

Wien. Ent. Mon. ii. p. 225 (1858) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Mandl, xix, 5. p. 189 n, 177

(1882) (recens. crit. ; = tisiphone inquilinus = ocys).

Sphinz tisiphone Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n, 2 (1758) ; id. Mus, Lud. Ulr. p. 369 (1769) ;

( 752 )

Houtt., /.c. i. 11. p. 456. n. 21 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 803. n. 23 (1767) ; Miiller,

Naturs. v. 1. p. 642. n. 23 (1774) ; Gmel., Lc. i. 5. p. 2386, n. 23 (1790).

Phalaena inquilinus Harris, Exp. Engl. Ins. p. 93. t. 28, Lep. £. 1 (1781).

Elpenor celerio, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1, p. 760. n. 2 (1815).

Elpenor phoenix, id., l.c. sub n. 2 (1815).

Deilephila celerio, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 48. n. 2 (1816); Steph., Z//ustr. Brit. Ent.,

Haust. i. p. 128 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins, ii. p. 33 (1829) ; Boisd., Fuune Madag. Bourb. p. 72

(1833) ; Cant., in Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dept. Var, vii.); Boisd., Ramb. &

Grasl., Icon. Hist. Chenill., Sphing. t. 13 (1834) ; Treit., in Ochs., Schm. Eur. x. p. 128 (1834) ;

Pierr., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 86 (1846) (Paris) ; id., l.c. p. 91 (1846) (Clermont Ferrand) ;

Lucas, Hupl. Se. Algérie, Artic. iii. p. 371. n. 66 (1849) ; Donz., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 225

(1850) (indigen. ?) ; Bruand, ‘bid. p. 54 (1857) ; Wilde, Raup. ii. p. 81. n. 7 (1860) ; Oberth.,

Et. Ent.i. p. 32 (1876) (Algiers ; Oran) ; Staud., Hor, Soc. Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 298 (1878) (As,

min.) ; Oberth., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xv. p. 172. n. 60 (1879) (Abyss.) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges.

Graub. xxiii. p. 45 (1880) ; Oberth., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xviii. p. 733. n. 83 (1883) (Bogos) ;

Rom., Wém. Lép. i. p. 71 (1884) (Borjoum, 1 specim.) ; Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 215

(1885) (Bretagne) ; Dem., ‘bid. p. 55 (1886) (Reims) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii.

p. 42 (1889) ; White, Butt. and Moths Teneriffe p. 69. t. 4. £.2 (1894) ; Hofm., Raup, Grossschn,

p. 29. 285. t. 7. £. 9 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 9. t. 17. f. § (1894) ; Bartel, in Riihl, bid.

ii. p. 104 (1900),

HHippotion celerio, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135, n. 1450 (1822); Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 16.

t. 84. £. 4 (1882) ; Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23. n. 4 (1888) (Campbellpore, vii.) ; Kirby,

in Allen, Natur. Libr., Moths iv. p. 20. t. 99. £. 1, 2. 3 (1897).

Hippotion ocys Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135. n. 1451 (1822),

Sphyna celerio, Vogel, Schmett. Cab. iv. p. 22. t. 8. f. 6. a. b (1823).

Choerocampa celerio, Duponchel, in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 160 (1835) ; Westw. & Humpbr.,

Brit. Moths i. p. 21. t. 5. £. 1. 2. 3 (1843); Boisd., in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 595, n. 107

(1847) (Natal) ; Wall., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. v. 4. p. 18 (1865) (Caffraria) ; Maur.,

Tijdschr. Ent. xiii. p. 124 (1870) (Venlo) ; Heyl., ‘bid. p. 146, n. 72 (1870) (Breda, viii. ix.) ;

Snell,, ibid. xv. p. 33 (1872) (Congo) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 238. n. 18 (1875) ; Dew.,

Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 26 (1879) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 513, n. 4 (1884)

(Poona, Kurachi ; 3 or 4 broods ; 1. on Caladium) ; Fors., Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 388 (1884)

(Mhow, life hist.) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxiii. p, 287. n. 79 (1884) (Caffr.) ;

Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxvii. p. 209 (1884) ; Waterh., Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 25

(1885) (Ramsgate) ; Stev., ‘bid. p. 26 (1885) (Brighton) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 434.

n. 7 (1886) (Mhow, ix.—xi.) ; Pagenst., /.c. xxix, p. 111. n. 4 (1886) (Aru) ; id., L.c. xli. p. 107.

n. 203 (1888) (Amboina) ; Vins., Pap. Bourbon p. 13 (1891) ; Pagenst., lc. xlix. p, 155. n. 116

(1896) (Sumba) ; id., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 11. n. 6 (1900) (Ralum ; ii. f, viii. ix.). 4

Chaerocampa celerio, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 128. n, 2 (1856) ; Moore, in Horsf. &

Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. G. i, p. 274, n, 634. +, 11. £. 1. 1a (1857) (fig. of larva

incorrect) ; Koch, Indo-Aust. Lep. Fauna p. 53 (1865) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 194

(1865) (Bengal) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges, Wien xvii. p. 700. n, 12 (1867) (larva) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét, i. p. 238. n. 18 (1875) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent, xx. p. 1. n. 2 (1877) (Java);

id., Lc. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 557. n. 23 (1877); Snell,

lc, xxii. p. 65. n. 10 (1877) (S. Celebes) ; Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 298 (1879) ; Green,

Entom. xiv. p. 255 (1881); Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 613. n. 55 (1881) (Karachi, xi. xii);

Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 123. n. 288 (1884); But, Zc. p. 494. 0, 45 (1884) (Aden) ; Swinh,

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288, p, 12 (1885) (Poona, vi.—xi. ; Bombay) ; Butl., /.c, p. 379. n 94

(1886) (Campbellpore, v.) ; Pagenst., Jris i. p. 86. n. 4 (1886) (Aru) ; Buckl., Larv. Brit. Lep.

ii, p. 113. t. 25. f. 2 (1887) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 16. n. 88 (1887); Druce, in

Moloney, W. Afr. Forestry p. 492. n. 5 (1887).; Swinh., Jowrn. Bombay N. H. Soe. iii. p. 118.

n. 6 (1888) (Karachi ; xi. xii.) ; Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220. n. 3 (1888) (Fiji) ; Holl.,

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 63. n. 16 (1889) (Benita) ; Alpb., in Rom., Wém. Lép. v. p. 224.

n. 20 (1889) (Teneriffe) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc, Queensld. viii. p. 13. n, 19 (1891) (8. Aust.;

N.S. W.; Queensld.); Snell, lc, xxxiv. p. 253 (1891) (Flores); Swinh., Cat. Lep, Het. Mus. Ox.

i. p- 17. n. 68 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf.. Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p, 87. n. 123 (1892) ; Barr.,

Lep. Brit. Is. ii. p. 51. £. 1, a. b. (1895); Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 395. n. 31, t. B. £5. 6

(1.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol; Cebu; Mindanao; Sulu); Dudg., Journ. Bombay Nat. H. Soe, xi

p. 410. n. 123 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan, vii—xii., up to 5000 ft.) ; Nurse, Journ. Bombay N. MH. —

Soc, xii. p. 513 (1899) (Cutch); Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 1 (1901); Sharpe,

Ann. Mag. N, H. (7). viii, p. 284. n. 49 (1901) (Karonga T.). i

beh s

—

Lt li ALAS ALG AP A

( 753 )

Deilephila inquilinus, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 128. n. 2 (1856) (sub syn.).

(?) Sphing spec., Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3). iv. t, 13. £. 2 (/.) (1858) (Natal).

Deilephila albo-lineata Montrouzier, Ann. Soc, Linn. Lyon (2). xi. p. 250 (1864) ( Kanala).

Deilephila inquilina, Butler, Trans. Zool. Sor. Lond. ix. p. 557. n. 2 (1877) (sub syn.),

Phalaena inquinalis (!), Swinhoe, Cat, Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 17. n. 68 (1892) (sub syn.).

Theretra celerio, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 31 (1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent, Zeit. xl. p. 365.

n, 20 (1895) (Java) ; Holl., in Smith, Through Unkn. County, Afr. p. 412 (1897) (Somalild.).

3%. There is little variation in this wide-spread species. The lines within

the silvery band of the forewing are sometimes nearly absent; the rosy discal

spots of the hindwing are occasionally reduced in size. There is no difference

between Aethiopian and Indo-Australian individnals. Some fresh specimens from

the Trobriand Islands have a rosy flush over body and wings, while another

individual from the same place has very little red on the hindwing. External

row of spines on the first protarsal segment accompanied by a row of smaller spines.

3. Sexual armature similar to that of redox. Tenth segment shorter, stouter,

the sternite much more abruptly narrowed into a sharp hook. Harpe much

stouter, almost straight, compressed, upperside hollowed out apically, with the

edges raised. Penis-sheath with two rows of teeth as in relo.r.

?. Vaginal aperture ovate, the edges raised to a low horseshoe-shaped ridge ;

no processes.

Larva green or brown; a large eye-spot on segment 4, a smaller one on 5;

a pale dorso-lateral line, broad, distinct on thorax and last sezments, generally

vestigial on middle segments.—Food-plants : Vitis ; Rubiaceae.

Pupa glossy ; tongue-case large, strongly compressed, prominent; stigmata

black ; cremaster long, conical, thin, with some teeth.

Hab. Old World, everywhere except the far north and New Zealand.

In the Tring Museum 9 larvae, 3 pupae, 300-odd specimens from: various places

in Europe ; Continental Africa ; St. Thomé; Comoro Is.; Madagascar ; Oriental

Region, eastwards to the Solomon Islands and Lifu.

702. Hippotion isis spec. noy.

3. Dirty clay-colonr, a lateral stripe on head and the under surface paler, no

pale side-stripe on thorax. Wings, aove.—Forewing like body, a blackish basal

cloud posteriorly ; a trace of an antemedian angulated line anteriorly, a small

stigma, and a short discal dash R’—R* black ; five parallel discal lines, the three

first faint, the fourth accentuated by vein-dots and continuous with the rather

prominent oblique apical line ; an ill-defined brownish patch at hinder margin before

angle; distal marginal area with black speckles. g

red; a blackish median band, not extended to abdominal margin, anteriorly dilated

basad and joining also the blackish postdiscal band; veins streaked with black

within rosy discal area.

Underside \ike upperside of forewing, speckled with brown seales ; forewing

from base to dise and a distal marginal band brown; this band feebly dentate ;

some larger costal speckles indicate a discal line on fore- and hindwing ; the latter

without distinct marginal band. SC? and R! of hindwing separate.

Tenth tergite cleft at end ; apex of sternite rather suddenly narrowed and

produced into an acute hook; ninth tergite ending mesially in a short process.

‘lasper with one trancate friction-scale ; harpe similar to that of osiris, apex

concaye above. Penis-sheath with one tooth at the left side before end, and au

apical patch of teeth at the right side.

Hindwing as in celerio, rosy

CQO

Length of forewing: ¢, 29 mm.

Hab. ? Doubtless African.

One ¢ in the Stockholm Mnsenm (ex coll. Schénherr).

Similar to //. vose/pennis in the forewing, and to //, celerio in the hindwing.

703. Hippotion eson.

Sphinw eson Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 57. t. 226. £. ¢ (1779) ; Cog. & Lue., Bull. Soe. Ent. France

p. 57 (1865) (parasite).

Isaples eson, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p- 135. n. 1452 (1822).

Deilephila eson, Boisduval, Paune Madag. Bourb. p. 71 (1833) (Maurit. ; Bourb, ; Madag. ; Cap. b.

sp.; “ Coromandel ” alia spec, ; larva, pupa).

Choerocampa eson, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr, p. 595 (1847) (Natal) ; Guen., in Vins.,

Voy. Madag. p. 29 (1865) ; Boisd., Spec. Grén. Lép. Het. i. 232. n. 9 (1875) (larva) ; Vins., Pap.

Bourh, p. 13 (1891) ; Schans & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 18 (1898).

Chaerocampa eson, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MM, viii. p. 157. n, 17 (1856) (partim); Wallengr.,

Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. vy. 4. p. 18 (Separ.) (1865) ; Batl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix, p. 555.

n. 10 (1877); Mab., Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (Madag.); Saalm., Lep. Madag.

p. 122. n. 282 (1884) ; Druce, in Moloney, W. -lfr. Morestry p. 492. n. 4 (1887) ; Holl., Trans.

lmer. Ent. Soe, xvi. p. 63, n. 14 (1889) (Benita) ; Karseh, Hut. Nachr. xvii. p. 294. n. 6 (1891)

(Cameroons) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Iid., Moths i. p. 85. n. 121 (1892) (partim).

*Chaerocampa gracilis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 8, n. 13. t. 2. f. 2 (1875) (Congo ; Sierra

Leone ,— Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 556. n. 11 (1877); Maass., Stett, Ent

Zeit. xii. p. 56 (1881) (= eson) ; Saalm., /.c, n. 283 (1884).

Chaerocampa thyelia, Westwood (non Linné, 1758), in Oates, Matabeleld. p. 355 (1881).

Theretra eson, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1. p. 651, n. 13 (1892); Holl., in Smith, Through Unkn. Countr,

A/y, p. 412 (1897) (Somaliland).

Theretra gracilis, Kirby, lc. n. 14 (1892).

Chaerocampa eson var. gracilis Butler, Proc. Zool, Soe, Lond. p. 843. n, 124 (1896) (Nyassaland, ii.),

3%. Widely distributed over the Aethopian region. Variable in size. Fore-

wing with nine lines. The pale subanal cloud of the hindwing sometimes absent,

rarely enlarged to a submarginal band.

3. Tenth tergite gradually narrowed, rounded at end, not sinuate (PI. XLY.

f, 18); sternite parallel at sides, apex obtusely rounded, almost truncate.

Process of harpe (Pl. LII. f. 26) long, slender. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 35)

armed at the left side with a short row of teeth, on the right side with a prominent

dentate process, which points obliquely disto-laterad.

?. Anterior and lateral edges of the vaginal aperture somewhat raised to

a ridge which terminates abruptly posteriorly on each side of the opening

(BIS XTLIS tele);

Larva with ocellus on fourth segment.

Cremaster of pupa flattened, triangular, with some acute lateral teeth pointing

anad, two apical ones recurved.

tab. Aethiopian Region ; common.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 2 pupae, 150-odd specimens from: Sierra

Leone; Gold Coast ; Niger; Congo; Toru and Uganda (Dr. Ansorge) ; British

and German BH. Africa; Nyassaland; Delagoa Bay ; Natal ; Cape Colony ; Great

Comoro ; Madagascar ; Manritius ; Bourbon.

704. Hippotion echeclus.

Chaerocampa eson, Walker (non Cramer, 1778), List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii, p. 137. n, 17 (1856)

(partim) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 85. n, 121 (1892) (partim) ; Semp.,

Schm, Philipp. ii. p. 394. 0, 29 (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Cebu ; iii. x. xi.).

*Choerocampa echeclus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 233. n, 10 (1875) (Philippines ;—coll,

Charles Oberthiir) ; Snell., 7ijdschr, Ent. xxii. p. 65. n, 9 (1879) (S. Celebes),

( 755 )

*Chaerocampa elegans Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 8, n. 14. t. 2. £. 1 (1875) (Java ; Silhet ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 556. n. 12 (1877) : Cot. & Swinh., Cut, Weths

Ind. i. p. 15. n. 84 (1887); Swinh., Trans, Ent. Soe. Lond. p. 163. n. 11 (1890) (Bassein ;

Rangoon); Hamps., //ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep, Het. B. M. viii. p. 1. n. 18 (1891) ; Swinh.,

Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ov. i. p. 16. 0. 63 (1892) (Java).

Theretra clegans, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Tet. i. p. 651. n. 15 (1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeil, xl. p. 364.

n, 17 (1895) (Java).

3 ?. Thorax with whitish grey mesial stripe. Closer allied to boerhariae than

to eson.

g. Tenth tergite much stouter than in eson, sinuate (Pl. XLV. f. 17);

sternite triangular, narrowed to a point, apex curved upwards, almost hooked

Process of harpe (P]. LU..f. 27) short, rounded, armed dorsally at end with a tooth,

one or more teeth at the ventral edge, dorsal edge clothed with long scales.

Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 34): a curved row of teeth on the left side, and a few

subapical teeth on the right, no process.

?. Vaginal plate as in eson, but the ridge at the opening not so distinct and

gradually fading away.

Karly stages not known.

Hab, Oriental Region : India to the Philippines, Celebes and Sumba.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd, 14 22 from: South India (Madura district) ;

Bassein ; Sumatra: Java ; Lombok; Sumba.

705, Hippotion rafflesi.

Sphine theylia, Cramer (non Linn’, 1767), Pap, Exot. iii. p, 58. t. 226. £. p (1779) (Coromandel).

Chaerocampa eson, Walker (non Cramer, 1779), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 137. n 17 (1856)

(partim).

Chaerocampa thyclia, Boisduyal, Spee. Gén. Lép, Hét, i. p. 231, n. 8 (1875) (partim).

*Chaerocampa vafflesi Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 556.n. 14 (1877) (Java ; Canara ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 289. 0.13 (1885) (Poona, xi, xii. ; Bombay, ix.) ;

Cot. & Swio., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 45. n. 86 (1887) (partim) ; id., Trans. Ent, Soc, Lond. p, 163.

n, 12 (1890) (Mandalay) ; id., Cul. Lep. Het. Mus. Or. i, p. 17. n. 66 (1892) (partim),

Chaerocampa theylia, Hampson, in Blanf., Mamma Brit. Iid., Moths i, p. 85. n. 122 (1892) (partim ;

J form vinacea).

| Theretra rafflesi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 651. n, 17 (1892) ; Wuwe, Berl. Mnt. Zit. x, p, 865.0, 19

< (1895) (Java),

—*Chaerocampa vinacea Hampson, Ilust. Typ. Specim. Lep, Met. B. M. ix. p. 57. t. 157, £, 26, t. 179,

f, 2, 2a (1, p.) (1893) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.).

3%. The differences in colour between this species and doerhariae are very

slight. 7. rafflesi has the body and wings more red than oerhaviae, at least than

western specimens of this ; the palpus is more washed with vinaceous, except a

sharply marked white line on the first segment along the eye; the discal lines

1 and 2 of the forewing above are merged together in a band which is anteriorly

“more prominent than in Jocrhariae, the interspaces following are paler, line 5 is

again heavier; there is no distinct clayish subanal patch on the hindwing ; the

base of the latter often clayish brown.

3. Tenth tergite sharply sinuate as in echeclus, the lobes rather gtidtiee pis in

boerhaviae ; sternite suddenly narrowed to a sharp hook (PI. LVIII. f. 28).

Process of harpe (PI. LI. f. 28) short, rounded, with a short subterminal tooth

nearly as in echeclus ; a tuft of scales as in echeclus. Penis-funnel short, triangular ;

penis-sheath nearly as in echeclvs, 0 to 3 teeth on the right side, and a row of teeth

on the left.

( 756 )

?. Proximal and lateral edges of vaginal opening raised to a somewhat lyre-

shaped ridge.

Larva with an eye-spot on segments 4 to 10, the spots of nearly the same size,

except the first, which is larger ; horn long.

Tab. Ceylon to North India, eastwards to Java and Celebes.

Our single Celebes specimen is large, deep in colour, and has the basal area of

the hindwing brown, a character found also, but less pronounced, in individuals

from other localities.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 30 specimens from: Ceylon ; South and North

India ; Sumatra; Java ; 8. Celebes.

706, Hippotion boerhaviae.

Zschach, Mus. Lesh. p. 95, t. 3. (1778),

Sphine theylia, Cramer (non Linné, 1767), Pap. Exot. iii. p. 58. t. 226 f. 5 (1779 (Coromandel) ;

Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 176. n. 24 (1780) (partim).

Sphine boerhaviae Fabricius, Syst. Ent, p. 542. n, 22 (1775) (E. Indies) ; Sulz., Abg. Gesch, Ins. ii.

p- 40. t. 20. f. 3 (1776) ; Leske, Anfangsgr. Nat. i. p. 457, n. 57 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent, Beytr. iii,

2. p. 207. n, 13 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii, p. 148 n, 39 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins, ii. p. 96. n. 43

(1787) (partim ; err. typ.!) ; Roem., Gen. Ins, p. 72. t. 20. f. 3 (1789) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1,

p. 371, n, 46 (1793) (partim ; descript. spec. boerh. et pluto dict, commixtae) ; Turt., Syst. Nat,

iii, 2. p. 175 (1806).

Sphine vampyrus Fabricius, Mant, Ins, ii, p, 98, n, 66 (1787) (India) ; Gmel., /.c, i, 5, p. 28, 79, n. 72

(1790).

Sphinw boerhaaviae (1), Gmelin, Syst, Nat. i. 5, p, 2381. n. 77 (1790) (partim).

Sphinx octopunctata Gmelin, lc. 1. 5, p. 2386. n. 162 (1790).

Sphinx theylia, Fabricius, Ent, Syst. i. 1. p. 378, n, 70 (1793) (partim).

Isoples theylia, Hiibner, Verz, bek. Schm, p. 135. n, 1455 (1822) (partim) ; Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii.

p. 19. t. 84, f, 5 (1882).

Chaerocampa eson, Walker (non Cramer, 1779), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 137. n. 17 (1856) (partim),

Sphine boechaviae (4), Walker, lc. (1856) (sub syn.).

Sphinx (?) vampyrus, le. p. 263 (1856).

Chaerocampa thyelia, Moore, in Horsf, & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus, E. 1, C.i, p. 276. 0. 638 (1857)

(partim) ; Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 84. n. 7 (1862) (Sarawak ; “ Africa ” alia spec.) ;

Snell., 7ijdschr Ent. xx. p. 1. n. 4 (1877) (Java) ; id., /.c. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ; Mab., Ann,

Soc. Ent. Prance p. 298 (1879) ( Nossi-bé” err. loci!) : Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 670,

n. 33 (1880) (Formosa); Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 122, n, 285 (1884) (‘ Madag.” err. loc/) ;

Swinb., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288. n. 12 (1885) (Poona, vii—xi, ; Bombay, viiii—xi.) ;

Pagenst., Zris i, p. 86. n. 3 (1886) (Aru) ; id., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxix. p. 110, n. 3 (1886)

(Aru) ; Swinb., Journ. Bombay N, H. Soc. iii. p. 118. n. 5 (1888) (Karachi ; vii. ix.) ; Pagenst.,

Le. xli. p. 106. n, 201 (1888) (Amboina); Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 10, n. 15

(1891) (partim) ; Snell., in Snellem., Widden-Sumatra ii. p. 29 (1892) ; Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl.

p- 97. t. 1, £.3 (1897) (horn of larva, bad) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii, 29, p. 10. n. 4

(1900) (syn. partim).

Choerocampa thyclia, Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép, Het. i, p. 231. n. 8 (1875) (partim) ; Fors., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 389 (1884) (Mbow, life hist.) ; Swinh,, Proc, Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 4384, n. 6,

(1886) (Mhow, ix.—-xi.)

Pergesa vampyrus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 549. n, 11 (1877).

Chaerocampa theylia, id., lc. ix. p. 556, n. 13 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i, p. 15. n. 85

(1887) (partim) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 16, n. 64 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., in

Blanf., Payna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 85. n. 122. fig, 53 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., ///ustr, Typ.

Specim, Lep. Het. B. Mix. p. 56, t. 175, £. 1 (1893) (larva) ; Dudg., Journ, Bombay N. H. Sov.

xi, p. 410. n. 123 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ; larva) ; Nurse, ibid. xii, p. 513 (1899) (Cutch),

Chaerocampa ? thyelia, Snellen, Tijdschr, Ent. xxii. p. 65, n. 8 (1877) (S. Celebes).

*Choerocampa rosetta Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. p. 16. 0. 65 (1892) (Ceram ; Melville T. ;—

Mus, Oxford).

Theretra thyelia, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het, i. p. 651. n, 16 (1892 (partim) ; Huwe, Berl. nt, Zeit. x1.

p. 364. n. 18 (1895) (Java) ; Pagenst., Ah. Senk. Nat, Ges, xxiii. p. 443. n, 423 (1897) (Celebes ;

* Borneo).

( 757 )

Chaerocampa rafiesi, Hampson, lc. t. 175, f. 3 (larva) (1893).

Chaerocampa boerhaviae, Semper, Schm, Philipp. ii. p. 394. n. 30 (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Cametes ;

Cebu ; ii.).

Tsoples thyelia, Kirby, in Allen, Nut. Libr., Moths iv. p. 24 (1897).

o%. There is a good deal of individual variation in this species as regards

colour and size. It is not always an easy matter to distinguish certain individuals

from raffles. Some Papuan specimens are fully as vinaceous as raffles? on the

wings and body ; but also here the first palpal segment is paler and does not show

the white line so well. A band or patch on the upperside of the forewing near

hinder angle beyond lines 5 or 6 is in western individuals often somewhat ochraceous,

in eastern specimens, however, mostly as reddish as in many raflesi.

od. Tenth segment as in raffles’, but the apical hook of the sternite obviously

longer (P]. LVIII. f. 27). Process of harpe (PI. LIL. f. 29) stout, rounded at end,

with a long dorso-apical tooth curved towards the clasper. Penis-funnel clongate-

triangular ; penis-sheath as in ra/f/esi, but the row of teeth on the left side with

more teeth, which are either simple or divided.

?. Edges of vaginal aperture less raised than in ra/flesi.

Larva with a large eye-spot on segment 4, the eye-spots on the following

segments gradually smaller; much less regular than in raffles, often vestigial ;

horn short, pale.

Hab. Ceylon to North India, eastwards to the Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 200-odd specimens from: Ceylon ; South and

North India ; Malay Pen. ; Penang ; Bunguran, Natuna Is. ; Borneo ; Sumatra ;

Java; Lombok; Sumba:; Celebes; Kisser; Larat ; Key; Queensland; New

Guinea; Trobriand Is. ; Louisiade Archipelago; Woodlark ; N. Pommern; N.

Lauenburg ; N. Hanover; Kulambangra and Guadalcanar, Solomon Is. (Meek aud

Eichhorn).

707. Hippotion brennus. ~

Sphine brennus Stoll, in Cramer, Pap, Exot. iv, p. 233. t. 398 £. & (1782) (Amboina).

Amphion brennus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 185 n, 1445 (1822).

Chaerocampa brennus, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 144. n. 29 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool, Soe.

Lond. ix. p. 566. n. 74 (1877) ; Pagenst., Juhrb. Nuss. Ver, Nut. xii. p. 108. n, 207 (1888) ; id.,

in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29, p. 11, n. 5 (1900) (Ralum, vi.). :

— Choerocampu brennus, Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 248. 0, 29 (1875) (Aru).

Theretra brennus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659. n. 111 (1892).

3¢. This is a variable insect. The markings of the forewing are often very

prominent, while in other individuals the lines are vestigial and the median band

widened, being straight proximally and gradually shading off distally ; the postdiscal

interspaces R?—SM? are not rarely rufous. The base of the hindwing is sometimes

blackish. ‘The genital armature varies in detail, but this variation does not

correspond to that, of the wings. Extreme individuals have the appearance of

belonging to distinct species. The variation is not local. However, there is a

form in Queensland which we have not seen from other localities. This form is

rather pale, has the forewing sharply marked, does not possess a white mesial

stripe on the thorax, and has the white lateral stripe of the head and thorax shaded

with vinaceous ; in structure it agrees with the form which has the white mesial

stripe of the thorax. The two forms occur together in Queensland; they have

been bred, but nothing is published of the larvae as far as we are aware + and both

have been sent to this country as johanna by the collector who bred them. ;

( 758 )

We have only one bad specimen from Amboina, the locality where the type

of drennus came from. Stoll’s figure shows a distinct white mesial stripe on the

pronotum. In somewhat rubbed specimens the stripe is indeed apparently confined

to the pronottm, while it is continued on to the mesonotum in good individuals.

3. Sexual armature not yery obviously different from that of raflesi, but there

are very few teeth on the left side of the penis-sheath, sometimes none ; the tooth

on the right side is small or prominent according to individuals.

?. Sides of vaginal aperture slightly raised.

Barly stages not known.

aw. LL. brennus f. brennus.

Sphine brennus Stoll, Lc.

3 ¢. Thorax with white mesial stripe.

b'. H. brennus f. johanna.

*Chacrocampa johanna Karby, Lrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 241 (1877) (Brisbane ;—Mus. ee

Waterh., .lid Ident, Ins. i. t. 38 (1881).

Punacra joanna (1), Miskin, Proc. Roy, Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 9. n. 12 (1891).

Panacra maculiventris id., Lc.

Theretva johanna Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659. n. 110 (1892).

Miavia johanna id., Allen, Natur, Libr., Moths iv. p, 25, t. 100. £. 3 (1897).

3. Thorax without white mesial stripe.

/Iah. Papuan Subregion : Southern Moluccas ; N. Guinea; Bismarck Arechi-

pelago ; Queensland.

In the Tring Museum :

f. brennus, 12 63, 6 2% from: Queensland ; Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, —

xii. 1. (Meek); Fergusson, ix.—xii. (Meek); Kapaur, ii. (Doherty); Ron L,

Geelvink Bay, vii. (Doherty) ; Amboina, viii. (Doherty) ; Bongu, Germ, N. Guinea,

xi. 1.3; Florida L., Solomon Is., i. (Meek & Eichhorn).

f. johanna, 7 33,5 2% from: Queensland.

708. Hippotion scrofa.

*Deilephila scrofa Boisduval, Voy. Astrol., Lép. p. 185. n. 3 (1832) (Austral. ;—Mus. Paris).

Chacrocampy scrofa, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 147. 0. 35 (1856) (Austral.) ; Butl., 7rans.

Zool. Sov. Lond. ix, p. 566. n. 72 (1877) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii, p. 14. n, 21

(1891) (=ignea) (Tasmania; South Austral.; Victoria ; Newcastle ; Brisbane; Rock-

hampton) ; Swinh., Cul. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox, i. p. 16. n. 62 (1892).

Deilephila porcia Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv, p. 42 (1860); id., Eugen. Resa p. 362 (1864).

Chacrocampa bernardus Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fann p. 53 (1865) (= serofu from India !—this |

spec. or. boerhuviue ?) ; Misk., l.c. (1891).

Choerocampa scrofa Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, FHeét. i, p. 285 n. 14 (1875).

*Chacrocampa ignea Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 10. n. 19. t. 1. £. 4 (1875) (Moreton Bay ;—

Brit. Mus.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix, p. 566 n. 73 (1875) ; Rothsch., Nov, Zool. i. p. 5

(1894) (not distinct).

Theretra scrofa, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 659, n. 108 (1892).

Theretra ignea, id., Le. n. 109 (1892).

¢% As in the allied species there occur brighter and paler specimens of either

sex; the ? are asa rule brighter than the ¢d. The lines of the forewing are

generally absent, except the oblique apical one, which is seldom faint ; sometime

there are three or four lines vestigial.

d. Tenth segment resembling that of eson: tergite rounded at tip, oI

sinuate; sternite narrow, elongate triangular, obtuse at end. Process of har

Ph om

( 7159

rather stouter than in eson, of nearly the same form. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII.

f, 33): a row of teeth transversely over the sheath, ending in a dentate ridge on

the right side, the row curved and oblique.

?. Vaginal aperture more distal than in eso, with slightly raised semi-

circular edge.

Harly stages not Saat

Hah. nsiredlin - : Tasmania to Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 5-odd specimens from : Mackay, Queensland ; Dawson

R. ; Brisbane ; Adelaide ; Victoria.

700, Hippotion balsaminae.

*Chaerocampa balsuminae Walker, List Lep. lus. B. AM. viii, p. 138. n. 18 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Guér., in Vins., Voy. Madag. p. 29 (1865) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 560,

n. 33 (1877) ; Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 299 (1875 I); Saalm., tp Madag. p. 123. n, 291

(1884) (Nossi-bé) ; Druce, in Moloney, W. Afr. Forestry p. 493. 0. 7 (1887); Holl, Zrans.

Amer. Ent, Soc. xvi. p. 63. n. 17 (1889) (Benita); Fawe., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xv. p. 309.

n. 12. t. 48. £. 1, 2 (., p.) (1901),

Chaerocampa balsaminac, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p, 252. n. 34 (1875).

Theretra balsaminae, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 654, n. 46 (1892); Pagenst., Jahrb. Wiss. Anst.

Hamburg x. 2. p. 37, n. 101 (1893) (Quilimane, 19. i. 93),

3¢?. Both wings narrow, sharply pointed. Striping of forewing resembling

that of 7. eson and H. boerhaviae ; first and second line forming a band, line 5

generally accentuated by vein-dots. Hindwing blackish from base to dise ; then

¢layish, margin again brown, this marginal band narrow and rather sharply defined.

Underside of wings somewhat more yellowish than upper, sometimes with distinct

reddish tint.

3. Tenth tergite sharply sinuate, the lobes acute ; sternite gradually narrowed,

ending in an acute hook. Process of harpe horizontal, slightly ay-shaped, rather

stout, dilated at end and here somewhat concave on the upperside. Penis-sheath

(Pl. LVII. f. 30) with a curved series of teeth on the right side and one or two

teeth on the left.

Larva green; with a brown dorsal mesial line, interrupted, and green on

thoracic segment ; a black ocellus on fourth segment, a red ove on fifth, both with

white ring. = Migad-plant : Jussieud.

Tongue-case of pupa prominent ; cremaster short, pointed, with dentate.

Hab. Acthiopiau Region.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from: Sierra Leone ; Gold Coast ;

Niger; Toru and Uganda (Aunsorge) ; British and German HE. Africa: Nyassaland ;

Delagoa Bay; Natal ; Madagascar.

710. Hippotion saclavorum (PI. V. f. 9, d).

FDeilephila saclavovum Boisduyal, Laune Maday. Bourb. p. U1. 0. 1. t. 10. £, 6 (1833) (Madag. ;—

coll, Charles Oberthiir).

Choerocampa saclavorum id., Spec. Gen, Lép. Hct. i, yp. 251. 0. 33 (1875).

Chaerocampa saclavorum, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 558, n, 27 (1877); Mab., Ann, Soc.

Unt. France p. 298 (1879).

Theretra saclavorum, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het, i. p. Gd4. n. 47 (1892),

3%. Body and forewing above clayish isabella-colour ; abdomen yellowish at

sides, except on basal segments. Underside of body almost white.—— Forewing,

Ecte; with three faint discal lines followed by a heavier double line which ends at

tip of wing ; between it and outer margin traces of two more lines. indwing

( 760 )

blackish brown, isabella-colour at anal angle-——Underside of wings clay-colour,

forewing brown from base to first discal line.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite rather stout, feebly sinuate ; sternite broad and

short, rounded at end, but mesially produced into a point. Process of harpe long,

subeylindriecal, pointed, horizontal, feebly curved dorsad at end. Penis-sheath with

a slender process on each side, the left one dentate at the distal and proximal edges,

the right one only at the distal edge (Pl. LVII. f. 32).

Early stages not known.

Hab, Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢¢ from Madagascar.

711. Hippotion batschi (Pl. V. f 10, 3).

Chaerocampa batschi Keferstein, Jahrb, Al. Exfurt (2). vi, p. 14. t. 2. £. 4 (1878) (Tamatave) ; Mab.

Ann, Soc. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) ; Saalm., Lep. Madag, p. 122. n. 281 (1884).

Chaerocampa ? batschi, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 567. n, 79 (1877).

*Choerocampa humilis id., Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). iv. p. 234. n. 18 (1879) (Madagascar ;—Mus. Brit.);

Saalm., /.c. n. 282 (1884).

Metopsilus batschi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. n. 4 (1892).

Metopsilus humilis, id., lc. n. 5 (1892).

The type of umilis is a discoloured specimen.

3%. Very close to saclavorum; perhaps not distinct. Abdomen without

yellowish lateral area; underside russet-brown like upper, much darker than in

suclavorum. Forewing with only one distinct line and this not quite so oblique

as In that species. Sexual armature not different.

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 3 33,1 % from Madagascar, without special locality.

712. Hippotion butleri.

Panaera butleri Saalmiiller, Lep. Madag. p. 118, n. 275. t. 5. £. 51 (2) (1884) (Nossi-bé).

Metopsilus butler’, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. n. 5 (1892).

%. Not seen. According to figure, differing from batschi especially in the

forewing having from apex to inner margin near angle an irregular whitish band

which shades off proximally.

Hab. Nossi-bé: 1% in Mus. Frankfurt a/M.

713. Hippotion roseipennis Vl. V. f. 11, ¢).

*“Diodosida roseipennis Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H, (5). x. p. 433. n. 3 (1882) (Delagoa Bay ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 642. n. 9 (1892).

¢%. Head and thorax without pale lateral stripe. External row of spines of

foretibia double. Antenna obviously clubbed in both sexes. Wings similar in

shape and pattern to those of datschi and saclarorum ; but prominent discal line

of forewing more curved, more distal behind, and hindwing with a pale submarginal

band from anal angle to near costa nearly as in balsaminae. The tropical specimens

have the pale band of the hindwing rather broader than those from Delagoa Bay.

d. Tenth tergite rounded-pointed, not sinuate ; sternite broad, rounded-

truncate, distinctly incised mesially. Process of harpe rather short, stout, little

curved, compressed at end. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVLL f. 31): one or two small

subapical teeth on the left side, a pointed, triangular, apical process on the right.

Harly stages not known.

I _ hh TE TT SS A Nr OR

( 761 )

Hab, Bast Africa: from Delagoa Bay to British Hast Africa.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 2 22% from: Delagoa B. (Monteiro); Ft.

Johnston, Brit. C. A. (Dr. Rendall); Uluguru, Germ. BE. Afr.; Mombasa, x.

(Dr. Ansorge).

714. Hippotion rosae.

*Darapsa rosae Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 433. n. 5 (1882) (Delagoa B. :—Mus. Brit.).

Metopsilus rosae, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. n. 9 (1892).

¢. A broad-winged and large species, easily recognised by the pink antenna

and the whitish grey upperside of body and forewing. Black stigma of forewing

prominent ; a patch of blackish and brown speckles at inner margin. Body stout.

Palpus simple, second segment as broad as long, truncate. External spur of

midtibia considerably shorter than inner one. Antenna clubbed, short for such a

large species.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

In the Tring Museum 2 ? ? from Delagoa Bay (Monteiro).

715. Hippotion rebeli spec. nov. (Pl. V. f. 12, ).

3%. Antenna rather strongly clubbed in 2. Body above clay-colour, underside

creamy buff, no markings.

Wings, upperside, clayish buff, hindwing faintly pinkish.

speckled with brown, a faint brown transverse line at base of M*; a clayish

cinnamon patch just beyond apex of cell, another at inner margin close to outer

angle, bordered proximally by a vestigial line, a short postdiscal band between SC’

and R*, and a short blackish oblique apical dash; a minute black stigma.——

Hindwing : an indistinct border of brown speckles.

Underside buff, hindwing a little paler than forewing, both speckled with

brown ; no markings, except a short apical dash and the vestige of a line midway

between subcostal fork and apex of forewing, and a faint brown border to the

hindwing.

3. Tenth tergite slender, convex above, apex acuminate ; sternite with almost

parallel sides, rounded at end, with a small mesial incision. Clasper with one large

friction-scale ; harpe ending in a broad asymmetrical process (Pl. LII. f. 22).

Penis-sheath armed with one conical pointed process which projects towards the

right side (Pl. LVII. f. 38).

Early stages not known.

Tah, N.B. Africa: Sudan; Obock.

In the Hofmuseum in Wien 1 % (type, figured) from Bahr-el-Seraf, Sudan ;

a d in the Museum in Paris from Obock.

This Obock 3 has the forewing less distinctly marked, but it shows better than

the @ that the line on the dise and that before inner margin are portions of one

discal line.’

Forewing :

716. Hippotion irregularis.

*Pergesa irregularis Walker, List Lep. Ins, B, M. viii, p. 152. n. 4 (1856) (W. Afr, ;—Mus, Brit.) ;

ButL, Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 548, n, 4 (1877),

Choerocampa ? irreqularis, Boisduyal, Spee, Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 283, n. 82 (1875),

Choerocampa irrveqularis, Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent, Sov. Xvi, p, 03. ns 18. b, 3. £. 3 (1889),

Chaerocampa ivvegularis, Kavsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 294, 0.7 (1891) (Cameroons),

Metopsilus irreqularis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 661. n. 10 (1892),

*Theretra crossei Rothschild iii. p. 22. n. 3 (1896) (Assaba ;—Mus. Tring).

( 762 )

3%. Opening of palpus sharply defined, the scaling bordering it very regular.

External rows of spines of first protarsal segment doubled and trebled. Lines

2 and 4 of forewing generally absent, sometimes vestigial, line 5 represented by

vein-dots, closely followed by 6, which ends at tip of wing, lines 7 and 8 not

marked ; a brown postdiscal cloud between R? and R*. The brown marginal border

of the underside of the forewing joined along R® to the brown basal area ; a series

of prominent discal dots over both wings.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite rather broad, little narrowed to end, concave

below, convex above, apex rounded, slightly sinuate; sternite narrow, curving

upwards, pointed, forming a hook. Clasper with four large friction-seales ; harpe

(Pl. LIT. f. 17) with two heavily chitinised processes shaped like ox-horns, one

horizontal, the other vertical. Penis-sheath (PI. LVIII. f. 13) with a singie and

rather heavy subapical tooth.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 1 ? from the Niger: Warri, vi. (Dr. Roth);

Agberi, vii. (Dr. Ansorge) ; Assaba (Dr. Cross) ; Ogrngu: also 1 ¢ from the Congo

(Bentley).

CLXU. THERETRA.—Typus : nessus.

Sphinw Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: vcellata),

Thevetra Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135 (1822) (partim ; type: nessus = equeslris ).

Isoples id., l.c. (1822) (partim ; type: eso).

Xylophanes id., l.c. (1822) (partim ; type: anubus).

Oreus id., L.c. p. 136 (1822) (partim ; type: gnonw).

Thaumas id., l.c. p. 138 (1822) (partim ; type : vespertilio).

Deilephila, Stephens (non Laspeyres, 1809), 2lustr. Brit. Wnt., Haust. i. p. 123 (1829) (partim).

Choerocampa Duponchel, in God., Pap. France, Suppl. ii. p. 159 (1835) (partim ; type: veri’).

Darapsa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 182 (1856) (partim ; type: choerilus).

Gnathostypsis Wallengren, Ovfv. Vet. Ak. Forh. xv. p. 137 (1858) (type : capensis).

Pergesa, Moore (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 566 (1872).

Panacra, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p- 550 (1877) (partim).

Hathia Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 19 (1882) (type : lutreillei).

Gnathothlibus, id. (non Wallengren, 1858), l.c. p. 21 (1882).

Metopsilus, Kirby (non Duncan, 1836), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660 (1892) (partim).

$?. Second segment of palpus on innerside with apical tuft of scales directed

ventrad (Pl. LIX. f. 27) ; apex of first segment densely and regularly scaled on

innerside, with cavity at apex on outerside (Pl. LIX. f. 16).

Larva strongly tapering in front, one or more ocelli.

Pupa with strongly compressed and prominent tongue-case.

Hub, Oriental and Aethiopian Regions, a few species northward to Japan,

two ranging to the Caspian Sea and Constantinople respectively,

‘Twenty-nine species.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing red. , ' : ‘ : Sas

Hindwing not red, or only with a

narrow, ill-defined, reddish tawny

band F : - 5 : ; Serie

4. Base of hindwing black — . : : E Re

Base of hindwing red like disc . é ; sinks

( 763 )

. Thorax with grey middle stripe ;

abdomen without black basal side-

patch : 5

Thorax without grey aici sep 3

abdomen with black basal side-

patch : ; : :

Cavity at end of first segment of

palpus regularly defined, thorax

without mesial stripe

Cayity at end of first segment of

palpus not sharply dbaned: thorax

with white middle stripe

. Abdomen above with lines, or sithi a

dorso-lateral tawny-ochraceous or

ochreous stripe beginning on seg-

ment 3; no obvious black basal

side-patch

Abdomen without peel fee) or ath

black basi-lateral patch, without

yellowish dorso-lateral stripe .

> Cavity of palpus large and sharply

defined . ; ‘ é

Cavity of palpus more or ness con-

cealed or rendered irregular by

rough scaling

. A large species, with fend ochreous

dorso-lateral stripe on abdomen

A small species, no such es ou

abdomen

. Forewing with a Prva orey ae

atareinal band :

Forewing without such a band .

. Stigma of forewing isolated, followed

by a dark straight oblique band

which consists of two. or three

distinct lines .

Stigma situated in a black or heaps

patch, which is not very distinct ;

the discal band is curved, or in-

distinct except at internal margin,

where it forms a square patch

together with an antemedian acy

or wings nearly all brown

Discal band of forewing above forming

three black contiguous patches be-

tween SC* and R®; the pale inter-

space distally of it narrow and

sharply marked ; mesothoracie

iegula with pale middle stripe

751.

729,

744.

741.

Th. suff usa.

. Th. alecto.

Th. capensis.

Th. pallicosta.

. Th. nessus.

. Th. orpheus.

2. Th. griseomarginua.

Th, insignis.

nh.

( 764 )

Discal band of forewing distinct only

behind, where it forms a square

patch, interspace distally of it dull

grey like base of wing; mesothoracic

tegula with pale middle stripe

Mesothoracic tegula without

middle stripe . : : C

Pale mesial line of abdomen simple,

white ; : ‘ :

Pale mesial line of abdomen (white-

grey or clayish) more or less

completely separated into two lines

Discal interspace of forewing silvery

white ; ‘ ; 5

Discal interspace of forewing clayish .

Blackish brown discal band of fore-

wing consisting of lines 1, 2, and 3,

the last heavier than line2 . :

The band consisting of lines 1 and 2,

line 3 standing separate and not

being so heavy as line 2, especially

behind ; ; 3 :

Hindwing above with a blackish olive

discal line ; abdomen with a dorso-

lateral stripe of irregular white

scaling (not at base). ; :

Hindwing above without a distinct

discal line; abdomen with ochra-

ceous lateral stripe ; ;

Middle line of mesothoracie tegula

buffish grey ; forewing with a

brown triangular spot at inner

margin near anal angle. Africa .

Middle line of tegula tawny ; fore-

wing without that spot. Oriental

Region . : : :

Line 4 of forewing curving basad

behind, pale band of hindwing

clayish buff 5 :

Line 4 of forewing straight, very

heavy, pale band of

reddish . ; : 5 :

Cavity at end of first segment of

palpus partly concealed by rough

sealing . - ; i :

Cavity at end of first segment of

palpus sharply defined .

Body above olive-chestnut,

ferruginous or red .

pale

hindwing

below

740. Th. turneri,

739. Th. brunnea.

‘ eos

é red 5

738. Th. margarita.

737. Th. pinastrina.

. . 0.

: yp

735. Th. cajus.

), Th. oldentandiae.

734. Th. monteironis.

emg

732. Th. japonica.

733. Th. lycetus.

. s.

745. Th. castanea.

(765 )

Body above drab, below buff or

vinaceous buff ; : - 726. Th. latreillei.

¢, Thorax without pale lateral stripe : a Uh

Thorax with pale lateral stripe .

u. Forewing below with a distinct drab-

grey dentate marginal band ; fringe

unicolorous. Africa. 5 . 728. Th. jugurtha.

Forewing below without a distinct

marginal band; fringe spotted.

. v.

Papnasia : : . 727. Th. tryoni.

v. Wings and body vinaceons red. . 723. Th. tnearnata.

Wings and body not vinaceons red, : Ce:

w. Forewing below without vestige of lines 725. Vh. inornata.

Forewing below at least with a costal

spot about 10 mm. from apex

representing adiscal line . . . , x,

x, Forewing with a single broad line

measuring about 2mm. behind =. 720. Th. queenslandi.

Forewing with one, thin, or more lines : oy,

y. Forewing above with several discal

lines ; that ending at tip of wing

accentuated by vein-dots : 5 TAG); Gay

The line ending at tip of wing not

accentuated by vein-dots, or the

line curved towards costa; ab-

domen without dorsal lines. : : Sp ste

The line ending at tip of wing broad,

not accentuated by vein-dots, the

two preceding lines close together ;

abdomen striped above . 3 . 718. Th. rhesus.

2. Forewing below without traces of a

line between cell and subapical

costal spot. ‘ 3 : . 724. Th. indistincta.

Forewing below with traces of a line

between cell and subapical costal

spot. ; : j : ; : aie,

w’. Apical line of forewing joining a

distal line with which it forms a

single line running from tip to

. boisduvali.

inner margin . : : : . 721. Th. elotho.

Apical line, if present, separate from

the respective discal line, which

curves towards costal margin » 722. Th. gnoma.

717. Theretra nessus.

Sphine nessus Drury, IMlustr. Ex. Ins, ii. p. 46. t. 76. £1 & Index (1773) (Madras) ; Cram, Pap

Exot. iii. p. 58. t. 226. f. » (1779) (Java) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 218. n. 48 (1780).

Sphing equestris Pabricius, Ent. Syst, iii. 1, p. 365, 0, 29 (1793) (Ind, or.) ; Auriv., at Tidshy,

xviii. p. 152. n. 80 (1897) (= nessus).

( 766 )

Theretra equestris, Hiibner, Verz. bel:. Schm. p. 135. 0. 1446 (1822).

Chaerocampa nessus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 140. n. 22 (1856) (Canara ; Ceylon ;

Silhet; Hongkong ; Java); Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. B. I. Ci. p. 276.

n, 640, t. 11. f. 2. 2a (7., p.) (1857) (Java); Butl., Trans, Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 565. n. 71

(1877) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 595 (1877) (Pt. Blair) ; Butl., ibid. p. 618. n. 54

(1881) (Belgaum, x.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i. p, 19. n. 105 (1887) ; Swinh., Jou,

Bombay N, H. Soe, iii. p. 118. n, 9 (1888) (Karachi, x.) ; Leeeh, Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 584.

n. 16 (1888) (Yokohama) ; Swinh., Z'rans. Ent. Soe, Lond. p. 164. n. 17 (1890) (Moulmein) ;

Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xliii. p. 101, n. 179 (1890) (E. Java); Misk., Proc. Roy. Soe.

Queensid, vill. p. 15. n, 23 (1891) (Brisbane) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 18. n. 69

(1892); Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 98. t. 1, £. 13. 14 (horn of 7.) (1897).

Chaerocampa nessus vax. rubicundus Schaufuss, Ning. Olios. i. p. 18 (1870) (Java).

Choerocampa equestvis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 260. n. 45 (1875).

Pergesa nessus, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 2. n. 10 (1877) (Java).

Choerocampa equestris, id,, lc. xxii. p. 67. n. 18 (1877) (S. Celebes) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver.

Nat. xii, p. 108. n. 210 (1888) (Amboina).

Vheretra nessus, Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 22. t, 86. f. 1 (1882); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659, n. 107

(1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 99. n. 157. fig. 56 (1892); Huwe,

Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 365. n. 28 (1895) (Java) ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 401. n. 45. t. G.

f. 1, 2. 3 (1, p.) (1896) (Luzon: Mindanao; Palawan ; Penlan ; ii, vii—ix. xi); Pagenst.,

Abh. Senk. Nat. Ges. xxiii. p. 444. n. 425 (1897) (Celebes) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. I, Sor.

xi. p. 412. n. 157 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan, 2000 ft.; vi—viii. ; /. & p. deser.) ; Leech, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 286. n, 60 (1898) (Yokohama ; Kiushiu).

Choerocampa nessus, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 514. n. 5 (1884) (Karachi); id., Zc. p, 288.

n, 10 (1885) (Belgaum ; Bombay, ix.—xi.).

32. Second segment of palpus more triangular than in the allied species of

Theretra, the opening of the palpus large, some single long scales protruding from

it. External row of spines of first protarsal segment doubled and trebled. The

lines on the forewing, above and below, are rather variable in detail; the first

discal line of the underside is generally thinner and more obviously dentate in the

Japanese, Chinese and Indian specimens than in the individuals from the Malayan

and Papuan Subregions. The dirty yellowish buff area of the hindwing is often

very much reduced in length as well as in width. The dorsal area of the abdomen

shows vestiges of lines.

¢. Tenth tergite of the usual type, sinuate; sternite slightly spatulate, rounded

at end, Clasper with 20-odd large scales ; harpe (PI. LII. f. 21) peculiar, very

stout, short, curved at end, the upperside somewhat concave, the externo-dorsal

edge of the upperside irregularly notched, raised proximally into a broad, compressed

tooth, tip of harpe acute in side-view, obtuse in subproximal view. Penis-sheath

(Pl. LVIII. f. 14) armed with an elongate kidney-shaped, multidentate, apical lobe.

?. Kdge of vaginal cavity not obviously raised to a ridge.

Larva with rather small ocellus on fourth segment, followed by a still smaller

spot on fifth segment ; a pale dorso-lateral stripe from head to horn, area beneath

this stripe with oblique bands or stripes.—Food-plants : Dioscorea ; Barringtonia.

Hah. Oriental Region : Ceylon, N.W. India to Japan, eastwards to Lifu.

In the Tring Museum 100-odd specimens from: Ceylon; Bombay ; Khasia

Hills: Sikhim; Buxa, Bhutan; Yokohama, vii. viii.; Kanagawe near Tokio, y. ;

Malay Pen.; Borneo; Sumatra: Nias; Java; Lombok; Alor; Tenimber ;

Amboina; Dutch, German, and British N. Guinea; Louisiade Is. ; d’Mntrecasteanx

Is.; Trobriand Is. ; Queensland ; Lifu.

718. Theretra rhesus.

*Choerocampa rhesus Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 254, n, 36 (1875) (Philippines ;—coll,

Charles Oberthiir).

op oss

Chaerocampa lueasi, Snellen (non Walker, 1856), Tijdschr. Ent. xxii. p. 66, n. 16 (1877) (partim ;

S. Celebes),

*Chaerocampa insularis Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het, Mus, Ov, i. p. 18. n. 71 (1892) (Ceram; Key ;—

Mus. Oxford). .

Theretra rhesus, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Met, i. p. 656. n. 70 (1892) - Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 402, .

n. 46. t. 52. f. 2 (1896) (Luzon; Cebu).

*Theretra javanica Rothsehild, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 76 (1894) (Java :—Mus, Tring).

Theretva insulavis, Kirby, ‘hid, p. 101, n. 75 a (1894),

Theretra cyrene, Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zcit. xl. p. 365. n. 25 (1895) (Java).

3 ?. Agrees closely with heavily marked specimens of boisdurali ; the lines

on the abdomen are more distinct and those on the forewing much heavier,

especially line 4 ; lines 2 and 3 stand close together, 3 being wider separated from 4

than in doisdural’. Structurally not different from clotho and boisdurali.

Larva agreeing with that of vessvs, according to Semper.

Hab. Oriental Region, from Sumatra eastwards to the Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museam 1 3,8 2? from: Benkoelen, W. Sumatra (Ericsson) ;

8. Java, 1500 ft. (Fruhstorfer) ; Little Key, ii. 94 (Kiihn); Fergusson, d’Entre-

easteaux Is., xi. “94 (Meek); Treasury 1, Solomon Is., viii. 1901 (Meek and

Kiehhorn).

719. Theretra boisduvali.

*Sphinex cretica Boisduval, .tnn. Soc. Linn. Paris vi. p. 118 (1827) (partim ; “ ¢ ";—eoll, Charles

Oberthiir) ; Herr.-Sch., Schm. ur. ii. p. 85. f. 6 (1844).

Deilephila eretica Boisduval, Icon. Hist. Lép, p. 20. t. 49. £. 2 (1834).

Sphine boisduvali Bugnion, Ann. Sov. Ent. France p. 115 (1839) (nom, nov, pro g Boisd. cretieae).

Chaerocampa evetica, Walker, List Lep. Luis. B. AM, viii. p. 130. n. 4 (1856) (eit. partim).

Deilephila boisduvali, Staudinger & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p, 37. n. 475 (1871) ; Bartel, in Rithl,

Grossschm. ii, p. 112 (1900).

Choerocampa clotho, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 253. n. 35 (1875) (partim).

*Chaerocampa punctivenaia Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248. n. 27 (1875) (Masuri; Silhet ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 562. n. 44 (1877) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Sov. Lond.

p. 288. n. 18 (1885) (Bombay, vii, viii.).

Chaerocampa boisdurali, id., lc, p. 558. n. 24 (1877).

Chaerocampa butus, Hampson (non Cramer, 1777), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 93. n. 141.

(1892) (partim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. I. Soc. xi. p. 412. n. 141 (1898) (partim ; Sikhim ;

Bhutan).

Theretra boisduvali, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 654. n. 48 (1892).

Theretra punctivenata, id., lc. p. 656. n. 68 (1892).

Chaerocampa (?) hoisduvali, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103, n. 758 (1901).

This is the species of which Boisduval considered in 1827 a specimen to be

the dg of his eretica; Boisduval’s figure of this ¢ is not correct.

3%. Black dots at stigmata of abdomen distinct. Forewing with six lines,

line 4 accentuated by vein-dots. Abdomen mostly with five dorsal lines, which

are seldom quite absent, the middle one the feeblest. The buff patch on the

hindwing always reduced in size, never larger than in ordinary Indian e/otho.

Larva not known with certainty.

Hab. Ceylon to North India, westward to Asia Minor and Turkey (st raggler),

eastward to Borneo and Lombok.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 5 2% from: Sikhim, vii. viii. (Pilcher) ; Khasia

Hills ; Benkoelen, W. Sumatra, (Bricsson); Mt, Gede, Java, 4000 ft. (Irahstorfer);

Lombok, vi. (Everett) ; N. Borneo,

( 768.)

720. Theretra queenslandi.

Chaerocampa queenslandi Lucas, Queenslander xxxix. p, 894 (1891) (Brisbane).

(2) Chaerocampa clotho, Miskin (non Drury, 1773), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii, p. 15. n, 24 (1891)

(partim).

*Choerocampa potentia Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xiii. p. 169 (1894) (‘‘ Mexico” loci error ;—coll.

Staudinger) ; id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 306. n. 13. t. 66. £. 5 (9) (1896)

(‘ Mexico ” loci error).

The type of potentia in coll. Standinger came from coll. Sommer, and was

without locality ; unfortunately Staudinger labelled it ‘‘ Mexico ?” and thus misled

Druce to describe it as an American insect. We append the following description.

3%. Resembling Indian clotho ; mesothoracie tegulae darker than notum,

the whitish lateral border continued to tip of palpus ; abdomen basi-laterally with

an olive-brown patch which is continned as an indistinct band, gradually fading

away on segments 4 and 5. Sealing of antenna pinkish.

Wings, above. Forewing: costal edge pinkish ochraceous, costal area from

base to beyond middle like tegula, a broad line of the same colour from apex

of wing to middle of hinder margin, extending along the latter to near base, not

quite reaching an indistinct black basal patch, the line feebly curved on dise, more

obviously at apex, externally shading off; stigma distinct; marginal and apical

areas dusted with black scales. Hindwing black, abdominal margin and a patch

before SM? creamy buff, marginal area also pale, but much dusted with black;

fringe pinkish buff.

Underside pinkish buff, hindwing rather more pinkish than forewing, both

wings much sprinkled with black scales. Forewing : basal half brown, except

costal area, the line of the upperside vestigial apically, a series of minute discal

dots, costal one heavier, about 9mm. from tip of wing. Hindwing: a discal —

series of indistinct vein-dots, parallel to margin, curving costad in front ; costal

margin more, abdominal area less speckled with olive than dise.

3 not dissected.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 3 ? 2 from: Brisbane.

A o anda & in the collection of Dr. Turner at Brisbane.

721. Theretra clotho.

Sphine clotho Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ins. ii. p. 48. t. 28. £. 1 & Index (1773) (Madras).

3%. A widely distributed and rather variable insect.——Forewing above with

a conspicnons line ending at tip of wing—this line consisting of the obliqne apical

line with which a discal line is merged together. In Drury’s figure the line is too

heavy. The stigmatical dots of the abdomen are obsolete, only the dot at the

stigma of the third segment being distinctly black.

3d. Sexual organs similar to those of indistincta. Tenth tergite sinuate;

sternite pointed. Friction-scales of clasper numerous and narrow; harpe without

free process, truncate, dorsal edge more or less notched. Patch of teeth on penis-

sheath (Pl. LVIII. f. 7) long, the teeth pointing proximad; the central point of

each tooth much longer than the lateral ones and curved (Pl. LVIIL. f. 8).

Larva: green or brown, one large ocellus on fourth segment, followed by six

small blind ocellii—Food-plant ; Cissus,

769 )

Hab. Oriental Region: from Ceylon and N.W. India to Japan, eastwards to

the Solomon Islands and New Caledonia.

Two subspecies :

a. Th. clotho clotho (Pl. XIV. f. Shy teh

Sphinx clotho Drury, Ic. (1773) ; Goeze, Ent. Beylr. iii. 2. p. 206. n. 9 (1780) (partim).

*Deilephila cyrene Westwood, Cub. Or. Ent. p. 13. t. 6. £. 1 (1848) (C. Ind. ; Ceylon ;—Mus. Oxford),

Chaerocampa clotho, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 141. n. 23 (1856) (partim) : Horsf. & Moore,

Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 277. n. 641 (1857) (Java : China ; syn. partim) ; Feld., Wivn.

Ent. Mon. vi. p. 30. n. 32 (1862) (Ning-po); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 794 (1865)

(Bengal) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xviii. p. 700. a. 14 (1867) (larva): Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 561. n. 43 (1877); Snell., Vijdschr. Ent. xxii. p. 66. n. 15 (1877)

8. Celebes) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 289. n. 15 (1885) (Bombay, viii.—x. : Belgaum) ;

Cot. & Swin., Cut. Moths Ind. i. p. 18. n. 98 (1887); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 584. n. 13

(1888) (Satsuma, v.); Swinb., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 164, n. 16 (1890) (Moulmein

Mandalay) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 20. 0. 79 (1892) (“ batus” excl.) ; Semp., Selina:

Philipp. ii. p. 399. n. 38. t. vr. £. 8. 9 (1, p.) (1896) (Luzon; Bohol: Cebu: Palawan : Vi'.—xii.);

Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p, 97. t. i. f. 11. 12 (horn of /.), p. 100. t. 5. f. 6 —9 (larva) (1897)

(Java) ; Leech, Vrans. Ent. Sov. Loud. p. 284 n, 54 (1898) (syn. partim: Satsuma).

Chaerocampa clotho, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Mét. i. p. 253. n. 135 (1875) (partim),

*Chaerocampa bistrigata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe. Loud. p. 249. n. 28 (1875) (Java :—Mnus. Brit) ;

id., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 562. n. 45 (1877).

Chaerocampa cyrene, id., l.c. ix. p. 561, n. 42 (1877) (Java).

*Chaerocampa aspersuta Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 241 (1877) (Andamans ;—Mus. Dublin)

Waterh., Aid Jdent, Ins. i. t. 97 (1882).

Iathia clotho, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 20. t. 87. £. 1 (1882),

Theretra clotho, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 655 n, 63 (1892) (syn. partim) ; Huwe, Berl. ut. Zeit.

xl, p. 365. n. 26 (1895) (Java).

Chaerocampa butus, Hampson (non Cramer, 1777), in Blanf., Muwa Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 93 0.141

(1892) (partim) ; id., //lust. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. p. 3, p, 42. t. 175. £. 10 (7) (1893) : Dudg.,

Journ. Bombay N, I, Soc. xi, p. 412. n. 141 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan, vii—x., up to 4000 ft. :

partim).

3%. Abdomen with black lateral patch at base. Buff band of hindwing

abbreviated in front, not reaching further costad than R*, the anterior part being

more or less completely suppressed in consequence of the extension of the black

scaling.

Hab. Ceylon and N.W. India to the Philippines, Celebes, and Timor.

In the Tring Museum 70-odd specimens from: Ceylon; Sonth and North

India; China; Malay Pen.; Andaman Is.; Sumatra; Borneo; Java; Lombok ;

Snmba ; Dili, Timor; N. Celebes.

b. Th. clotho celata (PR). XIV. f. 2. 3, 3).

*Chacrocampa celata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 472 (1877) (C. York ; —Mus. Brit.).

Chaerocampa luteotincta Lucas, Queenslander xxxix. p. 84 (1891) (Brisbane).

Chaerocampa cloucina Miskin, Proc, Roy. Soc. Quecnsld. viii. p. 16. n, 26 (1891) (Brisbane ;

Cardwell).

Chaerocampa queenslandi, id. (non Lucas, 1891) Le. p. 64 (1891).

Theretra celata, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i, p. 655, n. 60 (1892),

Thereta cloacina, id., Le. p. 656, n. 65 (1892).

*T hereta lifuensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 78 (1804) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).

Theretra queenslandi, Kirby, ibid. i. p. 101 (1894).

3%. On the whole more yellowish than clotho clotho, Aldomen without

distinct black basal patch. Buff area of hindwing broad, more or less extended

to costal margin, the black area being reduced. Blackish brown area of underside

of forewing generally less extended than in the western form,

ppp

TTab. Papuan Subregion : Moluccas, eastwards to Australia and New Caledonia,

In the Tring Museum 11 dd, 11 ?? from: Mackay, Queensland ; Aroa R.,

British N. Guinea (Weiske); Daru I.; Fergusson and Trobriand (Meek); St. Aignan

(Meek) ; Bongu, Huon Golfe; Great Key ; Larat, Tenimber (Kiihn) ; Amboina ;

Ceram ; Tugela and Treasury, Solomon Is. ; Lifu.

Timor individuals and some from Sumba are intermediate between typical

celata and typical clotho.

722, Theretra gnoma (PI. XIV. f. 1, 3).

Sphine gnoma Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 546. n. 32 (1775) (India ;—Mus. Kopenhagen) ; Goeze,

Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 208. n. 27 (1780) ; Fabr., Spee. Jus, ii. p. 152. n. 53 (1781) (= butus) ; id.,

Mant. Tns. ii. p. 97. n. 58 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat, i. 5. p. 2384. n. 86 (1790) ; Fabr., Hnt, Syst.

iii. 1. p. 376. n. 61 (1793) (= batus!) ; Auriv., Ent. Tidshkr. xviii, p. 153, n. 84 (1897) (= butus ;

=“clotho” err.).

Sphinx butus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii, p. 88. t. 152. f£. a (1777) (Coromandel) ; Goeze, /.c, p. 221.

n, 63 (1780).

Oreus gnoma, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. n. 1461 (1822),

Chaerocampa clotho, Walker (non Drury, 1773), List Lep. Ins. B. IM. viii. p. 23 (1856) (partim) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 561, n. 43 (1877) (partim).

Davapsa butus, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii, p. 186. n. 7 (1856) (= gnoma).

Choerocampa butus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 255. n. 88 (1875).

*Chaerocampa gonograpta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 249. n, 29 (1875) (Bombay ; 8. India ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 562. n. 46 (1877) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc.

Lond. p. 288. n. 17 (1885) (Poona; Belgaum ; Bombay) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i.

p. 19. n. 101 (1887) (Poona ; Belgaum ; Bombay) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 20.

n, 78 (1892) (Nilgiris ; Canara ; Bombay).

Chaerocampa butus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 561. n. 41 (1877) ; Hamps, in Blanf.,

Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 93. n. 141 (1892) (partim).

Theretra gnoma Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 655, n, 59 (1892).

Theretra butus, id., lc. n. 61 (1892) (= gonograpta).

A photograph of the type of groma kindly sent to us by Dr, Meinert agrees with

hutus of Cramer.

3%. Paler than Indian specimens of clotho. Abdominal stigmata without

black dots. Forewing with one discal line, which is almost parallel to the outer

margin and curves costad at SC*, being accentuated upon the veins and sometimes

absent ; a second line often vestigial, situated nearer cell. The pale marginal

area of the hindwing more extended than in clotho clotho, nearly as much as in

clotho celata. We have not noticed any constant differences in the sexual armature

between gnoma and clotho.

Early stages not known.

Hab. South India ; Ceylon.

In the Tring Museum 5 3d, 5 9 2 from; Ceylon; 8. India.

723. Theretra incarnata spec. nov. (Pl. VI. f. 12, 2).

?. First protarsal segment with a simple external row of spines. Cavity of

palpus as sharply defined as in ¢nornata, butus, ete.

Body and wings rufous-testaceons, upperside much shaded with brown. The

white lateral border of the thorax is continued to the tip of the palpus, but is

not very distinct on the head.

Wings, above-——Forewing : basal half shaded with brown; a black stigma ;

a single black line (in one of the three specimens barely vestigial), about 5 mm.

from outer margin at SC*,a short apical line, separate or joining the discal line ;

outer margin conyex, fringe unicolorons, Hindwing : the greater part brown,

Gian

the reddish colour appearing at anal angle and along outer margin, but not forming

a band ; apex obtuse.

Underside : basal half of forewing clayish olive, rest of forewing and the whole

hindwing rufous-testaceous, covered with minute, transverse, brown speckles; a

discal line, parallel to outer margin, curving costad in front, vestigial on forewing,

in one individual altogether absent.

Vaginal cavity partly filled up by a carinate tubercle.

Karly stages not known.

flab. Sumba.

Three ? ? in the Tring Museum.

This and ‘ndistincta may be forms of the same species. Considerine, however,

that ¢vornata and ‘ndistincta are doubtless distinct in spite of the great similarity,

we think it safer to treat ¢ncarnata also as distinct.

724. Theretra indistincta (P1. XIV. f. 11, 2).

*Chaerocumpa indistincta Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4). xix. p. 460 (1877) (Rockhampton ;—Mus

Brit., 2).

Chaerocampa cleopatra Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 15. n. 25 (1891) (Brisbane).

Chaerocampa curvilinea Lucas, (Queenslander xxxix. p. 834 (May, 1891) (Brisbane) ; Misk., /.c. p. 64

1891).

Ss Tee Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 656. n, 64 (1892).

Theretra indistincta, id., /.c, n. 72 (1892).

Theretra curvilinea, id., Nov. Zoou., i. 101 (1894).

3. Palpus and foretarsus as in the preceding species. A grey-olive insect,

somewhat silvery grey. Scaling of antenna, costal edge of forewing and abdomen

(especially below) more or less pinkish, foretibia and -tarsus almost white. Fore-

wing with a single, not very prominent line as in ‘vornata, separated at SC* from the

short, indistinct, apical line; there are proximally traces of one or two more discal

lines, one of which stands close to the main line; in the % the wing is speckled

with brown scales.

d. Tenth segment as in zxornata and dutus. Harpe as in dutus, but more

obviously dentate ; friction-scales of clasper narrow, as numerous as in /nornata.

Patch of teeth of penis-sheath prolonged proximad, the teeth pointing proximad as

in butus.

Early stages not known.

Tlab. Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 3 ? 9? from: Mackay; Bongu, Huon Golfe.

725, Theretra inornata (PJ. XIV. f. 10, 3).

*Chacrocampa inornata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 31 (1864) (N. Austr. ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Butl., vans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 561. n, 38 (1877) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii

p. 18. n. 31 (1891).

Chaerocampa pallida Miskin, /.c. n. 29 (1891) (Brisbane).

Theretra pallida, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 655. 0. 54 (1892).

Theretra inornata, id., lc. n. 56 (1892).

3%. Cavity of palpus as sharply defined as in ¢ryoni, the scaling regular, First

protarsal segment with a single external row of spines. Scaling of antenna pinkish

white ; a black apical patch. The pale Jateral band of thorax vestigial on pronotum,

indicated by a fine line (often abbreviated) on head. lorewing, adove, with a

single, straight, line, which is 5 mm. distant from outer margin at SO* and then

( 772)

curves towards tip of wing, the upper end mostly vestigial. Wings neither with

lines or dots on the wnrderside, nor with a brown border ; hindwing and costal edge

of forewing somewhat pinkish.

o. Sexual armature nearly as in ¢ryon?, but the modified scales on the onter

side of the clasper narrower and much more numerous, the hairs on the harpe

longer, and the patch of teeth on the penis-sheath narrower.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 6 9 from: Mackay (Turner); Duaringa,

Dawson R. (Barnard, Meek).

726. Theretra latreillei.

Sphinwx latreillei MacLeay, in King, Surv, Austr. ii, p. 464. n. 165 (1827).

Chacrocampa latreillei, Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soe, Queensid. viii, p, 17. n. 27 (1891) (= lweasi = com-

minuens = deserta = tenebrosa = spilota).

32. Cavity at end of first segment of palpus partly concealed by the irregular

sealing (P1. LEX. f. 13), the palpus differing in this respect remarkably from that of

tryoni + scaling at end of first segment on innerside less regular (Pl. LIX. f. 14)

than in ¢ryon? (PI. LEX, f. 15). External row of spines of first protarsal segment

double, at least at the base. Head and thorax with a pale lateral band. Diseal

row of vein-dots of forewing less heavy than in fryon/ ; fringe not distinctly spotted.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite much longer and slenderer than in ¢ryon? ; apex of

sternite rounded-truncate. Clasper as in fryon? ; harpe prolonged into a free,

straight, obtuse, somewhat tapering process (PI. LI. f. 19). Tip of penis-sheath

(Pl. LVIII. f. 6) acute; patch of teeth broader and shorter than in tryonz, the

teeth mostly three-pointed, few four-pointed.

Larva with one large ocellus on fourth segment.—Food-plant : Cissus ; Leea;

ete.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Two subspecies, which intergrade completely.

a. Th. latreille? latreille?.

Sphine latreillei MacLeay, 1.c.

*Chaerocampa comminuens Walker, /.c. xxxi, p. 31 (1864) (Moreton Bay ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., Le

ix. p. 561. n. 37 (1877) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. et. Mus. Ov. i. p. 21. n. 80 (1892) (Queensland ;

Aru ; Buru).

Diludia ? latreillei, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 614. n. 12 (1877).

*Chaerocampa deserta id., l.c. ix. p. 638 (1877) (Hunter R., Austr. ;—Mus. Brit.).

*Chaerocampa walducki id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 398. t. 9. £. 2 (1877) (Austral. ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Misk., /.c. p. 18. n. 30 (1891); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i. p, 21. n. 81 (1892) (Batchian ;

Ternate).

Chaerocampa latreillei, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. p- 235 (1877) (= comminuens) ; Misk., 1c. p, 17.

np. 27 (1891) (Queensland ; larva on Fuchsia and Vitis),

Chaerocampa lucasi, Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat, xxxvii. p. 209 (1884) (Amboina) ; id., .c.

xxxix. p. 112. n. 6 (1886) (Aru) ; id., Zris i. p. 86. n. 6 (1886) (Aru) ; id., Jahrb. Nass. Ver.

Nat, xii, p. 108. n, 209 (1888) (Amboina) ; id., Abh. Senk, Nat. Ges. xxiii. p. 444. n, 424 (1897)

(Ternate ; Halmahera) ; id., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 19. p. 14. n. 11 (1900) (Ralum, vii. xii. ;

N. Lauenburg).

Chaerocampa latreilii (1), Miskin, /.c. p, 18. sub n. 28 (1891).

Chaerocampa luteotincta Lucas, Queenslander, xxix, p. 894 (May 1891) ; Misk., /.c. p. 64 (1891).

*Chaerocampa amara Swinhoe, lc. p. 17, n, 82. t. 1. f. 9 (g) (1892) (Mysol; Amboina ;—Mus

Oxford),

Theretra latreillei, Kirby, l.c. n. 52 (1892).

Theretra walducki, id., lc. n. 55 (1892).

Theretra deserta, id., l.c. n. 57 (1892).

Theretva amara, id., Noy. Zoou. i. p. 101. n. 52. a (1894).

Theretra luteotincta, id., 1c, n. 118 (1894).

3%. Abdomen without vestiges of dorsal lines. Wings and body a little paler

than in the following form, the lines of the forewing less prominent, mostly only

lines 1 and 4 distinct, therefore the wings more uniform in colour ; ground-colour

sometimes slightly vinaceous. Penis-sheath see Pl. LVIIL. f. 6.

Hab. Papuan Subregion : Moluccas eastward.

In the Tring Museum 50-odd specimens from: Amboina; Ceram; Burau ; Obi;

Key; Aru; N. Guinea; W. Australia: Queensland; Bismarck Archipelago ;

Solomon Is.

b. Th. latreillei lucasi.

*Chucrocampa lucasi Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 141. n. 24 (1856) (N. India ; Silhet ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. 1. C. i. p. 277. n. 642. t. 11.

£. 3.3.a(L, p.) (1857) (Java; Canara) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 560. n. 36 (1877) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xxii. p. 66. n. 16

(1877) (S. Celebes ; partim); Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288. n. 1) (1885) (Bombay,

ix.—xi.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 17. 0. 95 (1887) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

p- 164. n, 15 (1890) (Rangoon, xii.) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nuss. Ver. Nat. xliii. p. 101, n. 178

(1890) (E. Java) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het, Mus. Ox, i. p. 18. u. 83 (1892) (Java ; Sarawak ;

Silhet) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Puna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 92. n, 140 (1892) (syn. partim) ;

Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 398. n, 37. t. ¥. f. 6. 7 (U., p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Cebu ;

Mindanao) ; Piep., Z'ijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 99. t. 2. f. 1, 2. 3 (/.) (1897) (Java).

Chaerocampa leucasi (1), Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, [.c. (1857).

Deilephila spilota id., lc. (1857).

Chaerocampa procne Clemens, Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 151, n. 33 (185%) (* California ”

loci error) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. 1m. p. 173.

n. 4 (1862) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 30 (1864); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Sov.

Philad, v. p, 155. n. 42 (1865) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 564. n. 60 (1877) ; id., Le.

p. 638 (1877) (probably Asiatic) ; Maass., Steff. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 56 (1880) (= lucast) ; Smith,

Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 137 (1888).

Choerocampa lucasi, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 84. 0. 8 (1862) (Sarawak) ; Boisd., Spec.

Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 254. 0, 37 (1875) (Luzon ; Java ; N. India).

Metopsilus (?) procnue, Grote, Bull. Buffalo S, N. Se. i. p. 22 (1874).

Metopsilus procne, id., lc. ti. p. 226. n. 34 (1879).

Choerocampa procne, Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 114. t. 13. £, 10 (1876) (“ California ”).

Chacrocampa velox, Suellen (non Fabricius, 1775), Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 2. n. 7 (1877) (Java ;

= lucasi) ; id., lc. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra),

*Chucrocampa tenebrosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 595 (1877) (St. Blair ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Cot. & Swinb., lc. p. 18. n. 96 (1887).

Hathia lucasi, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 20, t. 86. £. 3 (1882).

Hathia tenebrosa id., lc, 2, 2a (1., p., /.) (1882).

Vheretra tenebrosa, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i. p. 655. n, 50 (1892).

Theretra lucasi, Kirby, lc. n. 51 (1892) ; Hawe, Berl. Ent. Zit. xi. p. 365. n, 24 (1895) Java) ;

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc. xi. p. 412. n. 140 (1898) (“not seen ”’).

Theretra procne, Kirby, lc. p. 657, u, 88 (1892) (“ California”).

3%. Dorsal lines of abdomen more or less plainly marked.——lorewing: a

black basal patch at internal margin, more or less vestigial ; six discal lines, the

first nearly always dilated uear apex of cell———First segment of protarsus with a

single external row of spines in most individuals.

Hab. Wndo-Malayan Subregion; Ceylon to North India, eastwards to the

Philippines, Celebes, Java.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from: Celebes ; Dammer ; Sumba ;

(774)

Lombok ; Java; Borneo; Sumatra; Nias; Andamans ; Malay Pen.; North and

South India ; Ceylon.

A sketch of the palpus of Strecker’s specimens sent to us by Mr. Franck proves

procne as figured by Strecker to be datrecllez lucas?, as suggested by Maassen, Z.c.

727. Theretra tryoni.

Chaerocampa butus, Herrich-Schiiffer (on Cramer, 1777), Aussereur Schm. £. 559 (1869).

Chaerocampa tryoni Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 17. n. 28 (1891) (Brisbane).

Theretra tryout, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i, p. 655. n. 53 (1892).

Theretra herrichi id., l.c, n. 62 (1892) (nom, noy. loco “ butus Herr.-Sch.”).

3%. Mesothorax without a pale lateral stripe; second abdominal tergite

distinctly black at the sides, this colour extending backwards in some individuals

to the third or fourth segment. Line 4 of forewing strongly accentuated by nerve-

dots, and fringe also with black nerve-dots. External row of spines of first pro-

tarsal segment single. Cavity of palpus sharply defined, the scaling. round it

regular (Pl. LIX. f. 16) ; Pl. LIX. f. 15 represents the end of the first segment as

seen from the inner side, the second segment broken off; Pl. LIX. f. 27 gives

a view of the inner surface of the entire palpus. Scaling of antenna olive

towards base.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually narrowed, convex above, apex sinuate,

the angles rounded ; sternite obtusely pointed. Clasper with a patch of about ten

enlarged scales, arranged in two or three oblique rows, nearer apex than base of

clasper ; harpe short (Pl. LIL. f. 20), obtuse, without free process, no teeth.

Penis-sheath (Pl. LVIII. f. 4. 5): the teeth mostly four-pointed, few of them

three-pointed.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Papuan Subregion : Queensland ; N. Guinea ; Moluccas ; Solomon Is.

In the Tring Museum 10 3d, 14 2? from; Brisbane, Rockhampton,

Cooktown, Mackay; Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea (Meek); Fergusson I. and

Trobriand Is. (Meek); Rossel I. (Meek); Little Key (Kiihn); Amboina; Buru

(Doherty) ; Isabel I., Solomon Is. (Meek & Eichhorn).

728. Theretra jugurtha.

*Choerocampa jugurtha Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Heét, i, p. 256, n. 39 (1875) (Senegal ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir),

Theretra jugurtha, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 656, n. 67 (1892).

Choerocampa clotho, Schaus & Clemens, Sierra Leone Lepid, p. 18 (1893).

*Theretra obliterata Rothschild, Noy, Zoot. i. p. 75 (1894) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus, Tring) ; id., /.c.

ii. t. 14. f, 11 (1896),

3 ?. Cavity at end of first segment of palpus sharply defined, the scaling

regular, External row of spines of the first protarsal segment single, or doubled

at base. Of the lines on the forewing only lines 1 and 5 are marked, seldom

also line 2, besides the oblique apical line, which joins line 5. The pale lateral’

band of head and thorax is obliterated, being vestigial before the antenna ; no

lines on the abdomen, but a black basal lateral patch sometimes indicated.

d. Tenth abdominal segment as in capensis, but the sternite rather more

triangular. Friction-scales of clasper not numerous, large; process of harpe

(EDDIE tf: 24) very long, slender. Armature of penis-sheath similar to that

of the following species, but the left row of teeth less extended (Pl. LVILL. f. 12),

not beginning apically, but laterally.

ow OG 6 Me! Maser

(775 )

?. Apical and lateral edges of the vaginal plate raised a little, as in the allied

species ; edge of mouth of vagina rather feebly chitinised.

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa : Senegal to the Congo.

In the Tring Museum 22 ¢d,15 2? from: Sierra Leone; Ogrueu, Niger ;

Congo.

729. Theretra capensis.

Zschach, Mus, Lesh. p. 95. n. 183, t. 31 (1788).

Sphine capensis Liuné, Mus. Lud. Ulr, p, 349. 0. 9 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 451. t. 90,

f. 5 (1767); Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 800. n. 10 (1767) ; Mart., Allg. Gesch. Nat, i. p. 84

(1774) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 160, n. 10 (1780) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. 1, 5, p. 2379. n. 10

(1790) ; Auriv., K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handi. xix. 5. p. 132. n. 167 (1882) (recens. crit. ;= aeas

= immaculata = ostracina) ; id., Ent, Tidshr. xviii. p. 153. sub n. 84 (1897) (= clotho Fabr.).

Sphine megara Miller, Naturs. v. 1. p. 642. n. 21, t. 20, f. 5 (1774 (India !).

Sphinx aeas Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 57. t. 226. f. A (1779).

Sphinx cecrops id., l.c. p. 57. t, 226, f. B (1779).

Sphinx clotho, Fabricius (xon Drury, 1773), Mant. Jus, ii. p. 97. n. 57 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. 1. 5.

p. 2384. n. 85 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii, 1, p. 376. n. 60 (1728).

Sphinx immaculata Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2386. n. 160 (1790).

Eumorpha elegans capensis, Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. i. t. 168 (A806—?).

Thaumas capensis, id., Verz. bel. Schm. p. 138. 0, 1477 (1822).

Thaumas cecrops, id., l.c. p. 138, n. 1478 (1822),

Choerocampa capensis, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 595. n. 104 (1847) (Natal) ; id.,

Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 234. n. 12 (1875); Westw., in Oates, Matabeleld. p. 355 (1881).

Chaerocampa capensis, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 139. n. 21 (1856) (Cape ; Natal ; Zululd.) ;

Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 555. n. 9 (1877); Moschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien

XxXxiii. p, 287. n. 82 (1884) (Caffraria) ; Fawe., Zrans. Zovl. Soc. Lond. xv. p. 308. n. 10. t. 47.

£. 17. 18. 19 (1., p.) (1900).

Chaerocampa cecrops, Walker, l.c. p. 145, n. 30 (1856) (var. of capensis?) ; Butl., Le. p. 500, n. 8

(1877).

Gnathostypsis ostracina Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 42. n. 43 (1860) (Caffraria) ; id., Kongl.

Sv. Vet. Al. Handi. v. 4. p. 18 (Separ.) (1865) (Caffraria).

Choerocampa cecrops, Boisduval, l.c. p. 235. n. 13 (1875).

Theretra capensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 651. n. 9 (1892).

Sphinx 8-maculata (!), id., l.c. p, 651. sub n. 9 (1892) (laps. cal.).

Theretra ostracina, id., I.c. n, 10 (1892).

Theretra cecrops, id,, lc. nu. 12 (1892).

3%. Rather variable. Body and wings sometimes all red. No dorsal lines

ou abdomen, basi-lateral patch red. Forewing with a dark subcostal cloud at

apex of cell; just beyond there is occasionally a line curving costad, abbreviated

behind, another discal line further distal, about parallel to margin, also curving

costad, to which is joined an oblique apical line; if the costal, curved part of this

discal line is absent, the apical and second discal lines form one single straight

line; the area outside the discal line is often brown. The buff border of the

hindwing is sometimes replaced by a brown border, or becomes reddish. Cavity

of palpus sharply defined, there being no single long scales projecting into or

over the opening. ; :

3. Tenth tergite narrower than in alecto, not sinuate ; sternite broad, sides

parallel, apex rounded-trancate, with the sides somewhat bent upwards, so that

the apex appears sinuate in a distal view. Friction-scales of clasper pumerous,

but rather large; process of harpe horizontal, curving upwards distally, apes

spoon-shaped, being concave above. Penis-sheath essentially as in the preceding

species, the right-side process rather slenderer.

( 776.)

?. The edge of the mouth of the vagina rather high, elevated to a thin smooth

ridge, which gradually fades away distally.

Larva with one large eye-spot on fourth segment; a pale stripe from fifth

segment to horn, vestigial or absent from thorax ; horn short and stout in adult

larva, long and -shaped in younger stages ; ground-colonr green or tawny.—

Food-plants: WV7tis ; Cissus.

Hat. South and South-East Africa.

Tn the Tring Museum several larvae, 80-odd specimens from: Cape Colony ;

Natal ; Transvaal.

730. Theretra alecto.

Sphine alecto Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n, 18 (1758); Auriy., A. Sv. Vet. Ak, Handi. xix. 5.

p. 138. n. 175 (1882) (ree. crit.).

Lsoples alecto, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135. n. 1453 (1822).

Chaero-ampa alecto, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 130. n. 3 (1856) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lup.

ed, iii, p. 103. n. 757 (1901).

Choerocampa alecto, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 229. n. 6 (1875).

Theretra alecto, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 650. n. 6 (1892).

Deilephila alecto, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 113 (1900).

3%. Cavity of palpus not well defined proximally, owing to some long scales

projecting over it. External row of spines of first protarsal segment single, or

partially doubled. Line 5 of forewing heavy, sometimes also 1, lines 2 and 4 weak,

G and 7 vestigial or absent. Dorsal lines of the abdomen often absent, sometimes

rather plainly marked.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite rather narrow, underside feebly concave apically,

clothed with erect hairs, apex rounded, feebly sinuate ; sternite obtusely pointed,

apex curved upwards, strongly convex beneath. Clasper with numerous friction-

scales ; harpe slender, feebly ~s-shaped, pointed. Penis-sheath (PJ. LVIII. f. 11)

at the right side with a short multidentate process, and at the left with a long

oblique row of teeth situated upon a slightly elevated ridge, which ends in a slender

process that lies closely upon the sheath.

?. Vaginal armature of the same type as in eson (Pl. XLI. f. 15); the

ridge before the mouth of the vagina rather thin, but well chitinised and smooth,

becoming gradually lower postically, forming a kind of halfmoon.

Larva: seven eye-spots, the five posterior ones often reduced and incomplete ;

pale dorso-lateral stripe of thorax not so prominent as in JZ. celerio; horn rather

short and stout in last stage.— Food-plants : Vitis ; Psychotria ; Pacderia ; ete.

Chrysalis : tongue-case strongly compressed, prominent ; cremaster conical,

somewhat depressed.

Hab. Oriental Region, extending into the Palaearetic Region: from the

Caspian Sea and Asia Minor to the Key Islands; not in China, Japan, and Ceylon,

‘Two subspecies :

a. Th. alecto alecto.

Sphine alecto Linné, |e, (1758) (India) ; id., Mus. Lud, Ul. p. 357 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl. ist, i.

11. p, 450. n, 18 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii, p, 802. n. 20 (1767) ; Drury, Z/lustr, Bax

Ins, ii, p. 48. & Index t. 27. £. 4 (1771-73) (Madras) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 546. n. 31 (1775) 5

Cram., Pup. Exot. ii, p. 62. t. 137. f. p (1777) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 173, n. 20 (1780) ;

Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 152. n. 52 (1781) ; id., Mant. Jus. it. p, 97. n. 56 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst.

Nat. i. 5. p. 2384. n. 20 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent, Syst. iii. 1. p. 376. 0, 59 (1793) ; Herr.-Seh., Hur

Schm, ii. p. 85. 0, 10, Sphing. t. 2. £. 4. 5 (1847),

(777)

Sphinx alecta (!), Miller, Naturs. vy. 1. p, 641, n. 20 (1774).

Tsoples alecto, Hiibner, l.c. (1822).

Chaerocampa. alecto, Walker, /.c, (1856) (partim) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus, EB. 1. C. i.

p. 275, n. 635. t. 10, f. 4. 4a. (/., p.) (1857) (Java ; Darjiling) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Sov. Lond.

p. 794 (1865) (Bengal) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 700. n. 13 (1867) (larva) ;

Butl., Lrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 555, n, 6 (1877) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 1.0. 3 (1877) ;

id., lc. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 670. n. 32 (1880) (Formosa) ;

Swinh., ‘bid. p, 288. n. 11 (1885) (Poona, ii. xi. ; Bombay, vilii—x.) ; Butl., /.c. p. 879. n. 93

(1886) (Murree, viii.) ; Swinh., /.c. p. 434. n, 5 (1886) (Mhow, iii. ix.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut.

Moths Ind. i. p. 15. n. 83 (1887) ; Pagenst., Juhrb. Nuss. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 106. n. 202 (1888)

(Amboina) ; Swinh., Jowrn, Bombay N. I, Soc. iii. p. 118. n, 8 (1888) (Karachi, vii. ix.) ;

Pagenst., /.c. xliil. p. 101. n. 176 (1890) (I. Java) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox, i. p. 15.

n. 59 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Faun Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 85. n. 120 (1892); Semp.,

Sch. Philipp. ii. p. 394. n. 28. t. E. £. 1—4 (/., p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Cebu ; Mindanao ;

vi. vill.—ili.) ; Staud. & Reb., /.c. (1901) (partim).

Chaerocanipa cretica, Butler, Prov. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 411. n. 24. t. 39. £. 8 (1880) (Kandahar ;

deser. of larva) ; Swinh., Vans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 346. n. 4 (1885) (Kandahar, vi., common).

Theretra alecto, Kirby, 1.c. (1892) (partim) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 364. n. 16 (1895) (Java) ;

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N, H. Sov, xi. p, 412. n, 120 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan, v.—x., up to

8000 ft.).

Deilephilu alecto, Bartel, /.c. (1900) (partim).

3%. The tropical subspecies is deep in tint ; the difference between it and the

following form is very obvious if a series of both subspecies are viewed side by side.

Hub. N.W. India, South India, Formosa, eastward to the Key Islands,

northward to Formosa.

In the Tring Museum 120-odd specimens from: Sikhim; Bhutan; Khasia

Hills ; Borneo; Nias ; Java ; Sambawa ; Sumba ; Celebes ; Larat, Tenimber; Key.

hb. Th. alecto cretica.

*Sphine cretica Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Linn, Paris p. 118. t. 6. £.5 (2) (1827) (2; go alia spec. —

coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Bugn., Ann, Soc. Ent. France p. 113 (1839).

Deilephila cretica Boisduyal, Icon. Hist. Lép. ii. p. 20 (18343 (2, non g) ; Dup., in God., Pap.

France, Suppl. ii. p. 15. t. 1, £. 3 (1835) ; Treit., in Ochs., Schm. Eur, x. p. 138 (1834) ; Frey.,

N. Beytr. v. p. 34, t. 404. £. 1 (1843).

Sphinx alecto, Ménétriés, Cat, Obj. Zool. Caucase p. 258. n, 1237 (1832) ; Hiss, in Silberm., Zev.

Ent. ii. p. 169 (1834) (Gsteig, Senaar, Alps). :

Dellephila (1) alecto, Rousin, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 27 (1846) (Constantinople).

Chaerocampa alecto, Walker, l.c. (1856) (partim) ; Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr, Lep, ii.

Suppl. p. 91. n. 1517 (1857) (Graecia ; Daghestan) ; Staud. & Reb., /.c. (1901) (partim),

Deilephila alecto, Bienert, Lep, Erg. Reise Pers, p. 32 (1869) (vii, viii.) ; Led., lun. Soc, But. Belg.

p. 28 (1872) (Casp. Sea) ; Christ., Svett. Mint. Zeit. xxiii. p. 206 (1872) (Baku) ; id., Hor. Soc.

Tent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Shabrud ; Baku) ; Staud., ibid. xiv. p. 298 (1878) (Rhodus, v. ;

Brussa; Anatolia); Rom., Jém. Lép. i, p. 71 (1884) (iv.—vii.; west coast of Casp. 5. ;

Helenendorf, Lagodekhi) ; Led., Verh. Zool. Bot. Gres, Wien p. 197 (1885) ; Christ., /.¢. iti.

p. 54 (1887) (Askhabad); Mina-Pal. & Failla-~Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1889) (Sicily ?) ;

Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Wém. Lép. iv. p. 511. 0. 206 (1890) (Ferghana, common, viii.) ; Hofm.,

Raup. Grossschm. p. 29. t. 48. £. 10 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 30. n, 10. t. 17. f. 10 (1894) ;

Holtz, /Wustr. Zeitschr. Ent. ii. p. 63 (1897) (Cilicia, ix.) ; Bartel, /.c. (1900) (partim).

Chaerocampa alecto vax ?, Butler, vans. Zovl. Soc. Loud. ix, p. 555, sub n. 6 (1877) (‘Turkey).

Theretra alecto, Kirby, le. (1892) (partim).

Vheretra freyeri id., lc. 0. 7 (1892).

3%. Paler than the tropical form ; body above and forewing less deep brown

and the hindwing less bright red.

Hab. Verghana ; Transcaucasia ; Asia Minor; Syria; North Persia,

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 1 pupa, 8 dd, 18 %% from: Beirut ; Haifa 5

Taschkent; Merw ; Kacadian, Oxus.

CdSe)

Boisduyal described and figured a Palaearctic ? of alecto as cretica ; at the

end of the description he referred to another insect as being perhaps the ¢ ; this

latter he figured later on as the ¢ of cretica. The name cretica must of course

stand for what it was originally intended, namely the Palaearctic form of a/ecto.

731. Theretra suffusa.

*Chaerocampa suffusa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 146, n, 32 (1856) (Hongkong ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 275, n, 636 (1857) (China ; Borneo) ;

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 555. n. 7 (1877) (Hongkong; Borneo); Salv., Proc. Zool.

Soc. Loni. p. 642 (1878) (Billiton I.) ; Butl., Zdlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. iii. p. 1. t. 41. £.1

(1879) ; Snell., Vijdschr. Ent, xxviii. p. 254. t. 9. f. 2 (1885) (Java); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het.

Mus. Ow. i, p. 15. n. 58 (1892) (Sarawak ; Penang ; Singapore : Silhet ; Assam).

Choerocampa suffusa Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 84. n. 11 (1862) (Sarawak) ; Boisd.,

Spec. Gén. Lép. Het, i. p. 280, 0, 7 (1875) (Assam).

Choerocampa hector id., l.c.

Theretra suffusa, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 650. n. 8 (1892) (China ; Borneo).

3%. Closely allied to the preceding species. A greyish mesial band from

mesonotum to end of abdomen ; the latter brown above, without black basal patch,

an obscurely marked greyish dorso-lateral stripe from segment 3 backwards. Lines

1 and 5 of forewing heavy, 2 fused with 1, lines 6 and 7 also rather heavy, inter-

spaces between 1 and 5 pale, between 5 and 6 dark. The black basal area of the

hindwing much more restricted than in a/ecto, not dilated distad before abdominal

margin.

Genital armature as in a/ecto, but the tenth sternite rather broader, more

obtuse, less curved ; process of harpe less slender, somewhat spoon-shaped, twisted.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion : China, North India to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 19 33,9 $2 from: China; Penang and Perak, il,

(Curtis) ; Singapore, v.; Loeboe Rajah, W. Sumatra (Hriesson) ; Sarawak.

732. Theretra japonica.

*Choerocampa japonicu Orza, Lép. Japon p. 36. n. 79 (1869) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 241.

n. 20 (1875) (coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Chaerocampa japonica, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 560. n. 34. t. 91. £. 7. 8. 9 (0. p.) (1877)

(Hakodate ; Japan ; Shanghai) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 815. n, 44 (1877) (Formosa) ;

Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 159 (1887) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 584. n, 14 (1888)

(Satsuma, y.; Nagasaki, vi. ; Hakodate, viii. ; Yokohama) ; id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 120.

n. 99 (1889) (Kiukiang) ; id., lc. p. 283, n. 52 (1898) (Yokohama; Satsuma; Hakodate :

Kiukiang ; Chang-Yang ; Corea) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103, n. 756 (1901).

Deilephila japonica, Fixsen, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iti. p. 820. n. 95 (1887) (Corea, vii.; = gortys err.) 5

Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. 11. p. 110 (1900).

Theretra japonica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 654. n. 43 (1892).

3%. Dorsal lines of abdomen obscure. Discal band of forewing formed by

two separate lines, lines 1 and 2 being merged together, interspaces between lines

1 + 2 and 5 of nearly the same breadth.

According to the dated material from Japan there is some seasonal variation, —

the spring specimens being on the whole paler than the summer specimens. The

Amur individuals which we have seen in collections are unfortunately not dated,*

but both forms occur in Amurland as well as in China.

* Collectors of l’alaearctic Lepidoptera generally do not care to have the specimens exactly labelled.

The bad influence in this respect of certain dealers is everywhere felt. Our American brethren in

Entomologicis are mostly more advanced, even some of the dealers. One of the latter was quite

astonished that we, being Wuropeans, wanted the date of capture of the specimens; such a request had

never been made of him by a European Continental Lepidopterist.

(We) >)

d. Tenth tergite very slender, rounded at end, upperside convex, but not

subcarinate ; sternite broad, sides parallel, apex truncate with the angles rounded.

Process of harpe short, broad, hollowed out distally, the ridges bordering the cavity

notched (PJ. LII. f. 18). Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 41): the band-like armature

narrow, the proximal edge of the left-side lobe dentate; the right-side process

short, dentate.

Larva green or brown ; a white dot on third thoracic segment; a white ocellus

with brown centre and black edge on fourth segment, a similar but smaller ocellus

on the fifth and a small blind white ocellus on the sixth; a pale stripe from the

fifth or sixth segment to horn, gradually fading away below, the pale sides with

darker oblique shades.—Food-plant : Cissus.

a. Th. japonica ft. vern. suifuna.

* Deilephila japonica var.? suifuna Staudinger, in Rom., Mémn. Lép. vi. p. 228. n. 214. t. 4. £.2(¢)

(1892) (Amur ;—coll. Staudinger).

Deilephila japonica var. suifuna, Bartel, /.c. ii. p. 110 (1900) ; Kirby, Noy. Zoon. i. p. 101 (1894).

Chaerocampa japonica var. suifuna, Staudinger & Rebel, /.c. n. 756a (1901).

d?. A pale form; sides of thorax, base and discal interstices of forewing

more whitish than in the summer specimens, external area of hindwing also paler.

hb’, Th. juponica f. aest. japonica.

J} Gs

*Choerocampa japonica Orza, 1c.

6%. A darker form. The differences are very slight and the two forms inter-

grade completely.

Hab. Japan ; Corea; Amurland; China; Formosa.

In the Tring Museum 8 larvae and 80-odd specimens from: Hakodate ;

Yokohama; Amurland; Wei-hai-wei ; Ta-tsien-lu, W. China; Taipeh, Formosa,

733. Theretra lycetus.

Sphine lycetus Cramer, Pap. Evot. i. p. 96. t. 61. f. p (1775) (Bengal ; Coromandel ; Ceylon) ;

Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 220. n. 57 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 148. n. 38 (1781) ; id.,

Mant. Ins. ii. p. 96. n. 42 (1787); Gmel,, Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2381. n. 76 (1790) ; Fabr., 2nt.

Syst, iii. 1. p. 371. n. 45 (1793) ; Lep. & Serv., Linc. Méth. x. p. 466. t. 66. f. 6 (1825).

Xylophanes lycetus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. n. 1457 (1822).

Chaerocampa lycetus, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p, 148. n. 26 (1856) ; Horsf. and Moore,

Cat. Lep Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p, 277. n. 643 (1857) (N. India) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths

Ind. i. p. 17. n. 94 (1887) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p, 87. n. 124 (1892)

(= rosina = prunosa ; “ drancus” alia spec. ; Mussorie ; Sikhim; Ceylon).

Choerocampa lycetus, Boisduval, Spec. Gién. Lip. Hét. i, p. 262. n. 48 (1875).

*Chaerocampa rosina Butler, Proc. Zool. Sov. Lond, p. 248, n. 26. t. 37. £. 6 (1875) (Masuri ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 559 n. 31 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., lc. i. p, 17. u. 91

(1887) (Sikhim).

*Chaerocampa prunosa Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 622 (1875) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 637 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh,, /.c. p. 20, n. 108 (1887).

Xylophanes prunosa, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii, p. 1. t. BA. £. 2 (1882).

Theretra lycetus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 653. n. 32 (1892) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. IL, Soe, xi.

p. 412. n. 124 (1898) (Sikhim, 1800 ft., iv, vi. viii, x.).

Theretra rosina, Kirby, l.c. n. 33 (1892) (N. India) ; Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeit. xl, p. 365, n, 21 (1895)

(Java).

Theretra prunosu, Kirby, l.c. n, 34 (1892) (Ceylon).

Chuerocampa japonica, Piepers (non Orza, 1867), Tijdschr, Ent. xi. p. 42. n, 86, t. Lf. 6.7, tL 7

(1897) (Java, larva ; cit, Boisd, excl.),

( 780 )

3 %. The pale dorsal double line of the abdomen becomes indistinct posteriorly.

The brown discal band of the forewing is formed by two separate lines, lines

land 2 being fused together; line 5 heavy, 7 also rather prominent. The reddish

band of the hindwing varies in width; if the reddish scaling is extended in a

basal direction, one or two, seldom three, brown lines become visible. External

row of spines of first protarsal segment trebled by additional spines.

3. Tenth tergite stout, rather strongly curved at end, apex sinuate; sternite

pointed, broadly triangular, sides obliquely rounded. Process of harpe horizontal,

apically slightly dilated. Armature of penis-sheath peculiar (PI. LVILL. f. 9, 10):

the right process enlarged, with two ridges of teeth, the left lobe reduced to a long

pointed process which bears traces of teeth.

?. Vaginal armature asymmetrical (Pl. XLI. f. 17), the ridge in front and

at the sides of the vaginal cavity at the right side gradually fading away, while

at the same side another ridge extends into the cavity.

Larva with a complete series of ocelli; the ocelli are pale with a black ring

in the stage figured by Piepers, /.c.

Hab. Ceylon to N.W. India and eastwards to Java.

In the Tring Museum 9 3g, 3 2 ? from: Ceylon ; Sikhim ; Bassein ; Penang, i.

(Curtis) ; Java.

734. Theretra monteironis.

*Chacrocampa monteironis Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 433 (1822) (Delagoa B. ;—Mus. Brit.).

Lheretra monteironis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 652. n. 45 (1892).

3%. The blackish discal band of the forewing is formed by two separate lines

only, line 1 being fused with 2; line 5 heavy. On the hindwing there is a vestigial

pale band, including mostly a very indistinct brown line, proximally of which

another line is occasionally visible. The dorsal lines of the abdomen are quite as

obscure as in japonica.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite slender, rather strongly curved, apex rounded,

upperside convex but not carinate ; sides of sternite almost parallel, apex truncate,

with the angles rounded. Process of harpe first horizontal, then curving evenly

and slightly ventrad and distally dorsad, apex slightly widened in dorsal view.

Armature of penis-sheath: the right process a pointed conical tooth, the left

band-like, widest distally, narrowing towards the end, being elongate-triangular,

resembling the blade of a knife, the proximal edge minutely and densely dentate,

the distal edge without teeth.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Bast Africa: Natal ; Delagoa Bay.

In the Tring Museum 5 gd, 1 2 from Natal.

735. Theretra cajus.

Sphine cajus Cramer, Pup, Evot. ii. p. 80, t. 146, £. (1777) (Cap. b. sp.).

3%. The two white lines of the abdomen are fused together at the base and

apex of each segment, as is sometimes the case in oldenlandiae, forming a kind of

chain. The forewing has a black subbasal streak behind M. On the hindwing

there is a distinct discal line preceded proximally by another line, which is, however,

generally lost in the brown discal area ; the submarginal line is in most specimens

distinct, the marginal band being shaded with grey.

3. Teuth tergite shorter and broader than in the preceding species, less convex

eee 2s «ay

68h}

above, apex rounded; sternite broad, sides somewhat obliquely rounded, apex

narrowed to an obtuse point. Process of harpe slender, horizontal, distally

gradually curved dorsad. Band-like armature of penis-sheath: the left lobe rather

shorter than in oldenlandiac, with heavy teeth at the proximal edge, with few teeth

at the distal edge (Pl. LVII. f. 42).

?. The anterior and lateral edge of the cavity raised, smooth, halfmoon-

shaped.

Larva not known.

Hab. Africa,

Two subspecies :

a. Th. cajus perkeo subsp. noy.

d. Paler than the following form; discal line 5 of forewing above not distinctly

heavier than line 6; hindwing without distinct brown discal line. Tenth abdominal

tergite slenderer.

Length of forewing: 22 mm.

Fab. Ogrugu, Niger.

One ¢ in Tring Museum.

Another specimen, also a J, in the British Museum from Pt. Lokkoh, Sierra

Leone, differs from the tye in the fourth discal line of the forewing being thinner,

vestigial, in the white dorsal line of the abdomen not being divided, and in the

hindwing being paler.

b. Th. cajus cajus.

Sphinx celaeno Esper, Ausl. Schm. ii. p. 203. t. 28. f. 2 (1782).

Sphinx gordius Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Evot. iv. p. 147. t. 367. f. 4 (1782).

Xylophanes gortys Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 136, n, 1458 (1822).

| Xylophanes caius, id., l.c. p. 136, n. 1459 (1822).

Chaerocampa gordius, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 138. n. 19 (1856).

Chaerocampa cajus, id., Le. viii. p. 139. n, 20 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 558. n. 26

(1877) (= celaeno ?).

Choerocampa epicles Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr, p. 595. n. 108 (1847) (Zululd., nom.

nud.); id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 244. n. 23 (1875) (Cape; Caffr.); Mischl., Verh. Zool. Bot.

Ges. Wien xxxiil. p. 287. n. 81 (1884) (= gordius ; Caffraria).

Choerocampa cajus, Boisduyal, /.c. i, p, 245. n. 24 (1875).

Chaerocampa celaeno, Butler, lc. ix. p. 558. n. 25 (1877) (Natal ; Zululd. ; Cape).

Theretra cajus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 653. 0. 35 (1892) (= celaeno = gordius = qorlys = epicles),

3%. Line 5 of forewing above much heavier than line 6 ; brown discal line of

hindwing above distinct.

Hab. South and South East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 24 dd, 12 ° ? from: Cape Colony ; Natal.

736. Theretra oldenlandiae.

Sphinx oldenlandiae Vabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 542. n, 21 (1775) (Ind.); Goeze, Lat, Beytr, ili, 2.

p. 207, n, 12 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins, ii, p. 148. n. 37 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ina, ii. p. 96. n, 41 (1787);

Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2381. n. 75 (1790) ; Fabr., Lut. Syst. ili. 1. p. 870. n. 44 (1793) ; Lewin,

Ins. N.S. Wales p. 4. t. 3 (1822); Thon, nt. Arch. i, p. 6. t. 1. f. 3 (1828).

Sphing drancus Cramer, L.c, ii, p. 56. t, 132, £. v (1777) (BE. Ind.).

Chaerocampa oldenlandiae, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 142. n. 25 (1856).

Choerocampa oldenlandiae, Boisduval, Spee. Gén, Lép. I1ét. i. p. 241. 0. 22 (187)

Chaerocampa drancus, id., Le. p. 263. n. 49 (1875).

Theretra drancua, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. G54, n. 8B (1892).

Chaerocampa lycetus, Hampson, /.c, p. 87. 0. 124 (1892) (sub syn.),

( 782)

3%. The two lines of the abdomen are sometimes partly fused together ;

oceasionally there are only a few brown scales separating them here and there.

Lines of forewing as in margarita, but line 4 nearly always distinct, interspace

between 4 and 5 not quite so pale as that between 3 and 4, which is more or less

silvery ; line 5 always heavy, 6 thin but distinct. The pale band of the hindwing

varies in tint and distinctness ; it is sometimes very faint.

Cramer’s figure of drancus applies to this species; the type specimen is

preserved in the Tring Musenm (ex coll. Felder from coll. Lennep); the single

white abdominal line drawn by Cramer is excusable, as the lines are very incom-

pletely separated in the specimen, being, in fact, merged together except here

and there ; the hindwing has no distinct pale band; both hindwings are repaired. °

6. Tenth segment as in margarita, the sternite with an obvious mesial tooth.

Process of harpe feebly curved, spatulate in dorsal view. Band-like armature of

penis-sheath broader than in margarita and longer, the teeth less prominent, the

process at the right side rather short.

Larya black, with a row of yellow spots on each side of the thoracic tergites ;

a series of seven eye-spots of about the same size, the first two with black centres ;

horn long and slender.

Hab. Oriental Region.

We have not seen oldenlandiac from the Bismarck Archipelago and the

Solomons, where one should expect it to ocenr.

Two subspecies :

a. Th. oldenlandiae oldenlandiae.

Sphinx oldenlandiae Fabricius, 1c. (1775).

Sphinw drancus Cramer, /.c. i, p. 56. t. 132. f. r (1777).

Sphine argentata Haworth, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond, i. p. 334 0, 12 (1812) (nom. nud.).

Xylophanes drancus, Hiibner, Verz. beh. Schm. p. 136. n, 1460 (1822).

NXylophanes gortys id., Summl. Exot. Schm., Zutr. iii. p. 28. n. 257. fig. 513. 514 (1825) (Bat.).

Deilephila argentata, Stephens, Illustr, Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 130. note (1828); id., Cat. Brit.

Tus. ii. p. 33 (1829) ; Wood, Ind. Ent. p. 247. n. 28. t. 53. £. 28b (1839).

Chaerocampu drancus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 133. n. 9 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe.

Lond. ix. p. 559, n. 28 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., /.c. p. 16. n. 89 (1887).

Chaerocampa oldentandiae, Walker, l.c. (1856) (partim) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins,

Mus. EB. 1. C. i. p. 278. n. 644. t. 11, f. 4. (1.) (1857) ; Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi. p 84.

n, 9 (1862) (Sarawak) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 700. n. 1 51867) (larva) ;

Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 2.n. 5 (1877) (Java) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 559.

n. 29. t. 91. f. 1 (1.) (1877) ; Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 235 (1877) ; Snell, /.c. xxii. p. 65.

n. 12 (1877) (S, Celebes) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 670. n, 34 (1880) (Formosa) ; id., /.c.

p. 613 (1881) (Kurachi, xii.) ; Fors., Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 390 (1884) (Mhow, life hist.) ;

Swinh, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 514. n. 7 (1884) (Kurachi, xii.) ; id., Uc. p. 289. n, 14 (1885

(Poona, vi.; Bombay ; Belgaum) ; id., dc. p. 434. n. 8 (1886) (Mhow, vii. ix.) ; Pagenst.,

Tris i. p. 86. n. 5 (1886) (Aru) ; id., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxix. p. 111, n. 5 (1886) (Aru);

Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 16. n. 90 (1887) ; Swinh., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe, ii.

p. 118. n. 7 (1888) (= gortys ; Karachi, xii.) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 584. n. 15 (1888)

(Yokohama) ; Pagenst., Jahrb, Nass. Ver. Nat, xli. p. 107. n. 204 (1888) (Amboina) ; Swinh.,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 163, n. 13 (1890) (Thyetmyo) ; Pagenst., lc. xiii, p. 101. mn. 177

(1890) (. Java); Swinh., Cat. Lep, Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 20, n. 76 (1892) ( White Nile and

Melville I.” excl.) ; Hamps.,in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 87. n, 125 (1892) ; Pagenst.,

Le. xlvii. p. 58 (1894) (Sumba) ; id., Ze. xlix. p. 155. n. 117 (1896) (Sumba); Semp., Schm,

Philipp. ii. p. 395. n. 32. t. B. £7, 8 (0, p.) (1896) (Luzon; Bohol; Mindanao) ; Piep.,

Tijdschr. Ent. x1. p. 97. 99. f. 226 (horn of 1.) (1897); Leech, Zrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 283.

n. 51 (1898) (= prowima) ; Nurse, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xii. p.513 (1899) (Cuteh) ; Staud,

& Reb., Cat, Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 755 (1901),

(2) Chaerocampa sobria Walker, l.c, viii. p. 148, sub n. 36 (1856),

( 783 )

Choerocampa oldenlandiae, Boisduval, 1.c, (1875) (partim),

*Chaerocampa puellaris Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 623. n, 2 (1875) (Rawul Pindi ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; id., Trans, Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 638 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Lc. i. p. 17. n. 92 (1887).

Aylophanes oldenlandiae, Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 17, t. 85. £. 1. 1. a (1883).

Deilephila proxima Austaut, Le Natural. p. 69 (1892) (Japan).

Theretra oldenlandiae, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Tet. i. p. 653. n. 37 (1891); Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl.

p. 365. n. 22 (1895) (Java); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N, H. Soe. xi. p. 412. n. 125 (1898)

(Sikhim, 1800 ft. ; Bhutan, 2500—3000 ft. ; vii—ix.),

Theretra puellaris, Kirby, 1.c. i. p. 654. n. 39 (1892).

Theretra proxima, id., 1.c. p. 931. n. 116 (1892).

Deilephila oldenlandiae, Bartel, in Riihl, (rrossschm. ii. p. 108 (1900).

32. Individuals from Celebes are mostly darker in tint than those from other

logalities, both the fore- and the hindwing being much shaded with blackish brown.

Individually variable in size. In Japan, China, and the Himalayas there is possibly

a smaller and paler spring form.

Hab. Ceylon, N.W. India to Japan, eastwards to New Guinea.

In the Tring Musenm 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 120-odd specimens from: Ceylon ;

South, N. West, and North India; China ; Japan ; Formosa ; Penang ; Sumatra ;

Borneo ; Philippines ; Celebes; Java; Samba; Amboina; Kei; German and

British N. Guinea.

b. Th. oldenlandiae firmata.

Deilephila oldentandiae, Boisduval, in Voy, Astrolabe p. 184 (1832) (Sidney ; larva descr.) ; Feisth.,

in Voy. Favorite p. 18 (1839) (Austral.).

Chaerocampa oldentandiae, Walker, |.c. (1856) (partim); Koch, Zndo-Austral, Lep. Fauna p, 53

(1865) H Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. (Jueensld. vill. p- 12. n. 18 (1891) (partim),

*Chaerocampa firmata Walker, /.c. p. 148. n. 36 (1856) (Australia ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep.

Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 20, n. 77 (1892) (N. 8. Wales).

Chaerocampa lycetus, Herrich-Sch, (non Carmer, 1775), Ausserewr. Schm. ii, f. 557 (1869),

Choerocampa oldenlandiae, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p, 242. n. 22 (1875) (partim).

*Chaerocampa argentata Butler (non Stephens, 1828), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 8. n, 15, t. 2. f. 3

(1875) (Moreton B.; Sydney ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans, Zool. Soc, Lond. ix, p. “559, n, 30

(1877) (Moreton B,; Sydney ; N. Austr.).

Theretra firmata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 654. n, 40 (1892).

3%. Rather reddish in-tint, especially the pale band of the hindwing ; sides of

abdomen tawny ; interspace between lines 4 and 5 on the forewing above generally

more white than in the preceding.

Flab. Australia: N.S. Wales ; Queensland ; N.W. Australia.

In the Tring Museum 5 larvae, 8 dd, 17 $2 from: Mackay ; Dawson River;

Townsville ; Brisbane; Pt. Darwin.

737, Theretra pinastrina.

Sphinx pinastrina Martyn, Psyche t. 29, f. 81. t. 30, f. 85 (1797) (hab. ?).

Choerocampu silhetensixs, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 240, n, 19 (1879) (India; Java ;

Manila ; Celebes).

Chaerocampa pinastrina, Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 11. n. 16 (1891) (Brisbane ;

Rockhampton ; Java ; India; Ceylon).

3%. Upperside, forewing : a brown oblique discal band as in oldentandiae ;

line 4 more distinct ; interspace between 3 and 4 more or less silvery, the broader

interspace between 4 and 5 nof silvery. The amount of black on the hindwing

variable ; there is sometimes a narrow discal band consisting of two indistinet

lines, besides the marginal band, One white line on abdomen,

( 784 )

3. Tenth tergite less curved than in margarita, more, strongly compressed

apically ; sternite also ribbed at the edges above, and the apical margin notched,

less distinctly bisinuate. Harpe slenderer and longer than in margarita, less

enrved. Band-like armature of penis-sheath narrower and longer.

Larva: a green and a brown form; seven eye-spots of equal size, with

green resp. black centres ; dorso-lateral line not interrupted into dots on thorax.—

Food-plants : Balbas ; Boerhavia.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Two subspecies, which are not very conspicuously different.

a. Th. pinastrina pinastrina.

Sphine pinastrina Martyn, /.c.

*Chacrocampa silhetensis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M, viii. p. 143. n. 27 (1856) (partim ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Walk., Jown. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 84. n. 10 (1862) (Sarawak) ; Schauf., Nung. Otios.

i. p. 17 (1870) (this spec. ?); Butl., Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 560. n. 32, t. 92. £. 8 (1, p.)

(1877) (Ceylon ; N. India ; Silhet; Borneo; Java); Snell, Tijdschr, But, xx. p, 2. n. 6

(1877) (Java) ; id., lc. p, 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 815. n, 43

(1877) (Formosa) ; id., Z/ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het, B. M.y, p. 8. t. 79. £. 6 (1881) ; Cot.

& Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 17. n. 93 (1887) ; Leech, 7rans. But. Soc, Lond, p. 120, n, 100

(1889) (Kiukiang) ; Swinh,, ‘Jad. p. 163. n. 14 (1890) (Pegu) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i,

p- 19. n. 74 (1892); Snell. in Snell, Mauna Midden-Sumatra ii. p. 29 (1892); Hamps., in

Blanf., Fauwa Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 88. n. 126 (1892); Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 97. £ 4.

(horn of 7.) (1897) ; Leech, lc, p. 284, n, 53 (1898) (Kiukiang ; Loo Choo Is.),

*Chaerocampa bisecta Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Jns. Mus. BE. I. C.i. p, 278. n. 645, t. 11,

f. 5, 5a (1857) (Java ; N. India ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal).

Choerocampa silhetensis, Boisduval, /.c. (1875) (partim).

Xylophanes pinastrina, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii, p. 18. t. 87. f. 2 (1882).

Theretra pinastrina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Met. i. p, 654, n. 44 (1892); Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeit. x1, p. 365,

n. 23 (1895) (Java).

Theretra silhetensis, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H, Soe. xi. p, 412. n. 126 (1898) (“not seen”’),

3. Interspace between lines 4 and 5 on the upperside of the forewing broad ;

line 5 heavier than 6.

Hab. Ceylon to Japan, eastwards to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from: Ceylon; N. India ; Burma;

Formosa ; Penang ; Sumatra; Borneo; Java,

b. Th. pinastrina intersecta.

*Chaerocampa intersecta Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 623, n, 3 (1875) (Queensland ;—Mus, Brit.);

id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 638 (1877

Chaerocampa silhetensis, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xxii. p. 65, n. 11 (1877) (S. Celebes) ; Pagenst.,

Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 107. n. 204 (1888) (Amboina).

Theretra intersecta, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i, p. 654. n. 42 (1892).

Chaerocampa pinastrina, Miskin, l.c, (1891) (partim ; Rockhampton; Brisbane); Semper, Se/m.

Philipp. ii. p. 396. n. 33. t. v. f.1, 2 (/., p.) (1896) (Luzon; Bohol; Sulu; Palawan).

Theretra sithetensis, Pagenstecher, Abh, Senk. Nat. Ges. xxiii, p. 444. n. 426 (1897) (Celebes) ; id.,

in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 13. n. 9 (1900) (Mioko ; Shortland Is.).

3%. Interspace between lines 4 and 5 on upperside of forewing narrower than

in preceding form ; line 5 not heavier than 6.

Hab. Papuan Subregion, westward to the Philippines, Celebes, Sumha.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 40-odd specimens from: Queensland ; New

Guinea; Solomon Is.; Bismarck Archipelago; Amboina; Manila ; Celebes ;

Djampea ; Sumba,

(785 )

738. Theretra margarita.

*Chacrocampa margarita Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, pp. 235. 240 (1877) (Queensland :—Mus

Dublin) ; Waterh., Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 140. f. 2 (1883).

Chaerocampa phoenix, Miskin (non Koch, 1865), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 12. n. 17 (1891)

(Brisbane ; Rockhampton),

Chaerocampa marginata (!), Swinhoe, Cat, Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 19. m. 73 (1892) (cit. falsa !).

Theretra margarita Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i, p. 654. n. 41 (1892),

Miskin says that this is phoenix of Koch (not Oken, 1815); he receiyed

the name to specimens sent by him to Koch. However, in 1865 Koch himsell’

says that phoenix is the same as vigil (= velox = lignaria = yorki, ete.). But

even if the insect named by Koch phoenix in 1865 was not the phoenyx of Herrich-

Schiffer (= vigil = lignaria = velow, etc.), but the present species margarita,

the name phoenix could not be employed instead of margarita, as there was 10

description given in 1865, and as Koch did not mean to publish a new name

for a new insect, but simply applied Herrich-Sehiffer’s name phoenyx (which is

not Oken’s phoenix = celerio) to the insect which he identified as Herrich-Schiiffer’s.

Koch may very likely have misidentified later on the present species as phoenix.

He was not very careful in this respect. Sce his remark about scrofa.

3d. Very close to the following insect. Forewing: lines 1, 2,3 forming a

brown band, 4 obsolete, interspaces between lines 3 and 5 silvery white, at least

behind, line 5 heavy, stigma vestigial. Grey mesial band of thorax much broader

than in pinastrina.

3. Tenth tergite slender, rather strongly curved, snbcarinate above, apex

conyex above, rounded-truncate, not distinctly sinuate ; sternite traneate, slightly

bisinuate, the middle lobe dentiform, upperside transversely ribbed at the margins.

Process of harpe widened in middle, then evenly and rather strongly curved,

spatulate in a dorsal view. ‘The ribbon-like armature of the penis-sheath (PI. LVII.

f, 39. 40) broad, dentate at both edges sinistro-laterally.

Early stages not known.

Tlab. Australia: Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 4 34,4 9% from: Brisbane ; Dawson R. (Barnard) ;

Townsville (Dodd).

739. Theretra brunnea.

*Chaerocampa brunnea Semper, Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 400. n. 40. t. 52, f. 1 (9) (1896) (S.B.

Mindanao ;—coll, Semper).

*Panacra buruensis Rothschild, Noy, Zoot, vi. p. 69. n, 7 (1899) (Burn ; —Mus, Tring); id., Lc,

vii. p. 274. n. 4. t. 5. £.3(@) (1900),

?. The slight differences between Semper’s and our specimen are most likely

individnal. The species differs from farneri and insignis especially in the mesothoracic

tegula being devoid of a pale median stripe. Antenna incrassate distally as in the

allied species.

/Iab. Mindanao ; Buru.

Inthe Tring Museum 1 & from Burn.

740. Theretra turneri.

Panaera turneri Gueas, Queenslander xxxix, p. 894 (May, 1891); Misk., Proce, Roy. Soe, Queensid.

viii. p. 62 (1891) (Mackay) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. /Tet. i. p. 663, n, 16 (1892); id., Noy, Zoot, i.

p. 37. n. 17 (1894); Rothsch., ‘h/d, iil, p. 23 (1896) ( mira),

*Panacra mira Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ov. i, p. Vn, SAA 1, f. G (1892) (CG. York ;—Mus,

Oxford) ; Kirby, /.c, nm, 120 (184),

( 786 )

3%. Cavity of palpus partly concealed by rough scaling. Antenna somewhat

clubbed, especially in 9. External spines of first protarsal segment rather long,

the row doubled, with some additional short spines.

3. Tenth segment as in margarita, the apex of the sternite more rounded,

not distinctly bisinnate. Friction-scales of clasper large: process of harpe long,

slender, feebly spatulate, curving upwards at end. Penis-sheath similar to that of

margarita and allies, the right process short, narrow, pancidentate, the ribbon-like

armature broadest at its most distal point, the dentate ridge beginning close to

the right process (Pl. LVIIT. f. 26, dorsal view), the distal edge of the ribbon

dentate as in margarita.

?. Vaginal plate rounded triangular, very obtuse; anterior edge of the vaginal

cavity raised into a smooth ridge, which forms a kind of half-eylinder over the

cavity, and gradually disappears distally.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 10 2 ? from: Brisbane and Townsville (Dodd) ;

Cooktown; Mackay (Turner),

741. Theretra insignis.

*Panacra insignis Butler, Ann. Mag. N. IH, (5). x. p. 432 (1882) (Andamans ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,

Cal, Lep. Het. i, p. 663. n, 12 (1892) (Andamans),

32. Structurally not different from ¢wner?, except that the right process

of the penis-sheath is longer in zvsignis. The sharply marked narrow pale band —

which runs from near the apex of the forewing to the middle of the hinder margin,

and forms an obtuse angle in middle, is a conspicuous distinguishing character

of insignis.

Early stages not known.

Flab. Andamans to Tenimber.

Two subspecies :

a. Th. insignis insignis.

*Panacra insignis Butler, 1.c, ¢

3. Differs from the following form in being larger, having the forewings more —

pointed and the pale band less enrved in middle.

Tlab. Andamans.

One 3 in the British Mnsenm.

b. Th. insignis huehni.

*Theretva. insignis, Snellen, Tijdschr, Ent. xxviii, p. 252. t. 9. f. 1 (1885) (Java). «

*Chaerocumpa. kithni Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, vii. p. 274. n. 2. t. 5. £..2 (4) (1900) (Dammer I. ;—

Mus. Tring).

The Java specimen figured by Snellen approaches a little the Andaman form,

Tlab. Tenimber; Dammer I.; Java. :

In the Tring Museum 36d, 4 2? from: Dammer L, xii, (Kiihn); Larat,

Tenimber (Kiihn). {

742. Theretra griseomarginata.

*Chaerocampa griseo-marginata Hampson, Journ, Bombay N. IT, Soc, xi. p. 281. n. 130a. t. A. f. 1

(2) (1898) (Sikhim, 1800 ft. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Dudg., Jown, Bombay N, IT. Soe, xi. p. 411,

n, 130a (1898) (Sikhim, at light, 1800 ft.)

( 787 )

$%. A rare insect; we have seen only two specimens. Antenna long,

reaching beyond end of cell of forewing. External row of spines of first segment

of foretarsns double. White mesial line of abdomen simple. A whitish sub-

marginal band on forewing above nearly straight from apex to near hinder angle,

Early stages not known. '

Tlab. Sikhim.

A ? in the British Museum; a ¢@ in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

143. Theretra orpheus.

*Chaerocampa orpheus Herrich-Schiifter, Avsserenr. Sch. i. £. 104 (1854) (Cape of Good Hope —

coll. Staudinger).

8%. Antenna clubbed as in the three preceding species. Cavity of palpus

sharply defined, the scaling around it more regular than in fturneri, ete. Long

spurs of hindtibia shorter than usual ; bristles of midtarsal comb long. Cross-veins

of hindwing straight, D? not or very feebly cnrved.

3. Tenth tergite as in the allied species, but fecbly dilated at the end, which

is rounded-truncate and faintly sinuate; sternite narrow, rounded at end, with a

minnte mesial tooth. Clasper with one single large scale, which is obtuse at

end; harpe short, withont free process (Pl. LIT. f. 23). Penis-sheath without

armature ; the dorsal edge produced into a lobe, which is bent into the interior

of the eylinder.

?. Vaginal plate triangular, narrowly truncate ; vaginal cavity a little before

middle, its anterior edge raised, more strongly chitinised than the sides, with some

longitudinal wrinkles ; no separate lobes.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Aethiopian Region : Continental Africa; Comoro Is.

Three subspecies :

a. Th. orpheus pelius subsp. nov.

Chaerocampa orpheus, Mischler, Abh, Senk, Nat. Ges, xv. p. 68, n. 152 (1890) (Acera, v.).

3. A pale and narrow-winged form. Sides of basal segments of abdomen

scarcely deeper brown than the other segments; middle stripe of mesothoracie

tegula greenish olive-——Virst discal line of forewing thin, not heavier than second ;

lines in basal third of wing thinner than in the following subspecies, dise washed

with greenish olive, this colour more obvious between upper angle of cell and

discal lines, where the wing is russet or Pront’s brown in orp. orpheus.

Hindwing and underside of both wings paler than in the following.

Ilab. West Africa.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 1 d (¢ype) from Johann Albrechts Hohe, Cameroons

(Conradt).

b. Th. orpheus orpheus.

Chaerocampa orpheus VWerrich-Schiiffer, Lc. (1854) (Cape) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins, B. M, xxxi. p. 30

(1864), 2

Choerocampa orpheus, Boisduval, Spee. Gén, Lép, Hét. i, p. 247. n. 27 (1875).

Panacra orpheus, Butler, Trans, Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 550, 0, 10 (1877).

Panacra (2) orpheus, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het, i. p. 662, n, 5 (1802).

*Panacra natalensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i, p. 79. t. 5, f. 18 (1894) (Natal ;—Mus, Tring),

Panacra orphacus (‘), Distant, Ann, May. \. 1, (7). t, ili, p. 180 (1899) (Delagoa Bay ; = variolosa

= vayans ex errore !),

( 788 )

3%. Forewing washed with Prout’s brown or russet at inner margin proximally

and distally of pale discal double line, and also between upper angle of cell and

discal lines.

Hab. South Africa: Cape Colony ; Natal.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 2 2? from Natal.

ce. Th. orpheus intensa subsp. nov. (Pl. V. f. 13, ¢).

dé. Darker and broader-winged than the previons. Lines of upperside of

abdomen and forewing less distinct; pale band of forewing conspicnons behind,

where it is creamy, and costal margin not pale beyond apex of cell. Underside of

wings: ground-colonr cinnamon-rufous, lines of forewing thinner than in the

preceding forms.

Hab. Grande Comore (L. Humblot).

One ¢ (type) in coll. Charles Oberthiir, here figured ; a second ¢ kindly given

to the Tring Museum.

744. Theretra pallicosta.

*Chaeroeampa pallicosta Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 145. n. 31 (1856) (Silhet ; Hong-

kong ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 676 (1867) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe.

Lond. ix. p. 566. n, 75;(1877) ; id., Must, Typ. Specim. Lep, Het, B. M. iii. p. 1. t, 41. £. 2 (1879) ;

Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 20. n. 106 (1887) ; Swinh., Cat, Lep, Het, Mus. Ox. i. p, 15.

n. 60 (1892) (Silhet ; Assam ; Ceylon); Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 94.

n, 144 (1892) (Ceylon ; Assam; Silhet ; E, Pegu ; Hongkong).

Chaerocampa callicosta (!), Ménétriés, Enum, Corp. Anim, Mus, Petr., Lep. ii, Suppl. p. 91 n. 1515

(1857).

Gnathothlibus pallicosta, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii, p. 21. t. 84. £. 6 (1882).

Theretra pallicosta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659, n, 112 (1892) ; Dudg., Jowrn. Bombay N. H. Soe,

xi, p. 415. n. 144 (1898) (‘not seen”).

3%. Opening of palpus partly covered by single long scales of the first and

second segments. External row of spines of the first protarsal segment doubled

and trebled. Thorax with a white mesial line. Lines of forewing straight, nearly

parallel to margin, one only distinct and this dentate ; costal edge and stigma

buffish white.

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the ordinary shape, tergite feebly sinuate,

sternite rather narrow, pointed. Clasper with 10-odd large scales ; harpe long,

slender, horizontal, apex rounded in dorsal view, flattened. Penis-sheath: apical

edge dorsally rounded-prodneced, symmetrical ; on the right and the left side a

dentate process pointing proximad, the left process the slenderer and slightly

longer.

Karly stages not known.

Hath. Ceylon to Burma and Hongkong.

In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 6 99 from: Ceylon; Karwar; Khasia Hills ;

Jaintia Hills, Burma.

745. Theretra castanea.

* Py rgesa, castanea Moore, Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond, p- 566 (1872) (Bombay :-—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Lond, ix. p. 549, n. 10 (1877) ; Waterh., Aid /dent. Ins. i. t. 56 (1881) ; Swinh.,

Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 288, n. 7 (1885) (Sattara, vi.) ; Cot, & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind, i, p. 10.

n. 57 (1887),

Metopsilus castaneus, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i, p. 661. n, 17 (1892) (Bombay).

( 789 )

Chaerocampa castanco, Hawpson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 92, un. 138 (1892)

(Bombay ; Satara).

*Chaerocampa hyporhoda Hampson, Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc, xiii, p. 39. n, 138a. t, . £, 12 (1900)

(Karwar ;—Mus. Brit.).

3?. Somewhat variable in colour above and below. Palpus as in pallicosta.

External row of spines of first protarsal segment single, except at base, where

there are some additional spines. The upperside sometimes more, sometimes

less reddish ; underside varying from orange-rufous to pale tawny. Forewing,

above, with greyish marginal area, which is widest at R®; stigma black, discal

lines very indistinct, the distal one indicated by more or less vestigial vein-

dots. Hindwing nniformly dark tawny-olive or blackish, fringe white between

- Mand SM’.

Hab. South India.

The species leads over to Rhagastis, which it resembles very much in shape

aud in the style of coloration.

In the Tring Museum 3 2 % from Trayaucore ; 1 ¢ from Karwar.

CLXIL. RHYNCHOLABA gen. nov.—Typus : acteus.

Sphinw, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Exot. ii, p. 93 (1779).

Oreus Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 136 (1862) (partim ; type: gnome).

Pergesu Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 153 (1856) (partim ; type : porcellus).

Choerocampa, Boisduval (non Duponchel, 1835), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 257 (1875) (partim).

Metopsilus, Kirby (non Duncan, 1836), Cat, Lep, Het. i. p. 660 (1892) (parti).

Theretra, Hampson (non Hiibner, 1822), in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 100 (1892) (partim)

Punucra, Rothschild (non Walker, 1856), Nov. Zoot, i. p, 80 (184) (partim).

3%. Second segment of palpus triangular; the joint widely open, some

dispersed long scales on the naked space of the opening; scaling of first segmeut

longest just below the opening, the palpus thus differing in outline (PI. LIX.

f, 25) from that of every other Sphingid. Mid- and hindtibia short-scaled ; basal

spives of midtarsal comb prolonged, longer than the segment is thick; hindtarsus

also with prominent comb. |

Larva: anterior segments small; a very large eye-spot ou fourth segmeut,

followed by a series of smaller, oblique, ovate spots ; horn short.

Pupa with a long free tongue-case, the end of which rests against the breast

fitting in a groove.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion.

One species.

Connected with the bulk of Theretra by Th. nessus, with which Rhyncholaba

agrees in many respects. The free tongue-case of the pupa is a character not found

anywhere else among the Sphingidae semanophorae.

746. Rhyncholaba acteus.

Spline acteus Cramer, Pap, Exot, iii. p. 3. t. 248, £. 4 (1779) (Java).

Oreus actens, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Sch. p. 136. 0, 1464 (1822).

Pergesa acteus, Walker, List Lup. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 153. 0. 6 (1856) (Borneo ; Java ; Moulmein ;

Silhet ; N. India ; Ceylon) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat, Lep. Ins. Mus. B. 1. C. p. 272. 0, 629, t. 10,

f. 1. 1a (J, p.) (1857) (Java; N. India) ; Moore, Proc, Zool. Soe, Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal);

Semper, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 69. n, 11 (1867) (larva) ; Buth, U'rana. Zool. Soe.

Lond. ix. p. 548. 0. 3 (1877) ; Moore, Proc. Zool, Sov. Lond. p. 695 (1877) (Pt. Blair) ; Snell.,

Tijdschr. Ent, xx. p- Ve at] (1877) (Java) ; ButlL, Proc, Zool, Soe, Lond, p O18 (1881)

(790 )

(Belgaum) ; Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 23, t. 88. £. 1, La (1, p., 1.) (1882) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool.

Soc, Lond. p, 288. n. 8 (1885) (Poona, i. ii. ; Belgaum ; Bombay) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut, Moths

Ind. i. p. 10. n. 53 (1887) ; Swink., Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 162. n, 7 (1890) (Moulmein) ;

Pagenst., Jalurb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xiii. p. 101. n, 178 (1890) (E. Java) ; Swinh., Cut Lep. Het.

Mus. Ox, i. p. 10 n, 44 (1892) (Silhet ; Assam ; Java ; Sarawak).

Chaerocampa acteus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 257, n. 42 (1875) (Philipp. ; Java:

Bengal) ; Snell., /.c. xxii. p. 67. n. 17 (1877) (8. Celebes) ; Piep., ‘bid, xl. p. 97. t. 1. £.8.9

(horn of /.), p. 100. t. 3. f£, 1—3 (larvae) (1897) (Java).

Aetopsilus acteus, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het, i, p. 661. n, 11 (18092) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 365. n.

29 (1895) (Java).

Theretra actea (1), Hampson, in Blanf., Puma Brit. Ind., Moths i. p, 100. n. 158 (1892); Dudg.,

Journ, Bombay N, HL, Sov. xi. p. 412. n. 158 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan ; up to 6000 ft, vii—ix,;

/, and p. deser.).

*Punacre butleri Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 80 (1894) (hab. ?;—Mus. Tring). ;

Theretra acteus, Semper, Schin, Philipp. ii, p. 402. n. 47. t. G. f.4—7, t. u. £1, 2 (1, p.) (1896)

(Luzon ; Cebu; Bohol ; Mindanao ; Palawan).

: Panacra butleri is based ou a detective specimen in which the green colour has

changed into reddish tawny.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite as in most Theretra, gradually narrowed to end,

truncate, feebly sinuate, the edge rounded ; sternite as long as the tergite, gradually

narrowed to a point, apex somewhat curved upwards. Clasper with more than

twelve large scales ; harpe elongate, subcylindrical, horizontal, very feebly curved,

apex concave on upperside, slightly spoou-shaped in dorsal view. Penis-sheath with

a single dentate process (?1. LVIII. f. 15).

Hab. Ceylon to North India, eastwards to the Moluccas.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 1 pupa, 50-odd specimens from: Loo Choo Is, ;

Ceylon; Travancore ; Sikhim ; Assam; Penaug; Borneo; Nias ; Java; Lombok ;

Sambawa; Sumba; Buru.

CLXIV. CENTROCTENA gen. noy.—Typus : rutherford.

3%. Differs from Vheretra in the shorter spur of the midtibia bearing a

comb of stiff bristles as in Nephele (Pl. LXIV. f. 8). Cavity at end of first

segment of palpus large and well-defined; second palpal segment broader than

long. Abdomen with conspicuous tufts at the ventral edges of tergites 4 to 6.

Distal margins of wings somewhat scalloped. ;

Abdomen peculiarly striate above and below, reminding one of the American

Xylophanes ceratomioides and allies.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Africa.

Two species :

External discal lines of forewing above undulate 747. C. rutherford.

External discal lines of forewing quite straight 748. C. cmitans.

747. Centroctena rutherfordi (PI. X. f. 9, 2).

*Panacra rutherfordi Drace, Ent, Mo. Mag. xix. p. 16 (1882) (Cameroons ;—coll. Druce) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 663. n. 14 (1892).

*Panacra saalmiilleri Méschler, Abh. Senk. Nat. Ges, xv. p. 68, n. 153, £. 23 (1890) (Accra ;—coll.

Staudinger) ; Holl., Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 62. n, 11 (1889) (Benita).

*Chaerocampa undulata Aurivillius, Oefy. Vel. Ak. Forh. lvii. p. 1050 (1900) (Congo ;—Mus,

Stockholm).

Cul)

3%. Interspaces between discal lines 3 to 6 of forewing buff, shaded with

brown in front, undulate (like the brown lines) from R* apicad.

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the usual type, as generally found in Vheretra:

tergite rather narrow and obviously curyed, tip faintly sinuate; sternite rounded

at eud. Clasper with about a dozen large scales; harpe with a long, slender,

horizontal, cylindrical process, which is slightly curved upwards at end. Penis-

sheath peculiar (PI. LVILL. f. 16), reminding one of that found in Vheretra lucasi

and clotho (and allies); a large dorsal patch of erect, somewhat curved spines,

the tips pointing distad ; the spines breaking off easily.

?. Vaginal plate resembling that of 7%. lycetus (Pl. XLI. f{ 17), but more

triangular, the edge of the vaginal cavity also asymmetrical, not so prominent as in

lycetus.

Hab. West and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 39% from: Gold Coast; Congo (Bentley);

Yakusu, Congo (K. Smith); Negnela, German Hast Africa.

748. Centroctena imitans.

* Punacra imitans Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H, (5). x. p. 432 (1882) (Delagoa b. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 663. n, 13 (1892),

3. Differs from the preceding in the grey mesial double line of the abdomen

being much clearer marked, in the forewing being narrow, more strongly dentate,

tooth R? beiug much more prominent than tooth R', and in some details of pattern :

forewing, discal line heavy, 2 faint, 3 heavy, 4 faint, 5 heavy, interspace 4—5 white

also costally, line 6 thin, none of the lines lunate as in rvtherford/, a black patch

R'—F? outside line 6: hindwing, pale discal area more distinct, with a rather

conspicuous blackish line. On the waderside the discal lines of the forewing are

less oblique than in the preceding species, almost parallel to margin.

3. Tenth sternite obtusely pointed. Harpe as before, but broader before apex,

ending in a slender point. Penis-sheath very different from that of ruther/ordi,

the armature consisting of a broad flat right-sided process which is deutate at

the end (PJ. LVIIL. f. 17).

?. Unknown.

Hab, Bast Africa.

Only 2 3d known to us, one in the British Museum from Delagoa Bay, the

second in the Tring Museum from Uluguru, German Hast Africa.

CLXV. RHAGASTIS gen. novy.—Typus : velata.

Pergesa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 149 (1856) (partim ; type + porcellus).

Zonilia id., lc. p. 192 (1856) (partim ; type : Nephele funebris).

Choerocampa, Boisduyal (non Duponchel, 1835), Spec. Gén, Lép, Hét. i. p. 228 (1879) (partim).

Deilephilu, Staudinger (non Laspeyres, 1809), in Rom., Mén. Lep. vi. p. 230 (1892).

Metopsilus, Kirby (non Duncan, 1836), Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 660 (1892) (partim),

Theretra, Dudgeon (non Hiibner, 1822) Journ. Bombay N. 1. Soc, xi, p, 411 (1508) (partim).

3%. Differs from Vheretra in the second segments of the palpi not touching

one another, the base of the tongue remaining visible; from Cechenena in these

segments not being so narrow, bearing a large apical tuft on the innerside, and

having a much smaller naked area.

¢ 792")

Larva known only of mongoliana; of the Theretra-type, with oue ocellus.

Hah. Oriental Region, northward to Amurland and Japan, eastward to Borneo

and Java.

The genus is a connecting link between Theretra aud Cechenena, and is itself

connected with, Theretra by Th. castanea and pallicosta. Some of the species

resemble each! other rather closely; but there is really uo great difficulty in

distinguishing* them, if one has once grasped the essential characters. The

differences in the palpi, which we illustrate by some figures, will, we hope, convince

even the most confirmed lumper of the distinctness of the insects.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing below with conspicuous black

stigma. : 758. Bh. albomarginatus.

Handwink below matiout a pick sents 2 ou OS

6. Second segment of palpus strongly :

narrowed to base (Pl. LIX. f. 17) 751. RA. acuta.

Second segment of palpus not narrowed

to base (Pl. LIX. f 1s). : . ale (eh

c. Upperside of thorax flushed with aa

underside of wings and body aaclmeine

of palpus rosy ea : ; : 797. Rh. gloriosa.

Upperside of thorax not flushed with red : Bait

/, Forewing aboye with a single series of

sharply defined white submarginal

lunules : 5 : : ;

Forewing above with two series of

white spots or a broad ill-defined

band, or without white submarginal

markings : ¢ eee:

ec. Forewing aboye with a series of ie

submatginal spots, preceded by a

straight white line from apex to R*

and by a Innate line between R* and

SM*: underside of body and wings

750. Rh. lunata.

ochreous . c igiak : . Tob. Rh. olivacea.

Not so coloured. : : isa'y

J. Cavity at end of first palpal cath

distinct. : ef

Cavity at end of first iealpal poet

vestigial . 8. 749. Rh. mongolians.

y: Underside of wings paneels peciciedl

with brown, mareival band of fore-

wing not joined to brown basal area;

no white submarginal scaling on

forewing above; abdomen without

yellow lateral stripe . 750. Rh. velata.

Underside less densely spelea with

brown; marginal band of forewing

joined to basal area between R? and R* : pe lh

(193)

h, Costal half of cell of forewing below of

the reddish colour of the disc;

abdomen without yellowish lateral

stripe; costal edge of forewing very

pale, creamy. . tad. Rh. confusa.

Cell of forewing below pagel Hare inv 9

abdomen rosy beneath, a conspicuous

ochraceous side-stripe ; a broad white

submarginal band on upperside of

forewing . : ; Tod. Rh. castor.

Cell brown as before ; Stoner bel ow

buftish white; the stripe connecting

basal area with marginal band of

forewing heavy - : : . 102. Rh, aurifera.

749. Rhagastis mongoliana.

*Pergesa mongoliana Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc, Lond. p, 622. n. 1 (1875) (Nankow Pass, China to

Mongolia ; Japan ; larva descr. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Lrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 637. t. 91.

£14) 15 (1. p-) (1877) ; id., Ldlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep, Het. BM, iii. p. 4. t. 21. £5 (1878) ;

Staud,, in Rom., JJém, Lép. iii. p. 159 (1887) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond, p. 583, n. 11

(1888) (Yokohama, common ; Kiukiang).

Metopsilus mongolianus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. n, 3 (1892) (Mongolia) : Leech, Trans. ut.

Soc. Lond. p. 268. n, 61 (1898),

Deilephila mongoliana, Staudinger, /.c. vi, p. 230, n. 218 (1823) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grosssehm. 1.

p. 129 (1900) (Amur ; Corea ; China ; Japan).

Metopsilus mongoliana, Staudinger & Rebel, Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104, n. 763 (1901).

3%. Second segment of palpus about as long as broad, not narrowed to

base ; cavity of first segment vestigial. External row of spines of first protarsal

segment doubled and trebled. White lateral band of head and thorax distinct ;

metanotum with a patch of tawny and ochreous scales laterally, the patch extending

on to the mesonotum, no black mesial dot ; abdomen without lateral stripe. Distal

margin of forewing more convex than in the other species, the fringe distinctly

spotted, the four discal lines (or rows of dots) more distinct behind, followed

at internal margin by a small brown patch, a similar patch at apex of wing. The

brown border of the underside of the forewing dilated behind *, mostly reaching

the basal area. As in velata, aurifera, and acuta, there occur specimens in which

the outer dise of the forewing above is buff-colour near costal and internal margins.

3. Process of harpe slender, somewhat oy-shaped. Penis-sheath intermediate

between those of relata and aurifera, the right process long, multidentate at and

near proximal edge, especially near end, the left process slenderer, also multi-

dentate at and near proximal edge (P1, LVIIL f. 19).

Larva with one ocellus.—Food-plant : Balsamina.

Hab. Japan; Corea ; Amurland ; China. : y

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 10 $¢ from: Yokohama and Tokio, vit. ;

Kinkiaug and Chu-su, China.

750. Rhagastis velata (PI. XIV. f. 4, ¢).

*Pergesa velata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1853 (1866) (Darjiling ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Butl.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 548. 0, 5 (1877) ; id., Lusty, Typ. Specim. Lep. Het, B. M. vy,

p. 3. t. 78. £.5 (1881) ; Cot. & Swinh,, Cat, Moths id. i, p. 10, 0, 54 (1887) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep,

Het, Mus. Ox, i. p, 10, n. 42 (1892),

( 794 )

Metopsilus velutus, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i. p. 661. n, 12 (1892).

Chacrocampa velata, Hampson, in Blanf., Puuna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 91, n. 137 (1892) (partim).

Thevetra velata, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 413. n. 137. A. a. (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan H

v. vi., up to 4000 ft.).

3%. Second segment of palpus (Pl. LIX. f. 20) not narrower towards

base, longer than broad, but not so long as in aurifera, cavity of first segment

distinct. xternal row of spines of first protarsal segment simple, or doubled

only at base. Metanotum without black mesial dot; abdomen without ochreous-

tawny lateral stripe, or (rarely) the stripe vestigial on the last segments. The four

discal lines of the forewing above, of which two or three are generally strongly

dentate, form at internal margin a conspicuous patch, which is often continued

costad, joining the patch situated near stigma, this latter patch not always marked.

Underside of both wings much mottled with brown scales, forming mostly short

transverse lines ; the brown border of the forewing widened before R*, sometimes

almost extended to basal area. The clayish buff band on the upperside of the

hindwing always narrow; it is best marked in the individuals which have the

distal part of the dise of the forewing above buttish and the marginal border distinet,

while it is vestigial or absent from the more evenly coloured individuals. It

is peculiar that aurifera, acuta, velata and mongoliana each have two forms differing

iu the same way.

3. The large scales of the clasper stand in pairs ; harpe as in qeufa, rather

more curved. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVIIL. f 20) symmetrical, both processes with

several irregular rows of small teeth at the proximal edge. Tenth sternite long,

sides parallel, apex obtusely rounded.

Hab. North India: Sikhim; Bhutan; Assam.

In the Tring Museum 30 dd, 4 2? from: Sikhim ; Bhutan ; Khasia Hills.

751. Rhagastis acuta (Pl. XIV. f. 13, 2).

*Zonilia ucula Walker, l.c. viii. p. 195. n. 7 (1856) (Hindostan ;—Mus. Oxford).

Pergesa? acuta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 547. 0, 7 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut, Moths

Ind. i. p. 9. 0. 52 (1887) (partim ; Silhet) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep, Het. Mus. Ow. i, p. 10, n. 43 (1892)

(India ; Silhet).

Metopsilus acutus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 661. n. 13 (1892).

Chaerocampa velata, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. 91, n 137 (1892).

Theretra spec., Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc. xi. p. 414. n, 137. c. a. (1898) (Sikhim; Bhutan ;

v.—vili., up to 4000 ft).

3%. Second segment of palpus strongly narrowed towards base, triangular

(Pl. LIX. f. 17), entirely different from the segment of velata, aurifera, ete. ;

compare also the inner surface of the palpi of acuta, velata and aurifera

(Pl. LIX. f. 19. 20. 21) ; cavity of first sezment large. External row of spines of

the first protarsal segment doubled and trebled. In colour resembling aurifera,

the subdorsal tawny-ochreous stripe of the abdomen at least vestigial; underside of

thorax and abdomen buff, less white than in awrifera, the discal dots of the

forewing below smaller, the marginal area not joined to the basal one; the

marginal area of the hindwing narrower, not so much dilated before R*. There

are two forms connected by intergradations, but the intermediate examples are

comparatively rare. In one form the ochreous-buff band of the hindwing is reduced,

being often just indicated near anal angle; the forewing has scarcely a yellow

tint, and the underside of both wings is dull clayish ochraceous with a tint of

brick-red. In the other form the forewing bas here and there an olive-yellow

melt Whi

Lad

( 795 )

tone ; the band of the hindwing is vestigial between SC? and M?, and the uuder-

side of both wings is brighter reddish and ochreous.—The marginal border of the

underside of the forewing appears often above.

d. Large scales of clasper (5 to 7) in two irregular rows appearing as one

row ; harpe longer and slenderer than in avrifvra. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVIIL. f. 21)

asymmetrical, the right process long, multidentate at end, rather broad, somewhat

hand-shaped, the left process narrow, often yery short.

Hab. North India; Penang.

In the Tring Museum 48 33, 3 22 from: NSikhim; Bhutan; Assam ;

Penang, 26. ii. 99 (C. Curtis).

752. Rhagastis aurifera (PI. XIV. f. 7, 3).

(?) Choerocampa castor, Boisduval (won Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 297. n. 41 (1875)

(Darjiling ; Cochinchina).

*Pergesa aurifera Butler, Prov. Zool. Sov. Lond. p. 7. n. 11 (1875) (Sikhim ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 549, n. 13 (1877); id., Must. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M, v.

p. 2. t. 78. £. 4, (1881) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i. p. 11. n. 60 (1887).

Metopsilus auriferus (1), Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 661, n. 19 (1892).

Chaerocampa velata, Hampson, in Blanf., Puuna Brit, Ind., Moths i, p, 91. a. 137 (1892) (partim).

Theretra aurifera, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 413. n. 137. a, b (1898) (Sikhim ;

Bhutan ; vii.—x., up to 7000 ft.).

3%. Cavity of first segment of palpus distinct ; second segment broadest at

base, longer than broad (Pl. LIX. f 21). Black apical scaling of antenna

extending over 1U-odd segments. External row of spines of first protarsal segment

double. Metanotum with black mesial dot. Abdomen with a distinct ochre-buff

lateral stripe from segment + to 7, the stripe often extending basad to segment 3 ;

underside of abdomen, and meso-metasternum creamy white. Wings more elongate

than in celata and acuta, the marginal area of the underside of the forewing joined

to the basal area by a streak situated behind R*, the row of dots of the same wing

heavy. In some individuals the dise of the forewing above is buffish distally near

apex of wing and posterior angle, and the brown marginal area of the under surface

becomes also clearly marked above.

3. Large scales of clasper arranged in one row ; harpe short, somewhat twisted.

Penis-sheath asymmetrical (P]. LVIII. f. 19), the right process rather long, broad,

multidentate at end, the left process more proximal, short.

Hab, North India: Sikhim ; Bhutan ; Assam.

In the Tring Museum 36 gd from: Sikhim; Bhutan; Assam.

753. Rhagastis confusa spec. nov. (Pl. XIV. f. 12, 3),

*Theretra velata var, albomarginata, Hampson (non Rothschild, 1894), Journ. Bombay N, H, Soe.

xiii. p. 39. n, 137. t. B. f. 4 (1900).

3. Palpus as in avrifera. External row of spines of first protarsal segment

double only at base. Head and thorax with a sharply defined whitish pink lateral

band, which is shaded with brown near the base of the forewing. Metanotum with

indistinct black mesial dot. No tawny-ochreous subdorsal stripe on abdomen,

Middle of sterna and underside of abdomen buff-pink, dusted with a few

black scales.

Wings rather broader than in aurifera. Upperside.——Vorewing as in

aurifera, but darker in tint, costal margin pale; fringe of hinder margin white

( 796 )

in middle, continuous with the pinkish white, lougitudinal, subbasal line indicated

in aurifera and other species. Hindwing: pale band more pinkish and broader

than in aurifera.

Underside. Forewing: anterior half of cell reddish, not brownish black, of

the same colour as dise; the brown discal band just outside the basal area absent

or only vestigialtat costal margin of fore- and hindwing ; the discal dots as large

as in aurifera ; marginal band of forewing and the stripe connecting it with basal

area less prominent than in aurifera.

g. Penis-sheath (PI. LVILL. f. 25) differing from that of awifera in being

tore asymmetrical, and in the right process being broader and having teeth along

the proximal and apical edges.

The total absence of a tawny-ochreous subdorsal stripe from the abdomen

together with the other characters mentioned distinguish this insect obviously from

aurifera.

Hab. Novth India: Assam; Sikhim.

In the Tring Museum 5 3d from: Khasia Hills (¢ye); Sikhim (Moller,

Maundelli).

754, Rhagastis castor.

*Pergesa castor Walker, List Lep. Jus. BM. viii. p. 153. 0, 5 (1856) (partim ; Java ;—Mus. Brit.)

Metopsilus castor, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het.i. p. 661. 0, 14 (1892) (syn. partim).

* Metopsilus aurantiacus Rothschild, Noy, Zoou, i. p. 78 (1894) (hab. 2—Mus, Tring).

%. Allied to dunata, but easily distinguished from it by the broad, diffused,

ill-detined, whitish, submarginal band of the forewing and the blackish brown basal

half of the underside of the same wing. Metasternum white in middle.

Hab. Java.

In the Tring Museum 2 ? 2 from Java.

755. Rhagastis lunata (Pl. VI. f. 8, 3).

*Chaerocampa lunata Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. vii. p. 274. n. 3 (1900) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus. Tring),

d. Secoud segment of palpus not narrowed towards base; cavity of first

segment distinct, but not large. External row of spines of first protarsal segment

simple, or irregularly doubled at base. Antenna longer and thicker than in velata,

acuta, etc., the black apical scaling confined to the last 2 to 6 segments. Sides of

abdomen with a broad blackish stripe, broadest and most distinct at base, dorsally

bordered on segment 3 to 7 by an ochreous stripe which is more or less shaded

with rufous red, as in castor and aurifera, these stripes absent from velata,

albomarginata, and acuta. Forewing, above, with a single white submarginal line,

which consists of halfmoons, the horns of which point discad. Hindwing with a

sharply defined butf band, reaching to SC2, indented at R*, including a series of

clots. Underside pinkish red, the wings showing distally traces of the ochreous

ground-colour, black basal area of forewing reduced to a streak or patch behind cell.

Metanotum with a black mesial dot.

Harpe nearly as in ol/racea. Penis-sheath also as in that species, but the left

process much shorter.

Hab. North lndia: Khasia Hills and Sikhim.

Two subspecies ;

a. Rh. lunata lunata.

*Chaerocampa linata Rothschild, 1c,

3. Metanotnm with a reddish tawny lateral spot. Lateral stripe of abdomen

rufous red. Pale band of hindwing with four brown dots, the last one or two (upon

M? and M!’) touching the black basal area or fused with it ; fringe with white scales

at least between M! and M?’, besides the white scaling at anal angle. Underside

of wings very little or not ochreous distally, the black scaling before internal margin

not entering cell. Left process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVIII. f. 24) redneed to a

few teeth.

Hab, Khasia Hills.

In the Tring Musenm 4 dd.

b. Rh. lunata sikhimensis subsp. nov.

¢d. Metanotum withont reddish tawny spot. Lateral stripe of abdomen less red

than in the preceding. Wings broader; pale band of hindwing with six brown dots,

the last upon M° distinct, fringe without white scales between R' and M?’; underside

of wings more distinctly ochreous distally, the brownish black basal area of the

forewing just entering cell, continnous with the black discal dash situated between

R? and R*. Left process of penis-sheath longer and more hand-shaped than in

the preceding. j

Hab, Siklim, 22. vi. 89 (G. P. Pilcher).

One ¢ in Mus. Tring.

756. Rhagastis olivacea.

Pergesa castor var., Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 153. n. 5 (1856).

Pergesa castor, Moore, in Horsfield & Moore, Cat. Lep, Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 273. n. 630

(1857) ; id., Prov. Zool, Sor, Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal) ; id., Lc. p. 676 (1867) (= velata

ex errore).

*Pergesa olivacea id., Proc. Zool. Sor, Lond. p. 566 (1872) (Simla :—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., Trans.

Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 548. n, 7 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 10. n. 255 (1887)

(Simla ; Sikhim; Silhet ; Shillong),

Melopsilus olivaceus, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i, p. G61, n. 15 (1892),

Chacrocampa olivacea, Hampson, in Blant,, Mauda Brit, Ind, Moths i. p. 91. n. 136 (1892) (Simla ;

Sikhim ; Silhet ; Khasia ; Shillong),

Chaevocampa castor, id., lc. iv. p. 453 (1896) - Dudg,, Journ, Bombay N. JT, Soe, xi. p. 411, n, 136

(1898) (= olivacea),

Theretra spec., Dudgeon, /.c p. 413, n, 137, 8. a, (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ; 3000 ft., vii.),

3%. Structurally nearly the same as glortosa ; harpe shorter and stonter,

right process of penis-sheath more curved, left process longer and slenderer.

Upperside of body and forewing of a peculiar greenish yellow colour, like the

upperside of the abdomen and the irregular patches and bands of the forewing

(ground-colour) of gloriosa. Worewing with a round black stigma, a white sub-

marginal line consisting of more or less straight bars, preceded by another white

line, which is broadened from tip of wing to R*, and then luniform between the

veins ; discal lines reddish tawny, antemedian lines obscure, olivaceous. Underside

orauge-ochraceons, not dragon’s-blood red as in gloriosa, the three discal lines

distinct on both wings, except the second, which is often barely vestigial. Peuis-

sheath see Pl. LVIII. f. 22.

Hab. North West and North India.

In the Tring Musenm 40-odd specimens from: Massuri; Sikhim ; Bhutan ;

Khasia Hills.

( 798 )

797. Rhagastis gloriosa.

*Pergesa gloriosa Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 246, n. 20 (1875) (Darjiling ;—Mus. Brit.) ;—

id., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 549, n. 15, t. 92. f. 3 (1877) ; id., (Must. Typ. Spee. Lep, Het.

B, Mv. p. 3, t, 78. f. 6 (1881) ; Cot, & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i, p. 11. n. 61 (1887).

Metopsilus gloriosus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 661. n. 20 (1892).

Chaerocampa gloriosa, Hampson, in Blanf., Pana Brit, Ind. Moths i, p. 91. n. 135 (1892) (Sikhim) ;

Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. IT. Soe, xi. p. 411 n, 135 (1898) (“not seen” ! Elwes: vii.).

3%. Second segment of palpus not narrowed towards base; cavity of first

segment distinct. First protarsal segment with a simple external row of spines.

d. Tenth tergite feebly dilated at apex, which shows a trace of a sinus;

sternite narrow, obtusely pointed. Clasper with about half a dozen very large

scales ; harpe slender, horizontal, slightly spatulate (in dorsal view), feebly curved

at end. Penis-sheath resembling that of od/racea (Pl. LVILL. f 22), the left

process broad and short.

Tlab. N. India.

In the Tring Musenm 10 62, 1 2 from: Sikhim, vi. vii—ix.; Bhutan ;

Jaintia Hills.

758. Rhagastis albomarginatus (PI. XIV. f. 8, d).

* Metopsilus albomarginatus Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 78 (1894) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus. Tring).

Chacrocampa velata, Hampson (von Walker, 1866), in Blanf., Panna Brit, Ind., Moths iv. p. 453 (1898).

3. Antennal scaling pinkish white, not brown or black on the anterior side

from near base to near hook as it is in all the preceding species, the black apical

patch rather long ; basal ciliae slightly prolonged in 2. Second segment of palpus

not narrowed to base (PI. LIX. f. 22. 23.); cavity of first distinct. External

row of spines of first protarsal segment simple, with or withont a yery few

additional spines at the base. Metanotum with a conspicuous tawny patch at

each side. Abdomen without dorso-lateral stripe. The external discal dots of

the forewing aboye and below heavy; fringe of forewing spotted, a black spot

near anal angle as in mongoliana. Pale band of hindwing reduced to an ill-

detined patch or cloud near anal angle, fringe feebly dentate, white, with brown

vein-dots. Hindwing below with a conspicuous stigma, which is not found in

any of the allied species.

3. Clasper very broadly rounded at end; process of harpe slender (PI. LIT.

f. 16). Penis-sheath (P]. LVIII. f. 23) with a short paucidentate right process, —

and a more proximal left process which is dentate at the proximal and apical

edges and bears also one or two teeth at the distal edge, the right process or both

sometimes absent.

Loh, North India and Borneo.

Two subspecies :

a. Rh. albomarginuatus albomarginatus.

* Metopsilus albomarginatus Rothschild, 7.

3%. Second segment of palpus (Pl. LIX. f. 22) about as long as broad.

Costal edge of forewing at least partly creamy white.

Hab. Khasia Hills ; Sikhim.

In the Tring Museum 7 3d, 6 2? from: Khasia Hills; Sikhim,

( 799 )

b. Rh, albomarginatus everetti subsp. nov.

3?. Second segment of palpus (Pl. LIX. f. 23) longer than broad. Costal

edge of forewing not creamy; basal area with white hair-scales, especially before

hinder margin ; brown basal area of underside of forewing rather more restricted

than in the Continental form. Penis-sheath withont processes.

Tlab. Kina Balu, N. Borneo (A. Everett), 1 9; Benkoelen, Sumatra, 1 ¢ in

bad condition (Bricsson) ; in the Tring Museum.

The difference in the palpus between the two inseets is very obvious, but we

think it does not indicate specific distinctness,

CLXVI. CECHENENA gen. noy.—Typus: helops.

Chaerocampa, Walker (non Duponchel, 1835), List Lep, Ins, B. A. viii. p. 144 (1856) (partim).

Philampelus, id. (non Harris, 1839), /.c. p. 180 (1856) (partim).

Pergesa, Butler (0 Walker, 1856), Proc, Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 246 (1875).

Theretra, Kirby (von Hiibner, 1822), Cut. Lep. Het. i, p. 656 (1892) (partim).

Metopsilus, id. (non Dunean, 1836), /.c. p. 660 (1892) (partim).

Daphnis, Rothschild (von Hiibner, 1882), Noy, Zoorn, i, p. 86 (1892),

3%. Second segments of palpi divergent, narrower in side-view than first

segment (PI. LIX. f. 11), not covering base of tongue (PI. LIX. f. 10), the

apical tuft of inner surface small, the naked space longer than broad (Pl LIX.

f. 26).

TTab. Oriental Region.

Six species.

There are three types of development in this genus, which perhaps represent

each a separate genus.

a. Abdomen and forewing striped, the external stripes of the latter converging

apicad ; bristles of comb of midtarsus nomerous and long: first

segment of hindtarsus as long as tibia and as segments 2 to 9.

Midtibial spurs eqnal, outer one often longer than inner, Tlere belong

lineosa, minor wid pollu.

4. Abdomen without lines ; markings of forewing transverse ; bristles of comb

of midtarsus rather short and stout, less numerons ; first segment of

hindtarsus as before; antenna of @ incrassate distally. Midtibial spars

unequal. Resembles ?hagastis gloriosa in the style of coloration and

in shape. One species: mirabilis.

c. Eye large ; antenna not incrassate distally in either sex ; spines of comb

of mid- and hindtarsus long, thin, and numerous; first segment of

hindtarsus as long as segment 2 to 4 only, shorter than tibia;

prothorax long, mesothorax also projecting more than usnally beyond

the forewing, stout. Reminding one by the robustness of the body of

Pholus and Rhagastis gloriosa. Two species: helops and wegrota,

Key to the species :

a. Forewing above with five to seven almost

straight lines in outer half, abdomen striped

above. . ; , ‘ ; ‘ : ; b,

( 800 )

Forewing above without these lines, abdomen

not striped above . ; é ence

. Hindwing above with a sells defined Genes

yellow band which nearly reaches costal

margin, underside not pinkish — . : 764. C, pollu.

Band of hindwing buff or pinkish buff, aie e=

viated, ill- defined 6 : pies

ce. Mesonotum without a pale mesial band) freaice

with seven lines (inclusive of ie feebly

marked submarginal one). ; : 762. C. minor.

Mesonotum with a pale mesial band, core

with eight lines, there heing an additional

line between lines 6 and 7. ‘ 763. C. lineo a.

d. Forewing with a broad subbasal pair or

mummy-brown band or pateh . : . 761. C. helops.

Forewing without that band — . . F wl a

0. Forewing dark green in basal area like fore.

mnderside red . ’ : é . 759. C. mirabilis.

Base of forewing with a bine spot, otherwise

of the same clayish colonr as the rest of the

wing . i : : : ; : . 760. C. aegrota.

799. Cechenena mirabilis.

*Chaerocampa mirabilis Butler, Proc. Zool, Soe. Lond. p, 248. n, 25 (1875) (N.W, Himal. 3—Mus, —

Brit.) ; id., Trans, Zool. Soe, Lond. ix, p. 554. n. 5, t. 92. f. 1 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cat, —

Moths Tal i. p, 14. n, 82 (1887); Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind,, Moths; p. 93. n. 142 —

(1892) (N. W, Him.).

Thevetra mirabilis, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het, i. p. 650. n, 5 (1892),

3%. Antenna inerassate distally in 2. External row of spines on first —

protarsal segment double at base; short spur of midtibia shorter than in the |

following species, spines of comb of midtarsns stont and rather short, those of comb

of hindtarsus very little prolonged. Mesothoracic tegula with a long pale pink —

apical fringe. we

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the ordinary form as in Rhagastis velata, ete.

Process of harpe much longer than in RA. albomarginatus (P). LIL. f. 16), but

of the same shape. Penis-sheath resembling that of 7h. anata (Pl. LVIIL. f. 24),

the right process rather longer, the left short and paucidentate. The number of

large scales on the clasper larger than in RA. velata and allies.

Tab. N.W. India.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 2 ? 2 from Simla.

760. Cechenena aegrota (PI. X. f. 10, 3).

*Pergeso, aegrota Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 246. n, 19 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.); id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p, 549, n, 12. t. 92. £. 2 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i,

p. 11, n, 59 (1887).

Metopsilus aegrotus, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 661. n. 18 (1892).

Chaerocampa velata, Hampson, in Blanf,, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 91. n. 137 (1892) (partim).

*Theretra catori Rothschild, Noy, Zoot, i, p. 75 (1894) (N. Borneo ;—Mus, Tring).

*Daphnis chimaera id,, 1c, p, 86, t, 6. £. 16 (1894) (hab, ? :—Mus, Tring),

( 801 )

$%. The type of aegrota is in very bad condition, but on comparison we

find it to be the same species as chimaera, of which catori is only a peculiar

aberrant individual, also in a bad state of preservation.

Abdomen with a black lateral line widening towards base, not distinctly

marked on the first segment, thin on the posterior segments ; two rows of dorsal

dots as in the allies of Rhagastis velata. Cavity of palpus almost closed.

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the same type as in Rh. velata, acuta, ete.

The harpe (Pl. LI. f. 11) compressed, dorsal margin notched, apex acute, curved

upwards. Penis-sheath : apical edge produced at both sides into a dentate process

(Pl. LVIII. f. 1), the right process (Pl. LVIII. f. 2) irregularly toothed, the

teeth prominent, the left process (Pl. LVIII. f. 3) long, with minute teeth at

both edges at end.

Hab. North India to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢d,2 2% from: Java (Piepers) ; Borneo (D. Cator) ;

Perak, viii. (Curtis).

761. Cechenena helops.

*Philampelus helops Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 180. n. 12 (1856) (“ Natal” error Loci ;

Moulmein teste Boisduval ;—Mus, Brit.).

Choerocampa helops, Boisduval, Spee, Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 259. n, 43 (1875) (Moulmein, in Brit, Mus.).

3%. Cavity of palpus sharply defined. Sides of metanotum tawny, centre

grey, this grey patch extended on to the mesonotum and abdomen. First and

second segments of the latter with black patch at the sides. Stigma of forewing

preceded by another small spot ; a broken apical line borders a tawny olive-brown

costal band which stops sharply at R'. The pattern of the underside of the same ~

type as in Rhagastis velata and allies.

d. Tenth tergite flat at end, truncate, very feebly sinuate; sternite compressed,

outline of under surface strongly curved in lateral view. Process of harpe almost

cylindrical, apex obtuse, rounded (PI. LII. f. 12. 13). The two processes of the

peuis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 48—53) much shorter than in C. aegrota.

?. Side-edges of the vaginal plate rather sharply raised ; vaginal cavity large,

the edge feebly raised, lyre-shaped.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Two subspecies :

a, C. helops helops.

Philampelus helops Walker, /.c, (1856); Butl, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 577, un, 15 (1877)

(Penang ; N, India ; “ Natal ” ; = orientalis). :

* Philampelus orientalis Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77, £. 1 (1874) (Java ;—Mus, Tring).

Chocrocampa helops, Boisduyal, /,c, (1875).

Choerocampa orientalis, id,, l.c. p. 259, 0, 44 (1875).

Philampelus (?) orientalis, Cotes & Swinhoe, Cat. Moths Ind. i, p, 24, 0, 130 ( 1887).

Daphnis (2) helops, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i, p. 672, 0, 16 (1892), ? : ay

Chaerocampa helops, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 927. n, 139 (1892) (Sikhim ;

Penang ; Borneo). 2

Theretra helops, Dudgeon, Journ, Bombay N. H, Soc. xi. p. 412, n. 139 (1898) (“ not seen”),

2%. For differences in colour from following see below.

FEE

( 802 )

3. Free process of harpe (PI. LIL. f. 12) three to four times as long as

broad in middle. Processes of penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 48. 49. 50) of nearly

equal length, dentate, somewhat projecting away from the sheath.

Hab. N. India to Borneo and Java; most likely all over the Indo-Malayan

Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 10 ¢¢, 5 22 from: Sikhim; Shillong ; Jaintia

Hills; Khasia Hills ; Perak ; Dinding, vi.. and Pankor, ii. (Curtis) ; Benkoelen,

W. Sumatra (Ericsson) ; Java.

b. C. helops papuana subsp. nov.

Daphnis helops var., Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, ii. p. 482 (1895) (Germ. N, Guinea).

Theretra helops, Pagenstecher, in Chun, Zool, xii, 29. p. 13. n. 10 (1900) (Ralum, xii.).

d. Abdomen more white beneath than in /elops helops. Auterior tibia

blackish brown externally.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: distal margin more distinctly scalloped,

apex more acute and more produced, fringe pure white between veins, especially

near apex, black oblique apical line almost entirely replaced by a white line,

upper discocellular spot larger than stigma. Hindwing: pale anal patch

larger, at M! 5 mm. from outer margin, which is narrowly olive.

Underside.——Forewing: black basi-discal area reduced to a large discal

patch and a streak behind M*; postdiscal costal spot larger than in /. helops,

fused with another black patch which is situated between it and the heavy apical

line. Hindwing: dots on veins much more proximal than in 4. helops, dots R*

and M! being situated nearer cell than outer margin.

3. Harpe (Pl. LIL. f. 13) shorter than in helops helops. The processes of

the penis-sheath also shorter (PI. LVIL f. 51. 52. 53), the right one much slenderer,

simple.

Hab. New Guinea and Neu Pommern.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) from: Milne Bay, xi. 98 (Meek). A ? in

coll. Staudinger from German New Guinea. In the Berlin Museum from Ralum.

762. Cechenena minor (PI. X. f. 11, 2).

Chaerocampa minor Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc. Lond, p. 249, 0, 30 (1875) (Masuri ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p- 562. n. 47 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind, 1. p. 19,

n, 102 (1887) (Sibsagar) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het, Mus, Ov, i, p, 18, n, 70 (1892) (Laos, Siam).

Theretva. minor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. 656, n. 73 (1892) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoov. i. p. 75 (1894)

(= lineosa exterr.).

Chaerocampa lincosa, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 93, 0, 143 (1892) (partim),

Theretra lineosa, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc. xi, p. 412. n. 143 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ;

y.—vill. ; partim); Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 284. u. 55 (1898) (Omei-shan ; Chang-Yang).

*Theretra striata Rothschild, lc. i, p. 76 (1894) (Japan ;—Mus, Tring); Leech, Trans. Ent, Sov.

Lond, p. 285. n, 56 (1898).

3%. Thorax without pale mesial band; lines of abdomen less prominent than

in /ineosa. Forewing with seven lines in outer half, the short line 6—or line 3

counted from outer margin—completely merged together with 7, the latter

generally blacker behind and somewhat undulate. The exterior spur of the

( 803 )

midtibia is generally of the same length as the inner one, but often longer,

and sometimes a little shorter.

g. Tenth sternite less triangular at end than in lineosa. Large scales of

clasper asymmetrical, the proximal side of each scale enlarged, longitudinally

folded or ribbed, darker than the distal side ; process of harpe (PI. LIL. f. 15)

with indications of teeth. Penis-sheath almost symmetrical, apex rounded in a

dorsal view; the right process somewhat widened at end, dentate (GEG LNA, 3% 258),

the left process (PI. LVII. f. 44) vestigial only, there being but a few teeth on

that side and no free projecting process.

Hab. North India to Japan and Siam.

In the Tring Museum 18 ¢d,2 2? from: Sikhim; Bhutan; Khasia Hills ;

Shillong ; Formosa ; Japan.

763. Cechenena lineosa (Pl. X. f. 3, 3).

*Chaerocampa lineosa Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M, viii. p, 144, n, 28 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus, Brit.) ;

Moore, in Horsf, & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus, BE. I. C.i. p, 276. 0. 639 (1857) (Darjiling) ; id.,

Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond, p, 794 (1865) (Bengal) ; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 562. n. 49

(1877) ; id., Mustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 9. t. 79. £. 7 (1881) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cut.

Moths Ind. i, p. 19 n. 104 (1887) (Cherrapunji ; Silhet ; Sikhim) ; Hamps,, in Blanf, Panna

Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 93, 0. 143 (1892) (partim),

Choerocampa lineosa, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 264. n. 46 (1875).

*Chacrocampa major Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 249. n. 31 (1875) (Darjiling ; Silhet ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p, 562. n, 48 (1877); Cot. & Swinh,, Cut. Moths

Ind. i. p. 19. n. 103 (1887) (Sikhim ; Silhet).

Theretra major, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i, p. 656. n. 74 (1892).

Theretra lineosa, Kirby, l.c. p. 656. n. 75 (1892) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoou. i. p. 75 (1894) ; Dudg

5+)

Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 412. n, 143 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ; v.—viii. ; partim),

3%. Midtibial spurs as in minor. Thorax with a pale mesial band. Inter-

spaces between the dorsal lines of the abdomen pale. Forewing with e/gh¢ lines

in outer half, third line from distal margin short, more or less undulate, abbreviated

in front, or here joining the preceding line ; the three proximal lines of the same

distinctness, or the middle one indistinct, which is generally the case when the

interspaces are very pale ; intergradations between examples with pale interspaces

—hence the lines conspicuously marked—and more uniformly coloured individuals

are numerous ; those prominently striped individuals were described as distinet

(major) by Butler. Sometimes the forewing and body as green as in pollu. The

width of the pale band on the hindwing is variable individually, and its upper

portion is mostly narrower and less distinct in Sumatra and Borneo specimens.

Palpus see Pl. LIX. f. 10. 11. 26.

3. Tenth sternite rather more pointed than in minor. Harpe (Pl. LIL. f. 14)

simple, not dentate, somewhat spoon-shaped. Penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 45)

asymmetrical, the right process (PI. LVII. f. 46) slender, paucidentate, the left one

broader, tongue-shaped, dentate at the edges (PI. LVIL f. 47). The large scales

of the clasper almost symmetrical, not heavily folded.

Hab. North India to Sumatra and Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 47 3d, 8 9 2 from: Kumaon; Sikhim; Bhutan; Assam ;

Talum, Mal. Pen., i. (Robinson) ; Benkoelen, W. Sumatra (Hricsson).

The individuals from North West India seem to us to represent a separate

subspecies, but we have not enough material to decide the question.

( 804 )

764. Cechenena pollux.

*Choerocampa polluc Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 261. n. 47 (1892) (Java ; Philippines ;—

coll, Charles Oberthiir) ; Semp., Sehm. Philipp. ii, p. 400. n. 41 (1896) (“not receiv.”),

Chaerocampa pollux, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p, 631 (1877).

Theretra polluc, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 656. n. 71 (1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl, p. 365. *

n. 27 (1895) (Java) (= pseudonessus). a

*Theretra pseudonessus Rothschild, ris vii. p. 299, n. 6. t, 5. f. 2 (1894) (Sumatra j—eoll f

Staudinger).

3%. Resembling green individuals of ene but easily distinguished by the

band of the hindwing and the under surface being ochre-yellow.

Hab. Jaya; Sumatra ; Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 3 2 2 from Java.

( 805 )

APPENDIX.

Psilogramma menephron (p. 42).

Pupa: tongne-case free, resting with end against breast. Glossy, smooth ;

abdominal segments punctured at base; metanotum with double or treble

carina on each side. Cremaster broad, short, reversed cordiform ; sides basally

somewhat projecting; tip with two thin pointed processes.

Protoparce sexta (p. 67).

A series of pupae from North America exhibits considerable variation in

the length of the free tongue-case. In a few specimens the “nose” is not

straight but evenly curved, differing from that of P. guinquemaculatus only in

being considerably shorter.

Protoparce leucoptera (p. 7%).

Two 22 from 8.. Albemarle, collected by Mr. Beck on March 26th and 27th,

1902, are rather better preserved than the specimen described and figured. The

forewing bears the antemedian lines of the allied species, and three dentate discal

ones, besides the postdiscal one. On the underside there are two discal lines on the

hindwing, and one or two on the forewing.

Ceratomia undulosa (p. 107).

The short description of the pupa given on p. 108 is not correct. We have

now received more material, and find that the pupa is, on the whole, slenderer

than that of C. amyntor, coming near that of C. catalpae. It is rather more

roughly and densely punetured than in either species, especially on the abdomen.

The tongue is somewhat longer than the second pair of legs, but does not reach

to the end of the wings, as it (always ?) does in amyntor.

Hyloicus libocedrus (p. 132).

We have lately received a series of 10 dd of lid. libocedrus collected by

Mr. Oslar near Prescott, Arizona. These fresh specimens all show a trace of

yellow in the abdominal patches, but the yellow tint is much less distinet than

in our rather old specimen of Uébocedrus insolita.

Kentochrysalis streckeri (p. 163).

We have received a larva and a pupa-case of this species from Messrs.

Standinger and Bang-Haas. We give the following description of the pupa:

Hlongate, length 47 mm., width 11 mm. ; with very little gloss. Clypeus produced,

forming a large prominence which is shallowly sinuate, with the lateral edges

projecting and dentate, the upperside slanting, and the underside in a plane with

the tongue. Pilifer tuberculiform, a similar but lower tubercle on each side of

the tongue at the base. Tongue a little longer than first pair of legs. Anterior

femur not visible. The series of tubercles on the antenna prominent. Mesonotum

granulose ; a pointed tubercle on each side; two smaller tubercles on the forewing

at the base. Abdominal segments dorsally densely and ragosely punctured, the

punctures large; segments 5 and 6 finely rugose beneath, punctured at base,

each laterally with two tubercles about 3 mm. distant from the spiracle. These

tubercles resemble a shark’s tooth; the upper one is the smaller. The segments

slightly flattened ventrally between the two pairs of tubercles. Segment 7

ventrally heavily punctate at base, then rugose, the following segments with

( 806 )

large round punctures. Anal segment ventrally at each side with an obtuse

conical prominence directed backwards. Cremaster long, slender, ending in two

teeth, and bearing some small sharp teeth at each side.

The pupa is very unlike that of Phyllosphingia.

The larva is similar to that of Sphina ocellata, but the head is less triangular,

the granules are somewhat sparser; there are no enlarged granules in the last

side-stripe, and the anal tergite is pointed. The rough horn is red, with pale

upperside. Hach tubercle bears a short hair. The annnlation of the seements

is not very distinct.

765. Marumba nympha spec. nov.

3. Clay-colour, with a flush of pale vinaceous buff, especially on the thorax

and forewing ; sides of palpus, upperside of legs and scaling of antenna brownish

black, mesial line of head and thorax also somewhat blackish ; thorax crested ;

abdomen without mesial vitta ; underside of body more ochraceous than upper.

Antenna rather short, thickest before middle.

Wings, above. Forewing : four lines between base and apex of cell, third

and fourth closer together, all straight, but curving costad in front; a rather

conspicuous whitish stigma, no brown bar upon cross-veins ; first discal line

situated as in dyras or nearer cell, second very faint, third rounded-angulate at

M', here 7 mm. distant from outer margin, curving costad in front, crossing

SC° about 24 mm. from subcostal fork ; fourth line not double, parallel to third

from costal margin to M', then continued straight to hinder margin ; all the lines

tawny, not prominent ; spot M® encircled by a line; hinder margin and fringe of

scalloped distal margin brownish black; costal area from base to fourth discal

line, interspaces between third and fourth proximal lines, and between first and

third discal ones, and broad distal marginal area, which narrows in front and

behind, without vinaceous grey. Hindwing : burnt-umber, darkest behind,

where it is flushed with grey; anal spots separate ; fringe pale in front, dark

behind, here pale between veins.

Underside similar in ground-colour to upperside of forewing.— Forewing :

a brown shade in middle at lower angle of cell, continned as a band towards

costa; two faint lines on disc, corresponding to third and fourth discal lines of

upperside, more straight from costa to M', situated in a vinaceous grey shade

which extends from costal to distal margin. Hindwing with three lines, first

heaviest, at apex of cell, third weakest, almost parallel to outer margin.

pe:

Fria. 4. Pia. 5-

Tenth tergite quite different from that of any other species (Fig. 5): each

lobe divided horizontally by an irregular sinus; sternite without mesial lobe.

Dorso-apical process of harpe pointed, curved downwards ; harpe (Fig. 4) with

two curved processes, one proximal (pb), the other distal (pd), reminding one

( 807 )

of the harpe of Rhodoprasina floralis and Agnosia orneus. The two processes

above penis-sheath pointed (7).

Length of forewing: 3, 40 mm.

Hab. Karwar, N. Canara, S. India.

Three bred specimens known ; two in the British Museum, type 17. vili. ’97 ;

the third, somewhat crippled, in the Tring Museum.

Easily recognised by the pattern of the forewing.

Mimas tiliae (p. 304).

The larva of M. tiliae christophi, of which Messrs. Standinger and Bang-

Haas have sent us a specimen, agrees with that of I. tiliae tiliae.

Sphinx ocellata (p. 317).

On p. 320 we have referred to three hybrids as “females” with d-antennae.

Prof. Standfass informs us 7x /itt. that the two specimens populi x ocellata

bred by him are not females. We have now re-examined our two individuals

in question, and find that we have been taken in by the thin antennae and the

contracted abdomen. The two specimens prove on dissection to have a male

sexual armature, and to possess eight external abdominal segments like normal

od. There is, therefore, nothing remarkable in the antennae as stated, except

that they are too thin for dg, a sign of the weakening influence of hybridisation.

We add that the 3 populi x ocellata has the spikes of the penis-sheath nearly

as heavy as the d popult.

Amorpha populi populi (p. 333).

Add to the synonymy :

Amorpha populi ab. subflava Gillmer, Allg. Zeitschr. Ent. p. 875 (1902).

Amorpha populi ab. decorata Schultz, Berl, Ent. Zeitschi. xivii, p. 288 (1903).

Phyllosphingia dissimilis (p. 338).

We have now 2 pupae and 1 larva, bought from Messrs. Staudinger and Bang-

Haas.

The pupa is very close to that of Cressonia juglandis. Black-brown, very

rongh, opaque. Head: two tubercles between bases of antennae ; frons produced

into three prominences, each sinuate at tip, one mesial and the others near eyes.

Tongue much shorter than foreleg. Anterior femur not visible. Granules of

antenna pointed. Mesonotum and base of forewing with a few tubercles. Abdomen

flattened beneath, especially the last segments, irregularly grooved, minutely and

densely granulose; upperside with sharply pointed granules, which are densest

on the proximal segments; segments 4, 5 and 6 with a subapical belt. of pointed

tubercles, these tubercles vestigial or small on underside. The belt reminds

one of that of Pergesa elpenor (ete.), but has quite a different position. ‘Trace

of horn distinct. Pointed lateral granules of eighth segment directed forward.

Cremaster flattened, truncate, broad, the angles produced laterad each into a tooth.

Larva granulose, the granules dispersed ; lateral granules denser and higher

than the dorsal ones and each with a red wing round its base. Seven oblique

side-stripes of enlarged granules, the stripes extending over two segments and

( 808 )

being bordered with red proximally, except on dorsnm. Head large, conical,

with few granules laterally ; a blackish brown frontal stripe on each side; top

of head incised. Thoracical legs red and black. Horn red, black above, with

large dispersed granules. Anal tergite large, with dark-pointed dispersed tubercles.

Deilephila minima (p. 513).

The British Museum has lately received a series of specimens from Karwar.

The individuals agree in colour and size best with the type of min. ernestina,

while the armature of the penis-sheath, which is variable, conforms to that of

min. minima, the right-side process being prominent and dentate. The occurrence

of such dark-coloured specimens in South India renders it probable that the

two individuals of minima minima, which is all that is known of that form, are

accidentally small and pale. Bred specimens of Detlephila are often pale in tints.

Deilephila protrudens (p. 513).

The type (¢) is labelled “ Moluccas, Lorquin ” ; not Gilolo.

Xylophanes xylobotes (p. 690).

Among the unpublished drawings of Peters there is a figure of the larva

and pupa of this species. The larva is green and agrees in shape with that of

X. ceratomioides, tapering strongly in front and having a small head. An

interrupted dorsal line and on each side a subdorsal one deeper green, the latter

ending at horn and forming posteriorly the upper border of a white stripe which

extends from horn to the tenth segment. A small white eye-spot on fourth

segment. Traces of dark green oblique side-bands. Pupa green; a brown

ventral mesial line ; stigmata also brown.

Xylophanes ceratomioides (p. 692).

Peters found on the plant (a small tree) on which he discovered the larva

of xylobotes the larva of another species, which is doubtless that of ceratomioides,

his figure agreeing fairly well with Schans’s description, except in the figure

showing six oblique greyish side-bands and a small black ocellus encircled

with pale.

Xylophanes hydrata (p. 76).

There is now in the Tring Museum a d from the Province of Rio de Janeiro.

The specimen agrees with the 2 ? in all essential points.

Celerio (p. 713).

Add :

Hyles Hiibner, lec. (type: gallii).

Celerio vespertilio (p. 728).

Add the following hybrids :

Deilephila hybr. eugeni Mory, Mitth. Schw. Ent, Ges. x. p. 336. t. 1. £. 4. 5. 6 (1901).

Deilephila hybr. lippei id., Lc. p. 344. t. 1. £. 7. 8. 9 (1901).

Deilephila hybr. pauli id., Le. Pp. 350: t..1. tal (1901),

Hippotion rebeli (p. 761).

We have lately received a ? from S. Arabia.

( 809 )

The following five new species were discovered in North-Hast Africa by

Baron Carlo von Erlanger during his expedition from Addis Abeba to Kismayo :—

766. Poliana micra spec. nov.

3. A duodez edition of P. buchholzi, in appearance like Praedora marshalli

(Pl. V. f. 16). Legs as in P. buchholzi, but first segment of hindtarsus not longer

than segments 2 to 5 together ; clasper with a similar patch of friction-scales.

Antenna longer than cell of forewihg, stout, strongly compressed, slightly

incrassate beyond middle. Oceiput and thorax olive above, mesothoracie tegula

with ill-defined black lateral line which is bordered with creamy white beneath ;

abdomen with dorsal mesial row of black spots; fringe of tergites chequered

black and creamy white; sides of proximal tergites with ill-defined blackish

patches ; underside of abdomen dirty white, a series of small black mesial spots,

standing at the bases of the segments ; breast greyish brown, palpus brown ;

tarsi blackish, tips of segments and of mid- and hindtibia white.

Wings, upperside, similar to those of Poliana buchholzi and Praedora

marshalli. Forewing with white stigma, the pair of antemedian lines joined

in middle to the pair of discal lines as in Praedora marshalli ; a postdiscal line

more or less interrupted at the veins, parallel to the discal pair, slightly bordered

with grey proximally; a submarginal zigzag line ; fringe blackish brown and

white. Hindwing brown, greyish just behind cell, a very indistinct trace of

a pale discal band ; fringe white, brown at ends of veins.

Fia. 6.

Underside greyish brown, base of hindwing grey, a pair of vestigial diseal

lines across both wings. ‘Tenth tergite slender in dorsal view, very strongly

compressed, being very much higher before end than broad, resembling in side-

view fig. 27 of Pl. XXI.; sternite very short, somewhat narrowed distad, apex

sinnate. Clasper (Fig. 6) broad, dorsal and ventral margins almost parallel, apex

rounded, slightly acuminate; harpe raised into a slender, strongly chitinised,

sharply pointed process, which stands some distance away from the ventral edge

of the harpe, and projects dorsad and then distad, being dilated before the end,

which is somewhat twisted; friction-scales erect, forming a conspicuous crest,

above which there is an impression covered with minute scales.

Length of forewing: ¢, 21 mm.

Hab. Ganale R., 13. iv. 1902.

ELLENBECKIA gen. nov.—Typus : monospila.

?. Tongue vestigial, represented by two short lobes, covered with long scales.

Pilifer long, with a few hair-scales besides the bristles. Genal process obtuse,

short. Palpus small. Antenna incrassate distally, without distinctly prolonged

( 810 )

sériated ciliae. Foretibia armed with some long spines externally, first segment of

foretarsus about as long as the following three together, with some basal spines

and a very stout apical one, second segment very short, also with a long apical

spine; midtibia not spinose ; spurs of mid- and hindtibia short. Pulvillus and

paronychinm adsent. Spines of abdomen very weak. D! of forewing little longer

than D*; hinder angle of forewing completely rounded ; R? of hindwing central.

3 and early stages not known.

Hab. East Africa.

One species.

767. Ellenbeckia monospila spec. nov.

?. Smoky grey ; middle of head and thorax, above, blackish grey, underside

nearly white: no markings.

Wings, upperside, grey, no transverse lines. Forewing : a streak in middle

of cell and one each on veins R! to M?! from cell halfway to outer margin, and

one on basal half of SM‘, very thin and black; a minute black stigma, and

a rounded conspicuous black spot before hinder angle between M? and SM2——

Hindwing : whitish grey towards base, veins deeper brown on disc.

Underside greyish white, forewing slightly darker grey distally ; no markings

Length of forewing: ?, 21 mm.

Hab. Fader Gumbi, 22. iv. 1901.

768. Polyptychus erlangeri spec. nov.

3?. Palpus of 3 rather prominent, obtuse, second segment elliptic in side-

view. Antenna stout and long in d, reaching beyond end of cell of forewing,

very strongly compressed and laterally impressed, not pectinate, in $ simple,

slightly triangular in transsection. Spurs short, not spinose. Abdomen spinulose

all over the tergites. No organ of friction. Head and thorax above grey,

abdomen somewhat clayish ; palpus beneath and breast mummy-brown; mid-

and hindtibiae and -tarsi whitish above.

Wings, upperside, like thorax. —Forewing: a minute subbasal blackish

brown dot behind cell; two antemedian lines, suddenly curved costad before M,

the first just outside base of M?, the second barely traceable, near base of M!,

space between them posteriorly filled in with brown (bistre), this colour extending

distad to discal lines and gradually fading away towards M and M!; a very

small brown ring as stigma; a double discal line situated nearly as in fudgurans

(Pl. IL. f. 14), followed halfway to outer margin by another line, parallel to

the first except behind, where it does not follow the slight curve of the former,

but remains nearly straight; this outer line with pale distal border, beyond

which there is posteriorly a faint brown double spot ; distal margin even, convex

in middle, apex somewhat projecting, hinder angle a little more than 90° ; outer

area shaded with brown in ¢.——Hindwing grey in d (rather rubbed), with

traces of a discal double line, cinnamon-brown in ?, without lines ; apex rounded ;

distal margin slightly scalloped, long scales of fringe white between the veins.

Underside greyish cinnamon, an evenly curved, slightly denticulate, postdiscal

line on both wings, approaching anal angle of hindwing.

3. Tenth tergite slender, simple, slightly eurved downwards, coneaye beneath,

( sii )

apex rounded-truncate ; sternite broad, triangular, simple. Clasper short, broad,

apex strongly rounded ; harpe not distinctly separate from clasper except at

end, the apex projecting as a small triangular process separated from the ventral

edge of the clasper by an incision. Penis-sheath without external armature ;

the innerside rough with a dense covering of minute teeth.

Length of forewing: 3,25 mm.; 2, 28—31 mm.

Hab. Dahele, 25. iv. 1901 (d, type) ; Gorgorn, 23. ii. 1901 ; Daroli, 6. iii. 1901.

769. Temnora stigma spec. nov.

2. Allied to 7. natalis, but forewing almost regularly dentate, not deeply

sinnate between R! and R*. Grey, middle of thorax black; abdomen slightly

streaked with black above ; a minute black dot behind each stigma.

Wings, above, grey. Forewing blackish at costal margin; a small buat

very prominent black stigma; from costal margin near apex to basal third of

hinder margin run some faint parallel lines, the first beginning at an obvious

black costal spot, the last, which is the most distinct, at a smaller spot ; beyond

these discal lines comes a black band, beginning at SC°, becoming faint at R’,

and widening behind into a large black triangular patch which reaches to outer

angle at hinder margin; a black submarginal and a marginal band from R! to

SM?, separated from one another by a thin grey line, which is nearly 3-shaped

behind; the marginal band is the broader ; distal margin shallowly sinnate between

R? and M?, tooth M! less projecting than the others; fringe blackish, but creamy

between veins SC‘—R!, tips of veins excepted. Hindwing: shaded with

blackish brown ; a blackish, ill-defined, submarginal band, fading away in front,

reaching outer margin behind; distal margin denticulate.

Underside grey, shaded with brown. Forewing: a black stigma; two

vestigial discal lines from costal margin backwards, beginning each with a

minute costal dot; first line not reaching R*, second more distinct, extended

to M?; beyond them a blackish vestigial band, somewhat widened behind,

corresponding to band of upperside which ends at a triangular patch; onter

marginal area speckled with small transverse striae. Hindwing with dispersed

black speckles, which are denser near anal angle, forming here a black patch ;

two discal lines close together, confluent behind, black, abbreviated in front.

Length of forewing: 9, 28 mm.

Hab, Between Addis Abeba and Kismayo ; no special locality given.

Differs from natalis especially in the forewing, which is almost evenly

dentate, has a prominent black stigma, is devoid of the double antemedian line

and of the large black postmedian patch C—R?, and is marked with a large

black patch at hinder margin, which patch narrows in front and is continued

as a band towards apex of wing.

770. Odontosida erlangeri spec. nov.

Similar to O, pusillus, a little larger. Antennal segments more strongly

dilated dorso-laterally, subserrate in dorsal or ventral view.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : grey, subbasal dot minute ; the two ante-

median lines wider apart than in pusédlus, the second standing at base of M';

first discal line as in pusillus, second a dark shade, third dentate at the veins,

( 812 )

with very small yein-dots, fourth and fifth lines geminate, not very distinct,

accentuated by vein-dots, dots of fifth line heaviest on M* and SM?, spot M?

corresponding to the upper part of the oblique double spot of pusil/us, no subapical

costal spot ; distal margin evenly dentate, teeth R* and M' not more prominent

than the others ; a brownish marginal area as in puséllus, but this area of about

the same width between SC’ and R’, not being obviously narrowed costad, the

brown submarginal halfmoon SCt—SC° of puséllus not marked in the present

species.

Hindwing more elongate than in pusd/us, anal angle less projecting ;

clayish creamy buff, a pair of discal lines filled in with russet-brown, the first

close to cell, even, the second dentate ; a third line about halfway between first

and distal margin, convex from C to M?, then almost straight, slightly dentate

on M' and M? (the teeth pointing basad), the line most distant from onter

margin at R'; distal area, outside the pale distal border of the third line, russet-

brown, with small deeper brown spots on M!, M2, SM2,

Underside grey, shaded with pinkish russet, costal margin of forewing, basal

area and second discal interspace of hindwing pinkish grey, basal area of forewing

isabella-colour ; both wings with four lines across disc, second very faint, the

others quite distinct also on forewing, parallel, the first on forewing 4 mm. from

cell at R*, on hindwing at lower angle of cell. Harpe broad, short, the obtuse

apical portion produced dorsad into a very large tooth. Penis-sheath armed at

end with a heavy, somewhat compressed, process, which projects sinistro-laterad

and is obliquely ronnded at apex, but ends in a minute point.

? and early stages not known.

Length of forewing : 23 mm.

Hab. Webi Maki, 1. x. 1900.

771. Hippotion aurora spec. nov.

?. Upperside of head and thorax dark olive-brown, with a conspicuous pale

side-stripe ; mesothoracic tegula with a prominent pale yellowish middle line ; a

pale, simple, mesial vitta from pronotum to end of abdomen, accompanied on the

latter by a blackish brown line at each side ; abdomen paler than thorax, except at

base, speckled with dark olive dorso-laterally, no black basal side-patch. Underside

pinkish cream-colour, faintly speckled with olive ; second segment of palpus and

sides of breast dark olive.

Wings, upperside.

Forewing as in //. eson, much more grey, less clayish ;

discal lines | and 2 forming a band as in //. eson, but this band continned to the

very base, being proximally almost black ; line 6, which is as prominent from R? to

apex as in eson, is very thin between R? and hinder margin, and accentuated by dots

on the veins. Hindwing nearly as in H. osirs, purplish red, deeper coloured than

in osiris ; the black discal area larger, its posterior portion not separated from the

anterior portion, the red band-like space traversed by black vein-streaks ; the post-

discal black band less sharply defined than in oséris, tapering behind; the pale

distal marginal border speckled with black.

Underside almost exactly as in /. celerio ; no red colour and‘no distinct lines ;

brown distal marginal band of forewing more distinct than in //. osiris, and

obviously broader than in //. eson.

Length of forewing : 38 mm.

Hab. Diego Suarez, Madagascar.

( 813 )

Received from Mons. H. Douckier, who also sent us a 2 of Temnora argyropeza

collected at Diego Suarez.

Agrees with //. eson in the upperside of the body and forewing, apart from the

grey mesial vitta of the former and the conspicuous middle line of the mesothoracic

tegula ; while the upperside of the hindwing reminds one strongly of that of /1/. osivis.

This species stands in a similar relation to osiris and eson as does LH. isis to

H. celerio and roseipennis.

772. Eurypteryx shelfordi spec. nov.*

?. Antenna cream-colour above, brown towards base. Body above russet-

brown, perhaps greenish when fresh. Abdomen very broad, flattened, reminding

ne of Rhodosoma in shape, except in the seventh segment, which is conical and

prominent, though much narrower than the sixth. Underside of body with a

grey flush ; tibiae cinnamon.

Wings, wpperside.-—-Forewing like body, middle area and distal marginal

area deeper brown, a round white stigma with a white dot in front; single creamy

white scales dispersed over the wing, slightly denser in middle from R* backwards ;

a small creamy costal spot midway between cell and apex; a purplish grey ill-

defined submarginal band from SC° to end of R?, indistinctly continued to apex

of wing; shape of wing as in diaga, but the apex less produced and less acute,

and the distal margin proportionately longer. Hindwing mummy-brown, cinnamon

distally at and near anal angle ; fringe paler.

Underside wmummy-brown, with single widely separated creamy scales.

Forewing: a creamy stigma, twice as long as broad ; a chalky costal spot midway

between cell and apex, continued backwards as a cloudy band; a grey oblique

apical line bordered with brown in front from apex of wing to near R? ; marginal

area limited by this line purplish grey, gradually fading away behind. Hind-

wing : a purplish grey discal ill-defined cloudy area, within which there is a trace

of a brown band ; posterior half of wing from this area to base slightly shaded

with the same purplish grey colour ; D‘ about half the length of D*; wing shaped

as in bhaga, costal margin rather more dilated near base.

Length of forewing 46 mm.; breadth 20 mm.

Hab. Kuching, N. Borneo, December 1896,

1 ? in the Sarawak Museum. Named in honour of Mr. R. Shelford, the

curator of the Sarawak Museum.

In the same Museum there are North Bornean specimens of :

Panacra malayana, §, not typical, from Kuching, December 1901 ;

Macroglossum passalus, 3, from Matang, 3600 ft., June 1900, differing

in several points from pass. passalus and pass. rectifascia ;

Rhagastis acuta %, trom Paku, February 1899 ;

Cechenena lineosa, 3, from Mount Sibau, May 1902.

* Species Nos. 771. 772 came too late to hand to be included in the general account given on pp. vii.

LO*CXXXY. |